9 EP Bone A gic Sie Po ne heal fe Find ts me yy Sts ae: = Lop) == eis a uw z ul . ; =! oc ey x La 3 Cc ow Cc (ex a 0 at a a , 9 = 3 a, rs} 4 oe a! Fa LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSN!I NVINOSHLINS : z ia z eM ery z 3 =e ‘oO = wo ) ’ >- a = 2% S > —_ 4 > bene PR = } a 2 2 4 re) m 79) m wo 2) < wo = wo = NGITATIT SNS A S es = = os = z 7 Fa + ia 4 = : (eo) ee Oo : me fo) = S = o 2 = = G Le eS z = Sie See las oe a ; LIBRAR! ES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_ us e us z us 4 foal a oF ea ao 4 = “> : a Wid = a) = 0 , we WS 2) ir rm) = > m yl T baa m m : : 7) —— 7) = 5 2) 4 : eM ITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI ENVINOSHEINS 23 IYVUual- : = ‘— S = it = = : = z = ity, = 4 Z = 2,97 fY © Z 3 SX > = Si = > ) i z 7) ee ina o Zz os NVINOSHLIWS _LIBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION Zz 2 ener 4 w ul ww : 4 = a za Wi 7 - a ps5 | = < Ye fy 7° = - a & 4 = = 3 S5 5 ae 5 i) Zz z a a . aah Fad ; A! BRARIES pO MITESONIANE: NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3J1IuvUust- 2 . 6 = ex. & , a 2 5 2 WS 5 j EY = > SWS - i ze = 2 Soe NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYYYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN a @ Es fh ew Oe & el fe = A eh fe NN = Ih 3 i PY oo \ Ae 3 my, se fe) Uti: Ts \N fe) BG Yip = =< "GGG = Su = : 5 8 a Le 2 " LIBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS S3AI1YVUsIs us a Uo gee FW | oo = oc =a a x ; a c- @ + < i ac = ac S fod ; = re) = 5 o s pa) Zz — z 3 AIMLIT Ore at RIBMIAIMMCLE & LIAL Cm erarparreaen rierRermarRme«erf ~ Manras errareA At ene Fewer emt Be a is 7, uw on i = oc =e w at oc | a . £ =) ft 5 of a a) z 3 Zz 4 RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINO saiuvugiq L = iS z e z ie - ie : 2 2 ae > = > = as =| 2 - 2 a ca 2 m 2) m (7p) m = i Nn <= (7p) . z op) JNLILSN!I NVINOSHLINS S3SIYVYHYSEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN N z w” z Se: ” re ” < = < \ = < = i eg 5 = ‘6 = E = Li , 2 B y D : ® 2 2 Yi = a = i = Z ; a = | a \ 3 = .~ 3 RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1YVYsI1_ L : (7p) = w) =e Tee Ww) z J z Js ae ~t. uw ae Wy Yn ae 77) CK a GZ) ao. 4% Ab sal a a en WS oc oa avf Z A < 4 < = « Guy = oc S Pr = faa) bj = fae) = fea) = = “ade {e) _ fo) = () J an z a] Fs = z= INLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31u¥vual INSTITUTION NK Li eae: E é : : o > = o — ao — : Xs E = F 2 E > \NSE EE Zs > ee = m S 2% m Y : m 2 (2) ie S ap) = 22) = RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31uvudlT_ Lt ‘i by : SJIYVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 4 4 NVINOSHLINS SMITHSONIAN Pe: NVINOSHLIWS SMITHSONIAN NVINOSHLIWS NK ws LNLILSNI h NOILNLILSNI NOILNLILSNI NOILALILSNI RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NYINOSHLINS S3luvudiy t NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN ~” tut ce E<@ lan a. a = = ro) ‘) = Ve 5 as A w — be = . - =e > Bee a S 5 K 3 = ae ee on ie = = Ww) w”) ” Zz Zz oD _ Z ANLILSNI LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN. | Zz z Se em Ei ‘S = ‘S Ws = = o x. °o ENS . 2g fe) 5 BY ZR 2 : E aS E MO 2 = é = a a a 2 a , SRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION », NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YvYusi7 LIBRARIES NOILNLILSNI LIBRARIES NOILNLILSNI LIBRARIES NOILNLILSNI N . “Ne % ‘ 4 ; is i : n ; : my , Ny . ne alice § . SER ri ay i wale; a on Wi i Ons MEO Loy a ea hy We a ey BOLUS, H. M. L. extra-tropical South African Orchids. London (William Wesley) 1893-1913, 3 vols. Oct. (Icon. orchid. austro-afric.) -» Abbreviation of short-title for use in taxonomic publications —> Pagination of parts and their dates of publication vol. part plates dates pages p I I I-50 15 Aug 1893 [i]-vi, [1, note], I.p., [2 p. ind.] 2 51-100 20 Aug 1896 [i-iii], l.p., [3 p. ind.], app. [2]p., preface and t.p. to vol. 1 [vili]p. 2 I I-100 Apr-Jun 1911 [i-vi], l.p. [3 p. ind.]; page iv: Apr 1911, Nat. Nov. Nov 1911, BR inscr. 15 Jun 1911. 3 I I-I00 1913 [i-v], l.p.; page v: 12 Feb 1913, Nat. Nov. Dec 1913. —> Special notes about this book Libraries where copies seen by authors The plates are accompanied by one or two pages letterpress. Copies: BR; HH. — 36 plates _ of vol. 3 were first published by H. Bolus in his “Orchids of the Cape Peninsula,”’ Trans. South Afr. Philosoph. Soc. 5(1): 75-200. 1888. The 300 (partly) coloured plates are by H. Bolus and F. Bolus. F. Bolus edited the third volume; preface by H. M. L. Bolus. — Portrait as frontispiece to vol. 2. Refs: BM 1: 193, 6: 106; Kew 1: 291; NI 197}> References concerning this book Tyrrell-Glynn and Levyns, Flora africana 7. 1968. ; Lbirth/death dates | Bolus, Harriet Margaret Louisa (née Kensit) (1877-1970), South African botanist, | daughter-in-law of Harry Bolus. (E. Bolus) J Proposed citation form as author HERBARIUM and TYPES: BOL, other material BM, GRA, NBG, PRE, SAM. _Ref.: TH 2: 82.}+ References to collections Tolken, Index herb. austro-afr. 1971. References in standard biographical and bibliographical works BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 214; BL 1: 28, 54; BM 6: 106; Bossert p. 44; Kew 1: 291; Langman p. go1. Articles in books, journals etc. 'Anon., Flowering plants South Africa 23. 1943 (portr.) |Herre, Kakteen und andere Sukkulenten 12(1): 1-3. 1961 (portr.) |E.G.H.O., Forum botanicum 8: 68-69. 1970 (Died at Cape Town on 5 Apr 1970. Harry | Bolus was her uncle and father-in-law). Levyns and Jessop, J. S. Afr. Bot. 36(4): 319-330. 1970 (bibl.) Herre, Kakt. Sukk. 21: 139, 170, also in The genera of the Mesembryanthemaceae 46- 47. 1971 (portr.) len, Aloe 13(3): 84, 87. 1975 (portr.) Generic and journal names based on names of person —EPONYMY: Bolusanthemum Schwantes (1928). — Note: For other eponyms based on the 1ame Bolus, cf. supra, sub Harry Bolus. Book number short-title 26. !Notes on Mesembryanthemum and allied genera.| Cape Town 1928-1958. Oct. (Notes (esembryanthemum)./-* Abbreviation of short-title art I: 1 Jul 1928 (reprinted from articles appearing in S. A. Garden & Country Life Lene 1927), reprint 1928 (156 pp.) art IT: + Data on place of publication, dates of whole or parts, etc. ages dates pages dates pages dates 1-16 9 Nov 1928 147-160 22 Nov 1929 309-336 29 Jan 1932 I'7-32 21 Dec 1928 161-176 20 Feb 1930 337-356 24 Jun 1932 3-48 24 Jan 1929 177-192 9 Mai 1930 357-376 6 Dec 1932 9-64 12 Apr 1929 193-208 15 Aug 1930 377-396 19 Mai 1933 5-80 3 Mai 1929 209-224 12 Nov 1930 397-416 16 Oct 1933 1-94 6 Jun 1929 225-244 12 Feb 1931 417-436 26 Jan 1934 5-110 4 Jul 1929 245-268 1 Mai 1931 437-452 23 Mai 1934 1-129 16 Aug 1929 269-292 3 Jul 1931 453-472 17 Aug 1934 1-146 4 Nov 1929 293-308 24 Sep 1931 473-508 11 Feb 1935 OTE SO 267 — TAXONOMIC LITERATURE Volume 1: A-G Regnum vegetabile, a serves of publications for the use of plant taxonomists | published under the auspices of the International Assocation for Plant Taxon- | omy, edited by Frans A. Stafleu. Volume 94 Frans A“ Stafleu and Richard S. Cowan Taxonomic literature A selective guide to botanical publications and collections with dates, commentaries and types Volume 1: A-G see Sw a Second edition Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema Utrecht 1976 © 1976, Frans A. Stafleu, Utrecht, The Netherlands No part of this book may be reproduced by film, microfilm or any other means without written permission from the publisher Complete work IsBN 90 313 0224.4; Volume I ISBN 90 313 0225 2 Contents Introduction Abbreviations Taxonomic literature and collections A-G Index to titles Index to names Introduction In the first paragraph of the 1967 edition of Taxonomic literature the author of that volume assumed that introductions are rarely read by those who actually use the work. Happily we can now report that most taxonomists showed themselves to be thorough readers of preface material, because the intentions of the book were generally understood and appreciated. In fact this appreciation was manifested by a certain pressure on the senior author to publish a second and much enlarged edition. The documentation supporting the compilation of a book like this is extensive and a consider- able widening of scope and coverage would require more than the one- man effort of the first edition. After 1967 the growth of the documentation had continued, and it was only in the light of two new developments that the decision could be taken in 1973 to go ahead with the present book. In the first place Stafleu found Cowan ready to join him in the effort, and in the second place a group on “T'axonomic documentation’ had been established by the Biology department of the University of Utrecht. With this group, and especially thanks to the stimulating and highly efficient cooperation of Dr. J. A. Leussink, we were able to assemble relevant secondary data much more thoroughly than before. These secondary data are brought together by search of the literature for information on the existence of titles, on their publication and on their special characteristics or significance, especially to taxonomic botanists. Another important development has been the whole-hearted coopera- tion of the main libraries holding the books to be studied. ‘The compilation of the primary data for a bibliography consists of seeing and annotating the books. We found full and generous support at our home bases: the library of the Institute of Systematic botany at the University of Utrecht and the library system of the Smithsonian Institution. Even so, because of obvious limitations, we needed the help of several of the richest public and private libraries in the field of taxonomic botany to achieve the necessary coverage. We list and thank below all those libraries in more detail, but wish to state here, that the initial and enthusiastic support of the New York Botanical Garden, the Missouri Botanical Garden, the Conservatoire botanique de la ville de Genéve, the Jardin botanique national de Belgique, and the Rijksherbarium at Leiden was crucial for the success of our effort. This new edition deals with many more botanists, their books and collections, than the modest volume of 1967. In principle, the rules guiding us in the choice of authors and material have remained essentially the same; even so there are differences. We now attempt to give more exten- sive information on the authors by going into more detail with respect to their collections, the biographical and bibliographical literature about them (one aspect of the book now is that it has become a ‘bibliography of bibliographies’), and possible further information of use for the systematist or for the historian of botany. We also provide information on outstanding botanical explorers and collectors. Some of the author entries do not in- clude a special treatment of their books. The reason for this is simple: we included all authors who published (before 1940) at least three generic VII INTRODUCTION names, but also all their publications may have been in periodicals. The primary books treated (marked by bold face numbering) include now not just those on which we have special extra information, as in the first edition; we have attempted to present a reasonably representative picture of the literature used in taxonomic botany and relevant to the history and development of that discipline. Even so we must stress again that naturally we have made choices; as the subtitle of the book states, this is a selective guide to botanical literature. We do not give a full bibliography of everything published on taxonomic botany between 1753 and 1940; this would have been an entirely different and quite unrealistic undertaking. We wish to assist taxonomists with their work by bringing together data on the main sources of information, and by directing them to other special- ist literature. The book still deals, as far as publications are concerned, with books, pamphlets, series, and other bibliographically independent and limited entities, but not with open-ended periodical or serial publications. Infor- mation of the type given here about taxonomic books is being compiled for taxonomic journals by J. A. Leussink and hopefully may be published in the future. As before, however, we do treat journals that are closely associated with a single editor or with a special team and for which the secondary information is of sufficient importance to be published. Questions such as “why did you overlook this or that paper’, mentioned in the introduction to the first edition, have been helpful, for we have used them as part of our guidelines in determining the scope of this edition. In this and several other aspects the book reflects the contributions of many colleagues. We shall be glad to receive suggestions for inclusion of other authors and titles, either for the two volumes which will bring us to the end of the alphabet, or for the unavoidable supplementary volume. Nothing solicits information so readily from those who hold it as the ab- sence of those data from the printed record. The temporal coverage is more or less defined by the years 1753 and 1940, with a special emphasis on the period (not covered by Pritzel) between 1870 and 1914, the period in which descriptive plant taxonomy reached its highest achievements and for which no comprehensive biblio- graphy is available. Analytically inclined reviewers will discover certain biases; these must be attributed to the limitations, idiosyncrasies and back- ground of the senior author. It is true that certain geographical areas could have been covered more extensively and that there is perhaps an abundance of European and North American material. In a way though this reflects the history of plant taxonomy just as much as the history of the compilation of our book. The coverage of the various sub-disciplines is much more balanced than before. The first edition contained relatively little cryptogamy and practi- cally no palaeobotany. The literature on the various groups of cryptogams is now duly represented, especially because we enjoyed the privilege of working in three important private libraries, namely those of Paul C. Silva at Berkeley, California (on algae), of William C. Steere at Bronxville, New York (on bryophytes), and of John L. Stevenson, of Beltsville, Mary- land (on fungi and lichens). All three scientists are book-collectors, who Vill INTRODUCTION have collected what they regard as the main literature on their subject and because of their erudition and experience these collections were of great value to us for the choice of titles as well as for the actual study of the books, many of which are quite rare. The library of Joseph A. Ewan at New Orleans was of equal importance to us because of its unique holdings on botanical history and exploration. The Strandell Linnaean collection at the Hunt Institute, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, provided us with un- rivalled coverage of Linnaeana and associated works. A similar specialized role is played by the ‘Teyler collections at Haarlem, rich in palaeobotany and illustrated botanical works. In all these ways we have attempted to reach an adequate coverage. Quite apart from all these sources, however, we make it a point to go along the shelves of botanical libraries, scanning them simply by means of the ‘roving eye’, thus discovering titles of significance missed in other ways. One obvious block of literature is lacking but the time required to avoid such a gap is out of proportion to its value. There are very few citations of works in Russian, especially because it is difficult for either of us to read Cyrillic and the same is true for works in other languages of the Near and Far East. A last element in the limitation of works included should be mentioned. The number of libraries visited in the United States, as well as in Europe, is high, at any rate for a project which must have a limited duration. Even so we could not go to all the places that would have been worthwhile visiting. We could not revisit some of the important libraries used for the compilation of the first edition (see introduction to TL-1, p. ix) but con- centrated rather on other centers in order to spread our efforts. We could therefore have used more libraries, but we know that we could not have done so in the time we allowed ourselves for the completion of this first volume. With an average of two and a half years per volume it will take us nearly eight years from starting (November 1973) until we reach the end of the alphabet and we must count on a further two years for the fourth volume with its addenda and indices. SOURCES AND METHODS We refer to the introduction to the first edition for a review of the original sources of our book. Many have been added for this edition and we can only give a brief indication of the most important ones. A print-out, arranged by author, of all entries in the Index nominum genericorum data-base provided us with the names of all authors who have published three or more generic names. Most of these are now included. This means that cryptogamy and palaeobotany receive their even share of attention with phanerogamy. A card file in a single alphabetical sequence of the entries in the main botanical bibliographies and biographies (Pritzel, Nissen, Quenstedt, North American Flora bibliographies, and many more) provided us with a coherent picture of much that is available. A similarly arranged secondary reference file contains data obtained from many sources, special as well as general: biographical and biblio- IX INTRODUCTION graphical data on individual authors and collectors, dates of publication, critical notes, reviews, and information about special collections. Included in this file, for instance, are all entries on biographies and bibliographies published by Excerpta botanica, Index to European ‘Taxonomic literature, the Kew Record, but also all such material extracted from Flora, Botani- sche Zeitung, Naturae Novitates and many similar journals. Other sources, such as the Journal of Botany, Bulletin de la Societé botanique de France, Botanical Gazette, Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, Torreya, have been searched for relevant data by means of xerox- scanning, a method producing xerox copies of all entries of interest to us, which are again filed in a single alphabetical sequence. The most important sources are, of course, the books themselves. Xerox copies of title-pages and similarly relevant pages are made during our library visits and used as work sheets for collating the contents and for recording the composition of each book. In this way our documentation is easily accessible and provides us with the opportunity to compile biblio- graphical data with a minimum of transcription by human hands. The Bibliographia Huntiana files at Pittsburgh provided us with many additional data extracted from journals which we can not consult ourselves in the limited time available. In addition to all these ‘processed’ data, much direct consultation of secondary literature by the user is necessary. It is not really practical even to try to sum up these sources; they are shown by the text. AUTHOR ENTRIES Author heading The lead paragraph provides the full name of the author, as much as possible in agreement with the most critical bibliographic data available to us. We could not check entries in birth registers and similar archives except in special circumstances. The name is followed by years of birth and death, a short ‘biographical diagnosis’ and, a new feature, a proposed standard abbreviation of the author’s name. We have added these standard abbreviations, with some hesitation, at the urgent request of quite a few of our colleagues. Recommendation 46A of the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature states that ‘Authors’ names put after names of plants may be abbreviated, unless they are very short.’ Our hesitation stems from the variety of existing abbreviations which is not just a matter of inconsistency. Indications such as ‘B.S.G.’ or ‘Fr.’ are at once recognizable to bryologists and mycologists, respectively, but not to the taxonomist less well-acquainted with these fields. Within a more restricted field, abbreviations can be more rigid than those adopted for more general use. We brought together the abbreviations suggested by twenty different publications on the subject, taken from all major sub- disciplines of plant taxonomy. A working party at the Smithsonian Institution, consisting of R. S. Cowan, Ellen Farr, Dan Nicolson, Polly Pritchard and Norman Jaffe, went through these data and made choices, as much as possible in agreement with current usage and with the above- mentioned Recommendation. Obviously the result was that the usage of xX INTRODUCTION subdisciplines could not always be followed, if only simply because of ‘homonymy’; there may be a single important Jones in mycology, but there may be quite a few Joneses in the wide field of taxonomy. Even so we believe the abbreviations we suggest are generally those used by the majority of publishing taxonomists. Herbarium and Types The contents of the paragraphs on the location of the herbaria and types of the authors treated are based in first instance on published information ; a number of details could be added from the files of the Index herbariorum. It should be borne in mind that the original herbarium of an author does not necessarily contain all his types. The loan system, which came into being early in the nineteenth century, enabled authors to use collections other than those in their own herbaria. Types will therefore often be found in other herbaria, and as a rule this will be indicated in the literature. The destruction of the greater part of the Berlin herbarium in the course of the last world war was one of the greatest catastrophes ever suffered by plant taxonomy. The Willdenow herbarium and several smaller collec- tions were saved, but most of the other collections were burned (see Willdenowia 1: 3, 16. 1953). It is necessary to keep this situation in mind when it is stated that a collection is (or rather “was’) at ‘B’. The Leipzig herbarium (LZ) was also destroyed and so was a part, fortunately small, of the Vienna collections (W) (see Taxon 1: 29. 1951). A new feature of this paragraph on collections is the citation of publish- ed exsiccatae. Recent publications by Sayre and Stevenson on cryptogamic series contain much original and important information, which should be consulted; the Index herbariorum files as well as our literature searches provided additional information. Sayre (Mem. New York Bot. Garden 19: 1. 1969) provides a critical discussion of the different types of published series of plants to which we can refer as the guideline we also followed. Bibliography and Biography This entry consists of two types of references: common and general sources (designated by abbreviations, explained in the list of abbreviations) and ordinary bibliographical references to the great majority of biographical or bibliographical papers and books dealing with the relevant author. It is this paragraph, modest-looking, but information- and labour-intensive, which suggests the feature of the book described as a ‘bibliography of bibhographies’. We attempt to list published bibliographies and portraits, as well as more general primary and secondary sources on the life and work of the botanist concerned. The lists are not exhaustive; we do not always repeat, for instance, all references given by Barnhart in his in- valuable ‘Biographical notes upon botanists.” Our own sources included, in addition to those published, biographical documentation in the files of the Botanical Museum at Berlin-Dahlem, the Jardin botanique national de Belgique at Meise, the Rijksherbarium at Leiden, the Missouri Botanical Garden at St. Louis, the private library of Joseph Ewan at New Orleans, the Hunt Institute for Botanical Documentation at Pittsburgh, the Engler reprint Collection at Stanford, and the Biohistorical Institute at Utrecht. XI INTRODUCTION Composite works The entries on composite works refer briefly to the participation of the author in multi-authored publications varying from such classics as the ‘Pflanzenfamilien’ or ‘North American Flora’ to entries on botany in travel- ogues, special group entries in floras, etc. Most of the works referred to, are treated by us in more detail under the entry for the main author or editor. These entries are not meant to be exhaustive cross-references to other places in the book where the author’s name is mentioned; for this purpose the index to personal names should be used. Handwriting References are given to published examples of the author’s handwriting. In this respect the series now in publication in Candollea by Hervé M. Burdet renders a significant service to plant taxonomists faced with problems of identification of collectors or authors of types from labels on herbarium specimens. Eponymy These paragraphs, contributed by J. A. Leussink, bring information on eponymous usage of author’s names for generic names of plants and titles of journals. It was not feasible at this stage to include references to such usage in specific epithets, for they are difficult to trace and time was lack- ing to verify their correct application. We are reasonably certain, through checking the original literature or accepting statements by careful bio- graphers, that the generic names listed here do indeed apply to the bota- nists in question. It is remarkable to note how many apparently clear, traditional assumptions of dedication prove to be wrong when two or more homonymous authors are involved. For this reason coverage, even of the generic eponyms, is not complete, because doubtful attributions have been ommitted. Some errors in attribution may be found in this first volume because pressure of time sometimes forced us to accept information from secondary references, rather than the primary sources we generally con- sulted for these data. The eponymy paragraph has been kept to the essen- tials deliberately to avoid enlarging the book unnecessarily. For example, the few to several orthographic variants of generic names based on a personal one are generally omitted; but they are included when the variant is more like the spelling of the person’s name than is the legitimate generic name. Likewise, notes on generic names based on the same surname are not included when the people who bore those names lived in well-separated times. On the other hand, two generic names Andersonia, based on Anderson (1776) and Anderson (1782) would be discussed briefly. Postage stamps The information concerning postage stamps bearing the likenesses of botanists has been provided by E. A. Mennega at Utrecht. The references in these notes are to the well-known Yvert Catalogue (see list of abbrevia- tions under Yv.) XII INTRODUCTION BOOK ENTRIES Title paragraphs The title paragraphs consist of a citation of the complete title, the main part in italics (the ‘short title’), followed by place of publication, name of the publisher, year dates, number of volumes, bibliographical format and proposed title abbreviation in italics. All titles have been seen except if marked (n.v.); the copies seen are listed in the publication paragraph. Publication years differing from those mentioned on the title-pages are indicated in square brackets. The title-abbreviations were again suggested by the Smithsonian work- ing party and the senior author. In this instance accepted usage is much less stabilized and lists of title-abbreviations for books are rare or cover only small parts of the field. Even so, again with hesitation but at the urging of numerous colleagues and correspondents, we venture to re- commend these abbreviations for use in specialized taxonomic publica- tions. The suggestions are for general guidance only; if ever authors were convinced of the truth of ‘jeder Konsequenz fiihrt zum Teufel’ the present authors are. We found it difficult to reach reasonable uniformity in our own work and are therefore perhaps less than fully qualified to suggest norms to others. The bold face number identifying each book entry is used throughout, in the indexes and in cross references; this is its primary purpose. We know that the numbers used in the first edition have come in general use in book-sellers catalogues, usually either to indicate the general importance of the book (‘listed by Stafleu’) or to indicate special interest of the material offered for sale (‘not listed by Stafleu’). It may be somewhat confusing that, like Pritzel, we have chosen to re-number the books in our second edition. However, the number of books to be treated in this edition is about five times that of the first edition; this alone is sufficient excuse for the inconvenience caused. We may suggest perhaps that the numbers of this edition be referred to without author’s name as, for example, *TL2/1567’, instead of the ‘Stafleu 325” for the first edition. Publication paragraph Precise dates of publication are given where possible, but often we have had to settle for a rather wide range of dates. In a surprisingly high number of instances, however, dates can be determined, at least with respect to the month of publication, thus helping the taxonomist to establish nomen- clatural priorities. We must warn, however, that all information should be used with care; on the whole most indications are approximations or ‘possible dates.’ Reasonable certainty exists only if three independent sources support each other. The sources for our dates are usually briefly indicated except when this was done already in the first edition. We used many new sources for this edition, discussed briefly above under ‘sources and methods.’ Often we have limited ourselves to the citation of some specially significant sources, omitting reference to other generally support- ing evidence, in order not to make the entries too unwieldy. The dates of publication are followed by a ‘mini-collation’ of the con- XIII INTRODUCTION tents of the book and its format. We cite first and last pages of sets in so far as text appears on them. Inferred page numbers are cited in brackets. These pagination formulae do not give precise bibliographical information on the technical make-up of a book, as do analytical formulae citing signatures. The latter we could not consider doing, because thorough analytical bibliography is more a task of specialists, requiring much time and effort; as generalists, we prefer the citation of the pagination, which is readily understandable to botanists and which also provides reasonable identification of the book. Page numbers with asterisks in the collation refer to extra sets of pages falling outside the range of regular pagination. Copies seen are cited by means of abbreviations such as used in Index herbariorum. We stress that the number of copies listed by us as seen has no direct significance with respect to the degree of rarity of a book. A relative- ly uncomplicated modern book can be treated adequately on the basis of three copies, but may quite well have been present in several of the other libraries visited by us. We had to spare the feelings of the librarians, whose patience was, even so, heavily tried by the length of our lists of requests. INDEXES Two main indexes are given: one to names and one to titles. These indexes should also be used as sources of cross-references. In all cases of multiple authorship it is advisable to consult the indexes if the book is not at once found under the first author. For instance, it is often difficult to decide under which author to treat a travel book which has one general editor or author but other authors for the various botanical volumes or parts. It will also be of advantage to use the index to titles to find out whether certain periodicals are treated. It was impossible to include information on dates of publication of the great majority of botanical or biological periodicals. If, however, a periodical is strongly associated with one particular author such as Schrader’s Journal fiir die Botanik) or is really of prime importance (such as the Botanical Register, the Botanical Magazine, or Linnaea) it is often included and treated under the name of its chief editor. The index to titles contains not only book-titles and abbreviations of short- titles (with its variants) but also titles of series of exsiccatae mentioned in the ‘Herbarium and Types’ paragraphs and eponymous journal names. The index to names is more than a simple index and should be consulted regularly for a wide variety of purposes explained in its introductory para- graphs. It contains items from three categories in a single alphabetical sequence: (a) names of persons, (b) names of taxa, and (c) names of ships. The personal names are of authors, collaborators, collectors, artists, travellers, explorers and the like, but not of printers or publishing houses; the names of taxa (in italics) are mainly those mentioned in the eponymy paragraphs; the names of ships are those of exploring vessels and other ships involved in expeditions. The information on botanical collectors often updates the entries in the first parts of the Collectors Index of the Index herbariorum. XIV INTRODUCTION ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS This book is the result of team efforts and contributions by many indivi- duals and institutions. Any listing of acknowledgements is therefore bound to be incomplete. So many people helped us that we cannot list them all and we hope that those who are not mentioned by name will forgive our omission. For this edition we can repeat perhaps with even greater justifi- cation what was stated in the introduction to the 1967 edition: ‘Without the help of dozens of colleagues, friends, botanists and librarians alike, as well as of the directors and staff of many institutions, this book would have been impossible. International co-operation and friendship are characteristic of plant taxonomy to-day, and, in many respects this book reflects this happy state of affairs. It is a combination of what others have done with a much smaller effort of [our] own.’ Institutions We are privileged to have our home bases at the Institute of Systematic Botany of the University of Utrecht and at the Smithsonian Institution, where we found all facilities that we could desire. We are both closely associated with the New York Botanical Garden, Bronx, New York, and the Missouri Botanical Garden at St. Louis, Missouri. These two institu- tions are alternative home bases for us: the generous and stimulating help from directors, librarians and staff of these marvellously rich and highly efficiently organised libraries made it possible to reach the present scope. Other libraries which should be mentioned especially because of their important contribution to this project: those of the Botanical Museum at Berlin-Dahlem, the Conservatoire Botanique de Genéve, the Rijksherba- rium, Leiden, the Jardin national de Belgique, Meise and of the Hunt Institute of Botanical Documentation, Pittsburgh, Pa. At all these institutions we were welcome, notwithstanding our admit- tedly rather disruptive requirements, and our warmest thanks are due to directors, librarians and staffs. We hope that we do not overstay our welcome in the years to come. By singling out these main centers of our activity we do not neglect the often considerable contribution by many other institutions. We list all institutions below, those visited for ed. 1 or ed. 2, or for both, with our deep gratitude: De bibliotheek van de ‘Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie van Weten- schappen, Amsterdam, Nederland. Hugo de Vries-laboratorium, Amsterdam, Nederland. The Department of Botany and the University Library of the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich., U.S.A. The library of the Department of Agriculture, and the library of the National Fungus Collections, Agricultural Research Center, Beltsville, Maryland, U.S.A. Herbarium and library of the University of California, Department of Botany, University of California, Berkeley, California, U.S.A. XV INTRODUCTION Das Botanische Museum und Herbarium, Berlin-Dahlem, Bundesrepublik Deutschland. The University Library, the Botany School and the University Botanic Garden, Cambridge, England. The libraries of the Gray Herbarium and the Arnold Arboretum of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U.S.A. The Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, Scotland. Le Conservatoire botanique, Genéve, Suisse. De Koninklijke Bibliotheek, ’s-Gravenhage, Nederland. De bibliotheek van Teyler’s Stichting, Haarlem, Nederland. The Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, Richmond, Surrey, England. The library of the University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas, U.S.A. Het Riksherbarium, Lezden, Nederland. The library of the Komarov Botanical Institute of the Academy of Sciences of the U.S.S.R., Leningrad, U.S.S.R. The Department of Botany and the General Library of the British Museum (Natural History), the British Museum (Bloomsbury) and the Linnean Society of London, London, England. Instituto botanico José Cavanilles, Madrid, Espana. Le Jardin botanique national de Belgique (formerly Jardin botanique de Etat) and the Bibliothéque royale, Mezse, near Bruxelles, Belgique. Die Botanische Staatssammlung, Miinchen, Bundesrepublik Deutschland. Tulane University Herbarium and University Library, New Orleans, Louisiana, U.S.A. The New York Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York, U.S.A. Le Laboratoire de Phanérogamie et la Bibliotheque centrale du Muséum d’Histoire naturelle, Paris, France. The Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pa., U.S.A. The Hunt Institute of Botanical Documentation, Carnegie Mellon Uni- versity, Pittsburgh, Pa., U.S.A. The Botanical Department of the National Museum and the Institutum botanicum Universitatis Carolinae, Praha, CSR. Dudley Herbarium, Department of Biological Sciences, Stanford Univer- sity, Stanford, California, U.S.A. Naturhistoriska Riksmuseet and Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademien, Stock- holm, Sverige. Botaniska Museet, Uppsala, Sverige. XVI INTRODUCTION De Universiteitsbibliotheek en het Biohistorisch Instituut van de Rijks- universiteit, Utrecht, Nederland. De Bibliotheek van de Landbouwhogeschool, Wageningen, Nederland. Private collections In addition to the institutionalized libraries we were privileged to be able to consult private libraries. In addition to that of the senior author, we consulted the libraries of Joseph Ewan, Paul C. Silva, William C. Steere and John Stevenson as discussed above in our introductory paragraphs. Weare very grateful to our four colleagues for their signal help and for the liberality with which they made their treasures available to us in addition to their invaluable advice on coverage and scope. Individuals A great many individuals helped us in a great variety of ways. Our pillar of strength at the Utrecht home base was and is Jan A. Leussink, who is in charge of the flow of documentation and who in addition contributes many other features such as the eponymy paragraphs, the index to personal names and data obtained from various journals. The librarians, Mr. P. van den Berg and Miss J. van der Kaa were always ready to search for books and obtain loans. At the Smithsonian home base we had the continuous support from all members of the /ndex nominum genericorum team, for many years headed by Mary Francis Southwell, now by Ellen Farr. The close link between TL-2 and ING is obvious and many suggestions concerning coverage and other critical points came from ING and its enthusiastic workers in Washington, D.C., as well as in Utrecht. Of the many others who helped us apart from the directors and librar- ians of the institutions and libraries we list the following: R. C. Barneby (New York); C. Bickings (Washington, D.C.); Frau von Bismarck (Berlin); B. Boivin (Ottawa); C. E. B. Bonner (Genéve) ; J. van Borssum Waalkes (Leiden); R. K. Brummitt (Kew); G. Buchheim (Pitts- burgh); H. Burdet (Genéve); John Collins (Sotheby, London); L. Con- stance (Berkeley, Calif.); J. Cuatrecasas (Washington, D.C.); G. S. Daniels (Pittsburgh); K. Daniels (Pittsburgh); F. Demaret (Meise nr. Bruxelles); Mme Dumont (Meise nr. Bruxelles); A. Dyer (Pretoria) ; Th. Eckardt (Berlin); P. Edwards (London); Hj. Eichler (Canberra) ; J. Ewan (New Orleans, La.); K. Faegri (Bergen); E. Farr (Washington, D.C.); An. A. Fedorov (Leningrad); A. Fernandes (Coimbra); P. A. Florschiitz (Utrecht); F. R. Fosberg (Washington, D.C.); A. Fusonie (Beltsville, Md.); L. A. Garay (Cambridge, Mass.); C. R. Gunn (Belts- ville, Md.) ; J. Heller, Urbana, Ill.) ; I. Haesler (Miinchen); P. K. Holm- gren (New York); R. E. Holttum (Kew); A. Q. Howard (Berkeley); A. Huber-Morath (Basel); D. Isely (Ames, Iowa); N. Jaffe (Washington, D.C.) ; W. Keuken (Utrecht); R. Kiger (Pittsburgh); M. E. Kirpicznikov (Leningrad); K. Kjéde (Bergen); S. I. Kozuharov (Sofia); S. J. de Kraker (Utrecht) ; I. Kukkonen (Helsinki) ; Carla Lange (St. Louis, Mo.) ; Ida Langman (Philadelphia, Pa.); A. Lawalrée (Meise nr. Bruxelles) ; XVII INTRODUCTION P. Lehtonen (Helsinki); J. A. Linczevsky (Leningrad); S$. L. Lipschitz (Leningrad); C. R. Long (New York); H. Luther (Helsinki); Ian Mac- phail (Lisle, Ill.); W. F. Mahler (Dallas, Texas); H. Manitz (Jena); W. D. Margadant (Utrecht); J. Marquart (Washington, D.C.); E. Mc- Clintock (San Francisco, Calif.); E. A. Mennega (Utrecht); H. Merx- miiller (Miinchen) ; F. G. Meyer (Washington, D.C.) ; J. Miége (Genéve) ; D. Mollenhauer (Frankfurt); D. H. Nicolson (Washington, D.C.); S. J. van Ooststroom (Leiden); R. H. Petersen (Knoxville, Tenn.); D. H. Pfister (Cambridge, Mass.); A. R. Pinto da Silva (Lisbon); R. W. Pohl (Ames, Iowa); P. Pritchard (Washington, D.C.) ; P. H. Raven (St. Louis) ; B. C. Roeleveld (Utrecht); R. CG. Rollins (Cambridge, Mass.); R. Ross (London); E. Rouleau (Montreal); Velva Rudd (Northridge, Calif.) ; A. P. M. Sanders (Utrecht); R. Santesson (Stockholm); G. Sayre (Cambridge, Mass.); J. M. Schopf (Columbus, Ohio); K. Schroeder (Saarbriicken) ; Ruth Schallert (Washington, D.C.); D. Schwartz (New York); P. C. Silva (Berkeley, Calif.); V. Skalicky (Praha); M. Skytte Christiansen (Copenhagen); H. Sleumer (Leiden); N. Snigirevskaya (Leningrad); M. F. Southwell (San Antonio); G. Spevak (Washington, Calif.) ; W. T. Stearn (London); M. J. van Steenis-Kruseman (Leiden) ; W. C. Steere (Bronxville, N.Y.); B. T. Styles (Oxford); A. L. Takhtajan (Leningrad); J. Thomas (Stanford, Calif.) ; S. K. Tscherepanov (Lenin- grad); R. Tomaselli (Pavia); C. Vaczy (Cluj); I. T. Vasilezenko (Lenin- grad); R. McVaugh (Ann Arbor, Mich.); I. H. Vegter (Utrecht); B. Verdcourt (Kew); F. Verdoorn (Utrecht); L. Vogelenzang (Leiden) ; E. G. Voss (Ann Arbor, Mich.); G. Wagenitz (Gottingen); W. Weber (Boulder); L. K. Weresub (Ottawa); J. L. Wiggins (Stanford, Calif.) ; B. de Winter (Pretoria) ; J. J. Wurdack (Washington, D.C.); Gea Zijlstra (Utrecht). ENVOY The first part of the envoy of 1967 still applies: ‘Perfection or near-perfec- tion is impossible to achieve in this work: the words simply do not apply. Notwithstanding the very substantial help and support which I received from all those mentioned above, and from many others who remain un- mentioned, mistakes and omissions are bound to occur. They are wholly mine and I shall gladly hear about them’. The last sentences, however, no longer apply: ‘Who knows? If this book is found useful by plant taxonomists, there may be an opportunity in the not too distant future to bring about corrections and to extend the cover- age of “Taxonomic literature’.’ This not too distant future has turned out to be nine years beyond the first volume. We are determined to reach the end, but after the fourth volume of this second edition the adventurous odyssey through our history of plant taxonomy, as shown by its authors, collections and books, will be over. One can write only a single book of this type and size in a life-time. With the help of our friends and colleagues we hope to bring this work to a successful conclusion. Utrecht, Washington, D.C., May 1976. XVIUI Abbreviations This list contains several kinds of abbreviations, general ones as well as those denoting herbaria and bibliographic sources that are used frequently in the text. ; Sources that are not often cited are referred to by the author’s name. The abbreviations of herbaria are those in the Index herbariorum. book or serial which remained unfinished. ante (before). CamMBRIDGE: Arnold Arboretum, Harvard University, 22 Divinity Ave., Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138, U.S.A. Aa Aa, A. J. VAN DER, Biographisch woordenboek der Nederlanden, bevatten- de levensbeschrijvingen van zoodanige personen, die zich op eenigerlei wijze in ons vaderland hebben vermaard gemaakt. Haarlem 1853-1878 (Reprinted Amsterdam 1969), 7 vols. > P — AAR ZIKHRON-YA’AQOV: Herbarium Aaron Aaronsohn, P.O. Box 20, Zikhron Ya/aqov, Israel. AAU Aaruus: Herbarium Jutlandicum, Botanical Institute, University of Aarhus, 68 Nordlandsvej, DK-8240, Risskov, Denmark. Abbr. Abbreviation, abbreviated. ABD ABERDEEN: Department of Botany, ‘The University, Aberdeen, ABg. 24D Scotland, Great Britain. Abh. Abhandlungen. ABI ApipjAN: Herbarium Abidjan, Centre Orstom, B.P. 20, Abidjan, Céte d’ Ivoire. Abt. Abteilung (division). Acad. Académie des Sciences. Paris — The dates of receipt by the Académie of printed publications listed in: Procés-verbaux des séances de Académie tenues depuis la Fonda- tion l'Institut [1795] jusqu’au mois d’aott 1835. 10 volumes, Hendaye, 1910-1921. Comptes rendus hebdomadaires des séances: volumes 1-121, 1835-1900. L’ Institut. Journal des académies et sociétés scientifiques de France et de l’Etranger: volumes 1-44, 1833-1876. AD ADELAIDE: State Herbarium of South Australia, Botanic Garden, North Terrace, Adelaide, South Australia 5000. ADB Allgemeine deutsche Biographie. Leipzig, volumes 1-56, 1875-1912. In some references to sources of dates also for Allgemeine deutsche Bi- bliothek, Berlin, vols. 1-118, 1765-1796. Add. Addenda; (additional in ‘add. inf.’). AG Ascherson and Graebner, Synopsis der mitteleuropdischen Flora, see no. 200. Contains much original biographical information in foot- notes pertaining to eponymous plant names. Agron. Agronomy, agronomia, agronomie, agronomical. Akad. Akademie. AKL Algemeene Konst- en Letterbode. Haarlem, the Netherlands, 1-11, 1788- 1793, 1801-1862, (1794-1800 Nieuwe Algemeene Konst- en Letterbode). AK AuckLaAnpD: Auckland Institute and Museum, private Bag, Auck- land, New Zealand. AKU AUCKLAND: University of Auckland, Auckland, New Zealand. AL AucER: Herbier du Laboratoire de Botanique de la Faculté des Sciences, Université d’Alger, Alger, Alger. alg. algae. allg. allgemein(e). XIX ABBREVIATIONS Alman. alt. AMD Amer. AMES An. Andrews Ann. ANG ANGUC Anon. Anz. App. Apr Arch. ARIZ Ark. Arq. Art. Atl. Aug Austr., Austral. AUT AV BA BAF Barnhart BAS BASSA BB BC Beck XX Almanach, almanaque, almanak. alternative. AMSTERDAM: Hugo de Vries-Laboratorium, Plantage Middenlaan 2a, Amsterdam-4, Netherlands. American. CAMBRIDGE: Orchid Herbarium of Oakes Ames, Botanical Museum, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138, U.S.A. Anales. AnpDREws, Henry N., JR., Index of generic names of fossil plants 1820- 1965. Geological Survey Bulletin 1300. Washington D.C., 1970, lil, 354 Pp. Annales, annals, annali; sometimes: annual. AncERs: Herbier Lloyd, Place des Halles, Angers, France. ANGERS: Herbier de la Faculté Libre des Sciences, Place André Leroy, Angers, France. Anonymous. Anzeiger. Appendix. April. Archief, archive(s), Archiv, archivio. Tucson: The University of Arizona Herbarium, 113 Agricultural Sciences Building. The University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 857205) WLS Ae Arkiv, arkif. Arquivos. Article; in International Code of Botanical Nomenclature, see full reference under ICBN. Atlas. August. Australian. Autun: Société d’Histoire Naturelle et des Amis du Muséum d’Autun, 19 Rue Saint Antoine, 71400 Autun, France. Avicnon: Herbier du Muséum Requien d’Histoire naturelle de la ville d’Avignon, France. ANTWERPEN: Natuurwetenschappelijkk Museum (Dr. H. van Heurck), Gerard le Grellelaan 5, B 2020 Antwerpen, Belgium. born. Bertin: Botanischer Garten und Botanisches Museum Berlin- Dahlem, Kénigin-Luise Strasse 6-8, D-1 33 (Dahlem), Federal Republic of Germany, BRD. Many collections destroyed by fire in 1943. Buenos Arres: Museo Argentino de Ciencias Naturales ‘Bernadino Rivadavia’ e Instituto Nacional de Investigaciones de las Ciencias Naturales, Avda. Angel Gallardo 470, Casilla de Correo 10- Sucursal 5, Buenos Aires, Argentina. Buenos Aires: Museo de Botanica y Farmacologia ‘Juan A. Domin- guez’, Junin 956, Buenos Aires, Argentina. BaRNHART, JOHN HENDLEY, Biographical notes upon botanists. Boston, volumes 1-3, 1965. BasEL: Herbarium, Botanisches Institut der Universitat Basel, Basel, Switzerland. BassANO DEL GRAPPA: Herbarium of the Museum, Museo, Biblio- teca, Archivio-Bassano del Grappa, (Vicenza), Italy. Britten, JAMEs and GrorceE S. Bouncer, A biographical index of deceased British and Irish botanists. Second edition, revised and completed by A. B. RENDLE, London 1931. BARCELONA: Instituto Botanico de Barcelona, Av. de Muntanyans, Parque de Montjuic, Barcelona 4, Spain. Beck, CuristiAN DANIEL (1757-1832), Allgemeines Repertorium der neuesten in- und ausl dndischen Litteratur. Leipzig, Wien, volumes 1-14, 1819-1833. Beds. Beibl. Beih. Beitr. Ber. BERN BF BFM B.Fr. BG BGa BH BH Bibl. Bibl. Fr. Bih. Bijdr. Biogr. Biol. BIRA BIRM BISH BKL BL Blatt. BLAT BM BM BM-Bloomsbury BMNH BO Boktr. ABBREVIATIONS Bedfordshire. Beiblatt, Beiblatter. Beihefte. Beitrag, Beitrage. Bericht, Berichte. BERN: Botanisches Institut und Garten der Universitat, Altenbere- rain 21, CH-3013 Bern, Switzerland. Bibliographie de la France, volumes i-x, 1813-x. [Title varies; first volume: Bibliographie de Empire francais ou Journal de l’ Imprimerie et de la librairie]. Important source for dating French publications. The weekly issues contain lists of new books, pamflets and of instalments of serial publications. The date on which BF lists a book published in Paris can usually be taken as that of actual publication. Hamann, U. und G. Wacenirz, Bibliographie zur Flora von Mitiel- europa, Miinchen 1970, 328 p. see BF. BERGEN: Universitetets Botaniske Museum, Postboks 12, N-5014 Bergen, Norway. Botanical Gazette. Crawfordsville, Indiana, vols. i-x, 1875-x. Bibliographia Huntiana, documentation on botanical publications 1730-1840 at the Hunt Institute of Botanical Documentation, Carnegie-Mellon University, Pittsburgh, Pa., U.S.A. (as a herbarium abbreviation) IrHaca: L. H. Bailey Hortorium, Mann Library Building, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14850, U.S.A. Bibliography, bibliographie; sometimes also bibliotheca. see BF. Bihang. Bijdrage(n). Biography, biographical. Biological, biologique, biologisch. BIRMINGHAM: City Museum and Art Gallery, Birmingham B3 3DH, Great Britain. BirMINGHAM: Department of Botany, The University, Edgbaston, Birmingham, Great Britain. Hono.utu: Dept. of Botany, Bernice P. Bishop Museum, P.O. Box 6037, Honolulu, Hawaii 96818, U.S.A. BRooKLyN: Brooklyn Botanic Garden, 1000 Washington Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11225, U.S.A. BLAKE, S. F. — Geographical guide to Floras of the world. Part 1 (with A. C. Atwood), Washington 1942 (USDA, Misc. publ. no. 401); Part 2, Washington 1961 (USDA, Misc. publ. no. 797). Blatter. Bompay: Blatter Herbarium, St. Xavier’s College, Bombay 400 001, India. (when referring to herbaria) Lonpon: The Herbarium and Library of the Department of Botany, British Museum (Natural History) London, Great Britain. Also used to designate the presence of a book, manuscript or plates in the libraries of the British Museum (Natural History), e.g. after ‘Copies’. (as a bibliographical reference) Catalogue of the books, manuscripts, maps and drawings in the British Museum (Natural History), 8 volumes, London 1903-1940. Facsimile edition, Weinheim 1964. British Museum, Bloomsbury, London. British Museum (Natural History) London (as a general reference, e.g. to its library). Bocor: Herbarium Bogoriense, Lembaga Biologi Nasional, Bogor, Indonesia. Boktryckare (printer). XXI ABBREVIATIONS Bol. BOL Boll. BOLO BONN Bonplandia BORD Bossert Bot. Bot. Not. Bot. Zeit. BP BPI BPU BR BRA BREM Bretschneider BRI Briquet BRIST BRISTM Brit. BRLU BRNU BRSL BRU Brum. BRY BSBF BSN BTC XXII Boletim, Boletin. Care Town: Bolus Herbarium, University of Cape Town, Ronde- bosch 7700, Cape Town, South Africa. Bollettino. Botocna: Istituto Botanico dell’ Universita, Via Irnerio 42, Bologna Italy. Bonn: Botanisches Institut der Universitat Bonn, Abt. fiir Morpho- logie und Systematik, Meckenheimer Allee 170, D-53 Bonn, Federal Republic of Germany, BRD. Bonplandia. Zeitschrift fiir die gesammte Botanik. Hannover, Ger- many, vols. 1-10, 1853-1862. BorDEAUX: Jardin Botanique de la ville de Bordeaux, Térrasse du Jardin public, 33.000 Bordeaux, France. Biographical dictionary of botanists represented in the Hunt Institute portrait collection, Boston, Mass. 1972, 451 p. (compiled by Theodore W. Bossert). Botany, botanical, botanique, botanische, etc. Botaniska Notiser. Lund 1839-x. (with brief interruptions). Botanische Zeitung, Berlin (later: Leipzig), vols. 1-50, 1843-1892. Index to vols. 1-50: R. ADERHOLD, General-Register der ersten fiinfzig Jahrganger der Botanischen Zeitung. Leipzig 1895. Bupaprest: Museum of Natural History, Department of Botany, Vajdahunyadvara, Budapest XIV, Hungary. BELTSVILLE: National Fungus Collections, Agricultural Research Center-West, Beltsville, Maryland 02705, U.S.A. Bupapest: Institute of Plant Taxonomy and Ecology of the Eétvés L. University, 1088 Muzeum kérut 4A, Budapest, Hungary. BRUXELLES: Jardin botanique national de Belgique, Domaine de Bouchout, B 1860 Meise, Belgium. BRATISLAVA: Slovenské narodné muzeum, Vajansk¢ého 2, Bratislava, Czechoslovakia. Bremen: Ubersee-Museum, Bahnhofsplatz 13, Bremen, Federal Republic of Germany, BRD. BRETSCHNEIDER, E., History of European botanical discoveries, 2 vols., St. Petersburg 1898, reprint Leipzig 1962, see no. 748. BRISBANE: Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland 4068, Australia (formerly: Botanic Museum and Herbarium, Botanic Gardens). BRIQUET, JOHN, Biographies des botanistes 4 Genéve de 1500 a 1931. Bulletin de la Société Botanique Suisse, 50a: 1-494. Jan 1940. BristoL: Department of Botany, The University, Bristol BS8 1 UG, Great Britain. BristoL: The City Museum, Bristol, Great Britain. British. BruxE es: Laboratoire de Botanique, systématique et d’écologie, 28 Avenue Paul Héger, 1050 Bruxelles, Belgium. Brno: Institute of Plant Biology and Herbarium, University of J. E. Purkyné, 2 Kotlarska, 611 37 Brno, Czechoslovakia. see WRSL. ProvipENCcE: Brown University Herbarium, Rogers Hall, Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island o2912, U.S.A. Brumaire, 22 or 23 Oct-20 or 21 Nov (French revolutionary calen- dar). Provo: Herbarium, Brigham Young University, Rm. 113 B-49, Provo, Utah 84601, U.S.A. Bulletin de la Société botanique de France. Paris, vol. 1-x, 1854-x. Boston: Biological Science Center, Boston University, 2 Cumming- ton Street, Boston, U.S.A. Bulletin of the Torrey botanical Club. Lancaster, Pa., 1-x, 1870-x. Index: to volumes 1-75 (1870-1948), by Harold William Rickett. Lancas- ter, Pa. 1955. CAL Cal (if). Calend. CAN Canad. Candollea CAS Cas. Cat. CBS Cent. CERN cf. CGG Chapt. CHARL CHE Chron. ¢L CN co. COI Col. Collect. Coll. Colmeiro Comm. Comp. Consp. CORD cont. ABBREVIATIONS Bucurest!: Institutatea din Bucuresti, Gradina Botanica, Cotroceni 32, Bucuresti 15, Roumania. Bulletin. INDIANAPOLIS: Friesner Herbarium, Butler University, Indianapolis, Indiana 46208, U.S.A. Beruin: Herbarium Willdenow — see B. Bocor: Lembaga Pusat Penjelidikan Kehutanan (Forest Research Institute), Bogor, Indonesia. CopENHAGEN: Botanical Museum and Herbarium, Gothersgada 130, DK-1128 Copenhagen K., Denmark. circa (about). Carro: Department of Botany, Faculty of Science, Cairo University, Giza, Cairo, Egypt. CaucuTra: Botanical Survey of India, Head Office at Calcutta, Central National Herbarium, Sibpore, Howrah, India. California(n). Calendarium. Ortrawa: Vascular Plant Section, National Herbarium of Canada, National Museum of Natural Sciences, (Botany Division), Nation- al Museums of Canada, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada K1A OM8. Canadian. Candollea, organe du Conservatoire et Jardin botaniques de la ville de Genéve. Genéve I-x, 1922-x. ‘San Francisco: Departement of Botany, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118, ULS:A: Casopis (acta). Catalogue. BaaRN: Centraalbureau voor Schimmelcultures, Oosterstraat 1, Baarn, Netherlands. (Yeast Division: Julianalaan 67A, Delft). Centuria, century (a set of a hundred). CreRnavti: Botanical Institute of the University, Cernauti (Czerno- witz), Bessarabia, U.S.S.R. confer (compare). CamBripGcE: University Botanic Garden, Cambridge CB 2 1 JF, Great Britain. Chapter(s). CHARLESTON: Herbarium of the Charleston Museum, Charleston, South Carolina, U.S.A. CHERBOURG: Herbier de la Société des Sciences Naturelles et Ma- thématiques, Cherbourg, France. Chronica. Cxvuy: Gradina Botanica a Universitatii din Cluj, Str. Republicii 42, Cluj, Roumania. Carn: Herbier du Laboratoire de Botanique, Faculté des Sciences, Caen, France. county. Compra: Herbarium of the Botanical Institute of the University of Coimbra, Coimbra, Portugal. Coloured. Collectanea. Collection, collector, collected by. Cotmerro, M., Enumeracién y revisién de las plantas de la peninsula hispano — lusitana é islas Baleares. vol. 1, Madrid, 1885 (no. 1182). Commentarii, commentationes. Compendium. Conspectus. Corposa: Museo Botanico, Facultad de Ciencias E. F. y Naturales, Avda. Vélez Sarsfield 299, Cérdoba, Argentina. contents. XXIII ABBREVIATIONS Contr. copp. corr. C.R. crypt. CSP CSR CU CUP DAO DAOM Dawson deut. DBF Dec dec. dedic. Delect. Delft Denkschr. DUKE Duod. XXIV Contributions. copper. Correspondence; in citations of generic names: corrected by. Compte(s) Rendu(s). cryptogams, cryptogamic. Catalogue of scientific papers 1800-1900. Royal Society, London, volumes I-19, 1867-1925. Czechoslovakia. IrHaca: Wiegand Herbarium, Cornell University, Mann Library Building, Ithaca, New York 14850, U.S.A. IrHaca: Plant Pathology Herbarium, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14850, U.S.A. Cyclopedia. died. Danpy, J. E., Index of generic names of vascular plants 1753-1774. Utrecht 1967 (Regnum vegetabile vol. 51). Dictionary of American Biography. London, New York, volumes 1-22, 1928-1940. Otrawa: Vascular Plant Herbarium, Biosystematics Research In- stitute, Research Branch, Department of Agriculture, Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa, Canada K1A OC6. Orrawa: National Mycological Herbarium, Biosystematics Re- search Institute, Research Branch, Agriculture Canada, Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa, Canada K1A OC6. Dawson, WarRREN R., The Banks letters. A calendar of the manuscript correspondence of Sir Joseph Banks preserved in the British Museum, the British Museum (Natural History) and other collec- tions in Great Britain. London 1958, 965 p. Supplementary letters (1): Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Hist. 3(2), 1962, (2): ib. 3(3) 1965. deutsch (german); in journal and book titles. Dictionnaire de Biographie francaise. Paris, volumes i-x, 1933-X. December. decade (a set of ten). dedication. Delectus. Delft, the Netherlands, libraries of the Technische Hogeschool (Technical University). Denkschrift(en). département (administrative unit in France). description. Dijon: Laboratoire de Botanique, Faculté des Sciences, de la Vie et de l’Environnement, Batiment Mirande, 6 Bd Gabriel, F 21.000 Dijon, France. diatoms. Dicotyledones. Dictionary. Dispositio. Dictionary of national Biography. Oxford, volumes 1-63, 1885-1900. STANFORD: Dudley Herbarium, Department of Biological Sciences, Stanford University, Stanford, California 94305, U.S.A. Dictionary of Scientific biography, ed. C. C. Gillispie, New York, vols. I-x, 1970-x. DatLA Torre und SARNTHEIM, Flora der gefiirsteten Grafschaft Tirol, Innsbruck 1900-1913, 6 vols., see no. 1299. DuNTHORNE, GorDON, Flower and fruit prints of the 18th and early 19th centuries. Washington 1938. Duruam: Duke University Herbarium, Dept. of Botany, Durham, North Carolina 27706, U.S.A. Duodecimo, book-size in which each leaf is 1/12 of a printing-sheet. Duod. (in sixes) dupl. DWC E ed. Floréal Fol. Frank ABBREVIATIONS Duodecimo, gatherings made up of half sheets, 12 pages per signa- ture. duplicate(s). West CuestEr: Darlington Herbarium, West Chester, Pennsylva- nia, U.S.A. EpinsurGu: Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, Great Britain. edition, the total number of copies of a work printed from the same typesetting at any time (see MacPhail, Huntia 2: 281. 1965); some- times: editor. editor. exempli gratia (for instance). Material from Glasgow herbarium (GL) on permanent loan to Edinburgh (E). Encyclopedia. enumeratio(n). ENGLER, H. G. A. and Prant1, K. A. E., Die natiirlichen Pflanzen- familien, Berlin 1887-1915, ed. 2, Berlin 1924-x. engraving. ERLANGEN: Herbarium, Botanisches Institut der Universitat Erlan- gen, Erlangen, Germany. Erganzungs-Blatter. errata, addenda et corrigenda (in collations) ; in general: erroneous- (ly). et alia (and others). Ewan, Joseph A.; copy in the private library of Ewan. extrait, extract. Cuicaco: John G. Searle Herbarium, Field Museum of Natural History, Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60605, U.S.A. facsimile. Copy in the private library of F. A. Stafleu, Utrecht, the Netherlands. fascicle, one part of book published by instalments. FreipuRG: Herbarium, Botanisches Institut der Universitat, Frei- burg, Germany. February. CAMBRIDGE: Farlow Library and Herbarium of Cryptogamic Bota- ny, Harvard University, 20 Divinity Avenue, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138, U.S.A. (reference to a herbarium) Firenze: Herbarium Universitatis Florentinae, Istituto Botanico, Firenze, Italy. (as a bibliographical reference under Rafinesque) Firzpatrick, T.J., Rafinesque, a sketch of his life with bibliography. Des Moines, Iowa IQIE. according to; on the authority of. figure(s). filius (son). floruit (flourished). Flora (in titles); the journal is cited as ‘Flora’. Flora oder (allgemeine) botanische Zeitung. Regensburg 1-x, 1818-x. Indexes: J. K. Hasskarl, Allgemeines Sach- und Namenregister zu den ersten XXV Jahrgangen der Flora, Regensburg 1851 (vols. 1- 25, 1818-1842) ; Gesamt-Register fiir die Bande 26-100, Jena 1910 by J. Christian Bay. Flora was also specially extracted for TL-2 by J. A. Leussink with respect to biographical and bibliographical information as well as notes on collections and herbaria. Floréal, 20 or 21 Apr—1g or 21 Mai (French revolutionary calendar). Folio, volume made of sheets of paper folded once. Frank, A. B., in Leunis, Synopsis der Pflanzenkunde, ed. 3, vol. 3, 1886, app. p. 1-117 (authors). XXV ABBREVIATIONS FR Frim. front., frontisp. Fruct. G GA geol. Germ. Gersdorf Gesch. Ges. GF, GFB GFW GGA GH GJO GL GOET GR GRM XXVI FRANKFURT: Herbarium, Forschungsinstitut und Naturmuseum Senckenberg, Frankfurt, Germany. Frimaire, 21 or 22 Nov-20 or 21 Dec (French revolutionary calen- dar). frontispiece (illustration facing title-page). Fructidor, 18 or 19 Aug-16 or 17 Sep (French revolutionary calen- dar). GENEVE: Conservatoire et Jardin botaniques, Postal address: Case postale, CH-1211 Genéve 21, Switzerland. ATHENS: Dept. of Botany, Herbarium of the University of Georgia, Athens, Georgia 30602, U.S.A. Garden, Gardener. GOTEBORG: Herbarium, Institute of Systematic Botany, University of Géteborg, Goteborg, Sweden. GENEVE: Herbier Boissier — see G. GRANADA: Catedra de Botanica de Ja Facultad de Farmacia, Granada, Spain. Prodromus herbarium (de Candolle) at the Conservatoire botanique de Genéve, Switzerland (IDC 800). GENEVE: Herbier Delessert — see G. GENovA: Istituto ed Orto Botanico ‘Hanbury’ dell’Universita, Corso Dogali 1C, Genova, Italy. gelehrte. general. Gent: Laboratorium voor Plantensystematiek, 35 Ledeganckstraat, B gooo Gent, Belgium. ATLANTA: Department of Biology, Emory University, Atlanta, Georgia 30322, U.S.A. geological, geology. Germinal, 21 or 22 Mar-19 or 20 Apr (French revolutionary calen- dar). GersporF, E. G., Leipziger Repertorium der deutschen und ausldndischen Literatur. Leipzig, volumes 1-18, 1834-1850. Geschichte. Gesellschaft. SITWELL, S. and W. Biunt, Great flower books 1700-1900. London 1956, bibliography by P. M.‘Synge. GREIFSWALD: Sektion Biologie der Ernst-Moritz-Arndt-Universitat Greifswald, Grimmer Strasse 88, DDR-22 Greifswald, German Democratic Republic, DDR. Géttingische gelehrte Anzeigen volumes i-x, 1739-x. Appeared originally every few days in ‘Stiicke’ which were precisely dated. For a long time there were four ‘Stiicke’ per week, 208-210 per year. Title varies: Gottingische Zeitungen von gelehrten Sachen, 1739-1752; Gottingische Anzeigen von gelehrten Sachen, 1753-1801; Gottingische gelehrte Anzeigen, 1802-x. CampripGE: Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, 22 Divinity Avenue, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138, U.S.A. Graz: Botan.-Abt. des Steierm. Landesmuseums Joanneum, Raubergasse 10, A-8010 Graz, Austria. Giascow: Department of Botany, University of Glasgow W. 2, Scotland, Great Britain. GOTTINGEN: Systematisch-Geobotanisches Institut, Universitat Géttingen, Unt. Karspiile 2, D 34 Gottingen, Federal Republic of Germany, BRD. Grummann, Vitus, Biographisch-bibliographisches Handbuch der Lichen- ologie. 3301 Lehre, Verlag von J. Cramer, 1974. GRENOBLE: Herbier du Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle, Grenoble, France. HE Hedwigia HEID Henrey herb. HH Hinrichs Hist. Hist. Coll. BMNH Hitchcock HL h.l.q.c. h.l.q.s. h.p.m.s. ABBREVIATIONS GRAHAMSTOWN: Herbarium of the Albany Museum, Botanical Research Unit, P.O. Box 101, Grahamstown, South Africa. GRINNELL: Grinnell College Herbarium, Biology Department, Grinnell, Iowa 50112, U.S.A. Haren: Biological Centre, Department of Systematic Botany, Kerklaan 30, P.O. Box 14, Haren (Groningen), Netherlands. (formerly at Groningen). Graz: Institut fiir systematische Botanik, Holteigasse 6, A-8010 Graz, Austria. HE.sInkt: Botanical Museum, University of Helsinki, Unioninkatu 44, SF-o0170 Helsinki 17, Finland. Hatter, A. von, Bibliotheca botanica, Ziirich 1771-1772, 2 vols. Haute: Martin-Luther-Universitat, Sektion Biowissenschaften, Wissenschaftsbereich Geobotanik und Botanischer Garten, Neu- werk 21, Halle (Saale), German Democratic Republic, DDR. hora ante meridiem consueta. hora ante meridiem solita. NEWCASTLE UPON TNE: Herbarium of the Hancock Museum, Newcastle upon Tyne, Great Britain. Hamevrc: Institiit fiir Allgemeine Botanik, Jungiusstrasse 6, Ham- burg 36, Federal Republic of Germany, BRD. HELLER, JOHN Lewis, Index auctorum et librorum a Linnaeo (Species plantarum, 1753) citatorum, in Linnaeus, Species plantarum, Ray Society facsimile edition, appendix to vol. 2, pp. 3-60. 1959. Hedwigia. Ein Notizblatt fiir kryptogamische Studien. Vols. 1-82, 1852-1944. HEIDELBERG: Institut ftir Systematische Botanik der Universitat, Kirschnerstrasse 6, Heidelberg, Federal Republic of Germany, BRD. HeEnrey, BLANcHE, British botanical and horticultural literature before 1800. 3 vols., London 1975. The numbers cited refer to the bibliographies in vols. 1 and 3. herbarium. Copy in the combined libraries of the Harvard University Herbaria (A and GH). Bérsenblatt ftir den deutschen Buchhandel und fir die mit ihm verwandten Geschaftszweige. Leipzig vols. 1-x, 1834-x. — From 1(5) (31 Jan 1834) on, the Boérsenblatt contained a list of the ‘Neuigkeiten, vom [...] in Leipzig angekommen und mitgetheilt von der J. E. Hinrichsen Buchhandlung’. The dates of receipt by Hinrichs are taken as dates of publication if they refer to books published in Leipzig; for books published in other places there may have been a delay in reporting due to the time required for sending the books to Leipzig. Many botanical items listed by Hinrichs in the years 1834-1855 are referred to in this book. History, histoire. G. Murray, The Department of Botany, in: The history of the collec- tions contained in the natural history departments of the British Museum, vol. 1, London 1904, pp. 79-193. Hircucock, A. S., Location of type specimens. 2 lists, Washington, D.C., 1934, 1935. Mimeographed lists, without title-pages, circulated by Hitchcock as chairman of the Committee on Nomenclature of the Botanical Society of America. The lists were admittedly provisional and contain a certain number of errors. STEVENS, The Humboldt library. London 1863, facsimile reprint Leip- zig 1967. hora locoque consuetis. hora locoque solitis. hora post meridiem solita. XXVII ABBREVIATIONS HR h.t. HU IF IH IK ill. ILL incl. Ind. ind. IND inf. int. XXVIII Hooper — Roserts documentation on Australian botany. See Karg, Taxon 23: 613-618. The main set of this documentation is at the Hunt Institute for Botanical Documentation, Pittsburgh, Pa. Other sets are at the Australian Academy of Sciences, Can- berra, Australia, and at the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. Hortus siccus (designation used in Sloane herbarium). half title, ‘french title’. Catalogue of botanical books in the collection of Rachel McMasters Miller Hunt, 2 vols. Pittsburgh 1958, 1961. — volume 1 compiled by Jane Quinby, volume 2(2) by Allan Stevenson. (when used to indicate location of copies): ‘The library of the Hunt Institute for Botanical Documentation (Hunt Library), Carnegie- Mellon University, Pittsburgh, Pa., U.S.A. Iast: Laboratorul si Muzeul Botanic, Facultatea de Biologie-Geo- grafie, Universitatea ‘Al. I. Cuza’ din Iasi, Iasi, Roumania. Iowa City: Herbarium, Department of Botany, University of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa 52242, U.S.A. International Association for Plant Taxonomy. ibidem (in the same book, chapter, passage, etc.) INNsBRUCK: Institut ftir Botanische Systematik und Geobotanik der Universitat Innsbruck, Sternwartestrasse 15, Innsbruck, Austria. InNsBRUCK: Tiroler Landesmuseum Ferdinandeum, Botan. Abtei- _ lung, Innsbruck, Austria. idem. International Code of Botanical Nomenclature adopted by the Eleventh International Congress, Seattle, August 1969. Utrecht 1972. (Regnum vegetabile vol. 82). International Code of Nomenclature for Cultivated Plants 1961. Utrecht 1961 (Regnum vegetabile vol. 22). Inter Documentation Company, Poststrasse, Zug, Switzerland. ‘The IDC numbers given under the references (Ref.) in most entries are those of the microfiche editions of the respective books. Most of these microfiche editions are currently available. CHRISTENSEN, C., Index filicum sive enumeratio omnium generum specierumque filicum et hydropteridum ab anno 1753 ad finem anni 1905 descriptorum. Kjobenhavn 1906. Supplementum 1, ib. 1913, 2, ib. 1917, 3, ib. 1934. Supplementum 4, by R.E.G. Pichi-Sermolli, Utrecht 1965. (see no. 1128). Lanjouw, J. and F. A. STAFLEv, Index Herbariorum. 1. The herbaria of the world, ed. 6, Utrecht 1974 (Regnum vegeta- bile vol. 92). 2. Collectors’ Index. part 1 A-D, Utrecht 1954 (Regnum vegetabile vol. 2). part 2 E-H, Utrecht 1957 (Regnum vegetabile vol. 9). part 3 I-L, Utrecht 1972 (by M. N. Chaudri, I. H. Vegter and C. M. de Wal) (Regnum vegetabile vol. 86). part 4 M, Utrecht 1976 (by I. H. Vegter). Index kewensis plantarum phanerogamarum (B. D. Jackson), London 1893-1895, 2 vols., 15 supplements 1901-1974. illustrations (in text). Urpana: Herbarium of the Department of Botany, University of Illinois, Urbana, [llinois 61801, U.S.A. including. Indian. index. BiroominctTon: Herbarium of Indiana University, Department of Plant Sciences, Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana 47401, USA. information obtained from. international. Ale Jackson Jahrb. Jahresber. Jan J. Bot. JE JEPS JGLE JGLF aul K Kanitz KAZ Kew Kew List KIEL k.k. Kon. kongl. KR KR KRA KRAM krypt. KSC ABBREVIATIONS introduction. International Standard Book Number. Ames: Department of Botany and Plant Pathology, Iowa State Uni- versity Herbarium, Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa 50010, U.S.A. JouANNEsBURG: The Moss Herbarium, University of the Witwaters- rand, Department of Botany and Microbiology, 1 Jan Smuts Ave., Johannesburg 2001, (Transvaal), South Africa. Journal (in title abbreviations). Jackson, B. D., Guide to the literature of botany, London 1881. Jahrbuch. Jahresbericht. January. Journal of Botany, British and foreign, vols. 1-80, 1863-1942. Jena: Herbarium Haussknecht, Sektion Biologie der Friedrich- Schiller-Universitat, Jena, German Democratic Republic, DDR. BERKELEY: Jepson Herbarium and Library, Department of Botany, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720, U.S.A. Journal général de la littérature étrangére ... Paris, vols. 1-13, 1801-1813; 1814-1841. Journal général de la littérature de France . . . vols. 1-7, 1798-18043 1805- 1841. Journal typographique et bibliographique, 14. volumes, Paris an VI [1797] — 1810 — Continued under the title Journal général de ? Imprimerie et de la Librairie (4 Dec 1810-30 Sep 1811) and subsequently as Bzblio- graphie de ’ Empire francais, later Bibliographie de la France (see BF). July. June. Jansen, P. en W. H. Wacuter, Personalia 1-5, Nederlands Kruid- kundig Archief (1)49: 437-452. 1939; (2)50: 182-205. 1940; (3)51: 340-379. 19413 (4)52: 371-415. 19423 (5)53: 232-257. 1943. Kew: The Herbarium and Library, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, Richmond, Surrey TW 9 3AE, Great Britain. Konglig, kunglig. Kanitz, Aucust, Versuch einer Geschichte der ungarischen Botanik, Linnaea 33: 401-664. 1864/1865. The entries are numbered. Kazan: University Herbarium, Kazan, U.S.S.R. Author catalogue of the Royal Botanic Gardens Library, Kew, England. 5 vols., 1974. Anon. — A list of the Contributors to the Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, brought down to 31th December, 1899. Bull. Misc. Inf. Kew 1901: 1-72. Kiet: Botanisches Institut der Universitat, Kiel, Federal Republic of Germany, BRD. k6niglich-kaiserliche (Austrian). K@6niglich. konglig, kunglig (royal). (as a bibliographical reference) Krox, Tu. O. B. N., Bubliotheca botanica suecana ab antiquissimis temporibus ad finem anni memxvili. Uppsala [1925]. KaruisRuHE: Landessammlungen fiir Naturkunde, Erbprinzen- strasse 13, Postfach 40-45, 75 Karlsruhe 1, Federal Republic of Germany, BRD. Krakow: Herbarium Universitatis Jagellonicae Cracoviensis, ul- Lubicz 46, Krakow, Poland. Krakow: Herbarium of the Botanic Institute of the Polish Academy of Sciences, Lubicz 46, Krakow, Poland. kryptogamen. Manuatran: Herbarium, Bushnell Hall, Division of Biology, Kansas State University, Manhattan, Kansas 66506, U.S.A. XXIX ABBREVIATIONS KSO KVA KW L LA lab. Langman Laségue LASCA LINN Linnaea Lipschitz LISC LISE LISJC LISM LISU Lit. Ber. liths. LIV LIVU XXX Ketso: Herbarium of the Tweedside Physical & Antiquarian So- ciety Museum, Kelso, Great Britain. STOCKHOLM: Library Kungl. Vetenskapsakademien, S 104.05. Sweden. Krew: The Kholodniy Institute of Botany of the Academy of Scien- ces of the Ukrainian SSR, Repin Street 2, Kew 252601, U.S.S.R. Lerten: Rijksherbarium, Schelpenkade 6, Leiden, Netherlands. Los ANGELEs: Botanical Gardens — Herbarium, Department of Botany, University of California, Los Angeles, California 90024, U.S.A. laboratoire, laboratory. Lancman, I. K., A selected guide to the literature on the flowering plants of Mexico. Philadelphia 1964. LaskGuE, A., Musée botanique de M. Benjamin Delessert, Paris 1845, facs. reprint. 3301 Lehre, J. Cramer, 1970 (intr. F. A. Stafleu). ArcapiaA: Herbarium of the Los Angeles State and County Arbore- tum, 301 North Baldwin Avenue, Box 688, Arcadia, California gioo06, U.S.A. Lausanne: Herbier du Musée botanique cantonal, Lausanne, Switzerland. Laubmoose (musci). Lunp: Herbarium of the Botanical Museum, Lund, Sweden. LenincGrAD: Herbarium of the Department of Higher Plants, V. L. Komarov Botanical Institute of the Academy of Sciences of the U.S.S.R., 197022, Prof. Popov Street 2, Leningrad, P-22, U.S.S.R. Lebermoose (hepaticae). LercestER: Leicester Literary & Philosophical Society, Leicester, Great Britain. Lirkce: Département et Jardin Botanique de l’Université, Sart Tilman, B-4000 Liége, Belgium. loco horaque solitis. lichenes. Lieferung (livraison, fascicle, instalment). Litte: Fédération Universitaire et Polytechnique (Association d’E- cole Supérieures et de Facultés Catholiques), 60 Boulevard Vauban, 59046 Lille Cédex, France. Lonpvon: The Linnean Society of London, Burlington House, Picca- dilly, W. 1, London, Great Britain. Linnaea, Ein Journal fiir die Botanik in ihrem ganzen Umfange. vols. 1-43, 1826-1882. (see under Schlechtendal. D.F.L.). Liescuitz, S., Botanicorum rossicorum lexicon biographo-bibliographicum, Moskva 1947-1952, 4 vols. Lissoa: Centre de Botanica da Junta de Investigagdes Cientificas do Ultramar, Rua Jau 54, Lisboa 3, Portugal. Oxrrras: Estagao Agranémica Nacional, Oeiras, Portugal. (formerly at Sacavem). Lissoa-BELEM: Jardim e Museu Agricola do Ultramar, Calgada do Galvao-Belém, Lisboa, Portugal. Lissoa: Misséo de Estudos Agronémicos do Ultramar, Lisboa, Portugal. Lissoa: Museu, Laboratorio e Jardim Botanico (Institute of Botany), Faculty of Sciences, Lisboa-2, Portugal. Literaturberichte zur Flora oder allgemeinen botanischen Zeitung. Regensburg, vols. 1-12, 1831-1842. lithographs. LivERPOOL: Merseyside County Museum (lately City of Liverpool Museums), (LIV), William Brown Street, Liverpool L3 8EN, Great Britain. LiverrooL: The Hartley Botanical Laboratories, Liverpool 3, Great Britain. livr. LL ILD. )D); LLO LP LS LS suppl. LIN LUCCA LV IEG eZ, M MA MAF Mag. Magnin Mai Man. MANCH Mar MASS max. MD M.D. ME med. Medd. Meded. MEL Mem. Mém. ABBREVIATIONS Livraison (fascicle, instalment). RenNER: Lundell Herbarium, Renner, ‘Texas 75079, U.S.A. — de- posited at TEX. Litteris doctor. Cincinnati: Lloyd Library and Museum, 309 West Court St., Cincinnati, Ohio 45221, U.S.A. La Prata: Facultad de Ciencias Naturales y Museo, Division Plantas Vasculares, Universidad Nacional de La Plata, La Plata, Bs. As., Argentina. Linpau, G. et P. Sypow, Thesaurus literaturae mycologicae et lichenologi- cae, 2 volumes, Leipzig. 1908-1909. Linpau, G. & G. Sypow, Thesaurus literaturae mycologicae et lichenologi- cae, R. CiFERRI, Supplementum 1911-1930. 4 vols. Papia, Cortina 1957-1960. Luton: Public Museum and Art Gallery, Luton, Great Britain. Lucca: Orto Botanico, Via del Giardino Botanico, Lucca, Italy. Leuven: Laboratorium voor beschrijvende plantkunde, Carnoy Instituut, Rijschoolstraat 9, B-3000 Leuven, Belgium. (formerly under Louvain). Lyon: Herbiers de l'Université de Lyon, Département de Biologie Végétale, 43 Bd du 11 Novembre, F-69621 Villeurbanne, France. Lerpzic: Herbarium, Botanisches Institut der Karl-Marx-Universi- tat, Leipzig, DDR. Miuncuen: Botanische Staatssammlung, Menzingerstrasse 67, D-8 Miinchen 19, Federal Republic of Germany, BRD. Maprip: Instituto ‘Antonio José Cavanilles’, Jardin Botanico, Plaza de Murillo 2, Madrid 14, Spain. Maprip: Herbario del Laboratorio de Botanica de la Faculdad de Farmacia, Ciudad Universitaria, Madrid 3, Spain. Magazin(e), also Magyar. Macnin, Ant. — Prodrome d’une histoire des botanistes Lyonnais, a series of papers in the Bull. Soc. bot. Lyon: premiére partie 31: I-72. 1906 deuxiéme partie 32: 1-68. 1907 additions et corrections 32: 103-141. 1907 additions et corrections 2° série 35: 13-80. 1910. May. Manual. MancuesTER: The Manchester Museum, The University, Man- chester 13, Great Britain. March. AmueErstT: Herbarium of the University of Massachusetts, Depart- ment of Botany, Amherst, Massachusetts 01002, U.S.A. in ‘fol. max.’ large folio. MarGaDANT, WILLEM DantéL, Early bryological literature. A descrip- tive bibliography of selected publications treating Musci during the first decades of the nineteenth century and especially of the years 1825, 1826 and 1827. Pittsburgh Pa./Utrecht 1968. Medicinae Doctor. Meise, Max — A bibliography of American Natural History. New York and London, 3 vols, 1967 (reprinted from the original edition of 1924-1920). medio (in the middle of the year) ; in journal or book titles: medical, medicine. Meddelande(n). Mededeling(en). MEeExBournE: National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens, South Yarra, Melbourne, Victoria 3141, Australia. Memoirs, memorias, memorie. Mémoires. XXXI ABBREVIATIONS Mess. MEX MG MOD Moebius Monocot. Monogr. MONT MONTU MPA MPU MSC mss MSTR MT MTJB MU Mus. musc. MVDA MVM Mycologia MW MW XXXII Messidor, 19 or 20 Jun-18 or 19 Jul (French revolutionary calendar). Mexico: Instituto de Biologia, Universidad Nacional Aut6noma de México, Ap. Postal 70-268, México 20, D.F., México. BeLtem: Museu Paraense Emilio Goeldi, Caixa Postal 399, Belém, Para, Brazil. CormmBAToRE: Southern Circle, Botanical Survey of India, Coimba- tore, India — see CAL. Mixano: Institute of Plant Sciences of the University, Via Giuseppe Colombo 60, Milano, Italy. Ann ArsBorR: Herbarium of the University of Michigan, North University Building, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48104, U.S.A. Saint PauL: Herbarium of the University of Minnesota, Depart- ment of Botany, University of Minnesota, 220 Biological Sciences Center, Saint Paul, Minnesota 55101, U.S.A. Miscellanea. Mitteilung(en). Saint Louis: Herbarium of Missouri Botanical Garden, 2315 Tower Grove Avenue, Saint Louis, Missouri 63110, U.S.A. Mopena: Istituto Botanico dell’Universita, Modena, Italy. Moesiuvs, M., Geschichte der Botanik. Von den ersten Anfangen bis zur Gegenwart, Stuttgart 1937, ed. 2, unchanged, ib. 1968, viii, 458 p. Monocotyledones. Monograph. Bozeman: Herbarium, Dept. of Biology, Montana State University, Bozeman, Montana 59715, U.S.A. MissouLa: Herbarium, Department of Botany, University of Mon- tana, Missoula, Montana 59801, U.S.A. MonrTPELLiER: Ecole Nationale Supérieure Agronomique (Botani- que et Pathologie Végétale), 34 Montpellier (Hérault), France. MontTPEL.iER: Institut de Botanique, Université de Montpellier, 5 Rue Auguste Broussonet, Montpellier (Hérault), France. East Lanstnc: Michigan State University Herbarium, Depart- ment of Botany and Plant Pathology, Michigan State University, East Lansing, Michigan 48823, U.S.A. manuscripts. Minster: Landesmuseum fiir Naturkunde, Himmelreich-Allee 50, 44 Minster, Westfalen, Federal Republic of Germany, BRD. Montreat: Herbier Marie-Victorin, Institut Botanique, Université de Montréal, 4101 Est, Rue Sherbrooke, Montréal 36, Canada. H1X 2Ba. MontTrEAL: Jardin Botanique de Montréal, 4101 Est, Rue Sher- brooke, Montréal H1X 2B2. Canada. Oxrorpb: Miami University Herbarium (Willard Sherman Turrell Herbarium), Department of Botany, Miami University, Oxford, Ohio 45056, U.S.A. Museum. musci, muscorum. Monteviweo: Directidn de Agronomia, Ministerio de Ganaderia y Agricultura, Calle Uruguay, Montevideo, Uruguay. MonrTeEvipEO: Museo Nacional de Historia Natural, Casilla de Correo 399, Montevideo, Uruguay. Mycologia [Official organ of the mycological society of America], Lancaster, Pennsylvania 1-x, 1909-x. — Mycologia index volumes 1-58, 1909-1966, New York 1968. Merritt, Ermer D. and Ecspert H. WALKER, A bibliography of Eastern asiatic botany. Jamaica Plain, Massachusetts, U.S.A. 1938. — Supplement 1, by Egbert H. Walker, Washington 1960. (designating a herbarium) Moscow: The Herbarium of the Depart- ment of Botany of the Lomonosov State University of Moscow, UWiS:S:R: Nature naturf. naturw. Naturw. NBG NBV NCAB NCU NICE Nickles Nijmegen Niv. NJ ABBREVIATIONS WASHINGTON: Herbarium, United States National Arboretum, Washington, D.C. 20002, U.S.A. Nacional. Nachrichten. Nachtrage. North American Flora, see Britton, N.L. no. 781. Napo tt: Istituto Botanico della Universita di Napoli, Via Foria 223, Napoli, Italy. Nature, natural, naturelle. Newton Assot: Seale-Hayne Agricultural College, Newton Abbott, Great Britain. National. Naturae novitates. Bibliographie neuer Erscheinungen aller Lander auf dem Gebiete der Naturgeschichte und der exacten Wissen- schaften. Herausgegeben von R. Friedlander & Sohn in Berlin, volumes i-x, 1879-x. Nature, a weekly illustrated journal of science. London. Vol. 1-x, 1869/70-x. naturforschend. naturwissenschaftlich. Naturwissenschaften. Care Town: Compton Herbarium, National Botanic Gardens of South Africa, Kirstenbosch, Newlands 7725, Cape ‘Town, South Africa. LeweENn: Koninklijke Nederlandse Botanische Vereniging (Royal Botanical Society of the Netherlands), c/o Riksherbarium, Schelpenkade 6, Leiden, Netherlands. National Cyclopaedia of American Biography, ed. A. R. Spofford et al., New York 1898-1948. CuHapPeL Hitt: University of North Carolina Herbarium, Dept. of Botany, Chapel Hill, North Carolina 27514, U.S.A. Nancy: Herbier de l'Institut Botanique de la Faculté de Sciences, Nancy, France. not dated. Neue deutsche Biographie. Berlin, volumes i-x, 1953-x. Lincoin: Division of Botany, University of Nebraska State Museum, W532 Nebraska Hall, Lincoln, Nebrasca 68508, U.S.A. CamBRIDGE: The New England Botanical Club Herbarium (Vascu- lar Plants), 22 Divinity Avenue, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138, U.S.A. Nederland, Nederlands. NeucHATEL: Université de Neuchatel, Institut de Botanique, Neu- chatel, Switzerland. DursBaAN: Botanical Research Unit, Natal Herbarium, Botanic Gardens Road, Durban, South Africa. ’ New Haven: New Haven Agricultural Experiment Station, New Haven, Connecticut 06505, U.S.A. NissEN, CLAus, Die botanische Buchillustration, ihre Geschichte und Biblio- graphie. Zweite Auflage, durchgesehener und verbesserter Ab- druck der zweibandigen Erstauflage erganzt durch ein Supple- ment. Stuttgart 1966. Nice: Herbier du Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle, Nice, France. NIcKLEs, JOHN M., Geological literature on North America 1785- 1918. Bull. U.S. geol. Surv. 746, 74.7. 1926. NyMeEGEN: Library of the Botany Department of the Catholic Uni- versity of Nijmegen, the Netherlands. Nivése, 21 or 22 Dec-ig or 20 Jan (French revolutionary calendar). NjAtA: Njala University College, Department of Biological Sciences, University of Sierra Leone, Private Mail Bag, Freetown, Sierra Leone, West Africa. XXXII ABBREVIATIONS NNBW no(s). NO NOT nouv. Nov Nov. n.S. NSW NTM™M nuov. n.V. NZgS O Oc Oct Oct. Oct. (in fours) Oest. OBL ORE OREB orig. orth. var. 0.S. OS OSC Oudemans OULU OXF p. P Ras PAD PAS PAV. XXXIV Nieuw Nederlands biografisch woordenboek, door Molhuysen, Blok en Kossmann, 1911-1937. numéro(s), number(s). New Orteans: Tulane University Herbarium, Tulane University, New Orleans, Louisiana 70118, U.S.A. NottTinGHAM: Natural History Museum, Wollaton Hall, Wollaton, Nottingham NG& 2AE, Great Britain. nouveau, nouvelle. November. Novitates (in Naturae Novitates). new style, date in accordance with the Gregorian calendar. SYDNEY: National Herbarium of New South Wales, Royal Botanic Gardens, Sydney, Australia. Nantes: Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle de Nantes, Place de la Monnaie, France. nuovo, nuova. non vidi (not seen). New York: Herbarium of The New York Botanical Garden, New York, N.Y., U.S.A. New York: The New York Botanical Garden, Bronx, New York, Ni. U-S-A- Neue Keitungen von gelehrten Sachen. Leipzig 1715-1784. Oso: Botanical Museum, Trondheimsvn. 23 B, Oslo 5, Norway. OBERLIN: Oberlin College Herbarium, Department of Biology, Kettering, Oberlin College, Oberlin, Ohio 44074, U.S.A. October. Octavo, volume consisting of sheets of paper folded three times or into eight leaves. Octavo done in half sheets, four leaves per gathering (signature). Oesterreich (isch). Osterreichisches biographisches Lexicon. Wien, volumes i-x, 1957-x. EucEneE: Herbarium of the Museum of Natural History, University of Oregon, Eugene, Oregon 97403, U.S.A. Oresro: Karolinska Hégre Allmanna Laroverket, Orebro, Sweden. original. orthographical variant, a spelling (of a generic name) deviating from the orthography as originally published. old style, date in accordance with the Julian calendar. Cotumsus: Department of Botany, College of Biological Sciences, Ohio State University, 1735 Neil Avenue, Columbus, Ohio 43210, WS.A. Corvatuis: Herbarium, Dept. of Botany and Plant Pathology, Oregon State University, Corvallis, Oregon 97331, U.S.A. Oupemans, C. A. J. A., De ontwikkeling onzer kennis aangaande de flora van Nederland. Ned. kruidk. Arch. ser. 2. 2: 214-391. 1877, ser. 2. 3: 1-75. 1878, 325-298. 1881. Outu: Botanical Museum, University of Oulu, SF-go100 Oulu, 10 Finland. Oxrorp: Fielding — Druce Herbarium, Department of Botany, Oxford, Great Britain. page. Paris: Muséum National d’ Histoire Naturelle, Laboratoire de Pha- nérogamie, 16 Rue Buffon, 75005 Paris, France. Pennsylvania. Papova: Herbarium of the Istituto ed Orto Botanico dell’ Universi- ta, Padova, Italy. PasuruAN: Herbarium of the Java Sugar Experiment Station, Pasuruan, Java, Indonesia. Pavia: Botanical Institute, The University, P.O. Box 99, 27100 Pavia, Italy. PAW POM portr. p-Pp- PR PR ed. 1 PR PRC Prairial PRE pref. prim. prob. Proc. Prodr. PRU Progr. Publ. ERY ABBREVIATIONS Bericht tiber die zur Bekanntmachung geeigneten Verhandlungen der Konig- lichen Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaft zu Berlin. Berlin, vols. 1-20, 1836-1855. Paris: Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Laboratoire de Cryptogamie, 12 Rue de Buffon, 75005 Paris, France. Paris: Durand-Cosson coll. — see P. Private library of Paul C. Silva, Berkeley, Calif., U.S.A. Paris: Herbier Durand — see P. Prodrome de la flore corse, by J. Burnat and J. Briquet, vol. 1-2, Genéve IQIO-1913, see no. 767. PHILADELPHIA: Dept. of Botany, Academy of Natural Sciences, 19th and the Parkway, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103, U.S.A. Paris: Herbier Haller — see P. PHILADELPHIA: Department of Biology, Philadelphia College of Pharmacy & Science, 43rd St. and Kingsessing & Woodland Aves., Philadelphia — see NA. phycological. philosophical. Pisa: Istituto Botanico dell’Universita, Via Luca Ghini 5, 56100 Pisa, Italy. Paris: Herbier Jussieu — see P. plates, planches. Paris: Lamarck collection — see P. Répertoire bibliographique de la bibliothéque Arpad Plesch. Mille et un livres botaniques. Arcade, Bruxelles m.cm.1xxiii. Pluvidse, 20 or 21 Jan- 18 or 19 Feb (French revolutionary calendar). MANILLA: Philippine National Herbarium, National Museum, Manilla, Philippines. PoGGENDORF, JOHANN CHRISTIAN — Biographisch-literarisches Hand- wérterbuch zur Geschichte der exacten Wissenschaften. Leipzig, 2 volumes 1863, vol. 3 (1858-1883) 1898, vol. 4 (1883-1903) 1905, vol. 5 (1904-1922) 1926, vol. 6 (1926-1931) 1936-1940. CLAREMONT: Herbarium of Pomona College, Dept. of Botany, Claremont, California 91711, U.S.A. portrait. pro parte. PritzEL, G. A., Thesaurus literaturae botanicae. ed. 2. Leipzig 1872- 1877. Facsimile edition Milano 1950. PritzEL, G. A., Thesaurus literaturae botanicae omnium gentium inde a rerum botanicarum initiis ad nostra usque tempora, quindecim millia operum recensens. Leipzig 1851. (when referring to a herbarium) PRAHA: Herbarium of the Botanical Department of the National Museum, Praha, Czechoslovakia. Praua: Universitatis Carolinae facultatis scientia naturalis cathedra (Institutum botanicum Universitatis Carolinae), Benatska 2, Praha 2, Czechoslovakia. Prairial, 20 or 21 Mai-18 or 19 Jun (French revolutionary calendar). PRETORIA: Botanical Research Institute, National Herbarium, 2 Cussonia Avenue, Botanical Garden, Pretoria, South Africa (Mail address: Private Bag X101, Pretoria, 0001). preface. primo (at first, early). probably. Proceedings. Prodromus, prodrome. PRETORIA: Department of General Botany, University of Pretoria, South Africa. Program(m). Publication, published. LaFAYETTE: Arthur Herbarium, Department of Botany and Plant XXXV ABBREVIATIONS P&W Qu. Qu. (in twos) Quadrim. Quart. Quenstedt q.v. Regensburg Regn. veg. REN RENO Rep. Repert. repr. resp. rev. Rev. RFA Rhodora RO Roon XXXVI Pathology, Purdue University, West Lafayette, Indiana 47907, WESTAS Peppiz, ROBERT ALEXANDER and WADDINGTON, QuinTIN, The English catalogue of books (including the original ‘London’ Catalo- gue) giving in one alphabet, under author, title and subject, the size, price, month and year of publication, and publisher of books issued in the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland 1801- 1836. London 1914. Note: The dates of publication given by P&W are based on con- temporary trade catalogues (Monthly Epitome, Monthly Literary Advertiser, The Literary Gazette) as well as on the various editions of The London Catalogue. In the absence of evidence to the con- trary, the dates of publication given by P& W can be accepted. Quarto, volume consisting of sheets of paper folded twice or into four leaves. A quarto done in half sheets, two leaves per gathering (signature). Quadrimester (period of four months). Quarterly. QuenstepT, W. et A., K. LAmBreEcHT, Fossilium catalogus 1: animalia, pars 72: palaeontologi. ’s-Gravenhage 1938. quid vide (which see). reale. Rio DE JANEIRO: Divisao de Botanica do Museu Nacional, Quinta da Boa Vista, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Rapport. RAWALPINDI: Stewart Herbarium, Gordon College, Rawalpindi, Pakistan. Rio DE JANEIRO: Jardim Botanico do Rio de Janeiro, Rua Jardim Botanico 1008, 20000 Rio de Janeiro, ZC-20-GB, Brazil. received. Recommendation (in International Code of Botanical Nomenclature) , for full reference see ICBN. — In journal titles: Recueil, Record. References. Paragraphs so headed contain not only references to works quoted in preceding paragraphs but also general commen- taries and critical reviews of further interest. Regensburgische botanische Gesellschaft; books received by the society are listed with dates of receipt by Flora. Regnum vegetabile, a series of publications for plant taxonomists, Utrecht I-x, 1953-x. Rennes: Laboratoire de Botanique de la Faculté des Sciences, Avenue du Général Leclerc, 35 Rennes, France. Reno: Herbarium, Department of Biology, University of Nevada, Reno, Nevada 89507, U.S.A. Report(s). Repertorium. reprint(ed). respondens, the defender of a dissertation of which he is not the author. review(ed). Review, revue, revista. Rio DE JANEIRO: Herbario da Faculdade Nacional de Farmacia da Universidade do Brasil, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Rhodora, journal of the New England botanical club. Lancaster, Pa., 1-x, 1889-x. — Index to volumes 1-50 by E. Rouleau, 1953, cited as Rhodora, index. Roma: Istituto Botanico della Universita, Citta Universitaria, oo100 Roma, Italy. Roon, A. C. De, International directory of specialists in plant taxonomy with a census of their current interests. Utrecht, the Netherlands 1958. Regnum vegetabile vol. 13. SAI SA 2 Saccardo Saelan SARA Sayre S.B. SBT Schr. Sci. s.d. sect. sem. Sep ser. sero SEV SGO SI sign. Sitzungsber. SK ABBREVIATIONS Rostock: Sektion Biologie der Universitat, Doberaner Str. 143, 25 Rostock, German Democratic Republic, DDR. royal. RicketT, HArRoLtp W. and Frans A. STAFLEU, Nomina generica conservanda et rejicienda spermatophytorum. Bibliography. Taxon 10: 70-91, 111-121, 132-149, 170-177. 1961. CLAREMONT: Rancho Santa Ana Botanic Garden, 1500 North College Ave., Claremont, California 91711, U.S.A. ReicATE: Holmesdale Natural History Club Museum, Reigate, Great Britain. ZuricH: Geobotanisches Institut der E.T.H., Stiftung Ribel, Ziurichbergstrasse 38, CH-68044 Ziirich, Switzerland. New Brunswick: Rutgers University, Plant Pathology Dept., New Brunswick, New Jersey 08903, U.S.A. STOCKHOLM: Section for Botany, Swedish Museum of Natural History (Naturhistoriska riksmuseet), S-104 05 Stockholm 50, Sweden. STAFLEU, Frans A., Adanson and the ‘Familles des plantes,’ in G. H. M. Lawrence [editor], Adanson, the bicentennial of Michel Adanson’s ‘Familles des plantes’. Part one, Pittsburgh 1963. STAFLEU, Frans A., Adanson’s sources, references and abbreviations, in G. H. M. Lawrence, [editor], Adanson, the bicentennial of Michel Adanson’s ‘Familles des plantes’. Part two, Pittsburgh 1964. SACCARDO, PrER’ ANDREA, La botdnica in Italia. 2 volumes, Venezia 1895-1901 (Memorie del reale Istituto veneto di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti, vol. 25(4), 26(6)) ; Cronologia della flora italiana. Padova 1909. SAELAN, TH., Finlands botaniska litteratur till och med Ar 1goo. Acta societatis pro fauna et flora fennica 43: 1-633. 1916. SARAJEVO: Bioloski Institut, Postfach 281, Sarajevo, Yugoslavia. Sayre, G., Dates of publications describing musci, 1801-1821. Troy, New York, U.S.A. Apr 1959. Sitzungsberichte. STOCKHOLM: Bergius Foundation, S-104 05 Stockholm, Sweden. Schriften. Science, scientific. sine dato (sans date, without date). sectio(n). semester (period of six months). September. series. sero (late). SEVILLA: Departamento de Botanica, Faculdad de Ciencias de la Universidad, Sevilla, Spain. SantT1aco: Museo Nacional de Historia Natural, Casilla 787, Santiago, Chile. San Istpro: Instituto de Botanica Darwinion, San Isidro, Prov. Buenos Aires, Argentina. signature, a letter, numeral or typographical sign identifying (the leaves of) a gathering. Sitzungsberichte. STEENIS-KRUSEMAN, M. J. vAN — Dates of publication, Flora malesiana ser. 1, vol. 4(5): clxili-ccxix. 1954. Skrifter. sine loco (sans lieu, without indication of place-name). Sans lieu ni date (without either place-name or date). BRATISLAVA: Katedra systematickej botaniky Univerzity Komen- ského, Herbar, Rénova 53, Bratislava, Czechoslovakia. STAFLEU, Frans A. — F. A. W. Miquel, Netherlands botanist, Wentia 16: 1-95. 1966. The numbers refer to the numbers in the bibliography on p. 49-89. XXXVII ABBREVIATIONS Smit SMU sO soc. Sotheby STE Steere Stevenson STR STU stud. suppl. Sv. TBC TED TENN tent. teut. Teyler Therm. XXXVIII Smit, P. — History of the life sciences. Amsterdam (Asher) 1974. DatiaAs: Herbarium of Southern Methodist University, Dallas, Texas 75275, U.S.A. SoutsBy, B. H., A catalogue of the works of Linnaeus (and publications more immediately relating thereto) preserved in the Libraries of the British Museum (Bloomsbury) and the British Museum (Natural History) (South Kensington). Second edition. London 1933. — See also An index to authors (other than Linnaeus) mentioned in the catalogue of the works of Linnaeus ... London 1936. société, societas, society. ‘Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Bot.’ sales catalogue, full title: ‘The magnifi- cent botanical library of the Stiftung fiir Botanik Vaduz Liechtenstein collected by the late Arpad Plesch. sold by auction by Sotheby & Co. ...’ 3 vols., 1975-1976, London. This exceptionally well documented and illustrated description of what used to be known as the Plesch Library was compiled by John Collins. Sao Pauto: Instituto de Botanica, Caixa Postal 4005, Sado Paulo, Brazil. STOCKHOLM: Section for Palaeobotany, Naturhistoriska Riksmuseet — incorporated in S. STAFLEU, FRANs A., Dates of botanical publications 1788-1792, Taxon 12(2): 43-87. 1963. STELLENBOSCH: Government Herbarium, Botanical Research Unit, P.O. Box 471, Stellenbosch 7600, South Africa. Private library of William C. Steere, Bronxville, N.Y., U.S.A. The John Stevenson mycological library of the Smithsonian Institu- tion deposited at the National Fungus Collections, Agricultural Research Center, Beltsville, Maryland, U.S.A. SrrasBourG: Institut de Botanique de l’Université Louis Pasteur, 28 rue Goethe, 67083 Strasbourg Cedex, France. LupwicsBurG: Herbarium, Staatliches Museum fiir Naturkunde Stuttgart, Abteilung fiir Botanik, Arsenalplatz 3, 714 Ludwigs- burg, Federal Republic of Germany, BRD. studia, studies, studi. supplement(um). Svensk(a). Swedish. Sayre, G., Dates of publications describing Musci. 1801-1821, Troy, New York, U.S.A. Apr 1959. sylloge. symbolae. synopsis. systema. tabula (plate). tabula(e) (plate(s)). table, tableau. tavola. Taxon, journal of the International Association for Plant Taxonomy, Utrecht, The Netherlands, vols. 1-x, 1951-x. Bulletin of the Torrey botanical Club. Lancaster, Pennsylvania, vols. 1-x, 1870-x. Dustin: School of Botany, Trinity College, Dublin 2, Ireland. KNoxvitiE: University of Tennessee Herbarium, Botany Depart- ment, University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tennessee 37916, U.S.A. tentamen. teutsch (german). Library of Teyler’s Stichting, Spaarne, Haarlem, the Netherlands. Thermidor, 19 or 20 Jul-17 or 18 Aug (French revolutionary calen- dar). TI Tidskr. Tidsskr. Tidschr. TL-1 TL-2 aI] TLON TNS TO fi=p. TR trans. Trautvetter Trav. TRH trim. TRTC ABBREVIATIONS Toxyo: Department of Botany, Faculty of Science, University of Tokyo, Hongo, Tokyo, Japan. Tidskrift (Swed.) Tidsskrift (Danish) Tydschrift (Dutch) STAFLEU, F. A., Yaxonomic literature. A selective guide to botanical publications with dates, commentaries and types. Utrecht, Zug 1967. The first edition of the present book. Reference to the present book, vol. 1, A-G, 1976, volumes 2 and 3 expected for 1979 and 1982. TouLovusE: Jardin Botanique, Toulouse (Haute Garonne), France. Touton: Musée d’Histoire Naturelle de la Ville de Toulon, Toulon (Var), France. Toxyo: National Science Museum, Department of Botany, Hyakunin-cho 3-23-1, Shinjuku-ku, Tokyo, Japan. Torino: Istituto Botanico dell’ Universita, Viale Mattioli 25, 10125, Torino, Italy. title-page. Trautvetter, E. R. — Florae rossicae fontes, Acta Horti petropolitani 7: 1-341. 1880. transactions. Seow, Travaux. TRONDHEIM: Botanical Department, Museum of the Royal Norwe- gian Society for Science and Letters, 7000 Trondheim, Norway. trimester (period of three months, quarter of year). Toronto: Cryptogamic Herbarium, Department of Botany, Uni- versity of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario M5S 1A1, Canada. tabulae (plates). TUBINGEN: Institut fiir Biologie I, Lehrbereich spezielle Botanik, Auf der Morgenstelle 1, D-7400 Tiibingen, German Federal Republic, BRD. Tucson: University of Arizona, Department of Biological Sciences, Tucson, Arizona 85721, U.S.A. Turku: Herbarium of the Department of Botany, University of Turku, SF-20500 Turku 50, Finland. Urrecnt: Institute for Systematic Botany, Tweede Transitorium, Heidelberglaan 2, de Uithof, Utrecht, Netherlands. BERKELEY: Herbarium of the University of California, Department of Botany, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720, U.S.A. University Library, State University of Utrecht, Netherlands. uncolored. Universitas, université, university. Uppsata: The Herbarium, Institute of Systematic Botany, Universi- ty of Uppsala, P.O. Box 541, S-751 04 21 Uppsala 1, Sweden. WasHinctTon: U.S. National Herbarium, Department of Botany, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560, U.S.A. Library of the United States Department of Agriculture, Washing- ton, D.C. Sat Lake City: Garrett Herbarium, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah 84112, U.S.A. vel (or). Vakblad. Vendémiaire, 22 or 23 Sep-21 or 22 Oct (French revolutionary calendar). Ventdése, 19 or 20 Feb-20 or 21 Mar (French revolutionary calen- dar). Verhandelingen, Verhandlungen. verklarend. XXXIX ABBREVIATIONS vet. vol(s). VT W WA WAG Wageningen WELCG WELT Wikstrom WIS WRSL WSP WU WU Voy. Zander Zeit. ZY zool. XL vetenskap. volume(s). Bur.incton: Pringle Herbarium, University of Vermont, Burling- ton, Vermont 05401, U.S.A. Wien: Naturhistorisches Museum, Burgring 7, A-1014, Wien, Austria. Warszawa: Zaklad Systematyki 1 Geografii Roslin, Uniwersytetu Warszawskiego, Al. Ujazdowskie 4, Warszawa, Poland. WAGENINGEN: Laboratory for Plant ‘Taxonomy and Plant Geogra- phy, 37, Generaal Foulkesweg, Wageningen, Netherlands. Library of the Landbouwhogeschool, Wageningen, the Netherlands. WELLESLEY: Department of Biological Sciences, Wellesley College, Wellesley, Massachusetts 02181, U.S.A. WELLINGTON: National Museum, Private Bag, Wellington, New Zealand. WIkstROM, Jou. EM., Conspectus litteraturae botanicae in Suecia ab anti- quissimis temporibus usque ad finem anni 1831, notis bibliogra- phicis et biographiis auctorum adjectis. Stockholm 1831. Mapison: Herbarium, University of Wisconsin, 245 Birge Hall, 430 Lincoln Drive, Madison, Wisconsin 53706, U.S.A. WrockLAw: Instytut Botaniczny, Uniwersytetu Wrocklawkiego, ul. Kanonia 6/8, 50-328 Wrocklaw, Poland. (formerly BRSL). PutimMan: Mycological Herbarium, Department of Plant Pathology, Washington State University, Pullman, Washington 99163, U.S.A. Wren: Botanisches Institut und Botanischer Garten der Universitat Wien, Rennweg 14, A-1030 Wien, Austria. Wurzsacu, C. Von, Biographisches Lexikon des Kaiserthums Oesterreich. Wien, volumes 1-60, 1856-1890. (in bibliographical references). Morcantown: West Virginia University, Morgantown, West Virginia 26506, U.S.A. York: The Yorkshire Museum, York, Yorkshire, Great Britain. New Haven: Yale University Herbarium, Osborn Memorial Laboratories, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut 06520, U.S.A. YvERT et TELLIER, Catalogue de timbres-poste. Soixante-dix-neuviéme année, 3 vols., Paris 1975 (numbers quoted identify postage stamps carrying portraits of botanists). ZuURIcH: Botanischer Garten und Institut fiir Systematische Botanik der Universitat Ziirich, 40 Pelikanstrasse, 8001 Zurich, Switzer- land. (after 1975: Zollikerstr. 105, 8008 Ziirich). Zeitschrift. ZANDER, Handwiérterbuch der Pflanzennamen. Neu bearbeitete und er- weiterte 10. Auflage von Dr. h.c. Fritz Encke und Dr. Giinther Buchheim unter Mitarbeit von Dr. Siemund Seybold. Stuttgart 1972. (refs. under authors A-B are to ed. 9, 1964). Zeitung. Ziricu: Herbarium, Institut fiir Spezielle Botanik, Eidg. ‘Techni- sche Hochschule, Universitatsstrasse 2, CH-8006 Zurich, Switzer- land. zoologisch, zoological. ABEL Abbayes, Henri des (1898-1974), French lichenologist and plant collector at Rennes. (Abbayes). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Mainly in private herbarium, also in ABI, BM, NTM, PC, REN, US. — Exsiccatae: 1. Lichenes armoricani spectabiles exsiccati (25 sets, fasc. i-vi, nos. 1-120, St. Brieuc (i-iv), Rennes (v-vi) 1926-1936), sets at B, BPI, LD, NIM, PC, REN, UPS, W. 2. Lichenes gallict et nonnulli alii exsiccati (fasc. i-iii, nos. 1-60, Rennes 1936-1937), sets at B, BM, BPI, H, L, LD, PC, UPS, W. 3. Lichenes madagascarienses et borbonici exsiccati (fasc. i-ii, nos. 1-40, Rennes 1961-1966), sets at FH, L, M, PC, REN, TUR, UPS (in all 15 sets published). Refs: 1H 2: 25. Hepper and Neate, Pl. coll. W. Africa 1. 1971 (itinerary). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BL 2: 135; GR p. 264-265 (bibl.); LS suppl. 13; MW suppl. p. 1; Kew 2: 62. Roon, Int. direct. spec. pl. tax. 9. 1958. 1. Révision monographique des Cladonia du sous-genre Cladina (Lichens). Rennes (Oberthur) 1939. Oct. (Révis. monogr. Cladonia). Publ.: 30 Nov 1939, p. [i-i1], [1]-156, pl. 1-2, figs. 1-49. Copy: Stevenson. — Published as fascicule hors serie no. 2 of Bull. Soc. sci. Bretagne. vol. 16, 1939. Ref.: Kew 2: 62; IDC 6172. Abbot, Charles (1761-1817), British clergyman and botanist, vicar of Oakley Raynes and Goldington, Beds. (C. Abbot). HERBARIUM and TYPES: First at Turvey Abbey, Beds., now at LTN (see Dony), other material at LINN. Letters at BM; manuscript catalogue Bedfordshire plants at LINN (fide BB). Ref.: BB p. 1. Pryor, J. Bot. 19: 40-46, 67-75. 1881 (study of the herb.) Kent, Brit. herbaria 39. 1957. Dony, Bedfords. Nat. 23: 27-29. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 2; BB p. 1; BL 2: 228; BM 1: 1; Dawson p- 3-5; DNB 1: 3; GR p. 387; Jackson p. 248; Kew 1: 2; LS 648; PR 1; SO 76a, 1233. EPONYMY: Abbotia Rafinesque (1836) is dedicated to John Abbot (1751-1840), English botanical and entomological painter. Abbottia F. von Mueller (1875) is dedicated to Francis Abbott (1834-1903), English born Australian botanist. /Veoabbottia N. L. Britton & J. N. Rose (1921) is dedicated to William Louis Abbott (1860-x), American ‘‘patron of natural history.” 2. Flora bedfordiensis, comprehending such plants as grow wild in the county of Bedford, arranged according to the system of Linnaeus, with occasional remarks. Bedford (W. Smith) 1798. Oct. (in fours). (Fl. bedford.) Publ.: Dec 1798-Apr 1799 (p. iv: 20 Nov 1798; Monthly Rev. Mai 1799), p. [i]-xii, [1]-351, [352, err.], [8, ind.], 6col. pl. Copies: FH, HH, US, USDA. - A reissue London 1801 (n.v.) is mentioned by Phys. med. J. Sep 1802. Ref.: BL 2: 228; BM 1:1; Henrey 378; Jackson p. 248; Kew 1: 2; LS 648; PR 1; SO 763a. Sherborn, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 1: 142. 1936. Abel, Clarke (1789-1826), British surgeon who travelled to China with Amherst, 1816-1817. (C. Abel). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: R. Brown described the plants collected on Abel’s journey to China; they are at BM. Some material also at K. — Most of the original collections from China were lost in shipwreck except those previously sent to Sir George Staunton.’ Ref.: IH 2: 25. ABEL BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 6; BB p. 1; BM 1: 2; Bretschneider p. 225- 227; CSP 1: 4; Dawson p. 5; DNB 1: 32-33; Frank p. 1; Kew 1: 3; Laségue p. 435; MW p. 1; PR 2; Zander ed. 10, p. 590. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 1. 1936. Coats, The plant hunters 94-95, 151. pl. 7. 1969. EPONYMY: Abelia R. Brown (1818). — Note: Abeliella Magdefrau (1937) is dedicated to Othenio Abel (1875-x), Austrian palaeontologist. NOTE: Barnhart accepts 1789 as year of birth on the basis of ‘Taylor’s Sch. Reg. 2: 172 which lists Abel’s class as of 1789. Other sources have b. 1780. 3. Narrative of a journey in the interior of China, and of a voyage to and from that country, in the years 1816 and 1817; containing an account of the most interesting transactions of Lord Amherst’s embassy to the court of Pekin, and observations on the countries which it visited. London (Longman, Hurst, et al.) 1818. Qu. (Narr. Journey China). Orig. ed.: 1818, Jul-Dec (dedication Jul 1818; Quart. Rev. London Jan 1819), p. [i]-xvi, [1]-420, 4 maps, 8 col. pl., rz uncol. pl. Copy: Ewan. — On p. 374-379, Robert Brown, ‘‘characters and descriptions of three new species of plants; selected from the only part of Mr. Abel’s China herbarium that escaped the wreck of the Alceste,”’ 3 pl. Reprint: 1971, Arno Press, p. [i-iii], [i]-xvi, [1]-420. Copy: HU. Ref.: BM 1: 2; Kew 1: 3; MW p. 1; PR 2; IDC 6449. Abeleven, Thecdoor Hendrik Arnoldus Jacobus (1822-1904), Dutch botanist, apothecary and high-school teacher at Nijmegen. (Adeleven). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: L, NBV. Ref.: 1H 2: 26. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 1: 2; Bossert p. 2; CSP 9: 5; Jackson p. 47, 59, 480; JW 1: 438, 2: 183, 5: 232; NNBW 4: 6. Vuyk & Goethart, Ned. kruidk. Arch. 14: 7-17. 1904 (portr.) Anon., Ned. kruidk. Arch. 55: 65. 1945 (portr.) 4- Flora van Nymegen. s.l. [Nijmegen 1888]. Oct. (Fl. Nijmegen). Publ.: Mai-Dec 1888 (preface p. 2 [252] Apr 1888), reprinted with independent pagina- tion from Ned. kruidk. Arch. ser. 2. 5: 251-340. 1888. Copy: U. — For 1848 ed. see Gevers Deijnoot. Ref.: LS 652. Abich, [Otto] Hermann Wilhelm [von] (1806-1886), German palaeobiologist at Dorpat, St. Petersburg and Vienna. (Abich). COLLECTIONS: Unknown; at his death in Vienna. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 7; BM 1: 3-4, 6: 2; CSP 2: 6-7, 6: 560, g: 67, 12: 2, 13: 15; Krebel 22; Quenstedt p. 1. Anon., Nature 34: 245, 290. 1886; Ann. naturhist. Hofmus., Wien 1: 15-16. 1886; Leopoldina 22: 168. 1886. Dana, Amer. J. Sci. ser. 3. 32: 246. 1886. De Spinello, Bull. Comité Géol. Russie 5 (9-10): 1-8. 1886 (bibl.) Karpinsky, Mém. Acad. Sci. St. Petersburg 53(2): 5-8. 1886. Suess, Almanach Akad. Wiss. Wien 37: 192-194. 1887. Umlauft, in Abich, Aus kaukasischen Landern, Reisebriefe, Wien 2: 311-313. 1896 (portr.) Abrams, Le Roy (1874-1956), American botanist at Stanford University, California. (Abrams). HERBARIUM and TypPEs: DS. — For duplicates see IH. Reps MEL 1 (ed-16)/:°955, 2° 26: 2 ABROMEIT BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 8; BFM 1580; BL 1: 162, 166; BM 6: 2; Bossert p. 2; IF suppl. 4: 330; Kew 1: 4; Langman p. 66. Barnhart, J. New York Bot. Gard. 12: 117. 1911. Rickett, NAF 28 B(2): 317. 1945. R. C. B. and H. L. M(ason), Madrojio 12: 225. 1954 (portr.) Wilson, J. Calif. hort. Soc. 17: 147-151. 1956 (group photogr.; err. b. 1873). Wiggins, ‘Taxon 6: 61-63. 1957. Thomas, Contr. Dudley Herb. 5(6): 147. 1961. McGregor, Madrofio 18: 97-104. 1965 (collecting trip of 1908). Thomas, Huntia 3: 34. 1969 (portr.) Ewan, Short hist. bot. US 24, 101, 110, 118. 1969. Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 1. 1973. EPONYMY: Abramsia Gillespie (1932). 5- Flora of Los Angeles and vicinity. Stanford University, California (Stanford University Press) 1904. Oct. (Fl. Los Angeles). Ed. 1: 5 Apr 1904 (t.p. copy: US; Nat. Nov. Dec 1904), p. [i]-xi, [1]-474, [1, ind.]. Copy: US. Ed. 2: 24 Apr 1911. Stanford (Stanford University Press) Oct., p. [i]-xi, [1]-484. Copy: G. Reprint ed. 2: 10 Apr 1917, Stanford (Stanford Bookstore) Oct., p. [i]-x, [1]-432. Copies: MO, NY. Ref.: BL 1: 166; BM 6: 2; Kew 1: 4. 6. An illustrated flora of the Pacific States Washington, Oregon and California. Stanford (University Press) 1923-1960, 4 vols. Oct. (Ill. fl. Pacific States). Vol. r: 15 Mai 1923 (also date of preface, sic), p. [i*], [i]-xl, 1-557. Copy: U. — Second printing, with corrections, 1 Aug 1940; third printing 21 Feb 1955; fourth printing 5 Feb 1962. Vol. 2: 29 Mar 1944, p. [i]-vill, 1-635. Copy: U. — Second printing Sep 1950, third printing Jan 1964. (“‘Illustrated flora ...’’) Vol. 3: 22 Mai 1951, p. [i]-viil, 1-866. Copy: U. — (“Illustrated flora .. .’’) Vol. 4: 22 Jan 1960 (by Roxana Judkins Ferris, née Stinchfield, (1895-x)), p. [i-v], 1-732. Copy: U. — (“Illustrated flora ...’’) Ref.: BFM 1580; BL 1: 162; Kew 1: 4; Langman p. 66. Wiggins, Taxon 6: 61-63. 1957. = Howell, Leaflets western Bot. 10(7): 120. 30 Sep 1964. Abromeit, Johannes (1857-1946), German botanist at Kénigsberg, specialized in the flora of E. and W. Prussia. (Abrom.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: B; some material also at A. Ref.: 1H 2: 26; Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 323. 1916. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 454; Barnhart 1: 8; BM 6: 2; Bossert p. 2; BFM 151, 155; BL 1: 155; CSP g: 8, 13: 17-18; Kew 1: 5; LS 655-656, 30431. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 117, pl. 131. 1905 (portr.) Wiunsche, Natur & Schule 4: 238-239. 1905. Treichel, Schr. phys.-dkon. Ges. Kénigsberg 63: 83-85, tab. 1907. Gross, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 58a (Nachrufe) : 206-210. 1956 (bibl.) COMPOSITE WORKS: Contributed many data to Ascherson and Graebner’s Flora des Nord- ostdeutschen Flachlandes and to the Synopsis der mitieleur. Flora. EPONYMY: Abromeitia C. Mez (1922); Abromeitiella C. Mez (1927). 7 Flora von Ost- und Westpreussen herausgegeben vom Preussischen Botanischen Verein zu Konigsberg 1. Pr. I. Samenpflanzen oder Phanerogamen. Bearbeitet von J. Abromeit, unter Mitwirkung von A. Jentzsch und G. Vogel. Berlin (R. Friedlander & Sohn) 1898 [-1940 (Grafe und Unzer)]. Oct. (Fl. Ost- G Westpreussen). ABROMEIT Co-authors: Walther Neuhoff: 2(3-5); Hans Steffen (18g91-x) : 2(5); A. Jentzsch: 1, 2(1-3); Gustav Vogel (1863-x): 1, 2(1-4). 1. Halfte (Bogen 1-25): Sep-Dec 1898 (p. v: Sep 1898; Nat. Nov early Jan 1899), p. [i]- ix, [1]-400. Copies: B, G, L, MO. 2. Halfte (Bogen 26-43): Sep-Dec 1903 (inside cover Sep 1903; Nat. Nov. early Jan 1904), p. [i], 401-690, [2, err.], map. — p. 685 has the generic description of Utricularia; p. 686-690 indexes 1 and 2. Copies: B, G, L, MO. 2. Halfie, Il. Teil (Bogen 44-49): p. 685-780. Copies: B, G. — p. 685 newly printed, but with the same text as in previous instalment, p. 686-690 are continuing the text of the flora and obviously intended to replace the previous p. 686-690 with indexes. III, Teil (Bogen 50-52): Konigsberg i. Pr. 1931, p. 781-828. Copies: B, G. - New co-author: Neuhoff. IV. Teil (Bogen 53-55): Ko6nigsberg i. Pr. 1934, p. 829-876. Copies: B, G. V. Teil, Schlussband (Bogen 56-78): Konigsberg i. Pr. 1940, p. 877-1248. Copies: B, G. — New co-author: H. Steffen. Ref.: BM 1: 2. Acharius, Erik (1757-1819), Swedish lichenologist, pupil of Linnaeus, physician at Vadstena. (Achar.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Lichens at Helsinki (H), phanerogams and other cryptogams at Lund (LD). Types in part also at BM (a set of duplicates originally given to LINN). Other isotypes at K and UPS. — Correspondence at Uppsala. Ref. WE 1 (edii6) 295 5.12):126. Anon., Bot. Zeit. 10: 742. 1852. Candolle, Phytographie 391. 1880. Koster, Taxon 18: 549. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 9; BM 1: 8; Bossert p. 2; CSP 1: 9-10; Dawson p. 5; DTS 1:1; GR p. 469; IF p. 675; Frank p.1; Kew1: 5; KR p. 2-4 (bibl.); Laségue 320, 339, 3443; LS 657-678; Moebius p. 108, 110, 112; MW p. 1; NBG: 179; PR 8-11. Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks 5: 132 [index]. 1800. Berzelius, Kongl. Vetenskaps Acad. Hand. ser. 2. 7: 299-305. 1819, German transl. by Krempelhuber, Flora 51: 101-107. 1868. Wikstré6m, Conspectus 3-8. 1831. Candolle, Mémoires et souvenirs 141. 1862. Scheutz, Bot. Not. 1863: 66. Coemans, Bull. Acad. r. Belg. 34: 32-49. 1865. Krempelhuber, Gesch. Litt. Lichenologie 1: 96-98, 112-114, 194-196. 1867, 2: 61-68, 79-88. 1869. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 26. 1903; 3(3): 1. pl. 37. 1905. (portr.) Sernander, Sv. biogr. lex. 1: 38-40. 1918. Fries, Short history of botany in Sweden 52-53. 1950. Eriksson, DSB 1: 45-46. 1970. EPONYMY: Acharia ‘Thunberg (1794). 8. D.D. Planta Aphyteia, quam dissertatione botanica illustratam ... praeside ... Carolo a Linné ... publicae disquisitioni offert auctor Ericus Acharius ... in aud. Carol. major. d. xxii jun. mdcclxxvi. h.a.m.s. Uppsala (Edmann) [1776]. Qu. (PI. Aphyteia). Publ.: 22 Jun 1776, p. [1]-12, [1, expl. pl.], 1 pl. Copies: G, HU, MO, NY. — Planta Aphyteia is Hydnora Thunberg 1775. This dissertation defended under Linnaeus, must be attributed to the auctor Acharius (see also KR). Ref.: BM 1: 8; Kew 1: 5; KR p. 2; PR 5524; SO 1313, 2457-2458. g- Lichenographiae sueciae prodromus. Linképing (Bjorn) 1798. Oct. (Lichenogr. suec. prodr.) Publ.: 1798, after 20 Feb (p. xvii). p. [i*-ii*], engr. col. t.p., [1, dedic.], [i]-xxiv, 1-264, pl. 1-2, col. copper engr. Copies: L, UC, P. M. Jorgensen, Stevenson. — The coloured ACHEPOHL t.p. turns black in some copies. Other copies have the engraved t.p. uncoloured. (inf. P. M. Jorgensen). Ree BMT) OV IKR py 25 LS 6625) PRS? 10. Methodus qua omnes detectos lichenes secundum organa carpomorpha ad genera, species et varietates redigere atque observationibus illustrare tentavit Erik Acharius. Stockholm (F. D. D. Ulrich) 1803. Oct. (Methodus). ; Sectio prior.: Jan-Apr 1803 (Acharius sent a copy to Banks on 28 Apr), p. [i*], [1ii*], [i]-lv, [1]-152. Copies: BR, G, HU, L, NY. Sectio post.: Jan-Apr 1803, p. [i], [153]-393, [394, err.], pl. 1-8. Copies: BR, G, HU, L, NY. Supplement: Mai-Dec 1803 (pref. Calend. Apr. 1803; ALZ Aug 1804), p. [1]-iv, [5]-52- Copies: BR, G, HU, L, NY. — Title: Supplementum species quamplures novas descriptas nec non observationes varias complectens, quod praeviae suae methodo lichenum adiunxit auctor [Leipzig 1803], Oct. Ref.: BM 1: 8; KR p. 2; LS 663; PR 9; IDC 1077. Acharius, in Weber et Mohr, Arch. syst. Naturg. 1(1): 83-110.,1804. Weber und Mohr, Nat. Reise 78-94. 1804. Dawson, The Banks letters 5. 1958. 11. Lichenographia universalis. In qua lichenes omnes detectos, adjectis observationibus et figuris horum vegetabilium naturam et organorum carpomorphorum structuram illustrantibus, ad genera, species, varietates differentiis et observationibus sollicite defi- nitas redegit. Géttingen (J. F. Danckwerts). 1810. Qu. (Lichenogr. universalis). Publ.: 1810, probably Apr-Mai (Ostermesse 1810, fide Ann. Forst. Jagd.-Wiss. 1 (2): 133. 1811), p. [i*-xi*], [i]-vili, [1]-696, pl. r-14, col. copper engravings. Copies: Stevenson, U. — Many of the new taxa in the Lichenographia were validly published previously by Acharius in Luyken, Tent. Hist. Lich. 1809. Facsimile ed.: Announced for 1976, Richmond Publishing Co. (intr. by O. Vitikainen). Repo BMI 8: DiS t: 15 KR’ p. 3; LS 669; MW p. 15 Ni 1; Plesch p..121; ER te; IDC 515. Flérke, Ges. naturf. Fr. Berlin Mag. 4: 248-261. 1810 (critical commentary). Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Bot. 1: 2. 1975 (sold at £ 130). 12. Synopsis methodica lichenum, sistens omnes hujus ordinis naturalis detectas plantas, quas, secundum genera, species et varietates disposuit, characteribus et differentiis emendatis definivit, nec non synonymis et observationibus selectis illustravit auctor. Lund (Svanborg et Soc.) 1814. Oct. (in fours). (Syn. meth. lich.) Publ.: 1814, p. [i*], [iii*], [v*], [i]-xili, [1]-392. Copies: BR, G, HU, L, MO, NY, Stevenson. — Frontispiece portr. Acharius. An indispensable index and supplement to the Lichenographia universalis of 1810. The preface is dated 18 Nov 1812 [sic]. The announcement and review in Isis (v. Oken) and other German periodicals refer to availability at the Michaelmas fair (Sep-Oct) of 1816, and cite a Hamburg imprint. This, however, was the location of the German agent. We have seen only copies of the Lund 1814 issue; an imprint “Hamburg 1816” does not seem to exist. Ref.: BM 1: 8; KR p. 3; LS 672; MW 1; PR 11; IDC 516. Oken, Isis 16(5): 548-552. 1825. Coemans, Bull. Acad. roy. Belg. 34: 32-49. 1865 (rev. Cladonia). Achepohl, Ludwig (x-1902), German palaecontologist, ‘“‘Obereinfahrer’’ at Essen; worker on the Carboniferous flora. (Achepohl). COLLECTIONS: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews ed. 2, p. 231; BM 1: 8; Barnhart 1: 9; CSP g: 9; NI 2; Quenstedt p. 2. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 10. 1966. 13. Das Niederrheinisch-Westfdlische Steinkohlen-Gebirge. Atlas der fossilen Fauna und Flora in 40 Blattern, nach Originalen photographirt. Nebst vier geognostischen Tafeln, alle Flétze der Horizonte Oberhausen, Essen, Bochum und Dortmund nach mittleren Ab- 5 ACHEPOHL standen, im Massstabe von 1: 2000, darstellend. Oberhausen, Leipzig (Ad. Spaarmann) 1880[-1884], Fol. ¢ (Niederrhein.-Westfal. Steinkohlen-Geb.) Lieferung pages [1]-28 29-40 table, 41-58 table, 59-72 table, 73-84. table, 85-92 table, 93-108 table, 109-120 121-138, Erg. bl. 3, 4 (text) 2 tables, 139-160, OO ON OOP O NH = plates charts 0, 1-6 7-11 12-16 17-21 22-26 27-30, Erg. bl. 1 31-34 35-37, Erg. bl. 2 38-41, Erg. bl. 3 Erg. bl. 4 dates Dec 1880 Feb-Oct 1881 Feb-Oct 1881 Feb-Oct 1881 Feb 1882 Mar-Sep 1882 Oct 1882 Feb 1883 Dec 1883 Oct 1884 foilitext Ere) bl. ,)2 Copies: BR, NY (orig. covers). Ref.: Andrews ed. 1, p. 13; BM 1: 8; NI 2. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. no. 8. 1966. Acloque, Alexandre Noel Charles (1871-x), French botanist at Auxi-le-Chateau, Pas-de-Calais, editor of and contributor to various natural history journals. (Acloque). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 10; BL 2: 97, 190, 204; BM 1: 9, 6: 3; GR p. 265; Kew 1: 6; LS 681-684; 30434. Dorfler, Botaniker-Adressbuch 49. 1896. Tucker, Cat. library Arnold Arb. 1: 28. 1914. 14. Les champignons au point de vue biologique, économique et taxonomique. Paris (J. B. Bailliére et fils) 1892. 16-mo. (Champignons). Publ.: Nov 1891 (preface 15 Oct 1891, Nat. Nov. Nov 1891; BF 23 Jan 1892), [1]-viii, [1]-327, [328 cont.], 60 figs., published in Bibliothéque scientifique contemporaine. The BR, L and HH copies have a Paris imprint. No copies seen with Le Mans imprint. Ref.: LS 681. 15. Les lichens étude sur l’anatomie, la physiologie et la morphologie de l’organisme lichénique. Paris (J. B. Bailliére et fils) 1893. Oct. (Lichens). Publ.: Jan 1893 (J. Bot. Feb 1893; Hedwigia Mar-Apr 1893), p. [i]-vii, [vii cont]., [1]-376, 82 figs., published in Bibliothéque scientifique nen However Nat. Nov. Oct 1892 cites this book as of 1892 (announcement only?). The preface date (p. vil) is 1 Oct 1892. It is possible that copies exist with an 1892 imprint, (but no such copies have been seen by us). Copies: BR, Stevenson, FH. — No copy seen with Orléans imprint. Ref.: BM 1: 9; LS 682. 16. Flore de France contenant la description de toutes les espéces indigénes disposées en tableaux analytiques et illustrée de 2165 figures représentant les types caractéristiques des genres et des sous-genres. Paris (J. B. Bailliére et fils) 1894. Duod. (Fl. France). Publ.: Apr-Mai 1894 (preface 7 Apr 1894; “‘paraitra en septembre”’ Nat. Nov. Aug 1893; ‘‘published’”’ Nat. Nov. Mai 1894), p. [1]-816, with a preface in the form of a letter from E. Bureau. Copies: GH, NY. Ref. BM 1:9; Kew 1:6: 17. Flores régionales de la France Nord. — Ouest. — Sud-Ouest et Pyrénées — Région méditerranéenne. — Sud-Est et Alpes [—-] Nord-Est, Vosges et Alsace — Centre [-] Environs de Paris. Paris (J. B. Bailliére et fils), 1904. Duod. (Fl. rég. France). Publ.: 1904. (Nat. Nov. Aug 1904) Consists of a general preface and the combination of 6 ACOSTA the special enumerations for the relevant regions incorporated in the regional floras with the page numbers 48-1 through 48-x. Pagination [1]-8, [48-1]-48-55 (Nord), [48-1]-48-56 (S.O.), [48-1]-48-56 (Médit.), [48-1]-48-56 (S.E.), [48-1]-48-56 (N.E.), [48-1]-48-56 (Centre), [48-1]-48-44 (Paris). These sets of enumerations of the plants of the various regions re-appear in the regional floras which consist of the Flore de France of 1894, p. [1]-816 with the relevant **énumeration”’ intercalated between p. 48 and 49. Copy: HH. — The separate floras are treated below except for the flora of Central France of which we have seen no copy. 18. Flore des environs de Paris (Seine — Seine-et-Oise — Oise [.] Seine-et-Marne — Loiret — Eure-et-Loir) contenant la description de toutes les espéces indigénes disposées en ta- bleaux analytiques et illustrée de 2165 figures répresentant les types caractéristiques des genres et des sous-genres. Paris (J. B. Bailliére et fils) 1904. Duod. (FV. env. Paris). Publ.: Jan 1904 (Nat. Nov. Jan 1904), p. [1]-48, [48-1]-48-44, [49]-816, consists of an enumeration for the Paris region (48-1 through 48-44) in addition to the material of the Flore de France. [1-816]. Copy: NY. 1g. Flore du Nord-Est de la France des Vosges et de I’Alsace-Lorraine [.] Marne — Haute- Marne — Aube — Cote-d’Or [—] Meuse — Meurthe-et-Moselle — Haute-Saone — Belfort — Vosges [—] Ain — Doubs — Jura [.] Contenant la description de toutes les espéces indigé- nes disposées en tableaux analytiques et illustrée de 2165 figures représentant les types caractéristiques des genres et des sous-genres. Paris (J. B. Bailliére et fils), 1904. Duod. (Fl. Nord-Est France). Publ.: 1904, p. [1]-48, [48-1] — 48-56, [49] — 816, of which p. 1-816 constitute the 1894 Flore de France and the “*48”’ set of pages the regional enumeration. Copy: HH. 20. Flore du Sud-Ouest de la France et des Pyrénées [. ] Gironde — Dordogne — Lot — Corréze — Aveyron [et Cévennes méridionales] [.] Tarn — Tarn-et-Garonne — Haute-Garonne — Ariége — Hautes-Pyrénées [—] Gers — Lot-et-Garonne — Basses-Pyrénées — Landes [.] Contenant la description de toutes les espéces indigénes disposées en tableaux analytiques et illustrée de 2165 figures représentant les types caractéristiques des genres et des sous- genres. Paris (J. B. Bailliére et fils), 1904. Duod. (Fl. Sud-Ouest France). Publ.: 1904 (Nat. Nov. Apr 1904), p. [1]-48, [48-1] — 48-56, [49]-816, of which p. 1-816 constitute the 1894 Flore de France and the “‘48” set of pages the regional enumeration. Copy: HH. 21. Flore du Sud-Est de la France et des Alpes [.] Saone-et-Loire — Rhone — Ain [-] Haute-Savoie — Savoie — Isére — Ardéche — Drome — Hautes-Alpes [—] Basses-Alpes — Vaucluse [.] Contenant la description de toutes les espéces indigénes disposées en ta- bleaux analytiques et illustrée de 2165 figures représentant les types caractéristiques des genres et des sous-genres. Paris (J. B. Bailliére et fils), 1904. Duod. (FI. Sud-Est France). Publ.: 1904, p. [1]-48, [48-1] — 48-56, [49] — 816, of which p. 1-816 constitute the 1894 Flore de France and the ‘‘48” set of pages the regional enumeration. Copy: HH. (RE feceINew 11:0; 22. Flore de la Région méditerranéenne de la France [{.] Alpes-maritimes — Var — Bouches-du- Rhone — Gard — Hérault — Aude — Pyrénées-orientales — Corse [.] Contenant la description de toutes les espéces indigénes disposées en tableaux analytiques et illustrée de 2165 figures représentant les types caractéristiques des genres et des sous-genres. Paris (J. B. Bailliére et fils) 1904. Duod. (Fl. rég. médit. France). Publ.: 1904, [1]-48, [48-1] — 48-56, [49]-816, of which p. 1-816 constitute the 1894 Flore de France and the ‘‘48” set of pages the regional enumeration. Copy: NY. Acosta, Christebal (Christ6vao da Costa) (1512-1580), Portuguese botanist. (C. Acosta). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 10; BM 1: 9; Colmeiro p. 239; Kew 1: 6; Langman p. 69; Moebius p. 34, 324; PR 13. ACOSTA Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist.-nat. Banks 5: 132 (index) 1800. Tucker, Cat. library Arnold Arb. 1: 28. 1914. Walter, [introduction to 1964 edition of Tractado] 1964. Burkill, Chapt. hist. bot. India 5, 229, 230. 1965. Gueria, DSB 1: 47-48. 1970. EPONYMY: Acosta Loureiro (1790). 23. Tractado de las drogas, y medicinas de las Indias orientales, con sus plantas debuxadas al bivo por Christoval Acosta medico y cirujano que las vio ocularmente. En el qual se verifica mucho de lo que escrivio el Doctor Garcia de Orta. Dirigido a la muy noble y muy mas leal ciudad de Burgos cabega de Castilla y Camara de su Magestad. Burgos (Martin de Victoria) 1578. Qu. (Tract. drogas med. Ind. or.) Orig. ed.: 1578, p. [i-xxiv], [1]-448, [1]-38. Copy: NY. — Modern edition Lisboa 1964 by Jaime Walter, (in Portuguese, with an introduction and notes). Italian ed.: 1585, Trattato di Christoforo Acosta africano medico, & chirurgo della historia, natura et virtu delle droghe medicinali, & altri semplici rarissimi, che vengono portati dalle Indie orientali in Europa ... Venetia (Francesco Ziletti) 1585. Qu., [50 p. intr.], [1]-342. Copy: HU. Latin ed.: See Clusius. Ref.: BM 1: 9; HU 130; Kew 1: 6; NI 3n; PR 13. Stafleu, Taxon 16: 141-142. 1967. Adamovié, Lujo (1864-x) Dalmatian botanist. (Adamovi¢). HERBARIUM and types: Main collections at B and W, for duplicates see IH. Ref: WH 25275 BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRAPHY: AG 5(1): 588-589; Barnhart 1: 12; PFC 2(2): xviii. 24. Die Vegetationsverhdltnisse der Balkanlinder (Mésische Lander) umfassend Serbien, Altserbien, Bulgarien, Ostrumelien, Nordthrakien und Nordmazedonien ... Mit 49 Vollbildern, 11 Textfiguren und 6 Karten. Leipzig (Engelmann) 1909. Oct. (Vegetations- verh. Balkanlander). Publ.: Dec 1909 (Nat. Nov. early Jan 1910), [i]-xvi, [1]-567. Copies: NY, U. — Die Vegetation der Erde, ed. Engler und Drude, vol. 2. Adams, Michael Friedrich (1780-1829/1832), Russian botanist and traveller. (M. F. Adams). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: B; also at LE and OXF? Refs VEloro7: Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 120. 1964 (sub J. F. Adam and M. F. Adams). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 459, 6(1): 887; Barnhart 1: 143; Laségue 415, 416, 421; Lipschitz 1: 15-16 (bibl.), q.v. for further secondary literature and sources; MW p. 1; PR 15; TR 3-7; Zander ed. 10, p. 590. HANDWRITING: see Lipschitz & Vasilczenko, Central herb. U.S.S.R., Leningrad 1968, Doze NoTE: Michael Friedrich Adams is identical with Johann Friedrich Adam, see PR 13, who published Decades quinque novarum specierum in Weber und Mohr, Beitr. Naturk. 1: 41-75. 1805. This mix-up was solved by Ledebour (Fl. ross. 1: vii) and Trautvetter (p. 10) ; for full details see Lipschitz. Adams was a member of the St. Petersburg Academy of Sciences (1804 corr., 1805 adj., 1814 honorary) and teacher at the medical academy at Moscow (1809 onward). Barnhart lists Adams as Johannes Michael Friedrich; Lip- schitz as Michael Friedrich. EPONYMY: Adamsia Willdenow (1808). 8 ADANSON Adanson, Michel (1727-1806), French botanist and explorer, outstanding theoretician, philosopher and systematist. (Adans.) HERBARIUM and TyPES: Personal herbarium at P since 1924. This herbarium had re- mained in the possession of the Adanson family (Doumet-Adanson and Rocquigny- Adanson) at Cette and later at La Baleine. It was given to P by the family and is now kept separate. Annotations are scarce, collectors and localities are rarely mentioned. The herbarium needs a critical study in order to establish its precise relation with the Familles des plantes (but see Hallé, 1969). Adanson’s first set of plants collected in Sénégal (500 specimens) was acquired by the Cabinet du Roi during his life-time; the plants are now in the herbier général of P. Other Adanson specimens are in the Jussieu and La- marck herbaria. Ress 2527. Stafleu, Adanson’s Familles des plantes ..., in facsimile edition Lehre 1966. Hallé, L’Herbier de Michel Adanson ..., Adansonia sér. 2.9: 465-486. 1969. Hepper and Neate, Pl. coll. W. Afr. 1. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(2): 358; Barnhart 1: 16; BM 1: 11; Bossert p. 3; Dawson p. 6; Frank p. 3; GR p. 265; HU 2: 582 [ind.]; Kew 1: 12; Langman p. 67; LS 692-693; Moebius Gesch. Bot. p. 441 [index]; Plesch p. 122-123; PR 20-22; SO 645, 646, 1398a, 2542a; Zander ed. 10, p. 59. Cuvier, Eloge hist. de Michel Adanson. Paris 1807. 32 p. Scheler, Rev. Hist. Sci. 14: 257-284. 1961. Stafleu, in L’Heéritier, Sertum anglicum facs. ed. 1963, p. [viii of index]. Stafleu, Taxon 12: 300-301. 1963. Nicolas, Adanson, the Man, zn Lawrence, ed., Adanson 1: 1-122. 1963 [q.v. for earlier biographical references] (portr., bibl.) Stafleu, Adanson and his ‘‘Familles des plantes,” in Lawrence, 7b. 1: 123-264. 1963. Margadant, ‘The Adanson collection of botanical books and manuscripts, in Lawrence, ed., Adanson 1: 265-368. 1963 (handwriting). Heim [ed.] et al., Michel Adanson 1727-1806. Paris 1963 (portr., handwriting). Traub, Plant Life 19: 12-17. 1963. Nicolas, Adanson et le mouvement colonial, in Lawrence, ed., Adanson 2: 393-450. 1964. Monod, L’oeuvre zoologique d’Adanson, in Lawrence, ed., Adanson 2: 499-528. 1964. Stafleu, Adanson’s sources, references, and abbreviations, in Lawrence, ed., Adanson 2: 529-618. 1964. Nicolas, J. Agric., trop. Bot. appl. 11: 231-249. 1964. Nicolas, C. R. Acad Sci. Paris 260: 2107-2109. 1965. Burtt, Notes R. B. G. Edinburgh 26: 427-431. 1966. Jacobs, Taxon 15: 51-55. 1966. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 12. 1966. Stafleu, Adanson’s Familles des plantes, [introduction to facsimile reprint], Lehre 1966, also in Adanson, Labillardiére, de Candolle, Lehre 1967. Guédeés, Rev. Hist. Sci. 20: 361-386. 1967. Hallé, Adansonia 9: 465-487. 1969 (herb.). Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 310-320, 365. 1971. Lawalrée, Adansonia ser. 2. 15(2): 287-288. 1975. MANUSCRIPTS AND LIBRARY: For the greater part at the Hunt Institute for Botanical Documentation, Pittsburgh, Pa., U.S.A. Ref.: Margadant, The Adanson collection of botanical books and manuscripts, in Lawrence [ed.], Adanson 1: 265-368. 1963. EPONYMy (genus): Adansonia Linnaeus (1753); (journals): Adansonia recueil périodique d’observations botaniques rédigé par ... H. Baillon. Paris. Vol. 1-12. 1860-1879; Adansonia ... Nouvelle Série. Paris. (Laboratoire de Phanérogamie du Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle). Vol. 1-x, 1961-x. HANDWRITING: Many samples reproduced in Lawrence, ed., Adanson 1, Pittsburgh 1963; see also Heim et al., Michel Adanson 1727-1806, Paris 1963. ADANSON 25. Histoire naturelle du Sénégal. Coquillages. Avec la relation abrégée d’un voyage fait en ce pays, pendant les années 1749, 50, 51, 52 & 53. Paris (Claude-Jean-Baptiste Bauche) 1757. Qu. (Hist. nat. Sénégal). Orig.: Mai-Jul 1757 (Censor 5 Mai 1757; GGA 25 Jul 1757; J. Scavans Paris Sep 1757), p. [i-viii], map, [1]-190, [1, h.t.], [i]-xevi, [1]-275, pl. 1-19. Copies: G, HU, NY. English (London): A voyage to Senegal, the Isle of Goree, and the river Gambia” . Translated from the French. With notes by an English gentleman, who resided some time in that country. London (Nourse, Jonhston [sic]), 1759. Oct. Publ.: Mar 1759 (Gentleman’s Mag.; Misc. Corr.), p. [i]-xill, [xiv, adv.], [1]-337, [338, err.]. Copies: Ewan, G. English (Dublin): A voyage ... Dublin (G. and A. Ewing, A. James, and H. Bradley). Duod. Publ.: 1759, p. [i]-vili, [9]-262, map. Copies: HU, NY. German: 1773, Brandenburg, translated by F. H. W. Martini (n.v., GGA 8 Jul 1773), Leipzig 1773, id. by Schreber (n.v.; Gel. Zeit. Kiel 25 Aug 1773). Ref.: BM 1: 8; PR 20; IDG 1335. Nicolas, in Lawrence [ed.], Adanson 1: 37, 42, 112. 1963. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. no. 27. 1966. 26. Familles des plantes. Paris (Vincent) 1763[-1764], 2 vols. Oct. (Fam. pl.) Vol. 1: Mar 1764, p. [i*-iv*], [i]-ccexxv, [1]-189, [190, err.], 1 pl. Copies: NY, U. Vol. 2: Jul-Aug 1763, p. [i], (1)-(24), [i-iti, priv.], [1]-640. Copies: NY, U. Facsimile ed.: Lehre (J. Cramer) 1966, with an introduction by Frans A. Stafleu (p. [i]- xv), Historiae naturalis classica vol. 46. Copies: FAS, U. For modern studies on Adanson and his publications see Lawrence [ed.], Adanson 1 (1963) and 2 (1965). Ref.: BM 1: 11; DA 1967; HU 577; IF p. 675; Kew 1: 12; LS p. 92; MW p. 1; Plesch Pul22-129-.PR orks p. 715 (DEA. Chevalier, Michel Adanson, Paris 1934. Wilmott, Kew Bull. 1935: 91 (proposal to outlaw Adanson; rejected by Int. Bot. Congr.). Heim et al., Michel Adanson, de l’Académie Royale des Sciences ... Paris 1963. Lawrence [ed.]. Adanson. ‘The bicentennial of Michel Adanson’s Familles des plantes. Part one, Pittsburgh 1963, part two, Pittsburgh 1965. Nicolas, Adanson, the man, in Lawrence, Adanson 1: 1-122. 1963. Stafleu, Adanson and the Familles des plantes, in Lawrence, Adanson 1: 123-264. 1963. Stafleu, Adanson, taxinomiste-philosophe, in R. Heim et al., Michel Adanson, 15-18. 1963. Leandri, Adansonia ser. 2. 3: 313-326. 1963. Stafleu, Adanson’s sources, references and abbreviations, in Lawrence, Adanson 2: 528-618. 1965. Jacobs, Taxon 15: 51-55. 1966. Burtt, Notes Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinburgh 26: 427-431. 1966. Stafleu, Adanson’s Familles des plantes, introduction to facsimile reprint, Lehre 1966. Stafleu, Taxon 16: 57. 1967, 16: 431-435. 1967. Nicolas, DSB 1: 58-59. 1970. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 365 (index). 1971. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Bot. 4. 1975 (sold at £ 280). 27. Familles naturelles des plantes de Michel Adanson ... Deuxiéme édition préparée par Vauteur, publiée sur ses manuscrits par MM. Alexandre Adanson et J. Payer précédée dune notice biographique par M. Alexandre Adanson et suivie d’une histoire des famil- les naturelles des plantes telles qu’elles sont aujourd’hui par M. J. Payer avec des gra- vures sur bois intercalées dans le texte et représentant les caractéres principaux des genres ... Tome premier, premiére partie comprenant l’histoire de la botanique et le plan des familles naturelles des plantes. Paris (Victor Masson), 184.7 [1864]. Oct. (Fam. nat. pl.) Publ.: 1864, p. [i*-11*], [i]-[vii], [1]-300, z pl. Copy: NY. Ref BM Ti Sewir:n12s, PR oo; AFZELIUS Adlerz, Ernst (1854-1918), Swedish bryologist, teacher at Orebro. (Adlerz). HERBARIUM and TYPES: OREB (moss herbarium) — Adlerz’ general herbarium went to the highschool at Linképing (fide KR), further material at A and GB. Reps: VEO} 27) IRR pw 4. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 1: 12; CSP g: 15, 13: 32; KR p. 4-5. Wittrock, Acta Horti Bergiani 3(2): 26. 1903, 3(3): 1. pl. 107. 1905 (portr.) Erikson, Sv. bot. Tidskr. 12: 418-423. 1918 (portr., bibl.) Rickett, NAF ser. 2. 3: 31. 1963. 28. Bidrag till knoppfjdllens anatomi hos trad och buskartade vaxter. Stockholm (P. A. Norstedt & Séner) 1881. Oct. (n.v.) (Bidr. knoppfjall. anat.) Publ.: 9 Dec 1881, date of thesis (Nat. Nov. Mar 1882), preprint from Sv. Vet.-Akad. Bih. 6(2) (15) which was distributed in 1882, even though it is dated 1881; copy presented on 14 Sep 1881 — 63 p., 4 pl. (27 figs.) (n.v.) Ref.: BM 1: 12; KR p. 4-5. Adlerz, Bot. Not. 1880: 180-186 (preliminary). Bergendal, Bot. Not. 1883: 1-8, 35-43. 29. Bladmossflora for Sveriges lagland med sarskilt avseende pa arternas utbredning inom Narke. Orebro (Lindhska boktr.) 1907. Oct. (Bladmossfl. Sver. légland). Publ.: Nov-Dec 1907 vel 1908 prim. (preface 1 Nov 1907), p. [i]-iv, [1]-242, [2, ind.], pl. t-lvit. Copy: L. Refs p: 5. Adlerz, Sv. bot. Tidskr. 2: (65)-(66). 1908. Arnell, Sv. bot. Tidskr. 2: (46)-(48). 15 Jun 1908. Rickett, NAF ser. 2. 3: 31. 1963. Aellen, Paul (1896-1973), Swiss botanist. (Aellen). HERBARIUM and TYPES: G; collections from Basel at BAS. The Aellen herbarium contains the herbaria of G. Herter (Uruguay) and G. Looser (Chile). Reps WEL as (ed. 6213555) Wea: o7. Aellen, Jahresbericht 1961-62 der Stiftung ““Herbarium Paul Aellen’”’. Basel 1962, idem 1962-63, 1963-64, 1964-1965. Zoller and Greuter, Taxon 25(1): 213-214. 1976. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 5(4): 40; Barnhart 1: 18; Bossert p. 4; BFM 1172, 1173; Kew 1: 14-15; Langman p. 68: MW p. 2; MW suppl. p. 2. Roon, Int. direct. spec. pl. tax. 9. 1958. Anon., Taxon 22: 708. 1973. Degener and Degener, Newsletter Hawaiian bot. Soc. 12(5): 31. 1973. Dorr, Mitt. naturwiss. Arbeitskr. Kempten 17(3): 1. 1973. Botschantzer, Bot. Zhurn. 59(3): [1 p.]. 1974. Duvigneaud, Soc. Echange Pl. vasc. Eur. occid. Bull. 2(15): 8. 1974. Hirlimann, Bauhinia 5(2): 103-104. 1974. Looser, Bol. Soc. Argent. Bot. 15: 479-480. 1974 (portr.) Brenan, Watsonia 10: 319-320. 1975. EPONYMY: Aellenia Ulbrich (1934). Afzelius, Adam (1750-1837), Swedish botanist in Uppsala, traveller in Sierra Leone, pupil of Linnaeus. (Afzel.) HERBARIUM and Types: UPS (general and Thunberg herbarium), the set sent to Banks is at BM, duplicates B, C, K, LD, MO, NY, O, OXF, S, SBT. Botanical mss also at UPS, other mss. Univ. Library Uppsala. Ref.: IH 2: 28; KR p. 6 (note). Vallot, Bull. Soc. bot. France 29: 172. 1882. II AFZELIUS Miller, Taxon 19: 511. 1970. Hepper and Neate, Pl. coll. W. Africa 2. 1971. BIOGRAPHICAL NOTES: Afzelius studied at Uppsala under Linnaeus (1768, doctor’s degree 1776, medical degree 1797) and followed a career at Uppsala University, e.g. as a botanical demonstrator, from 1785 onward; he was appointed professor of materia medica 1812. Afzelius travelled in England and Scotland from 1789-1790, visiting the main centers and collecting in the field as well as in the gardens of Kew and Oxford. Thunberg re- commended Afzelius to Banks for employment on a new tropical expedition. William Wilberforce, the philantropist and politician who was associated with the Sierra Leone Company, asked Banks to nominate a botanist to serve for the company at Free Town. The Sierra Leone Company was the successor to the Anti-Slavery Society, both humani- tarian undertakings connected with the abolishment of slavery. The Sierra Leone Company was founded in 1791 and opened its settlement at Freetown in 1792. The early history of this undertaking is illustrated in an interesting way by Afzelius’ letters to Banks and Smith. Banks recommended Afzelius “‘a gentlemen by birth, attached to Uppsala University, and standing high as a botanist’’ for the post providing suitable conditions were offered. Afzelius left early 1792 for Sierra Leone and stayed there at first until the end of 1793, working under difficult conditions, sending fruits, seeds, bulbs, living and dried plants to Banks and the Directors of the Company. The living plants were transferred to Kew. In March 1794 Afzelius left for a second trip to Sierra Leone arriving April 22nd, but ran into the French raid of April 28th, losing most of his equip- ment. Banks sent new supplies and in 1795 and 1796 Afzelius made new collections. The dried plants were sent to Banks, the Directors of the Sierra Leone Company, to Sir James Edward Smith and to Forster and Thunberg. Afzelius returned to England in 1796, and to Sweden late 1799. He kept a West-African herbarium of his own and planned to publish a Flora et fauna guineensis. During his stay in Sierra Leone Afzelius was in contact by correspondence with Banks, Smith, and Thunberg. His collection of fruits was worked upon by J. D. Hooker. After his return to Sweden Afzelius published relatively little: some papers on Guinean plants. He edited Linnaeus’ “‘Egenhandige anteckningar om sig self” (1823). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 18; BB p. 2; BM 1: 14; CSP 1: 22; Dawson p- 6-8, 821, 869, 915; Frank p. 3; GR p. 470; Jackson p. 250; Kew 1: 16-17; KR p. 5-7 (d. 1836, ‘‘the year certainly wrong,”’ Barnhart); LS 759-760; Laségue 344, 355, 444, 504; NBD 1: 356; PR 25-32; SO ind. p. 7; Zander p. 590. Scheutz, Bot. Not. 1863: 66. Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist.-nat. Banks 5: 133 [index]. 1800. Anon., K. Vet. Akad. Handl. 1836: 342-345; Flora 23: 107-112. 1840 (bibl. from Kong]. Vet. Akad. Handl. 1838); see also Flora 20: 112. 1837 (note). Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 26. 1903, 3(3): I. 1905. Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 427. 1916. Juel, Levnadsteckningar K. Sv. Vet.-akad. Ledam6ter 102. 1930. Dawson, The Smith papers 8. 1934. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 11. 1936. Lindroth, Lychnos 1944-45: 1-54. Léwegren, Naturaliekabinett i Sverige under 1700-talet 400 [index]. 1952. Kup, ed., Stud. Ethnogr. Uppsal. 27: i-xv, 1-181. 1967 (on his Sierra Leone journal 1795-1796). Widstrand, Stud. Ethnogr. Uppsal. 27: xi-xv. 1967. Coats, The plant hunters 26, 91, 247. 1969. EPONYMy: Afzelia J. F. Gmelin (1792, nom. rej.); Afzelia J. E. Smith (1798, nom. cons.) ; Afzeliella Gilg (1898). 30. De vegetabilibus suecanis observationes et experimenta, quorum sectionis prioris partem primam consensu ampl. fac. phil. Ups. proponunt Adamus Afzelius ... et Andr. Magn. Wadsberg ... in Auditorio Gustaviano majori d. ii mart. ann. mdcclxxxv. Uppsala (Joh. Edman), 1785. Qu. + (Veg. suec.) 12 AGARDH, CG. A. Publ.: 11 Mar 1785 (date on which the thesis was defended), p. [i-iv], 1-36. Copy: GH. Ref.: BM 1: 14; Kew 1: 16; KR p. 6; PR 25. 31. Genera plantarum guineensium revisa et aucta, quorum partem primam consensu exp. fac. med. ups. proponunt Adamus Afzelius, ... et Nicol. Wilhelmus Elgenstierna, ... in auditorio Gust. maj. die 9 junii 1804. Uppsala (Edmann) [1804]. Qu. + (Gen. pl. guin.) Publ.: 9 Jun 1804, p. [i-iv], [1]-26, [2, expl. pl.], 1 pl. (affixed to title page). Copies: G(2), HU Es MON Y: ejesnis Men ig eiNew ott sho p.10: (10. 10) bRe 27. 32. Remedia guineensia, quorum collectionem primum Cons. exp. Fac. Med. Ups. praeside Adamo Afzelio, ... pro gradu medico p.p. Johannes Ulr. Nyberg, Holmiensis. In audit. botanico die xix maji mdcccxiii. Uppsala (Stenhammar et Palmblad) 1813. Qu. (Rem. guin.) Publ.: In all ten dissertations (title of no. 1 above), nos. 1-7, Uppsala (Stenhammar et Palmblad), 8-10, id. (Zeipel et Palmblad). Nos. 1-9 to be attributed to Afzelius, no. 10 to the “‘auctor” (mentioned as such on t.p.) Gustavus Jacob. Ortenblad (1788-1837), see KR p. 6, 794. Copy: HU. collect. pages date resp. I [1]-8 19 Mai 1813 J. U. Nyberg 2 [i], [9]-16 22 Mai 1813 J. J. Kallstenius 3 [i-ili], [17]-24 6 Jun 1814 P. Brandelius 4 [i-ii], [25]-32 8 Feb 1815 (handwr.) C. O. Bange 12 Dec 1814 (printed, canc.) 5 [31]-38, 7 pl. 8 Apr 1815 O. Lindbom 6 li-iv], [39]-46 3 Mai 1815 D. Ekelund a li-iv], [47]-54 3 Mai 1815 J. A. Frestadius 8 [i-iv], [55]-62 14 Jun 1815 C. Hjorth 9 [i-iv], [63]-68 13 Dec 1815 C. A. Thelning 10 [i], [69]-78 16 Apr 1817 G. J. Ortenblad (author) 33- Stirpium in Guinea medicinalium species cognitae, quorum fasciculum primum venia exp. Fac. Med. Ups. praeside Adamo Afzelio, ... pro gradu medico p.p. auctor Axelius Flygare ... in audit. botanic. die xi Junii mdcccxvii. Uppsala (Zeipel et Palmblad) [1817]. Qu. (Stirp. Guinea med.) Fasc. 1 (as above): 11 Jun 1817 (t.p., also Svensk Lit.-Tidn. Jun 1817), p. [i-iv], [1]-8. Copy: HU. — To be attributed to the auctor Axel Flygare (1792-1833) rather than to Afzelius. (KR p. 6, 191.) Fasc. 2: 9 Dec 1825, p. [i-11]. [g]-16. Copy: HU. —“‘... p.p. auctor Fredericus Ad. Alner ... in auditorio medico die ix decemb. mdcccxxv’’. Uppsala (Regio Academiae Typographi). Author: Fredric Adolph Alner (1795-1834), (KR p. 12, 29). 34- Reliquiae afzelianae, sistentes icones fungorum, quos in Guinea collegit et in aere incisas excudi curavit Adamus Afzelius. Interpretatur E. Fries. Uppsala (Edquist soc.) 1860. Fol. (Relig. afzel.) Publ.: Dec 1860 or 1861? (p. ii: Cal. Dec 1860; Flora 21 Nov 1861, “neu erschienen’’), p. [i-vi], pl. 1-12 (30 species, text by Elias Magnus Fries) brown copper engravings. Copies: NY, Stevenson (2 copies). iefo wb Man Ac Kew tigi 7 yn pai 32. Agardh, Carl Adolf (1785-1859), Swedish algologist, professor at Lund (1807-1835), later bishop of Karlstad.(C. Agardh). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Mainly at LD. Duplicates were issued labelled ‘‘Agardh’s Herbarium.” — Correspondence in Lund University Library. keys; Meh 1i(ed.16)): 355.) 22028: Hard av Segerstad, C. A. Agardh’s Fanerogamherbarium, Medd. Varml. naturhist. For. 1 (1928). Karlstad. a3 AGARDH, G. A. Womersley, Austr. J. mar. freshwater Res. 7(3): 345. 1956. Torje, De botaniska institutionerna vid Lunds Universitet, Ur Lunds Universitets Historia 3, Lund 1968. (Acta Univ. Fund; sect. 1, Theol., Jur. Human. 6). Koster, Taxon 18: 549. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart1:19; BM 1:15; Bossert p.4; CSP 1: 22, 6: 564; Frank p. 1; GR p. 470; IF p. 761; Jackson p. 513 [index]; Kew 1: 17-18; KR p. 8-13 (bibl.) ; Lasegue p. 559 [index]; Langman p. 67; Moebius p. 44 [index]; LS 761; MW p. 2; NI 5-6; PR 34-54; SO 2668-2672. Wikstrém, Conspectus 11-21, 313-315. 1831. Agardh, J., Flora 42: 96, 318-320. 1859. Anon., J. Proc. Linn. Soc. 4: xliv-xlv. 1860. Scheutz, Bot. Not. 1863: 66. Krempelhuber, Gesch. Litt. Lichenologie 2: 6, 101-102. 1869. Areschoug, Lefnadsteckn. K. Sv. Akad. Ledam. 1869-1873(1) : 283-296 (bibl.) Marchesetti, Atti Museo civico Storia nat. Trieste 9: 130. 1895. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 26-27. 1903, 3(3): 1-2, pl. 66. 1905. Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 1. 1906. Carlsson, Sv. biogr. lex. 1: [p. 1-16, repr.] 1917-1918 (bibl., portr.) Barnhart, Mem. Torrey bot. Club 16: 290. 1921 (corr. Schweinitz-Torrey). Christensen, Danske Bot. Hist. 1: 229, 374. 1924, 2: 512. 1926. Schmid, Chamisso als Naturforscher 165. 1942. Gertz, Bot. Not. 1946: 315-321 (C.A. on flora of Holland). Stafleu, Taxon 15: 276-277. 1966. Eriksson, DSB 1: 69-70. 1970. Martin, in Lenley et al., Index corresp. ‘Torrey 445. 1973. Stafleu, zn Daniels et Stafleu, Taxon 24: 16. 1975. COLLECTED PAPERS: C. A. Agardhs Samlade Skrifter af blandadt innehall, 2 vols. Lund (Berlin) 1863. COMPOSITE WORKS: Kunth, Syn. pl. aequin., Algae, 1: 1-6. 9 Dec. 1822; Presl, Relig. Haenk., Algae, 1(1): 8-12. 1825. EPONYMY: Agardhia S. F. Gray (1821); Agardhia K. P. J. Sprengel (1824); Agardhina Nardo (1834). Note: Agardhiella K. J. F. Schmitz (1896), Agardhinula G. B. De Toni (1897) and Neo- agardhiella M. J. Wynne & W. R. Taylor (1973) are dedicated to Jacob Georg Agardh (1813-1901), q.v. 35- Dissertatio botanica, sistens caricographiam scanensem, quam, consent. ampliss. facult. philos. publico examini subjiciunt Carolus A. Agardh ... et Johan Rabbén ... in Lyceo Carolino die [...] Dec. mdcccvi. L. H. S. Lund (Berling) [1806]. Qu. (Diss. bot. caricogr. scan.) Publ.: 4 Mar 1807 — p. [1]-22, precise date on t.p. left open. ‘The NY copy has no precise date filled in; the HH copy has iv. Mart. filled in (with ink), cancelling “Dec.” and adding one i to mdcccvi making the date on which the dissertation was defended, and presumably the date of publication, 4 Mar 1807. Ref.: Kew p. 8; KR p. 8; PR 34. 36. Dispositio algarum sueciae, quam, publico examini subjiciunt Carl Adolf Agardh .. & Gustav Sannberg Blekingus die viii decembris mdcccx. p. i. h. & l.s. Lund (Berling) 1810. Qu. (Disp. alg. suec.) Pars 1: as above, 8 Dec 1810, p. [1]-16. Copy: PCS. Pars 2: “‘... & Johannes Bruzelius, Scanus. Die xi decembris mdcccxi. p. ii. h. & Ls.” Lund (Berling) 1811. Qu. Publ.: 11 Dec 1811, p. [i], 17-26. Copy: PCS. Pars 3: “*... & Elias Magnus Fries, Smolandus. Die [in handwriting :] xv maji [original April date deleted] mdcccxii. p. iii. h. et 1.s.’’ Lund (Berling) s.d. Qu. Publ.: 15 Mai 1812, P- » LH, 27-34. Copy: PCS. Pars 4: “*... & David Sjéstrém, Smolandus. Die [in handwriting:] xvi maji [original 14 AGARDH, G. A. April date deleted] mdcccxii. p. iv. h. et l.s.”” Lund (Berling) 1812. Qu. Publ.: 16 Mai 1812, p. [i-iii], [35-42]. Copy: PCS. Pars 5: ‘‘... & Jac. Ekelund, Gothoburgensis. Die [in handwriting:] xxvi maji [original April date deleted] mdcccxii. p. v. h. et l.s.”” Lund (Berling) 1812. Qu. Publ.: 26 Mai 1812, p. [1-1], 43-45. Copy: PCS. Trade issue: ““Dispositio algarum sueciae. Auctore Carolo Adolfo Agardh ...’? Lund (Berling) 1812. Qu., p. [i], [1]-45. Copy: NY. Ref.: KR p. 9 (no. 20); PR 35. 37- Algarum decas prima, quam publico examini subjiciunt Carl Ad. Agardh, ... et Petrus Abraham Asping, Scanus. Die xix decemb. a. mdcccxii. Lund (Berling) 1812. Qu. (Alg. dec. prima). Decas prima: as above, publ.: 19 Dec 1812, p. [1]-15. Copy: PCS. Decas secunda: Quam venia incliti Ord. Philos. Lund. praeside Carolo Ad. Agardh, ... pro laurea exhibet Carolus M. Bagenholm, Wermelandus. In Lyceo Carol. die xii junii mdcccxii. Lund (Berling) 1813. Qu. Pudl.: 12 Jun 1813, p. [i], 17-28. Copy: PCS., Decas tertia: Quam, ... pro gradu philosophico exhibet N. J. Sommelius, Ostrogothus. In Lyceo Carol. die iv Junii mdcccxiv. Lund (Berling) 1804. Qu. Publ.: 4 Jun 1814, p. [i-ii], 29-40. Copy: PCS. Decas quarta: Quam ... pro laurea publico examini subjicit Jonas Sandell, a sacris. In Lyceo Carolino die xv junii mdcccxv. Lund (Berling) 1815. Qu. Publ.: 15 Jun 1815, p- [i-t1], 41-56. Copy: PCS (lacks the two plates, see below). Trade issue: ‘‘Algarum decas prima. Auctore Carolo Ad. Agardh.” Lund (Berling) 1812, p. [1]-15, z pl.; id. Decas secunda. Lund (id.) 1813, p. [i], 17-28; id. Decas tertia. Lund (id.) 1814, p. [1-11], 29-40; id. Decas quarta. Lund (id.) 1815, p. [i-ii], 41-56, 2 pl. (nos. 2 and 8 K.V.A.H. 1814). Copies: BR (has the two plates), MO, NY (one plate). Ref.: KR p. 9-10 (no. 22); PR 36. 38. Synopsis algarum Scandinaviae, adjecta dispositione universali algarum. Lund (Berling) 1817. Oct. (in fours) (Syn. alg. Scand.) Publ.: Mai-Dec 1817 (p. vii: 1 Mai 1817), p. [i]-xl, [1]-135. Copies: BR, HH, NY. — A copy in quarto is at LD (fide KR). Ref.: BM 1: 15; Kew 1: 17; KR p. 10 (no. 28); PR 37; IDC 7405. 39- Aphorismi botanict. Quos, venia ampliss. ord. philos. Lund. praeside Carolo Ad. Agardh ... pro gradu philosophico p.p. Johan Forsander, Smolandus. In Lyceo Caro- lino d. xiii Juni mdcccxvii. P. i. Lund (Berling) 1817. Oct. [— xvi, 1826]. + (Aphor. bot.) Publ.: A series of sixteen dissertations, each with a separate title-page, citing defendant and date as follows: number pages date defendant I [a], [1]-14 13 Jun 1817 Johan Forsander 2 [i], 15-28 13 Jun 1817 Petrus Ahlquist 3 [i-1i], 29-42 14 Jun 1817 Carolus Emanuel Hallstrom 4 [1-11], 43-56 14 Jun 1817 Johannes Bruzelius 5 [1-11], 57-70 16 Jun 1819 Nicolaus Kihlgren 6 [1-11], [71 ]-86 21 Dec 1821 L. G. Starck i] [i-ii], 87-102 21 Dec 1821 Abraham Rahnberg 8 [i-ii], 103-118 19g Jun 1822 Johannis Dahl 9 [i-ii], 119-134 19 Jun 1822 Samuel Lyckberg 10 [i], 135-150 2 Jun 1823 C. A. Bergman II [i], 151-166 23 Mai1823_~—SG.. W.. Fagerlund 12 [i], 167-182 31 Mai1823~=— Arvid Bruzelius 13 [i-i1], 183-198 6 Jun 1823 G. C. Ljungstedt 14 [i-ii], 199-214 13 Jun 1824 L. A. Wadstein 15 [i-iv], 215-230 13 Jun 1824 G. J. Tonningh 16 [i-i11], 231-246 Jun 1826 Bror Emil Hildebiand “Obgleich noch nicht im Buchhandel, dennoch unter den Botanikern vom Fach allge- 15 AGARDH, G. A. mein verbreitet’”? (Eschweiler 1828). Page [iii] of pars 16 contains a note by Agardh, dated 28 Mar 1826, explaining that the text was distributed only in June but set up in type and awaiting publication somewhat earlier. The Classes plantarum, 2 parts, 1825 (see below) continued the Aphorismi to some extent as a Summary. Copies: USDA (complete); HH (incompl.); NY (incompl.). Rep BMpis 153) Wewor 175 IR ps 12 sees 7 Ons Rago: Eschweiler, Literaturbl. reine angew. Bot. 1(2): 224-235. 1828. 40. Dissertatio de metamorphosi algarum, quam venia amplissimi ordinis phil. Lundens. Praeside Carolo Ad. Agardh, ... pro gradu philosophico p.p. Joach. Akerman, Scanus. In Lyceo Carolino die xxvii maji mdcccxx. Lund (Berling) 1820. Oct. (Diss. metam. alg.) Publ.: 27 Mai 1820, p. [i-ii], [1]-18. Copies: PCS, UC. Reviewed in Flora 3: 523-526. 7 Sep 1820. Reprinted Isis 1820: 644-654; German translation Beilschmied, Flora 6(1); Beil. 2: 17-41. 1823. Ref.: BM 1: 15; Kew 1: 17; KR p. 10 (no. 30) (q.v. for further refs.); PR 39. Chamisso, Verh. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berlin 1(3): 173-180. 1821. Schrank, Flora 6(2) Beil. 1: 18. 1823. Schmid, Chamisso als Naturforscher no. 120. 1942. 41. Icones algarum ineditae fasciculus primus. Lund (Berling), 1820. Qu. [fasc. 2, Stock- holm (Eckstein) 1821] f (Icon. alg.) Fasc. 1: Lund 1820, publ. Aug-Nov, p. [i-vi], pl. 2-10, p. [vul-vili]. Copies: FH, L, NY, PCS. — Not yet out on 12 Aug 1820 (fide Mnemosyne, Ago, 12 Aug 1820) but avail- able later in the year (Flora received it on 7 Dec 1820; earliest review 30 Jan 1821, Allg. Repert. neuesten In. Ausl. Lit. 1821 (1, 2): 82). Fasc. 2: Stockholm 1821 (publ. 1822?), p. [i-vii], pl. rz-20. Copies: FH, K, L, NY, PCS. - Received by the Swedish Academy in 1822 (earliest mention K. Vetensk. Acad. Handl. ser. 2. 10: 468. 1822. PR even cites “‘1822.’’) ‘The plates are copper engravings by A. Arvidsson. Ed. 2: “... Fasciculi qui exstant duo. Editio nova,” Lund (Berling), 1846 (rev. Bot. Zeit. 20 Nov 1846), [6] p. text, pl. r-20. Text by J. G. Agardh. Copies: FH, PCS. Ref.: BM ir-153 Kewir: 18; KR p.145 (N16; PR 4o. Anon., Flora 5: 399-400. 1822 (rev. fasc. 1), 6: 254, 727-729. 1823 (rev. fasc. 2). Schmid, Chamisso als Naturforscher no. 121, 122, 125. 1942. 42. Species algarum rite cognitae, cum synonymis, differentiis specificis et descriptionibus succinctis. Lund (Berling), Greifswald (Ernst Mauritius) 1820-1828, 2 vols. Oct. (Spec. vA alg.) vol. | “pars | \pages dates imprint I I [i-iv], [1 ]-168 1820, probably Jan-Apr Lund 2 [v-vi], 169-398 1822, probably Oct Lund [vii-vili], [399]-531 1823, early absent 2 I [i*], [i]-Ixxvi, [1]-189 1828, Sep-Dec Greifswald Copies exist of vol. 1 with imprints ‘“‘Lundae 1820,” “‘Gryphiswaldiae 1821” (vol. 1, pars 1, BR, G, NY) (perhaps also 1820, n.v.), Lund 1822 (vol. 1, pars 2, BR, NY), ““Gryphiswaldiae 1823” (vol. 1, BR, G, NY) and “‘Gryphiae”’ 1828 (vol. 2, BR, G, MO, NY). For a commentary see also below (Syst. alg.) According to Flora (12: 186. 28 Mar 1829) vol. 2 was to appear only at Easter 1829. Copies of vol. 1 have various combinations of title-pages and half titles. Facsimile ed.: Amsterdam (A. Asher en Co.) 1969. Copy: FAS. Ref.: BM 1: 15; Kew 12:17; KR p. 10; MW p. 23 PR 41; IDG 5271. Anon., Flora 5: 385-399. 1822 (extensive review). Kuntze, Rev:'gen. 1:/exxii. 1891: Nordstedt, Bot. Not. 1914: 144. Schmid, Chamisso als Naturforscher no. 123. 1942. Stafleu, Taxon 19: 630-632. 1970. 16 AGARDH, CG. A. 43- Systema algarum. Lund (Berling) 1824. Oct. (Syst. alg.) Publ.: Mai-Sep 1824 (prob. Sep; fide letter Agardh to de Candolle 24 Sep 1824), p. [i]- XXXVill, [1]-312. Copies: BR, HU. — Bruzelius, Observationes in genus Charae, 1824, has priority (28 Feb 1824). The letters written by C. A. Agardh to A. P. de Candolle, preserved at the Con- servatoire botanique de Genéve, shed some light on the history of the publication of the Species algarum and the Systema algarum. The publication of Agardh’s Species algarum (1820-1828) was interrupted in 1823 because of difficulties between the publisher and the printers. In a letter dated December 1822 Agardh informed A. P. de Candolle that the Species (1, 2. 2) was “‘au point d’étre publié a Leipzic.”’ It is difficult to tell, however, when [in 1823] this part was actually published. In his letter of 1 June 1823 Agardh does not mention the fascicle, but on 15 April 1824 he takes it for granted that his correspondent had duly received it. In this letter, however, he states the reason why publication came to a temporary standstill (the next part came out late 1828) and why he planned to publish his, much shorter, Systema algarum. The letter runs as follows (translation, relatively free) : “Thanks to a quarrel between the publisher and the printer the continuation is impossible for some time. However, systems of algae are published left and right; new genera are made without examination of the species and hence increase the confusion. I am therefore forced to publish a small Synopsis of 10-15 sheets, which will contain my genera and all species with their diagnoses, their complete synonymy and their habitat ....”” The rest of the letter repeats more or less what is said in the preface of the Systema algarum. Agardh promises to send the book as soon as it is out. On 24 September of the same year he sends a copy. Actual publication therefore took place between 15 April and 24 September, most probably nearer to the end than to the beginning of that period. Facsimile ed.: Amsterdam (Asher) 1965. Copy: FAS. Ref.: BM 1: 15; Kew 1: 17; KR p. 11; MW p. 2; PR 42; IDC 5272. Oken, Isis 16(3): 340-352. 1825. Koster, Preface [to fascimile edition], Amsterdam 1965. Stafleu, Taxon 15: 276-277. 1966. 44. Classes plantarum. Quas, venia ampl. ord. philos. Lund. praeside Carolo Ad. Agardh, ... p.p. L. P. Holmberg, Scanus. Die xx maji, anno mdcccxxv. |.h.q.s. p. i. Lund (Berling) 1825. Oct. (CI. pl.) Pars 1: 20 Mai 1825, p. [i-ii], [1]-12. Copies: MO, PCS. Pars 2: “*... p.p. Petrus M. Lundstrém, Scanus. Die xx maji, anno mdcccxxv. |.h.q.s. p. . “Lund (Berling) 1825. Oct. Publ.: 20 Mai 1825, p. [i-ii], 13-22, table. Copies: MO, PCS. Reprint: Isis 1826(1): 580-593. — Ref.: KR p. 12 (no. 62); PR 43. 45- Icones algarum europaearum. Représentation d’algues européennes suivie de celle des espéces exotiques les plus remarquables récemment découvertes. Leipzig (Voss) 1828- 1835. Oct. (Icon. alg. eur.) part plates date notes I I-10 1828, late ALZ 13 Dec 1828 2 II-20 1829, med. cover dated 1828, corrected 1829; ALZ Oct 1829 3 21-30 1830 cover dated 1828 4 31-40-1835 Plates with unnumbered text. The cover used for the parts was the same, the numbers being filled in by hand. Livr. 4 is announced as published in the Leipziger Messekatalog 31 Mar 1830 [sic], (see Flora 13: 269. 1830) but this does not prove actual availability on that date. Copies: BR (covers parts 1-3), PCS (complete with final t.p.) Rep MGle Th pew Taito.) Rip, 11s N15. PR qo. 46. Ldrobok i botanik. Malm (printed by N. H. Thomson, for C. W. K. Gleerup) 1829- 1832. 2 vols. Oct. (in fours) (Ldrob. Bot.) 17 AGARDH, GA. Férsta Afdelningen: Organografi. Malm6, 1829-1830 (p. vil: 11 Mai 1830), p. [i-xv], [1]- 416, pl. 1-4. Copy: HU. Andra Afdelningen: Wext-Biologi. Malmé6, 1830-1832 (pref. 24 Jun 1832) (h.t.: Alman Wext-Biologi), p. [i-x], [1]-460, [2, err.], z pl. Copy: HU. German ed.: Lehrbuch der Botanik, 1831-1832. Erste Abtheilung: Organographie. Kopenhagen (Guldendal) 1831, publ. 18 Jun-Sep 1831 (pref. 18 Jun 1831; Dansk Litt. Tid. Sep 1831), p. [i]-xii, [1]-436, 4 pl. Copy: HU. — Preface by J. W. Hornemann, translated by L. Meyer. Second t.p.: ““Organogra- phie'der Pllanzen’.).)).77 Zweite Abtheilung: Biologie. Greifswald (E. A. Koch) 1832, publ. Aug-Dec 1832 (pref. Aug), p. [ii*], [1]-vi, [1]-479. 2 pl. Copy: HU. — Preface by C. F. Hornschuch, trans- lated by F. C. H. Creplin. Second t.p. [i]: ‘“‘Allgemeine Biologie der Pflanzen ....” Ref.: KR p. 12-13 (no. 64). 47. Conspectus criticus diatomacearum, quem venia amp. ord. phil. Lundensis praeside Carolo Ad. Agardh, ... pro exercitio publice defendet C. P. Lilljeborg, Scanus, in Lyceo Car. die iv Dec mdcccxxx. P. I. Lund (Berling) 1830. Oct. (in fours) (Consp. diatom, ) Publ.: Four parts, each defended by a different student, issued as follows (Copies: FH, NY, PCS, USDA): Fen yall pel ne 4 Dec 1830 C. P. Lilljeborg 2 [iti], 17-32 20Dec1830 Fred. Wahlgren 3 [i], 33-48 22 Jun 1831 O. J. Torslow 4 [i-ti], 49-66 15 Jun 1832 Eduard M. H66k Ref.: BM 1: 15; Kew 1: 18; KR p. 11; PR 53; IDC 6439. Deby, Synonymie des diatomées décrites dans le Conspectus . Bull. Soc. belge Micr. 4: clxii-clxx, 1877-78. Agardh, Jacob Georg (1813-1901), Swedish botanist, son of C. A. Agardh, professor of botany at Lund (1847-1879) (7. Agardh). HERBARIUM and TypPEs: LD. — Duplicates see IH. Ref.: 1H 1 (ed. 6): 355, 2: 28. Anon., Nat. Nov. 17: 310. Jul 1895 (‘‘Prof. J. G. Agardh hat seine prachtige Algen- sammlung der Universitat Lund geschenkt’’). Anon., Hedwigia 34 (Rep.): 67. 1895. Womersley, Austr. J. mar. freshwater Res. 7(3): 345. 1956. Koster, Taxon 18: 549. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 19; BM 1: 15-16; Bossert p. 4; CSP 1: 22- 23, 7: 11, 9: 17, 13: 36; Frank p. 4; GR p. 470; Kew 1: 18-19; KR p. 13-19 (bibl.); Laségue p. 559 [index]; Moebius p. 66-68, 88, 91, 92; MW 1: 2; PR 55-66; SO ind. p. 7. Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cviii. 1883. Marchesetti, Atti Museo civico Storia nat. Trieste 9: 130. 1895. Barton, J. Bot. 39: 143-144. 1901. Bergendal, Nord. Univ. Tidskr. Arg. 1 (1900-1901) (n.v.) Bornet, C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris 132: 233-234. 1901. De Toni, Nuova Notarisia 13: 1-28. 1go1 (portr., bibl.), repr. Padova 1go1, 31 p. Magnus, Naturw. Rundschau 16(g): [4 p. repr.]. 1901 (Copies: B, L). Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 27. pl. 6. 1903, 3(3): 2. pl. 70. 1905 (portr.) Eriksson, Levnadsteckn. K. Sv. Vetensk. Akad. Ledam. 5(89): 1-136. 1916 (portr., bibl. by Krok). Svedelius, Sv. biogr. lex. 1: 268-274. 1917-1918 (portr., bibl.), also as repr.p. I-7. Christensen, Dansk Bot. Hist. 2: 512. 1926. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 7. 1941. Hjelmquist, Bot. Not. 111(1): 5-9. 1958 (portr.) Eriksson, DSB 1: 70-71. 1970. Lenley et al., Gat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 2. 1973. 18 AGARDH, J. G. Martin, in Lenley et al., Index corr. Torrey 445. 1973. Stafleu, zn Daniels and Stafleu, Taxon 24: 26. 1975 (portr.) EPONYMY: Agardhiella K. J. F. Schmitz (1896) ; Agardhinula G. B. De Toni (1897); Weo- agardhiella M. J. Wynne & W. R. Taylor (1973). 48. De Pilularia dissertatio botanica, quam consent. ampliss. philos. ord. Lundensi publice defendet Jac. Georg. Agardh, ... respondente Henrico Leche, Scano. In Acad. Carolina die xx dec. mdcccxxxiii. Lund (Berling) 1833. Qu. (Pilularia). Publ.: 20 Dec 1833, p. [i], [1]-29, tabl. Copies: MO, PCS. Ref.: KR p. 17 (no. 42); PR 55. 49- Synopsis generis Lupini quam, venia ampl. Fac. philos. Lundens. publice defendet Jac. G. Agardh ... respondente Guil. Flensburg, Scano. Die xiv decembris a:o mdcccxxxv. Part. 1. Lund (Berling) [1835]. Oct. (in fours) (Syn. Lupini). Thesis ed.: A series of three dissertations, published as follows (Copy: PCS): 1: [i*-11*], [i]-xiv, 14 Dec 1835, Guil. Flensburg. 2: [i-li], [1]-20, 14 Dec 1835, Laur. Andr. Tragardh. 3: [i], 21-43, 14 Dec 1835, Olav. Johanne Halk. Trade ed.: 14, Dec 1835, p. [i*], [i]-xiv, [1]-43, 2 pl. Copies: G, MO, NY (1 pl.). — Lund (C. F. Berling). Ref.: KR p. 17 (no. 44); PR 56; IDC 7131. 50. Novitiae florae Sueciae ex algarum familia, quas in itineribus ad oras occidentales Sueciae annis 1832-1835 collegit et cum observationibus diagnosticis et geographicis, adsentiente ampliss. facultate philos. Lundensi, p.p. Jacobus G. Agardh, Bot. Docens. Respondente Theodoro Schagerstrém, Scano. In Academia Carolina die xiv Maji mdcccxxxvi. P. i. Lund (Carolus Fr. Berling) 1836. Oct. ¢ (Novtt. fl. Suec. alg.) Publ.: 14 Mai 1836 (Lit. Zeit. Berlin 22 Jun 1836), p. [i-iv], [1]-16. Copies: FH, NY, PCS. hej ews 16s OR op.) 13 (no. 2) 51. Recensio specierum generis Pteridis. Lund (Berling), Lund (C. W. K. Gleerup), Leipzig (F. C. W. Vogel) 1839. Oct. (in fours) (Recens. spec. Pter.) Publ.: Jul-Oct 1839 (p. iv: 1 Jul 1839; Lit. Zeit., Berlin 6 Nov 1839, ABD 8 Nov 1839), p. [1*], [11*], [i]-vi, [1]-86. Copies: G, HU, L, MO, NY, US. Ref.: KR p. 17 (no. 43). 52. Algae maris mediterranei et adriatici, observationes in diagnosin specierum et disposi- tionem generum. Paris (Fortin, Masson) 1842. Oct. (Alg. mar. medit.) Publ.: 9 Apr 1842 (BF), p. [i*], [i]-x, [1]-164. Copies: G, PCS. Ref.: BM 1: 15; Kew: 18; KR p. 14; PR 59. Kiutzing, Bot. Zeit. 1: 466-470. 1843. 53+ In systemata algarum hodierna adversaria scripsit Jacobus Agardh, quae venia ampliss. facultatis philosophicae pro exercitio disputaturus defendet N. J. Wetterquist, Vestro- Gothus. In auditorio botanica die xxii maj. mdcccxliv. Lund (Berling) 1844. Oct. (in fours) (Syst. alg. advers.) Pars [1]: 22 Mai 1844 (date on cover, rd. by Regensburg Sep 1844), p. [i of cover], [1]- 16. Copies: FH, G, L, PCS. Pars [2]: 22 Mai 1844, resp. O. Nic. Hammar, p. [i], 17-32. Copy: PCS. Pars [3]: 22 Mai 1844, resp. C. O. N. Dahlgren, p. [i], 33-56. Copy: PCS. Trade ed.: 22 Mai— Aug 1844, p. [i, cover], [1]-56. Oct. (in fours). Title: “‘In systemata ... adversaria scripsit Jacobus G. Agardh. Lundae, Typis Berlingianis. mdcccxliv.”’ Copies: G, L, NY. : Ref.: KR p. 14 (no. 12); BM 1: 15; Kew 1: 18; PR 60. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 2: 874-876. 20 Dec 1844. 54. Species genera et ordines algarum, seu descriptiones succinctae specierum, generum et ordinum, quibus algarum regnum constituitur. Lund (C. W. K. Gleerup; 3(4.) Malm- strém) 1848-1901, 3 vols. Oct. (Spec. gen. ord. alg.) 19 AGARDH, J. G. Vol. r: Apr-Sep 1848 (p. iv: 9 Apr 1848; Bot. Zeit. 27 Oct 1848, rev. Gersdorf 17 Nov 1848), p. [11*-i11*], [i]-viii, [1 ]-363; second title: Species genera et ordines fucoidearum ... Lund 1848. Vol. 2(1): Jan-Jun 1851 (rd. Regensburg Jun-Jul 1851), p. [ii*-1i*], [i]-xii, [1]-351, second title: Species genera et ordines floridearum ... Lund 1851. Vol. 2(2): Jan-Jun 1852 (rd. Regensburg Mai-Jul 1852), p. [2], 337[bis]-351[bis], 352- 720; second title as 2(1), Lund 1852. Vol. 2(3) fascicle 1: 1852, p. [i*], 701[bis]-720[bis], 721-786; no general title page. Vol. 2(3) fascicle 2: Jan-Aug 1863 (rd. Hedwigia Sep 1863), p. [2], 787-1291, title page for 2(3) as a whole as 2(1), Lund 1863. Vol. 3(1): Apr-Aug 1876 (preface Apr 1876; “‘published,”’ Hedwigia Aug 1876), p. [ii*- iii*], [i]-viii, [1]-724; second title Epicrisis systematis floridearum. Leipzig 1876. Vol. 3(2): Oct 1880, [4], 301 p.; previously published in Swedish late in 1879 as Flori- deernes morphologi (KR p. 14, no. 36, see below). This Latin version came out in Oct 1880 (Nat. Nov.) separately and as part 3(2) of the Species. Vol. 3(3): 1898 (Nat. Nov. Mar 1899), [6], 239 p. Vol. 3(4): 2 Mar 1901 (Nat. Nov Mai 1901), [6], 149 p. Copy: U. Ref.: BM 1: 15; Kew 1: 18; KR p. 14-15; PR 61. 55- Lheoria systematis plantarum; accedit familiarum phanerogamarum in series naturales dispositio, secundum structurae normas et evolutionis gradus instituta. Lund (C. W. K. Gleerup), Leipzig, Paris, London 1858. Oct. (Theoria syst. pl.) Publ.: Apr-Sep 1858 (p. iv: Apr 1858; Flora rd Sep-Oct) p. [i*-v*], [i]-xcvi, [1]-404, [4 p- ind.], pl. z-xxvi72 with 56 p. expl. text. Copies: BR, G, NY. — The introductory part, Methodologia systematis, appeared separately in a Swedish translation, Lund (Berling) 1858, Oct., [2], 91 p. (fide KR). Ref.: Kew 1: 18, KR p. 17-18 (no. 51); PR 63; IDC 5218. Roéper, Vorgefasste botanische Meinungen. Rostock 1860, viii, 74 p. Anon., Flora 41: 690. 14. Nov 1858, 42: 115-118. 28 Feb 1859. 56. Bidrag till Florideernes systematik. s.1. [1872]. Qu. (Bidr. Florid. syst.) Publ.: 1872, p. [1]-60. Copy: PCS. — Reprinted from Lunds Univ. Arsskrift 8 (iii, Mat. Nat. 6): [1]-60. 1872. Ref.: KR p. 16 (no. 31). 57- Om Linnés betydelse i botanikens historia. Med Anledning af Linné-festen i Lund den 10 Januari 1878. Lund (Berling) 1878. Oct. (Lin. betyd. bot. hist.) Publ.: 1878, [i, cover], [1]-33. Copy: B. - KR mentions a German version, 27 p., Lunds Univ. Arsskrift 14(5) (afd. 2). 1878. Ref.: KR p. 18 (no. 59). 58. De algis Novae Zelandiae marinis. In supplementum Florae Hookerianae scripsit J. G. Agardh. s.l. [1878]. Qu. (Alg. Nov. Zeland. mar.) Publ.: 1878 (fide KR; Nat. Nov. Jul 1879), p. [1]-32. Copy: PCS. — Reprinted from Lunds Univ. Arsskrift 14(4) (afd. 2): [1]-32. 1878. Ref.: KR p. 16 (no. 35). 59- Florideernes morphologi. Stockholm (Norstedt) 1879. Qu. (Florid. morphol.) Publ.: late 1879 (Nat. Nov. Jan 1880; J. Bot. Feb 1880) p. [1]-199, pl. 1-33. Copy: PCS. — Published in K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl., ny fjéld 15(6): [1]-199, pl. 1-33. Refs Kew 1: 1651 Ript ro: 60. Linnés lara om i naturen bestémda och bestdende arter hos vexterne efter Linnés skrifter framstald, och med motsvarande asigter hos Darwin jemférd. Stockholm (P. A. Norstedt & Soner) 1885. Oct. (Lin. lara arter). Publ.: Aug-Sep 1885 (presented 11 Mar 1885; Nat. Nov. Sep 1885), p. [1]-135. Copy: B. — Published as Bihang till K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 10(12): [1]-135. 1885. Ref.: KR p. 18 (no. 57). 61. Species Sargassorum Australiae descriptae et dispositae. Accedunt de singulis partibus 20 AGASSIZ Sargassorum, earumque differentiis morphologicis in diversis speciebus observationes nonnullae; nec non dispositionis specierum omnium generis, his differentiis fundatae, periculum. Stockholm (P. A. Norstedt & Séner) 1889. Qu. (Spec. Sargass. Austral.) Publ.: 1889 (communicated 11 Sep 1888, Nat. Nov. Mai 1890), p. [1]-133, [62], 3z pl. Copy: PCS. — K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. [ny foljd] 23(3) (1889) (Nat. Nov. 1891). The plates are lithographs (nos. 1-12 partly coloured). Ref.: Kew 1: 19; KR p. 17 (no. 39). 62. Till algernes systematik, Nya bidrag af J. G. Agardh. Avdelningarne i-vi, inférde i Lunds Universitets Arsskrift fér Aren 1872-1888. Scripta collectanea, systema algarum spectantia, sub annis 1872-1888 in Actis Universitatis Lundensis publici juris facta. Lund (Berling) 1890. Qu. (Algern. syst.) Publ.: A series of eleven papers, published in six parts (afd.) in Lunds Univ. Arsskr. as follows (Copy: PCS): afd. no. Arsskr. pages plates year ~ further data vol. I i-iii 9 [1]-71 1873 (187277), 1879 fideIeR: 2 iv-v 7) [1]-134, [2] I-3 1882 Apr 1882, Nat. Nov.; 21 Mai, Flora 3 vi 19 [1]-177, [4] I-4 1883 Apr 1883, Nat. Nov. 4 vil 21 [1]-117, [3] I 1885 1886? see Nat. Nov. Oct 1887 5 vill 23 [1]-174, [6] 1-5 1887 Jul 1887, Nat. Nov. 6 ix-xi 26 [1]-125, I-3 1890 Oct 1890, Nat. Nov. [i], [1*-12*] The common t.p. and index was issued with Afd. 6. in 1890, [1], [12]p. (Nat. Nov. Jan 1891). The plates are single-colour lithographs. Refs bier 163 Mew 1165 KR p. 16. 63. Analecta algologica. Observationes de speciebus algarum minus cognitis earumque dispositione. Lund (Berling) 1892. Qu. (Analecta algol.) Publ.: 1892 (reprint: Nat. Nov. Jan 1893, as of “‘1893”’), p. [i], [1]-182, pl. 1-3. Copy: PCS. — Lunds Univ. Arsskr. 28, Andra afd. 6. Continuations published as follows, separately (Copies: PCS) as well as in Arsskr. : Cont. pages pl. date Arsskr. further data I [a], [1]-144 I-2 1894 29(9) Nat. Nov. Mar 1894 2 [1]-98, [1] I 1894 30(7) Nat. Nov. Mar 1895 3 fini] Malini 2-4 wey, 1896 32(2) Nat. Nov. Nov 1896 4 sein =vOGr teaz-2 5 r8G7 33(9) 5 [i], [1]-160 2 1899? 35(4) Nat. Nov. Dec 1903 Cont. 3 is accompanied by an Index generum et specierum ... Lund 1896, Qu., p. 1*-8*. — Nat. Nov. Dec 1903 has Cont. 5 as ‘“‘Lundae 1901 (1903).”’ Ref.: Kew 1: 19; KR p. 17; IDC 5217, 5520. Agassiz, Jeam Louis Rodolphe (1807-1873), Swiss biologist and geologist, later at Harvard. (7. Agassiz). HERBARIUM and types: NEU (early collections from Germany and Switzerland) ; zoo- logical collections at Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University. Refs lEL2 +) 28: BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnart 1: 19; BM 1: 17-18, 6: 7; Bossert p. 4; CSP 1: 23, 27, 6: 562, 7: 12-13, 9: 18, 12: 6, 13: 36-37; DAB 1: 114-122; Jackson p. 365; Kew: 19; LS 762; ME 1: 157-158, 3: 526; PR 67-68; SO 1712. 21 AGASSIZ Bliss, Pop. Sci. Monthly 4: 608-618. 1874. Ratzeburg, Forstwiss. Schriftsteller Lexikon 1-4. 1874. Mettenius, Alexander Braun’s Leben, Berlin 1882 (important source for early activities). Agassiz, E. C., Louis Agassiz, 2 vols., Boston 1885-1886 (portr.) Gray, Asa, Sci. Papers 2: 483-490. 1889. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1888/90: 31. 1891. Holder, Louis Agassiz, his life and work, New York, London 1893, xviii, 327 p. (portr., bibl.) Youmans, Pioneers of science in America, New York 1896 (p. 475-491). Gould, A. B., Louis Agassiz, Boston 1901 (portr.) Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 149, 177. 1903, 3(3): IQ1. 1905. Merrill, Ann. Rep. Smithsonian Inst. 1904: 689, 717. Mayer, Popular Sci. Monthly 77: 418-446. 1910 (portr.) Walcott, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. 48(2): 31-44. 1912. Cooper, L., Louis Agassiz as a teacher, Ithaca 1917. Moreillon, Bull. Soc. Vaud. Sci. nat. 52: 233-235. 1919. Kelly and Burrage, American Medical biographies 4-7. 1920. Robinson, Runner of the Mountain Tops, the life of Louis Agassiz, New York 1939, xii, 290 p. Rodgers, Noble Fellow Sullivant 343 [index]. 1940. Rodgers, John Torrey 335 [index]. 1942. Rodgers, Amer. bot. 1873-1892 p. 323 [index]. 1944. Rodgers, Liberty Hyde Bailey 489 [index]. 1949. Mayr, Harvard Library Bull. 13: 165-194. 1959. McVaugh, Edward Palmer 54. 1959. Lurie, Louis Agassiz: a life in science. Chicago 1960 (portr.) Romer, The New England Quarterly 35(1): [8p. repr.] 1962. Lurie, Editor’s Introduction [to:] Agassiz, Essay on classification, Cambridge Mass. 1962. Dexter, Essex Inst. Hist. Coll. 101(1): 27-39. 1965. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 13-14. 1966. Lurie, DSB 1: 72-74. 1970. Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 2. 1973. Smit, History of the life sciences 1037 [index]. 1974. NOTE: For a detailed list of biographical publications on Agassiz see Meisel (ME 1: 157- 158); for a detailed bibliography see J. Marcou, Life, letters, and works of L.A., New York 1896 (bibl. p. 258-303), for an up-to-date biographical account see Lurie (1960, 1970) and Nissen (1966). EPONYMY: Agassizia Chavannes (1833); Agassizia A. Gray & Engelmann (1846-1847) ; Agassizia Spach (1835). 64. Tableau synoptique des principales familles naturelles des plantes, avec indication des genres que l’on trouve en Suisse. Neuchatel (Petitpierre et Prince) 1833. Duod. (Tabl. syn. fam. nat.) Publ.: 1833 (p. lal: 5 Mai 1833), p. [1]-94. Copy: NY. Refs BMi 1175 PR'6S. 65. An essay on classification. London (Longman, Brown, Green, Longmans & Roberts, and Triibner & Co.) 1859. Oct. (Essay classific.) Publ.: Original edition Boston 1857 (n.v.), first London edition 1859 (p. villi: 2 Dec 1858; viii, 381 p.), modern edition, by Edward Lurie, Cambridge, Mass. 1962. The London edition was announced on 19 Feb 1859 and reviewed extensively on 7 Mai 1859 by the Literary Gazette. — The Boston edition was published in October 1857 as an intro- duction to ‘‘a larger work”: Contributions to the Natural History of the United States. The London edition is the first independent issue, containing various additions and amend- ments. Ref.: Kew 1: 19. 22 AHLNER Agosti, Guiseppe, Conte (1715-1786), Italian botanist and jesuit. (Agosii). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: PAD. — Agosti gave his herbarium to G. Lambioi in Belluni. It was entitled: “‘Exercitiones botanicae per agrum bellunensem seu plantarum in agro Bellunensi sponte nascentium,”’ in 2 volumes. The herbarium Agosti changed hands several times after Lambioi’s death and came to PAD in 1903. Ref.: Saccardo, Atti Accad. ven.-trent.-ist. Sci. nat. ser. 2. 1: 5-13. 1904 (see also Bot. Centralbl. 102: 286. 1906). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 20; GR p. 526; PR 70; Saccardo 1: 12, 2: 7, Cron. p. xiii. EPONYMY: Agostaea (P. A. Saccardo) Theissen & H. Sydow (1915). 66. De re botanica tractatus in quo praeter generalem methodum, et historiam plantarum, eae stirpes peculiater recensentur, quae in agro Bellunensi et Fidentino vel sponte crescunt, vel arte excoluntur. Additis adnotationibus quibus plurimarum plantarum vires indicantur. Belluni (Typis Simonis Tissi) 1770. Oct. (Re bot. tract.) Publ.: 1770, p. [i-iv], 1-400. Copy: HU. — Agosti adopts an unorthodox order of taxo- nomic categories: genus, division, [genus inferior], species. His generic names could therefore be considered as not validly published. (Agosti has no binary specific names). This interpretation, however, is open to question, since Agosti clearly states on p. 4 and 22 that he has in fact two kinds of genera, “‘higher’’ and “‘lower.” The latter correspond exactly with the generally admitted genera of the period (information R. Ross). Dandy proposes to consider the names of the “‘lower’’ genera published in this work as inadmissible. Ref.: DA 1967; LS 763; PR 70; IDC 5825. Schwarz, Mitt. thiir. bot. Ges. 1: 85-114. 1949. Pichi-Sermolli, in unpublished report to Committee for Spermatophyta 1954-1959, p- 39; cf. also Fl. males. Bull. 14: 641. 1959 and Taxon 7: 187. 1958. Ahles, Wilhelm Elias von (1829-1900), German botanist at Stuttgart. (W. Ahles). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Some material at CERN, L and LD; Grummann mentions a herbarium at STU. Ref.: GR p. 1; 1H 2: 28. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 21; GR p. 1. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 117. 1905. COMPOSITE WORKS: See Hochstetter, Giftgewdchse Deutschlands und der Schweiz (ed. 3). EPONYMY: Aflesia Fuckel (1870). Ahlner, Klas (1845-x), Swedish highschool teacher and botanist. (A. Ahilner). HERBARIUM and TyYPEs: Some algae at B. Ref.: 1H 2: 29. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 262. 1917. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 22; KR p. 20. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 28. 1903, 3(3): 2. 1905. 67. Bidrag till Kannedomen om de Svenska formerna af algsliégtet Enteromorpha. Akademisk afhandling, som med samtycke af vidtber6mde filosofiska fakulteten i Upsala for filoso- fiska gradens erhallende till offentlig granskning framtstalles af Klas AhlIner ... a botaniska larosalen den 12 maj 1877. p.v.t.f.m. Stockholm (Central-Tryckeriet) 1877. Oct. (Bidr. Svenska form. Enteromorpha). Publ.: 12 Mai 1877, p. [i-ii], [1]-51, [52, expl. text], 7 pl. Copies: L, NY, U, UC. Ref.: KR p. 20 (no. 1). AHLNER Anon., Hedwigia 16: 191. Dec 1877, 17: 14 Jan 1878. N.L., Bot. Zeit. 35: 744. 16 Nov 1877. Aigret, Louis Clément Joseph (1856-1921), Belgian botanist (Azgret). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Some material of Aigret at LV. — Exsiccatae (with V. Francois) : Herbier des muscinées de Belgique. Cent. 1, 100 nos., Gent 1887 (Nat. Nov. Mai 1887). Refi EL 2-590: BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 23; BL 2: 29, 42; BM 1: 21; CSP 13: 41; GR p. 689; LS 776-778; 30482. Gravis, Bull. Soc. bot. Belg. 55: 59, 182. 1923. 68. Flore élémentaire des cryptogames analyses, descriptions et usages des mousses, sphaignes, hépatiques, lichens, algues, champignons [.] ‘Traité ne réclamant pas l’usage du micro- scope et orné de 11 planches originales ... Augmentée d’une notice sur les diatomées par M. le Dr. H. van Heurck. Namur (Ad. Wesmael-Charlier) [1889]. Oct. (Fl. élem. crypt.) Co-author: Vital Francois; Introduction: Henri Ferdinand Van Heurck (1838-1909). Orig.: Jan-Mar 1889 (Nat. Nov. Apr 1889), p. [1]-336 (‘236°’), ill. Copy: NY. Re-issue: Paris 1896 (Nat. Nov. Feb 1896). Ref.: BM 1: 21; LS 30482a. De Toni, Syll. alg. 2(1): vi. 1891. 69. Monographie des Cladonia de Belgique. Gand (Annoot-Braeckman), 1903. Oct. (Monogr. Cladonia Belgique). Publ.: 1903 (or 1904?, Nat. Nov. Oct 1904), p. [i-iti], [1]-171 (= [43]-213). Copy: Stevenson. — Reprinted from Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 40(1): [43]-213. 1901 (published 1901 fide Nat. Nov. Jan 1901). Aitchison, James Edward Tierney (1836-1898), British botanist and physician who joined the Bengal Medical Service in 1858 and collected in India, 1861-1872, and in Afghanistan 1879-1883. (Aztch.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: mainly at CAL and K, large collections also at BM, E, and LE, see IH for further details; British herbarium at K. Ref.: 1H 1 (ed. 6): 355, 2: 209. Kent, Brit. herbaria 39. 1953. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(2): 738; Barnhart 1: 24; BB p. 3; BM 1: 21; Bossert p. 5; CSP 7: 16, 9: 21, 13: 42; Jackson 389; Kew 1: 28; LS 780. Rutherford Hill, ‘Trans. bot. Soc. Edinburgh 21: 224-229. 1898 (1899). Anon., Bull. misc. inf. Kew 1898: 310-311; J. Bot. 36: 463. 1898. Tucker, Cat. Arnold Arb. 1: 31. 1914. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 13. 1936. EPONYMY: Aitchisonia Hemsley ex Aitchison (1882); Aitchisoniella Kashyap (1914). 70. A catalogue of the plants of the Punjab and Sindh. To which are added some others that, from their present geographical proximity, may be found hereafter to occur in the Pun- jab. London (Taylor and Francis) 1869. Oct. (Cat. pl. Punjab Sindh). Publ.: 1869, p. [i]-v, [2, err., abbr.], [1]-204. Copies: G, HH. Ref.: Jackson 389; Kew 1: 28. 71. On the flora of the Kuram Valley, &c., Afghanistan. London (Taylor and Francis), 1880[-1881], 2 parts. Oct. (Fl. Kuram Valley). Part 1: 3 Aug 1880 (Nat. Nov. Nov 1880) p. [1]-113. Copy: NY. — Reprinted, with a special title page (cover), from J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 18: [1]-113. 1881 (Nat. Nov. Nov 1880) with map. Part 2: 13 Apr 1882 (Nat. Nov. Jun 1882) p.[139]-200, pl. 1-30. Copy: NY. — Reprinted 24 AITON, W. from J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 19: [139]-200. 1882 (Nat. Nov. Jun 1882), original pagination kept, reprint with special title page (cover). Ref.: LS 780. Aiton, William (1731-1793), British gardener and botanist, Royal Gardener at Kew. (Aiton). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Almost all types of both editions of the ““Hortus kewensis’’ are in the Banksian herbarium (BM). The botanical descriptions were not made by the Aitons, but by Solander, Dryander and Robert Brown, based on material from Kew. Some of the new taxa described in the first edition originated from L’Héritier (so indi- cated). The types of those taxa are in the L’Héritier herbarium at Genéve (G-DC). IMA ES Wael OR Brey, Anon., Hist. Coll. BMNH 129. 1904. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRAPHY: AG; Barnhart 1: 24; BB p. 3; BM 1: 22; Bossert p. 5; Dawson p. 9; DNB 1: 207; Frank p. 2; IF p. 675; Jackson p. 412; Kew 1: 28; Lang- man p. 70; Moebius p. 421; MW p. 3; PR 78; Zander p. 590. Smith, Rees Cycl. 1. 1819. A.J.L.J., Dict. Sci. méd. Biogr. méd. 1: 81. 1820. Hemsley, J. Kew Guild 2: 87-90. 1902 (portr.) Milner, Cat. portr. Kew. 2. 1906. Anon., Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1g10: 306-308. Hadfield, Pioneers in Gardening 87-88. 1951. Ewan, Proc. Amer. philos. Soc. 103(6): 810. 1959 (1961). Stearn, Cat. Hunt Libr. 2(1): cvii-cviii. 1961. Coats, Huntia 2: 185-186. 1965 (portr.) J. Britten, J. Bot. 35: 481-485. 1897, 50 (suppl. 3): 1-16. 1912. Taylor, DSB 1: 88-89. 1970. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 231, 236-238. 1971. Stafleu, in Daniels and Stafleu, Taxon 21: 26. 1972 (portr.) EPONYMY: Azionia Thunberg (1780). — Note: Aytonia J. R. Forster and J. G. A. Forster (1776) is dedicated to John Ayton, hortulanus of Kew. 72. Hortus kewensis; or, a catalogue of the plants cultivated in the Royal botanic garden at Kew. London (George Nicol) 1789, 3 vols. Oct. (Hort. kew.) I: [i]-xxx, [1]-496, pl. 1-6. 7 Aug-1 Oct 1789, 2: [i], [1]-460, pl. 7-10. 7 Aug-1 Oct 1789, 3: [i], [1]-547, pl. rz-r2. [13]. 7 Aug-1 Oct 1789. The botanical descriptions in vols. 1 and 2 are mainly by Solander (who died in 1782), edited and amended by J. C. Dryander; those in vol. 3 mainly by Dryander. Krok lists the new species described by each of these authors. The original drawings for the thirteen copper engravings (by Franz Bauer, Ehret, J. F. Miiller, Nodder and J. Sower- by) are at BM. Copy: U. Ref.: BM 1: 22; DU 5; Henrey 413; KR p. 144 (Dryander), 656-657 (Solander) ; NI 9; Plesch p. 124; Kew 1: 28; MW p. 3; Langman p. 70; PR 78; RS p. 71-72; ST p. 53-543 IDC 430. Anon., London Med. J. 10: 427. 1789. Anon., Analytical Rev. 5: 318-320. 1790 [rev. dated Nov 1789]. Anon., Philos. Trans. 80(2): 587. 1790 [rd. by library 5 Nov 1789]. Anon., Monthly Rev. ser. 2. 1: 44-51. Jan 1790. Anon., Critical Rev. 69: 261-265. Mar 1790. Britten, J. Bot. 35: 481-485. 1897, 50 (suppl. 3): 1-16. 1912. Kronfeld, Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 38(2): 147, 159. 1921; cf. also J. Bot. 61: 290. 1923. Steenis-Kruseman, F]. males. Bull. 16: 821. 1961. Stafleu, Linneaus and the Linnaeans 232. 1971. 25 AITON, W. T. Aiton, William Townsend (1766-1849), British gardener and botanist, son of William Aiton, Royal gardener at Kew. (W. T. Aiton). HERBARIUM and TYPES: See above under William Aiton. Most of the types of the Hortus ‘kewensis ed. 2 are at BM. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 342; Barnhart 1: 24; BB p. 3; BM 1: 22; Bossert p- 5; DNB 1: 208; HU 2: 582 [index]; Jackson p. 412; Kew 1: 28; PR 79. Anon., Allg. Garten Zeit. 18: 128. 1850. Brown, Proc. Linn. Soc. 2: 82-83. 1850. Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 3. 1906. Britten and Baker, J. Bot. 50 (suppl. 3): 1-16. 1912. Nelmes and Cuthbertson, Bot. Mag. Dedications 6-8. 1932 (portr.) Hadfield, Pioneers in gardening 89, 110-111. 1951. Gilbert, J. Kew Guild 8(71): 688-693. 1967 (portr.) ‘Taylor, DSB 1: 89-90. 1970. Fletcher, Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinburgh 48, 80, 89, 92. 1970. COMPOSITE WoRKS: See Francis Bauer, Delineations of exotick plants, London 1796, publish- ed by W. T. Aiton. 73. Hortus kewensis; or, a catalogue of the plants cultivated in the Royal botanic garden at Kew. By the late William Aiton. The second edition enlarged by William Townsend Aiton, gardener to his Majesty. London (Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, and Brown) 1810-1813, 5 vols. Oct. (Hortus kew.) vol. pages dates vol. pages dates I [i]-xl, 1-407 Aug-Oct 1810 4. [i-iti], [1]-522 Dec 1812 2 [i-iii], [1]-432 Feb-Mai 1811 5 [i-iii], [1]-568 Nov 1813 33 [i-i11], [1]-432 Oct-Nov 1811 ‘Copies: HU, U. — Edited by William Townsend Aiton (1766-1849). The authors of most of the new descriptions are Dryander (to the end to the Dodecandria) and R. Brown (classis XIII-Cryptogamia). See Brown’s Vermischte botanische Schriften 2: 415-494. (1825-1826), published with his consent and the Miscellaneous botanical works (1866-1868). Ref.: BM 1: 22; Dawson p. 9-12; Henrey 414; Kew 1: 28; Langman p. 70; MW p. 3; Plesch p. 1243; PR 79; P&W p. 10; Rs p. 72; SK p. clxvi; IDC 431. Anon., Edinburgh Rev. 17: 243. Nov 1810 (vol. 1). Anon., Med. Phys. J. (London): 24 (141): 428. Nov 1810 (vol. 1); 25: (147): 463. Mai 1811 (vol. 2). Anon., Critical Rev. (London) ser. 3. 21: 223. 1811 (as of Oct 1810); ser. 4. 4: 559. Nov 1813. Britten, J. Bot. 50 (suppl. 3): 1-16. rgr2. Akermark, Sophia (née Areschoug) (1817-1882), Swedish cryptogamist, sister of J. E. Areschoug. (Akermark). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Issued a series of exsiccatae: Typ-Sammling af Skandinaviens Alger innehallande roo arten. (nos. 1-100, Géteborg 1870) sets at B, C, F, FH, UPS, W, WRSL. Ref.: TH 2: 29; KR p. 786. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 57. 1967. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 26; KR p. 786. Alberti, Antonio (1785-1861), Italian mycologist. (Ant. Alberti). HERBARIUM and TypEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 28; NI 1o-11; PR 82-83; Saccardo 1: 12. 26 ALBOFF 74. Del modo di conoscere 1 funghi mangerecci e distinguerli dai sospetti e velenosi. Milano (Destejanis) 1829. Qu. (Modo conosc. fung. mang.) Publ.: 1829 (Bibl. It. Feb 1830), p. [1]-94, [2, Index], pl. 7-4, 6-34. Copy: Stevenson (has pl. 1-4, 6-20, add. 1-2). Ref NI 11; PR’83. Albertini, Johannes Baptista von (1769-1831), Moravian brother and mycologist. (Albertint). HERBARIUM and tTyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIloGRAPHY: ADB 1; Barnhart 1: 28; BM 1: 24; Bossert p. 6; Frank p. 2; GR p. 1; Kew 1: 30; LS 796; NDB 1: 142-143; PR 88. Cohn, Krypt.-Fl. Schlesien 1: 30-31, 1876. Harshberger, Bot. Philadelphia 128. 1899. Hamilton, Trans. Moravian hist. Soc. 6: 341, 343-347. 1900 (portr.) Killermann, Z. Pilzk. 16 [ser. 2. 11]: 58-62, pl. 9. 1932 (portr.) Raab, Schweiz. Z. Pilzk. 49: 154. 1971. EPONYMY: Albertinia K. P. J. Sprengel (1820) ; Albertiniella W. Kirschstein (1936). 75- Conspectus fungorum in Lusatiae superioris agro nisktensi crescentium e methodo Persooniana. Cum tabulis xii aeneis pictis, species novas xciii sistentibus. Leipzig (Kummerian). 1805. Oct. (in fours). (Consp. fung. lusat.) Co-author: Lewis David von Schweinitz (1780-1834). Publ.: 1805 (pref. Mai 1804; t.p. 1805; earliest rev. Jenaische Allg. Lit.-Zeit. 14 Mar 1806), p. [i]-xxiv, [1]-376, pl. r-r2, hand coloured copper engravings by L. D. v. Schweinitz. Copy: Stevenson. — Nisko (‘‘in agro niskiensi’’) is a town in northern Gali- cia, Poland. Ref.: BM 1: 24; Kew 1: 30; LS 796; PR 88; IDC 5284. Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 427. 1916; 7(15): 1047. 1940. Alboff [Albov], Nicolai Michailowitch (1866-1897), Russian botanist, traveller in the Causasus, the Alps, Argentina and Tierra del Fuego. (Alboff). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Causasian material at B, BP, G, JE, K, LE, and P; Argentinian material at CORD, LP (herb.), NY, SI. Ref.: IH. r1(ed. 6): 355, 2: 30. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 29; Bossert p. 6; BL 1: 254; CSP 193: 52; Kew 1: 31. Autran, Bull. Herb. Boissier ser. 1. 6: 81-84. 1898. Autran, An. Museo La Plata, Bot. 1: i-vi. 1892 (1902) (bibl., portr.) Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 173. 1903, 64, 187. 1905. Tucker, Cat. library Arnold Arb. 1: 32. 1914. Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 2-4. 1940 (bibl.) EPONYMY: Alboffia Spegazzini (1899); Alboffiella Spegazzini (1899); Albovia Schischkin (1950). HANDWRITING: See Lipschitz and Vasilczenko, Central herb. U.S.S.R., Leningrad 1968, p. 88. 76. Prodromus florae colchicae Tiflis, Genéve, 1895. Oct. (Prodr. fl. colchic.) Publ.: Jul-Oct 1895 (p. iti*: 10 Jul 1895; Nat. Nov. Nov 1895) — (In French and Russian), p. [1*-iii*], [i]-xxvi, [1]-287, [288], [2 p.], 4 plates (uncoloured litho- graphs). Copy: HH. Ref.: Kew 1: 31. 77. Essai de flore raisonnée de la Terre de Feu. La Plata (Talleres de publicaciones des Museo), 1897 [i.e. 1902] Fol. (Essai fl. Terre de Feu). 27 ALBOFF Publ.: Posthumously published in 1902 (cover), p. [1]-85, portr., app. [i]-xxiil, portr. Copy: NY. — Anales del Museo de La Plata 1. “1897”, 1902 on cover; Notice bio- graphique (and portrait), liste des travaux, on p. [i-vi] (Nat. Nov. Feb 1904). — Russian translation Moskva 1904, 128 p. Oct. Ref.: BL 1: 254; Kew 1: 31. Tucker, Cat. library Arnold Arb. 1: 32. 1914. Alderwerelt van Rosenburgh, Cornelis Rogier Willem Karel van (1863-1936) ; Dutch pteridologist working in the East Indies. (Alderwerelt). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Material in BO and B. Refe V2) 30: BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 31; BM 6: 13; IF suppl. 1: 75, 2: 34, 3: 201; JW 2: 184, 3: 143; Kew 1: 32; MW suppl. 4. Sirks, Indisch natuurond. 212. 1915. Backer, Bull. Jard. bot. Buitenzorg ser. 3. 14: 1-3. 1936 (bibl., portr.) Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 15. 1936. Verdoorn, Chron. bot. 3: 203. 1937 (portr.) Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 11. 1950. Reed, Bibl. Fl. SE Asia 3. 1960. HANDWRITING: FI. males. 1(1): cxlviii. 1950. 78. Malayan ferns. Handbook to the determination of the ferns of the Malayan Islands (incl. those of the Malay Peninsula, the Philippines and New Guinea). Batavia (Lands- drukkerij) 1908. Oct. (Malayan ferns). Publ.: 1909, date on wrapper (see also BM 6: 13 and IF suppl. 1: 75), p. [1]-xl, [1]-899, add. single sided [1]-11. Copy: U. — In his “‘corrections”’ to the first supplement (1917) van Alderwerelt remarks that these include discoveries made after 1 January 1909. Later in 1909 Alderwerelt published another “correcting sheet’’, “‘corrections IT,” dated Tokyo Jun 1909. Ref.: BM 6: 13; IF suppl. 1: 75; Kew 1: 32. 79. Malayan fern allies. Handbook to the determination of the fern allies of the Malayan Islands (incl. those of the Malay Peninsula, the Philippines and New Guinea). Batavia (Landsdrukkerij) 1915. Oct. (Malayan fern allies). Publ.: 1915 (pref. Jul 1914), p. [iJ-xvi, [1]-261, [1, corr.] Copy: U. Ref.: Kew 1: 32. 80. Malayan ferns and fern allies. Handbook to the determination of the ferns and fern allies of the Malayan Islands (incl. those of the Malay Peninsula, the Philippines and New Guinea) ... Supplement 1. Batavia (Landsdrukkerij) 1916. Oct. (Malayan ferns fern allies). Publ.: 1917 according to Christensen (preface Jan 1916). This is true if the work was published as a whole because the additional 73 pages called “‘Corrections, Modifi- cations, and Additions” is dated August 1917. The cover of the Utrecht copy is dated 1917. The Smithsonian Institution received its copy, unbound, on 31 May 1918. — p- [1]-577, [1]-73 (printed one sided). Copy: U. Ref.: IF suppl. 3: 201; Kew 1: 32. Aldrovandi, Ulisse (1522-1605), Italian botanist and pharmacologist, professor of botany at Bologna, author of several encyclopaedic works on natural history. (Aldrovand). HERBARIUM and types: At Bologna University (not at BOLO). Aldrovandi left his col- lections and library to the town of Bologna. The oldest collections date from 1551 or 1554. The herbarium was made for the collections of the public Museum rerum naturalium of Bologna, the first institutional herbarium: 17 folio-volumes, 4.378 sheets, with ca. 4760 plants stuck on the sheets. [The Museum contained also 18 volumes of drawings of plants and animals and was associated with the botanic garden. This made it one of the first modern public natural history museums]. The Aldrovandi herbarium is the 28 ALEXANDER biggest of the sixteenth century herbaria and gives the most complete picture of the plant world as known at the time in Italy. The herbarium is not systematically arranged. On 5 July 1796 the French revolutionary armies confiscated the herbarium and sent it to Paris together with the volumes of drawings. The collections were returned to the Bologna University Library in 1815. In 1875 it was sent to the botanic garden, now it is again at the University. Aldrovandi also sent herbarium specimens to Mattioli. Refs el 22530: Anon., Bot. Zeit. 1: 52. 1843. Saint-Lager, Histoire des herbiers 30-44 (1885). De Toni, Atti r. Ist. Ven. Sci. 1907/08: 1549-1605, also as reprint, 116 p., Venetia 1908. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 32; BM 1: 26-27; Frank p. 4; LS 802; Moebius p. 419, 423; NI 14-15; PR 93-94; Quenstedt p. 6-7; Saccardo 1: 13, 2: 8-9. Mattirolo, L’opera botanica di Ulisso Aldrovandi (1549-1605). Bologna 1897, xxx, 136 p. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 159. 1903, 3(3): 174. 1905. Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 3. 1906. Mattirolo, Mem. r. Accad. Sci. Torino ser. 2. 44: [355]-401. 1904 (corr.) Cermenati, Ann. di Bot. 4: 313-366. 1906. De Toni, Atti r. Ist. Veneto Sci. 69: 815-825. 1909-10. Petri, Mem. Accad. Sci. Ist. Bologna ser. 1. 1: 5-55. 1954. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 17-18. 1966. Castellani, DSB 1: 108-110. 1970 (q.v. for further literature). Smit, Hist. life sciences 1037 [index]. 1974. EPONYMY: Aldrovanda Linnaeus (1753); Aldrovandia E. H. L. Krause (1902, orth. var.) Alefeld, Friedrich Georg Christoph (1820-1872), German physician and botanist at Ober-Ramstadt. (Alef.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: B (destroyed). JAS Mel 2S eyoy, BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 678; Barnhart 1: 32; BM 1: 27; CSP 1: 4o- 41, 7: 19; Frank p. 4; Kew 1: 32; Langman p. 73; MW p. 3, suppl. p. 4; PR 95-96. Helm, [intr. to facs. repr. Landw. FIl.] p. xi-xvi. 1966. Helm, Die Kulturpflanze 12: 75-92. 1964, 14: 441-445. 1967. Stafleu; Taxon 16: 57. 1967. HANDWRITING: Die Kulturpflanze 14: 441-445. 1967. 81. Landwirthschaftliche Flora oder die nutzbaren kultivirten Garten- und Feldgewachse Mitteleuropa’s in allen ihren wilden und Kulturvarietaten fiir Landwirthe, Gartner, Gartenfreunde und Botaniker insbesondere fiir landwirthschaftliche Lehranstalten. Ber- lin (Wiegandt & Hempel) 1866. Oct. (Landw. Fl.) Orig.: 1-7 Mai 1866, p. [i]-vill, [1]-363, [364, err.]. Copy: B. Facsimile ed.: Konigstein-Taunus (Otto Koeltz) 1966, p. [ii]-xvi, [i]-vin, [1]-363, [364, err.| Copy: FAS. Rep: BMit=27;5 Kew 1: 32); PR 96. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 24(37): 289-290. 14 Sep 1866. Helm, Die Kulturpflanze 12: 75-92. 1964, 14: 441-445. 1966. Stafleu, Taxon 16: 57. 1967. Alexander, Edward Johnston (1901-x); American botanist. (EF. 7. Alexander). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: NY, other material at GH, NCU. Ref.: TH 1(ed 6): 355; 2: 3o. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 33; Bossert p. 6; Kew 1: 33; Langman p. 74; MW p. 4, suppl. p. 4. 29 ALEXANDER Anon., J. New York Bot. Gard. 48: 167. 1947. Rickett, NAF ser. 2(2): 150. 1955. Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 3. 1973. COMPOSITE WoRKS: Pontederiaceae, NAF 19(1): 51-60. 27 Nov 1937. Allamand, Frédéric (1736-x), Swiss botanist and physician, correspondent of Linnaeus. (Allam.) COLLECTIONS and MANUSCRIPTS: LINN. Repo oar. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 36; HA 2: 604; KR p. 21; SO 25344, 2558. Hulth, Bref och skr. Linné 2(1): 7-19. 1916. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 17. 1936. Markgraf & Steiger, Taxon 18: 421-424. 1969, 21: 378. 1972. EPONYMY: Allamanda Linnaeus (1771). 82. Plantarum genera nova, aut accuratius observata, earumque species. Nova Acta Phys.-Med. Acad. CGaes. Leop. Carol. Nat. Cur. 4: 93-95. 1770. Publ.: 1770, submitted for publication on 4 Nov 1767. Ref.: Markgraf und Steiger, Taxon 18: 421-424. 1969. Allemao e Cysneiro, Francisco Freire (1797-1874), Brazilian botanist. (Allemdo). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: R (partly destroyed) ; duplicates F, K, MO, NY, SP. — Another Allemao herbarium, recently discovered, is at RFA. Ref.: IH 2: 31. Urban, Fl. bras. 1(1): 20-21. 1906. Occhioni, An. Fac. nac. Farm., Rio de Janeiro 7: 93-222. 1972 (Catalogue of an Allemao herb. of 1833-1853). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 7; BM 2: 616-617; Frank p. 4; Jackson P- 372, 374; Kew 1: 38-39; PR 100-103. Urban, FI. bras. 1(1): 20-21. Tucker, Cat. library Arnold Arb. 1: 34. 1914 (bibl.) 83. Plantas novas do Brasil. Rio de Janeiro 1844-1849. Qu. (Pl. novas Brasil). Publ.: In part reprinted from Archivo medico brasileiro. ‘The dates of the g plates and descriptions are: Vicentis acuminata 1844; Geissospermum vellosii 1846; Silvia navalium 1848; Andradea floribunda 1845; Myrocarpus fastigiatus 1847 [after 26 Oct]; Hieronyma alchornoides 1848; Poarchon fluminensis 1846; Myrocarpus frondosus 1848; Ophthalmoblapton macrophyllum 1849. Ref.: BM 2: 616-617; Jackson 372; Kew 1: 39; PR 101. Zuchold, Bot. Zeit. 12: 434-439, 451-460. 1854 (Copy in Walpers’ library). Allen, Guy Oldfield (1883-1963), British algologist. (G. O. Allen). HERBARIUM and TyPES: BM. — Further material of Charophyta from India in CGE, FH, K, MO. —- Exsiccatae: 1. Charophyta indica (fasc. 1, nos. I-14, 1927), sets at BM, E and FH, and possibly at CGE and MO; and 2. British Charophyta (slide series 1, nos. 1-24, 1949), set at BM. Duplicates of especially Indian species were also distributed with labels ‘Ex Herb. G. O. Allen.” Refe: Te 1 (ed.)'6)/2°955,.927 39. Wood and Imahori, Revision Characeae 1: 787. 1965. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 59. 1969. Koster, Taxon 18: 549. 1969. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 53. 1970. 30 ALLEN ST. Fe BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Kew I: 40. Wood, Review algol. ser. 2. 7: 219-222. 1964 (portr., bibl.) Kundu, Taxon 14: 206-207. 1965. Wood and Imahori, Revision Characeae 1: 792. 1965 (bibl.) EPONYMyY: Vide infra, sub J. F. Allen. Allen, John Alphaeus (1863-1916), American bryologist. (7. A. Allen). HERBARIUM and tTypPEs: NY — Allen also collected for GH; see IH for further sets of duplicates. Exsiccatae: Mosses of the Cascade Mountains, Washington (nos. 1-147, Cambridge 1900), sets at B, BM, F, FH, LE, NY, US, WELC. IRajee Mel st (Gals (OD) 8 Cg OR Se Day, Rhodora 3: 219. 1901. Nichols, Bryologist 17: 30. 1914. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 176. 1971. PIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 39; BM 6: 14; Kew 1: 41. Blankinship, Montana Agric. Coll. Sci. Studies 1(1): 8, 16. 1905. Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 4. 1973. EPONYMyY: Vide infra, sub J. F. Allen. 84. A list of the plants contained in the sixth edition of Gray’s Manual of the Botany of the Northern United States, including the district east of the one hundredth meridian and north of North Carolina, Tennessee, and Arkansas. Cambridge, Mass. (Herbarium of Harvard University) 1893. Oct. (List pl. Gray’s Manual). Publ.: May 1893 (date on t.p., rev. Bot. Gaz. and J. Bot. Jul 1893), p. [i-iv], 1-130.. Copies: G, GH, NY. Ref.: BM 6: 14; Kew 1: 41. Allen, John Fisk (1807-1876), American botanist, of Salem, Mass. (7. F. Allen). HERBARIUM and TYPEs: NY. Ref.: 1H 2: 32. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 40; BM 1: 30; Kew 1: 41; ME 3: 528; NI 16; PR 104. Ewan, Short hist. bot. US 46. 1969. EPONYMY: Allenia Ewart (1909) is dedicated to H. B. Allen; Allenia Phillips (1940) is dedicated to Robert Allen Dyer (1900-1937), South-African botanist. 85. Victoria regia; or the great water lily of America. With a brief account of its discovery and introduction into cultivation: with illustrations by William Sharp, from specimens. grown at Salem, Massachusetts, U.S.A. ... Boston (printed and published for the author by Dutton et Wentworth) 1854. Broadsheet. (Victoria regia). Publ.: 1854 — p. [1]-16, [1 ind.], 6 coloured plates, lithographs of drawings by William. Sharp. Copies: MO, NY. Ref.: BM 1: 30; GFB p. 47; Kew 1: 41; ME 3: 468; NI 16; PR 104. Hooker, Kew J. Bot. 7: 95-96. 1855. Allen, Timothy Field (1837-1902), American algologist. (7. F. Allen). HERBARIUM and TyPES: NY (mostly Charophyta). — Exsiccatae: 1. Characeae americanae exsiccatae (pars i, nos. 1-10, fasc. li-iv, nos. 11-40a, 41-46, Boston (i), New York 1880-1895). Sets at BM, FH, L, PC. 2. Characeae japonicae exsiccatae (nos. 1-17, 1895), sets at BM, FH, L, NY, PC. The New York Botanical Garden also issued duplicates from Allen’s herbarium outside the regular exsiccatae. 31 ALLEN, T. F. ve fared DEO. De Toni, Syll. alg. 4(1): 1. 1897 (bibl.) Howe, J. New York Bot. Gard. 2: 52-54. Igol. Wood, Farlowia 3(3): 327-329. 1948 (dates). Koster, Taxon 18: 549. 1969. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 60-61. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 41; BM 1: 30; Bossert p. 8; CSP 9: 32, 12: 10; 13: 70; Kew 1: 41; MW p. 4; NI 17. Britton, Bull. Torrey bot. Club 30: 173-177. 1903 (portr., bibl.) Barnhart in Kelly and Burrage, American medical biographies 20-21. 1920. Humphrey, Makers of N. American botany 3-4. 1961. Wood and Imahori, Revision Characeae 793-794. 1965 (lists all publications on Characeae). Ewan, Short hist. bot. US 78. 1969. Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 4. 1973. EPONYMY: Vide supra, sub J. F. Allen. 86. Characeae americanae, illustrated and described, New York (author) [1879], 2 parts. Qu. T (Charac. amer.) Publ.: 1879 (part 1: J. Bot. Mai 1879; Nat. Nov. Jun 1879; part 2, Nat. Nov. Aug 1879) (see Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 6: 315. 1879, and Sayre 1969). — Two coloured plates with descriptive letter-press. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 1: 30; Kew 1: 41. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 60. 1969. Wood and Imahori, Revision Characeae 1: 793. 1965. 87. The Characeae of America ... with coloured illustrations from the original draw ings by the author. Boston (S. E. Cassino) [1880], 2 parts. Qu. (Charac. America). Publ.: 1880, part. 1: [1]-8, pl. 1-3, 2: [g]-[14], pl. 4-6. Copy: NY. Ref.2 Wewn 740: Hivseuy Ges) Bot. 19:92.) Mar 1de1- Wood and Imahori, Revision Characeae 1: 793. 1965. 88. The Characeae of America. New York (author) 1888-1896, 4 parts. Oct. (Charac. America). part pages plates dates part pages plates dates I 1-64 455 Jan-Feb 1888 2(2) Q-17 8 Dec 1894 2(1) 1-8 14,6 Mar 1893(?) 2(3) 19-28 9 Apr 1896 Allen, Bull. Torrey bot. Club 20: 258 (1893) says that 2(1) was actually published in 1892; see also Wood and Imahori (1965). Part 1 is announced by Nat. Nov. early Mar 1888 as having been published in 1887 but came out Jan-Feb 1888 (J. Bot. Apr 1888; Flora rd. Mar 1888). Ref.: BM 1: 30; Kew 1: 413 NI 17; IDC 6335. Wood, Farlowia 3(3): 334, 335- 1948. Wood and Imahori, Revision Characeae 1: 793. 1965. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 60. 1969. 89. Japanese Characeae, Bull. Torrey bot. Club 21(12): 523-526. Dec 1894, 22(2): 68-71. Feb 1895, 25(2): 73-82. Feb 1808. Publ.: As above. — Also reprinted with consecutive pagination 1-18, with 24 unnumbered plates. The plates from drawings by Evelyn Hunter Nordhoff appeared only with the reprints (Robinson 1906). Ref.: MW p. 4; Kew 1: 41. Robinson, Bull. New York Bot. Gard. 4(13): 299. 1906. Wood et Imahori, Revision Characeae 1: 793, 794. 1965. 32 ALLESCHER Allescher, Andreas (1828-1903), German mycologist and highschool-teacher at Munchen. (Allesch.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: M (10.000 fungi). — Exsiccatae (with Johann Nepomuk Schnabl (1890-1900) ) : Fungi bavarict exstccati (7 cent., nos. 1-700, 1890-1900), B, C, FH (has cent. 1-10), HBG, KIEL, L, LE, M, NY, PC. ve femlblety (Ed6) 21355 ,62)13 2. Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 427. 1916. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 41; BM 1: 30, 6: 15; BFM 3090; CSP 13: 70-71; DTS 1: 1, 3: xxxix; GR p. 1; Kew 1: 41; KR p. 21; LS 815-840, 30503-30506. Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 427. 1916, 7(15): 1047. 1940. Schnabl, Ber. bayer. bot. Ges. 9(1): 15-18. 1904 (bibl., portr.) Hennings, Hedwigia 42, Beibl.: 163-165. 1903 (portr., bibl.) Sydow, Ann. Mycol. 1: 258-261. 1903 (bibl.) Bresinsky, Mitt. bot. Staatssamml. Miinchen 11: 33-55. 1973. (list of A’s types of fungi). COMPOSITE WORKS: Rabenhorst ed. 2: Fungi imperfecti vol. 1, Abt. 6, viii, 1016 p., 1898- 1901, Abt. 7, 1072 p., 1901-1903. HANDWRITING: Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. Miinchen 11: 55. 1973. EPONYMY: Allescheria P. A. Saccardo & P. Sydow (1899); Allescheria R. Hartig (1899) ; Allescheriella P. C. Hennings (1897); Allescherina Berlese (1902). go. Verzeichnis in Siidbayern beobachteter Basidiomyceten. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der bayrischen Pilzflora. Miinchen (Franz) 1884. Oct. (Verz. Siidbay. Basid.) Publ.: Jul 1884 (Nat. Nov.; J. Bot. Sep 1884), p. [1]-64. Copies: L, Stevenson. Ref.: BM 1: 30; LS 815. Barnhart, NAF 7(15): 1047. 1940. gt. Verzeichnis in Stid-Bayern beobachteter Pilze. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der bayer. Pilzflora. Landshut (Thomann) [1886]. Oct. (Verz. Siid-Bay. Pilze). Publ.: Apr 1886 (Nat. Nov.), as a reprint, p. [1]-140, from Ber. bot. Ver. Landshut 9, 1885 [journal publication earlier than reprint?]. Copy: FH. Ref.: LS 817. g2. Verzeichnis in Siid-Bayern beobachteter Pilze. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der bayerischen Pilzflora ... II. Abteilung: Gymnoasci und Pyrenomyceten. Mit einem Nachtrag zu den Basidiomyceten und 2 Tafeln. Separat-Abdruck a.d. X. Bericht des botanischen Vereins in Landshut. Landshut (Thomann) 1887. Oct. (Verz. Stid-Bay. Pilze II). Publ.: 1887 (p. 144: Jan 1887, journal publ. Nat. Nov. Oct 1887), p. [i], [143]-240, special cover for reprint with above title. Copy reprint: Stevenson. — Reprinted from Ber. bot. Ver. Landshut 10: [143]-240, pl. 1-2. 1887. Copy: FH. — p. 225-240 contain the I. Nachtrag zum Verzeichnisse der Basidiomyceten. Ref.: LS 818. 93- Verzeichnis in Stid-Bayern beobachteter Pilze. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der bayer. Pilzflora. ... II. Nachtrag zu den Basidiomyceten und I. Nachtrag zu den Gymnoas- ceen und Pyrenomyceten. [Landshut, 1889]. Oct. (Verz. Stid-Bay. Pilze Nachtr.) Publ.: 1889 (p. 4: 31 Dec 1888). Copies: FH, Stevenson. — Reprinted, p. [1]-66, from Ber. bot. Ver. Landshut 11: 1-66. 1889. Ref.: LS 820. 94. Verzeichnis der bisher in Stid-Bayern beobachteten Perenosporaceen. [Landshut 1889]. Oct. (Verz. Siid-Bay. Perenosp.) Publ.: Independently paged reprint p. [1]-17, without journal identification, from Ber. bot. Ver. Landshut 11: 67-83. 1889; page 17 of reprint dated Jan 1889. Copy reprint: Stevenson. Ref.: LS 821. 339 ALLESCHER 95- Verzeichnis in Siid-Bayern beobachteter Pilze. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der bayer. Pilzflora. III. Abteilung, Sphaeropsideen, Melanconieen und Hyphomyceten. In Ber. bot. Ver. Landshut 12: [1]-136. 1892. Oct. (Verz. Stid-Bay. Pilze II). Publ.: Jun-Sep 1892 (Flora Jun, Nat. Nov. Sep) No reprint known to us. Copy: FH. Ref.: LS 823. 96. Verzeichnis in Stid-Bayern beobachteter Pilze. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der bayerischen Pilzflora ... IV. Abteilung: Hysteriaceae, Discomycetaceae et Tuberaceae. Separat-Abdruck aus dem fiinfzehnten Bericht des Botanischen Vereins in Landshut. Landshut (Thomann) 1898. Oct. (Verz. Stid-Bay. Pilze IV). Publ.: Oct 1898, p. [1]-138. Copies: NY, Stevenson. — Reprinted with original pagination from Ber. bot. Ver. Landshut 15: [1]-138. 1898 (Nat. Nov. Oct 1898). Ref.: LS 837. : Allioni, Carlo (1728-1804), Italian physician and botanist, correspondent of Linnaeus, *“i] Linneo piemontese”’. (All.) HERBARIUM and Types: The Allioni herbarium was acquired by G. B. Balbis (1765- 1831), then by M. Bonafous (1794-1852) and subsequently by the Turin Academy of Agriculture. This Academy presented the herbarium to TO in 1891. Allioni had a rich natural history cabinet of which the botanical part (excluding the herbarium) is at the Seminario di Chieri. — Allioni’s correspondence (20 vol. in Qu.) is at the Turin Academy of Sciences. Ref.: JH. 1(ed. 6): 355, 2: 32; Saccardo 1: 13, 2: g. Gras, Bull. Soc. bot. France 10: 126. 1863. Candolle, Phytographie 392. 1880. Mattirolo, Carlo Allioni, Enc. Ital. 2: 552. 1929. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 9. 1941. NOMENCLATOR ALLIONIANUS: Mattirolo et Ferrari, Nomenclator Allionianus, sive index specierum Carolo Allioni adscriptarum. Malpighia 18: 228-292. 1904. ICONOGRAPHIA TAURINENSIS: he botanical garden at Torino (TO) holds a collection of about 7500 paintings and drawings of plants, bound in 65 folio volumes. This collection is often cited by Allioni and Colla and contains many of the originals of the illustrations of the works by these authors, in particular of Allioni’s Flora pedemontana. ‘The main artists are: 1741-1766 Francesco Peyrolery, from Vit (Piemont) — Pietro Peyrolery’s drawings for the Flora Pedemontana are probably also incorporated. 1767-1802 Giovanni-Antonio Bottione, also from Vit. 1802-1837 Angela Maria Bottione, from Torino. 1838-1868 Maddalena Lisa Mussino, from Torino. Volumes 1-8 carry the title: Stirpium quae in horto regio botanico Taurin. inveniuntur index et icones ad vivum delineatae. From volume 9 onward: Herbae ac stirpes indigenae et exoticae nativis coloribus ad vivum expressae. Ref.: Allioni, Fl. pedem. 1: iv. 1785. Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cxxi. 1883. Chiapusso Voli, Malpighia 18: 293-343. 1904. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 55-56. 1941. Nissen, Die botanische Buchillustration 1: 154. 1951. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 186, 4: 774, 12(2): 26; Barnhart 1: 42; BM 1: 31-32; Bossert p. 8; Dawson p. 15-16; Dryander 5: 136 [index]; Frank p. 4; GR p. 512; IF p. 675; Kew 1: 41-42; LS 842-843; NI 18-19; PLC 1: xxxiii; PR 105-108; Saccardo I: 13, 2: 9, Cron. xli-xliv; SO 635¢e, 637c. Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist.-nat. Banks 5: 136 [index]. 1800. Buniva, Réflexions sur tous les ouvrages publiés et inédits du docteur Charles Allioni. Torino 1805, vii, 150 p., (portr., bibl.) Konig et Sims, Ann. Bot. 1: 585. 1805. M.S., Dict. Sci. méd. Biogr. méd. 1: 150-151. 1820. Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cviii-xix. 1883. 34 ALLIONI Mattirolo, Malpighia 18: 213-227. 1904 (portr., bibl.), also repr. 82 p. Mattirolo, zn Dorfler, Botaniker-Portrats 30. 1907 (portr.) Hulth, Bref och skr. Linné 2(1): 19-50. 1916. Mattirolo, Cronistoria Orto bot. Torino xli-xliv. 1929 (portr.) Mattirolo, Enc. Ital. 2: 552. 1929. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 8-9. 1941. Stafleu, zn Daniels and Stafleu, Taxon 21: 56. 1972 (portr.) EPONYMyY (genera): Allioniella Rydberg (1902); Allionia Linnaeus (1759, nom. cons.) ; Allionia Loefling (1758, nom. rej.); (journal): Allionia bollettino dell’ istituto ed orto botanico dell’ universita di Torino. ‘Turin. Vol. 1-x, 1952-x. Note: Allionella V. ¥. Brotherus (1911) is dedicated to Michel Allioni (see Barnhart 1:42), who did bryological work in Ecuador. HANDWRITING: Candollea 27: 311-312. 1972. 97- Stirpium praecipuarum littoris et agri Nicaeensis enumeratio methodica; cum elencho aliquot animalium ejusdem maris. Paris (Bauche) 1757. Oct. (Stirp. litt. agri Nicaeen.) Publ.: 1757, p. [i*], [a]-xxii, [1]-255. Copy: USDA. Ref.: BM 1: 31; Jackson p. 288; Plesch p. 125; PR 106. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Bot. 7. 1975. g8. Synopsis methodica stirpium horti regii taurensis, Mélanges Philos. Math. Soc. roy. Turin 2 (1760-1761); reprint ‘Torino 1760. Qu. (n.v.) Publ.: 1760? (rev. GGA 23 Oct 1762) — 76 p. Allioni uses Linnaean binary names only for the species described in the Species plantarum; new and doubtful species are provided only with a diagnostic phrase. Ref.: PR 107; IDC 5826. gg- Auctuarium ad synopsim methodicam stirpium horti regii taurinensis, Mélanges philos.-mat. Soc. roy. Turin 5 (1770-1773): [53]-96. 1774. Publ.: 1774 (or perhaps even 1776) in journal, but preprinted 1773 (rev. GGA 30-9- 1773; Linnaeus received a copy of this preprint early November 1774). This preprint has its own pagination; Allioni, in his Flora pedemontana always refers to the pagination of the periodical. The Auctuarium preprint must be assumed to have come out later than Gouan’s Jilustrationes (Jan-Mai 1773). — Allioni adopts here for the first time consistently the Linnaean binary system. Many names used in the Flora pedemontana actually date from this publication. For a full analysis see Tjaden (1970) and Dandy (1970). Ref.: Kew 1:42; PR 108; IDC 5533. Chiovenda, Ann. di Bot. 10(1): 15-23. 1912. Fuchs, Phyton 9 (1, 2): 42. 1960; Ber. Schweiz. bot. Ges. 71: 350-351. 1961. Tjaden, Taxon 19: 611-616. 1970. Dandy, Taxon 19: 617-626. 1970 (list of new names). 100. Flora pedemontana sive enumeratio methodica stirpium indigenarum Pedemontii. Torino (J. M. Briolus) 1785, 3 vols. Fol. (Fl. pedem.) Publ.: All three volumes published between Apr-Jul 1785. Copies: BR, G, HU, L, MO, ING UIs Teacup tromt... (l= vate 1=xIx. 1-942. 2: [i*], [i1*], 1-366, i-xxiii, [xiv], [1, impr.]. 3: [1*], [1*], [i]-xiv, pl. 2-92, and 7-77. The plates (copper engravings) are by Francisco Peyrolery (engraved by Pietro Peyrolery), mostly uncoloured; coloured copies are rare. Extensive review: GGA 31 Dec 1785. Becherer (1953) has shown that the 23 specific names marked with a dagger (}) are to be attributed to Allioni and not to Bellardi who had provided information on the relevant species to Allioni but who had not named them. — The pages with roman numerals are bound in various places. Ref.: BL 2: 372; BM 1: 32; DU 6; GF p. 47; IF p. 675; Jackson p. 320; Kew 1: 42; LS 842; NI 18; Plesch p. 125; PR 108; RS p. 72; IDC 1128. 35 ALLIONI Mattirolo, Malpighia 18: 211. 1904. Mattirolo, Scritti bot. Carlo Allioni. 1904. Breistroffer, Proc. verb. mens. Soc. Dauph. Ethn. 182-184: [6]. 1948. Becherer, Candollea 14: 113-120. 1953. Dawson, The Banks Letters 16. 1958. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Bot. 8. 1975 (sold at £ 320). 10x. Auctuarium ad floram pedemonianam cum notis et emendationibus. Torino (J. M. Briolus) 1789. Qu. (Auct. fl. pedem.) Publ.: Jan-Mar 1789, p. [i-iv], 1-53, [54 impr.], 2 pl. Copies: G, HU (2 pl.), MO, NY (x pi.) Ref.: BM 1: 32; Kew 1: 42; LS 843; NI 18; PR 108; ST p. 55; IDC 5533. Allman, William (1776-1846), Irish botanist, professor of botany at the University of Dublin 1809-1844. (Allman). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BM. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 43; BB p. 5; BM 1: 32; CSP 1: 51, 13: 713 DNB 1: 335; Jackson p. 17, 40, 65; Kew 1: 42; PR 109-110. Anon., Bot. Zeit. 5: 304. 1847. EPONYMY: Allmania R. Brown ex R. Wight (1834) ; Al/maniopsis Suessenguth (1950). 102. Analysis, per differentias constantes viginti, inchoata, generum plantarum phanerostemonum, quae in Britanniis, Gallia et Helvetia, ultraque hos fines, sponte sua crescunt. ... Commencement of analysis, by means of twenty constant differences, of the genera of plants with conspicuous stamens, which grow spontaneously in the British Isles, in France and Switzerland, and beyond these limits. London 1828. Qu. (Anal. gen. pl. phanerostem.) Publ.: Oct-Nov 1828 (docum. BH), p. [i]-x, [1]-43, [1]. Copy: U. Ref.: BM 1: 32; Jackson p. 17; Kew 1: 42; PR r1o. Allorge, Pierre (1891-1944), French botanist and ecologist. (P. Allorge). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: P and PC. — For exsiccatae see under Valentine Allorge. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 43; Bossert p. 8; BL 2: 506; Kew 1: 42; PFC 2(2): xviii, 3(2): xi. Verdoorn, Chron. bot. 9: 154. 1936 (portr.) Blaringham, Ann. Sci. nat. Bot. ser. 11. 5: a.v. 1944 (bibl.) Guerrero, Bol. r. Soc. Espafi. Hist. nat. 42: 344. 1944. Humbert, Bull. Soc. bot. France g1: 29-32. 1944. Gaumet, Rev. bryol.-lichénol. 15: 1-15. pl. r. 1945 (portr., bibl.) Davy de Virville, Hist. bot. France p. 383 [index] (portr. p. 247). Heim, Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris ser. 2. 18(3): 226-252. 1946. Le Gallo, Le Naturaliste Canadien 76: 229-241. 1949 (portr.) Latorre, Anal. Inst. bot. A. J. Gavanilles 11(2): 559-560. 1952. Lami, Revue algol. ser. 2 1(2): 51-55. 1954 (bibl. algol.) EPONYMY: Allorgea Ando (1974, also dédicated to Valentine Allorge née Sélitsky (1888- x), q.v.); Allorgeia L. Gauthier-Liévre (1958). Allorge, Valentine, née Sélitsky (1888-x), French bryologist. (V. Allorge). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: P and PC. — Exsiccatae (p.p. with Pierre Allorge) : 1. Cryptogames de l’ Empire colonial Frangais (series A-C, nos. 1-60, Paris 1938-1949). Sets: FH, PC. 2. Bryophyta azorica. Mousses et hépatiques récoltées en 1937 aux iles Acores (nos. 1-133, Paris 1942). PC, S-PA — Very few sets were made up. 36 ALSCHINGER 3. Bryotheca iberica. Muscinées de l’Espagne et du Portugal. (ser. i-v, nos. 1-250, Paris 1928-1938). Sets: FH, G, PC. Repo Ele Ag o% Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 5. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 43; BL 2: 506; Bossert p. 8; GR p. 303; Kew I: 42. Roon, Int. direct. spec. pl. tax. 10. 1958. EPONYMY: Allorgea Ando (1974); also dedicated to Pierre Allorge (1891-1944), q.v. Alm, Carl Gustaf (1888-x), Swedish botanist, highschool teacher at Kiruna. (C. Alm). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: UPS (lichens): Largest general collection at GB, duplicates B, BM, GH, K, L, NY, UPS (GR: lichens at UPS). Ref.: GR p. 485; 1H 1 (ed. 6): 355, 2: 32. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 43; BL 2: 79, 531, 532, 5353; Bossert p. 8; GR p. 485; Kew 1: 42; KR p. 22. Roon, Int. direct. spec. pl. tax. 10. 1958. Almquist, Ernst Bernhard (1852-1946), Swedish physician and botanist, at Karol. inst. Stockholm 1891-1917, brother of S. O. I. Almquist. (EZ. B. Almquist). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: S and UPS (Vega expedition, 1878-1880), also H, LD and Z. Ref.: 1H.-2: 33. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 44; BM 1: 32; 6: 16; Bossert p. 8; CSP 9: 353 12: 11,13: 73; GRp. 485; KR p. 23-24; LS 872-874, 30520; MW p. 4; SO ind. p. 8. Nordenskiéld, The voyage of the Vega, London 1881. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 28. 1903, 3(3): 206, pl. rro. 1905. Hult, Sv. Linné-Sallsk. Arsskr. 29: 66-67. 1946 (portr.) Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 12. 1950. Almquist, Sigfrid Oscar Immanuel (1844-1923), Swedish botanist and highschool teacher at Stockholm, brother of Ernst Bernhard Almquist. (Almq.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Mainly at S, also C, GB, LD, UPS, Z. Refi: GR p. 471; 1H 2: 33; Kew 1: 43; KR op: 24. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 12(2): 567; Barnhart 1: 44; BM 1: 32, 6: 16-17; Bossert p. 8; BL 2: 511; CSP 9: 35, 13: 73-74; GR p. 471; Kew 1: 43; KR p. 24-28; LS 865-871, 35618; MW p. 4. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 28. pl. 13. 1903, 3(3): 3. pl. 107. 1905 (portr.) Almquist, E., Sv. bot. Tidskr. 38: 459-464. 1944 (portr.) 103. Monographia Arthoniarum Scandinaviae. Stockholm (P. A. Nordstedt & Séner) 1880. Qu. (Monogr. Arthon. Scand.) Publ.: 3 Apr 1880 (date of separate issue as thesis; see also Hedwigia Mai 1880 and Nat. Nov. Mai, Aug 1880) — [i], [1-]69, [4] p. The thesis has a separate title page: Mono- graphia ... Afhandl. ... jamte Teser ... for ... lektorsbefattning ... 3 Apr 1880. — Also published as Sv. Vet. — ak. Handl. ny. féljd 17(6) (presented as manuscript on 12 Dec 1879), 1880, p. [1]-69. Copy: U. Ref.: BM 1: 32; KR p. 27-28; LS 863. Alschinger, Andreas (1791-1864), Austrian botanist and theologist, born in Bohemia, teacher at the Zara Gymnasium. (Alschinger). HERBARIUM and typEs: BASSA. Ref.: 1H 2: 33. 37 ALSCHINGER BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(2): 274; Barnhart 1: 45; BM 1: 33; CSP 12: 12; Kanitz no. 148; Kew 1: 44; NDB 1: 205. Kanitz, Oest. bot. Z. 14: 151-154. 1864. Anon., Flora 47: 125. 1864. EPONYMY: Alschingera R. De Visiani (1850). 104. Flora jadrensis complectens plantas phaenogamas hucusque in agro jadertino detectas et secundum systema Linnaeano-Sprengelianum redactas. Zara (Battara) 1832. Oct. (Fl. jadr.) Publ.: 1832, prob. Jul-Nov (Flora 15: 720. 7 Dec 1832), p. [i-iv], [1]-248; Supplement to this flora in III. Programme du Gymnasium, Zara 1853 (Bot. Zeit. 23 Jul 1869). Copy: L. Ref.: BM 1: 33; Jackson p. 313; Kanitz no. 148; Kew 1: 44; PR 116. Anon., Lit.-Ber. Flora 2: 284-286. Dec 1832. Guillemin, Arch. Bot. 1: 445. 13 Mai 1833 (rev.) Alston, Arthur Hugh Garfit (1902-1958), British pteridologist and plant collector. (Alston). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Most of the originals of Alston’s collections are at BM; some, especially of the collections made with N.Y. Sandwith, are at K. The location of the types is indicated in the publications. Ref.: TH 1 (ed.'6): 355, 2: 33. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 45; BL 1: 22; Bossert p. 9; IF suppl. 3: 201, 4: 311-313; Kew 1: 44-45; MW p. 4. Elliot, ‘The Times, London, 28 Mar 1958. Greenfield, Brit. Fern Gaz. 8: 220-222. 1958. Lourteig, Bol. Soc. Arg. Bot. 7: 136-137. 1958. Bell, Taxon 8: 83-86. 1959 (bibl., portr.) Morton, Amer. Fern J. 49: 1-2. 1959. Crabbe, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 3: 385-395. 1960 (bibl.); 5: 240-248. 1969 (index). Anon., Mem. Soc. Brot. 18: frontispiece. 1966 (portr.) (vol. dedicated to Alston). EPONYMY: Alstoniamitus B. Skvortzov (1967). 105. Undescribed ferns from New Guinea. ova Guinea ser. 2. 4: 109-112. t. 4-IT. 1940. Publ.: 20 Dec 1940. Text previously published Oct 1940 in J. Bot. 78: 225-229. Ref.: Kew 1: 44. Crabbe, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 3: 389. 1960. Pichi-Sermolli, Regn. veg. 37: 311. 1965. Alstrémer, Clas (1778: friherre, baron) [von] (1736-1794), Swedish naturalist, pupil of Linnaeus. (Alstr.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: §; the Alstromer herbarium, together with the herbaria of Montin, Osbeck, Casstrom and Swartz constitutes the basis of S. Material collected 1760-1762 in Southern Europe is also at LINN, SBT and UPS (Thunberg herbarium). Curators of the Alstromer herbarium and natural history cabinet at Christinedal near Gothenburg were Jonas Fagraeus, Anders Dahl and C. B. Rutstrém. The Linnaean material originally contained in the Alstrémer herbarium (via Dahl from L. and directly from Linnaeus fil. to A. in 1783) is now kept separately as the Stockholm Linnaean herbarium. Ref.: TH 2: 33. Lindmann, Ark. f. Bot. 7(3): 5-9. 1907. Loéwegren, Naturaliekabinett i Sverige under 1700 — talet 400 [index]. 1952. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 427; Barnhart 1: 45; Bossert p. 9; Colmeiro 1: clx; Dawson p. 16; KR p. 29; PR (ed. 1): 172, 173; SO add. 2401. 38 ALYON Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist.-nat. Banks 5: 137 [index]. 1800. Scheutz, Bot. Not. 1863: 66. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 28. 1903, 3(3): 3. 1905. Fries, Bref och Skr. Linné ser. 2. 1: 69. Fries, Linné 2: 61, 62 (portr.) Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 19. 1936. Utterstrém, Svenska man och Kvinnor 1: 75. 1955. Ryden, The Banks Collection, Stockholm. 116 [index]. 1963. Stafleu, Adanson 1: 129-130. 1963. Coats, The plant hunters 38. 1969. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 298. 1971. EPONYMY: Alstroemeria Linnaeus (1762). Alten, Johann Wilhelm von (1770-?), German apothecary and botanist in Augsburg. (Ff. Alten). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 46; PR 120. 106. Augsburgische Blumenlese oder systematisches Verzeichniss der in der Gegend um Augsburg wildwachsenden Pflanzen, als Einleitung zu einer Flora von Augsburg. Augsburg (Wolff) 1822. Oct. (Augsburg. Blumenl.) Publ.: Mai-Jun 1822 (Flora 5(1) Beil. 3: 107), p. [i]-xii, [1]-215. Copies: G, M. Ref.: PR 120. Altmann, Paul (/f. 1894), German highschool teacher and botanist at Wriezen. (P. Altmann). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. 107. Flora von Wriezen und Umgegend. Bearbeitet vom Oberlehrer Dr. Paul Altmann. Wriezen (Hintze). [1894-1895]. Qu. (Fl. Wriezen). Pars [1]: Apr-Mai 1894 (Nat. Nov.; published in Easter program), p. [1]-30. Copy: U. - Also in Realprogymnasium zu Wriezen. Bericht 1895 (n.v.) Pars [2]: Apr-Mai 1895 (before 23 Mai, date & registration pupils; Nat. Nov. Jul 1895), p- [i-], 31-61, 1-111. Copy: U. — Also in Realprogymnasium zu Wriezen. Bericht ... Programm no. 113. Wriezen (orig. Wrietzen) is a town in Brandenburg, (Potsdam district), Western Prussia. Alverson, Andrew Halstead (1845-1916), Californian cactus collector. (Alverson). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: None known to exist. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 47. Jaeger, Desert Magaz. (Palm Desert Calif.) 21: 26-28. 1958 (portr.) Ewan, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 4: 170-177. 1963 (portr.) 108. Price list of Cacti found in California and adjoining regions offered by A. H. Alverson collector and dealer in Cacti, Bulbs, Seeds, Rare Plants. San Bernardino. Cal. s.d., Oct. (Price list cacti California). Publ.: 1893 or 1894, 8 p. (n.v.) — Ewan mentions only a single known copy in USDA. Later edition: late 1894 or early 1895, ‘‘cactus catalogue.” Ref.: Ewan, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 4: 170-177. 1963. Alyon, Pierre Philippe (1746-1816), French botanist and pharmacist. (Alyon). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. 39 ALYON BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 48; DU 7; HU 688; Jackson p. 34; NI 22; BRar22! Tucker, Cat. library Arnold Arb. 3: 20. 109. Cours de botanique, pour servir a \’éducation des enfans de S. A. Sérénissime Mon- seigneur le Duc d’Orléans, ot l’on a [sic] rassemblé les plantes indigénes et exotiques employées dans les arts et dans la médecine. Paris [1787-1788]. Fol. (Cours bot.) Publ.: In 7 parts (in NY copy numbered by hand nos. 1-7; HU: nos. 2-8), 1787-1788, engr. t.p., p. [1]-36, 103 handcoloured etchings occasionally shaded with mezzotint or roulette (DU); PR: “Opus pulchris, quam Jean Aubry sculpsit, tabulis splendi- dum, pluribus prodiit fasciculis, et fere semper incompletum offenditur’’. For a collation and commentary see HU 688. Possibly not finished until 1789. livr. plates livr. plates 2(Ime) I-15 6(5°) 60-73 (Plesch: 67a) 3(2°) 16-29 7(6°) 74-87 4(3°) 30-44 8(7°) — 8g-103 5(4°) 45-59 The artist, Jean Aubry, also engraved some of the plates of Labillardiére, Icones plantarum Syriae rariorum. Ref: BM; DU 7; GFB p. 47; HU 688; Jackson p. 34; NI 22; Plesch p. 126; PR 122. Bartlett, Fifty-five rare books 54-55. 19409. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Bot. 10. 1975 (sold at £ 9200). Ambrosi, Francesco (1821-1897), Austro-Italian botanist, director of the Museo civico in Trient. (Ambros7). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Original herbarium destroyed by fire, first set of duplicates at TR, further material at BASSA, FI and IBF. Ref.: 1H 1 (ed. 6): 355, 2: 34, Saccardo 2: 11. Candolle, Phytographie 392. 1880. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 49; BL 2: 404; BM 1: 36; CSP 1: 55, 6: 656, 12: 14, 13: 83; DTS 1: 2-3, 6(4): 109-110; Kew 1: 48; LS 893; PR 128; Saccardo When? 2 il Marchesetti, Atti Museo civico Storia nat. Trieste 9: 131. 1895. Saccardo, Bull. Soc. veneto-trentina sc. nat. 6(3): 117-119. 1898 (portr.) Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 79, 159. 1903, 3(3): 65. 1905. 110. Flora del Tirolo meridionale ossia descrizione delle specie fanerogame che crescono spontanee sopra il suolo trentino e nelle terre adjacenti comprese fra la catena delle alpi retiche sino ai confini del Lombardo-Veneto loro proprieta ec. ec. Opera disposta dietro il metodo naturale ed elaborata sull’erbario Facchiniano e proprio. [Alternative title:] Flora Tiroliae australis seu descriptio plantarum phanerogamarum in solo triden- tino terrisque adjacentibus sponte nascentium [.] Specimen florae totius Italiae sep- tentrionalis uno cum appendicibus exhibens. (Insunt plantae Monocotyledoneae [Dicotyledoneae]). Padova (Angelo Sicca) 1854-1857, 2 vols. Oct. + (Fl. Tirolo mer.) Publ.: 1854-1857, in parts, the precise dates of which are unknown. The following data are based on a copy in original covers [L]. The covers of the parts (puntate) are not dated. Copies: B, L, M. vol. puntate pages dates I Monocot. [i]-xx, [1]-140 1854 141-300 301-460 461-620 621-964. Ob Oo N 40 AMES, O. vol. puntate pages dates 2(1) I [i-xiv], [1]-160, err. 1857 Dicot. (1) 2 161-320 3 321-480 4 481-820, [2] Motto on t.p. vol. 2: ““Combien de fois la Botanique n’a-t-elle pas adouci les plus cuisants chagrins! Aug. de Saint-Hilaire.”’ The flora remained unfinished; it contains the monocotyledones and only a small part of the dicotyledonae. Ref.: BM 1: 36; DTS 1: 2; Kew 1: 48; PR 128. Anon., Flora 37: 303-304. 31 Mai 1854 (outline). Ames, Lawrence Marion (1900-1966), American mycologist and phytopathologist. (L. Ames). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BPI; dupl. at K. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 50; Bossert p. 9; Kew 1: 50. Diehl, Mycologia 59: 187-191. 1967 (portr., bibl.) EPONYMY: Amesiodendron Hu (1936) is dedicated to Oakes Ames (1874-1950), q.v. 111. A monograph of the Chaetomiaceae. ‘The United States Army Research and Develop- ment Series Number 2 [s.].] 29 December 1961. Qu. (Monogr. Chaetom.) Orig.: 29 Dec 1961, p. [i]-ix, [1]-65, pl. 1-30. Copy: Stevenson. Facsimile ed.: Lehre (J. Cramer) 1969. Bzbliotheca mycologica Band 17. Copy: FAS. Ref.: Kew 1: 50. Ames, Oakes (1874-1950), American orchidologist, professor of economic botany at Harvard University (Ames). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: AMES. Ref.: IH 1 (ed. 6): 355, 2: 34. Day, Rhodora 3: 68. 1901. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 50; BM 6: 20; Bossert p. 10; Kew 1: 51-523 Langman p. 85-86; MW p. 4, suppl. p. 5; NI 23. Day, Rhodora 3: 68. 1901. Backer, Verklarend woordenboek 22. 1936. Mangelsdorf, in Ames, Orchids in retrospect ix-xv. 1948 (also: bibl. on p. 159-172). Sax, J. Arnold Arb. 31: 335-349. 1950 (portr., bibl.) Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 162(2): 223-228. 1951. Coleman, Victorian Naturalist 67: 184-185. 1951 (portr.) Schultes, Rhodora 53: 67-78. 1951. Rollins, Taxon 1: 4. 1951. Rouleau, Rhodora Index 1-50: 277. 1953. Schultes, Bot. Mus. Leaflets 22: 253-255. 1969 (portr.) (on Blanche Ames). Sutton, Arnoldia 32(1): 9-12. 1972. Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 6. 1973. MEMORIAL VOLUME: Botanical Museum Leaflets, Harvard University, vol. 16, 1949-1951 (portr.) EPONYMY: Amesia A. Nelson & Macbride (1913); Amesiodendron Hu (1936). 112. Orchidaceae: illustrations and studies of the family Orchidaceae issuing from the Ames Botanical Laboratory North Easton, Massachusetts, Boston, New York (1, 2: Houghton, Mifflin and Company; 3-7, Boston, The Merrymount Press) 1905-1922. Oct. (Orchidaceae). 4% AMES, O. vol. pages plates dates I fij-vii, [1]-156 1-16 Feb-Mar 1905* 2 [i]-xi, [1 ]-288 17-25 18 Feb 1908 3 (a]-[viii], [1]-[99] 26-59 30 Sep 1908 4 [i]-xiv, [1]-[288] 60-79 20 Jun 1910 5 [i]-[xiv], []-[271] (no pl] 2. Sep 1915 6 fi]-[xiv], [1]-[335] 80-101 18 Oct 1920 7 [iJ-Lix], [1]-174 roz-114 5 Apr 1922 *Nat. Nov. Apr 1905; p. iv: Feb 1905. Copy: HH. = Plates by Blanche Ames. Ref.: Kew 1: 51; Langman p. 85; MW p. 4; NI 23. 113. An enumeration of the orchids of the United States and Canada prepared for the American Orchid Society. Boston 1924. Oct. (Enum. orchids U.S. G Canada). Publ.: 1924 (preface 2 Feb 1924), p. [i]-viul, [1]-120. Rep iSewa tea: Amman, Johann (1707-1741), Swiss botanist in St. Petersburg. (Amman). HERBARIUM and Types: LE, dupl. at LINN, OXF, some material also at BM. Ref.: 1H 2: 34. Dandy, The Sloane Herbarium 82-83. 1958. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 121. 1964. Karavaev, Bjull. Moskovsk. Ob8¢. Isp. Prir., Otd. Biol. 74(4): 148-149. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 1: 401; AG 4: 132; Barnhart 1: 51; BM 1: 39; GR p. 637; HU 511; Jackson p. 326; Kew 1: 52; Krebel p. 33, 47; LS 906, 32533; MW p. 4; NI 24; PR 136; TR 12-18. Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks 5: 138 [index]. 1800 (bibl.) Hulth, Bref och skr. Linné 2(1): 50-67. 1916. HANDWRITING: Lipschitz and Vasilczenko, Central herb. U.S.S.R., Leningrad 1968, p. 89. NOTE: not to be confused with Paul Ammann (1634-1691), botanist at Leipzig (see AG 4:132; Barnhart 1:51; PR 137-141). EPONYMY: Ammanella Miquel (1856) and Ammannia Linnaeus (1753) are dedicated to Paul Ammann (1634-1691), German botanist. 114. Stirpium rariorum in imperio Rutheno sponte provenientium icones et descriptiones col- lectae ab Ioanne Ammano ... instar supplementi ad commentar. Acad. Scient. Imper. Petropoli, ex typographia Academiae scientiarum. St. Petersburg (Acad. Scientiarum) 1739. Qu. (Stirp. rar. Ruth.) Publ.: 1739, p. [1-xii], [1]-210, [12], [1, errata], 34 plates numbered 7-xxxv, (xiv and xvi combined). For a collation see HU 511. “Ouvrage interrompu par la mort de Yauteur ...”’ (Brunet 1: 236). Copies: BR, HU, MO, NY, Teyler. Ref.: HU 511; Jackson p. 326; Kew 1: 52; LS 906; MW p. 4; NI 24; PR 136. Amo y Mora, Mariano del (1820-1896), Spanish botanist. (Amo). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown, probably at GDA or MA. Amo y Mora was dean of the faculty of pharmacy at Granada when he compiled his Flora. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 51; BL 2: 479-480; BM 1: 39, 408; CSP 1: 58; Colmeiro 1: clxxii (bibl.); GR p. 758; Kew 1: 53. Tucker, Cat. library Arnold Arb. 1: 36. 1914. COMPOSITE WORKS: See Cutanda, V., Manual de Botanica, Madrid 1848. 42 ANDERS 115. Flora cryptogamica de la Peninsula Ibérica, que contiene la descripcion de las plantas acotyledoneas que crecen en Espafia y Portugal, distribuidas segun el método de familias. Granada (Indalecio Ventura) 1870. Oct. (Fl. crypt. Penins. Ibérica). Publ.: 1870, p. [i]-vili, table, [1]-849. Copy: HH. Ref.: BM 1: 39; Kew 1: 53. Tucker, Cat. library Arnold Arb. 1: 36. 1914. 116. Flora fanerogdmica de la Peninsula Iberica 6 descripcion de las plantas cotyledéneas, que crecen en Esparia y Portugal. Granada (Indalecio Ventura) 1871-1873, 6 vols. Oct. (Fl. fan. Penins. Iberica). vol. pages dates notes I [i-iii], [1]-636 Oct-Dec 1871 preface 1 Oct 1871 2 [i-v], [1]-268 1871 p. [iii-v].table 3 [i-v], [1]-548 1872 p. [ii-v].table 4 [i-v], [1]-691 1872 5 [i-vi], [1]-645 1873 6 —[i-vii, [1]-758 1873 Copy: HH. Ref.: BL 2: 479-480; Kew 1: 53; IDC 5534. Tucker, Cat. library Arnold Arb. 1: 36. 1914. Amshoff, Gerda Jane Hillegonda (fl. 1939), Dutch botanist. (Amshoff ). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: U and WAG. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Kew 1: 53; Langman p. 811. 117. On South American Papilionaceae. Proefschrift ter verkrijging van den graad van doctor in de wis- en natuurkunde aan de Riyksuniversiteit te Utrecht, op gezag van den rector magnificus Dr. Th. M. van Leeuwen, hoogleraar in de faculteit der geneeskunde, volgens besluit van den Senaat der Universiteit tegen de bedenkingen van de faculteit der wis- en natuurkunde te verdedigen op Maandag 3 april 1939, des namiddags te vier uur. Utrecht (Kemink) [1939]. Oct. (S. Amer. Papilion.) Publ.: 3 Apr 1939 (date on which the thesis was defended), p. [i-viii], [1 ]-78, [3, theses, loose]. Copies: FAS, U. Ref.: Kew 1: 53. Anders, Joseph (1863-1936), Czeck lichenologist. (Anders). HERBARIUM and TYPES: PRM and PR. — Exsiccatae: Lichenes exsiccati Bohemtiae borealis (Flechten Nordbéhmens) (fasc. i-vi, nos. 1-333, 1929-1933); sets at PRM and PR. Ref.: GR p. 430; IH 1 (ed. 6): 35, 2: 35. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 108-109. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 53; Bossert p. 10; GR p. 430; LS 923-925b; LS suppl. 256-267. Mattick, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 54: 369, (93)-(99). 1936 (portr., bibl.) Klement, Natur und Heimat 7: 33-37. 1936 (portr., bibl.) Futak & Domin, Bibl. CSR 31-32. 1960 (bibl.) 118. Die Strauch- und Blattflechten Nordbéhmens. Anleitung zum leichten und sicheren Bestimmen der in Nordbéhmen vorkommenden Strauch- und Blattflechten. (Mit einem Verzeichnisse aller in BOhmen entdeckten Strauch- und Blattflechten) ... Mit fiinf Flechtentabellen. Bohm. — Leipa (publ. by author) 1906. Oct. (Strauch- G Blattflechten Nordbéhm.) Publ.: 1906 (p. iv: 1 Jan 1906; Nat. Nov. Mai 1907), p. [i-v], [1]-92 [93-96, expl. pl.], pl. 1-5 (photogr.) Copy: Stevenson. 43 ANDERS 119. Die Strauch- und Laubflechten Mitteleuropas [.] Anleitung zum Bestimmen der in Mitteleuropa vorkommenden Strauch- und Laubflechten. Jena (Gustav Fischer) 1928. Oct. (Strauch- @ Laubflechten Mitteleur.) Orig.: 1928 p. [i]-iv, [i*], [1]-217, pl. 1-30, 8 text ill. Copy: U. Facsimile: Amsterdam (Asher) 1974 (ISBN 90-6223-269-4), p. [i*], [i]-iv, [1]-217, pl. 1-30, 8 text ill. Copy: FAS. Ref.: LS suppl. 264. Anderson, Alexander (x-1811), British born physician who was superintendent of the St. Vincent botanical garden 1785-1811. (A. Anderson). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BM, CGE, G, K, LE; drawings at LINN. Ref.: Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 17. 1902. Miller, Taxon 19: 511-512. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BB p. 6; DNB 1: 372; Kew 1: 55. Anon., Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1892: 94-97. Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 1) 17. 1902. EPONYMY: Andersonia R. Brown (1810, also dedicated to William Anderson (1750-1778), English botanist on Cook’s expeditions, and to William Anderson (1766-1846), Scottish botanist). Note: Andersonia Roxburgh (1832) is dedicated to James Anderson (x-1809), English [?] physician in Madras; Andersoniella K. J. F. Schmitz (1897) is dedicated to Charles Lewis Anderson (1827-1919), q.v.; Anderssoniopiper Trelease (1934) is dedicated to Nils Johan Andersson (1821-1880), q.v.; Bryoandersonia H. E. Robinson (1963) is dedicated to Lewis Edward Anderson (1912-x), American botanist. Anderson, Charles Lewis (1827-1919), American algologist. (C. L. Anderson). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: NY; other material at A, BM, FH, K, MO, P-DU, US. — For his Algae exsiccatae americae borealis see sub Farlow, W.G. Ref.: 1H 1 (ed. 6): 355, 2: 35 (as ““Charles,”’ “Charles L.” and as “C.L.”’). Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 72-73. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 54. Day, Rhodora 3: 242. 1901. Jepson, Madrojio 1: 214-216. 1929 (portr.) EPONYMY: Andersoniella K. J. F. Schmitz (1897). — Note: For other eponyms based on the name Anderson, vide supra, sub A. Anderson. Anderson, George (x-1817), British botanist and horticulturist at Westham who grew species of Salix, Paeonia, and Narcissus and who collected in Brazil and Barbados in 1815. (G. Anderson). HERBARIUM and tTypEs: Unknown; some British specimens at OXF. Ref.: 1H 2: 35. Kent, Brit. herbaria 39. 1957. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 55; BB p. 6; CSP 1: 631. EPONYMY: For eponyms based on the name Anderson, vide supra, sub A. Anderson and C. L. Anderson. 120. A monograph of the genus Paeonia, Trans. Linn. Soc. London 12(1): 248-290. 1817 [1818]. Publ.: 25 Feb 1818 — Reprints (n.v.) available by May 1818. Ref.: Stearn J. Bot. 79: 26. 1941. 44 ANDERSSON Anderson, Thomas (1832-1870), Scottish botanist, superintendent and later director of the Calcutta Botanic Garden. (7. Anderson). HERBARIUM and TYPES: K and CAL; duplicates e.g. B, BM, L. Refi: 1H 1 (ed. 6): 355, 2: 36. Candolle, Phytographie 392. 1880. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 57; BB p. 7; BM 1: 43; CSP 1: 65, 7: 33, 9: 43, 12: 16; DNB 1: 392; Jackson p. 384, 388, 451; Kew 1:58; MW p. 4; PR 152-154; Zander ed. 10, p. 590. Anon., J. Bot. 8: 368. 1870. Anon., Flora 53: 490. 1871. Balfour, Trans. bot. Soc. Edinburg 11: 41-45. 1873 (bibl.) Anon., Rec. Bot. Survey India 7: 11-14. 1914. Huxley, Life letters Hooker 2: 519 [index]. 1918. Nelmes and Cuthbertson, Bot. Mag. Dedications 1827-1927: 150. 1932 (portr.) Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 26. 1936. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 15. 1950. Burkill, Chapt. hist. bot. India 238 [index]. 1965. EPONYMY: For eponyms based on the name Anderson, vide supra, sub A. Anderson and C. L. Anderson. 121. Florula adenensis. A systematic account, with descriptions, of the flowering plants hitherto found at Aden. Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society. Supplement to vol. V. — Botany. London (Longman, Green, Longmans and Roberts, and Williams and Norgate) 1860. Oct. (Fl. Aden.) Publ.: 1860 — p. [i]-xxiv, [1]-47, pl. 1-6, uncol. liths. by W. Fitch. Copy: NY. Ref.: CSP 1: 65; Kew 1: 58; PR 152. Andersson, Carl Filip Gunnar (1865-1928), Swedish bryologist, palaeobotanist and plant-geographer at Stockholm. (C. Andersson). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: GB (all material?). Rep 2596: BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 58; BL 2: 459; BM 6: 23; Bossert p. 11; CSP 13: 65; Kew 1: 59; KR p. 30-35. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 29. pl. rz. 1903, 3(3): 3. pl. 106. 1905 (portr.) Anon., Handelshégsk. Stockholm Arsber. 1909-1910: [repr. 1-9]. Copy: DS. Jonasson, Ymer 3. 1928 (full bibl.) Copy: B. Hesselman, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 46: (129)-(147) 1929 (bibl.) EPONYMY: Anderssoniopiper W. Trelease (1934) is dedicated to Nils Johan Andersson (1821-1880), q.v. 122. Studier dfver torfmossar i sédra Skane. Stockholm (P. A. Norstedt & S.) 1889. Oct. (n.v.) (Stud. torfmossar Skane). Publ.: Jun-Jul 1889 (communicated 8 Mai 1889, Nat. Nov. Aug 1890) — 43 p., issued as Bihang Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 15(3, 3), Stockholm 1889. Andersson, Nils Johan (1821-1880), Swedish botanist. (Anderss.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: S. — For voyages and distribution of duplicates see [H. — Exsic- catae: Flora lapponica exsiccata (1865, 15 sets). Ref.: IH 1 (ed. 6): 355, 2: 36. Urban, Fl. bras. 1(1): 1. 1906. Stafleu, The great Prodromus 19. 1966. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 58; BL 2: 516, 551; BM 1: 44, 6: 24; 315) ANDERSSON Bossert p. 11; GSP 1: 65-66, 6: 565, 7: 34,\12: 16; DIS .1: 4; Frank p.4; IF p. 675; Jackson p. 515 [index]; Kew 1: 59; KR p. 36-42; Langman p. 88; LS 944; MW p. 4; NI 25-27; PR 155-169. Anon., Bot. Centralbl. 1: 192. 1880 (brief bibl.), J. Bot. 18: 192. 1880. Anon., Bot. Not. 1880: 63-64. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 29. pl. 17. 1903, 3(3): 3. 1905. Urban, FI. bras. 1(1): 1. 1906 (itinerary). Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 16. 1950 (for his coll. and publ. on voyage Eugénie 1851-1853). Thomas, Contr. Dudley Herb. 5(8): 148. 1961. Kleppa, Norsk bot. bibl. (1814-1964): 318. 1973. COMPOSITE WORKS: Salicineae, in DC., Prodr. 16(2): 190-323. med. Jul 1868. The infra- generic categories are designated as follows (notes C. R. Ball): The sections are centered, indicated by S and a serial number, and in italics, in capitals and lower case. The species are preceded by a number, exdented 2 spaces, printed in caps and small caps (author and citation in parentheses) and part of first line of text. The first subdivisions are varieties, preceded by a Greek letter (and comma) indented 2 spaces under species paragraph, and exdented 2 spaces before the varietal paragraph. The name is in italic lower case, with author and citation in ( ), all part of first line of text. The second subdivisions (formae) are included in the varietal paragraph, each preceded by a dash (—), and a number with a tiny o after its top; these are followed, without punctuation, by the form name in italics and a comma. EPONYMY: Anderssoniopiper W. Trelease (1934). 123. Plantae vasculares circa Quickjock Lapponiae lulensis, quarum enumerationem venia ampliss. Facult. philosoph. Upsal. praeside mag. Elia Fries ... p.p. auctor Nicol. Johannes Anderson ... in audit. Gustav. pridie idus Jun. mdcccxliv. H. P. M. S. Pars prior. Uppsala (Wahlstrém & Lastrom) 1844-1845. Oct. (Pl. vase. Quickjock). Pars prior: 12 Jun 1844, p. [1]-16. Copies: NY (2). Pars posterior: Mai 1845, p. [i-ili], 17-36. Copies: G, NY (2). — “‘pro gradu philosophico 9 Dp. auctor ...7. Ref.: KR p. 39 (no. 45). Beilschmied, Flora 30: 431-439, 447-454. 1847 (summary). Andersson, Bot. Not. 1866: 107-110, 119-125. 124. Salices Lapponiae quarum descriptiones venia ampl. facult. philos. Upsal. p.p. Nicolaus Johannes Anderson [sic] phil. mag. stip. Hellvik. et Alfred. August. Wong ostragothi in audit. Gustav. die iii decemb. mdcccxlv. H.A.M.S. Pars 1. Uppsala (Wahlstrom & C.) 1845. Oct. (Salices Lapponiae). diss. pages defended by date I [i-iv], [1]-16 Alfred August Wong 3 Dec 1845 2 [i-iv], 17-32 Gustavus Sigfridus Brydolf 3 Dec 1845 3 [1-11], 33-48 Sten Stenberg 6 Dec 1845 4 [i-iv], 49-64 Johan. Eric Ulr. Kraft 6 Dec 1845 5 [i-iv], 65-90, [1, err.] And. Gustavus Longberg 13 Dec 1845 Copy: NY. Trade ed.: Uppsala (Wahlstrém & C:o0) 1845, p. [i], [1]-90, [1, err.], 2 pl. Copies: G, HH, HU, M. Ref.: BM 1: 44; Jackson p. 338; Kew 1: 59; KR p. 36; TR 156. A., Bot. Zeit. 4: 619-620. 4 Sep 1846. 125. Conspectus vegetationis Lapponiae quem venia ampliss. Facult. phil. Upsal. p.p. Nicolaus Johannes Anderson ... et Theodor Isac. Suber ... in audit. philos. superiori 46 ANDERSSON d. xxvii maji mdcccxlvi h.a.m.s. pars 1. Uppsala (Wahlstrom & C.) 1846. Oct. (Consp. veg. Lapponiae). Pars 1: 27 Mai 1846, p. [i*-iv*], [i]-x, [1]-16. Copy: NY. Pars 2: 30 Mai 1846, p. [1-11], 17-39. Copy: NY. — ‘*... Anderson et Oscar Esbj. Ed- holimpeeys ace Trade ed.: (n.v., fide KR) ib. 1846, p. [i], x, 39, with the indication “‘auctore ...” Repr. Arch. Scand. Beitr. 2: 394-444. 1850. Ref.: KR p. 39 (no. 47). 126. Ailas éfver den Skandinaviska florans naturliga familjer. Stockholm (Zach. Haggstrém) 1849. Oct. (Atlas Skand. nat. fam.) Publ.: 1849, engr. t.p., [i-iii], [1]-29, pl. 1-29. Copies: MO. Ref.: KR p. 41 (no. 62); PR 158. 127. Planias Scandinaviae descriptionibus et figuris analyticis adumbratae. Stockholm (Zacha- rias Haeggstrom) 2 fasc. 1849-1852. Oct. (Pl. Scand.) Fasciculus primus Cyperaceas Scandinaviae complectens, Stockholm 1849, other title page: Cyperaceae Scandinaviae in Dania, Suecia, Norvegia et Fennia sponte crescentes, des- criptae et delineatae ... Praefatus est Elias Fries ... p. [ii*-iii*], i-iv, [4 p. Cyp.], [1]-74, [2 p. tables, 1 p. add.], 8 pl. Cover title: Cyperographia. Oct-Nov 1849 (p. iv: 15 Oct 1879, rd. Regensburg Dec 1849). Copy: HH. Fasciculus secundus Gramineas Scandinaviae complectens, Stockholm 1852, other title page: Gramineae Scandinaviae in Dania, Suecia, Norvegia et Fennia sponte crescentes, descriptae et delineatae ... [1i]-xiv, [1 p. add.], [1]-112, pl. i-xii. 1852 (Regensburg rd. Nov-Dec 1852). Copy: HH. Ref.: BM 1: 44; Jackson p. 332; Kew 1: 59; KR p. 37-38; NI 27; PR 159. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 8: 283-284. 5 Apr 1850 (pars 1). 128. Om Galapagos-éarnes Vegetation. Akademisk Afhandling, som med vidtberémda Filosofiska Fakultetens samtycke kommer att offentligen forsvaras af Nils Johan An- dersson, Filos. Mag. pa Auditoriet n:o 1 den 15 November 1854, kl. 9 fm. Lund (Berling) 1854. Oct. (Galapagos veg.) [Pars 1:] 15 Nov 1854, p. [1]-60. Copy: NY. — Preprinted from Sv. Vet.-Ak. Handl. 1853: 61-120. 1855 (see Bot. Zeit. 13: 832. 23 Nov 1854). [Pars 2:] Nov-Dec 1854 as p. 121-256 in Sv. Vet.-Ak Handl. 1853 (publ. 1855). Copy: NY Consolidated reprint: “Om ... Vegetation: af N. J. Andersson.”’ Stockholm (P. A. Nor- stedt & Soner) 1854. Oct., p. [1-60]. Copy: G. — Inlemnad den 7 September 1854 (title on p. [61]), Sv. Vet.-Ak. Handl. 1853: [61]-256. 1855. German translation of pars 1: Linnaea 31: 571-631. 1862, repr. 61 p. This text was also the basis for the two fascicles Botanik of K. Sv. fregatten Eugenies resa omkring jorden ... 1851-1853, vetenskapliga iakttagelser, Heft 1: 1-34, pl. 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 9- Stockholm 1857, Heft 2: 35-104, pl. 2, 5, 8, 10-16, Stockholm 1861. Ref.: Kew 1: 59; KR p. 39-40; PR 165. Miller, Bot. Zeit. [13: 832. 23 Nov 1855], 14: 167-171. 7 Mar 1856. 12g. Salices boreali-Americanae. A synopsis of North American Willows. Cambridge (Metcalfe and Company), New York (B. Westermann & Co.) 1858. Oct. (in fours) (Salices bor.-amer.) Publ.: 1858, reprinted with independent pagination and separate title page (Cambridge, Metcalfe and Co.; New York: B. Westermann & Co.), [1]-32 (Copies: G, MO, NY) from Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci., Boston 4: 50-78. 1860. English version of Bidrag till kannedomen om de i Nordamerika forekommande pilarter (Salices) publ. in Sv. Vet.-ak. Ofvers. 15: 109-133. 1858. It is not known to us which of the two versions has priority. The English version was communicated to the Amer. Academy on 13 Apr 1858; the Swedish version was presented on 17 Mar 1858. Ref.: BM 1: 44; Jackson p. 358; Kew 1: 59; KR p. 37 (no. 7); PR 166; IDC 7408. 130. Monographia Salicum hucusque cognitarum. Pars 1, Stockholm (P. A. Norstedt et f.) 1867. Qu. t (Monogr. Salicum). 47 ANDERSSON Publ.: Only one fascicle published, Apr 1867 (fide letter to Miquel dated 23 Apr 1867, ULU), Kongl. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. N.S. 6(1), “Jan 1865” but printed 1867. Published in the journal (p. [i-iv], [1]:180, pl. 1-9. Copies: BR, HU, L, MO), as well: as separately: p. [i*-v*], [i]-[iv], [1]-180, pl. z-9 (uncol. liths.) Copies: G, HU, NY. — The species are numbered. Subspecies are indicated by one or more asterisks, usually indented 6 spaces. Sometimes a dash is used instead of an asterisk. Ref.: BM 1: 44; DTS 1: 4; Jackson p. 143; Kew 1: 59; KR p. 37 (no. 11); Langman p. 88; PR 168. Andrae, Carl Justus (1816-1885), German palaeobotanist, first at Halle, later at Bonn. (Andrae). COLLECTIONS: Bonn (herbarium destroyed in 1945); some herbarium material was also at B. — Palaeobotanical collections at the palaeontological collection of the Universi- ty of Bonn. Ref. AG 2(1)s 201; [El 2: 97; Kanitzino: 237. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 291; Barnhart 1: 59; BM 1: 45; CSP 2: 66-67, 6: 565-566, 7: 34, 9: 44, 13: 100; Jackson p. 183, 186; NI 28; PR 170-172; Quenstedt p. 9. Anon., Nat. Nov. 7: 128. 1885. Fabricius, Verh. naturf. Ver. preuss. Rheinl.-Westf. 42 General-Versammlung Corr. bl. 42: 37-44, 144. 1885. Langer, Argumenta palaeobotanica 2: 27-30. 1968. 131- Vorweltliche Pflanzen aus dem Steinkohlengebirge der preussischen Rheinlande und West- phalens. Bonn (A. Henry) 1865-1869, 3 parts. Qu. ¢ (Vorw. Pfl. Steinkohlengeb. preuss. Rheinl.) part pages plates dates I [iJ-v, [1]-18 1/2,3-5 Mar 1865 2 19-24 6-10 1866 i} 35-50 II-15 “7869” 1870 Flora received part 3 only on 10 Dec 1870; Bot. Zeit. announced it on 7 Apr 1871. — Lithographs by A. Henry, Bonn. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 1: 45; NI 28; PR 172. André, Edouard Francois (1840-1911), French horticulturist and traveller in South America. (André). HERBARIUM and TyYPEs: K (orig. herb.) Ref.: Barnhart 1: 59; IH 1 (ed. 6): 355, 2: 37. Smith, Phytologia 12(7): 401-413. 1965 (itinerary of Andes expedition 1875-1876). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BloGRAPHY: AG 6(1): 596; Barnhart 1: 29; BM 1: 45; Bossert p. 11; CSP g: 46, 12: 16, 13: 101; Kew 1: 60; Langman p. 88; MW p. 5-6, suppl. p. 5; NI 29; Zander ed. 10, p. 590. Bois et Grignan, Rev. hortic. 83: 485-493. 1911 (portr.) Buyssens, Rev. Hortic. belge étrang. 37: 382-384. 1911 (portr.) Tucker, Cat. library Arnold Arb. 1: 37-38. 1914 (bibl.) Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 317. 1945. Smith, Plant life 1: 31-39. 1945 (Bromel. coll. in Columbia). Chardon, Caldasia 4: 283-292. 1947. EPONYMY : Andrea Mez (1896). — Note: Andreaea B.' T. Palm & S. C. J. Jochems (1923) and Andreaeana B. 'T. Palm and S. C. J. Jochems (1924) are dedicated to Gajus Henricus Andreae, Dutch planter in the Netherlands East Indies. 48 ANDREWS, H. C. 132. Bromeliaceae Andreanae. Description et histoire des Broméliacées récoltées dans la Colombie, l’Ecuador et le Venezuela ... Ouvrage illustré de 39 planches lithographiées et d’une carte partielle de l’ Amérique du Sud. Paris (Librairie agricole; G. Masson) s.d. [1889]. (Bromel. Andr.) Publ.: Sep-Dec 1889 (p. xi: 24 Aug 1889; see also Chardon), p. [i*], [i]-xi, [1]-118, pl. i-xxxix (bot. ill.), xxxx (map). Copies: NO, Lyman B. Smith. Andreansky, Gabor (Gabriel) [Baron] (1895-1967), Hungarian palaeobotanist. (Andreanszky) . HERBARIUM, COLLECTIONS, TYPES: BP and/or BPU; duplicates at W. Refs VE2% 377. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews ed. 2, p. 232; Barnhart 1: 60; Bossert p. 11; Kew 1: 60; PFC 2(2): xviii. Toth, Sydowia 20: 173. 1968. Lacza & Cziffery, Fragm. Bot. Mus. Hist. nat. Hung. 6: 85-108. 1969 (bibl., list of his taxa). Anon., Ber. deut. Ges. geol. Wiss. A. Geol. Palaont. 14(2): 219-233. 1969 (portr.) Horvat, Vegetatio 21: 159-160. 1970 (portr.) EPONYMY: Andreanszkya 8S. Téth (1968). Andres, Heinrich (1883-1970), German cryptogamist. (Andres). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Original herbarium up to 1943: destroyed. Material at B, NY, PC and W. — Andres also distributed a set of exsiccata taken from the collections of Philipp Wilhelm Wirtgen (1806-1870) under the title: Dr. Phil. Wirtgen: Herbarium plantae criticae, selectae, hybridae florae rhenanae, edit. Nov. H. Andres (exact number of species included unknown, published around 1930-1939), sets at FH, NY, PC. — Wirtgen’s own sets were issued 1867-1871. Refz'GRop. 58; lla: 37. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 5. 1967. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 60; BFM 300, 306, 307; BM 1: 25; GR p. 58; Kew 1: 60-61; LS suppl. 301; Langman p. 88-89; MW p. 7, suppl. p. 6. 133- Flora von Eifel und Hunsriick mit Einschluss des Venns der eingeschlossenen und an- grenzenden Flusstaler unter Beriicksichtigung der Okologie und Verbreitung unserer Pflanzenwelt sowie einem Abrisse der Geschichte der heimatlichen Botanik fiir Schulen und Naturfreunde. Wittlich 1g11. Oct. (Fl. Eifel Hunsriick). Ed. 1: Jun-Aug 1911 (preface Whitsun 1911; Nat. Nov. Sep 1911) — xxviii, 381 p. - . Re-issue: Wittlich 1920 with a new title page and additional material as ‘‘Flora des mittel- rheinischen Berglandes und der eingeschlossenen Flusstaler mit besonderer Beriicksichti- gung der Flora von Eifel und Hunsriick mit Einschluss des Venns unter Hervorhebung der Okologie und geographischen Verbreitung ... Naturfreunde.” xxviii, 381 p. [identical with 1911 issue], Nachtrage und Erganzungen 14 p., Anhang iv, 18 p. Andrews, Henry C. (/l. 1799-1830), English botanical painter and engraver. (Andr.) HERBARIUM and Types: Henry Andrews was a botanical painter and engraver. His paintings and drawings were based on living specimens. No herbarium specimens are known to exist. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BB p. 7-8; Barnhart 1: 61; BM 1: 46; DNB 1: 406; Frank p. 5; HU 2: 583 [index]; Jackson p. 515 [index]; Kew 1: 62; MW p. 708, suppl. p. 6; Plesch p. 126-127; PR 174-178. Blunt, Art of bot. ill, 209-211. 1950. EPONYMY: Andreusia [sic] Ventenat (1805). — Note: Andrewsianthus Schuster (1961) is 49 ANDREWS, H. C. dedicated to Albert Leroy Andrews (1878-1962) American bryologist; Andrewopteris R. W. Baxter (1975) is dedicated to Henry Nathaniel Andrews jr. (1910-x), q.v. 134- Coloured engravings of heaths. ‘The drawings taken from the living plants only. With the appropriate specific character, full description, native place of growth, and time of flowering of each; in Latin and English. Each figure accompanied by accurate dissections of the several parts (magnified where necessary) upon which the specific distinction has been founded, according to the Linnaean system. London (author) [1794-]1802-1809 [-1830], 4 vols. Fol. (Col. engr. heaths). Vol. 1: [i-ix], pl. 1-72 with text, indexes [1], [1]. 1794-1802 [“‘1802”’]. Vol. 2: [i-v], pl. 73-144 id., indexes [1], [1]. 1802-1805 [*‘1805’’]. Vol. 3: [i-vii], pl. 145-276 id., index [1]. 1805-1809 [“‘1809’’]. Vol. 4: [i-iii], pl. 217-288 id., indexes [1], [1]. 1810-1830 [“1805”’]. Contains 288 hand-coloured engraved plates (etchings according to Dunthorne) by Andrews (‘‘crude and stylised”’ Blunt). — The book was published in parts of which the dates and contents are unknown. Many plates are dated; the plate numbers are given in the indexes. — Volume 4 is rare. — For collation see Plesch. Copies: HU, MO, NY. Second edition: ‘The Heathery; or a monograph of the genus Erica: containing coloured engravings with Latin and English descriptions, dissections, etc. of all the known species of that extensive and distinguished tribe of plants. By H. C. Andrews.” London (Henry G. Bohn) 1845, 6 vols. Oct. Copy: G. — The plates are not dated. r: engr. t.p., [i]-vill, pl. 7-50. 3: [i-v], pl. ror-150. 5: [ii], pl. 201-250. 2: [i-v], pl. 51-r100. 4: [i-ii], pl. 151-200. 6: [i-ii], pl. 251-300. Ref.: BM 1: 46; DU 9; GF p. 47; Jackson p. 131; Kew 1: 62; NI 31; Plesch p. 127; PR 175; IDC 5369. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Bot. 12. 1975 (sold at £ 4,800). 135- The botanist’s repository, for new, and rare plants. Containing coloured figures of such plants, as have not hitherto appeared in any similar publication; with all their essential characters, botanically arranged, after the sexual system of the celebrated Linnaeus; in English, and Latin. To each description is added, a short history of the plant, as to its time of flowering, culture, native place of growth, when introduced, and by whom. The whole executed by Henry Andrews, author of the coloured engravings of heaths, in folio. London (T. Bensley, for author) 1797 [-1815], 10 vols. Qu. (Bot. repos.) [Engraved title-pages:] Vol. [1, etc.] of the Botanists Repository comprising, colour’d engravings of new and rare plants only with botanical descriptions &c. in Latin and English after the Linnaean system. By H. Andrews botanical painter engraver etc. [Original wrappers, title:] The Botanist’s Repository for new and rare plants only. A work designed to comprise coloured figures of each plant, as have not hitherto been given to the public in any similar publication. Publ.: The first of the above titles is that of the general, letter press, title-page (often discarded) ; the second is that appearing on the engraved title-pages of the separate volumes (these were mostly kept by binders) ; the third appears on the original wrap- pers (fide GF p. 83). Most plates are dated; these dates can be taken as dates of actual publication. The following is only a summary. Copies: BR, G, HU, MO, NY, US. vol. part plates. dates vol. part plates dates I 1-6 Nov-Dec 1797 6 361-414. Apr-Dec 1804 7-42 Jan-Dec 1798 415-432 Jan-Mar 1805 43-72 Jan-Oct 1799 7 433-441 Dec 1806 B 73-78 Nov-Dec 1799 442-467 Jan-Jun 1807 79-128 Jan-Dec 1800 97 468-472 Jul 1807 129-144 Jan-Mar 1801 98 473-477 Aug 1807 3 145-198 Apr-Dec 1801 99 478-482 Oct 1807 199-216 Jan-Mar 1802 100 483-487 1807 4. 217-270 Apr-Dec 1802 tor 488-492 Nov 1807 271-288 Jan-Mar 1803 8 102 493-497 Dec 1807 5 289-342 Apr-Dec 1803 103 498-502 Feb 1808 343-360 Jan-Mar 1804 104. 503-507. 1808 50 ANDREWS, H. C. vol. part plates dates vol. part plates dates 105 508-512 Mar 1808 10 =6121-126 587-612 before Sep 1810 106 513-517. Apr 1808 127 613-617 prob. Dec 1810 107 518-522 Mai 1808 128-131 678-636 Jun 1811 108 523-527. Jun 1808 132 637-640 Nov 1811 109 528-532 Jul 1808 133 641-645 Dec 1811 110 533-537. Aug 1808 134. 646-650 Mar 1812 III 538-542 Nov 1808 135 651-654 Jul 1812 9 112-116 543-567 before Mai 1809 136 655-659 1812 117-119 568-582 before Sep 1809 137 660-664 1814 or 1815 120 583-586 Nov 1809 The hand-coloured engraved plates are all by H. C. Andrews. Dunthorne speaks of ‘etchings coloured by hand, often printed in blue green ink.” The text of the first 5 volumes was probably written by John Kennedy, that for vol. 6 by A. Haworth, vol. 7-10 by George Jackson. Originally issued in parts of 3 plates each (parts 1-34) later of 5 plates each. A second “‘edition”’ was published in 10 volumes in 1816, London (T. Cope, for author) ; actually this is a re-issue with a newly printed title page in vol. 1 (NY). — The volumes are made up by the plates as cited, preceded by the ener. t.p., and followed by indexes and errata (1: [1] ind.; 2-4: [1] ind., [1 err.]; 5: id. plus [1] ind. vols. 1-5; 6-9 as 2-4; 10, id. plus [1] index vols. 6-10). Ref.: BM 1: 209; DU 8; GF p. 83; Jackson p. 471; Langman p. 89; NI 2382; Plesch p. 126-127; PR 174; SK p. clxvi; IDC 5827. Harms, Notizbl. Berlin 4: 243-245. 1906. Britten, J. Bot. 54: 236-246. 1916. Nakai, J. Jap. Bot. 17: 422-424. 1941. Stearn, Gard. Chron. ser. 3. 116: 40. 1944. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Bot. 1: 12. 1975 (sold at £ 1.700). 136. Recensio plantarum hucusque in Repositorio botanicorum depictarum. A review of the plants hitherto figured in the Botanist’s Repository, with a translation of the essential and specific characters. Index duplex. London (J. White) 1801. Qu. (Recens. pl.) Publ.: 1801, p. [1-11], [1]-74, [index 1-4]. Copy: G. — Author: John Bellenden Ker (former- ly Gawler). Treats 132 species from the Repository. 137- Roses: or a monograph of the genus Rosa: containing coloured figures of all the known species and beautiful varieties, drawn, engraved, described and coloured, from the living plants. London (R. Taylor and Co., for author) 1805-1828, 2 vols. Qu. (Roses). Publ.: Tucker gives the following summary of the publication of the 129 illustrations (on 122 plates). The plates are copper engravings, often printed in a blue-green ink. (vol. I: 1-65; 2: 66-129). The dates in brackets are those of the water-marks. number date number date number date I n.d. 16 1806 31 drawn 1816 2 n.d. i7 1806 32 [1821] 3 [1828] 18 n.d. 33 [1821] 4. after 1811 19 1806 34 drawn 1810? 5 n.d. 20 1806 35 n.d. 6 1806 21 1805 36 [1817] | 1806 22 n.d. 37 1805 8 [1824] 23 1805 38 after 1823 9 [1824 | 24. 1806 39 [1810] 10 n.d. 25 drawn 1826 40 drawn 1808 II 1806 26 meds 41 after 1820 12 drawn 1810 27 [1807] Q n.d. 13 1805 28 1816? or 1817? 43 [1817] 14 1806 29 1805 44 drawn 1822 15 1806 30 drawn 1824. 45 1806 51 ANDREWS, H. G. number date number date number date 46 1805 74. n.d. 102 1806 47 1806 75 drawn 1819 103 1806 48 [1810] 76 drawn 1821 104. n.d. 49 1805 ay) [1810] 105 [1808] 50 1805 78 1806 106 [1822] 51 n.d. 79 drawn 1812 107 ' [1825] 52 1806 80 drawn 1812 108 drawn 1827 53 1806 81 after 1815 109 n.d. 54. 1806 82 drawn 1823 110 [1809] 55 [1826] 83 [1805] III 1805 56 1806 84 drawn 1822 rye [1821] 57 after 1816 85 [1826] 113 [1821] 58 drawn 1810 86 [1826] 114 drawn 1809 59 1805 87 drawn 1827 115 drawn 1810 60 1806 83 1806 116 1817 61 [1824] 89 n.d. Tel 1806 62 [1824] go [1804] 118 1824 63 1806 gI n.d. 119 n.d. 64 1805 92 1809 120 after 1817 65 drawn 1815? 93 1805 PE 1806 66 1805 94 1805 122 [1804] 67 n.d. 95 [1828] 123 n.d. 68 [1805] 96 drawn 1822 124 1806 69 after 1816 97 n.d. 125 mad 70 [1817] 98 drawn 1826? = 126 [1817] 71 [1817] 99 n.d. 127 [1817] 72 1806 100 [1817] 128 1822 73 after 1826 IOI 1860 [sic], 1806 129 [1807] ‘Copy: HU (t.p., ind. [1], 77 pl.). Ref.: BM 1: 46; GF p. 47; Jackson p. 142; Kew 1: 62; NI 34; PR 178. Tucker, J. Arnold Arb. 18: 258-260. 1937. 13%. Geraniums: or a monograph of the genus Geranium: containing coloured figures of all the known species and numerous beautiful varieties, drawn, engraved, described, and coloured, from the living plants. By H. C. Andrews, author of The botanist’s repository, Coloured engravings of heaths, etc. London (R. Taylor and Co., for author) 1805[-1806], 2 vols. (Geraniums). Publ.: 1805-1806 (some plates dated 1806; t.p.’s dated 1805). The mostly undated 124 plates are not numbered and bound in alphabetical order in each volume. Complete copies are rare. For a collation see Plesch. NY copy: 1: [1-ii1], p/. [7-63], [1, index]; 2: [i], pl. [64-124], [1, ind.]. All plates accompanied by text. HU copy: 88 pi. Refs BM 1: 463°"DU) 11; Jackson ps 1393) Kewit:62:)IND 92>) Plesch p: 12735 Ror77); IDC 7375. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Bot. 1: 14. 1975 (sold at £ 2.200). Andrews, Henry Nathaniel, Jr. (1910-x), American palaeobotanist. (H. NV. Andrews). COLLECTIONS and Types: Univ. of Connecticut and US. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews ed. 2. p. 232-2333; Barnhart 1: 62; Bossert p. 11; Kew 1: 62; Langman p. 89. Roon, Int. direct. spec. pl. tax. 11. 1958. EPONYMY: Andrewopteris R. W. Baxter (1975). — Note: Andrewsianthus Schuster (1961) is dedicated to Albert Leroy Andrews (1878-1962), American bryologist. 139. Index of generic names of fossil plants, 1820-1950. Geological Survey Bulletin 1013. 52 ANNENKOV Based on the Compendium Index of Palaeobotany of the United States Geological Survey. United States Printing Office, Washington 1955. Oct. (Index gen. names fossil pl.) Publ.: ed. 1: 1955, iv, 262 p.; ed. 2 (1850-1965) 1970, iv, 354 p. — Lists the generic names of fossil plants (exclusive of diatoms and of fossil pollen and spores) with first described species. Ref.: Kew 1: 62. Stafleu, Taxon 20: 178. 1971. Andrzeiovski, Antoni Lukianovich (1785-1868), Lithuanian botanist. (Andrzeiouski). HERBARIUM and TYPES: KW (9000). Re feed 12)259 76 Candolle, Phytographie 392. 1880 (herb. at KRAM?). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BloGRAPHY: AG 6(1): 73; Barnhart 1: 63; Bossert p. 12; CSP 1: 71; Frank p. 5; Jackson p. 264, 331; Kew 1: 62; Lipschitz 1: 59-61 (bibl.); TR 21-27. Anon., Flora 53: 125. 1870. Lindemann, Bull. Soc. Natural. Moscou 59(1): 273-274. 1884. EPONYMY: Andreoskia A. P. de Candolle (1824); Andrzeiowskia H. G. L. Reichenbach (1824). 139a. Czackia genre déterminé et décrit par Antoine Andrzeiowski 4 Krzemieniec 1818. Qu. (Czackia). Publ.: 1818, p. [i-i1], [1]-7, 7 pl. Copy: G. Ref.: Lipschitz 1: 60; PR 180. Angstrém, Johan (1813-1879), Swedish bryologist and physician, educated at Uppsala, practising at Lycksele (1853) and Ornskéldsvik. (Angstr.) HERBARIUM and TYPEs: S; further material at H. Repel ta(ed?.6))195 552 90s KOR p..707. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1:65; BM 1: 47; CSP 1: 73-74, 7: 38, 9: 52; Frank p. 5; KR p. 787-789; PR 186. Scheutz, Bot. Not. 1863: 73. Anon., J. Bot. 17: 128. 1879. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): pl. ror. 1905 (portr.) EPONYMy: Angstroemia Bruch, Schimper & Giimbel (1846) ; Aongstroemiopsis M. Fleischer (1904). 140. Dispositio muscorum in Scandinavia hucusque cognitorum. Uppsala (Petrus W. Horlin), [1842]. Duod. (Disp. musc. Scand.) Publ.: 1842, after Mai — p. [i-ii], [1]-33. The notice by Beilschmied is based on a pre- publication notice in Bot. Not. 1845; Angstrom dated his preface (p. ii) ‘“mense majo mdccccexlii.” Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 1: 47; KR p. 787-788; PR 186. Beilschmied, Flora 28: 318-319. 28 Mai 1845. Annenkov, Nicolas Ivanovich (1819-1889), Russian cryptogamist. (Annenkov). HERBARIUM and typEs: LE, MW, also at P and PC. — Exsiccatae: Flora mosquensis exsiccata (cent. i-v, 500 nos., Moskva 1849-1851). No sets known, data obtained by Sayre from Mikutowicz, Bryotheca baltica 1910; see also Lipschitz 1: 64, no. 8. Ref.: TH 2: 38. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 6. 1967. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 66; CSP 1: 74; LS 960; Lipschitz 1: 62-63 (bibl.) 53 ANTOINE Antoine, Franz, Jr. (1815-1886), Austrian horticulturist, director (‘‘Hofgarten- director’) of the Schénbrunn gardens near Vienna. (Antoine). HERBARIUM and TyYPEs: W. — Original drawings and photographs at W and, some, at the Lindley Library (R.H.S., London). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 67; BM 1: 53; CSP 1:77, 6: 567, 7: 41, 12: 19; DTS 1: 4; GFB p. 48; Jackson p. 140; Kew 1: 65; MW p. 22; NI 41-44, suppl.; PR 195-197- Anon., Leopoldina 22: 112. 1880 (brief bibl.), Nat. Nov. 1886: 94, Flora 70: 395. 1887. NOTE: Son of Franz de Paula Antoine (1768-1834, imperial horticulturist at Vienna, author of Abbildung von 51 Pfirsich-Gattungen Wien 1821. Fol. Published in Io parts; 20 p. and 4g pl. (NI 40). Junk, (Rara 172. 1929) indicates multiple authorship. 141. Die Coniferen, nach Lambert, Loudon und andern frei bearbeitet. - Wien 1840 [-1841], 11 Hefte, Fol. (Conzferen). Publ.: A copy in original covers at the Morton Arboretum, Lisle, IIl., provides informa- tion on dates and contents of the eleven fascicles (kindly sent to us by lan MacPhail): Heft pages plates date I (in ink) [1]-20 1-v 1840 Publisher’s announcement on back wrapper dated “‘Wien im Monate Juli 1840”; [publ. Aug-Sep 1840]. II (in ink) 21-30 vi-x 1840 Publisher’s announcement as in 2 dated ‘*Wien im Sommer des Jahres 1840”. 3 (in ink) 31-34 x1-xU 1840 Publisher’s announcement as In 2 4 (in ink) 35-46 XVI-XX 1841 Publisher’s announcement as in 2 5 (in ink) 47-62 XXI-XXV 1841 Publisher’s announcement as in 2 6 lacking in Morton Arboretum copy, publ. 1843 fide Bot. Zeit. 1: 899. 1843. 7 (stamped 79-88 xxvit/xxviit (in one), 1841 in ink) XXI-XXUUL VIII (in ink) 89-100 XXXU-XNNON 1841 9 (stamped 101-104. = xxxvi[bis]/xxxvii[ bis] 1841 in ink) (in one), xl-xlizz 10 lacking in Morton Arboretum copy, but fl. xliv-xlviii in copy BR. 11 (stamped 1og-112 —-xlax-Lie 1841 in ink) Copies: BR, Morton Arb. — The plates marked as being in one show only one subject and count as only one plate. The bis plates are not duplicates but show different subjects. The BR copy is made up as follows: cover, [i, t.p.], [1]-112, pl. t-xxv2, xxvit/xxvizt in one, The plates are lithographs by Antoine; they feature over 600 figures most of which are copied from Lambert and some of which are original (see preface). Ref.: BM 1: 53; DTS 1: 4; Kew 1: 65; NI 41; PR 195. Junk, Rara 172. 1929. 142. Phyto-Iconographie der Bromeliaceen des kaiserlichen kéniglichen Hofburg-Gartens in Wien, 7 parts. Wien (Gerold & Comp.) 1884, Qu. & Fol. + (Phyto-Iconogr. Bromel.) Publ.: 1884, in seven parts, a text volume, viii, 54 p., quarto and a folio atlas: Aflas zur Phyto-Iconographie ... Hofburggartens, with a lithographed title page and 35 partly coloured lithographs (copy with original covers at NY). 54 ANZI lefts text plates THeftes text plates I lii-vili, 1-6 —2-v, Lith. t.p. 5 31-38 XXI-XXUV 2 7-14 vI-x 6 39-46 XXUVIR-KKX 3 15-22 x1-xU 7 47-54 XXXI-KXXU 4 23-30 XUI-XX Antoine planned to issue 20 parts. Parts 1-5 were announced by Nat. Nov. in Feb 1884, part 6 in Oct 1884. Ref.: BM 1: 53; GF p. 48; Kew 1: 65; Langman p. 89. Antz, Carl Casar (1805-1859), German physician and botanist, ‘‘Bataillons-Arzt des Kénigl. Garde-Landwehr-Bataillons Diisseldorf.’ (Antz). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 68; BM 1: 53; Kew 1: 65; PR 199-200. Anon., Flora 42: 748. 1859; Bot. Zeit. 17: 391. 143. Flora von Diisseldorf, oder: Aufzahlung der in dem Gebiete wildwachsenden und haufig kultivirten phanerogamischen und kryptogamischen Gefasspflanzen, mit einer analytischen Tabelle zur leichteren Bestimmung der Gattungen und einer Uebersicht derselben nach Linné und Jussieu ‘fim Verein mit Herrn R. E. Clemen.” Diisseldorf (Stahl’sche Buchhandlung) 1846. Oct. (Fl. Diisseldorf’). Co-author: R. E. Clemen [= Rudolf Clemen, 1816-1854?]. Publ.: 1846, prob. Aug-Sep (“‘so eben erschienen”’ Flora 29: 560. 21 Sep 1846), p. [i-ii1], [1]-218, register [119], 120-124 [for 219-224]. Ref.: BM 1: 53; Kew 1: 65; PR 200. J.K.H., Bot. Zeit. 5: 280-286. 16 Apr 1847. Anzi, Martino (1812-1883), Italian cryptogamist. (Anzz). HERBARIUM and Types: TO. — Anzi issued the following exsiccatae: 1. Lichenes Etruriae rariores exsiccati (nos. 1-53, Novi Comi 1862) ; sets at B, BM, FH, K, L, ©; 2ExS Leb; TO; URS: W. 2. Lichenes exsiccati minus rari italiae superioris (fasc. i-vili, nos. 1-400, Novi Comi 1865); sets at BM, BR, FH, G, K, NY, O, PC, S, TCD, TO, UPS, W. 3. Lichenes prov. Sondriensis, et Novi Comensi exsiccati. Series ii, L. minus rari (fasc. i-xi, nos. 1-288, published presumably after 1868); sets at NY, TCD, TO, UPS. 4. Lichenes rariores Langobardi exsiccati (fasc. i-xiv, nos. 1-578, Novi Comi 1861-1873) ; SetsiatsBabMe PH, Ke iO, PG? s; TED, TO; URS: 5. Lichenes rariores Veneti ‘‘additis nonnullis speciebus ex viciniis regionibus’’? quos ex herbario Massalongiano in continuationem Lichenum Italiae exsiccatorum excerpsit ... (fasc. i-iv, nos. =1754 Novo Como)1863);sets at BP, FH. G, KE, O7PC, s, TCD, TOWPS; W. 6. Cladoniae cisalpinae exsiccatae (nos. 1-28, 1861); sets at BM, M, O, S, TCD, TO, UPS, W. 7. Anzi was also one of the contributors to the Erbario crittogamico italiano (fasc. 1-xxx, nos. I-1500; series ii, fasc. i-xxx, nos. 1-1500, Genova (some: Milano) 1858-1885) ; Setsatehh, GoNY. siR: Ref.: GR p. 512 (q.v. for further locations of sets of exs.); IH 2: 39. Candolle, Phytographie 392. 1880. Anon., Flora 66: 338, 577-578. 1883. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Garden 19(1): 20-22, 109-112. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 68; BM 1: 53, 6: 29; CSP 7: 41, 9: 57, 12: 19; GR p. 512; Jackson p. 322; Kew 1: 65; LS 964-979; PR 201-203; Saccardo 1: 16, 2: 11-12. Jahresber. naturf. Ges. Graubiinden 27: xxiii. 1884. Solla, Notarisia, 7: 1450-1458. 1892 (biogr.) Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 174. pl. 135. 1905 (portr.) ays) ANZI EPONYMY: Anzia Garovaglio (1868); Anzia Stizenberger (1861, nom. cons.); Anziella V. K6éfarago-Gyelnik (1940). 144. Catalogus lichenum quos in provincia Sondriensi et circa Novum-Comum collegit et in ordinem systematicum digessit presbyter Martinus Anzi ... Novo Como (Carolus Franchi) 1860. Oct. (Cat. lich. Sondr.) Publ.: Aug 1860 (p. 126), p. [i]-xvi, [1]-126. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 1: 53; Jackson p. 322; LS 964; PR 201; IDC 569. Stizenberger, Flora 44: 94-95. 14 Feb 1861, 44: 382-384. 28 Jun 1861. 145- Neosymbola lichenum rariorum vel novorum Italiae superioris. [Milano 1866]. Oct. (Neosymb. lich. rar.) Publ.: 1866, p. [1]-18, [1 p. identif.], reprinted with independent pagination from Atti della Societa italiana di Scienze naturali 9, 1866. Copy: NY. Ref.: 1519723 PR 202. 146. Analecta lichenum rariorum vel novorum Italiae superioris. [Milano, 1868]. Oct. (Analecta lich. rar.) Publ.: 1868, independently paged reprint, p. [1]-27 [1 p. identif.], from Atti della Societa italiana di Scienze naturali 11(4): 156. 181. 1868. Copy: NY. Ref.: LS 973; PR 203. Anon., Hedwigia 8(1): 6-15. Jan 1869. Arber, Agnes (née Robertson) (1879-1960), British botanist and philosopher, wife of E, A. Newell Arber. (A. Arber). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews ed. 2. p. 233; Barnhart 1: 70; BFM 2375, 2391, 3190; BM 6: 30; Bossert p. 13; Kew 1: 67-69; Langman p. 91, 673; MW p. 22; Plesch p. 128. Blunt, Art. of bot. ill. 224, 295. 1950. Hamshaw Thomas, Nature, London, 186: 847-848. 1960. Hamshaw Thomas, Biogr. Mem. Fellows Roy. Soc. 6: 1-11. 1960 (bibl., portr.) Singer, Archs. int. Hist. Sci. 13: 118-119. 1960. Stearn, Taxon 9: 261-263. 1960 (portr.) Wilkinson, Publ. Engl. Goethe Soc. ser. 2. 29: 94-95. 1960. Corner, Phytomorphology 11: 197-198. 1961 (portr.) Stearn, Agnes Arber, Chambers Encycl. 1: 530-531. 1966. Stearn and M. Arber, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 4: 370-384. pl. 2-3. 1968 (portr., bibl.) Godwin, DSB 1: 205-206. 1970. EPONYMY: Arberia Nieuwland (1916). — Note: Arberia D. White (1908) and Arberiella D. D. Pant & D. D. Nautiyal (1960) are dedicated to Edward Alexander Newell Arber (1870-1918), q.v. 147. Water plants a study of aquatic angiosperms. Cambridge (University Press) 1920. Oct. (Water pl.) Orig. ed.: 1920, after 1 Mar (preface), p. [i]-xvi, [1]-436, 171 figs., front. Copy: AMD. Facsimile ed.: Weinheim (J. Cramer) 1963, Historiae naturalis classica t. xxiii, p. [i]-xii, {i]-xvi, [1]-436, 171 figs., front. Copy: FAS. Ref.: BFM 2391; Kew 1: 68. Stearn, Introduction to the reprint of Arber’s Water Plants, in facsimile edition Weinheim 1969, p. iii-xil. 148. Monocotyledons a morphological study. Cambridge (University Press) 1925. Oct. (Monocotyledons). Orig. ed.: 1925, after 20 Feb (preface), frontispiece, p. [i]-xiv, [1, motto], 1-258. Copy: U. Facsimile ed.: Weinheim (J. Cramer) 1961, Historiae naturalis classica t. xxi, p. [i*-v*], [i]-‘‘xxii’? [= xiv], [1, motto], 1-258. Copy: FAS. 56 ARCANGELI Ref.: BFM 2375; Kew 1: 68; Langman p. 91. Arber, Muriel A., Preface to the reprint [of Monocotyledons] Weinheim 1961. 149. The Gramineae a study of cereal, bamboo, and grass. Cambridge (University Press) 1934. Oct. (Gramineae). Orig. ed.: 1934, after 15 Jun (date of pref.), p. [i]-xvii, 1-480 p., 212 ill. and frontispiece (Diirer, “‘Das grosse Rasenstiick”’). Copy: L. Facsimile ed.: Weinheim (J. Cramer) 1965, Historiae naturalis classica t. xli, p. [i*-iv*], i-xxxli (intr. Clayton), [i]-xvil, 1-480, 212 ill. Copy: FAS. Ref.: Kew 1: 69; Langman p. 91; MW p. 22. Clayton, Introduction to Arber’s “The Gramineae,” in facsimile ed. 1965, also published in J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 1965. Arber, Edward Alexander Newell (1870-1918), palaeobotanist at Cambridge. (E. Arber). COLLECTIONS: Cambridge, U.K. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews ed. 2, p. 233; Barnhart 1: 70; BB p. 8; BM 6: 30-31; Bossert 1: 13; CSP 13: 138-139; Kew 1: 69-70; Langman p. 203, 259, 387; Moebius p. 145-146; Quenstedt p. 12. Arber, A., J. Bot. 56: 305-308. 1918 (portr.) D.H.S., Ann. Bot. 32: vii-ix. 1918 (selected bibl.) D.H.S., Proc. Linn. Soc. 131: 39-48. 1918/19 (bibl. by Agnes Arber). Huxley, Life letters Hooker 2: 520 [index]. 1918. Woodward, Geol. Magaz. ser. 2. dec 6. 5: 426-431. 1918 (bibl., portr.) Lamplugh, Quart. J. Geol. Soc. London 75: Ix-Ixi. 1920. Verdoorn, F., [ed] Manual Pteridology p. 559-560. 1938 (bibl.) Arber and Stearn, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 4: 371-372, 373-383. 1968 (bibl., portr.) EPONYMY: Arberia D. White (1908); Arberiella D. D. Pant & D. D. Nautiyal (1960). — Note: Arberta Nieuwland (1916) is dedicated to Agnes Arber née Robinson (1879-1960), q.v. 150. Catalogue of the fossil plants of the Glossopteris flora in the Department of Geology British Museum (Natural History). Being a monograph of the Permo-carboniferous flora of India and the Southern Hemisphere. London (Trustees British Museum, Nat. Hist.) 1905. Oct. (Cat. Glossopteris fl.) Publ.: Nov-Dec 1905 (p. v: Oct 1905, Nat. Nov. early Jan 1906), p. [i]-Ixxxiv, [1], [1]- 255, pl. i-viit, 51 figs. Ref.: BM 6: 30; Kew 1: 69; IDC 5363. Arcangeli, Giovanni (1840-1921), Italian botanist, professor of botany and director of the botanic garden of Pisa. (Arcang.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown (at PI?) ; collections in many herbaria, e.g. bryophytes at H. Ref.: 1H 2: 40. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 71; BFM 1508; BL 2: 330, 398; BM 1: 55, 6: 31; Bossert p. 13; CSP 7: 42, 9:61; DTS 1: 4; Frank p. 5; GR p. 527; Kew 1: 70-72; Langman p. 91; LS 1010-1051, suppl. 1096-1098; MW p. 22; PFC 1: xxxiv, 2(2): xv; Saccardo 1: 16; Zander ed. 10, p. 590. Cesati, Mem. Soc. Ital. Sci. 4(7): 4-6. 1882. Reynolds Green, Hist. bot. 237. 1909. Mattirolo, Cronistoria Orto bot. Torino Ixvii. 1929 (portr.) Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 36. 1936. EPONYMY: Arcangelia P. A. Saccardo (1890); Arcangeliella F. Cavara (1900); Arcangelina O. Kuntze (1891) ; Arcangelisia O. Beccari (1877). 57 ARCANGELI 151. Compendio della flora italiana ossia Manuale per la determinazione delle piante che trovansi selvatiche od inselvatichite nell’ Italia e nelle isole adiacenti. Torino 1882. Oct. (Comp. fl. ital.) Ed. 1: Jan-Apr 1882 (preface: Pisa Jan 1882; Nat. Nov. Mai 1882; J. Bot. Jun 1882), p- [i]-xx, [1]-889. Copy: L. Ed. 2: Jul-Sep 1894 (p. [viii]: 30 Jun 1894, Nat. Nov. Oct. 1894), p. [i]-xix, [xx, abbr.], [1]-836. Torino, Roma (Ermanno Loescher) 1894.Oct. Copies: HH, MO, US. Infraspecific categories (in ed. 2): subspecies are marked with greek letters, varieties with Latin script. Ref.: BFM 1508; BM 1: 55; BL 2: 330; DTS 1: 4; Kew 1: 70. Archer, William (1830-1897), Irish botanist, of Dublin, librarian and microscopist. (W. Archer). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 71; BB p. 9; BM 1: 55; CSP 1: 86, 7: 42, 9: 62, 13: 142; DNB suppl. 1, 1: 57; GR p. 754; Kew 1: 73; LS 1053-1057, 30620; MW p. 22. De Toni, Syll. alg. 1: ii-v. 1889 (bibl.) Nordstedt, Index desmidiacearum 3-7. 1896 (bibl.) Frazer, Irish Naturalist 1897: 253-257 (portr.); J. Bot. 35: 501-502. 1897. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 89, pl. 34; 3(3): 75. 1905 (portr.) Barnhart, NAF 11(1): 87. 1937. Coker & Barnhart, NAF 2(1): 69. 1937. EPONYMY: Archerina Lankester (1885). — Note: Archeria J. D. Hooker (1857) is dedicated to William Archer (1820-1874), Australian botanist. Ardissone, Francesco (1837-1910), Italian botanist at Fano, later at the College of Agriculture at Milano (Ardiss.) HERBARIUM and TypEs: MI. — Dupl. see IH. Ardissone also contributed to the Erbario crittogamico italiano (see under Anzi). Ref.: 1H 2: 40. Candolle, Phytographie 392. 1880. Koster, Taxon 18: 549. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 12(3): 263; Barnhart 1: 72; BL 2: 364, 373; BM 1: 58, 6: 32; Bossert p. 13; CSP 9: 63, 12: 21, 13: 144; Jackson p. 74, 156, 157, 164, 316, 317, 318, 33, 489; Kew 1: 14; LS 359-360; Moebius p. 903; PR 211-212; Saccardo 1:17. Ardissone, Elenco delle memorie ed opera pubblicate da Francesco Ardissone [2] p., s.d., s.l. [1878]. De Toni et Levi, Notarisia 3, suppl. : i-xxx, pl. 1-12. 1888 (vol. 3 frontisp. portr. Ardissone). De Toni, Syll. alg. 1: v-vi. 1889, 2(1): vii. 1891. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 159. pl. 37. 1903, 3(3): 174. pl. 135. 1905 (portr.) FESTSCHRIFT: De Toni, Settantesimo genetliaco del Prof. Francesco Ardissone, viii Settembre mcmvii, Milano 1908, 61 p. (bibl.) Copies: B, DS. EPONYMY: Ardissonea De Notaris (1870); Ardissonea J. G. Agardh (1899); Ardissonula G. De Toni (1936); Neoardissonia H. Kylin (1956). 152. Enumerazione delle alghe di Sicilia. Genova (R. I. de’ Sordo-Muti) 1864. Oct. (Enum. alg. Sicilia). Publ.: Early 1864 (Hedwigia 1864: 31; Flora 47 (Rep. 1): 10. 10 Jun 1864), p. [1]-48, [1, note]. Copy: NY. Reprinted with independent pagination from Commentario Societa Crittogamologica italiana 1: 391-436. 1863. Ref.: Cesati, Saggio 6. 1882. 58 ARDOINO 153. Enumerazione delle alghe della Marca di Ancona. Fano (Giovanni Lana) 1866. Qu. (Enum. alg. Marca di Ancona). Publ.: 1866, p. [1]-32. Copies: FH, UC. Ref.: BM 1: 58; Jackson p. 317; PR 212; IDC 6337. L.R., Hedwigia 6(10): 152-153. Oct 1867. 154. Prospetto delle Ceramiee italiche. Pesaro (Fratelli Rossi) 1867. Qu. (Prosp. Ceramiee ital.) Publ.: 1867, after Apr. (p. 7) (Flora 27 Apr 1868), p. [1]-92, 3 coloured lithographs with letterpress. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 1: 58. 155+ Gli uffici delle plante crittogame. Prolusione al corso di crittogamologia ... letta nella R. Scuola superiore di agricoltura di Milano il giorno 16 aprile 1873. Milano (Ulrico Hoepli) 1873. Qu. (combined in one gathering) (Uffici pl. critt.) Publ.: Apr 1873 (t.p. read 16 Apr 1873, Hedwigia 12(5): 80. Mai 1873), p. [1]-24. Copies: L, MO. 156. Le alghe. Sunto di alcune lezioni di botanica crittogamica dettate ... nella R. Scuola superiore di Agricoltura in Milano nel Gennaio 1874. Milano (Editrice Lombar- da) 1875. Oct. (Alghe). Orig. ed.: Jan-Apr 1875 (Hedwigia 14(5): 79. Mai 1875), p. [1]-65, pl. r-ro (signatures: 1: [1]-16, 2: 17-32, 3: 33-48, 4: 49-65). Copy: NY. Re-issue: 1875, p. [1]-44, (no plates, sign. 1 = [1]-16, 2: 17-32, 3: 33-44). Copies: MO, NY. Ref.: Kew 1: 74; see Jackson p. 156 and index. 157- Phycologia mediterranea. Varese 1883-1887. 2 vols. Oct. (Phycol. medit.) (n.v.) Publ.: Issued as Memorie della Societa crittogamologica italiana, Varese. Vol. r: x, 516 p., 1883 (pref. Oct 1882; Nat. Nov. Nov 1883; J. Bot. id.) Vol. 2: p. 1-128. 1886 (Nat. Nov. Mar 1887), p. 129-320. Jan-Apr 1887 (Nat. Nov. Mai 1887). Ree B Mi re 5o8: Teri: Kew 1374. De Toni et Levimorenos, Notarisia 3, suppl. 1888 (Scemata generum floridearum illustratio accomodata ad usum Phycologiae mediterraneae .. .) Ardoino, Honoré [Onorato| Jean Baptiste (1819-1874), French-Italian botanist at Menton. (Ardozno). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: FI. Refs: VE e240: BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(2): 305; Barnhart 1: 72; BL 2: 117, 420; Bossert p. 14; CSP 7: 43; Jackson p. 279, 287; Kew 1: 75; PR 213-214; Saccardo 1: 17, 2: 12, Cron. p. xiv. Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cix. 1883 (bibl.) Saccardo, Malpighia 13: 100. 1899 (ref. to portr.) Burnat et Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 10-11. 1941 (bibl.) 158. Flore analytique du département des Alpes-maritimes ou description succincte des plantes vasculaires qui croissent spontanément entre le versant est de |’Esterel et la Roia, les Alpes et la mer. Menton (J. V. Ardoin) 1867. Oct. (Fl. anal. Alpes-mar.) Ed. 1: Apr-Sep 1867 (p. xv: 16 Mar 1867, Flora rd before 22 Oct 1867), p. [i]-xxx, [1]- 468. Copy: NY. Ed. 2: 1879 (Nat. Nov. Dec 1879), “‘seconde édition,”’ [i]-xxx, [1]-4.70 p., ‘‘without the majority of the corrections given on p. 451 of the first edition’’ (Cavillier) (Nat. Nov. Dec 1879). Copy: B. — Imprint: Menton (Bertrand et Queyrot), Nice (S. Cauvin- Empereur). Mainly based on the catalogue of the Bornet-Thuret herbarium. Ref.: BM 1: 58 (ed. 2), BL 2: 117; Jackson p. 279; Plesch p. 128 (ed. 2); PR 214. Cavillier, zn Burnat et Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 10. 1941. 59 ARDUINO Arduino, Pietro (1728-1805), Italian botanist and agriculturist, curator of the Padua botanic garden. (Ard.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: Some at PAD. — The museum at Vicenza possessed a collection of plants from the Venetian region and cultivated in the Padua botanic garden which is known to have come from Pietro Arduino’s brother, the geologist Giovanni Arduino (1714-1795). This herbarium of 6000 plants was probably essentially the Pietro Arduino herbarium; it was destroyed during world war II. — Dupl. C, FI, LINN. Ref.: 1H 2: 40; Saccardo 2: 12. Béguinot, Flora padovana, Padova 1909-1914. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 49, 5(1): 761; Barnhart 1: 72; BM 1: 58; DTS 1: 4; Jackson p. 134, 436; Kew 1: 75; KR p. 44; PR 220-222; Zander ed. 10, p. 591. Targioni, Nuov. Giorn. Lett. Pisa 2(22): 116-120. 1808. Anon., Flora 3(1), Beil. 1: 2. 1820. Visiani, Notizie intorno alla vita e agli scritti di Pietro Arduino, Parte I. Padova 1857 (n.v.) Fries, Bref och Skr. Linné 2(1): 76-94. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 37. 1936. EPONYMY: Arduina P. Miller ex Linnaeus (1767). 159- Petri Arduini veronensis horti publici patavini custodis Animadversionum botanicarum specimen. Padova (Conzatti) 1759. Qu. (Animado. bot. spec.) Publ.: after 3 Oct 1759, possibly 1760 (cf. p. xxviii) (reviews J. Scavans (Amst.), Ned. Letter-Courant 19 Dec 1760, GGA 9 Oct 1762, sic), p. [1]-xxvili, pl. 1-12. Copies: G, L, MO, NY. Ref.: BM 1: 58; DA 1967; Kew 1: 75; NI 46; PR 220; SA 2: 539; IDC 1017. Williams, J. Bot. 28: 293-295. 1890 (modern equivalents). Wilmott, Kew Bull. 1935: 90 (“not employing the Linnean biverbal nomenclature for species’). 160. Petri Harduini veronensis horti publici patavini custodis animadversionum botanicarum specimen alterum. Venetia (Typographia Sansoniana) 1764. Qu. (Animadv. bot. spec. alt.) Publ.: ante Aug 1764 (preface: 10 Cal. Oct 1763; review GGA 4 Aug 1764), p. [1]-xli, pl. 1-20. Copies: G, NY. Ref.: BM 1: 58; DTS 1: 4; Kew 1: 75; NI 46; PR 220; Saccardo 1: 17; IDC 1017. Williams, J. Bot. 28: 293-295. 1890 (modern equivalents). Wilmott, Kew Bull. 1935: 90 (“‘contained biverbal nomenclature for species’’). Arechavaleta y Balpardo, José (1838-1912), Uruguayan botanist (Arechav.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: MVM (12.000); other material at ZT. Refs: UH r\(ed-16))/ 355, 2540. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 72; BL 1: 259; BM 1: 58, 6: 32; Bossert p. 14; CSP 13: 145; GR p. 760; Kew 1: 75; LS 1061. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 182. pl. 52. 1903 (portr.), 3(3): 204. 1905 (portr.) Anon., Physis 1: 96-98. 1912 (portr.) Aranzadi, Bol. R. Soc. Espafiola Hist. nat. 13: 528-545. 1913. EPONYMY: Arechavaletaia C. Spegazzini (1899). 161. Las Gramineas Uruguayas, An. Mus. nac. Montevideo tomo 1, fasc. 1-6, 1894-1897. part pages dates part pages dates I [29]-92 Feb 1894 4 293-372 Mar 1806 2 93-212 Nov 1894 5 373-452 Aug 1896 3 213-292 Sep 1895 6 453-581 Jun 1897 60 ARESCHOUG, F. W. C. Reprint, modified, of part 1 issued with part 2, Nov 1894. Copy: G. — These six parts constitute Vol. z of the Gramineas. ‘The second volume was never published. Part 1 of vol. 3 (all published) “‘Agrostologia aplicada,” p. 87-122 was issued with the Anales 3(9), med. 1898; later instructions called for this part to be bound with Anales 4, 1902, as p. 87-122 of that volume. Copy: NY. Reprint: Montevideo (Oriental) 1898. Qu., p. [1]-552, [1 list figs.]. Copzes: L, MO. — Repaginated in order to fill up p. [1]-28, absent from orig. The reprint has the 1894 t.p. of the reprint of part 1, issued with part 2. This 1894 reprint was in larger type, agreeing with that of parts 2-6. The cover, containing the complete set, is dated 1898. Ref.: BM 3: 1340; CSP 13: 145; Kew 1: 75; SK p. clxvii. Anon., Bol. Soc. Physis 1(2): 96-98. 1912. Parodi, Rev. Argent. Agron. 3: 133. 1936. 162. Flora Uruguaya [.] Enumeracion y descripcidn breve de las plantas conocidas hasta hoy y de algunas nuevas que nacen expontaneamente y viven en la Republica Oriental del Uruguay. Montevideo (1-2: Oriental, 3-4: A. Barreira y Ramos), 4 vols. 1898-1906. Oct. (Fl. Urug.) Publ.: in Anales del Museo nacional de Montevideo: z (Anales t. 3): [i]-xxi, [23]-48. 1898; 49-96. 1898; 97-160. 1898; 161-200. 1900; 201-304. 1900; 305-416. 1901; 417-492. 1901. Copies: BR, G, MO, NY, U. 2 (Anales t. 5): [i*-11*], [1]-xlviii, 1-160. 1903 (but t.p. Flora 2 dated 1902) ; 161-292. 19053 293-375. 1905. Copies: BR, G, L, NY, U. 3 (Anales t. 6): 1: [1-iii], [1]-84, pl. r-z9. Jul-Dec 1906; 2: 85-228, pl. 20-108. Jan-Sep 19073 3: 229-502. Jan-Mar 1908. Copies: BR, L, MO, NY, U. 4 (Anales t. 7): 1: [i-ii], [1]-62, pl. 1-15. Jan-Jun 1909; 2: 63-127, pl. 16-38. Jan-Mai IQIO; 3: 129-224. Jan-Aug 1911. Copies: BR (p. 128-144 lacking), L, MO, NY. Ref.: BL 1: 259. Arendt, Johann Josef Franz (jl. 1828-1840), German botanist at Osnabriick. (Arendt). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 72; BM 1: 58-59; PR 224-225; SO add 840a; for details see MBL. 163. Scholia Osnabrugensia in Chloridem Hanoveranam, d.h. Zusatze und Berichtigungen, unsre vaterlandische Flora betreffend, mit Beriicksichtigung der osnabriickschen Special- flora; eine héchst nothwendige und wichtige Zugabe zu der Chloris Hanoverana. Osnabriick (Rackhorst) 1837. Oct. (Scholia Osnabrug.) Publ.: Jan-Feb 1837 (rd. Regensburg Feb 1837), p. [i-ii], [1]-35. Copies: G, NY (signed by author). Ref.: PR 225. Anon., Flora 20: 369. 28 Jun 1837. Anon., Lit. Ber. Flora 7: 31. 28 Feb 1837. Areschoug, Fredric Wilhelm Christian (1830-1908), Swedish botanist at Lund. (F. Areschoug). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: LD. Ref.: 1H 2: 40; KR p. 44. Womersley, Austr. J. mar. freshwater Res. 7: 345. 1956. Koster, Taxon 18: 549. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 4: 763; Barnhart 1: 73; BL 2: 538; BM 1: 59, 6: 32; Bossert p. 143 CSP 1: 89, 6: 567, 7: 44, 9: 64, 12: 21, 13: 145; Frank p. 5; Jackson p. 516 [index]; Kew 1: 77; KR p. 44-48; Moebius p. 368; PR 228-231; Zander ed. 10, p. 591. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 29, pl. 6. 1903, 3(3): 4, 206, pl. 104. 1905 (portr.) Andersson, Sv. bot. Tidskr. 3: (178)-(195). 1909 (portr., bibl.) Lidforss, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 27: (47)-(58). 1909 (bibl.) 61 ARESCHOUG, F. W. C. Wulff, K. Sv. Vetenskapsakad. Arsbok 1910: 339-360 (portr., bibl.) Andersson, Sv. biogr. lex. 2: 149, 158. 1920 (bibl.) Hjelmqvist, Bot. Not. 111(1): 9. 1958 (portr.) COMPOSITE WORKS: Norges Rubi, in Blytt, Norges Flora 3 (Bot. Zeit. 10 Mar 1876). EPONYMY: For eponyms based on the name Areschoug, see below under John Erhard Areschoug (1811-1887). 164. Skanes flora, innefattande de fanerogama och ormbunkartade vaxterna. Lund (C. W. K. Gleerup), Kjobenhavn (Christian Falkenberg), 1866. Oct. (Skanes i.) Ed. 1: 1866 (p. 111: 19 Aug 1866), p. [i*], [i]-xc, [1]-240. Copy: NY. Ed. 2: ““Andra upplagan.”’ Lund (C. W. K. Gleerup) s.d., Oct. Publ.: Oct-Dec 1881 (Nat. Nov. late Dec 1881; p. ii: 1881; p. iv: 20 Sep 1881), p. [i]-xxii, [1]-585. Copy: BR. Ref.: AG 4: 763; BL 2: 538; BM 1: 59; Jackson p. 338; Kew 1:77; KR p. 44; PR 231. 165. Some observations on the genus Rubus. I. Comparative examinations of the Rubi in the Scandinavian peninsula. Lund (Fr. Berling) 1885-1886. Qu. (Observ. Rubus). Publ.: Original publication in two parts in Lunds Univ. Arsskr.: 21 [3 Mat. o. Nat.] no. g: [1]-126. 1885 (J. Bot. Aug 1887, sic) 22 [3 Mat. o. Nat.] no. 5: 127-182, [i]-iil. ‘1886’, publ. 1887, before Oct (Nat. Nov Oct 1887) — The reprint, provided with a separate cover (title as above), dated 1885-1886, was issued as a whole in 1887 (Nat. Nov. Oct 1887) with a special cover but retaining the original pagination [1]-126, 127-182, [i]-il1, contents. Copy: B. Ref BM i: 595; Kew 1: 77. 166. Plantae sub itinere navis bellicae Eugeniae anno 1852 a N. F. Andersson circa Guayaquil collectae [Stockholm 1869 (?)]. Qu. [p.p. 115-142] (n.v., fide Krok). (Pl. ztin. Eugeniae). Publ.: First distributed 1910 in K. Sv. fregatten Eugenies resa omkring jorden ... 1851- 1853. Vetenskapliga iakttagelser, Botanik, Haft 3, Uppsala (KR). Descriptions reprinted in Fedde, Repert. Sp. nov. 10: 299-303. 1912. Ref.: BM 6: 32; KR p. 45. Fedde, Repert. Sp. nov. 10: 299. 1912 (also accepts date as 1910). Areschoug, John Erhard (1811-1887), Swedish algologist at Uppsala. (7. Areschoug). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Phanerogams at UPS; algae at S. — Exsiccatae: 1. Algae scandinavicae exsiccatae (fasc. 1, 12 nos., Lund 1836) fide KR. 2. Algae scandinavicae exsiccatae (fasc. 1-3, nos. 1-3, nos. 1-84, Géteborg 1840-1641) ; sets at BM, NY, PC, UPS. 3. Algae Scandinaviae exsiccatae quas adjectis characeis, ser. nov. (fasc. 1-9, nos. 1-430, Uppsala 1861-1879) ; sets e.g. at B, BM, C, FH, LD, NY, PC, UPS, W. (See Hedwigia 2: 128. 130. 1863 [fasc. 1-3]; 3: 10-12. Jan 1864 [4]; 4: 107-108. Jul 1865 [5]; 6: 62- 63. 1867 [6].) 4. Phyceae extraeuropaeae exsiccatae (fasc. 1-3, nos. 1-90, Uppsala 1850-1856) ; sets at C, G, FH, HBG, KIEL, LE, PC, S, UPS, W. — Only 20 sets issued. Ref wl 22 40 sIGR p46, 51. Barnhart, NAF 11(1): 87. 1937. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 61-62. 1969. Wood and Imahori, Revision Characeae 1: 787. 1965. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 73; BM 1: 58; CSP 1: 88-89, 7: 44, 9: 64, 13: 145; Frank p. 5; Jackson p. 516 [index]; Kew 1: 77; KR p. 48-51 (bibl.) ; Moebius p. 368; NI 49-50; PR 232-241; Zander ed. 10, p. 591. Scheutz, Bot. Not. 1863: 66. Norstedt, Bot. Not. 1887: 150-151. Areschoug, F. W. C. and Blytt, Ann. Bot. 1: 381-382. 1888 (bibl.) De Toni, Syll. Alg. 1: vi. 1889, 4(1): ili. 1897. Wittrock, Lefnadsteckn. 6fver Sv. Vet.-Akad. Ledamoter 4(1) (71): 51-62. 1899 (bibl.) 62 ARESCHOUG, J. E. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 30. pl. 4. 1903, 3(3): 4. 1905 (portr.) Svedelius, Sv. Biogr. Lex. 2: 144-148. 1920 (bibl.) EPONYMY: Areschougia Meneghini (1844, nom. rej.) ; Areschougia Trevisan (1845); Areschou- gia W. H. Harvey (1855, nom. cons.) ; Neoareschougia H. Kylin (1956). 167. Plantae cotyledoneae florae Gothoburgensis, quas, secundum familiarum naturalium ordinem Friesianum, disposuit atque descripsit John Erh. Areschoug. Lund (C. W. K. Gleerup) 1836. Oct. (Pl. fl. Gothoburg.) Publ.: Jul-Oct 1836 (p. ii: 14 Jun 1836; Swenska Litt.-Foren. Tidn. 2 Nov 1837; Flora rd. 3 Dec 1837), p. [i*-iv*], [1]-viii, [1]-149. Copies: NY, PCS. Ref.: BM 1: 59; Jackson p. 337; KR p. 48; PR 233. Areschoug, Bot. Not. 1840: 17-25 (additions). 168. Symbolae algarum rariorum florae scandinavicae, quas, cons. ampliss. fac. philos. Lun- dens., praeside Sv. Nilsson, ... pro laurea modeste defendet auctor John Erh. Ares- choug, ... in Museo zoologico die xxi Jun. mdcccxxxviiil. Lund (C. F. Berling) 1838. Oct. (in fours) (Symb. alg. scand.) Publ.: 21 Jun 1838 (date of disputation; see also Flora 21: 632. 21 Oct 1838), p. [il], [1]-14. Copies: NY, PCS. Ref.: BM 1: 59; KR p. 48; PR 234. 169. De Hydrodictyo utriculato, dissertatio botanica, quam. Venia ampliss. fac. phil. Lundens. p.p. Dr. John Erh. Areschoug, ... respondente C. J. Kjellberg, Gothobur- gensi. In Academia Carolina die 26 Martii mdcccxxxix. Lund (C. F. Berling) 1839. Qu. (in fours) (Hydrodict. utric.) Publ.: 26 Mar 1839 (date on which the thesis was defended), p. [i-iii], [1]-23, 7 pl. — Areschoug is the author, Kjellberg ‘“‘respondens.” Copies: NY, PCS. — German version, Linnaea 16: 127-134. 1842 (pl. 5). Ref.: BM 1: 59; Kew 1: 77; KR p. 49; PR 235. 170. Iconographia phycologica seu phycearum novarum et rariorum icones atque des- criptiones. Decas prima. Géteborg (N. J. Gumpert) s.d. [1847] Qu. f (Iconogr. phycol.) Publ.: Aug-Nov 1847, after 15 Jul (date on p. [1]; Bot. Zeit. 26 Nov 1847), cover with title, p. [1]-6, pl. i-x (monochrome lithographs by the author). Copy: FH. Ref.: BM 1: 59; KR p. 49; NI 49; PR 236; IDC 6341. 171. Phyceae scandinavicae marinae, sive Fucacearum nec non Ulvacearum, quae in maribus paeninsulam Scandinavicam alluentibus crescunt, descriptiones. Uppsala (Leffler et Sebell) 1850. Qu. (Phyc. scand. mar.) Publ.: 1850. — An independently paged reprint of two articles published under the title Phycearum, quae in maribus Scandinaviae crescunt, enumeratio. Sect. prior et posterior, as follows: Sect. prior Fucaceas continens, Ups. Soc. sci. nova Acta 13: 223-382, pl. 1-9. 1846, publ. 1847. Sect. posterior Ulvaceas continens, Ib. 14: 385-454, pl. 1-3. 1849, publ. 1850. Pagination reprint: [i], [1]-230, [10. corr.], pl. 1-9, 1-3. The division of the two sections falls in the middle of p. 159. Copies: NY, PCS. Ref.: BM 1: 59; Kew 1: 77; KR p. 49; NI 50; PR 237. 172. Phyceae capenses, quarum particulam primam, venia ampliss. philos. facult. Up- saliens., praeside J. E. Areschoug ... pro gradu philosophico p.p. Johannes Conradus Carlberg gothoburgensis. In auditorio Gustaviano die vii maj mdccli. H.A.M.S. Uppsala (Reg. Acad. Typographus) 1851. Qu. [— ... particulam quartam ...] f (Phyc. cap.) I [i], [1]-8 Johannes Conradus Carlberg 7 Mai 1851 2 [i-ii], 9-16 Carolus Albertus Holmgren 10 Mai 1851 3 [i-ti], 17-24 Gabr. Otto Hakansson 10 Mai 1851 4 [i-ii], 25-32 Carolus Magnus Appelberg 13 Jun 1851 63 ARESCHOUG, J. E. This series of dissertations was intended to be continued. The abbreviation H.A.M.S. in the title stands for hora ante meridiem solitis. Copies: PCS, UC, NY (without t.p.’s). Ref.: KR p. 49 (no. 16). 173- Phyceae novae et minus cognitae in maribus extra europaeis collectae quas descrip- tionibus atque observationibus adumbravit John Erh. Areschoug ... Uppsala (E Typographia academica) 1854. Qu. (Phyc. nov.) Publ.: 1854, p. [1]-46. Copy: PCS. — Reprint from Ups. Soc. Sci. nova Acta ser. 3: 328 (= p. 2 repr.) — 372 (p. 46 repr.) Ref.: KR p. 50 (no. 21a). 174. Observationes phycologicae, Uppsala (Berling Reg. Acad. Typographus) 1866-1884, 5 parts. Qu. (Observ. phycol.) z: De Confervaceis nonnullis, 1866, p. [1]-26, pl. 1-4. Copy: PCS. — Reprinted from Ups. Soc. Sci. nova Acta ser. 3. 6(1): 1-26, pl. 1-4. 2: De Urospora mirabili Aresch. et de Chlorozoosporarum copulatione, 1874, p. [i], [1]-13, pl. 1-2. Copy: PCS. — Repr. ib. 9(1): 1-13, pl. r-2. 1874 (Bot. Zeit. 15 and 29 Jan 1875). 3: De algis nonnullis ..., 1875 (read 23 Apr 1875), p. [i], [1]-36, pl. 2-3. Copy: PCS. — Repr. ib. 10(1): 1-36. pl. 1-3. 1875. 4: De Laminariaceis nonnullis, 1883 (read 7 Apr 1883), p. [i], [1]-23. Copy: PCS. Repr. ib. 12140218) 5: De Laminariaceis nonnullis (continuatio), 1884 (read 15 Feb 1884), p. [1]-16. Copy: PCS. — Repr. ib. 12(2). Ref.: KR p. 50 (no. 24). Arnaud, Gabriel (1882-1957), French mycologist. (G. Arnaud). HERBARIUM and TYPES: in 1958 still in his private herbarium; other material at P. Ref.: Hepper and Neate, Pl. coll. W. Africa 5. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 76; GR p. 303; Kew 1: 80; LS 30627-30631; LS suppl. 1129-1176; MW p. 22. Roon, Ind. direct. spec. pl. tax. 12. 1958. EPONYMY: Arnaudia A. Chaves Batista (1960); Arnaudiella F. Petrak (1927); Arnaudina A. Trotter (1931).— Note: Arnaudovia Valkanov (1963) is dedicated to Nikolai Arnaudov (1887-x), Bulgarian mycologist. Arnaud, Jean André Michel (1760-1831), French physician and botanist. (7. Arnaud). HERBARIUM and types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 76; BL 2: 155; CSP 1: 94; Kew 1; 80; MD p. 35; PR 246. EPONOMY: For eponyms based on the name Arnaud, cf. supra, sub G. Arnaud. 175- Flore du département de la Haute-Loire, ou tableau des plantes qui y croissent, disposées suivant la méthode naturelle. Le Puy (Pasquet Pere et Fils) 1825. Oct. (in fours) (Fl. Haute-Loire). Publ.: 1825, ante 2 Jul (BF), p. [i]-xix, [xx, tabl.], [1-108]. Copies: G, HU, NY.-A Supplément was published in Ann. Soc. Agric. Puy 1829: 89-125. 1830 (see next entry). Ref.: BL 2: 155; Kew 1: 80; MD p. 35; PR 246. 176. Supplément a la Flore du département de la Haute-Loire, ou indication des plantes a y ajouter, avec quelques corrections et observations. Le Puy (P. Pasquet) 1830. Oct. (in fours) (Suppl. fl. Haute-Loire). 64 ARNOLD Publ.: 1830, p. [1]-39. Copy: HU. — Reprinted from Ann. Soc. Agric. Sci. Arts Puy 1829: 89-125. 1830. Arnell, Hampus Wilhelm (1848-1932), Swedish botanist and highschool teacher. (Arnell). HERBARIUM and Types: UPS; important sets at GB, H, LD and S. Contributed to Schiffer, Hepaticae europaeae exsiccatae. Refi Var (edm6) 2955, 214.1: Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 122. 1964. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 55. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 76; BL 2: 517, 521, 545; BM 1: 62, 6: 33; Bossert p. 14; CSP g: 70, 12: 23, 13: 158; Jackson p. 333; Kew 1: 80-81; KR p. 52-56 (bibl.); Moebius p. 118; MW p. 22, suppl. p. 14. Moller, Sv. biogr. lex. 232-235. 1920 (portr., bibl.) Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 30, pl. 12. 1903 (portr.), 3(3): 4. 1905 (portr.) Mller, Sv. bot. Tidskr. 31: 161-164 (portr., bibl., suppl. to Krok). Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 10. 1973. COMPOSITE WORKS: See S. O. Lindberg, Musci Asiae borealis, Stockholm 1889-1890. EPONYMY: Arnellia S. O. Lindberg (1889) ; Arnelliella C. Massalongo (1914). 177- De skandinaviska lofmossornas kalendarium. Akademisk Afhandling, som med samtycke af vidtberémda filosofiska fakulteten i Upsala for filosofiska gradens vinnande till offentlig granskning framstalles af Hampus Wilhelm Arnell, ... pa botanisk larosalen tisdagen den 18 maj 1875 p.v.t.f.m. Uppsala (Esasias Edquist) 1875. Oct. (Skand. léfmoss. kalend.) Thesis issue: 18 Mai 1875, p. [1-i1i], [1]-129. Copy: BR. Trade issue: 1875, p. [i], [1]-129. Copies: L, NY. — “‘De ... afhandling af Hampus Wilhelm Arnell’’. Both issues reprinted (or preprinted) from Upsala Univ. Arsskrift 1875 (Math. Naturv.) no. 4, p. [i], [1]-129. 1875. Ref.: BM 1: 62; Jackson p. 332; Kew 1: 80; KR p. 52 (no. 2). 178. Lebermoosstudien im nordlichen Norwegen. Jonk6ping (C. J. Lundgren) 1892. Qu. (in fours) (Lebermoosstud. nérdl. Norwegen). Publ.: 1892 (Nat. Nov. Aug 1892), p. [i]-x, [1]-43, [44 table], 7x Jonképings H. Allm. Larov. Redog. ... lasaret 1891-1892 (publ. 1892). Copies: G, NY. Ref.: BM 1: 62; KR p. 53. 179. Mossvegetationen vid Takern. [Headlines:] Sjon Takerns fauna och flora utgifven af K. Svenska Vetenskapsakademien 1. Stockholm (Almqvist & Wisell), Berlin, London, Paris. [1915]. Qu. (Mossveg. Takern). Co-author: Christian Erasmus Otterstrom Jensen (1859-1941). Publ.: Sep-Dec 1915 (p. 37: printed 24 Aug 1915), p. [1]-37. Copy: NY. Ref.: KR p. 54 (no. 44). Arnold, Ferdinand Christian Gustav (‘von Eichstatt’’) (1828-1901), Southern German lichenologist and bryologist, ‘““Oberlandesgerichtsrath” in Miinchen. (Arnold). HERBARIUM and TypPEs: M. — duplicates see GR and IH; exsiccatae: 1. Lichenes exsiccati [Lichenes jurae, Lichenes exsiccati Tiroliae et Bavariae] (nos. 1-1816, Eichstadt, later Miinchen, 1859-1900) ; sets at FH, G, NY, PC (50 to 60 sets issued). 2. Lichenes monacenses exsiccati (nos. 1-530, Miinchen 1889-1900); sets at FH, L, PC, STR. 3. Cladoniae herbariorum Floerke et Wallroth (100 nos. of which 6 herb. specimens and 94 photographs, Miinchen 1888). Ref.: DTS 1: 5, 4: xlii; GR p. 2 (q.v. for further details) ; TH 1 (ed. 6): 355, 2: 41-42. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 112-114. 1969. 65 ARNOLD BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 12(1): 302, 12(2): 337; Barnhart 1: 77; BM 1: 63, 6: 33; Bossert p. 14; CSP 1: 97, 7: 47-48, 9: 70; DTS 1: 4-8; 4: frontisp. (portr.) ; GR p. 2; Jackson 161, 270; Kew 1: 81; LS 1070-1099, 30639. Holzner, in Arnold, Zur Lichenenflora von Miinchen 5: 16-34. 1901 (portr., bibl.), also Ber. Bay. bot. Ges. 8(1): 16-24. 1902. Rehm, Hedwigia 41: 72-79. 1902 (bibl.) Anon., Rev. bryol. 29: 36. 1902. Holzner, Ber. bay. bot. Ges. 8(1): 16-24. 1902 (bibl.) Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 119. 1903, 3(3): 118, pl. 127. 1905 (portr.) Bay, Flora Gesamt-Register 26-100: 1-2. 1910 (bibl.) EPONYMY: Arnoldia A. Massalongo (1856). — Notes: Arnoldella C. B. Read (1936) is dedicated to Chester Arthur Arnold (19g01-x) American palaeobotanist; Arnoldiella V. Miller (1928) is dedicated to Wladimir Mitrofanowitsch Arnoldi (1871-1924), Russian phycologist. The Arnold Arboretum, Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U.S.A., and its periodicals Arnoldia, Vol. 1-x, 1941-x, and Journal of the Arnold Arboretum, Vol. 1-x, 1920-x, are named for James Arnold (1781-1869), American merchant (see S. B. Sutton, Charles Sprague Sargent, 1970). The National Museum of Rhodesia publishes the journal Arnoldia, Salisbury, Vol. 1-x, 1964-x, which is dedicated to George Arnold (fl. 1911-1962), Rhodesian biologist. 180. Gesammelte lichenologische Schriften. Band 3. Lehre (Cramer), 1970. Oct. [Historiae naturalis classica t. 86(3)]. (Ges. lichenol. Schr.) Publ.: Consists of a facsimile reprint of the Lichenologische Ausfliige in Tirol, Wien (W. Braumiiller) 1868-1897, a series of 30 articles published in the Verh. K. K. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 1868-1897. See DTS for an extensive listing. ““Eine Reihe von Localfloren von seltener Reichhaltigkeit und Griindlichkeit ...”’ (DTS 1: 6). number Verh. vol. Verh. pag. independent continuous date pagination pagination I 18 [703]-710 - 3-10 Sep-Dec 1868 2/3 18 [947 ]-960 - I 1-24 1869 4 19 [605 ]-656 - 25-76 Jul-Dec 1869 5 20 [527|-546 - 77-96 Aug-Dec 1870 6 21 [1103]-1148 - 97-142 Nov 1871-Mai 1872 7-9 22 [279|-314 [1]-36 143-178 Jun-Dec 1872 10 23 [89]-116 - 179-206 Apr-Dec 1873 Pure 23 [485 ]-534 - 207-256 Dec 1873-? 13 24 [231 |-284 [1]-54 257-310 Jun-Dec 1874 14 25 [433]-496 = [1] -64 311-374 Jun-Dec 1875 15 26 [353]-388 — [1]-36 375-410 Jun-Dec 1875 16 26 [389]-414 [1]-26 411-436 Jul-Sep 1876 17 27 [533]-570 ~—- [1] -38 437-474 Aug-Dec 1877 18/19 28 [24.7 ]-296 [1]-50 475-524 Mai-Sep 1878 20 29 [351]-394 1-44 525-568 Jun-Sep 1879 Q1 30 [95]-154 3-62 569-628 Jun-Jul 1880 22 36 61-88 [1]-28 629-656 Mai-Jun 1886 23 a7 81-150 1-70 657-726 Apr-Mai 1887 24. 39 249-266 1-18 727-744. Jun-Jul 1889 25 43 [360]-407 —_[1]-49 745-793 Sep-Oct 1893 26-29 46 IOI-143 1-43 795-837 Apr-Mai 1896 30 47 210-224. 1-16 839-854 Apr-Sep 1897 30(a) 47 353-395 ~— [1 ]-43 855-[969] Aug-Sep 1897 30(b) 47 671-677 I-7 - Sep-Dec 1897 Ref.: BM 1: 63; DTS p. 5-8; Jackson p. 270; LS 1080. Holzner, Ber. bay. bot. Ges. 8(1): 21. 1902. Stafleu, Taxon 20: 632. 1971. 66 ARNOTT 181. Die Lichenen des frankischen Jura. (Separat-Abdruck aus ‘“‘Flora”’ 1884/85). Regens- burg (F. H. Neubauer) 1885. Oct. (Lich. frank. Jura). Publ.: 1885 (Nat. Nov. Mai 1885), p. [i], [1]-323, [1, corr.], reprint with independent pagination. Copies: BR, Stevenson. — Reprinted from Flora vols. 67, 68 as follows: 67 65-96 11 Feb 1884 67 645-664 1 Dec 1884 145-173 21 Mar 1884 68 49-80 1 Feb 1885 227-258 1 Mai 1884 143-176 11 Mar 1885 307-338 11 Jun 1884 211-246 11 Apr 1885 403-434 1 Aug 1884 261 21 Apr 1885 548-596 21 Oct 1884 Preceded by 30 publications in Flora vols. 42-67, 1858-1877, enumerated e.g. by Holzner. Summary and Nachtrage in a publication with the same title of 1890 (see below). Ref.: Kew 1: 81. 182. Die Lichenen des fraenkischen Jura. [Regensburg] (J. & K. Mayr), 1890. Qu. (Lich. Sraenk. Jura). Publ.: 1890 (Nat. Nov. Jul 1890), p. [1]-61. Copies: NY, Stevenson. — Also published as Denkschr. bay. bot. Ges. Band 6, 1890. 183. Zur Lichenenjflora von Miinchen. Miinchen (Val. Hofling) 1891-1901, 5 parts, Qu. (Lichenenfl. Miinchen). part Berichte Abth. pages dates Nat. Nov. I I I [1]-147 1891 Jul 1891 w 2 2 [1]-76 1892 Mai 1892 3 5 Nachtr. 1, 2 [1]-45 1897 Apr 1897 4 6 3 [1]-82 1898 Aug 1898 5 7 3 (Schluss) [1]-100 1900 Aug 1900 6 8 Nachtr., Reg. [1]-32 IQOI Jan r1go1 Published with independent pagination in Berichte der bayerischen botanischen Gesellschaft. Part 5 has obituaries of F. P. Gmelek and F. Arnold as well as a bibliography of Bavarian lichenology by Poeverlein. Copies: B, Stevenson. Ref.: Kew 1: 81. Arnott, George Arnott [sometimes: Arnold] Walker (1799-1868), Scottish botanist. (Arnott). HERBARIUM and typEs: Arnott’s herbarium and botanical library were acquired by Glasgow University (GL). ‘The phanerogams are now on permanent loan at E, the types of Arnott’s diatoms are at AWH (see also Sayre 1969). For a description of the set *‘Diatomées, Collection J. Deby’? (at PC) prepared by Arnott, see Sayre (1969). Ref.: WH (ed 6)):°3555:2: 42. Verleyen, Levensschets van Dr. H. van Heurck 62. 1942. Dickinson, Phycol. Bull. 1: 11. 1952. Kent, Brit. herbaria 40. 1953. Koster, ‘Taxon 6: 49. 1957. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 122. 1964. Anon., ‘Taxon 15: 46. 1966. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 62. 1969. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 55. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 79; BB p. 10; BM 1: 63; CSP 1: 98-99, 6: 568, 12: 23; DNB 2: 120-121; Frank p. 5; GR p. 384; Kew 1: 83; Langman p. 93; MD p. 36-49 (bibl.); PR 249-250, 4226, 10245. Cleghorn, Trans. bot. Soc. Edinb. 9: 414-426. 1868 (bibl.) 67 ARNOTT Seemann, J. Bot. 6: 223-224. 1868. Deby, Bibl. micr. Diatom. 2. 1882. Gray, Scientific papers 2: 347-348. 1889. De Toni, Syll. alg. 1: vii. 1889, 2(1): viii. 1891. Gray, Letters 2: 829. [index]. 1893. Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 102. 1906. Barnhart, Mem. Torrey bot. Club 16: 290. 1921. Rodgers, Noble Fellow Sullivant 108, 112. 1940. Rodgers, John Torrey 106-107, 335 [index]. 1942. Graustein, Nuttall 285, 288, 327. 1967. Fletcher, Roy. bot. gard. Edinburgh 114, 171, 185. 1970. Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 10. 1973. Martin, in Lenley et al., Index corr. Torrey 445. 1973. COMPOSITE WORKS: See W. J. Hooker, The botany of Captain Beechey’s Voyage, London, 1841, and R. Wight, Prodromus florae peninsulae Indiae orientalis. London 1834. EPONYMY: Arnottia A. Richard (1828). 184. Notice sur quelques mousses de Rio-Janeiro, Mém. Soc. Hist. nat. Paris 1: 346-352. 1823. Qu. Publ.: Dec 1823-Apr 1824 (BF, this fasc. of Mém.: 10 Apr 1824). Separates are not known to exist. Ref.: GSP 1: 98; MD p. 42, 239. 185. Notice of a“ Fournal of a voyage from Rio de Janeiro to the coast of Peru,’? by Mr William Jameson, Surgeon, corresponding member of the Wernerian Natural History Society. Edinburgh 1824, Oct. (Not. voy. Rio de Janeiro). Publ.: preprint, with independent pagination, [1]-21, published shortly before 15 Jan 1824, of an article published in the Memoirs of the Wernerian natural History Society 5(1) : 187-205. 1824 (between 21 Mar and 20 Mai). Copy: G. Ref.: GSP 1: 98; Kew 1: 83; MD p. 42-43. 186. Disposition méthodique des espéces de mousses. Paris (J. Tastu) 1825. Qu. (Disp. méth. mousses) . Publ.: First publication, as a preprint, between 20 Dec 1825 and 6 Feb 1826, of Arnott’s article which is usually called Nouvelle disposition méthodique des espéces de mousses exactement connus. Margadant has shown that this article was published in five different forms: indication issue format date Disp. méth. esp. mousses, preprint Qu. 20 Dec 1825-6 Feb 1826 [i-iv], [1]-72, [6]. Copies: G, NY Mém. Soc. Hist. nat. Paris 2(2): periodical Qu. Apr 1826-[-Oct 1826?] 249-320, 412-414 Méem. Soc. Linn. Paris 5(3): periodical Oct. Jul-Aug 1826 214-323 Kittel, B. M., Mém. hist. nat. separate Oct. Aug 1826 P- 35-143 Saumaises, Cours Agric. Bot. re-issue Oct. 1837 Ref.: BM 1: 63; CSP 1: 98; Jackson p. 153; Kew 1: 83; MD p. 39-40, 43-47, 49, 239; PR 249, 4705. 187. Tour to the South of France and the Pyrenees, in 1825 [Edinburgh 1826-1829] Oct. (Tour S. France Pyrenees). Publ.: A series of articles in the Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal, volumes 1-6. Mar- gadant assumes that the dates of the reprints coincided with those of the fascicles of the Journal. The reprints have separate pagination. Copy: NY. 68 ARRUDA fascicle repr. pp. vol. serial pages serial probable dates I I-15 (G0) 66-78 Aug 1826 2 1-7 1(2) 268-275 Oct 1826 3 I-14 2(2) 241-255 Apr 1827 4 1-8 3(1) 157-164 Aug 1827 5 1-6 3(2) 350-356 Oct 1827 6 I-10 4(1) 130-139 Jan 1828 G] 1-8 4(2) 355-362 Apr 1828 8 1-7 5(2) 319-325 Oct 1828 9 I-12 6(2) 250-262 Apr 1829 The lines of type were rearranged slightly for the reprint; the pages of the reprint and of the publication of the serial are therefore not exactly alike. Pre-publication of the reprints is possible but not proven. Ref.: CSP 1: 98; MD p. 47-49. 188. Pugillus plantarum indiae orientalis. s.1. [1836]. Oct. (Pug. pl. ind. or.) Publ.: 1836, post Mai (add. pres. 16 Mai 1836), [1]-43, second set page nos.: [319]-356, pl. 18. Copies: G, U. — Reprinted (possibly preprinted) from Nova Acta Acad. Leop. Nat. Cur. 18(1): [319]-356, 356a-d, p/. 18. published late 1837. Reprint with journal pagination only: NY. Ref.: IDC 5826. Arrhenius, Johan Peter (Pehr, Petter) (1811-1889), Swedish botanist and agricul- turist. (Arrh.) HERBARIUM and TYPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(1): 529; Barnhart 1: 79; BM 1: 63; Bossert p. 15; CSP 1: 104; Jackson p. 307, 336; Kew 1: 84; KR p. 58-61; LS 1104; PR 252-255. Scheutz, Bot. Not. 1863: 66-67. Anon., Bot. Not. 1889: 177-178. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 30. 1903, 3(3): 4. 1905. Juhlin-Dannfelt, Sv. biogr. lex. 282-287. 1920 (portr., bibl.) EPONYMY: Arrhenia E. M. Fries (1849). 189. Ruborum sueciae dispositio monographico-critica. Quam venia ampliss. facult. philosoph. praeside Elia Fries ... pro gradu philosophico p.p. auctor Johannes P. Arrhenius ... in Audit. Gustaviano die xxvi Oct. mdcccxxxix h.a.m.s. 1. Uppsala (Wahlstrom & Lastbom) [1839]. Oct. (Ruborum suec.) Thesis-ed.: Oct-Dec 1839, 4. parts, Uppsala (Wahlstr6m & Lastbom). Copies: MO (all t.p.’s); HU, NY (t.p. of diss. 1 only): Tas above, p. [i-ii], [1]-16. 26 Oct 1839. re Ohnetin ex speciali sacrae regiae majestatis gratia et venia ampliss. facult. philosoph. p-p. Johannes P. Arrhenius ... et Henricus Ferner ... in Audit. Gusta- viano die nov. mdcccxxxix h.a.m.s. II’’, p. [i-iv], 17-32. 3: °°... et Carolus J. Lindeberg .. . xxx nov. mdcccxxxix h.p.m.s. IIT”, p. [i-iv], 33-48. 66 Zune eu Ejalmar Jos: Helneren .... ivdecs mdccexxsax thep-miss Ven pe [i]s it]; 49-64. Trade ed.: Monographia Ruborum sueciae. Uppsala (Wahlstr6m & Lastbom) Feb-Mar 1840, Oct., p. [1-i11], [1]-64. (rd by Flora 5 Jan-g Mar 1841). For the unusual folding of the original sheets see Margadant (1965). Copies: G, HU, MICH, NY, U. Ref.: Jackson p. 336; Kew 1: 84; KR p. 59; PR 252. Margadant, Huntia 2: 162-164. 1965. Arruda da Camara, Manoel (1752-1810), Brazilian botanist. (Arruda). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. 69 ARRUDA BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 79; BL 1: 238; BM 1: 63, 6: 34; Colmeiro 1: clxi; Kew 1: 84; PR 258-261. Britten, J. Bot. 34: 242-250. 1896. Urban, FI. bras. 1(1): 2. 1906. Colmeiro, Bot. penins. hisp.-lusit. 258. EPONYMY: Arrudaria Macedo (1867); Arrudea Cambessédes (1828). 190. Dissertagdo sobre as plantas do Brazil, que podem dar linhos proprios para muitos usos da sociedade, e suprir a falta co Canhama indicades de ordem ao principe regente nosso senhor. Rio de Janeiro (Impressdéo Regio) 1810. Oct. (Diss. pl. Brazil). Publ.: 1810, p. [1]-49, [50 err.], photogr. copy at US. Ref.: Kew 1: 84; PR 259. Arséne, Frére Gustave [also “Gerfroy’’] (Brouard, Arséne Gustave Joseph) (1867- 1938), French clergyman who collected in France and Central America. (Arséne). HERBARIUM and TypEs: US — for the many duplicate collections see IH. For mis-label- lings, obviously intentional falsifications, by an unknown dealer see Bonner 1972 and Standley 1927. Ref.: 1H. 2: 42. Standley, J. Bot. 65: 118-121. 1927 (on counterfeit collection) (based on Standley, Science 4 Feb 1927). Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 55. 1970. Bonner, Musées de Genéve 130: 18-19. 1972. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 259 (under Brouard; original data). Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 10. 1973. Arthur, Joseph Charles (1850-1942), American mycologist, professor of botany at Purdue University. (Arth.) HERBARIUM and tTypEs: PUR; duplicates in various herbaria, see IH. — Exsiccatae: Uredineae exsiccatae et icones (fasc. i-iv, nos. 1-17, Sep 1894; 18-34, Dec 1898; 35-44, Jun 1901; 45-60, Dec 1902) (with Edward Willet Dorland Holway, 1853-1923). Sets at BPI, CUP, FH, LA, ILL, ISC, KSC, MASS, MIN, MONT, MSC, NEB, NY, OS, BUR, URTPPE. TREC] UC, Viz ww: Ref.: 1H 1 (ed. 6): 355, 2: 42. Stevenson, Beih. Nova Hedwigia 36: 17-20. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 80; BL 1: 192; BM 1: 64, 6: 34; Bossert p. 15; CSP 12: 24, 13: 171-172; GR p. 203; Kew 1: 85; Langman p. 94, 717; LS 1112- 1210, 24562, 30644-30669, 40908, suppl. 1199-1267; MW p. 23. Anon., J. of Mycol. 8: opp. 107. 1902 (portr.) Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 191, 205. 1905. Barnhart, J. New York Bot. Gard. 12: 118. 1911. Arthur, The Johns Hopkins Alumni Mag. 13(4): Jun 1925 (autobiogr. sketch). Seaver, Mycologia 20(3): 115. 1928 (on his Uredinales in NAF). Barnhart, NAF 7(15): 1047-1049. 1940 (bibl.) Mains, Mycologia 34: 601-605. 1942 (portr.) Cummins, Yearbook Amer. philos. Soc. 1942: 328-331. 1943. Rodgers, Amer. bot. 1873-1892 p. 323 [index]. 1944. Rodgers, Liberty Hyde Bailey 490 [index]. 1949. Humphrey, Makers of N. Amer. bot. 4-6. 1961. Ewan, Short hist. bot. US 13, 47, 83, 84. 1969. Ainsworth and Bisby, Dict. fungi ed. 6: 39. 1971. Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 10. 1973. COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) Editor of Botanical Gazette Chicago. vol. 7-39, 1882-1903. (2) Editor and in part author of The plant Rusts, New York 1929. 70 ARVET-TOUVET (3) Uredinales, NAF 7: 83-160. 1907; 161-187, 211-268. 1912; 269-404. 1920; 405-480. 1921; 481-586. 1922; 605; 648. 1924; 669-732. 1925; 733-796. 1926; 797-848. 1927. EPONYMY: Arthurella G. Zebrowski (1937); Arthuria H. S. Jackson (1931). Artis, Edmund Tyrell (1789-1847), British palaeobotanist and archeologist. (Artis). COLLECTIONS: BM;; including the original drawings for Antediluvian phytology. Ref.: Sherborn, Where is the ... collection 9. 1940. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 80; BB p. 10; BM 1: 64; Jackson p. 176, 182; Kew 1: 85; Quenstedt p. 14; PR 262. Anon., Quart. J. geol. Soc. London 5: xxil-xxiil. 1849. Ward, Ann. Rep. U.S. Geol. Survey 5: 405-406. 1885. EPONYMY: Artisia K. B. Pres] (1838). 191. Antediluvian phytology, illustrated by a collection of the fossil remains of plants, peculiar to the coal formations of Great Britain. London (for the author by J. Cumber- land et al.), 1825. Qu. (Antediluv. phytol.) Ed. 1: Sep 1825 (p. xiii: 1 Sep 1825; Philos. Mag. 30 Sep, New monthly Mag 1 Oct 1825; plates dated 1824), p. [i]-xili, [1 index], 24 p/. with each 1 page letterpress, uncoloured lithographs by J. Curtis. Copies: HH, Teyler. Re-issue: London 1838, with a cancellans title page: Antediluvian phytology, ... Britain. Selected for their novelty and interest, from upwards of a thousand specimens now in the possession of the author, and systematically described, with the view of facilitating the study of this important branch of Geology ... Including remarks on the systems of Count Sternberg, Baron Schlotheim, Professor Martius, and Mons. Brongniart; also communications from Professor Buckland and other eminent geologists. London (for the author by Nichols and Son), 1838. Qu. Copy: NY. “... which ... must ever remain one of the classics of palaeobotany, though rather as a work of art than of science’ (Ward 1885). Ref.: BM 1: 64 (1838); Jackson p. 176, 182; Kew 1: 85; NI 51; PR 262. Anon., Flora 10: 129-143. 7 Mar 1827. Mantell, A pictorial atlas of fossil remains, ibondon 1850 (reproduces some of the plates). Ward, Ann. Rep. U.S. Geol. Survey 5. 405-406. 1885. Arvet-Touvet, Jean Maurice Casimir (1841-1913), French hieraciologist at Giéres- Uriage, near Grenoble. (Arv.- Towv.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: GRM, much material also at P. Exsiccatae: 1. Hieraciotheca gallica (fasc. i-xx, 1897-1908), sets at B, BC, G, GR, K, L, LE, P, TO, W (10 sets issued) (with G. Gautier). 2. Mieraciotheca hispanica (fasc. i-xx, 1897-1908), sets at B, BC, G, GR, K, L, LE, P, TO, W (10 sets issued) (with G. Gautier). Ref.: AG 12(1): 23; IH 1 (ed. 6): 105, 355; Kew 1: 86. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 12(1): 23, 119 (““Da Arvet-Touvet nur seine eigene Hieracien-Literatur kannte und das Studium aller tbrigen grundsatzlich vermied, sind ... Neubenennungen langst bekannter Formen nicht auffallend’’); AG 12(2): 29, 225; Barnhart 1: 80; BM 1: 64; CSP 12: 24, 13: 173; DTS 1: 89; Jackson p. 283; Kew 1: 86; Langman p. 94. Mirande, Rev. gén. Bot. 27: 67. 76 (portr.), 117-127, 142-157, 169-190, 208-222 (bibl.), IQI5. Mirande, Arvet-Touvet botaniste dauphinois et son oeuvre. Grenoble 1915, 87 p. (bibl.). Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 11. 1941. 192. Les Hieracium des Alpes frangaises, ou occidentales de l’Europe. Lyon, Genéve, Basel (Henri Georg), Paris (J. Lechevalier) 1888. Oct. (Hieracium Alpes frang.) Wil ARVET-TOUVET Publ.: 1888 (Nat. Nov. Jul 1888), p. [i*], [i]-ii, [iii], [1]-131. Copy: NY. —Reprinted from Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon ser. 2. 34: i-iv, 1-131. 1888. Ref.: BM 1: 64; DTS 1: 9; Kew 1: 86. Saccardo, Cronologia p. xiv. Asahina, Yasuhiko (1881-1975), Japanese lichenologist. (Asah.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: T'NS. — Exsiccatae: Lichenes japoniae exsiccati (nos. 1-300, Tokyo) ; set at UPS. Ref.: GR p. 585; IH 1 (ed. 6): 355, 2: 43. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 114-115. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 81; Bossert p. 16; GR p. 585 (!); Kew 1r: 86; MW p. 23-24, suppl. p. 16-17. Hisauchi and Hara, J. Jap. Bot. 50(9): 257-258. 1975 (portr.) EPONYMY: Asahinea W. L. Culberson & C. F. Culberson (1965). Ascherson, Ferdinand Moritz (1798-1879), German physician and mycologist, father of P. F. A. Ascherson. (F. Ascherson). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 81; PR 264-265. Britten, J. Bot. 17: 160. 1879. Anon., Mag. Novén. Lap. 3: 46. 1879. EPONYMY: Aschersonia Montagne (1848, nom. cons.); Aschersonia Endlicher (1842, nom. rej.) ; Aschersoniopsis Hennings (1902). — Note: Aschersoniodoxa Gilg & Muschler (1909) and Bisaschersonia O. Kuntze (1891) are dedicated to Paul Friedrich Ascherson (1834- 1913), q.v. 193. De fungis venenatis. Dissertatio inauguralis medica quam nataliciis regia augustis- simi indulgentia gratiosi medicorum ordinis in Universitate litteraria berolinensi praemio aureo ornatam nunc amplissimi eiusdem ordinis consensu et auctoritate pro gradu doctoris medicinae et chirurgiae rite impetrando die xxi m. octobris a. mdcccxxvii h.l.q.s. publice defensurus est auctor Mauritius Ascherson ... Berlin (Johann Friedrich Starck). Oct. (Fung. venen.) Thesis ed.: 23 Oct 1827, p. [iJ-vili, [1]-55, [56, theses]. Copies: HU, NY, Stevenson (lacks t.p.). Trade ed.: ‘De fungis venenatis. Commentatio a facultate medica universitatis literariae berolinensis praemio aureo ornata. Auctore M. Ascherson, ...”? Berlin (Gebr. Schiip- pel) 1828. Oct., p. [iJ-vil, [1]-52, publ. 1828. Copy: G. Ascherson, Paul Friedrich August (1834-1913), German botanist, professor of botany at Berlin University, great authority on the Central European flora. (Aschers.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: B; now partly destroyed. Ref.: 1H 2: 43. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 1: 287 [“‘Verfasser der Flora der Provinz Branden- burg. Berlin 1859-1864’], 2(1): 352, 590, 3: 576, 5(1): 309, 5(2): 439, 5(3): 77, 6(1): 371; Barnhart 1: 82; BFM p. 215, 216, 245; BL 1: 30, 31, 32, 41, 42, 62, 137; BL 2: 387; BM 1: 65, 6: 35; Bossert p. 16; CSP 1: 106, 7: 51-52, 9: 75-76, 12: 25-27, 13: 176- 1783, DTs)1: 9-11, 6(4):/ 119; Frankip, 5-6;,GR p. 58;,Jackson'p. 122,130, 30257914, 346, 424, 510; Kanitz no. 321; Kew 1: 87-88; Langman p. 94; LS 1224-1234; 30675- 30676, 36219; MW p. 24; PR 266-268; Zander ed. 10, p. 591. Ratzeburg, Forstwiss. Schriftsteller-Lexikon 12-18. 1874 (autobiogr.!) Anon., Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg, Register 1-30: 1-10. 1889, Verzeichnis 31-50: 2-7. 1909 (bibl.) 72 ASCHERSON, P. F. A. Schumann et al., Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 36: xxxvii-xxxix. 1894. Marchesetti, Atti Museo civico Storia nat. Trieste 9: 131-132. 1895. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2)9 119, pl. 126. 1903, 3(3): 118, 205, 211, pl. 129. 1905 (portr.) Dalla Torre, in Urban, Festschrift ... Ascherson iv-xlvii. 1904 (bibl.) Ascherson, Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 50: iv-xvi. 1909. Claussen, Mitt. badischen Landesver. Naturk. 1913: 234-238. Degen, Mag. bot. Lap. 12: 3-15. 1913 (portr.) Kupffer, Korrespondenzbl. Naturforscher-Ver. Riga 56: xi-xiv. 1913. Loesener et al., Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 55: (1)-(14). 1913. (Trauerfeier, also funeral addresses by Wittmack (4)-(g) and Lindau (10)-(14). Roth, Leopoldina 49(3): [3 p.]. 1913 (repr. DS). Urban, Paul Friedrich August Ascherson [Berlin 1913], 3 p. Wittmack, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 31: (102)-(110). 1913 (bibl., portr.) Wittmack, Gartenflora 1913: 180 (portr.) Proppe, Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 56: 41-45. 1914 (on Ascherson Foundation, **Plakette,”’ portrait). De Wildeman, Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 53: 111-118. 1914. Futak and Domin, Bibl. fl. CSR 86-88. 1960. Stafleu, zn Daniels and Stafleu, Taxon 23: 260. 1974 (portr.) COMPOSITE WORKS: I. EP ed. 1: Potamogetonaceae, 2(1): 194-214. 1889; Hydrocharitaceae,, 2(1): 238-258. 1889 (with M. Giirke). 2. Pflanzenreich, with Graebner, Potamogetonacace, IV. 11, 184 p., 29 Oct 1907,. reprinted 1958/60. 3. Verzeichniss der bis jetzt aus der Troas bekannten Pflanzen. Nach den Sammlungen von R. Vorchow und J. Schmidt und den literarischen Quellen zusammengestellt von P. Ascherson, Th. von Heldreich, F. Kurtz. Anhang VI of H. Schliemann, Ilios, Stadt und Land der Trojaner. Leipzig 1881, p. [804]-813. Copy: B. — Jackson, p. 510,. mentions a previous English edition of Schliemann’s work: “‘Ilios, the city and country of the Trojans.’’ London 1880, oct., with the botanical catalogue on p. [727]- 736. 4. See Schweinfurth, Jil. fl. Egypte, Cairo 1887 and Aufz. Phan. Nil-Lander 1868. 5. Contributed botanical notes to G. Rohlfs, Expedition zur Erforschung der libyschen Wiiste, vol. 1-2, Cassel 1875. 6. Botamk ... in C. C. von der Decken, Reisen in Ost Afrika in 1859-1861, vol. 3(3)- 1879. (see no 198). 7. Supplement, see Barbey, Florae Sardoae Compendium. 8. Bohnen, in O. Baumann, Usambara und seine Nachbargebiete Berlin 1891 (Anhang ii). g. Preface to: Georg August Schweinfurth, Beitrag zur Flora Aethiopiens, Abth. 1, xii, 311 p., Berlin 1867, Fol. 10. Pflanzen, in F. G. Rohlfs, Reise von Tripolis. Leipzig 1881 (Abth. 2, 6). FESTSCHRIFT: Urban et al., Festschrift zur Feier des siebzigsten Geburtstages des .. Dr. P. Ascherson. Berlin 1904. EPONYMY: Aschersoniodoxa Gilg & Muschler (1909); Bisaschersonia O. Kuntze (1891). Note: Aschersoniopsis Hennings (1902) is dedicated to Ferdinand Moritz Ascherson (1798-1879), q.v. 194. Studiorum phytographicorum de Marchia brandenburgensi specimen. Continens florae marchicae adiacentibus comparationem [Halle 1855]. Oct. (Stud. phytogr. Marchia brandenb.) Publ.: Feb 1855, as a thesis [“‘dissertatio inauguralis ...’’ copy with title page of thesis not seen], separately paged reprint, p. [1]-67, from Linnaea 26: 385-451. Feb 1855. Copy: B (presentation copy to Garcke). Ref.: BM 1: 65; Kew 1: 87; PR 266. 195- Flora der Provinz Brandenburg, der Altmark und des Herzogthums Magdeburg. - Zum Gebrauche in Schulen und auf Exkursionen. Berlin (August Hirschwald) 1859 [1860]-1864, 3 vols. Oct. (Fl. Brandenburg). 73 ASCHERSON, P.F. A. Vol. pages dates a(n) [1i]-xxil, [1]-320 Jan 1860 (2) 321-1034, 1-146 Apr 1864 D [i]-xii, [1]-210, [1, err.] Mai-Jun 1859 3 [1i]-viii, [1]-143 Mai-Jun 1859 Copies: B, G, L, MO, NY, US. Vol. (“‘Abtheilung’’) 2: “‘Specialflora von Berlin’’, with two title pages: p. [ii] as above, with “Zweite Abtheilung. Specialflora von Berlin” and p. [iii]: ‘“Verzeichniss der Phanerogamen und Gefasskryptogamen, welch im Umkreise von sieben Meilen von Berlin vorkommen”’. Berlin, 1859, reissued Berlin 1864. Copy: B. Vol. 3: p. [ii]: title page as above with “‘Dritte Abtheilung. Specialflora von Magde- burg” and p. [ii]: “‘Verzeichniss der Phanerogamen und Gefasskryptogamen welche im Umkreise von finf Meilen um Magdeburg bisher beobachtet worden sind’’. Berlin 1859, reissued Berlin 1864. Copy: B. For dates of issue of vol. 1 see p. xi. For second edition see Ascherson and Graebner, Flora des Nordostdeutschen Flachlandes (1898). Ref.: BM 1: 65; BFM 215; IF p. 675; Jackson p. 302; Kew 1: 87; PR 267; RS p. 72; IDG 5535. Irmisch, Flora 44: 471-472. 14 Aug 1861 (on 1(1)). Ascherson, Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 5: 246. 1863. A.G., Bot. Zeit. 22: 121. 29 Apr 1864. 196. Dr. Paul Ascherson’s Flora der Provinz Brandenburg, der Altmark und des Herzog- thums Magdeburg. Im Auszuge bearbeitet unter Mitwirkung des Verfassers von W. Lacko- witz. Berlin (August Hirschwald) 1866. Oct. (Fl. Brandenburg Ausz.) Co-author: August Wilhelm Lackowitz (1836-1916). Publ.: 1866 (Bot. Zeit. 26 Oct 1866), p. [i]-x, [1]-112, [1]-518. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 1: 65; Jackson p. 302; PR 268. 197- Catalogus cormophytorum et anthophytorum Serbiae, Bosniae, Hercegovinae, Montis scodri, Albaniae hucusque cognitorum, compilaverunt Paulus Ascherson et Augustus Kanitz. (Melléklet a Magyar névénytani Lapokhoz.) Cluj (Nic. K. Papp) 1877. Oct. (Cat. cormophyt. anthophyt. Serbiae). Co-author: August Kanitz (1843-1896). Publ.: Dec 1877 (p. 108), p. [1]-108. Copy: B. — Reprinted from Mag. Név. Lap. Ref.: Jackson p. 314; Kew 1: 88. 198. Botanik von Ost-Afrika. Bearbeitet von P. Ascherson, O. Bockeler, F. W. Klatt, M. Kuhn, P. G. Lorentz, W. Sonder. Leipzig, mit 5 Tafeln. Separat-Abdruck aus: von der Decken’s Reisen. Leipzig und Heidelberg (C. F. Winter) 1879. Qu. (Bot. Ost- Afrika). Publ.: Aug-Sep 1879 (Nat. Nov. Sep 1879) — p. [1]-91, 5 p/. [in Utrecht copy only nos 1-2]. Reprinted from Baron C. C. von der Decken’s Reisen in Ost-Afrika in 1851- 1861, Band 3, Abth. 3, Aug-Sep 1879. Above title on cover only. Copy: U. Ref.: Jackson p. 346; Kew 1: 88, 2: 41. 199. Illustration de la flore d’Egypte [Cairo 1887] Qu. (Ill.fl. Egypte). Co-author: Georg August Schweinfurth (1836-1925). Publ.: 1887 (Nat. Nov. Jun 1887) — 236 p., as Mém. Inst. Egypte 2: 23-260. 1887 — Supplément 77 p., ibid. 2: 743-821. 1889 (Nat. Nov. Mai 1889). Copy: NY. Ref:: BL. 1: 30; Kew 1: 88: 200. Synopsis der mitteleuropdischen Flora. Leipzig (1-4: W. Engelmann; 5-7: Gebr. Borntraeger) 1896-1939, 12 vols. Oct. t (Syn. mitteleur. Fl.) Co-authors: K. O. R. P. P. Graebner (1871-1933); Paul Graebner fil. (1900-x); Max Goldschmidt (1863-1916); Curt Schuster (1860-1925); Karl H. Zahn (1865-1940). Publ.: In “‘Lieferungen”’ of which the order as published differs from the final order in the work itself. The contents and dates of the Lieferungen (cited in ‘Bogen’, sheets) 74 ASCHERSON, P. F. A. are mostly given on the back of the title-pages; they agree in general with the dates of the announcements by Nat. Nov. Authors of special groups: R. Keller (Rosa), W. O. Focke (Rubus), H. Poeverlein and T. Wolf (Potentilla), A. Thellung (Amaranthus), O. von Seemen (Salix). vol. (Band) I part (Liefer.) OPO ND & NI MOH OND OPO N 4 N OOP OO NH O© ON MUP O ND = OO CON MUP ON _ t=) 6-10 11-20 21-25 26 Hauptregister 1-4 52) 10-19 20-29 30-34 Sone: 45-50 Hauptregister 1-4 5-9 10-14 15-24 25-34 Hauptregister I-10 11-20 21-30 31-35 36-45 46-50 51-59 Hauptregister 1-5 6-10 II-15 16-20 Q1-25 26-30 31-40 41-50 51-56 Hauptregister I-4 5-9 10-14 15-19 20-24. 25-29 30-34 35-39 40-44 45-49 50-54 contents Bogen pages 1-80 81-160 161-320 321-400 401-415, i-xil 1-45 1-64. 65-144 145-304 305-464 465-544 545-704. (29e799 1-Vl 1-86 1-64 65-144 145-224 225-384 385-530, I-iv 1-65 1-160 161-320 321-480 481-560 561-720 721-800 801-934, I-v1 1-124 1-80 81-160 161-240 241-320 321-400 401-480 481-640 641-800 801-885, i-vi 1-152 1-64 65-144 145-224 225-304 305-384 385-464. 465-544. 545-624 625-704. 705-784 785-865 date 1 Mai 1896 1 Aug 1896 15 Jun 1897 27 Aug 1897 5 Apr 1898 Mar 1903 5 Apr 1898 24 Jan 1899 30 Dec 1899 22 Mai 1900 7 Aug 1900 10 Dec 1901 30 Aug 1902 date preface 2 Sep 1902 Mar 1903 4 Nov 1902 31 Dec 1902 23 Jun 1903 19 Jun 1904 26 Jul 1904 Oct 1903 25 Jul 1905 31 Oct 1905 15 Mai 1906 20 Nov 1906 21 Mai 1907 24. Sep 1907 24 Dec 1907 1908 11 Aug 1908 30 Mar 1909 26 Oct 1909 31 Dec 1909 2 Aug 1910 28 Mar Ig1I 19 Dec 1911 3 Sep 1912 26 Mar 1913 23 Mai 1913 23 Mai 1913 12 Aug 1913 19 Dec 1913 12 Mai 1914 1 Dec 1914 4 Mai 1915 27 Jun 1916 4 Sep 1917 23 Mar 1918 1 Oct 1918 17 Feb 1919 author Ascherson Ascherson A. et G. A. et G. A. et G. Goldschmidt et G. et G. et G. et G. et G. et G. et G. et G. raebner et G. et G. et G. et G. et G. et G. et G. et G. et G. et G. et G. et G. et G PP PEEP PEPE E EPO PPP ERED et G. et G. et G. et G. et G. et G. et G. et G. et G. ae es ee ee a M. Goldschmidt Graebner Graebner Graebner Graebner Graebner Graebner Graebner Graebner Graebner Graebner Graebner ' Coltecharde Lieferung running- number Nat. Nov. Dec 1902 26 ASCHERSON, P. F. A. vol. (Band) 5(3) 5(4) 6(2) 8-11 12(1) 12(2) cl en! part contents (Liefer.) Bogen pages I2 OO ON DUH ON 4 Lol Oo N x= OO ON DOP ON NOOPW ND _ OP on Oe OO N Lal 55-60 865-948, 1-iv Hauptregister I-159 1-5 1-80 6-10 81-160 II-I15 161-240 16-20 241-320 21-25 321-400 26-30 ©6©401-480 31-35 481-560 36-40 561-640 41-45 641-720 46-51 721-811 Hauptregister I-131 1-7 1-98 (no further parts published) I-5 1-80 6-10 81-160 11-16 =161-252 (no further parts published) 1-4 1-64 [-80] 6-15 65-240 16-25 241-400 26-35 401-560 36-40 561-640 41-50 641-800 51-56 801-895 Hauptregister I-10] I-10 1-160 11-20 161-320 21-30 321-480 31 481-496 32-41 497-656 42-43 657-688 44-48 689-768 49-53 769-848 54-58 849-916 59-63 917-1008 64-68 1009-1093 Hauptregister 1-162 I-5 1-80 6-15 81-240 16-20 241-320 21-25 321-400 26-30 401-480 (no further parts published) (nothing published) ee) 6-10 TI-15 16-25 26-31 Hauptregister I-10 1-80 81-160 161-240 241-400 401-492 1-93 1-160 date 30 Jun 1919 10 Aug 1920 30 Jul 1920 30 Dec 1920 28 Feb 1921 10 Jul 1921 25 Oct 1921 28 Feb 1922 15 Mai 1923 25 Mai 1926 15 Jun 1929 30 Sep 1929 30 Oct 1930 15 Sep 1935 10 Jan 1936 20 Feb 1936 12 Aug 1938 28 Dec 1900 19 Nov 1901 18 Apr 1902 1 Jul 1902 30 Jun 1903 2 Sep 1904 20 Jan 1905 Dec 1905 20 Nov 1906 21 Mai 1907 24. Sep 1907 24. Dec 1907 31 Mar 1908 11 Aug 1908 30 Mar 1909 13 Jul 1909 26 Oct 1909 31 Dec 1909 31 Mar 1910 28 Mar 1911 12 Aug 1913 12 Mai 1914 23 Nov 1915 22 Feb 1916 27 Feb 1917 30 Sep 1922 I Jul 1924 15 Jul 1929 20 Nov 1929 25 Mar 1930 1931 30 Oct 1930 author Graebner Curt Schuster et M. Goldschmidt Graebner sen. et fil. Graebner s. Graebner s. Graebner s. Graebner s. Graebner s. Graebner s. Graebner s. Graebner s. Graebner s. C. Schuster Graebner fil. POP OP wo | & Graebner fil. Graebner fil. Graebner fil. et G. et G. et G. et G. et G. et G. et G et G. et G. et G. et G. et G. et G. et G. et G. et G. et G. A.etG PPP PPP PEPPER PEPE PDD IM. @oldschmidt Graebner fil. Graebner fil. Graebner fil. Graebner fil. Graebner fil. Graebner sen. et fil. Graebner s. e. f. Graebner s. e. f. Graebner s. e. f. Graebner s. e. f. C. Schuster Graebner fil. : Coldechmaidt Lieferung running- number 97 98, 99 100 IOI 102 103 104 105 107 109 TIO 112 116-117 129 130 131 136 82 106 108 ita 113, 114 115 118, 119 ASKENASY vol. part contents date author Lieferung running- (Band) (Liefer.) Bogen pages number 2 11-20 161-320 25 Feb 1931 Graebner fil. 120, 121 3 21-30 321-480 10 Oct 1931 Graebner fil. LP GI) 4 31-40 481-640 15 Aug 1934 Graebner fil. 125, 126 5 41-50 641-790 28 Feb 1935 Graebner fil. 127, 123 12(3) I I-10 1-160 25 Mai1g36 Graebner fil. 132 2 11-20 161-320 10 Nov 1936 Graebner fil. 133 3 21-30 321-480 6 Aug 1937. ~—Graebner fil. 134 4 31-40 481-640 2 Mair1g38 =~ Graebner fil. 135 5 41-45 641-708 10 Oct 1938 Graebner fil. 17 Hauptregister 12(I-3) 1-200 5 Jan 1939 K. H. Zahn 138 A second edition of volumes 1 and 2(1) (in part) appeared in Leipzig as follows: I I-10 1-160 Jan 1912 A. et G. I II-20 161-320 27 Augigi2 A.etG. 2 21-30 321-480 26) Novi1912 | AjetiG, 3 31-40 481-630 26 Mar 1913 A.etG. 4 Hauptregister I-7 1-98 23 Maito13. M. Goldschmidt 5 2 I 1-5 1-80 31 Oct 1919 ©Graebner fil. 6 6-10 81-160 15 Mar 1920 Graebner fil. a Ref.: BFM 6; BM 6: 35; DTS 1: 11, 6(4): 110; Kew 1: 88; Langman p. 94; IDC 5428 PFC 1: xxxiv, 2(2): xvill-xix, 3(1): xi, 3(2): xii-x1u. Stapf, J. Bot. 34: 480-483. 1896 (rev. parts 1-2), 35: 411-413 (3-4). 201. Ascherson’s Flora der Provinz Brandenburg Zweite Auflage Flora des nordost- deutschen Flachlandes (ausser Ostpreussen) ... Mit 14 Abbildungen im Text. Berlin (Gebriider Borntraeger) 1898-1899. Oct. (Fl. Nordostdeut. Flachl.) Co-author: Karl Otto Robert Peter Paul Graebner (1871-1933). part pages dates Nat. Nov. I [1]-160 16 Jul 1898 Aug 1898 2/3 161-480 18 Aug 1898 Sep 1898 4 481-640 14 Jan 1899 Jan 1899 5 641-875, [i]-xil 22 Jul 1899 Aug 1899 14 illustrations; price M 19. — Dedicated to Adolf Engler. Copy: B. Ref.: BFM 7; BM 1: 35; Kew 1: 88. Askenasy, Eugen (1845-1903), Russian-German algologist, after 1881 at Heidelberg. (Ask.) HERBARIUM and TyYPEs: B. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 83; BM 1: 67; Bossert p. 16; CSP 7: 53, 9: 77, 13: 185; Frank p. 6; GR p. 557; Jackson p. 72, 80, 109; Lipschitz 1: 90; LS 1236; Moebius p. 447 [index]. Moebius, Ber. deut. Bot. Ges. 21: (47)-(66). 1903 (portr., bibl.) Reynolds Green, Hist. bot. 185, 275, 443. 1909. EPONYMY: Askenasya M. Mobius (1887); Askenasyella W. Schmidle (1902). 202. Forschungsreise S.M.S. “Gazelle”. iv. Theil: Botanik. Redigirt von Professor Dr. A. Engler. Algen mit Unterstiitzung der Herren E. Bornet, A. Grunow, P. Hariot, 77 ASKENASY M. Moebius, O. Nordstedt bearbeitet von Prof. Dr. E. Askenasy. Mit 12 Tafeln. Berlin (Ernst Siegfried Mittler & Sohn) 1888. Qu. (Forschungsreise Gazelle, Bot., Alg.) Publ.: Oct 1888, p. [i], [1]-58, pl. 1-72. Copy: PCS. — Reprint from Engler, Forschungs- reise S.M.S. Gazelle, iv Botanik, q.v. Only very few reprints (with special t.p.) seem to have been made. Aspegren, Georg Casten (1791-1828), Swedish botanist at Karlskrona. (Aspegren). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Herbarium acquired by A. E. Lindblom (Flora 20: 175. 1837; KR p. 61); present location unknown to us. Ref.: KR p. 61. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 84 (“‘Gustaf Casten’’); BM 1: 67 (“Gustaf Carsten”); GR p. 486; KR p. 61-62 (““Georg Casten’’); PR 270-271 (‘“‘Gustav Kar- sten’’). Scheutz, Bot. Not. 1863: 67. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 4. 1905. Sernander, Sv. biogr. lex. 388-389. 1920 (bibl.), (“‘Gustaf Casten’’). EPONYMY: Aspegrenia Poeppig & Endlicher (1836). 203. Férsok till en Blekinsk flora. Karlskrona (P. E. Flygare), 1823. Oct. (in fours) (Férsék Blekinsk. fi.) Publ.: 1823, p. [i]-xvi, [1]-106, [1, err.]. Copies: NY, UPS. — The title page has a quotation from Schiller: ‘‘Nur die Natur ist redlich; Sie allein / Liegt an dem ewigen Ankergrunde fest, / Wenn alles andre auf den sturmbewegten Wellen / Dess Lebens unstaet triebt.”” Publication probably late in 1823 (first rev. Swensk Lit.-Tidn. 18 Mar 1824). Ref.: BM 1:67; - KR’ p62; PR 270: Anon., Flora 7: 443-444. 28 Jul 1824. Atkinson, George Francis (1854-1918), American mycologist. (Atk.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: CUP. Ref.: 1H 2: 44. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 86; BM 1: 69, 6: 38; Bossert p. 16; CSP 13: 191-192; Kew 1: 94; LS 1243-1303, 30682-30713, 40906-40907; LS suppl. 1323-1344. Anon., J. of Mycol. 9: opp. p. 217. 1903 (portr.) Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 191, 205, pl. 147. 1905. Reynolds Green, Hist. bot. 58. 1909. Anon., Lloyd, Mycol. Notes 59: 829. 1919 (portr.) Farlow et al., Amer. J. Bot. 6: 301-308. 1919 (portr., bibl. by Fitzpatrick). Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 427. 1916, 7(15): 1049. 1940. Rickett, NAF i(1): 153. 1949. Humphrey, Makers N. Amer. bot. 6-9. 1961. Ewan, Short hist. bot. US 47. 1969. Ainsworth and Bisby, Dict. fungi (ed. 6) p. 49. 1971. Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 11. 1973. EPONYMY: Atkinsonella Diehl (1950). 204. The study of the biology of ferns by the collodion method for advanced and collegiate students. New York (Macmillan and Co.) London 1894. Oct. (Study biol. ferns). Publ.: early 1894 (pref. p. vii: Dec 1893, Nat. Nov. Mar 1894, Hedwigia Jun 1894), p. [i]-xii, [1]-134. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 1: 69. 205. Studies of American fungi. Mushrooms edible, poisonous, etc. ... with a chapter on recipes for cooking mushrooms, by Mrs. Sarah Tyson Rorer; on the chemistry and 78 AUBLET toxicology of mushrooms, by J. F. Clark; on the structural characters of mushrooms, by H. Hasselbring. With 200 photographs by the author, and colored plates by F. R. Rathbun. Ithaca, N.Y. (Andrus & Church) 1goo. Oct. (Stud. Amer. fungi). Fd. 1: 20 Oct 1900 (t.p.; p.v.: Oct 1900), p. [iJ]-v, [vi contents], [1]-275, 2293 ills. Copies: FH, US. Ed. 2: Sep 1901, p. [i]-v, [vi contents], [1]-322, with abbreviated subtitle, 230 photo- graphs. Copies: GH, NY. Facsimile reprint: n.v., announced by the trade (Koeltz) 1974. Aublet, Jean Baptiste Christophe Fusée (1720-1778), French explorer and botanist, founder of the knowledge of the flora of Guyana. (Aubl.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Aublet’s herbarium was divided after his death and put up for sale. The main fragments are at BM (through Sir Joseph Banks) and at Paris (in the Denaiffe collection, in the Tristan herbarium, and the herbaria of Lamarck and Jus- sieu). Other sets of some size are at S in the herbarium of the younger Linnaeus, and at C in the Vahl herbarium. Isolated specimens are encountered in various herbaria (BR, F, LIV, MO, UPS, W).— The original drawings are for the greater part at BM (through Banks). The missing numbers are listed by Dryander, p. 189. In addition there are sixty non-published drawings and various manuscripts. Ref.: 1H 1 (ed. 6): 355, 2: 45; Dawson p. 837. Sagot, Ann. Sci. nat. Bot. ser. 6-10: 365-366. 1880. Lanjouw et Uittien, Rec. Trav. bot. néerl. 37: 133-170. 1940. Souilijaert and Stafleu, Taxon 2: 23-25. 1953. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 88; BM 1: 70; Dawson p. 24, 567, 709, 837; Frank p. 6; GR p. 278; Kew 1: 96; IF p. 675; Laségue p. 473-474; LS 1309; NI 54; Plesch p. 130; PR 277; SO add. 664. Anon., Nouv. Biogr. univ., Didot, 3: 579. 1852. Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 18. 1902. Magnin, Bull. Soc. bot. Lyon 31: 34. 1906. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 46. 1936. Cook, J. Washington Acad. Sci. 30: 294-299. 1940. Lanjouw & Uittien, Rec. Trav. bot. néerl. 37: 133-170. 1940. Leandri, Adansonia ser. 2. 8: 137-146. 1968. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 282-286, 366. 1971. Martin in Lenley et al., Index corr. Torrey 445. 1973 (letter). EPONYMY: Aubletella Pierre (1891); Aubletia J. Gaertner (1788); Aubletia Loureiro (1790); Aubletia Persoon (1807); Aubletia Schreber (1789). 206. Histoire des plantes de la Guiane frangoise, rangées suivant la méthode sexuelle, avec plusieurs mémoires sur différens objets intéressans, relatifs a la culture et au commerce de la Guiane frangoise, et une notice des plantes de l’Isle-de-France. Ouvrage orné de prés de quatre cents planches en taille-douce, ou sont représentées des plantes qui n’ont point encore été decrites ni gravées, ou qui ne V’ont été qu’imparfaitement. Londres, Paris (Pierre-Frangois Didot jeune) 1775, 4 vols. Qu. (Hist. pl. Guiane). Publ.: Jun-Dec 1775. — The ‘“‘Catalogue des livres nouveaux”’ (Paris) offers the book for subscription on 12 Mar 1775. On 10 Jun 1775 publication is announced of all four volumes at a price of 72 “‘livres’”’ which was to be in force until 1 Sep 1775. From the announcement (repeated in various periodicals) it might be concluded that the four volumes were actually available in June. However, this remains open to doubt; it is more likely that all parts (72?) had come out by the end of the year. — In some copies the generic name Tamonea occurs twice (p. 440, 659) for different genera. In most copies, however, the pages containing the first entry have been cancelled, the text now giving the name Fothergilla. Copies: U(2). : [1*-i1*], front., [i]-xxix, 30-32, [1]-621. : [i], [621]-976, tabl. [1]-52, misc. [1]-160. : [i-1], pl. 1-193. : [1-11], pl. 194-392. mon 79 AUBLET Ref.: BM 1: 70; DU 20; Henrey 428; HU 642; IF 675; Kew 1: 96; Langman p. 96; LS 1309; NI 54; Plesch p. 130; PR 277; IDC 5449. Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks B: 189. 1797. Vahl, J. Bot. [Schrader] (1799): 1: 237-238. Kunth, Ueber einigen Aubletschen Pflanzengattungen, Berlin 1833. Jackson, J. Bot. 39: 86. 1901. Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 18. 1902. Hallier, Meded. Rijks-Herb. 35: 3-33. 1918. Cook, J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 30: 294-299. 1940. Lanjouw et Uittien, Rec. Trav. bot. néerl. 37: 133-170. 1940. Souilijeart and Stafleu, Taxon 2: 23. 1953. Sandwith, Kew Bulletin 17: 257-262. 1963. Stafleu, Introduction A. L. Jussieu, Genera plantarum, fascimile Weinheim 1964, p- XXXiv. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 282-286. 1971. Aubriot, L. J. (fl. 1885), French botanist. (Awbriot). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 89; BL 2: 155; BM 1: 7o. 207. Flore de la Hte-Marne {.] Catalogue des plantes vasculaires spontanées, subspon- tanées et de culture générale de ce département [Saint-Dizier 1885] Oct. (Fl. Hte- Marne). Co-author: Arthur Daguin. Publ.: 1885, (Nat. Nov. and J. Bot. Mar 1886), reprinted with special cover from Mém. Soc. Let., Sct., Arts, Agr. et Industrie Saint-Dizier 3: 1-536. 1885. With map. The cover carries the title: Flore de la Haute-Marne par ... avec une carte des principaux terrains de la Haute-Marne dressée par M. Ern. Royer ... Saint-Dizier (Henriot et Godard), 1885; p. [i] is the t.p. given in the heading, p. [iii] is the separate title page for vol. 3 of the Mémoires. The Flore occupies almost the entire Mémoire but is followed on p. 537- 541 by a “Rapport sur la Flore de la Hte-Marne ...” by N. Barollet. Copies: B, MICH, NY. For commentary see Blake (BL). The Arnold Arboretum has a reissue Paris s.d. (1886?) with a different subtitle and by “‘Daguin et Aubriot’’. Ref BL 251553 BM 1 :) 70: Thomas, Bull. Soc. Sci. nat. Haute-Marne g, 1911-1912, 202 p. (issued in parts with vol. 8). Aucher-Eloy, Pierre Martin Rémi (1793-1838), French explorer of the Orient. (Aucher). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Collections in many herbaria; important sets at BM, G, K, OXF, P and W. Ref.: TH 2: 45. Candolle, Phytographie 393. 1880. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 123. 1964. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 4: 288. 1846. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 659, 6(2): 669; Barnhart 1: 89; BM 1: 70; Kew 1: 97; Laségue p. 122-124; PR 279. Jaubert, Relations de Voyages en Orient v-xxxi. 1843. W. J. Hooker, Lond. J. Bot. 3: 167-169. 1844. Schubert, G. H. von, Biographien 3: 134-155. 1847 (n.v., fide PR). Boissier, Fl. orient. 1: xvii. 1867. Franchet, Fl. Loir-et-Cher xvii-xvill. 1885. EPONYMY: Auchera A. P. de Candolle (1838). HANDWRITING: Candollea 27: 313-314. 1972. 80 AUSTIN 208. Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 4 1838, par Aucher-Eloy, revues et annotées par M. le Comte Jaubert, ... accompagnées d’une carte géographique ou sont tracés toutes les itinéraires suivis par Aucher-Eloy. Paris (Roret) 1843. 2 parts. Oct. (Relat. voy. Orient). Part 1: 1843, p. [i]-xxxi, [1]-364. Copies: G, NY. Part 2: 1843, p. [1-11], [365]-775, [1, err.], map. Copies: G, NY. Ref.: BM 1: 70; Kew 1: 97; PR 279. Auerswald, Bernhard (1818-1870), German mycologist, highschool teacher at Leipzig. (Auersw.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: BM (17.000). Ref 2445. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1:90; BM 1: 71-72; CSP 1: 121, 7:58; DTS1: 11-12; Frank p. 6; GR p. 2; Jackson p. 294; LS 1323-1343; PR 284-286. Richter, Hedwigia g: 128. 1870. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 118. 1905. Barnhart, NAF 11(1): 87. 1937; 7(15): 1049. 1940. COMPOSITE WORKS: Synopsis pyrenomycetum europaeorum, in Gonnermann et Rabenhorst, Mycologia europaea, Hefte 5, 6, 1869. Fol. EPONYMY: Auwerswaldia Rabenhorst (1857); Auerswaldia P. A. Saccardo (1883) ; Auerswal- diella F. Theissen & H. Sydow (1914). Austin, Coe Finch (1831-1880), American bryologist. (Aust.) HERBARIUM and TtyPEs: NY. — for duplicates see IH. Exsiccatae: 1. Hepaticae boreali-americanae exsiccatae; or specimens of North American Liverworts (nos. 1-150, Closter, New Jersey 1873); sets at BM, NY. 2. Musci appalachiani (nos. 1-450, Closter, New Jersey 1870, suppl. nos. 451-550. 1878); sets at B, BM, FH, G, K, MANCH, NY, PRE, W. (Accompanying text see below). Ref tn (ed56): 355, 2: 45. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 177-178. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 92; BM 1: 74; Bossert p. 17; CSP 1: 123, 7: 59, 12: 31; Kew 1: 100; LS 1347, 1348; ME 3: 530 [index]; MW p. 24. Anon., J. Bot. 18: 192. 1880. N.Y. Bot. Club Bull. 7: 38-39. 1880. Britton, Bryologist 13: 1-4. 1910 (portr.) Demarest, Mem. Torrey bot. Club 17: 31-38. 1918. Rodgers, Noble Fellow Sullivant 344 [index]. 1940. Rodgers, John Torrey 335 [index]. 1942. Rodgers, Amer. bot. 1873-1892 p. 323 [index]. 1944. Ewan, Short hist. bot. US 91. 1969. Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 12. 1973. Meyer and Elsasser, Taxon 22: 380, 382. 1973. EPONYMY: Austinella R. S. Williams (1911); Austinia K. A. F. W. Mueller Hal. (1875). HANDWRITING: Taxon 22: 380. 1973; The Bryologist 13(1): frontispiece. 1910. 209. Musci appalachiani: tickets of specimens of mosses collected mostly in the Eastern part of North America. Closter, N.J. 1870. Oct. (Musci appalach.) Publ.: 1870, p. [1]-92. Copy: NY. — Musci appalachiani: supplement 1. Tickets of (100) specimens of mosses collected most in the Eastern part of North America. Closter New Jersey 1878, p. [1]-16, with errata slip. Copy: NY. Ref.: Jackson p. 364; Kew 1: 100; IDC 5453. Rickett, NAF ser. 2. 3: 31. 1963. AUTRAN Autran, Eugéne John Benjamin (1855-1912), Swiss botanist, curator of the Boissier herbarium, later in Argentina (1901-1912). (Autran). HERBARIUM and TYPEs: G, later BAF, SI. Refe: Teo 746: BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(2): 770; Barnhart 1: 92; BL 1: 254; BM 1: 76, 6: 43; Bossert p. 18; CSP 13: 209; Kew 1: 103. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 79, 149. 1903, 3(3): 64, 159, pl. 150. 1905 (portr.) Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 9-10. 1940 (bibl.) COMPOSITE WORKS: Bulletin de l’ Herbier Boissier, editor vols. 1 (1893)-7 (1899). EPONYMY: Autranella A. Chevalier (1917); Awtrania C. Winkler (1892). 210. Hortus boissierianus. Enumération des plantes cultivées en 1885 4 Valleyres (Vaud) et a la Pierriére (Chambésy prés Genéve). Genéve, Basel (Georg & Cie), Paris (J.B. Bailliére & fils), Berlin (R. Friedlander & Sohn) 1896. Oct. (Hortus boiss.) Co-author: Théophile Alexis Durand (1855-1912). Publ.: Jul-Aug 1896 (p. vii: 25 Jun 1896; Nat Nov. Sep 1896), p. [i]-xi, [1]-572, fronti- spiece portrait of E. Boissier, 2 plates. Preface by F. Crépin. Copies: G, NY. Ref.: BM 1: 76; Kew 1: 103; Plesch p. 131. Avé-Lallemant, Julius Leopold Eduard (1803-1867), German botanist who worked at the botanical garden in St. Petersburg from 1838-1855. (Avé-Lall.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: LE?, some material formerly at B and at Liibeck. Ref-- TEL. 2:46. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 153; Barnhart 1: 93; BM 1: 77; CSP 1: 125, 6:570; DTS 1:12; Kew1: 103; Langman p. 283; Lipschitz 1: 8; MW p. 119; PR 2q92. Avé-Lallemant, De plantis [see below], 1829, Vita in thesis on p. [2]. Anon., Flora 50: 559. 1867. Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cix-cx. 1883. Fischer-Benson, in Prahl, Krit. Fl. Schlesw. Holstein ed. 2.10. 1890. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 11. 1941. NOTE: Not to be confused with R. Avé-Lallement, author of Wanderungen durch die Pflanzenwelt der Tropen. Breslau 1880. Oct. — 188 p. (Nat. Nov. Dec 1880). COMPOSITE WORKS: Co-author with F. E. L. Fischer of vols. 6-11 of the Index seminum, quae Hortus botanicus imperialis petropolitanus pro mutua commutatione offert (see under Fischer). EPONYMY: Lallemantia F. E. L. Fischer & C. A. Meyer (1840). 211. De plantis quibusdam Italiae borealis et Germaniae australis rarioribus. Dissertio inaugura- lis botanica quam consensu et auctoriate gratiosi mediocorum ordinis in universitate litteraria Frederica Guilelma ut summi in medicina et chirurgia honores rite sibi conce- dantur die v mensis septembris a. mdcccxxix h.].q.s. palam defendet auctor Julius Leop. Eduardus Avé-Lallemant lubecensis. Opponentibus: F. Zernentsch, H. Quincke, E. Butzke ... Berlin (Brandes und Klewert) [1829]. Qu. (Pl. Ital. bor.) Publ.: 5 Sep 1829 (t.p.; see also notices in Flora) p. [1]-19, [20], z pl. Excerpt: Flora 13, Erg. Bl. 109-115. 1830. Copies: G(2), NY. Ref.: BM 1: 77; DTS 1:.12; Kew 1:-1033 PR 292. Anon., Flora 12: 688, 746. 1829; 13(2) Erg. Bl. 109-115. 1830. Azpeitia Moros, Florentino (1859-?), Spanish diatomologist. (Azpettia). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. 82 BABINGTON BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 96. EPONYMY: Azpeitia M. Peragallo (1912). 212. La diatomologia espanola en los comienzos del siglo xx. Madrid (Eduardo Arias) 1911. Oct. (Diatom. espan.) Publ.: 1911, p. [3]-320, pl. 1-12. Copy: PCS. — Also issued as Asociacién espafiola para la progreso de las ciencias, tome iv, secciédn ga., Ciencias naturales, Segunda parte. Madrid (Eduardo Arias) 1911. Copy: PCS. Babey, Claude Marie Philibert (1786-1848), French botanist. (Babey). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIoGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 97; BM 1: 79; BL 2: 108; Jackson p. 344; PR 296. 213. Flore jurassienne, ou description des plantes vasculaires croissant naturellement dans les montagnes du Jura et les plaines qui sont au pied, réunies par familles naturelles, et disposées suivant la méthode de de Candolle, avec l’indication des propriétés et des usages des espéces le plus généralement employées en médecine et dans les arts; suivie d’un tableau des genres d’aprés le systéme sexuel de Linné. Paris (Audot) 4 vols., 1845 [1846] Oct. (Fl. jurass.) 1: 1845 [but cover 1846], [i-*ii*], [i]-xlii, [1, signs], [1]-456. 2: 1845 [cover 1846], [i-ii], [1]-523. 3: 1845 [cover 1846], [i-iii], [1]-501. 4: 1845 [cover 1846], [i-ii], [1 ]-532. Copy: HH (original covers). Ref.: BL 2: 108; BM 1: 79; Jackson p. 344; PR 296. Babington, Charles Cardale (1808-1895), British botanist, professor of botany at Cambridge. (Bab.) HERBARIUM and typEs: CGE (orig. herb.) and BM (Rubus); duplicates e.g. E, GL, K, LINN. Ref7 BBypa 2s UE 247. Kent, Brit. herbaria 40. 1957. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 56. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 1: 332, 6(1): 566; Barnhart 1: 97; BB p. 12; BL 2: 625 [index]; BM 1: 79, 6: 44; Bossert p. 19; CSP 1: 136-139, 7: 62, 9: QI, 12: 33, 13: 220; DNB suppl. 1. 1: 90; GR p. 368; IF p. 675; Jackson p. 517 [index]; Kew 1: 111; LS 1367-1374; PR ed. 1, 374-378, ed. 2, 298-304; Zander ed. 10, 594, 629. Aderhold, Gen.-Reg. Bot. Zeit. 94. 1895 (list of reviews). Britten, J. Bot. 33: 257-266. 1895 (portr.) Mayor, Cambridge Chronicle 30 Aug 1895, p. 4 (fide Desmond). Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1895-1896: 30-32. 1896. Babington, A. M., Memorials, journal and botanical correspondence of C. C. Babington (with a preface by the editor), Cambridge 1897 (portr.; bibl. of periodical articles on P- 447-454) (see also Britten, J. Bot. 36: 33-35. 1898). Davey, Fl. Cornwall xlii. 1909 (1910). White, FI. Bristol 91-93. 1912. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 49. 1936. Riddelsdell, Flora of Gloucestershire cxviii. 1948. Desmond, DSB 1: 358-359. 1970. COMPOSITE WoRKs: Editor of Annals and Magazine of natural History vols. 9-20 and ser. 2, vol. 1 — ser. 4, vol. 20 (1842-1877). EPONYMY: Babingionia J. Lindley (1842). 83 BABINGTON NOTE: Strigula Babingtonii Berkeley was called after Babington’s cousin the reverend Churchill Babington (1821-1889, see e.g. J. Bot. 27: 110-111. 1889), a lichenologist whose herbarium is also at CGE. C. C. Babington’s father Joseph B. (1768-1826) was also a botanist; his plants are also at CGE. 214. Flora bathoniensis: or, a catalogue of the plants indigenous to the vicinity of Bath. Bath (E. Collins), Bristol (G. Tremlett and W. Strong), London (Longman & Co.) 1834. Duod. (in sixes) (Fl. bath.) Orig.: Jan 1834 (P & W; Linn. Soc. 3 Feb 1834; p. vi: Nov 1833), [i]-vi, [1]-62, [1, add.], [4, ind.] Copies: HH, M. Supplement to the Flora bathoniensis, Bath 1839, presented to Linn. Soc. on 24 Mai 18309, [i*], [Ixiii]-Ixv, [67]-105, [106 err.], [4, ind.] Copy: HH. Ref.: BL 2: 264; BM 1: 79; Jackson p. 248; Kew 1: 111; LS 1367; PR 208. Hooker, J. Bot. 2: 185-187. Mai 1840. White, Fl. Bristol 91. 1912. 215. Primitiae florae sarnicae; or, an outline of the flora of the Channel Islands of Jersey, Guernsey, Alderney, and Serk. Containing a catalogue of the plants indigenous of the islands: with occasional observations upon their distinctive characters, affinities, and nomenclature. London (Longman & Co., H. Bailliere), Cambridge (G. Barraclough), Bath (E. Collings), Paris (J. B. Bailliere), Leipzig (J. A. G. Weigel) 1839. Duod. (Prim. fl. Sarnicae). Publ.: Jun 1839 (p. xvi: 30 Mai 1839; pres. to Linn. Soc. on 10 Jun 1839; Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. 3: 341-343. Jul 1839; London med. Gaz. 26: 629. 10 Jul 1840), p. [i]-xvi, [1]- 132. Copies: B, HH, NY. Ref.: BM 1: 79; Jackson p. 252; Kew 1: 111; LS 1368; PR 299. Hooker, J. Bot. 2: 185-187. Mai 1840. 216. Manual of British botany, containing the flowering plants and ferns arranged accord- ing to the natural orders. London (John van Voorst) 1843. Oct. (Man. Brit. bot.) ed. _— pages dates notes copy I [i]-xxiv, [1]-400 Mai-Jul 1843 pref. 1 Mai, Flora 7 Aug NY 1843, Bot. Zeit. 25 Aug 1843. 2 [i]-xxxii, [1]-428 Jan-Jul 1847 ‘second edition, with NY many additions and corrections” 3 [iJ-xxxil, [1]-434 1851 “third edition ... NY [idem ]”’ 4 [i]-xxxii, [1]-446 1856 “fourth edition ... NY [idem ]”’ 5 {i]-lu, [1 ]-449 1862 “fifth edition ... NY [idem ]”’ 6 [iJ-lii, [1 ]-464 Jan-Sep 1867 “‘sixth edition ... NY [idem].”’ (Flora 8 Oct) 7 [i]-lxui, [1]-4.73 Mai-Jun 1874 = “‘seventh edition. NY Corrected throughout” 8 [iJ-xlviii, [2, err.], [1]-485 Aug 1881 “eighth edition ... NY [2], addenda Aug 1883 [idem]” — (Nat. Nov. 84 [i]-lii, [1]-580 Mai-Sep 1904 Sep 1881) “Enlarged from the author’s manuscripts and other sources” edited by Henry and James Groves, (preface p. xi: May 1904; Nat. Nov. Oct. 1904), London (Gurney and Jackson) BACHLECHNER ed. pages dates notes copy 10 [i]-liv, [1, corr.], [1]-162 1922 “with amended nomen- HH clature and an appendix edited by A. J. Wilmott” (p. xi: 24 Apr 1922) London (Gurney and Jackson). Ref.: BM 1: 79; Kew 1: 111; PR 300. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 1: 578-579. 25 Aug 1843 (rev. ed. 1 from July 1843 issue of Ann. Mag. nat. Hist.) Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 2: 449-450. 21 Juni 1844 (rev. ed. 1 by Schlechtendal himself). Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 5: 605-606. 20 Aug 1847 (rev. ed. 2). Britten, J. Bot. 19: 280-284. Sep 1881 (rev. ed. 8). Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 318. 1945. 217. Flora of Cambridgeshire: or a catalogue of plants found in the county of Cambridge, with references to former catalogues, and the localities of the rarer species. London (John Van Voorst) 1860. Oct. (Fl. Cambridgeshire). Publ.: 1860, p. [i]-lvi, [1]-327, map. Copy: NY. Ree aBME i 795 Kew 1: 1113) PR 302. Britten, J. Bot. 36: 323. 1898 (annotated copy, now at CGE). Perring et al., Fl. Cambridgeshire 2-4. 1964. Bach, Michael (1808-1878), German botanist and entomologist, teacher at a college in Boppard. (Bach). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. — Exsiccatae (with Ph. Wirtgen): Herbarium der seltern oder weniger bekannten Pflanzen Deutschlands der Flora des Mittel- und Niederrheins (1847). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 98; BM 1: 80; CSP 1: 141-142, 6: 572, 7: 631; 12: 33; Jackson p. 309; Kew 1: 112; Anon., Leopoldina 14: 115-117. 1878 (bibl.) 218. Taschenbuch der Rheinpreussischen Flora und der zunachst angrenzenden Gegenden. Enthaltend: Die Gefasspflanzen nebst einer Einleitung in die allgemeine Botanik. Soest (Nasse) 1873. Duod. (Taschenb. Rheinpreuss. Fl.) Ed. 1: 1873 (pref. p. iv: 19 Mar 1873; Bot. Zeit. 7 Nov 1873), p. [i*-iii*], [i]-lxxv, [Ixxvi err.], [1]-384. Copy: HH. Ed. 2: Minster (Nasse) 1879. Duod. (Nat. Nov. Aug 1879), p. [i-xiv], [3]-472, “Zweite, verbesserte Auflage.”’ Copies: B, G. Ed. 3: Dr. M. Bach’s Flora der Rheinprovinz und der angrenzenden Lander. Die Gefass- pflanzen. Dritte, ganzlich neubearbeitete Auflage des ‘Taschenbuches von P. Caspari, Oberlehrer. Paderborn (Ferdinand Schéningh) 1899. Oct., publ. Apr-Jun 1899 (pref. p. vii: Mar 1899; Nat. Nov. Jun 1899), p. [i]-xlviii, [1]-468. Copies: B, HH. Ref.: BM 1: 80 [ed. 1 and 2]; Jackson p. 309; Kew 1: 112 [ed. 3]. Bachlechner, Gregor (1808-1873), Austrian botanist and highschool teacher at Brixen. (Bachlechner). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: IBF. Ref.: 1H 2: 47. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 98; BM 1: 80; BL 2: 407; CSP 1: 145, 7: 64; DTS 1: 12 (bibl.), 6(4): 37, 41 (erroneously as Georg B.); PR 313. Hohenbiihel, Bot. Zeit. 26: 438-439. 1868. Anon., 24. Progr. k.k. Gymnasium Brixen 27-28. 1874 (n.v., fide DTS). 85 BACHLECHNER 219. Verzeichnis der phanerogamen Pflanzen, welche in der Gegend von Brixen wild wachsen, mit Angabe einiger Fundorte und der Bliihezeit, um den Studierenden das auffinden derselben zu erleichtern. Nach Koch’s Synopsis der deutschen Flora geordnet. Brixen 1859. Oct. (Verz. phan. Pfi.) Publ.: 1859 (am Ende des Schuljahres) in Programm des k.k. Gymnasiums zu Brixen, 11, 1859, p- 1-94 (n.v., fide DTS and Hohenbihel). Ref.: BM 1: 80 (incomplete); BL 2: 407; CSP 1: 145; DTS 1: 12. Hohenbiihel, Bot. Zeit. 26: 438-439. 1868. 220. Beitrdge zur Flora von Brixen. Brixen 1865. Oct. (Beitr. Fl. Brixen). Publ.: 1865 (‘“‘am Ende des Schuljahres 1865”’), im 15. Programm des k.k. Gymnasiums zu Brixen (n.v., fide DTS and Schlechtendal), p. [i]-v, [6]-30. Ref.: BM 1: 80; DTS 1: 12. Anon., Z. 6st. Gymnasien 1866: 271-272 (fide DTS). Bachlechner, Oest. bot. Z. 1866: 324-3209. Heufler, Hedwigia 5(4): 54. Apr 1866. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 26: 425-427. 1868. Bachmann, Franz Ewald Theodor (1850-1937), German highschool teacher and botanist. (Bachm.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Orig. herbarium destroyed in Kiel; some material at B, W, WA, WRSL, location of main collections not known. Rep GR p. 3512: 47: Hawksworth, Mycologist’s handb. 180. 1974. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 98; Bossert p. 19; CSP 9: 92, 12: 33, 13: 2243 GR p. 2-3; LS 1413-1423, 30745-30748, suppl. 1451-1497. Diels, Ber. deut. Bot. Ges. 55: 293. 1937. Anon., Hedwigia 77: (108). 1937. Backeberg, Curt (1894-1966), German author on succulent plants. (Backeb.) HERBARIUM and types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Plesch p. 131; Kew 1: 113; Langman p. 99-100; Zander, ed. 10, p. 591. Buchenau, Cact. Suc. Mexic. 11(3): 70-71. 1966. Buining, Succulenta 45(2): 19. 1966 (portr.) L.N., Cactus Succ. J. Great Britain 28(2): 23-24. 1966 (portr.) Rowley and Parr, Cactus Succ. J. Gactus Succ. Soc. America 38(2): 70-71. 1966. Donald, Natl. Cact. Succ. J. (Gr. Br.) 22(1): 20. 1967. Hunt, J. Mammillaria Soc. 15(3): 38. 1975. EPONYMY: Backebergia Bravo (1953). Backer, Cornelis Andries (1874-1963), Dutch botanist, worker on the flora of Java. (Backer). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: The plants on which the Onkruidflora der Favasche Suikerrietgronden was based are at the former Java Sugar Experiment Station at Pasuruan, Java (PAS). The main part of Backer’s other collections is at Bogor (BO) including many of his types. Duplicates, mainly from his PAS collections, are at L. The duplicates of Backer’s collec- tions at BO were only incompletely or not at all distributed to other institutions. Refs: TH 2:47. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 27-29. 1950. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 99; BL 2: 420-421; BM 6: 45; Bossert p. 19; IF suppl. 3: 201; JW 1: 184; Kew 1: 113-114; Langman p. 100; NI 55n; SK p. 27-28; Zander (ed. 10): 630. 86 BACKER Anon., Wie is dat? ed. 3. 1935. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 50. 1936. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 27-29. 1950 (portr.) Steenis, Taxon 12: 173-177. 1963. Backer and Bakhuizen van den Brink, Fl. Java 1: xiv-xx. 1963 (portr., bibl.) Steenis, Vakbl. Biol. 43: 65-66. 1963. Steenis, Blumea 12: 1-4. 1964. EPONYMY: Backeria R. C. Bakhuizen van den Brink jr. (1943). HANDWRITING: FI. males. ser. 1. 1: cxlvili. 1950. 221. Flora van Batavia. Deel 1. Dicotyledones dialypetalae. (Thalamiflorae en Disci- florae). [Headline:] Mededeelingen uitgaande van het Departement van Landbouw no. 4. Batavia (G. Kolff & Co.) 1907. Qu. (Fl. Batavia). Publ.: Jul-Dec 1907 (p. [vii*]: 21 Jun 1907), p. [i*-vii*], [i]-xvi, [1 ]-405, determinatie- tabellen p. [i-iii], [1]-18, terminology [1]-25, add. et corr. [1]-4. Copy: U. Ref.: Kew 1: 113. 222. Schoolflora voor Java ... (Ranunculaceae — Myrtaceae). Weltevreden (Visser & Co.) 1g11. Oct. f (Schoolfl. Fava). Publ.: 1911, p. [i]-clxxix, [1]-676, pl. 1-12, loose leaves addenda et corrigenda, [ Welte- vreden 1913], p. [1]-16. Copy: U. 223. Algemeen Proefstation voor thee [. | Gezllustreerd handboek der Favaansche theeonkruiden en hunne beteekenis voor de cultuur, door C. A. Backer en Dr. D. F. van Slooten. Batavia (Ruygrock & Co.) 1924. Oct. (Gerll. handb. Fav. theeonkr.) Co-author: Dirk Fok van Slooten (1890-1953). Publ.: 1924 (p. 6: 10 Apr 1924), p. [1]-47, pl. 1-240 with 3 p. letterpress each, [44 p. add. inf.], [23 p. index], [1 sheet corr., loose]. Copy: U. 224. Handboek voor de flora van Java. Batavia (Ruygrock & Co.) 1924-1928, 3 fasc. Oct. T (Handb. fl. Fava). r: [i], [1]-66. 1925; 2: [i], 1-291. 1928; 3: [i], 1-141. 1924. Copy: FAS. 225. Onkruidflora der Favasche Suikerrietgronden, [Handboek ten dienste van de suikerriet- cultuur en de rietsuiker-fabricage op Java, zevende deel], Soerabaja [1928-1941]. 1 vol. text, 1 vol. atlas. | (Onkruidfl. Fav. Suikerrietgr.) part pages dates part plates dates I [1]-196 31 Mar 1928 5 129-160 Dec 1930 2 197-475 30 Mar 1930 6 161-192. Apr 1932 3 476-819 30 Apr 1931 7 193-224 Apr 1933 4 821-907 20 Aug 1931 8 225-256 Apr 1935 5 [i]-Ixxxvii 22 Feb 1934 9 257-288 Mar 1936 10 289-320 Nov 1936 part plates dates 11/12 321-384 Sep 1938 13 385-416 Nov 1939 I I-32 Mar 1928 14 417-448 Mai 1940 2 33-04 Apr 1929 15 449-480 Oct 1941 3 65-96 Sep 1929 16 481-747 May 1973 4 97-128 Apr 1930 Copy: U.— Part 16 of the text, completing the index was published at Deventer, Holland, 1973, as a separate publication with an introduction by Barli Laoh and C. G. G. J. van Steenis (11 p.) as Atlas of 220 weeds of sugar-cane fields in Fava. Ref.: NI 55n, SK p. clxvii. Steenis, Fl. males. Bull. 5: 138. 1949. Laoh and Steenis, Atlas of 220 weeds of sugar-cane fields in Java, Deventer 1973. 87 BACKER 226. The problem of Krakatao as seen by a botanist ... published by the author. Weltevreden (Visser & Co.), Den Haag (Martinus Nijhoff) s.d. [1929]. Oct. (Probl. Krakatao). Publ.: ‘The book was privately printed in Sourabaya; copies were for sale at Batavia (Djakarta), April 1929, p. [i-vi], pl. 1-3, [1]-299. Copy: U. Refs: ew siiser 113% Backer, Vakbl. Biol. 8: 157-162. 1931. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. mal. Bull. 5: 137. 1949. 227. Verklarend woordenboek der wetenschappelijke namen van de in Nederland en Nederlandsch-Indié in het wild groeiende en in tuinen en parken gekweekte varens en hoogere planten. Groningen (P. Noordhoff), Batavia (Noordhoff-Kolff, Visser & Co.) 1936. Oct. (Verkl. woordenb.) Publ.: 1936, p. [i]-xii, [1 ]-664. — One of the best and most original botanical dictionaries. Contains much historical information based on original sources. Copies: U (2). 228. Varenflora voor Java [.] Overzicht der op Java voorkomende varens en varen- achtigen, hare verspreiding, oekologie en toepassingen door dr. C. A. Backer en dr. O. Posthumus. Met 1 titelplaat, 1 kaart en 81 figuren in den tekst. Buitenzorg (’s Lands Plantentuin) 1939. Oct. (Varenfl. Fava). Co-author: Oene Posthumus (1898-1945). Publ.: Jun 1939 (t.p.; pref. 24 Mar 1939), p. [i]-xlvu, [1]-370, frontispiece, map, 81 text figures. Copy: U. 229. Beknopte flora van Java (Nood uitgave). Leiden (Rijksherbarium) 1940-1961, 20 vols. Qu. (Bekn. fl. Fava). Publ.: Published in mimeographed form for private distribution by the Rijksherbarium (originally only 25 copies) in order to safeguard the manuscript during the war. The publication was continued after 1945 with an increased number of copies (ultimately 60). The definitive edition of the book is in English: Flora of Fava by C. A. Backer and R. C. Bakhuizen van den Brink jr. see below. Copies: L, U. volume date volume date volume date I Nov 1940 al Sep 1948 15 Nov 1956 2 Dec 1940 8 Mai 1949 16 Apr 1957 3 Oct 1941 9 Aug 1949 17 Jun 1957 4a Apr 1942 10 Dec 1949 18 Apr 1958 4b Sep 1944 II Jul 1951 19 Nov 1960 4c Nov 1943 12 Sep 1952 20 Nov 1961 5 Mar 1941 13 Jul 1953 Ref.: Kew 1: 113. Backer and Bakhuizen van den Brink, Fl. Java 1: xx-xxi. 1963. 230. Flora of Java (Spermatophytes only). Groningen (P. Noordhoff) 1963-1968, 3 vols. Oct. (Fl. Fava). Co-author: Reinier Cornelis Bakhuizen van den Brink Jr. (1911-x). Vol. r: front. (portr. Backer), [i]-xxiii, 1-648, publ. 7 Feb 1964. Vol. 2: [i-vii], [(1)]-72, map, [1]-641, publ. 31 Dec 1965. Vol. 3: [i-vi], 1-761, publ. 13 Nov 1968. The above dates were given by the publishers to the junior author. Copies: FAS, U. Ref.: Maheshwari, J. Ind. Bot. Soc. 44: 512-514. 1965. Stafleu, Taxon 15: 192-195. 1966. Backhouse, James (1794-1869), British nurseryman and missionary of the Society of Friends who collected in the Southern Hemisphere 1831-1841. (Backhouse). HERBARIUM and types: Australian material at MEL and MO, some at OXF, E - Manuscript flora of NSW at K. British material at E (Teesdale area), GL, K. Ref.: TH 2: 48; Kent, Brit. herbaria 40. 1953. 88 BACK BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 99; BB p. 13; BM 1: 81, 6: 45. CSP 1: 147, 6: 573, 7: 65, 13: 227; HR; Kew: 114; LS 1428-1429; PR 11; Zander (ed. 10), p. 630. J. G. Baker, J. Bot. 7: 51-58. 1869 (portr.) Backhouse, Sarah, Memoir of James Backhouse, by his sister. York, London 1870, ed. 2. 1877. Babington, Memorials 470. 1897. Austral. Dict. Biogr. 1, 1788-1850, A. H., Melbourne 1966. Karsten, Suid-Afrikaanse Biografiese Woordenboek 1: 32-33. 1968. Norton, Proc. Linn. Soc. NSW 25: 772-773. 1900. Maiden, J. Proc. R. Soc. NSW 42: 62-63. 1908. Maiden, J. West-Austral. nat. Hist. Soc. 6: 6, 28. 1909. Coats, The plant hunters 222-224. 1969. NOTE: James Backhouse’s son James B. junior (1825-1890; see J. Bot. 29: 353-356. 1890) accompanied his father to Norway, Ireland and Scotland; he wrote a Monograph of British Meracia (1856); his herbarium is at YRK;; sets of British Hieracia are at BM, GL, OXF. William Backhouse (1779-1844) was a cousin of J. Backhouse Sr., his herbarium was destroyed by fire. EPONYMY: Backhousia W. J. Hooker & W. H. Harvey (1845). Badham, Charles David (1806-1857), British clergyman and mycologist, practised in Rome and Paris, curate of E. Bergholt, 1849-1855. HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 101; BB p. 14; BM 1: 82; DNB 2: 387; Jackson p. 244; Kew 1: 115; LS 1431-1432; NI 58; PR 320. EPONYMY: Badhamia Berkeley (1853). 231. A treatise on the esculent funguses of England, containing an account of their classical history, uses characters, development, structure, nutritious properties, modes of cooking and preserving &c. London (Reeve, Brothers) 1847. Qu. (Treat. escul. fung. England). Ed. 1: 1847, p. [i]-x, [i]-138, col. frontispiece, pl. 1-20, 17 col., 3 plain lithographs by Mrs. Hussey and Leonard. Copies: BR, L, NY. Ed. 2: 1863, p. [i]-xvi, [1]-152, pl. 1-72 coloured, copied from the first edition by W. Fitch. Edited by Frederick Currey ... London (Lovell Reeve & Co.) 1863. Oct. Copies: BR, MICH, NY, USDA. Ref.: BM 1: 82; Jackson p. 244; Kew 1: 115; LS 1431-1432; NI 58; PR 320. Back, Abraham (1713-1795), Swedish amateur botanist, friend of Linnaeus and chief-physician to the king of Sweden who pronounced the funeral oration on Linnaeus at the Swedish Academy of Sciences (Back). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: UPS; acquired in 1914 from a descendant of Back. The herbarium was damaged by damp and insects to such an extent that only a part of it is actually preserved. Localities, habitats, names of collectors, dates are not given. Several of the plants from the Cape must have been collected by Thunberg, others were acquired from Linnaeus and Linnaeus fil. The Forster plants received by Back are in the Linnean herbarium. Ref.: Juel, Sv. Linné-Sallsk. Arsskr. 7: 68-82. 1924. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart I: 101. Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist.-nat. Banks 3: 303, 539. 1800. Scheutz, Bot. Not. 1863: 67. Miller, Sv. Linné-Sallsk Arsskr. 4: 80-112. 1921. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 50. 1936. EPONYMY: Baeckea Linnaeus (1753). 89 BAEHNI Baehni, Charles (1906-1964), Swiss botanist at Geneve, first president of I.A.P.T. (Baehnt). HERBARIUM and TYPEs: G. Refas UEl o)2A8. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 101; Bossert p. 20. Bocquet, Actes Soc. helv. Sci. nat. 144: 257-260. 1964. Bocquet, Candollea 19: 1-15. 1964. Bonner, Taxon 13(7): 221-225. 1964. Leandri, Adansonia 4(2): 205-208. 1964 (portr.) Bocquet, Bull. Soc. bot. France 111: 192-195. 1965. Stafleu, Boissiera 11: ix-xxxix. 1965 (portr., bibl.) Weibel, Trav. Soc. bot. Genéve 8: 18-21. 1966 (portr., bibl.) Baenitz, Karl Gabriel (1837-1913), German botanist, mainly active in Silesia. (Baen.) HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown (sold after his death); for location of the widely distributed material see IH. Important set of bryophytes at H. Baenitz issued several sets of plants which, according to Stevenson, do not qualify as regular exsiccatae because of the small number of sets and the irregularity of the number of specimens. Sets were distributed as Herbarium europaeum (fasc. i-cxxll, nos. 1-10522, 1868-1901, partly as Herbarium meist seltener und kritischer Pflanzen (Nord- u. Mittel-) Deutschlands und der an- grenzenden Lander), Herbarium dendrologicum, Herbarium americanum, Herbarium florae phaeno- gamicae germaniae (praesertim australis) et Helvetiae (Baenitz, Britzelmayr, Caflisch, Haussknecht, Stein, Tauscher et al. (22 fasc., 1860-1872, circa 2000 nos.); Herbarium norddeutscher Funcaceen, Cyperaceen und Gramineen (165 nos., Bromberg 1865); Nord- und Mitteldeutschlands JFuncaceen und Cyperaceen (3 “‘editions,”’ ed. 3, Gorlitz 1865, 125 nos.) RepiGR px 595 Ue 240; DiS i193, 6(4) = ri Baenitz, Oest. bot. Z. 41: 427-428. 1891. Aderhold, Gen.-Reg. Bot. Zeit. 95. 1895 (q.v. for notes on Herb. selt. krit. Pfl.). Stevenson, Beih. Nova Hedwigia 36: 21-22. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 1: 17, 12(1): 186; Barnhart 1: 101; BM 1: 83; Bossert:p:20; CSPt6:! 573; 7: 66,122) 945.193 239: DilSiri135 64) =] 19:7E Rep. 50; Jackson p. 45, 58, 59, 63, 64, 330; Kew 1: 117; LS 1434; NI p. 245; PR 321; TR 41; Zander ed. 10, p. 630. Ascherson, Fl. Prov. Brandenb. 1: 1. 1860. Aderhold, Gen.-Reg. Bot. Zeit. 95. 1895. Weise und Harms, Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 50: 1x. 1909. Anon., Alles Bots Z.19: 32. 1913. 232. Flora der dstlichen Niederlausitz. Mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Umgebungen von Neuzelle, Guben, Sommerfeld und Sorau zum Gebrauche auf Excursionen. G6rlitz (Heynsche Buchhandlung, E. Remer) 1861. Oct. (in fours) (Fl. éstl. Niederlausitz). Orig.: Mai-Jun 1861 (pref. p. viii: 1 Mai; Bot. Zeit. rev. 12 Jul 1861), p. [i]-xl, [1]-162. Copy: NY. Nachtrag: Gorlitz, Jan-Mai 1868, Oct., 16 p. (“‘... Umgebungen von Sorau, Pforten, Triebel (Muskau und Krossen)’’. (Flora 9 Jun 1868). Ref.: BM 1: 83; PR gat. Ascherson, Bot. Zeit. 19: 197-198. 12 Jul 1861. Ascherson, Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 3/4: 384-385. 1862. Baglietto, Francesco (1826-1916), Italian physician and lichenologist, botanist at the University of Genoa 1856-1899. (Bagl.) HERBARIUM and Types: GE (without the lichens) MOD (lichens). — Baglietto, (together with V. de Cesati, G. de Notaris and many others) issued part of the Erbario crittogamico italiano (series 2, fasc. i-xxii, nos. I-1100), sets at FH, G, NY, STR. — Hawksworth cites mycological collections at FI, PAD and TO. ‘QO BAIL Ref.: DTS 1: 13; GR p. 512-513; IH 2: 48. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 20-22. 1969. Hawksworth, Mycologist’s handb. 180. 1974. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 1: 84; BL 2: 362; Bossert p. 20; CSP 1: 154, 6: 35, 7: 68; GR p. 512-513; LS 1457a-1465, 30754; Saccardo 1: 19-20, 2: 14. Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cx. 1883. De Toni, Nuova Notarisia 33: 32-43. 1922 (repr. 12 p.) Aderhold, Gen.-Reg. Bot. Zeit. 7, 95. 1895. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 13. 1941. EPONYMY: Bagliettoa A. Massalongo (1853). 233. Enumerazio dei licheni di Liguria. Torino (Stamperia Reale) 1857. Qu. (Enum. lich. Liguria). Publ.: 1857, p. [1]-92, 1 pl. Copy: G. — Reprinted from Mem. r. Accad. Sci. Torino, class. Sc. Fis. Mat. ser. 2. 17: 373-444. 1857, 1 pl. (lithogr., uncol.), repr. with orig. publ. at MICH. Ref.: BM 1: 84; LS 14574. Bagnali, James Eustace (1830-1918), British bryologist. (Bagn.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BIRA, dupl. BM, CGE, K, Manch; Rosa at K. Ree: WE 2:48: Kent, Brit. herbaria 41. 1957. Jackson, Bull. misc. Inf. Kew rgot: 5. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 103; BB p. 14; BL 2: 265, 271, 272; BM 1: 84; CSP 7: 68, 9: 97, 12: 35; GR p. 388; Jackson p. 260-261; Kew 1: 117-118; LS 30755. J(ackson), Bull. misc. Inf. Kew rgot: 5. W.B.G., J. Bot. 56: 354-356. 1918. 234. The flora of Warwickshire. The flowering plants, ferns, mosses, & lichens, by James E. Bagnall, ... the fungi (Hymenomycetes and Gastromycetes), by W. B. Grove, M.A., and J. E. Bagnall, A. L. S. London (Gurney & Jackson), Birmingham (Cornish brothers) 1891. Oct. (Fl. Warwickshire). Co-author: William Bywater Grove (1848-1938). Publ.: Dec 1890 (“... which although dated 1891, reached us a welcome Christmas present ...” J. Bot. 29: 122; p. vi: Nov 1891), p. [i*], [i]-xxxiv, [1]-519, [i]-viii (sub- scribers), map, 500 copies printed. Motto on p. [ii] by Charlotte Smith: ‘“‘An early worshipper at Nature’s shrine, I loved her rudest scenes .. .’’. Copies: Ewan, HH, NY, Steere. Refi: Bo: 2775 BM: 4; Kew 1: 118. Anon., J. Bot. 29: 122-123. Apr 1891. Bail, Carl Adolph Emmo Theodor (1833-1922), German high-school teacher at Danzig, morphologist and mycologist. (Bail). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. — Exsiccatae: Herbarium mycologicum typicum (nos. 1- 201, + 37 add.; no. 172 lacking) 20 sets issued, only set known IB. Refs DESI 14: Bail, Oest. bot. Z. 10: 1o1-114. 1860 (text). Anon., Flora 43: 352. 14 Jun 1860. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(2): 308; Barnhart 1: 103; BM 1: 85; CSP 1: 155, 6: 574, 9: 98, 12: 36, 13: 227; DTS 1: 13-14, 6(4): 44; GR p. 59; Jackson 118, 162, 163; Kew 1: 119; LS 1478-1521; 30757-30764; LS suppl. 1535; PR 341-343. Aderhold, Gen.-Reg. Bot. Zeit. 7: 95-96. 1895. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 186. 1903. 3(3): 211. 1905. Coker and Barnhart, NAF 2(1): 69. 1937. BAIL COMPOSITE WORKS: Nees et Henry, Das System der Pilze, Zweithe Abtheilung Jan-Feb 1858 by Th. Bail (rd. by Flora Oct-Nov 1857, see Flora 40: 672. 14 Nov 1857 and rev. 41: 140-142. 7 Mar 1858; rev. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 15: 849-852. 4 Dec 1857). Bailey, Frederick Manson (1827-1915), British born Australian botanist; Colonial Botanist of Queensland. (Ff. M. Bailey). HERBARIUM and TYPES: BRI, some types also at BM. Original mss also mainly at BRI. Ref.:; IH 2: 49. Hist. Coll. BMNH 131. 1904. Gard. Chron. ser 3. 58: 136. 1915 (portr.) Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1(1): 30. 1950. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 104; BB p. 14-15; BL 1: 63, 68, 69, BM 1: 85-86, 6: 48; Bossert p. 20; CSP g: 98, 13: 238; HR; IF p. 676, suppl. 4: 313; Jackson p- 399, 400; Kew 1: 119-120; LS 1522-1542a, 30766-30767; LS suppl. 1557-1560; NI 59-60. Shirley, Int. Cat. Sci. Lit., Brisbane, 31-34. 1899 (bibl.) Maiden, J. Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 31: 43-44. 1897, 55: 152-153. 1921. Anon., Gard. Chron. ser. 3. 58: 136. 1915 (portr.) Johnston, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl. 28: 3-10. 1916 (bibl.) Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., index to vols. 1-50: 1. 1929 (bibl.) Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 51. 1936. White, J. hist. Soc. Queensland 3: 362-383. 1944. Serle, Dict. Austral. Biogr. 1: 34-35. 1949. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl. 61: 105-114. 1949 (1950). Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males ser. 1. 1: 29. 1950. Colliver, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl. 71: 65-66. 1969 (bibl.) Ferguson, Bibl. Austral. 5: 200-205. 1963. COMPOSITE WoRKS: With J. E. Woods, A census of the flora of Brisbane. Queensland. Sydney 1879. EPONYMY: Baileya W. H. Harvey & A. Gray ex A. Gray (1849) and Baileya Kuetzing (1857) are dedicated to Jacob Whitman Bailey (1811-1857), q.v. 235. A synopsis of the Queensland flora; containing both the phaenogamous and crypto- gamous plants. Brisbane (James C. Beal) 1883. Oct. (Syn. Queensl. fl.) part pages plates dates further data Synopsis [i]-xxxii, [1]-890 1883 First supplement 99 4 1886 Nat. Nov. Mar 1887 Classified index 24 1886 Second supplement 153 1888 Third supplement 135 21 1890 Nat. Nov. Nov 1891 The classified indexes, combined into one whole list were reissued together in Brisbane 1890, under the title: Catalogue of the indiginous and naturalised plants of Queensland, [iv], 116 p. (incl. second addenda to third Supplement). Copy: HH. Ref.: BM 1: 85; IF p. 676, Suppl. 1913-1916 p. 34; Kew 1: 120; IDC 7406. 236. Queensland. Department of Agriculture, Brisbane. Lithograms of the ferns of Queens- land. Brisbane (Government Engraving and Lithographic Office) 1892. Oct. (Lithogr. Serns Queensland). Publ.: 1892 (p. 4: May 1892; J. Bot. Nov 1892), p. [1]-7, prints r-191. — Motto on t.p.: “The education of a naturalist now consists chiefly in learning how to compare.” Agassiz. The “‘lithograms” are a somewhat crude modification of nature printing. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 1: 86, 4: 1627; Kew 1: 120; IDC 5111. 92 BAILEY, J. W. 237. The Queensland flora: ... with plates illustrating some rare species. Brisbane (H. J. Diddams & Co.) 1899-1905, 6 parts. Oct. (Queensl. fl.) part pages plates dates I [i*-vi*], [a]-xxxi, [1]-325, [i]-x I-12 Dec 1899 2 [i-iv], [326a], 326b, [327]-737, [i]-xii 13-25 Jun 1900 3 [i-vii], [739]-1030, [i]-x 20-43 Nov 1900 4 [i-v], [1031]-1372 (“372”), [i]-[xi] 44-61 Sep 1901 5 [i-v], [1373]-1700, [i]-xi 62-76 Apr 1902 6 [i-vii], [1701 ]-2015, [i]-[x11] [1996-2015 additions and. 77-88 Dec 1902 corrections | [7] General index, p. [1]-66 Jun 1905 Copies: BR, G, L, MO, NY, US. The plates are lithographs of drawings by F. Elliot, F. C. Wills et al. Reprint announced (1974), but not yet published. Ref.: BM 6: 48; NI 59. 238. Comprehensive catalogue of Queensland plants both indigenous and naturalised. To which are added, where known, the aboriginal and other vernacular names; with numerous illustrations, and copious notes on the properties, features &c. of the plants. Brisbane (A. J. Cumming) s.d. [1913]. Oct. (Compr. cat. Queensland pl.) Publ.: Jan-Mar 1913, frontispiece, p. [1]-879, pl. 1-76. Copies: BR, L. A few copies (or only one single copy?) were available late December 1912; delivery for distribution took place in Mar 1913. — A second edition of the “Catalogue of the indigenous and naturalized plants of Queensland” (Jun 1890). Ref.: BM 6: 48; Kew 1: 120; SK p. clxvii. Merrill, J. Bot. 58: 200. 1920. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 61: 112. 1950. Marshall, Kew Bull. 1953: 279. Bailey, Irving Widmer (1884-1967), American botanist, anatomist at the Bussey Institution of Harvard University. (J. W. Bailey). COLLECTIONS: GH. Refs WE 2% 29: BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 104; Bossert p. 21; Kew 1: 120; Langman p. 102; MW suppl. p. 19. Bailey, Chron. bot. 15: i-xxvi, 1-262, 1954 (bibl.) Roon, Int. direct. spec. pl. tax. 13. 1958. Foster, Plant Sci. Bull. 13(4): 7. 1967. Howard, J. Arnold Arb. 49(1): 1-15. 1968 (portr., bibl.) Wetmore, Bull. Torrey bot. Club 95: 299-305. 1968; Phytomorphology 18(2): 294-208. 1968 (portr.) EPONYMY: Baileyoxylon C. 'T. White (1941). Bailey, Jacob Whitman (1811-1857), American botanist. (7. W. Bailey). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: The collections of the US Exploring Expedition (comm. Charles Wilkes) are at US. Ref.: 1H 1 (ed. 6): 355, 2: 49. Koster, Taxon 18: 549. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 105; BM 1: 86; Bossert p. 21; CSP 1: 155- 156, 6: 574, 9: 98; DAB 1: 498; Jackson p. 518 [index]; Kew 1: 121; LS 1543-1544; LS suppl. 1561-1564; MW p. 25; ME 1: 161, 3: 531-532 (bibl.); Nickles p. 56-57; Quenstedt p. 17. Anon., Amer. J. Sci. ser. 2. 23: 447-448. 1857. 93 BAILEY, J. W. Gray, Proc. Amer. Ass. Adv. Sci. 11: 2-9. 1858 (1860). Deby, Bibliogr. Microscope 3: 3-4. 1882. Marcou, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. 30: 203, 273. 1885. Coulter, Bot. Gaz. 13: 118-124. 1888 (bibl.) De Toni, Syll. alg. 1: vili-ix. 1889; 2: 1x-xi. 1891. Aderhold, Gen.-Reg. Bot. Zeit. 96. 1895. Benjamin, Proc. Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 48: 418-419. 1899 (portr.) Rodgers, John Torrey 336 [index]. 1942. Humphrey, Makers of North Amer. botany 9-10. 1961. Martin, in Lenley et al., Index com. Torrey 445-446. 1973 (extensive correspondence between Bailey and Torrey!). EPONYMY: Baileya W. H. Harvey & A. Gray ex A. Gray (1849) ; Baileya Kuetzing (1857). Note: Baileyoxylon C. 'T. White (1941) 1s dedicated to Irving Widmer Bailey (1884-1967), q.v. 239. United States Exploring Expedition. During the years 1838-1842, under the command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. vol. xvi. Botany. I. Lower Cryptogamia. II. Phanerogamia of the Pacific Coast of North America. Philadelphia (C. Sherman) 1862, 1874. Qu. p. [153]-192 Algae by Jacob Whitman Bailey and William Henry Harvey. (U.S. Explor. Exped., Lower Crypt.) Co-author: William Henry Harvey (1811-1866). Orig. ed.: 1862, p. [i-v]. [1]-514, Algae p. [153]-192. — Unofficial issue, Haskell no. 70 of which “‘pages 113-204, Lower Cryptogamia, with twelve plates, were printed in the year 1862, and a small number of copies issued ....”? The algae have g plates (i-ix). The official issue came out in 1874. Facsimile ed.: Lehre (J. Cramer) 1971, Historia naturalis classica 87(3), p. [i*-iv*], fi-v], [1]-514. Copy: FAS. Ref.: BM 1: 86, 5: 2167; ME 2: 670-671; NI 215; IDC 5466. Harvey and Bailey, Proc. Bost. Soc. nat. Hist. 3: 370-373. 1851. Harvey and Bailey, Proc. Philadelphia Acad. nat. Sc. 6: 430-432. 1853. Bartlett, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. 82: 679-682. 1940. Haskell, Bull. New York Publ. Library 45: 842-847. 1941. Stafleu, Taxon 21: 172. 1972. Bailey, Liberty Hyde (1858-1954), American horticulturist at Cornell University. (L. H. Bailey). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BH; duplicates in many herbaria. Ref.: 1H 2: 49 Goulding, Rec. Auckland Inst. Mus. 11: 105-117. 1974. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 105; BFM 2986, 2987; BL 1: 141, 192, 2: 10, 11; BM. 1: 86, 6: 48-49; Bossert, p. 21; CSP 12: 36, 13: 239; Kew 1: 122-129; Langman p. 102-1033; LS 1545-1549, 30768-30779; MW p. 25-26, suppl. p. 19; Plesch p- 131; Zander ed. 10, p. 630. Roberts, Cornell Alumni News 5(22). 1903 (portr.) Nelmes et Cuthbertson, Bot. Mag. Dedic. 1827-1927. 396-398. 1932 (portr.) Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 51. 1936. Rodgers, Amer. Bot. 1873-1892. p. 323. 1944. Day et al., Words said about a birthday, Cornell Univ. 29 Apr 1948, 36 p. Rodgers, Liberty Hyde Bailey, Princeton 1949 (the major biography; facsimile ed. New York 1965). Lawrence, Baileya 3: 26-40. Mar 1955 (portr., bibl.) Lawrence, Nature 175: 451. 1955. Lawrence, Bull. ‘Torrey Bot. Cl. 82(4): 300-305. 1955 (portr.) Lawrence, Baileya 4(1): 1-9. 1957. Anon., Bull. Amer. Iris Soc. 14.4: 96-97. 1957. Lawrence et al., Baileya 6: 1-203. 1958 (Bailey centennial publ.) Palmer, Nature Mag. 51: 137-145. 1958. 94: BAILEY, L. H. Humphrey, Makers N. Amer. botany 10-15. 1961. Tukey, Chronica Horticulturae 9(3): 59-60. 1969. Rodgers, DSB 1: 395-397. 1970. Bowers, Baileya 18(4): 145-159. 1973. Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 13-15. 1973. Dorf, Liberty Hyde Bailey, an informal biography, Ithaca N.Y., xii, 259 p. s.d., copy: E. (portr.) COMPOSITE WORKS: Contributed the treatment of Carex to A. Gray, Manual ed. 6. 1890. — With E. Z. Bailey: Hortus, a concise dictionary of gardening, general horticulture and cultivated plants in North America, 652 p., New York 1930, suppl. p. 655-755, New York 1935; Hortus second 778 p., New York 1941. EPONYMY (journal) : Baileya a quarterly journal of horticultural taxonomy. Published . . . by the L. H. Bailey Hortorium ... New York State College of Agriculture and Life Sciences ... Ithaca, N.Y. Vol. 1-x. (1953-x). Note: Baileyoxylon C. T. White (1941) is dedicated to Irving Widmer Bailey (1884-1967), q.v. 240. A preliminary synopsis of North American Carices, including those of Mexico, Central America and Greenland, with the American bibliography of the genus. [Cambridge, Mass. 1886] Oct. (Prelim. syn. N. Amer. Carices). Publ.: Mai-Nov 1886 (Nat. Nov. and Bot. Gaz. Dec 1886). — Reprinted with unchanged pagination from Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sci. 22: 59-157. Apr 1886 (1887), index p. [i]-v. Copy: NY. Ref.: Langman 1887a. 241. Cyclopedia of American horticulture comprising suggestions for cultivation of horti- cultural plants, descriptions of the species of fruits, vegetables, flowers, and ornamental plants sold in the United States and Canada, together with geographical and biogra- phical sketches. L. H. Bailey ... assisted by Wilhelm Miller, associate editor and many expert cultivators and botanists. Hlustrated with over two thousand original engravings. New York (Macmillan), London (id.), 4 vols. 1900-1902. Oct. (Cycl. Amer. hort.) Ed’) ivoliy; pages plates dates I I [i]-xxii, [1 ]-509 J. 1-743, pl. 1-9 14 Feb 1900 2 [i]-xiv, 511-1054 S: 744-1453, pl. 10-18 18 Jul 1900 3 [i]-xv, 1055-1486 JS. 1454-2059, pl. 20-30 23 Apr 1901 4 [i]-xxx, 1487-2016 _f. 2060-2800, pl. 31-50 26 Feb 1902 Copy: NY. Ed. 2: 1902. — “Several changes have been made ... reducing typographical errors and inconsistencies ... chiefly in the first volume ....”’ Ed. 3: 1904. Further corrections. Ed. 4: 1906. — A corrected reprint of ed. 3 with a “Synopsis of the vegetable kingdom,” 42 p., by Wilhelm Miller, prepared for the original edition but omitted for lack of space. Copy: NY. 1: [ij-xlu, 1-224, pl. 1-3. 4: [i-ili], 963-1330, pl. 19-29. 2: [i-ili], 225-594, pl. 4-9, 11. 5: [iii], 1331-1693, pl. 30-37. 3: [i-ili], 595-962, pl. 12-78. 6: [i]-xv, 1693-2016, pl. 38-40. Ref.: BM 6: 49; Kew 1: 122. Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 318. 1945. Lawrence, Baileya 3: 40. 1955. 242. The standard cyclopedia of horticulture | ;| a discussion, for the amateur, and the profes- sional and commercial grower, of the kinds, characteristics and methods of cultivation of the species of plants grown in the regions of the United States and Canada for orna- ment, for fancy, for fruit and for vegetables; with keys to the natural families and genera, descriptions of the horticultural capabilities of the states and provinces and dependant 95 BAILEY, L. H. islands, and sketches of eminent horticulturists. New York (Macmillan and Co.) 1914- 1917, 6 vols. Qu. (Stand. cycl. hort.) vol. pages plates dates I [i]-xx, 1-602 J. 1-700, pl. 1-20 25 Mar 1914 2 [1-111], 603-1200 Sf. 701-1470, pl. 21-39 22 Jul 1914 3 [i], 1201-1760 J. 1471-2047, pl. 40-60 12 Mai 1915 4 [i-ili], 1761-2421 SJ. 2048-2693, pl. 61-80 23 Feb 1916 5 [1-111], 2423-3041 S. 2694-3515, pl. 1-100 =4 Oct 1916 6 [i-iii], 3043-3639 S: 3516-4056, pl. ror-120 28 Mar 1917 This is a revised version of the Cyclopedia of American horticulture. Copies: MO, US. — “New Edition,”’ 3639 p., 6 vols., 1922 (Copy: MO) differs only in the correction of misprints. Reprinted in 1925, on india paper, as a “new edition”’ in 3 vols. Subsequent so-called ‘‘editions’’ are reprints from the plates of the 2nd edition of 1922; the practice of desig- nating these successive printings as editions was discontinued in 1952. The text of all editions is that of the original publication of 1914-1917. vol. ‘*‘Editions’’ and reprints: I 25 Mar 1914, repr. May 1917, Mar 1919, Mar 1922 (corr.) 1 and 2 combined (as vol. 1): Jan 1925, Jan 1927, Jul 1928, May 1930, Feb 1933, Feb 1935, Oct 1935, Nov 1935, Oct 1937, p. [i]-xxiv, I-1200. 2 22 Jul 1914, repr. Mai 1917, Mar 1919, Mar 1922 (corr.) 1 and 2 combined: see above. 3 12 Mai 1915, repr. Mai 1917, Mar 1919, Mar 1922 (corr.) 3 and 4 combined (as vol. 2): Jan 1925, Jan 1927, Jul 1928, Mai 1930, Feb 1933, Feb 1935, Oct 1935, Nov 1935, Oct 1937, p. [i]-vi, 1201-2422. 4 23 Feb 1916, repr. Mai 1917, Nov 1919, Mar 1922 (corr.) 3 and 4 combined: see above. 5 4 Oct 1916, repr. Mai 1917, Mar 1919, Mar 1922 (corr.) 5 and 6 combined (as vol. 3): Jan 1925, Jan 1927, Jul 1928, Mai 1930, Feb 1933, Feb 1935, Oct 1935, Nov 1935, Oct 1937, p- [i]-vi, 2423-3639. 6 28 Mar 1917, repr. Mai 1917, Mar 1919, Mar 1922 (corr.) 5 and 6 combined: see above. Ref.: Kew 1: 122;'LS 1549; Plesch p. 133. Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 318. 1945. Lawrence, Baileya 3: 40. 1955. Baillon, Henri Ernest (1827-1895), French botanist. (Baill.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: The Baillon type-herbarium is one of the herbiers historiques at P, kept separately. Refs EL 2-40: Stafleu, The great Prodromus 19. 1966. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 7: 414; Barnhart 1: 106; BL 1: 6, 96; BL 2: 97, 188; BM 1: 87, 6: 49; Bossert p. 21; Bretschneider p. 934-9353; CSP 1: 158, 6: 574-575, 7: 70- 72, 9: 99-100, 12: 37-41, 13: 243-247; DBF 4: 1313-1314; GR p. 304; Jackson 82, 91, 119, 124, 125, 131, 135, 204, 476; Kew 1: 124-125; Langman p. 103-1043; LS 1551-1554; MW p. 26-27; NI 62-66; Plesch p. 227; PR 347-355; Zander ed. 10, p. 630. Baillon, Notice sur les travaux scientifiques, 90 p. Paris 1866, Notice supplémentaire, Paris 1876, Notice sommaire, Paris 1883 (copies: MO). Alderhold, Gen. Reg. Bot. Zeit. 96. 1895 (index to reviews of his works). Anon., Hedwigia 34 (Rep.): 165. 1895. Bianchon, Le Figaro, Samedi 20 Juillet 1895. Dutailly, Bull. mens. Soc. Linn. Paris 2: 1209-1211. 1896. Hardy, Proc. Roy. Soc. 59: lxvii-lxviii. 1896. 96 BAILLON Anon., Bull. mens. Soc. Linn. Paris 2: 1209-1210. 1808. Tison, Rev. scient. ser. 4. 9: 613-622. 1898. Urban, Fl. bras. 1(1): 155. 1906. Reynolds Green, Hist. Bot. 90. 1909. Gagnepain, Bull. Soc. bot. France 98: 267-270. 1951. Leandri, Adansonia ser. 2. 2: 3-15. 1962. Schultes, Regn. veg. 71: 273. 1970. Stafleu, Acta bot. Acad. sci. Hung. 19(1-4): 335-341. 1973. COMPOSITE WORKS: (1): Phytocreneae, DC., Prodr. 17: 7-26. 16 Oct 1837. (2) Grandidier: Histoire ... de Madagascar, Histoire naturelle des Plantes, t. 2-5, see under Grandidier. (3) Dichapetalaceae, Martius, Fl. bras. 12(1): 365-380, pl. 75-78. 1 Apr 1886. (4) Contributed to P. O. Réveil et al., Le régne végétal, vols. 7-8, 1871 (Fl. méd.) EPONYMY: Baillonacanthus O. Kuntze (1903); Baillonella Pierre (1890) ; Baillonia Bocquil- lon (1862); Baillonodendron F. Heim (1890). 243. Etude générale du groupe des Euphorbiacées ... Recherche de types. Organographie. Organogénie. Distribution géographique. Affinités. Classification. Description des gen- res. Paris (Victor Masson) 1858. Oct. (Etude Euphorb.) Publ.: 1858, p. [i-ii], [1]-684, atlas 52 p., 27 pl. (by Baillon). Copies: NY, U. Ref.: BM 1: 87; Jackson p. 131; Kew 1: 119; NI 62; PR 350. Hasskarl, Flora 42: 626-640, 643-656, 721-736 (“754”), 737-746. 1859. 244. Recherches organogéniques sur la fleur femelle des coniféres [.] Memoire présenté a Académie des Sciences dans sa séance du 30 Avril 1860 par M. H. Baillon. Paris (Victor Masson) 1860. Oct. (Rech. organogén. fleur fém.) Publ.: 1860 (30 Apr 1860 or later), p. [i], [1]-21, pl. z, 2, 2 uncouloured lithographs by Faguet. Copy: B. Ref.: Kew 1: 125. 245- Adansonia [.] Recueil périodique d’observations botaniques rédigé par le Dr H. Baillon. 12 vols., 1860-1879. Oct. ¢ (Adansonia). Publ.: Volumes 1-8 all seem to have been published in monthly parts of 32 pages, the dates of which are easily ascertained. Publication of vols. 9-12 also took place in parts of 32 pages but these parts appeared at greater intervals. A copy of volumes 1 and 2 in original covers, with precise dates, (at L) confirms this situation at least for those volumes. Data on the later volumes (8-12), however, are still lacking. Copies: L, U. vol. pages plates dates I [i-iii], [1 ]-384 1-x1 Sep 1860-Aug 1861 2 [i-ii], [1]-384 1-x1 Sep 1861-Aug 1862 3 [1-11], [1 ]-384 1-x00 Sep 1862-Aug 1863 4 [i-iii], [1 ]-382, [383-384] — i-xi2 Sep 1863-Aug 1864 5 [i-iii], [1]-382, [383-384] i-2x Sep 1864-Aug 1865 6 [i-iii], [1]-384 1-x Sep 1865-Aug 1866 a) [i-iii], [1 ]-384 i-xt [xz] Sep 1866-Aug 1867 8 [i-iii], [1 ]-384 I-xl, 12 Sep 1867-Aug 1868 9 [i-iii], [1 ]-384. 1-U Sep 1868-Dec 1870 10 [i-iii], [1 ]-384 1-x2 Mai 1871-Feb 1873 Il [i-iii], [1 ]-384 1-x Mar 1873-Jun 1876 12 [i-iii], [1 ]-384 Nov 1876-Dec 1879 A facsimile edition, in preparation, was announced by Asher (1974). Ref.: BM 1: 12; Jackson p. 476; PR 352. 246. Histoire des plantes 1866-1895, 13 vols. Paris, London, Leipzig (L. Hachette et Cie) Oct. (Hist. pl.) OF BAILLON vol. I II 12 13 98 pages [i, h.t.] [1]-88 [89]-132 [133]-192 [193 ]-288 [289]-344 [345]-488, [i]-xi [1]-71 [73]-196 [197]-384 [385]-428 [429]-512, [i-iii] [181 ]-292 [293]-464 1465]-545, [i-iii] [1]-56 [57]-160 [161 ]-264 [265]-350s [357]-520, [1-11] [1]-104 [105 ]-256 [257]-341 [342]-428 [429]-516, [1-111] [1]-50 [51]-216 [217]-304 [305]-378 [379]-523 [235"], [i-iii] [1]-65 [66]-256 [257]-546, [i-iii] [1]-316 [317]-515, [i-iit] [1]-80 [81 ]-224 [225]-491, [i-iii] [1]-112 [113]-220 [221 |-402 [403]-476, [i-iii] [1]-220 [221]-304 [305]-494, [1-111] [1]-134 [135]-334 [3351-402 [403]-611, [1]-611 [1]-164 [165]-244 [24.5 ]-404 [405]-523, [1-111] family Renonculacées Dilléniacées Magnoliacées Anonacées Monimiacées Rosacées; Index Connaracées-Mimosées Caesalpinées Papilionacées Proteacées Lauracées-Myristicacées Ménispermacées, Berbéridacées Nymphaeacées Papaveracées-Capparidacées Cruciféres Résédacées-Saxifragacées Piperacées, Urticacées; Index Nyctaginacées, Phytolaccacées Malvacées Tiliacées-Ternstroemiacées Bixacées-Violacées Ochnacées, Rutacées; Index Géraniacées-V ochysiacées Euphorbiacées Térebinthiacées Sapindacées Malphigiacées, Méliacées; Index Célastracées, Rhamnacées Pénéacées-Ulmacées Castanéacées-Rhizophoracées Myrtacées Balanophoracées; Index Mélastomacées Ombelliféres Rubiacées-Dipsacacées; Index Composées Campanulacées-Bégoniacées; Index Aristolochiacées-Portulacacées Caryophyllacées-Frankéniacées Droseracées-Scrofulariacées ; Index Bignoniacées, Gesnériacées Gentianacées, Apocynacées Asclépiadacées-Boraginacées Acanthacées; Index Labiées-Ilicacées Ebénacées-Sapotacées Primulacées-Loranthacées Coniféres-Centrolépidacées Graminées Cypéracées-Eriocaulacées Liliacées; Index Amaryllidacées-Iridacées ‘Taccacées-Rapatéacées Palmiers Pandanacées-Aracées: Index date 1866 Jan-Mai 1868 Mar-Aug 1868 Aug-Dec 1868 Jan-Mai 1869 Jan-Jul 1869 Jul-Dec 1869 Jan-Feb 1870 Feb-Mai 1870 Feb-Mar 1870 1870 Jan-Jun 1871 Jan-Jun 1871 1871 1871 1871 1872 1872 1872 1872 1873 Jul-Sep 1873 late 1873 or early 1874 Jan-Apr 1874 June 1874 Dec 1874 1874, early 1875 Jan-Apr 1875 Jun 1875 Jan-Mai 1876 Jun 1876 Jan-Aug 1877 Dec 1877 Apr 1879 Feb 1880 Jan-Feb 1882 Nov 1885 Jul 1886 Mar-Jun 1887 Feb-Mar 1888 Nov-Dec 1888 Sep-Oct 1889 Jul-Aug 1890 Jan-Feb 1891 Jun-Jul 1891 Sep-Oct 1891 14 Jun 1892 Dec 1892 24 Apr 1893 Feb 1894 Apr 1894 Oct 1894 Dec 1894 Jun 1895 Jul 1895 Vol. r4: never published. This volume would have included Musacées, Zingi- BAILLON béracées and Orchidacées; Baillon died on 18 July 1895, leaving insufficient material for its completion. Copy: U. English ed.: The natural history of plants ... Translated by Marcus M. Hartog, vol. 1-8, London (L. Reeve & Co.) 1871-1888. Oct. — The illustrations are the same as in the orig. ed. (A. Faguet). Copies: MO, NY, US. : [iJ-[xi], [1]-76, fig. 1-503. 1871 (p. x: Mar 1871). : [iJ-vi, [1]-506, fig. 1-308. 1872 (p. [vi]: Sep 1872). : [i-tii], [1]-545, fig. 1-551. 1874 (Jun-Jul). > [i-mi], [1]-528, fig. 1-527. 1875 (publ Jan 1876). : [i-ui], [1]-516, fig. 1-482. 1878 (Dec.) : [i-ui], [1]-524, fig. 1-488. 1880 (Jul). > [i-iut], [1]-544, fig. 1-432. 1881 (Aug-Sep). > [i-tti], [1]-516, fig. 1-353. 1888 (Jan-Mar). Ref.: BM 1: 87; Jackson p. 120; Kew 1: 125; NI 63; PR 354; SK p. elxvii; IDC 735. Tison, Rev. sci. ser. 4. 9: 613-622. 1898. Leandri, Adansonia 2: 3-15. 1962. aN AoW Wb NS 247. Histoire des plantes [.] Monographie des Renonculacées ... illustrée de 114 figures dans les textes [.] Dessins de Faguet. Paris (L. Guérin) s.d. [1866] Oct. (Hist. pl., monogr. " Renonc.) Publ.: 1866, p. [i-iii], 1-88. Copy: B. — The individual family treatments of the Histoire des Plantes were often also brought out separately provided with a half title, a special title page and a cover repeating the text of the title page. The actual text (here 1-88) is the same as that in the regular volumes and these preprints (or reprints) therefore always show the original pagination. We have seen only a restricted number of these preprints with individual half title and title page (copies at B), but judging from the notices in Naturae novitates most families or family groups were first issued in this way, later to be united in the volumes. We mention here only the preprints that we have seen. ‘This Monographie des Renonculacées is a preprint or reprint of the first family treatment in vol. 1. Ref.: Kew 1: 125. 248. Histoire des plantes [.] Monographie des Dilléniacées ... illustrée de 50 figures dans les textes [.] Dessins de Faguet. [Paris], s.d. [1868]. Oct. (Hist. pl., monogr. Dillén.) Publ.: Jan-Mai 1868, p. [i-iii], 89-132. Copy: B. — Preprint or reprint of text appearing in vol, I. 249. Histoire des plantes [.] Monographie des Protéacées ... illustrée de 29 figures dans les textes [.] Dessins de Faguet. Paris (L. Hachette et Cie.) 1870. Oct. (Hist. pl., monogr. Prot.) Publ.: Feb-Mar 1870, p. [i-iii], [385]-428. Copy: B. — Preprint or reprint of text appearing ImavOlw2eu | 250. Histoire des plantes [.] Monographie des Lauracées Elaeagnacées et Mbyristicacées ... illustrée de 78 figures dans les textes [. ] Dessins de Faguet. Paris (Hachette et Cie.) 1870. Oct. (Hist. pl., monogr. Laur.) Publ.: 1870, p. [i-iii], 429-512. Copy: B. — Preprint or reprint of text appearing in vol. 2. 251. Histoire des plantes [.] Monographie des Cruciféres ... illustrée de 120 figures dans les textes [.] Dessins de Faguet. Paris (Hachette & Cie.) 1871. Oct. (Hist. pl., monogr. Crucif.) Publ.: 1871, p. [i-iii], [181]-292. Copy: B. — Preprint or reprint of text appearing in vol. 3. 252. Histoire des plantes [.| Monographie des Résédacées, Crassulacées et Saxifragacées ... ilustrée de 144 figures dans les textes [.] Dessins de Faguet. Paris (Hachette & Cie.) 1871. Oct. (Hist. pl., monogr. Réséd.) Publ.: 1871, [i], 293-464. Copy: B. — Preprint or reprint of text appearing in vol. 3. 253. Dictionnaire de botanique. Paris 1876-1892, 4. vols. Qu. (Dict. bot.) Publ.: In 34 fascicles which appeared as follows: 99 BAILLON vol. fasc. contents pages date I I A-AILE [i*-iii], [i-xii], [1]-80 Aug 1876 (1876) 2 AILE-ANAC 81-160 Sep-Dec 1876 3 ANAC-APOT 161-240 Jan-Oct 1877 4 APOT-AUTO 24.1-320 Jan-Oct 1877 5 AUTO-BENI 321-400 Jan-Oct 1877 6 BENJ-BOUZ 401-480 Oct-Nov 1877 7 BOUZ-CALI 481-560 26 Jan 1878 8 CALI-CARU 561-640 25 Mai 1878 9 CARV-CHAIAN 641-720 Jun-Jul 1878 10 CHAIAR-CHIZO 721-788 9 Nov 1878 2 II CHLA-CIST [1]-80 Jun-Jul 1879 (1886) 12 CIST-COMI 81-160 Mai 1880 13 COMI-COSSI 161-240 Feb-Mar 1881 14 COSSI-CYCLO 241-320 Nov-Dec 1881 15 CYCLO-DICH 321-400 Feb 1883 16 DICH-DUAB 401-480 Apr 1884 17 DUAL-EUBI 481-560 Aug[?] 1885 18 EUBI-FRAN 561-640 Aug 1885 19 FRAN-GONA 641-720 Mai-Jun 1886 20 GONA-GYTO 721-776, [i-i11] Jul 1886 3 21 HAAG-HY PE [1]-104 Jul-Nov 1887 (1891) 22 HYPE-KYRT 105-184 Oct-Nov 1887 23 LAAM-LISE 185-264 Apr-Mai 1889 24 LISE-MERI 265-344 Mai-Jun 1889 25 MERI-NEPE 345-424 Feb-Mar 1890 26 NEPE-PAND 4.2.5-504 Jun-Jul 1890 27 PAND-PHYT 505-584 Feb-Mar 1891 28 PHYT-PUPA 585-664. Jun-Jul 1891 29 PUPA-RYZIC 665-756, [i-ili] Aug-Sep 1891 4 30 SAAB-SENR [1 ]-64. Sep-Nov 1891 (1892) 31 SENR-SZOV 65-144 Oct-Nov 1891 32 TAAG-TRIX 145-224 Oct-Nov 1891 33 TRIX-ZONA 225-304. Nov-Dec 1891 34. ZONA-ZYZ, suppl. — 305-340, [i-i1] Jan-Feb 1892 Copies exist with the original fascicle covers (e.g. at US); it should be noted, however, that the covers were not always produced at the time of publication; some covers were apparently printed well in advance of publication and sometimes carry incorrect indi- cations of contents, other covers were printed after publication (fide printer’s marks) and were probably used for copies of fascicles that were distributed later. For an enumeration of the sources of the above dates see Stafleu (1973). The 32 lithographs came out one at a time with each fascicle. Two fascicles contained no plate; the artist was Auguste Faguet who also did the numerous text illustrations. The title-pages contain an enumeration of Baillon’s collaborators. These are referred to in the text by means of abbreviations. These collaborators, as well as others referred to simply by “‘etc. etc.”? were: . Ascherson, Paul Friedrich August (1834-1913), German botanist (1, 2, 3, 4) A.FR Franchet, Adrien René (1834-1900), French botanist (2, 3, 4) B. Bureau, Louis Edouard (1830-1918), French botanist (1, 2, 3, 4) B.M. Montgazon, B. de (2, 3, 4) Bg. Bocquillon, Henri (1834-1883), French pharmacist and botanist, “aggrégé histoire naturelle a la Faculté de Médecine,” “‘pharmacien de 1 classe” (I, 2, 3, 4) BS. Bourgeois, [probably:] Achille (1) Cu.M. Manoury, Charles Ambroise (2, 3, 4) IBY Delage, probably: Mary Ives (1854-1920) (1) Dp. Durand, L. (2, 3, 4) DE S. Seynes, Jules de (1833-1912), French mycologist (1, 2, 3, 4) 100 BAILLON Dy Dutailly, Gustave (1846-1906), botanist and politician, professor of botany at Lyon; later living at Paris (1, 2, 3, 4) E.F. Fournier, Eugéne Pierre Nicolas (1834-1884), French botanist (1, 2, 3, 4) F.B Heim, Frédéric Louis (1869-x), French botanist, professor at the Faculté de Médecine, Paris (3, 4) H. By. Baillon, Henri Ernest (1827-1895), French botanist, professor at the Faculté de Médecine, Paris (1, 2, 3, 4) L. Lanessan, Jean Marie Antoine de (1843-1919), French naturalist, physician, and statesman (1, 2, 3, 4) . M. Mussat, Emile Victor (1833-1902), French botanist (1, 2, 3, 4) NyL Nylander, William (1822-1899), Finnish lichenologist living at Paris (1, 2, 3, 4) P. Poisson, Jules (1833-1919), French botanist at the Muséum d’Histoire natu- nelle (16) 2513514) R. Rohrbach [unidentified] (1, 2, 3, 4) Rar. Rafinesque, Constantin Samuel (1783-1840) [?] (1, 2, 3, 4) (connection with Dictionnaire not clear) Ry. Ramey [unidentified] (1, 2, 3, 4) S Soubeiran, Jean Léon (1827-1892), French botanist (1, 2, 3, 4) elie Tison, Eugéne Edouard Augustin (1842-x) préparateur a la Faculté des Sciences, Paris (1, 2, 3, 4) W. Weddell, Hugh Algernon (1819-1877), British botanist, living in France (1,2; 3, 4): Ref.: BM 1: 87; Jackson 12; NI 62. Baillon, Adansonia 12: 40-69. 1876 (repr. préface, also as an independently paged reprint, p. [1]-30). Stafleu, Acta bot. Acad. Sci. Hung. 19(1-4): 335-341. 1973. 254. Nouvelles observations sur les Olinia. Paris (Emile Martinet) 1878. Oct. (Nouv. observ. Olinia). Publ.: 6 Apr 1878 (BF), p. [1]-35, 1 uncol. lith. Copies: B, G. Ref.: Jackson p. 137; Kew 1: 125. 255- Errorum Decaisneanorum graviorum vel minus cognitorum. Centuria prima [-septima], (Paris 1878-1880]. Oct. | (Err. Decaisn.) cent. pages date cent. pages date I [1]-16 Dec 1878 5 [65 ]-80 17 Apr 1880 2 [17]-32 16 Sep 1879 6 [81 ]-96 [1880?] Jan-Jun 1881 3 [33]-48 27 Jul 1880 7 [97]-112 4. [49]-64 27 Jul 1880 Copies: BR, L, G(1-3), MO, NY. Cent. 1 is announced as published by J. Bot. Jan 1879. The dates for cent. 2-5 are those mentioned by the Bibliographie de la France; 1-2 are also mentioned by Nat. Nov. Sep 1879, cent. 3-4 are indeed stated to have been published on 27 Jul 1880 (fide BF 11 Sep 1880), whereas cent. 5 seems to have come out earlier, on 17 Apr 1880 (fide BF 15 Mai 1880). The centuriae were published with the motto “‘Materiae tanta abundat copia labori faber ut desit, non fabro labor.”” Even though p. 112 ends with ‘“‘Mox sequetur”’ there seem to have been no further centuries. Ref.: BM 1: 87; Jackson p. 121; Kew 1: 125. 256. Anatomie et physiologie végétales. Paris 1882. Oct. (n.v.) (Anat. phys. vég.) Publ.: Dec 1881 (Nat. Nov.), p. [i]-viii, [1]-300. 257- Traité de botanique médicale phanérogamique. Paris (Hachette et Cie) 1883-1884. Oct. ( Traité bot. méd. phan.) Fasc. 1: p. [i-iii], [1]-720, fig. 1-2301. Mai 1883. Copies: MO (has t.p. 1883), NY. Fasc. 2: p. [i-ili], 721-1499, [1500, err.], fig. 2302-3487. Mar 1884. Copies: MO, NY. — The drawings are by Auguste Faguet. Ref.: BM 1: 87; Kew 1: 125; NI 66. IOI BAILLON 258. Guide élémentaire d’herborisations et de botanique pratique ... avec figures dans le text. Paris (Octave Doin) 1886. Duod. (Guide élém. herbor.) Publ.: Mar 1886, p. [1]-72. Copy: B. . 259. Traité de botanique médicale cryptogamique suivi du tableau du droguier de la Faculté de médecine de Paris. Paris (Octave Doin) 1889. Oct. (Traité bot. méd. crypt.) Publ.: Feb-Mar 1889 (Nat. Nov.), p. [i-i1], [1]-376, [1, err.], figs. 1-370, by Auguste Faguet. Copies: L, NY. Ref.: BM 1: 87; Kew 1: 1253 LS 1554; NI 65. 260. Histoire des plantes [.] Monographie des Cypéracées, Restiacées et Eriocaulacées . . . illustrée de 36 figures dans les textes [.] Dessins de Faguet. Paris (Hachette & Cie) 1893. Oct. (Hist. pl., monogr. Cypér.) Publ.: 1893 (but mentioned by Nat. Nov. only in Feb 1894 as of “'1893”’), p. [i-iii], 335- 402. Copy: B. — Preprint of text appearing in vol. 12. Baines, Henry (1794-1878), British botanist in Yorkshire, employed by James Back- house Sr. (Baines). HERBARIUM and TypPEs: YRK, also material at OXF. Ref.: TH 2: 49; Kent, Brit. herbaria 41. 1957. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 106; BB p. 15; BL 2: 275; BM 1: 87; Jackson p. 262; Kew 1: 125; PR 356. Ann. Rep. York philos. Soc. 1878: 17. 261. The flora of Yorkshire. With two plates. London (Longman, Orme, Brown, Green and Longman), Halifax (Leyland and son) 1840. Oct. (in fours) (Fl. Yorkshire). Orig.: Sep 1840 (pref. 1 Sep 1840; pres. to Linn. Soc. 1 Oct; various rev. Nov-Dec 1840, BH), p. [i*-viii*], map, [i]-xvi, [1]-159, 2 pl. Copies: BR, HU, MO, NY. 262. A supplement to Baines’ Flora of Yorkshire, with a map. Part first. The flowering plants and ferns: by John Gilbert Baker, F.B.S.L. Part second. The mosses of the county: by John Nowell. London (William Pamplin) 1854. Oct. (Suppl. fl. Yorkshire). Co-authors: John Gilbert Baker (1834-1920) ; John Nowell (1802-1867). Publ.: Dec 1854 (p. 3: Dec 1854), p. [i, h.t.], map, [iii]-viii, [1]-188, [v]-vili. Copies: BR, G, HU, MO, NY. Ref.: BL 2: 275; BM 1: 87; Jackson p. 242; Kew 1: 125; PR 356. Bainier, Georges (x-1920), French pharmacist and mycologist. (Bainier). HERBARIUM and TyPES: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 107; BM 6: 49; Kew 1: 126; LS 1559-1575, 30786-30795; LS suppl. 1572-1584. Mangin, Bull. Soc. myc. France 36: 121. 1920. 263. Etude sur les mucorinées. Thése présentée et soutenue a l’école supérieure de pharmacie de Paris, le [. . .] mars 1882 pour obtenir le diplome de pharmacien de premieére classe. Paris 1882. Qu. (F. Pichon et A. Cotillon) 1882. Qu. (Etud. mucor.) Publ.: Mar 1882, p. [1]-136, pl. 1-11. Copy: NY. — Contains a number of alternative names for new species assigned to both an existing and a new genus. In this case the rules for alternative names and combined generic-specific descriptions can be applied and the new generic names accepted. Ref.: BM 6: 49; Kew 1: 126. Baker, Charles Fuller (1872-1927), American botanist, agronomist and entomologist. (C. Baker). HERBARIUM and TYPES: POM, much material also at NY. — For details on C. F. Baker’s 102 BAKER, E.G. extensive collections see IH. — Exsiccatae: 1. Plants of southern Colorado (1895-1901), atE; 2. Plants of Santa Marta, Colombia; 3. Plants of Nevada, see 1H; 4. Plants of the Pacific Slope (Spermatophytes and Ferns) ; 5. Pacific Slope Fungi (1902-1904), at BPI, CU, F, FH, MICH, MIN, NEB, NY, RSA, WIS; 6. Pacific Slope Bryophyies (1903-1904), at BM, FH, NY, PC; 7. Pacific Slope Lichens (1903-1904), at B, H, S, US, W. Ref.: TH 1 (ed. 6): 355, 2: 50. , Stevenson, Beih. Nova Hedw. 36: 23-27. 1971. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 179. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 107; BM 6: 49-50; Bossert p. 21; CSP 13: 251; GR p. 203-204; Kew 1: 126; Langman p. 104; LS 30797; LS suppl. 1587-1600; MW suppl. p. 19. Barnhart, J. New York Bot. Gard. 12: 118. 1911. Hoffmann, Lingnaam Agr. Rev. 4: 197-202. 1927 (portr.) Holzinger, Bryologist 30: 114. 1927. Copeland et al., Philipp. Agric. 16, special number 1928, In memoriam Charles Fuller Baker (portr.) Essig, Philip. J. Sci. 35: 429-437. 1928 (portr.) Hernandez, Lingnaam Agr. Rev. 5: 271-279. 1928 (bibl.) Leon, Elogio de Charles Fuller Baker, Habana 1929, 28 p. (portr.) Essig, A history of entomology 542-548. 1931. Carpenter, Amer. Midl. Natural. 33: 5. 1945 (cites further biogr.) Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 318. 1945. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males ser. 1. 1: 30-31. 1950. Thomas, Contr. Dudley Herb. 5(6): 148. 1961. Stevenson, Beih. Nova Hedwigia 36: 23-24. 1971. Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 17. 1973. EPONYMY: Bakeromyces H. Sydow & P. Sydow (1917); Bakerophoma Diedicke (1916). Note: For other eponyms based on the name Baker, cf. infra, sub E. G. Baker and sub J. G. Baker. Baker, Edmund Gilbert (1864-1949), British botanist. (EF. G. Baker). HERBARIUM and TyYPEs: BM, K, also RTE. Ref.: TH 2: 50. Kent, Brit. herbaria 41. 1953. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 108; BL 1: 284-285 [index], 2: 273; BM 1: 89, 6: 50; CSP 13: 251-252; Kew 1: 126-128; Langman p. 104; LS 1576; MW p. 27, suppl. p. 19. Lousley, Watsonia 1(6): 343-344. 1950. COMPOSITE WoRKS: Rendle et al., Catalogue of the plants collected by Mr. and Mrs. P. A. Talbot in the Oban district, South Nigeria, by A. B. Rendle ... E. G. Baker .. . and others, xX, 157 p., 17 pl. London 1913, Oct. (see BM 6: 135). — See also BL 1: 284-285 for further references to composite works. EPONYMY: Bakeridesia Hochreutiner (1913); Bakerophyton (J. Léonard) J. Hutchinson (1964, probably also dedicated to John Gilbert Baker (1834-1920), q.v.) Note: For other eponyms based on the name Baker, cf. supra, sub C. F. Baker and infra, sub J. G. Baker. 264. Synopsis of Malveae: or an enumeration of the plants contained in the first tribe of the natural order Malvaceae ... Reprinted from the ‘“‘Journal of Botany”? 1890-1894. London (West, Newman & Co) s.d. [1895]. Oct. (Syn. Malv.) 103 BAKER, E.G. Publ.: 1895, p. [i-iii], [1]-124. Copy: NY. — Reprinted from J. Bot. 28-32, 1890-1894 q.v. for original publication and dates. 265. The Leguminosae of Tropical Africa. 3 parts, Gent (Erasmus Press) Ostende (Unitas Press) 1926-1930. Oct. (Legum. Trop. Africa). 1: [1]-215. Jan 1926. Copies: G, MO, NY. 2: [i-iii], 216-607. Ostende, Jul 1929. Copies: G, MO, NY. 3: [i-iti], 608-953. Ostende, Apr 1930. Copies: G, MO, NY. Ref.: Kew 1: 127. Baker, John Gilbert (1834-1920), British botanist, keeper of the herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. (Baker). HERBARIUM and Types: WELT. — First herbarium (N. England) destroyed by fire in 1864. Types mainly at K and WELT. Issued Plantae criticae britannicae exsiccatae, Herbarium of British Roses and Plants of North Yorkshire (1887-1888), sets at BM, GL, MANCH. Ref.: 1H 2: 50. Kent, Brit. herbaria 41. 1953 Rickett, NAF ser. 2(2): 150. 1955. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 6. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 403; Barnhart 1: 108; BB p. 15-16; BL 2: 525-526 [index]; Bossert p. 12; CSP 1: 164-165, 7: 74-75, 9: 102-104, 12: 41-44, 13: 253-255, 17: 399; DTS 1: 14; GR p. 388; IF p. 676-680; IF suppl. 1: 75; Jackson p. 518 [index]; Kew 1: 130-132; Langman p. 104-105; LS 1577; MW p. 28-30; suppl. 19-20 (bibl.) ; NI p. 6; PR 356-360; Zander ed. 10, p. 630. Anon., J. Bot. 28: 216-217. 1890, 37: 48. 1899. Britten, J. Bot. 31: 243-244. 1893 (portr.) Babington, Memorials 470. 1897. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 7-8. 1898. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 819. 1903, 3(3): 75. 1905. Milner, Cat. Portr. Kew 4-5. 1906. Urban, FI. bras. 1(1): 156-157. 1906. Sheppard, The Naturalist, 1907: 5-8 (see also J. Bot. 45: 67. 1907). Davey, Fl. Cornwall lv-lvi. 1909. Britten, J. Bot. 58: 233-238. 1920 (‘‘no kinder man could ever have lived”’) (portr. J. Bot. 1893: 293, 1901: frontispiece). Hutchinson, J. Kew Guild 3: 365-366. 1917 (portr.) Druce, Rep. bot. Exch. Club 6: 93-100. 1921. Jackson, Proc. Linn. Soc. 1920-1921: 41-44. Nelmes and Cuthbertson, Bot. Mag. Dedic. 1827-1927: 210-212. 1932 (portr.) Anon., The Lily Year-Book 6. 1937 (portr.) Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 17. 1973. Dolezal, Friedrich Welwitsch 232 [index]. 1974. COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) Contributions to Martius, Fl. bras.: a. Cyatheaceae, Polypodiaceae, 1(2): 305-624, pl. 20-70. 1 Mai 1870. b. Connaraceae, Ampelidae, 14(2): 173-216, pl. 41-52. 1 Jul 1871. c. Compositae I, 6(2): 1-180, pl. 1-50. 1 Jun 1873. d. Compositae II, 6(2): 181-376, pl. 51-102. 1 Feb 1876. e. Compositae III, 6(3): 1-134, pl. 1-44. 1 Jul 1882. f. Compositae IV, 6(3): 137-412, pl. 45-108. 1 Mai 1884. (2) Baines, Flora Yorkshire, Suppl. 1, Flowering plants and ferns, London 1854. (3) Oliver, Flora of tropical Africa, vols. 1-8, 1868-1903, many treatments (see BM 1: 89, 6: 50). (4) Journal of Botany, assistant editor to B. Seemann, vols. 8-13, 1870-1875. (5) Hooker and Baker, Synopsis filicum, see W. J. Hooker. (6) Hooker, Fl. Brit. India: Leguminosae in 2: 56-240. Mai 1876, 241-306. Jul 1878; Scitamineae in 6: 198-224. Dec 1890, 225-264. Jul 1892. (7) Saunders, Refugium botanicum, 5 vols. 1869-1873; descriptions by J. G. Baker. 104, BAKER, J. G. EPONYMY: Bakerantha L. B. Smith (1934); Bakerella Van Tieghem (1895); Bakeria E. F. André (1889); Bakeria B. C. Seemann (1864); Bakeriella Pierre ex Dubard (1911); Bakerisideroxylon (Engler) Engler (1904) ; Bakerophyton (J. Léonard) J. Hutchinson (1964, probably also dedicated to Edmund Gilbert Baker (1864-1949), q.v.); Bakeropteris O. Kuntze (1891); Neobakeria Schlechter (1924). Note: Bakeridesta Hochreutiner (1913) is dedicated to Edmund Gilbert Baker (1864-1949), q.v.; Bakerolimon Linczevski (1968) is dedicated to Herbert G. Baker (1920-x), British botanist; Bakeromyces H. Sydow & P. Sydow (1917) and Bakerophoma Diedicke (1916) are dedicated to Charles Fuller Baker (1872-1927), q.v. 266. The flowering plants and ferns of Great Britain: an attempt to classify them according to their geognostic relations. A paper read before the British Association for the Advance- ment of Science, at the twenty-fifth annual meeting, Glasgow 1855. With additions. London (W. & F. G. Cash) 1855. Oct. (Fl. pl. ferns Britain). Publ.: Sep-Dec 1855, date on inside cover (p. ii): 1 Sep 1855, p. [1]-30, [1]. Copy: HH. Ref.: BM 1: 89; Jackson p. 231; Kew 1: 130; PR 358. 267. North Yorkshire: studies of its botany, geology, climate and physical geography ... with four maps. London 1863. Oct. (N. Yorkshire). Ed. 1: 1863 (p. viii: 1 Mar 1863), p. [i]-xii, [1]-353, 4 maps. Ed. 2: London (A. Brown & Sons) 1906; t.p.: ““This work forms the third volume of the botanical series of the Transactions of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union,” (p. viii: Jan 1906, p. ix: 8 Jan 1906) p. [i]-xiv, [1]-671, [1 err.], [text starts on p. 3]. A consolidated reprint of the six parts originally published in the Transactions of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union as follows: part pages Transactions date of issue I 1-48, map Tel Nov 1888 2 49-144, 2 maps 12 Jan 1889 3 145-272 13 Sep 1889 4 273-336 15 Nov 18g0 5 337-400 107) Oct 1892 6 401-671, ind., titles 33 Feb 1906 Ref.: BL 2: 275; BM 1: 89; Jackson p. 262; Kew 1: 130; PR 359. 268. Flora of Mauritius and the Seychelles: a description of the flowering plants and ferns of those islands. London (L. Reeve & Co.) 1877. Oct. (Fl. Mauritius). Orig. ed.: 2 Aug 1877, the date on which Thiselton-Dyer sent a copy to the Colonial Office (p. 12*: Apr 1877, J. Bot. Aug 1877); p. [1*]-19*, [i]-1, [1, h.t.], [1]-557- Facsimile ed.: Lehre (J. Cramer) 1970, Historiae naturalis classica, t. 75, ISBN 3-7682- 0677-7, p. [i-iv], [1*]-19*, [i-l. [i, h.t.], [1]-557. Copy: FAS. Ref.: BM 1: 89; Jackson p. 353; Kew 1: 131. Trimen, J. Bot. 15: 309-311. Oct 1877. Anon., [Thiselton-Dyer], Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1905: 37. 269. A flora of the English Lake District. London (George Bell & Sons) 1885. Oct. (FI. Engl. Lake District). Publ.: Feb-Mai 1885 (p. iv: Feb 1885; J. Bot. Mai, Nat. Nov. Jun 1885), p. [i]-viii, [1]- 262. Copy: HH. Ref.: Britten, J. Bot. 23: 189-190. 1885. 270. Handbook of the fern-allies: A synopsis of the genera and species of the natural orders Equisetaceae, Lycopodiaceae, Selaginellaceae, Rhizocarpeae. London (George Bell & Sons) 1887. Oct. (Handb. fern-allies). Publ.: Jul 1887 (pref. p. viii: Mai 1887, copy presented by Baker to BM on 7 Jul 1887; Gard. Chron. ser. 3. 2: 167. Aug 1887; Nat. Nov. Aug 1887; information W. T. Stearn), p. [i]-vii, [1]-159. Copies: BM, US. Ref.: BM 1: 89; Kew 1: 191. 105 BAKER, J. G. 271. Handbook of the Amaryllideae, including the Alstroemerieae and Agaveae. London (George Bell & Sons) 1888. Oct. (Handb. Amaryll.) Orig. ed.: Apr 1888, after 20 Mar (preface) and before 15 Apr 1888 (Nat. Nov.) — p. [i]- xii, [1]-216. Copies: BR (signed by author “May 1888”), G, MO, NY. — The Hypo- xideae and Vellosieae are excluded because they had just been treated in the Journal of the Linnean Society of London (Botany) 17: 93. Facsimile ed.: Lehre (J. Cramer) 1972, Plant monograph reprints vol. 7, ISBN 3-7682- 0751-x, p. [i-ii*], [i]-xii, [1]-216. Copy: FAS. Ref.: BM 1: 89; Kew 1: 131; Langman 108. Britten, J. Bot. 26: 253-254. 1888. 272. Handbook of the Bromeliaceae. London (George Bell & Sons) 1889. Oct. (Handb. Bromel.) Orig. ed.: Aug-Oct 18809, after 17 Aug (preface) and before 15 Oct (Nat. Nov.), p. [i]-xi, [1]-243. Copies: BR, G, L, MO, NY, US. — The abbreviation “M.D.” indicates that there is an original drawing of the plant in the Morren collections at Kew. Facsimile ed.: Lehre (J. Cramer) 1972. Plant Monograph Reprints ISBN 3-7682-0752-8, p. [i*-ii*], [i]-xi, [1]-243. Copies: FAS, NY. Ref.: BM 1: 89; Kew 1: 132; Langman p. 108; IDC 5830. Rendle, J. Bot. 28: 24-26. 1890. 273. Handbook of the Irideae. London (George Bell & Sons), New York 1892. Oct. (Handb. Trid.) Orig. ed.: Aug-Nov 1892 (preface 17 Aug; Nat. Nov. Dec 1892), p. [i]-xii, [1]-247. Copies: BR, G, MO, US. Facsimile ed.: Lehre (J. Cramer) 1972. Plant Monograph Reprints vol. 9, ISBN 3-7682- 0753-6, p. [i*-ii*], [i]-xu1, [1]-247. Copy: FAS. Ref.: Rendle, J. Bot. 31: 154-156. 1893. Bakhuizen van den Brink, Reinier Cornelis Jr. (1911-x), Dutch botanist. (Bakh. f.) HERBARIUM and TypPEs: Mainly at BO and L. Ref eA o\s Ge. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Bossert p. 22; Kew 1: 135; Zander ed. 10, p. 630. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males ser. 1. 1: 32. 1950 (portr.) Roon, Int. direct. spec. pl. tax. 13. 1958. NOTE: For Reinier Cornelis Bakhuizen van den Brink Sr. (Bakh.) (1881-1945), Dutch botanist on Java, see e.g. Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 31-32. 1950. 274. Een bijdrage tot de kennis van de Melastomataceae van den Maleischen Archipel in het bijzonder van die van Nederlandsch Indié. Proefschrift ter verkrijging van den graad van doctor in de wis- en natuurkunde aan de Rijksuniversiteit te Utrecht, op gezag van den Rector Magnificus, L. van Vuuren, hoogleeraar in de Faculteit der Letteren en Wijsbegeerte, volgens besluit van den Senaat der Universiteit tegen de bedenkingen van de Faculteit der Wis- en Natuurkunde te verdedigen op Maandag 17 mei 1943, des na- middags te 3 uur door Reinier Cornelis Bakhuizen van den Brink, geboren te Tanjinan- gan (Java). Gouda (Koch & Knuttel) [1943]. Oct. (Badr. Melastom.) Publ.: 17 May 1943 (day on which this thesis was publicly defended at Utrecht), p. [i- viii], [1]-31, [theses 2 p.]. Copies: Bakh., BR, L. The text is a Dutch summary of the Contribution (see below) which was published on the same day. The new names occur- ring in this thesis were validated in the Contribution. 275. A contribution to the knowledge of the Melastomataceae occurring in the Malay Archipel- ago especially in the Netherlands East Indies. Gouda 1943. Oct. (Contr. Melastom.) Orig. issue: 17 May 1943, p. [1]-391. Copies: BR, K, L(2), U, author. — Ten copies of this preprint with a special cover and separate title were available to the public and depo- sited in public libraries (L, U) on 17 May 1943. This distribution, even though small because of special conditions (paper shortage) caused by the German occupation of 106 BALBIS the Netherlands, fulfilled the requirements of effective publication. ‘The type was kept and run off again in 1946 when it appeared (in December) as p. 1-391 of volume 40 of the Recueil des Travaux botaniques néerlandais. Another set of copies appeared in 1947 as Mededeelingen van het Botanisch Museum en Herbarium van de Rijks- universiteit te Utrecht no. 91. This issue of the Mededeelingen is dated 1943 because of the ten preprints available on 17 May 1943. One of the Leiden copies is that of C. A. Backer who testified on the first page the receipt of his (private) copy on 12 Oct 1943. Copies of the reprint were available on 17 May 1943 (fide A. A. Pulle, J. Lan- jouw, oral comm.). The Kew copy was forwarded by the author to the Royal Botanic Gardens Kew early in 1947 before the issue of the 1947 copies. The 1943 copies are recognizable only by means of a grey cover in combination with headlines on p. [1] identifying the publication as a reprint from the Recueil as well as no. 91 of the Mededeelingen. ‘The characters used for the title on the cover are larger than those used for the author’s name. 1947 issue (a): as above but with yellow cover of the Mededeelingen. Copies: L, U, FAS, NY. 1947 issue (b): on p. [1] in heading only “Extrait du ...” and not the Mededeelingen imprint; number of copies: 50, distributed privately. Grey cover, title and author’s name from same font. Copy: Author. Balansa, Benedict (‘Benjamin’) (1825-1891), French botanical explorer. (Balansa). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown; large sets especially at P, for details see IH. Balansa issued various sets of plants such as Plantes du Paraguay (1878-1884). These sets were irregular in numbers as well as in labelling and do not constitute regular exsiccatae. Spegazinni’s Fungi guaranitict and Mueller Arg., Lichenes paraguayenses are based on Balan- sa’s Paraguayan collections. Many Balansa collections are described in the Plantae hasslerianae, Bull. herb. Boissier ser. 2, tome 2. 1902. Balansa collected also in Turkey, Algiers, Marocco, New Caledonia, Loyalty Is., ‘Tonkin. IMAGES MUSE CIB este Candolle, Phytographie 393-394. 1880. Stevenson, Beih. Nova Hedwigia 36: 28-30. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(2): 384, 12(1): 265; Barnhart 1: 110; BM 6: 51; Bossert p. 22; CSP 1: 66, 7: 76, 9: [n.v.], 12: 45, 13: 258; GR p. 304; Kew 1: 137; Zander (ed. 10) p. 630. Cosson et Durieu, Exp. Sci. Algérie, Bot. 2: xx. 1868. Cosson, Comp. fl. Atl. 1: 16-17. 1881. Debeaux, Rev. de Bot. 10: 661-664. 1892. Gagnepain, Fl. Indochine, tome prél. 34. 1944. Astre, La vie de Benjamin Balansa, botaniste explorateur. Toulouse 1947, 200 p. (portr.) (coll. Les livres du Museum, Toulouse). Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 32-33. 1950. Davy de Virville, Hist. bot. France p. 381 [index]. 1954. Astre, Mem. Acad. Sci. Inscr. Belles-Lettres Toulouse ser. 14. 3 (= 124): 17-34. 1962 (documents on trip to ‘Tonkin and Java). Astre, Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Toulouse 1o1: 170. 1966. EPONYMY: Balansaea Boissier & Reuter (1852) ; Balansaephytum Drake del Castillo (1896) ; Balansia Spegazzini (1885); Balansiella Hennings (1904); Balansina G. Arnaud (1918) ; Balansiopsis Héhnel (1910); Balansochloa O. Kuntze (1903). Balbis, Giovanni-Batista (1765-1831), Italian physician and botanist at Torino, pupil of Allioni. (Balb.) HERBARIUM and Types: TO; plants from the Lyonnese period at LY. Ref.: TH 2: 51; Saccardo 2: 14. Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cx-cxi. 1883. Hawksworth, Mycologist’s handb., 181. 1974. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 406, 5(2): 290; Barnhart 1: 110; BL 2: 194, 107 BALBIS 380; BM 1: go-91, 6: 51; Bossert p. 22; CSP 1: 167-168; GR p. 513; IF p. 680; Jackson 200, 286, 320, 438; Kew 1: 137; LS 1586-1592; MD p. 50-52; MW p. 30; NI 70-71, 1448; PR 362-368; Saccardo 1: 20, 2: 14; Cron. p. xiv; Zander ed. 10, p. 630. Anon., Flora 14: 240. 1831. Anon., Alg. Konst- Letter-Bode 1831(2): 193-194. 1831. Anon., Bibliot. Ital. (Milano) 61: 408-410. 1831. Anon. [S.], Flora 14: 240. 1831. Candolle, Bibl. Univ. sci. 46(2): 214-217. 1831. Grognier, Bull. Sci. nat. 26(g9): 281-285. 1831. Colla, Elogio storico ... G. B. Balbis. Torino 1832 (n.v., fide BMNH). Colla, Mem. Accad. Sci. Torino 36(1): xxvii-liv. 1833. Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon 1836 (frontispiece portr.) Candolle, Mémoires et souvenirs 371-372, 129, 157. 1862. Fournier, in Baillon, Dict. bot. 1: 354. 1876. Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cx-cxi. 1883. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 108, 159. 1903. 3(3): 174. 1905. Mangin, Bull. Soc. bot. Lyon 32: 4-5. 1907. Mattirolo, Cronistoria orto bot. (Valentino) Torino liii-lv. 1929 (portr.) Bollea et al., Enciclop. Ital. 5: 906. 1930. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 13-14. 1941. Stafleu, in Daniels and Stafleu, ‘Taxon 21: 66. 1972 (portr.) COMPOSITE WORKS: With D. Nocca: Flora ticinensis, q.v. EPONYMY: Balbisia A. P. de Candolle (1833); Balbisia Cavanilles (1804, nom. cons.) ; Balbisia Willdenow (1803, nom. rej.) HANDWRITING: Candollea 27: 315-316. 1972. 276. Elenco delle piante crescenti ni contorni di Torino compilato dal cittadino Giovanni Battista Balbis medico dell’ armata francese in Italia. Torino anno 9° republicano [1801] dalla Stamperia filantropica. Oct. (in fours) (Elenco). Publ.: 1801 (the gth year of the Republic ran from 23 Sep 1800-17 Sep 1801; p. 4: 1 Nivése an 9 = 22 Dec 1800), p. [1]-102, [1, err.] Copies: G, HH, NY. Ref.: BM 1: 90; Kew 1: 137; LS 1586; PR 362. 277. Catalogus plantarum horti botanici taurinensis. A. reip. gall. xii. (1804) Ex typogra- phia phylantropica. Oct. (Cat. pl.) Ed. 1804: (p. viii: 18 Dec 1803; an. xii = 24 Sep 1803-17 Sep 1804), p. [i]-vili, [1]-50. Copy: NY. Ed. 1807: Catalogus stirpium horti botanici taurinensis, ‘Torino (Ex typographia partitionis) 1807 (p. [3]: 1 Jan 1807) Oct. (in fours), p. [1]-63. Copy: HU. Ed. 1810: Catalogus plantarum ... ad annum 18ro. Torino (Typographia praefecturae) s.d. [1810] (p. 3: 15 Dec 1809), p. [1]-67. Copies: G, NY. Ed. 1812: Catalogus stirpium ... ad annum mdccexii. Torino (Vincenti Bianco) s.d. [1812] (p. 7: 1 Nov 1811; BF 4 Jan 1812), p. [1]-80, [1, err.]. Copies: M, NY. Ed. 1813: Catalogus stirpium ... ad annum mdccexiii. Torino (Vincenti Bianco) s.d. [1813] (p. 4: 1 Jan 1813; donated to Torino Acad. 8 Feb 1813; BF 12 Mar 1813), p. [1]-83. Copies: M, NY, US, USDA. Ed. 1814: Ad catalogum stirpium horti academici taurinensis editum anno mdcccxiii appendix prima. s.d., s.1. [Torino 1814] (p. 4: 1 Apr 1814, p. 18: mdccxiv), p. [1]-18. Copies: M, USDA. No information is available to us on issues for 1805 and 1811, mentioned, but not seen, by PR. Ref.: Kew 1: 137; PR 366. 278. Miscellanea botanica ubi et rariorum horti botanici stirpium, minusque cognitarum descriptiones, ac additamentum alterum ad floram pedemontanam, et ad Elenchum plantarum circa taurinensem urbem nascentium; tum locorum natalium indicatio, ac observationes botanicae continentur. [Torino 1804]. Qu. (Misc. bot.) 108 BALDINGER Publ.: 1803 or, more likely, 1804 (read 23 Jan 1803), p. [i], [1]-68, [2 p. tab. expl.], 11 plates, reprinted with independent pagination and separate title page from ‘‘Mém. de l’Ac. des Sc. de Turin vol. 7” [on plates], which is 7(1): 317-386. 1804 [an xii; 24 Sep 1803-17 Sep 1804]. Copies: G, HH, MO. — The plates (nos z-1z) are uncoloured copper engravings by Chianale Amati et Tela, Torino. Miscellanea altera botanica [‘Torino 1809], p. [1]-43, pl. 1-2, no special t.p. but reprinted with independent pagination from Mem. Acad. Sci. Turin 1805-1808: 199-241. 1809; read to Academy on 19 Jan 1806. Copies: G, HH, HU, MO. Ref.: Kew 1: 137; LS 1588, 1589 [34]; PR 363. 279. Flora taurinensis sive enumeratio plantarum circa Taurinensem urbem nascentium. Torino (Ex typographia Johannis Giossi) 1806. Oct. (Fl. taur.) Publ.: 1806, probably Jan-Mar (Balbis sent a copy to Dégerand on 1 Apr 1806 (MD), rev. Nuov. Giorn. Lett. Pisa ser. 2. 4: 439 Mai-Jun 1806, BH), p. [i]-xvi, 1-224. Copies: G, NY. Ref.: BM 1: 91; Kew 1: 137; LS 1590; MD p. 50; PR 365. Schrader, Neues J. Bot. 3(1/2): 190-194. Apr 1809. 280. Horti academici taurinensis stirpium minus cognitarum aut forte novarum icones et descriptiones. Fasciculus primus. Torino (Ex typis Imperialis Academiae Scientiarum, Literarum, et Artium) 1810. Qu. + (Hort. taur. stirp.) Publ.: 1810, p. [1]-28, pl. [1-7], [1 expl. pl.]. Copies: G, NY. — Expl. pl. and errata on p. 3 of cover. — Preprinted, with independent pagination, Jul-Dec 1810 (read on 2 Jun 1810) from Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. Turin 18: 347-363, pl. iv-ix. 1811. In a letter (at G) from Balbis to Froelich dated 15 Jan 1811 Balbis writes: ‘“‘Habebis cito ... primum fasciculum plantarum horti hujusce.’? — Seven copper engravings by Angela Bottione. Ref.: Jackson 438; Kew 1: 137; NI 70; PR 367. 281. Flore lyonnaise, ou description des plantes qui croissent dans les environs de Lyon et sur le Mont-Pilat. Lyon (C. Coque) 1827-1828, 2 vols. (in 3). Oct. (in fours) (FI. lyon.) Vol. 1, part r: Oct-Nov 1827 (pref. p. xvi: Oct 1827, BF 21 Nov 1827), p. [i*-iii*], [i]- xvi, [1]-471. Copy: B. Vol. 1, part 2: 21 Oct-21 Nov 1827 (errata: 21 Oct 1827, BF 21 Nov 1827), p. [i-iii], [473]-890, [1, err.], Tableau synopt.: [1]-30. Copy: B. Vol. 2: 1 Mai-5 Jul 1828 (preface 1 Mai 1828, BF 5 Jul 1828), p. [i]-viii, [1]-371, [372, err.]. Copy: B. — Other state: errata on p. [372] lacking. Supplement, Anonymous, 1835, see Roffavier. Ref.: BM 1: 91; BL 2: 188; Kew 1: 137; Jackson p. 286; LS 1592; MD p. 51-52, PR 368; IDC 245. Tucker, Cat. Arnold Arb. 1: 54. 1914. Baldacci, Antonio (1867-1950), Italian botanist, collected on the Balcan and in Greece. (Baldacci). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Material in many herbaria, especially FI, see IH. Refs lH a5 1: BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 202, 12(3): 63; Barnhart 1: 110; BL 2: 384; Bossert p. 22; CSP 13: 259-260; Kew 1: 137-139; NY p. 18; Saccardo 1: 20; Zander ed. 10, p. 630. Marchesetti, Atti Museo Civico Storia nat. Trieste 9: 132. 1895. Baldinger, Ernst Gottfried (1738-1804), German botanist. (Baldinger). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 2: 4-5; AG 2(1): 23; Barnhart 1: 111; BM 1: 91; Jackson p. 428; Kew 1: 139; LS 1596, 30799; NDB 1: 550-552; PR 369-373. Anon., Allg. med. Ann. neunzehnten Jahrh. 1804: 160. 109 BALDINGER Jourdan, Dict. Sci. méd., Biogr. méd. 1: 517-522. 1820. Hulth, Bref och skr. Linné 2(1): 137-141. 1916. EPoNyMY: Baldingera P. G. Gaertner, B. Meyer & J. Scherbius (1799). 282. Dissertatio inauguralis botanico-medica de filicum seminibus quam praeside Ernesto Godofr. Baldinger ... pro gradu doctoris medicinae summisque in medicina priviligiis legitime impetrandis die xvi jun. mdcclxx. Publice defendendam exhibet auctor Joannes Philippus Wolff, svinfurtensis. Jena [1770]. Qu. (Filic. semin.) Orig. ed.: 16 Jun 1770 (date on which this thesis was defended; Jenaische Zeit. gel. Sachen 25 Jun 1770), p. [1]-28, (p. 28: 12 Jun 1770). Copies: NY, UC. — Authorship of this thesis must be attributed to Joannes Philippus Wolff who acted as respondens but is called auctor on the title page. Reprint: in Ludwig, Delect. opusc. bot. 1: 310-339. 1790 (PR 5658), see also GGA 1771 (46): 400. 18 Apr 1771. Ref.: BH; PR 372. 283. Ueber das Studium der Botanik und die Erlernung derselben. Jena 1770. Qu. (n.v.) (Stud. Bot.) Publ.: Sep 1770 (Baldinger sent a copy to Linnaeus on 29 Sep 1770; Jenaische Zeit. gel. Sachen 10 Sep 1770). Ref.: BM 1: 91; PR 371. Hulth, Bref och Skr. Linné 2(1): 138-139. 1916. 284. Index plantarum horti et agri jenensis. Gdttingen, Gotha 1773. (n.v.) (Index pl. jenensis). Publ.: Mai-Jun 1773 (GGA 3 Jul 1773; preface 8 Mai 1773). Ref.: Jackson p. 428; PR 370; IDC 5831. Baldwin, William (1779-1819), United States physician and botanist, plant collector in the southeastern United States and in South America. (Baldw.) HERBARIUM and TyPES: Baldwin’s collections were acquired by Lewis von Schweinitz who discarded the original labels. Von Schweinitz’ herbarium is now at PH. Further specimens are at DWC, LASCA, MANCH and P-DU; the Lambert set of Baldwin specimens is now also at PH (via ‘Tuckerman). Ref.: 1H 2: 52. Ewan, Editor’s Introduction, to facsimile edition of Reliquiae baldwinianae (see below) p. vili-ix. Miller, Taxon 19: 513. 1970. Stuckey, ‘Taxon 20: 443-459. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 111; BM 1: g1; Bossert p. 23; CSP 1: 169, 12: 45; Jackson p. 494; Kew 1: 141-142; MET: 162, 3: 533 (bibl.); NCAB 10: 275-276; PR 377. Baldwin, Journal of William Baldwin, botanist of the first part of the expedition from Pittsburgh to the Rocky Mountains. 1819, 149 p. (n.v., fide ME). Darlington, Reliquiae baldwinianae, Philadelphia 1843 (portr.) Redfield, Bot. Gaz. 8: 233-237. 1883 (bibl.) Harsberger, Bot. Philadelphia 119-125, 440. 1899. Spaulding, Popular Sci. Monthly 73: 495-497, 1908 (portr.) Kelly, Some American medical botanists 104-112. 1914 (portr.) Kelly and Burrage, American medical biographies 55. 1920. Barnhart, Mem. Torrey bot. Club. 16: 290. 1921. Humphrey, Makers N. Amer. botany 15-17. 1961. Graustein, Thomas Nuttall 460. 1967. Ewan, A short history of botany in the U.S. 38, 40, 89. 1969. Ewan, l.c. (see above) p. i-lxix. 1969 [sources]. Editor’s introduction, to facsimile edition of Reliquiae baldwinianae. Stuckey, Taxon 20: 443-459. 1971 (Baldwin coll. in Collins’ herb.) Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 17-18, 446. 1973. IIo BALFOUR, I. B. EPONYMY: Balduina Nuttall (1818, nom. cons.); Baldwinia J. Torrey & A. Gray (1842, orth. var.) Note: Baldwiniella V. F. Brotherus (1906) is dedicated to David Dwight Baldwin (1831- 1912), Hawaiian botanist. HANDWRITING: Darlington, Reliquiae baldwinianae, Philadelphia 1843 (frontispiece). 285. Reliquiae baldwinianae : selectionsfrom the correspondence of the late William Baldwin, M.D. surgeon in the U.S. navy. With occasional notes, and a short biographical memoir. Compiled by William Darlington, M.D. ... Philadelphia (Kimber and Sharpless) 1843. Oct. (Relig. baldw.) Orig. ed.: 1-19 Jul 1843, p. [1]-346, [1, corr.], frontispiece portrait. For a commentary and additional indexes see 1969 facsimile edition. Facsimile ed.: New York and London (Hafner) 1969, Classica botanica americana suppl. ii, p. [ti*-iv*], i-lxix (intr. Ewan, index), [1]-346, [1, corr.]. Copy: FAS. Ref.: BM 1: 91; Jackson p. 494; Kew 1: 142; PR 377, 2051. Anon., Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 1: 134. 1843 (book rd. 19 Jul 1843). Gray, Amer. J. Sci. 46: 192-195. 1844. Redfield, Bot. Gaz. 8: 233-237. 1883. Lauener, Notes Roy. bot. Gard. Edinburgh 29(3): 405. 1969. Stafleu, Taxon 18: 717. 1969. Balfour, [Sir] Isaac Bayley (1853-1922), Scottish botanist, professor of botany in the University of Edinburgh. 1888-1921, Queens’ botanist in Scotland, son of John Hutton Balfour. (J. B. Balf.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: E; first set of Rodriguez and Socotra Islands (1874-1875) at K. Socotra, Aden and Scottish plants also at OXF. Balfour’s Collectio myxomycetum at E has material from many collectors. Ref.: TH 2: 52. Kent, Brit. herbaria 41. 1953. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 125. 1964. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 57. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 112; BB p. 16-17; BL 1: 98, 101; BM 1: 92, 6: 52; CSP 7: 77, 9: 108, 12: 45, 13: 262; IF p. 680; Jackson p. 133; Kew 1: 142-143; Langman p. 679, 791; LS 1602-1604; MW p. 30-31; NI 72; Plesch p. 399. Balfour, ‘Testimonials in favour of Isaac Bayley Balfour [Edinburgh] 1879, 42 p. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1883-1884: 30-31. 1886. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 89. 1903, 3(3): 75. 1905. Reynolds Green, Hist. Bot. 107, 128. 1909. Anon., The Times 1 Dec. 1922 (n.v.). Anon., Bot. Exchange Club Reports 6(5): 690-692. 1923. Bower, J. Bot. 61: 23-26. 1923 (from The Glasgow Herald 5 Dec 1922). Bower, Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh 43(3): 230-236. 1923. Farmer, Ann. Bot. 37: 335-339. 1923 (portr.) Farmer, Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1923: 30-35. Wright Smith, Trans. bot. Soc. Edinburgh 28: 192-196. 1923 (portr.) Prain, Proc. Roy. Soc. London 96B(678): i-xvii. 1924. Nelmes and Cuthbertson, Bot. Magaz. Dedic. 1827-1927: 246-248. 1932. White, The Stapelieae 1: 117 (portr.) 1937. Bower, Sixty years of botany in Britain 58-65. 1938. Desmond, DSB 1: 422-423. 1970. Anon., J. Roy. hort. Soc. 98(3). 1973 (portr.) Matthews, Bot. Soc. Edinburgh News 10: 4-6. 1973, 11: 5-7. 1973: COMPOSITE WoRKs: Balfour was one of the editors of Annals of Botany (1887-1912); he published a revised version of J. von Sachs History of botany (1890) as well as of Solms Laubach, Fossil botany (1891). Balfour translated, with P. Groom, Schimper’s Plant- geography upon a physiological basis (1903). eet BALFOUR,I.B. EPONYMY: Balfourina O. Kuntze (1891). 286. Botany of Socotra by Isaac Bayley Balfour ... with the assistance of other botanists. Forming vol. xxxi of the Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh. Edinburgh (Robert Grant & Son), London (Williams and Norgate) 1888. Qu. (Bot. Socotra). Publ.: 1888 (Nat. Nov. Aug 1888), p. [i]-lxxv, [1]-446, roo pl., map. Copies: G, NY. - Fungi by M. C. Cooke. Ref: BL 12,1015) BM 11:92; Kew) 9143; 1 DE) 437. Balfour, John Hutton (1808-1884), British botanist at Glasgow 1841-1845, King’s botanist in Scotland, professor of botany in Edinburgh 1845-1879, father of I. B. Balfour. (Balf.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: E, Scottish material also at GL, K and PTH. Refi V2 526 Kent, Brit. herbaria 41. 1953. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 57. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 112; BB p. 17; BL 2: 296-298, 306, 308, 309; BM 1: 92; Bossert p. 23; CSP 1: 170, 7: 77, 9: 108, 13: 262; GR p. 388-389; Jackson p. 518 [index]; Kew 1: 143-145; Langman p. 107; LS 1605-1606; MW p. 31; Proc. Linn. Soc. 1883-1884: 30; Zander ed. 10, p. 630. Britten, J. Bot. 22: 128. 1884. Babington, Memorials 471. 1897. I. B. Balfour, Notes Edinburgh Bot. Garden 2: 21-23. 1902. I. B. Balfour, in Oliver, Makers Brit. botany 293-300. 1913 (portr.) Desmond, DSB 1: 423. 1970. COMPOSITE WoRKS: Annals and Magazine of natural History, editor, vol. 9-20, ser. 2. 1-20, 1842-1857. EPONYMY: Balfourodendron Mello ex D. Oliver (1877). 287. Flora of Edinburgh being a list of plants found in the vicinity of Edinburgh by John Hutton Balfour ... assisted by John Sadler ... Edinburgh (Adam and Charles Black) 1863. Oct. (Fl. Edinburgh). Co-author: John Sadler (1837-1882), mosses, hepatics and lichens. Publ.: 1863, p. [i]-vii, [1]-174, 2 maps. Copies: BM, NY. Ref.: BL 1: 306; BM 1: 92; Jackson p. 252. Ball, John (1818-1889), Irish born British botanist, travelled in Marocco (1871), North and South America (1882) and frequently in the European Alps. (7. Ball). HERBARIUM and TypEs: E, K and also some at OXF and GL. Ref.: BB p. 17; 1H 2: 52. Kent, Brit. herbaria 41. 1953. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 125. 1964. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 57. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 7: 94, 357; Barnhart 1: 112; BB p. 17; BL 1: 43, 45 233, 254, 256, 2: 319, 330; BM 1: 93, 6: 52-53; CSP 1: 171, 7: 78, 9: 109, 13: 263; DNB suppl... 1. 1: 1153 DTS(1:.14)/6(4) 2 52), 14a njackson p; 220, 3515) Kew. 15146; PR 393; Saccardo, Cron. p. xv; Zander ed. 10, p. 631. Cosson, Comp. FI. atl. 1: 18-19. 1881. Thiselton Dyer, J. Bot. 27: 365-370. 1889. Hooker, Ann. Bot. 3: 450-451. 1890 (bibl.) Hooker, Proc. Roy. Soc. London 47: v-ix. 1890, also in J. Roy. Geogr. Soc. (repr. 16 p. Engler coll. at DS), see also J. Bot. 29: 32. 1891. Babington, Memorials 471. 1897. Pau, Anal. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat. ser. 2. 6: 228-239. 1897. 112 BALSAMO-CRIVELLI Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 89, 159. 19033 3(3): 75, 174. 1905. Arechavaleta, Fl. Urug. 3: 2. 1906. Urban, Fl. bras. 1(1): 2. 1906. Nelmes and Cuthbertson, Bot. Mag. Dedic. 1827-1927: 226-228. 1932. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 14. 1941. Coats, The plant hunters 29, 34-36. 1969. COMPOSITE WoRKS: J. D. Hooker and J. Ball, Marocco and the Great Atlas, (1878). HANDWRITING: Monogr. biol. Canar. 4: 32. 1973, fig. II. 288. Spicilegium florae maroccanae, in Journal of the Linnean Society of London 16: 281-772. 1877-1878. Oct. part pages journal dates part pages journal dates 93 281-376 29 Nov 1877 95 473-568 27 Feb 1878 94 377-472 10 Jan 1878 96/97 569-772 17 Jun 1878 No reprint with independent pagination is known to us. Ballet, Jules (1825-?), French author. (Ballet). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 114; BL 1: 228; Kew 1: 148. 289. La Guadeloupe, Renseignements sur l’histoire, la flore, la faune, la géologie, la minéralogie, l’agriculture, le commerce, l’industrie, la législation, l’administration. Vol. 1. Basse-Terre (Imprimerie du Gouvernement) 1894-1899, 3 vols. (in 5). Oct. (Guade- loupe). Publ.: Vol. 1, which contains the botany, dated “‘Basse-Terre 1890” has 1894 on the wrapper; however, according to Urban the book came on the market only in 1899. See Urban for a critical evaluation. The catalogue of the Pteridophyta is by M. Mazé whose collections were with Duss on Guadeloupe (later transferred to B) and with Krug and Urban (later also in B). — Vol. 1: p. [1]-527. Copies: MO, NY. Ref.: Kew 1: 148. Anon., Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1901, app. 2: 44. Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 1. 1902. Balsamo, Francesco (1850-?), Italian algologist. (Balsamo). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 114, BM 1: 93, 6: 54; Saccardo 1: 21. De Toni, Syll. alg. 4(1): iv. 1897. 290. Sulla storia naturale delle alghe d’acque dolce del comune di Napoli memoria. Napoli (R. Accademia delle Scienze fis. e. mat., M. de Rubertis). 1885. Qu. (Storia nat. alg. Napolt). Preprint: 1885 (printing completed 25 Jul 1885, fide p. 84), p. [i-ii], [1]-84, p. 1-2. Copy: UG, Journal publ.: Atti r. Accad. Sci. fis. mat. Napoli ser. 2. 1(14). “1888.” Ref.: BM 1: 93. Balsamo-Crivelli, Giuseppe Gabriel (1800-1874), Italian botanist. (Bals.-Criv.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: MI, other material at FI, G, MPU and PAD. — Exsiccatae (with G. De Notaris) : Musci mediolanenses (fasc. i-iv, nos. 1-80, 1833-1838), sets at B, FI, G, M, MPU, PAD, PAV, RO, TO, W. 113 BALSAMO-CRIVELLI Ref.: 1H 2: 51. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 179-180. 1971. Harant et al., Rev. bryol. lichénol. 89: 720-724. 1966. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 114; BM 1: 93; CSP 1: 171-174; Frank 3 (Anh.): 7; PR 396-398; Quenstedt p. 20; Saccardo 1: 21, 2: 14. Calderini, Cenni biografici d. Prof. Gius. Balsamo-Crivelli, Varallo 1875 (n.v., Bot. Zeit. 33: 360). EPONYMY: Balsamia Vittadini (1831). 291. Synopsis muscorum in agro mediolanenst hucusque lectorum. Milano (Felix Rusconi) 1833. Oct. (Syn. musc. mediol.) Co-author: Giuseppe De Notaris (1805-1877). Publ.: 1833 (Bibl. It. rev. Dec 1833, publ. 12 Feb 1834), p. [1]-27. Copies: G, HH. Ref.: PR 397. 292. Prodromus bryologiae mediolanensis. Milano (Felix Rusconi) 1834. Oct. (Prodr. bry ol. mediol.) Co-author: Giuseppe De Notaris (1805-1877). Publ.: 1834 (p. 12: 30 Dec 1833; rd by Flora after 12 Mar), p. [1]-194. Copies: HH, NY. Ref.: BM 1: 93; PR 398; IDC 5314. Anon., Lit. Ber. Flora 6: 127-128. 1836. Bamber, Charles James (1855-x), British soldier in the Indian Medical Service. (Bamber). HERBARIUM and TYPES: unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 115; CSP 13: 273; Kew 1: 150. 293- Plants of the Punjab a descriptive key to the flora of the Punjab, North-west Fron tier province and Kashmir. Lahore (Superintendent Government Printing, Punjab) 1916. Oct. (Pl. Punjab). Publ.: 1916 (p. [v*]: 1 Jul 1915), p. [i*-v*], [i]-iii, [1]-652, [i]-xxvii, 4 pl. Copy: L. - An abbreviated flora of the region, based mainly on the Flora of British India. Bang, Miguel (1853-?), Danish botanical collector active in Bolivia. (Bang). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Large sets in NY and US. — A series of Plantae bolivianae a Miguel Bang lectae was distributed by N. L. Britton and H. H. Rusby (see Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 3(3): 1-67 (1893), 4(3): 203-274 (1894), 6(1): 1-130 (1896) and Bull. New Y ork Bot. Gard. 4: 309-479 (1907)). Sets at several herbaria, see IH. Ref.: TH 2: 53. Bang, Mem. Torrey bot. Club (3)3: 1-67. 1893 (enumeration of Boliv. plants ). Stevenson, Beih. Nova Hedwigia 36: 31-32. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 117; BM 1: 95. Banister, John (1650-1692), British missionary in the West Indies and Virginia, ardent naturalist. (Banister). HERBARIUM and types: BM (Sloane herb.) and OXF. Letters and manuscripts at BM, Bodleian Library, Oxford (see Ewan and Ewan 1970, below in note). Refs WH2 253. Dandy, ‘The Sloane herbarium 84-87. 1958. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 125-126. 1964. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRAPHY: AG 4: 450; Barnhart 1: 117; BB p. 18; DNB 3: 119; ME 1: 162, 3: 533; PR (ed. 1) 464. 114 BANKS Petiver, Monthly Miscellany 7: 227-232. 1707. Barton, Philadelphia med. phys. J. 2(2): 134-139. 1806. Lewis, Virginia J. Sci. ser. 2. 8: 35-41. 1957. Humphrey, Makers North Amer. Botany 17-18. 1961. Ewan, Amer. Fern J. 53: 138-144. 1963 (fern records). Crosswhite, Two early North American botanists, s.1. 1966 (contains facsimile repr. of Banister’s Catalogue from Ray). Ewan, DSB 1: 431-432. 1970. Note: For full information, facsimiles of handwriting, etc., see Ewan and Ewan, John Banister and his Natural History of Virginia 1678-1692, Urbana, Chicago, London 1970, xxx, 485 p. (bibl.) (see also Stafleu, Taxon 20: 811-812. 1971). EPONYMY: Banisteria Linnaeus (1753, nom. rej.); Banisteriaecarpum Krausel (1951); Banisterioides Dubard & Dop (1908) ; Banisteriophyllum Ettingshausen (1887) ; Banisteriopsis C. B. Robinson ex J. K. Small (1910); Banisterodes O. Kuntze (1891). Banks, George (/l. 1823-1832), British silversmith and engraver, amateur botanist at Devonport. (G. Banks). HERBARIUM and types: Material at CGE and K. Reece ii5e. Kent, Brit. herbaria 41. 1957. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 117; BBp. 18-19; BM 1: 95; Jackson p. 518; Kew 1: 153; PR 402-403. Davey, Fl. Cornwall xxxix, xl. 1909. EPpONyMY: Banksea J. G. Konig (1783); Banksia J. R. Forster & J. G. A. Forster (1776, nom. rej.) and Banksia Linnaeus fil. (1782(?), nom. cons.) are dedicated to Joseph Banks (1743-1820), q.v. 294. The Plymouth and Devonport flora; or, a description of plants indigenous to the neigh- bourhood of these towns. Devonport (W. Byers), Plymouth (J. Gibson) 1830-1832, 8 parts. Oct. (Plymouth Devonport fl.) Publ.: In eight parts between 1830 and 1832. The HH copy has seven parts, the cover of part 7 being dated 1831. There are no page numbers and usually no signatures. Dates of receipt by Linn. Soc.: 1, 2: 26 Jun 1830; 3-5: 8 Oct 1830; 6-7: 18 Mai 1831; 8: 18 Jun 1832; no. 1 actually publ. 27 Mar fide Gard. Mag. 6: 230. 1830; the eight parts rev. Sep 1831 in Mag. nat. Hist. J. 4: 429. 1831. Ref IKew 12 1535-PR 403. Anon., Bull. misc. Inf. Kew, add. ser. 3: 30. 1899. Banks, Sir Joseph (1743-1820), British naturalist, traveller, philanthropist and scien- tist, President of the Royal Society (1778-1820). (Banks). coLLEcTIONs: The Banks herbarium, which during his life-time was housed at Soho Square, London, and which constituted a center of plant taxonomic research unequalled in the world at that time, is now the nucleus of the collection of the Department of Botany of the British Museum (Natural History) (BM). This Department was originally called the Banksian department and was established to receive the Banks collection which had been bequeathed to Robert Brown on the condition that it would ultimately go to the British Museum. Brown moved the herbarium to the British Museum in 1827. In 1834 he reported that it contained 23.400 species. The Banks herbarium contains, next to a great many other important collections, the main set of the collections made by Banks and his librarian Daniel Solander (1736-1782) on their journey with Captain Cook (first voyage 1768-1771). A great number of publications (though not by Banks) are based on these collections. For publications based in part, or fully, on the Banks herbarium see Aiton, R. Brown, L’Héritier, Parkinson, Swartz. II tl BANKS Bank’s library is at the British Museum (Bloomsbury). For his correspondence see Dawson (1958). Ref.: TH 2: 53. Banks, An account of the voyages ... in the Southern Hemisphere [ed. 2], 3 vols. London 1773. J. D. Hooker [ed.]. Journal of .. . Sir J. Banks . . . during Captain Cook’s first voyage. London 1896. Murray, History Coll. BMNH 1: 79-193. 1904. Britten, J. Bot. 43: 248-290. 1905. Urban, Fl. bras. 1(1): 3-4. 1906. Arber, Chron. bot. 9: 94-106. 1945. Kent, Brit. herbaria 41. 1953. Dawson, The Banks letters, London 1958. Groves, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 4: 57-62. 1962. Lysaght, Joseph Banks in Newfoundland and Labrador, 1766. London 1971. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 399 (index). 1971. Lysaght and Cannon, Taxon 22: 323. 1973; BSBI News 2(1): 15-16. 1973. NOTE: The literature on Joseph Banks is enormous. We enumerate here some of the main publications which guide the user to the further literature as well as some of the more recent publications. An up to date general biography is given by Foote (1970), a very detailed bibliography of and on Banks is provided by Beddie (1970); Lysaght (1971) refers to much new source material on Banks’s earlier years. ‘The older biographies by Jackson (in DNB), Edward Smith (1911) and Cameron (1952) are still very useful. Beaglehole’s editing of the Endeavour Journal is also an important independent source. For Banks’s correspondence see Dawson (1958). For the Catalogue of Banks’s library see Dryander (1796-1800). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 1: 211, 4: 638; Barnhart 1: 111; BB p. 19; BM 1: 95, 6: 55-56; Bossert p. 24; CSP 1: 176; DNB 3: 129 (by Jackson); HU [index to vol. 2]; Jackson p. 518 [index]; Kew 1: 153-154; KR p. 65-66; Laségue p. 561 [index]; LS 1666- 1667; Moebius p. 409; MW p. 31; NI 74; PR 404; Zander ed. 10, p. 631. Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist.-nat. Banks. London 1798-1800, 5 vols. [see also under Dryan- der]. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 86, 186. 1903, 3(3): 75. 1905. Maiden, J. Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 42: 63-64. 1908. Maiden, Sir Joseph Banks the Father of Australia. London, Sydney 1909. Smith, Edward, ‘The life of Sir Joseph Banks. London 1911 (see also Lysaght, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 5(4): 206-209. 1964). Oliver, Makers Brit. bot. 112-123. 1913. Hulth, Bref och Skr. Linné 2(1): 150-152. 1916. Fox, Fothergill 423 [index]. 1919. Druce, Fl. Oxfordshire ed. 2. Ixxxix-xc. 1927. Curtis, W. H., William Curtis 13, 39, 51, 59, 63, 82, 111. 1941. Yedidie et al., New source material on Sir Joseph Banks and Iceland. Occ. papers Sutro Branch Calif. State Libr., no. 3. 1941. Riddelsdell, Fl. Gloucestershire cxii. 1948. Glen, The botanical explorers of New Zealand 173. 1950. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 34-35. 1950 (portr.) Cameron, Sir Joseph Banks, K.B., P.R.S., The autocrat of the philosophers. London 1952. Merrill, Chron. bot. 14: 163-383. 1954 (botany of Cook’s voyages). Beer, The sciences were never at war. London, Edinburgh. Paris 1960. Beaglehole, The Endeavour journal of Joseph Banks, 1768-1771, 2 vols. Sydney 1962. Dawson, The Banks letters. London 1958. Suppl. London 1962. Stafleu in l’Heritier, Sertum anglicum, facs. ed. xvi-xviil. 1963. Rydén, ‘The Banks collection. Stockholm 1963 (portr.) Rauschenberg, Isis 55: 62-67. 1964 (Banks on Solander). Coats, Huntia 2: 185-215. 1965 (portr.) Beaglehole, The voyage of the Endeavour 1768-1771. Cambridge 1968. Stafleu, Taxon 17: 218-220. 1968. 116 BANKS Stearn, Endeavour 27: 3-10. 1968. Berkeley and Berkeley, Dr. Alexander Garden of Charles Town 361 [index]. 1969. James, The trees of Bicton. 106. 1969. McGillivray, Austral. nat. Hist. 16: 251-254. 1969. Stearn, Notes and Records Roy. Soc. London 24(1): 64-90. 1969. Whitley, Austral. nat. Hist. 16: 247-250. 1969. Beddie, Bibliography of Captain James Cook. 1970 (nos. 3877-4282 and p. 815-816 on Banks, extensive bibl. q.v. for the great majority of earlier references, and for referen- ces to manuscrips, letters and publications. Foote, DSB 1: 433-437. 1970. McGillivray, Contr. New South Wales nat. Herb. 4: 112-125. 1970 (list ills. Botany Cook). McMinn, Allan Cunningham 143 [ind.] 1970. Paget, To the south there is a great land. Sydney 1970. Francis, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl. 83: 1-19. 1971 (1972). McGillivray, J. Roy. Austral. Hist. Soc. 57(1): 10-16. 1971. Lysaght, Joseph Banks in Newfoundland and Labrador 1766. London, Berkeley, Los Angeles 1971 (portr.) Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 399 [index]. 1971. Stearn, Nature 230 (5888): 13. 1971. Rauschenberg, Proc. Amer. philos. Soc. 117(3) : 186-226. 1973 (portr.) (journals Iceland etc.) McLaren, J. Roy. Hort. Soc. 99(8): 339. 1974. Lysaght, Notes Rec. Roy. Soc. London 28(2): 221-234. 19743 29(1): 91-99. 1974. Smit, History of the Life sciences 869-870. 1974. Stearn, J. Roy. Hort. Soc. 99(8) : 339-347. 1974 (portr.) Stearn, Rec. Austral. Acad. Sci. 2(4): 7-24. 1974. Cannon, Notes Rec. Roy. Soc. London 29(2): 205-230. 1975. Teigen, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 7(3): 249-257. 1975 (suppl. letters). Morrell, Sir Joseph Banks in New Zealand. Wellington. s.d. EPONYMY: Banksea J. G. Konig (1783); Banksia J. R. Forster & J. G. A. Forster (1776, nom. rej.); Banksia Linnaeus fil. (1782(?), nom. cons.); JFosephia R. Brown ex J. Knight (1809). POSTAGE STAMPS: New Zealand 6 c. (1969) yv. 494; Australia 5c. (1970) (fourth in strip Cook Bicentenary). 295. Illustrations of Australian plants collected in 1770 during Captain Cook’s voyage round the world in H.M.S. “‘Endeavour.”’ By the Right Hon. Sir Joseph Banks,: ... and Dr. Daniel So- lander. With introduction and determinations by James Britten ... London 1900-1905. Fol. (Ill. Austral. pl. Cook’s voy.) Publ.: A series of lithographic reproductions of copper-plates engraved after the original paintings at BM by F. P. Nodder, James Miller, J. F. Miller and John Clevely. Pu- blished in three parts of which part 1 and 2 were entitled “Illustration of the Botany of Captain Cook’s voyage ....” Part 1: 1-31. pl. [7], 1-200. 1900, 2: 35-75. pl. 101-243. 1901, 3: 77-102. pl. 244-318, 45A, 122, 3 Maps. 1905. For the artists see Maiden (p. 35-43. 1909) — For details on the voyage see Banks’s journals, Cook’s journals (ed. Beaglehole) and Stearn (1968-1969). Beddie’s biblio- graphy, cited above, gives an extensive list of literature on Banks and his participation in the voyage of Cook. Ref.: BM 6: 135; GFB p. 48; Kew 1: 154; NI 74. Banks, An account of the voyages ... in the Southern Hemisphere (ed. 2), 3 vols. London 1773. Parkinson, A journal of a voyage to the South Seas. London 1773. Britten, J. Bot. 43: 284-290. 1905. Merrill, Chron. bot. 14: 163-383. 1954. Beaglehole, The voyage of the Endeavour 1768-1771. Cambridge 1955. 117 BANKS Beaglehole, The Endeavour Journal of Joseph Banks, 1768-1771, 2 vols. Sydney 1962 (reprint with addenda and corrigenda of 1955 ed.)., Groves, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 4: 57-62. 1962 (notes on botanical specimens). Ramsbottom, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 4: 197. 1963 (notes on botanical specimens). Beaglehole, The voyage of the Endeavour 1768-1771. Cambridge 1968. Stearn, Endeavour 27(100): 3-10. Jan 1968 (includes four coloured reproductions of the original drawings) (lacking in libr. B.M.) Stearn, Notes and records of the Royal Society of London 24(1): 64-90. 1969. McGillivray, J. Roy. Austral. Hist. Soc. 57(1): 10-16. 1971. Stearn, Nature 230(5288): 13. 1971. Francis, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl. 83: 1-19. 1971 (1972). Baranetzky, Joseph [Osip] Wasiljewitsch (1843-1905), Russian botanist. (Bara- netzky). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 118; BM 1: 96; CSP 7: 84, 9: 117, 12: 47, 13: 285; GR p. 557; Jackson p. 76, 85, 91; Lipschitz 1: 113-115 (bibl.); LS 1683-1689, 30842-30843; TR 48. Borodin, Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Petersburg Ser. 5. 12: xxxiv. 1900. Panteleevskij, Acta Horti Univ. Jurj. 6: 59. 1906; 8: 49-51. 1908 (bibl., portr.) Costantin, Ann. Sci. nat. Bot. ser. 10. 16: Ixv. 1934 (portr.) Barbey, William (1842-1914), Swiss philanthropist and botanist. (Barbey). HERBARIUM and TYPES: G. Ref.: 1H 2: 54. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(1) : 533-534, 5(2): 126; Barnhart 1: 119; BL 1: 41, 2: 386; BM 1: 96, 6: 57; Bossert p. 21; CSP 12: 48, 13: 289; GR p.. 637; Kew 1: 157; LS 1704, 44.71, 8965-8967, 25714a; NI 75; Zander ed. 10, p. 631. Adamina, J. rélig. églises indép. Suisse romande, Neuchatel 48, 28 Nov 1914 (fide Briquet 1915, n.v.). Bonnard, J. de Genéve 19 Nov 1914 (id.). Chodat et Barbey, Bull. Soc. bot. Genéve ser. 2. 6: 220-240. 1914 (portr., bibl.) Fatio, La Patrie suisse 4. Dec 1914 (portr.) (fide Briquet 1915, n.v.). Secrétan, Gazette de Lausanne 19 Nov 1914 (fide Briquet 1915, n.v.). Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. France 62: 201-204. 1915. Briquet, Verh. Schweiz. naturf. Ges. 1915: 63-72. (portr., bibl.) Candolle, Mém. Soc. Phys. Hist. nat. Genéve 38. 1915. Sablet, L’ami du dimanche mai 1915 (fide Briquet 1915, n.v.). Vautier, Le lieu, Canton de Vaud 22(1). 1915 (portr.) (id.). Moreillon, Bull. Soc. vaud. Sci. nat. 52: 235. 1919. Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 23-30. 1940. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 14. 1941. COMPOSITE WoRKS: (1) Stefani et al., Samos, Etude géologique, paléontologique, et bota- nique. Lausanne 1892. (2) Durand et Baratte, Florae Libycae Prodromus (1910); Barbey collaborator. (3) Bulletin de ? Herbier Boissier, 2 series, 1893-1908 (see also E. Autran and G. Beauverd who were the actual editors). EPONYMY: Barbeya G. Schweinfurth (1891); Barbeyella Meylan (1914). NOTE: Barbey married E. Boissier’s daughter and became later the proprietor of Boissier’s collections to which he added significantly. He later called himself Barbey-Boissier in accordance with the Swiss custom of his time by which the married man added the name of his wife to his own. Barbey was a maecaenas of the type of Banks and Delessert anp made his collections liberally available to his colleagues. The collections are now at G. 118 BARBOSA RODRIGUES 296. Florae Sardoae compendium [ .| Catalogue raisonné des végétaux observés dans Vile de Sardaigne. Lausanne (Georges Bridel) 1884. Qu. (Fl. Sard. comp.) Orig. ed.: Possibly in parts 1884-1885 but then contents of parts not known. The book was submitted to Nat. Nov. as a whole and listed Dec 1885; J. Bot. lists it Jan 1886. The title page is dated 1884 but p. [253] is dated 1 Oct 1885. Until further evidence of publication in parts is available the date that should be accepted is Oct-Nov 1885. Pagination: [1]-251, [253]-263, [1 p. cont.], pl. r-7 (nos. 1-6 plain, no. 7 a coloured lithograph). Copies: B, NY. — The original cover has a different title: “‘Florae .. Sardaigne dressé par William Barbey ... avec supplément par MM P. Ascherson et E. Levier.”” Lausanne 1885, hence the frequent citation of the book as of 1884-1885. Page [170] is blank, [171] has a note introducing the supplement by Ascherson and Levier, which follows until p. 263. Facsimile ed.: Announced by the trade (1971), n.v. Ref.: BM 1: 96; Kew 1: 157. 297. Epilobium genus a cl. Ch. Cuisin illustratum auspice William Barbey. Lausanne (Georges Bridel) 1885. Qu. (Epilobium). Publ.: 1885, late (Nat. Nov. Mar 1886; J. Bot. Apr 1886), p. [i-v], pl. 1-24 with each 2 p. letterpress, [1 p. table], plate 20 lacking. Copy: HH. Ref.: BM 1: 96; Kew 1: 157; NI 75. 298. Index botanique universel des genres, espéces et variétés de plantes parus depuis le rer janvier rgor. Genéve, index cards nos. 1-17199. (Index bot. universel). Publ.: Published between 1902 and 1906, as a supplement to the Bulletin de |’Herbier Boissier and intended to be intercalated in the Gray Herbarium Index. Main editor: Gustave Beauverd (1867-1942). Ref.: Briquet, Bull. Soc. Bot. Suisse 50a: 30. 1940. Barbosa Rodrigues, Joao (1842-1909), Brazilian botanist. (Barb. Rodr.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown; most of palm types destroyed by fire. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 120; BL 1: 240; BM 1: 97, 6: 57; Bossert p- 24; Jackson p. 120, 3743; Kew 4: 500; Langman p. 109-110; NI 1656-1660; Zander ed. 10, p. 631. Wittrock, Relacgdo dos trabalhos publicados até 1901 por ... Rio de Janeiro 1901. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 181. pl. 32. 1903, 3(3) : 203. 1905 (portr.) Urban, FI. bras. 1(1): 4-6. 1906. Stapf, Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1909: 225-226. Ihering, Rev. Mus. paulista 8: 23-27. 1911 (bibl.) Balis, Hortus belgicus 76. 1962. EPONYMY: Barbosa Beccari (1887); Barbosella Schlechter (1918); Rodrigueziella [sic] O. Kuntze (1891). POSTAGE STAMPS: Brazil 40 c. (1943) yv. 413. 299. Genera et species Orchidearum novarum quas collegit, descripsit et iconibus illustravit [auctor.] Sebastianopolis, 2 vols., 1877-1881[-1882]. Oct. (Gen. spec. Orchid.) 1: 1877 (p. vil: 20 Jul 1877), p. [i*-1i*], [i]-vii, [1]-206, 2 tables, index [i]-x, [xi err.]. Copy: NY. 2: 1881, p. [i*-i1i*], [i]-vi, [1]-295, 2 tables, index [i]-xvi. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 1: 97. 300. Vellosia. Contribuigées do Museu Botanico do Amazonas. Rio de Janeiro, 4 vols. 1885-1888. Qu. ft (Vellosia). Publ.: Vol. 1, devoted to botany: 1885-1886. A second edition appeared in 1891-1892. Vols. 2-4 are non-botanical. Vol. 1, ed. 2, 1891: p. [1]-133, [1]-6; p. 133 dated March 1886. Ed. 1, not seen; ed. 2, copies: NY, US. Ref.: BM 4: 1706. 119 BARBOSA RODRIGUES gox. Plantas novas cultivadas no Jardim botanico do Rio de Janeiro descriptas, classificadas e desenhadas. Rio de Janeiro (G. Leuzinger & Filhos), 6 parts, 1891-1898. Qu. (Pl. jard. Rio de Janeiro). 1: 1891, p. [i*], [i]-ii, [i]-37, pl. 1-9. : 1893, p. [1]-20, pl. 1-2. ; 1893, p. [i-v], [1]-12, [1 p. expl. pl.], pl. z-2. : 1894, p. [i-iii], [1]-26, pl. 7-5. : 1896, p. [i*-iv*], [i]-ii, [1]-37, pl. 1-5 (p. 33: 25 Oct. 1896). : 1898, p. [i-v], [1]-31, [i]-ii, index, pl. i-vii. (on p. [v]: 3 Mai 1898). Copies: HH and US (slight sensei). Ref.: BM 1: 97; Kew 4: 500. Owe ON 302. Palmae novae paraguayenses quas descripsit et iconibus illustravit [auctor.] Rio de Janeiro (Leuzinger) 1899. Qu. (Palm. paraguay.) Publ.: 1899 (p. ix: 28 Sep 1898), p. [i]-ix, [1]-66, pl. z-6, lithographs by author. Copy: NY. Ref.: Kew 4:500. 303. Palmae hasslerianae novae, ou relagao das Palmeiras encontradas no Paraguay pel Dr. Emilio Hassler de 1898-1899 determinadas e desenhadas por J. Barbosa Rodrigues ... Rio de Janeiro (Leuzinger) 1900. Qu. (Palm. hassler.) Publ.: 1900 after 11 Jun (preface p. vii), p. [i]-vii, errata slip, [1]-16, [1]. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 4: 1706, 6: 57; Kew 4: 500. 304. Myrtacées du Paraguay recueillies par Mr. le Dr. Emile Hassler et déterminées par J. Barbosa Rodrigues. Bruxelles (J. Goffin & fils). 1903. Oct. (Myrt. Paraguay). Publ.: 1903 (p. vii: 22 Jun 1902, Nat. Nov. Nov 1903), p. [i]-vii, [1]-20, pl. 1-26 (uncol. lithographs by author). Copies: BR, McVaugh, NY, USDA. Ref.: BM 6: 57; Kew 4: 500. 305. Sertum palmarum brasiliensium ou relation des palmiers nouveaux du Brésil découverts, décrits et dessinés d’aprés nature par J. Barbosa Rodrigues, Bruxelles (Veuve Monnom), 2 parts. 1903. Broadsheet. (Sert. palm. brasil.) 1: 1903 (p. xiii: 19 Feb 1903), front. portr. author, p. [i]-xxix, [1]-140, pl. 1-91 (chromo- lithographs). 2: 1903 (Nat. Nov. Nov 1903, original price of the two parts together DM 600), p. [1-111], [1]-114, pl. 1-83. Copy: US. Ref.: BM 6: 57; Kew 4: 500; NI 1660. Balis, Hortus belgicus 76. 1962. Barcelé y Combis, Francisco (x-1889), Spanish botanist. (Barcelé). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown; some material at CGE and K. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 120; BL 2: 490; BM 1: 97-98; Colmeiro 1: clxiii; Jackson p. 341; Kew 1: 158. Barcelé y Combis, Flora de las Islas Baleares, p. [ii]. 1881 (list of publications faces t.p.). 306. Flora de las Islas Baleares, seguida de un diccionario de los nombres baleares, castel- lanos y botanicos, de las plantas espontaneas y de las cultivadas ... Palma (Pedro José Gelabert) 1879-1881. Oct. (in fours). (Fl. Baleares). part pages date Nat. Nov. part pages date Nat. Nov. I 5-150 Mar 1880 4 445-596 Mar 1881 2 151-300 Apr 1880 5 597-643, [i]-xlvili, Nov 1881 3 301-444 Jul 1880 [xlix-l] See p. [ii] for a list of other publications by Barcelé on the flora of the Baleares. Copies: HH, NY. Ref.: BL 2: 490; BM 1: 98; Jackson p. 341; Kew 1: 158. 120 BARLA Ha keihauden, Gottlieb (fl. 1775), German physician and botanist. (Barckhausen). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 120; BM 1: 98; Kew 1: 158; PR 411. EPONYMY: Barckhausenia Menke (1854); Barckhausia A. P. de Candolle (1813, orth. var. H: ; Barkhausia Moench (1794). 307. Specimen botanicum sistens fasciculum plantarum ex flora comitatus lippiaci quod consensu illustris medicorum ordinis pro gradu doctoris medicinae obtinendo d. 30 dec. 1775 exhibuit Gottlieb Barckhausen Lippiacus. Goettingen (Joh. Christian Dieterich) [1775]. Qu. (Spec. bot.) Publ.: 30 Dec 1775 (date thesis; GGA 27 Feb 1776), p. [1]-28, [2, theses]. Copies: HH, USDA. — For a commentary see Schulz-Halle. Ref.: BM 1: 98; Kew 1: 158; PR 411. Schulz-Halle, Jarhesb. westfal. Provinzial-Ver. Wiss. Kunst (Bot.) 42: 152-157. 1914. Barham, Henry (1670-1726), British surgeon who settled in Jamaica. (Barham). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BM (Sloane herbarium). Ref.: TH 2: 55. Dandy, The Sloane herbarium 87. 1958. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 121; BB p. 20; BM 1: 99; DNB 3: 186; Jackson p. 509; Kew 1: 160; Langman p. 111; PR 413. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 8. 1898, 3: 19. 1902. EPONYMY: Barhamia Klotzsch ex B. C. Seemann (1853). 308. Hortus americanus: containing an account of the trees, shrubs, and other vegetable productions, of South-America and the West India Islands and particularly of the island of Jamaica; interspersed with many curious and useful observations, respecting their uses in medecine, diet, and mechanics. By the late Dr. Henry Barham. To which are added, a Linnean index, etc., etc., etc. Kingston, Jamaica (Alexander Aikman) 1794. Oct. (Hort. amer.) Publ.: 1794 but not received by Gentlem. Magaz. before Oct. 1795. — According to Fawcett (in Urban 1898) the author was a Jamaica physician who died in 1726. The text was written in 1711 (fide BB p. 11). The mss came into the hands of A. Aikmar who published it and added a Linnean index by another, unknown author. This index contains various incorrect identifications. — p. [1]-7, 1-212, index unpaged [36 p.] Copy: NY. Ref.: BB p. 11; BM 1: 98; Jackson p. 509; Kew 1: 160; Langman p. 111; PR 413. Fawcett in Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 8. 1898. Sherborn, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 1: 142. 1938. Barla, Joseph Hieronymus (Jérome) Jean Baptiste (Giambattista) (1817-1896), French botanist, director of the natural history museum at Nice. (Barla). HERBARIUM and types: NICE (fungi), W(orch.) A set of 69 specimens of Mycologia nicaensis is at FH. Rep UE 2155 Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 14-15. 1941. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 391; Barnhart 1: 123; BM 1: 99; CSP 1: 181; GFB p. 48; Jackson p. 147, 279; Kew 1: 161-162; LS 1754-1758; NI 77-79; Plesch p. 132-133; PR 415-416; Saccardo 1: 22 (bibl.), 2: 15; Saccardo, Cronol. p. xv. Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cxi. 1883. Saccardo, Sylloge fungorum 10: xii. 1892. Boullu, Bull. Soc. bot. France 43: 541-542. 1896. I2t BARLA Boudier, Bull. Soc. Mycol. France 13: 61. 1897. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 95, pl. 137. 1905 (portr.) Caziot, Riviera scientifique 5: 113-125. 1918. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 14-15. 1941. EPONYMyY: Barlaea H. G. Reichenbach (1876); Barlaea P. A. Saccardo (1889); Barlaeina P. A. Saccardo & P. Sydow (1899). HANDWRITING: Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 21. 1975. 309. Les champignons de la province de Nice et principalement les espéces comestibles, suspec- tes ou vénéneuses dessinés d’aprés nature et décrits par J. B. Barla ... ouvrage orné de 48 planches lithographiées et coloriées. Nice (Canis fréres). 1859. Oblong qu. (Champ. Nice). Publ.: 1859, p. [i]-lv, [1]-138, [1, h.t.], pl. 1-48. Copy: Stevenson. — The plates, drawn by the author are chromoliths by V. Fossat. Ref.: BM 1: 49; Jackson p. 2887; NI 77; Plesch p. 132; PR 415. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 1: 21. 1975 (sold at £ 350). 310. Flore mycologique illustrée [.] Les champignons des Alpes maritimes avec l’indication de leurs propriétés utiles ou nuisibles. Nice (A. Gilletta; fasc. 5-7: Robaudi fréres) 1888 [-1892], 7 fasc. Fol. (Fl. mycol. ill.) fasc. pages plates dates Nat. Nov. I [1]-20 1-8, 3bis, 4bis, Bbis 1888 Apr 1889 2 21-32 9-16, ghis, 16bis 1889 Jul 1889 3 33-40 17-23 1889 Aug 1889 4 41-48 24-34 1890 Jun 1890 5 49-62 = 35-47 1890 = Aug 1890 6 63-70 48-56 1892 Dec 1892 7 71-80 57-64 1892 Dec 1892 The plates are lithographs of drawings by Barla. Copies: FH, NY, Stevenson (orig. sequence). Ref.: BM 1: 99; Kew 1: 162; LS 1758; NI 79; Plesch p. 132 (69 pl.) Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 427. 1916. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 1: 21. 1975 (sold at £ 420). Barnéoud, Francois Marius (1821-?), French botanist. (Barnéoud). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Some material at G and P, the reference in IH 2 to a large collection by Barnéoud at MPU is erroneous. Ref.: TH 2: 56. Hooker, Kew J. Bot. 2: 253-254. 1850 (on sale of his herb.) BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 1: 100; CSP 1: 185; Jackson p. 140; Kew 1: 163; Langman p. 112; MW p. 31; PR 418-419; Zander ed. 10, p. 631. COMPOSITE WORKS: Gay, Fl. chilen., Cruciferae, Geraniaceae, Vivianiaceae, Tropaeola- ceae, Oxalidaceae, Myrtaceae, Portulacaceae, in tomes 1 and 2, 1845 and 1846. EPONYMY: Barneoudia C. Gay (1845). 311. Botanique. Monographie générale de la famille des Plantaginées. Paris (Fortin, Masson & Cie.), Leipzig (L. Michelsen) 1845. Qu. (Monogr. Plantag.) Publ.: 1845 (p. 2: 30 Nov 1844), p. [i-iii], [1]-52. Copy: NY. — Was preceded by his thesis of 3 Aug 1844, Mémoire de Botanique, Recherches sur le développement . . . Plumba- ginées et des Plantaginées. Paris 1844. Ref.: BM 1: 100; Jackson p. 140; Kew 1: 163; Langman p. 112; MW p. 31. 122 BARON Anon., Flora 30: 170-174. 21 Mar 1847 (rev.). Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 4: 499-502. 17 Jul 1846 (rev.). Barnes, Charles Reid (1858-1910), American bryologist. (Barnes). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: F; further material at NY, PUR, WELC, WIS. Ref.: 1H 2: 56. McVaugh, Contr. Univ. Mich. Herb. g: 221. 1972. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 124; BL 1: 170; BM 1: 100, 6: 58; Bossert p- 25; CSP 12: 50, 13: 308; Kew 1: 163; LS 1762. Anon., Bot. Gaz. 49: 321-324. 1910 (portr.) Rodgers, Amer. Bot. 1873-1892. p. 324. 1944. Rodgers, John Merle Coulter 310. 1944. Humphrey, Makers N. Amer. botany 18-20. 1961. McVaugh, Contr. Univ. Mich. Herb. 9: 221. 1972. Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 19. 1973. EPONYMY: Barnesia J. Cardot (1910). 312. Analytic keys to the genera and species of North American mosses by Charles Read Barnes . revised and extended by Fred DeForest Heald, ... with the cooperation of the author ... Madison, Wis. (University) 1896. Oct. (Anal. keys N. Amer. mosses). Co-author: Frederick DeForest Heald (1872-1954). Publ.: Dec 1896, in Bull. Univ. Wis. Sci. 1: [i]-x, [157]-368. Dec 1896 (wrapper 1897). Copies: L, MO, NY, US. — Updating Lesquereux and James’ Manual of 1884. Pre- liminary versions of the Keys were published in 1886 (Purdue Univ. Bull. 1, Lafayette, Ind. 1886, 12 p.) and in 1890, Madison, Wis., 71 p., reprinted from Trans. Wisc. Acad. Sci. 8 (1890). Ref.: BM 1: 100; Kew 1: 163. A.G., J. Bot. 35: 155-156. 1897. Anon., Amer. J. Sci 153: 354. Apr 1897. Rickett, NAF ser. 2. 3: 31. 1963. Barnhart, John Hendley (1871-1949), American botanist and bibliographer at the New York Botanical Garden. (Barnhart). HERBARIUM and TYPEs: NY. efi a Uriore(ed.)6))39955, 2:50. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BFM 2373; BL 1: 201, 203, 213, 217; BM 6: 58; Bossert p. 26; CSP 13: 310; GR p. 204; Kew 1: 165; Langman p. 112; LS 27546a; LS suppl. 1769-1770; MW p. 31; NI 954, 1481, 1570. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 205. 1905. Barnhart, J. New York Bot. Gard. 12: 119. 1911. Gleason, J. New York Bot. Gard. 51: 173-174. 1950. Rickett, Bull. Torrey bot. Club 77: 163-175. 1950 (portr., bibl.) Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 20-23. 1973. COMPOSITE works: NAF 25(2) Koeberliniaceae (1910) ; bibl. 9(6) : 427-459. 10 Oct 1916; Agaricaceae indexes 9(7): 461-542. 25 Oct 1916; Bibl. 11(2): 87-102. 24 Sep 1937; Ustilaginales host index 7(14) : 1031-1045. 23 Oct. 1939; Ured. Ustil. bibl. 7(15): 1047- 1108. 14 Jun 1940. — Editor of NAF until 1949. EPONYMY: Barnhartia Gleason (1926). Baron, P. Alexis (1754-?), French surveyor and naturalist who lived some time on St. Domingue. (Baron). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. 123 BARON BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 126; BM 1: 100; MD p. 52-53; PR 421. Quérard, J. M., La France littéraire 1: 186. 1827. EPONYMY: Baronia J. G. Baker (1882), Baroniella Costantin & Gallaud (1907), and Neo- baronia J. G. Baker (1884) are dedicated to Richard Baron (1847-1907), English mission- ary and collector in Madagascar. 313. Flore des départemens méridionaux de la France, et principalement de celui de Tarn-et- Garonne, ou description des plantes qui croissent naturellement dans ces départemens, et de celles qu’on cultive communément dans les jardins, disposées suivant le system sexual de Linné; avec une notice précise de chaque espéce, et quelques observations modernes ajoutées aux caractéres botaniques qui les distinguent; a laquelle on a joint l’époque de leur floraison, la nature du terrain ou elles naissent, leurs vertues les moins équivoques en Médecine, et leur utilité dans les arts. Montauban (J. P. F. Crosilhes) 1823. Oct. (FI. dép. mérid. France). Publ.: 1823, ante 20 Sep (BF; reviews Jan 1824, BH), p. [i]-xxxvi, [1]-468. Copies: G, HU, NY. Ref.: BM 1: 100; Jackson p. 278; MD p. 52-53; PR 421. Saint-Hilaire, Bull. Sci. nat. 1(4): 355-357. 1824. Baroni, Eugenio (1865-1943), Italian botanist at Firenze. (Baront). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. — Some Chinese material at K. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 126; BFM 1509; BL 2: 330, 397; BM 1: 100, 6: 59; CSP 13: 311-312; GR p. 513; Kew 1: 165; LS 1765-1784, 30875; MW p. 31-32; Zander ed. 10, p. 631; Saccardo 1: 22; Saccardo, Cronolog. p. xvi. Saccardo, Malphigia 13: 101. 1899 (ref. to portr.) Baroni, Supplemento generale (bibliographies on covers of pts. 4, 6. 1901, 1908). Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 159. 1903, 3(3): 174. 1905. EPONYMY: For generic eponyms with the stem Baroni-, vide supra, sub P. A. Baron. 314. Supplemento generale al ‘“‘Prodromo della Flora toscana di T. Caruel.”” Firenze (Societa botanica Italiana) 1897-1908. Oct. (Suppl. Prodr. fl. tosc.) fasc. pages dates on cover I [1]-76 Jun 1897 2 77-204, err. [1]-5 Jun 1898 3 205-300, err. [1]-6, cumulative Jun 1899 4 301-444, err. [1]-12, cumulative Oct 1901 5 445-480, err. [1] Jun 1902 6 481-638 [1-15] Sep 1908 The covers of part 4 and 5 have a bibliography of 51 other publications by Baroni, of part 6 idem, 61 nos. The covers are dated. The “‘aggiunte e correzione,” p. [1]-12, cumulative, is included in part 4 of the HH copy, in part 6 of the B copy. The NY copy has fasc. 1, p. [1]-92, fasc. 2, p. 93-204. — The dates of receipt annotated by Burnat on his copy (NY) confirm the cover dates. Copies: B (orig. covers), BR, HH (orig. covers), MO, NY (orig. covers). Ref.: BM 1: 100. Barrande, Joachim (1799-1883), French palaeontologist. (Barrande). COLLECTIONS: Some material in the Sedgwickian, Cambridge. Ref.: Sherborn, where is the ... collection 13. 1940. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 1: 100-101, 6: 59; CSP 1: 187-188, 6: 577, 7: 90, 9: 126, 12: 50-51, 13: 513; ME 3: 534; Quenstedt p. 22 (q.v. for biogr. refs.). 124 BARTLETT Krejéi & Woodward, Geol. Magaz. ser. 2. dec. 2. 10: 529-533. 1883 (portr.) Geinitz, Leopoldina 20: 78-82. 1884 (bibl.) Marcou, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. ser. 2. 2: 539-545. 1884 (portr.) Barrande, Systéme silurien du centre de la Bohéme, I, vol. 7, p. ix-xvi. 1887 (bibl.) Pocta, Z. Mus. Konigr. Bohmen, Naturw. 1918: 72-82, 97-107 (bibl.) Svoboda und Prantl, Barrandium, Praha 1958 (p. 47-67). Hausen, DSB 1: 468-469. 1970. COMPOSITE WoRKS: Editor of Systéme Silurien du Centre de la Bohéme, 1. Recherches paléonto- logiques, 23 vols., Praha, Paris 1852-1894. EPONYMY: Barrandeina D. R. J. Stur (1882). Barth, Jézsef (Joseph) (1833-1915), Transsylvanian botanist. (Barth). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BP. — Exsiccatae: Herbarium transsylvanicum series of phanerogams, lichens and bryophytes (ed. 1871-1888; lichens 50 nos., ed. 1873, bryophytes 100 nos., 1871, also issued as Bryotheca transsilvanica [fasc. i-ii, nos. 1-100, Langenthal 1871]), sets at BP, F, GH, GOET, IBF, KIEL, L, MANCH, NY, W, WRSL. Ref.: GR p. 655; IH 2: 57. Barth, Verh. Mitth. Siecbenbiirg. Vereins Naturwiss. Hermannst. 27: 97-98. 1877. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 115. 1969, 19(2): 180. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 7: 315; Barnhart 1: 130; Bossert p. 26; CSP 7: 92, 13: 322; GR p. 655. Anon., Magy. Bot. Lapok 14: 109. 1915 (note). Bartholomew, Elam (1852-1934), American farmer, school-teacher, stock-raiser, mycologist, and plant collector at Stockton, Kansas. (Barth.) HERBARIUM and Typgs: FH. — Bartholomew prepared and published part of the Fungi Columbiani (nos. 2201-4600, 1906-1915) (see Ellis and Everhart), and also issued, under his own name North American Uredinales (xxxv cent., nos. 1-3500, 1911-1926), sets at BPI, BRU, CM, CUP, DAOM, F, FH, ILL, ISC, KANU, KSC, MASS, MICH, MIN, MSG, NEB, NHES, NY, OC, OSC, PAC, PUR, RSA, RUTPP, SCHN, SOC, SOLH, TEX, TRTC, UMO, WELC, WIS, WVA. For extensive details see Stevenson. Re fe-e Ura 2n5 75 Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 427-428. 1916; 7(15): 1050. 1940. Stevenson, Beih. Nova Hedwigia 36: 33-49. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 131; Bossert p. 27; CSP 13: 324, 14: 823; Kew 1: 170; LS 1807, 7884-7889, 30893; LS suppl. 1848-1850. Chambers, Stockton Review and Record 1 Apr 1926 (4 p.). Copy: NY. Bartholomew, E. T., Mycologia 27: 91; 95. 1935 (portr.) Verdoorn, Chron. bot. 1: 295. 1935 (portr.) Humphrey, Makers Amer. botany 20-21. 1961. Lenley et al., Gat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 24. 1973. Bartlett, Harley Harris (1886-1960), American botanist at the University of Michi- gan, Ann Arbor. (H. H. Bartlett). HERBARIUM and types: MICH; duplicates in many herbaria. Refsal i ocn5e. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 131; BL 1: 129; BM 6: 61; Bossert p. 27; Kew 1: 171; Langman p. 115; LS suppl. 1866; MW p. 32, suppl. p. 21; Zander ed. Io. p- 631. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 57. 1936. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males ser. 1. 1: 38-39. 1950 (portr.) Anon., Plant Science Bull. 6(3): 7. 1960. BARTLETT McVaugh, Asa Gray Bull. ser. 2. 3(3/4): inside front and back covers. 1961 (Bartlett edited ser. 2). Voss, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 88: 47-56. 1961 (portr., bibl.) Voss, Rec. Genetic Soc. Amer. 31: 13-15. 1961. Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 24. 1973. EPONYMY: Bartlettina R. M. King & H. E. Robinson (1971); Neobartlettia R. M. King & H. E. Robinson (1971). Note: Neobartlettia Schlechter (1920) is dedicated to Albert William Bartlett (1875- 1943), American botanist. 315. Fifty fe rare books from the Library of Mrs Roy Arthur Hunt. Loaned for an exhibition in honor of the Botanical Society of America at their summer meeting Ann Arbor, August, 1949. Clements Library. Ann Arbor 1949. Qu. (7fty five rare books). Publ.: 1949; 1000 copies printed, p. [i-vui], [1]-55. Copy: FAS. — Contains valuable historical and bibliographical information on 55 botanical books of historical im- portance. The books are again described in the Hunt catalogue but in general with only a reference to Bartlett’s more extensive notes. — Bulletin 57 of the Clements Library. Bartling, Friedrich Gottlieb (1798-1875), German botanist. (Baril.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: GOET — Exsiccatae: (with Georg Ernst Ludwig Hampe, 1795- 1880): Vegetabilia cellularia in germania septentrionali praesertim in Hercynia et in agro Gottingenst lecta, 1832-1845, series A, Musci (23 dec.), B, Hepaticae (8 dec.) ; C, Lichenes (7 or 8 dec.). Sets at B, BM, GOET, HAL, K, L, M, PC. For details see Sayre 1969. Ref.: 1H 2: 58. Anon., Flora 15(2), Int. Bl. 38-40 (= [54]-[56]). Aug 1832. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 7. 1969. D’Arcy, Missouri Bot. Gard. Bull. 59(1): 24. 1971 (Bartling material in Bernhardi herbarium). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 2: 132-133; Barnhart 1: 132; BM 1: 104; Bossert p- 27; CSP 1: 199, 6: 578, 13: 324; GR p. 3; Jackson p. 426; Kanitz no. 125; Kew 1: 171; Langman p. 115; MW p. 32; NDB 1: 611-612; PR 431-434; Zander ed. 10, p. 631. Krempelhuber, Gesch. Litt. Lichenol. 2: 6. 1869. Anon., Flora 58: 528. 1875; Bot. Zeit. 33: 853-856. 1875; J. Bot. 14: 64. 1876. Marchesetti, Atti Museo Civico Storia nat. Trieste 9: 133. 1895. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 119. pl. 28. 1903, 3(3): 119. 1905 (portr.) EPONYMY: Bartlingia A. 'T. Brongniart (1827); Barilingia H. G. L. Reichenbach (1824); Barilingia F. von Mueller (1882). 316. Beitrége zur Botanik. Géttingen (Vandenhoeck und Ruprecht) 1824-1825, 2 Hefte, Oct. (Beitr. Bot.) Co-author: Heinrich Ludolph Wendland (1791-1869). I. Diosmeae descriptae et illustratae (Bartling et H. L. Wendland), publ. Mar 1824 (GGA 8 Mar 1824, Flora 28 Jun 1824; other rev. cf. BH), p. [ii]-x, [1]-214, pl. A, B. Copies: G, NY. II. Descriptiones novarum vel minus cognitarum, auctore H. L. Wendland; Beitrage zur Flora der Oesterreichischen Kiistenlénder von F. G. Bartling; Uber den Bau und die Verwandtschaften der Alsineen von F. G. Bartling; publ. Dec 1825 (GGA 12 Dec 1825; Linnaea 1(1): 116. 1826 says published before 1 Oct 1825; this must be incorrect, all reviews are from Jan 1826 or later (BH)), p. [i-vi], [1]-210. Copies: G, NY. Ref.: BM 1: 104; Kew 1: 171; PR 432; IDC 500. 317- Ordines naturales plantarum eorumque characteres et affinitates adjecta generum enumeratione. Gottingen (Dieterich) 1830. Oct. (Ord. nat. pl.) Publ.: Sep 1830 (p. iv: 1 Aug 1830; ‘previewed’ by GGA as early as 20 Mar 1830, announced as published in Sep 1830 by Intelligenzbl. Jena; Allg. Lit. Zeit. 27(55) : 126 BARTON, B.S. 438. 1830; Lit. Ber. Flora 1: 32. Jan-Mai 1831), p. [i]-iv, tabula (‘p.v.’), [1]-498. Copies: M, U. Ref.: BM 1: 104; Jackson p. 494; Langman p. 115; MW 32; PR 433; IDC 5832. Barton, Benjamin Smith (1766-1815), American botanist at Philadelphia; uncle of W. P. C. Barton. (Barton). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: PH (with the herbarium of William Paul Crillon Barton). Ref.: 1H 2: 58. Barnhart, Bartonia 9: 35-42. 1926. Pennell, Bartonia 9: 20. 1926. Pennell, Proc. Amer. philos. Soc. 86: 108-122. 1942. Pennell, Proc. Amer. philos. Soc. 94: 139-144. 1950. Ewan, DSB 1: 485. 1970. Stuckey, Taxon 20: 444. 1971. MANUSCRIPTS: Original manuscripts, papers and letters at the American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia, the Pennsylvania Historical Society, the Boston Public Library, the Library of Congress and in the private collection of J. R. Delafield. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 132; BB p. 22; BM 1: 105, 6: 61; Bossert p. 27; CSP 1: 199-200; DAB 2: 17-18; Dawson p. 37; Jackson p. 36; Kew 1: 171; ME 1: 34, 1633 3: 544 [index]; NI 82; Nickles p. 74; Plesch p. 132-134; PR 435-439; Quenstedt p. 23; Zander ed. 10, p. 632. Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks 3: 290. 1798. Barton, W. P. C., Benjamin Smith Barton. Philadelphia 1816, 34 p.; The Portfolio ser. 4. 1(4.): 275-287. 1816 (portr.) Barton, W. P. C. in B. S. Barton, Elements of botany ed. 4. 1836, p. 11-34. Youmans, Pioneers of science in America 81-89. 1896. Harshberger, Botanists Philadelphia 108-117, 440. 1899. Lloyd and Lloyd, Bull. Lloyd Libr. Bot. Reproduction series 1: 1-11. 1900 (biogr., portr.) Stone, Bird-Lore 7: 193-194. 1905. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 177. 1903, 3(3): 191. 1905. Kelly, Some American medical botanists 88-96. 1914. Packard in Kelly and Burrage, American medical biographies 68-69. 1920. Smith, Papers Lancaster County Historical Society 28(4): 57-66. 1924. Pennell, Bartonia 9: 17-34. 1926. Middleton, Ann. med. Hist. ser. 2. 8: 477-491. 1936 (portr.) McAtee, Castanea 3: 85-117. 1938 (journal visit Virginia 1802). Packard, Annual Rep. Penn. Hospital 190: 6-8. 1941. Pennell, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. 86: 108-122. 1942 (detailed study). Harper, Library Bull. Amer. philos. Soc. 1945: 27-38. Graustein, Pennsylvania Mag. Hist. Biogr. 85: 423-438. 1961. Humphrey, Makers N. Amer. botany 21-23. 1961. Bell, J. Hist. Med. allied Sci. 19: 419-421. 1964. Graustein, Thomas Nuttall 460. 1967. Ewan, Short hist. bot. US 161 [index]. 1969. Ewan, DSB 1: 484-486. 1970 (q.v. for further secondary literature). Bell, J. Hist. Med. allied Sci. 26: 197-203. 1971. Ewan, Amer. philos. Soc. Report Comm. Research 1973: 569-571. 1974 (on a‘survey of Barton’s papers in the Society’s library). EPONYMY (genera): Bartonia Mihlenberg ex Willdenow (1801, nom. cons.); Bartonia Pursh ex Sims (1812); (journal): Bartonia a botanical annual. Proceedings of the Philadelphia Botanical Club. Philadelphia, Pa. Vol. 1-x, 1908-x. (Also dedicated to William Paul Crillon Barton (1786-1856), q.v.) HANDWRITING: Castanea 3: 117. 1938; Ann. med. Hist. ser. 2. 8: 484-485. 1936 (see also above under “‘manuscripts’’). 127 BARTON, B.S. 318. Observations on some parts of natural history; to which is prefixed an account of several remarkable vestiges of an ancient date, which have been discovered in different parts of North America. Part 1. London (author). [1787] Oct. ¢ (Obs. nat. hist.) Publ.: 1787, p. [i*-iv*], [i]-v, 7-76, 7 pl. Copy: Ewan. Ref.: ME 3: 354. 319. Collections for an essay towards a materia medica of the United States. Read before the Philadelphia medical Society, on the twenty-first of February, 1798 ... Fidem non abstulit error. Philadelphia (Way & Groff) 1798. Qu. (Coll. mater. med. U.S.) First part: 1798 (p. iv: 12 Mar 1798),p. [1]-vii, [1]-49, index to part 1 by Lloyd Library in 1900 reprint p. [i]-iv. Reprinted Philadelphia (R. Carr) 1801. Second part: Aug-Oct 1804 (p. ii, deposit 14 Feb 1804; Med. Rep. rd. Aug-Oct), p. [i]- xvi, [1]-53, index to part 2 by Lloyd Library in 1900 reprint p. [v]-vii. Ed. 3 (of part 1; ed. 2 of part 2): Philadelphia (Earle) 1810. Facsimile ed.: Cincinnati (Lloyd) 1g00. Copy: B. — Bull. Lloyd Libr. no. 1, repr. ser. 1. Refs ew 129174 5 ME 3 2.361. Lloyd and Lloyd, Bull. Lloyd Library, reproduction series no. 1. 1900. 320. Hragments of the natural history of Pennsylvania. Part first. Philadelphia (Way & Groff) 1799. Fol. ¢ (Fragm. nat. hist. Pennsylvania). Publ.: Jun 1799 (p. 11: 18 Apr 1799; donated to Amer. philos. Soc. by author on 21 Jun 1799; presented to the Royal Society on 14 Nov 1799; rev. GGA 8 Nov 1800), p. [i]-xviu, [1]-24. Copies: HH, NY. “‘Very rare” (ME). Reprinted by Osbert Salvin for the Willughby Society, London 1883, p. [i]-v, [i]-xviii, [1]-24. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 1: 105; ME 3: 361; PR 436. Mitchill, Med. Repos. 3(2): 177-189. Oct 1799. 321. Elements of botany: or outlines of the natural history of vegetables. Illustrated by thirty plates. Philadelphia (author) 1803. Oct. (Elem. bot.) Ed. 1. 1803 (rev. Med. Repos. dated (1) Mai-Jul, (2) Aug-Oct). Part 1: [i]-xii, [1], [1]-302, [1]-32, pl. x as frontispiece; Part 2: [1]-168, [appendix: 1]-38, [1, dir. binding], pl. 2-30. Copies: HH, NY. London edition: 1804, “‘revised and corrected with the addition of British examples and occasional notes, by the English editor”, London (J. Johnson, I. Gold), p. [i]-xii, [xii-xiv], [1]-145, [147]-252, [253]-344, app. [1]-35, pl. 1-30. Copy: HH. Ed. 2: Philadelphia (author) 1812-1814, 2 parts Oct., part 1, Apr-Sep 1812 (p. xviii: 27 Mar 1811; New Engl. J. Surg. rev. Oct 1812), p. [i]-xviii, [1]-324, [20 p. index], pl. t-v, xxxii-xxxit; Part 2, 1814 (p. iv: 25 Apr 1814), p. [i-iv], [1]-72, [third part’’]: [1]-80, app. [1]-44, pl. vi-xxxi, xxxiv-xl, “corrected and greatly enlarged’’. Copies: 3 Ed. 3: Philadelphia (Robert Desilver) 1827, 2 vols. Oct. “illustrated by forty plates, ... corrected and greatly enlarged’’. This is a reissue of the sheets of the second edition with cancellans title page. Copy: HH. Ed. 4: Philadelphia (Robert Desilver) 1836, Oct. “‘illustrated by forty engravings: ... a new edition: revised and condensed, with an account of the life and writings of the author, by William P. C. Barton, M. D. ...” (p. 5: preface 18 Nov 1836, biogr. p- 11-34), p. [3]-325, pl. 1-36, 38-40. Copies: HH, NY, US. Ref.: BM 1: 105; ME 3: 363-364; Plesch p. 133 (London 1804); PR 437. 322. Flora virginica: sive plantarum, praecipue indigenarum, Virginiae historia in- choata, iconibus illustrata. Pars prima. Philadelphia (D. Heartt) 1812. Oct. f (Fl. virgin.) Publ.: 1812 —, p. [i]-xi, Flora virg.: [i]-iv, [1]-24, 33-74. From contemporary cor- respondence (see Darlington 1843 and Graustein 1861) it seems possible that a few copies were distributed (in England, not in the U.S.A.) before April 1813. Persoon had a copy at least in 1814. Copies exist for instance at the Philadelphia Library, the American Philosophical Society and the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. HH has a photographic copy. The book remained unfinished and the plates an- nounced on the title page did not appear. First review Dec 1812, Med. Phys. J. (London) 28: 517. Barton frequently quotes in this work another flora by himself, the 128 BARTON, W. P. CG. Prodromus florae Pennsylvaniae of which no copies are known to exist (see Pennell 1926). Ref.: Jackson p. 365; ME 3: 372; PR 438. Barton, B. S., Philadelphia Med. Phys. J. suppl. 1: 77-92. Mar 1806 [preliminary announcement]. Darlington, Reliquiae baldwinianae 78. 1843. Pennell, Bartonia 9: 28-34. 1926. Graustein, Pennsylvania Mag. Hist. Biogr. 85: 431. 1961. Barton, William Paul Crillom (1786-1856), American botanist at Philadelphia; nephew of B. 8. Barton. (W. Barton). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: PH (incl. the herbarium of Benjamin Smith Barton). Rejas W253: Barnhart, Bartonia 9: 35-42. 1926. Pennell, Proc. Amer. philos. Soc. 94: 139-151. 1950. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 133; BM 1: 105; Bossert p. 27; CSP 1: 200; Kew 1: 172; MET: 163, 3: 535, 724; NI 84-85; Plesch p. 134-135; PR 442-446; Zander ed. 10; p. 632. Harshberger, Botanists Philadelphia 159-163. 1899. Pleadwell, Ann. med. Hist. 2(3): 267-301. 1919 (portr.) Kelly and Burrage, Amer. med. Biogr. 70. 1920. Graustein, Thomas Nuttall 460-461. 1967. EPONYMY (journal): Bartonia a botanical annual. Proceedings of the Philadelphia Botanical Club. Philadelphia, Pa. Vol. 1-x, 1908-x. (Also named for Benjamin Smith Barton (1766-1815), q.v., to whom also the generic names Bartonia Mihlenberg ex Willdenow (1801, nom. cons.) and Bartonia Pursh ex Sims (1812) are dedicated). HANDWRITING: Ann. med. Hist. 2(3): 269-270. 1919. 323. Florae philadelphicae prodromus; plantarum quae hactenus exploratae fuere, quaeque in ipso opere ulterius describentur, exhibens enumerationem: or, Prodromus of the Flora philadelphica; exhibiting a list of all the plants to be described in that work, which have yet been collected. Simul et jucunda et idones dicere vitae. — Hora- ce. Philadelphia (for author by J. Maxwell) 1815. Qu. (in twos). (Fl. philadelph. prodr.) Publ.: After 2 Oct 1815 (date of legal deposit; Barton sent a signed and dated copy to Persoon on 6 Jun 1815, copy now at L..), p. [1i]-vii, [g]-100. Copies: L, USDA. Ref.: Jackson p. 365; Kew 1: 172; ME 3: 374-375; PR 442. Rafinesque, Amer. montly Mag. crit. Rev. 1: 356-359. Sep 1817. 324. Vegetable materia medica of the United States; or medical botany: containing a botanical, general, and medical history, of medicinal plants indigenous to the United States. Illustrated by coloured engravings, made after original drawings from nature, done by the author. Philadelphia (M. Carey and Son) 1817-1818, 2 vols. Qu. (Veg. mater. med. U.S.) vol. number pages plates dates I I [i]-xv, [17]-76 1-6 1 Sep 1817 2 [i-u1, adv.], [77]-148 7-12 1 Dec 1817 3 [149]-219 14-18 1 Apr 1818 4 [221 ]-273 19-24 summer 1818 Q 5/6 [i]-xvi, [18]-124 25-36 7 Dec 1818 7 [125]-176 37-42 24 Feb 1819 8 L177]-243 43-50 23 Jul 1819 Data obtained from a copy in original covers at NY. These data are confirmed by various reviews (BH). Errata to numbers 1-3 on p. 1 of the covers. Copies: HU, NY (2). 129 BARTON, W. P. C. Second ed. (of vol. 1 only): Philadelphia (H. C. Carey & I. Lea) 1825, [i]-xv, [17]-273, [1 note], pl. 1-24. Copy: NY. — Possibly simply a reissue with new t.p. Plates: Handcoloured, engraved after drawings by the author. Ref.: BM 1: 105; DU 25; GF p. 48; Jackson p. 360; Kew 1: 172; ME 3: 377; Plesch p- 134; NI 85; PR 444; IDC 5834. North Amer. Rev. 6: 344, 368. Mar 1818. Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 318. 1945. 325. Compendium florae philadelphicae: containing a description of the indigenous and naturalized plants found within a circuit of ten miles around Philadelphia. Philadelphia (M. Carey & Son) 1818, 2 vols. Duod. (in sixes). (Comp. fl. philadelph.) Publ.: Early Aug 1818 — 1: [i-viii], [1]-251, 2: [1]-234. Copy: Ewan. — ‘‘The Compendium was copyrighted 9 July 1818, the preface was dated 11 July 1818. Nuttall is cited throughout, but it is apparent from the preface that this was possible by access to the Nuttall manuscripts or proof-sheets; in the addenda at the end are included two plants collected June 1818, and one July 1818; the work was probably issued early in August 1818” [J. H. Barnhart]. In the light of Barnhart’s remarks Kuntze’s as- sumption that the book was issued about January 1818 is untenable. The book did not antedate Nuttall’s Genera [May 1818]. The first review known to us is of 1 Jan 1819 (Amer. Med. Rec. Philadelphia 2(5): 86-89). Ref.: BM 1: 105; Jackson p. 365; Kew 1: 172; ME 3: 381-382; PR 445; IDC 5833. Kuntze, Revisio Gen. pl. 3(2): 154. 1898. Barnhart, Bull. Torrey bot. Club 26: 379. 1899. 326. A flora of North America: Illustrated by coloured figures, drawn from nature. Philadelphia (1: M. Carey & Sons; 2, 3: H. C. Carey & I. Lea) [1820-]1821-1823 [-1824], 3 vols. Qu. (Fl. N. Amer.) vol. number pages plates dates I I [i-vi], [1]-12 I-3 1 Aug 1820 2 [13]-24 4-6 1 Sep 1820 8} 25-36 7-9 1 Oct 1820 4 [37]-44 10-12 Nov 1820 5 [45]-54 13-15 Dec 1820 6 [55]-66 16-18 Jan 1821 7 [67]-82, [4 p. adv. ] IG-21 Feb 1821 8 [83 ]-90 22-24 Mar 1821 9 [g1]-98 25-27 Apr 1821 10 [99]-108 28-30 Mai 1821 er [109]-118 31-33 Jun 1821 12 [119]-138, [i]-xix, 34-36 Jul 1821 [xx, binder] Copy in original covers at NY. Covers dated. The six pages [i-vi] preface material in fasc. 1 contained [i] h.t.; [iii], t-p. dated 1820; [iv] registration 1 Aug 1820; [v, vi] adv.; p- [iii-vi] of this material was obviously usually replaced by the new preface material issued with fasc. 12 which has on p. [ii] the registration date 1 Jul 1821. The half title [1] in fasc. 1 is usually retained and then precedes [i] of fasc. 12. Other copies: H, HU (2), MO, NY (2), US. — The covers of fasc. 1-3 have “*... illustrated by original coloured figures ...”, “‘original’’ also on h.t.’s. No copies in original wrappers of vols. 2 and 3 have come to our attention. They were also published in parts but contents and dates are not known. Copies: as above. vol. pages plates dates 2 [1]-42 37-50 Jul-Dec 1821 43-107, [i]-x 51-70 Jan-Jul 1822 3 [1]-40 71-85 Aug-Dec 1822 41-100, [i]-[vili] 86-106 1823, last part 1824 (p. vii: 31 Dec 1823) 130 BARTRAM, J. The plates are handcoloured and engraved after drawings by W. P. C. Barton; some are stipple-engravings partially printed in colour and finished by hand (cf. Advertisement). — “In some copies there is no plate numbered 88 but two plates are then numbered 92” (GF p. 48). Copies with uncoloured plates also exist (HU). Ref.: BM 1: 105; DU 26; GF p. 48; Jackson p. 355; Kew 1: 172; ME 3: 385; NI 84; Plesch p. 134; PR 446; RS p. 73; IDC 803. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 24-25. 1975 (sold at £ 580). Bartram, Edwin Bunting (1878-1964), American bryologist. (E. B. Bartram). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: FH (75.000). — Exsiccatae: Mosses of Southern Arizona (fasc. i-vii, nos. 1-175, Bushkill, Pa., 1924-1927): FH, NY, PC. Ref.: 1H 2: 58. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 180-181. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 132 (orig. inf.); Bossert p. 27; Kew 1: 172; MW p. 32, suppl. p. 21. Roon, Int. dir. spec. pl. tax. 15. 1958. Crum, The Bryologist 69: 125-134. 1966 (portr., bibl.); Rev. bryol. lichénol. 89: 931- 936. 1966 (portr., bibl.) Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 24. 1973. EPONYMY: Bryobartramia Sainsbury (1948). Note: For other eponyms based on the name Bartram, cf. infra, sub J. Bartram. 327. Mosses of the Philippines, The Philippine Journal of Science 68 (1-4). 1939. Oct. Journal publ.: 3 Jun 1939, p. [1]-111, [1]-437, pl. 1-29. Facsimile ed.: Koenigstein-Taunus (Otto Koeltz) 1972, ISBN 3-87429-033-6, [1*-11*], [i]-iii, [1]-437, pl. 1-29. Copy: FAS. Ref.: MW suppl. 21. Anon., Taxon 21: 701. 1972; 22: 169. 1973. 328. Mosses of Guatemala, Fieldiana, Botany 25: [i-v], [1]-442. 190 text ill. 1949. Oct. Journal ed.: 31 Jan 1949, p. [i]-v, [1]-442, pl. 1-190. Copies: HH, MICH, U. Facsimile ed.: Chicago 1972 (n.v.). Bartram, John (1699-1777), American pioneer botanist, Quaker, founder of the first botanical garden in America near Philadelphia in 1728, sent many living plants to England, “‘the earliest native-born American botanist.” (7. Bartram). HERBARIUM: Bartram sent plants to Linnaeus (now LINN), Sloane (BM), Sherard and Dillenius (OXF) and, perhaps, to Bernard de Jussieu (P-JU). Some material also at UPS (Thunberg), but possibly in part from William Bartram. The Bernhardi herbarium at MO has also some John Bartram material (D’Arcy). Ref.: TH 2: 58. Druce, Account herbaria Oxford g. 1897. Druce and Vines, The Dillenian herbaria 1907. Jackson, Index Linnaean herbarium 10. 1912. Dandy, The Sloane herbarium 88-89. 1958. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 126-127. 1964. D’Arcy, Missouri Bot. Gard. Bull. 59(1): 24. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 133 (q.v. for standard references); BB p- 22-23; BM 1: 105, 6: 62; DAB 2: 26-28; HU [index vol. 2]; Kew 1: 173; Laségue Dp: 450; PR (ed..1) 529, (ed.2)) pp: 153;/ME 1: 163) 3: 535: Bartram, W., Philadelphia med. phys. J. 1(1): 115-124. 1805. Gray in Hooker, Lond. J. Bot. 1: 1. 2. 1842. Darlington, Memorials of John Bertram and Humphry Marshall. Philadelphia 1849 (see also Ewan, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 3(5) : 263-272. 1957, and Hooker, Kew J. Bot. 2: 62-64. 1850.). 131 BARTRAM, J. Pyle, Harper’s Magaz. 60: 321-330. 1880. Youmans, Pioneers of science in America 24-39. 1896. Harshberger, Botanists of Philadelphia 46, 76, 85, 440. 1899. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 191. 1905. Britten, J. Bot. 44: 213-214. 1906 (on mss at BM). Kelly, Some American medical botanists 49-59. 1914. Hulth, Bref och Skr. Linné 21(1): 165-168. 1916. Fox, John Fothergill 157-173. 1919. Middleton, Scientific Monthly 21: 191-216. 1925. Kelly and Burrage, American medical biographies 70-71. 1920. Anon., An account of The Bartram Garden Philadelphia published in ““The Horti- culturist’’ in 1850, revised and corrected by the author ... 1864. Reprinted Phila- delphia 1929. (Copy: MO). Barnhart, Bartonia 12: special issue p. 24-37. 1931. Barnhart, Bartonia 12: special issue p. 51-67. 1931 (bibl., q.v. for all earlier publications relating to John Bartram). Brett-James, John Bartram and his botanic garden (p. 75-76) 1931. (reprint from unknown journal, at K). Fagin, William Bartram 218 [index]. 1933. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 57. 1936. Earnest, John and William Bartram, Philadelphia 1940. Cheston, John Bartram, his garden and his house. Herbst, New Green World, New York 1954, 272 p. West, Western Pennsylv. hist. Magaz. 38: 111-115. 1955. West, Pennsylvania History 23: 463-466. 1956. Prince, Garden J. 7: 141-143, 152, 189-191. 1957. Stearn, Cat. bot. books Hunt 2: Ixxxi-lxxxiil. 1961. Humphrey, Makers N. Amer. bot. 23-25. 1961. Randall, Bull. Appalachian State ‘Teachers’ College 1963: 13-17. Fletcher, John Bartram, Farmer-Botanist. The John Bartram Association, Philadelphia, Penn. s.d. (ca. 1965), 16 p. Copy: Ewan. Stewart, Gard. J. New York Bot. Gard. 17: 11-14. 1967 (on only known painting of Weee Berkeley and Berkeley, Dr. Alexander Garden of Charles ‘Town 371. 1969. Coats, ‘The plant hunters 273-276, 278-280, 386. 1969. Bell, DSB 1: 486-488. 1970 (bibl.) Walker, Newsletter Arboretum Barnes Foundation 4: 4-7. 1970. EPONYMY: Bartramia J. Hedwig (1801, nom. cons.) ; Bartramia Linnaeus (1753, nom. rej.) ; Bartramia R. A. Salisbury (1796); Bartramidula Bruch & W. P. Schimper (1846, nom. cons.) ; Bartramiopsis Kindberg (1894). Bartram, William (1739-1823), American botanist at Philadelphia, son of John Bartram. (W. Bartram). HERBARIUM and Types: The only plants collected by William Bartram that are known to be extant are in the general herbarium of BM. It is questionable whether they constitute his original herbarium. There may be some William Bartram specimens at UPS in the Thunberg herbarium. The original manuscript and 53 drawings of the plants and animals are in BM. Refiz TH 23°53: Hist. Coll. BMNH 132-133. 1904. Ewan, Year Book Amer. philos. Soc. 1965: 522-525. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG (2): 52-53; Barnhart p. 133; BB p. 23; BM 1: 105; Bossert p. 27; CSP 1: 200-201; HU 722; Kew 1: 173; ME 1: 163-164, 3: 535; Plesch p» 135; PR 447; Zander ed. 10, p. 632: Ord. [?], Gabinet of Natural History and Amer. rural Sports 2: i-vii. 1832 (portr.) Darlington, Memorials of John Bartram and Humphry Marshall. Philadelphia 1849. Youmans, Pioneers of science in America 24-39. 1896. 132 BARTRAM, W. Harshberger, Bot. Philadelphia 86-91, 440. 1899. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 177. 1903, 3(3): 192. 1905. Morris, Cassinia 10: I-9. 1906 (portr.) Fox, Fothergill 185. 1919. Anon., An account of the Bartram garden Philadelphia published in ‘‘The Horti- culturist”’ in 1850, revised and corrected by the author ... 1864. Reprinted Philadel- phia 1929. Barnhart, Bartonia 12, special issue p. 51-67. 1931 (bibl. q.v. for all earlier publications by and relating to both John and William Bartram and the Bartram garden). Kelly and Burrage, American medical biographies 70-71. 1920. Anon. [Witmer Stone], Two hundredth anniversary of the founding of the first botanic garden in the American colonies by John Bartram, June 5-6. 1931. Philadelphia 1931. Stone, Bartonia 12, special issue p. 19-23. 1931. True, Bartonia 12, special issue p. 7-19. 1931. Fagin, William Bartram interpreter of the American landscape. Baltimore 1933. Harper and Leeds, Bartonia 19: 1-3. Earnest, John and William Bartram, botanists and explorers. Philadelphia 1940. Harper, Libr. Bull. Amer. philos. Soc. 1945: 27-38. 1946 (proposals for publishing B’s Travels). Harper, Proc. Amer. philos. Soc. 97: 571-577. 1953- Herbst, New Green World, London, New York 1954, 272 p. Harper, Travels of William Bartram. Naturalist’s edition. New Haven 1958 (extensive commentary and annotated index). Randall, Bull. Appalachian State Teachers’ College 1963: 13-17. Sutton, A & M., Exploring the Bartrams. Chicago 1963. Graustein, Thomas Nuttall 461. 1967. Ewan, William Bartram. Philadelphia 1968. Berkeley and Berkeley, Dr. Alexander Garden of Charles Town 371. 1969. Coats, The plant hunters 166, 274-276, 292. 1960. Wilbur, J. Elisha Mitch. Sci. Soc. 87(2): 56-71. 1971 (on binomials). Stafleu, 7x Daniels and Stafleu, Taxon 23(4): 462. 1974 (portr.) EPONYMY: For eponyms based on the name Bartram, cf. supra, sub J. Bartram. NOTE: For information on William Bartram (ca. 1673-ca. 1711), grandfather of William (1739-1823) and father of John Bartram (1699-1777) see West, Pennsylvania geneal. Mag. 20: 253-255. 1956-57. 329. Travels through North and South Carolina, Georgia East & West Florida, the Cherokee Country, the extensive territories of the Muscogulges, or Creek Confederacy, and the country of the Chactaws; containing an account of the soil and natural productions of those regions, together with observations on the manners of the Indians. Embellished with copper-plates. Philadelphia (James and Johnson) 1791. Oct. (in fours). (Travels Carolina). The various editions are listed here in accordance with Barnhart (1931). 1. First edition: 1791, probably autumn (p. ii: 26 Aug 16th year of the Republic), p. [i*-11*], [1]-xxxiv, [1]-522, frontispiece, 7 unnumbered plates, map. (page nos. 265, 266 omitted, 289, 290 duplicated. Plates inserted in various positions). Copies: HH, NY (added: type-written index to binomials by Merrill). — For the validity of Bar- tram’s binomials see Rickett (who considers them not validly published) and Merrill (who lists those which are, in his opinion, validly published). Ewan (1968) supports Merrill’s viewpoint. See also Wilbur 1971. 1a. First London edition. 1792, Oct. “Travels ... regions; together ... by William Bartram.” Philadelphia: ... 1791. London: reprinted for J. Johnson ... 1792, p. [i]- xxlv, [1]-520, [1-11, index], [1, err.] 1, [1, dir. binder], frontsipiece, p/. 1-7, map. Copies: BR, HH, NY. tb. Dublin edition. 1793. Oct. “‘ Travels ... Chactaws. Containing ... regions; together ... Bartram.” Dublin (J. Moore, W. Jones, R. M’Allister and J. Rice) 1793, p. [i]- xxiv, [1]-520, index [i-xi], [1, binder], frontispiece, pl. 1-7, map. Copy: US. 1c. Second London edition. 1794. Oct. “‘Travels ... Chactaws. Containing ... regions; 133 BARTRAM, W. together ... Bartram. The second edition in London. Philadelphia ... 1791. Lon- don: reprinted ... 1794,” p. [i]-xxiv, [1]-520, index [i-vi, vii errata], frontispiece, pl. 1-7, map. Copy: NY. 1d. Macy-Masius ed. 1928. Oct. The travels of William Bartram [New York]. 1928. Macy- Masius: publishers, p. 1-414 [not illustrated]. Reissued New York 1940, edited by Mark van Doren; reissued 1955, with 13 illustrations from the original edition, Dover Publications (T 13). Copy: FAS. 1e. Harper ed. 1958. Oct. The travels of William Bartram, naturalist’s edition, New Haven (Yale University Press). Annotated edition with bibliography, maps and photographs taken on points of the original itinerary. Francis Harper; p. [i]-lxi, map, 1-727, [728- 732 maps], pl. 1-29, map. Copies: McVaugh, NY. if. Beehive Press ed. 1973. Oct. Travels ... Florida by William Bartram [.] A facsimile of the 1792 London edition embellished with its nine original plates, also seventeen additional illustrations and an introduction by Gordon De Wolf. Savannah Georgia (The Beehive Press) s.d. [1973]. (intr. by De Wolf p. v-xx). Copy: Ewan. 2. German translation. William Bartram’s Reisen durch Nord- und Siid-Karolina, Georgien, Ost- und West-Florida, das Gebiet der Tscherokesen, Krihks und Tschak- tahs, nebst umstandlichen Nachrichten von den Einwohnern, dem Boden und den Naturprodukten dieser wenig bekannten grossen Lander. Aus dem Englischen. Mit erlauternden Anmerkungen von E. A. W. Zimmermann, Hofrath und Professor in Braunschweig. Mit Kupfern. Berlin (Vossische Buchhandlung) 1793. Oct., p. [i]- xxvi, [1]-469, pl. 1-8. Copy: NY. 2a. German translation: William Bartram’s Reisen durch Nord- und Siid-Karolina . in: Magzin von merkwirdigen neuen Reisebeschreibungen vols. 19 and 20, Wien 1793, p. [i]-xxxix, [1]-404 and [i-vii], [1]-427. Copy: HH. 3. Dutch translation: Reizen door Noord- en Zuid-Carolina, Georgia, Oost- en West- Florida; de landen der Cherokees, der Mucogulges, of het Creek bondgenootschap en het land der Chactaws. Door William Bartram. Uit het Engelsch vertaald door J. D. Pasteur. Haarlem (Francois Bohn) [1796-1798]. Oct. Part [1]: Apr 1796, p. [i]-xxvi, [1-11], [1]-226, map; part [2]: Mai 1796, p. [1-iv], [227]-500; part [3]: Sep 1798, p. [1li-x], 501-696. Copies: HH, MO. — The Library of Congress has an issue In one volume. 4. French translation: Voyage dans les parties sud de l’Amérique septentrionale; savoir: les Carolines septentrionale et méridionale, la Georgie, les Florides orientale et occidentale, le pays des Cherokées, le vaste territoire des Muscogulges ou de la confédération Creek, et le pays des Chactaws; contenant des détails sur le sol et les productions naturelles de ces contrées, et des observations sur les moeurs des sauvages qui les habitent. Par Williams [sic] Bartram. Imprimé a Philadelphie, en 1791, et a Londres, en 1792, et trad. de l’angl. par P. V. Benoist. Paris (Carteret et Brosson; Dugour et Durand), 2 vols., an VII [1799]. Oct. Vol. rz: [i], front., [ii], [1]-457, [1, err.], pl. 1-2. Copies: HU, NO, NY. Vol. 2. [i], [ii], [1]-436, [1, err.], pl.-9. Copies: HU, MO, NY. Re-issue: Paris, an ix [1801] (n.v.). Ref.: BM 1: 105; HU 722 (London ed. 1792); Jackson p. 354; Kew 1: 173; PR 447; IDC 5835. Darlington, Reliquiae Baldwinianae 52 passim. 1843. Coues, Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philadelphia 1875: 338-358. Barnhart, Bartonia special issue p. 55-57. 1931. Fagin, William Bartram, Interpreter of the American landscape. Baltimore. 1933. Harper, Trans. Ame. philos. Soc. ser. 2. 33: 121-242. tt. 1-26. 1943; Bartonia 21: 6-8. 1942, 22: 3. 1943; Proc. Amer. philos. Soc. 97: 571-577. 1953. Rickett, Rhodora 46: 389-391. 1944. Rickett, NAF 28 B (2): 319. 1945. Merrill, Amer. Fern J. 35: 23-25. 1945. Merrill, Bartonia 23: 10-35. 1945, Chron. bot. 10: 377-385. 1946. Sutton, A. & M., Exploring the Bartrams. Chicago 1963. Ewan, William Bartram. Philadelphia 1968. Ewan, Actes XI Congr. Int. Hist. Sci. 5: 55-57. 1968. Stafleu, Taxon 18: 443-445. 1969. Wilbur, J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 87(2): 56-73. 1971 (on binomials). 134 BARY 330. Botanical and zoological drawings, 1756-1788. Reproduced from the Fothergill Album in the British Museum (Natural History). Edited with an introduction and commentary by Joseph Ewan. The American Philosophical Society. Philadelphia 1968. Qu. (Bot. Zool. draw.) Editor: Joseph Andorfer Ewan (1909-x). Publ.: December 1968. — p. [i]-xii, [1]-180, 60 pl. (20 in colour). Copy: FAS. Refi: Kew 1: 173. Stafleu, Taxon 18: 443-445. 1969. Zirkle, Science 685-686. 1969. Bary, Heinrich Anton de (1831-1888), German botanist, ‘““The founder of modern mycology”? (Ainsworth and Bisby). (de Bary). COLLECTIONS: BERN, BM (original, not located). Refs; Lo 5 8. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 134; BM 1: 106, 6: 62; Bossert p. 27; CSP 1: 201-202, 6: 578, 7: 94-95, 9: 134-135; DSB 3: 611-614. 1971; DTS 1: 16; GR p- 4; Jackson p. xxv; Kew 2: 37-38; LS 1812-1900, 3758, 30895-30808. Anon., Gard. Chron. 1879: 237, 241 (portr.) Bornet,ejde Bot..2:9572 1887. Anon., Hedwigia 27: 36, 77-86, 180. 1888. Cohn, Anton de Bary, Berlin u. Leipzig 1888, 8 p., repr. from Deut. medic. Wochen- schrift 1888 (5, 6). Kanitz, Magy. Néven. Lap. 12: 33-39. 1888 (bibl.) Magnus, Naturw. Rundschau 39. 1888 (repr. 8 p.) Murray, J. Bot. 26: 65-67. 1888. Prantl, Hedwigia 27: 77. 1888. Reess, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 6: vili-xxvi. 1888 (portr., bibl.) Wilhelm, Bot. Centralbl. 34: 93-94, 156-158, 191-192, 221-234, 252-256. 1888 (repr. p. [1]-13). Wilhelm, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 38: 227-230. 1888. Woronin, Arb. St. Petersburg. Naturf. Ges. 19: 6. 1888. Murray, Ann. Bot. 2: 393-397. 1889 (bibl.) Solms-Laubach, Anton de Bary, Strassburg 1889, 19 p. (repr. from Bot. Zeit. 1889). Gubernatis, Dict. int. écrivains du jour 1: 188, 3: 2085. 1891. Aderhold, Gen.-Reg. Bot. Zeit. 8-9, 100-102. 1895 (bibl.) Blum, Ber. Senckenb. Naturf. Ges. Wiss. Abh. 1901: 20-21. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 120 pl. 24. 1903, 3(3): 119 pl. 86. 1905 (portr.) Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 7. 1906. Reynolds Green, Hist. Bot. 508. 1909. Smith, E. F., Phytopathology 1(1): 1-2. 1911 (portr.) Whetzel, History Phytopathology 46. 1918 (portr.) Coker and Barnhart, NAF 11(1): 87. 1937. Barnhart, NAF 11(1): 87. 1937, 7(15): 1050. 1940. Rickett, NAF 1(1): 153. 1940. Martin, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 65: 122-127. 1958 (on de Bary’s works on Myxom). Ainsworth and Bisby, Dict. fungi ed. 6. 153. 1971. Robinson, DSB 3: 611-614. 1971 (bibl.) COMPOSITE WORKS: Botanische Zeitung, editor vols. 25-45, 1867-1887; (with M. S. Voro- nin:) Beitrdge zur Morphologie und Physiologie der Pilze. Reihe i-v, 1864-1882. FESTSCHRIFT: Jost, Zum hundersten Geburtstag Anton de Barys. Jena 1930, 74 p. (portr., bibl.). EPONYMY: Barya Fuckel (1870); Barya Klotzsch (1854); Baryeidamia H. Karsten (1888, also dedicated to Michael Emil Eduard Eidam (1845-x), German physiologist and mycologist at Breslau); Debarya Wittrock (1872); Debaryella von Hodhnel (1904); Debaryomyces A. Klécker (1909). 135 BARY 331. Untersuchungen tiber die Brandpilze und die durch sie verursachten Krankheiten der Pflanzen mit Riicksicht auf das Getreide und andere Nutzpflanzen. ... Mit acht litho- graphirten Tafeln. Berlin (G. W. F. Miiller) 1853. Oct. (Unters. Brandpilze). Publ.: Apr-Jul 1853 (p. vi: 1 Apr 1853, Bot. Zeit. 22 Jul 1851), p. [i]-viii, [1]-144, pl. 1-8. Copy: BR. — Reprinted from Wilda, Landwirtsch. Centralbl. 1(2). 1853. Ref.: LS 1815; PR 449. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 11: 524-526. 23 Jul 1853 (rev.) 332. Untersuchungen tiber die Familie der Conjugaten (Zygnemeen und Desmidieen). Ein Beitrag zur physiologischen und beschreibenden Botanik. ... Mit acht lithographirten Tafeln. Leipzig (A. Férstnersche Buchhandlung, Arthur Felix) 1858. Qu. (Unters. Conjugaten). Publ.: 5 Dec 1858 (Bot. Zeit. 16: 360. 3 Dec 1858, 17: 32. 21 Jan 1859), p. [i-vi], [1]-91, pl. 1-7. Copy: PCS. Ref.: BM 1: 106; Kew 2: 37; PR 450. 333- Die Mycetozoen. Kin Beitrag zur Kenntniss der niedersten Thiere. Leipzig (Wilhelm Engelmann) 1859. Oct. (Adycetozoen). Ed. 1: 1859 — 89 p., 5 pl. (rd by Flora in Dec 1859). Reprinted from Z. wiss. Zoologie 10 (1859). Ed. 2: Leipzig (Wilhelm Engelmann) Jun-Oct 1864 (p. x: Jun 1864; Bot. Zeit. 24 Nov 1865; Flora 21 Dec 1864), p. [i]-xu, [1]-132, pl. 1-6. Oct. Copies: L, NY. ‘““Die Myceto- zoen (Schleimpilze). Ein ... niedersten Organismen ... zweite umgearbeitete Auf- lage. Mit 6 Kupfertafeln.”’ Ref.: BM 1: 106; Kew 2: 37; LS 1822; PR 451, 456. 334. Uber die Fruchtentwicklung der Ascomyceten. Eine pflanzenphysiologische Unter- suchung ... mit zwei Kupfertafeln. Leipzig (Wilhelm Engelmann) 1863. Qu. (Frucht- entw. Ascom.) Publ.: Aug-Oct 1863 (Flora 28 Oct 1863), p. [1i-ii], [1]-38, pl. r-2. Copy: UC. Ref.: LS 1837; PR 454. 335- Vergleichende Morphologie und Biologie der Pilze Mycetozoen und Bacterien. Leipzig (Wilhelm Engelmann) 1884. Oct. (Vergl. Morph. Biol. Pilze). Publ.: Jul-Aug 1884 (preface 30 Jun 1884, Nat. Nov. Aug 1884, J. Bot. Sep 1884), p. [i]-xvi, [1]-558, 198 text ills. Copy: B. — A greatly enlarged new edition of the author’s Morphologie und Physiologie der Pilze (1866; vol. 2(1) of Hofmeister, Handbuch der physiologischen Botanik). — Translation: Comparative morphology and biology of the fungi, mycetozoa and bacteria, translated by H. E. F. Garnsey and I. B. Balfour, Oxford Jul 1887, Oct., p. xix, 525, 198 text ills. (n.v.). For de Bary’s series of journal articles, entitled Beitrage zur Morphologie und Physiologie der Pilze, 5 nos., 1864-1882, see the bibliography by Rees, quoted above. Ref.: BM 1: 107; Kew 2: 37; IDC 7201 (engl. transl.) Bassi, Ferdinando (1710-1774), Italian botanist, prefect of the Bologna botanical garden. (Bassi). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BOLO. Ref.: TH 2: 59. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(2): 371, 5(1): 164; Barnhart 1: 135; Quenstedt Pp. 24; Saccardo 1: 23, 2: 16; Zander ed. 10, p. 632. Bianconi, Atti Soc. it. Sci. nat. 4: 244. 1862. Gras, Bull. Soc. bot. France 11: 71-83. 1864. Vinassa de Regny, Boll. Soc. geol. Ital. 18: 491-500. 1899 (on his Tabella oryctographica). Hulth, Bref och skr. Linné 2(1): 226-240. 1940. EPONYMyY: Bassia Allioni (1766); Bassia K. Koenig ex Linnaeus (1771). 336. Ambrosina, novum plantae genus. Bologna (Laelium a Vulpe) 1763. Qu. (Ambrosina). 136 BASTER Publ.: Aug 1763, p. [i]-vili, 1 pl. Copy: G. — Preprinted from Bononiensi Sci. Inst. Acad. Comment., Opusc. 5(1): 82-86. 1767. Ref.: PR 463; SA 1: 260. Gras, Bull. Soc. bot. France 11: 74. 1864. Bastard, Toussaint (1784-1846) (al.: Batard), French botanist in Chalonnes-sur- Loire, Anjou. (Bastard). HERBARIUM and types: ANG, duplicates MANCH, P. Ref.: TH 2: 59. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(2): 115; Barnhart 1: 135; BM 1: 108; CSP 1: 204, 6: 578; GR p. 304-305; IF suppl. 4: 313; Kew 1: 175; PR 464-466. Boreau, Notice historique jardin plantes Angers 40-50, 55-58. Candolle, Mémoires et souvenirs 172. 1862. Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. France 22: Ixxxvil. 1875. Bastard, Ann. Soc. Hort. Hist. nat. Hérault 98/99: 148-161, 177-187. 1959; 100(1): 23-36. 1960; 100(2): 95-109. 1960; 100(3): 10-26. 1960; 101 (1): 20-32. 1961; 101(2): 72-81. 1961; 101(3): 140-149. 1961; 101(4): 219-228. 1961; 102(1): 42-52. 1962; 103(4): 159-161 (biogr. note, portr., by Hebert); 112(1): 27-31. 1972; 112(3): 249- 255. 1972; 112(4) : 307-314. 19723 113(1) : 19-25. 19733 113 (2) : 69-74. 1973; 113 (3/4): 129-134. 1973 (diary of his 1821 trip). NOTE: The abbreviation S.O.B. for the name of this author would be wholly undeserved. EPONYMY: Bastardia Humboldt, Bonpland & Kunth (1822); Bastardiopsis (K. M. Schumann) Hassler (1910). 337. Essai sur la flore du département de Maine et Loire. Angers (Veuve Pavie et fils) 1809. Duod. (in sixes) (Essai fl. Maine et Lovre). Publ.: 1809, prob. before Jul (rev. Nouv. Bull. Sci. Soc. philom. Paris 1: 376. Jul 1809; J. Méd. Chir. Pharm. Aug 1809), p. [i*], [iii*], [i]-xxvi, [2, tabl.], [1]-415. Copies: HU, NY. Ref.: BM 1: 108; IF suppl. 4: 313; Kew 1: 175; PR 464. 338. Notice sur les végétaux les plus intéressans du jardin des plantes d’ Angers. Angers (L. Pavie) 1810. Duod. (Not. vég. jard. Angers). Publ.: 1810, p. [iii]-xxiv, [1]-272. Copy: NY (signatures of 24 and 12 p. alternate). Ref.: BM 1: 108; Kew 1: 175; PR 466. 339- Supplément a Vessai sur la flore du département de Maine-et-Loire. Angers 1812. Oct. (Suppl. fl. Maine-et-Loire). Publ.: 1812 (Bull. Sci. phys. Orléans Jul 1812; BF 31 Jul 1812), xii, 58 p. Ref.: BM 1: 108; Kew 1: 175; PR 465. Baster, Job (1711-1775), Dutch physician and biologist. (Baster). HERBARIUM and Types: LINN (only Java material, not collected by him, sent to Linnaeus). Ref.: IH 2: 59. Kreuzer, Das Herbar 168. 1864. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 136; BB p. 23; BM 1: 108; JW 1: 184, 2: 341; Kew 4: 6 [sub Miller]; NNBW 2: 163, 6: 74; PR 468-469. Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist.-nat. Banks 3: 401, 557. Hulth, Bref och skr. Linné 2(1): 241-252. 1916. Henrard en Koumans, Basteria 1: 6-12. 1936. Liitjeharms, Gesch. Mykol. xviii Jahrh. 184, 187-188. 1936. Engel, Bijdr. Dierk. 27: 255-256. 1939 (many biogr. refs.) Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males ser. 1. 1: 40-41. 1950. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 34. [nos. 248, 249]. 1966. 137 BASTER EPONYMY (genera): Basteria Houttuyn (1776); Basteria P. Miller (1755); (journal): Basteria tijdschrift van de Nederlandsche Malacologische Vereeniging, Leiden. Vol. 1-x, 1936-x. 340. Natuurkundige uitspanningen, behelzende eenige waarnemingen, over sommige zee- planten en zee-insecten, benevens derzelver zaadhuisjes en eijernesten. Haarlem (J. Bosch) 1759-1765, 2 vols. Qu. (Natuurk. uttspann.) deel stuk pages plates plates date expl. I I fi], [1]-54, [55 cont. ] 1-8 1-6 Sep-Oct 1759 2 [57]-110, [111 cont.] 9-16 7-10 Sep 1760 3 [113]-169, [170 cont.] [index 3 p.] - 11-16 Jun 1762 (‘1761’) 2 I [i], [1]-50, [50 cont.] I-7 1-4. late 1762 2 [53]-109, [110 cont. | 8-13 5-9 «Jun 1765 3 [111]-167, [168 cont.], [index 3 p.] - 10-13-1765 The indication ‘Bladz. 473’ on plate 5 of vol. 1 refers to the original publication of this plate in the Verh. Holl. Mij. Wet. 4: 473. Copies: BR, U. — This is a Dutch version of the Opuscula subseciva, see below. Ref.: NI 86. Engel, Basteria 6: 1. 1941 (on a variant with different plates). 341. Opuscula subseciva, observationes miscellaneas de animalculis et plantis quibusdam marinis, eorumque ovariis et seminibus continentia. Haarlem [1759]-1762 [-1765], 2 vols. Qu. (Opusc. subsec.) vol. libr. pages dates I I [1]-46, [2], pl. 1-6 1759 2 [47]-95, [96], pl. 7-10 1760 3 [97]-148, [4], pl. 12-16 1761 vol. libr. pages dates 2 [1*], [1]-47, [48], pl. 1-4 Aug 1762 2 [49]-99, [100], pl. 5-9 Sep 1765 3 [101]-1590, [2], [4], pl. ro-13 Sep 1765 Ref.: BM 1: 108; NI 86 (transl.); PR 468. Maitland, Tijdschr. Ned. dierk. Ver. 2: 7-15. 1876. Hulth, Bref och skr. Linné 244-247. 1916. Engel, Basteria 6: 1-10. 1941. Bataille, Frédéric (1850-1946), French author and mycologist. (Bataille). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 136; BM 6: 63, 64; Kew 1: 175; LS 1919- 1922, 21538, 30900-30914, suppl. 1892-1911; Becker, Bull. Soc. mycol. France 66(4) : 173-176. 1950 (portr.) NOTE: Bataille’s posthumously published Les réactions macrochimiques chez les champignons (suppl. au tome lxiii du Bulletin trimestriel de la Société mycologique de France, 1948) was reprinted in facsimile as Bibliotheca mycologica vol. 25, 1969 (Lehre). Bateman, James (1811-1897), English horticulturist and orchidologist. (Bateman). HERBARIUM and typEs: Bateman’s herbarium specimens and drawings of cultivated 138 BATEMAN orchids are at K (some also at W). 7 Original drawings for The orchidaceae by Augusta Withers are in the Lindley Library, RHS, London (NI). Ref.: TH 2: 59; NI suppl. 89. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 137; BB p. 23; BM 1: 109; Bossert p. 28; CSP 1: 206, 6: 579; DNB suppl. 1: 137(4107); Jackson p. 519; Kew 1: 176; Langman p. 117; Laségue p. 527-528; NI 87-89; PR 470-472; Zander ed. 10, p. 632. Anon., Garden and Forest 10: 508. 1897. Anon., Gard. Chron. ser. 3. 22: 400-402, 406 (portr.), 410, 436, 446. 1897 (portr.) Anon., Orchid Rev. 6: 10-14, 56-57, 1898 (n.v.) Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1897-1898: 34-36. 1898. Dallman and Wood, Trans. Liverpool bot. Soc. 1: 59-60. 1909. Nelmes and Cuthbertson, Bot. Mag. Dedic. 1827-1927: 42-44. 1932 (portr.) Reinikka, Amer. Orch. Soc. Bull. 33: 297-298. 1964. EPONYMY: Batemannia [sic] J. Lindley (1834). 342. The orchidaceae of Mexico and Guatemala. London (J. Ridgway & Sons) [1837-] 1843. Broadsheet. (Orchid. Mexico Guatemala). Orig. ed.: t.p. lith., [i-vi], [1]-12, [1-4], pl. r-4o each with 2 p. text. Copy: U. — In 10 parts between 1837 and 1843, the precise contents and dates of which are unknown. Fasc. 1 was announced as published by the Gardeners’ Gazette on 2 Sep 1837; fasc. 2 by Gard. Mag. Sep 1838. “The largest, heaviest, but also probably the finest orchid book ever issued”? Blunt (73 < 53 cm). The 40 plates (by Miss S. A. Drake, Miss Jane Edwards, Samuel Holden and Mrs Augusta Withers) are lithographs. Each plate is accompanied by a leaf of descriptive text. Some of the vignettes are by George Cruikshank. Copies were offered at £ 3500 in 1973 and £ 4,500 in 1974; number of copies printed: 125. Facsimile ed.: New York (Johnson Reprint Corp.), Amsterdam (Theatrum Orbis Terrarum) 1973 (n.v.), (1000 numbered copies, size reduced). Ref.: BM 1: 109; GF 48; HL 561; Jackson p. 368; Kew 1: 176; Langman p. 117; NI 89; PR 470; IDC 6124. 343- A monograph of Odontoglossum. London (Lovell Reeve & Co.) [1864-]1874. Broad- sheet. (Monogr. Odontoglossum). part plates dates part plates dates I I-5 1864 4 16-20 1867 2 6-10 1865 5 21-25 1873 3 TI-I5 1866 6 26-30, [1-xiii] 1874 Copies: BR, G (orig. covers), MO, NY. — Part 6 publ. after 24 Apr 1874 (see p. x). — The handcoloured plates (lithographs) are by W. H. Fitch who “here shows incredible ability in dealing with complicated botanical specimens’? (Blunt). — Broadsheet (55 X 38cm), 36 lvs of text, 30 pl. (a copy was offered for £ 750 in 1974). — The book is often cited with the subtitle ‘‘a genus of the Vandeous section of Orchidaceous plants’. This may have appeared on the covers. Ref.: BM 1: 109; GF p. 49; Jackson p. 137; Kew 1: 176; Langman p. 117; NI 88; PR 472; SK p. clxviii (Stearn) ; IDC 5836. 344. A second century of orchidaceous plants. Selected from the subjects published in ‘Curtis’ Botanical Magazine’ since the issue of the ‘first century’. London (L. Reeve & Co.) 1867. Qu. (Second cent. orchid. pl.) Publ.: 1867, p. [i]-viii, pl. ror-200, with text, handcoloured lithographs by W. H. Fitch. The first Century was published by W. J. Hooker (1849). — A copy was offered at £ 320.— in 1974. Copies: BR, G, MO, NY. — Jackson indicates that the book was published in parts between 1864-1870. Ref.: BM 1: 109; GFB p. 49; Jackson p. 138; Kew 1: 176; Langman p. 117; NI 87; PRGA ite 139 BATSCH Batsch, August Johann Georg Carl (1761-1802), German botanist at Jena, professor of botany, director of the “‘Physikalische Gesellschaft.” (Batsch). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: JE (in part). The main part of the Batsch herbarium was destroyed in the nineteenth century but the remaining portion is at Jena (information kindly sent to me by R. Grolle and F. K. Meyer.) Ref.: TH 2: 60. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 2: 132-133; Barnhart 1: 138; BM 1: 110, 6: 65; Dawson p. 39; GR p. 4; Jackson p. 519 [index]; Kew 1: 178; LS 1927; KR p. 67; Moebius p. 52, 412; NDB 1: 628-629; NI go-93; Plesch p. 135; Quenstedt p. 24; PR 475-488; Zander ed. 10, p. 632. Anon., Med.-Chir. Zeit. (Salzburg) 1802. iv (89): 192. 1802. Anon., Bot. Zeit. (Regensburg) 2(1): 15. 17 Jan 1803. Jourdan, Dict. Sci. méd., Biogr. méd. 2: 32-35. 1820. Krempelhuber, Gesch. Litt. Lichenol. 2: 5. 1869. ' Killerman, Z. Pilzk. ser. 2. 5: 285-289. 1925. Schmid, Goethe und die Naturwissenschaften, Halle 1940, p. 605, index, numerous references. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 34 [nos. 253-255]. 1966. Guédeés, Revue Hist. Sci. 1969: 323-363. EPONYMY: Batschia Moench (1794); Batschia Mutis ex ‘Thunberg (1792). 345- Elenchus fungorum. Conscripsit ... Accedunt icones Ivii fungorum nonnullorum agri Jenensis, secundum naturam ab autore depictae; aeri incisae et vivis coloribus fucatae a J. S. Capieux. [alternative title: Gattungen und Arten der Schwaemme. Nebst 57 vom Verfasser nach der Natur gemahlten, und von Herrn Capieux gestochnen und illuminirten Abbildungen einiger Schwaemme aus der Gegend von Jena] Halle (Joh. Jac. Gebauer) 1783 [-1789]. Qu. (Elench. fung.) Elenchus fungorum, p. [i-xii], col. [1]-184, pl. 1-12. Jul-Nov 1783 (ded. 25 Jun 1783, Med. Wochenbl. Aerzte 14 Dec 1783, BH; GGA 29 Mai 1784). Copy: UC. Continuatio prima, p. [i-v], col. [13]-279, pl. 13-30. Mar-Dec 1786 (pref. 21 Feb 1786, GGA 29 Jan 1787). Copy: UC. Continuatio secunda, p. [i-v], col. [xiii]-xl, [1]-16, pl. 31-42. Mai-Dec 1789 (pref. 17 Apr 1789; GGA 19 Apr 1790; Mai if indeed publ. at Ostermesse 1789, fide ALZ 29 Jul). Copy: UC. The “‘p” numbers refer to columns, not to pages. — The plates were drawn by Batsch and engraved and coloured by J. St. Gapieux. — The preface includes a quotation from Schaeffer “‘... Auch feuchte Schwamme, mit mannigfaltiger Gestalt und Farbung, sagen grosses Lob ...” Ref.: BM 1: 110; Jackson 162; Kew 1: 178; LS 1927; NI 92; PR 475. Laplanche, Dict. iconogr. champignons ... Friesian equivalents. Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 428. 1916. Killermann, Z. Pilzk. ser. 2. 5: 215-289. 1925. Rickett, NAF 1(1): 153. 1949. 346. Dispositio generum plantarum jenensium secundum Linnaeum et familias naturales. Quam speciminis inauguralis loco exhibit. Jena (Heller) s.d. [1786]. Qu. (Dispos. gen. pl. Jenens.) Publ.: 1786 (11 Mai 1786 date thesis; Ann. Lit. Jun 1786; Obs. Phys. 29: 239. Sep 1786) p. [i-iv], [1]-65, [66-72, iny.]. Copy: NY. Also cited as Dissertatio inauguralis botanica sistens dispositionem generum ... Jena 1786 [posibly another issue, n.v.]. Ref.: BM 1: 110 (cites lxii, 430 p. sic!); Jackson p. 225; PR 476. 347- Versuch einer Anleitung zur Kenntniss und Geschichte der Pflanzen fiir akademische Vor- lesungen entworfen und mit den néthigsten Abbildungen versehen. Halle (Johann Jacob Gebauer) 1787-1788, 2 vols. Oct. (Vers. Anl. Kenntn. Gesch. Pfl.) 1: 1787 (Jenaische gel. Anz. 8 Jun 1787; BH), [i*], [i]-iv, [1]-381, [382, err.], pl. 1-6, uncol. copper engr. by author. Copy: USDA. 140 BATTANDIER 2: 1788 (ALZ Jul 1788), [i], [1]-676, pl. 7-17, id. Copy: USDA. Ref.: NI 93; PR 477. 348. Analyses florum e diversis plantarum generibus omnes etiam minutissimas eorum externas partes demonstrantes, et earundem harum partium characterem genericum. Philosophiam botanicam, et generum intimiores affinitates a natura statutas. [and t.p.: Blumenzergliederungen aus verschiedenen Gattungen der Pflanzen ...] Halle (Johann Jacob Gebauer) 1790, 2 fasc. Qu. fF (Anal. fl.) Fasc. 1, p. [i-x], [1]-98, pl. z-10. 1790 (GGA 20 Dec 1790). Fasc. 2, p. [i-iii], [1]-120, pl. rz-20. Sep-Oct 1790 (Michaelismesse). The plates are hand coloured copper engravings signed by Batsch and by J. S$. Capieux and mostly dated 1790. Copies: HU, L, MO, NY. Ref.: BH; BM 1: 110; HU 709; Kew 1: 178; NI go; Plesch p. 135; PR 478. 349- Botanische Bemerkungen. Erstes Stiick Taf. i-vi, fig. 1-140. Halle (Johann Jacob Gebauer) 1791. Oct. } (Bot. Bemerk.) Publ.: 1791; reviewed in Jul 1792 by Med.-chir. Zeitung Salzburg [1792(3): 108. 19 Jul 1792] (‘‘unnothige Beobachtungen’’), Gothaische gel. Zeit. 1 Sep 1792; p. [i]-xvi, [1]-104, pl. 1-5 (plain copper engravings). Copy: HH. Ref.: BM 1: 110; PR 479; IDC 5837. 350. Synopsis universalis analytica generum plantarum fere omnium hucusque cognitorum quam secundum methodum sexualem, corollinam, et carpologicam adjunctis ordinibus naturalibus adhibitis ultra Linnaeana monitis et adauctionibus meritissimorum Aubletti, Loureirii, Forskolii, Thunbergii, Forsteri, Vahliu, Gaertneri, Hedwigu, Schreberi, Jussieuii, Swarzii, et aliorum exaravit A. L. G. C. Batsch (Sumtibus bibliopoli Crockeriani). Jena 1793[-1794]. 2 parts. Qu. (Syn. univ. anal. gen. pl.) Pars 1: Jul-Nov 1793 (p. iv, vere 1793; various reviews), p. [i-iv], [1]-140. Copies: NY, H. Pars 2: 1794, p. 141-426. Copy: NY. Ref.: BH; BM 1: 110; Jackson p. 113; Kew 1: 178; PR 481. 351. Tabula affinitatum regni vegetabilis, quam delineavit, et nunc ulterius adumbratam tradit [auctor]. Weimar (Landes-Industrie-Comptoir) 1802. Oct. (Tab. affin. regni veg.) Publ.: 2 Mai 1802 (at Easter Fair 1802), p. [i]-xvi, [1]-286, [26, ind.], [1, emend.], 1 pl. Copy: HH. Ref.: BM 1: 110; PR 486; SY p. 11; IDC 5838. Anon., Neue allg. deut. Bibliothek 72 1(2): 122. 1802. Battandier, Jules Aimé (1848-1922), French botanist and explorer of Algeria, pro- fessor at the medical school of Alger. (Battand.) HERBARIUM and Types: MPU and AL, duplicates see 1H. Prof. Sauvage of Montpellier has kindly informed us that the René Maire herbarium at MPU contains a num- ber of plants from Battandier and Trabut, but that the actual types are possibly at AL. Ref.: 1H 2: 60. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 513, 7: 68; Barnhart 1: 138; BL 1:17; BM 1: 110, 6: 65; Bossert p. 28; CSP 9g: 140, 12: 55, 13: 343-344; DBF 5: 815-816; Jackson p. 348; Kew 178-179; NI 94; Zander ed. 10, p. 632. Cosson, Comp. fl. atl. 1: 20. 1884. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 63, 95. pl. 137. 1905. Maire et Trabut, Bull. Soc. bot. France 70: 111-117. 1923 (bibl.) Sergent, Maire, Trabut, Bull. Soc. Hist. nat. Afr. Nord 13: 237. 1922, 14: 47-58. 1923 (portr., bibl.) EPONYMY: Battandiera Maire (1926). 352- Flore d’ Alger et catalogue des plantes d’Algérie ou énumération systématique de toutes les plantes signalées jusqu’a ce jour comme spontanées en Algérie avec description I4I BATTANDIER des espéces qui se trouvent dans la région d’Alger. Monocotylédones. Alger (Adolphe Jourdan) 1884. Oct. (Fl. Alger). Co-author: Louis-Charles Trabut (1853-1929). Publ.: Jan 1884, p. [i*-mi*], [i]-xvi, [1]-211. Copzes: L, MO. — “Glumacées’”’ and “Toncées’”? by Trabut, the rest by Battandier. Ref.: BM 1: 110; Kew 1: 179. Stearn, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 1: 145-146. 1938. 353- Allas de la flore d’ Alger. [fasc. 2-5: d’Algérie]. Iconographie avec diagnoses d’espéces nouvelles, inédites ou critiques de la flore atlantique. Phanérogames et Cryptogames acrogénes [3, 4: Phanérogames, fougéres & muscinées; fasc. 5 with R. Maire]. Alger (Adolphe Jourdan), [fasc. 2: Alger (id.) et Paris (J. B. Bailli¢re & fils, A. Challamel, P. Klincksieck) ], [fasc. 3/4: Paris (P. Klincksieck)] 1886-1920. Oct. (Adlas fl. Alger). Co-author: Louis Charles ‘Trabut (1853-1929). fasc. pages plates dates I [1]-16 I-II Oct-Dec 1886 2 [17]-32 12-23 1896 [cover: ‘1895’ | 3-4 [33]-59 24-47, Jan-Mar 1913 5 [61 ]-78 48-58 1920 Planche 12 was issued with fasc. 1, but described in fasc. 2. Fasc. 3, 4 were received at Leiden (L) on 15 Apr 1913. Copies: G, L, NY. Ref.: BM 1: 110; Kew 1: 179; NI 94. Stearn, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 1: 146. 1938. 354- Flore de l Algérie [1(1): Ancienne Flore d’Alger transformée] contenant la descrip- tion de toutes les plantes signalées jusqu’a ce jour comme spontanées en Algérie [1(2): et Catalogue des plantes du Maroc.] 2 “‘parties,” 3 vols., Alger (Adolphe Jourdan) et Paris (F. Savy) 1888-1897. Oct. (Fl. Algérie). Co-authors: Louis Charles Trabut (1853-1929) (tome 2); Fernand Gustave Debiay (1854-1900) (tome 3); Camille Flagey (1834-1898) (id.) ; Paul Charles Michel Petit (1834-1913) (id.). partie tome fasc. pages dates I [1] Dicotylédones I [1*-111* ], [i]-x1, Aug 1888 [1]-183, app. 1: [i]-iii 2 [185 |-384 Mai 1889 3 385-576 Nov-Dec 1889 (‘1890’) 4 [577]-825, Dec 1890 app. 2: [i]-xxix [2] Monocotylédones — [i-iii], [1 ]-256 Jun-Jul 1895 2 3 1(1) Lichens _ [vii]-xii, [1]-139, late 1896 Dilliciae: (2) Algues [1 ]-78 1897 (3) Diatom. [1]-50, [1, ind.], 1897 [i-vi] Copies: G, L, MO, NY (orig. covers), US. — Tome 2 has a different imprint: Alger (Adolphe Jourdan), Paris (J. B. Bailliére, A. Challamel, P. Klincksieck). — ‘Tome 3 is entitled simply “‘Flore de Algérie (2e partie, 1er fascicule)’’ and consists of the Catalogue des Lichens de V Algérie (by C. Flagey), the Catalogue des Algues du Maroc, d’ Algérie et de Tunisie (by F. Debray), and the Catalogue des Diatomacées du Maroc, d’ Algérie et de Tunisie (by P. Petit), and has a common title page dated ‘1896-1897’. A second fascicle of tome 3 (= partie 2) was to contain a treatment of the fungi by Patouillard. Ref.: BM 1: 110, 6: 65; Kew 1: 179. Stearn, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 1: 145-146. 1938. 142 BATTARRA 355- Algérie. Plantes médicinales essences et parfums. Alger (Giralt) 1889. Oct. (Pl. médic.) Co-author: Louis Charles Trabut (1853-1929). Publ.: Late 1889 (Nat. Nov. Jan 1890), p. [1]-39, [40]. Copy: NY. 356. Flore analytique et synoptique de I’ Algérie et de la Tunisie. Alger (Ive Giralt) 1904. Oct. (Fl. Algérie Tunisie). Co-author: Louis Charles Trabut (1853-1929). Publ.: Early 1905 [dated 1902 on t.p.; 1904 on wrapper; Nat. Nov. Apr 1905], p. [1]- 460. Copy: HH, L. Rep it te17. BM 621653) Kew 12 179. Stearn, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 1: 146. 1938. 357- Flore de Ul’ Algérie. Supplément aux phanérogames. Paris (Paul Klincksieck), Alger (Imprimerie agricole et commerciale). 1910. Oct. (Fl. Algérie, Suppl. phan.) Publ.: Dated 1910, but possibly issued early 1g11 (Nat. Nov. Mai 1911), p. [1], [1]-90, [i]-ili. Copies: G, L, NY. Ref.: BL 1: 17; BM 6: 65; Kew 1: 178. Stearn, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 1: 146. 1938. 358. Contributions a la flore atlantique. Paris (Klincksieck, Lhomme)[1919]. Oct. (Contr. fi. atl.) Publ.: probably Jun 1919 (p. 3: Apr 1919), p. [1]-91, }=92]-1il. Copies: G, L, MO, NY. — The MO copy has an addendum Withania pauqui on a loose sheet. RefemINewrl cnt 70. Stearn, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 1: 147. 1938. Battarra, Giovanni Antonio (1714-1789), Italian clergyman, physician and mycol- ogist. (Battarra). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: PAD has some fungi collected by Battarra, (types?). Ref.: 1H 2: 60. ~ Hawksworth, Mycologist’s handb. 181. 1974. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 139; BM 1: 110; Bossert p. 28; Kew 1: 179; LS 1930; NI 95; PR 490-491; Saccardo 1: 24, 2: 16. Jourdan, Dict. Sci. méd., Biogr. méd. 2: 37. 1820. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 16a. 1903, 3(3): 175. 1905. Lutjeharms, Gesch. Mykol. XVIII Jahrh. 253 [index]. 1936. EPONYMY: Batarrea [sic] Persoon (1801); Battareopsis [sic] Hennings (1902); Battar- reoides T. Herrera (1953); Battarrina (P. A. Saccardo) Clement & Shear (1931). 359- Fungorum agri ariminensis historia. Faenza [Faventiae] (Typis Ballantianis) 1755. Qu. (Fungi arimin.) Publ.: Mar 1755, p. [1]-vii, [1]-80, pl. 1-40. Copies: L, MO, NY (a) — Friesian equivalents of Battarra’s generic appellations are given by Laplanche. Donk (1962, p. 14-19) has shown that Battarra’s generic appellations are not equivalent to generic names in the sense of the Code; species definitions starting with the same generic appellation are spread over various classes. For further details on taxonomic equivalents of Battarra’s names for Agaricaceae see Donk. The 1755 publication is first reviewed by Giorn. Lett. (Roma) 1755: 90-92 (Mar 1755), by GGA on 3 Jan 1756. The plates are copper engravings by the author. Re-issue: 1759 Faenza (Typis Martinianis). Qu. (p. vill: Oct 1759), p. [i]-vili, 1-80, pl. 1-40. Copies: G, NY. — Small differences; new preface; t.p.: “‘in hac secunda editione nec aucta nec diminuta.”’ Ref.: BM 1: 110; Kew 1: 179; LS 1830; NI 95; PR 490; SA 2: 540; IDC 2342. Laplanche, M. C. de, Dict. iconogr. des champignons supérieurs ... Paris 1594. Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 428. 1916. Rickett, NAF 1(1): 153. 1949. ee) BATTARRA Donk, M. A., The generic names proposed for Agaricaceae. Beihefte zur Nova Hedwigia 5, Weinheim 1962. Batters, Edward Arthur Lionel (1860-1907), English phycologist. (Batters). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Batters’ herbarium and correspondence are at BM; other material is at K. — The herbarium contained about 13.000 specimens. The 3.000 microscope-slides are also at BM. Ref.: BB p. 24; IH 2: 60. Gepp, J. Bot. 45: 385-388. 1907. Dickinson, Phycol. Bull. 1: 11. 1952. Koster, Taxon 18: 549. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 139; BB p. 24; BM 1: 110-111, 6: 65; Bossert p. 28; CSP 9: 141, 13: 446; Kew 1: 179. Gepp and Gepp, J. Bot. 45: 385-388. 1907 (portr.) Jackson, Proc. Linn. Soc. 1907-1908: 45-46. COMPOSITE WORKS: Marine algae, in G. F. S. Elliot, Fauna, flora G geology of the Clyde area, Glasgow 1901. EPONYMY: Battersia J. Reinke (1890). 360. List of the marine algae of Berwick-on- Tweed. Alnwick (Henry H. Blair) s.d. [1890]. Oct. (List mar. alg. Berwick-on- Tweed). Publ.: 1890, probably Feb, p. [i], [1]-171, [172, err.], pl. 7-12. Copy: NY. — Printed first in the ‘Transactions of the Berwickshire Naturalist Club, vol. 12 for [1888-]1889 early 1890; reprints distributed Aug-Nov 1890 (J. Bot. Dec 1890). “‘A revised list of the British marine algae’? was publ. by E. M. Holmes and Batters in Jan 1891. Ref.: BM 1: 111; Kew 1: 179. Murray, J. Bot. 29: 381-382. Dec 1890. Holmes and Batters, Ann. Bot. 5: 63-107, 518-526. 1890 (p. 518-526 publ. Jan 1891, fide G.M. [G. M. R. Murray] in J. Bot. 29: g1-92. Mar 1891). 361. A catalogue of the British marine algae being a list of all the species of seaweeds known to occur on the shores of the British Islands with the localities where they are found ... Issued as a supplement to the ‘Journal of Botany’, 1902. London (West, Newman & Co.) 1902. Oct. (Cat. Brit. mar. alg.) Publ.: 1902, p. [i], [1]-107. Copies: PCS, U. Bauer, Ernst (1860-1942), Czechoslovak bryologist. (£. Bauer). HERBARIUM and Types: PR — for further details see IH. Exsiccatae (see Sayre for further details) : 1. Bryotheca bohemica. Laub- und Lebermoose aus Béhmen in getrockneten Exemplaren (cent. 1-iv, nos. 1-400. Smirchov nr Prague, 1898-1904), at BM, E, FH. 2. Musci brasilienses (coll. V. Schiffner) (nos. 1-174, Obersdorf 1932) — see Schiffer. 3. Musci europaei [series 35-46: et Americani] exsiccatit. Die Laubmoose Europas unter Mitwirkung namhafter Bryologen und Floristen (series 1-46, nos. 1-2300, Prague 1903-1936): BM, BP, C, FH, G, LD, NY, PC, PR, S-PA, W. Bauer also contributed to Kneucker, Carices exsice. Ref.: IH 2: 60. Gyorffi, Rev. bryol. lichénol. ser. 2. 26: 187-190. 1957. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 181-183. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 140; Bossert 29; CSP 13: 350. Maiwald, Gesch. Bot. Bohmen 234. 1904. Vanék, Priroda [Praha] 33: 280. 1940. Rickett, NAF ser. 2. 3: 31. 1963. T44 BAUER, F. L. EPONYMY: For eponyms based on the name Bauer, vide infra, sub F. L. Bauer. Bauer, Ferdinand Lukas (1760-1826), Austrian botanical artist who accompanied Sibthorp to Greece (1784) and Robert Brown on Flinders’ Expedition (1801-1805). (F. L. Bauer). ORIGINAL DRAWINGS: Bauer based his drawings of Australian plants mostly on material collected by, or at any rate in the hands of, Robert Brown (BM). The planis collected by Bauer on Norfolk Island on which Endlicher based his Prodromus florae Norfolkicae (Wien 1833, no. 1674) are at W (dupl. in Smith herbarium at LINN and in Thunberg herbarium at UPS). 236 of Bauer’s drawings of Australian plants are at BM. The original drawings for some of the plates of A. B. Lambert’s A description of the genus Pinus (1803-1824) are also at BM. The original water-colour drawings for Sibthorp and Smith’s Flora graeca (1806-1840) are at OXF. See Nissen (Botanische Buchillustration ed. 2. 2: g. 1966, sub 96) for a detailed list of Bauer’s drawings. See Flora 10: 176 (21 Mar 1827) for the purchase by W of Bauer’s herbarium and several of his drawings. Rejaa Uelo-F 60. Anon., Flora 10: 176. 21 Mar 1827 (sale herbarium). Britten, J. Bot. 47: 140-146. 1909. Anon., Kew Bull. 1934: 455-456. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 127. 1964. Gilbert, Austral. Dict. Biogr. 1: 73. 1966. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(2): 359; Barnhart 1: 140; BB p. 24; BM 1: 112; Dawson p. 39-40; HR; Jackson p. 398; Kew 1: 180; Langman p. 426; Laségue p. 406; NDB 1: 634; NI 96; OBL 1: 55; PR 493; WU 1: 183-184. Anon., Flora g: 240. 21 Apr 1826. Lhotsky, Proc. Linn. Soc. 1: 39-40. 1839. Lhotsky, London J. Bot. 2: 106-113. 1843, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. 4: 67. 1840. Neilreich, Verh. zool.-bot. Ver. Wien 5: 43. 1855. Wittmack, zm Festschrift F. Schindler, Berlin 1924, p. 37-42. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 59. 1936. Blunt, The art of botanical illustration 195-202. 1950. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 41-42. 1950. Stearn, Endeavour 19(73): 27-35. 1960. Gilbert, Austral. dict. biogr. 1: 73. 1966. Olby, DSB 1: 520. 1970. Stearn, Australian paintings of Ferdinand Bauer, London 1976 (in press). PUBLISHED ILLUSTRATIONS: Endlicher, Prodromus florae Norfolkicae (1833). Flinders, A Voyage to Terra australis (1814). Lambert, A description of the genus Pinus (1803-1824). Lindley, Digitalium monographia (1821). Sibthorp, Flora graeca (1806-1840). Bauer, Illustrationes florae Novae Hollandiae (1813). EPONYMY: Bauera Banks ex H. C. Andrews (1801, also dedicated to his elder brother Franz Andreas (1758-1840), q.v.) Note: Bauerella A. Borzi (1897), Bauerella A. K. Schindler (1926), Baueropsis J. Hutchin- son (1964) are based on Australian collections and might be eponymys for one or both of the Bauer brothers. NOTE: No portrait of Ferdinand Bauer is known to exist. 362. Illustrationes florae Novae Hollandiae, sive icones generum quae in Prodromo Florae Novae Hollandiae et insulae van Diemen descripsit Robertus Brown. London (author) [1806-] 1813. Fol. (Jil. fl. Novae Holl.) Publ.: Between 1806 and 1819, p. [i]-vii, pl. 1-16. Copies: BM, G (15 pl.), L (15 pl.), MO (15 pl.) The plates are coloured copper or uncoloured engravings (51 X 34 cm). Nissen states that publication took place in three parts; this is confirmed by a letter 145 BAUER, F. L. from J. F. v. Jacquin to A. P. de Candolle of 2 Jan 1817 [sic] in which he states that the ‘‘third fascicle’”’ has been published (“‘a paru ici’’). The BM copy contains proofs of each of the 16 plates. A copy was presented to the Paris Academy on 14 Sep 1818 [sic] (PV 6: 358. 1915). The sixteenth plate is very rare (Lambertia formosa) (BM). The plates were drawn, engraved and coloured by Bauer himself; Dunthorne speaks of “‘etchings.’”’ The number of copies was probably less than fifty, some plain ones included. Endlicher bought the remaining copies of f/. 1-15 from the estate and put them at the disposal of his friends (letter to Bentham 12 May 1833). Ref.: BM 1: 112; DU 27; GF p. 49; Jackson p. 398; Kew 1: 180; NI 96; PR 493; IDC 5839. Bauer, Franz Andreas (1758-1840), Austrian botanical artist who lived and worked in England from 1788 until his death. ““Botanick painter to His Majesty,”’ “der grésste Pflanzenmahler’’ (PR), brother of Ferdinand Lukas Bauer. (Ff. A. Bauer). ORIGINAL DRAWINGS: A large collection of original drawings in pencil and in water- colour (e.g. 127 of British Orchids) is preserved at BM (from the Banksian library). The collection includes plates published in works by W. Aiton, A. B. Lambert, W. J. Hooker and by F. A. Bauer himself, as well as many unpublished ones. Seven drawings of species of Erica made for the Delineations of exotick plants are at K, seventeen at BM. Bauer was employed by Banks at an annual salary. All drawings made by him during these years became the property of Banks (Dawson). The University Library of Gottingen holds the legacy of Franz Andreas Bauer, received from King Ernst August of Hannover in Nov 1841 and Jan 1842. This legacy contains probably half of the papers and drawings left by Bauer on his death. The collections at Géttingen consists of 20 volumes (and one volume of views from Greece by Ferdinand Lukas Bauer) of which volume 15 (60 coloured engravings of Erica species) is lost. The remaining volumes contain a great many drawings, water colours and manuscript annotations on a great variety of mostly botanical subjects. For further details see NI sub no. gg. Ref.: BB p. 25; BM 1: 112; Jackson p. 519 [index]; Kew 1: 180; MD p. 69; NDB 1: 634-635; NI sub. no. gg[1]; TL 10, 54-56, 572-573, 1144. Anon., Kew Bull. 1934: 455-456. Baker, Nature 167: 457-460. 1951 (on Bauer’s water colours of the germination of wheat). Blunt, The art of botanical illustration 195-202. 1951. Stearn, Endeavour 19(73): 27-35. 1960. Dawson, Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Hist. ser. 3: 74. 1965. Gottingen, University Library, Cod. Ms. Med. & Hist. nat. 94 (20 vols.). Daniels, Artists from the R. B. G. Kew 10-11. 1975 (portr.) BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 140; BB p. 25; BM 1: 112, 6: 65; Bossert p. 29; CSP 1: 212; Dawson p. 40; HU [index vol. 2]; HR; Jackson p. 519 [index]; Kew 1: 180; Langman p. 117, 426; MW p. 193; NI 66-99; PR 494-498; TL 54-56, 572-5733 1144; WU 1: 184. Anon., Flora 24: 400. 7 Jul 1841. Anon., Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. 5: 47. 1840, 7: 77-78, 439-441. 1841. Bishop of Norwich, Proc. Linn. Soc. 1: 101-104. 1841; summary in Abstr. Papers Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. 4: 342-344. 1843. Thiselton Dyer, Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1891: 302-303. Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 8. 1906. Wittmack, in Beitr. landwirtsch. Pflanzenbau (Festschrift Schindler) 37-42. 1924. Blunt, The art of botanical illustration 195-202. 1950. Stearn, Endeavour 19(73): 27-35. 1960. PUBLISHED ILLUSTRATIONS (in addition to those in the works below) : Home, Lectures on comparative anatomy (1814-1828) ; Hooker, Genera filicum (1842). EPONYMY: Bauera Banks ex H. C. Andrews (1801, also dedicated to his younger brother Ferdinand Lukas (1760-1826), q.v.) Note: For other eponymys based on the name Bauer see sub Ferdinand Lukas Bauer. 146 BAUHIN, C. 363. Delineations of exotick plants cultivated in the royal garden at Kew. Drawn and coloured, and the botanical characters displayed according to the Linnean system, by Francis Bauer, botanick painter to His Majesty. Published by W. T. Aiton, His Majesty’s gardener at Kew. London 1796-[1803]. Broadsheet. (Delin. exot. pl. Kew). Publ.: p. [i*], [iii*], [i]-iii, pl. [7-30]. Copy: HU. — Issued in three fascicles of ten plates each, no. 1 (go copies of which 10 were spoilt) Apr 1796; no. 2 (eighty copies) Jan 1797; no. 3 (fifty copies) Jan-Apr 1803. The plates have engraved “dates of publi- cation’’: plates 1-20, 22 and go: 1 Jan 1793; plates 27, 23, 25-28: 1 Jan 1800; plates 24 and 29: 1 Jan 1801. These dates have been shown not to have been the real dates of publication (cf. Britten 1899). — The thirty plates, all of Ericaceae (n.b. PR 498 is identical with 494), are hand-coloured engravings of drawings by F. A. Bauer. ‘The plants depicted had nearly all been imported by Francis Masson. See HU 747 for a bibliographic analysis and description. Ref.: BH; BM 1: 112; DU 28; GF p. 49; HU 747; Jackson p. 412; Kew 1: 29 (sub Aiton); NI 97; PR 494, 498; IDC 6129. Anon., GGA 1796: 717. 5 Mai 1796 [fasc. 1] (rev.) Anon., Nieuwe alg. Konst-Letterb. 5: 183. 3 Jun 1796 [fasc. 1] (rev.) Konig and Sims, Ann. Bot. 1: 16. 1805. Britten, J. Bot. 37: 181-183. 1899, 39: 107-108. IgoOI. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 1: 30-31. 1975 (sold at £ 1,900). 364. Strelitzia depicta or coloured figures of the known species of the genus Strelitzia from the drawings in the Banksian library. London 1818. Fol. { (n.v.) (Stérelztzia). Publ.: 1818 — 11 coloured lithographs after drawings by F. A. Bauer; lithographed title. Originally planned to contain 16 plates. Probably issued in parts. Ref.: BM 1: 112; GF p. 49; Henrey 439; Jackson p. 145; Kew 1: 180; NI 99; PR 495. 365. Illustrations of orchidaceous plants; by Francis Bauer ... with notes and prefatory remarks by John Lindley ... London (James Ridgway & Sons) 1830-1838. Fol. (dll. orch. pl.) Co-author: John Lindley (1799-1865). Publ.: G. Buchheim kindly communicated to us the contents and dates of the four parts in which the book was published as established by him for Bibliographia Huntiana from copies in Berlin and Marburg; these agree with the copy at L and MO. part plates text (special matter) dates I Fruct. 1-3, 6, 8-10; Genera 1-3 prospectus [3 p.] Nov-Dec 1830 2 Fruct. 5, 12-15; Genera 4, 6-9 corrections to pl. 2-3 1832 3 Fruct. 4,7, 11; Genera 5, 10-15 1834 4 Genera 16-20 [i*-iv*, t.p., preface], [i]-xiv 28 Oct-31 Dec 1838 The years are given on the wrappers; the prospectus (part 1) is dated Nov 1830, the prefatory remarks (part 4) 24 Oct 1838. Plates 16-20 are dated 1 Dec 1837; the years in which Bauer made the drawings are given on each plate. — The Berlin copy contains a reprint of part 1, dated 1838. This date appears only on the original wrapper. The title on the wrappers is ““The genera and species of orchidaceous plants by John Lindley . illustrated by ...”’ a title confusingly close to that of the entirely different octavo publication by Lindley, 1830-1840, entitled ““The genera and species of orchidaceous plants.’ — The 35 plates are handcoloured or uncoloured lithographs; 28 plates are by F. A. Bauer, 7 other plates are of drawings by Lindley after sketches made by Bauer (Fruct. 1, 3, 6, 9, Gen. 1-3). A facsimile reprint was announced, but not [yet] published, by Asher 1974. Ref.: BM 1: 112; GF p. 49; HR; Jackson 138; Kew 1: 180; NI 98; PR 496. Bauhin, Caspar (Gaspard) (1560-1624), Swiss physician and botanist, professor of anatomy and botany at Basel University 1588-1614. (C. Bauhin). HERBARIUM and Types: The main Bauhin herbarium is at BAS. It consists of 2400 folded i477 BAUHIN, C. sheets in which the plants are kept loose. Apart from plants collected by the Bauhins the herbarium probably contains plants collected by Burser and Clusius. A. P. de Candolle studied the herbarium in 1818: his determinations are entered in his copy of the Pinax at G. — The Burser herbarium at UPS is also of great importance for the interpretation of Bauhin. Burser was in close contact with Bauhin, and Linnaeus interpreted many species in accordance with the Burser collections. Ref.: 1H 2: 60. Hagenbach, Tentamen florae basileensis ... adjectis C. Bauhini synonymis ope horti ejus sicci comprobatis, Basel 1821, 1834, 1843. Bruhin, Z. ges. Naturw. 23: 128-142. 1864, 25: 432-433. 1865, 27: 388-goo. 1866 (not finished). Saint-Lager, Histoire des herbiers 86-118. 1885. Legré, Les deux Bauhin, Marseille 1904. Seemann, Bonplandia 8: 29. 1860. Binz, Verh. naturf. Ges. Basel 19: 142-146. 1908. Karcher, Felix Platter, Basel 1949. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 1: 650; AG 2(1): 347, 5(1): 768, 5(2): 653; Barnhart 1: 140; BM 1: 112-113, 6: 65; Bossert p. 29; DTS 1: 16-17, 6(4): 3; GR p. 638; Jackson p. 519 [index]; Kew 1: 180; Langman p. 117; LS 1962-1966 p.p.; NI 104-105; Plesch p. 199; PR 505-510. Jourdan, Dict. Sci. méd., Biogr. méd. 2: 47-53. 1820. Martins, Le Jardin des Plantes de Montpellier 11-22. 1854. Kirschleger, Fl. Alsace 2: xxx-xxxi. 1857. Hess, Kaspar Bauhin’s Leben und Charakter. Basel 1860, i, 72 p. (repr. from Beitr. vaterl. Gesch. vol. 7. 1860). Wolf, Biographien zur Kulturgeschichte der Schweiz 3: 63-78. 1860. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 149. 1903. 3(3): 159. pl. 13. 1905. Legré, La botanique en Provence au seiziéme siécle. Les deux Bauhin. Marseille 1904. Burckhardt, Gesch. med. Fakult. Basel 93-123. 1917 (bibl.) Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 59. 1936. Heimans, De levende Natuur 63: 225-231. 1960. Wein, Siidhoff’s Arch. Gesch. Med. Naturw. 30: 152-166. 1965. Meier, Caspai Bauhin’s botanical correspondents, mss. at Dept. of botany, the Univer- sity of Michigan. 1969. Whitteridge, DSB 1: 522-525. 1970 (bibl.) EPONYMY (genera): Bauhinia Linnaeus (1753, also dedicated to his elder brother Jean Bauhin (1541-1612), q.v.); Bauhinites Seward & Conway (1935); Casparea Humboldt, Bonpland & Kunth (1824); Caspareopsis N. L. Britton & J. N. Rose (1930); (journal): Bauhinia Zeitschrift der Basler Botanischen Gesellschaft. Basel. Vol. 1-x, 1955-x (dedi- cated to the two brothers Bauhin). 366. Prodromos theatri botanict Caspari Bauhini Basileensis ... in quo plantae supra sexcentae ab ipso primum descriptae cum plurimis figuris proponuntur. Frankfurt (Typis Pauli Jacobi, impensis Ioannis Treudelii) 1620. Qu. (Prodr.) Ed. 1: 1620, p. [i-vili], 1-160, [12, index], 138 text ill. (woodcuts). Copies: BR (2), MO. Ed. 2: Basel (Impensis Joannis Regis) 1671. Qu., p. [i-iv], [1]-160, [12, ind.], [1, err.], 138 text ill. (woodcuts). Copies: G, HU, MO, U. Ref.: BM 1: 112; DTS 1: 17; HE p. 13; HU 319 [ed. 2]; Kew 1: 180; LS 1964; Lang- man p. 118; NI 104; PR 507; SA 2: 540. 367. Pinax theatri botanict Caspari Bauhini ... sive index in Theophrasti Dioscoridis Plinii et botanicorum qui a seculo scripserunt opera plantarum circiter sex millium ab ipsis exhibitarum nomina cum earundum synonymiis & differentiis methodicé secun- dum earum & genera & species proponens. Opus xl. hactenus non editum summopere expetitum & ad auctoris intelligendus plurimim facicus. (Sumptibus & typis Ludovici Regis) 1623. Qu. (Pinax). Ed. 1: 1623, p. [i-xxiv], 1-522, [1-22, index], [1, err.], page 515 wrongly numbered 415. Copies: BR, G, HU, L, MO, NY. 148 BAUHIN, J. Ed. 2: 1671, [i-xxiv], 1-518, [1-22, index], [1, err.], page 515 wrongly numbered 415. Copies: BR, G, HU, MO, NY, U. Re-issue: 1740, [i-xxiv], 1-518, [1-22, index], [1, err.]. Copy: G. Ref.: BM 1: 113; HU 318 (ed. 1671); Kew 1: 180; Langman p. 117-118, LS 1965; PR 509; SA 1: 150, 2: 541; IDC 5324. Morison, Hallucinationes Caspari Bauhini in Pinace. Praeludia botanica 1669. Brunin, Z. ges. Naturw. 23: 128-142. 1864; 25: 432-433. 1865; 27: 388-390. 1866. C. de Candolle, Bull. Herb. Boissier ser. 2. 4: 201:216, 297-312, 458-471, 721-754. 1904. Klein, Nov. K6ézl. 5. 1906 (n.v.), key to Bauhin by Flatt. Savage, Proc. Linn. Soc. London 148: 16-26. 1935. Schwaetz, Thalis 4. 1937/39 n.v. (fide NI). Bauhin, Jean (1541-1612), Swiss botanist. (7. Bauhin). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: See under Caspar Bauhin. Ref.: 1H 2: 60. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 127. 1964. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 1: 649-650; Barnhart 1: 141; BM 1: 113; Jackson p- 520 [index]; Kew 1: 181; LS 1966; NI 100-103; Plesch p. 135-136; PR 500-504; Quenstedt p. 25. Jourdan, Dict. Sci. méd. Biogr. méd. 2: 53-56. Duvernoy, Notices sur quelques médecins ... a Montbéliard 1-24. 1835. Martins, Le Jardin des Plantes de Montpellier 7-11. 1854. Kirschleger, Fl. Alsace 2: xxvli-xxix. 1857. Legré, La botanique en Provence au seiziéme siécle. Les deux Bauhin. Marseille 1904. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 59. 1936. Liitjeharms, Gesch. Mykol. XVIII Jahrh. 253 [index]. 1936. Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 31-34. 1940. (bibl.) Arber, Herbals ed. 2, p. 70, 85, 93, 113-119. 1953. Hasler, Gesnerus 20: I-21. 1963. Martini, Chron. Hortic. 9(3): 61. 1969, 10(3): 45-46. 1970. Webster, DSB 1: 525-527. 1970 (bibl.) EPONYMY (genera): Bauhinia Linnaeus (1753, also dedicated to his younger brother Caspar Bauhin (1560-1624), q.v.); Bauhinites Seward & Conway (1935); (journal): Bauhinia Zeitschrift der Basler Botanischen Gesellschaft. Basel. Vol. 1-x, 1955-x (dedi- cated to the two brothers Bauhin). 368. Historia plantarum universalis, nova, et absolutissima, cum consensu et dissensu circa eas. Auctoribus Joh. Bauhino IIl. Cels. VVirt. Archiatro. Et Joh. Henr. Cherlero Philos. et Med. Doct. Basiliensibus, quam recensuit & auxit Dominicus Chabraeus Med. Doct. Genevensis. Juris verO publici fecit Franciscus Lud. A. Graffenried. Dominus in Gertzensee & c. Continens descriptiones stirpium exactas, figuras novas, ex ipso proto- typo maxima ex parte depictas: earumdem [sic] satum, cultum, mangonia: item vires omnigenas: praeparationes, extractiones, ac distillationes praecipuas: exoticarum orientis atque occidentis, aliarumq; ante nostrum seculum incognitarum supra mille historias novas. Synonima: aequivoca: succedanea: praecipuarum linguarum appel- lationes. In primis verd placita veterum graecorum, arabum, latinorum & posterioris seculo scriptorum. Interpretationes ac corrrectiones [s¢c] sententiarum obscurarum et depravatarum. In qua praeterea notantur errores eorum qui de plantis scripserunt; ac continentur pleraque omnia, quae theologi, jurisconsulti, medici, philosophi, historici, poetae, grammatici, geoponici, architecti, aliique de plantis promulgarunt. Ut meritd omnium herbariorum vicem supplere queat. Ebroduni [= Yverdon] 1650-1651, 3 vols. Fol. (Hist. pl.) Co-authors: Johann Heinrich Cherler (c. 1570-c. 1610); Dominique Chabrey (1610- 1669). Precursor volume: Historiae plantarum generalis novae et absolutissimae quinquaginta annis elaboratae ... Ebroduni (Typ. Caldoriana) 1629. Qu. (n.v.) m9 BAUHIN, J. vol. pages dates [1] [viii], 9, [1], [2], 1-596 (wrongly numbered): 1-232, 234-235, 238- 1650 239, 241-406, [407-408 blank], 409-466, 468-469, 471-[602] engraved title page. [2] 21-440 1650 2 [xx], 1074 plus 14 (wrongly numbered: 1651 1-169, 178, 173-398, 398a-398b [2 blank], 399-1074, engraved title page. 3[1] [viii], 12, 1-212 1651 [2] 27-212, 213-882 (wrongly numbered: 1651 27-172, 2174-175, 2178-179, 2181-212, 213-808, 805-882, [2 blank], engraved title page. Taken from HU 251, q.v. for a detailed collation, bibliographical analysis, and notes on variant issues. When tracing references it should be noted that volumes 1 and 3 have in part double sets of page numbers. — 3577 Text illustrations (woodcuts) (692, 1436, 1449 fide NI). — Legré (1904) has shown that Cherler contributed only the articles signed ‘““Ego Cherlerus.”’ Ref.: BM 1: 113; HE p. 13; HU 251; Jackson p. 28, xxxii, Kew 1: 181; Langman p. 117; LS 1966; NI 103; Plesch p. 135-136; PR 504; SA 1: 250, 2: 541. Laplanche, Dict. iconogr. champ. sup. Europe 1894 (Friesian equivalents of names of fungi). Legré, Les deux Bauhins 25-33, 35-37. 1904. Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 182. 1940 (on authorship Cherler). Barnhart, NAF 7(15): 1051. 1940. Perret, Bibl. hist. vaud. 7: 27, 49. 1947 (n.v., fide NI). Martini, Chron. Hortic. 9(1): 61. 1969, 10(3): 45-46. 1970. Baumgardt, Ernst (fl. 1856), German botanist and teacher at a senior high school at Potsdam. (Baumgardt). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 142; BM 1: 114; PR 514-515. 369. Flora der Mittelmark, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Umgegend von Berlin und Potsdam. ... Nebst einer Karte des Gebietes. Berlin (Georg Reimer) 1856. Oct. (Fl. Mittelmark). Publ.: Apr-Jul 1856 (p. x: Spring 1856, Bot. Zeit. 1 Aug 1856), p. [i]-cxx, [1]-240, map. Copies: B, HH. Ref.: BM 1: 1143 PR 515. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 14: 536-540. 1 Aug 1856. Baumgarten, Johann Christian Gottlob (1765-1843), German botanist later active in Transsylvania. (Baumg.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Kanitz and AG state that the herbarium was acquired by the “Lyceum” in Hermannstadt (Sibiu, Roumania). In 1g00 it was bought by A. Richter for the Museum of Transsylvania. In 1922 the herbarium was transferred to the her- barium of the Institute of Botany of the University of Cluj (CL) where it is still main- tained today, kept separate from the other collections. (AG state that many of the types are missing). A small number of sheets is still in the Natural History Museum of Sibiu and some other plants are in the general herbarium of CL. (We are grateful to C. Vaczy, from Cluj, for the above information). Ref; AG 9(1): 4975°GR pad: Leo: 61 Kanitz, Linnaea 33: 546, 1865. Richter, Uti naplo 2: 223. 1905. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 2: 159-160; AG 2(1): 437, 4: 313, 5(1): 625, 793, 150 BAXTER, W. 12(3): 646; Barnhart 1: 142; BM 1: 114; Bossert p. 29; GR p. 4; IF p. 680; Jackson p. 306; Kanitz no. 109; Kew 1: 182; LS 1971; PR 516-518; Zander ed. 10, p. 632. Dietmann, Lausitz. Magaz. 24(16): 256-257. 1791. Baillon, Dict. bot. 1: 338. 1875. Niedermaier, Natura, Biol. (Bucuresti) 17(6): 84-87. 1965 (portr.) Doltu, Revista Muzeelor ser. 2. 3. 262-263. 1965 (fide Topa 1966). Topa, Anal. Sti. Univ. Cuza Iasi (Biol.) 12(1) : 235-237. 1966 (q.v. for further biogr. refs.). Illig, Verh. bot. Ver. Prov. Brandenburg 106: 7-21. 1969. Heltmann, Biol. Stud. Luckau 2: 15-32. 1973. EPONYMY: Baumgartenia K. P. J. Sprengel (1817); Baumgartia Moench (1794). 370. Sertum lipsicum seu stirpes omnes praeprimis exoticas circa urbem olim maximeque nuperrime plantatas digessit et descripsit secundum methodum Linnaeanam. Leipzig (Officina Holliana) [1790]. Oct. (Sert. lips.) Publ.: 26 Mar 1790 (fide Lausitz. Magaz. 23(13): 202. 15 Jul 1790; rev. Neue Leipz. gel. Anz. 5 Apr 1790), p. [1]-48. Copy: USDA. Ref.: BM 1: 114; PR 516; ST p. 55; IDC 5841. 371. Flora lipsiensis sistens plantas in agris circuli Lipsici tam sponte nascentes quam frequentius cultas secundum systema sexuale revisum atque emendatum ... cum tabulis iv. aere incisis. Leipzig (Siegfried Lebrecht Crusii) 1790. Oct. (Fl. lips.) Publ.: Oct-Dec 1790 or first half 1791? (Lausitzer Magaz. 24/16: 257. 31 Aug 1791, GGA 10 Oct 1791; however ALZ 24 Nov 1790 says “‘erschienen Mich. Messe 1790”’), p. [i]-xvi, [17]-741, [3 p. add.], pl. 2-4. Copies: NY (4 pl.), USDA (2 pl.). Ref.: BM 1: 114; Jackson p. 306; Kew 1: 182; LS 1971; PR 517; ST p. 55; IDC 5468. 372. Enumeratio stirpium magno Transsiluaniae principatui praeprimis indigenarum, in usum nostratum botanophilorum conscripta inque ordinem sexuali-naturalem concin- nata. Wien, Hermannstadt 1816-1846, 4 vols. Oct. (Enum. stirp. Transsilv.) volume pages dates dates in vol. I [i]-xxvii, [1 ]-427, 1816 p. xxvii: 14 Oct 1815 [428 err. ] 2 [j-x], [1]-392 Dec 1816 p- xli: 31 Oct 1815 3 [i]-xii, [1 ]-355 1817 p- xii: 29 Sep 1816 Seewlsisylic/ 114. 1Ol7 4 [iJ-iv, [1]-236 1846 p. iv cal Maji 1840 editor: M. Fuss Mantissa 1 [i-v], [1]-82, index p. iv. ibid. majis 1846 [i]-vili 1846 author: M. Fuss Indices [1]-112 1846 author: M. Fuss. Vols. 1-3: Wien (in libraria Comesinae), vol. 4., Mant., Ind. ‘Cibini’, Hermannstadt (Typis haeredum M. nobilis de Hochmeister (Theodor Steinhaussen.)). Copies: FH, HH, NY. J. F. von Jacquin wrote to A. P. de Candolle on 2 Jan 1817 (letter at G): “‘le second volume de la Flora Transsylvanie de Baumgarten a paru ici.” ‘This makes publication of vol. 3 in 1816 very dubious; Isis lists it correctly for 1817. Volume 4 was published posthumously by Fuss at Hermannstadt. Hinrichs received it only 5-8 Jan 1848 [sic]; it was presented to a meeting of Hungarian botanists on 16 Aug 1847 (Flora 20: 655). Ref.: BM 1: 114; IF p. 680; Kew 1: 182; PR 518. Baxter, William (1787-1871), English gardener and cryptogamist, curator of the Oxford botanical garden (1813-1851). (Baxter). HERBARIUM and TypEs: OXF, further material at CGE, diatoms at BM. — Issued also series of exsiccatae: Stirpes cryptogam|ic]ae oxonienses (2 fasc., 100 nos. 1825-1828), sets at B, BM, CGE, E, K, OXF and Flora thamensis (1841-1844) with P. B. Ayres. 151 BAXTER, W. Ref. wen (ed. 6) 3555/2) Ole Kent, Brit. herbaria 42. 1953. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 127-128. 1964. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 7. 1969. Miller, Taxon 19: 513-514. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 4: 635; Barnhart 1: 143; BB p. 25; BM 1: 115; Bossert p. 29; CSP 1: 219, 12: 58; DNB 3: 438; GR p. 389; Jackson p. 235; Kew 1: 185; LS 1987-1988; MD p. 53-54; NI 107; PR 544; Zander ed. 10, p. 632. Anon., Gard. Chron. 1871: 1426-1427, also J. Bot. 9: 380-381. 1871. Anon., Flora 55-64. 1872. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1871-1872: Ix-lxi. 1872. Druce, F]. Oxfordshire 392-394. 1886. Druce, Fl. Berkshire clxui. 1897. Bagnall, Fl. Warwickshire 498-499. 1891. Druce, Rep. Ashmolean nat. Hist. Soc. Oxfordshire 21-25. 1904. Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 9. 1906. Druce, Fl. Buckinghamshire xcvill. 1926. Coats, The plant hunters 221, 225. 1969. EPONYMY: Baxtera H. G. L. Reichenbach (1828, nom. rej.) is without an etymological explanation; Baxteria R. Brown ex W. J. Hooker (1843, nom. cons.) is dedicated to William Baxter (fl. 1823-1830), a collector in South Australia; Baxteria Van Heurck (1896) and Baxteriopsis H. Karsten are dedicated to Wynne Edwin Baxter (1844-1920), English phycologist. NOTE: Baxter served at Oxford under George Williams, ‘‘an elegant scholar and an amiable man, [who] added nothing to botanical science”? (Obituary of Baxter, J. Bot. g: 370. 1871; see also BB p. 328 and DNB 69: 399). 373- Stirpes cryptogamae oxonienses; or dried specimens of cryptogamous plants, collected in the vicinity of Oxford. Oxford 1825-1828, 2 fascicles. Qu. (Stirp. crypt. oxon.) Publ.: fasc. 1: iv p. and nos. 1-50. 1825, fasc. 2: ii p. and nos. 51-100. 1828. — For an extensive description see MD and Sayre 1969. Sets e.g. at BM, NY. A third fascicle was announced but not published. Ref.: BM 1: 115; Kew 1:185; LS 1897; MD p. 53-54. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 127-128. 1964. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 7-8. 1969. 374. British phaenogamous botany; or, figures and descriptions of the genera of British flowering plants. Oxford (author; sold by J. M. Parker) [1832-] 1834-1843, 6 vols. Oct. (Brit. phaen. bot.) Publ.: The original publication took place in parts. A trial part with two plates (Fritil- laria and Tulipa) was issued in Mai 1832, soliciting subscribers. The first full parts (1, 2) were issued in Sep 1832. Each part contained four plates with accompanying text. According to Church, publication took place regularly, in the beginning one part per month, until 1843. Most of the plates are dated. vol. parts plates completed by I 1-20 1-80 1 Mar 1834 2 21-40 81-160 2 Nov 1835 3 41-60 161-240 16 Aug 1837 4 61-80 241-320 2 Mar 1839 5 81-100 321-400 3 Nov 1840 6 1OI-127 401-509 Mar 1843 The dates of receipt of parts 1-101 by the Linn. Soc. (confirmed for nos. 72-101 by Proc. Hort. Soc. London, data BH) are (for plate nos. multiply by four): 152 1 SED Mee 35 2 Sep 1832 36 3 31 Oct 1832 37 Bri (ONE site} 38 5 10 Dec 1832 39 6 28 Dec 1832 40 At Jiehoy 1K 41 8 1 Mar 1833 42 g 1 Apr 1833 43 DOs ah 44 II 10 Jul 1833 45 12 10 Jul 1833 46 Le ahr 47 Te 32 Och 1633 48 15 2 Oct 1833 49 16 2 Nov 1833 50 17 2 Dec 1833 51 18 20 Jan 1834 52 19 3 Feb 1834 53 20 =I Mar 1834 54 21 Apr 1834 55 22 18 Mai 1834 56 23 +16 Jun 1834 57 24 1 Jul 1834 58 25 1 Oct 1834 59 26 =61 Oct 1834 60 a7 1 Oct 1834 61 28 = Oct 1834 62 29. =. 30 Nov 1834 63 30 7 Jan 1835 64 OTe 2oeheb 135 65 32 14 Mar 1835 66 33 1 Apr 1835 67 34. 1 Mai 1835 68 5 Jun 1835 to Jul 1835 1o Aug 1835 1 Sep 1835 1 Oct 1835 2 Nov 1835 11 Dec 1835 19 Jan 1836 2 Feb 1836 1 Mar 1836 2 Apr 1836 3 Mai 1836 7 Jun 1836 3 Jul 1836 2 Aug 1836 3 Oct 1836 6 Oct 1836 2 Nov 1836 13 Dec 1836 5 Jan 1837 2 Feb 1837 7 Mar 1837 1 Apr 1837 2 Mai 1837 30 Mai 1837 16 Aug 1837 16 Aug 1837 1 Sep 1837 2 Oct 1837 1 Nov 1837 4 Dec 1837 3 Jan 1838 1 Feb 1838 1 Mar 1838 BAXTER, W. 69 8©2 Apr 1838 70 1 Mai 1838 Gi ab \fobay seke%e) 72 2 Jul 1838 73 3 Aug 1838 74 1 Sep 1838 75 2 Oct 1838 76 ~=1 Nov 1838 77 3 Dec 1838 78 8 Jan 1839 79 4 Feb 1839 80 4 Mar 1839 81 9g Apr 1839 82 2 Mai 1839 83 4 Jun 1839 84 29 Jun 1839 85 30 Jul 1839 86 1 Sep 1839 87 1 Oct 1639 88 1 Nov 1839 89 3 Dec 1839 go 2 Jan 1840 gt 3 Feb 1840 92 2 Mar 1840 93 2 Apr 1840 94 2 Mai 1840 95 30 Mai 1840 96 = 1: Jul 1840 97 +1 Aug 1840 98 =i Sep 1840 99 ~—sit':~ Oct _ 1840 100 =. 3: Nov _ 1840 1or 3 Dec 1840 As soon as a volume was completed, this was also issued somewhat later as a whole, with a separate title-page and usually with a dated dedication; this issue of completed sets of volumes was regarded as the “‘second edition.” The sixth volume (dedication dated 15 Mai 1843) has extensive indexes. The run of the paperbacked parts is con- sidered the “‘first edition,’ completed sets of volumes are inscribed second edition on the title-page of the first volume. A reprint (third ‘‘edition’’) was issued in 1856 (text and plates same as in orig.). The 509 coloured copper engravings (accompanied by letter press) are mainly by W. A. Delamotte, C. Mathews and Isaac Russell. The originals are in the Lindley library of the Royal Horticultural Society, London. Second issue (‘‘edition’”’) (see above): Vol. pages [i-iv], [index 4 p.] [i-iv], [index 4 p.] [i-iv], [index 4 p.] [i-iv], [index 4 p.] [i-iv], [index 4 p.] [i-iv], [add. corr. 2 p.], [index vol. 6. 4 p.], bibliogr., etc. [i]-lvii. OuP oN 4 dates prefaces plates date t.p. 1-80 1834 81-160 1835 161-240 1837 241-320 1839 321-400 1840 401-509 1843 25 Feb 1834 17 Oct 1835 12 Jun 1837 18 Feb 1839 24 Oct 1840 15 Mai 1843 Copies: CAS, HH. — Each title page has a different motto derived from British poetry. Ref.: Blunt p. 213; BM 1: 115; GF p. 49; Jackson p. 235; Kew 1: 185; NI 107; PR 524. Church, J. Bot. 57: 58-63. 1919. 153 BAYER Bayer, Edvin (1862-1921), Czech palaeobotanist, lichenologist and botanical historian. (E. Bayer). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: PR. Ref.: GR p. 668; IH 2: 61. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 1: 115, 6: 66; Bossert p. 29; CSP 13: 360; GR p. 668; Kew 1: 185; LS 33430; Quenstedt p. 26. Podpera, Nase Veda 8: 181. 1926. Nemejc, Vestnik statn. geol. ust. Ceskosl. Rep. 3: 69-73. 1927. Prochazka, Cas. nar. Mus., Praha, odd. prirod. 101: 57-58. 1927. Vilhelm, Preslia 5: 230-231. 1927 (portr.) Nemejc, Veda Prir. 9: 151-155. 1928. Futak et Domin, Bibl. fl. CSR 97. 1960 (bibl.) Baylis, Edward (fl. 1791-1794), British physician and botanist. (Baylis). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 143; BB p. 25; Jackson p. 500; Kew 1: 185; Plesch p. 136. 375- A new compleat body of practical botanic physic, from the medicinal plants of the vegetable kingdom selected from some of the best authors: with useful observations and improvements, necessary regimen and diet, under all diseases. Embellished with beautiful copper-plates, colored to nature. London (Stace and Maids) 1791 [-1792]. Qu. (New pract. bot.) Publ.: 1 Mar 1791-1 Nov 1792 (dates on plates), p. [i]-viii, [1]-563, [564, err.], pl. r-4z. Copies: HU(2). — Most plates are signed by John Frederick Miller. Ref.: Henrey 440; Jackson p. 500; Kew 1: 185; Plesch p. 136. Roper, J. Bot. 56: 52-54. 1918. Bayrhoffer, Johann Daniel Wilhelm (1793-1868), German cryptogamist. (Bayrh.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: FR, other material at B (musci) and LZ (lich., destroyed). Ref.: GR p. 5; IH 2: 62. Anon., Ann. Bryol. 9: 153. 1937. Hawksworth, Mycologist’s handb. 181. 1974. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 144; BM 1: 116, 6: 67; CSP 1: 220; GR p- 5; Kew 1: 186; LS 1997-2001; PR 531-533. Kirschbaum, Jb. Nassauischen Ver. Naturk. 21/22: 429-432. 1869, (also as a reprint, 4 p.). Bary, Bot. Zeit. 28: 325-328. 1870. EPONYMY: Bayrhofferia Trevisan (1857). 376. Einiges iiber Lichenen und deren Befruchtung ... Mit vier lithographirten Tafeln. Bern (Huber & Comp., Eigenthiimer J. Kérber) 1851. Qu. (Lichenen). Publ.: Sep-Oct 1851 (preface Sep 1851; rd by Flora Sep-Oct 1851, fide Flora 34: 672. 1851), p. [i-iv], [1]-41, [3 p.], pl. 1-4. Copies: NY (4 pl.), Stevenson (3 pl.) Ref.: BM 1: 116; Kew 1: 186; LS 1998; PR 532. H. J., Bot. Zeit. g: 814-822. 14 Nov 1851 (rev. dated 25 Oct). Anon., Flora 35: 11-16. 7 Jan 1852. Bayrhoffer, Flora 35: 173-176. 21 Mar 1852. 377- Entwickelung und Befruchtung der Cladoniaceen ... Mit einer Tafel. Als Manuscript gedruckt. [Frankfurt a.M.] 1860. Qu. (Entw. Cladon.) Publ.: 1860, de Caspary received a copy from the author on 17 Nov 1860; p. [1]-26, 1 pl. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 1: 116; LS 2001; PR 533. 154 BECCARI Beatson, Alexander (1759-1833), Scottish soldier, Governor of St. Helena 1808-1813. (Beatson). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 146; BB p. 26; BM 1: 117; DNB 4: 20; Jackson p. 353; Kew 1: 191. Anon., Bull. misc. Inf. Kew add. ser. 3: 37. 1899 (the Flora Sta. Helenica listed under Beatson was written by Alexander Watson). EPONYMY: Beatsonia Roxburgh (1816). 378. Tracts relative to the island of St. Helena; written during a residence of five years. By Major-general Alexander Beatson, late governer, &c. &c. &c. Illustrated with views engraved by Mr. William Daniell, from the drawings of Samuel Davis, Esq. London (pr. W. Bulmer and Co., distr. G. and W. Nicol, J. Booth) 1816. Qu. (Tracts St. Helena). Author of botanical appendix: William Roxburgh (1751-1815). Publ.: Jan 1816 (p. v*: 1 Jan 1816; Quart. Rev. Jan 1816), frontisp., p. [iii*-vii*], viii*-xix*, [i]-Ixxxvii, [1]-330, 7 pl. Copy: LC. - On p. 295-326: Appendix 1: An alphabetical list of plants seen by Dr Roxburgh growing on the island of St. Helena in 1813-1814. Ref.: Jackson p. 353; Kew 1: 191. Anon., Bull. misc. Inf. Kew, add. ser. 3: 37. 1899. Beauverd, Gustave (1867-1942), Swiss botanist, curator of the Boissier herbarium at Genéve. (Beauverd). HERBARIUM and TYPEs: G. Ref.: TH 2: 63. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 12(3): 364; Barnhart 1: 148; BFM 962; BL 2: 627 [index]; BM 6: 68; CSP 13: 376; IF suppl. 1: 75; Kew 1: 192-193; LS 2030, 30954- 30955; LS suppl. 2115-2120; MW p. 37; RV 71: p. 275; Zander ed. 10, p. 633. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 205. 1905. Cavillier, Boissier 5: 16. 1941. Hochreutiner, Bull. Soc. bot. Genéve ser. 2. 33: 223-240. 1942. Hochreutiner, Revista Sudam. Bot. 7(1): 23-24. 1942. EPONYMY: Beauverdia Herter (1943). Beauverie, Jean Jules (1874-1938), French botanist at Lyon. (Beauverie). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: LY. Ref.: Beauverie, C. R. Congr. Soc. sav. Paris, sect. sci. 68: 208-214. 1935. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 148; BL 2: 115; 6: 68; CSP 13: 376; Kew 1: 193; Langman p. 121; LS 2031-2048, 30956-30969; LS suppl. 2121-2168; MW p. 37. Beauverie, Liste de titres et travaux scientifiques (1897-1934). Lyon 1935, 78 p. (bibl.) Reynaud-Beauverie, Bull. Soc. bot. France 85: 557-567. 1938 (bibl.) Tronchet, Bull. Soc. linn. Lyon 7(4): 100-105. 1938 (portr.) Verdoorn, Chron. bot. 4(3): 262-263, 267. 1938 (portr.) EPONYMY: Beauveria Vuillemin (1912). Beccari, Odoardo (1843-1920), Italian botanical explorer and palm specialist. (Becc.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: FI (13.000). Ref.: TH 1 (ed. 6): 355, 2: 63. Steenis, Webbia 8(2): 427-436. 1952. 155 BECCARI BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 2113; Barnhart 1: 148; BL 1: 103, 120; BM 1: 118, 6: 68; Bossert p. 30; CSP 7: 113, 9: 156, 12: 60, 13: 378; IF p. 680; Jackson p. 120, 395; Kew 1: 194-195; Langman p. 121; MW p. 37; NI 108-112. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 160, pl. 37. 1903, 3(3): 175. 1905 (portr.) Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1921-1922: 37-40. Béguinot, Rivista di Biologia 3(1). 1921 (repr. 4 p.). Burkill and Moulton, J. Asiat. Soc. Straits Br. 83: 166-173. 1921. Chiovenda, Nuovo Giorn. bot. Ital. ser. 2. 28: 5-25. 1921 (portr., bibl.) Martelli, Webbia 5(1): 295-353. 1921 (portr., bibl. maps itin.), also as independent reprint, Firenze 1921, 61 p. Priore, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 39: (56)-(87). 1921. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 43-46. 1950 (extensive information on itineraries, biogr., coll.). Steenis, Webbia 8(2): 427-436. 1952 (Thesaurus beccarianus). Irmscher, Webbia g: 469-509. 1953 (on his Begoniaceae). Royen, Webbia 9: 369-385. 1954 (on his Podostemaceae). COMPOSITE WorRKs: (1) Nuovo Giornale botanico Italiano publicato da O. Beccari, vols. 1-ii1, 1869-1871. (2) Hooker, Fl. Brit. India, Palmae (with J. D. Hooker), 6: 402-448. Jul 1892, 449-483. Sep 1893. EPONYMY: Beccaria Massee (1892); Beccaria K. A. F. W. Mueller Hal. (1872); Bec- carianthus Cogniaux (1890); Beccariella Pierre (1890); Beccariella Cesati (1879); Bec- carinea Pierre ex Post & O. Kuntze (1903); Beccarina Van Tieghem (1895); Beccarinda O. Kuntze (1891); Beccariodendron Warburg (1891); Beccariophoenix H. Jumelle & H. Perrier de la Bathie (1915). 379. Malesia raccolta di osservazioni botaniche intorno alle piante dell’ arcipelago indo-malese e papuano publicata da Odoardo Beccari destinata principalmente a descrivere ed illustrare le piante da esso raccolte in quelle regioni durante i viaggi eseguiti dal anno 1865 all’ anno 1876. Genova (1/2: R. Istituto Sordo-Muti) Firenze- Roma (3: Fratelli Bencini) 1877-1890. 3 vols. Qu. (Malesia). vol. part pages dates I I [1]-96 Apr 1877 2 97-192 Sep 1877 3 193-256 Sep 1878 4 257-304, [1, ind.] Dec 1883 2 I [1]-128 Dec 1884 2 129-212 28 Sep 1885 3 213-284 12 Jun 1886 4 285-340, [i] Dec 1886 3 I [1]-80 Jun 1886 2 81-160 Sep 1886 3 161-168 Aug 1887 4 169-280 ~~ Sep 1889 5 281-432, [i-i1] Mar 1890 There are 137 lithographs (1-28, 1-65, 1-44) mainly after drawings by Beccari himself. Dates 2: 340, 3: 420. Copies: BR, G, L, MO, US. — Parts 1 and 2 of vol 2 were issued in a single cover for ‘‘fasc. i-ii,”’ dated 1884. The dates on the signatures are not those of publication. A facsimile reprint was announced, but not yet published, by Asher (1974). Ref.: BM 1: 118; IF p. 680; MW p. 37; NI 108; SK p. clxix. 380. Palme del Madagascar descrite ed illustrate da Odoardi Beccari (con 50 tavole in fototipia testo). Firenze (Istituto micrografico Italiano) 1912[-1914]. Fol. (Palme Madagascar). 156 BECK, G. fase. pages plates dates I I-14, [i-iv] I-10 IQI2 2 15-22 II-20 IQI2 3 23-32 21-27, 29, 39; 32 Igt2 4 33-40 28, 31, 33-40 IgI2 on cover* 5 41-59, [v-vi, ind.] 41-50 1912 on cover** * but received by GH in 12 Mar 1914; ** but not printed until 4 Apr 1914, see p. 59, received by GH 23 Jul 1914. The GH (= HH) copy is in the original covers. The 50 plates are photographs by Beccari. Number of copies printed: 100. Copies: BR, G, HH, MO. Ref.: BM 6: 69; NI 109. 381. Le palme della Nuova Caledonia. Firenze (M. Ricci) 1920. Oct. (Palme Nuova Cale- donia). Publ.: 10 Dec 1920, p. [1]-78, pl. 1-73 with text, [1, colophon with date]. Copy: G. - Preprinted from Webbia 5: 71-198, published on 30 Jul 1921 or somewhat later. The plates, with accompanying text, edited by Ugolino Martelli, occupy p. 147-198. 382. Asiatic Palms — Corypheae ... The species of the genera Corypha, Nannorhops, Sabal, Copernicia, Serenoa, Brahea, Acoelorhaphe, Washingtonia, Pritchardia, Erythea, Livistona, Licvala, Pritchardiopsis, Phlolidocarpus, Teysmannia, Rhapis, Chamaerops, Trachycarpus, Rhaphidophyllum, Trithrinax, Acanthorhiza, Hemithri- nax, Thrinax, Coccothrinax, Crysophila. With 70 plates and 32 plates of analytical figures. Calcutta (Bengal Secretariat Book Depot) 1931. Qu. (Aszat. Palms, Coryph.) Publ.: Early 1933 [sic] — p. [i-x], [1]-356, 102 pl. (1-99, 59bis, 68bis, 8gbis). Issued as Ann. Roy. Bot. Gard. Calcutta vol. 13. Posthumously revised and edited by Ugolino Martelli. Ref.: MW p. 37; NI 111. Furtado, Chron. bot. 3: 337. 1937. Beck, Ritter von Mannagetta und Lerchenau, Giinther (1856-1931), Bohemian botanist, curator of W (1886-1899), professor of botany in Vienna (1888-1899), later at Prague. (Beck). HERBARIUM and Types: PRC and/or W. Both institutes claim to possess the original herbarium; algae at PRC. Together with Alexander Zalhbruckner Beck published Cryptogamae exsiccatae editae a Museo palatino vindobonense (nos. 1-600, 1894-1900). Ref.: 1TH 2: 63-64. Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 428. 1916. Koster, Taxon 18: 549. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 4: 431, 6(1): 207, 12(1): 244, 12(3): 302; Barnhart 1: 149; BEM find.]; BL 1: 114; BM 1: 110, 6: 70; Bossert'p. 31; GSP 9: 160, 12;°60, 13: 385-386; DTS 1: 17-18, 6(4): 79, 111; GR p. 446; Jackson p. 94; Kew 1: 197-198; Langman p. 122; LS 2120-2124, suppl. 2183-2190; MW p. 38; NI 113a; OBL 1: 61; Zandered. 103): 639. Marchesetti, Atti Museo civ. Storia nat. Trieste 9: 133-134. 1895. Maiwald, Gesch. bot. Bohmen 240, 274. 1904. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 205. 1905. Pascher, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 49: (9105)-(125). 1931 (portr., bibl.) Domin, Veda prir. 13: 119-120. 1932. Barnhart, NAF 7(15): 1051. 1940. Rickett, NAF 28 B(2): 319. 1945, ser. 2. 2: 151. 1955. Futak et Domin, Bibl. fl. CSR 97-98. 1960. COMPOSITE Works: (1) EP ed. 1, Orobanchaceae, in 4(3B): 123-132. 1891 (suppl. by Engler in Nachtr. 2-4: 299. 1897). (2) Pflanzenreich: Orobanchaceae, iv. 261, Heft 96, 30 Sep 1930 (348 p.), repr. 1958/60. 157 BECK, G. (3) Reichenbach, Icones florae Germaniae, editor from 1900-1907; vol. 22 (dec. 31-33, p. 169-230, t. 271, 1900-1903); vol. 24 (dec. 1-14, p. 1-112, pl. 139-250, 1903-1907). (4) Becker, Hernstein in Niederésterreich, 2. Flora bearbeitet von G. Beck (also some animal taxa). (5) Paulitschke, Harar, Forschungsreise ..., Wissenschaftlicher Theil; botanische Ergebnisse by Beck. (1888). (6) Wawra von Fernsee, Itinera Principum S. Coburgi, Wien 1883-1888, edited by G. Beck. EPONYMY: Mannagettaea H. Smith (1933). 383. Flora von Nieder-Osterreich. Handbuch zur Bestimmung sémmtlicher in diesem Kronlande und den angrenzenden Gebieten wildwachsenden, haufig gebauten und verwildert vorkommenden Samenpflanzen und Fihrer zu weiteren botanischen Forschungen fiir Botaniker, Pflanzenfreunde und Anfanger. Wien (Carl Gerold’s Sohn) 1890-1893. Oct. (Fl. Nieder-Osterreich). vol./pars pages figures dates I [1]-vi, [1], [1]-430, I-77 25 Nov 1890 [ind. 2 p.] 2(1) [i], [431]-889, [890-894, 78-128 = Apr 1892 ind., err. ] (2) [i]-x, [1, h.t.], [1]-74, = Jun 1893 [1, h.t.], [895]-1396 Copies: HH, U. — For dates see p. vi. Ref.: BM 1: 119; DTS 1: 18; Kew 1: 197. 384. Die Vegetationsverhdlinisse der illyrischen Lander begreifend Siidkroatien, die Quar- nero-Inseln, Dalmatien, Bosnien und die Hercegovina, Montenegro, Nordalbanien, den Sandzak Novipazar und Serbien. Leipzig (Wilhelm Engelmann) 1go1. Oct. (Vege- tationsverh. illyr. Land.) Orig. ed.: Oct-Nov 1go1 (Nat. Nov. Nov rgor), p. [iJ-xv, [1]-534, [535], 2 maps, 6 pl., 18 ills. Copy: U. — Die Vegetation der Erde (ed. A. Engler, O. Drude), vol. 4. Facsimile reprint: announced, but not yet published (Cramer 1974). Ref.: BM 6: 70; Kew 1: 197. 385. Hilfsbuch fiir Pflanzensammler ... mit 12 Abbildungen im Text. Leipzig (Wilhelm Engelmann) 1902. Oct. (Hilfsb. Pflanzensamml.) Publ.: 1902 (p. ili: Easter 1902; Nat. Nov.), p. [i-iv], [1]-36. Copy: U. 386. Flora Bosne, Hercegovine i novopazarskog sandzZaka. Volumes 1-4. 1903-1967. (Fl. Bosne). Publ.: Volumes 1-3 are by Beck, vol. 4(1) is by Beck and K. Maly, vol. 4(2) is by Z. Bjeléié, Z. Slavnié and P. Fukarek. Publication took place in: G Glasnik zemaljskog Muzeja u Bosni Hercegovini, Sarajevo (1903-1923) SA Sonderausgaben der Kgl. Serbischen Akademie 63(15) Beograd, Sarajevo (1927) BI _Sonderausgabe Band 1 des Biol. Inst., Sarajevo (1950) ZM_ Sonderausgabe Band m des Zemaljski Muzej Bosne i Hercegovine, Prirodn- jacko odeljenjé, Sarajevo (1967) part/fasc. pages repr. contents place and date of publ. I [1-94] Gymn., Monoc. G 16: 1-48, 185-230. 1903 2(1-3) 95-149 Salic.-Caryoph. G 18: 69-81, 137-150, 469-495. 1906 (4) 151-165 Caryoph. G 19: 15-29. 1907 (5) [167-197] Caryoph. G 21: 135-165. 1909 (6) [199-225] Ranunce. G 26: 451-475. 1914 BECK, G. part/fasc. pages repr. contents place and date of publ. (7) 226-351 Berb.-Cruc. G 28(1-2): 41-67. 1916 — [1]-26 Pterid. G 28(3-4) : 311-336. 1916 (8) 353-393 Resed.-Til. G 30: 177-217. 1918 (9) 395-439 Euph.-Polygal. G 32(1-2): 83-127. 1920 (10) 442-457 Anac.-Vit. G 33: I-17. 1921 (11) 460-484. Crass.-Sax. G 35: 49-74. 1923 3 i-viil, [1 ]-487 Chorip. (fin) SA 63/15: 1-x, 1-487. 1927 4(1) 1-72, [1] Symp. BI 1: 1-72, [1, ind., 1 col.] 1950 (2) [1]-110, Symp. ZM 2: [1]-110, [1, ind., 1 col.] 1967 [1, col.] Copy: G. — Part of this Flora was published also in a German translation: Flora von Bosnien, der Herzegowina und des Sandzaks Novipazar, in Wiss. Mitt. aus Bosnien und der Herzegowina [Gerold, Wine] [WM] (£1. Bosnien). part fascicle pages contents place and date of publ. I [i], [1]-112 Gymn. Monoc. WM 9: 407-518. 1904 2 I-2 fi], [113]-210 Salic.-Caryoph. WM 11: 393-490. 1909 3 fi], [a11]-261 Nymph.-Ranunc. WM 13: 185-235. 1916 The reprint has double pagination: journal and repr. Copy (reprint): G. — This German version was discontinued after 1916; it is a separate work because of the many additions. A forerunner of this work was the Flora von Stidbosnien und der angrenzenden Hercegovina published in the Annalen des naturhistorischen Hofmuseums Wien (Wien, Alfred Holder). Subtitle: ““Nach den Ergebnissen einer dahin im Jahre 1885 unternommene Reise und den in der Literatur vorhandenen Angaben.” From pars 4 on: “im Jahre 1888.” ann. pars pagesreprint pagesann. plates dates 1(4) I {1]-[55] [271 ]-325 Nov-Dec 1886 2(1) 2 [58]-[98] [35]-76 Feb-Mar 1887 (2) 3 [100]-202 [81]-184 _2(1)-7(6) Jun 1887 4(4) 4 [1]-34 [339]-372 Jan-Feb 1890 1 ne) [35]-64 [549]-578 =r fig. Dec 1890 or early Jan 1891 6(3/4) 6 [65]-102 [307]-344. 8(7)-10(9) Dec 1891 or early Jan 1892 10(2) i [103 ]-141* [166]-212 Aug-Sep 1895 I1(1) 8 [142]-183 [39]-80 Apr-Mai 1896 13(1) 9 [184]-215 [1]-32 1898 (cover) Copies: BR (repr.), G (repr.), MO, NY (repr.). — The dates give the two months preceding mention in Nat. Nov. The NY copy is in orig. reprint covers. *The reprint has a pagination [103]-141, 138-141. Parts 1-3 constitute Band I (not so designated), 4-9 Band II, so designated, Ann. 4(4): 339. Rep: DES 1 17: Widder, Phyton 13(3-4): 317-319. 1969. ’ 387. Schedae ad ‘‘Kryptogamas exsiccatas,” editae a museo paletino vindobonensi. 1894-1964. Wien (Sched. krypt. exs.) Co-author: Alexander Zahlbriickner (1860-1893). Exsiccatae: Kryptogamae exsiccatae, editae a musco palatino vindobenenst, cent. i-xlv. nos, 1-4500, 1894-1964. The publication of the Schedae as well as the issue of the Aryptogamae exsiccatae (the name changed later to Cryptogamae exsiccatae) was a co-operative effort. The total publica- tion comprised 45 centuries of sets of specimens and accompanying texts in the Annalen. We give here the data for sets 1-6, published by Beck and Zahlbruckner and for sets 7-9 issued by A. Zahlbriickner. The remaining part will be treated under Zahlbriickner. Schedae: published in Annalen des k.k. naturhistorischen Hofmuseums Wien: 159 BEOK, G: cent. nos. Annalen pages plates date I I-100 9 119-142 i, tt 1894. 2 101-200 II 81-101 1896 3 201-300 12 79-98 1897 4 301-400 13 443-472 1898 5/6 401-600 15 169-215 1900 7 601-700 16 63-90 IQOI 8 701-800 17 257-281 1902 9 801-900 18 349-375 1903 Centuries 7-26 were issued by A. Zahlbriickner, 27-32 by C. Keissler, 33-34, 36-45 by F. Petrak, 35 by Petrak, K. Rechinger, O. Szatala and J. Baumgartner. For further details see Sayre 1969. Ref.: DTS 1: 18, 3: xxxix, 4: xliii-xliv, 5: xlvili-xlix; LS 2124. Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 328. 1916. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 31-32. 1969. Beck, Lewis Caleb (1798-1853), American physician and naturalist at Albany, New York. (L. C. Beck). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: NYS [?], duplicates B, K, KIEL, P, W. Ref.: TH 2: 63. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 149; BM 1: 119, 6: 70; CSP 1: 228-229, 6: HOw? 1605.0 sp: 6603) Jacksonmpi361 ; Kmewins197) MIE 1::1645°92)301,,4)10.530)5 PR 541. Anon., Amer. J. Sci. ser. 2. 16: 149-150. 1853 (bibl.) March, in Grosse, Amer. med. Biogr. 1861: 679-696 (fide ME). Merrill, Ann. Rep. Smithsonian Inst. 1904: 690. House, 7x Kelly and Burrage, Amer. med. Biogr. 1920: 87. Barnhart, Mem. Torrey bot. Club 16: 290. 1921. Rodgers, John Torrey 336 [index]. 1942. Ewan, Short history botany U.S. 90, 97. 1969. Martin, in Lenley et al., Index corr. Torrey 447. 1973. COMPOSITE WORKS: Eaton, Manual, ed. 4, 1824, appendix by L. C. Beck. EPONYMY: Weobeckia EK. L. Greene (1896). 388. Botany of the northern and middle states; or, a description of the plants found in the United States, north of Virginia, arranged according to the natural system. With a synopsis of the genera according to the Linnaean system — a sketch of the rudiments of botany, and a.glossary of terms. Albany (Webster and Skinners) 1833. Duod. (in sixes) (Bot. north. middle states). Ed. 1: Mai-Jun 1833 (data BH), p. [i]-lv, [1]-471. Copy: BR. Ed. 2: ‘revised and enlarged,’ New York (Harper & Brothers) 1848. Duod., publ. 1848 (p. iv: Feb 1848), p. [i]-lxiii, [1]-480 “Botany of the United States North of Virginia; comprising descriptions of the flowering and fern-like plants hitherto found in those states, arranged according to the natural system; with a synopsis ... terms.”’ Copies: HH, MICH. Reissue: 1856, New York (Harper and Brothers), cancellans t.p., rest 1848 sheets, p. [i]-xi, [1]-480. Duod. Copies: MICH, NY. Reissue: 1868, New York (Harper and Brothers), cancellans t.p., rest 1868 sheets, p. [1]-lxii, [1]-480. Duod. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 1: 119; IF 680; Jackson 361; Kew 1: 197; ME 3: 411; PR 541; IDC 5113. Beck, [Carl] Richard (1858-1919), German palaeobotanist and geologist. (R. Beck). COLLECTIONS: Unknown. 160 BECKER, W. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 149; BM 6: 69-70; CSP 1: 220, 6: 580, 7: 116-117, 9: 160, 13: 384-385; LS 2125-2127, 30967-30969; Quenstedt p. 28. Stutzer, Z. prakt. Geol. 27: 149-153. 1919 (portr., bibl.) Kossmat, Ber. Sachs. Akad. Math.-Phys. Kl. 71: 359-364. 1919 [1920] (bibl.) Schreiter, Ber. Freiberger Geol. Ges. 8(1915-1920): 12-25. 1920 (portr., bibl.) Becker, Alexander (1818-1901), Russian botanist and musician (organ player) at Sarepta, explorer of the lower Wolga region and the Caucasus. (A. Becker). HERBARIUM and typEs: Unknown, Becker distributed many plants partly through Hohenacker; important set at LE, for duplicates see IH. Some collections went under the title Plantae desertorum wolgae inferioris (see e.g. Bot. Zeit. 13: 391-392. 1855, 14: 295. 1856, Flora 39: 256. 1856, Bonplandia 6: 341. 1858), others as Plantae caucasicae rariores (Bonplandia 6: 341. 1858). Re jelkl 2:64: Anon., Flora 38: 224, 240. 1855. Becker, Verzeichnis der um Sarepta wildwachsenden Pflanzen, Moskau 1858 (n.v. see Flora 45: 207-208. 1862, obviously a reprint from Bull. Soc. nat. Mosc. 1858, no. 3). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 465; Barnhart 1: 149; Bossert p. 31; CSP 1: 229-230, 7: 117, 9: 160-161; Jackson p. 330; Kew 1: 198. Wiren, Acta Horti Univ. Jurj. 2: 126-129. 1901 (portr., bibl.) EPONYMY: For eponyms based on the name Becker, cf. infra, sub J. Becker. Becker, Johannes (1769-1833), German botanist, “‘Stifts-botanikus”’ of the Sencken- berg Institute at Frankfurt a.M. (Becker). HERBARIUM and TyPeEs: FR. Ref.: Conert, Senckenbergiana biologica 48 (Sonderheft C): 13-17. 1967. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 150; BM 1: 120; GR p. 61; Kew 1: 198; LS 2: 31; MD p. 54-55; PR 543. Fresenius, Flora 16(2): 766-767. 1833, 17(1): 24-29. 1834. Blum, Ber. Senckenb. naturf. Ges. Wiss. Abh. 1901: 10. Anon., Ann. bryol. 9: 154. 1937. Egle und Rosenstock, Gesch. Bot. Frankfurt a. Main 14. 1966. EPONYMY: Beckera Fresenius (1837); Beckeropsis Figari & De Notaris (1853). Note: Beckerella Kylin (1956) is dedicated to Hermann Franz Becker (1838-1917), German born botanist in South Africa. 389. Flora der Gegend um Frankfurt am Main. Frankfurt a.M. (Ludwig Reinherz) 1828. Oct. (Fl. Frankfurt). Erste Abtheilung: Phanerogamie: (t.p. 1828), 1827, ante 14 Nov (Flora 10(2) : 672. 1827), p. [i-iv], [1]-557, (558, err.], table. 61*-62* cancell. Copies: B, HH. Zweite Abtheilung: Cryptogamie: Oct 1828 (Martius acknowledged the receipt of a copy on 19 Oct 1828, letter at FR; received by Regensburg Botanical Society after 28 Sep (Flora 11(2) Erg.: 65. 1828), p. [i], [1]-813, [814 err.], and part 2(2) without t.p.: [u]-111, [112, ind.]. Copies: B, HH. Ref.: BM 1: 120; Kew 1: 198; LS 2131; MD p. 55; PR 543. Fresenius, Flora 17(1): 24-29. 1834. Conert, Senckenbergiana biologica 48 (Sonderheft C): 14-15. 1967. Becker, Wilhelm (1874-1928), German teacher and botanist. (W. Becker). HERBARIUM and TypEs: B — Exsiccatae: Violae exsiccatae germanicae, austro-hungaricae et helvetiae (Lief. i-vili, 1900-1908, nos. 1-202), sets at B, GOET and probably also in FR, GB, GJO, GH and W. 161 BECKER, W. Ref DLS 6: 111-112; Le: 64. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 328. 1916. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 151; DTS 6(4): 74, 111-114. Gé6rz, Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 71: 142-150. 1928 (bibl. by H. Melchior). Kloos, Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 1928: 172-173. Anon., Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1929: 89. Wein, Mitt. thir. bot. Ver. ser. 2. 39: xiv-xvi. 1930. EPONYMY: For eponymys based on the name Becker, cf. supra, sub J. Becker. Beckhaus, Konrad Friedrich Ludwig (1821-1890), German clergyman, highschool teacher and botanist at Hoxter, Westfalen. (Beckhaus). HERBARIUM and Types: MSTR. Ref.: 1H 2: 64. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 151; BFM 49; BM 1: 120; CSP 1: 231, 7: 118; 12: 61-62, 13: 392; GR p. 5; LS 2136-2140. Westhof, Jahresber. bot. Sekt. Westfal. Prov. Ver. 1891/92: 6. 1892. Beckhaus, Flora von Westfalen 1. 1893 (portr.) 390. Flora von Westfalen. Die in der Provinz Westfalen wild wachsenden Gefass-Pflanzen ... Nach des Verfassers Tode herausgegeben von L. A[ugust] W[ilhelm] Hasse ... Mit einem Bildniss des Verfassers. Miinster (Aschendorff) 1893. Oct. (Fl. Westfalen). Publ.: Sep-Dec 1893 (preface 17 Aug 1893; Hedwigia rev. 30 Jan 1894, Nat. Nov. Jan 1894), p. [i]-xxvi, [1]-1096, portr. Copy: NY. Ref.: BFM 49; BM 1: 120. Rickett, NAF ser. 2(2): 151. 1955. Beddome, Richard Henry (1830-1911), English army officer and forestry botanist in India. (Bedd.) HERBARIUM and TyPESs: BM (10.000 species); some of the types perhaps at K, further material at CAL. Ref.: BB p. 27; IH 1 (ed. 6): 355, 2: 64. Murray, Hist. coll. BMNH 133. 1904. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 152; BB p. 27; BM 1: 121, 6: 71; CSP 1: 242, 6: 581, 7: 122-123, g: 168, 13: 400; IF p. 680-681, suppl. p. 75; Jackson p. 388, 391, 520; Kew 1: 199; Langman p. 122; MW p. 39; NI 115-120; PR 554-557, 10540; Zander ed. 10, p. 633. Drummond, Proc. Linn. Soc. 1910-1911: 32-34. Anon., Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1911: 164-165. EPONYMY: Beddomea J. D. Hooker (1862); Beddomiella Dixon (1922). 391. The ferns of Southern India. Being descriptions and plates of the ferns of the Madras presidency. Madras (Gantz brothers) 1863[-1864]. Qu. (Ferns S. India). Ed. 1: text p. [i*], [ii*], [i]-xv, [1]-88, index [i]-vii, pl. 1-271, 28a. Copies: BR, G, L, MO, (in orig. sequence of fasc.), NY. Fasc. 1-10: pl. 1-123. 1863. Fasc. 11-16: pl. 124-271. 1864, last parts perhaps 1865 (Flora 29 Nov 1865). Ed. 2: Madras (Higginbotham and Co.) [1872-]1873, p. [i*-ii*], [i]-xv, [1]-88, p/. 2-277, 26a, p. [i]-xv. Copies: G, MO, NY. — The plates are lithographs of drawings by G. Govindo and G. Winchester. Reprints of the 1863 edition (New Delhi 1870, n.v.) and of the 1873 edition (New Delhi 1969, n.v.) are offered by the book trade. A Supplement to the Ferns of Southern India and British India ... Madras. Qu. 1876 has p. [1]-28 and plates 346-390 (see Ferns of British India). Ref.: BM 1: 121; IF p. 680; Jackson 386; Kew 1; 199; NI 116-117; PR 555; IDC 7158. 162 BEDDOME 392. The ferns of British India. Being figures and descriptions of ferns from all parts of British India (exclusive of those figured in “‘the ferns of Southern India and Ceylon”’). Madras (Gantz brothers, at the Adelphi Press) [1865-] 1866-1868 [-1870]. Qu. (Ferns Brit. India). vol. fasc. pag. plates dates I 1-8 I-I20 1865 Q-14 [i] I2I-150 1866 I51-220 1866 2 15-17 221-255 1867 18-20 [i] 256-300 1868 3 21-22 3OI-330 1869 23 [i-vi, index], [2, corr.] 331-345 1870 Suppl. — [1]-28 346-390 1876 Copies: L, MO. — The plates are lithographs by G. Winchester (1-120), G. Govindo, W. H. Fitch, H. Baker et al., they are accompanied by unnumbered text pages. A reprint ‘1973, available’ is announced by the trade. Ref.: BM 1: 121; IF p. 680; Jackson p. 385, 386; Kew 1: 199; NI 115, 117; PR 556. 393- The flora sylvatica for Southern India: containing quarto plates of all the principal timber trees in southern India and Ceylon, accompanied by a botanical manual, with descriptions of every known tree and shrub, and analysis of every genus not figured in the plates. Madras (Gantz Brothers) [1869-1874], 2 vols. Qu. (Fl. sylv. S. India). Publ.: The work consists of plates illustrating a single species accompanied by a page of letter press (arabic pagination). In addition there is an independently paged (roman pagination) ‘Forester’s Manual,’ which is illustrated by 29 plates (z-27bis, 29) giving an “‘analysis of genera.”’ The Manual is sometimes bound separately as a third volume but has no title-page of its own. arts ages manual lates lates dates p pag p p (in flora) (tn manual) 1-3 1-36 1-36 1869 4-6 37-72 1-Xvil 37-72 I-2 1870 7-14 73-108 = xix-Ixxxll 73-1608 3-11 1871 15-24 169-288 — Ixxxii-clxix 169-288 12-22 1872 25-27 289-325 clxxi-ccxxxvi 289-325 23-27bis 1873 (-327°) (-327?) 28 (?326-) cexxxvi[bis]- (?326-) 29 1873 sero vel 1874 prim. 328-330 CCXXXVIIl 328-330 Copy: G. A facsimile reprint was announced, but not yet published, by Asher 1974. Ref.: BM 1: 121; GF p. 49; Jackson p. 387; NI 118; SK p. clxix (Stearn). 394- Icones plantarum Indiae orientalis; or plates and descriptions of new and rare plants, from Southern India and Ceylon. ... vol. 1. Containing 300 plates. Madras (Gantz Brothers), London (J. van Voorst) 1874. Qu. { (Icon. pl. Ind. or.) Orig. ed.: 1868-1874, in 15 parts of 20 plates each accompanied by some (usually 4) pages of text, p. [i*], [i]-vii, [1]-70, pl. 1-300. Copies: MO, U. — The uncoloured lithographs are of drawings by H. de Alwis and G. Govindo. Facsimile ed.: New Delhi (Today & Tomorrow) 1972, same pagination (new imprint on [i*]). Copy: US. Ref.: BM 1: 121; GF p. 49; Jackson p. 384; Kew 1: 199; NI 120; PR 557, 10540. 395- Supplement to the ferns of Southern India and British India, containing a revised list of all the ferns of India, Ceylon, Birmah and the Malay Peninsula and 45 plates of hitherto 163 BEDDOME unfigured species. Madras (Gantz Brothers, at the Delphi Press) 1876, Qu., (Suppl. Serns S. Ind.) Publ.: 1876, p. [1]-28, pl. 346-390. Copies: G, L, MO. 396. Handbook to the ferns of British India, Ceylon and the Malay Peninsula ... Calcutta (Thacker, Spink and Co.), Bombay (Thacker & Co.), Madras (Higginbotham & Co.), London (W. Thacker & Co.) 1883. Oct. (Handb. ferns Brit. India). Publ.: Mai 1883 (preface Mai 1833; Nat. Nov. Apr and Mai 1883 [sic]; J. Bot. Jun 1883), p. [i]-xiv, pl. 296-297, [1]-500, plates 1-295, 298-300 in text. Copies: BR, G, L (2), MO (inscribed by author 22 Jun 1883), NY, U. A Supplement ... ferns of British India, Calcutta, Oct., p. [1]-110, appeared in 1892. Copy: L. (Suppl. ferns Brit. Ind.) Reprint of the handbook and supplement, New Delhi (Today and Tomorrow) 1969, as original except that 296/297 are now placed in numerical order, p. [i]-xiv, [1]-500, [1, err.], suppl. [1]-110. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 1: 12; IF p. 681; Kew 1: 119; NI 119; IDC 5086. Nayar and Kaur, Companion to R. H. Beddome; Handbook ... Koenigstein (Koeltz) 1974 (further supplement), xiii, 244 p. Beechey, Frederick William (1796-1856), British explorer. (Beechey). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Beechey did not collect himself. For the collections made by Collie and Lay during the voyage to the Pacific in 1825-1828 see under Hooker et Arnott. The original collection was acquired by Delessert (now at G), duplicates e.g. at BM, K, E. Ref.: TH 2: 64; Laségue 85, 562. Hedge and Lamont, Ind. coll. Edinburgh 59. 1970. Miller, Taxon 19: 514. 1970. McVaugh, Contr. Univ. Mich. Herb. 9: 222-223. 1972. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 152; BM 1: 122, 6: 72; Bretschneider p- 288; CSP 1: 242-243; Jackson p. 224; Kew 1: 200; Laségue p. 562 [index]; Zander ede 10; ps 039. Embacher, Lexikon der Reisen 29-30. 1882. Hemsley, Biol. Centr. Amer. 4: 123. 1887. Cyriax, Sir John Franklin’s last arctic expedition 216 [index] 1939. Schmid, Chamisso als Naturforscher nos. 219-221. 1942. Lamb, Franklin — happy voyager 289. 1956. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 37 [no. 285]. 1966. NOTE: ““The botany of Captain Beechey’s Voyage ... to the Pacific & Bering’s Strait ... in 1825-1828 ...”? was published by W. J. Hooker et G. A. W. Arnott, q.v. Beer, Johann Georg (1803-1873), Austrian municipal administrator (“Stadtrath’’) and botanist in Vienna. (Beer). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: IBF (orig.?) Ref.: 1H. 2: 65. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 153; BM 1: 123; CSP 1: 245, 7: 123; Jackson p. 125, 138; Kew 1: 201; Langman p. 122-123; NI 122; PR 561-564; Zander ed. 10, p..633- Anon., Oest. bot. Z. 23: 135. 1873. 397- Praktische Studien an der Familie der Orchideen, nebst Kulturanweisungen und Be- schreibung aller schénbliihenden tropischen Orchideen. Wien (Carl Gerold & Sohn) 1854. Oct. (Prakt. Stud. Orchid.) Publ.: Jun-Nov 1854 (p. viii: Mai 1854; Gersdorf before Dec 1854), p. [i]-x, [1]-332, text ill., z pl. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 1: 123; Jackson p. 138; Kew 1: 201; PR 561. 164. BEHERE 398. Die Familie der Bromeliaceen. Nach ihrem habituellen Character bearbeitet mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Ananassa. Wien (Tendler & Co.) 1857. Oct. (Fam. Bromel.) Publ.: Sep-Oct 1856 even though dated 1857 (received, as a whole, by Flora in Oct 1856, ‘“‘soeben erschienen”’ Bot. Zeit. 24 Oct 1856, and presented to the meeting of the Deutsche Naturforscher on 18 Sep 1856), p. [1], [1]-271, [272]. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 1: 123; Jackson p. 125; Kew 1: 201; Langman p. 123; PR 563. Anon., Flora 39: 602, 656. 1856. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 14: 842-845. 28 Nov 1856. Anon., Flora 41: 674. 1858. 399. Beitrdge zur Morphologie und Biologie der Familie der Orchideen. Wien (Carl Gerold’s Sohn) 1863. Fol. (Beitr. Morph. Biol. Orchid.) Publ.: Jan-Mai 1863 (pref. p. viii: 12 Apr 1862, Flora 31 Mai 1963), [i*], [i]-viii, [1]-44, pl. 1-12; the coloured (2-12) lithographs are by the author. Copies: B, BR, NY. Ref.: BM 1: 123; Kew 1: 201; Langman p. 123; NI 122; PR 564. Béguinot, Augusto (1875-1940), Italian botanist at Sassari, Messina, Modena and Genoa. (Béguinot). HERBARIUM and types: Unknown; collections in various herbaria. Béguinot contributed to the Flora italica exsiccata. Ref.: TH 2: 65. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 154; BFM; BL 1: 42, 2: 628 [index]; BM 6: 72; Bossert p. 32; CSP 13: 406-407; DTS 6(4): 114-115; Kew 1: 202-203; Langman p. 123; MW p. 309. Fiori, Archivio bot., Forli, 16(1): iti-Ixxxii. 1940 (portr., bibl.) Negodi, Atti Soc. Natural. Mat. Modena 71: 94-115. 1940 (portr., bibl.) Negri, Nuovo Giorn. bot. Ital. ser. 2. 47: 718-749. 1940 (portr.) Verdoorn, Chron. bot. 6(5): 114-115. 1940 (portr.) Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 17. 1941 (bibl.) 400. Flora padovana ossia prospetto floristico e fitogeographico delle piante vascolari indigene inselvatichite o largamente coltivate crescenti nella provincia di Tadova con notizie storico-bibliografiche sulle fonti della flora ed illustrata da 20 tavole. Padova (1: Prem. Soc. Coop. Tip.; 2-3: Tipografia del Seminario) 1909-1914. Oct. (Fl. padov.) 1: Bibliogr. etc.: p. [i], [1]-103. Feb-Mai 1909 (pref. Feb 1909, Nat. Nov. Mai 1909). Copy: G. 2: Enum. spezie: fase. 1, p. [105]-408. 1910; fasc. 2, p. 409-607. 1911. Copy: G. 3: Distr. geogr.: p. [609]-764, pl. 1-20. 1914. Copy: G. Ref.: BL 2: 411; BM 6: 72; Kew 1: 202. 40x. La flora, il paesaggio botanico e le piante utili della Tripolitania e Cirenaica (a parziale beneficio del fondo Pei Feriti d’Africa). Padova (Fratelli Drucker) 1912. Oct. (Fi. Tripolitania). Publ.: Jan-Feb 1912 (p. [5]: Dec 1911, Nat. Nov. Feb 1912), p. [1]-51. Copy: BR. Ref.: Kew 1: 203. Béhéré, Jean Baptiste Joseph (1763-1840), French teacher and naturalist at Rouen. (Béhéré). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 154; BM 1: 123; GR p. 305; Jackson p. 290; MD p. 56-57; PR 570. 402. Muscologia rothomagensis, ou tableau analytique des mousses découvertes jusqu’a ce jour aux environs de Rouen, classées d’aprés les urnes et l’organisation de leur péri- stome; avec les caractéres des genres et l’étymologie de leurs noms, ainsi que la synony- 165 BEHERE mie des espéces et l’indication des lieux ot elles ont été trouvées. Rouen (F. Baudry) 1826. Oct. (Muscol. rothom.) Publ.: Jul-Dec 1826, p. [1]-48, 1 pl. Copies: G, L. — Reprint with separate title page and pagination from an article in ‘““Séance publique de la Société libre d’Emulation de Rouen tenue le 9 juin 1826,” p. 77-120. There is no indication that reprint and journal were published at different dates. The title of the periodical later became: “Bulletins de la Société libre . . .”” (B-P-H 278-17). — See also Soc. Emul. Rouen 18109: 25-27. 9 Jun 1819. Ref.: BM 1: 123; Jackson p. 290; MD p. 56-57; PR 570. Behr, Hans Herman{[n] (1818-1904), German physician and botanist who travelled in Australia and later settled in California. (Behr). HERBARIUM and types: Australian material in MEL; pre-1906 Californian material destroyed, other material at HBG, LE. Ref.: 1H 2: 65. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 154; BB p. 339; Bossert p. 32; CSP 1: 248, 7: 124-125, 9: 171, 12: 60, 13: 409; HR; Kew 1: 203; Langman p. 123; ME 1: 164. Bentham, FI. austral. 1: 14.*. 1863. Behr, Erythea 4: 168-173. 1896 (autobiogr.) Eastwood, Science ser. 2. 19: 636. 1904. Gutzkow, Ghismore and Eastwood, Doctor Hans Herman Behr. San Francisco 1905. Essig, Hist. entomology 553-556. 1931 (portr.) Ewan, in A century of progress in the natural sciences. 43. 1955. Thomas, Contr. Dudley Herb. 5(6): 149. 1961. EPONYMY: Behria E. L. Greene (1886). 403. Synopsis of the genera of vascular plants in the vicinity of San Francisco, with an attempt to arrange them according to evolutionary principles. San Francisco, Cal. (Payot, Upham & Co.) 1884. Duod. (Syn. gen. vasc. pl. San Francisco). Publ.: 1884, (Nat. Nov. Aug 1884), p. [1]-165. Copies: MO, NY. 404. Flora of the vicinity of San Francisco. San Francisco, Cal. (private) 1888. Duod. (Fl. vicin. San Francisco). Publ.: 1888, p. [1]-364, app. [i]-xiv, [i, err.] Copy: NY. H. H. R., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 16: 33, 12 Jan. 1889. Beijerinck, Martinus Willem (1851-1931), Dutch biologist. (7. Bezerinck). HERBARIUM and Types: NBV. Ref.: TH 2: 73 (sub Beyerinck). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 155; BM 1: 124-125, 6: 72; Bossert p. 32; CSP 9: 173, 13: 412-414; JW 1: 439, 2: 184-185, 3: 342; Kew 1: 203; LS 2189-2205, 31008-31013; LS suppl. 2256-2261. Reynolds Green, Hist. Bot. 508. 1909. Iterson, 1851-1921, Jubileum Professor Beijerink. Toespraak ... 16 maart 1921. Den Helder 1921, 24 p. (bibl.) Went, Versl. Kon. Ned. Akad. Wet., Afd. Nat. 40(1): 7-12, 1931. Bullock, Proc. Roy. Soc. ser. B. 109(1). 1932. H. Trotter, Marcellia 27: 120-124. 1932 (portr., cecid. bibl.) Iterson, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 52: (115)-158. 1934 (portr.) Verdoorn, Chron. bot. 1: 29. 1935 (portr.) Iterson et al., Martinus Willem Beijerinck, his life and his work, ’s-Gravenhage 1940, p- 1-195, 13 pl., part of Beijerinck, Verzamelde Geschriften, Delft 1921-1940, 6 vols. (q.v. for further biogr. ref.). Zeven, Euphytica 19: 263-275. 1970. Smit, History of the life sciences 615, 616, 879. 1974. 166 BEISSNER Beijerinck, Willem (1891-1960), Dutch botanist, founder of the Biological Station at Wijster (Drente). (W. Bezerinck). TYPEs: at L, duplicates at K and U. Ref.: 1H 2: 73 (sub Beyerinck). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 155; BFM 1386; Kew 1: 203-204; Lang- man p. 123; MW suppl. p. 22. Barkman, Vakbl. Biol. 40: 61. 1960. Oye, Biol. Jaarb. Dodonaea 28: 5-7. 1960. Wilcke, De levende Natuur 63(3): 71. 1960. Anon., Belmontia (Incidental) 11: 183-194. 1970 (portr., bibl.) 405. Calluna a monograph of the Scotch heather, Verh. Kon. Ned. Akad. Wetensch. sect. 2. 38(4) 1933. (Calluna). Publ.: 14 Jan 1933 (archives Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie van Wetenschappen, Amsterdam), frontisp., p. [1]-180, pl. 1-29. Copies: L, U. Ref.: Kew 1: 204; Langman p. 123. 406. Sphagnum en sphagnetum | Bijdrage tot de kennis der Nederlandsche veenmossen naar hun bouw, levenswijze, verwantschap en verspreiding ... met 60 afbeeldingen / Uitgave van het Nederlandsch biologisch station (Mededeeling no. 6). Amsterdam, Batavia, Paramaribo 1934. Oct. (Sphagnum). Publ.: 1934 (pref. p. 8 Jul 1934), p. [1]-116, 60 text figs., preface by J. P. Thijsse. Mainly based on Paul, in E. P. ed. 2, 10 (1924) and Warnstorff, Pflanzenreich 51 (1911). — Copy: FAS. 407. Rubi neerlandici, Bramen en frambozen in Nederland. Hun bouw, levenswijze, ver- wantschap, verspreiding en gebruik (with a summary in English). Amsterdam 1956. Oct. (Rubi neerl.) Date: 11 Jul 1956 (archives Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie van Wetenschappen, Amsterdam) — Reprinted from Verh. Kon. Ned. Akad. Wetensch. Afd. Natuurk. sect. 2. 51(1). 1956, p. [1]-156, pl. 1-82. Copy: U. Beilschmied, Carl [Karl] Traugott (1793-1848), German botanist and apothecary at Ohlau. (Beilschm.) HERBARIUM and types: Herbarium sold in 1848 (‘‘aus der freien Hand’), probably dispersed. Ref.: Anon., Flora 31:400. 1848, Bot. Zeit. 7: 15. 1849. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 155; BL 2: 528; BM 1: 125; CSP 1: 248; DTS 6(4): 24; GR p. 62; Kew 1: 204; KR p. 68; LS 2206-2207; PR 577-578. Firnrohr, Flora 31: 337-349. 7 Jun 1848 (bibl.), repr. 15 p. Wimmer, FI. Schlesien ed. 2. 2: 150. G. P., Bot. Zeit. 6: 454-455. 1848. COMPOSITE WoRKS: Jahresberichte der k. Schwedischen Akademie der Wissenschaften uber die Fortschritte der Botanik in 1820 [-1842] ... von J. E. Wikstrém, Uebersetzt und mit Hinweisung auf neuere Arbeiten ... versehen von C. T. Beilschmied. — 15 vols. 1838-1847. EPONYMY: Beilschmiedia C. G. D. Nees (1831) ; Beilschmidtia H. G. L. Reichenbach (1641, orth. var.) Beissner, Ludwig (1843-1927), German dendrologist. (Bevssn.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 155; BM 1: 125, 6: 72; CSP 13: 415; 167 BEISSNER Kew 1: 204; KR p. 68; Langman p. 123; MW p. 39-40 (bibl.); Zander ed. 10, p. 633. Anon., Mitt. deut. dendrol. Ges. 1917, portr. opp. p. 248. Schwerin, Mitt. deut. dendrol. Ges. 1928: xix-xxi (portr.) 408. Handbuch der Coniferen-Benennung. Systematische Einteilung der Coniferen und Aufzahlung aller in Deutschland ohne oder unter leichtem Schutz im freien Lande ausdauernden Coniferen-Arten und Formen mit allen Synonymen, angenommen als Grundlage fiir die einheitliche Benennung der Nadelhélzer in Deutschland vom Kon- gress von Coniferen-Kennern und -Ziichtern in Dresden am 12 Mai 1887. Ausgear- beitet und eingehend begriindet. (Ludwig Moller) Erfurt 1887. Oct. (Handb. Conif.) Publ.: Nov-Dec 1887 (Nat. Nov. Dec 1887) p. [i-ii], [1]-90. Copy: FAS. — For additions see Einheitliche Coniferen-Benennung. Ref.: BM 1: 125; Kew 1: 204. 409. Einheitliche Coniferen-Benennung. Nachtrage und Berichtigungen zu dem Handbuch der Coniferen-Benennung nebst amtlichem Bericht uber die Versammlung von Coni- feren-Kennern und -Ziichtern in Berlin am 28 April 1890. (Ludwig Moller) Erfurt 1891. Oct. (Einheitl. Conif.-Ben.) Publ.: Jan 1891 (Nat. Nov. Jan 1891), p. [i-iii], [1]-32, [2 p. index]. Copies: G, HH. Ref.: Kew 1: 204. 410. Handbuch der Nadelholzkunde. Systematik, Beschreibung, Verwendung und Kultur der Freiland-Coniferen. Fiir Gartner, Forstleute und Botaniker. ... Mit 138 nach der Natur gezeichneten Originalabbildungen. Berlin (Paul Parey) 1891. Oct. (Handb. Nadelholzk.) Ed. 1: Feb-Mar 1801 (p. x: Feb 1891; Nat. Nov. Mar 1891; J. Bot. Mai 1801), p. [i]-xx, [1]-576, 138 figs. Copy: US. Ed. 2: “‘... Kultur der Ginkgoaceen, Freiland-Coniferen und Gnetaceen ... Zweite, vollig umgearbeitete, vermehrte und verbesserte Auflage,”’ p. [1]-xvi, [1]-742, 165 figs. Apr-Mai 1909 (Nat. Nov. Mai 1909; p. i-ix: Feb 1909). Copies: BR, G, MO, NY. Ed. 3. “... Botaniker. Mit Beitragen von Professor Dr Klebahn ... Dr Sachtleben ... H. Luyken ... herausgegeben von J. Fitschen ...” Berlin (Paul Parey) 1930, p- [i]-xv, [1]-765. Copies: G, NY. — Publ.: after Apr 1930 (p.v.). Ref.: BM 1: 125, 6: 72; Kew 1: 204; Langman p. 123; MW p. 39. 4ux. Handbuch der Laubholzbenennung. Systematische und alphabetische Liste aller in Deutschland ohne oder unter leichtem Schutz im freien Lande ausdauernden Laub- holzarten und Formen mit ihren Synonymen. Im Auftrage der deutschen dendrolo- gischen Gesellschaft bearbeitet von L. Beissner, ... E. Schelle, ... H. Zabel ... Berlin (Paul Parey) 1903. Oct. (Handb. Landholzben.) Co-authors: Ernst Schelle and Hermann Zabel (1832-1912). Publ.: Jun-Jul 1903 (p. vi: Frihjahr 1903, Nat. Nov. Jul 1903), [i]-vi, [1], [1]-625. Copy: NY. Ref.: Kew 1: 204; MW p. 39-40. Bélanger, Charles Paulus (1805-1881), French botanical explorer. (Bél.) HERBARIUM and Typgs: According to Laségue ‘“‘toutes les plantes du Voyage en Perse et aux Indes-Orientales de M. Bélanger’? were acquired by Benjamin Delessert (now G). Bélanger’s plants from the Antilles came to de Franqueville (now P), his ferns to Cosson (now P), duplicates e.g. at G. Ref.: TH 2: 65, Laségue p. 562 [index]. Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 20. 1902. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 5(1): 179; Barnhart 1: 156; BM 1: 127, 2: 604, 6: 73; Bossert p. 32; DBF 5: 1302; GR p. 265; Kew 1: 206; LS 2229; Laségue p. 150-153, 562 [index]; NI 126; PR 586. Boissier, Fl. orient 1: xxvi-xxvii. 1867. Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 20. 1902. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 60-61. 1936. 168 BELLARDI Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 48. 1950. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 37 [no. 288]. 1966. EPONYMY: Belangera Cambessédes (1830). 412. Voyage aux Indes Orientales, par le nord de l’Europe, les provinces du Caucase, la Géorgie, l’Arménie et la Perse, suivi de détails ... sur les Pégot, les Isles de Java, de Maurice ... & c, pendant les années 1825-1829, publié sous les auspices des ministres de la marine et de l’intérieur. Botanique. Paris 1833-1836, text Oct., atlas Fol. (Voy. Indes Or.) Publ.: The whole work consists of 2 volumes Historique, one volume Zoologie and one volume Botanique. The latter consists of 2 parts: I, Phanérogames [text not published] and II, Cryptogamie [192 pp. and 16 plates] by C. Bélanger (Musci, Hep., Lich.), J. B. G. M. Bory de Saint-Vincent (Pter. and Alg.) and C. Montagne (Fungi). The botanical part was published in four “‘livraisons”’ as follows: livraison pages plates dates 1, Cryptogamie 1-80 1-8 25 Mai 1833 2, Cryptogamie 81-192 g-16 24 Mai 1834 3, Phanérogamie — 7 or 8 27 Oct 1834 4, Phanérogamie — 8org before 1 Apr 1836 See Ross p. 196 for the detailed list of the plates of the Phanerogamic part. Ross gives **o7 Nov 1837, but probably 27 Jan 1837 or earlier” for livraison 4. — The 15 un- numbered plates of the phanerogamic part are not accompanied by published des- criptions. The names of new taxa appearing on these pages are validly published if the illustration includes an analysis, that is a figure or group of figures showing the details necessary for identification, with or without a caption describing or naming the details (ICBN, Arts. 41, 42, 44). Authors of the Cryptogamie: Charles Paulus Bélanger (1805-1881), (musci frondosi, hepaticae, lichenes), Jean Baptiste G. M. Bory de Saint-Vincent (1778-1846), (filices, hydrophytae), Jean Pierre Francois Camille Montagne (1784-1866), (fungi). The 31 plates are copper engravings of drawings by Bory de Saint-Vincent and E. Delile (13, 15, 16 coloured, fide PR). Ref.: BM 2: 604; GF p. 49; Kew 1: 206; LS 2222; NI 126; PR 586; TR 84; IDC 5842. Guillemin, Arch. de Bot. 2: 358. 21 Oct 1833. Sherborn and Woodward, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. ser. 7. 7: 390. 1901, 8: 494. I9OI. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. Bull. 15: 730. 1960, 19: 1141. 1964. Ross, Taxon 13: 193-196. 1964. Bellardi, Carlo Antonic Lodovico (1741-1826), Italian physician and botanist at Torino, pupil of Allioni. (Bellardz). HERBARIUM and Types: TO — duplicates in several herbaria, e.g. UPS in Thunberg herbarium. The herbarium was damaged while it was in the hands of Bonafous, and a number of important specimens have disappeared. Ref.: TH 2: 66; Saccardo 2: 16. Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cxii. 1883. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 17-18. 1941. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(1): 610; Barnhart 1: 158; BM 1: 130; CSP 1: 257; GR p. 513; IF p. 687; Jackson p. 320; Kew 1: 208; LS 2239-2240; PR 591-593; Zander ed. 10, p. 633; Saccardo 1: 25, 2: 16, Cron. p. xv. Anon., Flora 3(1) Beil.: 5. 1820, 9: 432. 21 Jul 1826. Carena, Mem. r. Accad. Sci. Torino 33: lii-lxviii. 1829. Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cxi-cxii. 1883. Mattirolo, Cronistoria orto bot. Torino xlv-xlviil. 1929 (portr.) Dawson, Catalogue manuscripts Linnean Society, I. The Smith papers 13. 1934. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 17-18. 1941. Becherer, Candollea 14: 113-120. 1953 (Bellardi and Allioni, Fl. pedem.). 169 BELLARDI COMPOSITE WoRKS: Bellardi provided material and information to Allioni for his Flora pedemontana but did not contribute to the nomenclature of the work. For a list of names erroneously attributed to Bellardi, but given by Allioni, see Becherer 1953 (see above). EPONYMY: Bellardia Allioni (1785); Bellardia Colla (1835); Bellardia Schreber (1791); Bellardiochloa Chiovenda (1929). 413. Osservazioni botaniche con un saggio d’appendice alla Flora pedemontana del medico Lodovico Bellardi indirrizzate al Signor Conte Felice S$. Martino sopra alcune piante nominate nella topografia medica di Ciamberi, e sua difesa. ‘Torino (Francesco Prato) 1788. Oct. (Osserv. bot.) Publ.: Mai-Oct 1788 (AKL 7 Nov 1788), p. [1]-63. Copy: G. Ref.: IF 681; Kew 1: 208; LS 2239; PR 592; ST p. 55-56; IDC 5843. Becherer, Candollea 14: 112-120. 1953. 414. Appendix Ludovici Bellardi ad Floram pedemontanam. ‘Torino 1792. Qu. (App. fl. pedem.) Publ.: Jan-Jun 1792 — 80 p., 7 pl. A separately paged preprint from the Mém. Acad. Sci. Turin 10: 209-286, pl. z2-2x. 1793 (““1790-1791”’). The preprint is provided with a separate title-page and index (copy at LINN). Further reprint: Ann. Bot. Usteri 15: 44-109. 1795. — A copy was sent to J. E. Smith on 21 Aug 1792. Copies: journal publ. : G, L, NY. Ref.: LS 2240; PR 593; ST p. 56; IDC 5844. Dawson, Catalogue manuscripts Linnean Society, I. The Smith Papers 13. 1934. Becherer, Candollea 14: 114-120. 1953. Fuchs, Phyton 9(1, 2): 42. 1960. Bello y Espinosa, Domingo (1817-1884), Spanish lawyer and botanist, born in Teneriffe, lived in Puerto-Rico 1848-1878. (Bello). HERBARIUM and TYPES: B(originally in herb. Krug et Urban). Ref:: IH 2: 66. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 9. 1898. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 159; BM 1: 120; CSP 7: 132, 9: 181; Kew 1: 209; Zander ed. 10, p. 633. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 9. 1898, 3: 21. 1902. 415. Apuntes para la flora de Puerto-Rico. Madrid 1881-1883. Oct. (Apuntes fl. Puerto-Rico). Publ.: Part 1: 1881, part 2: 1883. Originally published in Anal. Soc. Espanola Hist. nat., Madrid [pars 1:] 10: 231-304. 1881, pl. 4-5, [pars 2:] 12: 103-190. pl. r. 1883. — Reprinted 102 p., 3 pl. Reprint pagination part r: (1)-(74) [= 231-304], 1 pl. [iv], part 2: (75)-(102) [= 103-130] 1 pl. [no. 1]. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 1: 130; Kew 1: 209. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: g. 1898. Bellynck, August Alexis Adolphe Alexandre (1814-1877), Belgian jesuit and cryp- togamist. (Bellynck). HERBARIUM and Types: NAM. — Exsiccatae: Cryptogames recueillis dans la Province de Namur (cent. i-ii, nos. 1-200, Namur 1852), sets at LG, NAM, W. Ref.: IH 2: 67. Bellynck, Bull. Acad. Sci. Bruxelles 19: 45-81. 1852. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 8. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 158; BL 2: 33, 43; BM 1: 131; CSP 1: 264, 7: 132, 12: 66; Jackson 48, 56, 271; GR p. 305; Kew 1: 209; LS 2244-2245; PR 605. Crépin, Manuel lxv, lxx. 1860. Crépin, Bull. Soc. bot. Belg. 16: 48-53. 1877 (bibl.) Crépin, Guide bot. Belg. 252, 430, 431. 1878. Crépin, Annuaire Acad. roy. Belg. 44. 1878 (repr. 12 p.) 170 BENNETT, A. W. 416. Flore de Namur ou description des plantes spontanées et cultivées en grand dans la province de Namur, observées depuis 1850; accompagnée de tableaux analytiques, des étymologies des noms, des propriétés des plantes, etc., etc. ... Plantes vasculaires. Namur (F. J. Douxfils), Bruxelles (C. Muquardt) 1855. Oct. (in fours). (Fv. Namur). Publ.: 1855, after 15 Aug (table dated), p. [i*-iii*], [i]-viii, avertissement [1]-i1, vocabu- laire [iii]-Iviii, notions prél. [ix]-xxxii, [1]-353, table 1. Copies: BR, L, NY. Ref.: BL 2: 43; BM 1: 131; Kew 1: 209; PR 605. Beltramini de’ Casati, Francesco (1828-1903), Italian botanist and chemist. (Beltr.) HERBARIUM and TYPEs: BASSA. IA8 Wel Be yi BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 159; BM 1: 131; Bossert p. 32; GR p. 513; Kew 2: 40; LS 2248; PR 611; Saccardo 1: 26. EPONYMY: Beltraminia Trevisan (1857). 417. I licheni bassanesi enumerati e descritti ... Con cinquanta figure microscopiche. Bassano (A. Roberti) 1858. Oct. (Lich. bassan.) Publ.: 1858, p. [1]-314, pl. nos. 1, 1 [bis], 2, 3, uncoloured lithographs by Beltramini. Cover title: Lichenographia bassanese di [F.B.] laurandeosi in chimica con cinquanta figure microscopische, Bassano s.d. Copies: B, NY, Stevenson. Ref.: BM 1: 131; Kew 2:-40; LS 2248; PR 611. K., Flora 42: 72-77. 7 Feb 1859. Benjamin, Ludwig (1825-1848), German physician and botanist. (L. Benjamin). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 161; CSP 1: 170-171. Urban, FI. bras. 1(1): 156-157. 1906. COMPOSITE WorRKS: Utriculariaceae, Martius, Fl. bras. 10: 233-256, pl. 20-22. 1 Jun 1847. EPONYMY: Benjaminia C. F. P. Martius ex L. Benjamin (1847). Bennett, Alfred William (1833-1902), British botanist. (A. W. Benn.) HERBARIUM and TypEs: BM, BIRM, K, LIV. Ref.: 1H 2: 67. Kent, Brit. herbaria 42. 1917. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 162; BB p. 28; CSP 7: 137, 9: 189, 13: 444; DNB suppl. 2(1): 143; GR p. 389; Jackson p. 521. Anon., J. Bot. 40: 113-115. 1902; Gard. Chron. ser. 3. 31: 85. 1902; Proc. Linn. Soc. 1901/02: 26-27. 1902. Baker, J. roy. Micr. Soc. 1902: 155-157 (portr.) Urban, Fi. bras. 1(1): 157. 1906 (q.v. for further biogr. refs.) COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) Hooker, Fl. Brit. India, Polygaleae 1: 200-208. Mai 1872, 209-211. Jan 1874; Simarubeae 1: 517-521. Feb 1875, Ochnaceae 1: 523-527. Feb 1875, Bur- seraceae I: 527-540. Feb. 1875. (2) Martius, Flora bras., Hydroleaceae et Pedalineae 7: 391-406, pl. 129-131. 1 Mar 1871; Polygaleae 13(3): 1-82, pl. 1-30. 1 Apr 1874. (3) With George Murray (q.v.): A handbook of cryptogamic botany. London (Longmans), 1889 (publ. Mar 1889), viii, 473 p., see Percy W. Myles, J. Bot. 27: 277-286. 1889. EPONYMY: For eponymys based on the name Bennett, cf. infra, sub J. J. Bennett. 171 BENNETT, J. J- Bennett, John Joseph (1801-1876), British botanist. (Benn.) types: The original Horsfield collections on which the Plantae javanicae rariores are based are at BM. Other Bennett types and British material as well as the original drawings by J. & C. Curtis as well as drawings made in Java also at BM. Bennett’s original herbarium is with the Croydon Natural History Society (Young 1955). Ref.: Kent, Brit. herbaria 42. 1953. Young, Proc. bot. Soc. Brit. Isles 1(4): 490-491. 1955. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 163; BB p. 29; BM 1: 135; Bossert p. 34; CSP 1: 275; DNB 4: 246; HR; Jackson p. 118, 483; Kew 1: 214; MW p. 40; NI 13; PR 613; Zander ed. 10, p. 633. Carruthers, J. Bot. 14: 97-104. 1876 (bibl.) Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1888-1889; 32. 1891 (portr.) Urban, Symb. ant. 1: g. 1898. Milner, Cat. Portr. Kew g. 1906. COMPOSITE WORKS: Bennett edited the ‘‘Miscellaneous botanical works of Robert Brown,” q.v. EPONYMY: Bennettia R. Brown (1852); Bennettia S. F. Gray (1821, also dedicated to Edward Turner Bennett (1797-1836), elder brother of John Joseph); Bennettia Miquel (1858) ; Bennetticarpus T. M. Harris (1932); Bennettiodendron Merrill (1927); Bennetti- stemon 'T. M. Harris (1932); Bennettitacearum Gothan (1914); Bennettites W. Carruthers (1870); Bennettitolepis Florin (1933). 418. Plantae javanicae rariores, descriptae iconibus illustratae, quas in insula Java, annis 1802-1818, legit et investigavit Thomas Horsfield, M. D. e siccis descriptiones et characteres plurimarum elaboravit Joannes J. Bennett; observationes structuram et affinitates praesertim respicientes passim adjecit Robertus Brown. London (W. H. Allen) 1838-1852. Qu. (Pl. jav. gar.) \v Co-authors: Robert Brown (1773-1858); Thomas Horsfield (1773-1859). part pages plates dates I [1]-104 I-24 4-7 Jul 1838 2 105-196 25-40 Mai 1840 3 197-238 41-45 Nov 1844 4 239-258, [1, summ.] 46-50 8-31 Mai 1852 [i]-viii, [i]-viil, [i]-xvi, map The original drawings by J. and C. Curtis, with proofs etc. of the plates, as well as some drawings made in Java, are at BM. The dates are those given by Stearn. For an an- nouncement see Flora 14: 638-639. 1831. Copy: U. The 50 plates are hand-coloured (except nos. 4, 5 and 17 which are plain) copper engravings by C. and J. Curtis engraved by J. Curtis and E. Weddell (GF). Ref.: BM 1: 135; GF p. 49; Jackson p. 396; Kew 1: 214; MW 40; NI 934; PR 613; RS p. 76; SK p. clxix (Stearn), IDC 5845. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 36-37. 1975 (sold at £ 550). Bensemann, Hermann (1858-?), German highschool teacher at Céthen. (Bensemann). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 164; BFM 415. 419. Die Flora der Umgegend von Céthen. [Headlines:] Herzogliches Ludwigs-Gymnasium in Céthen. Wissenschaftliche Beilage zum Osterbericht 1908. Céthen (Paul Schettlers Erben) 1908, Progr. no. 890. Qu. (Fl. Céthen). 172 BENTHAM Publ.: Mai-Oct 1908 (‘‘Osterbericht”; Nat. Nov. Oct 1908), p. [1], [1]-27. Copy: B. Ref:. BFM 415. Bentham, George (1800-1884), English botanist. (Benth.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: K (1854). — Bentham also received plants on loan; several types are therefore in other herbaria. Bentham consulted the Jacquemont collections (P) for his Labiatarum genera; the original material of the Sulphur voyage is at BM, etc. Ref.: 1H 2: 68. Urban, Fl. bras. 1: 158. 1906. Kent, Brit. herbaria 43. 1953. Stafleu, The great Prodromus 20. 1966. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 828; Barnhart 1: 165; BFM 2263; BB p. 30; BL 1: 49, 63, 244, 2: 214; BM 1: 136-137, 6: 79; Bossert p. 343; CSP 1: 280-282, 6: 583, 7: 140, 9: 192, 12: 70, 13: 45; DNB 4: 263; DTS 6(4): 24; IF p. 681; Jackson [index]; Kew 1: 216-218; Langman p. 128-129; MW p. 41, suppl. p. 23; NI 134-136; PR 614- 627; Zander ed. 10, p. 634. Candolle, Mémoires et Souvenirs 211, 471. 1862. Hooker, Nature 30: 539-543. 1884. | Jackson, Proc. Linn. Soc. London 1884-1885: 90-104 (bibl.) ; J. Bot. 22: 353-356. 1884. Thiselton-Dyer, 1887-1888: 71-79. Kanitz, Mag. nov. lap. 8: 97-108. 1884 (bibl.) Urban, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 2: xvi-xxi. 1884. Gray, Amer. J. Sci. 29: 103-118. 1885, also in Scientific Papers 2: 451-464. 1889. Wunschmann, Bentham und Boissier. Berlin 1887 (bibl.) Hooker, Ann. Bot. 12: ix-xxx. 1898 [portr.] (repr. 22 p.) Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 10. 1808. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 90, 109. 1903, 3(3): 75, 95, pl. 555 145. 1905 (portr.) Britten, J. Bot. 44: 397-401. 1906 (rev. of Jackson’s biogr.) Jackson, George Bentham, London 1906 (portr., bibl.) [The main biography]. Milner, Cat. Portr. Kew 9g. 1906. Urban, FI. bras. 1(1): 158-159. 1906. Maiden, J. Proc. R. Soc. NSW 42: 64-65. 1908; J. West Austral. Nat. Hist. Soc. 6: 28- 29. 1909. Oliver, Makers of Brit. botany 140, 144, 310, 313, 1913. Huxley, Life and Letters of Sir Joseph Dalton Hooker, London 1918. Barnhart, Mem. Torrey bot. Club 16: 290. 1921. Ewan, Torreya 36: 25-28. 1936 (specific names based on habit). Bower, Sixty years of botany in Britain 1938 (portr.) Rodgers, John Torrey 336 [index]. 1942. Gaussen, Mém. Acad. Sci. Toulouse sér. 13. 5: 99-115. 1943. Rickett, NAF 28 B (2): 319. 1945, ser. 2(2): 151. 1955. Blake, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 66(1): 8-10. 1955. Stafleu, The great prodromus 20. 1966. Helm, Kulturpflanze 14: 441-445. 1967. James, The trees of Bicton, Oxford 1969, p. 106. Schultes, Regn. veg. 71: 272-273. 1970. Taylor, DSB 1: 614-615. 1970. Martin, in Lenley et al., Ind. corresp. Torrey 447. 1973. Dolezal, Friedrich Welwitsch 233 [index]. 1974. COMPOSITE WoRKs: (1) Contributions to DC., Prodr.: (a) Ericaceae, 7: 612-712. Apr (sero) 1838. (b) Labiatae, 12: 27-603, 697-501 [cf. also 13(2): 458]. 5 Nov 1848. (c) Polemoniaceae, 9: 302-322, 565. 1 Jan 1845. (d) Polygonaceae-Eriogoneae, 14: 5-28. med. Oct 1856. (e) Scrophulariaceae, 10: 186-586, 589-598. 8 Apr 1846. (f) Stackhousiaceae, 15(1): 499-502. Mai (prim.) 1864. (2) Endlicher, Enumeratio plantarium ... C. de Hiigel 1837 (Bentham co- auhoo» 173 BENTHAM (3) Miquel et al., Plantae Funghuhnianae, Leguminosae by Bentham. (4) Seemann, Botany voyage Herald, Leguminosae, Scrophularinae, Labiatae by Bentham. (5) Martius, Fl. bras., Leguminosae in vol. 15(1): 1-216, pl. 1-56. 30 Jul 1859; 15(1): 217-332, pl. 57-127. 15 Jan 1862, 15(2): 1-254, pl. 1-66. 1 Dec 1870; 15(2): 257-504, pl. 67-138. 1 Jul 1876; repr. Lehre 1967. EPONYMY: Benthamantha Alefeld (1862); Benthamia J. Lindley (1833); Benthamia A. Richard (1828); Benthamidia Spach (1839) ; Benthamiella Spegazzini (1883); Benthamina Van Tieghem (1896); Benthamistella O. Kuntze (1891); Dendrobenthamia J. Hutchinson (1942); Neobenthamia Rolfe (1891). 420. Catalogue des plantes indigénes des Pyrénées et du Bas-Languedoc, avec des notes et observations sur les espéces nouvelles ou peu connues; précédé d’une notice sur un voyage botanique fait dans les Pyrénées pendant l’été de 1825. Paris (Madame Huzard) 1826. Oct. (Cat. pl. Pyrénées). Publ.: 18-23 Oct 1826 (BF 18 Oct; Acad. 23 Oct; Rev. Encycl., Nov), p. [1]-128. Copies: BR, G, MICH, NY, USDA. Ref.: BM 1: 136; Jackson p. 278; Kew 1: 217; PR 614; IDC 31. Gaussen, Mém. Acad. Sci. Inscr. Belles-Lettres Toulouse ser. 13. 5: 92-116. 1943. 421. Labiatarum genera et species: or, a description of the genera and species of plants of the order Labiatae; with their general history, characters, affinities, and geographical distribution. London (James Ridgway and Sons) 1832-1836. Oct. (in fours) (Labzat. gen. spec.) fasc. pages fascicle sets of pages pages dates of dated dated in book signatures (signatures) I [ 1]-60 Aug 1832 [1] [i]-60 Aug 1832 2 61-188 Jun 1833 [2] 61-132 Mai 1833 [3] 133-188 Jun 1833 3 189-323 = Jul 1833 [4] 189-323 = Jul 1833 4 323bis-446 May 1834 [5] 323bis-370 Apr 1834 [6] 371-454 May 1834 5 447-556 Jul 1834 [7] 455-542 Jun 1834 6 567-645 Aug 1834 [8] 543-614 = Jul 1834 Lo] 615-645 Aug 1834 7 645bis-783 Apr 1835 [10] 64.5 bis-684 Feb 1835 [11] 685-724 Mar 1835 [12] 725-748 Apr 1835 [13] 749-783 Mai 1835[!] 8 [i]-lxviui, table 1836 [Feb] [14] [i]-Ixvili, table Dec 1835 Copies: BR, G, MO, NY, U, US. — Manitz (1975) saw a copy in original covers, the details of which are given in the first three columns. The dates in the book, given with the signature, are evidently not always the dates of issue. Manitz’s dates are confirmed by the dates of receipt of the fascicles by The Linnean Society: 1: 15 Aug 1832; 4: 16 Jun 1834; 5: 29 Jul 1834; 7: 16 Jun 1835; 8: 25 Feb 1836. Flora (16: 763) also states that part 2 was published in June 1833. On the basis of all these data the dates given by Manitz are obviously correct; the date of publication of part 8 can be put at Feb 1836. Ref.: BM 1: 136; Jackson p. 134; Kew 1: 217; Langman p. 128; MW p. 40; PR 615; IDC 33. Anon., Flora 15(2). Lit. Ber. 2: 273-280. Dec 1832 (rev. part 1). Guillemin, Arch. de Bot. 1: 529. 10 Jun 1833. Manitz, Wiss. Z. Friedr. Schiller Univ., Jena, Mat. Nat. 24(4): 500-501. 1975. 422. Scrophularineae indicae. A synopsis of the East Indian Scrophularineae contained in the collections presented by the East India Company to the Linnaean Society of Lon- 174 eh BENTHAM don, and in those of Mr. Royle and others; with some general observations on the affinities and sub-divisions of the order. London (James Ridgway and Sons) 1835. Oct. (in fours) (Scroph. ind.) Publ.: 17 Nov 1835. (Presented to the Linnean Society on 17 Nov 1835), p. [4], [1]-57- Copies: G, A preliminary article appeared in Bot. Reg. 21(4) (June 1835) sub t. 1770 as well as in Ann. Sc. Nat. Bot. ser. 2. 4: 178-188 (Sep 1835) (in French). Ref.: BM 1: 136; Jackson p. 384; Kew 1: 217; MW p. 41; PR 617. 423. Commentationes de leguminosarum generibus. Wien (J. P. Sollinger) 1837. Qu. (Comm. legum. gen.) Publ.: Jun 1837, p. [i-iv], [1]-78, [2, ind.]. Copies: G, NY. Also published as “De leguminosarum generibus commentationes” in Ann. Wiener Mus. 2: [61]-142. 1839. Qu. The publication in the “Annalen’”’ was available to Schlechtendal on 4 Feb 1838 (letter to Miquel). Endlicher, who took care of the publication, wrote to Bentham on 26 Jun 1837 “Sie werden in Minchen ein fertiges Exemplar Ihrer Commentatio vorfinden.” Ref.: BM 1: 136; Jackson p. 135; Kew 1: 217; Langman p. 128; MW suppl. p. 23. Bentham, Comp. bot. Mag. 2: 190. 1836. 424. Plantas hartwegianas imprimis mexicanas adjectis nonnullis grahamianis enumerat novasque describit [auct.] London 1839 [-1857]. [alternative title: Plantae hart- wegianae ...| London [W. Pamplin] 1839 [-1857]. Oct. (in fours) (Pl. hartw.) Collector: Karl Theodor Hartweg (1812-1871), herb. LD, first set K. Publ.: The book has two title-pages, the one mentioned here in first instance (Plantas ... describit) is dated 1839; the second (Plantae hartwegianae) London (W. Pamplin 1839- 1857). The dates of the signatures appearing in the book do not correspond exactly with the actual dates of publication. McVaugh (1970) gives the following probable dates of publication. signature pages printed date probable date [A] [i]-iv Mai 1839 early Jun 1839 [B] [5]-8 undated early Jun 1839 Cc g-16 Mai 1839 mid-Jun 1839 D 17-24 Jun 1839 4 Jun 1839 E 25-32 Feb 1840 mid-Feb 1840 if 33-40 Feb 1840 29 Feb 1840 G 41-48 Mar 1840 24. Mar 1840 H 49-56 Mar 1840 24 Mar 1840 I 57-64. Mar 1840 ? late Mar 1840 K 65-72 Mar 1840 ? late Mar 1840 L 73-80 Feb 1841 15 Mar 1841 M 81-38 Apr 1841 ? Mai 1841 N 89-96 Jan 1842 ? late Jan 1842 O 97-104 Jan 1842 ? mid-Feb 1842 PR 105-112 Feb 1842 5 Mar 1842 QO 113-120 Dec 1843 22 Dec 1843 R 121-128 Dec 1843 late Dec 1843-early Jan 1844 S) 129-136 Dec 1844 ? late Dec 1844 T 137-144 Dec 1844 Jan-Mar 1845 U 145-152 Dec 1844 Jan-Mar 1845 xX 153-160 Aug 1845 16 Sep 1845 iY 161-168 Aug 1845 ? 16 Sep 1845 Z 169-176 Aug 1845 ? 16 Sep 1845 2A 177-184. Aug 1845 ? 16 Sep 1845 2B 185-192 Sep 1845 before mid-Nov 1845 2C 193-200 Sep 1845 before mid-Nov 1845 2D 201-208 Oct 1845 before mid-Nov 1845 E(sic 209-216 Nov 1845 mid-Nov 1845 2k 217-224 Mar 1846 late Apr 1846 175 BENTHAM signature pages printed date probable date GG 225-232 Apr 1846 late Apr 1846 HH 233-240 Apr 1846 late Apr or late Mai 1846 I! 241-248 Mai 1846 late Mai 1846 KK 249-256 Mai 1846 mid-Jun 1846 LL 257-264 Mai 1846 mid-Jun 1846 MM 265-272 Mai 1846 mid-Jun 1846 NN 273-280 Jun 1846 late Jun 1846 OO 281-284 Jun 1946 late Jun 1846 PP 285-286 Dec 1848 early Jan 1849 PP2 287-292 no date early Jan 1849 OO 293-294 Dec 1848 ? early Jan 1849 OOe2 295-300 no date ? early Jan 1849 RR 301-302 Dec 1848 25 Jan 1849 RR2 303-308 no date 25 Jan 1849 SS 309-316 Aug 1849 ? Aug 1849 cL 317-324 Aug 1849 ? Sep 1849 UU 325-332 Aug 1849 16 Sep 1849 XX 333-340 Feb 1857 mid Feb 1857 NOG 341-348 Feb 1857 Mar 1857 LZ, 349-356 Mar 1857 mid-Mar 1857 AAA 357-304 Apr 1857 late Apr 1857 BBB 365-372 no date Jun 1857 CCC 373-380 no date Jun 1857 DDD 381-388 no date Jun 1857 EEE 389-393; [1*-111* | no date Jun 1857 Manitz (1975) describes an incomplete copy in wrappers as follows: fascicle dated fascicle pages date of publ. “pars 1a”’ [i]-iv, [5]-72 1839-1840 1840, post Mar ““pars 2a” 73-112 1842 1842, post Feb “pars tertia”’ 1839-1846 113-283 [284] 1846, post Jun For a complete analysis, discussion of history, collections (orig. at K), localities and general importance see McVaugh (1970). Hartweg’s own herbarium is at LD. Copies: BR, G, L, MO, NY, US. Facsimile ed.: Lehre (J. Cramer) 1970, Historiae naturalis classica t. 80, with an in- troduction by Rogers McVaugh, p. [1i-v], 1-102, followed by copy of orig. as above. Copy: FAS. Ref.: BM 1: 136; Kew 1: 217; Langman p. 128; PR 619; IDC 5847. Kuntze, Rev. gen. 3(2): 154. 1898. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 10. 1898. Rickett, NAF 28 B(2): 319. 1945, ser. 2. 2: 151. 1955. McVaugh, Introduction to the facsimile reprint of George Bentham’s “Plantae hartwegianae”’ Lehre 1970. Stafleu, Taxon 19: 417-422. 1970. Manitz, Wiss. Z. Friedr. Schiller Univ., Jena, Mat. Nat. 24(4): 501. 1975. 425. The botany of the voyage of H.M.S. Sulphur, under the command of Captain Sir Edward Belcher, R.N., C.B., F.R.G.S., etc. during the years 1836-1842. Published under the authority of the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty. Edited and super- intended by Richard Brinsley Hinds, Esq., Surgeon, R.N., attached to the expedition. The botanical descriptions by George Bentham, Esq. London (Smith, Elder & Co.) 1844[-1846]. Qu. (in twos) (Bot. voy. Sulphur). Publ.: The following list of contents and dates of the six parts in which Bentham’s ““The botany of the voyage of H.M.S. Sulphur, under the command of captain Sir Edward 176 BENTHAM Belcher ... during the years 1836-1842” was published is based upon a copy in original wrappers at Utrecht. Stearn supplied the dates of receipt of the various parts by the Linnean Society of London. These dates of receipt are listed here and can be taken to be very close to the actual date of publication or availability to the general public; they are confirmed by the reviews in W. J. Hooker’s London Journal of Botany and by the dates for which the parts were announced on p. 4 of the cover. part pages plates dates of receipt I [i], 1-16 I-10 16 January 1844 2 17-48 II-20 2 April 1844 3 49-72 21-30 16 August 1844 4 73-96 31-40 26 October 1844 5 97-144 41-50 14 April 1845 6 145-195 51-60 8 May 1846 An ample description of the voyage itself is given by Sir Edward Belcher himself in his Narrative of 1843. This book contains, in the appendix to volume 2, a chapter called ‘““The regions of vegetation: being an analysis of the distribution of vegetable forms over the surface of the globe in connection with climate and physical agents.” Richard Brinsley Hinds (1812-1847) was the surgeon to the expedition and is listed on the title-page of the Botany as having edited and superintended its publication with ‘‘The botanical descriptions by G. Bentham.” It is clear that for botanical purposes the book must be ascribed to Bentham. Hinds himself published only on the Mollusks of the expedition. An autograph manuscript by George W. Barclay “Journal of a voyage round the world in 1836-1841” (3 volumes, Quarto) is preserved in the Botanical Department of the British Museum (Natural History). Barclay was a Kew gardener and collector. Captain Sir Edward Belcher (1799-1877) was a professional navy-officer who went on several exploratory missions between 1830 and 1847. He was made an admiral in 1872. The original collections (made by Barclay and Hinds), on which Bentham’s des- criptions are based, are at the British Museum (Natural History) (BM); duplicate sets are at CGE, K, LE, MO, NY and U. The illustrations are lithographs of drawings by Miss S. A. Drake, “‘of Turnham Green,” a botanical artist who illustrated also Lindley’s Sertum orchidaceum and who contributed drawings to the Botanical Register and Bateman’s Orchidaceae of Mexico and Guatemala. Miss Drake was a relative of Mrs. Lindley and a member of Lindley’s household (cf. Gray 1893). Copy: U (orig. covers). Facsimile ed.: Lehre (J. Cramer) 1968, Historiae naturalis classica t. 61. Copy: FAS. Ref.: BM 1: 136; GF p. 49; Kew 1: 218; Jackson p. 224; NI 134; PR 620; SK p. clxx (Stearn); IDC 5375. Gray, Wetters 1 241314 1693. Bretschneider, Hist. Eur. bot. disc. China 1: 362-365. 1898. Kuntze, Rev. gen. 3(2): 154. 1898. Tucker, Journ. Arnold Arb. 11: 243-244. 1930. Blunt, The art of botanical illustration 214-216. 1950. Rickett, NAF (2): 319. 1945, ser. 2. 2: 151. 1955. Stafleu, The publication of the botany of the voyage of H.M.S. Sulphur, in facsimile edition, Lehre 1968. 426. Handbook of the British flora; a description of the flowering plants and ferns indi- genous to, or naturalized in, the British Isles. For the use of beginners and amateurs (Lovell Reeve) London 1858. Oct. (Handb. Brit. fl.) First edition, 1858, p. [i]-xvi, [1]-655, no ills. Copy: NY. Second edition, 1865, London (Lovell Reeve & Co.), “with illustrations from original drawings by W. Fitch.” 2 vols. Vol. 1: p. [i]-lxxiv, [1]-503, jigs. 1-603, vol. 2: p. [1-11], [505]-1076, figs. 604-1295. Copies: B, HU, MICH, NY, US. Third edition, 1866, London (Lovell Reeve & Co.), p. [1]- ISSR. [1 ]-600, as ‘new edition,’ no ills. Copy: NY. Reissued 1873 (n.v.). 177 BENTHAM Fourth edition, Aug-Sep 1878, London (Lovell Reeve & Co.), p. [i]-Ixxx, [1]-607. Copy: NY. — Re-issued 1880, 1881. (n.v.) Fifth edition, London (Lovell Reeve & Co.), Jan-Feb 1887 (p. viii: 30 Jun 1886; Nat. Nov. and J. Bot. Mar 1887), p. [i]-lxxx, [1]-584, ‘revised by Sir J. D. Hooker ...’ Copy: US. Sixth edition, London (Lovell Reeve & Co.), Jun-Jul 1892 (pref. 6 Jun 1892; Nat. Nov. Jul 1892), p. [i]-Ixxx, [1]-584, ‘revised by Sir J. D. Hooker ...’ Copy: NY. Reissued 1896, London (Lovell Reeve & Co.), p. [i]-lxxx, [1]-584. Copy: HH. Seventh edition, 1900, p. [i]-lxxx, [1]-584, actually a reissue of ed. 6, called ‘seventh edition.’ Copy: NY. Reissued 1908, London (Lovell Reeve & Co.), without the words ‘seventh edition,’ p. [i]-Ixxx, [1]-584. Copy: HH. Reissued 1912 (n.v., Kew Books Newsletter Apr 1974). Seventh [actually ezghth] edition, 1924 (p. vill: 10 Jul 1924): by George Bentham ... revised by Sir J. D. Hooker ... Seventh edition revised by A. B. Rendle ... London (Lovell Reeve & Co.) 1924, p. [i]-lxi, [1]-606. Copies: HH, U. Reissued, again as ‘seventh edition,’ Ashford, Kent 1930, p. [i]-lxi, [1]-606. Copy: NY. Reissued, idem 1937 (n.v., copy offered by Wheldon and Wesley 1973). Reissued, idem 1945 (n.v., Kew Books Newsletter Apr 1974). The wood-engravings of the second edition were later published separately, see W. H. Fitch and W. G. Smith, Illustrations of the British flora, below under Fitch. (London 1880, and subsequent editions). The above list probably does not contain all “‘reissues”’ or “reprints.” Ref.: BL 1: 214; BM 1: 136; GP p. 49; Kew 1: 218; NI 135; PR 621. 427. Flora hongkongensis: a description of the flowering plants and ferns of the island of Hongkong ... With a map of the island. London (Lovell Reeve) 1861. Oct. (Fl. Hongk.) Orig. ed.: Feb 1861 (inscription in Bentham’s handwriting in the copy at K, see also Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1905: 14-15), p. [i*]-20*, [i]-li, [1]-482, map. Copies: G, L, MICH, NY, U. — For a supplement see H. F. Hance, Florae hongkongensis sup- plementum, 7. Linn. Soc. Bot. 13: 95-144. Separates of this article, with independent pagination, [i], [7-59], bearing the date London 1872 were often bound after that date with the Flora hongkongensis, with a separate t.p. ““Florae hongkongensis prostheke compendious supplement to Mr Bentham’s description of the plants of the island of Hong Kong.”’ London (L. Reeve & Co.) 1872. Oct. Copies: MICH, NY. Facsimile reprint: announced by Asher (1974). Ref.: BM 1: 136; Jackson p. 381; Kew 1: 217; MW p. 41; Plesch p. 138; PR 625. Gray, A.; Amer. ])s Sci. sers/21192 211247197. 1661). 428. Flora australiensis: a description of the plants of the Australian territory. By George Bentham, F.R.S., P.L.S., assisted by Ferdinand Miiller, M.D., F.R.S. & L.S., Govern- ment botanist, Melbourne, Victoria ... Published under the authority of the several governments of the Australian colonies. London (Lovell Reeve & Co.) 1863-1878. 7 vols. Oct. (Fl. austral.) vol. pages dates 3 [1*]-20*, [i]-xl, [1]-508 30 Mai 1863 Z [a]-viti, [1]-521 5 Oct 1864 3 [i]-viii, [tp. cont.], [1]-704 5 Jan 1867 4 — [i]-ix, [1]-576 16 Dec 1868 5 [aJ-viii, [1 ]-599 Aug-Oct 1870 6 [a]-viii, [1 ]-475 23 Sep 1873 ih [i]-xui, [1]-806 23-30 Mar 1878 The Flora australiensis ‘“‘is entirely and exclusively mine, with the assistance indeed, but not the co-operation of Baron von Mueller.” ‘“‘A joint work was impossible where consultation was prevented by the great distance which separated us.” Copy: U. Facsimile edition: Amsterdam (A. Asher & Co.), Brook nr. Ashford (L. Reeve & Co.) 1967, as orig. but with extra 1967 t.p.’s. Copy: FAS. 178 BENTHAM Ref.: BL 1: 63; BM 1: 136; Jackson p. 399; Kew 1: 217; PR 626; SK p. clxx; IDC 734. Bentham, G., Proposed flora of the Australian colonies, Kew 1861 (printed for private circulation). Hooker, W. J., Colonial floras. Kew 1863. Bentham, J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 20: 304-305. 1884. Anon. [Thiselton-Dyer, W. T.], Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1905: 15-18. Maiden, J. Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 42: 64-65. 1908. Daley, Victorian naturalist 44: 63, 91, 127, 153, 183, 213, 248, 271. 1927. Marshall, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 1: 69-71. 1937. Rickett, NAF 28 B (2): 319. 1945. Stafleu, F. A., Taxon 16: 538-542. 1967. 429. Genera plantarum ad exemplaria imprimis in herbariis kewensibus servata definita. London (A. Black [vol. 1(1) only], William Pamplin [id.], Lovell Reeve & Co., Williams & Norgate) 1862-1883, 3 vols. Oct. (Gen. pl.) Co-author: Joseph Dalton Hooker (1817-1911). vol part pages families author dates I I fij-xu, [1 ]-454 7 Aug 1862 [1]-56 I. Ranunce.-X. Papav. B 57-112 XI. Crucif.-XIIT. Resed. H 112-247 XIV. Cist.-XXXV. Humir. B 247-269 XXXVI. Malp.-XXXVII. Zygoph. H 269-278 XX XVIII. Geraniaceae B 278-342 XXXIX. Rutac.-XLIV. Chaill. H 342-355 XLV. Olacinae B 355-434 XLVI. Ilic.-LVI. Conn. H 2 [i-i1], 433-735 19 Oct 1865 434-600 LVII. Leguminosae B 600-690 LVIII. Rosac.-LXVI.Combr. H ps 690-725 LXVII. Myrtaceae B 3 [i]-xv, 721-1040 [‘1010°] Sep 1867 725-859 LXVIII. Melast.-LX XIX. Ficoid. H 859-947 LXXX. Umb.-LXXXI. Aral. B 947-952 LXXXII. Cornaceae. H 2 1 (rin), [1]-554 7-9 Apr 1873 1-163 LXXXIII. Capr.-LXXXVII. Calayc. H 163-533 LXXXVIII. Compositae B 2 [i]-vili, 533-1279 Mai 1876 534-564 LXXXIX. Styl.-XCI. Camp. B 564-650 XCII. Vacc.-C. Myrs. H 650-662 CI. Sapotaceae B&H 662-1225 CII. Eben.-CX XVII. Plant. B 3 I [ij-vu, [1 ]-459 7 Feb 1880 1-88 CXXVIII. Nyct.-CX XXII. Bat. H 88-115 CXXXIV. Polyg.-CXXXV. : Podost. B I15-121 CXXXVI. Nep.-CXXXVII. Cytin. H 121-231 CXXXVII. Arist.-CXLIX. Sant. B 232-239 CL. Balanophoraceae H 237-447 CLI. Euph.-CLXVI. Cycad. B 2 [i*], vii [bis], Vill-xi, 447-1258 14 Apr 1883 179 BENTHAM vol. part pages families author dates 3 2 448-869 CLXVII. Hydr.-CLXXXVI. June. 870-1019 CLXXXVII. Palm.-CXCV. Naiad. H IOIQ-1215 CXVI. Erioc.-CC. Gram. B Copies: FAS, U. — The first sets of all duplicate pages were ‘‘cancels,” intended to be destroyed and consequently not counted in numbering the pages of following parts; they included, however, descriptions of several new genera. — See Stearn’s introduction to the facsimile reprint for lists of the papers by Bentham in which the latter explains and amplifies the accounts of several of the families. - For a general generic index see T. Durand. Facsimile edition: Weinheim (J. Cramer) 1965, with an introduction by William T. Stearn. 1: additional text [ii]-[xv], 2: idem: [i], 3: idem [i]. Copy: FAS. Ref.: BEM 2263; BM 1: 137; Jackson p. 120; Kew 1: 218; Langman p. 129; MW p. 41; PR 626; SK p. clxx (Stearn); IDC 35. Bentham, G., J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 20: 304-308. 1883. Durand, T., Index generum phanerogamorum usque ad finem anni 1887 promul- gatorum in Benthami et Hooker “‘Genera Plantarum” fundatus cum numero specierum synonymis et area geographica, Bruxelles, London, Berlin, Paris. 1888. Stearn, W. T., J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 3: 127-132. 1956. Stearn, W. T., Bentham and Hooker’s Genera plantarum: its history and dates of publication, in facsimile edition Weinheim 1965 (also published separately, xvi pp. 1965). Stafleu, Taxon 15(1): 37-39. 1966. Bentham, Suppl. papers to Bentham and Hooker’s Genera Plantarum London 1860- 1881. Lehre 1970. 430. Supplemental papers to Bentham and Hooker’s Genera Plantarum. London 1860-1881. Lehre (J. Cramer) 1970. Oct. (Suppl. pap. Gen. pl.) Publ.: A republication in facsimile of a series of papers by Bentham, originally published in the Journal of the Linnean Society of London, Botany, volumes 5-19, 1860-1881. ‘This reissue has continuous pagination in addition to the original pagination of the individual articles. Copies: FAS, U. volume pages families dates of issue continuous pagination 5 53-65 ‘Ternstroemiaceae 14. Nov 1860 I-13 5 67-72 Anonaceae 14. Nov 1860 14-19 5 73-78 ‘‘Botanical memoranda”’ 14. Nov 1860 20-25 5. suppl. II 45-52 Menispermaceae 24 Mai 1861 26-32 5. suppl. II 52-74 Tiliaceae 24 Mai 1861 33-55 5. suppl. II 75-94 Bixac., Samydac. 24 Mai 1861 56-75 6 55-77 Caryoph., Portul. e.a. 1 Mar 1862 76-98 6 97-123 Malvac., Stercul. 15 Mai 1862 99-125 Trans. 25* 297-320 Leguminosae 30 Nov 1865 126-149 10 101-128 Myrtaceae 21 Feb 1868 150- 10 129-166 Myrtaceae 19 Mar 1868 -215 13 335-577 Compositae 20 Jun 1873 216-458 15 1-16 Campanul e.a. 11 Oct 1875 459-474 15 490-520 ‘““Monocot. orders” 28 Feb 1877 475-505 17 185-267 Euphorbiaceae 31 Dec 1878 506-588 18 288-360 Orchidaceae 21 Feb 1881 589-667 18 360-367 Cyperaceae 21 Feb 1881 668-675 19 14-134 Gramineae 24. Dec 1881 676-796 * Published in the Transactions of The Linnean Society of London. 180 BENTLEY Ref.: Kew 1: 218; Langman p. 129. Stearn, in facsimile reprint of Genera plantarum, Lehre 1965. Staffeu, Taxon 20: 166. 1971. Bentley, Robert (1821-1893), British botanist at London Hospital and King’s College. (Bentley). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Some material at THA. Ref.: Kent, Brit. herbaria 43. 1957. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 165; BB p. 30-31; BM 1: 137; CSP 1: 282; 9g: 192; DNB suppl. 1: 1: 181; GR p. 389; Jackson p. 521; Kew 1: 219; Langman p. 129; MW p. 41-42; PR 628-629. Bennett, Proc. Linn. Soc. 1893-1894: 27-28. 1895. 431. Medicinal plants being descriptions with original figures of the principal plants employed in medicine, and an account of their properties and uses of their parts and products of medicinal value. London [1875]-1880, 4 vols. Oct. (Med. pl.) Co-author: Henry Trimen (1843-1896). 38 122, 132, 180, 223, 256, 261* part plates dates I 190, 195, 202, 203, 236, 238, 239, 241 Oct 1875 2 38, 64, 99, 106, 162, 164, 224 Nov 1875 (prob.) 3 - 19, 20, 46, 51, 172, 225, 273 Dec 1875 4 22, 23, 39, 44, 54, 67, 129 Jan 1876 5 2, 11, 86, 102, 192, 193, 228 Feb 1876 6 14, 26, 45, 47, 80, 81, 82, 174 Mar 1876 7-10, 29, 34, 108, 139, 165, 183, 287 Apr 1876 8 355 59, 186, 191, 237, 260, 266 Mai 1876 9 15, 17, 24, 42, 212, 218, 269, 272 Jun 1876 10-25, 27, 30, 31, 83, 146, 194 Jul 1876 II 13, 555 57 655 100, 156, 253 Aug 1876 12 21, 71, 104, 170, 205, 225, 257 Sep 1876 13 6, 12, 78, 150, 151, 157, 178 Oct 1876 14 4, IOI, I15, 121, 187, 199, 209, 210 Nov 1876 15 40, 70, 98, 145, 109, 207, 221 Dec 1876 16 113, 128, 153, 160, 213, 246, 291 Jan 1877 17-94; 95, 226, 227, 248, 249, 279 Feb 1877 18 49, 63, 112, 168, 242, 244, 245, 252 Mar 1877 19 89, 90, 91, 136, 158, 181, 288 Apr 1877 20 9; 50, 58, IIO, III, 131, 282 Mai 1877 QI 138, 147, 200, 208, 211, 216, 276, 277 Jun 1877 22 75, 137, 154, 185, 201, 295, 296° Jul 1877 23 8, 84, 152, 197, 198, 231, 265 Aug 1877 24 84, 117, 127, 247, 240, 241, 267 Sep 1877 25 1,3, 16, 77, 87, 173, 176 Oct 1877 26 28, 43, 163, 175, 189, 196, 219 Nov 1877 27 5, 7, 62, 107, 119, 124, 243 Nov 1877 28 —-18, 74, 135, 155, 188, 224, 297 Jan 1878 29 68, 69, 76, 126, 148, 169, 177 Feb 1878 30 335 41, 72, 88, 220, 222, 254, 268 Mar 1878 31-32, 52 79, 120, 259, 263, 271 Apr 1878 32 48, 73, 93, 253 247, 250, 251, 270 25 Mai 1878 33 37» 50> 53> 97> 114, 130, 166 1878 34 144, 1595 2325 233, 234, 280, 298 1878 35 36, 66, 167, 184, 206, 278, 300 1878 - 36 105, 123, 149, 161, 215, 229, 294 17 Dec 1878 37 «103, 125, 230, 274, 189, 290, 299 7 Mar 1879 Mai-Jun 1879 181 BENTLEY part plates dates 39 134, 140, 141, 142, 143, 182, 283 24 Jun 1879 40 60, 284, 301, 302, 303, 304, 305, 306 3 Sep 1879 4I 97, 171, 258, 264, 281, 285, 286 15 Dec 1879 42 61, 116, 118, 113, 179, 262, 275, 292, 293 19 Feb 1880 preface, title * A revised text for plate 261 was issued with part 42. — The 306 hand-coloured plates were drawn and lithographed by D. Blair. — Vol. 1: [i]-xxii, pl. 1-69 with text; 2: [i], pl. 70-146; 3: [i], pl. 147-227; 4: [i], pl. 228-306, [1]-10 ind. Copies: BR, NY. — Trimens British herbarium is at BM, the Ceylon plants at K. Ref.: BM 1: 137; GF p. 49; Jackson p. 205; Kew 1: 219; Langman p. 129; MW p. 4I- AON 1377s bleschipatgasioiwe Chat Burtt, Notes bot. Gard. Edinburgh 21: 157-162. 1953. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 38-39. 1975 (sold at £ 400). Berchtold, Friedrich, Graf von, Freiherr von Ungarschiitz (UherC¢ic) (1781-1876), Czech botanist, traveller in Europe, the Orient and Brazil (1836-1855). (Bercht.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: PR. Ref.: 1H 2: 60. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG I: 345; Barnhart 1: 166; BM 1: 137; CSP 1: 287, 12: 70; Jackson p. 265; Kew 1: 219; Langman p. 130; LS 2286; PR 631-633, 2887, 7113; Zander ed. 10, p. 634. Anon., Jb. k. boehm. Ges. Wiss. 1876: Xxxvii-Xxxviii. Maiwald, Gesch. Bot. Bohmen 180-181, 275. 1904. Nemec, Vesmir 14: 33-39. 1935. Futak et Domin, Bibl. fl. CSR ror-102. 1960. EPONYMY: Berchtoldia K. B. Presl (1830). 432. O prirozenosti Rostlin, obsahugjcj gednanj o Ziwobytj rostlin pro(?) sebe a z ohledu ginych ziwokt, podlé stawu nynégss ylo znanj, pytwu rostlin; nazwoslowj audt; hospodaistwj gegich; rozssjtenj po semi a zptsob rostlinai zijditi a zacowati. Praha (Krala Wiljma Endersa) 1820. Qu. (Prir. Rostlin). Co-author: Jan Swatopluk Presl (1791-1849). Publ.: 1820 t.p., p. [1]-322, [2, errata]. Copy: L. — Status unclear. Only copy seen; not in Futak and Domin. — This book contains family descriptions with lists of generic names, mostly without author’s name, date and description. 433- O prirozenosti rostlin aneb rostlinat, obsahugjcj popsanj a wyobrazenj rostlin podlé radu prirozenych zporadané, s zewrubnym wyznamenanjm wiastnostj, uziteCnosti a Skodliwosti, obzwlasté wywodin a zlodin, spisobu wydobywanj, poslednjch dobroty a porusenosti neygistég’jho poznanj a skauSenj, téZ sptisobu uzitecnych sazenj chowanj a rozmnozowanj. Ustanoweny pro lékare, hogice, hospodate, umélce, remeslnjky a wychowatcle. Praha (J. Krause) 1823-1835, 3 vols. Qu. (Prir. rostlin). Co-author: Jan Swatopluk Presl (1791-1849). Vol. r consists of 124 sheets and 80 plates, obviously published in parts the contents and precise dates of which are so far unknown (see e.g. Flora 7: 192. 28 Mar 1824: “... bereits einigen Jahren ....’’ The families are separately paged. signatures pages signatures pages signatures pages [i-iv] 54-62 [1]-36 115-116 [1]-6 I-7 [1]-26 63-66 [1]-12 116-120 [1]-18 77-13 [1]-26 66-69 [1 ]-24. 121 [1 ]-4 14-16 [1]-10 69*-103 [1]-168 122-124 [1]-12 16*-53 [1]-150 104-114 [1]-42 182 BERCHTOLD Vol. 1, as above, with 80 pl. Copies: HU, NY. Vol. 2, p. [i], [1]-508, 80 pl., [1823-]1825. Copy: HU. Vol. 3, 216 p., 36 pl., 1830-1835, Copy: HU. Coloured plates (HU copy): 1: 1-2, 71-78, 2: 4-7, 9-30, 32-80, 3: 1-36 (missing from this COO 45 By Bie OO) WOs GE )s Ref.: Kew 1: 219; PR 631. 434- Ockonomisch-technische Flora Béhmens nach einem ausgedehnteren Plane bearbeitet; oder: systematische Beschreibung der in Bdhmen wildwachsenden und kultivirten Ge- wachse, mit genauer Angabe Threr Niitzlichkeit und Schadlichkeit im Allgemeinen wie im Besondern; dann deren Anwendung und Behandlung in Kiinsten, Gewerben, Land-, Forst- und Hauswirtschaft. [On second t.p. for parts:] In 6konomisch-technischer Hinsicht von F. Grafen von Berchtold, in botanischer von [1(1):] Wenzel Benno Seidl, [1(2)-3(2):] Philipp Maximilian Opiz, [2(1), 2(2):] Franz Xaver Fieber, [3(1):] Johannes Pfund. Prag (1: Johann Host, 2, 3: Thomas Thabor) 1836-43, 3 vols. Oct. f (Oekon.-techn. fl. Bohm.) Publ.: Vol. 1(1) was received by the Regensburg botanical Society on 10 Feb 1836; parts 1 and 2 of vol. 1 were reviewed together in Lit. Ber. Flora 7: 9-11. 28 Jan 1837; 2(1) was received on 1 Oct 1838 and reviewed on 7 Jan 1839; 2(2) was received be- tween I Jun and 1 Dec 1840, vol. 3(1, 2) in Mai 1844. vol/pars pages dates authors 1(1) [ii]-xv, [xvi, sign.], [1]-261, [1, err.] Jan 1836 B, Se (2) ii-iii], [263]-508, [8, ind., err.]. Dec 1836 B:O% 2(1) ii-iii], [1]-297, [298-299 err.] Aug-Sep 1838 — B.O.F. (2) [ii-iii], [1 ]-278, [2, err.] 1839 B.O.F. 3(1) [ul-v], 279-512 1841 B:O2R: (2) fii-v], [I]-LI, Die Kartoffeln: 1843 BO: [i]-xvi, [1]-577, [2], errata on p. 3 cover, 2 pl. [preprint Kartoffeln 1842] r) and (2): title pages as given above. Copies: B, G, NY. r), second t.p. “die Potamogeta von Franz Xaver Fieber.”’ Copies: B, G, NY. 2), second t.p. ‘‘die Echia von Franz Xaver Fieber,”’ Copies: B, G, NY. r), second t.p. “die Verbasca von Johannes Pfund.”’ This part lacks indeed p. 1-278 because the numbering continues from 2(2). The lowest page number mentioned in the index is 197, in the errata 278. Copy: HH. 3(2), The HH copy has still the original cover and presumably the original order in which the material was published in 1843. Cover p. 1, title: ““Oekonomisch-technische Flora Béhmens nach einem ausgedehnterem Plane bearbeitet,” cover p. 2: biblio- graphy of Opiz’ works including a statement of the preprints from this flora. Page [i] is, as in all other parts, blank, p. [ii] is the fist title page. p. ii: ““Deutschlands Nachtschattenarten. (Solanen Linné’s) Deren Niitzlichkeit und Schadlichkeit; mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Kartoffeln oder Erdapfeln (Solanum tuberosum Linné.) Monographisch bearbeitet in 6konomisch-technischer Beziehung von F. Grafen von Berchtold, in botanischer von P. M. Opiz ... Prag 1843. p. [ti]: half-title: ‘‘Fortsetzung der V. Klasse. Pentandria Fiinfmannige. I. Ordnung. Einweibige. Enthaltend die Gattungen: Dulcamara, Solanum, Papas und Lyco- persicum.” p. {w]: blank. p. [v]: general t.p. for part 3(2) as above, “‘Prag 1843.” The set of pages following I-LI (p. LI is the end of the regular Flora) constitute the part on the ‘‘Kartoffeln’’ which was preprinted in 1842 and marketed separately. It has a title-page of its own [i]: ‘‘Die Kartoffeln. (Solanum tuberosum C. Bauh.). Derer Ge- schichte, Charakteristik, Niitzlichkeit, Schadlichkeit, Kultur, Krankheiten etc., mit ausfithrlichen Angaben ihrer industriellen Anwendung. Monographisch bearbeitet nach Jassniiger, Pfaff, Viborg, Putsche, Bertuch &c. und eigenen Ansichten von Friedrich Grafen Berchtold, ... (mit zwei Kupfertafeln.) ...’’ Prag 1842. (p. 574-577 have a separate treatment of Solanum Lycopersicum L.) i} eI 183 BERCHTOLD REPRINTS and PREPRINTS: 435- BERcHTOLD, Die Kartoffeln, see above. Prag 1842. Copy included in 3(2) at HH. 436. BeERcHTOLD und Opiz, Die Rubiaceen Boéhmens. Mit Einschluss der Farberréthe (Rubia tinctorium Linn.). Monographisch bearbeitet in 6konomisch-technischer Hinsicht von F. Grafen v. Berchtold, in botanischer von P. M. Opiz. Besonders abge- druckt aus der 6konomisch-technischen Flora Béhmens. Prag 1838. Oct. (n.v.) (Lit. Zeit., Berlin 17 Oct 1838; ABD 26 Oct 1838). 437- BERCHTOLD und Opiz, Die Dipsaceen Boéhmens. Mit Einschluss der Karden oder Tuchkarden (Dipsacus fullonum Linn.). Monographisch ... Béhmens. Prag 1838. Oct. (n.v.) 48 p. (Lit. Zeit., Berlin 17 Oct 1838; ABD 26 Oct 1838, just publ.) 438. BERCHTOLD und FieBEeR, Die Potamogetoneen Bohmens. Monographisch ... in botanischer von Franz Xaver Fieber. Besonders ... Béhmens. Prag 1838. Oct. 2 pl. (n.v.) Reprinted from vol. 2(1), with the addition(?) of a title, preface and two plates. Received by Flora on 1 Oct 1838, by Lit. Zeit. Berlin 17 Oct 1838, ABD 26 Oct 1838. 5° Pp. 439- BERCcHTOLD und Prunp, Deutschlands Wollkréuter (K6nigskerzen, Verbascum Linn.) Monographisch bearbeitet mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der bohmischen Arten. In 6konomisch-technischer ... in botanischer von Johannes Pfund. Mit einem litho- graphirten Tafel. Prag 1840. Oct. (n.v.) Preprinted from vol. 3(2) with the addition(?) of a title, preface and plate, distributed (for the first time?) at the meeting of the German Naturforscher of 21 Sep 1841, received by Flora between g Mar and 28 Nov 1841. Also with the title Monographia generis Verbasci Prodromus ... 440. BERCHTOLD und FieBer, Die Echien Béhmens ... Prag 1841, 16 p. reprinted from 2(2) with the later date 1841 (n.v., also not listed on cover of 3(2) (n.v.) Ref.: Barnhart 1: 166; BM 1: 137; Kew 1: 219; LS 2286; PR 632, 633. Berdau, Félix I. (1826-1895), Polish physician and botanist at Krakow, later at Warsawa. (Berdau). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: KRA, KRAM, WA. RefaiGRip.) 723. lbh 22/69: BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 5(2): 154; Barnhart 1: 166; BM 1: 137; CSP 1: 287; GR p. 723; Jackson p. 265; Kanitz no. 246; Kew 1: 219; LS 2287-2289; PR 634. 441. Flora cracoviensis, sive enumeratio plantarum in magno ducati Cracoviensi et adja- centibus regionibus provincias Vadovicensis et Bochnensis, tum in valle quae dicitur Ojcéw sponte crescentium. Krakow (Typis C.R. Universitalis Jagellonicae) 1859. Oct. (Fl. cracov.) Publ.: 1859, frontisp., p. [i]-viil, [3]-448. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 1: 137; Jackson p. 265; Kew 1: 219; PR 634. 442. Flora Tatr, Pienin i Beskidu zacodniego. Warsawa (J. Filipowicza) 1890. Oct. (Fl. Tatr). Publ.: 1890 (after 10 Aug, date imprimatur on p. [ii]), p. [1*-1i1*], [i]-1v, [1]-827, [1]-55, index. Copy: G. Berendt, Georg Carl (Karl) (1790-1850), German physician at Danzig, collector and student of amber fossils, collaborator of Goeppert. (Berendt). cOLLEcTIONS: Unknown. Berendt’s collection of amber fossils is described by Mueller (1850). Ref.: Mueller, Neue preuss. Provinzialbl. 9[43] (5): 369-374. 1850 (see Bot. Zeit. 8: 694-696. 1850). 184 BERG BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 2: 356-357; Andrews ed. 2 p. 237; Barnhart 1: 166; BM 1: 137; GSP 7: 141;Jackson p. 180; Quenstedt p. 33. Mueller, Neue preuss. Provinzialbl. 9[43](5): 369-374. 1850 (see Mueller, Bot. Zeit. 8: 694-696. 1850). Anon., Flora 33: 622. 21 Oct 1852. Schumann, Schr. naturf. Ges. Danzig ser. 2. 8(2): 48, 62, 92. 1893. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 40 [no. 319]. 1966. COMPOSITE WORKS: Die im Bernstein befindlichen organischen Reste der Vorwelt, 2 vols. — for the palaeobotanical part see Goeppert. EPONYMY: Berendtia GOppert (1845). — Note: Berendtia A. Gray (1868) and Berendtiella R. Wettstein & Harms (1899) are dedicated to Carl Hermann Berendt (ff. 1867), an explorer of archaeology and natural history in Mexico. Berg, Otto Carl (1815-1866), German botanist, professor of pharmaceutical botany at Berlin University. (O. Berg). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Berg’s herbarium of Myrtaceae was at B and contained many types. Berg, however, consulted much material obtained on loan and his types may therefore be encountered in several herbaria. ‘The Myrtaceae of the Sonder herbarium consulted by him are e.g. at MEL (Anderson 1971). Several isotypes are at C. Ref.: Urban, Bot. Jahrb. 19: 563. 1894, Fl. bras. 1(1): 159-160. 1906. Anderson, Muelleria 2(2): 119-131. (1971). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 167; BM 1: 139; CSP 1: 288-280, 12: 71-72; Jackson p. 203, 373; Kew 1: 220; Langman p. 130; MW p. 43; NDB 2: 76-77; NI 138- 142; PR 643-650; Zander ed. 10, p. 634. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 119. 1905. Urban, FI. bras. 1(1): 159-160. 1906. McVaugh, Taxon 5: 134-135. 1956. COMPOSITE works: Myrtaceae in Martius, Fl. bras. 14(1): 1-468, pl. 1-35, 31a. 15 Mai 1857, 14(1): 469-528, pl. 36-82, 41a, 47a. 1 Feb 1858; 14(1): 529-639. 15 Jan 1859 (see McVaugh, Taxon 5: 134-135. 1956). HANDWRITING: Muelleria 2(2): 122. 1971. 443. Revisio myrtacearum americae hucusque cognitarum, seu Klotzschii florae ameri- cae aequinoctialis exhibens Myrtaceas. Linnaea 27: 1-512, 29: 207-264, 30: 647-713. 1855-1861. Linnaea part pages dates Linnaea part pages dates 27 I 1-128 Nov 1855 29 2 207-256 Jun 1858 2,3 129-384 Jan 1856 3 257-264. Sep 1858 4 385-512 Feb 1856 30 6 647-713 Mar1861 Also published as a reprint, Halle 1855[-1861]. 472 p. Oct. (fide PR). For a discussion of the relative priority of this publication and O6cersted’s Myrtaceae centroamericanae Bestemmelser of Beskrivelser af Dr. O. Berg, Vid. Med. Nat. For. Kjobenhavn 1855: 1-26. Jul 1856, see McVaugh (1956) and below. Ref.: PR 645; SK p. clxxi. Urban, Bot. Jahrb. 19: 562-681. 1894. McVaugh, Taxon 5: 134-135, 162-167. 1956. 444. Myrtaceae centroamericanae Bestemmelser og Beskrivelser af Dr O. Berg. Vid. Med. nat. For. Kjoebenhaven 1855: 1-26 [summary by Oersted]. Publ.: Jul 1856, but see McVaugh’s remarks on the connection with the previous articles. Ref.: McVaugh, Taxon 5: 134-135. 1956. 185 BERG 445- Florae brasiliensis myrtographia sive descriptio myrtacearum in Brasilia provenientium. Leipzig (Fried. Fleischer) 1858 [?-1859]. Fol. (Fl. bras. myrtogr.) Publ.: 1855-1859, [i*, separate title page], [1]-656, pl. 1-85; reprinted from Flora brasiliensis vol. 14(1): Fasc. 18(1): 1-468, pl. 1-35. 15 Mai 1857. Fasc. 18(2): 469-528, pl. 36-82. 1 Feb 1858. Fasc. 18(3): 529-656. 15 Jan 1859. The plates are numbered 1-82, 314%, 41%, 47%. — It is unknown to us whether this reprint (Copy: HH) was in fact a preprint. The title page is dated “1858” and it seems likely that this was correct notwithstanding the date “‘1855” cited by PR. McVaugh notes that p- 529-656 contain much information additional to that in the Reviszo in Linnaea. The 85 plates are nature prints (nos. 1-7) and lithographs. Ref.: Jackson p. 373; NI 142; PR 647. McVaugh, Taxon 5: 134. 1956. Bergen, Karl August von (1704-1759), German botanist at Frankfurt. (Bergen). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 168; PR 656-661. EPONYMY: Bergenia Moench (1794, nom. cons.) 446. Flora francofurtana methodo facili elaborato accedunt cogitata de studio botanices methodice et quidem pioprio marte addiscendae, terminorum technicorum nomen- clator, et necessarii indices. Frankfurt a. Oder (Johann Christian Kleyb) 1750. Oct. (Fl. francofurt.) Publ.: 1750, p. [i-vii], [1]-375, [376-407 ind., err.]. Copy: USDA. Ref.: PR 659. 447- Dissertatio botanica de Aloide auctore Carolo Augusto de Bergen ... Frankfurt a. Oder (Johann Christian Kleyb) 1753. Qu. (Diss. Aloide). Publ.: 1753, p- [i], [1]-22, 7 p/. Copies: G, MO. — In the absence of more precise indication the date of publication of this paper is to be considered pre-Linnaean. Ref.: PR 660. Berger, Alwin (1871-1931), German botanist, specialist on Cactaceae. (A. Berger). HERBARIUM and Types: NY; material collected or cultivated by Berger is in several herbaria (B, BH, BR, G, M, NY, US). Ref.: Britton, J. New York Bot. Gard. 33: 196. 1932. Britton, J. Cact. Succ. Soc. Amer. 4: 290. 1932. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 168; BL 2: 362; BM 6: 81; Bossert p. 34; CSP 13: 464; Kew 1: 221; Langman p. 130; MW p. 42; Zander ed. 10, p. 634. Wagner, Monatschr. deut. Kakt.-Ges. 3: 151-152. 1931 (portr.) Barnhart, J. New York Bot. Gard. 33: 197. 1932. White, The Stapeliae 1: 133. 1937 (portr.) Herre, ‘The genera of the Mesembryanthemaceae 45. 1971 (portr.) Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 29. 1973. COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) EP ed. 2, Crassulaceae, 18a: 352-483. 1930. (2) Pflanzenreich, Heft 33, Liliaceae — Asphodeloideae — Aloineae. Leipzig 8 Mai 1908, 347 p., 1 pl., 817 figs., repr. Lehre 1958/60. EPONYMY: Bergeranthus Schwantes (1926) ; Bergerocactus N. L. Britton & J. N. Rose (1909). 448. Stapelien und Kleinien einschliesslich einiger anderer verwandter Sukkulenten. Be- schreibung und Anleitung zum Bestimmen der wichtigen Arten mit kurzer Angabe iiber die Kultur. Stuttgart (Eugen Ulmer) 1910. Oct. (Stapel. & Klein.) 186 BERGER, E. F. Publ.: Jan-Feb 1910 (Nat. Nov. Febr 1904), p. [i]-[vii], [1]-433, [434, err.], fig. 1-79. Copy: L. — Illustrierte Handbiicher sukkulenter Pflanzen. Ref.: Kew 1: 221. 449- Die Entwicklungslinien der Kakteen ... Mit 71 Abbildungen und 16 Schemata im Text. Jena (Gustav Fischer) 1926. Oct. (Entwicklungslin. Kakt.) Publ.: Feb-Mar 1926 — (p. iv: Sep 1925, Nat. Nov. Mar 1926, accession NY 27 Nov 1926), p. [i]-iv, [1]-105, ill. Copy: NY. Ref.: Kew 1: 221. 450. Illustrierte Handbiicher sukkulenter Pflanzen: Kakteen. Anleitung zur Kultur und Kenntnisse der wichtigsten eingefiihrten Arten ... Mit 105 Abbildungen. Stuttgart (Eugen Ulmer) 1929. Oct. (Kakteen). Publ.: Jul-Aug 1929 (Nat. Nov. Aug 1929, accession NY 9 Jun 1930), p. [i]-viii, [1]-346. Copy: NY. Ref.: Kew 1: 221; Langman p. 131. Berger, Ernst Friedrich (1814-1853), German commercial plant collector and distri- butor at Kitzingen am Main. (E. Berger). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: For Berger’s eleven catalogues of herbarium collections see his Offerten-Listen and. Preissverzeichnisse as mentioned by Flora (vols.31-35, 1848-1852) on the following dates: catalogue date Flora nachtrag _ date Flora I 28 Mar 1848 6 7,14 Apr 1851 Nachtrag 7 Jun 1848 i 21 Sep 1851 2 14 Aug 1848 8 21, 28 Feb 1852 3 21 Dec 1848 9 28 Mar 1852 4 28 Dec 1848 10 28 Jun 1852 5 24 Jul 1849 Isl 14 Jul, 7 Aug 1852 Ref.: Anon., Flora 36: 709-712. 1853 (sale herbarium). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 168; BM 1: 140; GR p. 62; LS 2307-2308. Anon., Flora 36: 600, 709-712. 1853. Anon., Bonplandia 2: 265-266. 1854 (member “‘Leopoldina,” cogn. Wibel). EPONYMY: For eponyms based on the name Berger, cf. supra, sub A. Berger and infra, sub H. A. C. Berger. 451. Catalogus herbarii oder volistandige Aufzahlung der phanerogamischen und krypto- gamischen Gewachse Deutschlands. Nach Kochs Synopsis und Wallroths Compendium Fl. Germ. crypt., Bruch et Schimper, Nees v. Esenbeck, Link und Fries, nebst Aufzahlung der bis jetzt bekannten auslandischen Pflanzen. Den Besitzern deutscher Herbarien zur Bequemlichkeit dargeboten von Ernst Berger. Wiirzburg (Voigt & Mocker) 1841-1846. 4 parts. Duod. (Cat. herb.) I. Die deutschen Phanerogamen enthaltend, 1841 (p. viii: 5 Mar 1841), p. [i]-viii, [1]-123, publ. prob. Dec 1841 (Flora 24 Int. Bl. 20. Jan 1842). Copy: NY. II. Synonymik und Synonymenregister zum ersten Theile, 1843 (before 20 Oct), p. [i]-viii, [1], [1]-238. Copy: NY. III. Die Cryptogamen. 1846, p. [1]-191. Copy: NY. IV. Synonymik und Synonymenregister zu den im dritten Theile aufgezahlten europaischen Cryptogamen. 1843, p. [1]-194. Copy: NY. — Both III and IV have a different title: “Catalogue ... Gewdchse [3: Deutschlands] des Erdbodens. Nach Wallroths Compen- dium Fl. Germ. cryptog., Nees von Esenbecks Naturgeschichte der europdischen Lebermoose, Hampes Musci frondosi etc. (in Flora 1837), Bruch und Schimpers Bryologia europaea, Bridel Brideris Bryol. univ., Links Handbuch zur Erkennung der Gewachse (III. Theil), Agardhs Systema Algarum, dessen Algae maris mediterranei 187 BERGER, E. F. et adriatici, Fries Lichenographia europaea reformata, dessen Systema mycologicum, dessen Elenchus fungorum und dessen Epicrisis syst. mycol., Endlichers Genera plan- tarum, Steudels Nomenclator etc. Den Besitzern ....” Ref.: BM 1: 140; LS 2307; PR 663. 452. Die Bestimmung der Gartenpflanzen auf systematischem Wege, eine Anleitung, leicht und sicher die unterscheidenden Merkmale der vorziiglichsten in den Garten, Gewachs- hausern und Anlagen vorkommenden Gewachse zu finden, nebst Angabe von Autor, Dauer, Cultur und Vaterland im alphabetischem Register, fiir Botaniker, Gartner und Gartenfreunde ... Mit einem Vorwort des Herrn Prasidenten Nees von Esenbeck, und Bearbeitung der Farnpflanzen von Prof. Dr. Schnizlein. Erlangen (J. J. Palm und Ernst Enke) [1853-]1855. Oct. (Bestimm. Gartenpfl.) Co-author (for ferns): Adalbert Carl Friedrich Hellwig Conrad Schnizlein (1814-1868). Introduction: Christian Gottfried Daniel Nees von Esenbeck (1776-1858). Erste Abtheilung, den Schliissel der Gattungen enthaltend, Erlangen 22 Jul-30 Sep 1853 (p. iii: 9 Aug 1852, p. vi: 27 Jul 1853, (Flora 36: 616. 14 Oct 1853, rev. by Fiirnrohr p. 646-647; Bot. Zeit. 30 Sep 1853 “soeben”’), p. [i*], [i]-x, [1]-130. Zweite Abtheilung, Erste bis vierte (Schluss-) Lieferung, Erlangen 1854, p. 131-682 (Flora 37: 608. 14 Oct 1854, rev. by Fiirnrohr p. 732-733; Bot. Zeit. 12: 814-815. 17 Nov 1854, rev. Schlechtendal). Issued as a whole 1855 with separate title page (see above), p. [i*], [1]-x, 1-682. Copies: B, G, NY. Ref.: BM 1: 140; PR 664. Berger, H. A. C. (fl. 1832), German physician and palaeontologist at Coburg. (H. Berger). COLLECTIONS: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews ed. 2 p. 237; Barnhart 1: 168; BM 1: 140; Quenstedt p. 33. EPONYMY: Bergeria K. B. Presl (1838). — Note: Bergera K. Koenig ex Linnaeus (1771) is dedicated to Chr. J. Berger (1724-1789), Austrian born Danish physician. 453- Die Versteinerungen der Fische und Pflanzen im Sandsteine der Coburger Gegend. Coburg 1832. Qu. (Versteiner. Fische Pfl. Coburg.) Publ.: 1832 (pref. 1 Mai 1832), p. [i-v], [1]-29, pl. 1-4. Copy: MCZ. Ref.: Andrews p. 237; BM 1: 140. Anon., Lit. Ber. Flora 3: 50-57. 28 Apr 1833 (rev.) Berger, Reinholdus (1824-1850), German palaeobotanist at Breslau, pupil of Goep- pert. (R. Berger). COLLECTIONS: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews p. 237; Jackson p. 185. Anon., Bot. Zeit. 8: 159-160. 22 Feb 1850. Anon., Flora 23: 622-623. 21 Oct 1850. EPONYMY: For eponyms based on the name Berger, cf. supra, sub A. Berger and sub HANG. Bere; 454- De fructibus et seminibus ex formatione lithranthracum. Dissertatio inauguralis quam consensu et auctoritate amplissimi philosophorum ordinis in alma litterarum universitate Viadrina ad summos in philosophia honores rite capessendos die xviii m. decembris a. mdcccexlviii. H.L.Q.S. publice defendet auctor Reinholdus Berger, vratislaviensis . Breslau (Heinrich Richter) s.d. [1848]. Qu. (Fruct. sem. lith.) Publ.: 18 Dec 1848 (Flora rd. Feb 1849), p. [1]-30, [1, theses], 3 pl., uncol. liths by Kornatzki. Copies: BR, NY. 188 BERGERET, J. Ref.: Andrews p. 237; Jackson p. 185. Anon., Flora 32: 112, 121-122. 1849 (rev.) Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 7: 286-287. 13 Apr 1849. Bergeret, Jean (1751-1813), Southern French botanist. (Bergeret). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 169; BL 2: 129; BM 1: 141; Kew tr: 221; PR 665. NOTE: Barnhart gives the dates 1751-1813 for both J. and J. P. Bergeret; the authors were different but both died in 1813 (fide Gaston Bergeret). 455- Hlore des Basses-Pyrénées, ou description de toutes les plantes qui croissent naturelle- ment, qui sont ou qui pourraient étre cultivées avantageusement dans le Département des Basses-Pyrénées. Avec des observations sur leur utilité dans |’économie rurale et domestique, dans les arts et dans la médecine. Pau (P. Veronese) an xi de la République [1803], 2 vols. Oct. f (Fl. Basses-Pyrénées). Vol. 1: 1803, [1*-vii*], i-clxxv, [1]-195. Copy: HH. Vol. 2: 1803, [1]-416. Copy: HH. Nouvelle édition, complete, publiée avec une préface et des notes: “‘Flore des Basses-Pyrénées par Jean Bergeret (1751-1813) ... augmentée par Eugene Bergeret (1799-1868) ... par Gaston Bergeret.’’ Pau (Garet) 1909. Oct., p. [i]-Ixxxvi, [1]-960, with a biogra- phical note. (publ. Jan-Feb 1909) Copies: HH, US, NY. Ref.: BL 2: 129; BM 1: 141; Kew 1: 24; PR 665. Guérin, Bull. Soc. bot. France 56: 403. 1909. 456. Phytonomatotechnie universelle, c’est-a-dire, art de donner aux plantes des noms tirés de leurs caractéres; nouveau systéme au moyen duquel on peut de soi-méme, sans le secours d’aucun livre, nommer toutes les plantes qui croissent sur la surface de notre globe. A la publication de ce systéme, on a joint les figures, les descriptions les plus méthodiques, l’analyse, les propriétés, les vertus, usage, l’étymologie & la synonymie de toutes les plantes de la France. Ouvrage proposé par souscription. Paris (author; Didot le jeune, Poisson) 1783-1784[-1786], 3 vols. Fol. + (Phytonom. univ.) Vol. r: livraisons 1-10, Jan 1783-middle 1784, p. [1], [iii], 1-240, pl. [1-720]. Vol. 2: livraisons 11-20, 1784 (Jul-Dec)-Jul 1786, p. [i], [iii], 1-252, pl. [r2r-240]. Vol. 3: livraisons 22-28, 1786(?), as follows: 22: [1]-24, pl. 248-257. 25: 81-140, pl. 283-294. 28: 153-176, pl. 319-328. 23: 25-52, pl. 258-270. 26: 105-128, pl. 295-304. 24: 53-80, pl. 271-282. 27: 129-152, pl. 305-317. Copies: G, HU (vol. 3 in orig. covers), NY (vols 1, 2). — The Hunt copy of vol. 1 has 121 plates (lacking pl. 51); vol. 2 has 117 plates (lacking pl. 83). Preface material of vol. 1: [i, h.t.], [iii, t-p.], [v, second t.p.], [vii-vili, avis, premier tableau]. — Livraison 21 was never published; it was to have contained a complete treatment of the ‘“‘Cruciformes.”’ It is likely that plate numbers nos. 241-247 had been set aside for this part. With plate 318, which was never published, this accounts for 8 plates lacking from the series 1-328; in all there are 320 plates (all hand coloured copper engravings by Poisson). A folio prospectus appeared in Paris in Jan 1783. It announced the publication of 100 coloured and roo plain copies. Some coloured copies were produced on ‘“‘papier de Hollande’’ (the Plesch copy). Pritzel has a note that publication may have started as early as 1773. We have not been able to find further evidence supporting this statement. The “noms tirés de leurs caractéres” (“nom générique phytonomato-technique’’) are combinations of letters indicating characteristics. ‘These are formulae and cannot be considered as names under the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (see also N. M. v. Wolf) ; the plants are anyhow regularly described under the “‘normal’”’ Linnaean names. Ref.: Kew 1: 221; NI 145; Plesch p. 139; PR 666. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 42-43. 1975 (copy sold at £ 6,800). BERGERET, J. P. Bergeret, Jean Pierre (1751-1813), French botanist. (7. P. Bergeret). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Bergeret’s collections seem to be incorporated in the Fée her- barium at STR. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 169; Kew 1: 221; Laségue p. 321; PR 660; Zander ed. 10, p. 634. Desvaux, J. Bot. appl., Paris 2: 236-240. 1813. Berggren, Sven (1837-1917), Swedish botanist at Lund, travelled to and collected in Spitsbergen (1868), Greenland (1870), N. Zealand, California 1874-1875. (Berggr.) HERBARIUM and TypPEs: LD — for details on the location of his duplicates see IH. — Exsiccatae: Plantae in itineribus suecorum polaribus collectae/Insulae spetsbergenses (nos. 1-199, Lund 1874), at B, C, FH, GB, H, K, L, LD, NY, PC, S-PA. Refeclbly 2160; Hellbom, Bih. Sv. Vet.-akad. Handl. 21(3, 13) 1896. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 183. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 169; BM 1: 141; 6: 81; Bossert p. 34; CSP I: 291, 7: 143, 13: 468; Jackson p. 345, 367; Kew 1: 222; KR p. 72-74 (bibl.) ; PR 667- 668; Zander ed. 10, p. 634. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 31, pl. 7. 1903, 3(3): 4, 206, pl. 104. 1905 (portr.) Reynolds Green, Hist. Bot. 508. 1909. Anon., Bot. Not. 1917: 205-206 (portr.) Arnell, Rev. bryol. 47: 75. 1920 (brief bibl.) EPONYMY: Berggrenia M. C. Cooke (1879). 457- Nagra nya eller ofullstandigt kanda arter af nyzeelandska fanerogamer [Lund 1878.] Qu. (Nya art. nyzeel. fan.) Publ.: 1878, after 3 Oct (Nat. Nov. Mar 1879) p. [1]-33, [34 ind.] pl. 1-7 with letterpress. Fysiogr. Sallsk. minneskr. med anl. af des hundraarsferst den 3 Oct 1878; copy communicated to the Fysiogr. Sallsk. on 14. Nov 1877. Copy: NY. Ref.: Kew 1: 222; KR p. 73. Berggren, J. Bot. ser. 2. 9: 104. 1880. Bergius, Peter Jonas (1730-1790), Swedish physician and botanist, pupil of Linnaeus, professor of natural history and pharmacy at the Collegium medicum in Stockholm (1766-1790). (Bergius). HERBARIUM and TyPES: Bergius left his collections and library to the Swedish Academy of Sciences together with an ample endowment, thus providing the basis for the Bergians- ka Tradgarden (founded in 1791) (SBT). This herbarium contains also most of his types; others are at S. Other material in E, LINN and UPS (Thunberg herb.) — Some of the most important collectors represented in the Bergius herbarium are (for a complete list see Wittrock 1891): A. Afzelius (Musci, Sweden), C. Alstrémer (Italy, Spain), P. J. Bergius (Sweden), P. J. Bladh (Cape), C. M. Blom (Cape), O. Celsius (Sweden), N. Collin (Philadelphia), Ph. Commerson (Bougainville Voyage), C. G. Ekeberg (Cape), F. Ehrhart (Germany), A. Gouan (S. France), M. Grubb (Cape), F. Hasselquist (Egypt, Palestine), Alb. von Haller (Switzerland), G. F. Kjellmann (N. America), J. G. Konig (East Indies), E. Laxman (Siberia), C. Linnaeus (ex herb.), P. Léfling (Spain), J. A. Murray (Germany), J. C. Mutis (Spain), F. P. Oldenburg (Cape), P. Osbeck (China), C. J. Ortega (Spain), P. A. Pourret (France), P. S. Pallas (Siberia), A. J. Retzius (Sweden), D. Rolander (Suriname), G. Rothman (Tripolitania), A. Sparrmann (New Zealand, Cape), O. Swartz (West Indies), J. F. Séguier (France), P. Sonnerat (France), J.C. D. Schreber (ex herb.), E. Sandifort (Holland), C. P. Thunberg (Japan, East Indies, Cape, Ceylon), A. Thoulin (France), C. P. Wrangel (N. America), C. H. Wanman (Cape). Ref.: IH 2: 69; Laségue p. 562 [index]. 190 BERGIUS Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 1(1). 1-31. 1890 (portr.) (on Bergius foundation). Wittrock, Bot. Not. 1891: 121-124. Wittrock, Bot. Centralbl. 47: 231-233. 1891. Fries, Acta Horti Berg. 11(1): 1-11. 1931 (portr.) Fries, Sv. Linné-Sallsk. Arsskr. 18: 109-123. 1935. Lowegren, Naturaliekabinett i Sverige under 1700-talet 338, 401 [index]. 1952. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 5(2): 162; Barnhart 1: 169; BM 1: 142, 6: 82; Bossert p. 35; Dawson p. 47, 592, 729, 799; GR p. 487; IF p. 681; Jackson p. 349; Kew 1: 223; KR p. 75-77 (bibl.); PR ed. 1, 763-766, ed. 2, 671-674; Zander ed. 10, p. 634. oe Lakaren & Naturf. 11: 12-14. 1794. T., Dict. Sci. méd., Biogr. méd. 2: 169. 1820. Wikstrém, Conspectus 29-30. 1831. Scheutz, Bot. Not. 1863: 67. MacOwan, Trans. S.Afr. philos. Soc. 4: xxxiv. 1887. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 1(1): 1-31. 1890, 3(2): 32, pl. 7. 1903, 3(3): 5. 1905 (portr.) Fries, Linné 2: 78-82, 172-177. 1902 (portr.) Fries and Hulth, Sv. biogr. Lexikon 3: 565-573. 1922 (portr., bibl.) q.v. for further biogr. refs. Hulth, Sv. Linné-Sallsk. Arsskr. 14: 1-11. 1931 (portr.) Fries, Acta Horti Berg. 11(1): I-11. 1931. Holmberg, Sv. Linné-Sallsk. Arsskr. 35: 71-85. 1952 (trip to Dalecarlia). Hylander, Bull. Jard. bot. Etat. Bruxelles 28: 451-453. 1958. Holmberg, Acta Horti Berg. 20(1): 1-55. 1960 (P. J. Bergius Tradgardsjournal 1773- 1790). Vos de, Suid-Afrikaanse biografiese woordenboek 1: 72-73. 1968 (q.v. for the literature on Bergius and South Africa). Stafleu, in Daniels and Stafleu, ‘Taxon 21: 96. 1972. COMPOSITE WORKS: Bergius’ thesis, Semina muscorum (1750), must be attributed to Linnaeus (q.v.). EPONYMY: Bergella (A. Gray) Schnizlein (1843-1870) [sic]; Bergea Linnaeus (1771). 458. Descriptiones plantarum ex Capite Bonae Spei, cum differentiis specificis, nominibus trivialibus, et synonymis auctorum justis. Secundum systema sexuale ex autopsis concinnavit atque sollicite digessit. Stockholm (Laur. Salvius) 1767. Oct. (Descr. pl. Cap.) Publ.: Sep 1767 (Larda Tidn. 24 Sep 1767), p. [i-xxxvi], [1]-360, [361-368], p/. 1-5. Copies: BR, G, L, MO, NY. — Antedating Linnaeus’ Mantissa prima which was published Nov 1767. A Leipzig 1768 issue (n.v.) is reported by Comm. reb. sci. nat. med. 20(1): 190. 1774. This may not have a different imprint; “‘Leipzig”’ in the an- nouncement is probably simply a reference to the German agent for Salvius; KR (p. 75, no. 6) does not mention this Leipzig issue either. Ref.: BM 1: 142; DA 1967; Jackson p. 349; Kew 1: 223; Plesch p. 139; PR 673; SO 649d.; IDC 2232. Sprague, Kew Bull. 1929: 88-89. Stearn, Introduction to facsimile edition Linnaeus, Mantissa, (Weinheim) vii-viii. 1961. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 146-147. 1971. Stafleu, Taxon 21: 96. 1971. Sotheby, Catal. Stiftung Botanik 44, 45. 1975 (sold at £ 300). 459- Materia medica e regno vegetabili, sistens simplicia officinalia, pariter atque culina- ria. Secundum systema sexuale, ex autopsia & experientia, fideliter digessit Petrus Jonas Bergius ... Stockholm (Petrus Hesselberg) 1778. Oct. (Mater. med.) 1: 1778, p. [i-xiv], [1]-448, [1, err.]. Copy: HU. 2: 1778, p. [1-ii], 449-908, [16, ind.]. Copy: HU. Ed. 2: 1782, 2 vols., 1: [i-xiv], [1]-471, 2: [i], 473-972. Stockholm (id.), n.v. Ref.: KR p. 76 (no. 23); PR 674. IQI BERKELEY Berkeley, Rev. Miles Joseph (1803-1889), British clergyman and cryptogamist. (Berk.) HERBARIUM and types: Berkeley’s private herbarium and manuscripts of fungi are at K, correspondence and drawings of algae at BM. Further specimens at CGE, E, L, LINN, MICH, OXF and PC. The collections on which the Decades of fungi are based and which were not part of the private herbarium are also at K. — Exsiccatae: British Fungi (4 fasc., 1836-1843) sets at BM, E, FH, K, PC. Ref: BBip. 30; PEW (ed:16)25356,.2:170. Anon Js: Bot. 172132: 1670. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 131. 1964. Koster, Taxon 18: 549. 1969. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 59. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 171; BB p. 31; BM 1: 144, 6: 83; Bossert p- 34; CSP 1: 295-297, 7: 144-145, 9: 200, 12: 73-74, 13: 475; DNB suppl. 1: 183; GR p. 368; Jackson p. 521; Kew 1: 224-225; LS 2318-2698, 31061-31064; ME 1: 165, 3: 537; MW p. 42; NI 146-148; Plesch p. 140; PR ed. 1, 770-773, ed. 2, 680-687; Zander Ede110;) 911634: Krempelhuber, Gesch. Litt. Lichenologie 2: 378-379. 1869. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1888-1890: 33. 1891. Anon., Gard. Chron. ser. 3. 6: 135, 141. 1889 (portr.) Murray, J. Bot. 27: 288, 305-308. 1889. Stevenson, Trans. Crypt. Soc. Scotland. 1889: 92-95. Edit., Ann. Bot. 3: 451-456. 1890 (bibl.) Hooker, Proc. Roy. Soc. 47: ii-ix. 1890. Anon., La Belgique horticole. 1892, front. (portr.) Babington, Memorials 471. 1897. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 10-11. 1898, 5: 1. 1908. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 75, pl. 145. 1905 (portr.) Milner, Cat. Portr. Kew 10. 1906. Massee, in Oliver, Makers of Brit. botany 225-232. 1913. Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 428-429. 1916: 7(15): 1051-1052. 1940 (bibl.) Druce, Fl. Northamptonshire cxvii-cxx. 1930. Nelmes and Cuthbertson, Bot. Mag. Dedic. 1827-1927: 106-108. 1932. Rickett, NAF 1(1): 153-154. 1949 (bibl.) Rogers, NAF ser. 2(1): 31. 1954 (bibl.) Taylor, DSB 2: 18-19. 1970. Ainsworth and Bisby, Dict. fungi ed. 6: 66-67. 1971. Bond, Country Life, Sep 1974 (2 p.) (n.v.) Stafleu, in Daniels and Stafleu, Taxon 23: 324. 1974 (portr.) COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) United States Exploring Expedition | Wilkes], vol. 17, Botany I. Lower Cryptogamia, Fungi by M. A. Curtis and M. J. Berkeley on p. 193-202, publ. 1862. (2) Griffith and Henry, The micrographic dictionary. Berkeley assisted with ed. 3, 1875, and was co-editor for the fourth edition (1883). (3) Naves, Narrative of a Voyage to the Polar Sea, ed. 2, vol. 2, app. 14, Fungi collected during the 1875-1876 expedition by M. J. Berkeley (1878). (4) Smith, The English flora, vol. 5, Cryptogamia part 2, Fungi by M. J. Berkeley 1836 (see J. E. Smith and also W. J. Hooker, British flora, of which this treatment is part of vol. 2). 5) Cooke, Fungi, London 1875, edited by M. J. Berkeley. (6) Journal of the Royal Horticultural Society, London, editor 1866-1877. EPONYMY: Berkelella (P. A. Saccardo) P. A. Saccardo (1891); Berkeleya Greville (1827) ; Berkeleyna O. Kuntze (1898); Berkleasmium Zobel (1854, also dedicated to Thomas Gibson Lea (1785-1844), American botanist). 459- Gleanings of British algae; being an appendix to the supplement to English Botany. London (C. E. Sowerby) [1832-]1833. Oct. (Glean. Brit. alg.) 192 BERKELEY plates dates plates dates plates dates I-4 1 Jul 1832 g-12 1 Nov 1832 17-20 1 Mar 1833 5-8 1 Sep 1832 13-16 I Jan 1833 Copies: NY, US. — Pagination: [1-vi], [1]-50. The plates are coloured lithographs by J. de C. Sowerby (original BM). Motto on title page a quotation from Wordsworth «¢.. there did he feel his faith ....” Ref.: BM 1: 144; Jackson p. 242; Kew 1: 224; NI 146; PR 680. Dixon et al., Brit. phycol. Bull. 3(1): 101. 1966. 460. Notices of British fungi London 1837-1885, reprint Lehre (Cramer) 1967, Bibliotheca mycologica no. 1. (Not. Brit. fung.) Co-author (from 1848): Christopher Edmund Broome (1812-1886). Publ.: A reprint, in a single volume, of the series of articles published in various journals with a new overall index: no. cont. pag. journal publication I 1-37 Jardine, Mag. Zool. & Bot. 1: 42-49. 1837. 2 38-58 Jardine, ibid. 1: 507-519. 1837. 3 59-107 Ann. Nat. Hist. Ser. 1. 1: 198-208. 1838. 4 108-137 ibid., Ser. 1. 1: 257-264. 1838. 5 138-207 Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 1. VI: 355-365. 1841. 6 208-256 ibid., Ser. 1. VI: 430-439. 1841. ii 257-322 ibid., Ser. 1. XIII: 340-360. 1844. 8 323-379 Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 2. II: 259-268. 1848. 9 380-437 ibid., Ser. 2. V: 365-380. 1850. 10 438-501 ibid., Ser. 2. V: 455-466. 1850. Il 502-537 ibid., Ser. 2. VII: 95-102. 1851. 12 538-614 ibid., Ser. 2. VII: 176-189. 1851. 13 615-639 ibid., Ser. 2. IX: 317-329. 1852. 14, 640-661 ibid., ‘Ser. 20 LX: 977-387..1952. 15 662-729 ibid., Ser. 2. XIII: 396-407. 1854. 16 730-784. ibid., Ser. 2. XIII: 458-469. 1854. 17 785-900 ibid., Ser. 3. III: 356-377. 1859. 18 QOI-951 ibid., Ser. 3. VII: 373-382. 1861. 19 952-985 ibid., Ser. 3. VII: 449-456. 1861. 20 186-1037 —ibid., Ser. 3. XV: 312-322. 1865. or 1038-1062 __ibid., Ser. 3. XV: 400-404. 1865. 22 1063-1103 __ibid., Ser. 3. XV: 444-452. 1865. 23 1104-1143 — ibid., Ser. 3. XVIII: 51-56. 1866. 24 1144-1181 ibid., Ser. 3. XVIII: 121-129. 1866. 25 1182-1262 —_ibid., Ser. 4. VI: 461-469. 1870. 26 1263-1334 ibid., Ser. 4. VII: 425-436. 1871. 27 1335-1401 ibid., Ser. 4. XI: 339-349. 1873. 28 1402-1500 _—ibid., Ser. 4. XV: 28-41. 1875. 29 1501-1630 _ ibid., Ser. 4. XVII: 129-145. 1876. 30 1631-1730 __ ibid., Ser. 5. I: 17-30. 1878. 31 1731-1832 —ibid., Ser. 5. III: 202-212. 1879. 32 1833-1926 __ibid., Ser. 5. VII: 129-131. 1881. 33 1927-1988 __ibid., Ser. 5. IX: 176-183. 1882. 34. 1989-2027 —-ibid., Ser. 5. XII: 370-374. 1883. 35 2028-2050 __ibid., Ser. 5. XV: 342-345. 1885. 461. Decades of fungi. Decas 1-62. 1844-1856. Reprint Amsterdam 1969. Oct. (Dec. fungi). Publ.: The decades of fungi were originally published in the London J. Bot. (LJB) and in Hooker, J. Bot. (HJB). The 1969 reprint contains all decades with the original pagination and a [new] continuous pagination. In addition the reprint has an index and an introductory note by M. A. Donk. 193 é BERKELEY decas original publication pagesinreprint date I LJB 3: 185-194. t. 5-6 I-10 1844 2 LJB 3: 329-337. ¢. 14-15 II-19 1844 3-7 LJB 4: 42-73, t. 1-2 20-51 1845 8-10 LJB4: 198-315. t. 11-12 52-69 1845 iti LJB 5: 1-6 70-75 1846 12-14 LJB6: 312-326 76-90 1847 15-19 LJB6: 479-514. t. 17-20 92-126 1847 20 LJB 7: 572-580. t. 20-22 127-135 1848 21-22 HJB1:97-104 136-143 1849 23-24 HJB1: 234-239 144-149 1849 25-30 HJB2: 42-51, 76-88, 106-112 150-179 1850 31 HJB3: 14-21.t.7 180-187 1851 32-33 HJB3: 39-49 188-198 1851 34 HJB 3: 77-84. 199-206 1851 35 HJB 3: 167-172 207-212 1851 36 HJB 3: 200-206 213-219 1851 37-38 HJB4: 97-107 220-230 1852 39-40 HJB4: 130-142.t.6 231-243 1852 41-43 HJB6: 129-143. t. 7-8 244-258 1854 44-46 HJB6: 161-174 259-272 1854 47-48 HJB6: 204-212 273-281 1854 49-50 HJB6: 225-235 282-292 1854 51-54 HJB8: 129-144. ¢. 5, 6,9, 10 293-308 1856 55-50 HJB8: 169-177 309-317 1856 57-58 HJB8: 193-200 318-325 1856 59-60 HJB8: 233-241 326-334 1856 61-62 HJB8: 272-280 335-343 1856 Berkeley was the author of all decades; for some decades there were co-authors: J. P. F. CG. Montagne (2) and M. A. Curtis (21-24). Ref.: PR 683. Donk, Introductory note [to reprint] p. [i1-v]. 1969. Stafleu, Taxon 18: 458. 1969. 462. Introduction to cryptogamic botany ... with 127 illustrations on wood, drawn by the author. London, New York (H. Bailliére), Paris (Bailliére et fils), Madrid (Bailly Bailliere) 1857. Oct. (Intr. crypt. bot.) Publ.: Mar-Jun 1857, p. [i]-viti, [1], [1]-604, 127 (126?) woodcuts in text. Copies: NY, Steere. Ref.: BM 1: 144; Kew 1: 224; LS 2435; PR 685. 463. Outlines of British fungology; containing characters of above a thousand species of fungi, and a complete list of all that have been described as nativers of the British Isles. London (Lovell Reeve) 1860. Oct. (Outl. Brit. fungol.) Publ.: Aug-Dec 1860 (p. vi: Aug 1860), p. [i*], i-xvii, [1]-442, pl. 1-24 with each 1 p. letterpress, 1 plain and 23 handcoloured lithographs by W. Fitch. Possibly issued in parts of which dates and contents are unknown. Copies: BR, NY. Supplement: by W. G. Smith, p. [i]-xii, [1]-386, London (L. Reeve & Co.) 1891. Oct. Copy: BR. Ref.: BM 1: 144; Kew 1: 224; LS 2450; PR 686. 464. Handbook of British mosses; comprising all that are known to be natives of the British Isles. London (Lovell Reeve & Co.) 1863. Oct. (Handb. Brit. mosses). Ed. 1: 1863, before Aug (rev. J. Bot. 1: 250-251. Aug 1863), p. [i]-xxxvi, [1]-324, pl. 1-24 with each 1 p. letterpress, 1 plain (front.) and 23 handcoloured lithographs by W. Fitch. Copy: NY. Ed. 2: 1895, p. vi, 324, 1 plain and 23 handcoloured lithographs. (n.v.) Ref.: BM 1: 144; Jackson p. 241; Kew 1: 224; NI 147; Plesch p. 140; PR 687. 194 BERKENHOUT 465. Notices of North American fungi [1872-1876]. Reprint 1971. Amsterdam (Linnaeus Press) 1971. Oct. (ISBN 90-6105-0022) (Not. N. Amer. fungi). Publ.: The Notices of North America Fungi were originally published in the British journal Grevillea. Twenty-four parts appeared between September 1872 and June 1876, all with separate pagination. The 1971 reprint combines these 24 papers and provides a continuous pagination in addition to the original sets of page numbers. — Berkeley was the main author. The abbreviation ‘“‘B. & C.” refers to Berkeley and Moses Ashley Curtis, “B. & R.” or “B. & Rav.” to Berkeley and H. W. Ravenel. Copy: FAS. number vol. pages pages dates Grevillea Grevillea continuous I I 33-39 1-7 Sep 1872 2 I 49-55 8-14. Oct 1877 3 I 65-71 15-21 Nov 1872 4 I Q7-102 22-27 Jan 1873 5 I 145-150 28-33 Apr 1873 6 I 161-166 34-39 Mai 1873 7 I 177-180 40-43 Jun 1873 8 2 3-7 44-48 Jul 1873 9 2 17-20 49-52 Aug 1873 10 2 33-35 53-55 Sep 1873 II 2 49-53 56-60 Oct 1873 193 2 65-69 61-65 Nov 1873 13 2 81-84 66-69 Dec 1873 14 2 97-101 70-74 Jan 1874 15 2 153-157 75-79 Apr 1874 16 2 177-181 80-84 Jun 1874 17 3 I-17 85-101 Sep 1874 18 3 49-64. 102-117 Dec 1874 19 3 Q7-112 108-133 Mar 1875 20 3 14.5-160 134-149 Jun 1875 QI 4 1-16 150-165 Sep 1875 22 4 45-52 166-173 Dec 1875 23 4 93-108 174-18G Mar 1876 24 4. 141-162 190-211 Jun 1876 Ref.: BM 1: 144; LS 2606. Stafleu, Taxon 20: 817-818. 1971. Berkenhout, John (1730-1791), British botanist. (Berkenhout). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 171; BB p. 31; BM 1: 144; DNB 4: 369; Henrey 441-445; Jackson p. 521; Kew 1: 225; PR 688-689. Anon., Gent. Mag. 1791(1): 485. O., Dict. Sci. méd., Biogr. méd. 2: 177-178. 1820. COMPOSITE WORKS: Contributed numerous articles to The Monthly Review between 1755 and 1767. — See Nangle, The Monthly Review ... indexes, Oxford 1934, p. 4. 466. Clavis anglica linguae botanicae; or, a botanical lexicon; in which the terms of botany, particularly those occurring in the work of Linnaeus, and other modern writers, are applied, derived, explained, contrasted, and exemplified. 1 kings iv. 33 ... London (author) 1764 [1765]. Oct. (in fours) (Clav. angl. ling. bot.) Ed. 1: Apr 1764 (rev. Monthly Rev.; Crit. Rev. Aug 1764; Gent. Mag. mentioned it only in Nov 1765), not paged, [i-xii], dictionary part: gatherings A-Z, Aa-DD*¢ of 8 p. each. Copies: HU, USDA. 195 BERKENHOUT Ed. 2: “‘to which is added, Calendarium botanicum.”’ London (T. Cadell) 1789, Oct., [327] p. (Sign. (A)*b1B-X®Y?). Copies: HU, U, USDA. Ref.: BM 1: 144; Henrey 441-442; Jackson p. 8; Kew 1: 225; PR 688. 467. Outlines of the natural history of Great Britain and Ireland. London 1769-1772. Oct., 3 vols. (Outil. nat. hist. Gr. Brit.) Ed. 1: vol. 1: 1769; 2: (Botany) 1770 (Crit. Rev. Aug 1770, Monthly Rev. Jul 1770), p. 16, 353, [1]; 3: 1772, publ. Nov 1771 (Monthly Rev.; Crit. Rev. and Gent. Mag. Dec 1771). (a.v-) Ed. 2: 2 vols. 1789 as “‘Synopsis of the natural history of Great Britain and Ireland .. .”” London (T. Cadell), Oct., vol. 1 (animal and fossil kingdoms), p. [i*], [i]-xii, [13]-334, [1, err.], vol. 2 (vegetable kingdom), p. [1], [iii], [1]-380. Copies: HU, NY, US. Ed. 3: 2 vols. 1795, ““Synopsis of the natural history of Great Britain and Ireland ... Being a third edition of The outlines, etc. corrected and considerably enlarged.’ London (T. Cadell). Oct. Copies: HH, HU. vol. 1: 1795, p. [i]-xii, [13]-334, front. portr. author. vol. 2: 1795, p- [iii], [1]-466 (1-450, 1.e. 434, [2], [1], 452-466). Ref.: BM 1: 144; Henrey 443-445; Jackson p. 233; Kew 1: 225; PR 689. Berkhout, Christine Marie (1893-1932), Dutch mycologist and phytopathologist, pupil of J. Westerdijk. (Berkhout). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Miss Berkhout worked with the living cultures of fungi then at CBS (Baarn). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 171; LS suppl. 2434. Lohnis, Johanna Westerdyk, Baarn 1963, p. 87. NoTE: Dr. J. A. von Arx has kindly provided biographical information on Christine Berkhout. She was born in Malang (Indonesia) on 13 Jul 1893 and died at the Hague on 18 Nov 1932. Her ill-health started already at the time of her work on the thesis; she is not known to have occupied any public position after taking her degree. Berkhout was the first female taxonomic mycologist coming from the Westerdijk school. 468. De schimmelgeslachten Monilia, Oidium, Oospora en Torula. Proefschrift ter verkrijging van den graad van doctor in de wis- en natuurkunde aan de Rijksuniversiteit te Utrecht, op gezag van den rector-magnificus J. F. Niermeyer, hoogleeraar in de faculteit der letteren en wijsbegeerte, volgens besluit van den senaat der universiteit, tegen de be- denkingen van de faculteit te verdedigen op Maandag 29 Januari 1923, des namiddags te 4 uur, door Christine Marie Berkhout, geboren te Malang. [Utrecht 1923]. Oct. (Schimmelgesl. Monilia). Publ.: 29 Jan 1923, p. [i-ix], [1]-71, [72 expl. fig.], 1 sheet theses (stellingen), 4 pl. Copies: INYe ewe Ref.: LS suppl. 2434. Berlandier, Jeam Louis (1805-1851), Belgian explorer in North America and Mexico, traveller for A. P. de Candolle and Moricand. (Berland.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: G; further reasonably complete sets at BM, BP, GH, G-DC, FI, K, KIEL and W. Ref. V2:"70: Clokie, Account herb. Oxford 131. 1964. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 5(1): 80; Barnhart 1: 171; BM 6: 83; CSP 1: 297; Kew 1: 225; Langman p. 131-132; Laségue p. 207; ME 1: 165, 3: 537, 725; PR ed. 1, 778, ed. 2, 692; Zander ed. 10, p. 634. Candolle, Mémoires et souvenirs 336-338. 1862. Hemsley, Biol. Centr. Amer. 4: 123. 1887. Sargent, Silva North Amer. 1: 82. 1891 (repr. 1947). Geiser, Southwest Rev. 18(4): 431-459. 1933 (‘‘in defense of Jean-Louis Berlandier”’). 196 BERLESE Briquet and Cavillier, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 36-39. 1940 (bibl.) Geiser, Naturalists of the frontier 30-54. 1948. Stafleu, The great Prodromus 20. 1966. Berlandier, The Indians of Texas in 1830. Edited and introduced by John C. Ewers. Washington 1969 (xi, 209 p., 20 pl., map). Ewan, Short history botany U.S. 45. 1969. EPONYMY: Berlandiera A. P. de Candolle (1836). HANDWRITING: Candollea 27: 317-318. 1972. — For a list of Berlandier manuscripts see Langman p. 131-132. COMPOSITE WORKS: Grossulariae, DC., Prodr. 3: 477-483. med. Mar 1828. 469. Mémoire sur la famille des Grossulariées. [Genéve 1826]. Qu. (Mém. Grossular.) Publ.: 1826, p. [43]-60, pl. 1-3. Copy: G. — Reprinted from Mém. Soc. Phys. Hist. nat. Genéve 3(2): 43-60, pl. 1-3. 1826. — Abstract Bull. Sci. nat. 14: 358. (n.v.) Ref.: CSP 1: 297; Kew 1: 225; PR 692. 470. Memorias de la comision de limites a las ordenes del general Manuel de Mier y Teran [1832]. Qu. (Mem. comis. limites). Publ.: Probably 1832, date of preface p. 11. This pamphlet consists of two signatures, quarto and half a signature of preface material: p. [i-iii], 1-16. Copies: HH, MICH, US. See Diario below. Ref.: Kew 5: 269; Langman p. 132. 471. Diario de viaje de la Comision de limites que puso el Gobierno de la Republica baja el direccién del Exmo. Sr. Gral. D. Manuel Mier y Teran. Por Luis Berlandier y Rafael Chovel. Mexico 1850. Oct. (Diario viaje comis. limites). Publ.: 1850, p. [1]-298 (copy: NY, p. 1-2 missing, title quoted here from the handwritten material added to the NY copy). This Diario contains on p. 292-298 the material from the above 16 p. pamphlet ‘“‘Memorias”’ (fide Langman). — This brief Berlandier text was also published (again fide Langman) Mos. Mex. 4. 418-422. 1840 (n.v.) and Bol. Soc. Mex. Geogr. Est. 5: 125-129. 1857 (n.v.) — For the validity of Berlandier’s names see Johnston. Ref.: Langman p. 132. Johnston, Contr. Gray Herb. 70: 87-90. 1924. Berlese, Augusto Napoleone (1864-1903), Italian mycologist and plant pathologist. (Berl.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: PAD(?), B, MSC. — Issued Fungi lusitanici (1 fasc., 78 nos) with P. A. Saccardo and C. Roumeguére, set at FH. efe: WE 2°70. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 171; BM 1: 145, 6: 83, Bossert p. 35; CSP 12: 74, 13: 477-478; DTS 1: 19; GR p. 513-514; Kew 1: 225; LS 2703-2793c, 31066- 31068; MW p. 42; NI 1409. Traverso, Le Stationi sperimentali agrarie italiane 36(1): 33-46. 1902. Cavara, Ann. Mycol. 1: 178-180. 1903. Saccardo and Traverso, Malphigia 17: 117-126. 1903 (bibl., portr.) Saccardo, Riv. R. Scuol. vit. ed. enol. Conegliano 4. ser. 9: 94. 1903 (n.v.) Sommier, Boll. Soc. bot. Ital. 1903 (repr. 2 p.). Ainsworth and Bisby, Dict. fungi ed. 6. 67. 1971. COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) Rivista di Patologia vegetale, Berlese co-editor, vols. 1-10, 1892-1902. (2) Saccardo, Sylloge fungorum. Berlese contributed Myxomycetes (vol. 7, 1), Laboul- beniaceae (8), Phycomycetes (7, 1) and additamenta to vols. 1-4. EPONYMY: Berlesiella P. A. Saccardo (1888). BERLESE 472. Fungi moricolae iconografia e descrizione dei funghi parassiti del gelso. Padova (Tipografia del Seminario) 1889. Oct. (Fungi moricol.) fasc. text plates species date (p. 2 intr.) dates Nat. Nov. I 20 IO 10 22 Apr 18385 Apr 1885 2 20 10 10 20 Aug 1885 Nov 1885 3 20 10 10 20 Apr 1886 Mai 1886 4 20 10 10 20 Aug 1887 Sep 1887 5 20 10 20 20 Aug 1888 Nov 1888 6 20 10 28 20 Dec 1888 Feb 1889 7 22 Ir 33 20 Jul 1889 Aug 1889 8 1-63 _ - 25 Jul 1889 Aug 1889 9 -63 — = 30 Jul 1889 Aug 1889 10 [1]-13 — - 5 Aug 1889 Aug 1889 The introduction (p. 2) cites 10 fascicles. The material of fasc. 7-10 is mentioned as a whole by Nat. Nov., possibly the Appendice e chiave analytica, 63 p., count as fasc. 8 and 9, and the introductory material (Cenni generali) of 13 p. as fasc. 10. The plates are ac- companied by 2 p. letterpress each. Copies: FH, NY. The subscription to this work (leaflet in Farlow copy) stated “‘i fascicoli non saranno pid di 8, di cui ne uscira almeno uno ogni mese.”’ Plate zo of fasc. 1 (Hexagonia mort) is sometimes placed with no. 7 of fasc. 4 (Polyporus squamosus) in accordance with a later instruction by Berlese. Ref.: BM 1: 145; LS 2705. 473- Micromycetes tridentini contribuzione allo studio dei funghi microscopici del ‘Trentino per cura del Dr. A. N. Berlese e dell’Ab. G. Bresadola. Trento 1889. Rovereto (Tipo- grafia Roveretana, ditta V. Sottochiesa) 1889. Oct. (Micromycet. trident.) Publ.: 1889 (Nat. Nov. Dec 1889), p. [1]-103, 6 pl. Copy: NY. (See also Bresadola, Fungz tridentini, 7 fasc. 1881-1887). Originally published in Annuario della Societa degli Alpinisti tridentini 14 (1887/8): 299-399. ¢. 1-6. 1889. Ref.: BM 1::145; DTS 1: 19; Kew 1: 225; LS 2776. 474. Icones fungorum omnium hucusque cognitorum ad usum Sylloges Saccardianae adcommodatae. Avellino (for author by Eduardo Pergola) 1890-1905, 4 vols. Oct. f (Icon. fung.) vol: ) fase: pages plates date t.p. dates Nat. Nov. I I [1]-iv, [1]-66(?) I-42 [pref.: Jun 1890] 1890 2 67(?)-90 43-84 1892, Mai 3 gi-118 85-123 1893, Jan 4 119-228 124-162 1894, Jun 5 [i]-x Gen. 1-22 1894 (ded. Mar) 1894, Jun 2 I 1-28 1-44, 4bis 1895, Feb 2S 29-84 45-100 1896, Jun 4(1) 85-112 IOI-143 1897, Mar (2) 113-216 144-178 1899, Aug [1-111] Gen. I-10 1900 3 Tne [1]-52 1-61 1900, Nov Bh il 53-104. 62-126 1902, Sep 5 105-120 127-162 1905, Mai [1-111] 1900-1905 4 I I-40 1-67 Feb 1898 1898, Feb 41-44 = 1905, Mai Facsimile ed. Ref.: BM 1: 145, 6: 83; Kew 1: 225; LS 2729; NI 149. 198 : Lehre (J. Cramer), 1968, Bibliotheca mycologica 16A-D, 4 vols., collation as above but with an extra t.p. per vol. Copy: FAS. BERNHARDI Bernard, Charles Jean (1876-1967), Swiss botanist and agriculturist. (C. Bernard). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BO. Ref.: 1H 2: 70. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart I: 172. De Jonghe et al., Bergcultures 7: 661-674. 1913. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males ser. 1. 1: 52. 1950 (portr.) Chodat, Trav. Soc. bot. Genéve g: 16-17. 1968. EPONYMY: Bernardia Playfair (1917). 475- Protococcacées et desmidiées d’ eau douce, récoltées a Java et décrites par Ch. Bernard ... Batavia (Landsdrukkerij) 1908. Oct. (Protococc. desmid.) Publ.: 1908 (Nat. Nov. Sep 1908), p. [i-i1], [1]-230, pl. r-76, uncol. liths by author. Copies: MO, U, USDA. Bernard, Georges Eugéne (x-1925), French mycologist, ‘“‘pharmacien major de tre classe a ’h6pital militaire d’Aufrédi.” (G. Bernard). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 172; BM 1: 150; CSP 12: 74, 13: 480; Kew 1: 227; LS 2801-2805, suppl. 2453; NI 151. Balland, Les pharmaciens militaires francais 224, 259. 1913. Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 429. 1916. EPONYMy: Bernardia Playfair (1917) is dedicated to Charles Jean Bernard (1876-1967), q.v. 476. Champignons observés a la Rochelle et dans les environs. Paris (Germer Bailliére & Co.) 1882. Oct. (Champ. Rochelle) Publ.: Oct-Nov 1882 (p. 9: 16 Jan 1882, Nat. Nov. Nov 1882; J. Bot. Jan 1883), p. [1]- 300, 56 pl. Copies: NY, Stevenson — Another issue (n.v.) La Rochelle 1882, no. 18, Ann. Soc. Sci. natl Charente inférieure. — Some copies have coloured plates. Ref.: BM 1: 150; Kew 1: 227; LS 2801; NI 151. Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 429. 1916. Bernet, Henri (1850-1904), Swiss physician and bryologist. (Bernet). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: G, duplicates at L, PC, SAM. Reps: TH 2:70: BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 12(3): 123; Barnhart 1: 173. Barbey, Bull. Herb. Boissier ser. 2. 4: 840. 1904. Guinet, Rev. bryol. 31: 97-98. 1904. Beauverd, Bull. Herb. Boissier ser. 2. 5: 200. 1905. Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 39-41. 1940 (bibl.) 477- Catalogue des hépatiques du sud-ouest de la Suisse et de la Haute-Savoie. Genéve (H. Georg), Basel, Lyon 1888. Oct. (Cat. hép. Suisse). Publ.: 1888 (Nat. Nov. Aug 1888; Hedw. rd. Oct-Dec 1888), p. [i]- [iii], [1]-135, pl. 1-4. Copy: Steere. Bernhardi, Johann Jakob (1774-1850), German botanist and horticulturist at Erfurt, editor of Allgemeines teutsches Garten-Magazin. (Bernh.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: MO (62.000). — MO also holds part of the herbarium of a nephew of J. J. Bernhardi: Theodor Bernhardi (1810-1880). Referer (Ed. \6)356) D’Arcy, Missouri Bot. Gard. Bull. 69(1): 20-25. 1971. 199 BERNHARDI BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 2: 461; Barnhart 1: 173; BM 1: 151; CSP 1: 303- 305, 6: 584, 7: 147; 12: 753 DTS 1: 19-20; GR p. 6; IF p. 681; Jackson p. 426; Kanitz no. 97; Kew 1: 229; Langman p. 133; LS 2718-2719; MW p. 42; Moebius p. 447 [index]; PR 697-704; Zander ed. 10, p. 634. Anon., Flora 33: 736. 1850. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 8: 846-847. 1850. Lindemann, Bull. Soc. Natural. Moscou 59(1): 276-277. 1884. EPoNYMyY: Bernhardia Willdenow ex Bernhardi (1802). 478. Systematisches Verzeichnis der Pflanzen, welche in der Gegend um Erfurt gefunden werden, entworfen von D. Johann Jakob Bernhardi. Erster Teil. Erfurt (Hoyer und Rudolphi) 1800. Oct. + (Syst. Verz.) Publ.: 1800, p. [i]-xxviii, [1]-346. Extremely rare. Copies at Brit. Mus. (Bloomsbury), Vetensk. Akad. Stockholm, and at B. Ref.: Kew 1: 229 [microfiches]; PR 698; IDC 5509. Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 320. 1945. 479. Ueber den Begriff der Pflanzenart und seine Anwendung. Erfurt (Wilhelm Otto) 1834. Qu. (Begr. Pflanzenart). Publ.: 1834 (rd after 12 Mar and before Dec 1834, Flora), p. [i]-viti, [1]-68, [1]. Copy: NY Ref.: BM 1: 151; Kew 1: 229. Bernoulli, Carl Gustav (1834-1878), Swiss naturalist, resident in Guatemala 1858- 1878. (Bernouilli). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BAS, K, duplicates see IH. Refes Lo: Fv. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 171; CSP g: 205. Mueller, Verh. naturf. Ges. Basel 6: 710-737. 1878 (bibl.) Embacher, Lexikon Reisen 37. 1882. Hemsley, Biol. Centr. Amer. 4: 137. 1887. EPONYMY: Bernoullia D. Oliver (1873, nom. cons.) ; Bernoullia O. Heer (1877, dedicated to the famous Basel family of which Carl Gustav was a member). 480. Die Gefisskryptogamen der Schweiz. Basel (Schweighauser) 1857. Oct. (Gefasskrypt. Schweiz). Publ.: Jan-Jun 1857 (Flora rd before 14 Jul), p. [i]-vili, [1]-96. Copy: PCS. Ref.: Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 15: 621-622. 4 Sep 1857. Bernstein, Heinrich Agathon (1822-1865), German botanist from Silesia. (Bernstein). HERBARIUM and tTyPEs: Material from Indonesia at WRSL. Ref: WH os 71: BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 174; BM 1: 152; CSP 1: 306, 6: 584, 7: 147- 148, 9: 205; LS 2823; PR ed. 2, p. 25. Anon., Flora 48: 573. 29 Nov 1865; Bot. Zeit. 23: 326-327. 1865. Embacher, Lexikon der Reisen 37. 1882. Sirks, Indisch Natuuronderzoek 165. 1915. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males ser. 1. 1: 52-53. 1950 (bibl.) 481. Microstoma hiemale, eine Pilzgattung aus der Gruppe der Pezizoideen, ... mit einer Steindrucktafel. Der Akademie itibergeben den 14. Oktober 1851 [Breslau 1854]. Qu. (Microstoma hiemale). Publ.: Nov-Dec 1854 (‘‘soeben,” Flora 28 Dec 1854), p. [647]-658, pl. 6r from Nova Acta Acad. Leop. 23(2), 1854. Copy: NY. 200 BERTERO Ref.: CSP 1: 306; LS 2823. Flora 37: 751. 21 Dec 1854. Bertero, Carlo Guiseppe (1789-1831), Italian physician, botanist, who as a naval physician travelled in the West Indies (1816-1821) and settled in Chile in 1827. (Bertero). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: The original Italian (mainly Piedmont) herbarium is at TO; the main set of the West Indian plants is also at TO, the second set at G-DC. The Chilean collections were sold after Bertero’s death, acquired by the Esslingen Unio itineraria and dispersed over various institutions. For details see IH. Most of Bertero’s manuscripts, in so far as they are extant, are also at TO. See Urban (1902) for an itiner- ary and for further literature. Ref.: 1H 2: 71; Saccardo 1: 28, 2: 18. Anon., Flora 18(1). Int. Bl. 48. 1835 (on sale collections). Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 21-23. 1902. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 19-20. 1941. D’Arcy, Missouri Bot. Gard. Bull. 69(1): 24. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 175; BM 1: 152, 364 (sub Colla); Bossert p. 36; CSP 1: 308; Kew 1: 231; Laségue p. 260-263; NI 381; PR 714; Saccardo 1: 28, 2: 18; Zander ed. 10, p. 635. Ruschenberger, Am. J. Sci. 19: 63-66. 1830 (transl. of list of plants of Chile from Mercurio Chileno). Hooker et Arnott, Bot. Misc. 3: 303. 1833. Anon., Ann. Sci. Bot. ser. 2. 1: 254-256. 1834. Colla, Mem. Acad. Sci. Torino ser. 2. 1: 123-141. 1839 (incorrect data on itinerary W. Indies). Candolle, Mémoires et souvenirs 372. 1862. Fournier, in Baillon, Dict. bot. 1: 409. 1876. Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cxu. 1883. Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 21-23. 1902. Vignolo-Lutati, Commemorazione del primo centenario della morte del Dott. Carlo Bertero. Torino 1931, 7 p. Mattirolo, Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino ser. 2. 67(5): 1-21. 1932 (portr., bibl.) (q.v. for many biogr. refs.) (also as repr.) Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 19-20. 1941. Arbelaez, Rev. Acad. Colomb. 13(51): 371-373. 1969 (1970). Stafleu, 7x Daniels and Stafleu, Taxon 23: 352. 1974 (portr.) COMPOSITE WORKS: Contributed to Colla, Plantae rariores in regionibus chilensibus (1834- 1836) q.v. EPONYMY: Berteroa A. P. de Candolle (1821) ; Berteroella O. E. Schulz (1919) ; Berteromyces Ciferri (1954); Terobera Steudel (1854, anagram). HANDWRITING: Mem. r. Accad. Sci. Torino ser. 2. 1: 141. 1839. NOTE: Bertero died shortly after g April 1831 when the ship which was to have brought him to Valparaiso from Tahiti disappeared on the high seas. 482. Lista de plantas que han sido observadas en Chile por el Dr. Bertero en 1828, Mercurio chileno 12: 551-564. 1 Mar 1829. — Continuacion del catalogo de plantes obser- vadas en Chile por el doctor Bertero. Mercurio chileno 13: 593-616 (15 Apr 1829), 14: 639- 651 (15 Mai 1829), 15: 684-702 (15 Jun 1829), 16: 735-749 (15 Jul 1820). Reprint: by Gualterio Looser, Santiago de Chile 1933-1936; translation: by W. S. W. Ruschenberger, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts 19: 63-70, 299-311 (1831), 20: 248-260 (1831); 23: 78-96, 250-269 (1833), also Linnaea 7 (Lit. Ber.) : 6-49. 1832. Kew 1: 231 (micro- films). Ref.: RS p. 74-75. Pichi-Sermolli, Webbia 8: 123. 1951. BERTHELOT Berthelot, Sabin (1794-1880), French consul at 8. Cruz de Teneriffe, explorer of the flora of the Canary Islands. (Berthel.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Material at B, FI, L, LY, P. Rest O27 70. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(2): 3, 496; Barnhart 1: 175; BL 1:87; BM 1: 153; Bossert p. 36; CSP 1: 314, 7: 159, 9: 221, 12: 76; GF p. 50; Jackson p. 352, 500; Kew 1: 232; PR 715; Zander ed. 10, p. 635. Candolle, Mémoires et souvenirs 413. 1862. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 96, 166. 1905. EPONYMY: Berthelotia A. P. de Candolle (1836). HANDWRITING: Monogr. biol. Canar. 4: 32. 1973 (fig. 12). Berthold, Gottfried Dietrich Wilhelm (1854-1937), German algologist. (Berthold). HERBARIUM and TyPES: GOET, KIEL, further material at BRNU, L. Ref.: TH 2: 71. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 175; BM 1: 153, 6: 86; Bossert p. 36; CSP 12: 76, 13: 501; Jackson p. 156, 172; Kew 1: 232; LS suppl. 2523[?]; Moebius p. 448 [index]. Anon., Hedwigia 77: (108)-(109). 1937. Kister, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 54: (100)-(121). 1937 (bibl., portr.), see also 42: 309. 1924 (note). EPONYMY: Bertholdia Lagerheim (1889); Bertholdia F. Schmitz (1897); Bertholdiella Klebahn (1892). 483. Die Bangiaceen des Golfes von Neapel und der angrenzenden Meeres-Abschnitte. Eine Monographie. Leipzig (Wilhelm Engelmann) 1882. Qu. (Bangiac. Golf. Neapel). Publ.: Nov-Dec 1882 (p. vi: 1 Nov 1882; Nat. Nov. Jan 1883; Hedwigia, Feb 1883), p. [1i]-[ix], [1]-28, 1 pl. (uncol. lith.). Copies: MICH, NY. — Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel. Monographie 8. — Reprint announced by Koeltz (1973). Ref.: BM 1: 153; Kew 1: 232. 484. Die Cryptonemiaceen des Golfes von Neapel und der angrenzenden Meeres-Abschnitte. Eine Monographie .... Leipzig (Wilhelm Engelmann) 1884. Qu. (Cryptonem. Golf. Neapel). Publ.: Nov-Dec 1884 (pref.: Oct 1883; Nat. Nov. Jan 1885; Hedwigia Mar-Apr 1885), p- [i-v], [1]-27, pl. 1-8 (1-5 col.). Copies: MICH, NY. — Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel. Monographie 12. Ref.: BM 1: 153. Bertoloni, Antonio (1775-1869), Italian botanist, professor of botany at Bologna 1816- 1869. (Beritol.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BOLO (partly destroyed). Refs Vo: 7119545 Bilanconi, Boll. Ist. stor. Ital. Arte san. 1927: 284 (n.v.). Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 20-21. 1941. Koster, Taxon 18: 549. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 142, 344, 5(1): 4539, 5(2): 280; Barnhart 1: 177; BL 2: 331; BM 1: 154; Bossert p. 36; CSP 1: 324-325, 6: 585, 7: 161; DTS 1: 20-21; GR p. 514; IF 681-682; Jackson [index]; Kew 1: 232-233; Langman p. 134; Laségue p. 562 [index]; LS 2852-2859; NI 157; PR 720-740; Saccardo 1: 29, 2: 18; Saccardo Cron. p. xvi; Zander ed. 10, p. 635. 202 BERTOLONI Candolle, Mémoires et souvenirs 364. 1862. Gorini, Index Bertolonianus. Milano 1867, 452 p. Parlatore, Nuovo Giorn. bot. Ital. 1: 149-152. 1869; Bot. Zeit. 27: 417-422. 1869. Versari, Mem. Acad. Sci. Ist. Bologna ser. 2. 10: 157-188. 1870 (bibl.) Fournier, in Baillon, Dict. bot. 1: 409-410. 1876. Cesati, Mem. Mat. Fis. Soc. Ital. Sci. ser. 3. 4: liii-lxi. 1882 (bibl.) Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cxii-cxiil. 1883. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 160, fl. 32. 1903, 3(3): 175. 1905 (portr.) Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 20-21. 1941 (bibl.) Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 64, 1936. Giacomini, Regn. veg. 71: 98. 1971 (portr.) Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 29. 1973. Stafleu, in Daniels and Stafleu, ‘Taxon 23: 364. 1974. COMPOSITE WORKS: Annali di Storia naturale, editor, 1829-1830; Nuovi Annali delle Scienze naturali, editor, ser. 1-3, 1838-1854. EPONYMY: Bertolonia Raddi (1820, nom. cons.); Bertolonia K. P. J. Sprengel (1820). 485. Rariorum Liguriae [Italiae| plantarum decas prima [secunda, tertia], Genua, Pisa (R. Prospero) 1803-1810. Oct. (Rar. Lig. [Ital.] pl.) 1: Rar. Liguriae pl., Genova 1803 (Nuovo Giorn. lett. ann. Jan-Mar 1803). Copy: G. 2: Rar. Italiae pl., Pisa 1806, p. [1]-47, [48 err.]. Copies: G(2), HH. 3: Rar. Italiae pl., Pisa (Typis Raynerii Prosperi) 1810, p. [1]-125, [1 err.] “accedit specimen zoophytorum Portus Lunae.”’ Copies: G(2), HH, HU, M. Decas 1 was reprinted from Mem. Soc. med. Emul. Genova 2: 123-147. 1803, it was republished in Collect. Rem. bot. Spect. 1809 (n.v.) Ref.: BM 1: 154; Kew 1: 233; PR 720; IDC 5333. 486. Amoenitates italicae sistentes opuscula ad rem herbariam et zoologiam Italiae spec- tantia. Bologna (Typis Annesii de Nobilibus) 1819. Qu. (Amoen. ztal.) Publ.: Apr 1819 (p.v.: kalend. Jan 1817; reviews Apr 1819, B.H.), p. [i-vi], 1-472, pl. 1-6 (plain copper engravings), p.v.: kalend. Jan 1817, p. 472: 1819. Copies: NY, US. — Collection of papers, some previously published [Beck, Aug 1819]. Ref BM 1: 1543 LF p..681; Kew 1: 233; LS 2853: PR 723; SY p.-6o. 487. Excerpta de re herbaria. Bologna (Typis Annesii de Nobilibus) 1820. Qu. (Exc. re bot.) Publ.: 1820, p. [1]-16, [1, ind.], pl. r. Copy: G. 488. Lucubrationes de re herbaria. [Commentationes in Cupani Panphyton siculum]. Bologna (Typis Annesii de Nobilibus) 1822. Qu. (Lucubr. re herb.) Publ.: 1822 (ALZ Dec 1822), p. [1]-40, 1 pl. Copies: G(2), NY. — The title page does not carry the subtitle ““Commentationes ... siculum.” Ref.: BM 1: 154; Kew 1: 233; LS 2854; PR 725. 489. Praelectiones rei herbariae quae et prologomena ad floram italicam. Bologna (Ex. officina Richardi Masii) 1827. Oct. (Prael. ret herb.) Publ.: Mar 1827 (imprimatur: 3 Feb 1827; Antologia Firenze 1827; Nuovo Giorn. Let. Mar-Apr 1827), p. [i]-vili, [1]-334, [2, err., censor]. Copies: M, NY. Ref.: BM 1: 154; PR 728. 490. Mantissa plantarum florae alpium apuanarum. Bologna (Ex typographaeo Emygdii ab Ulmo et Josephi Tiocchi) 1832. Qu. (Mant. pl. fl. apuan.) Publ.: 1832 (Nuovo Giorn. Lett. Jul-Aug 1832; Poligrapho Verona Oct 1832; BH), p. [i-vi], [1]-74, [2]. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 1: 154; Kew 1: 233; LS 2855; PR 729; IDC 5114. 491. Flora italica sistens plantas in Italia et insulis circumstantibus sponte nascentes. Bologna (1-4: Richardi Masii, 5-10: Haeredum Richardi Masii) 1833-1854, 10 vols. Oct. (Fl. ital.) 203 BERTOLONI vol. fascicle pages I I 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 I 2 3 4 5 6 3 I 2 3 4 5 4 I 2 3 +4 5 6 5 I 2 3 4 5 6 I 2 3 4 5 7 I 2 3 4 5 8 I 3 4 5 9 I 2 3 4 5 10 Op ON [1]-128 129-256 257-384 385-512 513-640 641-768 769-882, [1] [1]-128 129-256 257-384 385-512 513-640 641-602, [1] [i]-128 129-256 257-384 385-512 513-637, [1] [1]-128 129-256 257-384 385-512 513-640 641-799, [800, err. | [1]-128 129-256 257-384 385-512 513-654, [2] 1-128 129-256 257-384 385-512 513-642, [1, err.] [1]-128 129-256 257-384, 385-512 513-644, [3] [1]-128 129-256 257-384 385-512 512-660 [1]-128 129-256 257-384 385-512 513-669, [670, err.], [1] [1]-128 129-256 257-384 385-512 513-639, [640] dates in book 1833 (t.p.) at Jul 1834 1835 (t.p.) g Oct 1836 1837 (t.p.) 2 Dec 1838 1839 (t.p.) 19 Jul 1841 1842 (t.p.) 27 Jul 1844 1844 (t.p.) 30 Jan 1847 1847 (t.p.) 27 Aug 1850 1850 (t.p.) 30 Jan 1853 1853 12 Jul 1854 1854. other dates 14 Mai 1833 (Flora: 16: 287) 3 Feb 1834 (L) 3 Feb 1834 (L); 21 Dec 1833 (Flora) 3 Feb 1834 (L) 20 Aug 1835 (L) 20 Aug 1835 (L) 20 Aug 1835 (L) Mar-Apr 1835; 20 Aug 1835 (L) Mar-Apr 1835 Mai 1835-Mar 1836 Apr 1836 (B.B.) Aug 1836 (B.B.) Oct 1836 (B.B.) Nov 1837 (B.B.) Nov 1837 (B.B.) Mai 1838 (B.B.); Mar 1838 (N.A.) Oct 1838 (B.B.) Apr 1839 (B.B.) Aug 1839 (B.B.); 7 Oct 1839 (L) Apr 1840 (B.B.); 4 Jun 1840 (L); Jan 1840 (N.A.) Sep 1840 (B.B.) Sep 1840 (B.B.) Apr 1841 (B.B.) Sep 1841 (B.B.) Sep 1842 (B.B.); Sep 1842 (H) Sep 1842 (B.B.); Sep 1843 (H) Sep 1843 (B.B.); Sep 1843 (H)) Jun 1844 (H) Jan 1845 (H) Jun 1845 (H) Jul 1845 (H) Mai 1846 (H) Sep 1846 (H) Mai 1847 (H) Jan 1848 (H) Jun 1850 (H) Jun 1850 (H) Jun 1850 (H) Apr 1851 (H); Mar 1852 (Flora) Dec 1851 (H) Dec 1851 (H) Oct 1852 (H) Oct 1852 (H) Jun 1853 (H) Jun 1853 1854 (Flora 14 Nov 1854) 1854 (Flora 14 Nov 1852) 1854 (Flora 14 Nov 1852) 1854; rd Oct 1854 (Flora) Dec 1855 (H) Dec 1855 (H) Jan-Feb 1857 BERTOLONI Copies: BR, G, HU, MO, NY. — The above division is based on the list given by Giaco- mini, who consulted a copy in original covers. Giacomini also provides the dates on which some fascicles were listed by the Biblioteca Italiana (B.B.). The dates marked ‘‘(H)” are those on which fascicles were received at Leipzig by Hinrichs; (L) marks the date of receipt by the Linnean Society (N.A.) Nuovi Ann. Sci. nat. Bologna. Obviously there must have been a varying delay due to transportation. The dates in the book are those of the title-pages and of the last pages of the indexes. Ref.: BL 2: 331; BM 1: 154; DTS p. 20-21; Jackson p. 315; Kew 1: 233; PFC 1:xxxv, 3(1): vu; PR 738; IDC 5370. Anon., Bonpandia 1: 66. 1853. Firnrohr, Flora 40: 112. 21 Feb 1857 [vol. 10 complete], rev. 40: 298-300. 21 Mai 1857. Gorini, Index Bertolonianus, 452 p., Milano 1867. Litardiére, Prodr. fl. Corse 3(1): vii. 1938. Giacomini, Un monument de la littérature floristique italienne. La ‘‘Flora Italica”’ de Ant. Bertoloni (1833-1856) zn Smit and ter Laage, Regn. veg. 71: 85-98. 1971. 492. Horti botanici bononiensis plantae novae vel minus cognitae. Bologna (Ex typographaeo Emygdii ab Ulmo et Josephi Tiocchi) 1838-1839, 2 fasc. Qu. (Horti bonon. pl. nov.) Fasc. 1: 1838 (ABD 30 Nov 1838), p. [1]-10, pl. 1-5 (coloured lithographs) (rd by Flora 6 Mai 1839). Copy: HH. Fasc. 2: 1839 (Linn. Soc. rd 7 Oct), p. [1]-14, pl. r-4 (coloured lithographs). Copy: HH. epee PRO 735. 493- Florula guatimalensis sistens plantas nonnullas in Guatimala sponte nascentes. Bolog- na (Ex typographaeo Emyedii ab Ulmo) 1840. Qu. (Fl. guatimal.) Publ.: 1840, p. [1]-43, [2, index], pl. 1-12, coloured lithogr. by Bettini; reprinted from Novi Commentarit Academiae Scientiarum Instituto Bononiensts 4.: 403-443, pl. 36-47. 1840. Copy: HH. Ref LE p. 661; Kew 13233; Ni 1573) PR 736. 494. Miscellanea botanica i [-xxiv]. Bologna (i-xii: Ex typographaeo Emygdii ab Ulmo; xill-xvii: id. S. Thomae Aquinates; xviii-xix: id. Archiepiscopoli; xx-xxiv: id. Gamberini et Parmeggiani) 1842-1863. Qu. (Misc. bot.) number pages fplates dates reprinted from I [1]-22 1-3 1842 N.C.B. 5: [413]-432, pl. 40-42. 1842. 2 [1]-24 1-3 1843 N.C.B. 6: [217]-238, pl. 8-ro. 1844. 3 [1]J-21 12-6 1844 N.C.B. 6: [419]-438, pl. 18-29. 1844. 4 [1]-13 1-2 1844 N.C.B. 7: [193]-203, pl. 12-13. 1844. 5 [i]-18 1-5 1846 N.C.B. 8: [69]-84, pl. 8-13. 1846. (ante Dec) 6 [1]-34 1-6 1847, N.C.B. 8: [363]-394, pl. 30-35. 1846. Jan-Jul 7 [1]-46 1-5 1848 N.C.B. 9: [185]-228, pl. ro-15. 1849. 8 [1]-34 12-6 1849 N.C.B. 9: [573]-604, pl. 92-35. 1849. 9 [1]-17 1-6 1851 M.A.B. 2: [265]-281, pl. rz-16. 8151. 10 [1]-37 1-4 1851 M.A.B. 2: [283]-319, pl. 17-20. 1851. 1 [i]J-21 1-5 1851 M.A.B. 2: [587]-607, pl. 41-45. 1851 12 [1]-49 1-6 1852 M.A.B. 3: [145]-191, pl. 12-17. 1851. 13 [1]-21 1-3 1853 M.A.B. 4: [61]-79, pl. 2-4. 1853. 14 [1]-20. 1-2 1853 M.A.B. 4: [411]-428, pl. 16-17. 1853. 15 [1]-23 1-4 1854 M.A.B. 5: [423]-448, pl. 18-27. 1854. 16 [1]-30 1-5 ~=1856 M.A.B. 6: [449]-474, pl. 23-27. 1855. 17 [1]-24 1-5 1857 M.A.B. 7: [341 ]-366, pl. 18-22. 1856. 18 [1]-23 1-4 1858 M.A.B. 8: [225]-245, pl. 19-17. 1857. 19 [1]-22 1-5 1858 M.A.B. 9: [167]-186, pl. 6-10. 1858. 20 [1]-16 1-5 1859 M.A.B. 10: [27]-40, pl. 5-9. 1859. 21 [1]-18 1-5 1861 M.A.B. 11: [189]-204, pl. rr-15. 1861. BERTOLONI number pages /lates dates reprinted from 22 [1]-18 1-6 1862 M.A.B. 12: [223]-238, pl. 7-6. 1861. 23 [1]-20 1-6 1862 M.A.B. ser. 2. 1: [215]-232, pl. 1-6. 1862. 24 [1]-18 17-6 1863 M.A.B. ser. 2. 2: [161]-176, pl. 1-6. 1862. Copies: G, HH, NY. — N.C.B. = Novi Comm. Acad. Sci. Bonon.; M.A.B. = Mem. Accad. Bolosuce Copy journal publ: MO. Ref.: BM 1: 154; IF p. 681; Kew 1: 233; LS 2858. 495- Flora italica cryptogama. Bologna (Ex typographaeo Josephi Cenerelli) 1858-1862 [-1867], 2 parts. Oct. (Fl. ital. crypt.) part. fasc. pages dates part fasc. pages dates I I [1]-128 1858 5 513-662 1862 2 129-256 1858 2 1/2 [1]-256 1862 3 257-384 1859 3 257-338 1867 4 385-512 1861 Copies: G, MO, NY. — Part 1: Pteridophyta, Bryophyta; part 2: Algae. Ref.: BM 1: 154; DTS 1: 21; IF p. 682; Jackson p. 316; Kew 1: 233; LS 2859; PFC 1: XXXV, 3(1I): vil; PR 739. Bertrand, Charles Eugéne (1851-1917), French palaeobotanist at Lille. (C. E. Ber- trand ). COLLECTIONS: LILLE. Herbarium material from France at L and MANCH (not orig.) Ref.: TH 2: 72. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews ed. 2, p. 238-239; Barnhart 1: 177; BM 1: 154- 155, 6: 87; CSP 7: 162, 9: 227, 12: 77, 13: 506; Jackson p. 82, 109; Kew 1: 234; Langman p. 134; LS 22075, 32490; MW p. 43; Quenstedt p. 35. Bertrand, Notice sur les travaux scientifiques de M. C. E. Bertrand, Lille 1887, 43 p. Barrois, L’oeuvre géologique de C. E. Bertrand. Lille 1920, 18 p. (n.v.) (fide Quenstedt). Morvillez, Bull. Soc. Linn. Nord France 22: 23-76. 1921 (bibl.) Gravis, Bull. Soc. bot. Belg. 54: 147-149. 1921. Davy de Virville, Hist. bot. France p. 382 [index]. Mahabalé, Bull. Mus. nat. Hist. nat. Paris ser. 2. 26: 444-448. 1954. COMPOSITE WORKS: Archives botaniques du Nord de la France, 1-3, 1881-1887, editor. Berwald, Johann Gottfried (/l. 1778), German musician and naturalist. (Berwald). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 177. 496. Abhandlung vom Geschlecht der Pflanzen und der Befruchtung. Zum Nutzen der Blumen- Liebhaber. Hamburg (Herold) 1778. Oct. (Abh. Geschl. Pfl.) Publ.: Jan-Feb 1778 (p. 8: 29 Nov 1777; Gothaische gel. Zeit. 18 Mar 1778), p. [1]-48. Copy: PCS. Bescherelle, Emile (1828-1903), French administrator and bryologist. (Besch.) HERBARIUM and types: BM (exotic bryophytes), MIN (European bryophytes), P (phanerogams), PC (bryol. types). For his Muscinées des environs de Paris (10 fasc., nos. 1-250, 1861-1866) see Camus 1903; Mousses du Mt. Cenis, 21 specimens, at FH. Ref.s TH 2:79: Camus, Bull. Soc. bot. France 50: 239. 1903. 206 BESSA BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 177; BM 1: 156, 6: 87-88; Bossert p. 36; CSP 1: 341, 7: 164, 9: 229, 12: 78, 13: 513; Jackson p. 522 [index]; Kew 1: 235; KR p. 81; MW p. 43. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 11-12. 1898, 5: 1. 1908. Camus, Bull. Soc. bot. France 50: 227-239. 1903 (bibl., portr.) Holzinger, Bryologist 6: 46. 1903 (brief bibl.) Poisson, Bull. Soc. bot. France 50: 225-226. 1903. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 21. 1941. Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 29-30. 1973. EPONYMY: Bescherellia Duby (1873). Besler, Basilius (1561-1629), German apothecary and botanist. (Besler). HERBARIUM and Types: Not known to be extant. The original drawings are in the Uni- versity library, Exlangen (fide NI, sub 158). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 2: 555; Barnhart 1: 177; BM 1: 156; Bossert p. 36; Jackson p. xxxi; Kew 1: 235; Langman p. 135; Moebius p. 405; NDB 2: 178; NI 158; Plesch p. 140-141; PR 745-746. Jourdan, Dict. Sci. méd. Biogr. méd. 2: 216-217. 1820. Spiess, Abh. naturf. Ges. Nurnberg 8: 144-147. 1891. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 119. 1905. EPONYMY: Besleria Linnaeus (1753). 497- Hortus eystettensis sive diligens et accurata omnium plantarum, florum, stirpium ex varils orbis terrae partibus singulari studio collectarum, quae in celeberrimis viridiariis arcem episcopalem ibidem cingentibus hoc tempore conspiciuntur, delineatio et ad vivum repraesentatio, in quator partes divisus. Niirnberg 1613 (repr. 1640, 1713); Broadsheet. (Hort. eystett.) Publ.: The leaves, with descriptive text on the verso, are arranged in four parts (classis verna, autumnalis, aestiva, hyberna), each with orders within it and the 367 plates numbered within each order, and indexes (Heller). The 1640 reprint (Copy: MO) which has 362 plates (but no text or preface), is numbered serially. The 1713 reprint (Copies: HU, NY) edited by I. G. Sthenander, was reprinted in facsimile in 1964 at Miinchen-Allach. This reprint contains also the “‘Katalog zum Hortus Eystettensis. In zwel Verzeichnissen: 1. Nach der Reihenfolge der ‘Tafeln, 2. Nach alphabetarischer Reihenfolge der Namen. Herausgegeben von der Bibliothek-Commission der Kreis- und Stadt-Bibliothek Augsburg,’’ Augsburg 1885 [author: M. Britzelmayr]. The 1713 has text and plates just as the original edition, omitting only the dedications and the engraved titles to the sections, whilst some of the indexes occupy a less number of pages (BM 1: 156). The 367 plates (1084 figures) are printed from the original coppers. For further details see HU 430; ‘““The printing may have been done at Nu- remberg, but it is probably right to say that the book was published at Eichstatt.”’ Ref.: BM 1: 156; HE p. 13; HU 430; Jackson p. xxi, 426; Kew 1: 235; NI 158; Plesch p. 140-141; PR 745; SA 2: 542; TL 87. Widnmann, Catalogus systematicus ... horti Eystettensis. Nurnberg 1805. Anon., Flora 1: 591-592. 1818. Britzelmayr, Katalog zum Hortus Eystettensis. Augsburg 1885 [most recent collation with Linnaean nomenclature]. Schwertschlager, Der botanische Garten der Fiirstbischéfe von Eichstadt. Eichstatt 1890. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 1: 48-49. 1975 (sold at £ 16.000). Bessa, Pancrace (1772-1835), French botanical artist at the “‘Jardin des plantes.”’ (Bessa). ORIGINAL DRAWINGS: 47 in Paris, Muséum Histoire Naturelle, collection des vélins. Ref.: DU 34-41; NI sub 161. 207 BESSA BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 178; BM 1: 156; DU 31-40 (bibl.); NI 159- 161; PR 750. COMPOSITE WoRKS: Contributed illustrations to the ‘Nouveau Duhamel,” vols. 4-7 (see Duhamel du Monceau) and Loiseleur-Deslongchamps, Herbier général de l’amateur. See also NI 2: 242 [index]. Besser, Wilibaid Swibert Joseph Gottlieb von (1784-1842), Austrian-Polish bota- nist. (Besser). HERBARIUM and Types: KW. Duplicates of Besser’s collections are in many herbaria. Ref Ee red: O)ine 56,7 2:72. Lindemann, Bull. Soc. Natural. Moscou 59(1): 277. 1884. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 252, 5(2): 709, 6(2): 442; Barnhart 1: 178; BM 1: 157; Bossert p. 36; CSP 1: 348, 7: 165; Jackson p. 8, 124, 266, 331; Kew 1: 236; Krebel p. 34; Langman p. 135; Laségue p. 400; Lipschitz 1: 186-188; MW p. 43; PR 752-755; Lrautvetter p. 28-32; Zander ed. 10, p. 635. Fischer von Waldheim, Bull. Soc. imp. Nat. Moscou 16: 341-360. 1843 (bibl.) Trautvetter, Flora 27: 122-128. 28 Feb 1844 (bibl.) Bourdeille de Montrésor, Bull. Soc. imp. Nat. Moscou ser. 2. 6: 332-337. 1893 (bibl.) Asmous, Nature 151: 731. 1943. Janéevs’ka, Nauci i Narodnomo Gospod arstvo. Kiew 317-321. 1966 (Ukranian) (n.v.). Oleszakowa, Stud. Mater. Dziejéw Nauki Polsk. ser. B. 21: 83-114. 1971 (n.v., fide Kew Rec.) (on S. Jundzill-Besser corr.) EPONYMY: Bessera J. A. Schultes (1809, nom. rej.) ; Bessera J. H. Schultes (1829, nom. cons.) ; Bessera K. P. J. Sprengel (1815). HANDWRITING: Candollea 27: 319-320. 1972; Lipschitz & Vasilczenko, Central herba- rium of the U.S.S.R. 91. 1968. 498. Primitiae florae Galiciae austriacae utriusque. Encheiridion ad excursiones botanicas concinnatum. Wien (Ant. Doll) 1809. 2 vols. Duod. (Prim. fl. Galiciae austriac.) Publ.: 1809 (? The preface to vol. 1 is dated 13 Aug 1807 (sic), that to vol. 2: 16 Mar 1809) pars 1, 1809, p. [i-]xviii, [19]-3993 pars 2, 1809, p. [i]-vill, [9]-423. Copies: B, M. Ref.: BM 1: 157; Jackson p. 266; Kew 1: 236; PR 752; TR 97; IDC go2. Sartori, Vaterl. Blatt. dsterr. Kaiserstaat 3. 11(60/61): 422. 1810. 499- Catalogue des plantes du Jardin botanique du Gymnase de Volhynie a Krzemieniec. Krzemie- niec [Kremenets] (Imprimerie du Gymnase) 1811. Oct. (in fours) (Cat. jard. bot. Arzemie- niec). Orig. ed.: Late 1811, shortly after g Nov 1811, date of fiat; p. i-il, [1]-117. Copy: M. — Was preceded by an 1810 edition, Oct., 88 p. (n.v.). Suppl. 1: Dec 1812 (p. [ii]: 3 Dec 1812), p. [i-ii], [1]-37. Copy: M. — ““Supplément au Catalogue ... Krzemieniec”’ s.]. 1812. Suppl. 2: 1814. (p. [ii]: 22 Dec 1813), p. [i-ii], [1]-18. Copy: M. — “Supplementum II. Ad Catalogum plantarum in horto botanico gymnasii Volhyniensis Cremeneci cultarum anno mdccexiii.’’ Krzemieniec. 1814. Oct. Suppl. 3: Nov-Dec 1814 (p. ii: 9 Nov 1814), p. [i-ii], [1]-32. Copy: M. — “Supplementum III. Ad ... mdccexiv.” Krzemieniec 1814. Oct. Suppl. 4: Dec 1815 (p. [ii]: 7 Dec 1815), p. [i-ii], [1]-30. Copy: M. — ““Supplementum IV. Ad ... mdcccxv.”? Krzemieniec. 1815. Oct. Ref.: BM 1: 157; Jackson p. 442; Kew 1: 236; Krebel p. 34; PR 753; IDC 1086. 500. Catalogus plantarum in horto botanico gymnasii Volhyniensis Cremeneci cultarum. Krzemie- niec [Kremenets] 1816. Oct. (Cat. hort. Cremenec?). Publ.: late 1816 — vii, 117 p. Shortly after g Nov 1816, date of fiat; preface dated *“Kalendis Novembris ....” Ref.: Kew 1: 236; PR 753; IDC 1268. 208 BETTFREUND 501. Enumeratio plantarum hucusque in Volhynia, Podolia, gub. Kiioviensi, Bessarabia _cis-tyraica et circa Odessam collectarum, simul cum observationibus in primitias florae Galiciae austriacae. Wilna (Joseph Zawadzki) 1822. Oct. (in fours) (Enum. fl.) Preliminary issue: 1821 (imprimatur 20 Oct 1821) [Wilna], Oct. (in fours), no imprint, p- [1]-79, no t.p., p. 1 with the title: “Enumeratio plantarum per Volhyniam et. Podoliam hucusque observatarum. Pars prima ....” Copy: G. — This is the 1821 edition mentioned by Pritzel. ‘The text is identical with p. [1]-79 of the definitive 1822 ed. Definitive ed.: 1822 (after 25 Mai 1822, imprimatur), p. [i]-vili, [1]-79 [dated 20 Oct 1821], [80 blank], 81-111. Copies: BR, G(2), M, NY(2). Ref.: BM 1: 157; Kew 1: 236; PR 754; RS p. 75; Trautvetter 103; IDC 5539. Anon., Flora 6(2): 397-398. 7 Jul 1823. Rickett, NAF 28(B): 2: 320. 1945. 502. Tentamen de Abrotanis seu de sectione secunda [“‘iida”’] Artemisiarum Linnaei. [Moskwa, Auguste Semen 1832]. Qu. (Tent. Abrot.) Publ.: Jul-Dec 1832 (or 1833?) (p. 8: 30 Apr 1832, p. 8g: 16 Jul 1832), p. [1]-92, pl. 1-5. — Preprinted from Nouv. Mém. Soc. Imp. Natural. Moscou 3: 1-92, pl. 1-5. 1834. Reprint with dated t.p. not seen. BM and PR cite the publication as of 1832; Flora reports the separate publ. as presented on 16 Oct 1832. ‘The copy at MO has a second t.p.: “de Abotanis” and “W.S. Besser,” this is not a reprint but part of the journal with t.p. dated 1834. Ref.: BM 1: 157; PR 755. Betcke, Ernst Friedrich (x-1865), German physician and botanist in Pentzlin, Mecklenburg. (Betcke). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. Ref.: Boll, Arch. Ver. Nat. Mecklenburg 19: 310. 1865[?]. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(1): 607; BM 1: 157; CSP 1: 348. Boll, Fl. Mecklenburg 147. 1860. EPONYMY: Betckea A. P. de Candolle (1830). 503. Animadversiones botanicae in Valerianellas. Dissertatio inauguralis, quam consensu et auctoritate gratiosi mediocorum ordinis universitatis litterariae Rostochiensis ut summos in medicina et chirurgia honores legitime consequatur publico eruditorum examini submittit Ernestus Fridericus Betcke neostadio-megapolitanus. Accedit tabula aenea. Rostock (Adler) 1826. (Animado. bot. Valer.) Publ.: 1826, p. [1]-28, 1 pl., uncol. copper engr. by C. F. Sparrmann. Copy: MO. Ref.: BM 1: 157; PR 756. Bethel, Ellsworth (1863-1925), American mycologist. (Bethel). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BPI, duplicates from Bethel’s collections were distributed by BPU as Reliquiae Bethelianae. These sets were irregular and should not be regarded as published exsiccatae. eyes WE 2): 72% Stevenson, Beih. Nova Hedwigia 36: 50. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 179; Bossert p. 37; LS suppl. 2587-2588. Seaver, Mycologia 18: 187-188. 1926 (portr.) Barnhart, NAF 7(15): 1052. 1940. Bettfreund, Karl [Carlos] (ff. 1887-1901), botanist of German origin in Argentina. (Bettfreund). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: B, SI. Refs: MEL 2-72) BETTFREUND BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 179; BL 1: 233; BM 6: 88; Kew 1: 237; NI 162. 504. Flora argentina. Recoleccion y descripcion de plantas vivas por C. Bettfreund. Dibu- jadas del natural y lithografiadas por F. Burmeister [y E. Napp]. Buenos Aires (W. [Gmo] van Woerden & Cia.) [1898-1901], 3 vols. Oct. (#1. argent.) Vol. 1: 1898 (p. 9 dated Aug 1898, Nat. Nov. Feb 1899) p. [1]-69, [1] p., pl. 1-52. Copy: NY Vol. 2: 1899, (p. ix dated Nov 1899), p. [1]-xiv, 69-153, pl. 53-104. Copy: NY. Vol. 3: 1901, [i]-xii, 153-255, [1 p. err.], pl. 105-156. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 6: 88; Kew 1: 237; NI 162. Anon., Bull. misc. Information, Kew 1901, app. 2: 45. Anon., Bull. misc. Information, Kew, add. ser. 3(2): 30. 1919. Beurling, Pehr Johan (1800-1866), Swedish botanist. (Beurl.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: S. Ref: 1H 23.72; KR p. St. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 180; BL 2: 522; BM 1: 158; CSP 1: 351; Kew 1: 237; KR p. 81-82 (bibl.); Langman p. 135; PR 758. Anon., Bot. Not. 1866: 184-185. 505. Plantae vasculares seu cotyledoneae Scandinaviae, nempe Sueciae et Norvegiae, juxta regni vegetabilis systema naturale digestae. Stockholm (P. A. Norstedt & fil.) 1859. Oct. (Pl. vasc. Scand.) Publ.: 1859, p. [i-v], [1]-69. A second edition in mss is in the library of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences. Ref.: BM 1: 158; Kew 1: 237; KR p. 82; PR 758. Beyrich, Heinrich Karl (1796-1834), German botanist who collected in the Americas. (Beyrich). HERBARIUM and Types: Beyrich’s herbarium was acquired by J. J. Roemer whose collections were dispersed after his death with major parts going to BM (via the Shuttle- worth herbarium), LZ (now destroyed) and Z. Beyrich duplicates from Brazil (1822- 1823) and the Eastern United States (1833-1834) are in many herbaria. Material from Europe also in MO. Refs VEiots 73. Anon., Flora 19: 192. 28 Mar 1836. D’Arcy, Missouri Bot. Gard. Bull. 59(1): 24. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 87; Barnhart 1: 181; Laségue p. 466; PR ed. 2, p20: Anon., Flora 19(1) Int. Bl. 5. 21 Feb 1836. Hooker, J. Bot. 3: 118-119. 1841. Catlin, G., Letters and notes on the north american Indians 1841 (fide Mz.S., Bot. Zeit. 2: 229-223. 1844; on the circumstances of his death). Ascherson, Fl. Prov. Brandenburg 1: 2. 1860. Braun, Gedachtnisrede 3 Aug. 1866. Berlin 1866, p. 18. Urban, Fl. bras. 1(1): 6-7. 1906. EPONYMY: Beyrichia Chamisso & D. F. L. Schlechtendal (1828). Beyschlag, Franz Heinrich August (1856-?), German palaeobiologist. (Beyschlag). COLLECTIONS: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews ed. 2, p. 239; BM 1: 159, 6: 89; CSP g: 232, 13: 528-520. 210 BICKNELL, C. 506. Das jiingere Steinkohlengebirge und das Rothliegende in der Provinz Sachsen und den angrenzend Gebieten. Berlin 1900. (Jing. Steinkohlengeb.) Co-author: Karl Wilhelm Georg Fritsch (1838-1906). Publ.: Oct 1900 (Nat. Nov. Oct 1900) — xxii, 263 p., 2 pl., 2 maps, published as Heft 10 of the Neue Folge of the Abh. Aénigl. Preuss. geol. Landesanstalt. Ref.: BM 6: 89. Biasoletto, Bartolommeo (1793-1858), Italian apothecary and botanist at ‘Triest. (Biasol.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: in various herbaria (B, BP, HBG, FI, K, M); original herbarium in Museo Civico di Trieste (fide Saccardo). Ref.: 1H 2: 73; Saccardo 2: 19. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 1: 249 (err. d. 17 Jan 1859); Barnhart 1: 182; BM 1: 160; Bossert p. 38; CSP 1: 356, 6: 588, 7: 169; 12: 80; Jackson p. 267; Kanitz 137; Kew 1: 242; Saccardo 1: 30, 2: 19. Petter, Flora 22: 55-56. 1839. Anon., Flora 41: 112. 1858. Cesati, Mem. Soc. Ital. Sci. 4(7): 13-14. 1882. Marchesetti, Atti Mus. Civico Storia nat. Trieste 9: 135-136. 1895. EPONYMY: Biasolettia A. Bertoloni (1837); Bzasolettta W. D. J. Koch (1836); Biasolettia K. B. Presl (1835). HANDWRITING: Candollea 27: 321-322. 1972. 507. Di alcune alghe microscopiche, saggio ... (con 29 tavole incise in pietra). Trieste (Weis) 1832. Oct. (Alc. alg. microsc.) Publ.: 1832 (Bibl. Ital. Dec 1832; BH), p. [1]-60, pl. 1-28, [29] (col.) Copies: BR, UC. - First reference in Flora (16: 199) on 7 Apr 1833. CSP 1: 356 cites articles with the same title, but obviously different, from Poligrafo 14: 268-276. 1833, 2: 110-114 (n.v.) Ref.: BM 1: 160; CSP 1: 356; Kew 1: 242; PR 763. 508. LEscursioni botaniche sullo Schneeberg (Monte nevoso) nella Carniola. Discorso tenuto in due tornate al Gabinetto di Minerva. Triest (J. Papsch) 1846. Oct. (Escurs. bot. Schneeberg) . Publ.: 1846 (presented to meeting of Italian natural scientists and physicians on 15 Sep 1846, cf. Flora 30: 545. 14 Sep 1847), p. [1]-96, 1 map. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 1: 160; Kew 1: 242; PR 765. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 5: 479. 1847. Bicknell, Clarence (1842-1918), English born physician, after 1879 in Bordighera, worker on the flora of Liguria. (C. Bicknell). HERBARIUM and TypEs: GE (main), TO, duplicates see IH. Collection of over 3000 drawings at GE. Ref.: BB p. 32; 1H 2: 73; Saccardo 2: 19. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 22. 1941. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 132. 1964. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 60. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(1): 37, 12(2): 241; Barnhart 1: 183; BB p. 32; BL 2: 114, 363; BM 1: 161; CSP 13: 536; DTS 6(4): 37; GF p. 50; NI 163; Saccardo 1: 30, 2: 19; Saccardo, Cronologia p. xvi. Britten, J. Bot. 56: 303. 1918. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 21-22. 1941. 509. Flowering plants and ferns of the Riviera and neighbouring mountains. London (‘Trib- ner & Co.) 1885. Qu. (Fl. pl. ferns Riviera). DI BICKNELL, CG. Publ.: 15 Sep-15 Oct 1885 (p. viii: 15 Sep 1885; Nat. Nov. Oct 1885), p. [1]-vili, pl. 1-62 (350 ills.) with 2 p. text each, [i]-iv [index]. Copies: MICH, MO, NY.— The plates are chromolithographs of drawings by C. Bicknell. Ref.: BM 1: 161; GF p. 50; Kew 1: 243; NI 163; Plesch p. 141; IDC 7161. 510. Flora of Bordighera and San Remo or a catalogue of the wild plants growing in western Liguria in the area bounded by the outer watersheds of the Arma and Nervia torrents. Bordighera (Pietro Gibelli) 1896. Oct. (Fl. Bordighera). Publ. : Jul-Dec 1896 (p. viii: Jul 1896; Nat. Nov. Jan 1897), p. [i]-viii, [1]-345, [1, corr.]. Copy: M. Ref.: Plesch p. 141. Bicknell, Eugene Pintard (1859-1925), American banker, botanist and ornithologist. (E. P. Bicknell). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: NY (private botanical library also at NY), duplicates see IH. Refs Vo 73% Barnhart, Bull. Torrey bot. Club 52: 122. 1925. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 183; BL 1: 187; CSP 13: 536; Langman p. 136. Barnhart, Bull. Torrey bot. Club 52: 119-126. 1925 (portr., bibl.) Barnhart, J. New York Bot. Gard. 26: 88-89. 1925. Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 320. 1945. Rouleau, Rhodora index 1-50: 285. 1953 (bibl.) Rickett, Bull. Torrey bot. Club, ind. 1-75: 10-11. 1955 (bibl.) Rogerson, ‘NAF ser. 2. 5: 233. 1965. Lenley et al., Cat. arch. Coll. NYBG 31. 1973 (manuscripts, corr.) Biehler, Johann Friedrich Theodor (fl. 1807), German physician, pupil of K. P. J. Sprengel. (Biehler). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 184.4; BM 1: 161; MW suppl. p. 24; PR 770. 511. Plantarum novarum ex herbario Sprengelii centuriam, speciminis loco inauguralis ... exhibet [auctor] Halle 1807. Oct. (n.v.) (Pl. nov. herb. Spreng.) Publ.: 30 Mai 1807 (Kraus: date of ‘“‘promotion”’) (rev. Bot. Zeit., Regensburg 6: 289. 15 Oct 1807), 46 p. — This is the same as the ‘“‘centuria”’ added to Sprengel’s Mantissa prima, which was published 4 Jul 1807. Ref.: BM 1: 161; MW suppl. p. 24; PR 770; IDC 5749 (sub Sprengel). Kraus, Der botanische Garten der Universitat Halle 2: 35. 1894. Fernald, Rhodora 47: 197-198. 1945. Rogerson, NAF ser. 2. 5: 233. 1965. Bielefeld, Rudolf (//l. 1900), German highschool teacher and botanist at Norderney. (Bielefeld). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BFMe2 7; BM 6: 91; CSP 13: 541; Kew 1: 244; not in Barnhart. 512. Flora der ostfriesischen Halbinsel und ihrer Gestade-Inseln. Zum Gebrauch in Lehr- anstalten und fiir Pflanzenfreunde bearbeitet von Rudolf Bielefeld. Norden (Diedrich Soltau) s.d. [1g00]. Oct. (£1. ostfries. Halbins.) Publ.: Apr-Mai 1900 (pref. p. vii: 1 Apr 1900, Nat. Nov. Jun 1900), p. [i]-xi, [xil, abbr. ]- xlvii, [1]-343. Copy: B. Ref.: BFM 27; BM 6: g1; Kew 1: 244. 212 BIGELOW, J. Bigelow, Jacob (1787-1879), American botanist at Harvard. (Bigel.) HERBARIUM and TyPES: Mostly GH, but specimens in many collections, see IH (erro- neously sub J. M. Bigelow). JRG Re Wel 8 oil BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 5(1): 469; Barnhart 1: 181; BM 1: 162; Bossert p. 38; CSP 1: 361; DAB 2: 255-256; Dawson p. 49; Jackson p. 6; Kew 1: 245; ME 1: 165, 3: 373, 376, 377-378, 538; NI 164; Plesch p. 411; PR 772-773; Zander ed. 10, p. 635. Ellis, G. E.. Memoir of M. J. Bigelow. Cambridge 1880 (105 p.) (portr.) Bailey, Bot. Gaz. 8: 217-222. 1883. Gray, A., Am. J. Sci. ser. 3. 17: 263-266. 1879, Scientific papers 2: 413-416. 1889. W.M., in Bailey, Cycl. Am. Hort. 1: 161. 1900. Kelly, Some American medical botanists 120-128. 1914 (portr.) Kelly and Burrage, American medical biographies 100-101. 1920. Rodgers, John Torrey 336 [index]. 1942. Humphrey, Makers N. Amer. bot. 30-31. 1961. Gifford, Harvard Med. Alumni Bull. 39: 34-39. 1965. Graustein, Thomas Nuttall 461 [index]. 1967. Martin, zm Lenley et al., Index corr. Torrey 447. 1973 (corr.) EPONYMY: Bigelovia [sic] K. P. J. Sprengel (1820) ; Bzgelovia [sic] K. P. J. Sprengel (1824) ; Bigelovia [sic] J. E. Smith (1819) ; Bigelowia A. P. de Candolle (1836, nom. cons.) ; Bigelowia Rafinesque (1817, nom. rej.) 513. Florula bostoniensis. A collection of plants of Boston and its environs, with their generic and specific characters, synonyms, descriptions, places of growth, and time of flowering, and occasional remarks. Boston (Cummings and Hilliard) 1814. Oct. (in fours) (Fl. boston.) Ed. 1: Mai (after 21)-Jun 1814 (legal deposit 21 Mai 1814; first British rev. Jul 1814), p- [i]-viil, [1]-268. Copzes: Ewan, U. Ed. 2: 1824 (legal deposit 28 Jun 1824), p. [1]-5, [1, abbr.], [1]-422, [423, index sub- gen.], “‘... and its vicinity, ... second edition greatly enlarged. ‘To which is added a glossary of botanical terms employed in the work.” Boston (Hilliard & Metcalf) Oct (in fours). Copy: E. G. Voss. Ed. 3: 1840 (p. iv: Mai 1840), p. [i]-vi, [1, abbr.], [1]-468, “‘... and its vicinity, ... third edition enlarged and containing a glossary of botanical terms.”’ Boston (Charles C. Little and James Brown) 1840. Duod. (in 6s). Copies: Ewan, E. G. Voss. Ref.: BM 1: 162; Jackson 362; Kew 1: 245; ME 3: 373; PR 772. Anon., Flora 1: 285-287. 20 Jun 1818. Rafinesque, Amer. monthly Mag. 2: 342-344. Mar 1818. Greene, Pittonia 2: 91-96. 1890 (ed. 2). 514. American medical botany, being a collection of the native medicinal plants of the United States, containing their botanical history and chemical analysis, and properties and uses in medicine, diet and the arts, with coloured engravings. Boston (Cummings and Hilliard) 1817-1820, 6 parts in 3 vols. (Amer. med. bot.) vol. part pages plates dates I I [v]-xi, [17]-110 I-I0 Oct-Nov 1817 2 [i]-[iv], [113]-[198] II-20 Mai 1818 2 I [i]-[xiv], [15]-104 21-30 =) Jan-Mar 1819 2 [107]-[200] 31-40 Jan-Nov 1819 3 I [i]-x, [11]-98 41-50 1820 2 [101 ]-[198] 51-60 =Jan 1821 Copy: USDA. — Vol. 2, p. xiv, err. “‘xvi.’’? Dates fide Buchheim (1974) q.v. for details, collation, contemporary reviews and a list of copies. Ref.: BM 1: 162; Jackson 360; Kew 1: 245; ME 3: 377-378; NI 164; PR 773. BIGELOW, J. Cushing, N. Amer. Rev. 13: 100-134. 1821. Buchheim, J. Arnold Arb. 55: 46-50. Bigelow, John Milton (1804-1878), American surgeon and botanist on the Whipple Expedition. (7. M. Bigelow). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Mainly at GH and MO. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 185; ME 1: 165, 3: 538. Warren, Pacific Railroad Surv. 11: 76-78. 1859 (itin.). Sargent, Silva North America 1: 88. 1891. Dellenbaugh, Frémont and ’49. New York and London 1914, p. 507 [index]. Rodgers, Noble Fellow Sullivant 232, 234. 1940. Rodgers, John Torrey 336 [index]. 1942. Waller, Papers Dept. Bot., Ohio State Univ. 449: 313-331. 1942 (repr. from Ohio archeol. hist. Quart. 51: 313-331. 1942) (to be used with caution). Geiser, Naturalists of the frontier 271. 1948. Howell, Marin flora 30. 1949. Ewan, Rocky Mountain naturalists 164. 1950. Ewan, A century of progress in the natural sciences 44. 1955. Thomas, Contr. Dudley Herb. 5(6): 149. 1961. Ewan, Short hist. bot. U.S. 10, 43, 148. 1969. EPONYMY: For eponyms based on the name Bigelow, cf. supra, sub Jacob Bigelow. 515. Explorations and surveys for a railroad route from the Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean. War Department. Route near the thirty-fifth parallel, explored by Lieutenant A. W. Whipple, topographical engineers, in 1853 and 1854. Report on the Botany of the Expedition. Washington, D.C. 1856 [Pacific Railroad reports, Senate set vol. 4, part 5]. (Expl. railroad Mississippi Pacific). Publ.: parts 1-2, by Bigelow, 1856, p. [i-vii], part 1: [1]-16 (General description), part 2: [17]-26 (description of forest trees), part 3: [27]-58 (description of the Cactaceae of George Engelmann and J. M. Bigelow. For part 4 see John Torrey, for part 5 W. S. Sullivant. Copies: MO, U. (Previously published, in part, in the Report of the Secretary of War on the Pacific Railroad Surveys vol. 2, serial no. 737, 1855, see ME 3: 200). Bigsby, John Jeremiah (1792-1881), British military physician and palaeobotanist who worked in Canada. (Bigsby). COLLECTIONS: Part of his Canadian collections at BM. Ref.: Sherborn, where is the — collection 17. 1940. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 185; BB p. 32; BM 1: 162; CSP 1: 363, 6: 589, 7: 172; DNB5: 27; Jackson p. 522; Kew 1: 245; ME1: 165, 3: 538; Merrill p. 265, 690; Nickles p. 100-101; Quenstedt p. 39. Woodward, Geol. Magaz. ser. 2. dec. 2. 8: 238. 1881. Anon., J. Bot. 19: 96. 1881. Etheridge, Quart. J. geol. Soc., London 37 (Proc.): 39-41. 1881. Anon., Proc. Roy. Soc. London 33 (pref.): xvi-xvii. 1882. Woodward, Hist. Geol. Soc. London 326 [index]. 1907. Clarke, James Hall of Albany 347-348, 398, 430-438. 1923. 516. Thesaurus devonico-carboniferus. The flora and fauna of the Devonian and Carboni- ferous periods. The genera and species arranged in tabular form, showing their horizons, recurrences, localities, and other facts. With large addenda (from recent acquisitions). London (John van Voorst) 1878. Qu. (in twos) (Thes. devonico-carbon.) Publ.: Mar 1878 (p. iii: 14. Feb 1878; inscription in copy given by author to Newberry dated Mar 1878, NY), p. [iJ-x, [xi, err.], [1]-447, 1 table. Copies: MICH, NY. Ref.: BM 1: 162; Jackson p. 178; Kew 1: 245; IDC 7373. Q14 BILLOT Billberg, Gustaf Johan (1772-1844), Swedish ‘“‘Hammarrattsrad”’ and botanist and zoologist. (Bzllb.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: at S[?]; the herbarium of G. J. Billberg’s son, Johan Immanuel B. [1799-1845], is at S. Ref.: 1H 2: 74 (G. J. Billberg). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(2): 400; Barnhart 1: 186; BM 1: 163, 6: 92; CSP 1: 364; Jackson p. 499; Kew 1: 245; KR p. 83; NI (sub Svensk Botanik); PR 775. Wikstrém, Consp. 31-33. 1821. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 6. 1905. Boéthius, Sv. biogr. Lex. 4: 351-352. 1924 (bibl.) Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 320. 1945. COMPOSITE WORKS: Palmstruch, Svensk Botanik, vol. 1 (ed. 2) 1815, vol. 7. 1812, vol. 8. 1819 (see Wikstr6m, Conspectus p. 32 for reviews and criticism), vol. 9. 1822. EPONYMY: Billbergia Thunberg (1821). 517- Botanicon Scandinaviae seu plantarum in Suecia et Norvegia sponte crescentium icones, plerumque ad vivum coloratae, cum descriptionibus succinctis, synonymis selectis et differentiis specificis, a ... Ex opere Svensk Botanik dicto, ab ill. Olao Swartz elaborato. Stockholm, Uppsala, Carolstad, Arosia, Orebro (E. Bruzelius) 1822, 2 fasc. Oct. ft (Bot. Scand.) Fasc. 1: pl. 1-18, each with 1 p. text. 1822. Copy: NY. Fasc. 2: pl. 19-36, idem. Copy: NY. — The coloured plates are the same as those in Palmstruch, Svensk Botanik vol. 1, ed. 3, nos. 1-36. See Krok p. 83 and gg for further details. Ref.: KR p. 83, 99; NI (sub Svensk Botanik); PR 775. Billings, Elkanah (1820-1876), Canadian geologist and paleobiologist. (Billings). COLLECTIONS: Some herbarium material at NY. Rep El S74. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 1: 163; CSP 1: 365-366, 7: 173, 9: 242, 12: 82, 13: 557; Merrill p. 690, 718; Nickles p. 101-104; Quenstedt p. 39. Ami, Amer. Geol. 27: 265-281. 1901 (bibl., portr.) Walker, Canada Rec. Sci. 8: 366-388. 1902 (bibl.) Merrill, Ann. Rep. Smithsonian Inst. 1904: 690, 718. COMPOSITE WORKS: Billings founded The Canadian Naturalist and Geologist, vol. 1 (1857) (see BM 3: 13098). Billot, Paul Constantin (1796-1863), Alsatian botanist at Hagenau. (Billot). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. His exsiccatae (see below) in many herbaria. Exsicca- tae: Flora Galliae et Germaniae exsiccata, herbier servant de complément a celui du Dr. F. Schultz, 1846-1861 (-1878) cent. dates cent. dates pes cent. dates p- I 1846 9 Feb 1852 ut) Dec 1855 I- 2 184.7 10 Feb 1853 18 Dec 1855 -38 3 1848 II Feb 1853 19 Dec 1856 39- 4 1850 12 1854 20 Dec 1856 -100 5 1850 13 1854 QI Dec 1857 ~=—‘101- 6 Feb 1851 14 1854 22 Dec 1857 -116 7 Feb 1851 15 Feb 1855 23 Jun 1858 117- 8 Feb 1852 16 Feb 1855 24 Jun 1858 -140 BILLOT cent. dates cent. dates ps cent. dates 25 Feb 1859 ~—- 14 I- 31 Feb 1861 - oF 1866 26 Feb 1859 -164 32 Feb 1861 - 38 1869 ON] Dec 1859 —-165- 33 Feb 1861 -297 39 1869 28 Dec 1859 -210 34 1864 40 1869 29 Feb 1860 QII- 35 1864 41 1878 30 Feb 1860 - 36 1866 * pages of Annotations (see below). Continued after Billot’s death by Vital Bavoux, Albert Guichard, Paul Guichard and Justin Paillot, Besancon 1864-1878. Billot also published Herbarium fontanesianum normale (100 nos., collected by Clauson). Ref.: 1H 2:75; DTS 1: 21-22; Kew 1: 246; LS 2983. Billot, Annotations a la flore de France et d’Allemagne. Haguenau 1855-1862. Candolle, Phytographie 396. 1880. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 132. 1964. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 60. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 1: 61; Barnhart 1: 187; BM 1: 163; Bossert p. 39; CSP 1: 366; DTS 1: 21-22; GR p. 305-306; Jackson p. 227; Kew 1: 246; LS 2983; PR 777: Anon., Flora 46: 255. 1863. Duval-Jouve, Bull. Soc. bot. France 10: 214-216. 1863. Cosson & Durieu, Expl. Sci. Algérie. Bot. 2: xxi. 1868. Cosson, Comp. Fl. Atl. 1: 21-22. 1881. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 96. 1905. Bay, Flora Gesamt-Register 26-100: 4. 1910. EPONYMY: (genus): Billotia C. H. Schultz-Bip. (1841); (journal): Billotia ou notes de botanique publiées par V. Bavoux ... Besancon. 1864-1878. Note: Billotia R. Brown ex G. Don (1832) and Billottia Colla (1824) are dedicated to Tecofila Billotti-Colla (fl. 1830), Italian botanical artist (daughter of Luigi Aloysius Colla), q.v. 518. Annotations a la flore de France et d’ Allemagne. Haguenau (Bas-Rhin) (V. Edler) 1855 [-1862]. Oct. ¢ (Annot. fl. France Allemagne). Publ.: In parts 1855-1862, p. [1]-297, Notice sur P. C. Billot par F. Busnot [1]-4, table des matiéres [1]-4, pl. i-v (lithographs). Copies: B, L. — Text accompanying sets 17-28 of the above-mentioned exsiccatae, or issued some weeks later; p. 211-297 came out only in 1862. The preface (p. 4) is dated 10 Dec 1855. Followed by Billotia ou Notes de botanique. Besancon 1864-1878, 148 p., Oct., published by V. Bavoux, A. Guichard, P. Guichard and J. Paillot (see PR 10700). Ref.: BM 1: 51, 163; DTS 1: 22; Jackson p. 227; Kew 1: 246; PR 777. Binnendijk, Simon (1821-1883), Dutch gardener at Buitenzorg (Bogor), collaborated with Teijsmann. (Binnend.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BO, K. Reo 7s: BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 188; BM 1: 164; CSP 1: 372, 6: 589, 7: 174; 9g: JW 2: 185, 3: 342; Kew 1: 246; MW p. 493; Zander ed. 10, p. 635. Sirks, Indisch natuuronderzoek 295 [index]. 1915. Witte, Sempervirens 1884: 3-5. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 68. 1936. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. 1: 1: 58 (portr.) 1950. EPONYMY: Binnendijkia S. Kurz (1865). 216 BINZ HANDWRITING: Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: cxlviii. 1950. Binney, Edward William (1812-1881), British palaeobotanist. (Binney). COLLECTIONS: University of Cambridge, England. Ref.: Sherborn, where is the — collection 17. 1940. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews ed. 1, p. 19, ed. 2, p. 239; BB p. 33; Barnhart 1: 188; BM 1: 164; CSP 1: 372-373, 6: 589, 7: 174-176; 9: 243-244, 13: 562; DNB 5: 56- 57; Jackson p. 181; Kew 1: 246; Quenstedt p. 40. Oliver, Makers Brit. Bot. 245, 246. Etheridge, Quart. J. Geol. Soc. 38: 58-59. 1882. Ward, Ann. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. 5: 374-375. 1885. Dallman and Wood, Trans. Liverpool. bot. Soc. 1: 60. 1909. 519. Observations on the structure of fossil plants found in the Carboniferous strata. London (Palaeontographical Society) 1868-1875, 4 parts. Qu. (Obs. fossil pl.) Publ.: In ‘“The Palaeontographical Society” monographs as follows: part pages plates date w. text I [i]-v, [1]-32 i-vt 1868 2 [i*], [1ui*], [i]-i1, [33]-62 vU-XxIt 1871 3 [i], [111], [v], [63]-96 XU11-XUIIt 1872 4 [3], [1], [v], [97]-147 NIX-XXID 1875 Copies: G, NY. Ref.: BM 1: 164, 4: 1501; Jackson p. 181; Kew 1: 246; IDC G174/1. Binz, August (1870-1963), Swiss teacher and botanist at Basel. (Binz). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BAS. Rejece WEL ot 75). Binz, Verh. naturf. Ges. Basel 19(3): 137-155. 1908. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 5(1): 936, 12(3): 230; Barnhart 1: 188; BFM 585, 947; BL 2: 557, 567, 568, 587; BM 6: 92; CSP 13: 563; Kew 1: 247. Becherer, Le monde des plantes 58 (340): 10. 1963. Geiger-Huber, Basler Nachrichten 1963(103): 17. Becherer, Ber. Schweiz. bot. Ges. 74: 164. 1974. FESTSCHRIFTEN: 70th birthday: Verh. naturf. Ges. Basel 51(2). 1940 (portr.); goth birthday: Bauhinia 1(3). 1960 (portr.). 520. Flora von Basel und Umgebung. Rheinebene, Umgebung von Miilhausen und Alt- kirch, Jura, Schwarzwald und Vogesen. Zum Gebrauche in mittleren und hoheren Schulen und auf Exkursionen bearbeitet von Dr August Binz. Basel (C. F. Lendorff) 1901. Oct. (Fl. Basel). Ed. 1: 1901 (Nat. Nov. Jun 1901), p. [i]-xxxviii, [1, cont.], [1]-340. Copy: G. Ed. 2: Mar-Jun 1905 (pref. p. x: Mar 1905; Nat. Nov. Jun 1905), “‘Zweite, verbesserte Auflage,” p. [i]-xliii, [1]-366. Copy: B. Ed. 3: Jan-Feb 1g11 (Nat. Nov. Mar 1911), “‘Dritte Auflage,”’ p. [i]-xliii, [1]-320. Copy: BM. Ref.: BM 6: 92 [ed. 3]; Kew 1: 247 [ed. 2]. 521. Schul- und Exkursionsflora der Schweiz mit Beriicksichtigung der fiir Basel in Betracht kommenden benachbarten Teile von Baden und Elsass. Basel (Benno Schwabe & Co.) 1920. Oct. (Schul- G Exkursionsfl. Schweiz). Ed. 1: 1920 (p. vii: Mar 1920), p. [i]-xi, [1]-401. Copy: AMD. 217 BINZ Ed. 2: 1927 (pref. Aug 1927), p. [i]-xi, [1]-422, 376 figs. Copy: U. Ed. 3: 1934 (pref. Jul 1933), n.v. Ed. 4: 1940 (pref. Apr 1940), p. [i]-xii, [1]-426, [1, ind.]. Copy: G. Ed. 5: Jun 1945 (pref. Apr 1945; dedic. copy G dated 14 Jun 1945), p. [i]-xv, [1]-435; 14.-17. Tausend. Copy: G. Ed. 6: 1949 (p. viii: Feb 1949), p. [1]-xxiii, [1]-438, 384 figs., 18.-21. Tausend. Copy: M. Ed. 7: 1953, p- [i]-xx, [1]-440. Idem, 22.-26. Tausend. Copy: B. Ed. 8: 1957, p. [i]-xix, [1]-382. Idem, 27.-36. Tausend. Bearbeitet von Dr. Alfred Becherer. Copy: U. Ed. 9: 1959, p- [i]-xxii, [1]-390. Idem, 32.-36. Tausend, idem. Copy: L. EdiTo( nsve). Ed. 11: 1964, p. [i]-xxi, [1]-392. Idem, 43.-48. Tausend, idem. Copy: B. Ed. 12: 1966 (pref. Oct 1965), p. [i]-xxi, [1]-392. Idem, 49.-54. Tausend, idem. Copy: AMD. Ed. 13: 1968, p. [i]-xxviii, [1]-409. Idem, 55.-60. Tausend, idem. Copy: B. Ed. 14: 1970 (p. ix: Jan 1970), Basel (Schwabe & Co.), p. [i]-xxvili, [1]-421. Idem, 61.-68. Tausend, idem. Copy: G. Ed. 15: 1973 (pref. Jul 1972; U, rd 3 Dec 1973), p. [i]-xxviii, [1]-427. Copies: FAS, U. — *“Schul- und Exkursionsflora fiir die Schweiz mit Beriicksichtigung der Grenzgebiete.” ISBN 3-7965-0591-0. 522. Taschenatlas der schweizer Flora mit Beriicksichtigung der auslandischen Nachbar- schaft. Ueber 3050 Schwarzweissfiguren mit Angabe der Bliitenfarbe. Basel 1945. ( Taschenatl. schweiz. Fl.) Co-author: Eduard Thommen (1880-1961). Ed. 1: 1945; Ed. 2: 1951, p. [i]-xvi, [1]-309. Copy: FAS. French: 1945, p. [iti]-[xiv], 1-296. Copy: BR. — Ailas de poche de la flore suisse comprenant les régions étrangéres limitrophes. Plus de 3000 dessins au trait avec indication de la couleur des fleurs. Lausanne (F. Rouge & Cie.). Oct. — Second ed., 1961, by A. Becherer. Copy: G. 523. Flore de la Suisse y compris les parties limitrophes de I’Ain et de la Savoie. Lausanne (F. Rouge & Cie) 1941. Oct. (Fl. Suisse). Ed. 1: 1941, p. [i]-xxxvi, errata slip, [1]-423, map. 47, 376 figs. Copies: MICH, NY. Ed. 2: 1953 (printing finished 15 Jun 1953), p. [iii]-xxxvi, [1]-450, map. 47, 376 figs [451, col.], loose addenda sheet [4] p. Copy: L. — ““Deuxiéme édition, revue et aug- mentée.”’ Ed. 3: 1966, p. [i]-xxxiii, [1]-393, 58 and 376 figs., map. Copies: G, MICH, NY. Troisiéme édition, revue et augmentée par Pierre Villaret d’aprés la Ile édition allemande rédigée par Alfred Becherer. (Editions du Griffon) Neuchatel, 16 mo. Biria, J. A. J. (ff. 1811), French student at Montpellier. (Bzria). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown [any extant material perhaps at MPU or G.] BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 189; BM 1: 165; Kew 1: 249; PR 781. Candolle, Mémoires et souvenirs 235. 1862. 524. Histoire naturelle et médicale des Renoncules, précédée de quelques observations sur la famille des Renonculacées. Tribut académique présenté et publiquement soutenu a la Faculté de médecine de Montpellier, le 11 juin 1811. Montpellier (Jean Martel ainé) 1811. Qu. (Hist. nat. Renonc.) Publ.: 11 Jun 1811, p. [i-ti], [1]-52, [expl. pl. 1], 2 A/., uncoloured anonymous copper engravings. Thesis defended under A. P. de Candolle. Copies: G, HU, NY, Teyler. Ref.: BM 1: 165; Kew 1: 249; PR 781. Biroli, Giovanni (1772-1825), Italian botanist at Novara. (Birolt). HERBARIUM and TyrpPEs: TO. Refi Le 1 76: 218 BISCHOFF BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 190; CSP 1: 388; GR p. 514; PR 783-786; Saccardo 1: 32; 2: 19, Cron. p. xvi. Burnat, BSBF 30: cxiii. 1883. Mattirolo, Cron. Orto bot. Torino lvii-lviii. 1929. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 22. 1941. Montacchini, Allionia 12: 175-180. 1966 (unpubl. mss.) EPONYMY: Birolia Bellardi (1809). HANDWRITING: Allionia 12: 176. 1966. 525- Flora economica del dipartimento dell’Agogna del medico Gioanni Biroli di Novara. Vercelli (Francesco Zanotti-Bianco) 1805. Oct. (Fl. econ.) Publ.: 1805, p. [i]-99, 200-212, 113-114, [1, err.]. Copy: G. 526. Flora aconiensis seu plantarum in Novariensi provincia sponte nascentium descriptio. Viglevani (ex Typographia Viglevanensi) 2 vols. 1808. Oct. (Fl. acon.) Vol. 1: Jan-Apr 1808 (BH), p. [i]-xxiv, [1]-218. Copies: G, HU, M. Vol. 2: Jan-Apr 1808 (BH), p. [1]-260, [1, err.]. Copies: G, HU, M. Bisby, Guy Richard (1889-1958), British-Canadian mycologist, plant pathologist at Winnipeg 1919-1936, mycologist at CMI 1936-1954. (Bisby). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: DAOM, CMI [= IMI], WIN. hep Et 2: 76. Hawksworth, Mycologist’s handb. 181. 1974. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 190; BFM 3060; Kew 1: 250; LS suppl. 2782-2801. Ainsworth, Nature, London, 192 (4641): 987. 1958. Ainsworth, Taxon 8: 2. 1959. Gregory, Trans. Brit. mycol. Soc. 42: 129-131. 1959. EPONYMY: Bisbyella Boedijn (1951); Bishyopeltis Chaves Batista & Vital (1957). 527. The fungi of Manitoba. London, New York, Toronto (Longmans, Green & Co.) 1929. Oct. (Fung. Manitoba). Co-authors: Arthur Henry Reginald Buller (1874-1944); John Dearness (1852-x). Publ.: 1929 (Nat. Nov. Feb 1930), p. [i]-vili, [4, cont.], [1]-194, 1 map. Copy: L. Ref.: Kew 1: 250; LS suppl. 2795. Bisby et Buller, Trans. Brit. mycol. Soc. 8: g1:109. 1922. Bischoff, Gottlieb Wilhelm (1797-1854), German botanist, lexicographer and glossographer at Heidelberg. (Bisch.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: collections at B, HEID, LZ, M. — Exsiccatae: Herbarium normale plantarum officinalium et mercatorium, 2 sets, the second issued 1856 by von Schlechtendal. Bischoff’s herbarium was sold by public auction on 21 Jul 1856. Grumman mentions plants at the Museum of Bad Diirkheim, Bischoff’s birthplace. Ref.: GR p. 6; 1H 2: 76. Anon., Bot. Zeit. 14: 463-464, 496. 1856 (sale of herb.). Anon., Bonplandia 6: 342. 1858. Candolle, Phytographie 396. 1880. Lindemann, Bull. Soc. Natural. Moscou 59(1): 278. 1884. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRAPHY: ADB 2: 673; Barnhart 1: 190; BFM 2462-2463; BM 1: 166-167, 6: 93; Bossert p. 39; CSP 1: 394, 7: 180, 12: 1184; DTS 1: 22, 6(4): 175 GR p. 6; Jackson p. 43, 296; Kew 1: 250-251; Langman p. 137; LS 2996-3001; NDB 2: 263; NI 165-167; PR 789-801; Zander ed. 10, p. 635. Anon., Flora 37: 560. 1854; Bot. Zeit. 12: 696, 816. 1854. 219 BISCHOFF Koch, Jahresber. Pollichia 16/17: 331-340. 1859. Ratzeburg, Forstwiss. Schriftsteller Lex. 50-51. 1874. Seubert, Badische Biographien 1: 86. 1875. Stiibler, Gesch. med. Fak. Univ. Heidelberg 267, 274, 297. 1926. Moebius, Gesch. Bot. 85, 122, 135, 152. 1937. Steudel, DSB 2: 159-160. 1970 (bibl.) COMPOSITE WORKS: Bischoff studied for one or two years (1819) at the Akademie der Kiinste at Munich before he went to Erlangen in 1821 to devote himself to botany. This improved his skill in botanical illustration, which he used e.g. to illustrate vol. 1. of Mar- tius, Vova genera et species plantarum (1823-1826) q.v. His early work on cryptograms (see below no. 529) paved the way for Hofmeister. EPONYMY: Bischoffia Decaisne (1842, orth. var.): Bischofia Blume (1827); Bischofioxylon C. G. K. Ramanujam (1960). 528. Die botanische Kunstsprache in Umrissen, nebst erlauterndem Texte. Zum Gebrauch bei Vorlesungen und zum Selbstunterricht. Niirnberg (Johann Leonhard Schrag) 1822. Fol. (Bot. Kunstsprache). Publ.: Nov 1822 (p. iv: 21 Mar 1822; Nov 1822, see Med. Chir. Zeit. 11 Nov 1822; first announced by Flora 28 Jan 1823, reviewed 7 Mar 1824), p. [i*-iv*], [i]-iv, [1]-114, [2, adv.] pl. 1-21 (lithographs with 505 figures). Copy: L. — A second “‘edition,” publ. Apr 1830, is mentioned in Flora 13(1) Beil. 35; this is the Handbuch der botanischen Terminologie, see below. Ref.: BM 1: 166; Kew 1: 250; NI 166; PR 78g. 529. De plantarum, praesertim cryptogamicarum, transitu et analogia, commentatis, quam ad facultatem legendi rite adipiscendam ordini illustri philosophorum academiae Ruperto- Carolinae heidelbergensis offert Theophilus Guilielmus Bischoff ... Heidelberg (J. C. B. Mohr) 1825. Oct. (Pl. crypt. comm.) Publ.: 1825, before 28 Sep (rd by Flora; rev. Flora 9: 392-399. 7 Jul 1826), p. [i-iv], [1]-59. Copy: L. Ref.: BM 1: 166; LS 2997; PR 790. 530. Die kryptogamischen Gewdchse mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Flora Deutsch- lands und der Schweiz organographisch, anatomisch, physiologisch und systematisch bearbeitet. Niirnberg (Johann Leonhard Schrag) 1828, 2 parts. Qu. (A7rypt. Gew.) Part 1: Chareen und Equiseteen, Jan-Feb 1828 (Flora 14 Feb 1828), p. [i]-x, [1]-60, pl. 1-6. Copies: L, PCS. Alt. t.p.: Die Characeen und Equiseteen organographisch, anatomisch, physiologisch und systematisch bearbeitet. — The plates are 5 copper engr. and 1 lith. Part 2: Rhizokarpen und Lycopodeen, Sep-Dec 1828 (Flora 11(2). Erg. Bl. Jan(?) (1829)), p. [61]-131, pl. 7-13 (3 copper engr., 4 liths.). Copies: L, PCS. — Alt. t.p.: Die Rhizo- karpen und Lycopodeen organographisch phytonomisch und systematisch bearbeitet. Ref.: BM 1: 166; Kew 1: 250; PR 7o1. Bischoff, Nova Acta Acad. Leop. 14: 779-798. 1829. 531- Plantae medicinales secundum methodum Candollii naturalem in conspectum relatae, adjectis medicamentis, quae praebent, simplicibus. In usum auditorum typis excudi curavit Dr. Th. G. Bischof. Heidelberg (August Osswald) 1829. Qu. (Pl. med.) Publ.: Apr 1830 (The notes in Flora point at a publication at the Ostermesse (Apr) of 1830; Flora received it on 7 Jun 1830 but mentions it in Apr 1830 as among the books published at the Messe. Review: Flora 13(2) Erg. Bl. 84-86. Jul-Dec 1830), p. [1]-24. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 1: 166; Jackson p. 201; Kew 1: 250; PR 792. 532- Handbuch der botanischen Terminologie und Systemkunde ... Als zweite nach einem vollig veranderten und erweiterten Plane umgearbeitete Ausgabe der botanischen Kunst- sprache in Umrissen. Niirnberg (Johann Leonhard Schrag) 1830-1844, 3 vols. Qu. (Handb. bot. Termin.) 220 BISCHOFF vol. pars pages pages plates dates plates I I [1 ]-260, [i-xii],[1,err.] [1]-8 1-XX2 Jan-Mai 1830 (ui, ees] 2(1) 261-428 9-? XXUL-KXXU 1831 2(2) [xii]-xvi, [583]-780, 2-45 xxxut-xlvit 1833 exerrs| 2 3 [583]-780 [45bis]-62 —-xlvizi-lviit Jul 1838 4 [i]-x, 781-1047, [1, err.] [ii], 63-90 —lwiti(add.)-Ixxvit 1842 3 5 [1049]- ‘ = 1842 6 -1260, [i]-vi - Jul 1843 7 (i), (iii), 2 2 Jun 1844 1261-1609, [1610, err.] Copies: G, HU, MO, NY. — It is possible that pars 5 contained p. 1049-1260, pars 6 1261-1428, pars 7 1429-1610; the precise contents of the parts of vol. 3 are not yet known. The original t.p. [i], dated 1830 is usually absent and replaced by the t.p. for vol. 1, dated 1833. Pl. 47 was issued with vol. 1 but the expl. of the plate only with pars 3. The 77 plates (with 3911 figures), with ‘‘Organologisches, systematisches und Arten-Register”’ were reissued separately Niirnberg 1849 and again 1860 (n.v.). Ref.: BM 1: 167; BFM 2462; Kew 1: 250; LS 2999; NI 165; PR 798; SO 836, 849. B., in Guillemin, Arch. de Bot. 1: 430. 13 Mai 1833. 533- Lehrbuch der Botanik. Stuttgart (E. Schweizerbart) 1834-1840, 3 Abt. Oct. (Lehrb. Bot.) Publ.: This Lehrbuch came out as part of the Naturgeschichte der drei Reiche by Bischoff, v. Leonhard, Bronn, Blum, e.a., vols (Bande) 4, 5. Band Band [bot.] _—_ pages date 4 I [i-1i1], [7]-479 1833-1834. 2(1) [u1*-11* ], [i]-lxx, [1]-548 1836 (2) ui-ili], [1]-839 1839 5 3 (1) [i]-viii, [1]-524 1840 (2) [11-111], [529]-1296 1840 Anhang Worterbuch 239 p. (see below) 1839 Copy: BR. — The book appeared in fascicles of which the contents and dates are very incompletely known. Some of them are noted e.g. by Flora and ABD. The book is pro- bably not of sufficient actual importance to warrant further research. Vol. 1 of the BR Ref.: BM 1: 167; Kew 1: 250; LS 2998; NI 167; PR 795 534. Bemerkungen tiber die Lebermoose, vorziiglich aus den Gruppen der Marchantieen und Riccieen, nebst Beschreibung mehrerer theils kritischer, theils neuer Arten ... mit 5 lithographirten Tafeln. (An die Akademie eingesendet den 23 Mai 1835.) (Acta Acad. Caes. Leop. Carol. Nat. Cur. vol. xvii, p. ii.) [Halle 1835]. Qu. (Bem. Leberm.) Publ.: 1835, late, p. [1]-180 (second pagination [909]-1088), pl. [xvii-lxxi. Copy: Steere. — Preprinted from Nova Acta Acad. Caes. Leop. 17(2): [909]-1088, pl. /xvii-lxxi (publ. Apr-Mai 1836), also issued as a separate without reprint pagination (Copy: Steere). — The connection with the 40 p. De Hepaticis, Heidelberg 1835, 40 p., (n.v.) PR 796, is not known to us. 535- Waorterbuch der beschretbenden Botanik, oder die Kunstausdriicke, welche zum Ver- stehen der phytographischen Schriften nothwendig sind. Lateinisch-deutsch und deutsch- lateinisch bearbeitet, alphabetisch geordnet und erklart. Stuttgart 1839. Oct. (Worterb. beschr. Bot.) Ed. 1: Nov 1839 (ABD), p. [3]-283, [284, err.]. Copy: FAS. Other issue, as ‘“‘Anhang, enthaltend die botanische Kunstsprache in Form eines Worterbuches zu Bischoff’s 221 BISCHOFF Lehrbuch der Botanik,”’ 1839. The two issues differ only in the title page (fide BM 1: 167). (Anhang issue n.v.). Ed. 2: 1857, ‘‘zweite verbesserte und vermehrte Auflage, mit Beriicksichtigung der neue- ren botanischen Schriften bearbeitet von Dr. J. A. Schmidt,” Stuttgart (E. Schweizer- bart) 1857. Oct., p. [i-vi], [1]-230, [1, err.]. Copy: NY. — Issued as “Botanik (Anhang)” ed. 2, in Bischoff et al., Naturgeschichte der drei Reiche. Ref.: BM 1: 167; Kew 1: 250 (ed. 2); PR 797. 536. Beitrdége zur Flora Deutschlands und der Schweiz. Heidelberg 1851. Oct. (Bedir. Fl. Deutschl.) Publ.: 1851 — Only one part published, on second title page (1i*): “Erste Lieferung. Enthaltend die Cichorieen der deutschen und schweizer Flora, mit Ausschluss der Gattung Hieracium,”’ p. [ii*-iii*], [iii]-xx, [1]-341, [342 err.]. Copy: HH. Ref.: BM 1: 167; DTS 1: 22; Kew 1: 250; PR 801. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 10: 82-84. 23 Jan 1852. Biswas, Kalipada P. (1899-x), Indian botanist. (Biswas). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: CAL; collections of algae lost. Ref.: 1H 2: 76. Koster, Taxon 18: 549. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: GR p. 746; IF suppl. 4: 314; Kew 1: 252-254; MW p. 44; Roon p. 18. Gosh, Bull. bot. Soc. Bengal 24(1-2): 3-4. 1970 (portr.) 537- The 150th Anniversary volume of the Royal Botanic Garden, Calcutta. [Alipore, Bengal, s.d.] 2 parts. 1942. Fol. (Anniv. vol. bot. gard. Calcutta). Publ.: Distribution in India took place in Jul-Aug 1942. It was only in August 1944 that the first copy was sent to England. p. [i-xii], front., [1]-301, loose err. slip. (183-188). Copy: L. Bitter, Friedrich August Georg (1873-1927), German botanist at Minster, Bremen and Géttingen. (Bitter). HERBARIUM and TYPES: BREM, W. Ref.: Hawksworth, Mycologist’s handb. 181. 1974. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 192; BFM 1178; BL 1: 110; BM 6: 94; Bossert p. 40; CSP 13: 574; IF p. 682; Kew 1: 254-255; Langman p. 137; LS 3009-3014, 31199; MW p. 44; Moebius p. 135; Zander ed. 10, p. 635. Ulbrich, Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 70: 37-43. 1928. Weber, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 46: (148)-(156). 1929 (bibl., portr.) Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 320. 19453 ser. 2. 2: 151. 1955. COMPOSITE wWoRKS: EP ed. 1, Marattiaceae in 1(4): 422-449. 1900, publ.: p. 422-432, 17 Apr 1900, p. 433-449, Aug 1900; Ophioglossaceae in 1(4): 449-472, 799-800, 1900, publ.: 449-472, Aug 1900, 799-800, 4 Jan 1902. (see Taxon 21: 509-510. 1972). (2) Hegi, Illustr. Flora von Mitteleuropa, Solanum, in vol. 5(4). 1928 (incl. other genera of Solanaceae). (3) Buchenau, Flora von Bremen und Oldenburg, 9. Auflage, Bremen (G. Winter) 1927; together with B. Schiitt. EPONYMY: Bitteria Borner (1913). 538. Die Gattung Acaena. Vorstudien zu einer Monographie ... Mit 37 Tafeln und 98 Textfiguren. Stuttgart (E. Schweizerbart) [1910-]1911. Qu. (Acaena). Publ.: in four parts as Bibliotheca botanica Heft 74(i-iv) as follows (Copy: MO). This study is dedicated to Franz Ernst Schiitte (d. 1911), the founder of the Bremer Botanical Garden. 222 BIVONA-BERNARDI ick pages plates dates Ne ee —————————————————————— i [i], [1]-80 pl. 1-7, fig. I-14 Jul-Aug 1910 2 81-168 pl. 8-17, fig-15-35 Oct-Nov 1910 3 169-248 pl. 18-27, fig. 36-66 Jun-Feb rg1o (“1g10’’) 4 [i-iv], 249-336 pl. 28-37, fig. 67-98 Jun-Jul 1911 Ref.: IDC 8027/1. Bivona-Bernardi, Antonino de (1774-1837), Sicilian botanist. (Biv.-Bern.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BASSA, FI, LIV. Ref.: GR D514; IH 2: 76; Saccardo 2: 19. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 391, 6(2): 495, 12(2): 245; Barnhart 1: 192; BM 1: 168; Bossert p. 40; CSP 1: 397; GR p. 514; Jackson p. 145, 321; Kew 1: 255; LS 3015-3016; PR 805-808; Saccardo 1: 31, 2: 19; Cronologia p. xvi; Zander (ed. 10) p. 635. Parlatore, Breve cenno sulla vita e opere del Barone Antonio Bivona-Bernardi, Palermo 193700 (OCt.5) 10) p> MeV, tide FR). Granatelli in Linares, Biografie e retratti @illustri siciliani morti nel colera del 1837, Palermo 1838, p. 51 (n.v., fide Saccardo) (portr.) Pritzel, Linnaea 19: 450. 1847. Cesati, Saggio 15. 1882. NOTE: Saccardo 2: 19 corrects the first name from Antonio to Antonino. EPONYMY: Bivonaea A. P. de Candolle (1821, nom. cons.); Bivonella (P. A. Saccardo) P. A. Saccardo (1891). 539- Sicularum plantarum centuria prima [secunda]. Palermo (Philippus Barravechia) 1806 [-1807]. Qu. (Stcul. pl.) Cent. 1: 1806 (p. 13: 18 Sep 1806), p. [1]-84, pl. 1-6. Copies: G, M, L. Cent. 2: Dec 1807 or early 1808 (p. 73: 2 Dec 1807), p. [i], [iii], 1-73, [74, err], pl. 1-7. Copies: G, L, M. Ref.: BM 1: 168; Jackson p. 321; Kew 1: 255; LS 3015; PR 805. 540. Monografia delle Tolpidi. Palermo (Stampe di Sanfilippo) 1809. Fol. (Monogr. Lolpidi). Publ.: 1809, p. [i]-xvili, pl. 1-5. Copies: G, NY. Ref.: BM 1: 168; Jackson p. 145; Kew 1: 255; PR 807. 541. Stirpium rariorum minusque cognitarum in Sicilia sponte provenientium descriptiones nonnullis iconibus auctae. Manipulus 1[-4]. Palermo (Typis Regiis) 1813[-1816]. Qu. (Sterp. rar. Sicilia). 1: [1-18], pl. 1-2. 1813. Copies: G, HU, USDA. 2: [1-16], pl. 1-2. 1814. Copies: G, HU, USDA. — Typis Laurentti Dato. 3: [1]-30, pl. 1-4. 1815. Copies: G, HU. — Typis Vincentii Lipomi. 4: [1]-39, pl. 1-6. “1816” but publ. 1818 (see Isis Oken 7 Litt. Anz. 850. 1820; reviews in Italian journals 1819). Copies: G, HU. — Typis Laurentii Dato. Ref.: BM 1: 168; Jackson p. 321; Kew 1: 255; LS 3016; PR 807; IDC 5470. Barnhart, NAF 7(15): 1052. 1940. 542. Scinaia algarum marinarum novum genus. [Palermo (Solli) 1822]. Oct. (Scznaia). Publ.: 15 Mar 1822, p. [1-3], 1 pl. Copies: BM, G. — Reprinted from L’Iride, giornale de scienze, lettere, ed arti per la Sicilia 5, Palermo 15 Marzo 1822, p. [231]-233, 1 pl. (journal cover present with copy G). Scinaia, “In honorem celeberrimi Dominici Scina Phyces, Historiae naturalis literariaeque patriae optime meriti ....” Dedicated to: Domenico Scina (1765-1837), Sicilian naturalist. Ref.: BM 1: 168; PR 808. 223 BIZZOZERO Bizzozero, Giacomo (1852-1885), Italian botanist at the botanical garden of Padua University. (Bizz.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: PAD. Ref.: 1H 2: 76; Saccardo 2: 20. Hawksworth, Mycologist’s handb. 181. 1974. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 192; BL 2: 416, 417; BM 1: 168; Bossert p. 40; CSP 9: 251, 12: 84, 13: 578; DTS 1: 22; GRP 527; Kew 1: 255; LS 3022-3023, 41016-41017; Saccardo 1: 31, 2: 19-20; Saccardo, Cronologia p. xvi. Penzig, Bot. Centralbl. 22: 315-318. 1885. COMPOSITE WoRKS: Saccardo, P. A. et Bizzozero, G., Flora briologica dalla Venezia. 1883. EPONYMY: Bizozzeria [sic] Spegazzini (1889); Bizozzeriella [sic] Spegazzini (1888) ; Bizzozeria P. A. Saccardo & Berlese (1885). 543- Flora veneta crittogamica. Padova (Tipografia del Seminario) 1885, 2 parts. Oct. (FI. ven. critt.) Part 1, Funghi: Jan-Mar 1885 (Hedwigia Mar-Apr 1885; Nat. Nov. Mai 1885), p. [i]- viii, [1]-572. Copies: NY, Stevenson, USDA. Part 2, Licheni etc., Mar-Sep 1885 (Nat. Nov. Oct 1885), p. [i], [1]-225. Copies: NY, Stevenson, USDA. Supplemento micologico alla “‘Flora veneta Crittogamica” parte I. — i funghi di Giacome Bizzozero, author D. Saccardo, Padova (Tipografia del Seminario) 1899 (p. 5: Aug 1899, Nat. Nov. Feb 1900), p. [1]-110. Copy: B. Ref.: BM 1: 168; LS 3022. Black, John McConnell (1855-1951), South Australian botanist. (7. M. Black). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: AD, duplicates B, K, MEL, NSW, P. Ref.: WH 1 ‘(eds 6) 356512577. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 194; BL 1: 67, 70, 73; Bossert p. 40; Kew 1: 256. Eardley, Taxon 1: 62-63. 1952. Eardley, Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 76: i-xil. 1953. 544- Handbooks of the Flora and Fauna of South Australia, issued by the British Science Guild (South Australian Branch) and published by favor of the Honorable the Premier. Flora of South Australia. By J. M. Black (Orchidaceae by R. S. Rogers, M.D.). With illustrations by the author. [Adelaide 1922-1929]. Oct. (#7. S. Austral.) Ed. 1: 1: [1]-154. Aug 1922; 2: [i], 155-358. Jun 1924; 3: [i-ill], 359-514. Dec 1926; 4: [i-ili], 515-746. Jun 1929. Copies: BR, L. Additions: Black, Trans. Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia vols. 33, 35-37, 39-62. 1909- 1938. Ed. 2: 1: [1]-253. 1 Mai 1943; repr. (minor alt. in t-.p. and on cover) 1948; facsimile ed. 1960. Copy: U. 2: [i], [255]-521. Jan 1948; facsimile ed. 1963. Copy: U. 3: [i-ii], I-III, [523]683. Sep 19523 facsimile ed. 1964. Copy: U. 4: [i-iv, t.p., pref.], 685-1000. Mar 19573 facsimile ed. 1965. Revised by Enid L. Robertson. Copy: U. Supplement to Black’s Flora of South Australia by Hansjoerg Eichler (1916-x) June 1965, p- [1]-385, plus [4] p., loose, add. 20 Jan 1966. Copies: FAS, U. Ref.: BL 1: 70; KeW 1: 256; NI suppl. 167n; IDC 6523 (ed. 2). Blackwell, Elizabeth (c. 1700-1758), Scottish botanist. (Blackw.) HERBARIUM and Types: Not known to have existed. Elizabeth Blackwell “‘relieved her husband when in embarassed circumstances [i.e. in prison because of debts] by publish- ing “‘A curious herbal” 1737 ...”? (DNB, concise ed. p. 109). 224, BLACKWELL BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 195, BB p. 35; BM 1: 169; DNB 5: 144: Henrey 450-455; Jackson p. 31; Kew 1: 259; LS 3037a; NI 168-169; Plesch p. 142-143; PR 811-812. Hirsching, Hist.-Lit. Handb. 1: 305-308. 1794. Spiess, Abh. naturhist. Ges. Nurnberg 6: 165-166. 1877. Pulteney, Sketches 2: 251. 1790. Jackson, J. Bot. 48: 193-195. 1910 (on Alexander Blackwell). Lowndes, A. E., A curious herbal. Blunt, The art of botanical illustration 136-137. 1950. Lisney, Bibl. Brit. Lepidoptera 1608-1799, 114-120. 1960. EPONYMY: Blackwellia J. F. Gmelin (1791, orth. var.); Blakwellia Commerson ex A. L. Jussieu (1789). 545- A curious herbal, containing five hundred cuts, of the most useful plants, which are now used in the practice of physick. Engraved on folio copper plates, after drawings, taken from the life. By Elizabeth Blackwell. To which is added a short description of ye plants; and their common uses in physick. London (Samuel Harding) 1737, 2 vols. Fol. (Cur. herbal). i Vol. 1: t.p., pref. 3 lvs, lvs 1-63, pl. 1-252, index 2 lvs, 1737, dedication 14 Jul 1737. Vol. 2: t.p., pref. 3 lvs, lvs 64-125, index 2 lvs, pl. 253-500. 1737. For a complete descrip- tion and collations see Henrey, Lisney and HU 510. Actual publication took place in parts between 1737 and 1739. “‘Each leaf was issued with the four plates described on it, at the rate of one a week for 125 weeks.” (HU 510). Copy: NY. Other issues: Vol. 1: second issue: London (John Nourse) 1739 (Copies: BR, G, HU, MO); third issue: London (John Nourse) 1751 (Copy: NY) ; fourth issue: London (C. Nourse) 1782. See Lisney for details. Vol. 2: second issue: London (John Nourse) 1739 (Copies: BR, G, HU, MO); third issue: London (John Nourse) 1751 (Copy: NY); fourth issue: London (John Nourse) M72. Ref.: BM 1: 169; DU 42; GF p. 50; Henrey 450-455; HU 510; Jackson p. 31; Kew 1: 259; NI 168; Plesch p. 142; P 811. Lisney, A bibliography of Brit. Lepidoptera 1960, nos. 172-180 (q.v. for bibliographical details). Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 50. 1975 (sold at £ 1100). 546. Herbarium blackwellianum emendatum et auctum id est Elizabethae Blackwell collectio stirpium quae in pharmacopoliis ad medicum usum asservantur quarum descriptio et vires ex anglico idiomate in latinum conversae sistuntur ... [other t.p.: Vermehrtes und verbessertes Blackwellisches Krauterbuch ...] Niirnberg 1747-1773, 6 vols. Fol. (Herb. blackwell.) Publ.: The text of this greatly superior Niirnberg version is mostly in German and Latin. The five hundred Blackwell plants are reproduced in five centuries in their original order, and there is an extra century. Altogether there are 616 coloured copper en- gravings of plants used in pharmacy, but including some poisonous and ornamental plants in the sixth century. Except for the last few plates the engraving is by N. F. Eisenberger and the numbering is 1 to 600. There is one unnumbered plate represent- ing Viscum Mancanillae, and forming the additional coloured title page of the sixth century. Two plates (a, b) were issued for Nos. 269, 322, 341, 497, 498, 522, 523, 536, 539, 547, 573 and 600, and three (a, b, c) for no. 574. No. 75 was re-issued in a correct- ed version, and both may occur in subscribers’ copies (e.g., at K.) Publication was started in 1747 by the painter Eisenberger on a subscription basis, the work being issued in instalments. It was inspired and controlled until his death by C. J. Trew, who wrote the lengthy text for the first ninety plates, a text provided in addition to a translation of the brief notes in Blackwell. ‘Thereafter the text was super- vised by the botanist C. G. Ludwig of Leipzig, but others, mainly G. R. Bohmer of Wittenberg, and E. G. Bose of Leipzig, actually wrote it. Ludwig was assisted by F. A. G. Knolle in producing the last century. The text was published simultaneously with the plates until 1749, but thereafter was always in arrears, ‘Trew being mainly responsible for the delay. The dates of the 225 BLACKWELL prefaces in the first three centuries, and of the title-pages in the last three, therefore only indicate the date of publication of the last pages of the relevant text. The dates of the title-pages are 1750, 1754, 1757, 1760, 1765 and 1773, and of the prefaces 1 Jun 1752, 3 Mar 1755, 2 Jan 1758, 6 Dec 1759, 31 Jan 1765 and Nov 1772. Trew delayed the first preface against Eisenberger’s expectation, in order to include lengthy cata- logues of his books with the first century. A reprint dated 1757 of the title-page for this century, by the printer of centuries two to five, is found in the publisher’s complete copies (e.g. at British Museum, Bloomsbury ; and BMNH) as distinct from subscription copies. The size of the first seven instalments of plates and text is known, but not of the remaining thirty-one instalments for the 500 plates of the Blackwell Herbal paper, nor of the fewer instalments of text. For further details see ‘Tjaden (1972) upon whose article this paragraph is based and the reviews in the Tiibingische Ber. gel. Sachen which provide even more detail (BH) — Copies: HU, NY. plates (nos.) — dates plates (nos.) — dates I-15 summer 1747 181-300 plus 1752-1754 16-30 spring 1748 300 pl.-450 1754-1757 31-45 summer 1748 451-475 Mar 1758 476-486 Jul 1759 487-500 Dec 1759 46-60 winter 1748/49 5OI-505 early 1760 61-75 summer 1749 506-571 1760-Dec 1766 76-9gO winter 1749 572-590) 1767-1771 QI-100 summer 1750 590¢-600 L773 101-180 1750-1752 text pp. dates text pp. dates 1-9gO as of plates 201-270 1755-late 1757 g1-100 summer ’50-Jun’52 270c-300 Jun 1758 54.pp.catal. Jun 1752 301-400 1758-1759 101-200 Jun ’52-late °54 401-500 ?1760-Jan 1765 22 pp. catal. Mar 1755 501-600 ~=?1765-Jan 1763 Dandy (1967) discusses the “inadmissible” status of Trew’s “‘generic’’ names. Ref.: BM 1: 169; DA 1967; GF p. 50; Kew 1: 259; Jackson p. 31; NI 169; Plesch p. 142- 143; PR 812. Groening, Nomenclator Linnaeanus in Elizabeth Blackwell herbarium. Leipzig (Graeff) 1794, p. [i]-xvi, [1]-120, Oct. (Copy: UC). Jourdan, Dict. Sci. méd. 2: 275-276. 1820. Tjaden, Taxon 21: 147-152. 1972. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 50. 1975 (sold at £ 2000). Bladh, Peter Johan (1746-1816), Finnish employee of the Swedish East India Com- pany who collected in the East, mainly around Hongkong, Macao and Canton. (Bladh.) HERBARIUM and types: BM, LINN, UPS (Thunberg and gen. herb.), 5, SBT. Bladh corresponded with Back, Bergius, Retzius and ‘Thunberg. Ref. TE os 977, BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 195; Bretschneider p. 111-112; CSP 1: 405. Saelan, Acta Soc. Fauna Flora fenn. 43: 28. 1916 (bibliogr.) Lunelund, Sv. Litteratursalsk. hist. lit.-hist. Stud. 16: 298-341. 1940. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl]. males. ser. 1. 5(4): cclix-xxlx. 1958. EPONYMY: Bladhia Thunberg (1781). NOTE: Bladh’s six publications deal mainly with economic botany. 226 BLAKE, S. F. Blainville, Henri Marie Ducrotay de (1777-1850), French paleobiologist. (Blainville). coLLections: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 1: 169-170, 6: 96; CSP 1: 406-408, 7: 185; Kew 1: 259. Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. ser. 3. 12: 375-381. Dec 1849. Flourens, Recueil éloges hist. 1: 285-389, 1856 (bibl.) Nordenskjéld, Hist. of biol. 359-361. 1935. EPONYMY: Blainvillea Cassini (1823). 547- Manuel d’actinologie ou de zoophytologie, contenant 1.° Une histoire abrégée de cette partie de la zoologie, avec des considérations générales sur l’anatomie, la physio- logie, les moeurs, les habitudes et les usages des Actinozoaires; 2.° Un systéme général d’Actinologie, tiré a la fois des animaux et de leurs parties solides ou polypiers; 3.° Un catalogue des principaux auteurs qui ont écrit sur ce sujet. Avec un atlas de 100 planches représentant une espéce de chaque genre et sous-genre. Paris, Strasbourg (F. G. Levrault) [1830-]1834. Oct. (Man. actinol.) Publ.: 1830-1834, probably in parts. References in contemporary literature before 1834 suggest that parts were available earlier than the title page date. An ‘“‘avis’’ in the book mentions that it was produced during the years 1830-1834, p. viii is dated 1 Jun 1834. ‘The errata sheet is of 1836. Text: {i]-viii, [1]-694, [1, err.] Atlas: 103 copper engravings by Prétre (‘‘pinxit’’), Turpin (‘“‘direxit’’) and Massard (‘‘sculpsit’’). Copies: Koninklijke Bibliotheek, the Hague, PCS. Ref.: BM 1: 169, 6: 96; Kew 1: 259. Blake, Sidney Fay (1892-1959), American botanist and bibliographer. (S. F. Blake). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: REN (personal herbarium) ; duplicates at A, BM, GH, K, MT, US (p.p. orig.) Ref.: 1H. 2: 77. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 196; BFM 1398-1399; BL 1: 286 [index]; Bossert p. 40; GR p. 205; Kew 1: 259-260; Langman p. 137-139; MW suppl. p. 24; Roon p. 18. Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 320. 1945; ser. 2. 2: 151-152. 1955 (bibl.) Blake, D. H., Taxon g: 133-141. 1960 (portr., bibl.) Rogerson, NAF ser. 2. 5: 233. 1965. Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 33. 1973 (corr.) COMPOSITE WORKS: Polygalaceae, NAF 25(4): 305-326. 10 Mar 1924, 327-379. 20 Mar 1924. EPONYMY: Blakeanthus R. M. King & H. E. Robinson (1972) ; Neoblakea Standley (1930). 548. Geographical guide to floras of the world. An annotated list with special reference to useful plants and common plant names. Part J Africa, Australia, North America, South America, and Islands of the Atlantic, Pacific and Indian Oceans. Washington (United States Government Printing Office) 1942. Oct. (Geogr. guide fl. world). Co-author: Alice Cary Atwood (1876-1947). Orig. ed.: dated Jun 1942 but first copies received at USDA on 31 Jul 1942. — United States Department of Agriculture Miscellaneous Publication no. 401, p. [i], 1-336. Copies: FAS, U. Facsimile eds.: New York (Hafner) 1963, Koenigstein (Otto Koeltz) 1974 (ISBN 3- 87429-068-9), p. [1-iii], [1]-336. Copy: FAS. Ref.: Stafleu, Taxon 24: 148-149. 1975. 549- Geographical guide to floras of the world | .| An annotated list with special reference to 227 BLAKE, S. F. useful plants and common plant names [.] Part II Western Europe Finland, Sweden, Norway, Iceland, Great Britain with Ireland, Netherlands, Belgium, Luxembourg, France, Spain, Portugal, Andorra, Monaco, Italy, San Marino, and Switzerland. Washington (United States Department of Agriculture Miscellaneous publication no. 797) 1961. Oct. (Geogr. guide fl. world). Orig. ed.: Feb 1961, p. [i], 1-742. Copies: FAS, U. — Edited by Bernice G. Schubert. Blake was assisted in the compilation by Alice C. Atwood until her death in 1947. Facsimile ed.: Koenigstein (Otto Koeltz) 1973, ISBN 3-87429-060-3, p. [i-ii], 1-742. Copy: FAS. Ref.: BEM 13098. Schubert, Rhodora 62: 325-338. 1961. Stafleu, Taxon g: 87. 1960, 24: 148-149. 1975. Blakeslee, Albert Francis (1874-1954), American botanist. (Blakeslee). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 197; BM 6: 96; Kew 1: 263-264; Langman p. 140; LS 3041-3046, 31214-31220, suppl. 2845-2859; Moebius p. ror. Maheswari, J. Ind. Bot. Soc. 34(4): 491-493. 1955 (portr.) Smith, Bull. Torrey bot. Club 82: 305-308. 1955 (portr.) Sinnott, Nat. Acad. Sci., Biogr. Mem. 33: 1-38. 1959 (portr., bibl.) Demerec, Genetics 44: 1-4. 1959 (portr.) Verdoorn, Chron. bot. vol. 20, frontispiece portrait. Humphrey, Makers of North American botany 31-34. 1961. Lenley et al., Cat. arch. Coll. NYBG 33. 1973 (corr.) Fouzdar, Botanica, Delhi 22: 20-23. 1975 (portr.) EPONYMY: Blakeslea Vhaxter (1914). Blanchet, Jacques Samuel (1807-1875), Swiss plant collector in Bahia, Brazil, 1828- 1856 (Blanchet). HERBARIUM and typEs: G. — duplicates (‘‘Plantae brasiliae”’) in many herbaria. Ref 22°78: Anon., Flora 30: 414. 1847; Bonplandia 6: 342. 1858. Candolle, Phytographie 396. 1880. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 133. 1964. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 60. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 198; Bossert p. 41. Urban, Bot. Jahrb. 21, Beibl. 52: 1-5. 1895 (portr.) Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg 3(2): 149, 181, 1903, 3(3): 203. 1905. Urban, Fl. bras. 1(1): 7. 1906 (itin.) eponymy: Blanchetia A. P. de Candolle (1836) ; Blanchetiastrum Hassler (1910). HANDWRITING: Candollea 27: 325-326. 1972. Blanck, A. (fl. 1884), German physician and naturalist at Schwerin. (Blanck). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 1: 172; CSP 12: 86. 550. Uebersicht der Phanerogamenflora von Schwerin nebst einem die Gefass-Kryptogamen enthaltenden Anhang. Schwerin i/M. (Alexander Schmiedekampf) 1884. Oct. (Uebers. phan. Schwerin). Publ.: Apr-Mai 1884 (pref. Apr 1884; Nat. Nov. Mai 1884), p. [i-iv], [1]-89. 228 BLANCO Blanco, Francisco Manuel (1778-1845), Spanish clergyman, explorer and botanist. (Blanco). HERBARIUM and Types: According to Merrill (see under Flora de Filipinas) nothing is known about a Blanco herbarium. A set of 400 plants said (by Colmeiro) to have been collected by Blanco and Llanos is at MA, some duplicates are probably at G. Merrill distributed newly collected representative specimens as Species Blancoanae. 1H lists Blanco specimens in FT. Ref.: 1H 1 (ed. 6): 356, 2: 78. Candolle, Phytographie 397. 1880. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 198; BL 1: 122; BM 1: 172, 6: 97; Bossert p. 41; IF p. 681; Kew 1: 265; MW p. 44. Ivan, Rev. bot. Duchartre 2: 281-286. 1847, Bot. Zeit. 6: 72. 1848. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 70. 1936. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 60-61. 1951 (portr.) EPONYMY: Blancoa Blume (1843); Blancoa Blume (1849). HANDWRITING: Flora de Filipinas, Gran edicion, vol. 1, plate between p. [iii] and [v]. 551. Flora de Filipinas, Segun el sistema sexual de Linneo. Manila (En la imprenta de Sto. Thomas por D. Candido Lopez) 1837. Qu. (Fl. Filip.) Publ.: 1837, p. [i]-lxxvin, [1]-887. Copies: CAS, HH, U, US. — The HH copy has an inscription dated 13 Dec 1837. Ref.: BM 1: 172; CO 407; IF p. 682; Jackson p. 397; Kew 1: 265; MW p. 44; PR 828; SO 845c-e. Merrill, Govt. Lab. Publ. Philip 27: 1-132. 1905; Philip. J. Sci. 2 (Bot) : 429-439. 907, 12 (Bot.): 113-116. 1917. Merrill, Species Blancoanae, Bur. Sci.-Publ. 12: 1-423. 1918. Steenis-Kruseman, Flora males. ser. 1. 1: 60-61, 599. 1950. 552. Flora de Filipinas, segun el sistema sexual de Linneo: ... segunda impresion, corre- gida y aumentada por el mismo autor. Manila (D. Miguel Sanchez) 1845. Qu. (Fl. Filip., ed. 2). Publ.: 1845, p. [i*], [11*], [i]-lix, [1]-619. Copies: HH, U, US. Ref.: BM 1: 172; CO 407; Jackson 397; Kew 1: 182; MW p. 44; PR 828; SO 845c-e; IDC 36. Klotzsch, Bot. Zeit. 5: 551, -555. 30 Jul 1847. Hasskarl, Flora 47: 17-29, 49-59. 1861. 553- Flora de Filipinas por el P. Fr. Manuel Blanco agustino calzado adicionada con el manuscrito inédito del P. Fr. Ignacio Mercado las obras de P. Fr. Antonio Llanos y de un apéndice con todas las nuevas investigaciones botanicas referentes al archipiclago Filipino. Gran Edicion hecha a expensas de la provincia de agustinos calzados de Filipi- nas bajo la direccion cientifica del P. Fr. Andrés Naves. Manila (Plana y C.a), 4 vols. 1877-1883. Fol. (Fl. Filip., ed. 3). vol. fascicle pagination date vol. fascicle pagination date I I [i], [211], [v] vi-xvi 1877 10 115-130 1877 2 XV-xxi1x [xxx], 1877 I 131-146 1877 [1]2 12 147-162 1877 3 3-18 1877 13 163-178 1877 4 19-34. 1877 14/15 179-210 1877 5 35-50 1877 16 211-226 1877 6 51-66 1877 17 227-242 1877 a [67] 68-82 1877 18 243-258 1877 8 83-98 1877 19/20. = 259-290 1877 9 gQ-114 1877 QI 291-306 1877 229 BLANCO vol. fascicle pagination date vol. fascicle pagination date 22 307-322 1877 12 177-192 1879 23 323-338 1877 13 193-208 1879 24 339-350, 1877 14/15 209-240 1879 [i*] 11*-vii* 16 241-256 1879 2 I [1], [3], [5] 6-16 1878 17 [257] 258-271, 1879 2 17-32 1878 i-vi (Index) 3/4 33-60 1878 4 1A [i], [aii], [v-vii] 1880 5 [61] 62-80 1878 Vlli-XV1 g/10 81-160 1878 2A [xvii] xviii, 1880 II 161-176 1878 [1] 2-14 12/13 177-208 1878 3A 15-30 1880 14 2009-224 1878 4A/5A 31-62 1880 15/16 [225] 226-256 1878 6A 63-78 1880 1G) 257-272 1878 7A 79-94 1880 18/19 =. 273-304 1878 8A g5-108 1880 20 305-320 1879 9A * [1-111] 1Vv-Vvi, 1880 21/22 [321] 322-352 1879 [1] 2-10 23 353-368 1879 10A/11A_ 11-42 1880 24/25 369-400 1879 12A 43-59 1880 26/27 [401] 402-418, 1879 13A(p.p.) 59-63 1880 [419], [1] ti-vill 13A [il § [aaa | selva) 1880 Sie: [1], [3], [5] 6-16 1879 (p.p.)- viix (p. ix, 12 2/3 [17] 18-48 1879 2a1A Dec 1880), 4 [49] 50-64 1879 [1] 2-272 5/6 [65] 66-96 1879 22A-23A 273-336 1882 7 [97] 98-112 1879 24A 337-375 15 Jun 8/9 [113] 114-144 1879 (“Entrega 1883 10 145-160 1879 ultima’’) II 161-176 1879 * Mercado, I., Libro de medicinas de esta tierra, declaraciones de las virtudes de los arboles y plantas que estan en estas islas filipinas. ** Naves, A. and Fernandez-Villar, C., Novissima appendix ad floram philippinarum R. P. Fr. Emmanuélis Blanco seu enumeratio contracta plantarum philippensium hucusque cognitarum cum synonymiis PP. Blanco, Llanos, Mercado et aliorum aucto- rum. (Fernandez-Villar is responsible for text p. 1-212 and from Fimbristylis subbispicata on p. 307 to 375; Naves is the author p. 213-307, ending with Fimbristylis nutans). Covers are missing in the MO copy from fascicle 14A onwards; data on later fascicles from Merrill, Philip. J. Sci. 12: 13-16. 1917.). Only text of the deluxe edition (500 copies printed on better paper) have been seen, even though two copies of the volumes of plates from the economy edition have been reviewed (HU, US). The collation of the text above is from the MO copy which has most of the original fascicle covers bound in place, the only such copy we have seen. Comparison of this copy with the one described by Merrill, which also had covers, reveals two inexpli- cable differences. In volume two, Merrill reports a double fascicle numbered “‘6-7”’ but the MO copy omits fascicles six to eight altogether, without any break in pagination. Similarly, in the fourth volume, Merrill records a double fascicle ‘“gA-10A”’ but the MO copy has fascicles ‘‘1oA-11A” issued together in one cover. PLATES PRESENT mo: (“‘edicion de lujo,” ““Gran edicién’’) 1, 3-15, 17-43, “43-61, 63-64, 66, 68-73, 73-76, 78-86, 86-91, 93-94, 94-100, 100, 102, 104-106, 108-131, 131-138, 138-167, 167-168, 170-176, 176-185, 187-210, 210-226, 226-255, 257-326, 328-403, 403-414, 414-415, 415-426, 426-427, 427-428, 428-429, 429-468. Plates 257 and 382 are represented by two copies each; 426 is used for three plates of three species. Plates bound separately. Ny: (“Gran edicién’’) 1, 3-15, 17-43, *43-60, 62-64, 66, 67-73, 73-76, 78-86, 86-91, 230 BLANDOW 93-94, 94-100bis, 100, 100, 102, 104-106, 108-122, 124, 124-131, 131-138, 138-167, 167-168, 170-175, 175-185, 187-210, 210-226, 226-324, 326-368, 368-402, 402-404, 404-405, 405-414, 414-415, 415-425, 425-426, 426-427, 427-428, 428-429, 429-468. Plates bound separately. us: (“Gran edicion’’) 1-15, 17-25, 27-43, *43-60, 62-64, 66, 68-76, 78-86, 86-91, 93-94, 94-100, 100-102, 104-106, 108-124, 124-167, 167-168, 170-175, 175-185, 187-199, 201- 210, 210-226, 226-243, 245-272, 272-309, 309-402, 402-404, 404-407, 409-415, 415- 425, 425-426, 426-427, 427-428, 428-429, 429-468. Plates bound separately. (‘“Edicién econémica’’) i-ccxxv, ccxxvil-cdlix. Plates bound separately in numerical order; numbers printed on plates. Hu: (‘‘Edicién econémica’’) i-vil, 1X-xiil, xvi-xlili, *xliii-Ixxiii, Ixxiii-lxxvi, Ixxvili-lxxxvi, IxXXVI-XCIV, XCIV-C, C-CXXIil, CXX1lI-CXXXVill, Cxxxviii-cli, cliii-clxvil, clxvil-clxxv, clxxv- c]xxxvili, CXC-CCVili, CCVili-ccx, CCX-CCxxvi, ccxxvi-cclii, ccliv-cclxxxix, cclxxxix- CCCXXXV1, cCccCxxxvill-ccclix, ccclix-ccclx, ccclxli-cccxciv, cccxcvi-cdxxix, cdxxxi- cdlxii, cdlxv-cdlxviii. Plates bound with text in non-numerical order. MERR.: (“‘Gran edicidn’’) 1, 3-15, 17-43, *43-60, 62-64, 66, 68-73, 73-86, 86-91, 93-94, 94-100, 100, 102, 104-106, 108-122, 124, 124-131, 131-138, 138-167, 167-168, 170-175, 175-185, 187-210, 210-226, 226-257, 257-261, 261-324, 326-341, 343-368, 368-382, 382-402, 402-404, 404-405, 405-414, 414-415, 415-425, 425-427, 427-428, 428-429, 429-442, 442-468. See Merrill, E. D. Philip J. Sci. 12: 113-116. 1917, for analysis of this copy (destroyed during World War II?). * Duplicated numbers indicate two plates, depicting two different species, with same plate-number. The plates cause special problems because each of the sets we have seen differs in the plates present. The non-color printing was all done in Manila and the printed illustra- tions for the deluxe edition shipped to Barcelona for the application of color, or perhaps the plates themselves were sent there so that the color illustrations in the deluxe edition were done entirely in Spain. Besides lacking color, the plates of the economy edition have the plate numbers printed on each plate; the color plates in the deluxe edition are not numbered, although each of the copies we have seen has plate numbers added in pencil from a list in volume four of the species arranged by families. Some errors may have occurred in this number-transfer, but confusion is profound even if every number was faithfully copied onto its plate. The plates in the economy edition for the most part (random checking only) duplicate the colored ones but even this is not uniform, and in at least one instance the two versions differ by some obvious but unimportant details in the parts depicted. The US set of plates is the most complete one seen. Ref.: BM 1: 172; GF p. 50; Kew 1: 182; MW p. 44; NI 170; PR 828; SK p. clxxi; SO 845c-e; IDC 5850. Hasskarl, Flora 4.7: 16-29, 49-59. 1864. Merrill, A review of the identifications of the species described in Blanco’s Flora de Filipinas. 1905. (Bur. Interior publ. 27: 1-94). Merrill, Philip. J. Sci. 12 (Bot.): 113-116. 1917. Merrill, Species blancoanae 1918. (Dept. Agr. Publ. 12: 1-423). Merrill, An enumeration of Philippine flowering plants 4: 165. 1926. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1.1: 60-61. 1950. Blandow, Otto Christian (1778-1810). German pharmacist, notary and bryologist in Mecklenburg. (Bland.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: The location of Blandow’s original herbarium is unknown. Dr. E. Kihner of Rostock informs me that Blandow’s original collections are not in ROST, at least not recognizably. Some material is at B, BERN, BM and W. Authentic material was included in his Musci frondosi exsiccati (fasc. 1-6, nos. 1-300 Neustrelitz 1804-1810). For information on these exsiccata see Sayre [published: fasc. 1, 19 Mai 1804, 2, 28 Apr 1805, 3, 20 Jun 1807, 4, 20 Jul 1807, 5, 16 Apr 1808, 6, 20 Jun 1810, n.v.]. Blandow himself, in the preface to his Mecklenburgische Moose (1809) states that a major part of the 231 BLANDOW mosses treated in this pamphlet have been deposited “‘in schénen und instruktiven Exemplaren” in Detharding: Herbarium Rostochiense Florae Megapolitanae. A volume ‘‘Sys- tematisch-tabellarische Sammlung”? von Laubmoosen is at BM. Ref: UE 2:78. Blandow, Bot. Zeit. Regensburg 3: 234-239. 1804. Sayre, Dates of publications describing Musci 18, 23, 30, 35. 1959. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 184. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 2: 555; Barnhart 1: 198; BM 1: 173; CSP 7: 190; Kew 1: 265; NDB 2: 178; PR 829. Boll, Fl. Mecklenburg 148. 1860. Brockmann, Laubmoose Mecklenburgs 8-10. Oltmanns, Arch. Ver. Freunde Naturgesch. Mecklenburg 47: 125. 1894. COMPOSITE WORKS: Sturm, Deutschlands Flora, Cryptogamie, Abt. 2, Hefte 9-11, 1809-1810. EPONYMY: Blandowia Willdenow (1809). 554- Uebersicht der Mecklenburgischen Moose nach alphabetischer Ordnung entworfen. [Neustrelitz] 1809. Oct. (Uebers. Mecklenb. Moose). Publ.: Apr-Mai 1809 (preface Apr 1809), p. [1]-16. Copy: L (Persoon library). — Already announced, apparently incorrectly, as published at Easter Messe 1808. Ref.:, BM 12 1733;PR:829; SY p: 35: Blatter, Ethelbert (1877-1934), Indian botanist. (Blatt.) HERBARIUM and Types: BLAT, other material at B, BM, K. Ref.: TH 2: 79. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 199; BFM 1544; IF suppl. 3: 202; Kew 1: 266-267; LS 3074; MW p. 44. Fischer, Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1934: 338-339. Anon., J. Ind. bot. Soc. 13: 243-245. 1934. Fischer, Proc. Linn. Soc. 147: 159-161. 1935. 555+ Flora of Aden. Calcutta (Superintendent Government Printing, India) 1914-1916, 3 parts. Oct. (FI. Aden). 1: 1914, p. [i*-v*], [i]-ii, map, [I]-II, 1-79, 5 pl. Records of the Botanical Survey of India 7(1). Copies: L, U. 2: 1915, p. [77]-336. Records 7(2). Copies: L, U. 3: 1916, p. [i-ii], 337-418, [i]-xix, map, 2 pl. [1**, t.p. 1914-1916]. Records 7(3). Copies: Ew Ref.: Kew 1: 266. 559. Flora arabica. [1-4:] Calcutta (Superintendent Government Printing, India) [5-6:] Delhi (Manager of Publication). (FJ. arab.) Publ.: In six parts, as Records Bot. Survey of India, vol. 8 (nos. 1-6). Copy: L: fasc. pages dates I {i*-ii*], [i]-ii, [i]-123 Aug-Dec 1919 2 [i-ii], 123-282, map Aug-Dec 1921 3 [i-ii], [283]-365 *‘tg21”’, printers mark 10 Jan 1922 4 [i-ii], 365-450 Apr-Dec 1923 5 [i-ii], 451-519, [i]-xlix Feb-Dec 1936 [6] [i-iv], [451]-501 Aug-Dec 1933 Fasc. 6: was in fact a separate publ., Records 8(5), on the botanical exploration of Arabia. Fasc. 5 was Records 8(6). Ref.: Kew 1: 266. 232 BLUFF 557- Lhe palms of British India and Ceylon. (Humphrey Mitford, Oxford University Press), London, New York, Bombay, Calcutta, Madras 1926. Qu. (Palms Brit. Ind.) Publ.: 1926, frontisp., p. [i*-x*], [1]-xxvili, 1-600, pl. r-106, maps A, B, 49 text figs. Copy: U. — Based on a series of publications in the J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc. 1910- 1918. Ref.: Kew 1: 267. Bleicher, Joseph (ff. 1899), German highschool teacher and botanist at Ingolstadt. (F. Bleicher). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. 558- Schulflora von Ingolstadt und Umgebung. Anleitung zur Bestimmung dei meisten wild wachsenden Samenpflanzen von Joseph Bleicher, ... I. Teil. Programm des kgl. hu- manistischen Gymnasiums Ingolstadt fiir das Schuljahr 1808/99. Ingolstadt (A. Gang- hofer) s.d. [1899]. Oct. + (Schulfl. Ingolstadt). Publ.: Theil I: 1899, before Aug (Nat. Nov.), p. [i*], [i]-xu1, [1]-87. Copy: B— A second part is not known to us. Bleicher, Marie Gustave (1838-1901), French geologist and pharmacist, director of the Ecole de Pharmacie at Nancy. (M. G. Bleicher). COLLECTIONS: At the Université de Nancy. Ref.: Sherborn, Where is the — collection 19. 1940. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 200; BM 1: 176; CSP 12: 87, 13: 604-605; Quenstedt p. 43. Mieg, Bull. Soc. Hist. nat. Colmar 6: 161-197. 1902 (portr., bibl.) Fliche, Bull. Soc. géol. France 1902: 231-239, 421. Bluff, Mathias Joseph (1805-1837), German botanist at Aachen (Aix-la-Chapelle). (Bluff ). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 204; BM 1: 178; CSP 1: 435-436; DTS 1: 22-23; Jackson p. 293; Kew 1: 270; PR 837, 2903, 2904, 10346; Zander ed 10, p. 636. Nees, Flora 20(2): 416. 1837. Anon., Brit. foreign Med. Rev. 7: 298-299. Jan 1839. Fingerhuth, Jahresber. bot. Ver. Mittel-Niederrheins 2: 142-144. 1839. NOTE: For Bluff, Entwicklungs-Combinationen organischer Wesen, Kéln 1827 (n.v.) see Flora 12(1) Erg. Bl. 78-80. Jun 1829. EPONYMY: Bluffia C. G. D. Nees (1834). 559- Compendium florae Germaniae. Niirnberg (J. L. Schrag) 1821-1823, 4 vols. Duod. (Comp. fl. German.) Sectio 1. Plantae phanerogamicae seu vasculosae Tomus 1: Mai 1825, p. [i]-xxiv, [1]-755, [756, err.], 2 pl. (Flora 8(2), Beil. 1: g-10 gives 28 Mai 1825 as the date of “‘completion,”’ a review followed on 7 Dec 1825). Tomus 2: 1825, late, or, more probably, early 1826, p. [i]-xviii, [1]-788, [1, err.], 1 pl. (announced by Flora 28 Oct 1826, reviewed 21 Nov 1826). Authors of sectio 1: M. J. Bluff and Carl Anton Fingerhuth. Issues: on ‘writing paper’’ and on “‘printing paper”’. Sectio 2. Plantae cryptogamicae s. cellulosae Tomus 3: 1831 (pref. 13 Mar 1831), alternative title page: Flora cryptogamica germaniae auctore Fred. Guil. Wallrothio ... pars prior continens filices, lichenastra, muscos et lichenes. Niirnberg 1831, p. [i]-xxvi, [1], [1]-654. 233 BLUFF Tomus 4: Jan-Mar 1833, alternative title page: Flora ... pars posterior continens algas et fungos. Nurnberg 1833, p. [i]-lvi, [1]-923, p. vii dated Dec 1832, announced by Flora 28 Mar 1833. Author of sectio 2: Carl Friedrich Wilhelm Wallroth (1792-1857). . Copies: HH, L. Editio altera, aucta et amplificata, curantibus M. J. Bluff ..., C.-G. Nees ab Esenbeck, ... et J. C. Schauer. Sectio 1, Plantae phanerogamicae seu vasculosae [only] 2 vols., Nurnberg (J. L. Schrag) 1836-1839. Duod. Tomus 1, pars 1: Jan 1836, p. [i]-xviii, [1]-648, [2, err.], (p. x. id. Nov 1835, announce- ment of proof sheet Flora 28 Nov 1835, Allg. Bibliogr. Deutschl. says publ. 15 Jan 1835; 1d. at Regensburg 10 Feb 1836, rev. Flora 7 Mai 1836, Hinrichs 17-23 Jan 1836). Tomus 1, pars 2: 1837, p. [i], [1]-448, [1, err.], (rev. Flora 7 Mar 1838). Tomus 2: 1838, p. [i-iii], [1]-764, [1, err.] (Hinrichs 3-9 Mar 1839). Index generalis 1839: p. [i], [1]-159 (Flora 4 Mar 1839). Copy: HH. — This second edition was superseded by W. D. J. Koch, Synopsis florae ger- manicae et helveticae of 1837, possibly in part because of Koch’s use of the Candollean system (see Sprague 1920). Ref.: BM 1: 178; DTS 1: 22-23; Jackson p. 293; Kew 1: 270; LS 3109; PR 837. Nees von Esenbeck, Flora 1825 (Beil. 1): 90-93, 2: 714-718. Sprague, Bull. misc. inf. Kew 1920: 72-74 (modern equivalents of names publ. in ed. 2). Rickett, NAF 1(1): 154. 1949. Blum, John Leo (1917-x), American algologist. (Blum). EXSICCATAE: Vaucheriae exsiccatae (22 nos., Buffalo, N.Y., 16 Jun 1960). Set at NY. Ref.: Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 62-63. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 204; Bossert p. 42; Roon p. 18. Blum, NAF ser. 2.8: 45. 1972 (bibl.) COMPOSITE works: Vaucheriaceae, NAF ser. 2. 8: 1-53, 57, 59, 61. 5 Dec 1972. Blume, Carl (Karl) Ludwig (1796-1862), German born Dutch botanist, travelled and worked in Java, long-time director of the Leiden Rijksherbarium. (Blume). HERBARIUM and Types: Original collections at L, second set at BO. Types mainly at L, but also at BO and P. — For the story of the transportation of his and the Rijksherba- rium’s collections from Brussels to Leiden see Flora 14: 27-28. 1831. Ref.: 1H 2: 80. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 64-66. 1950. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Aa Suppl. p. 111; ADB 2: 746; Barnhart 1: 204; BM 1: 178-179; Bossert p. 42; Bretschneider p. 308; CSP 1: 437-438; Frank p. 11; JW 1: 439, 2: 1853 3: 343, 4: 376, 5: 234; Kew 1: 271; Langman p. 141; LS 3108-3110; MW p. 45; NI 174-178; NNBW 8: 132; Plesch p. 142-143; PR 839-848. Junghuhn en de Vriese, Ned. kruidk. Arch. 1: 261. 1848, 2: 16. 1851 (also as separate pamphlets). Blume, Opheldering van de inlichtingen van den Heer Fr. Junghuhn, Leiden 1850, Aj 1 Qup: Blume, Antwoord aan den Heer W. H. de Vriese, Leiden 1850, 38 p. (partly repr. from Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 2(2): 276-278 and 2(3): 139-142). Blume, Alg. Konst- en Letterbode 1850(2): 99-109, 114-223, 258-261, 274-279. Junghuhn, Alg. Konst- en Letterbode 1850(2): 232-240. Anon., Leidsch Dagblad 598, 5 Feb 1862, 3 p. (repr. at L.) Candolle, Mémoires et souvenirs 150, 383, 412. 1862. Seemann, J. Bot. 1: 64. 1863. Treub, Korte geschiedenis van ’s Lands Plantentuin te Buitenzorg. 7-9. 1892 (portr.) Milner, Cat. Portr. Kew 12. 1906. Sirks, Indisch Natuuronderzoek 109-112. 1915 (portr.) 234 BLUME Goddijn, Meded. Rijksherb. Leiden 62a: 1-3. 1931 (portr.) Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 70. 1936. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 64-66. 1950 (portr.; extensive info.) Stafleu, Wentia 16: 28-31. 1966. Stafleu, Regn. veg. 71: 306-308, 415. 1970. Van der Hoek fréres, Oeuvres de feu Mr. C. L. Blume. [Advertisement, 1842, printed on the back of ‘planches inédites’ of the Flora Javae; list of left-over stock of Blume’s publications with bibliographical details. | EPONYMY (genera): Blumea H. G. L. Reichenbach (1828); Blumea A. P. de Candolle (1833, nom. cons.) ; Blumella Van Vieghem (1895) ; Blumeodendron Kurz (1873) ; Blumeopsis Gagnepain (1920); Blumia C. G. D. Nees (1825, nom. rej.); Blumia K. P. J. Sprengel (1826); (journal): Blumea tijdschrift voor de systematiek en de geografie der planten. (A journal of plant-taxonomy and plant-geography). Uitgegeven door het Rijksherba- rium te Leiden. Leiden. Vol. 1-x, 1934-x. HANDWRITING: Candollea 27: 327-328. 1972 = NoTE: Blume planned, with Philipp Franz von Siebold (1796-1866), the foundation of the “Koninklijke Nederlandsche Maatschappij tot aanmoediging van den Tuinbouw’’, which took place in 1842. 560. Catalogus van eenige der merkwaardigste zoo in- als uitheemse gewassen, te vinden in ’s Lands Plantentuin te Buitenzorg opgemaakt door C. L. Blume, M.D., Directeur van voorz. tuin. s.l. n.d. [Batavia 1823]. Oct. (Catalogus). Orig. ed.: Feb-Sep 1823 (Preface 3 Feb 1823), p. [i], [1]-112, [1 p., caption], 1 pl. Copies: BR, U. — Blume sent a copy of the Catalogus to C. G. Nees von Esenbeck on 15 Sep 1823 (letter at G) and it therefore antedates Blume’s “‘Beschrijving van eenige gewas- sen ..., in Verh. Bat. Genootschap 9g: 129-202 (1823) which volume contains a report of a meeting held on 7 Oct 1823. — The descriptions were reprinted in Flora 8: 97-160. 1825. — Several of the names validly published in this catalogue were orig- inally overlooked by the compilers of the Index kewensis. Facsimile ed.: Jamaica Plain 1946 (Arnold Arboretum), pagination as above. Copy: FAS. Ref.: BM. 1: 178; Kew 1: 271; MW p. 45; PR 839; RS p. 75. Anon., Flora 8: 97-112, 113-125, 129-144, 145-149. 1825. Lawrence, Baileya 8: 52-53. 1960 (lists 40 names not prev. listed by I.K.) Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. Bull. 27: 2190. 1974. 561. Tabellen en platen voor de Javaansche Orchideeén. Batavia (Lands Drukkerij) 1825. Fol. (Tab. pl. Fav. Orchid.) Publ.: 1-7 Dec 1825, issued with Bijdr. part. 6. Copies: G, K, L, U. — The Berlin Botanical Museum had a copy with 16 instead of the usual 15 plates. Photocopies of this plate are in most other copies. Blume himself mentions 17 plates in his letter to Nees of 3 Dec 1826(G). Text 1 fol with p. [i] as t.p., 5 fol. tables, text on p. [ii] and [iii] of each sheet. Facsimile ed.: announced by Asher (1974). Ref.: BM 1: 178; Jackson p. 396; PR 841; RS p. 75; SK p. clxxi; IDC 5459. Mansfeld, Rep. Sp. nov. 39: 318. 1936. Wit, de, Fl. males. Bull. 1: 96. 1948. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. Bull. 11: 432. 1955, 15: 731. 1960. 562. Bidragen tot de flora van Nederlandsch Indié. Batavia (Lands Drukkerij) 1825-1826. Oct. (in fours) (Bijdr. or Bijdr. fl. Ned. Ind.) Publ.: The dates of publication of several of the earlier Hefte can be established from the correspondence (at G) between Blume and C. G. Nees von Esenbeck, then at Bonn. Blume often sent several copies to Nees for further distribution in Europe. In addition copies were sent to other botanists accompanied by pre-printed letters in which the number of the livraison and the date were filled in by hand. Livr. 1 was sent to A. P. de Candolle with such a letter on 1 June 1825 which fits de Wit’s estimate that it came out between 15 Mar and 31 Mai 1825. 235 BLUME parts pages (stukken) I [i-x], [11-42 2 [43]-109 3 [i-ili], [111]-160 4 [i-ii], [161]-212 5 [1-1], [213]-260 6 [i-ii], [261 ]-284 7 [i-ini], [285]-354 8 [i-ii], [355]-434 9 [iin], [435]-484 10 [1-11], [485]-528 11 [i-iti], [529]-577 12 [1-111], [578]-636 13 [i-ui], [637]-730 14. [i-iti], [731]-850 15 [i-ii], [851]-941 16 [i-i1i], [943]-1066 17 [1067 ]-1169 dates 15 Mar-31 Mai 1825 12 Jun-2 Jul 1825 20 Aug 1825 20 Sep 1825 20 Sep-7 Dec 1825 20 Sep-7 Dec 1825 20 Sep-7 Dec 1825 20 Sep-7 Dec 1825 20 Sep-7 Dec 1825 7 Dec-24 Jan 1826 24 Jan 1826 24 Jan 1826 24 Jan 1826 Jul-Dec 1826 Jul-Dec 1826 Oct 1926-Nov 1827 Oct 1926-Nov 1827 Copies: BR, U. — Part 4 was reprinted in 1950 (n.v.). A facsimile reprint of the complete work was announced by Asher (1974). Ref.: BM 1: 178; Jackson p. 394; Kew 1: 271; MW p. 45; PR 842; RS p. 75; SK p. clxxi; IDC 5080. Wit, de, Fl. males. Bull. 4: 96-97. 1948. Steenis, Fl. males. Bull. 7: 193. 1950. 563. Flora Javae nec non insularum adjacentium, auctore Carolo Ludovico Blume, . . adjutore Joanne Baptista Fischer, ... cum tabulis lapide aerique incisis. Bruxelles (J. Frank) 1828 [-1851]. Fol. ¢ (Fl. Favae). Co-author: Johannes Baptistus Fischer (x-1832). Preface material: p. [i*-viii*], [i]-x (p.x: id. Mai 1828), frontispiece portr. Blume. families part pages plates dates Rhizantheae 1-2 [i,] [1 ]-24 1-6 5 Aug 1828 I-2 25-26 3 Jan 1829 Filices 3-4. [1]-36 I-12 17 Jan 1829 5-6 37-56 13-22 17 Mar 1829 78 doubl. Dipterocarpeae 7-8 [1]-24. 1-6 2 Mai 1829 1-4 double Chlorantheae 7-8 [1]-14 I-2 2 Mai 1829 Filices 9-10 57-84 23-36 12 Mai 1829 Cupuliferae II-12 [1]-24 I-I2 3 Jul 1829 13-14 25-46 13-24 24 Juli 1829 Filices 15-16 85-112 37-47 31 Aug 1829 Myriceae 17-18 [1]-8 I 17 Oct 1829 Balsamifluae 17-18 [1]-12 I-2 17 Oct 1829 Juglandeae 17-18 [1]-16 1-5 17 Oct 1829 Magnoliaceae 19-20 [1]-40 I-12 25 Nov 1829 g and ro double Anonaceae QI1-22 [1]-36 I-I4 25 Jan 1830 23-24, 37-56 15-27 18 Mar 1830 Filices 25-27 113-152 48-65 14 Apr 1830 Anonaceae 28-29 57-80 28-39 30 Apr 1830 30-31 81-100 40-50 29 Mai 1830 32-33 100-108 5I-53 25 Jun 1830 Schizandreae 32-33 [1]-18 I-5 25 Jun 1830 236 BLUME families part pages plates dates Loranthae 34-35 [1]-24 1-16 16 Aug 1830 Filices 36-39 153-184 66-88 31 Aug 1847 40 185-196 89-94 31 Mar 1851 Lorantheae 41-42 25-40 17-28 31 Mar 1851 Copies: BR, L, U. Issues: large paper (54 X 35 cm) and regular size. Plates: 238, of which 224 (GF; 225 NI) are coloured in all copies of the large paper issue and part of the regular one. Planches inédites, offered for sale between 1862 and 1897 (some of them again distr. by van Steenis in 1947) are found in various copies. A complete set may exist in the former Plesch copy; Rhododendron i-vii, vii B, viiC; Amphicalyx ix; Gaultheria xiii-xi; Vaccinium xix-xx, XXlil-xxiv; Loranthus xxix-xxxii; Olferia xcv-vi (see also NI 174). Prospectus: A prospectus in French and another in Latin, dated Bruxelles Mai 1828, announces that Blume, assisted by J. B. Fischer, intends to follow the style of the Plantes équinocitiales and the Nova genera plantarum of Humboldt and Bonpland. The plan was to issue 100 parts, one or two per month, each of six plates (or three double ones). Coloured copies were sold at D.fl. 5.—, plain ones at D.fl. 4.— per part. Ref.: BM 1: 178; GF p. 50; IF p. 682; Jackson p. 396; Kew 1: 271, NI 174-175; Plesch p- 143-144; PR 845; RS p. 75; SK p. clxxii; IDC 5212. Blume, Alg. Konst- Letterbode 1828(1): 369 (subscription) W. H. de Vriese, ‘Tuinbouwfl. 3: 357-365. 1856. H. C. van Hall, Tuinbouwfl. 3: 365-366. 1856. Danser, Blumea 3: 203-211. 1939. Steenis, Fl. males. Bull. 2: 49. 1947, Blumea 6: 263. 1948. Wit, Fl. males. Bull. 5: 138-141. 1949. Tournay, Bull. Soc. bot. Belg. 90: 343-346. 1958. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. Bull. 14: 642. 1959; 15: 731-733. 1960; 16: 821. 1961; 18: 1011. 1963. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 53. 1975. 564. Enumeratio plantarum Javae et insularum adjacentium minus cognitarum vel no- varum ex herbariis Reinwardtii, Kuhlii, Hasseltii et Blumiui. Leiden (J. W. van Leeu- wen) 1827-1828, 2 fascicles. Oct. (Enum. pl. Favae). Fasc. 1: Oct-Dec 1827 (pref. kal. Oct 1827; Ned. Staats-Courant 18 Feb 1828), p. [i]-vi, [1]-98. Copies: BR, U. Fasc. 2: 1828 (pref. kal. Nov 1827; Ned. Staats-Courant 15 Dec 1828), p. [iJ-x, [99]-274, [3, add., 1, corr.] Copies: BR, U. — Half title and gen. t.p. [i], [iii]. Reissue: Sep-Oct 1830 (Flora 13(2), Beil. 24. 1830), unchanged except for t.p. (n.v.) (s-Gravenhage). Facsimile ed.: Amsterdam (A. Asher & Co.) 1968, with extra t.p. dated 1968. Copy: FAS. Ref.: BM 1: 178; IF p. 682; Jackson p. 396; Kew 1: 271; PR 843; SK p. clxxi; IDC 5234, 5290. Kuntze, Rev. gen. 1: cxxiv. 1891. Stafleu, Taxon 17: 437. 1968. 565. De novis quibusdam plantarum familiis expositio et olim jam expositarum enumeratio. s.l.n.d. [1834]. Oct. (Nov. pl. expos.) Publ.: Aug-Dec 1833, p. [i], [1]-32. Copy: BR. — Preprint from Tijdschrift voor natuurlyke Geschiedenis en Physiologie 1: 131-162. 1834. Pritzel (844) cites 1833 as the date of this preprint with independent pagination, perhaps because of the date “‘calendis Augusti 1833” on p. 32. The note “‘paru a Leyde vers la fin d’aotit 1833” in Ann. Sci. nat. Bot. ser. 2. 2: 89-106. Aug. 1834 (reprint of the article) may well be based only on the date in the preprint. This preprint is mentioned as “‘vorgelegt”’ at the meeting of the Regensburger botanische Gesellschaft of 1 Mar 1834, see Flora 17: 236. 21 Apr 1834. The reprints in the “Tijdschrift”? and ‘“‘Annales’’ came out almost at the same time: the independently paged issue may therefore be regarded as a preprint. A copy at L 237 BLUME presented by Blume to Korthals carries no inscribed date, but in the absence of indi- cations to the contrary the date 1833, appearing in the preprint, must be taken as correct. Ref.: CSP 1: 437; PR 844. 566. Rumphia, sive commentationes botanicae imprimis de plantis Indiae orientalis, tum penitus incognitis tum quae in libris Rheedii, Rumphii, Roxburghii, Wallichii, aliorum, recensentur. Scripsit C. L. Blume Cognomine Rumphius. Leiden, Amsterdam (C. G. Sulpke), Brussel (H. Remy), Dusseldorf (Arnz), Paris (C. Roret). 1835-1848 (-1849), 4 vols. Fol. (Rumphia). Publ.: The full details of the contents of the fascicles are not yet available. There are also still some mysteries surrounding the dates of publication of some of the parts (see notes in TL-1). vol. part pages plates dates I 1-3 [I]-VI, [7]-40 I-17 Jan-Mai 1836 4-6 41- 18- Jul-Aug 1836 7-9 -124 -52 Nov 1836 10-12 125-164 57-70 Apr-Jun 1837 13-15 165-204 71-85 Dec 1837 pref. [i-iv], [v-viii] frontisp. 1837 [?] 2 16-21 [I]-VIII, [o]- 86- Dec 1838 22-24 -92 - Oct 1839 25-30 93-176 -137 Jan-Aug 1843 pref. [i-iv], [v-viii] frontisp. 1843 [?] 3 31-36 [i-iv], [1]-I1, 138-157, 117B, 158-163, (p. Il: Kal Jun 1847) [1]-224 163B, 164-167, 178B, =172, 07/2 T72G, 073 frontisp. Blume 4 37-40 [i-iv], [1-75] 174-176, 176B, 176C, late Oct 1849 177, 178, 178B, 178C, 179, 200, 200B Copies: U (2). —'The first Utrecht copy has plates 71-85 bound with volume 2 in accor- dance with the contents of the text of that volume. A final single page of errata reported by some bibliographies for the fourth volume is not present in the Utrecht copies. The second folio sheet with dedication [v-viii] in vol. 2 (identical with that of vol. 1) is absent from the second Utrecht copy. The 210 plates are lithographs of drawings by a number of artists (listed by Nissen) and numbered 1-200, 1576, 163c, 167b, 172b, 172c, 176b, 176c, 178b, 178c, 200b. A prospectus announced the first fascicles (see Flora 28 Nov 1835); the text of this prospectus is reproduced in Flora 19(1) Int. Bl. 5-11. 21 Feb 1836. A new announce- ment appeared in Flora 20(1) Int. Bl. 23-27. 14 Jun 1837 (dated Jan 1837); it men- tioned the completion of 12 fascicles scheduled for Apr 1837. Hefte 13-15 were an- nounced by Flora (21: 255) on 28 Apr 1838. “Die Rumphia ist jetzt endlich vollendet. Am 25. d.M. [i.e. Oct 1849] erhielt ich den letzten Band, mit der Jahreszahl 1848” (Miquel to Schlechtendal in letter of 28 Oct 1849 at Halle. This is not the only instance of Blume’s practice of antedating his publications. (see Stafleu 1967). Ref.: BM 1: 178; GF p. 50; Jackson p. 117; MW p. 45; NI 178; Plesch p. 144; PR 846; SK clxxii; IDC 5851. Guillemin, Ann. Sci. nat. Bot. 1836: 370-374. Jun 1836 [rev. fasc. 1-3, Dutch trans- lation Alg. Konst- en Letterbode 1: 89-91, 105-107. 1837]. De Vriese, Tijdschr. nat. Gesch. Physiol. 3 (Boekbesch.): 27-40. Jun 1836 [rev. fasc. 1-3]. Miquel, Bull. Sci. phys. nat. Néerl. 1838: 183-190. 15 & 31 Dec 1838 [rev. fasc. 1-12, extensive commentary]. G.K., Bot. Zeit. 1: 660-663. 22 Sep 1843 [rev. fasc. 25-30]. Adr. Jussieu, Ann. Sci. nat. Bot. ser. 3. 14: 366-379. 1850. 238 BLUME Junghuhn, Ned. kruidk. Arch. 2(1): 261. 1850. Miquel, Alg. Konst- Letterbode 1850(1): 281-288. 3 Mai 1850 [vol. 4]. Kuntze, Rev. gen. 1: cxxiv. 1891. Sirks, Indisch natuuronderzoek 107-108. 1915. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. Bull. 14: 641-642. 1959; 15: 731-732. 1960; 16: 821. 1961; 18: 1011. 1963. Stafleu, The Miquel-Schlechtendal correspondence, in Smit & ‘Ter Laage, Essays in Biohistory 1967. 567. Museum botanicum Lugduno-Batavum sive stirpium exoticarum, novarum vel minus cognitarum ex vivis aut siccis brevis expositio et descriptio. Leiden (E. J. Bril) 1849-1851 [-1857], 2 vols. Oct. (Mus. bot.) Publ.: The details of publication are not yet quite clear. The book is divided in dated (monthly) parts. It is not likely that distribution took place per part but rather in sets of parts. The Leiden University Library received parts 1-20 together in Jan. 1850. This was perhaps a prepublication set. Miquel reports in the Algemeene Konst- en Letterbode that nos. 1-4 were received in November 1949, 5-9 in April 1850, 9-14 in Oct 1850 (with Mai on the date of the cover!). Beumée has already shown that for volume two the dates given in the volume cannot be accepted. The Nieuwsblad van den Boekhandel lists vol. 1 as a whole only for the period 5-12 Mar 1852, vol. 2 part 1-8 for Feb (confirmed by the receipt of these issues by the Dutch Academy of Sciences in Jan 1856), 9-12 for Mai 1856 (idem Dutch Acad. Sci.) and 13-16 were issued together on 19 Feb. 1857. The 56 lithographs are of drawings by Blume, Decaisne, Latour and A. J. Wendel. — Blume sometimes withheld his publications from his colleagues. In other instances the possibility of antedating should not be excluded. Miquel states in a letter to Schlechten- dal (cf. Stafleu 1967) that some parts of the Museum botanicum are antedated by half a year “um der Ehrsucht alle Prioritat zu retten und die Bearbeitung von Pflanzen des off. Herbars durch andere so gut wie unméglich zu machen ...’’. vol. part pages figures dates dates (one plate on per part) parts I I [1]-16 I-3 kat. Jan 1849 Nov 1849 2 [17]-12 4-6 kat. Mar 1849 Nov 1849 3 [33]-48 7-8 kat. Apr 1849 Nov 1849 4 [49]-64 g-11 15 Apr 1849 Nov 1849 5 [65 ]-80 12-14 1 Mai 1849 Apr 1850 6 [81 ]-96 15-17 I Jun 1949 Apr 1850 7 [97|-112 18-20 kat. Aug 1849 Apr 1850 8 [113]-128 21-23 kat. Oct 1849 Apr 1850 9 [129]-144. 24-206 kat. Dec 1849 Oct 1850 10 [145]-160 27-29 kat. Jan 1850 Oct 1850 II [161]-176 30-31 kat. Feb 1849 Apr 1850 12 [177]-192 32-33 kat. Mar 1850 Oct 1850 13 [193]-208 34-306 kat. Apr 1850 Oct 1850 14 [209 ]-224 37-38 kat. Mai 1850 Oct 1850 15 [225]-240 39-40 Jun 1850 late 1850, early 1851 16 [241]-256 41-42 Jul 1850 early 1851 17 [257]-272 43 Sep 1850 early 1851 18 [273 |-288 44 Oct 1850 early 1851 19 [289 |-304. 45-47 Nov 1850 early 1851 20 [305]-320 48 Dec 1850 early 1851 21 [321 ]-336 49-51 1851 1851? 22 [337]-352 52-53 1851 1851? 27 [353]-368 54-50 1851 1851? 24 [369]-384 57-60 1851 1851? 25 [385]-396 = = 1852 239 vol. part pages figs. dates on parts probable dates 2 pref. 6 Jan 1852 Feb 1856 I [1]-16 I- 1852 Feb 1856 2 [17]-32 - Feb 1856 3 [33]-48 = Feb 1856 4 [49]-64 = Feb 1856 5 [65]-30 — Feb 1856 6 [81 ]-96 - Feb 1856 7 [97]-112 - Feb 1856 8 [113]-118 = Feb 1856 9 [129]-144 = Apr 1856 10 [145 |-160 — Apr 1856 II [161 ]-176 — Apr 1856 12 [177]-192 - Apr 1856 13 [193 |-208 — 19 Feb 1857 14. [209]-224 = 19 Feb 1857 15 [225 |-240 - 19 Feb 1857 16 [241 ]-256 -58 = 19 Feb 1857 Copy: BR. — Facsimile reprint announced by Asher (1974). Ref.: BM 1: 178; Jackson p. 441; Langman p. 141; MW p. 45; NI 177; PR 848; RS p. 75; SK p. clxxu; IDC 5852. Miquel, Alg. Konst- en Letterbode 1850(1) : 313-314. 17 Mai 1850(1-4, 5-9); 1851(1): 21-28, 127, 129. Feb 1851 (9-14); Bot. Zeitung 14: 185-188, 540-541. 1856 (2 (1-8), 2(9-12)). Anon., Flora 35: 419-425. 21 Jul 1852 (rev. vol. 1). Anon., Flora 39: 252. 28 Apr 1856 (parts 10-12 rd.) Beumée, Fl. males. Bull. 3: 69-70. 1948. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. Bull. 15: 732. 1960; 18: 1o11, 1963. Stafleu, The Miquel-Schlechtendal correspondence, zn Smit & Ter Laage, Essays in Biohistory 1967. 568. Flora JFavae et insularum adjacentium nova series. Scripsit Carolus Ludovicus Blume. Cum imaginibus majori ex parte naturae coloribus expressis. .[Tomus 1 (Orchideae) ]. Leiden (author), Amsterdam (C. G. Sulpke) 1858[-1859]. Fol. (Fl. Favae nov. ser.) Publ.: 1858-1859, p. [i*-vii*], frontispiece, [1i]-vi, [1]-162, pl. orchid. 1-9, 9b, 9c, 10-12, 12b, 13-66. Copies: MICH, U. — 56 of the plates are coloured, ¢. 26 is double (2 p.); artists: T. Bik, Blume, Gordon, Latour, van Raalten, A. J. Wendel. — Also issued as Collection des Orchidées (cf. below, no. 569). It is possible, that the parts of the two editions were issued almost simultaneously. This edition has 162, the Collection has 190 pages. Ref.: Jackson p. 397; MW p. 45; NI 175; PR 847 [see also sub 569]; IDC 5853. 569. Collection des Orchidées les plus remarquables de l’Archipel Indien et du Japon. Amsterdam (C. G. Sulpke) 1858[-1859]. Fol. (Coll. Orchid.) Publ.: The main part of the book is identical with that of no. 568; the half-title, fronti- spiece, title and dedication are different; the preface is a French translation of the Latin preface to no. 568. part pages plates dates I-2 [i]-vi, [1]-30 1-11, 9b, 9¢, 9d Jan-Oct 1858 3-4. 31-58 12-22, 12b late 1858 or early 1859 5-6 59-74 23- late 1858 or early 1859 7-8 75-114 -42 1859, before Dec 9-10 115-150 43-54 1859, before Dec II-12 151-190 55-66 1859, before Dec 70 plates, of which 56 coloured, ft. 26 is double, for numbering see above. — Jackson 240 Bel wAG Ge (Guide p. 395) mentions a Paris 1864 edition. This is almost certainly identical (except for the imprint) with the original Amsterdam issue. The MO-copy has an engraved t.p. (s.d., s.l.): [i*, h.t.], engr. t.p., [111*-vi*, dedic.], [i]-vi, pref. (p. vi: 15 Dec 1857), [1]- 190 with the plates as in the Flora Javae issue. — The UC copy has no h.t. but a printed t.p. [i*]: p. [i*-vi*], engr. t.p., [1]-vi, [1]-190, plates idem. Ref.: BM 1: 179; Kew 1: 271; MW p. 45; NI 175; PR 847; IDC 5853. Danser, Blumea 3: 203-211. 1939. Tournay, Bull. Soc. bot. Belg. 90: 343-346. 1958. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. Bull. 14: 642. 1959; 15: 732-733. 1960. 570. Mélanges botaniques. Not published. For the story of Blume’s Mélanges botaniques see van Steenis. The book must be considered as unpublished. No copies are known to exist. The new names attributed to Blume’s Mélanges date from their publication by C. Mueller (of Berlin) in Walpers, Ann. Bot. 4: 642-644. 1857, and (anon. in) Flora 41: 254-256. 1858. The copies mentioned as received by Flora (38: 752. 21 Dec 1855) seem to have been loose sheets, possibly proofs. They have never been traced. Ref.: SK p. clxxii-clxxiii (Steenis). Miquel, Bot. Zeit. 14: 176. 7 Mar 1856. Blytt, Axel Gudbrand (1843-1898), Norwegian botanist and palaeobiologist, pro- fessor of botany at Oslo, son of Matthias Numsen Blytt. (A. Blyit). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: O; for duplicates see IH. Ref.: 1H 2: 80. Candolle, Phytographie 397. 1880. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford. 134. 1964. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 5(1): 613, 12(1): 153; Barnhart 1: 205; BL 2: 631; BM 1: 180;6: 99-100; GR p. 716; CSP 7: 202, 9: [n.v.], 12: 91, 13; Jackson p. 334-335; Kew 1: 292; KR p. 91; LS 3116-3120, 31254-31256; Quenstedt p. 478; PR 849-850. Anon., Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 40: civ-cv. 1898. Hagen, Rev. biol. 25: 103. 1808. Noltermann, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 17: (225)-(230). 1899 (bibl.) Blytt, Handbog i Norges Flora, Oslo 1906. (frontisp. portr.) Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3 (2): 168. pl. 16, 19033; 3(3): 183. 1905. Christensen, Danske Bot. Hist. 2: 514, 556. 1926. Nordhagen, Axel Blytt, Oslo 1943, 67 p. (portr., bibl., itineraries, also in Blyttia 1: 21-83. 1943). Kleppa, Norsk botanisk bibliografi 1814-1864, p. 319. 1973. COMPOSITE WORKS: Axel Blytt completed Norges flora of which his father wrote vol. 1. HANDWRITING: Candollea 27: 329-330. 1972. EPONOMY (genus): Blyttiomyces A. F. Bartsch (1939); (journal): Blyttza Norsk Botanisk Forenings ‘Tidsskrift. Oslo. Vol. 1-x, 1943-x. (Also dedicated to his father, Matthias Numsen Blytt (1789-1862), q.v.) 571- Haandbog i Norges flora. Beskrivelse af all i Norge vildvoksende Planter med angi- velse af deres udbredelse. Oslo (Kristiania) (Alb. Cammermeyer) [1902]-1906. Oct. (Haandb. Norges fl.) part pages date Nat. Nov. part pages date Nat. Nov. [1]-96 1902 Nov 1go02 97-192 1903. Mais1go3 193-288 1903 Aug 1903 289-368 1904 Mai ig04 369-464 1904 Jul 1904 1905 Jan 1905 561-656 1905 Mai1go5 659-780, 1906 = Jun 1906 moO ND On nu aN op) ah o D o) 241 BL nr, ALG: There are 661 illustrations. The work was left in manuscript at Blytt’s death. It was posthumously published and concluded (“‘afsluttet”) by O. Dahl with an obituary of Blytt on p. v-vii. — Final title page: ‘““Haandbog 1 Norges flora af Axel Blytt/Efter for- fatterens dod afsluttet od udgivet ved Ove Dahl/med 661 illustrationer [...] “‘Kris- tiania (Alb. Cammermeyer) 1906. Frontisp. portr. Blytt. Copies: HH, U. Ref.: BM 6: 180; Kew 1: 272. Blytt, Mattias Numsen (1789-1862), Norwegian botanist professor of botany at Oslo, father of Axel Gudbrand Blytt. (MM. NV. Blytt). HERBARIUM and Types: O, for duplicates see IH. Issued Plantae norvegiae, praesertium alpium, rariores (ca. 1856). Ref.: 1H 2: 80. Anon., Bot. Zeit. 14: 119-120. 1956. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2 (1): 159; Barnhart 1: 205; BL 2: 631 [index]; BM 1: 180; CSP 1: 443; GR p. 716; Jackson p. 334; Kew 1: 273; KR p. 91; PR 851- 854. Wilson and Geikie, Memoir of Edward Forbes 209. 1861. Parlatore, Parole in morte di Matteo Blytt. Firenze 1863, 8 p. Anon., Kongl. Vetensk. Acad. Lefnadsteckn. 1 (1869-1873): 329-336. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 168. 1903, 3(3): 183, pl. 115. 1905. Christensen, Danske Bot. Hist. 1: 103, 314, 220. 19243; 2: 564. 1926. Holmboe, Blyttia 1: 2-15. 1943 (biogr., portr.) Blytt, Blyttia 1: 16-18. 1943 (autobiogr. fragm.) Christophersen, Blyttia 1: 19-20. 1963 (bibl.) Kleppa, Norsk botanisk bibliografi 1814-1964, p. 319. 1973 [index referring to 19 en- tries; biographical notes on p. 3]. EPONYMY (genera): Blytia Endlicher (1840); Blyttia E. M. Fries (1839); (journal): Blyttia Norsk Botanisk Forenings Tidsskrift. Vol. 1-x, 1943-x. (Also dedicated to his son, Axel Gudbrand Blytt (1843-1898), q.v.) HANDWRITING: Candollea 27: 329-330. 1972. 572. Norsk flora. Indeholdende beskrivelser over de i Kongeriget Norge fundne vildt- voxende phanerogame Planter, ordnede efter det Linneiske system. Tilligemed angivelse af planternes geographiske forholde, deres egenskaber og anvendelse. Forste Hefte. Oslo (Christiania) (Johan Dahl) 1847. Oct. (Norsk fl.) Publ.: 1847, p. [1]-160. Copies: G, NY. — Errata on p. 3 of cover. Ref.: BM 1: 180; Kew 1: 278. 573- Norges flora eller Beskrivelser over de i Norge vildtvoxende Karplanter tilligemed Angivelser af de geographiske Forholde, under hvilke de forekomme. Oslo (Christiania) 1: (Brogger & Christie); 2, 3: (A. W. Brogger) 1861-1877. Oct. (Norges fl.) vol pages dates author I [i-iv], [1]- 386 1861 M.N. Blytt 2 [i-iv], [387]- 610, Jan-Mai 1874 A. Blytt 611-855, [2] Oct-Dec 1874 A. Blytt 3 [i], [857]- 1228 Jan-Jun 1876 A. Blytt Tillaeg [1929]- 1348 Jan-Jun 1877 A, Blytt Copies: BR, M, US. — Vols. 3 and suppl.: ‘‘Norges Flora eller Beskrivelser af de i Norge vildtvoxende Karplanter tilligemed angivelse af deres udbredelse. Tredie del. Paa det Kongelige Norske Videnskabers Selskabe Bekostning. Med Bistand af Prof. M. N. Blytts efterladte optegnelser og samlingar af Axel Blytt.”’ Ref.: BM 1: 180; Jackson p. 394; Kew 1: 273; PR 854. 242 BOCK Boccone, Paolo (later Silvio) (1633-1704), Italian botanist of the grand-duke of Tuscany, professor of Botany at Padua, who collected in Italy, Sicily, Corsica (1677), Malta and travelled in western Europe. (Boccone). HERBARIUM and tTyPEs: The following herbaria are known to exist: 1. Two volumes in the Imperial Library of Vienna (letter from Moretti to Carlo Vit- tadini, publ. in Minerva Ticinese of 1830 (cited by Penzig 1889). Dedicated to the Austrian emperor Leopold I (1640-1705). 2. Reliquiae horti sicct ligustict, plants from Genova, collected 1676, now at BOLO, <¢f. Bertoloni (1856). 3. Three Boccone herbaria at Paris (P) of which one (1677) contains the types of the Icones et descriptiones variorum plantarum Siciliae, Melitae, Juliae et Italiae 1674 (1684), cf. E. Bonnet (1883). The second herbarium (1677) is also from Italy, the third, dedicated to the Prince of Condé (Louis II) (1621-1686), contains plants from Chan- tilly. The dedication suggests that the herbarium was made after 1675, the date of retirement of Condé to Chantilly, but it is dated 1671. The Condé natural history cabinet, with the Boccone herbaria was confiscated by the Convention in 1793 and transferred to the new Muséum. 4. Studio de piante rare, e curiose per scuola e modello perpetuo dedicated to queen Christina of Sweden, dated 1678, now at GE, cf. O. Penzig (1889). 5. The so-called Gaston d’Orléans herbarium at P (113 plants) was also made by Boc- cone (in the years 1675-1700), cf. E. Bonnet (1889) [Gaston d’Orléans, 1608-1660, was the third son of Henri IV]. One volume, 384 x 24 cm., 116 p., 113 plants (orig. 114). The plants are from Italy and Sicily and were collected around 1660. 6. Other sets of Boccone plants are at L, LY and OXF (in the Sherard herbarium). Ref.: IH 2: 80; Saccardo 2: 20. Rosetti, Sopra alcune erbari del padre Boccone nella bibl. di Vienna. Pavia 1830 (n.v., fide Saccardo). Bertoloni, Miscellanea botanica 17. 1856. Candolle, Phytographie 397. 1880. Bonnet, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: 213-221. 1883; 36: cxxx-cxxxv. 1889. Penzig, Malpighia 2: 439-463. 1889 (on the herbarium at GE). Bonnet, Bull. Soc. bot. France 36: ccxxx. 1889. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 134. 1964. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(1): 686; Barnhart 1: 205; BM 1: 181; GR p. 528; HU 329-330; Jackson p. 321; Kew 1: 274; LS 3131-3135; Laségue p. 314, 316, 332; NI p. 304[index]; PR (ed. 1) 963-975, (ed. 2) 859-863; Saccardo I: 31, 32, 2: 20; Saccardo, Cronologia p. xvii. Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist.-nat. Banks 5: 165[index]. 1800. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 175. 1905. Liitjeharms, Gesch. Mykologie 69, 93, 132, 223. 1936. Raven, John Ray, naturalist 488[index]. 1950. EPONYMY: Bocconia Linnaeus (1753). Bock, Hieronymus (Tragus) (1498-1554), German physician, botanist, teacher, and prefect of the Zweibriicken gardens. (Bock). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 681; Barnhart 1: 206; BM 1: 181-182; Bossert p. 42; DTS 1: 23-24; GR p. 63; Jackson p. xxxiv, 25; Kew 1: 274; Langman p. 142; Moebius p. 448[index]; NI 182-184; Plesch p. 145; PR 864-868; SA 2: 543. Sprengel, Gesch. Bot. 1: 269-272. 1817. Meyer, Gesch. Bot. 4: 303-309. 1857. Roth, Bot. Centralbl. 4: 265-271, 313-318, 344-347. 1898. Roth, Mitt. hist. Ver. Pfalz 23: 25-74. 1899. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 120. 1903; 3(3): 119-120, pl. 7. 1905. Greene, Landmarks bot. hist. 220-262. 1909 (!). Masson, Aesculape, ser. 2. 24: 301-310. 1934. Ritter, Répert. bibl. livr. impr. Alsace 16 siécle, Strasbourg 1934. 243 BOCK Litjeharms, Gesch. Mykologie 64. 126. 1938. Arber, Herbals ed. 2, 55-63. 1938. Marzell, Siidhoff’s Arch. 38: 97-103. 1954. Schade, Nova Acta Leop. ser. 2. 20(137): 1-81. 1958. Hoppe, Das Krauterbuch des Hieronymus Bock, Stuttgart, 1969.vlii, 421 p. (extensive secondary bibl., portr., major study). Stannard, DSB 2: 218-220. 1970 (bibl.) Lange, Missouri Bot. Gard. Bull. 60(1): 4-7. 1972 (portr.) Magedefrau, Gesch. Bot. 309 [index]. 1973. EPONYMY: Bockia Scopoli (1777); Tragia Linnaeus (1753); Tragiella Pax & K. Hoffmann (1919); Tragiopsis H. Karsten (1859); Tragus Haller (1768). 574. New Kreiitter Buch von underscheydt/wirckung und namen der kreiitter so in Teiitschen lande wachsen. Auch der selbigen eygentlichem und wohlgegriindtem ge- biauch in der Arznei/zu behalten und zu firdern leibsgesuntheyt fast nutz und trost- lichen vorab gemeynem verstand. Wie das auss dreien Registern hienach verzeychnet o:denlich zufinden. Besch:iben durch Hieronymus Bock aus langwiriger unnd gewisser erfarung/unnd gedruckt zu Strassburg/durch Wendel Rihel. Im jar MD xxxix. Strass- burg 1537. Fol. (New Areiitter Buuch). Ed. 1: 1539. Copies: BM, MICH, NY. — Noills. (BM 1: 181; Ritter 211, PR 864). A copy was offered for sale by Asher (1974, list 14) at DA. 4800.—. Copy MICH: leaves [i-xxii], [i]-clxxiiii, Ander they] [i]-Ixxxviii, [Ixxxix-xci]. - Subsequent editions and literature see below. 575+ Kreiiter Buch. Darin Unterscheid/Wiirckung und Namen der Kreiiter so in Deut- schen Landen wachsen/ Auch derselbigen eigentlicher und wolgegriindeter gebrauch inn der Artznei fleissig dargeben/ Leibs gesundheit zu behalten und zu firderen seer nutzlich und tréstlich/ Vorab dem gemeinen einfaltigen man. Durch H. Hieronymum Bock aus langwiriger und gewisser erfarung beschriben/ Und jetzund Von newen fleissig ibersehen/ gebessert und gemehret/ Dazu mit hiipschen artigen Figuren allent- halben gezieret. Dariiber findest u Drei volkomene nutzliche Register/ under welchen/ Das erst die gemeine Latinische und Griechische Namen der Kreiiter hat/ Dar ander die Deutsche/ Das dritt die anzeig der Artznei und rhat fir allerlei Kranckheiten und leibsgepresten. Mit Keiserlicher Freiheit auff Siben Jar, M.D. xlvj [1546, Strassburg, printed by Wendel Rihel J.] Fol. (Aveiiter Buch). Ed. 2: 1 Apr 1546, lvs [i-xxxviii], 1-353, [354], 477 woodcuts in text. Copies: MO, NY, (Plesch p. 146; Ritter 213; TR 865). Further editions, all Strassburg (n.v. except if noted) : 1551 (PR 866; Ritter 215); 1553; 1556, copy: U (BM 1: 182); 1560, copies: MO, U (HU 81; see also Dryander 3: 53); 1565; 1572 (BM 1: 182; Dryander 3: 53), copy: G; 15743 1577, reprinted in facsimile Miinchen 1964, 1966, copies: FAS, US, p. [i]-lx, 1-451, [1-46, ind.] (see Dryander 3: 53, and Smit, History life sciences 881. 1974); 1580; 1586; 1587 (BM 1: 157), copy: NY; 1595, copy: M; 1670, last edition “Kraiitter- buch ...’? Strassburg (Wilhelm Christian Blaser), Fol., copy: MO. Ref.: BM 1: 181-182; DTS 1: 23; Kew 1: 274; Langman p. 142; MU 81; NI 182-183; Plesch p. 145; PR 864, 865, 866; SA 2: 543. Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks 3: 53. 1797. Meyer, Gesch. Bot. 4: 303-309. 1857. Masson, Aesculape 24: 301-309. 1934 (portr.) Marzell, Siidhoff’s Arch. 38: 97-103. 1954. Hoppe, Das Kreuterbuch der Hieronymus Bock, Stuttgart 1968, viii, 431 p. (q.v. for all details except bibliography of the various editions). 576. Hieronymi Tragi, de stripium, maxime earum, quae in Germania nostra nascuntur, usitatis nomenclaturis, propriisque differentiis, neque non temperaturis ac facultatibus, com- mentariorum libri tres, germanica primum lingua conscripti, nunc in Latinum conversi, interprete Davide Kybero Argentinensi. His accesserunt a fronte praefationes duae alter D. Conradi Gesneri Figurini, medici clarissimi, rei herbariae scriptorum, qui un hunc usque [usq:] diem scripserunt, catalogum complectens: altera ipsius authoris, herbariae 244 BOCQUILLON-LIMOUSIN cognitionis laudes, & alta nonnula scitu tum necessaria, tum jucundissima, continens. Praetera, corollarii vice ad calcem operis, adjectus est Benedicti Textoris Segusiani de stirpium differentiis, ex Dioscoride secundum locas communes, libellus, omnibus plan- tariae cognitionis studiosis utilissimus. Ad haec indices sex: quibus non tantum nomen- clature graecae, latinae, germanicae, arabicae, hebraicaeque sed & morborum cura- tiones optimo ordine indicantur, subjunximus. Cautum est privilegio Carolo V. impera- toris, ne quis intra septennium typographus se impressum aedat: aut aliunde empta vendat. [Strassburg 1552, exudebat Vendelinus Rihelius]. Qu. (Strip. Germ.) Publ.: 1552, [Ixviii], 1200, [64] p., p. 686 wrongly numbered 696. Woodcut portrait of Bock, 568 woodcuts in text. Copy: HU; full collation HU 66. Ref.: BM 1: 182; HU 66; NI 183; Plesch p. 146; PR 867. Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks 3: 53. 1797. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 56. 1975 (sold at £ 1300). Bocquillon, Henri Théophile (1834-1883), French botanist, professor of natural history at the Faculté de Médecine, Paris. (Bocquillon). HERBARIUM and TypPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 206; BM 1: 282 (only first three items) ; CSP 6: 594, 7: 204; GR p. 306-307; Jackson p. 523 [index]; Kew 1: 275; Langman p- 142; LS 3140; PR 870. Bureau, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30 (1): 193. 1883, 30(2): 48. 1883. Anon., Rev. de Bot. 2: 110-11. 1883/84. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 13. 1898. EPONYMY: Bocquillonia Baillon (1862). 577- Revue du groupe des Verbénacées ... Recherches des types. Organogénie. Organo- graphie. Affinités. Classification. Description des genres. Avec 20 planches gravées sur cuivre. Paris (Germer Bailliére), London (Hippolyte Bailliére), New York (Bailliére brothers) 1861-1863. Oct. (Rev. Verbén.) Publ.: 1861-1863 (Flora 24 Jan 1864), p. [i-viii], [1]- 187, pl. 1-20, uncol. liths. by author. Copy: BR. Originally published in Adansonia 2: 81-165, pl. 3-6. 1861 and 3: 177-264, 1863. Ref.: BM 1: 182; GR 870; Kew 1: 275; Langman p. 142. Bocquillon, Description d’un genre nouveau de la famille des Verbénacées, Baillonia. Adansonia 2: 249-252. 1862. Bocquillon-Limousin, Henri (fl. 1891-1914), French pharmacist at Paris. (Bocq.- Lim.) HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 206; BL 1: 260; BM 1: 182 (fourth and fifth item); CSP 13: 626; Kew 1: 273; Langman p. 143. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 13. 1898. 578. Matiére médicale. Etude des plantes des colonies frangaises. Premiére partie: plantes alexitéres des colonies frangaises de l’Amérique. Paris (A. Hennuyer) Paris 1891. Oct. (Et. pl. col. frang.) Publ.: 1891 (Nat. Nov. Sep 1891), p. [i-iii], [1]- 67, [1, cont.], text ill. Copy: USDA. — Nat. Nov. Aug 1891 mentions also “‘Les plantes alexitéres de l’ Amérique,” 108 p. Ref.: BM 1: 182. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 13. 1898. 579- Manuel des plantes médicinales coloniales et exotiques ... introduction par M. Em. Perrot ... Paris (J.-B. Bailliére et fils) 1905. 18mo. (Man. pl. méd.) Publ.: Jan 1905 (Nat. Nov. Feb. (1) 1905), p. [iJ-vii, [1]-314. Copy: MICH. Ref.: Plesch p. 147. BODENBENDER Bodenbender, Wilhelm (Guillermo) (1857-1941) German born Argentine geologist; in Argentina 1885-1941. (Bodenbender). coLLections: BAF, CORD, NY. Ref.) WE o'3S1- BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 206; BM 6: 100; CSP 13: 627; Kew I: 275. Molfino, Anal. Soc. Ci. Argent. 132: 226-232. 1941 (portr., bibl.) Boeckeler, Johann Otto (1803-1899); German apothecary at Varel in Oldenburg. (Boeck.) HERBARIUM and TYPEs: B. Ref.: TH 2: 81. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 207; BM 1: 183; CSP 1: 446-447, 7: 203, 12: 93; 13: 629-630; DTS 1: 24; Jackson p. 346; Kew 1: 277; Langman p. 142; MW Pp. 45: Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 13. 1898. Miiller, Allg. bot. Z. 4: 53. 1899. (also as repr. 1 p.) Miiller, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 17: (211)-(218). 1899 (bibl.) Miiller, Abh. naturf. Ver. Bremen 16: 463-466. 1966. Bay, Flora Gesamt-Register 26-100: 4. 1910 (bibl. articles in Flora). COMPOSITE WoRKS: Cyperaceae, in Decken, C. C. von der, Reisen in Ost-Afrika in 1859- 1861, vol. 3(3): 1879 (Nat. Nov. Sep 1879). EPONYMY: Bisboeckelera O. Kuntze (1891); Boeckeleria 'T. Durand (1888). 580. Die Cyperaceen des kéniglichen Herbariums zu Berlin. s.d. [1868-1877], s.1., 2 vols. Oct. (Cyper. Herb. Berlin). Publ.: Reprint with independent pagination s.d., s.l., Originally published in Lznnaea (in all 1672 p.): Linnaea pars vol. repr. pages pages dates reprint 35 5 I 397-512 1-116 Mar 1868 6 513-612 117-216 Nov 1868 36 3 271-384 217-330 Jan 1870 4 \ 385-512 331-450 Apr 1870 6 691-768 459-536 Dec 1870 37 I 1-128 537-664 Feb 1871 2 129-142 665-678 Apr 1872 4/5 2 520-544 679-704 Oct 1872 6 545-647 705-807 Sep 1873 38 2 223-256 809-842 Jan 1874 3 257-384 843-970 Mai 1874 4 385-512 971-1098 Jul 1874 5 513-544 1099-1130 = Aug 1874, 39 I 1-128 T131-1258 Feb 1875 2 129-152 I21g-1282 Jun 1875 40 5 327-384 1283-1340 Aug 1876 6 385-452 1341-1408 Dec 1876 41 2 145-192 1409-1456 Feb 1877 3 193-288 1457-1552 Apr 1877 4. 289-356 1553-1620 Oct 1877 Verzeichniss 1621-1672 1879 (Nat. Nov. Apr 1879 246 BOEHMER Copies: U, US. — Both copies lack the continuous pagination in vol. 2 except for the index (1621-1672), the reprint pagination is written in by hand. (688-1620). The index refers to the pagination of the reprint. Ref.: BM 1: 183; DTS 1: 24; Kew 1: 277; MW p. 45. Svenson, Rhodora 41: 313. 1939. 581. Beitrdge zur Kenntniss der Cyperaceen. 2 Hefte, Varel a.d. Jade (Breitschadel & Vogt) 1888-1890. Oct. (Beitr. Cyper.) Heft 1: 1888, p. [i-iv], [1]-53. Heft 2: 1890, p. [i-ili], [1]-43. Title on covers: ‘‘Cyperaceae novae’’. Copies: G, U. Ref.: BM 1: 183. Boeckeler, Bot. Centralbl. 39: 73. 1889. Boedijn, Karel Bernard (1893-1964), Dutch mycologist who worked in Indonesia from 1926-1958. (Boedijn). HERBARIUM and tTyPEs: Mainly BO, also at L, personal herbarium at W. The collections by van Overeem, de Haas and Boedijn (the ““Mycologisch Museum te Weesp’’) are also at BO (dried specimens) ; the collections in liquid are at AMS. hee 231. Donk, Persoonia 3(3): 325. 1965. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 207; BFM 2288; Kew 1: 277; LS suppl. 3035-3048; JW 1: 439, 2: 158; Roon p. 19. Anon., Wie is dat ed. 3. 1935. Rickett, NAF 1(1): 154. 1949. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1.1: 67. 1950. Anon., Prof. Dr. K. Boedijn, 1893-1894, Amsterdam [1965]. Stomps, Vakblad Biol. 44(10): 191. 1964. Donk, Persoonia 3(3): 325-330. 1965 (portr., bibl.) Rogerson, NAF ser. 2-5: 232. 1965. EPONYMY: Boedijnopeziza S. Ito & S. Imai (1937). Boehmer, Georg Rudolph (1723-1803), German botanist at the University of Wittenberg. (Boehmer). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 3: 74, 75; AG 2(1): 147; Barnhart 1: 208; BM 1: 184-185, 6: 101; HA 2: 384-385, 703-704; Jackson p. 524 [index]; Kew 1: 277; Lang- man p. 145; LS 3175; PR 891-916. Hamberger, Das gelehrte Deutschland 1: 352-355; 9: 113; 11: 86; 13: 139. Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks 5: 166 (index) 1800. Zachariae, K. S. Memoria G. R. Boehmeri. Wittenberg 1805 (n.v., fide PR). Liitjeharms, Gesch. Mykologie 127, 149, 152, 176, 1936. EPONYMY: Boehmeria N. J. Jacquin (1760); Boehmeriopsis Komarov (1901). 582. Flora Lipsiae indigena. Leipzig (Joh. Gottfried Dyck) 1750. Oct. (Fl. Lips. indig.) Publ.: 1750 (pref. Oct 1750), p. [i-xxiv], [1]- 340, [20, index]. Copies: BR, USDA. Ref.: BM 1: 184; Jackson p. 306; PR 8901. 583. D. Christiani Gottlieb Ludwig ... Definitiones generum plantarum olim in usum audi- torum collectas nunc auctas et emendatas edidit D. Georgius Rudolphus Boehmer . Leipzig (Joh. Friedr. Gleditsch) 1760. Oct. (Defin. gen. pl.) Publ.: 1760 (rev. Ned. Letter-Courant 27 Feb 1761; GGA 7 Aug 1762), p. [i]-xlviii, [1]-516, [44, index]. Copy: L. — Third edition of C. G. Ludwig, Definitiones generum plantarum. For earlier editions see Ludwig. 247 BOEHMER 584. Bibliotheca scriptorum historiae naturalis, oeconomiae aliarumque artium ac scientiarum ad illam pertinentium realis systematica [other t.p.:] Systematisch- literarisches Hand- buch der Naturgeschichte Oeconomie und anderer damit verwandten Wissenschaften und Kiinste. Leipzig (Johann Friedrich Junius) 1785-1789, 5 vols. Oct. (Bibl. hist. nat.) 1. Scriptores generales 1785, [11*], [i]-xviii, [1]-778. 3. Phytologi 1787, vol. 1, [2]-808, 2, [ii], [1]-647. 4. Mineralogi (n.v.) 5. Hydrologi, Ind. univ. 1789, [11*-i1*], [1]-x, [1]-740. Copy: Teyler. — According to Pritzel this work was industriously compiled but is not always trustworthy because the author did not always see the books himself. Ref.: BM 1: 184; Jackson p. 2; PR 892. 585. Dissertatio inauguralis de plantis monadelphiis praesertim a Cavanilles dispositis quam praeside D. Georgio Rudolpho Boehmero ... pro summis in medicina honoribus rite obtinendis die xxii mens. decbr. a.r.s. mdcclxxxxvii. h.].q.c. defendet auctor Carolus Wilhelmus Schmidt. Wittenberg (Tzschiedrich) 1797. Qu. (Pl. monadelph.) Publ.: 22 Dec 1797, p. [1i-vi], [1]-18. Copy: USDA. — The title page attributes the text to the ‘“‘auctor’’: C. W. Schmidt. Ref.: PR 907. Boenninghausen, Clemens Maria Friedrich von (1785-1864), German physician and botanist at Minster. (Boenn.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(2): 78; Barnhart 1: 208; BM 1: 185; CSP 1: 485; Jackson p. 307; Kew 1: 278; LS 3178; PR 927-928. Anon., Flora 16: 349. NOTE: Pritzel writes ““Boeninghausen.” This is obviously an error. EPONYMY: Boenninghausenia H. G. L. Reichenbach ex C. F. Meisner (1837, nom. cons.) ; Boenninghausia K.P. J. Sprengel (1826, nom. rej.) 586. Prodromus florae monasteriensis westphalorum ... Phanerogamia. Miinster (Friedrich Regensberg) 1824. Oct. (Prodr. fl. monast. westphal.) Publ.: 14 Mar-20 Mai 1824 (preface p. xiv, doc. BH), p. [i]-xiv, [1]-332, [1, err.] Copy: HH. Ref.: BM 1: 185; Jackson p. 307; Kew 1: 278; PR 928. Oudemans, Ned. kruidk. Arch. ser. 2. 2: 147. 1877. Boergesen (Borgesen), Frederik Christian Emil (1866-1956), Danish cryptogamist who collected in the Danish West Indies. (Boerg.) HERBARIUM and Types: C. — Specimens distributed as Algae marinae canarienses, Algae marinae faeroensis, Algae marinae ex insults danic. Indiae occidentalis. Ref.: TH 2: 86 (also itineraries). Koster, Taxon 18: 550. 1969. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(3): 295. 1975. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 209; BL 2: 52; BM 6: 110; Bossert p. 46; GR p. 681; Kew 1: 279-280; LS 3181, 3386-3387; Plesch p. 46. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 14, 1898: 3: 2, 26. 1902. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 86, pl. 118. 1905 (portr.) Christensen, Dansk Bot. Lit. 1880-1911: 141. 1913 (portr.) Petersen, Bot. Tidsskr. 53: 116-117. 1956 (portr.) Dickinson, Kew Bull. 1956(3): 400. Feldmann, Rev. algol. ser. 2. 3: 1-15. 1957 (portr.) Presscott et al., NAF ser. 2. 6: 57. 1971. Hansen, Bot. Tidsskr. 69(2/3): 207. 1974. 248 BOERGESEN EPONYMY: Boergesenia J. Feldmann (1938); Boergeseniella Kylin (1956). 587. Marine algae of the Faerdes. Reprint (Linnaeus Press) Amsterdam 1970. Oct. (Mar. alg. Faerées). Publ.: A facsimile reprint of three articles originally published in E. Warming’s Botany of the Faerées: a. Marine algae, Bot. Faerdes 2: 339-532. 15 Nov 1902. b. The algae vegetation ... ibid. 3: 683-684. 1 Nov 1905. c. [with H. Jonsson] The distribution of the marine algae ... ibid. 3: i-xxvili. 28 Aug 1905. Ref.: Dixon, Brit. phycol. Bull. 3: 103. 1966. Stafleu, Taxon 19: 641. 1970. 588. The marine algae of the Danish West Indies vol. 1. Chlorophyceae and Phaeophyceae with a chart. Copenhagen (Bianco Luno) 1913-1914. Oct. (Mar. alg. Danish W. Ind., Chloroph.). Vol. 1, part r(a, 6): publ. Jun-Jul 1913; (¢) Oct 1914: a. gen. t.p. [i]; introductions [1]-4 [publ. with part 2]. b. fasc. 1, p. [i], [1]-158, [2, ind.], map. c. fasc. 2, p. [i-iv], 159-222, [2, index], [223]-226. Index. part 2, publ. Oct 1914, p. [1]-66, [2, ind.]. Copenhagen (H. Hagerup). Reprinted from Dansk bot. Ark. 1(4) and 2(2). — ‘‘Part 3” was issued as vol. 2, Rhodophyceae, see next entry. Copies: G, NY. 589. The marine algae of the Danish West Indies vol. 2 Rhodophyceae with addenda to the Chlorophyceae, Phaeophyceae and Rhodophyceae. Copenhagen (Bianco Luno) 1915- 1920. Oct. (Mar. alg. Danish W. Ind., Rhodophyc.) 1: 1-80. 12 Nov 1915 4: 241-304. 4 Nov 1918 2: 81-144. 5 Oct 1916 5: 305-368. 19 Nov 1919 3: 145-240. 17 Oct 1917 ~=—6:: 369-504. 23 Oct 1920 Reprinted from Dansk Bot. Ark. 3(1). — The volume on Cyanophyceae (1939) was published by P. Frémy. 590. Contributions to the knowledge of the vegetation of the Canary Islands (‘Teneriffe and Gran Canaria) by F. Borgesen. With an appendix Lichenes teneriffenses scripsit Edv. A. Wainio. D.kgl. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skrifter, Naturvidensk. og Mathem. Afd., 8 Raekke, VI.3. Kobenhavn (Andr. Fred. Host & Son) 1924. Qu. (Contr. knowl. veg. Canary Isl.) Co-author (for lichenes): Edvard August Wainio (né Lang) (1853-1929). Publ.: 1924 (probably after Jun 1924, date in accompanying pages of journal), p. [283, t.p.]- 398, [1 p., cont.] Copy: U. Ref.: Kew 1: 280. 591- Marine algae from the Canary Islands especially from Teneriffe and Gran Canaria. Reprint Amsterdam (Linnaeus Press) 1972. Oct. (Mar. alg. Canary Is.) Publ.: A facsimile reprint of four articles originally published in Biologiske Meddedelser, Det Kgl. Danske Videnskabernes Selskab: part Medd. pages dates contents Nat. Nov. I 5(3) [1]-123 “1925” publ. 1926 Chlorophyceae Feb 1927 2 6(2) [1]-112 1926, Oct-Dec Phaeophyceae Feb 1927 3(1) 6(6) [1]-97 1927, Mai-Dec Rhodophyceae I 8(1) [1]-97 1929, Jun-Dec Rhodophyceae II 9(1) [1]-159 1930, Jul-Dec Rhodophyceae III 4 12(5) [1]-43 1936, Mai-Dec Cyanophyceae (by P. Frémy) Copies: orig.: PCS; facsimile: FAS. Ref.: Kew 1: 280. Stafleu, Taxon 22: 150. 1973. 249 BOERHAAVE Boerhaave, Herman (1668-1739), Dutch physician and botanist, “communis Europae praeceptor.”’ (Boerh.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Boerhaave does not seem to have kept a large formal herbarium. Four volumes of excellently preserved specimens from the Leiden and other Dutch gardens (1685-1693) are in the Sloane herbarium. Nearly all specimens are carefully labelled by Boerhaave. Other plants in these volumes were contributed by Commelin, Hermann and Ruys, whereas quite a few came from the gardens owned by Beaumont, Beverninck, Dix, Fagel, Flines, and Heemskerck. Boerhaave also sent plants to Sherard (OXF). Other specimens from the Leiden garden are at L. — For a note on a possible Boerhaave herbarium at Moscow see Jansen en Wachter. Refi: WH oi 3r: Jansen en Wachter, Ned. kruidk. Arch. 53: 235. 1943. Dandy, The Sloane herbarium 75, 92-93. 1958. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 135. 1964. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 290, 5(1): 373; Barnhart 1: 208; BM 1: 185; Bossert p. 43; GR p. 705; Henrey 462-463; HU vol. 2: 589 [ind.]; Jackson p. 289; JW 1: 439, 2: 185, 3: 343, 4: 376, 5: 2353; LS 3182-3185; Moebius p. 448 [index]; NI 186; NNBW 6; PR 930-932. Hulth, Bref och Skr. Linné ser. 2: 1: 313-315. 1916. Liitjeharms, Gesch. Mykologie 254 [ind.]. 1936. Lindeboom, Janus 46: 264-274. 1957. (Boerhaave and Linnaeus). Lindeboom, Bibliographia Boerhaaviana. Leiden 1959 (Analecta Boerhaaviana vol. 1) (vili, 105, 2 p.) q.v. for earlier biogr. references. Lindeboom, Boerhaave’s correspondence, part 1. Leiden 1962 (Analecta Boerhaaviana vol. 3), 1x, 241 p. Lindeboom, Iconographia Boerhaavii. Leiden 1963 (Analecta Boerhaaviana vol. 4 (all portraits). Lindeboom, Correspondence part 2. Leiden 1964 (Analecta Boerhaaviana vol. 5), 417 p. Lindeboom, Herman Boerhaave, The man and his work. London 1968 (‘The main bio- graphy). Lindeboom, ed., Boerhaave and his time. Leiden 1970. 174 p. (Analecta Boerhaaviana vol. 6), (contains e.g. Stearn, Boerhaave as a botanist, p. 114-120). Edwards, J. S. Afr. Bot. 30: 103-105. 1964 (on mss. in Sherard coll.) Vos, S. Afr. biogr. woordenb. 1: 88. 1968. Lindeboom, DSB 1: 224-228. 1970 (sec. bibl.) Heniger, Janus 58: 1-78. 1971 (portr.) Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 367 [index.] 1971. Lindeboom, Boerhaave and Great Britain. Leiden 1974 (Analecta Boerhaaviana vol. 7), 7onR: Smit, History of the life sciences 882-883, 1041. 1974. EPONYMY: Boerhaavea Cothenius (1790, orth. var.); Boerhaavia P. Miller (1754, orth. var.) ; Boerhavia Linnaeus (1753). POSTAGE STAMPS: Netherlands 5 + 3 c. (1928) yv. 216; 124 + 34. (1938) yv. 308. 592. Index plantarum, quae in horto academico Lugduno Batavo reperiuntur. [Leiden] (Cornelius Boutestein) 1710. Oct. (Ind. pl. hort. Lugd. Bat.) Publ.: 1710, p. [i-xvi], 1-278, [12 p., index], engraved frontispiece on [i]. The 1728 re- print differs only in the title page. Copy: U. Ref.: BM 1: 185; Jackson p. 441; Langman p. 145; PR 930; SA 2: 544; IDC 6193. Oudemans, Ned. kruidk. Arch. ser. 2. 2: 234. 1877. Lindeboom, Bibl. Boerh. no. 431. 1958. 593+ Index alter plantarum quae in horto academico Lugduno-Batavo aluntur. Leiden (Petrus van der Aa) 1720, 2 vols. Qu. (Ind. alter hort. Lugd.-Bat.) Pars prima: [(1)]-(34), [(36)-(40)], 1-320; pars secunda: [i], 1-270, [18 p., index], in all 40 copper engravings. Copies: HU, U. — Lindeboom cites also the Janssonios van der 250 BOERLAGE Aa imprint of 1720 (see Oudemans). The reprint of 1727, Leiden (Janssonios van der Aa), copy: HU, differs only in the title page. — For a study of the bryophytes listed by Boerhaave see Jansen & Wachter (1939). The importance of the Index alter as a document of plant introduction (‘Die Capzeit’’) is discussed by Kraus (1894). The authorship is uncertain; Boerhaave’s actual part in the compilation was probably small. Ref.: BM 1: 185; Colmeiro 1: clxiv; HE p. 14; Jackson p. 441; Kew 1: 280; Langman 145; Lindeboom; PR 931; SA 2: 544. Oudemans, Ned. kruidk. Arch. ser. 2. 2: 234. 1877. Kraus, Der botanische Garten der Universitat Halle 2: 109-122. 1894. Uittien, Ned. Tijdschr. Geneesk. 82: 4841-4851. 1938. Sprague, Ned. Tijdschr. Geneesk. 82: 4891-4894. 1938. Jansen & Wachter, Ned. kruidk. Arch. 49: 246-251. 1939. Ooststroom, in Karsten, The old Company’s Garden at the Cape. 1951, p. 158-164. Lindeboom, Bibl. Boerh. 434-436. 1959. Tyrell-Glynn and Levyns, Flora africana 6-7. 1963. Stearn, Early Leyden Botany 23-26. 1961. Boerlage, Jacob Gijsbert (1849-1900), Dutch botanist at Leiden and Bogor. (Boerl.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BO, L. RG Rp G shorten @ BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 209; BL 2: 435; BM 1: 185, 6: 102; Bossert p. 43; CSP 13: 636; Jackson p. 55, 90: JW 1: 439, 2: 185; Kew 1: 281; NNBW 8: 137; NI 2340. Treub, Verslag ’s Lands Plantentuin 1g00: 17-24. Vuyck, Ned. kruidk. Arch. ser. 3.2: 404-424. 1901. Treub, Nat. Tijdschr. Ned.-Indié 60: 396-412. 1go1. Sirks, Indisch natuurond. 296 [index]. 1915. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 72. 1936. Steenis, Flora males. ser. 1.4(2). Ixxix. 1949 (portr.) Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 68. 1950 (portr.) . HANDWRITING: Fl. males ser. 1.1: cxlvili. 1950. EPONYMY: Boerlagea Cogniaux (1890) ; Boerlagella Cogniaux (1891); Boerlagella Penzig & P. A. Saccardo (1897); Boerlagia Pierre (1890); Boerlagiodendron Harms (1894). 594. Handleiding tot de kennis der flora van Nederlandsch Indié. Beschrijving van de families en geslachten der Nederl. Indische Phanerogamen. Leiden (E. J. Brill) 1890-1900, 3 vols. Oct. + (Handl. fl. Ned. Ind.) vol. pars pages (1) pages (2) dates I I [i]-xliv [1]-312 2 Jan 1890 2 [i*-iv*], xlv-li 313-703 2 Aug 1890 2 I [i]-vili 1-322 1 Oct 1891 2 [i*-ii*], [viilibis],ix-xili 323-753 Jan 1899 3 I [i]-xxx1 [1]-418 I Sep 1900 Copy: U. — Melastomaceae in collaboration with Cogniaux. Ref.: BM 1: 185; Kew 1: 281. 595- Icones bogorienses. [head line:] Jardin botanique de Buitenzorg. [Rédigées a Jacob Gijsbert Boerlage]. Leiden (E. J. Brill), [1897-] 1901-1914. 4 vols. Oct. (Icon. bogor.) Main collaborators: Cornelis Andries Backer (1874-1963) ; Bénédict Pierre Georges Hoch- reutiner (1873-1959); Sijfert Hendrik Koorders (1863-1919) ; Joannes Jacobus Smith (1867-1947); Theodoric Valeton (1855-1929). Occasional contributions by Charles Jean Bernard (1876-1967) and August Loher (x-1930). 251 BOERLAGE vol part part pages plates dates (text) (plates) I I I [5]-78 I-25 2 Dec 1897 (7) Dec 1897 2 [79]-156 [79]-156 26-50 20 Sep 1899 3 3 [157]-208 51-75 12 Dec 1899 4 4 [1]-71, [1 p. err. ] 76-100 Jul 1go1 t.p. 1901 [i-xiii] 2 I 5 [1]-132 IOI-125_ 16 Sep 1903 2 6 [133]-196 126-150 24 Sep 1904 3 7 [197]-260 151-175 24 Dec 1904 4 8 [261 ]-328, [i]-xv 176-210 1 Feb 1906 t.p. 1906 3 I 9 [1]-64 201-225 19 Jul 1906 2 10 [65]-122 216-250 24 Oct 1907 3 II [123]-198 251-275 28 Oct 1908 4 12 [199]-279, [i]-xiv 276-300 16 Jun 1909 t.p. 1909 4 I 13 [1]-82 301-325 17 Nov 1910 2 14 [83 ]-167 320-350 25 Apr 1912 3 15 [169]-237 351-375 17 Jun 1913 4 16 [239]-286, /i/-xiv 376-400 23 Apr 1914 t.p.n.d. Plate 370 double: 370A and B. Copy: U. — The main editor was Boerlage, the texts of the plates are by various authors. Ref.: BM 1: 900; NI 2340. 596. Catalogus plantarum phanerogamarum quae in horto botanico bogoriensi coluntur her- baceis exceptis. Batavia (Typis officinae publicae [Lands Drukkerij]) 1899-1901, 2 fasc. Oct. (Cat. pl. phan.) Fasc. 1: Feb-Jun 1899 (p. ii: 15 Feb 1899; Nat. Nov. Aug 1899), p. [i]-vi, [1]-59, index: fi]-xi. Copy: U. Fasc. 2: 1901 (Nat. Nov. Jul rgor), p. [i-ii], 61-118, index: [ix]-xxv (p. xi-xi blank). Copy: U. Ref Kew 7200. Boerner [Borner], Carl [Karl] Julius Bernard (1880-x), German botanist and entomologist. (Boerner). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 209; BM 6: 102. Rickett, NAF 28 B(2): 320. 1945. 597- Hine Flora fiir das deutsche Volk mit Unterstiitzung von L. Lange und P. Dobe be- arbeitet von Carl Borner. Ein Hilfsbuch zum Bestimmen der heimischen Pflanzen ohne botanische Vorkenntnisse. Mit 6 farbigen und 6 Silhouetten-Tafeln von P. Dobe und 812 Textfiguren von C. Borner. Leipzig (Voigtlander) [1912]. Oct. (Fl. deut. Volk). Publ.: Jul-Aug 1912 (p. vii: Mai 1912; Nat. Nov. Aug 1912), p. [i]-[viii], [1]-864, jig. 1-812, pl. 1-12 (6 col.) Ref.: Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 320. 1945. Bogenhard, Carl (1811-1853?), German botanist and pharmacist who settled in North America in 1852. (Bogenh.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: Some material at W. Ref VES eo BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIoGRAPHY: AG(1): 677 [provides original information, “... wan- derte dann [1852] nach America aus und ist verschollen’’]; BM 1: 186; Barnhart 1: 210; CSP 1: 453; PR 936. Hallier, Deut. bot. Monatschr. 3: 116-119, 168-172, 188-190. 1885 (corr.) 252 BOHNSTEDT Martin, in Lenley et al., Ind. corr. Torrey 448. 1973 (letters addressed to Torrey between 6 Aug 1852 and 6 Jun 1853). 598. Laschenbuch der Flora von Jena oder systematische Aufzahlung und Beschreibung aller in Ostthtringen wildwachsenden und kultivirten Phanerogamen und héheren Cryptogamen, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung ihres Vorkommens. Nebst einer Dar- stellung der Vegetationsverhaltnisse der bunten Sandstein-, Muschelkalk- und Keuper- formation im mittleren Saal- und Ilmgebiete ... Eingeleitet von M. J. Schleiden, Dr. Leipzig (Wilhelm Engelmann) 1850. Oct. (Taschenb. Fl. Jena). Introduction: Matthias Jacob Schleiden (1804-1881). Publ.: 1850 (pref. p. vii: Mai 1850; rev. Flora 21 Oct 1852), p. [i]-xvul, [xviii, cont.], [i*-i1* subtitle and motto], [1]-483. Motto: ““Wenn auch das Ziel den Kraften un- erreichbar blieb, An Fleiss und Mihe hat es nicht gefehlt.”? — Early phytosociological treatise. Copy: B. Ref.: AG 6(1): 677 [‘‘vortrefflich”]; BM 1: 186; PR 936. Frey, Flora 35: 615-625. 21 Oct 1852 (rev.) Bohler, John (1797-1872), British lichenologist. (Bohler). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Unknown. — Exsiccatae: Lichenes britannici (fasc. 1-16, nos. 1-128, Sheffield 1835-1837) at BM, FH, K, M, NJ. “‘with description and occasional remarks’. See GR p. 390, PR 937 and Sayre (1969). hejs: BM 1; 1885; Ti 2: 82; Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 115-116. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 210; BB p. 37; BL 2: 262; BM 1: 188; DNB 5: 304; GR p. 390; Jackson p. 243; Kew 1: 283; LS 3191; PR 937. Trimen, J. Bot. 10: 384. 1872. Spalding, Sorby Record 2(2): 32. 1966 (n.v.). EPONYMY: Bohleria Trevisan (1860). Bohlin, Knut Harald (1869-x), Swedish highschool teacher and algologist. (Bohlin). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 210; BM 1: 188, 6: 104; Kew 1: 283; KR p. 92-93. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 3a. 19033; 3(3): 7, pl. 106. 1905 (portr.) EPONYMY: Bohlinia Lemmermann (1899). 599- Utkast till de grine algernas och arkegoniaternas fylogeni. Akademisk afhandling som med tillstand af vidtberémda filosofiska fakultetens 1 Upsala matematisk-naturveten- skapliga sektion fér vinnande af filosofisk doktorsgrad till offentlig granskning frams- talles af Knut Bohlin ... A larosalen n:o xi lérdagen den 11 Maj 1gor kl 10 f.m. Uppsala (Almqvist & Wiksell) tg01. Oct. (Utkast grone alg. fylog.) Publ.: 11 Mai 1go1 as thesis. Two issues: with and without the title of the academic dissertation, p. [1], [1]-43, tabl., summary: [i]-iv. Copy (of thesis): BR. Ref.: BM 6: 104; Kew 1: 283; KR p. 92. Blum, NAF ser. 2. 8: 45. 1972. Bohnstedt, Alexander Reinhold (1839-1903), German highschool teacher and bota- nist at Luckau. (Bohnstedt). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 210; BEM 218; BM 1: 188. Volkens, Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 51: (86). 1910. Illig, Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 106: 7-21. 1969. 253 BOHNSTEDT Goo. Flora luccaviensis ... Beilage zum Programm des Gymnasiums zu Luckau. No. 75. 1882. Luckau (J. Entleutner & Sohn) 1882. Oct. (#1. luccav.) Ed. 1: 1882 (Nat. Nov. Mai 1882), p. [1], [1]-86. Copy: B. Ed. 2: 1889 (pref. p. iii: Apr 1889; not in Nat. Nov.). Flora luccaviensis. Anleitung zur Bestimmung der in der nordlichen Niederlausitz wild- wachsenden, verwilderten und haufig kultivierten Pflanzen ... Zweite umgearbeitete und vermehrte Auflage. Luckau. N.-L. 1889. Oct., p. [i-iv], [I]-X VI, [1]-138, [1 p., err.|. Copy: B, originally owned by the Landesgeschichtliche Vereinigung fur die Mark Brandenburg. Ref.: BFM 218 (ed. 2); BM 1: 188 (ed. 1). Bois, Désiré Georges Jean Marie (1856-1946), French horticulturist at the Muséum d’Histoire naturelle. (D. Bois). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: P (main collections), duplicates A, AMES. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(2): 738; Barnhart 1: 211; BFM 2909; BL 1: 5) 35, 2: 7, 138, 178; BM 1: 188, 6: 104; Kew 1: 284; Langman p. 145; MW p. 46; MW suppl. p. 26; NI 187; Plesch p. 147. Gagnepain, Fl. Indochine, tome prél. 35. 1944. Guillaumin, Bull. Soc. bot. France 93: 115-118. 1946 (portr.) Vilmorin, Bull. Soc. nat. Acclim., Paris 92: 124-125. 1945. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males ser. 1. 1: 69-60. 1950 (portr.) Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Garden 34. 1973 (corr.) 6Gox. Atlas de plantes de jardins et d’appartements exotiques et européennes 320 planches coloriées inédites, dessinées d’aprés nature représentant 370 plantes. Accompagnées d’un texte explicatif donnant la description, l’origine, le mode de culture, de multiplication et les usages des fleurs les plus généralement cultivées. Paris (Paul Klincksieck) [1891-] 1896, 3 vols. (Atl. pl. jard.) Publ.: In 40 parts between 1891 and 1896. The parts contained eight plates each, ac- companied by a provisional text. After completion the definitive text (440 p.) was published in Mar-Apr 1896. Parts 1-9 have covers dated 1891, 10 and 11 1893, nos. 1-6 were available by Jul 1892 (publ. late 1891-Jul 1892), parts 7-15 by Jul 1893 (Nat. Nov.). The 320 plates are chromo-lithographs by B. Hering. Some of these plates are included in Step, Favourite flowers for garden and greenhouse (1896-1897). Texte: Mar-Apr 1896 (p. vii: Jan 1896; Nat. Nov. Apr 1896), p. [i]-vi, [2, note, table], [1]-432. Copies: BR, G. Plates [1]: 1891-1893/4, p. [1]-8, pl. 1-160. Copies: G, MO. Plates [2|: 1893/4-1896, p. [1]-8, pl. 167-320. Copies: BR, G. Ref.: GF p. 50; NI 187. 602. Dictionnaire d’horticulture illustré de 959 figures dans le texte, dont 403 en couleurs et de 6 plans coloriés hors texte par D. Bois ... préface de Maxime Cornu ... avec la collaboration de MM. Ed. André, Ch. Baltet, F. Cayeux, H. Correvon, J. Daveau, Dr Delacroix, A. Finet, J. Gérome, A. Ch. Girard, A. Godefroy, C. Grosdemange, A. Guion, T. Hariot, L. Henry, Em. Laurent, P. Mouillefert, J. Nanot, A. Pavard, E. Pynaert, E. Roze, P. Tertrin, Dr Trouessart, Dr Weber, etc. Dessins par H. Gillet, A. Jobin et L. Planet, Paris (Paul Klincksieck) 1893-1899, 2 parts. (Dict. hort.) Publ.: In 40 fascicles, the contents and precise parts of which are unknown to us. Con- tains a number of first descriptions of Cactaceae by Weber. Partie 1: 1893-1899 (t.p.; p. 8: Feb 1893; livr. 1-5 Nat. Nov. Jul 1893), p. [i-iii], [1]-640, fig. 1-455. Copy: BR. Partie 2: 1893-1899 (t-p.), p- [1-ili], 641-1227, [1228, err.], 6 pl., fig. 456-959. Copy: BR. Ref.: BM 1: 188; MW p. 46. Boisduval, Jean Baptiste Alphonse Déchauffour(e) de (1801 [1799?]-1879), French naturalist and physician at Paris. (Bozsduval). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. 254 BOISSIER BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 211; BM 1: 188-189, 6: 104; CSP 1: 460- 461, 7: 208, 9: 282-283, 12: 98; GR p. 307; Jackson p. 294; ME 3: 540; NI 188; PR 941; Quenstedt p. 45. Faurel, Ann. Ent. 1880: 118-119. Girard, J. Soc. hortic. France ser. 3. 2: 422-426. 1880. Oberthir, Ann. Soc. entomol. France ser. 5. 10: 129-138. 1880. Lecoeur, Bull. Soc. Linn. Normandie ser. 3. 5: 379-383. 1881. Brébisson, Fl. Norm. ed. 1. viii. Scudder, Psyche 1897: 153-154 (dates of publ. of lepidopt. works). Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3 (3): 96. 1905. Horn-Schenkling, Lit. entom. 1928-1929: 98-100 (bibl.) Essig, Hist. entomol. 559-662. 1931. Carpenter, Amer. Midland Natural. 33(1): 10-11. 1945 (q.v. for several biogr. refs. in the entomological literature). Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 53 [nos. 448-453]. 1970. EPONYMY: Boisduvalia Spach (1835). 603. Flore frangaise, ou description synoptique de toutes les plantes phanérogames et cryptogames qui croissent naturellement sur le sol frangais, avec les caractéres des genres des agames, et l’indication des principales espéces. [headline:] Manuel complet de botanique, deuxiéme partie. Paris (Roret) 1828, 3 vols. Duod. (in sixes) (FV. frang.) Vol. r: Jul 1828 (BF), p. [i*-ii*], [i]-xxiii, [xxiv, err.], [1]-347. Copies: BR, G, NY. Vol. 2: Jul 1828, p. [i-ii], [1]-370. Copies: BR, G, NY. Vol. 3: Jul 1828, p. [i-ii], [1]-396. Copies: BR, G, NY. Atlas (n.v.): 120 pl., publ. by Sep 1829 (fide Rev. encycl. ser. 2. 39: 691-692. 1828 and other reviews (BH)). Ref.: BM 1: 188; NI 188; PR 941. Boissier, Pierre Edmond (1810-1885), Swiss botanist and traveller. (Boiss.) HERBARIUM and types: G. — Duplicates of Boissier’s collections are in many herbaria, see IH. Ref.: 1H 2: 82. Hochreutiner, Arch. Sci. phys. nat. ser. 5. 20. 1939, Boissiera 3. 1939. Baehni, ‘Taxon g: 61-63. 1960. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 135. 1964. Bocquet et Mermoud, Arch. & Sci., Genéve, 18(2) : 388-397. 1965; Musées de Genéve 52: 2-4. 1965. Stafleu, Boissiera 11: xix-xxi. 1965. Stafleu, The great Prodromus 20. 1966. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 61. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 535, 6(1): 533, 11(2): 152; Barnhart 1: 2115 BL 2: 484; BM 1: 189, 6: 104; Bossert p. 43; Colmeiro 1: clxiv; CSP 1: 461-462, 6: 595, 7: 208, 13: 654; GR p. 638; IF 682; Jackson p. 524 [index]; Kew 1: 285; Langman p. 146; LS 320; MW p. 47; NI 189-190; Plesch p. 130, 147; PR 942-949; Saccardo 1: Bom 20. Candolle, Mémoires et souvenirs 302, 303, 331, 346, 469, 1862. Cosson, Comp. fl. atl. 1: 22. 1881. Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cxiii. 1883 [‘‘Le savant auteur du Flora orientalis (1867-1884) est probablement le botaniste de notre si¢cle qui a accompli en phyto- graphie l’oeuvre personelle la plus considérable et une des plus parfaites”’]. Candolle, Bibl. Univ., Arch. Sci. phys. nat. ser. 3. 14: 368-385. 1885 (repr. 18 p.) Anon., Leopoldina 21: 212. 1885. Bescherelle, Bull. Soc. bot. France 32(1): 325-327. 1885 (bibl.) Candolle et Vautier, Edmond Boissier, Genéve 1885, 31 p. (bibl., portr.), Copy: BR. Kanitz, Mag. Noévén. Lap. 9: 93-96. 1885. Ascherson, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 4: xill-xvi. 1886. Candolle, Verh. Schweiz. naturf. Ges. 68: 128-139. 1886, BOISSIER Christ, Bull. Soc. vaud. Sci. nat. 22: [9 p.]. 1886, repr. 9 p. (B, NY). Dickson, Trans. bot. Soc. Edinburgh 16: 308-309. 1886. Drude, Isis, Abh. 5: [7 p.]. 1886 (repr. B) Roumeguére, Revue encycl. 29: 30-43. 1886. Stein, Gartenflora 34: 3-12. 1886 (portr.) Wiunschmann, Bentham und Boissier, Berlin 1887. (Wiss. Beilage Programm Charlot- tenschule Berlin, Ostern 1887). Christ, Notice sur la vie et les travaux d’Edmond Boissier. Genéve 1888, 33 p. (copy: B, BR). Christ in Boissier, Fl. orient., suppl. i-xxxili. 1888. Gray, Am. J. Sci. 31: 20-21.1886, Sci. papers 2: 479-481. 1889. Haynald, Denkrede auf Edmond Boissier, Budapest 1889, 22 p. (copy: NY) (see also Mag. noven. Lap. 13: 5-22. 1889). Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 149. 1903, 3(3): 159. pl. 67. 1905 (portr.) Yung, Apercu historique sur l’activité des savants genevois au xixme siécle 67-69. 1914. Chodat, Bull. Soc. bot. Genéve 28: 1-4. 1936 (centenaire voyage Sierra Nevada). Beauverd et al., Edmond Boissier, botaniste genevois 1810-1885, Genéve 1937, 76 p. (portr.), repr. from Bull. Soc. bot. Geneve ser. 2. 28. 1937. Hochreutiner, Boissiera 3: 1939 (herb. Boissier). Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50 a: 45-58. 1940 (bibl.) Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 23. 1941. Baehni, Musées de Geneve no. 2. Feb 1956 (on archives), no. 4 Apr 1958 (on portr.) Tamamshian, Bot. Zhurn. 117(1). 1962. Bocquet et Mermoud, Arch. Sci., Geneve, 18(2) : 388-397. 1965 (portr.), Musée Genéve 52: 2-4. 1965 (portr.) Stafleu, Boissiera 11: xix-xxi. 1965 (portr.) Stafleu, The great Prodromus 20. 1966. Burdet, Saussurea 6: 28. 1975 (portr.) Stafleu, zn Daniels and Stafleu, Taxon 24(1): 52. 1975 (portr.) COMPOSITE WORKS: Contributed to DC., Prodr.: (a) Euphorbiaceae, subordo Euphorbieae, 15(2): 3-188. Jan (late) 1862; add. et corr. 1261-1269. Aug (late) 1866; (b) Plumbagina- ceae 12: 617-696. 5 Nov. 1848. EPONYMy (genera): Boissiera Hochstetter ex Steudel (1854) ; Edmondia Cogniaux (1881) ; (journal) : Botssiera mémoires du conservatoire de botanique et de l’institut de botanique systématique de l’Université de Genéve. (Supplément de Candollea). Genéve. Vol. I-x, 1936-x. 604. Elenchus plantarum novarum minusque cognitarum quas in itinere hispanico legit [auctor]. Genéve (Lador et Ramboz) 1838. Oct. (Elench. pl. nov.) Publ.: Jun 1838 (t.p.), p. [i]-iv, [5]-94. Copies: BR, G, MO, NY. — Title on cover: Elenchus ... cognitarum in Hispania australi collectarum. — An unauthorized reprint (7.v.) with different pagination (iv, 66) was published in Erfurt in 1840 (Hinrichs 12-18 Jul 1840), cf. also Schlechtendal (1840) and Flora 23: 765. 28 Dec. 1840. Ref.: BM 1: 189; IF p. 682; Jackson p. 116; Kew 1: 285; PR 942, IDC 5039. Schlechtendal, Linnaea 14 (Lit.): 110. 1840. 605. Voyage botanique dans le midi de ’ Espagne pendant l’année 1837. Paris 1839-1845, 2 vols. Qu. (Voy. bot. Espagne). vol. fasc. pages plates date I ty) yin] =40 I, 4, 10, IT, 12, 25, 335 415 65, 95 17 Jun 1839 An 41-96 1 Mai 1844 22 97-248, [i]-x, tableau synoptique hauteurs 1 Nov 1845 [i*-iii*] 2 eat l=32 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 18, 37, 44, 45> 49 5 Sep 1839 3 33-64. 15, 16, 17, 19, 20, 21, 22, 48, 54, 58 g Oct 1839 4 65-96 25 3s 343 35» 57s 59> 73s 77> 80, 114 20 Nov 1839 256 BOISSIER vol. fasc. pages plates date 5 Q7-114 64, 75 95 94; 50, 92, 98, I10, 111, 118 10 Feb 1840 6 145-192 23, 24, 26, 26a, 42, 52, 67, 69, 70, I12 20 Mar 1840 7 193-224 27, 29, 30, 31, 51, 71, 103, 105, 107, 115 26 Mai 1840 8 225-256 28, 32, 38, 39, 43, 60, 93, 108, 10g, 113 20 Jun 1840 Q 257-288 46, 47, 61, 63, 79, 80a, 92, 98, 101, 102, 104,117. 18Sep 1840 10. ~—- 189-320 Ia, 14a, 14b, 36, 40, 40a, 76, 81, 82, 106 23 Sep 1840 Il 321-352 53> 55s 56, 61, 62, 64, 723 745 83 1 Nov 1840 IZ 352-384 61a, 75, 85, 86, 87, 88, 99, 102a, 144, 148 I Jan 1841 13 385-416 68, 84, 89, 90, 94, 944, 98a, 122, 127, 136 Mar 1841 14 417-448 844, 91, 92a, 96, 97, 100, 108a, 113a, 116, 121 1 Mar 1841 15 449-480 IIQ, 120, 123, 124, 125, 130, 131, 132, 1345 135 1 Mai 1841 16 481-512 115, 1180, 122d, 123a, 126, 128, 129, 1324, 133, 137 1 Jul 1841 SEM 5 E3544 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 145, 146, 147, 149 1 Aug 1841 18 545-576 125d, 150, 151, 152, 1535 1545 155 150, 157, 158 1 Feb 1842 19 577-608 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169 1 Feb 1842 20 609-640 1264, 170, 171, 172, 1733, 174, 175, 176, 177,178 1 Mar 1842 21 641-710 179, 180, 181 1 Mai 1844 22 711-757, [i-iii] 4a, 185a 1 Nov 1845 Copies: BR, L, MO, NY, Teyler, R. Barneby. — This list was appended to the Jerusalem copy of the Voyage (see Baum 1968) by Jacques Gay. Even though this is only a single set, and though there are perhaps still minor discrepancies, the authenticity seems sufficiently probable for it to be accepted for practical purposes. The number of copies printed was 120-130. Copies were available until 1964, but not in their original covers. The 208 plates are copper engravings after drawings by Heyland and Riocreux; they are numbered 1-781, ra, 4a, 6a, 9a, 14a-b, 26a, 40a, 64a, 80a, 84a, 85a, 92a, 94a, 98a, 1024, 108a, 1130, 118a, 122d, 123A, 125a, 126a, 132a; double: 175. A series of articles comme- morating Boissier’s trip to Spain was published in Bull. Soc. bot. Geneve ser. 2. 28: 1-76. 1937. — A facsimile reprint of the voyage was announced by Akad. Dr. Verlagsges. Graz, Sep 1972 (noy yet published). Ref.: BL 2: 484; BM 1: 189; GF p. 51; Jackson 339; LS 3201; NI 190; Plesch p. 147; PR 944; IDC 5181. Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 54 (footnote no. 5). 1940. Baum, Taxon 17: 720-724. 1968. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 58. 1975 (sold at £ 1,300). 606. Diagnoses plantarum novarum hispanicarum, praesertim in Castella nova lectarum. Genéve (Fernand Ramboz) 1842. Oct. (Diagn. pl. nov. hisp.) Co-author: Georges Francois Reuter (1805-1872). Publ.: Mar 1842 (t.p.) — Separately paged ([1]-28) reprint from Bibl. univ. Genéve ser. 2. 38: 195-220. Mar 1842. Copies: MO, US. Ref.: Jackson p. 378; PR 943; IDC 5540. 607. Diagnoses plantarum orientalium novarum. Genéve, Leipzig, Paris, Como, 1842-1859, 3 vols. Oct. (Diagn. pl. orient.) Publ.: The title of the “‘series secunda” is ““Diagnoses plantarum novarum praesertim orientalium nonnullis Europaeis boreali-africanisque additis.”” — The “diagnoses” contain many contributions also by G. F. Reuter. The information on the dates of publication is taken from the correspondence between Boissier and Bentham (letters at K) and from a great number of references in contemporary reviewing journals. — The Diagnoses were privately published by the author and later marketed by commercial publishers (see below: imprints). Citation of the volume is unnecessary; it is advisable to cite only “ser. 1”’ or “‘ser. 2” followed by the part number because each part has an independent pagination. ‘The second series has an Index specierum ad diagnoses plantarum novarum no. i-vi seriem primam. The last word is erroneous and should be “‘secundam.” The word “‘sisteus”’ on the early title pages of vols. 1 and 2 should read “‘sistens’’. Copies: G, MO, NY. 257 BOISSIER series vol. part pages dates I I I [1]-76 Jan-Feb 1843 2 [1-115 Mar 1843 3 [1 ]-60 Nov 1843 4 [1]-86 Jun 1844 5 [1]-91 Oct-Nov 1844 6 [1]-136 Jul 1846 (1845”’) Gh [1]-130, [i*, 1i*] Jul-Oct 1846 2 8 [i, iii], [1]-128 Jan-Feb 1849 9 [i, ii], [1]-131 Jan-Feb 1849 10 [i, iii], [1]-122 Mar-Apr 1849 II [i, 111], [1]-136 Mar-Apr 1849 12 [1]-120 1853 13 [1]-114, [i]-ili praem., Mai 1854 [i* t.p. vol.] Mai 1854 2 3 I [1]-120 Mai-Aug 1854 2 [1]-125 Nov-Dec 1856 3 [1]-177 Nov-Dec 1856 4 [1}-146 1859 [sic] 5 [1]-118 Sep-Oct 1856 6 [1]-148, [1] Jul-Dec 1859 Imprints: Vol. 1, parts 1-3: Genéve, 4-7: Leipzig; t.p. vol. 1 Leipzig 1842-1846; later t.p. (reissue): Volumen primum ... Leipzig (B. Herrmann) 1842-1854 (even though vol. 1 was publ. 1843-1846, and part 1 was originally dated 1843). Vol. 2, parts 8-11: Paris, 12-13: Como (“‘Neocomi’’); t.p. vol. 2, Leipzig 1849-1854, later t.p. (reissue): Leipzig (B. Herrmann) 1842-1854, even though publ. 1849-1854. Vol. 3, part 1: Como, parts 2-3: Leipzig, part 4: Leipzig, Paris, part 5: Leipzig, part 6: Leipzig, Paris; t.p. vol. 3 Leipzig, Paris 1854-1859; other issues: parts 2, 3 and 5: Leipzig (B. Herrmann), 4, 6 Leipzig (B. Herrmann), Paris (J.-B. Bailliére). Facsimile ed.: Amsterdam (A. Asher & Co.) 1969, also Graz (Akademische Druck und Verlagsanstalt), 3 vols., as above but vol. 1 with xxv p. new preface material contai- ning an introduction by K. H. Rechinger, portraits and references. Copy: FAS Ref.: BM 1: 189; Jackson p. 378; Kew 1: 285; PR 945, SK p. clxxiii; IDC 5407. Schlechtendal et al., Bot. Zeitung 1: 236-239. 7 Apr 1843 (part 1), 745-747. 27 Oct 1843(2); 3: 786-788. 21 Nov 1845 (3, 4, 5)3 6: 32-34. 14 Jan 1848 (6, 7, “1846’); 8: 30-31. 4 Jan 1850 (8-11, *1849’). Cosson, Bull. Soc. bot. France 1: 317. 1854 (on part 13). Seemann, Bonplandia 2: 202. 1 Sep 1854 (12, 13); 3: 75. 15 Mar 1855 (3(1)). Kuntze, Rev. gen. 1: cxxiv. 1891. Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 55. 1940 (states that part 5 of ser. 2 appeared in 1859). Steenis-Kruseman, FI. males. Bull. 15: 733. 1960, 16: 821. 1961. Rechinger, Praefatio nova, in facsimile edition 1969, p. i-xxv. Stafleu, Taxon 19: 803-805. 1969. Greuter, Candollea 25(1): 172-173. 1970. 608. Pugillus plantarum novarum Africae borealis Hispaniaeque australis. Genéve (Ferd. Ramboz et Socii) 1852. Oct. (in fours). (Pugill. pl. Afr. bot. Hispan.) Co-author: Georges Francois Reuter (1805-1872). Publ.: Jan 1852 (p. 2), p. [1]-134. Copies: BR, U. — Half-title on p. 3: Pugillus specierum novarum. The book has a cancelled title-page on p. 2 of which it is stated that publi- cation took place in Jan 1852. — Simultaneously published in Bibl. univers. Geneve, Jan 1852. Ref.: BM 1: 189; Kew 1: 285; PR 946; IDC 5854. Reichenbach fil., Bot. Zeit. 10: 565-568, 589-592, 606-610. 1852. 609. Centuria Euphorbiarum ... Aprili 1860. Leipzig (B. Hermann), Paris (J. B. Bail- liére) 1860. Small Qu. (Cent. Euphorb.) 258 BOISSIEU Publ.: Apr 1860 (t.p.), p. [1]-40. Copies: BR, U. Ref.: BM 1: 189; Jackson p. 131; Kew 1: 285; Langman p. 146; MW p. 47; IDC 426. 610. Icones Euphorbiarum ou figures de cent vingt-deux espéces du genre Euphorbia dessinées et gravées par Heyland avec des considérations sur la classification et la distribution géographique des plantes de ce genre. Paris (Victor Masson et fils) 1866. Fol. (Icon. Euphorb.) Publ.: early 1866 — p. [1]-24, pl. 1-120, 31bis, gobis (uncoloured lithographs by Heyland). The first plates were produced by Masson in Paris, but the stock was acquired by Georg in Genéve. The book is cited well in advance of publication in the Prodromus of de Candolle because Heyland’s plates were prepared over a number of years. Copy: U. Ref.: BM 1: 189; GF p. 51; Kew 1: 285; MW p. 47; NI 189; PR 948; IDC 5440. Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 57. 1940. Candolle, Prodromus 15: 3. 188. 611. Flora orientalis sive enumeratio plantarum in Oriente a Graecia et Aegypto ad Indiae fines hucusque observatarum. Basel, Genéve (H. Georg) 1867-1888, 6 vols. Oct. (FI. orient.) Publ.: The supplement contains a statement by Christ on the dates of publication (p. XXV1-xxvli). vol. part pages dates I [i*-111* ], [i]-xxxiv, [1]-1017 Apr-Jun 1867 2 {i-i1], [1]-1159 Dec 1872 or Jan 1873 3 [i-iti], [1]-1033 Sep-Oct 1875 4 I [1]-280 Sep-Oct 1875 2 [i-i11], 281-1276 Apr-Mai 1879 5 I [1]-428 Jul 1882 2 [i-iii], [429 ]-868 Apr 1884 Suppl. [i*-iii* ], [i]-xxxiii, [1 ]-466 7 pl. (portr.) Oct 1888 Imprints: vol. 1: Basel, Genéve (all: H. Georg); vols 2, 3, 4, 5, suppl.: Genéve, Basel, Lyon (all: H. Georg) Supplement published by R. Buser (Christ’s account of Rosa p. 201-230, was publ. Feb. fide Crépin, Bull. Soc. bot. Belg. 27: 97. 1888). Copies: BR, U. Facsimile editions: 1963/4. Amsterdam (A. Asher & Co.), 1975 Amsterdam (A. Asher & Co.), ISBN g0-6123-203-1. Copy: FAS. Ref.: BFM 1544; BM 1: 189; Jackson p. 378; Kew 1: 285; PR 949; TR 148; IDC 2250. Ascherson, Bot. Zeit. 26: 223-231. 1868. Drude, Isis, Dresden 1886(5): [7 p.] Chodat, Bull. Soc. bot. Genéve ser. 2. 28: 24-38. 1937. Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 57. 1940. Davis, Kew Bull. 1949: 426. Stafleu, Taxon 12: 355. 1963, 24: 526. 1975. 612. Plantarum orientalium novarum decas prima [secunda] ex Florae Orientalis volumine tertio mox edituro excerpta. Genéve (H. Georg) 1875. Oct. (Pl. orient. nov.) Decas prima: 8 Feb 1875 (t.p.; copies sent to Kew 9g Feb), p. [1]-8. Copies: BR, NY, USDA. Decas secunda: 20 Feb 1875 (t.p.), p. [1]-9. Copies: NY, USDA. Ref.: Jackson p. 378; Kew 1: 285. Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 58. 1940. Boissieu, Claude Victor de (1784-1868), French painter, engraver, and botanist. (Boissieu). HERBARIUM and types: Unknown (the herbarium at STR is that of Henri de Boissieu). 259 BOISSIEU BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 211, 381: 189; Jackson p. 226; Kew 1: 285; NI 191; Plesch p. 147; PR 951. Magnin, Ann. Soc. bot. Lyon 31: 57-58. 1906. 613. Flore d’ Europe, contenant les détails de la floraison et de la fructification des genres européens, et une ou plusieurs espéces de chacun de ces genres, dessinés et gravés d’aprés nature; par C. V. de Boissieu. On y a joint Vindication de la classe, de l’ordre, et le caractére essentiel du genre d’aprés Linné; sa classification d’aprés la méthode naturelle de Jussieu; des observations sur les analogies de quelques genres et les irré- gularités de quelques espéces; un sommaire exact des connoissances acquises sur toutes les plantes qui forment ce recueil, etc. Lyon (Bruyset ainé et Buynand) 1805-1807, 3 vols., Oct. and Qu. ft (FI. Europe). Publ.: A quarto copy in original covers at NY shows the following division (dates based on JT and JGLF): vol. livr. pages plates dates I 1 [i*], [i]-xvi 2635 2795 3135 3145 349» 3545 357s 386, 389, 393, 30Jan 1805 404, 409, 412, 413, 418, 419, 448, 474, 478. 2 284, 318, 321, 3225 337s 351, 369; 377 383, 417, Mar 1805 439, 449, 472, 473 477 4935 494, 508, 537, 553+ 3 136, 142, 143, 145, 201, 254, 281, 283, 333, 368, Mai 1805 3725 375» 401, 406, 496, 566, 569, 570, 602, 643. 4 122, 144, 153 155» 159, 182, 217, 228, 238, 239, Jul 1805 249, 2525 2575 350, 376, 416, 421, 486, 546, 571. 5 108, 118, 121, 236, 262, 271, 290, 309, 310, 319, Jul 1805 380, 423, 441, 4475 449, 455, 471, 484, 551, 630. p.4.cover:ind. 132, 185, 216, 221, 247, 251, 276, 287, 298, 328, 29 Nov 1805 2a Oh mn 355s 300, 422, 429, 433, 445, 450, 616, 613, 660. 7 129, 1345 1375 149, 2355 237» 273, 278, 262, 289, 7 Feb 1806 3955 317) 3205 323, 325» 3265 327, 460, 505, 585. (cover: 1805) 8 58, 755 70) 93> 193, 253» 250, 335» 342, 385, 390, 8 Mar 1806 403, 464, 469, 499, 502, 592, 600, 618, 641. (cover: 1805) 9 3s 70, 135, 138, 141, 265, 315, 358, 392, 432, 16 Jul 1806 4755 499; 5095 5255 541, 503, 507, 572, 622, 625. (cover: 1805) 10 90, 103, 128, 133, 206, 210, 222, 226, 285, 430, Dec 1806 512, 5345 535s 5425 550, 601, 613, 629; 632, 650. (cover: 1805) 3) 2 kre 12, 23, 25, 30, 32, 33 745 104, 105, 10, 112, 24 Jan 1807 116, 177, 223, 225, 331, 352s 3945 397 559: (cover: 1806) 12 2555 69, 77> 78, 795 I00, 129(?), 146, 181, 203, 13 Jul 1807 204, 231, 244, 348, 353, 391, 446, 658. (cover: 1807) Copies: B, G, L, NY. Issues: (1) ‘‘grand raisin fin” octavo; copies: B, L. (2) “grand raisin superfin”’ octavo. (3) ‘“‘papier vélin,”” quarto; copy: NY. The plates are usually arranged in numerical order. There are three engraved t.p.’s (by J. J. de Boissieu). The original plan was to issue 600-700 plates in volumes of 100 plates. The plates are uncoloured copper engravings. The title given above is that of the engraved title pages. The covers had in addition: ““Ouvrage destiné a servir de supplément a tous des livres élémentaires de botanique, a toutes les descriptions, a toutes les flores particuliéres de tous les pays de l’Europe, et a Vaide duquel on peut facilement acquérir la connaissance d’un grand nombre de plantes et une parfaite intelligence du language botanique.”’ — PR reports the presence of all. 660 plates in the Delessert library (now Institut de France). Each plate is accom- panied by 1 or 2 pages of text. - Magnin states that, although the Flore d’ Europe carries Boissieu’s name, it was the work of several collaborators: Auger, Dujat d’Ambérieu, Hubert de Saint-Didier, and Dumarché. Ref.: BM 1: 189; Jackson p. 226; Kew 1: SO add. 785c; IDC 5855. 285; NI 191; Plesch p. 147-148; PR 951; 260 BOJER Magnin, Bull. Soc. bot. Lyon 31: 57. 1906. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 60. 1975 (sold at £ 260). Boissieu, Henri de (1871-1912), French botanist. (H. Boissieu). HERBARIUM and TyYpPEs: STR. Ref.: 1H 1 (ed. 6): 356, 2: 83. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 211; CSP 13: 654; Kew 1: 285; MW p. 47. Zeiller and Hua, Bull. Soc. bot. France 59: 465, 673-680. 1922 (bibl.) Gagnepain, Fl. Indochine, tome prél. 35. 1944. Reed, Bibl. Fl. S. E. Asia 16. 1969. COMPOSITE WORKS: Lecomte, Fl. Indochine, Violaceae 1 (2): 206-208. Oct 1908, 1(3): 209- 218. Mai 1909. Boivin, Louis Hyacinthe (1808-1852), French botanist and plant collector, especially active on the islands in the Indian Ocean (Bowvin). HERBARIUM and TYPES: major part of the collections in P and PC, duplicates in many herbaria. Boivin offered plants for sale, e.g. “Boivin, pl. ins. Borboniae’’ see Bonplandia 6: 342. 1858. Refs: 1H 2:83. Candolle, Phytographie. 397. 1880. Hedge and Lamond, Ind. coll. Edinburgh 61. 1970. Hepper and Neate, Pl. coll. W. Africa 11. 1971. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(3): 293. 1975. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(2): 282; Barnhart 1: 212; CSP 7: 208. Duchartre, Rev. bot. 1: 478-479. 1846. Anon., Flora 36: 600. 7 Oct 1853. Jaubert, Bull. Soc. bot. France 1: 225-239. 1854. EPONYMY: Bivinia [sic] Jaubert ex L. R. Tulasne (1857); Botvinella (Pierre ex Baillon) Aubréville & Pellegrin (1958); Bozvinella A. Camus (1925); Neoboivinella Aubréville & Pellegrin (1959). HANDWRITING: Monogr. biol. Canar. 4: 32. 1973 (fig. 16). Bojer, Wenceslas (Wenzel) (1797-1856), Czeck born naturalist and explorer who settled on Mauritius; director of the botanical garden at Port Louis. (Bojer). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: P and W;; duplicates e.g. at BM, G, K (see IH). Ref.: 1H 2: 83. Candolle, Phytographie 397. 1880. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 135. 1964. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 61. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 212; BB p. 37; BM 1: 189; CSP 1: 463, 9: 284; Kew 1: 287; PR g4o. Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. France 3: 446-447. 1856; Flora 39: 767. 1856, 40: 768. 1857. J. M. ex Hooker, Bull. Soc. bot. France 3: 446. 1856. Hooker, Kew J. Bot. 8: 312-317. 1856. Seemann, Bonplandia 4: 381-382. 1856. Anon., Bonplandia 6: 333. 1858. Maiwald, Gesch. Bot. Bohmen 116-117. 1904. Poisson, Bull. Acad. Malgache, Tananarive ser. 2. 29: 113-118. 1949/50 (bibl.) Vaughan, Proc. Roy. Soc. Art. Sci. Mauritius 2(1): 73-98. 1958 (bibl.) EPONYMyY: Bojeria A. P. de Candolle (1836); Bojeria Rafinesque (1838). 261 BOJER 614. Hortus mauritianus ou énumération des plantes, exotiques et indigénes, qui croissent a Vile Maurice, disposées d’aprés la méthode naturelle. Mauritius (Aimé Mamarot et Compagnie) 1837. Oct. (Hortus maurit.) Publ.: 1837, p. [i]-vi, [1]-456. — Most new names are nomina nuda. Copy at Biohistorical Institute, Utrecht. Ref.: BM 1: 189; IF p. 682; Jackson p. 353, 448. Poisson, Bull. trim. Acad. Malgache ser. 2. 29: 113-118. 1949/50. Bolander, Henry Nicholas (1832-1897), German born American botanist, “‘State botanist for California” for many years. (Boland.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: GH, duplicates in many herbaria e.g. DS, FH (lichens) and UC, see IH. Bolander specimens are included in Sullivant and Lesquereux, Musci boreali Americana. Ref.: IH 2: 83. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 270, 285, 294. 1916. Sayre, Mem. New York bot. Gard. 19(3): 293-294. 1975. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 212; CSP 9: 284; GR p. 64. Jepson, Erythea 6: 100-107. 1808. Purdy, Madrofio 2: 33-34. 1931. Rodgers, John Torrey 336. 1942. Rodgers, Amer. Botany 1873-1892 p. 324. 1944. Howell, Marin flora 31. 1949. Thomas, Contr. Dudley Herb. 5(6): 149. 1961. Ewan, in A century of progress in the natural sciences 44. 1955. EPONYMY: Bolandra [sic] A. Gray (1868). 615. A catalogue of the plants growing in the vicinity of San Francisco. San Francisco (A. Roman & Co.) 1870. Qu. (Cat. pl. San Francisco). Publ.: 1870, p. [1]-43. Copy: NY. Ref.: Ascherson, Bot. Zeit. 29: 393-394. 9 Jun 1871. Boldingh, Isaac (1879-1938), Dutch botanist who worked on the flora of the Nether- lands West Indies. (Boldingh). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Original West Indian collections: U. Ref.: TH 2: 83. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 213; BL 1: 228; BM 6: 105; Kew 1: 288; Langman p. 146. Sirks, Ind. Natuurond. 296 [index]. 1915. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 646. 1936. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males ser. 1. 1: 69-70. 1950 (portr.) 616. The flora of the Dutch West Indian Islands St. Eustatius, Saba and St. Martin. Proef- schrift ter verkrijging van den graad van doctor in de plant- en dierkunde aan de Rijksuniversiteit te Utrecht, op gezag van den Rector Magnificus Dr. Jan de Vries ... te verdedigen op Donderdag 1 juli 1909, des namiddags te 4 uren door Isaac Boldingh, geboren te Purmerend. Leiden (E. J. Brill) 1g09[-1912]. Oct. (Fl. Dutch W. Ind. Is.) Vol. r: came out as the author’s thesis with the above title page, on 1 Jul 1909, p. [i]-xiii [dutch part of dissertation], [i]-xii, [1, p. half title], [1]-321, 3 maps. Oct. Copy: U. The xiii pages of the dutch preface were followed by the title pages of the English text: [ii]: Zhe Flora of the Dutch West Indian Islands. First volume St. Eustatius, Saba and St. Martin. Leiden 1909. [iii]: The Flora of St. Eustatius, Saba and St. Martin. Leiden 1909. Vol. 2: Feb-Mar 1914 (Nat. Nov. Mar 1914), p. [i-ii blank], [iii]-xiv, [1 p. half title], [1]-197, pl. r-9, map; Oct.: preface p. xi ‘1931.’ Copy: U. 262 BOLLE There were 2 title pages: [iv]: The flora of the Dutch West Indian Islands. Second volume Curagao, Aruba and Bonaire. Leiden 1914. [v]: The flora of Curagao, Aruba and Bonaire. Published by the aid of “‘Het Provinciaal Utrechtsch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen.” Leiden 1914. Ref.: BL 1: 228; BM 6: 105; Kew 1: 288; Langman p. 146; Plesch p. 148. 617. Flora voor de Nederlandsch West-Indische eilanden. Amsterdam (J. H. de Bussy) 1913. Oct. (Fl. Ned. W. Ind. eil.) Publ.: Nov 1913 (date on original cover), ‘‘Koloniaal Instituut Amsterdam, Derde uit- gave van het Van Eedenfonds,” p. [i]-xx, [1]-449, [450]. Copy: U. Ref.: BL 1: 228; BM 6: 105; Kew 1: 288. Rogerson, NAF ser. 2. 4: 41. 1965. 618. Catalogus herbarit plantarum in horto bogoriensi cultarum. Editio 1914. [head line:] Jardin botanique de Buitenzorg. Batavia [Djakarta] (G. Kolff & Co.) 1914. Oct. (Cat. herb. bogor.) Publ.: Aug-Dec 1914 (preface p. 4: Aug 1914), p. [i], [1]-179, [(1)]-(11), [i]-lxvi, map. Copy: U. Ref.: Kew 1: 288. 619. 78, 87, 99; 945 96 iD LOW 2s Ga Ths TOs. 22) 30, 39> 54s 58, 69, 70, 73; 76, 88, 89, 91, 92, 100 T4, 253 295 31, 35 435 46, 51, 55> 59> 63, 66, 74 75> 79-81, 63-85 103, 109, I10, I13, 123, 720, 127.9120 132094, 140, 143, 167, 169, 170, 171, 174, 178, 182, 194 TOO; FUn, 1h7. 110, 220, 131, 139, 142, 144, 146, 148, 154, 158, 160, 161, 181, 183, 191, 193, 197 TOT, [12770 1I0..210; 121, 130, 133, 1455 152, 153, 156, 162, 164, 165, 168, 173, 175, 196, 198, 199 122, 125, 128, 135, 138, 147, 149, 155, 157, 163; 166, 172, 176, 179, 186- 189, 192, 195 102, 104, 105, 107, 108, II4, 115, 124, 136, 137) I4I, 150, 151, 159, 1775 180, 184, 185, 190, 200 204, 205, 208-210, 213, 215, 216, 223, 225, 228, 237) 248, 249; 259-201, 283, 284, 298 229, 240, 241, 242, 246, 251, 263, 264, 267, 269, 274, 279, 280, 282, 290- 292, 294, 296, 300 201, 202, 206, 207, 2IT, QT ON OT AV OUO 2204 222) 224, 232, 233, 235, 268, 270, 272, 275, 277, 287 date Mai 1904. Sep 1904 Dec 1904 Jun 1905 Sep 1905 (NY: 17) Oct) Dec 1905 (NY: 9 Jan) Mar 1906 (NY: 30 Mar) Mai 1906 (NY: 18 Jun) Aug 1906 (NY: 24 Aug) Oct 1906 (NY: 20 Nov) Dec 1906 (NY: 26 Dec) Mar 1907 (NY: 20 Mar) Mai 1907 (NY: 21 Mai) 291 BOUDIER livr. sér. pages 14 15 list pl. sér. 4 expl. pl. 301-400 [29 p.| 16 4 17 18 ig 20 [28 p. prel. p.] QI 5 22 23 24 25 26 6 list pl. ser. 3 expl. pl. 501-600 [24 p.] 27 28 292 plates 203; 217); 219, 2275 230, 234, 236, 238, 2395 244; 250, 253, 255-258, 265, 273, 288, 293 221, 226, 231, 2435 245, 247, 252, 254, 202, 206, 271, 276, 278, 281, 285, 286, 289, 295, 297> 299 3035 308, 311-314, 316, B21, 3225 320, 331, 336, 3425 3475 3525 354s 3095 381, 392, 393 3175 3205 3275 3295 330, 333s 337 > 338, 341, 343s 358, 368, 378, 380, 362, 384; 386, 395, 397 319; 325, 328, 344-349, 3515 353 357s 359s SOL 3645 366, 367, 370, 372, 3775 398, 3945 398 302, 305-307 3245 332s 3345 335» 339 350, 362, 3055 3715 3742 375» 379s 387, 389, 399, 400 BOT, 3045 3095 310, 315; 318, 3235 340 349, 350s 3555 360, 3635 373s 379s 3835 3855 390 391 396 408, 414, 420, 435, 438, 439s 443s 449» 459, 451; 464, 470, 472, 4735 475» 478, 479, 486, 489, 499 406, 410, 416, 424, 427, 430, 4345 445 455» 457> 460, 467, 474, 477, 483, 468, 492, 493, 496, 497 409, 411, 417, 418, 421, 425, 428, 437, 440, 448, 450, 451, 453, 465, 468, 481, 485, 487, 495 40I, 402, 4055 422, 4235 426, 431, 436, 442, 446, 447, 462, 463, 469, 471; 476, 482, 484, 490, 500 403, 404, 407, 412, 413, 415, 419, 429, 432, 433; 441, 444, 452, 4545 459; 466, 480, 491, 494, 498 5035 521, 524, 528, 535; 5375 5391 549s 545, 548; 5525 550, 564, 566, 567, 5725 573s 5745 582, 590 5075 5155 5275 530s 531, 541, 5435 5445 5475 500, 563, 565, 568, 569, 5705 5055 593s 595s 590s 599 501, 505, 506, 508, 509, 510, 511, 5135 5145 5175 date Jul 1907 | (NY: 19 Jul) | Sep 1907 (NY: 24 Sep) Nov 1907 (NY: 27 Nov) Jan 1908 (NY: 14 Feb) Mar 1908 (NY: 4 Apr) Jun 1908 (NY: 18 Jun) Aug 1908 (NY: 3 Sep) Nov 1908 (NY: 14 Nov) Feb 1909 (NY: 15 Feb) Apr 1909 (NY: 19 Apr) Jun 1909 (NY: 15 Jul) Aug 1909 (NY: 1 Sep) Nov 1909 (NY: 18 Nov) Jan 1910 (NY: 24 Feb) Apr Ig10 BOULAY livr. sér. pages plates date 526, 533s 538 555s 5575 577; 580, 586, 588, 600 29 512, 516, 519; 523, 5255 Jun 1910 5295 5425 546, 551, 558, 561, 575 576; 578, 579, 581, 583, 584, 5895 594 30 titles, tables of the 3 vols., 502, 504, 518, 520, 522, Sep I910 portr. author 532 534s 530s 5495 550s 553s 554s 559s 562, 571, 587, 591s 592s 597s 598 Tome r: usual composition: p. [1i]-vii, portr., def. pl. nos. 1-181, 184-193, 22bis, 36bis, Erbis, r4rbis, r47bis (total 196). The BR copy has bound in the preliminary material: list [1-3], [1]-19, circ. ser. 2 [1-3], [1]-20, [1]-26, [1]-29, [1-28], [1-24]. Tome 2: id. p. [i]-vii, pl. 194-421, 202bis, 23g9bis, 256bis, 264bis, 282bis (total 233). Tome 3: id. p. [i]-vil, pl. 422-475, 477-505, 567-583, 585-590, 599-600, 427bis, 434bis, 48obis (total 171; total 3 vols.: 600). Tome 4, texte descriptif, Apr 1911 (letter Klincksieck at BR), p. [i*], [iii], [v]-vii, avis [ix]-x, liste xi-xiv, [1]-362. Pages 281-288 were reissued. Ref.: BM 6: 113; Kew 1: 318; NI 217. Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 430. 1916. Wheldon and Wesley, Cat. no. 131. 1964. 684. Histoire et classification des discomyceétes d’ Europe. Description des genres avec indication des espéces, historique, localités et époques de récoltes, organographie, partie chimique, usages, etc. Paris (Paul Klincksieck) 1907. Oct. (Hist. classific. discomyc. Europe). Publ.: Sep 1907 (pref. Aug 1906, presented to session of Fr. mycol. Soc. on 5 Sep 1907, Nat. Nov. Dec 1907), p. [i*], [i]-vii, [1]-221, [222 err.] Facsimile ed.: Amsterdam (A. Asher & Co.) 1968, 1968 t.p. on p. [ii*]. Copy: FAS. — Contains also Nowvelle classification of 1885. Ref.: BM 6: 113. Ramsbottom, Trans. brit. mycol. Soc. 4(2): 343-381. 1914 (list of British species of discomycetes arranged according to Boudier’s system). Boulay, Abbé Jean Nicolas (1837-1905), Northern French clergyman, bryologist and palaeobotanist, professor of botany at the University of Lille. (Boulay). HERBARIUM and TypPEs: LILLE, further material at H, MPU, P, PC. — Exsiccatae: Rubi praesertim Galliae exs. 1893-1898. Refer 2789. Candolle, Phytographie 398. 1880. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 4: 329; Barnhart 1: 229; BL 2: 107, 185; BM 1: 212, 6: 113; CSP 7: 229, 12: 107-108, 436; GR p. 308; Jackson p. 184, 275, 277; Kew 1: 320-321; Quenstedt p. 50; Saccardo 1: 36. Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cxiv. 1883. Gubernatis, Dict. int. écrivains du jour 1: 385. 1891. Husnot, Rev. bryol. 32: 114-115. 1905. Letacq, Bull. Acad. intern. Géog. bot. 16: 4-8. 1906. Longinos Navas, El Abate Boulay, Barcelona 1906, 8 p. (portr.), copy B, unidentified reprint. Péron, Bull. Soc. géol. France 1906: 299. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 25. 1941. COMPOSITE WoRKS: Rouy et Camus, Flore de France, genus Rubus in 6: 30-149. 1900. EPONYMY: Boulaya J. Cardot (1912). 293 BOULAY 685. Flore cryptogamique de I’Est. Muscinées (Mousses, Sphaignes, Hépatiques). Paris (F. Savy), Saint-Dié (Th. Preisz), Nimes (author) 1872. Oct. (Fl. crypt. Est, Musc.) Publ.: Jul-Dec 1872 (pref. p. xi: 22 Jun 1872; rd by Hedwigia Feb 1873), p. [i]-xi, [xii, abbr.], [1]-880. Copies: B, L. Ref.: BM 1: 212; Jackson p. 277; Kew 1: 320. Ruthe, Hedwigia 12: 45-48. Mar 1873. 686. Thése de géologie. Le terrain houillier du Nord de la France et ses végétaux fossiles. [alt. title-page:] Thése de géologie présentée a la Faculté des Sciences de Caen .. Lille 1876. Qu. (Terrain houill. N. France). Publ.: Dec 1876 (month in which the thesis was defended), p. [i-iv], [i]-ii, [1]-74, 4 pl., 5 tab. Copy: L. Refs: BM 1: 212: 687. Muscinées de la France. Paris 1884-1904, 2 parts. Oct. (Musc. France). Premiére partie: Mousses, Jan-Aug 1884. Paris (F. Savy) (Nat. Nov. Sep 1884), p. [1]- clxxiv, [1, h.t.], [1]-624. Copy: U. Deuxiéme partie: Hépatiques, Apr-Dec 1904. Paris (Paul Klincksieck) (p. xxiii: 1 Mar 1904, Nat. Nov. Mar 1905), p. [i]-clxviii, [1]-224, 2me table alph. [1]-15. Copy: U. Ref.: BM 1: 212; Kew 1: 320. Rickett, NAF ser. 2. 3: 32. 1963. Boulger, George Edward Simmonds (1853-1922), British botanist at Cirencester and London. (Boulger). HERBARIUM and TypPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 229; BB p. 40; BM 1: 213, 6: 115; CSP 9: 312, 12: 103, 13: 726; GR p. 390. Jackson, Proc. Linn. Soc. 1921/22: 40-41. 1922. Druce, Bot. Exch. Club Rep. 6: 692-693. 1923. Riddelsdell, Fl. Gloucestershire cxxxili-cxxxiv. 1948. Bouly de Lesdain, Maurice (1869-1965), French lichenologist. (B. de Lesd.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: most pre-1940 material lost, some material in BPI, E, GL, H, O, PC, UPS, US, W. Ref.: TH 2: 89. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 1: 115, 6: 115; GR p. 268; Kew 1: 323; LS 3584- 3585, 31412-31424, 43045, suppl. 3368-3395; MW p. 51. Abbayes, Rev. bryol. lichénol. 34(1/2): 370-375. 1966 (portr., bibl.) EPONYMY: Lesdainea Harmand (1910). 688. Recherches sur les lichens des environs de Dunkerque Dunkerque. (Société Dunkerquoise) s.d. [1g10]. Oct. (Rech. lich. Dunkerque). Publ.: 1910 (fide BM and Nat. Nov. Oct 1911, reissued Dunkerque 1912, fide Nat. Nov. Sep 1912, 1912 reissue n.v., probably identical with undated original issue. Only relevant date in volume: ‘1g0Q’ is cited on p. 8), p. [1]-301, 4 photogr. Copy: B (with original cover which has the same undated text as the t.p.). — A preliminary publication of 44 p. in the ‘‘Mém. Soc. Sci. nat.” is mentioned by Nat. Nov. Dec 1910. Premier supplément, Dunkerque (Société Dunkerquoise), s.d. [1914]. Oct., published 4 years after the main work (see p. 5), p. [1]-189, [1, corr.]. Copies: B, BR. Ref.: BM 6: 115; LS 31422. Bourdot, abbé Hubert (1861-1937), French mycologist. (Bourd.) HERBARIUM and TypPEs: PC. Ref.: TH 2: 89. 294 BOUTELOU BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 230; GR p. 268-269; Kew 1: 324; LS 3589- 3591; LS Suppl. 3399-3414. Anon., Z. Pilzk. 22: pl. 6. 1938 (portr.) Verdoorn, Chron. bot. 4(3): 263, 267. 1938. Gilbert, Bull. Soc. mycol. France 55: 137-158. 1939 (portr.) Anon., Rev. Mycol. 7(5/6): pl. opp. p. 101. 1942 (portr.) Sachet et al., Rev. Mycol. 15(suppl.) 21-38. 1950. EPONYMY: Bourdotia (Bresadola) ‘Trotter (1925). 689. Contribution a la flore mycologique de la France. I. Hymenomycétes de France. Hétérobasidiés — Homobasidiés gymnocarpes par MM l’abbé H. Bourdot et A. Galzin. Ouvrage publié sous les auspices de la Société mycologique de France. Sceaux (Marcel Bry) 1927. Oct. (Hymenomyc. France). Co-author: Amédée Galzin (1853-1925). Orig. ed.: Feb-Mar 1928 (p. [762]: achevé d’imprimer le 28 janvier 1928; Nat. Nov. Apr 1928; t.p. 1927), p. [i*-ii*], [i]-iv, [1]-761, [762, colophon.] Copy: Stevenson. Facsimile ed.: 1969, Lehre (J. Cramer), Bibliotheca mycologica vol. 23, p.: as above with extra t.p. [i**]. Copy: FAS. For the series of journal articles entitled Hymenomycetes de France (11 parts), see Gilbert 1939 and LS. Ref.: Kew 1: 324; LS suppl. 3402-3412. Bourdot, Bull. Soc. mycol. France 25: 335-336. 1925. Gilbert, Bull. Soc. mycol. France 41: 157-158. 1939. Bourgeau, Eugéne (1815-1877), French botanical traveller and collector. (Bourgeau). HERBARIUM and TYPES: P, many duplicates in other herbaria. Distributed plants, for instance, under the title of Plantae rariores Lusitaniae et Hispaniae (Bonplandia 6: 341. 1858), but not as regular exsiccatae. — For further details see Sayre (1975). Ref.: TH 2: 89; Saccardo 2: 23. Candolle, Phytographie 399. 1880. Cosson, Comp. fl. atl. 1: 24. 1881. Ewan, Rocky Mountain Naturalists 167-168. 1950. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 136. 1964. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 63. 1970. McVaugh, Contr. Michigan Herb. 9: 223. 1972. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(3): 196-297. 1975. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 344, 5(1): 11, 472, 7: 77; CSP 1: 534, 7: 2303 Colmeiro 1: clxv; PFC 1: liv; Saccardo 1: 36, 2: 23. Bourgeau, J. Linn. Soc. 4: 1-16. 1859 (letters to Hooker). Cosson, Bull. Soc. bot. France 13: I-lvi. 1866 (itineraries up to 1864) (also repr. 7 p. indep. pag.), also 23: 237. 1876. Cosson et Durieu, Expl. Sci. Algérie, Bot. 2: xxii. 1868. Cosson, Comp. Fl. Atl. 1: 24. 1881. Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cxiv. 1883. Hemsley, Biol. Centr. Amer. 4: 136. 1887. Milner, Cat. Portr. Kew 17. 1906. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 25. 1941. Raymond, in Bot. frang. en Amérique du Nord 189-191. 1957. EPONYMY: Bourgaea [sic] Cosson (1849). HANDWRITING: Mon. Biol. Canar. 4: 32. 1973 (jig. 19). Boutelou, Claudio (1774-1842), Spanish botanist at Alicante and Sevilla. (Boutelou). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: MA, other material at SEV. Ref.: 1H 1 (ed. 6): 356, 2: go. 295 BOUTELOU BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(2): 692; Barnhart 1: 232; BM 1: 217; Colmeiror: clxv-clxvi; CSP 1: 545; Kew 1: 326; Langman p. 150; PR 1062, 1063, 4007; Pritzel (ed. 1): 1202-1206. Colmeiro, Bot. penins. hisp.-lusit. 190-191. 1858. HANDWRITING: Candollea 27: 335-336. 1972. Bouton, Louis (x-1878 (1879?)), botanist at Port Louis, Mauritius, curator of the Colonial Museum and secretary of the Royal Society of Mauritius. (Bouton). HERBARIUM and typEs: At Mauritius(?). Material at K (incl. correspondence). Ref.: TH 2: 90. Candolle, Phytographie 399. 1880. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 232; BBp. 40; BL 1:99; BM 1: 217; CSP 1: 547, 9: 323; Jackson p. 198, 353, 469; Kew 1: 326; PR 1065-1068. Desjardins, 7n Hooker, Bot. Misc. 3: 212-215. 1833. Trimen, J. Bot. 17: 64. 1879. EPONYMY: Boutonia Bojer ex Baillon (1858); Boutonia A. P. de Candolle (1838); Neo- boutonia J. Miller Arg. (1864). Bouvier, Jean-Louis (1819-1908), French botanist who lived in Genéve 1867-1890. (Bouvier). HERBARIUM and TYPEs: G. Ref.: TH 2: go. Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 67. 1940. Beauverd, Bull. Soc. bot. Genéve ser. 2. 13: 272-274. 1921. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(1): 110; Barnhart 1: 232; BL 2: 198, 199, 557, 572; BM 1: 217; CSP 7: 237; GR p. 308-309; Jackson p. 220, 278, 342, 343; Kew 1: 326. Bouvier, Histoire de la botanique savoyarde 32. 1863. Bouvier, Bull. Soc. bot. France 10: 675. 1863 (bibl.) Anon., Nat. Nov. 30: 361. 1908. Beauverd, Bull. Herb. Boissier ser. 2. 8: 437-439. 1908. Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 65-67. 1940. 690. Flore des Alpes de la Suisse et de la Savoie comprenant la description des plantes indigénes et des plantes cultivées, les propriétés de chaque famille de chaque espéce utile ou nuisible et des données hygiénique [sic] sur tous les fruits de nos climats. Genéve (Grosset & Trembley) 1878. Oct. (Fl. Alpes). Ed. 1: 1878 (p. iv: 15 Dec 1877), p. [i*-v*], [iJ-iv, [4 p. expl. signes, tabl.], [1]-789, [790, err.] Copy: HH. Ed. 2: Paris (Firmin-Didot et Cie.), Genéve (Henri Trembley) Apr-Jun 1882 (p. iv: 25 Apr 1882; Nat. Nov. Jun 1882), p. [i*-iii*], [i]-iv, [4 p. tabl., expl.], [1]-228 [clé], [1]-812. — Punctuation of title changed, ‘*... données hygiéniques ...”? and “‘deuxiéme édition, augmentée: d’une clé analytique et différentielle pour la déter- mination et d’une table compléte des genres, des espéces et de leurs synonymes.” (Copy: HH]. Other issue: the copy at B has an imprint Genéve [only] 1882, and still has “données hygiénique” and ‘“‘Deuxiéme édition augmentée d’une clé ... synony- mes,” rest of issue identical. (Nat. Nov. Mai 1885 also mentions an 1885 reissue, 7.v.) Ref.: BL 2: 559; BM 1: 217; Jackson p. 343; Kew 1: 326. Bowdich, Sarah (née Wallis; afterwards Lee) (1791-1856), British botanist. (Bowdich). HERBARIUM and TypEs: Madeira plants destroyed at sea. Ref.: BB p. 184. Hepper and Neate, Pl. coll. W. Afr. 12. 1971. 296 BOWER BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 232; BB p. 184; BM 1: 218, 6: 118; CSP 1: 550; DNB 6: 43; Jackson p. 42; Kew 1: 328; PR 1070 (in part). Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 59 [nos. 513-517]. 1966. 691. Excursions in Madeira and Porto Santo, during the autumn of 1823, while on his third voyage to Africa; ... [by Thomas Edward Bowdich]. To which is added, by Mrs [Sarah] Bowdich, I. A narrative of the continuance of the voyage to ... Africa ... II. A description of the English settlements on the river Gambia. III. An appendix: containing zoological and botanical descriptions ... London 1825. Qu. (Exc. Madeira). Publ.: 1825. Botany on pp. 244-267 by Sarah Bowdich. PR mentions a French edition, 1826 (Oct., atlas Qu.), with notes by Cuvier and von Humboldt. — There is further- more a “Botanical appendix. List of plants found in Madeira” (pp. 151-168 by T. E. Bowdich). Copy: Teyler. Ref.: BM 1: 218; CSP 1: 550; Jackson p. 34, 352; PR 1070 (in part). Vallot, Bull. Soc. bot. France 29: 174. 1882. Williams, Bull. Herb. Boissier ser. 2. 7: 84. 1907. Bower, Frederick Orpen (1855-1948), British palaeontologist. (Bower). COLLEcTIons: GL; dupl. MICH; NY. Ref.: IH 2: go. Kent, Brit. herbaria 44. 1947 (ref. to Nature 161: 753). Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 63. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 233; BFM 2263a; BM 1: 218, 6: 1183. Bossert p. 48; CSP 13: 750; IF p. 683; Kew 1: 329; MW p. 51; Moebius p. 127. Reynolds Green, Hist. Bot. 510. 1909. Scott, Proc. Linn. Soc. 1908-09: 32-34. 1909 (Linn. medal.) Anon., Gard. Chron. 48: 374. 1910 (portr.) Barnhart, J. New York Bot. Gard. 12: 120. IgII. Huxley, Life letters Hooker 2: 524 [index]. 1918. Williams, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 68a: 217-220. 1926. Bower, Sixty years of Botany in Britain, London 1938, x1, 112 p. Bergdolt, Karl von Goebel ed. 2. 259. 1940. Lang, Obituary Notices Fellows Roy. Soc. 6: 347-374. 1949 (portr., bibl.) Fletcher, Roy. Bot. Garden Edinburgh 298 [index]. 1970. Godwin, DSB 2: 370-372. 1970 (bibl.) Lenley et al., Cat. Manuscr. Coll. New York Bot. Gard. 46. 1973 (corr.) EPONYMY: Boweria R. Kidston (1911). 692. The origin of a land flora a theory based upon the facts of alternation. London (MacMillan and Co.) 1908. Oct. (Origin land fl.) Orig. ed.: 1908 (not in Nat. Nov.), p. [i]-xi, [xii], [1]-727, 7 fl., figs. 1-361. Copy: U. Facsimile ed.: New York (Hafner) 1967. Ref.: BM 6: 118. Godwin, DSB 2: 371. 1970. 693. The ferns (Filicales) treated comparatively with a view to their natural classifi- cation. Cambridge (University Press) 1923-1928, 3 vols. Oct. (Ferns). Vol. 1: 1923 (p. vi: Dec 1922), p. [i]-vi, [vii-x], [1]-359, figs. 1-309. Copy: BR. Vol. 2: 1926, p. [i-vii], [1]-344, figs. 310-580. Copy: BR. Vol. 3: 1928 (note: Jun 1928), p. [i]-vi, [2, cont., note Jun 1928], [1]-306, figs. 584-755- Copy: BR. Facsimile reprint: Weinheim (J. Cramer) 1963. Ref.: BFM 2263a; Kew 1: 329; MW p. 51. 694. Primitive land plants also known as the Archegoniatae ... with 465 illustrations. London (MacMillan and Co.) 1935. Oct. (Prim. land pl.) Publ.: 1935, p- [i]-xiv, [1]-658, figs. nos. 1-449. Copy: U. 297 BOWERBANK Bowerbank, James Scott (1797-1877), British industrialist and naturalist at London. (Bowerbank). - COLLECTIONS: BM. Ref.: Sherborn, Where is the — collection 21. 1940. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews ed. 2, p. 241; Barnhart 1: 233; BB p. 40; BM 1: 218; CSP 1: 552-553, 6: 602, 7: 237, 9: 325; Jackson p. 182; Kew 1: 329-330; PR 1071; Quenstedt p. 52. Duncan, Quart. J. geol. Soc. London 34: 36-37. 1878. Carrington, Entomologist 10: 169-171. 1877 (portr.) Tyler, J. roy. micr. Soc. 1: 28-30. 1878. Ward, Ann. Rep. U.S. geol. Survey 5: 413. 1885. Woodward, Hist. Geol. Soc. London 326. 1907. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 59. 1966. EPONYMY: Bowerbankella F. M. Reid & M. E. J. Chandler (1933). 695. A history of the fossil fruits and seeds of the London Clay. ... Ulustrated by numerous engravings on copper. London (John Van Voorst) 1840. Oct. + (Hist. fruits London Clay). Publ.: 1840 (p. ii: 28 Mar 1840), p. [i*-11*], [i]-ii, 1-144, pl. 1-77 uncol. liths. by J. de C. Sowerby. Copy: BR. Note in BR copy: “‘The remainder of Bowerbank’s Fossil Fruits was bought at the sale of his effects by Reeves & Turner in 1877. They inserted this title-page and the letter from the Magazine of natural History on the next two pages in the copies they purchased.”’ Ref.: BM 1: 218; Jackson p. 182; Kew 1: 329; PR 1071. Bowman, John Eddowes (1785-1841), British banker and botanist at Wrexham and Manchester. (Bowman). HERBARIUM and TYPES: K; mosses at OXF. Ref.: BB p. 41; 1H 2: 91. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 137. 1964. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 234; BB p. 41; CSP 1: 553-554, 6: 603, 9: 325; DNB 6: 72-73; Kew 1: 330; PR [ed. 2]. Quenstedt p. 52. Murchison, Proc. geol. Soc. London 3: 638-639. 1840 (1842?). Norwich, Proc. Linn. Soc. London 1: 135-136. 1842 (1849). Dallman and Wood, Trans. Liverpool bot. Soc. 1: 61. 1909. EPONYMY: Bowmania P. Gardner (1843). Boyer, Léon (fl. 1890), French mycologist. (Boyer). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart I: 235. 696. Les champignons comestibles et vénéneux de la France ... Avec 50 planches en couleurs par G. Gaulard. Paris (J. B. Bailliére et fils) 1890 [‘1891’]. Oct. (Champ. comest. France). Publ.: Sep-Nov 1890 (p. viii: Aug 1890; Nat. Nov. Nov 1890; t.p. 1891), p. [i]-viii, [1]-156, [1, cont.], pl. 1-50, pl. “‘51” is a printed erratum. Copies: BR; MICH; NY, Stevenson. Obviously antedated, the printer’s mark, 6952-90, also indicates printing in 1890. We have seen no copy with an 1890 imprint. The Michigan copy has a different t.p.: “Atlas des champignons de la Franche-Comté et des départements du sud-est de la France’? Paris 1891, but with exactly the same contents as the other copies here described. The 50 plates are signed by Boyer but attributed to G. Gaulard (chromoliths.) Ref.: LS 3719. 298 BRACKENRIDGE Brackenridge, William Dunlop (1810-1893), Scottish born American botanist, assistant naturalist on the Wilkes expedition. (Brack.) HERBARIUM and types: US (also holding the original drawings and proofs). Ref.: Bartlett, Proc. Amer. philos. Soc. 82: 678. 1940. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 237; BB p. 42; BM 1: 219; Bossert p. 144; DAB; HR, IF p. 684; Kew 1: 333-334; ME 1: 167, 3: 542 [index]; PR 1073. Meehan, Gardener’s Monthly 26: 375-376. 1884 (portr.) Anon., Amer. Florist 8: 678, 695. 1893 (portr.) Maiden, J. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 42: 93. 1908. Barnhart, J. New York Bot. Gard. 20: 117-124. IgIQg. Britten, J. Bot. 57: 263. 1919. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 80. 1936. Haskell, Bull. New York Public Library 44: 93-112. 1940; 45: 69-90, 507-532, 821-858 (portr. opp. 838). 1941; 46: 103-150. 1942 (main bibl. Expl. Exp.). Rodgers, John Torrey 337 [index]. 1942. Eastwood, Calif. hist. Soc. Quart. 24: 337-342. 1945. Maloney et al., Calif. hist. Soc. Quart. 24: 321-342. 1945 (California journey; repr. of Br.’s journal 1-28 Oct 1841; Eastwood, list of plants). Ewan, Rocky Mountain naturalists 168. 1950. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 7-75. 1950. Ewan, in A century of progress in the natural sciences 45. 1955. McVaugh, Edward Palmer to. 1959. Thomas, Contr. Dudley Herb. 5: 150. 1961. Ewan, Short hist. bot. U.S. 8, 9, 42, 97. 1965. Coats, The plant hunters 295, 297-299, 309. 1969. Martin, zm Lenley et al., Index corr. Torrey 448. 1973. EPONYMY: Brackenridgea A. Gray (1854). 697. United States Exploring Expedition. During the years 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842. Under the command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. vol. xvi. Botany. Cryptogamia. Filices, including Lycopodiaceae and Hydropterides by William D. Brackenridge. With a folio atlas of forty-six plates. Philadelphia (C. Sherman) 1854. Qu. (in twos) (U.S. Expl. exped., Filic.) Official issue: (half title ‘‘... Expedition. By authority of Congress’’), Sep-Nov 1854, p. [i]-viii, [1]-357. Copies: (Haskell no. 64). Number of copies printed: 100 (24 destroyed by fire). Copies: NY, US. Unofficial issue: (half title lacks “‘By authority of Congress’), p. [1]-vili, [1]-357. Copies: BM (Haskell no. 65). Number of copies printed probably too all but 10 of which were destroyed by fire. Facsimile ed. (of official issue): Lehre (J. Cramer) 1971, Historiae naturalis classica, Tomus 87(2); p. [i*-iv*], [i]-viii, [1]-357. Copies: G, FAS. Ref.: BM 1: 219; IF p. 684; Jackson p. 224; ME 2: 670; NI 2153; PR 1073; IDC 998(1). Hooker, J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 8: 92-95. 1856. Barnhart, J. New York Bot. Gard. 20: 117-124. 1919. Bartlett, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. 82: 673-679. 1940. Haskell, Bull. New York Publ. Library 45: 839-842. 1941. Stafleu, Taxon 21: 171. 1972. 698. [First six lines as in no. 697] Atlas. Botany. Cryptogamia. Filices, including Lycopo- diaceae and Hydropterides. By William D. Brackenridge. By Authority of Congress. Philadelphia (C. Sherman) 1855. Fol. (U.S. Expl. exped., Atlas crypt.) Official issue: 1855, p. [1]-7, pl. r-46, uncol. by W. S. Lawrence, edited by Joseph Drayton (original drawings and proofs at US). Copies: K, NY, US. - Number of copies printed: 100 (24 destroyed by fire), see Haskell no. 66. Unofficial issue: 1855, p. [1]-7, pl. 1-46 as above. “By Authority of Congress” lacking from t.p. Copy: BM. — Only 10 copies left, see Haskell no. 67. Facsimile ed. (of official issue): [Lehre (J. Cramer) 1971] as above. Copy: FAS. 299 BRADE Brade, Alexander Curt (1881-1971), German born botanist who worked in Brazil. (A. C. Brade). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: RB, duplicates in many herbaria. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 237; Bossert p. 49; IF suppl. 3: 202, suppl. 4: 314; Kew 1: 334-336. Ascherson, Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 50: xiv-xv. 1909. Pabst, Taxon 16: 161-167. 1967 (portr., bibl.) Anon., Begonian 38: 242. 1971. Mattick, Willdenowia 6: 211-214. 1971 (portr.) Pabst, Bradea 1: 69-72. 1971 (portr., bibl.) Lellinger, Amer. Fern J. 62(1): 23. 1972. Markgraf, Bot. Jb. 93: 1-8. 1973 (itin. Costa Rica 1908-1910). EPONYMY (genus): Bradea Standley ex Brade (1932); (journal): Bradea boletin do Herbarium Bradeanum. Rio de Janeiro. Vol. 1-x, 1969-x. Bradley, Richard (1688-1732), English botanist, professor of botany at Cambridge. (Bradley). HERBARIUM and TyPES: Specimens in Sloane herbarium through Petiver. Some manus- cripts in CGE. Ref.: Dandy, The Sloane herbarium 95. 1958. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 238; BB p. 42; BM 1: 220, 6: 119; DNB6: 172; Henrey 482-511(!); Jackson p. 67, 125; Kew 1: 336-337; Langman p. 152; LS 3735a; Moebius p. 341, 351, 404; NI 221; PR 1075-1081, PR (ed. 1) 1216-1223. Pulteney, Sketches 2: 129-133. 1790. Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks 5: 173 [index]. 1800. Sprengel, Gesch. Bot. 2: 165-166, 229. 1818. Dict. Sci. Méd. Biogr. Méd. 2: 504, 506. 1820. Smith, J. E., Correspondence 2: 387. 1832. Thomas, Bull. brit. Soc. Hist. Sci. 1: 176-178. 1952. Rowley, in Introduction to R. Bradley, Coll. writings succulent plants xxi-xxii. 1964. Butterfield, J. Cactus Succ. Soc. Amer. 40(2): 53-56. 1968. Egerton, J. Hist. Biol. 2(2): 391-410. 1969. Egerton, Notes Rec. Roy. Soc. London 25(1): 59-77. 1970. Egerton, Med. Hist. 14(1): 53-62. 1970. Rowley, in Herre, The genera of Mesembryanthemaceae 40. 1971. Tjaden, Bull. Afr. Succ. Pl. Soc. 8(4): 132-135. 1972, 8(5): 182-185. 1973, 8(6): 224-227. 1974, 9(1): 5-12. 1974, 9(2): 57-60. 1974, 9(5): 143-147. 1974, 9(6): 168-169. 1975, IO(1I): 21-22. 51-53, 10(3): 76-77. 1975, 10(4): 105-106. 1975. Ronan, DSB 2: 390. 1974 (bibl.) EPONYMY: Braddleya [sic] Vellozo (1825); Bradleja [sic] Banks ex J. Gaertner (1790); Bradleya O. Kuntze (1891, orth. var.) 699. The history of succulent plants containing the Aloes, Ficoid’s (or Fig-Marygolds) Torch- Thistles, Melon-Thistles, and such others as are not capable of an Hortus-siccus. Engrav- ed, from the originals, on copper plates. With their descriptions, and manner of culture. London (1-3: author, 4-5: William Mears) 1716-1727, 5 Decades. Qu. (Hist. succ. pl.) Decade pages plates date I [ii-viii], 1-11, [12, err.] I-10 1716 2 [i-iv], 1-11, [12] II-20 1717 3 [ii-iv], 1-12 [1, dir.] 21-30 1725 4 [ii-iv], 1-18 [i, dir.] 31-40 1727 5 [ii-iv], 7-18 [1, dir.] 41-50 1727 300 BRAITHWAITE Copy: NY. — Alternative t.p. for each decade: “Historia plantarum succulentarum: com- plectens hasce insequentes plantas, ... cultura.”” An advertising pamphlet, Treatise of succulent planis, London 1710, p. [1-6], is reproduced in the 1964 facsimile edition. The 49 plates are numbered 1-25, 26/27, 28-50; in some copies they are hand coloured. — Copies vary, see Henrey 490-491. Reissued 1734, London (W. Mears), new gen. t.p., rest same. Second edition, corrected, London (J. Hodges) 1739. Qu. — Unchanged reprint with the omission of the five sets of double title pages accompanying the five decades and the provisions of a single new t.p. in English. [80] p., 50 plates on 49 lvs. Qu. Copy: HU, p. [i]-vi, 1-11, pl. r-ro0, [i-ii], 1-11, pl. rz-20; [i-ii], 1-12, pl. 27-30, [1, dir. bin.], [i-ii], 1-18, pl. 31-40, [1, dir. bin.]; [i-ii], 7-18, pl. 4r-50, [1, dir. bin.]. Facsimile ed.: London (Gregg Press) 1964, with intr. by G. D. Rowley, p. [i]-xiv, advertising pamphlet 1710, followed by repr. of the History and the other writings. Ref.: BM 1: 220; DU 49; GF p. 51; Jackson p. 125; Langman p. 153; NI 221; PR 1075. Rowley, Cactus and Succ. J. Great Britain 16: 30-31, 54-55, 78-81. 19543 see also Taxon 1: 134. 1952. Butterfield, J. Cactus Soc. Amer. 40(2): 53-56. 1968. Braithwaite, Robert (1824-1917), British bryologist. (Braithw.) HERBARIUM and Types: BM, dupl. at B and K. — Exsiccatae: Sphagnaceae britannieae exstccatae (nos. 1-53. London, Apr-Jul 1877) at BM, E, G, NY; (66 sets issued). Ref.: BB p. 43; 1H 2: 92. Brainerd, Monthly micr. J. vols. 6-14, 1871-75 (descr. of exsicc.) Kent, Brit. herbaria 44. 1953. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 184-185. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 239; BB p. 43; Bossert p. 50; BM 1: 221; CSP 7: 241, 9: 328, 13: 761; Jackson p. 241, 626; Kew 1: 339; NI 222-299. Anon., Naturalist 1917: 361-363 (portr.) Sheppard, J. Roy. micr. Soc. 1917: 560. Britten, J. Bot. 56: 23-25. 1918. Jackson, Proc. Linn. Soc. 1917/8: 35-37. 1918. Anon., Rev. bryol. 48: 48. 1921. Lenley et al., Gat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 47. 1973 (archival material, corr.) EPONYMY: Braithwaitea S. O. Lindberg (1872). 7oo. The British moss-flora. London (author) 3 vols. [1880-]1887-1905. Oct. (Brit. moss. fl.) dates in book vol. part pages plates or on cover J. Bot. Nat. Nov. I 1 [1]-16 I-2 1 Mai1880* Mair1880 Jun 1880 2 [17]-32 3-4. 1 Jul 1880* Aug 1880 — Sep 1880 3 33-61 5-9 1 Nov 1880* Jan 1881 Jan 1881 4 63-81 ro-12,12* 1 Apr 1881* Mai 1881 Mai 1881 5 [83]-114 14-16 mOct 151" Mar 1882 Mar 1882 6 = [115]-146 17-20 Oct 1882 Dec 1882 = Sep 1883 7 [147]-178, [179] 21-26 Jul 1883 Sep 1883 8 181-212 27-32 Oct 1884 Nov 1884 Mar 1885 Q 213-244 33-30 Sep 1885 Oct 1885 IO =. 245-315, [1*], 37-45 Jun 1887 Jul 1887 Aug 1887 {i]-x, [2, ind.] Ohara Teel (o]=50 46-53 Sep 1888 Nov 1888 — Dec 1888 I2 57-104 54-60 Aug 1889 Oct 1889 13 [105]-142 61-66 Aug 1890 Nov 1890 ~— Nov 1890 14 143-182 67-72 Jun 1892 Aug 1892 ~=Aug 1892 301 BRAITHWAITE dates in book vol. part pages plates or on cover J. Bot. Nat. Nov. 15 183-217 73-78 Dec 1893 Mar 1894 Mar 1894 16 [219 ]-268, [i] 79-84 Apr 1895 Jun 1895 Jul 1895 Sine ME =30 85-g0 Nov 1896 Feb 1897. Apr 1897 18 37-64 91-96 Jan 1898 Apr 1898 Jun 1898 19 65-96 97-102 Feb 1899 Jun 1899 = Jun 1899 20 97-128 103-108 Dec 1900 Jun 1901 [sic] 21 129-168 109-114 Apr 1902 Aug 1902 22 169-200 115-120 Mar 1903 Jul 1903 23. 201-274, [i-v], [2] r2z-128 Mai 1905 Aug 1905 Copies: BR, G, MU, NY (original covers), U. — Each volume has the following t.p.’s: a. Vol. rz. Acrocarpous mosses, [quotation Spencer]. London s.d. 2. Acrocarpous mosses, [idem]. London s.d. 3. Pleurocarpous mosses and Sphagna, [idem]. London s.d. b. Vol. 1. Acrocarpi 1. [list of families]. London 1887. 2. Acrocarpi 2. [idem.] London 1888-1895. 3. Pleurocarpi [idem]. London 1890-1905. Year dates of parts on 3: 274. — A “‘Check-list of British mosses’’ for vol. 1 was publ. Sep-Oct 1887. Ref.: BM 1: 221; Jackson p. 241; Kew 1: 339; NI 222; IDC 6199. yor. The Sphagnaceae or peat-mosses of Europe and North America. London (Hardwicke & Bogue) 1878. Oct. (Sphagnac. Europe). First issue: Sep-Dec 1878 (pref. Sep 1878; Nat. Nov. Jan 1879), p. [i-vii], [1]-91, pl. 1-29 with text. Copy: Steere. — Apparently scarce, all other copies seen have the 1880 imprint. Second issue: Jan-Aug 1880 (t.p. 1880; Nat. Nov. Sep 1880), p. [1i-vii], [1]-91, pl. 1-29 with text, errata slip between p. 46/47. Copies: BR, G, L, MO, NY, Steere. — Imprint: London (David Bogue) 1880. Oct. Plates: partly coloured lithographs by author. Ref.: BM 1: 221; Jackson 626; Kew 1: 339; NI 223; IDC 7511-7512. Brand, August (1863-1930), German highschool teacher at Frankfurt a.O. and botanist. (A. Brand). HERBARIUM and TYPES: B. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 240; BM 1: 120; CSP 13: 763; DTS 6(4): 118, 119; Kew 1: 339; Langman p. 152; MW p. 51, 52. Anon., Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 71: 1. 1931. COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) Contributed to Engler, Pflanzenreich: (a) Hydrophyllaceae, Leipzig 1913 (27 Mai 1913), 20 p., 178 figs. (Heft 59). (b) Borraginaceae, Leipzig 1921 (22 Nov 1921), 183 p., 197 figs. (Heft 78). (c) Idem II, Leipzig 1931 (27 Feb 1931), 236 p., 159 figs. (Heft 97). (d) Polemoniaceae, Leipzig 1907 (9 Feb 1907), 203 p., 207 figs. (Heft 27). (e) Symplocaceae, Leipzig 1901 (5 Nov 1got), 100 p., 9 figs. (Heft 6). (2) Koch, Synopsis der deutschen und schweizer Flora, ed. 3, herausgegeben von F. Hallier; Brand contributed various families to vol. 2, idem to vol. 3 for which he also acted as editor. Leipzig 1892-1907. Brandegee, Mary Katherine Layne Curran (1844-1920), American botanist in California, wife of T. S. Brandegee. (A. Brandegee). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Although Mrs Brandegee was curator of botany of CAS 1883- 1894, most of her collections are now at UC. See under T. S. Brandegee for details and references. 302 BRANDES BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 240, see further under T. S. Brandegee. Setchell, Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 13: 156-178. 1926. Jones, Contr. west. Bot. 18: 12-18. 1933 (portr.) Ewan, Amer. midland Nat. 27: 772-789. 1942. Ewan et al., Leaflets west. Bot. 7(3): 103 [index]. 1953. Jaeger, Calico Print 9: 8-10, 33. 1953 (““Bold Kate Brandegee’’). Ewan, in A century of Progress in the natural sciences 45. 1955. Herre, Katherine Brandgee, a reply to a fantasy by J. Ewan. University of Washington s.d. (1956?) Cantelow, Leaflets west. Botany 8: 86. 1957. Dayton and Blake, Rhodora 59: 161-168. 1957 (Tidestrom & Greene). Ewan, Not so wild a fantasy, mss. 1957. Dupree and Gade, in E. T. James et al., Notable American Women 228-229. 1971. (original information). EPONYMY: Brandegea A. Clogpavenss (1890) is dedicated to Townsend Stith Brandegee (1843-1925), q.V. TARY She Brandegee, Townsend Stith (1843-1925), American botanist in California. G@le 1S: Brandegee). HERBARIUM and types: UC, duplicates in many herbaria. See Ewan (1942) for a detailed guide to the collections by T. S. Brandegee as well as of his wife Mary Katharine (Layne) (Curran) Brandegee (1844-1920), curator of botany of CAS 1883-1894. Ref.: 1H 2: 93. Ewan, Amer. midland Nat. 27: 772-789. 1942 (bibl. guide to Brandegee botanical coll.) BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 240; BL 1: 150, 166, 167, 168; BM 1: 221; Bossert p. 50; CSP 9: 329, 12: 112, 13: 763; Kew 1: 339; Langman 153-154; Zander ed. 10, p. 595. Allison, Univ. Colorado Stud. Bot. 6: 53. 1908. Setchell, Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 13: 155-177. pl. 13-14. 1926 (portr., bibl.) Jones, Contr. west. Botany 15: 15-18. 1929. Ewan, Rocky Mountain Naturalists 170. 1950. Moran, Madrofio 11(6): 221-252. 1952 (mexican itin.) Ewan et al., Leaflets west. Bot. 7(3): 103 [index]. 1953. Ewan, zn A century of progress in the natural sciences 45. 1955. Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 321. 1945, ser. 2. 2: 152. 1955. Cantelow and Cantelow, Leaflets west. Bot. 8: 86-87. 1957. McVaugh, Edward Palmer 102, 300. 1959. Humphrey, Makers of N. Amer. Bot. 37-38. 1961. Thomas, Contr. Dudley Herb. 5: 150. 1961. Thomas, Huntia 3: 26. 1969 (portr.) Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(3): 298. 1975. COMPOSITE WORKS: Zoe, a biological journal, T. S. Brandegee, editor vols. 1-4, 1890- 1894. EPONYMY: Brandegea A. Cogniaux (1890). Brandes, Edvard (Schépfer), German plagiarist and compiler of pseudopopular medical and botanical papers. (Brandes). NOTE: Edvard Brandes is a pseudonym for a German plagiarist who put together, for purely commercial purposes, adventure stories and popular science books by trans- cribing parts of works by others. He also fabricated a Taschenbuch der deutschen Flora Nordhausen 1845, under the pseudonym “‘Professor Dr Herold.” Brandes was one of the other pseudonyms: the man’s proper name was either Schépfer or Schroepfer (see e.g. PR 4004 and Schlechtendal 1847). 393 BRANDES BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 1: 221; Jackson p. 293; PR 1083. Anon., Flora 25: 758. 28 Dec 1842. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 5: 14-15, 518. 1847. EPONYMY: Brandesia C. F. P. Martius (1826) is dedicated to Rudolph Brandes (1795- 1842), German apothecary. 702. Die Flora Teutschlands und der angrenzenden Lander. Nach einem neuen Systeme, durch welches auch dem Anfanger in der Botanik das schnelle und richtige Bestimmen aller aufgefundenen Pflanzen moglich wird. Stolberg am Harz (Joseph Schlegel) 1846. Oct. (Fl. Teutschl.) Publ.: 1846 (before Nov), p. [i]-lxxxv, [Ixxvi, err.], [1]-418, [i]-x. Copies: B, NY. — A plagiarism, mainly taken from Koch’s ‘Taschenbuch (1844) and published under a pseudonym. Ref.: BM 1: 22; Jackson p. 293; PR 1083. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 4: 814-815. 20 Nov 1846, 5: 14-15, 1 Jan 1847. Frey, Flora 35: 613-614. 1852. Brandes, Wilhelm (x-1916), German botanist at Hannover, later in Hermannsburg. (W. Brandes). HERBARIUM and Types: HAN. Ref.: 1H 2:93. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 240; BM 1: 321; BFM a1, 28, 29; CSP 1: 573, 12: 115, 13: 768; Kew 1: 340. Anon., Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 35: 579. 1917. 703. Flora der Proving Hannover. Verzeichnis der in der Provinz Hannover vorkommen- den Gefasspflanzen nebst Angabe ihrer Standorte. Hannover, Leipzig (Hahn) 1897. Oct. (Fl. Prov. Hannover). Publ.: Dec 1897 (Nat. Nov. eatly Jan 1898), p. [i]-vi, [1, expl.], [1]-542, [1, err.] Copy: L. Ref.: BFM 21; BM 1: 221. Brandis, Sir Dietrich (1824-1907), German botanist, originally at Bonn, later Inspector-General of Forests, India, author on forestry and forest trees. (Brandis). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: HBG, much material also at A, BONN and K. Ref: BB pi43s LE 2:93. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(2): 4463; Barnhart 1: 241; BB p. 43; BM 1: 222, 6: 120; Bossert p. 50; CSP 7: 242, 13: 765; DNB suppl. 2(1): 217; Jackson p. 526 [index]; Kew 1: 340-341; KR p. 100; LS 3740; NI 224-225; PR 1084-1085. Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 17. 1906. Britten, J. Bot. 45: 288. 1907. Jackson, Proc. Linn. Soc. 1907/08: 46-48. 1908. Hill, Trans. bot. Soc. Edinburgh 23: 363-365. 1908. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 80-81. 1936. Burkill, Chapt. hist. bot. India 236 [index]. 1965. COMPOSITE WORKS: Contributed to EP ed. r: (a) Dipterocarpaceae, in Il. 6: 243-273. 1895; [suppl. Gilg, Nachtr. 2-4: 250. 1870; Gilg, Erganzungsheft 1: 45. 1900]. (b) Combretaceae, in III. 7: 106-130. 1893; [suppl. Engler, Nachtr. 2-4: 261-263. 1897]. EPONYMY: Brandisia J. D. Hooker & T. ‘Thomson (1865). 704. The forest flora of North-West and Central India: a handbook of the indigenous trees and shrubs of those countries. Commenced by the late J. Lindsay Stewart, M.D. ... 304 BRANDT continued and completed by Dietrich Brandis ... prepared at the Herbarium of the Royal Gardens, Kew. Published under the Authority of the Secretary of State for India in council. London (W. H. Allen & Co.) 1874. Oct. (Forest fl. N.W. India). Co-author: John Lindsay Stewart (x-1873). Publ.: Mar-Sep 1874 (pref. p. xvi: Mar 1874; Bot. Zeit. 6 Nov 1874), p. [i]-xxxi, [1 ]-608. Copy: HH. -—A facsimile reprint, Dehra Dun 1972 (n.v.), is offered by the trade. Atlas: Illustrations of the Forest flora of North-West and Central India. Commenced ... drawn by Walter Fitch, F.L.S. ... London (W. H. Allen & Co.) 1874. Qu., p. [1]-5, pl. 1-70, uncoloured lithographs. Ref.: Jackson p. 386; NI 225. 705. Indian trees an account of trees, shrubs, woody climbers, bamboos and palms indigenous or commonly cultivated in the British Indian Empire. London (Archibald Constable & Co.) 1906. Oct. (Indian trees). Ed. 1 (impression): Nov 1906 (Brandis sent a copy to Sargent on 22 Nov 1906; Nat. Nov. Dec 1906), p. [i]-xxxiv, [1]-767, err.: [xxxiii]-xxxiv. Copy: HH. —- The HH copy has a letter from Brandis to Sargent, dated Bonn 29 Nov 1906, in which he mentions having sent a copy to him “a week ago,” stating “‘My book is the result of 8 year’s hard work at Kew and here at Bonn ....” Second impression: 1906, London (Archibald Constable & Co.), p. [i]-xxxii, [1]-767. Copy: DS. — “The errata having been corrected.” Second impression, second issue: 1907, as above except for date. Copy: MO. Third impression: 1911, London (Constable & Co.), p. [i]-xxxii, [1]-767. Copy: HH. Fourth impression: 1921, London (Constable and Company), p. [i]-xxxii, [1]-767. Copy: HH. Fifth impression (facsimile): Oct 1971, Dehra Dun (Bishen Singh), p. [i]-xxxii, [1]-767. Copy: US. Ref.: BM 1: 120; MW suppl. p. 28; NI 224; IDC 7305. Britten, J. Bot. 45: 36-37. Jan 1907. Brandt, Johann Friedrich [von] (1802-1879), German botanist, at St. Petersburgh from 1832 onward. (Brandt). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown, later material probably at LE. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 47: 182-184; Barnhart 1: 24; BM 1: 222, 6: 120; Bossert p. 50; CSP 1: 572-577, 6: 603, 7: 243-245, 9: 331, 13: 766-767; Langman p. 346; MW p. 52; NI 226; LS 3742; Plesch p. 251; PR 1089-1091; Quenstedt p. 55. Engelmann, Bibl. hist. nat. 658 [index]. 1846 (bibl.) Geinitz, Leopoldina 16: 20-21. 1880. Ratzeburg, Forstwiss. Schriftst. Lex., Berlin 1874, p. 72-76. Sorby, Quart. J. geol. Soc. London 36 (proc.): 44. 1880. Steindachner, Alman. Akad. Wien 1880: 172-174. Carozzi, DSB 2: 422-423. 1970 (bibl.) FESTSCHRIFT: Das ftinfzigjahrige Doctorjubilaum des Akademikers Geh. J. F. Brandt. St. Petersburg 1877, 105 p. (portr.) (contains an Index operum omnium). EPONYMY: Brandtia Kunth (1831). 706. Flora berolinensis sive descriptio plantarum phanerogamarum circa Berolinum sponte crescentium vel in agris cultarum, additis filicibus et charis. Berlin (Flittner) 1825. Duod. (FI. berol.) Publ.: 1824 (p. x: cal. Junii [no year]), p. [i]-liv, [1]-373. Copies: B, HH. — The author’s name is not mentioned on the title page. — Both the B and HH copies have an 1825 imprint. We have seen no copy with an 1824 reprint, but see BM. Ref.: BM 1: 222; PR 1089. 707. Tabellarische Uebersicht der officinellen Gewdchse. Berlin [1829]-1830. Fol. (n.v.) ( Tabell. Uebers. off. Gew.) 395 BRANDT Publ.: 1829-1830 [fide PR; at Michaelmas fair 1830], 3 folio tabl. Ref.: BM 1: 222; PR 10go. Anon., Flora 13(2) Beil. 25. Sep-Oct 1830 (offered at Leipzig Michaelmas fair). 708. Abbildung und Beschreibung der in Deutschland wildwachsenden und in Garten im Freien ausdauernden Giftgewdachse nach natiirlichen Familien erlautert von Dr. J. F. Brandt, ... und Dr. J. T. C. Ratzeburg, ... Erste Abtheilung. Phanerogamen. Berlin (A. Hirsch- wald). Qu. (Abb. Beschr. Deutschl. Gifigew.) Co-authors: Julius Christian Ratzeburg (1801-1871) for Abth. 1, text and for Abth. 2 as - co-editor; Philipp Phoebus (1804-1880), text Abth. 2, see below. Vol. r: (t.p. as above), second t.p. ““Deutschlands phanerogamische Gewachse,”’ p. [ii]- vi, [1, ded.], [1]-200 [p. vi: Aug 1834], pl. 1-4. Copy: L. — Publ. 1828-1834 in 10 Hefte (1 by Sep 1828, 2 by Apr 1839, 4/5 by 31 Mar 1830, 6 by Oct 1832, 8-10 by Oct 1834). Vol. 2: ‘“‘Abbildung ... von Dr J. F. Brandt, ... Dr P. Phoebus, ... und Dr J. T. C. Ratzeburg, ... Zweite Abtheilung. Kryptogamen. “‘Berlin (A. Hirschwald) 1838. Qu. Copy: L. — Second t.p.: Deutschlands kryptogamische Giftgewachse in Abbildungen und Beschreibungen von Dr P. Phoebus,” p. [ii]-xii, [1]-114, fl. 1-9 (col.), [pref. Jun 1838], publ. Jun-Dec 1838 (Flora 7 Jan 1839). Ed. 2 (of vol. 1 only): “‘Deutschlands phanerogamische Giftgewachse in Abbildungen und Beschreibungen. Zweite verbesserte und vermehrte Ausgabe. Berlin (August Hirschwald) 1838. Qu., p. [ii*-111*], [iii]-[viii], [1]-200, pl. 1-48 (partly col.) Copy: NY. — Publ.: Oct 1838 (pref. Jun 1838; BH). Nachtrége: Berlin (A. Hirschwald) Dec 1838. Qu., p. 1-34, 7 pl. (Flora 21 Jan 1839; ABD) 28 Dec 1838). Ref.: BM 1: 224; NI 226; PR 1001. Brandza, Dimitrie (1846-1895), Roumanian botanist. (D. Brandzda). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Destroyed during World War II (fide C. Vaczy). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 241; BM 1: 224, 6: 121, 159; Bossert p. 50; CSP 13: 767; Jackson p. 314, 507; Kew 1: 341-342. Stefureac, Stud. Cerc. Biol., Bot. 19(2): 191-195. 1967, 24(2): 169-172. 1972. Pop, Contr. Bot., Cluj, Roumania 1973: 7-15. POSTAGE STAMPS: Roumania 475 I. (1962) yv. 52 709. Prodromul floret Romane satii enumeratiunea plantelor pana astad-di cunoscute in Moldova si Valachia. Bucarest (Academiei Romane) 1879-1883. Qu. (Prodr. fl. Romdne). Part 1: 1879 or early 1880 (Nat. Nov. Mai 1880, p. x: 10 Nov 1879), p. vii-lxx, [1]-128. Copy: HH. Part 2: Jan-Mai 1883 (Mag. Nov. Lap. Jun 1883, Nat. Nov. Jun 1883), p. [i]-vi, Ixxi- Ixxxiv, 129-568. Copy: HH. Ref.: BM 1: 224; Jackson 314; Kew 1: 341. Stearn, J. Bot. 79: 191. 1941. Brandza, Marcel Alex (1868-1934), Roumanian mycologist. (M. Brandza). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Specimens collected and distributed by Brandza are at BM, BP, BUC, CERN, IA, NU, P and W. - Series of the Myxomycétes de Roumanie are e.g. at FH, IA and NY. Ref.: 1H 2: 93. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 241; Bossert p. 50; CSP 13: 767; Kew 1: 342; LS Suppl. 3530-3542. 710. Mycomycétes de Roumanie [exsiccati]. (Myxomyc. Roumanie). Publ.: Issued in several sets or editions. The following information is taken from H. W. Rickett who did not see a complete run. His data (from covers at NY and citations in Hedwigia) are: ‘ 306 BRAUN, A. C. H. series fasc. numbers. date series fasc. numbers. date I I I-30 Jan 1920 3 4. gi-102. Mai 1924 2 I I-30 Oct 1922 5 103-114. Mai 1924 2 31-60 Oct 1922 6 115-126 Jan 1926 3 61-90 Oct 1922 3 I I-16 Mar 1924 4 I I-12 2 17-32 Mar 1924 2 13-24 1925 3 33-90 = 4-8 37-96 1925 Ref.: Rickett, NAF 1(1): 155. 1949. Braun, Alexander Carl Heinrich (1805-1877), German botanist, outstanding mor- phologist, professor of botany at Karlsruhe, Freiburg, Giessen and Berlin. (A. Braun). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: B (mostly destroyed) ; some early collections at LZ (destroyed), other material at FB, GIESSEN, H, HBG, KR, OXF (see IH). Algal material at L and PC. The OXF material was collected before 1835 and came with the Steudel herbarium. Rep GR ps 7s lel 2s 94. Anon., Flora 61: 16. 1 Jan 1878 (herb. bought for B); J. Bot. 16: 96. 1878. Candolle, Phytographie 399. 1880. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 137. 1964. Koster, Taxon 18: 550. 1969. EXSICCATAE: Die Characeen Europas in getrockneten Exemplaren, under Mitwirkung meh- rer Freunde der Botanik, gesammelt und herausgegeben von Prof. A. Braun, L. Raben- horst, und E. Stizenberger. (Fasc. 1-5, nos. 1-121. Dresden 1857-1878) : fasc. numbers date fasc. numbers date I I-25 Oct-Nov 1857 4. 76-100 Mar 1870 2 26-50 Oct-Nov 1859 5 IoI-121 Jun-Jul 1878 3 51-75 Sep-Oct 1867 Sets: AUT, B, BM, C, FH, G, L, LD, LE, M, MANCH, NY, PC, S, SI, UPS. Ref.: PR 10543. Braun, A., Conspectus systematicus Characearum Europaearum, 1867. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 63. 1969 (full details). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 47: 163-165; AG I: 40, 4: 52, 5(1): 270, 12(3): 573; Andrews ed. 2, p. 241; Barnhart 1: 242; BL 1: 34; BM 1: 225-226; Bossert p. 50; CSP 1: 583-585, 7: 248, 12: 116; DNB 2: 5489; DTS 1: 30, 6(4): 19; Frank p. 13-14; GR p. 7; IF p. 684; Jackson p. 526 [index]; Kew 1: 343-344; Langman p. 155; Laségue p. 566 [index]; LS 3754-3772; Moebius p. 448 [index]; MW p. 52; NDB 2: 548; PR 1095-1108, 1112, 10543; Saccardo 1: 37, 2: 23; Zander ed. 10, p. 595. Ratzeburg, Forstwiss. Schriftsteller Lexikon 76-80. 1874. Martens, Bad. Biogr. 1: 125-128. 1875. Sachs, Gesch. Bot. 185-195. 1875 (biased). Low et al., Tafel-Lieder fiir das zu Ehren des Herrn Prof. A. B. am 19 Mai 1876 statt- findende Festmal [Berlin 1876], 8 p. Copy: B. Caspary, Alexander Braun’s Leben, Regensburg 1877, repr. from Flora 60: 433-442, 445-457, 495-471, 497-507, 513-579. 1877. Caspary, J. Bot. 15: 321-327. 1877 (portr.) (repr. p. i-vil). Gray, Am. J. Sci. ser. 3. 13: 4.71. 1877, Sci. Papers 2: 403-405. 1889. Mettenius, Leopoldina 13: 33, 50-60, 66-72. 1877 (bibl.) Kny, Nachruf auf A.B., postscriptum to Braun, Uber den Samen, Berlin 1878, 10 p. List & Franke, Verzeichniss von Werken ... aus dem Nachlasse ... A.B., Leipzig 1878 (sales catalogue of A.B.’s library, 4487 items, 142 p. Copy: B). Fichter, Rede bei der Enthiillung des Denkmals von A.B. 1879 [repr. 4 p. Copies: B, DS]. Eichler, Leopoldina 15: 163-165. 1879. 307 BRAUN, A. C. H. Mettenius, Alexander Braun’s Leben. Berlin 1882. Engler, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 23: 203-206. 1905. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 120, 121. 1903, 3(3): 120. 1905 (portr.) Reynolds Green, Hist. bot. 510. 1909. Bay, Flora Gesamt-Register 26-100: 5. 1910. Wood and Imahori, Revision Characeae 797-799. 1965 (bibl.) Geison, DSB 2: 425-427. 1970 (bibl.) Lurie, Louis Agassiz 435 [index]. 1970. Guédeés, Epistéme 7(1): 32-52. 1973. Magdefrau, Gesch. Bot. 128-131, 309 [index]. 1973. COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) Contributed to Lehmann, Plantae preissianae (1844-1847). (2) Botanischer Anhang 1, in Rohlfs, Quer durch Afrika, vol. 2. 1875. (3) Characeae, in Cohn, Arypt. Fl. Schlesien vol. 1. 1876. (4) The Flora cryptogamica badensis which Braun was to write as part of Gmelin’s Flora badensis was never published. EPONYMY: Braunia Bruch, W. P. Schimper & Giimbel (1846); Braunia R. Givulesco (1970). Note: Braunia J. Rick (1934), Brauniella J. Rick ex R. Singer (1955), and Brauniellula A. H. Smith & R. Singer (1959) are dedicated to father Braun, about whom no further details are known (cf. R. Singer, Lilloa 26: 102. 1953); Braunsia Schwantes (1928) is dedicated to Hans Heinrich Justus Brauns (1857-1929), German born physician in South Africa. quire Uebersicht der schweizerischen Characeen. Ein Beitrag zur Flora der Schweiz von Alexander Braun. s.1. [Solothurn (Jent und Gussman) ], s.d. [1847] Qu. (Uebers. schweiz. Charac.) Publ.: 1847 (date on p. 23: Jun 1847), p. [1]-23. Copy: PCS. — Reprinted, but not identi- fied as such, from Neue Denkschr. Schweiz. Ges. Naturw. 10(3): 1-23. Ref.: Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 7: 872. 1849. Henfrey, Bot. Gaz. 692. 2: 29-37. 1850. 712. [p. i:] Programm zur Feier des Geburtsfestes seiner kéniglichen Hoheit unseres Durchlauchtigsten Grossherzogs Leopold den 29. August 1849. Im Namen der Albert- Ludwigs-Universitat der dermalige Prorector Dr. Alexander Braun. Inhalt: Betrachtungen tiber die Erscheinung der Verjiingung in der Natur. Freiburg im Breisgau (Hermann M. Poppen) 1849 [1850]. Qu. (Betracht. Erschein. Verjiing. Natur). Publ.: Almost certainly not in 1849 but only in the course of the summer of 1850. Freiburg was the scene of serious revolutionary unrest in the summer of 1849; the Prussian army restored order late July 1849, Braun was away from Freiburg from 31 July-1 September 1849 to obtain the release of prisoners in Rastatt. Braun was still working at the mss. in October 1849, sending it to the printers in small parts. The fact that the t.p. refers to Braun as the ‘‘dermalige’”’ Prorector is significant because Braun was Prorector from 30 Apr 1849 until May 1850. Hofmeister in Leipzig was in receipt of a copy on 14. Oct 1850; a copy was sent to R6per on 25 Oct 1850. The t.p. [i] has the above text, p. [iii] has ““Betrachtungen iiber die Erscheinung der Verjiingung in der Natur, insbesondere in der Lebens- und Bildungsgeschichte der Pflanze.”’ Pagination: [i]-xvi, [1]-363, [364, err.], pl. 1-3. Copy: PCS. Commercial issue: Leipzig 1851, Qu., p. [i*], [i]-xiv, [1]-363, [364, err.] Copy: L. Title: ““Betrachtungen ... Pflanze von Dr Alexander Braun, ordentlichem Professor der Botanik in Giessen. Mit drei illuminirten Tafeln. Leipzig, Verlag von Wilhelm Engelmann. 1851.” English translation by A. Henfrey, The phenomenon of rejuvenesce in nature especially in the life and development of plants, in A. Henfrey, ed., Botanical and physiological memoirs, London 1853, p. 1-341, pl. 1-5 (Copies: MICH, NY). Ref.: BM 1: 225; Jackson p. 70; Kew 1: 343; PR 1095. Anon., Flora 33: 596-603. 14 Oct 1850. Mettenius, Alexander Braun’s Leben 419-423. 1882. Cosmos Antiqu. Books, Cat. 3. p. 97. 1947. 308 BRAUN, A. C. H. 713. De algis unicellularibus nonnullis novis vel minus cognitis, praemissis observationibus de algis unicellularibus in genere. Commentatio botanica, qua ad audiendam orationem pro loco in facultate philosophica rite obtinendo die xiv. mens. marti hor. xii. Publice habendam invitat A. Braun ... Berlin (Typis Academicis) 1855. Qu. (Alg. unicell.) Original issue: as Habilitationsschrift, Mar 1855, p. [1], [1]-63, pl. 7-5 (uncol. liths.) Copy: NY. Completed issue: Apr-Oct 1855, p. [i-vili], [1]-111, pl. z-6 (uncol. liths.) Leipzig (W. Engelmann) 1855. Copies: PCS, U.—p. [1]-63 and pl. 1-6 identical with first edition. — Title: ‘‘Algarum unicellularium genera nova et minus cognita, praemissis observationitas de algis unicellularibus in genere.” Leipzig (W. Engelmann) 1855. Ref.: BM 1: 225; CSP 1: 584; Jackson p. 158 (Berlin ed.); PR 1100 (Leipzig ed.) Anon., Flora 38: 544. 14 Sep 1855, 38: 567-574. 28 Sep 1855. H.I., Bot. Zeit. 13: 809-813. 16 Nov 1855. Mettenius, Alexander Braun’s Leben 483. 1882. 714. Uber Chytridium, eine Gattung einzelliger Schmarotzergewachse auf Algen und Infusorien. Von A. Braun. Aus den Abhandlungen der kénigl. Akademie der Wissen- schaften in Berlin 1855. Mit fiinf Steindriicktafeln. Berlin (Kénigl. Akademie der Wissenschaften) 1856. Qu. (Chytridium). Reprint: Aug-Sep 1856 (‘‘Herbst,” Bot. Zeit. 14: 776, 837-842. 1856; Flora 39: 308. 14 Oct 1856), p. [i], [21]-83, pl. 1-5, uncoloured liths. by author. Copy: NY. Original publication: Jun-Jul 1855 (read 7 Jun 1855; Flora rd Jun-Jul 1855) in Abh. k. Akad. Wiss., Berlin 1855: 21-83, pl. 1-5, also abbreviated in Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin Jun 1855. RefeNewor:) 343 PR Vor: Firnrohr, Flora 38: 448, 590-591. 1855. Barnhart, NAF 11(1): 87. 1937. 715- Conspectus systematicus Characearum Europaearum [Berlin] 1867. Qu. (Consp. Charac. Europ.) Publ.: Sep-Oct 1867, published with part 4 of the series of exsiccatae Die Characeen Europa’s., p. [1]-8 and Verzeichnis. Copy: L. Ref.: BM 1: 225; Kew 1: 344; PR 10543; IDC 6345. Anon., Hedwigia 6: 160. Oct 1867. 716. Die Characeen Afrika’s, zusammengestellt von Alexander Braun. Aus dem Monats- bericht der kéniglichen Akademie der Wissenschaften von December 1867. Berlin (Akademische Buchdruckerei) 1868. Oct. (in fours) (Charac. Afrik.) Reprint: Jan-Mai 1868 (Flora 9 Jun 1868), [i, t.p.], [782]-872, pl. 3 (or 4). Copies: G, L, NY. — Wood and Imahori mention 1867 as the possible date of publication of this preprint which has continuous pagination up to 872. The copies seen by us have an imprint dated 1868; Flora received the book some time before 9 Jun 1868, and the paper was read only on g Dec 1867. Publication early in 1868 is most likely. Original publ.: Monatsber. k. Akad. Wiss. Berlin Dec 1867: 782-800, 873-944. 1868. [paper read 9 Dec 1867] Ref.: BM 1: 225; Kew 1: 344; PR 1106. Anon., Hedwigia 7: 145-150. Oct 1868, 177-181. Dec 1868. Wood and Imahori, Revision Characeae 798. 1965. 717. Fragmente einer Monographie der Characeen von A. Braun. Nach den hinterlassenen Manuskripten A. Braun’s herausgegeben von Dr Otto Nordstedt. Aus den Abhandlun- gen der kéniglichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. 1882. Mit 7 Tafeln. Berlin (K6nigliche Akademie der Wissenschaften) 1882. Qu. (Fragm. monogr. Charac.) Editor: Carl Fredrik Otto Nordstedt (1838-1924). Publ.: 6 Sep 1882 (see p. 211; Nat. Nov. Nov 1882), p. [1]-211, pl. 1-7, liths. by Laue. Copies: BR, MICH, NY, USDA. — Preprinted from Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin. Physik- Naturw. Cl. 1882(1). — The text is mainly by Braun, Nordstedt’s additions are set off by brackets. The Clavis synoptica Characearum, edited by O. Nordstedt, Berlin 1882, Qu. 18 p. came out separately in Jun-Jul 1882 (Nat. Nov.). 309 BRAUN, A. C. He Ref.: DTS 1: 30; Kew 1: 344. Nordstedt, Bot. Centralbl. 13: 41-46. 1883. Wood and Imahori, Revision Characeae 799. 1965. Braun, Carl Friedrich Wilhelm (1800-1864), German palaeobotanist, pharmacist and teacher at the technical school of Bayreuth. (C. F. W. Braun). COLLECTIONS: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 3: 269-271 (bibl.); Andrews ed. 2, p. 241-242; Barnhart 1: 243; BM 1: 226; CSP 1: 585; DTS 1: xviii, 30, 6(4): 17, 25; Jackson p. 177, 180, 185; Quenstedt p. 56. Anon., Flora 47: 424. 1864. Haidinger, Jb. geol. Reichsanst. Wien 14, Verh.: 147-148. 1864. Popp, Oest. Bot. Z. 14: 313-320. 1864. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 22: 232-280. 1864 (called himself Friedrich Braun). Ratzeburg, Forstwiss. Schriftsteller-Lexikon 80. 1874. Weiss, Bayreuth als Statte alter erdgeschichtlicher Entdeckungen. Bayreuth 1937, p. 24- 32 (portr.) EPONYMyY: Vide supra, sub A. Braun. 4718. Verzeichniss der in der Kreis-Naturalien-Sammlung zu Bayreuth befindlichen Petrefacten. Mit i. Einer geognostisch-petrefactologischen Karte von Ober-Franken. ii. Einer geognos- tisch-petrefactologischen Uebersicht. 11. Zweiundzwanzig Tafeln Abbildungen. Leipzig (Leopold Voss) 1840. Qu. (Verz. Samml. Bayreuth Petref.) Publ.: Sep-Dec 1840 (p. viii: 1 Sep 1840), p. [i]-viii, [1]-118, [119, err.], map, time scale, pl. 1-22 (plant fossils on p. [93]-105). Copy: US. — The new names are mostly simply not validly published nomina nuda. Ref.: Andrews p. 241; BM 1: 226. 419. Beitrdge zur Urgeschichte der Pflanzen. Programm zum Jahresbericht der k. Kreis- Landwirtschafts- und Gewerbschule zu Bayreuth. Bayreuth 1843. Qu. (Beitr. Urgesch. Pf.) Pars 1. 1843 (rd 1-10 Dec 1853, Flora), p. 1-23, 2 pl. With the exception of p. 3-4, this is a page for page reprint from Miinster’s Beitrage zur Petrefactenkunde 6: 5-25, pl. 12, 13. (BM). Other issue: Bayreuth 1843. Qu., p. 1-17, 2 pl. (type rearranged). Pars 2. Bayreuth 1854. Qu., p. 1-15, pl. 1-3. Ref.: Andrews, ed. 2, p. 242; BM 1: 226; Jackson p. 177; PR 1109. Braun-Blanquet, Josias (1884-x), Swiss born phytosociologist at Montpellier, founder of the French-Swiss school of phytosociologists and of SIGMA. (Braun-Blangq.; also Br. Bl.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: SIGMA. Ref.: TH 2: 94. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 12(2): 171; Barnhart 1: 243; BL 1: 44; BL 2: 633- 634 [index]; BFM p. 276 [index]; Bossert p. 51; Kew 1: 345-346; Langman p. 115, 1553 LS Suppl. 3570; Moebius p. 375; GR p. 638; Plesch p. 155; Zander ed. 10, p. 595. Miiller-Schneider, Jahresb. naturf. Ges. Graubiindens 79: 1-17. 1945. Miyawaki, Hikobia, Hiroshima 2(4): 298-306. 1961. Braun Blanquet, Vegetatio 16: 1-78. 1968. Guinochet, Oecologia plantarum. Paris 9(2): 87-88. 1974. Rabotnoy, Bot. Zhurn. 59: 1709-1710. 1974. Lebrun, Vegetatio 30(1): 1-4. 1975. FESTSCHRIFT: Vegetatio vols. 5/6. 1954 (eds. Koch, de Leeuw & Tiixen). 310 BREBISSON 420. Flora von Graubiinden. Vorkommen, Verbreitung und 6kologisch-soziologisches Verhalten der wildwachsenden Gefasspflanzen Graubiindens und seiner Grenzgebiete. Bern (Hans Huber), Berlin (id.) 1931-1936, 4 Lfn. (Fl. Graubiinden). Co-author: Eduard August Riibel (1876-1960). 1: [i], 7-382, map., 1932. 3: [i], 821-1204. 1934. 2: [i], 385-820. 1933. 4: [i], 1205-1695. 1935. Copy: U. — Veroff. geobot. Inst. Riibel. Zurich, Heft 7. Bern. Ref.: BFM 1028; BL 2: 572-573; Kew 1: 346. Braune, Franz Anton Alexander von (1766-1853), Austrian botanist and Regierungs- sekretar in Salzburg. (F. Braune). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 3: 275; AG 6(1): 789; Barnhart 1: 243; BB 1: 226; CSP 1: 585-586; DTS 1: 31-32, 6(4): 11, 23, 119; GR p. 447; LS 3779-3781; PR 1110- 1111; Wurzbach 2: 124. Anon., Bot. Zeit. 11: 888. 1851. Storch, Skizzen zu einer naturhist. Topographie des Herzogtums Salzburg. Salzburg 1857, p. Q-II. EPONYMY: Braunea Willdenow (1806). 721. Salzburgische Flora, oder Beschreibung der in dem Erzstifte Salzburg wildwachsen- den Pflanzen, nebst Angabe ihrer Wohnorte, Bliihezeiten, Dauer, Gestalt etc. ihrer Andwendbarkeit in der Heilkunde und Haushaltungswissenschaft, und ihrem Nutzen fiir Mahler, Farber, Garber, Bienenzieher, Férster und Landwirthe. Salzburg (Mayr) 1797, 3 vols. Oct. (Salzburg. Fl.) Vol. 1: Jan 1797 (BH), p. [i*-iv*], [i]-lxxvi, [1]-426, pl. 1-3. Vol. 2: early Jun 1797 (BH, p. iv: Heumonat 1797), p. [1*-iii*], [i]-xl, [1]-752, 755, 567” [-756], 757-813, 732, 833-836, [8 p., err.], pl. 1-3. Vol. 3: 1797 (prob. publ. only Jan-Jun 1798; BH), [i]-xl, [1]-380, index sign. a-e, [79] p., corr. [5] p. Copies: BR, HH, USDA. Ref.: BM 1: 226; DTS 1: 32; Jackson p. 268; LS 3779; PR 1110. Braune, in Hoppe, Bot. Taschenb. 1801: 211-215 (vern. names). 722. Salzburg und Berchtesgaden. Ein ‘Taschenbuch fiir Reisende und Naturfreunde. Wien (Carl Ferd. Beck) 1821. Duod. (in sixes) (Salzburg Berchtesgaden). Ed. 1: 1821, before 15 Sep (Beck), p. [i-xii], [1]-103, 2 pl. Copy: University of Texas Library. Ed. 2: 1829 (n.v.) Ree DS noor LS eo 7oNs bh Ra Tn. Brébisson, Louis Alphonse de (1798-1872), French naturalist, archeologist and photographer. (Bréb.) HERBARIUM and Types: CN; diatoms at PC and AWH, some in herb. Kuetzing at L. — Exsiccatae: Mousses de la Normandie (fasc. 1-8, nos. 1-200, Falaise 1826-1839) fully described by Margadant (MD p. 57-59) and Sayre (1971) and treated below. Ref: 22 Ho! 194. Anon., J. Bot. 14: 128. 1876 (Diatoms to be distributed through H. L. Smith). Candolle, Phytographie 399-400. 1880. Tempére, Le Diatomiste 2: 81-86. 1893/6 (general herbarium at Bayeux). Verleyen, Levensschets van Dr. H. van Heurck 60. 1942. Newton, Phycol Bull. 1: 15. 1952. Koster, Taxon 6: 50. 1957, 18: 550. 1969. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 185-186. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 244; BM 1: 227, 6: 124; Bossert p. 51; CSP 1: 590, 6: 604; 7: 251, 9: 339; DBF 7: 188-189; GR p. 269; Jackson p. 159, 282, 288; 311 BREBISSON KR p. 101; Kew 1: 348; Laségue p. 289; MD 57-59; PR 1116-1119; Quenstedt p. 57. Anon., Flora 55: 267-268. 1872; Bot. Zeit. 30: 510, 560. 1872; Hedwigia 11: 80. 1872. Malbranche, Bull. Soc. Amis Sci. nat. Rowan 1872: 187-196. Roussel, Bull. Soc. bot. France 19(3): 194, 243. 1872. Moriére, Bull. Soc. Linn. Normandie ser. 2. 8: 3-27. 1874 (also repr., Caen 1874) (portr., bibl.) Oursel, Nouv. Biogr. normande 1: 132-133. 1886. Tempére, Le Diatomiste 2: 81-86. 1893/6 (portr.) Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 110. 1903, 3(3): 110. 1905 (ref. to portr.) EPONYMY: (genera): Brebissonia Grunow (1860, nom. cons.) ; Brebissonia Spach (1835, nom. rej.); (journal): Brebissonia revue mensuelle illustrée de botanique cryptogamique et d’anatomie végétale. Paris. Vol. 1-4, 1878-1886. 723- Mousses de la Normandie recueillies et publiées par L. Alphonse de Brébisson [fasc. 7-8: “et dune grande partie de I’Ouest de la France’’]. Falaise (anon.) 1826-1839, 8 fasc. Oct. (Mousses Normandie). Publ.: A set of exsiccata accompanied by unpaged text. The original announcement mentioned 8-10 fascicles; the references in the Bibliographie de la France are to 8 fascicles only. fasc. pages nos. exs. date BF imprint I [5] I-25 9 Dec 1826 Falaise 2 [3] 26-50 27 Sep 1828 Falaise, Caen, Paris 3 [3] 51-75 15 Apr 1829 Falaise, Caen, Paris 4 [3] 76-100 10 Apr 1830 __—‘ Falaise, Caen, Paris 5 [3] IOI-125 [1831] Falaise, Caen, Paris 6 [3] 126-150 2 Mar 1833 Falaise, Caen, Paris 7, [3] 151-175 ape Falaise, Caen, Paris 8 [3] 176-200 20 Apr 1839 Falaise, Paris Margadant (MD) mentions that a copy of fascicle 1 was sent to A. P. de Candolle on 5 Jul 1826. Copies: BR, FH. Ref.: BL 2: 185; Laségue p. 289; MD p. 58-59; TL 134. Guillemin, Arch. Bot. 1: 455. Mai 1833 (rev. fasc. 5, 6., fasc. 5 dated 1831). Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 185-186. 1971. 724. Flore de la Normandie; par A. de Brébisson, membre de plusieurs sociétés savantes. Premiére partie. Phanérogamie. Caen (A. Hardel), Paris (Lance) 1836. Duod. (in sixes) t (Fl. Normandie). Ed. 1: Dec 1835 (pref. 1 Nov 1835, BF 19 Dec 1835), p. [i]-xvi, [1]-430. Copies: B, G, HH, NY. - “‘Cryptogames”’ never issued. Ed. 2: 27 Oct 1849 [p. iv: Apr 1849], Flore ... savantes. Phanérogames et cryptogames semi-vasculaires. Deuxiéme édition augmentée de tableaux analytiques. Caen (A. Hardel), Paris (Derache) 1849. Duod. (in sixes), p. [i]-xvi, [1]-356. Copies: B, HH, NY. Ed. 3: Apr-Jun 1859 (p. vi: avril 1859; rev. Flora 14 Jul 1859), Flore ... semi-vasculaires. Troisiéme édition, augmentée de tableaux analytiques et d’un dictionnaire des termes de botanique. Caen (A. Harde), Paris (Derache) 1859. Duod. (in sixes), p. [i]-xxxiv, [1]-400. Copies: CGE, HH, NY. Ed. 4: Jul-Nov 1869 (p. vi: Jul 1869, Flora 27 Dec 1869), Flore de la Normandie (Phanéro- games et cryptogames semivasculaires) par ... Quatriéme édition, Caen (Le Blanc- Hardel), Paris (Derache) 1869. Duod. (in sixes), p. [i*], [i]-xxxv, [1]-4.23. Copies: B, CGE, HH, NY. The Berlin copy has a cover with “‘(Cryptogames et phanérogames semi- vasculaires),”? obviously an error. Ed. 5: Mai-Jun 1879 (p. vi: 20 Mai 1879; Nat. Nov. Jul 1879), Flore... [ased. 4]... Brébisson cinquiéme édition publiée par J. Moriére ... Caen (F. Le Blanc-Hardel) 1879. Duod., p. [i]-xxxv, [1]-518. Copies: HH, L; the HH copy has a cover dated 1880, the NY copy has add. lith. mss. p. xxxvii-xlii, 519-542. Ref.: BL 2: 185; BM 1: 227; Jackson 288; Kew 1: 348. 312 BREDA 425. Algues des environs de Falaise, décrites et dessinées par MM. de Brébisson et Godey. Falaise (de Brée lainé) 1835. Oct. (Alg. Falaise). Co-author: Louis Luc Godey (1813-1873). Publ.: 1835, p. [i], [1]-66, pl. r-8, uncol. liths. Copy: G. — Reprinted from Mémoires de la Société académique des sciences, arts et belles-lettres de Falaise. Année 1835. Falaise (Brée l’ainé), Paris (Lancé) 1836, p. [1]-62, add. 256-269, pl. 1-8. Copies: L, NY, PCS. 4726. Considérations sur les diatomées et essai d’une classification des genres et des espéces appartenant a celle famille, par A. de Brébisson, auteur de la Flore de Normandie, etc. Falaise (Brée l’Ainée), Paris (Meilhac) 1838. Oct. (Consid. diatom.) Publ.: 1838, p. [i], [1]-20, [4, err.] Copies: NY, PCS. Ref.: BM 1: 227; PR 1117; IDC 6347. 727. Notes sur quelques diatomées marines rares ou peu connues du littoral de Cherbourg. Avec 1 planche, Mém. Soc. imp. Sci. nat. Cherbourg 2: 241-258. 1854. Oct. (Notes diatom. mar.) Ed. 1: 1854 as above. Ed. 2: Paris (F. Savy) 1867, as an independent publication, ““deuxiéme édition avec additions et corrections” p. [1]-24, z pl. (p. 2: Feb 1867). Copy: PCS. Breda, Jacob Gijsbert Samuel van (1788-1867), Dutch palaeontologist and botanist. (Breda). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: The Genera et species are based on plants collected by Kuhl and van Hasselt, now at the Rijksherbarium (L). Breda may have used either plants or field notes and drawings, or both. Sherborn (1940) mentions a collection by van Breda at BM. It is not known to us whether this contained botanical material. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 245; BM 1: 227; CSP 1: 590-591, 7: 2513 JW 3: 346; NNBW 1: 457; PR 1120-1122. Anon., Alg. Konst- Letterbode 1816(2): 86; 1828(2): 387; 1831(1): 162; 1835(2): 177. Matthes, Jaarb. Kon. Akad. Wet. Amsterdam 1867: 30-32. Mourlon, Géologie de la Belgique 2: 254. 1881. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 646. 1936. Sherborn, Where is the ... collection 23. 1940. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 78-79. 1950. EPONYMY: Bredaea Goeppert (1854.); Bredia Blume (1849). 728. Genera et species Orchidearum et Asclepiadearum quas in itinere per insulam Java jussu et auspiciis Guillielmi I, Belgarum regis augustissimi collegerunt Dr. H. Kuhl et Dr. J. C. van Hasselt editionem et descriptiones curavit J. G. S. van Breda. Gent (Hypp. Vande- kerkckhove) 1827 [1828-1829]. Broadsheet. f (Gen. sp. Orchid. Asclep.) Publ.: Three fascicles each containing the descriptions of five species on 10 pages and 5 plates (lithographs) ; copy in orig. covers at G. Year dates on covers. Pages and plates not numbered. 1: 18 Nov 1828; 2: prob. Jan-Jun 1829; 3: 15 Aug 1829. — Van Steenis- Kruseman (1965) mentions the existence (Amsterdam, Koninklijk Instituut voorfde Tropen) of a fourth fascicle, comprising 5 plates. It is very doubtful whether distribu- tion ever took place (the copy stems probably from van Breda’s estate) and as long as no second copy of that fourth fascicle is known, the first can be disregarded. The International Code of Botanical Nomenclature requires the distribution of at least two copies. — The original announcement called for 18 parts. Collectors: Johan Coenraad van Hasselt (1797-1823); Heinrich Kuhl (1796-1821). Both died on the expedition of ‘“Natuurkundige Commissie.”’ Ref.: GF p. 51; NI 227; PR 1122; RS p. 76; SK p. clxxiv; IDC 5026. Anon., Alg. Konst- Letterbode 1828(1): 387. 13 Jun 1828. Greshoff, Album der natuur 1903: 1-22, 60-88. Sirks, Indisch natuuronderzoek 108. 1915. Wit, de, Fl. males. Bull. 6: 165-167. 1950. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. Bull. 20: 1274. 1965. 313 BREFELD Brefeld, Julius Oscar (1839-1925), German mycologist, professor of botany at Miin- ster (1882-1889), id. Breslau (1889-1907), later Geheimer Regierungsrat, Berlin. (Bref.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 245; BM 1: 228, 6: 124; Bossert p. 51; CSP 7: 252, 9: 340-341, 13: 768; DTS 1: 33; Frank p. 14; GR p. 66; Jackson p. 169, 170; Kew 1: 348-349; LS 3794-3831, 31507-31509; LS Suppl. 3596; Moebius p. 448 [index]; PR 1125, 10544. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 131, pl. 27. 1903, 3(3): 120, pl. go. 1905 (portr.) Reynolds Green, Hist. Bot. 510. 1909. Anon., Nature 116: 369. 1925. Falck, Bot. Arch. 11: 1-25. 1925 (bibl.) Kienitz, Z. Forst- u. Jagdwesen 57: 709-711. 1925. Sopp, Norske Vid.-Akad. Oslo Arbok 1925: 23-26. Ramsbottom, Proc. Linn. Soc. London 151: 359. 1939. Dolman, DSB 2: 436-438. 1970. Ainsworth & Bisby, Dict. fungi ed. 6. 78. 1971. COMPOSITE WORKS: Brefeld continued Cohn’s Beitrdge zur Biologie der Pflanzen from vol. 8 (1902) onward. EPONYMY: Brefeldia Rostafinsky (1873); Breffeldiella [sic] Spegazzini (1889) ; Brefeldiellites D. L. Dilcher (1965); Brefeldiopycnis F. Petrak & R. Ciferri (1932). 729. Botanische Untersuchungen tiber Schimmelpilze. Leipzig (Arthur Felix) 1872-1881, 4 vols. (Bot. Unters. Schimmelpilze). Heft pages plates dates u [i]-vini, [1]-64 1-6 Jan-Jul 1872 2 [i]-vi, [1]-98 1-8 Feb 1874 3 [i]-[v], [1]-226, tabl. I-II Aug-Sep 1877 4 [i]-[vii], [1]-191 I-10 Mai-Jun 1881 5 [i]-[viii], [1]-220 I-13 Mar-Jun 1883 Continued as Untersuchungen aus dem Gesammigebiete der Mykologie, q.v. Vol. 5 entitled: “*Botanische Untersuchungen tiber Hefenpilze. Fortsetzung der Schimmelpilze. Untersuchun- gen aus dem Gesammtgebiete der Mykologie.” Copy: U. Ref.: BM 1: 228; Jackson p. 170; Kew 1: 348; LS 3796. Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 430. 1916, 7(15): 1053. 1940. 730. Untersuchungen aus dem Gesammitgebiete der Mykologie. [vols. 6-13:] Fortsetzung der Schimmel- und Hefenpilze. [6-8 :] Leipzig, [9-15:] Miinster i.W. 1884-1888, 10 vols. Qu. (Unters. Gesammtgeb. Mykol.) Publ.: Vols. 1-4. as Botanische Untersuchungen tiber Schimmelpilze (see above); vol. 5 as Botanische Untersuchungen tiber Hefenpilze (idem). Other volumes: vol. pages plates dates 6 [ii-vi], [1]-78 I-5 Feb 1884 a} {i]-xi, [1]-178 I-II Jan 1888 8 fi]-iv, [1]-305 I-12 Nov 1888 (‘'1889’’) 9 [i-viii], [1]-156 I-3a, 3b late Apr-early Mai 1891 10 [i-iv], [157]-378 4-13 Feb-Mar 1891 DI [i]-[ vii], [1 ]-98 1-5 Mai-Jun 1895 12 [i-iv], [99]-236 6-12 Jul-Aug 1895 13 [i-v], [1]-74, [1 p. expl. pl.] I-2 Nov-Dec 1905 14 {i]-vili, [1]-256 — Apr-Mai 1908 15 [1]-[v], [1]-150 I-7 Mai-Jun 1912 BREMEKAMP Vol. 6 has a second t.p.: Botanische Untersuchungen tiber Myxomyceten und Entomophtoreen. Leipzig 1884. — 16 “‘in Vorbereitung” (Nat. Nov. Jun 1912) but not known to us. — Copy: U. Dates based on prefaces and Nat. Nov. Ref.: BM 1: 228; Kew 1: 348; LS 3796. Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 430. 1916, 7(15): 1053. 1940. Anon., Hedwigia 27: 69-72. Feb 1888 (7 received Jan 1888). Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 82. 1936. Breidenstein, W. (/l. 1856), German botanist. (Breidenstein). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 1: 229; NI 228; PR 1126. 731. Mikroskopische Pflanzenbilder in sehr starker Vergrésserung zum Gebrauche bei dem Unterrichte in der Botanik nebst einem Grundriss der Anatomie und Physiologie der Pflanzen zur Erlauterung der Abbildungen .... 42 Tafeln mit 75 Figuren, davon 16 in Farbendruck. Darmstadt (Johann Philipp Diehl) 1856. Qu. (Mikr. Pflanzenbild.) Publ.: Jan-Oct 1856, p. [i-ii], [1]-14, pl. 2-42(39?) of which 16 pl. and cover chromolith. Copy: MO (39 pl.) Ref.: BM 1: 229; NI 228; PR 1126. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 14: 790-791. 7 Nov 1856. Breidler, Johann (1828-1913), Austrian architect and botanist at Vienna. (Breidl.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: GJO, duplicates in many herbaria. ef. wbe 2) OF Anon., Mag. bot. Lap. 9: 410. 1910. Schefczik und Mecenovic, Mitt. Abt. Zool. Landesmus. Joanneum Graz 29: 1-84. 1968, 33: 85-123. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 246; Bossert 51; BM 1: 229; CSP 13: 787; IDADS nit BG% Geza, Mag. Bot. Lap. 12: 361-362. 1914. Glowacki, Mitt. Naturh. Ver. Steiermark 50: 3-7. 1914 (portr., bibl.) COMPOSITE WoRKS: J. Breidler and J. B. Forster published Jakob Juratzka, Laubmoosflora von Oesterreich-Ungarn on the basis of the mss left by J. on his death. EPONYMY: Breidleria Loeske (1910). Breiter, Christian August (1776-1840), German botanist. (Breiter). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 246; PR 1127. 732. Hortus breiterianus oder Verzeichnis aller derjenigen Gewachse, welche im Breiter- schen botanischen Garten in Leipzig gezogen und unterhalten werden, nebst einem Theil der in Deutschland einheimischen Pflanzen nach ihren systematischen Namen und Synonymen, einer Erklarung des Linnéischen Systems und geografischen und literari- schen Nachweisungen ... Mit einem Kupfer. Leipzig (C. F. Franz) 1817. Oct. (Hort. breiter.) Publ.: Jan-Oct 1817, frontisp., [i*-iii*], [1]-lvi, [1]-558. Copy: M. ef: BH PR i127. Bremekamp, Cornelis Elisa Bertus (1888-x), Dutch botanist of the Utrecht school who resided in Java, South Africa and the Netherlands. (Bremek.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: The originals of Bremekamp’s South African collections are at SLD BREMEKAMP PRU, those of his Indonesian collections at BO. For the types see the indications in the publications; many at U. Ref.: 1H 2: 95. Koster, Taxon 18: 550. 1969 (algae). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 246; BL 1: 23, 59; Bossert p. 52; IF Suppl. 3: 203, Suppl. 4: 215; JW 2: 186, 4: 379; Kew 1: 350-352; MW p. 52; MW Suppl. 28. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 646. 1936. White and Sloane, The Stapelieae, ed. 2. 131. 1937 (portr.) Steenis-Kruseman, Flora males ser. 1. 1: 78-79. 1950 (portr.) Lanjouw, Acta bot. Neerl. 18: 6-7. 1969 (portr.) FESTSCHRIFT: Acta botanica Neerlandica 18(1). 1969. EPONYMY: Bremekampia Sreemadhavan (1965). 733- Materials for a monograph of the Strobilanthinae. Verh. Acad. Wet. afd. Natuurk. sect. 2. 41(1): 1-306, pl. 1-6. 11 May 1944. Ref.: MW Suppl. 28. 734- A preliminary survey of the Ruelliinae of the Malayan Archipelago and New Guinea. Verh. Acad. Wet. afd. Natuurk. sect. 2. 45(1): 20 Mai 1948. 735- Notes on the Acanthaceae of Java. Verh. Acad. Wet. afd. Natuurk. sect. 2. 45(2): 20 Mai 1948. 736. The African species of Oldenlandia. Verh. Acad. Wet. afd. Natuurk. ser. 2. 48(2): 28 Mai 1952. 737- Uhe Thunbergia species of the Malesian area. Verh. Acad. Wet. afd. Natuurk. ser. 2. 50(4): 12 Jul 1955. Note: ‘The dates of these publications were provided by the office of the Royal Academy of Sciences, Amsterdam. Brenckle, Jacob Frederic[k] (1875-1958), American physician, amateur botanist and plant collector at Kulm, North Dakota and Northville, South Dakota. (Brenckle). HERBARIUM and TyPES: Unknown. — Brenckle contributed to Seaver and Bergman’s North Dakota fungi and issued himself Fungi dakotenses (fasc. 1-xxvii, nos. 1-675, 1908-1929), sets at BPI, BRU, CM, CUP, F, FH, IA, KSC, MICH, MIN, NCU, NDA, NEB, NHES, NY, OC, OSC, PAC, PUR, SDC, SOLH, TRTC, UC, WIN, WIS, WSP. For full details see Stevenson. Ref O05 Stevenson, Beih. Nova Hedwigia 36: 51-60. 1971. Barnhart, NAF 7: 1053. 1940. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 246; LS Suppl. 3573-3578. EPONYMY: Brencklea Petrak (1923). Brereton, John Andrew (1787-1839) American navy, later army, physician and botanist. (Brereton). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 247; Kew 1: 355; ME 3: 543 [index]. 738. Florae columbianae prodromus, exhibens enumerationem plantarum, quae hactenus exploratae sunt: or a prodromus of the flora columbiana, exhibiting a list of all the plants which have as yet been collected. Washington (Jonathan Elliot) 1830. Oct. (in fours) (Fl. columb. prodr.) 316 BRESADOLA Publ.: Oct-Dec 1830 (p. 6 Oct 1830), p. [1]-86. Copies: Ewan, US. — Meisel (3: 422) mentions “Botany of the District of Columbia,” in William Elliott, The Washington Guide, Washington 1837, p. 295-310, obviously a different text. — The Fl. columb. prodr. is not mentioned in any of the commonly used bibliographies. The book is probably only of historical value. Ref.: Barnhart 1: 247; Kew 1: 355. Bresadoia, Don Giacopo (Giacomo, abate) (1847-1929), Italia (nat his birth in Trient: Austrian) mycologist, ‘‘fiirstbischoflicher Mensalverwalter’? and ‘“‘Ehrendom- herr” in Trient. (Bres.) HERBARIUM and Types: Material in many herbaria, location of original herbarium unknown to us. — Exsiccatae: Champignons des Isles de St.- Thomé et des Princes, 1890 (with C. Roumeguére), at B, FH, L, PC. Ref.: 1H 2: 95. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 247; BM 1: 231, 6: 125; Bossert p. 52; CSP 12: 118, 13: 793-794; DTS 1: 34, 3: xl, 6(4): 55; GR p. 431; Kew 1: 355; KR p. 102; LS 3829-3887, Suppl. 3623-3642; MW p. 53; NI 229-231; Saccardo 1: 37; Wurz- bach 1: 112. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 16. 1898. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 65. 1905 (portr.) Anon., J. of Mycol. 12: opp. 1. 137. 1906 (portr.) Lloyd, Mycol. notes 35: 461-463. 1910, 1220-1221. 1932 (portr.) Anon., Bull. Lloyd Library, Mycol. ser. 6: 95. 1912. Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 430. 1916, 7(15): 1053. 1940. Bresadola, Icon. Mycol. 26: v-xvi. 1923 (bibl.) Killermann, Z. Pilzk. 10: 122-128. 1926 (portr., bibl.) Catoni, abate Giacopo Bresadola. Trento 1927 (fide NI). Fenaroli, Glorie d’Italia, L’abate Giacomo Bresadola, Le vie d’Italia, Milano, Jul 1927, II p. (repr. MO) Ramsbottom, J. Bot. 67: 235-236. 1929. Murrill, Mycologia 22: 49-50. 1930 (portr.) Heim, Ann. Crypt. Exot. 5: 5-15. 1932 (portr., bibl.) Isely, Schweiz. Z. Pilzk. 1939: 197-199 (portr.) Cappelletti, Lavori di Bot., Ist. bot. Padova 20(6): 1-6. 1958 (repr. from Natura alpina 5(4)- 1954) (portr.) Ainsworth and Bisby, Dict. fungi ed. 6. 78. 1971. EPONYMY: Bresadolella von Héhnel (1903); Bresadolia Spegazzini (1883); Bresadolina Brinkmann (1909). 739- Fungi tridentini novi, vel nondum delineati, descripti, et iconibus illustrati. Trento (1: J. B. Monanni, 2: J. Zippel) 1881-1892 [-1g00], 2 vols. Duod. (in twos) (Fung. trident.) ser. fasc. pages plates dates I I [1]-14 I-15 Apr 1881 2 15-26 16-30 Jan-Mai 1882 3 27-42 31-45 Jan 1883 4/5 43-70 46-75 Oct 1884. 6/7 71-114 76-105 Oct-Nov 1887 2 8/10 [1]-46 106-150 Apr-Mai 1892 11/13 47-81 151-195 Aug-Sep 1898 14 83-118 190-217 Sep 1900 The dates are based on announcements in Hedwigia and Naturae Novitates. The plates are coloured lithographs of drawings by Bresadola. Copies: B, BR, FH, L. — The B copy has a t.p. of ser. 1 without no. “I”’ and ““Typis J. B. Monanni.” Other copies have t.p.’s with series nos. I and II and an imprint J. Zippel. SIF BRESADOLA Reviews Hedwigia: 20: 172-176. 1881(1); 21: 124-187. 1882(2); 22: 183-185. 1883(3); 24: 109-117 (1885) (4/5); 26: 214-224. 1887(6/7); 31: 242. 1892 (8/10). Ref.: BM 1: 231; DTS 1: 34; Kew 1: 355; LS 3839; NI 230. Traverso, in Bresadola, Icon. mycol. 26: xiii-xvi. 1923. 740. Schulzeria, nuovo genere d’imenomiceti scoperto dal chiar.° I. R. Capitano St. Schulzer de Muggenburg, e pubblicato per cura del Sac. G. Bresadola. Trento 1886. Oct. (Schulzeria). Publ.: Jan-Mar 1886 (Nat. Nov. early Apr 1886; Mag. nov. Lap. Apr 1886), p. 1-9, 1 pl., a coloured lithograph, on p. [2] an alternative title page in Latin. Copy: FH. Ref.: BM 6: 125; Kew 1: 355; LS 3845. Anon., Hedwigia 25(2-3): 124. Mai-Jun 1886. 741. Di due specie interessanti di funghi della flora micologia italiana. [Rovereto 1893]. Oct. (Due sp. fung.) Publ.: late 1893 (Nat. Nov. early Jan 1894), p. [1]-8, pl. 1-2, independently paged reprint from Atti Accad. Agiati, Rovereto 11. 1893. Ref.: Kew 1: 355; LS 3860. 742. Hymenomycetes hungarici kmetiani. Rovereto (Giorgio Grigoletti) 1897. Oct. (Hymeno- myc. hung.) Publ.: Mar-Aug 1897 (p. 3: Mar 1897; Nat. Nov. Sep 1897), p. [1]-56, an independently paged reprint from Atti Accad. Sci. Lett. Arti Agiati, Rovereto, ser. 3. 3(1-2): 66 [= p. 2]-120|— p. 56]./Copy: FA. 743+ Fungi mangerecct e velenosi del Trentino. Trento 1894 [1899]. Oct. (Fung. manger. Trentino). Came out as a series of reprints from the Almanacco agrario per l’anno ... as follows: Almanacco pages . plates Almanacco pages plates 1895 282-301 I-16 1898 221-237 58-84 1896 203-231 17-40 1899 408-432 85-112 1897 317-332 41-57 The copy at FH under this name has an independent typography, ‘Trento 1894. Oct., p. [1]-22, pl. 1-15 (coloured lithographs). This is possibly a preprint of the first instalment. Refi: DES: 94;\3% xl. 744. I funghi mangerecci e velenosi dell’? Europa media con speciale riguardo a quelli che crescono nel Trentino e nell’ alta Italia per cura dell’ Ab. G. Bresadola con 112 tavole cromolitografiche e 1 fototipia. Milano (Ulrico Hoepli) 1899. Oct. (Fung. manger. Eurepa). Ed. 1: Mar 1899 (p. iii: Mar 1899; Nat. Nov. Mar 1899), p. [iJ-xv, [1]-136, pl. 1-112, g7bis (1-112 liths of drawings by Bresadola and Baronessa Turco-Lazzari, see Hedwigia 38 (Beibl.): 210. 1899). Copies: B, Stevenson. Ed. 2: “riveduta ed aumentata,”? Trento (Giovanni-Zippel) 1906 (p. 7: Mai 1906), p. [1]-142, pl. 1-112, 21a, 28a, 53b, 55a, g7bis, 99a, I04a, roga, in all 120 col. liths (1 photogr.) by author. Title: ‘*... con 120 tavole cromolitografiche e una in fototipia.” Copy: L. Ed. 3: ‘‘Funghi mangerecci e velenosi vol. 1(2) ... riveduta e aumentata a cura del Comitato Onoranze Bresadoliane.” [Trento] 1932-1933, 2 vols. Oct. Vol. r: “con 107 tavole a colori, 60 figure € ritratto del autore,”’ 1932 (pref. Nov 1931), frontisp. portr., p. [i]-vi, [1]-300, pl. 1-107. Copies: BR, Stevenson. Vol. 2: “con 117 tavole a colori.”’ 1933, p. [i], [301]-649, pl. 108-223. Copies: BR, Stevenson. Ed. 4: “Funghi mangerecci e funghi velenosi guida pratica per il loro riconoscimento con 61 figure nel testo e 67 tavole originali a colori [.] iv Edizione per uso dei raccoglitori e dei dilettanti a cura del Comitato Onoranze Bresadoliane Milano-Trento.” ‘Trento (Museo di Storia naturale) 1954. Qu., frontisp. portr., [3]-318, pl. 1-67. Copies: Stevenson, Purdue Univ. Libr. 318 BRESLER Ed. 5: “‘Funght mangerecci e velenosi v edizione a cura del Prof. Arturo Ceruti con tavole di Laura Maggiora e Luigi Proner. Trento 1965. Oct., frontisp. portr., [1]-321, [1, ind.], [1, colophon: printing ended Sep 1965], fl. 1-105. Copy: Stevenson. Ref.: Kew 1: 355; NI 229. 745+ Iconographia mycologica auctor Ab. J. Bresadola (Tridenti) curantibus Dr J. B. Traverso (Mediolani) Dr L. Fenaroli (Mediolani), Comm. G. Catoni (Tridenti) Dr J. B. Trener (Tridenti) [headline:] Societa botanica italiana Museo civico di storia naturale di Trento. Milano 1927-1960. 28 vols. Oct. (Icon. mycol.) Publ.: The above-mentioned four mycologists edited and published volumes 1-26. Vol. 26 contains a biography and bibliography of Bresadola by Traverso and various infor- mation on the work, including indexes. Vol. 27 is a supplement, in three fascicles, published by E. J. Gilbert, editors Traverso, Fenaroli and Catoni. Vol. 28 is a second supplement by A. Ceruti. The plates are accompanied by letter press and mentioned in the following table. Vol. 1 has a frontispiece portrait of Bresadola, vol. 27(1) idem of E. J. Gilbert. vol. pages plates errata slips dates I [i-ix] I-50 I Jan 1927 2 [i-v] 51-100 I Jun 1927 3 [i-v] IOI-150 I Dec 1927 4. [i-v] 151-200 I Dec 1927 5 [i-v] 201-250 I Mai 1928 6 [i-v] 251-300 2 Jul 1928 7 [i-v] 301-350 I Oct 1928 8 [i-v] 351-400 I Jan 1929 9 [i-v] 401-450 ~ Mai 1929 10 [i-v] 451-500 - Dec 1929 II [i-v] 501-546 - Dec 1929 12 [i-vii] 547-600 - Feb 1930 13 [1-ix] 601-650 - Jun 1930 14 [i-v] 651-700 - Jun 1930 15 [i-v] 7OI-750 - Dec 1930 16 fi-v] 751-800 - Dec 1930 17) [i-v] 801-850 - Mar 1931 18 [i-v | 851-900 — Mai 1931 19 {i-ix] 901-950 - Nov 1931 20 [i-v| 951-1000 - Nov 1931 QI [i-v] IOOI-I050 = Mai 1932 22 [i-v] IO51-I099 - Mai 1932 23 [i-v| II00-I 150 = Nov 1932 24 [i-ix] II5I-1200 - Nov 1932 25 [i-vii] I20I-1250 Jun 1933 26 [i-ix], [1]-156 ~ Sep 1933 27(1) — [i]-vii, [1]-198 1-59 = 1940 (2) — [i], 203-427 = = 1941 (3) cover I-73 — 1941 28 [i-xvi], [1] 1-48 — 1960 Ref.: Kew 1: 355; NI 231. Bresler, Moritz (1802-c.1851), German physician. (Bresler). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 248; BM 1: 253; PR 1133. 746. Generis Asparagi historia naturalis atque medica. Dissertatio inauguralis botanico- medica, quam consensu et auctoritate gratiosi medicorum ordinis in universitate littera- 319 BRESLER ria berolinensi, ut summi in medica et cirurgia honores rite sibi concedantur die xx februarii a: mdcccxxvi h.l.q.s. publice defendet auctor Mauritius Bresler silesius. Opponentibus: I. Brandt ... H. Kalckstein ... H. Ernst ... Berlin (Ferdinand Nietack) [1826] Oct. (Gen. Aspar.) Publ.: 20 Feb 1826 (t.p.), p. [i]-x, [1]-46. Copy: BR. Ref.: BM 1: 233; MW p. 53; PR 1133. Anon., Linnaea 1: 264-265. Apr 1826. Bretschneider, Emil (Vasilievic) (1833-1901), Esthonian botanist who worked in St. Petersburg. (Bretschneider). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Mainly at LE. Ref.: 1H 2: 95. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 248; BM 6: 126; Bretschneider p. 1048- 1061; CSP 13: 795; Kew 1: 356; Lipschitz 1: 272; MW p. 53; MW Suppl. p. 28; Plesch p. 156. Hemsley, Gard. Chron. ser. 2. 19. 687-688. 1883. Anon., Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1901: 201-202. Anon., Acta Horti Univ. Jur}. 2: 131-132. 1901. Cordier, T’oung-Pao ser. 2. 2: 192-197. 1901 (portr., bibl.) (n.v., fide MW p. 84). Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 18. 1906. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 82. 1936. EPONYMY: Bretschneidera W. B. Hemsley (1901). 747. Botanicon sinicum. Notes on Chinese botany from native and western sources. Shang- hai 1884-1895, 3 vols. (Bot. sinic.) Vol. 1: J. North China Branch Roy. Asiat. Soc. 1881, new series, vol. 16, part 1, Shanghai (Noronha & Sons) 1882, p. 18-230; copy: HH; repr. (n.v.) 1-228. 1882. (Nat. Nov. Jun 1882). Vol. 2: Shanghai (Kelly & Walsh Ltd.) 1892, p. [i*-v*], [i]-ii, corr., [1]-468 (also in Journal) 25: [i]-1i, [1]-468. Copy: HH. Vol. 3: Shanghai (Kelly & Walsh Ltd.), Hong Kong, Yokohama and Singapore, 1895, p- [i-v], [1]-623 (also in Journal) 29: [1]-623. 1896. Copy: HH. Ref.: Kew 1: 356; MW p. 53; Plesch p. 156. Britten, J. Bot. 20: 248-251. 1882 (critical review). Hemsley, Gard. Chron. ser. 2. 19: 687-688. 1883 (rev.) Faber, J. N. China Branch Roy. Asiat. Soc. 25: 402-410. 1893 (additions). Bretschneider, J. Bot. 32: 292-299. 1894 (on some coll. of chinese plants, with notes by Britten). 748. History of European botanical discoveries in China. London, St. Petersburg 1898, Oct. (Hist. bot. disc. China). Orig. ed.: 1898 (pref. Sep 1868, Nat. Nov. Jan 1899), vol. 2, p. [i]-xv, [1]-624, vol. 2, p. [i], [625]-1167. Facsimile eds.: Leipzig 1935 (n.v.), Leipzig (Zentral-Antiquariat) 1962, collation as above. Copy: U. Referred to as ‘‘Bretschneider’’ in the biographical and bibliographical paragraphs of this work. Ref.: Kew 1: 356; MW p. 53. Bretschneider, Beih. bot. Centralbl. 9(1): 28-53. 1899. Britten, J. Bot. 37: 86-88. 1899. Kuznetsov, Otch. Russk. beogr. Obshch. 1899: 10-18. 1900 (with bibl. of Bretschnei- der; n.v., fide MW). Breutel, Johann Christian (1788-1875), German Moravian bishop (1853-1875), botanist at Herrnhut, travelled in the West Indies and South Africa. (Breut.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Original herbarium GLM, important sets of duplicates LZ 320 BREYNE (ferns), B (hepat.), BM (mosses). Breutel (directly or through Hohenacker) offered many series of plants for sale (mostly unnumbered) which are in many herbaria. A series of formal exsiccatae was Flora germanica exsiccata, ser. 11. Cryptogamia, centuries 1-5, nos. | 1-500, Leipzig 1832-1862 (see Sayre 1969, 1975 for extensive details) sets of which are e.g. at BM, FH, HBG, L, LE, NY, PC, S$, S-PA. His plants from the West Indies 1840- 1841, and from South Africa (1853-1854) are in many herbaria. The first century of the Flora germanica exsiccata is identical with the third century of Reichenbach’s series of that same name. De Candolle mentions Filices capenses et antillanae at W, and Musci frondosi exsiccati, the latter a name appearing on parts of a reissue (see Sayre). Breutel issued several other named series of which it is not certain that they were regular exsiccatae, e.g. Plantae africae australis. Ref.: GR p. 66; IH 1 (ed. 6): 356, 2: 95-96; Laségue p. 492. Candolle, Phytographie 400. 1880. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 8-9. 1969; 19(3): 298-299. 1975. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 249; Bossert p. 52; CSP 1: 612; GR p. 66; LS 39043; MD p. 59. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 16. 1898, 3: 28. 1902. Hamilton, Trans. Moravian hist. Soc. 6: 380, 476, 589. 1900. EPONYMY: Breutelia W. P. Schimper (1856). Brewer, James Alexander (1818-1886), British botanist who settled in Australia. (Brewer). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Australian plants at K; British herbarium RTE, some further British material at OXF. Ref.: BB p. 44; IH 2: 96. Kent, Brit. herbaria 45. 1957. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 138. 1964. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 248; BB p. 44; BL 2: 268; BM 1: 233; CSP 7: 255; Kew 1: 357; Jackson p. 258. 749. A new flora of the neighbourhood of Reigate, Surrey, containing the flowering plants and ferns of the district, with their localities, times of flowering, &c. and a list of the mosses. To which is added an appendix, containing lists of the fauna, in the following orders — Mammalia or Quadrupeds, Birds, Reptiles, Fishes, Coleoptera, and Lepidoptera. London (William Pamplin) 1856. Oct. (New fl. Reigate). Publ.: 1856, p. [i]-viil, [1, err.], [1]-194, 1 map. Copy: HH. Ref.: BM 1: 233; BL 2: 268; Kew 1: 357; PR 1134. 750. Flora of Surrey; or, a catalogue of the flowering plants and ferns found in the county, with the localities of the rarer species. From the manuscripts of the late J. D. Salmon, F.L.S., and from other sources. Compiled for the Holmesdale Natural History Club, Reigate by James Alexander Brewer. London (John van Voorst) 1863. Oct. (Fl. Surrey). Publ.: 1863 (first rev.: Intellectual observer, Jan 1864), p. [i]-xxiv, [1]-367, 2 maps. Copy: HH. — Original author: John Drew Salmon (1802?-1839) of Thetford, after- wards Godalming (herbarium and diaries NWH). Brewer edited the Salmon manu- script. Ref.: BB p. 267 (Salmon) ; BL 2: 268; BM 1: 233; Jackson p. 260; Kew 1: 357; PR 1135. Kent, Brit. herbaria 76 (Salmon). 1957. Anon., London quart. J. Sci. 1864: 200. Anon., Flora 47 (Repert. 1): 11. 10 Jun 1864, 48 (Repert. 1): 50. 8 Mar 1865. C Breyne, Jacob (1637-1797), Danzig merchant and naturalist (also: Breyn, Breynius). (Breyne). HERBARIUM and TypPEs: The only Breyne herbaria now known to exist are at L and contain plants from the Danzig region (2 fasc., coll. ca 1659) and from Prussia and 321 BREYNE Danzig (dated 1673). The first Danzig herbarium is remarkable because precise localities are cited with, in some instances, even ecological data. A few Breyne plants are in the Petiver collections at BM, in the Steward herbarium at OXF, and perhaps in Gotha. Ref.: 1H 2: 96. Ooststroom, Gedenkboek Valkenier Suringar 208-217. 1942. Jansen en Wachter, Ned. kruidk. Arch. 53: 236. 1943. Dandy, The Sloane herbarium 97. 1958. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxf. 138. 1964. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 3: 326; AG 1: 76; Barnhart 1: 249; BM 1: 234; Bossert p. 52; Bretschneider 26-27; GR p. 159; Jackson p. 110, 439; JW 4: 379, 5: 236; Kew 1: 357; Langman p. 159; Plesch p. 156; PR 1136-1139. Seyler, zn Breyne J. P., Vita ... in J. Breyne, Prodr. 1739, p. 5-14. Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks 5: 175 [index]. 1800. Anon., Dict. Sci. méd. Biogr. méd. 2: 528-529. 1820. MacOwan, Trans. S. Afr. Philos. Soc. 4: xxxiii-xxxiv. 1887. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 120. 1903 (ref. to portr.) Hulth, Bref- och Skr. Linné ser. 2. 1: 322-339. 1916. Carstenn, Schr. Naturf. Ges. Danzig ser. 2. 18(2): 19-20. 1927. Lakowitz, Ber. Versamml. Westpreuss. bot. Zool. Ver. Danzig 1930: 4. Breyne, Phil. ‘Trans. roy. Soc. 24: 2045-2055, 27: 447-459 (letters J. P. Breyne to Sloane). Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 83. 1936. Carstenn, in Krollmann, Altpreuss. Biogr. 1: 83-84. 1941. Raven, John Ray 488 [index]. 1950. Nissen, Zool. Buckill. 64. 1966. Herre, ‘he genera of Mesembryanthemaceae 39-40. 1971 (portr.) GENERAL COMMENTARY: E. F. Klinsmann, Clavis breyniana, Danzig 1855 [Neueste Schr. naturf. Ges. Danzig 5 (1855)]. EPONYMY: Breynia J. R. Forster & J. G. A. Forster (1776, nom. cons.; also dedicated to his son Johann Philipp Breyne, 1680-1764); Breynia Linnaeus (1753, nom. rej.) ; Breyniopsis Beille (1925). 751. Exoticarum aliarumque minus cognitarum plantarum centuria prima, cum figuris aeneis summo studio elaboratis. Danzig [1674-]1678. Fol. (Exot. pl. cent.) Publ.: 1674-1678, p. [i-xxxvi], 1-195, index [196-204], appendix [i*], [i]-xxv, [xxvi, err.], engraved half title 1677 [Icones exoticarum aliarumque minus cognitarum], pl. 1-ror, 9 text engravings, pl. 92 folding, p/. ror a cancel. Copies: G, HU, MO. All signed by author on vignette t.p. — The appendix contains W. ten Rhyne’s De frutice thee. Ref.: BM 1: 234; HU 532; Jackson p. 310; Kew 1: 357; Langman p. 159; MW p. 53; NI 232; Plesch p. 156; PR 1136. Makowski, Z. westpreuss. Gesch. Ver. 52: 139. 1910. Ooststroom, Gedenkboek Valkenier Suringar 208-217. 1942. Jansen en Wachter, Ned. kruidk. Arch. 53: 236. 1943. Tyrell-Glynn and Levyns, Flora africana 11-12.1963. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 66-67. 1975 (sold at £ 600). 752 Prodromus fasciculi rariorum plantarum, anno m.dc.1xxix in hortis celeberrimis Hollan- diae ... observatarum. Danzig (author) 1680. Qu.; Prodromus fasciculi rariorum plantarum secundus, exhibens catalogum plantarum rariorum anno m.dc.1xxxiix in hortis celeberri- mis Hollandiae observatarum ... Danzig (author) 1689. Qu. (Prodr. rar. pl. [sec.]) Prodromus: 1680, p. [i-vi], [1]-52, [1]-7, [8], pl. 2-4. Copy: G. Prodromus ... secundus: 1689, p. [i], 1-108, r pl. Copies: G, MO. Ref.: BM 1: 234; HE p. 15; Jackson p. 439; Kew 1: 357; MW p. 53; PR 1137, 1138; SA 2: 545. 753- Jacobi Breynii, gedanensis, Prodromi fasciculi rariorum plantarum primus et secundus, quondam separatim, nunc nova hac editione multum desiderata coniunctim editi, notulisque illustrati. Accedunt icones rariorum et exoticarum plantarum aeri incisae, 322 BRICKELL fasciculo olim promisso destinatae: adiectis nominibus et succinctis descriptionibus. Quibus praemittemtuvita et effigies auctoris. Cura et studio Joannis Philippi Breynii, Jac. fil. ... hujus ad calcem annectitur dissertatio botanico-medica, de radice Gin-Sen, seu nisi et herba Acmella cum additamentis. Danzig (J. P. Breyne) 1739. Qu. (Prodr. fasc. rar. pl.) Publ.: 1739 (p. vi: 18 Feb 1739), p. [i-viii], [1]-32, (fasc. 2:), 33-108, (icones:) [1]-34, pl. 1-30, portrait, plate A, Breynia, (J. P. Breyne’s Diss. de Radice Gin-Sen:) [35]-48, 1 pl., (additamenta:) 49-54, [1, dir. binder], 1 pl. Copies: G, M, NY, USDA. The Stiftung for Botanik copy had two leaves of Corrigenda & emendanda (not in copies seen). Ref.: BM 1: 234; GF p. 52; HE p. 15; Kew 1: 357; NI 233; Plesch p. 156; PR 1139; SA 2: 545. Anon., GGA 1740(6): 46. 21 Jan 1740. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 68. 1975. Briard, Pierre Alfred (1811-1896), French botanist and soldier. (Briard). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 249; BL 2: 122-123; BM 1: 234; Kew 1: 358. Flicke, Emmanuel Briard botaniste 1845-1895. Nancy 1896, 15 p. (repr. from Mém. Acad. Stanislas). Cornu, Bull. Soc. bot. France 43: 433. 1896. Anon., Bull. Soc. mycol. France 23. 1907 (portrait as frontispiece). EPONYMY: Briardia P. A. Saccardo (1885). 754+ Catalogue raisonné des plantes observées jusqu’a ce jour qui croissent naturellement dans le département de l Aube. Troyes (Dufour-Bouquot) 1881. Oct. (Cat. pl. Aube). Publ.: Originally published in Mém. Soc. Acad. Agr., Sci., Aris et Belles-Letires Dép. Aube 44 [ser. 3. 17]: 155-320. 1880, 45 [ser. 3. 18]: 5-197. 1881, issued as an independent reprint, Troyes (Dufour-Bouquot) 1881 (Nat. Nov. Jul 1881), p. [1]-360. Copies: G (signed by author 23 Aug 1881), L, Mass. Hort. Soc. Ref.: BL 2: 122-123; BM 1: 234; Kew 1: 358. Le Grand, Bull. Soc. bot. France 28: 202-207. 1881 (add.) 755- Florule cryptogamique de l’ Aube et supplément au catalogue des plantes de ce départe- ment. ‘Troyes (Dufour-Bouquot) [1887]. 1888. Oct. (Fl. crypt. Aube). Orig.: in Mém. Soc. Acad. Agr., Sci., Arts, Belles-Lettres Dép. Aube 51 [ser. 3. 24]: 197-447. 1887, 52 [ser. 3. 25]: 5-254. 1888, supplément id. 55 [ser. 3. 28]: 5-148. 1891. Repr.: 1888 (Nat. Nov. Sep 1889), p. [1]-502. Copy: MICH. Ref.: BL 2: 123; BM 1: 234. Brickell, John (1748-1809), Irish born botanist and physician who settled in Georgia (1779). (Brickell). HERBARIUM and Types: PH (in Muhlenberg herbarium). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BB p. 44; BM 1: 235; ME 3: 543 [index]. Robinson, Rhodora 18: 225-230. 1916. Barnhart, in Kelly and Burrage, Amer. med. Biogr. 142. 1920. Adams, North Carolina Hist. Rev. 34: 313-326. 1957. Randall, Bull. Appalachian State Teacher’s College. Fac. Publ. 1963: 13-17. NOTE: Brickell’s ‘“The natural history of North Carolina”’ (1737) is for the greater part a plagiarism of Lawson’s ‘‘History of Carolina” (1714, 1728). See Adams (1957). EPONYMY: Brickellia S. Elliott (1822, nom. cons.); Brickelliastrum R. M. King & H. E. Robinson (1972). 323 BRIDEL Bridel (-Brideri), Samuel-Elisée de (1761-1828), Swiss bryologist who lived for the greater part of his life in Gotha. (Brid.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: B (musci). — The moss herbarium is in good order and kept separately. It was acquired in 182g. Bridel’s other collections were dispersed; the phanerogamic herbarium (7000 species) was acquired by H in 1829. Ref.: 1H 2: 96. Hornschuch, Flora 12: 559-560. 1829 (cf. also Beil. 1: 15-16). Candolle, Phytographie 400. 1880. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 17-18. 1916. Theriot, Rev. bryol. ser. 2. 3: 88. 1930. Rothmaler, Mitt. thir. bot. Ver. ser. 2. 41: 46-47. 1933. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRAPHY: ADB 3: 328; AG 12(2): 335; Barnhart 1: 250; BM 1: 2353; CSP 1: 624; DTS 1: 34-35; Jackson p. 153; Kew 1: 358; MD p. 60-67 (extensive treatment!) ; Moebius p. 117, 121; PR 1143-1145. Anon., Journal de Genéve 31 Jan 1828 (fide Briquet). Anon., Flora 11(1): 335-336. 1828. Bridel, Actes Soc. helv. Sci. nat. 1828 [14]: 75-81. 1829, see also the praeloquium to the Bryologia universa. Candolle, Mémoires et souvenirs 142, 411. 1862. Roll, Mitt. thiir. bot. Ver. 32: 1-4. 1915. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 17-18. 1917. Barnhart, Mem. Torrey Bot. Club. 16: 290. 1921. Rothmaler, Mitt. thiir. bot. Ver. ser. 2. 41: 46-47. 1933. Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 69-71. 1940 (bibl.) EPONYMY: Bridelea K. P. J. Sprengel (1818, orth. var.) ; Bridelioxylon Ramanujam (1956) ; Briedelia Willdenow (1806). 756. Muscologia recentiorum seu analysis, et descriptio methodica omnium muscorum frondosc “um hucusque cognitorum ad normam Hedwigii. Gotha (C. G. Ettinger), Paris (B. --ois Fils) 1797-1819, 2 vols., 4 supplements (Gotha, C. G. Ettinger). Qu. (Muscol. recent.) vol. pars pages plates dates I - {i]-xxiv, [1]-179, [180, cont.], - Apr 1797 [2, add.] 2 I [i]-x, [1, add.], [1]-222, [2, add.] 7-6 Apr 1798 [i]-xui, [1]-190, [2, expl. pl.] 2 (“tome 3”) xiii, 192 1-6 —-g Mai 1801 3 [i]-vili, 9-178, [6, ind. ] 1-2 =. 25, Sep 1803 suppl. 1 [i]-viti, [1]-271 - Burlingham, G. 8S. Burlingham, G. S. Pennington, L. H. Overholts, L. O. Overholts, L. O. Small, J. K. Small, J. K. Standley, P. C. Wilson, P. Standley, P. C. Rydberg, P. A. Britton, E. G. & J. T. Emerson Britton, E. G. Woodson, R. E. Smith, A. C. Britton, E. G. Rydberg, P. A. Wilson, P. Wilson, P. Coker, W. C. Coker, W. C. Murrill, W. A. Smith, L. B. Britton, E. G. Britton, E. G. & R. S. Williams 2 BRITTON, N. L. pagination date 129-160 6 Mar 1907 161-187 15 Apr 1912 211-268 15 Apr 1912 605-648 29 Oct 1924 453-477. 8 Feb 1921 482-515 11 Dec 1922 188-211 15 Apr 1912 520-540 11 Dec 1922 541-586 20 Dec 1922 516-520 11 Dec 1922 477-480 8 Feb 1921 481 11 Dec 1922 286-296 30 Apr 19I5 297-374 7 Jun 1916 375-421 10 Oct 1916 1-76 28 Jul 1914 77-144 26 Apr 1917 145-226 25 Jun 1917 227 29 Nov 1924 237-249 30 Apr 1915 163-172 3 Feb 1gto 283-348 21 Nov 1932 277-281 21 Nov 1932 227-261 29 Nov 1924 172-200 3 Feb 1910 201-236 =.30 Apr 1915 250-286 30 Apr 1915 261-276 29 Nov 1924 | 21 Nov 1932 43-62 30 Jun 1909 39 30 Jun 1909 171-254 22 Jan 1918 189 18 Dec 1905 95-169 9g Jun 1917 3-44. 15 Sep 1922 35-39 14 Jun 1913 33 14 Jun 1913 11 Jul 1938 3-41 30 Dec 1944 45-46 14 Jun 1913 93-96 3 Jun 1910 337-339 29 Dec 1932 255 29 Dec 1932 3-8 26 Nov 1937 I 26 Nov 1937 133-161 3 Feb 1910 61-228 =. 27 Dec 1938 47-54 14 Jun 1913 41-43 14 Jun 1913 She BRITTON, N. L. taxon author(s) volume pagination date Bryoxiphiaceae Britton, E. G. 15(1) 69-70 14 Jun 1913 Burseraceae Rose, J. N. 25(3) 241-261 6 May 1911 Butomaceae Nash, G. V. 17(1) 63-64 30 Jun 1909 Caesalpiniaceae Britton, N. L. & 23(4) 201-268 18 Nov 1930 J. N. Rose Britton, N. L. & 23(5) 269-349 6 Dec 1930 J. N. Rose Calycanthaceae Pollard, C. L. 22(3) 237-238 12 Jun 1908 Campanulaceae McVaugh, R. 32A(t) 1-134 5 Jan 1943 Carduaceae Rydberg, P. A. 33(1) 45-46 15 Sep 1922 Carduaceae-Anthemideae Rydberg, P. A. 34(3) 217-288 29 Dec 1916 Carduaceae-Baeria Hall, H. M. 34(1) - 76-80 31 Dec 1914 Carduaceae-Helenieae Rydberg, P. A. 34(1) I-75 31 Dec 1914 Carduaceae-Helenieae Rydberg, P. A. 34.(2) 83-146 28 Jul 1915 Carduaceae-Lasthenia Hall, H. M. 34(1) 80 31 Dec 1914 Hall, H. M. 34(2) 81 28 Jul 1915 Carduaceae-Liabeae Rydberg, P. A. 34.(4) 289-301 22 Jun 1927 Carduaceae-Monolopia Hall, H. M. 34.(2) 82 28 Jul 1915 Carduaceae-Neurolaeneae Rydberg, P. A. 34.(4) 303-308 22 Jun 1927 Carduaceae-Senecioneae Rydberg, P. A. 34(4) 309-360 =. 22: Jun 1927 Carduaceae-Tageteae Rydberg, P. A. 34.(2) 147-180 28 Jul 1915 Rydberg, P. A. 34(3) 181-216 29 Dec 1916 Carduaceae-Vernonieae Gleason, H. A. 33(1) 47-110 15 Sep 1922 Carduales Rydberg, P. A. 33(1) I 15 Sep 1922 Ceratiomyxaceae Martin, G. W. 1(1) 7-8 29 Apr 1949 Ceratopteridaceae Benedict, R. C. 16(1) 29-30 6 Nov 1909 Chaetomiaceae Palliser; HL: 3(1) 58-64 29 Dec 1910 Chanterelae see Agaricaceae Chenopodiaceae Standley, P. C. 21(1) 3-93 27 Nov 1916 Chenopodiales Standley, P. C. 21(1) I 27 Nov 1916 Clethraceae Britton, N. L. 29(1) 3- 31 Aug 1914 Coleosporiaceae Arthur, J. C. 7(2) 85-95 6 Mar 1907 Collodermataceae Martin, G. W. 1(1) 65 29 Apr 1949 Compositae-Coreopsidinae Sherff, E. E. & Ser. II(2) 1-149 9 Dec 1955 E. J. Alexander Connaraceae Britton, N. L. 22(3) 233-236 = 12 Jun 1908 Cornaceae Rickett, H. W. 28B(2) 299-311 28 Dec 1945 Cornales Rickett, H. W. 28B(2) 297 28 Dec 1945 Corsiniaceae Evans, A. W. 14(1) 29-30 1g Jan 1923 Crassulaceae Britton, N. L. & 22(T) 7-74. 22 May 1905 J. N. Rose Cribrariaceae Martin, G. W. (1) 25-32 29 Apr 1949 Crossosomataceae Small, J. K. 22(3) 231-232 12 Jun 1908 Cunoniaceae Britton, N. L. 22(2) 179-180 18 Dec 1905 Cuscuta Yuncker, I.'G: Ser. II(4) 1-40 15 Dec 1965 Cyatheaceae Maxon, W. R. 16(1) 65-88 6 Nov 1909 Cymodoceaceae Taylor, N. 17(1) 31-32 30 Jun 1909 Cyperaceae Mackenzie, K. K. 18(1) 1-60 5 Dec 1931 Mackenzie, K. K. 18(2) 61-112 =2t Dec 1931 Mackenzie, K. K. 18(3) 113-168 31 Dec 1931 Mackenzie, K. K. 18(4) 169-240 15 Apr 1935 Mackenzie, K. K. 18(5) 241-312 I Jun 1935 Mackenzie, K. K. 18(6) 313-392 21 Oct 1935 Mackenzie, K. K. 18(7) 393-478 7 Nov 1935 Cyperaceae-Scirpeae Svenson, H. K. 18(8) 479 29 Oct 1947 Beetle, A. A. 18(8) 481-504 29 Oct 1947 Svenson, H. K. 18(g) 505-550, 5 Nov 1957 fig. 1 342 taxon Desmidiales Dianemaceae Dicaeoma on Carduaceae Dicaeoma on Carex Dicaeoma on Poaceae Dicaeoma on Misc. Hosts Dichapetalaceae Dicranaceae Didymiaceae Ditrichaceae Echinosteliaceae Ectrogellaceae Elodeaceae Ericaceae Ericales Eriocaulaceae Erythroxylaceae Exosporeae Fabaceae-Eysenhardtia Fabaceae-Galegeae Fabaceae-Galegeae Fabaceae-Indigofereae Fabaceae-Psoraleae Filicales . Fimetariaceae Fimetariales Fissidentaceae Fontinalaceae Fungi Geraniaceae Geraniales Gleicheniaceae Grossulariaceae Hamamelidaceae Hydrangeaceae Hydrocharitaceae Hydrocharitales author(s) Prescott, G. W., H. T. Croasdale, & W. C. Vinyard Martin, G. W. Arthur, J. C. & H. S. Jackson Arthur, J. C. & F, D. Kern Arthur, J.C. & F. D. Fromme Arthur, J. C. & F. D. Fromme Arthur, J. C. & F, D. Kern Arthur, J. C. Arthur, J. C. Gleason, H. A. Williams, R. S. Martin, G. W. Britton, E. G. Martin, G. W. Coker, W. C. & V. D. Matthews Rydberg, P. A. Small, J. K. Small, J. K. Moldenke, H. N. Britton, N. L. Martin, G. W. Pennell, F. W. Rydberg, P. Rydberg, P. Rydberg, P. Rydberg, P. Rydberg, P. Rydberg, P. Rydberg, P. Rydberg, P. Rydberg, P. A. Underwood, L. M. & W. R. Maxon Griffiths, D. & F. J. Seaver Seaver, F. J. Grout, A. J. PPP PPP PDD Welch, W. H. Martin, G. W. Hanks, L. T. & J. K. Small Small, J. K. Maxon, W. R. Coville, ’. V. & N. L. Britton Britton, N. L. Rydberg, P. A. Rydberg, P. A. Small, J. K. volume Ser. II(6) 1-84 1(1) 35-37 7(6) 420-435 7(5) 341-369 7(4) 269-336 7(5) 337-341 7(5) 369-404 7(6) 405-419 7(6) 435-453 25(5) 381-383 15(2) 77-158 1(1) I3I-151 15(1) 55-67 I(1) 63 2(1) 59-60 17(1) 67-71 29(1) 33-102 29(1) I 19(1) 17-50 25(1) 59-66 1(1) 5 24(1) 34-40 24(3) 155-200 24(4) 201-250 24(5) 251-314. 24(6) 315-378 24(7) 379-462 24(3) 137-153 24(1) 1-34 24(1) 40-64, 24(2) 65-136 16(1) 25 3(1) 65-88 3(1) 57 15(3) 167-202, jigs. I-10 Ser. II(3) 1-30 1(1) I 25(1) 3-24. 25(1) I-2 16(1) 53-63 22(3) 193-225 22(2) 185-187 22(2) 159-178 17(1) 71-74 17(1) 65 BRITTON, N. L. pagination date 17 Aug 1972 29 Apr 1949 8 Feb 1921 31 Dec 1920 24. Dec 1920 31 Dec 1920 31 Dec 1920 8 Feb 1921 8 Feb 1921 20 Mar 1924 8 Aug 1913 29 Apr 1949 14 Jun 1913 29 Apr 1949 26 Nov 1937 30 Jun 1909 31 Aug 1914 31 Aug 1914 27 Nov 1937 24. Aug 1907 29 Apr 1949 25 Apr 1919 16 Jul 1923 4 Oct 1924 19 Feb 1929 15 May 1929 26 Jul 1929 16 Jul 1923 25 Apr 1919 25 Apr 1919 22 Jan 1920 6 Nov 1909 29 Dec 1910 29 Dec 1910 9 Oct 1943 15 Mar 1963 29 Apr 1949 24 Aug 1907 24 Aug 1907 6 Nov 1909 12 June 1-08 18 Dec 1905 18 Dec 1905 30 Jun 1909 30 Jun 1909 343 BRITTON, N. L. taxon Hypocreaceae Hypocreales Iteaceae Koeberliniaceae Krameriaceae Leguminosae-Sophoreae Lennoaceae Leptomitaceae Leucobryaceae Liceaceae Liceales Lilaeaceae Limnanthaceae Linaceae Malpighiaceae Marattiaceae Marattiales Marchantiaceae Marchantiales Mayacaceae Meliaceae Mimosaceae Monoblepharidaceae Monoblepharidales Monotropaceae Myxogastres Myxomycetes Naiadaceae Naiadales Nectriaceae Nyssaceae Oedogoniaceae Onagraceae Ophioglossaceae Ophioglossales Orthotrichaceae Osmundaceae Oxalidaceae Pandanales Parnassiaceae Penthoraceae Petiveriaceae Phyllonomaceae Phyllostictaceae Phyllostictales Physaraceae Physarales Platanaceae 344 author(s) Seaver, F. J. Seaver, F. Britton, N. L. Barnhart, J. H. Britton, N. L. Rudd, V. E. Rydberg, P. A. Coker, W. C. & V. D. Matthews Williams, R. S. Martin, G. W. Martin, G. W. Taylor, N. Rydberg, P. A. Small, J. K. Small, J. K. Underwood, L. Underwood, L. Evans, A. W. Evans, A. W. Smith, A. C. Wilson, P. Britton, N. L. & J. N. Rose Britton, N. L. J. N. Rose Britton, N. L. & J. N. Rose Coker, W. C. Coker, W. C. Small, J. K. Martin, G. W. Martin, G. W. Taylor, N. Small, J. K. Seaver, F. J. Rickett, H. W. Tiffany, L. H. Murz, P. A. Underwood, L. M. & R. C. Benedict Underwood, L. M. & R. C. Benedict Grout, A. J. Benedict, R. C. Small, J. K. Small, J. K. Rydberg, P. A. Rydberg, P. A. Wilson, P. Rusby, H. H. Seaver, F. J. Seaver, F. J. Martin, G. W. Martin, G. W. Gleason, H. A. M. M. volume 3(1) 3(1) 22(2) 25(2) ee I oe on on pagination date 31-56 29 Dec 1910 I 29 Dec 1910 181 18 Dec 1905 IOI-102. 3 Jun 1910 195-200 18 Nov 1930 1-53 29 Aug 1972 19-20 31 Aug 1914 61-67 26 Nov 1937 159-166 8 Aug 1913 13-18 29 Apr 1949 II 29 Apr 1949 37 30 Jun 1909 97-100 3 Jun 1910 67-87 24 Aug 1907 I17-171 3 Jun 1910 17-23 6 Nov 1909 15 6 Nov 1909 57-66 19 Jan 1923 g-10 19 Jan 1923 I-2 27 Nov 1937 263-206 10 Mar 1924 1-76 11 Feb 1928 77-136 25 Sep 1928 137-194 20 Dec 1928 II-13 26 Nov 1937 9 26 Nov 1937 11-18 31 Aug 1914 9 29 Apr 1949 3 29 Apr 1949 33°35 30 Jun 1909 II 30 Jun 1909 3-30 29 Dec 1910 313-316 28 Dec 1945 1-85, 24 Sep 1937 figs. 1-36 1-231 28 Dec 1965 3-13 6 Nov 1909 I 6 Nov 1909 1-62, 4 Nov 1946 Sigs. 1-5 27-28 6 Nov 1909 25-58 24 Aug 1907 I 30 Jun 1909 77-80 22 May 1905 75 22 May 1905 257-266 2g Dec 1932 IQI 18 Dec 1905 3-84 5 Apr 1922 I 5 Apr 1922 93-130 29 Apr 1949 gi 29 Apr 1949 227-229 «12 Jun 1908 taxon Poaceae Poaceae-Chlorideae Poales Podostemonaceae Polygalaceae Polygonales Polyporaceae Pontederiaceae Portulacaceae Portulacaceae-Portulaca Portulacaceae-Talinaria Portulacaceae-Talinopsis Portulacaceae-Talinum Pterostemonaceae Pyrolaceae Reboulliaceae Reticulariaceae Ricciaceae Riellaceae Rosaceae Rosales Rubiaceae Rubiales Rutaceae Saprolegniaceae Saprolegniales Sauteriaceae Saxifragaceae Scheuchzeriaceae Schizaeaceae Seligeriaceae Simaroubaceae Sparganiaceae Sphaerocarpaceae Sphaerocarpales author(s) Nash, G. V. Nash, G. V. Nash, G. V. Hitchcock, A. Hitchcock, A. Hitchcock, A. Hitchcock, A. Hitchcock, A. Hitchcock, A. Chase, A. Swallen, J. R. Small, J. K. Nash, G. V. Blake, S. F. Blake, S. F. Small, J. K. Murrill, W. A. Murrill, W. A. Alexander, E. J. Rydberg, P. A. Rydberg, P. A. Wilson, P. Wilson, P. Wilson, P. Wilson, P. Small, J. K. Rydberg, P. A. Evans, A. W. Martin, G. W. Howe, M. A. Haynes, C. C. & M. A. Howe Rydberg, P. Rydberg, P. Rydberg, P. Rydberg, P. Small, J. K. Standley, P. Standley, P. Standley, P. Standley, P. Standley, P. Wilson, P. Coker, W. C. & V. D. Matthews Coker, W. C. & V. D. Matthews Evans, A. W. Small, J. K. Britton, N. L. Maxon, W. R. Britton, E. G. Small, J. K. Rydberg, P. A. Haynes, C. C. & M. A. Howe Haynes, C. C. & M. A. Howe S S. S. S. S. S. QQNNA PPP NNNNNNDWND Oe ee | = S S& & WO LPO oO Se ry Ne) SS ES NN no NN No NN Owonwdoo NN NNNNNN DN BRITTON, N. L. pagination date 77-98 30 Jun 1909 99-196 ~=18 Sep 1912 197-198 20 Dec 1915 198-288 20 Dec 1915 289-354 14 Aug 1931 355-418 17 May 1935, 419-482 5 Sep 1935 483-542 31 Mar 1937 543-568 14 Jul 1939 568-579 14 Jul 1939 579-638 14 Jul 1939 75 30 Jun 1909 3-6 22 May 1905 305-326 10 Mar 1924 327-379 20 Mar 1924 299 10 Mar 1924 1-72 19 Dec 1907 73-131 12 Mar 1908 51-60 27 Nov 1937 279-280 29 Dec 1932 290-328 29 Dec 1932 328-336 29 Dec 1932 289-290 =. 29 Dec 1932 290 29 Dec 1932 280-289 =. 29 Dec 1932 183 18 Dec 1905 21-32 31 Aug 1914 39-56 19 Jan 1923 19-24 29 Apr 1949 9-27 19 Jan 1923 7-8 19 Jan 1923 239-292 12 Jun 1908 293-388 20 Nov 1908 389-480 23 Dec 1913 481-533 30 Dec 1918 1-2 22 May 1905 3-86 28 Dec 1918 87-158 10 May 1921 159-228 =. 8 Aug 1934. 229-300 21 Dec 1934 I 28 Dec 1918 173-224 6 May 1o11 17-58 26 Nov 1937 15 26 Nov 1937 35°37 19 Jan 1923 81-158 18 Dec 1905 41-42 30 Jun 1909 31-52 6 Nov 1909 71-75 14 Jun 1913 227-239 6 May rol! 5-10 30 Jun 1909 3-6 19 Jan 1923 2 19 Jan 1923 345 BRITTON, N. L. taxon author(s) volume pagination date Sphagnaceae Andrews, A. L. 15(1) 3-31 14 Jun 1913 Sphagnales Andrews, A. L. 15(1) I 14 Jun 1913 Stemonitaceae Martin, G. W. 1(1) 67-90 29 Apr 1949 Stemonitales Martin, G. W. 1(1) 61 29 Apr 1949 Surianaceae Wilson, P. 25(3) 225 6 May tg11 Targioniaceae Evans, A. W. 14(1) 31-33 19 Jan 1923 Tetragoniaceae Wilson, P. 21(4) 267-277. 29 Dec 1932 Tilletiaceae Clinton, G. P. 7(1) 47-82 4 Oct 1906 Trichiaceae Martin, G. W. 1(1) 39-59 29 Apr 1949 Trichiales Martin, G. W. 769) 33 29 Apr 1949 Trigoniaceae Standley, P. C. 25(4) 297-298 10 Mar 1924 Tropaeolaceae Nash, G. V. 25(2) 89-91 3 Jun 1910 Tuberales Gilkey, H. M. Ser. II(1) 1-29 15 Dec 1954 Typhaceae Wilson, P. 17(1) 3-4. 30 Jun 1909 Umbelliferae Mathias, M. E. & 28B(1) 43-160 30 Dec 1944 L. Constance Mathias, M. E. & 28B(2) 161-292 28 Dec 1945 L. Constance Umbellales Rickett, H. W. 28B(1) I 30 Dec 1944 Uredinaceae Arthur, J. C. 7(2) 97-127. 6 Mar 1907 Uredinales Arthur, J. C. 7(2) 83 6 Mar 1907 Ustilaginaceae Clinton, G. P. 7(1) 3-45 4 Oct 1906 Ustilaginales Clinton, G. P. 7161) I 4 Oct 1906 Vaucheriaceae Blum, J. L. Ser. I1(8) 1-53, 5 Dec 1972 jigs. I-104 Vernonieae see Carduaceae Vochysiaceae Standley, P. C. 25(4) 301-303 10 Mar 1924 Xyridaceae Malme, G. O. A. 19(1) 3-15 27 Nov 1937 Zannichelliaceae Taylor, N. 7 (i) 13-27 30 Jun 1909 Zosteraceae Taylor, N. 17(1) 29-30 30 Jun 1909 Zygophyllaceae Vail, A. M. & 25(2) 103-116 3 Jun 1g10 P. A. Rydberg 782. Contributions to the Flora of the Bahama Islands I-IV, Bull. N.Y. Bot. Gard. 3-5. 1905-1907. Publ.: Four articles in the Bulletin of the New York Botanical Garden of which separates | were issued in advance. Copies of reprints at NY. contribution vol. pages separate journal 441-453 7 Feb 1905 14 Apr 1905 115-127 24Augi1g05 25 Jun 1906 137-143 19 Mar 1906 =. 25 Jun 1906 311-318 26 Oct 1907 8 Feb 1909 Bo N or — OO Ref.: Barnhart, in Merrill l.c.p. 182-185. 783. North American trees being descriptions and illustrations of the trees growing independently of cultivation in North America, north of Mexico and the West Indies. [Headline]: American Nature Series Group II. Classification of Nature — Library Series. New York (Henry Holt and Company) 1908. Qu. (NV. Amer. trees). Co-author: John Adolph Shafer (1863-1918). Publ.: 9 Mai 1908 (Barnhart; p. ii: published April, 1908), p. [i]-x, slip measures, [1, h.t.], 1-894, text figs. 1-781. Copies: MICH, NY, US [The MICH copy has a variant t.p. with headline: ‘‘American Nature Series Group I. Classification of Nature’’]. Ref.: BM 6: 140; Kew 1: 379; Langman p. 162. Barnhart, zn Merrill, l.c. p. 185. Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 321. 1945. 346 BRITTON, N. L. 784. The flora of the American Virgin Islands. New York 1918. Oct. (Fl. Amer. Virgin Isl.) Publ.: 6 Jul 1918, Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Mem. 1: 19-118. 1918, Contr. New York Bot. Gard. no. 203. Copies: BR, NY. Ref.: Kew 1: 379. 785. Flora of Bermuda (illustrated). New York (Charles Scribner’s Sons) 1918. Oct. (Fl. Bermuda). Orig. ed.: 28 Feb 1918 (p. ii), p. [i]-xi, [1]-xi, [1]-585, front., fig. 1-584. Copy: U. Facsimile ed.: New York (Hafner) 1965, idem. Copy: FAS. Ref.: IF suppl. 3: 203; Kew 1: 378. Stafleu, Taxon 15: 329. 1966. 786. The Cactaceae descriptions and illustrations of plants of the Cactus family. Washing- ton (Carnegie Institution) 1919-1923, 4 vols. Qu. (Cact.) Co-author: Joseph Nelson Rose (1862-1928). Original edition: The Carnegie Institution of Washington. Publication no. 248 (vols. 1-4). Copy: U. 1: 21 Jun 1919, p. [i]-vii, [1]-236, fig. 1-301, [302], pl. 1-36. 2: 9 Sep 1920, p. [i]-vii, 1-239, fig. 1-304, pl. 1-40. 3: 12 Oct 1922, p. [1]-7, 1-235, fig. 1-250, pl. 1-24. ‘4: 24 Dec 1923, but text of p. 1-80 distr. 9 Oct. 1923, p. [i]-vil, 1-318, fig. 1-262, [263], pl. 1-37. The plates in this edition, by M. E. and A. A. Newton, are coloured. First reprint: Los Angeles 1931-1937 (facsimile with some additions). Copy: L. 1: issued as a supplement to the Journal of the Cactus and Succulent Society of Ameri- ca, vols. 3-6. 1931-1934, Los Angeles 1931 (p. 11), p. [i]-vil, [1]-236, 214a, loose addenda 226a-231a (publ. after 1937), fig. 1-301, [302], pl. 1-36, facsimile reprint, t.p. as ed. 1, dated 1919. 2: issued, p. 1-148 as a supplement to idem, vols. 6-8, 1934-1936, p. 149-239 separately in Mar 1937, p. ii “Los Angeles 1935,” p. [i]-vii, 1-24, fig. 1-305, pl. 1-40, t.p. as ed. 1, dated 1920. 3: issued separately, Los Angeles 1937, p. [i]-vi, [1]-258, fig. 1-250, pl. 1-24. (t.p. 1922) 4: issued separately, Los Angeles 1937, p. [i]-vul, [1]-38, fig. 1-263, pl. 1-37. (t-p. 1923) Second reprint: Dover Publications Inc. New York [1963], Qu., in four volumes, bound as two. Copy: NY. r: p. [i*-ii*], [i]-vii, [1]-236, fig. 1-302, pl. [1]-36. 2: [1]-vii, [1]-241, fig. 1-305, pl. [1]-40. 3: [1 [Jv [1]-258, fig. 1-250, pl. [7]-24. 4: [i]-vil, [1]-318, [319 ded.], fig. 1-263, pl. 1-37. This is a reprint of the Los Angeles 1931-1937 “‘edition.”’ Ref.: Kew 1: 379; Langman p. 162; NI 236; Plesch p. 157. Barnhart in Merrill, l.c. p. 192-195. 9787. The Bahama Flora. New York (authors) 1920. Oct. (Bahama fi.) Co-author: Charles Frederick Millspaugh (1854-1923). Orig. ed.: 26 Jun 1920 (date in book), p. [i]-viii, [1]-694. Copy: U. Facsimile ed.: New York 1962. Ref.: Kew 1: 378; Plesch 157. 4788. New York Academy of Sciences. Scientific survey of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands. Volume 5 [and 6] Botany of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands [5:] Pandanales to Thymeleales [6:] Myrtales to Lycopodiales. Supplement. Bibliography. Index to volumes V and VI. New York (N.Y. Academy of Sciences) [5:] [1923-]1924, [6:] 1925- 1930. Oct. (Bot. Porto Rico). Co-authors: Percy Wilson (1879-1944); William Ralph Maxon (1877-1948). 5(1): 10 Aug 1923, p. [i], [1]-158. — Preface by N.L.B., Spermat. N.L.B. & P.W. ): 10 Jan 1924, p. [i], 159-316. — Spermat. ctd., N. iL. Bo &) PW. ): 16 Jun 1924, p. [i], our 474. — Spermat. ctd., N.L.B. & P.W. ): 8 Nov 1924, p. [i*-1i1*, gen. t.p., cts.], [1], 495" -676. — Spermat. ctd., N.L.B. & P.W. 6(1): 14 Jan 1925, p. [i], [1]-158. — Spermat. ctd., N.L.B. & P.W. 347 BRITTON, N. L. (2): 31 Aug 1925, p. [1], 159-316. — Spermat. ctd., N.L.B. & P.W. (3): 15 Jun 1926, p. [1], 317-521. — Spermat. concl., N.L.B. & P.W.; Pteridophyta by W. R. Maxon. (4): 19 Dec 1930, [i*-iii, gen. t.p., cts.], p. [522]-663. — Spermat. suppl., bibliogr. index vols. 5 & 6., N.L.B. & P.W. 7(3): Palaeobotany of Porto Rico see Arthur Hollick (31 Oct 1928). ): The mosses of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands by H. A. Crum and W. C. Steere 13 Dec 1957. 8(1): Mycology see Seaver and Chardon (29 Sep 1926). (2): Mycol. suppl. see Seaver; Myxomycetes see R. Hagelstein; Myxophyceae see N. L. Gardner (22 Nov 1932). (3): Diatomaceae see R. Hagelstein (19 Jan 1939). Copies: MO, NY, U. Ref.: BM 7: 917; Kew 1: 379. Britzelmayr, Max (1839-1909), German lichenologist and mycologist in Bavaria, school inspector 1873-1899. (Britzelm.) HERBARIUM and TypEs: Unknown. — Exsiccatae: Lichenes exsiccati aus der Flora Augsburgs (fasc. I-10, nos. 1-420, suppl. 1-5, nos. 421-1012, 80 plates, Berlin 1903-1907), sets at BM, FH, GB, L, PC, SI. The schedae and plates were published in Ber. naturwiss. Ver. Schwaben 36: 25-80 (1904), 37: 183-228 (1906), 38: 3-76 (1907). For full details see Sayre (1969). — Original water colour paintings for Hymenomyceten aus Siidbayern at Ref.: TH 2: 98. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 116-117. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 254; BM 1: 251; CSP 12: 123, 13: 820; DTS 4: xliv. 1902; GR p. 8; Kew 1: 379; LS 4034-4072; NI 237-240. Gerstlauer, Ber. bayer. bot. Ges. 12: 69-72. 1910 (portr., bibl.) Anon., Denkschr. bot. Ges. Regensburg 11: 12. IQII. Miiller, Ber. naturwiss. Ver. Schwaben 39/40: 601-606. 1911 (portr., bibl.) 789. Hymenomyceten aus Siidbayern [Augsburg, Berlin, 1879-1897] plates and text. (Hy- menomyc. Stidbayern) . Publ.: A very involved series of publications, under various titles, the text in various journals or in independent pamphlets, the plates loose, published in sets containing plates of various groups, mainly numbered per illustration of which there are often more than one per plate. We have not seen a complete set of the original publication in chronological order but a number of incomplete sets in various libraries. ‘The Farlow herbarium has a complete set of the plates arranged systematically by Britzelmayr himself of which the contents are listed below. Then follows a list of the various parts with plates and text as issued chronologically. It is not yet possible to indicate precisely which plates were included in which parts. Systematic arrangement, copy FH (bought from Max Weg, Leipzig, ‘“‘a set which he guaranteed as perfect and arranged by Britzelmayr himself.” The text is bound in an octavo volume but was not consulted because it is [temporarily?] lost. The plates are in four quarto volumes as follows: vol. names on plates plates numbers 1(1) Leucospori 1-165 1-765 1(2) Hyporhodii 1-46 I-IQI Dermini 1-89 1-460 2(1) Melanospori I-44 1-286 Cortinarius I-90 1-384 2(3) Gomphidius, Paxillus I, 1a-5 1-16 Hygrophorus 6-29 I-112 Lactarius 30-52 1-81 BRITZELMAYR vol. names on plates plates numbers Russula 53-97 1-138 Cantharellus 98-102 I-20 Marasmius 103-115 I-54 Lentinus 116-123 1-23 Lenzites [on 123] 8 Panus 124-126 10-12, 16-17, 18 Trogia et al. 127 I Lenzites 127-129 1-7 3 [t.p. Boleti 1886] [7] [t.p. Hymenomyc. $.B. vii] [2] Boletus 3-34 1-84 Polypori 35-104 1-233 Hydnei 1-36 1-106 Thelephorei I-25 1-105 Clavariei 26-56 1-98 Tremellinei 57-65 1-32 Chronological arrangement. Friedlander offered a ‘“‘complete”’ set in 13 volumes in Naturae Novitates 1894 p. 147. This list, together with the data provided by BM and LS is the basis of the following survey. Theil LS I 4.036 2 4038 3 4039 4 4040 4041 5 4042 6 4043 G) ? 8 4045 9 4046 10 4.046 - title Die Hymenomyceten Augsburgs und seiner Umgebung, Ber. Naturk. Ver. Augsburg 25: 29-35. 1879, with zo plates, as separate 17 p., ro pl. (Nat. Nov. Nov 1879). Hyporhodii und Leucospori aus Siidbayern, ib. 26: 133-148. 1881, with 76 pl., as separate 16 p., 16 pl. (Nat. Nov. Jan 1882). Dermini aus Siidbayern, Berlin 1882, 19 pl. (Nat. Nov. Feb 1884, as of “*1882”’). Dermini und Melanospori aus Siidbayern Ber. naturk. Ver. Augsburg 27: 147-196. 1883 (Nat. Nov. Feb 1884). Separate 48 p., accompanied by 20 pl. Berlin 1883. (Beilin ‘‘1884,” Nat. Nov. Feb 1884). Leucospori aus Siidbayern, Berlin 1884, 20 pl. (Nat. Nov. Mai 1884). Hymenomyceten aus Siidbayern, Cortinarii, Ber. naturk. Ver. Augsburg 28: [119]-160. 1885, also as a separate 42 p., with 60 pl. [Nat. Nov. Feb 1886: Atlas mit 60 Tafeln]. (Copy: L). Hymenomyceten aus Stidbayern. Boleti und Erganzungen zu den Agaricineen, Berlin 1886, 25 pl. (offered as such by Friedlander) ‘““Text ist in den friiheren Abtheilungen enthalten’”’ (Nat. Nov. Aug 1886). Hymenomyceten aus Siidbayern, [vol. 8 of series] Polyporei, Hydnei, Thelephorei, Clavariei und Tremellinei. Mit einem Verzeichnisse sammitlicher als ““Hymenomyceten aus Siidbayern”’ veréffentlichten Arten, Ber. naturw. Ver. Augsburg 29: [271]-306. 1887, as a separate 1888, 34 p., 70 pl. (Nat. Nov. Mar 1888). (Copy: L). Hymenomyceten aus Siidbayern. Theil VI (vol. 9 of series). Boleti, Cortinarii, Dermini, Hydnei, Hyporhodii, Leucospori, Melanospori. Mit einer Systematischen Bearbeitung der in den 9 Theilen beschrie- benen Hymenomyceten, mit vollstandigem Register. Berlin 1890. 34 p., 65 pl., also Ber. 30: 1-34. 1890, accompanied by 65 pl. (Copy: L). Hymenomyceten aus Stidbayern. Leucospori, Hyporhodii, Dermini, Melanospori, Cortinarius, Hygrophorus, Lactarius, Russula, Cantha- rellus, Marasmius, Panus, Lenzites, Boletus, Polyporus, Hydnei, Thelephorei, Clavariei. Berlin 1891, 4 p., 48 pl. (in Nat. Nov. Feb 1891 with these details but as no “‘g”’ of the series, obviously an error for 10, error corrected p. 149, Apr 1891. Friedlander offered the complete series up to this date with 353 pl. and 199 p. text for M. 164. 349 BRITZELMAYR Theil LS title II 4046 Hymenomyceten aus Stidbayern. ‘Theil VIII [vol. 11] of series Leucospori, Hyporhodii, Dermini, Melanospori, Cortinarius, Gomphidius, Paxil- lus, Hygrophorus, Lactarius, Russula, Cantharellus, Marasmius, Boletus, Polyporus, Hydnei, Clavariei. Berlin 1894, 15 p., & pil. (Nat. Nov. Jan 1892). [11a] 4047 Das Genus Cortinarius, Bot. Centralbl. 51: 1, 33. 1892, also as a separa- te, 18 p., accompanied by zo pl. ‘The 10 plates with a cover: as Aélas mit 10 Tafeln Cortinarit-Abbildungen. Berlin 1892. (fig. 250-292 Nat. Nov. Aug 1892)). 12 4046 Hymenomyceten aus Stidbayern XII. Leucospori, Hyporhodii, Dermini, Melanospori, Cortinarius, Gomphidius, Hygrophorus, Lactarius, Russula, Marasmius, Lentinus, ‘Trogia, Panus, Boletus, Polyporus, Thelephorei, Clavariei. Berlin 1893, 30 p., 175 pl. (details Nat. Nov. Mai 1893; Hedwigia Jul-Aug 1893). - 4048 Materialien zur Beschreibung der Hymenomyceten, Bot. Ceniralbl. 54: 33-40, 65-71, 97-105. 1893. 13 4049 Hymenomyceten aus Siidbayern X [text], Ber. naturk. Ver. Augsburg 31: 157-222. 1894, including an index to parts I-X. (Copy: L). 13 4050 Hymenomyceten Abth. XIII, Hymenomyceten aus Siidbayern. Teil X (Schluss) Berlin 1894, 54 pl., issued with 66 p. text (= 13, reprint) (Nat. Nov. Mai 1894). This concludes the publication of the Hymenomyceten aus Stidbayern s. str., in 13 Abtheilun- gen, and X Theile. The following is an additional series with accompanying text. - 4.052 Materialien zur Beschreibung der Hymenomyceten, Bot. Centralbl. [6205] 58: 273-281, 305-313. 1895, reprint p. 1-16, Cassel 1895. [14] 4053 Kur Hymenomyceten-Kunde. Reihe I, Berlin [1895], 55 pl., 16 p. text (Nat. Nov. Jul 1895; Hedwigia Oct 1895). - 4055 Materialien ... Hymenomyceten, Bot. Centralbl. 58: 108-212, 137- 145. 1896. [15] 4056 Kur Hymenomyceten-Kunde. Reihe II, 45 pl., issued with reprint of no. 20, 13 p. (Nat. Nov. Dec 1896). - 4057 Materialien ... Hymenomyceten, Bot. Centralbl. 71: 49-59, 87-96. 1897. [16] - Kur Hymenomyceten-Kunde. Reihe III, Berlin 1897, 45 pl., 8, 19 p. text. - 4.058 Revision der Diagnosen zu den von Britzelmayr aufgestellten Hy- menomyceten-Arten. Bot. Centralbl. [1]73: 129, 169, 203. 1898; 2[75]: 163. 1898; [3]77: 356, 395, 433. 1899; [4]80: 57-116. 1899. (see Nat. Nov. 1898: 233 [Apr], 434 [Aug], 493 [Sep]; 1899: 319 [Mai], 640 [Nov]. Ref.: BM 1: 251; Kew 1: 379; IDC 5006. Friedlander, Nat. Nov. 16: 147. 1894. 790. Cladonien-Abbildungen, 30 Tafeln mit Text. Berlin (Rud. Friedlander und Sohn) 1898-1900, 2 Hefte. Oct. (Cladonien-Abb.) Heft 1: 1898, pl. [1-30], [34 p. text n.v.] (Nat. Nov. Dec 1898 cites “Augsburg 1898, 30 Tafeln mit Text’’), corr. Jan 1899. Heft 2: 1900, p. [31-60], [2] p. contents (Nat. Nov. Jan 1900, “‘Berlin’’). ‘The FH copy has a lithographed title page, as above, preceding a reprint from Hedwigia 43: 401-413. 1904, followed by the two sets of plates; these are coloured lithographs, not numbered, but with figs. nos. 1-317. For a preliminary note to Heft 2 see Britzelmayr, Bot. Centralbl. 81: 176-177. Feb 1900. Ref.: DTS 4: xliv; LS 4060; NI 237. Brockmiiller, Hans Joachim Heinrich (1821-1882), German cryptogamist, school teacher at W6lschendorf, later ‘“Trichinenschauer” in Schwerin. (Brockm.) HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. Brockmiiller issued: AMecklenburgische Kryptogamen, 350 BRONDEAU fasc. 1-6, nos. 1-300, Schwerin 1862-1868, which are at G, HAL, KIEL, L, NY, WRSL. For details see Sayre 1969. Ref.: GR p. 67; 1H 2: 99. Oltmans, Arch. Ver. Freunde Naturgesch. Mecklenburg 47: 124. 1894. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 10. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 255; BM 1: 252; CSP 4: 638, 7: 269,12:1233 GR p. 66-67 (!); IF 684; Jackson p. 307; LS 4104-4108; PR 1157. Boll, Fl. Meklenburg 149. 1860. 791. Die Laubmoose Meklenburgs. Schwerin (author) 1869. Oct. (Laubm. Meklenb.) Publ.: 1869 (Bot. Zeit. 1 Jul 1870; Flora 10 Dec 1870!), p. [1]-170. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 1: 252; PR 1157. Bromfield, William Arnold (1801-1851), British botanist who collected in North America, the West Indies and the Near East. (Bromf.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Wight herbarium presented to RYD (Isle of Wight Philosophical and Scientific Society, Ryde), see Kent for details; Wight plants also at OXF; other collections K (manuscripts, British, N. American and Egyptian plants) ; further material at MANCH. Refi: TH:2: 99. Stratton, J. Bot. 8: 88, 191. 1870. Vallot, Bull. Soc. bot. France 29: 174. 1882. Kent, Brit. herbaria 19. 1957. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 139. 1964. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 256; BB p. 46; BL 2: 243; BM 1: 254, 6: 143; Bossert p. 54; CSP 1: 644, 12: 124; DNB 6: 398; Jackson p. 254, 350; Kew 1: 382-383. Anon., Bot. Zeit. 10: 64.7. 10 Sep 1852. Hooker, Kew J. Bot. 3: 373-382. 1851, 5: 256. 1853. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 2: 182-183. 1852 (b ‘‘1800,” err.) Bromfield, Fl. vect., London 1856 (frontisp. portr.) Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 28-29. 1902. Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 18. 1906. 792. Flora vectensis: being a systematic description of the phaenogamous and flowering plants and ferns indigenous to the Isle of Wight. By the late William Arnold Bromfield, ... edited by Sir William Jackson Hooker, ... and Thomas Bell Salter. London (William Pamplin) 1856. Oct. (Fl. vect.) Editors: William Jackson Hooker (1785-1865); Thomas Bell Salter (1814-1858). Publ.: Mai-Aug 1856 (p. viii: Mai 1856; Hooker, J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. Sep 1856), p- [i]-xxxv, [1]-678, portr., map. Copy: HH. Ref.: BM 1: 254; Jackson p. 254; Kew 1: 383; PR 1163. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 15: 462-464. 1857. More, A. G., A supplement to the ‘‘Flora Vectensis.’’ London 1871, Oct., p. 1-30. (reprinted and revised from J. Bot. 9: 72-76, 135-145, 167-172, 202-211. 1871). Brondeau, Louis de [ Jegun de Marans, Antoine Louis Georges] (1794-1859), French botanist. (Brond.) HERBARIUM and TYPEs: TL. Ref.: 1H 2: gg. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: (under Jegun); BM 1: 254; CSP 1: 664; GR p. 269; Kew 1: 383; LS 4112-4136a; NI 241; PR 1164-1165. Roumegueére, Rev. mycol. 14: 59. 1892. Rickett, NAF 1(1): 155. 1949. Quélet, Description des nouvelles espéces de champignons de Louis de Brondeau (pamphlet in Stevenson Library) (cf. Rev. Mycol. 14: 64-67, 96. 1892). 35 BRONDEAU 793- Descriptions de deux champignons nouveaux, découverts et dessinés par M. Louis de Brondeau, ... suivie d’observations, et de la création du nouveau genre Gyrocephalus par M. C. H. Persoon. Paris (Lebel) 1824. Oct. (Descr. champ. now.) Co-author: Christiaan Hendrik Persoon (1762-1836). Publ.: 1824, p. [1]-7, pl. 3 by de Brondeau. Copy: Stevenson. — Reprinted from Mém. Soc. Linn., Paris, 3: 74-78. 1825. 794. Observations sur l Agaricus pilosus de Hudson . . . Paris (Société Linnéenne) 1827. Oct. (Observ. Agaricus pilosus). Publ.: 1827, p. [1]-7, pl. 6. Copy: Stevenson. — Reprinted from Mém. Soc. Linn., Paris 5: 413-417. 1827. 795- Recueil de plantes cryptogames de I’ Agenais, nouvelles, rares et peu connues, omises dans la Flore agenaise [de Saint-Amans], décrites et dessinées par M. L. de Brondeau, litho- graphiées par Madame Soph. Lamouroux; suivi d’un supplément a la Cryptogamie de la Flore agenaise. Agen (Prosper Noubel) 1828-1830, 3 fasc. Oct. f (Rec. pl. crypt. Agenais). Fasc. 1: Sep-Dec 1828 (p. 6: 1 Sep 1828), p. [1]-18, pl. 1-4. Fasc. 2: 1829, p. [19]-28, pl. 5, 6, Gbis, 7. Fasc. 3: 1830, p. [29]-39, pl. 8bis, 8, 9, 10. Fasc. 4: not published. However, the Stevenson copy has plates 11-14 which were to appear in this issue. The plates are uncoloured liths, by Sophie Lamouroux, of drawings by the author. Copies: a complete copy of this rare publication, with original covers, is in the Stevenson library. A copy without covers of fasc. 2 and 3 is at MICH. Ref.: Quélet, Rev. Mycol. 14: 6-163. 1892 (Concordance). Brongniart, Adolphe Théodore (1801-1876), French botanist and palaeobiologist; leading French taxonomist of the 19th century; son of Alexandre Brongniart. (Brongn.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: P, PC. Ref.: 1H 2: 99; Koster, Taxon 18: 550. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(2): 706; Andrews ed. 2, p. 242; Barnhart 1: 256; BM 1: 254-255, 6: 143; Bossert p. 54; CSP 1: 645-648, 6: 607, 7: 272-273, 9: 364, 12: 124, 13: 833; Dawson p. 154; DBF 7: 418-419; Frank p. 15; IF p. 184; HR; Jackson p. 527 [index]; Kew 1: 383; KR p. 104; Langman p. 163; Laségue p. 565 [index]; Moebius p. 448 [index]; MW p. 54; PR 1166-1176, 1026, 1214; PR ed. 1, 1313-1325; Quenstedt p. 60; Saccardo 1: 39. Candolle, Mémoires et souvenirs 334, 347, 367, 397. 1862. Cornu, Rev. scientifique 10: 564-574. 1876. Crépin, Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 15: 157-159. 1876. Duchartre et al., Discours ... 21 févr. 1876 ... Adolphe Brongniart. Paris 1876 (bibl.), also Bull. Soc. bot. France 23(1): 60-82. 1876 (orations at funeral). Kobell, Sb. bayer. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen 6: 120-121. 1876. Saporta, Bull. Soc. géol. France 4: 373-407. 1876 (bibl.) Trimen, J. Bot. 14: 94-96. 1876. Dumas, Mém. Acad. Sci. Paris 39: xxxvii-cxx. 1879 (bibl.) Ward, Annual Rep. U.S. geol. Survey 5: 372-373, 405-408, 421-422, 428-431. 1885. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 110. 1903, 3(5): 98. 1905 (portr.) Reynolds Green, Hist. Bot. 510. 1909. Maiden, J. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 44: 141, 143. 1910. Sarton, Isis 14: 417-419 (no. 49). 1930 (portr., medal). Launay, Une grande famille de savants: Les Brongniarts 155-167, 200-208. 1940. Merrill, Contr. U.S. nat. Herb. 30(1) : 73-76. 1947 (bibl.) Chesters, in Turrill, Vistas in botany 4: 299 [index]. 1964. Leroy, DSB 2: 491-493. 1970 (bibl.) Magdefrau, Gesch. Bot. 309 [index]. 1973. COMPOSITE WoRKS: (1) Annales des Sciences naturelles, edited for botany by Brongniart [et al.] ser. 1-se1. 6, vol. 3, Paris 1824-1876. 352 BRONGNIART, A. T. (2) Cuvier et A. T. Brongniart, Description géologique des environs de Paris, 1822, Descrip- tion des végétaux fossiles by Ad. Br.; further editions 1822, 1825, 1835. (3) Bory de Saint-Vincent, Dictionnaire classique d’histoire naturelle, Paris 1823-1831, Brongniart collaborator. (4) Orbigny, Dictionnaire universel d’histoire naturelle, Paris 1839-1845, 16 vols., Brongniart collaborator. (ed. 2, 1849, reissue 1861). (5) Cuvier et al., Dictionnaire des sciences naturelles, Paris 1804-1830, 61 vols., Brongniart collaborator. EPONYMY: Adolphia C. F. Meisner (1837); Brongniartella Bory de Saint-Vincent (1822) ; Brongniartia Blume (1825); Brongniartia Humboldt, Bonpland & Kunth (1824); Brong- niartikentia Beccari (1920); Brongniartites Unger (1845). 4796. Sur la classification et la distribution des végétaux fossiles. Paris (A. Belin) 1822. Qu. (Classific. vég. foss.) Publ.: 1822, p. [1]-91, pl. 1-6. Copy: G. — Reprinted from Mém. Mus. Hist. nat. 8: 203- 240. 1822, pl. 1-4, 297-348, pl. 5-6 [= 16-17 of vol.]. 797- Observations sur les Fucoides, et sur quelques autres plantes marines fossiles. [Paris 1823]. Qu. (Observ. Fucoides). Publ.: Dec 1823 or 1-10 Jan 1824, p. [1]-20, pl. 19-21. Copy: G. — Preprinted from Mém. Soc. Hist. nat. Paris 1(2): [301]-320, pl. 19-21. Apr 1824 (“1823”). The journal issue came out on 10 Apr 1824 (MD p. 180) but Brongniart sent a copy of the paper to Silliman on 10 Jan 1824 [letter Silliman to Brongniart 11 Jan 1824]; another copy of the preprint was presented to the Société d’ Histoire naturelle, Paris, on 31 Jan 1824. Ref.: CSP 1: 645. 798. Essai d’une classification naturelle des champignons, ou tableau méthodique des genres rapportés jusqu’a présent a cette famille. Paris (F. G. Levrault), Strasbourg (id). 1825. Oct. (Essai classific. nat. champ.) Publ.: on or shortly before 30 Apr 1825 (BF), p. [1]-99, pl. 1-8 (by Turpin). Copies: G, L. — Reprinted from Dict. Sci. nat. 33: (3)-(99) (Dec 1824) (see also article ‘‘Mycologie (Bot.),”’ p. 492-588). Ref.: BM 1: 254; Jackson 162; Kew 1: 383; PR 1167. 799. Prodrome d’une histoire des végétaux fossiles. Paris (F. G. Levrault), Strasbourg (id.) 1828. Oct. (Prodr. hist. vég. foss.) Publ.: Dec 1828 (BF 10 Jan 1829, Acad. 5 Jan 1829, Geol. Soc. London 3 Feb 1829, preface 10 Sep 1828), p. [i]-viii, [1]-223. Copies: BR, G, NY, US. — Published as an independent book and (with the use of the greater part of the same type but in a different make-up) at the same time as the entry for Végétaux fossiles in [Cuvier et al.] Dictionnaire des Sciences naturelles 57: 16-212. Dec 1828. The Prodrome has its own pagi- nation (1-223) and a title page, a preface and indexes (i-vili) not occurring in the Dictionnaire. ‘Vhe contents of the pages do not agree and it is therefore impossible to deduce the page in the Prodrome from that in the Dictionnaire and vice versa. Citation should preferably be from the Prodrome in accordance with the most common custom. It is not possible to say which of the two versions has priority: both came out in De- cember 1828. — ‘‘The finest work on plant fossils we have at present” (Wikstrém, Arsb. Vetensk. Framsteg Vetensk. Acad. [9]: 169-196. 1830). Ref.: BM 1: 254; Jackson p. 176; Kew 1: 383; PR 1171. Eschweiler, Bot. Lit.-Blatt. 2(2): 229-230. 1829. Guillemin, Bull. Sci. nat. 17(6): 406-418. Jun 1829. Stafleu, Taxon 15: 320-324. 1966. Stafleu, Rev. Palaeobot. Palyn. 3(1-4): 15-26. 1967. 800. Histoire des végétaux fossiles, ou recherches botaniques et géologiques sur les végétaux renfermés dans les diverses couches du globe. Paris, Amsterdam (vol. 1: G. Dufour et Ed. D’Ocagne; vol. 2: Paris, Crechard et Comp.) 1828-1837, 2 vols. Qu. { (Hist. vég. foss.) Publ.: Brongniart originally planned to publish two volumes with 160 plates each in 24. fascicles. Publication was discontinued after the 15th fascicle (fasc. 3 of vol. 2) 353 BRONGNIART, A. T. which ends in the middle of a sentence. Volume I consists of 12 and 488 pages and 171 plates (1-166, gbis, 37bis, 61bis, 862A, 62B). Volume 2 has 72 pages and 28 plates (1-26, 28, 30). A prospectus of 11 pages is sometimes bound with the volumes. — The facsimile editions published by Junk (Berlin 1915) and by Asher (Amsterdam 1965) have the texts combined in one volume and the plates in another. The Histoire and the Prodrome of 1828 are the works with which Brongniart founded scientific palaeobotany. vol./livraison pages plates dates 1/1 [i]-xii, [1]-80 1-9, 11, 13, 14, 16-18 17-22 Mar 1828 2 81-136 gbis, 10, 12, 15, 19-27 2-4 Aug 1828 3 137-168 28, 30-36, 38-41, 44, 45 23 Nov 1829 4 169-208 295 42, 435 49-49, 51, 52, 54-50, 6,66 1 Feb 1830 5 209-248 50, 535 37» 58, Orbis, 62, 64, 65, 67, 6 Jun 1831 68, 70, 71, 73, 76 6 249-264. 59, 60, 63, 69, 72, 74s 75s 77» 78-82 28 Nov 1831 5] 265-288 83-97 11 Feb 1833 8 289-312 82A, 98-109 6 Jan 1834 9 313-336 I10-I14, 117, 118, 124, 127, 128, 130 17 Feb 1834 10 337-368 115-116, 119-123, 126, 129, 131-134 28 Mar 1836 Il 369-416 135-146 4. Mar 1837 12 417-488 375 37 bis, 82B, 147-160 4. Mar 1837 2/13 [i-iii], [1]-24 161-166 of [vol. 1], 2, 2, 14, 15, 18 Apr-Dec 1837 14 25-26 3-75 22, 23, 20, 28, 30 3 Mar 1838 15 57-72 8-13, 16, 17, 19-21, 24, 25 Apr-Dec 1838 Prospectus I-II 15 Mar 1828 The 199 illustrations are lithographs after drawings by Brongniart himself, Courtin, Decaisne, Houdart [Oudart?], Jouy, Malapeau, Mathis, Meunier, Oudard [sic, proba- bly P. L. Oudart] Riocreux, et al. A prospectus on the forthcoming book (BF 1827: 716), 4 pp., Qu. (n.v.) was distributed in 1827. Two volumes were to be published, each of 6-7 livr. of 48-64 p. and about 15 pl. This announcement (1 Oct 1827) has sometimes been wrongly interpreted as livraison 1 which actually came out only in Mar 1828. Facsimile ed. (1): Berlin (Junk) 1915, 2 vols. (n.v.); (2): Amsterdam (A. Asher & Co.) 1915, 2 vols. (1: text, 2: plates). Copy: FAS. Ref.: BM 1: 254; Jackson 176; Kew 1: 383; NI 242; PR 1172; IDC 561. Eschweiler, Literaturblatt. reine angewandte Bot. 1: 149-150, 293-329. 1828. Tessier, J. Sav. Paris 1828(8): 496-501. 1828. Beudant, Ann. Sci. nat. 24: 435-444. Dec 1831. Junk, Rara 80, 109, 1900-1913. Stafleu, Taxon 15: 320-324. 1966. Stafleu, Rev. Palaeobot. Palyn. 3(1-4): 15-26. 1967. 801. Enumération des genres de plantes cultivés au Muséum @ histoire naturelle de Paris suivant Pordre établi dans l’école de botanique en 1843. Paris (Fortin, Masson et Cie.), Leipzig (id.) 1843. Duod. (Enum. pl. Mus. Paris). Ed. 1: 12 Aug 1843 (BF), [i]-xxxii, [1]-136. Copies: B, L, NY, USDA (has orig. cover). Ed. 2: “revue et augmentée.” Paris (J. B. Bailliére), London, Madrid, New York. 1850, publ.: 27 Jul 1850 (BF), p. [1]-237. Copy: US. Ref.: BM 1: 255; Kew 1: 383; PR 1173. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 2: 389-394. 1844, 9: 398-403. 1851. 802. Tableau des genres de végétaux fossiles considérés sous le point de vue de leur classifica- tion botanique et de leur distribution géologique ... (Extrait du Dictionnaire universel (histoire naturelle). Paris (L. Martinet) 1849. Qu. (Tabl. vég. foss.) Publ.: Jul-Dec 1849 (reprinted from Orbigny, Dict. univ. Hist. nat. vol. 13: 52-176, publ.: Jul-Dec 1849), p. [1]-127. Copies reprint: NY, US (Geol. Surv.) Ref.: Andrews p. 242; Jackson p. 177. 803. Recherches sur les graines fossiles silicifiées, par Adolphe Brongniart ... précédés d’une 354 BRONN notice sur ses travaux, par J. B. Dumas. Paris (Imprimerie nationale) 1881. Qu. (Rech. graines foss. silic.) Publ.: 1 Dec 1880 (fide BF 11 Dec 1880), p. [i]-xiv, [1]-93, pl. r-2z, A-C. Posthumous publication edited by Renault and Grand’Eury with 24 lithographed plates (by Brongniart and Cuisin) and an excellent frontispiece portrait of Brongniart towards the end of his life. Copy: WAG. Ref.: Andrews ed. 2, p. 243; BM 1: 255; Jackson p. 498; NI 243. Brongniart, Alexandre (1770-1847), French palaeobiologist, director of the Sevres china factory, father of Adolphe Brongniart. (Al. Brongn.) COLLECTIONS: Muséum d’Histoire naturelle, Paris. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 256; BM 1: 255; CSP 9: 364; DBF 7: 420; Kew 1: 383; Quenstedt p. 60-61. Dict. Sci. Nat. Méd., Biogr. Méd. 2: 539. 1820. Engelmann, Bibl. hist. nat. 659 [index]. 1946 (bibl.) Anon., Flora 31: 88. 7 Feb 1848. Deleuze, Hist. Mus. Hist. nat. 2: 707-711. Beaumont, Alg. Konst- Letterbode 1848(1): 132-138. Silliman et Beaumont, Am. J. Sci. ser. 2. 5: 141-149, 155-159. 1848. Dumas, Mém. Acad. Sci. Paris 39: xxxvii-cxx. 1879. Woodward, Hist. Geol. Soc. London 346. 1907. Balland, Les pharmaciens militaires frangais 270. 1913. Regnault, La Nature 2942: 510-512. 1934. Launay, Une grande famille de savants; les Brongniarts. Paris 1940 (bibl.) Rudwick, DSB 2: 493-497. 1970 (bibl.) EPONYMY: For eponyms based on the name Brongniart, cf. supra, sub A. T. Brongniart. 804. Tableau des terrains qui composent V’écorce du globe, ou essai sur la structure de la partie connue de la terre. Paris (F. G. Levrault), Strasbourg (id.) 1829. Oct. (abl. terrains globe). Publ.: 1829, p. [i]-viii, [1]-435. Copies: NY, ‘Teyler, US. Ref.: Andrews ed. 2, p. 243; BM 1: 255. Bronn, Heinrich Georg (1800-1862), German biologist at Heidelberg. (Bronn). HERBARIUM and types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 3: 355; Barnhart 1: 257; BM 1: 256-257, 6: 143; CSP 1: 650-652, 7: 273, 9: 365; GR p. 673; Jackson p. 177, 186; Kew 1: 384; NDB; PR 1177-1180; PR (ed. 1) 1326-1329; Quenstedt p. 61. Engelmann, Bibl. hist. nat. 659 [index]. 1846 (bibl.) Haidinger, Jb. geol. Reichsanst. Wien, 12. Verh. 262-264. 1861-62. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 20: 240. 1862. Martius, Jb. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen 1862(2): 169-173. 1862; Akad. Denkreden 495-500. 1866. Ramsay, Quart. J. geol. Soc. London 19: xxxii-xxxiii. 1863. Ratzeburg, Forstwiss. Schriftsteller-Lexikon 85-87. 1874. Ward, Ann. Rep. U.S. Geol. Survey 5: 420, 421. 1885. Weech, Badische Biogr. 1: 132. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 65. 1966. Hansen, DSB 2: 497-498. 1970 (incompl. bibl.) Maedefrau, Gesch. Bot. 309 [index]. 1973. EPONYMY: Bronnia Humboldt, Bonpland & Kunth (1823); Bronnites Unger (1842). 805. System der urweltlichen Pflanzenthiere durch Diagnose, Analyse und Abbildung der Geschlechter erlautert. Zum Gebrauch bey Vorlesungen iiber Petrefactenkunde und zur 355 BRONN Erleichterung des Selbststudiums derselben. Mit sieben Steindrucktafeln. Heidelberg 1825. Fol. (Syst. urweltl. Pflanzenthiere). Publ.: Aug-Dec 1825 (p. iv: Aug 1825), p. [i]-iv, [1]-48, p/. 1-7 (liths by C. F. Miller). Copy: Teyler. Ref.: Andrews ed. 2, p. 243; BM 1: 256. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. no. 595, p. 65. 1966. 806. Lethaea geognostica oder Abbildungen und Beschreibungen der fiir die Gebirgs- Formationen bezeichnendsten Versteinerungen, mit lithographirten 47 Quart-, 1 Folio- Tafel und 2 Tabellen. Stuttgart 1835-1838, 2 vols. Oct. (Lethaea geogn.) Erster Band, der Ubergangs- bis Oolithen-Gebirge enthaltend, 1834-1837, p. I-vi, 1-544 (Copy: U), p. vi: Aug 1837. The errata in vol. 2 mention the existence of two “‘editions,”’ (see also BM 1: 256). ed. 1: Lief. 1, p. 1-96. 1834, Lief. 2, p. 97-192. 1835, Lief. 3-5, p. 193-480. 1836, Lief. 6, p- 484-544. 1837. ed. 2: p. 1-480 reset, p. 481-544, p. 1-vi, publ. 1837. XKweiter Band, das Kreide- und Molassen-Gebirge enthaltend, 1838, p. [545]- 1346, [4 p.] (actually: Lief. 7, 8, p. 545-768. 1837, Lief. 9-10, p. 769-1346. 1838). Copy: U. No second ed. issued. Atlas, Qu., 48 plates, 1835-1838. Edition 3, Dritte stark vermehrte Auflage, bearbeitet von H. G. Bronn und Ferdinand Roemer, 3 vols. Stuttgart (E. Schweizerbart) 1851-1856. Oct. Copy: Teyler. vol. r: 1851, p. [i]-xil, [xiii, as ‘“‘ix’’], [1]-204, [i]-vi, [1]-708. vol. 2: Jun-Dec 1856, p. [i]-viul, [3]-124, [i]-iv, [3]-570, [1, err.], [iJ-iv, [3]-412. vol. 3: Oct-Dec 1856, p. [iii]-vili, [1]-1130. Atlas, Qu. 123 pl. and text (see Nissen 1966). Plates: front., 1, 2, 2(1), 3, 3(1), 4 4(1), 5, 5(1), 6, 6(1), 7, 8, 9, 9(1-6), 10, 10(1-2), Il, 12, 12(1), 13, 13(1), 14, 14(1), 15; 15(1), 16, 17; 17(1), 18-20, 20(1), 21-24, 24(1), 25, 25(1-2), 26, 27, 28, 28(1), 29, 29(1-7), 30, 30(1), 31, 31(1), 325 32(1), 33, 33(1-4); 34> 34.(1-3)» 35> 35(1-5), 36, 36(1-2), 37-49; 40(1), 41,42, 42(1), 42(1a, 1b, 2-8), 43-63. Ref.: BM 1: 256, 6: 143; PR 1179. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. nos. 592-593, p. 65. 1966. 807. Index palaeontologicus oder Ubersicht der bis jetzt bekannten fossilen Organismen, unter Mitwirkung der HH. Prof. H. R. Géppert und Herm. v. Meyer, bearbeitet von Dr. H. G. Bronn. Stuttgart 1848-1849, 2 Abtheilungen in 3 vols., Oct. (Index palaeontol.) Publ.: The Index palaeontologicus was published (1) separately as well as (2) part of Bronn’s Handbuch einer Geschichte der Natur which itself forms Band xiii-xv of the Naturgeschichte der drei Reiche by G. W. Bischoff & others (see no. 808). As a result the book appears with various sets of title-pages. The above title is of the issue as a separate book: Index palaeontologicus Erste Abtheilung A. Nomenclator palaeontologicus, in alphabetischer Ordnung. Erste Halfte A-M, p. i-lxxxiv, 1-775, Jul-Dec 1848 (p. vi dated 1 Jul 1848). Kweite Halfte N-Z, p. 777-[1382]. 1848. Zweite Abtheilung B. Enumerator palaeontologicus. 980 p., 1849 (p. 1-980 of Band 3, zweite Abth., Bronn; p. 981-1106 are occupied by the article on Vernunftleben, constituting “Theil 4”’ of the Handbuch). Handbuch issue (title additions): Index palaeontologicus oder Uebersicht der bis jetzt be- kannten fossilen Organismen A (as In separate issue) B Enumerator palaeontologicus. Systematische Zusammenstellung und geologische Entwicklungs-Gesetze der organischen Reiche. Copies: MICH, Teyler. U (Handbuch issue) ; Teyler (sep. issue). Ref.: BM 1: 256; Jackson p. 177; PR 1179. 808. Handbuch einer Geschichte der Natur. Stuttgart (E. Schweizerbart) 1841-1849, 3 Bande in 5 volumes. Oct. (Handb. Gesch. Natur). Publ.: This Handbuch constitutes Bande 13-15 of the Naturgeschichte der drei Reiche by G. W. Bischoff et al. 356 BROTERO Band Band Theil title date Bischoff Bronn 13 I Einleitung I Kosmisches Leben 2 Tellurisches Leben p. [ii]-xviii, [1, h.t.], [1]-447, [448. Oct.] 1841, wrapper: 1842. 14 2 3 Organisches Leben p. [i]-xiv, [1, h.t.], [1]-836, z pl. 1843 15 3 (Erste Abt.) 3 Organisches Leben (Fortsetzung). Index palaeontologicus Erste Halfte A. Nomenclator palaeontologicus A-M p. i-Ixxxiv, [1]-44. 1847 p. [ii]-vili, 45-775. 1848 (p. viii: 1 Jul 1848) Zweite Halfte A. Nomenclator palaeontologicus N-Z p. [i-ui], [778]-1381, [1382, err.] 1848 3 (Zweite Abt.) 3 Organisches Leben (Schluss). Index palaeontologicus B. Enumerator palaeontologicus 4 Vernunftleben pagination Band 3, zweite Abtheilung: p. [i]-[ii], [1]-272 [undated], 273-304, 1846; 305-720, 1847; 721-736, dated “1847, 1849”; p. 737-960, 1829, 961- 1100, undated; 1101-1106, undated errata. Copy: U. Ref.: BM 1: 256. Broome, Christopher Edmund (1812-1886), British mycologist, collaborated with M. J. Berkeley. (Broome). HERBARIUM and TYPES: BM (40.000), duplicates at CGE, K and PC. Botanical corres- pondence is also at BM. Ref.: BB p. 47; IH 2: 100. Anon., Hist. coll. Nat. Hist. Depts. Brit. Mus. 137. 1904. Riddelsdell, Fl. Gloucestershire cxx. 1948. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 258; BB p. 47; BM 1: 258; Bossert p. 54; CSP 1: 655, 7: 274, 9: 366, 12: 125, 13: 838; GR p. 368; HR; Kew 1: 386; LS 4150- 4155¢. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1886/7: 34-35. 1887. Murray, J. Bot. 25: 148-150. 1887 (bibl.) Winter, Hedwigia 26(2): 40. 1887. Babington, Memorials 269. 1897. White, Fl. Bristol 82-83. 1912. EPONYMY: Broomeia Berkeley (1844); Broomella P. A. Saccardo (1883); Broomeola O. Kuntze (1891) ; Neobroomella Petrak (194.7). Note: Broomea Cookson & Eisenack (1958) is dedicated to Broome, a palaeobotanical collector in Australia, about whom we have no further data. Brotero, Felix de Avellar (1744-1828), Portuguese botanist, professor of botany at Coimbra in the later part of his life. (Brot.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: LISU (only 337 specimens left), some material also in the Bern- hardi herbarium at MO. Refe TH 2 100: Pereira Coutinho, Arq. Univ. Lisboa 3: 333-379. 1916. d’Arcy, Missouri Bot. Gard. Bull. 59(1): 24. 1971. 35, BROTERO BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 559, 5(2): 409, 550, 6(2): 939, 947; Barnhart 1: 258; BM 1: 77; Bossert p. 54; Colmeiro p. clxii; CSP 1: 656; GR p. 766 (q.v. for some Port. sources) ; Jackson p. 341, 484; Kew 1: 386; Langman p. 97; LS 4156-4157; NI 247- 248; PR 1192-1198. Anon., Flora 12: 240. 21 Apr 1829. Hooker, Bot. Mag., Comp. new series 1845: 37-42. Denis, Nouv. Biogr. gén. 7: 511-513. Colmeiro, Bot. hisp. lusit. 176-178. 1858. Fournier, in Baillon, Dict. bot. 1: 499. 1876. Tavares, Broteria 1: ix-xili. 1902. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 168. 1903, 3(3): 182. 1905 (ref. to portr.) See also Milner, Cat. Portr. Kew 19. 1906. Sampaio, Aguia ser. 2. 2: 60-62. 1912. Coutinho, Arquiv. Univ. Lisboa 3: 333-379. 1916. Backer, Verkl. woordenboek 85. 1936. Fernandes et al., Bol. Soc. Broter. ser. 2. 19: Ixxiv-xcili. 1944 (portr., bibl.) Luisier, Broteria Ci. nat., 13(4): 146-158. 1944 (bibl.) Pires de Lima, Publ. Inst. bot. Samapaio, Porto 1: 1-17. 1944. Pires de Lima e Santos, Publ. Inst. bot. Sampaio, Porto 1: 1-44. 1944 (correspondence). Fernandes, Rev. Fac. Cienc. Univ. Coimbra, 14: 51-108. 1945. Rivas Goday, Bol. real. Soc. Espan. Hist. nat. 43(7/’): 405-417. 1945. Rivas Goday, Bol. real. Soc. Espanola 1945: 405-410. Pires de Lima, Ann. Soc. Broter. 12: 5-15. 1946 (Publ. Inst. bot. Sampaio, Porto no. 26) (3 letters). Pires de Lima, Publ. Inst. bot. Sampaio, Porto 33: 1-11. 1948 (iconography). Fernandes, Anuario Soc. Brot. 16: 25-51. pl. r. 1950. Bourdon, Ann. Soc. Brot. 36: 9-86. 1970 (letters to Valorado). Dolezal, Friedrich Welwitsch 233 [index]. 1974. EPONYMy (genera): Brotera Cavanilles (1799); Brotera K. P. J. Sprengel (1801); Brotera K. P. J. Sprengel (1802); Brotera Vellozo (1825); Brotera Willdenow (1803); Broteroa A. P. de Candolle (1836, orth. var. of Brotera K. P. J. Sprengel (1801) ; Broteroa O. Kuntze (1891, orth. var. of Brotera Willdenow (1803); (journals): Brotéria revista de sciencias naturaes do Collegio de S. Fiel, Lisboa. Vol. 1-25, 1902-1931. From Vol. 6. 1907 sub- divided in I Parte Serie Zoologica and IT Parte Serie Botanica. From Vol. 28. 1932 these two series are combined in Série trimestrial ; Ciéncias Naturais, Lisboa. Vol. 1-x, 1932-x; Boletim da sociedade broteriana. Coimbra. Vol. 1-28, 1880-1920; Ser. 2. Vol. 1-x, 1922-x. HANDWRITING: Publ. Inst. bot. Sampaio, Porto 1: pl. 1-30. 1944, ib. 26: pl. 1-12. 1947. © MEMORIAL VOLUME: Bol. Soc. Broter. 19. 1944. POSTAGE STAMPS: Portugal 1.75 esc. (1944) yv. 654; 50 c. (1944) yv. 652. 809. Compendio de botanica, ou nogoens elementares desta sciencia, segundo os melhores escritores modernos, expostas na lingua Portugueza. Paris, Lisboa (Paulo Martin) 1788, 2 vols. Oct. (Comp. bot.) Ednr1 788. Vol. r: p. [i]-Ixxvi, [1]-471. Copies: G, HU, UC. Vol. 2: p. [1]-411, [4, err.], pl. 1-31. Copies: G, HU, UC. Ed. 2: Compendio de botanica do Doutor Felix de Avellar Brotero, addicionado e posto em harmonia com os conhecimentos actuaes desta sciencia, segundo os botanicos mais celebres, como Mirbel, De Candolle, Richard, Lecocq, e outros ... Por Antonio Albino da Fonseca Benerides ... Lisboa (Academica Real das Sciencias) 1837-1839, 2 vols. Qu. Vol. r: 1837 (p.v.: 11 Feb 1837), p. [i*-viii*], i-xi, [i]-xxiii, [1]-401, 6 pl., nos. 1/2, 3/4, 5/6, 7/8, 9/10, 11/12, [2, errata]. Copy: NY. Vol. 2: 1839, p. [i]-vii, i-vii, 1-668, [1, err.], pl. 1-25. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 1: 77; Kew 1: 386; PR 1192. Pritzel, Bot. Zeit. 1: 560-562. 18 Aug 1843. 358 BROTHERUS 810. Phytographia Lusitaniae selectior, seu novarum et aliarum minus cognitarum stirpium, quae in Lusitania sponte veniunt, descriptiones. Fascic. I.us Lisboa (Ad Arcum Caeci) 1800. Fol. [n.v., title fide Sampaio]. t (Phytogr. Lusitan. select.) (n.v.) Publ.: 1800 (t.p.) Copy at Faculdade de Ciencias, Universidade do Porto. This was the first fascicle of no. 811, with 8 plates and 35 [?] pages (PR mentions 84 p., Schrader 20 folio sheets, Kénig et Sims “‘plag. 19”’). This first edition was withdrawn by Brotero because of various deficiencies (Sampaio). Ref.: BM 1: 77; NI 247; PR 1196 note; SY; IDC 6437. Anon., J. Bot. Schrader 1801 (1, 2): 435-443. 1803. Ké6nig et Sims, Ann. Bot. 1(1): 111. 1805. Sampaio, Aguia ser. 2. 2: 60-62. 1912. 811. Phytographia Lusitaniae selectior, seu novarum, rariorum, et aliarum minus cognita- rum stirpium, quae in Lusitania sponte veniunt, ejusdemque floram spectant, descrip- tiones iconibus illustratae. Lisboa (Typographia Regia) 1816-1827, 2 vols. Fol. (Phytogr. Lusit. select.) Vol. r: 1816 (in fascicles of which the contents and dates are unknown), p. [i-vii], 1-235, [236, err.], pl. 1-82. The original first fascicle (see above, 810) was corrected. Copies: HH, HU, USDA. Vol. 2: 1827, p. [1]-263, [264, err.], pl. 83-181. Copies: HH. The plates are uncoloured copper engravings by Ferreira and Queirioz. The Stiftung fiir Botanik copy has a portrait of the author (added later?). Ref.: BM 1: 77; Kew 1: 386; LS 4157; NI 248; Plesch p. 159; PR 1196; IDC 5629. Sampaio, Aguia 2: 60-62. 1912. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 77. 1975 (sold at £ 420). 812. Flora lusitanica, seu plantarum, quae in Lusitania vel sponte crescunt, vel frequentius coluntur, ex florum praesertim sexubus systematice distributarum, synopsis. Lisboa (Typographia Regia) 1804 [-1805], 2 vols. Oct. (FI. lusit.) Vol. r: 1804, p. [i]-xvili, [1]-607. Copy: HH. Vol. 2: 10 Jul 1805 (fide Sayre; Monthly Lit. Adv. 2; JGE 20 Feb 1806, J. Phys. Mar 1806), p. [1]-557, [558, err.]. Copy: HH. — The dating of books during the ‘Napoleonic pause” is notoriously difficult. Both volumes are dated 1804, but the first proofs (available to us) of the publication of vol. 2 are from the middle of 1805. Some names must be attributed to Link or Hoffmannsegg (Rothmaler 1940). Ref.: BM 1: 77; Jackson p. 341; Kew 1: 386; LS 4156; PR 1194; SY; IDC 5041. Link, Neues J. Bot. Schrader 1(3): 128-148. 1806. Roemer, Collect. rem. bot. spectantia 261-267. 1809. Rothmaler, Repert. Sp. nov. 49: 53-54. 1940. Brotherus, Viktor Ferdinand (1849-1929), Finnish bryologist, highschool teacher at Helsinki. (Broth.) HERBARIUM and types: H(120.000) ; for further details see 1H. Exsiccatae: 1. Bryotheca fennica (fasc. 1-4. nos. 1-400, Helsingfors 1910-1916). Schedae issued with fascicles and in separate booklets. Sets at BM, FH, H, PC. 2. Musci fenniae exsiccatae (fasc. 1-9, nos. 1-450, Helsingfors 1871-1888) ; see e.g. Brotherus, die Laubmoose Fennoskandias (1923). Sets at BM, FH, G, H, K, NY, PC. 3. Musci turkestanict (nos. 1-136. 1899[?], 137-340, total number unknown, 1903 or 1904). Setsvat hb Ga Ho Ko PG: 4. Plantae lapponicae rariores, 70 nos., only a few copies distributed. Ref.: 1H 2: too. Saelan, Acta Soc. Fauna FI. fenn. 43(1): 575. 1916. Palmgren, Mem. Soc. Fauna Fl. fenn. 1: 120-126. 1927. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 186-188. 1971. Collander et al., Acta Soc. Fauna FI. fenn. 81: 643. 1973. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIoGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 259; BM 1: 258, 6: 145-146; BL 2: 62, 96; Bossert p. 54; CSP 9: 367, 12: 116, 13: 839; GR p. 614; Kew 1: 386-387; KR p. 105; LS 41593 MW p. 54-55; Saelan p. 53-57. 359 BROTHERUS Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 107. 1903, 3(3): 92. 1905 (ref. to portr.) Malta, Ann. Crypt. exot. 2: 205-216. 1929 (portr., bibl.) Fleischer, Rev. bryol. ser. 2. 2: 71-81. 1929 (portr., bibl.) Reimers, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 47: (93)-(95). 1929-1930. Fleischer, Ann. Bryol. 2: 1. 1929. Gepp, J. Bot. 67: 114. 1929. Hayren, Geogr. Sallsk. Finlands Tidskr. 1/2: 52-55. 1929 (portr.) Hayren, Soc. Sci. fenn. Arsbok-Vuossik. 9B(1): 1-28. 1931 (portr., bibl.) Kotilainen, Arch. Soc. zool. bot. fenn. Vanamo 4(2): 107-109. 1950. Collander, Hist. botany Finland 38-40, 105, 109, 111, 112. 1965. Collander et al., Acta Soc. Fauna FI. fenn. 81: 51-57. 1973 (bibl., q.v. also for further references to biogr.) COMPOSITE WoRKS: (1) EP ed. 1: Andreaeaceae, Bryales, in I. 3: 265-268, 277-1246. 1goI- 1909 (for precise dates see under Engler and Prantl; see also Bryologist 7: 76-77. 1904 for a contemporary review). (2) EP ed. 2: Andreaeaceae, in 10: 129-131, 19243; Bryales, in 10: 143-478. 1924, II: 1-522. 1925, reviews: Herzog, Z.f. Bot. 16: 684-685. 1924; Le Roy Andrews, Bryologist 28: 35-38. 1925; Moller, Sv. bot. Tidskr. 19: 290. 1925. EPONYMY: Brothera C. Mueller Hal. (1900); Brotherella Loeske ex M. Fleischer (1914); Brotherobryum M. Fleischer (1914); Bryobrothera I. ‘Thériot (1921). 813. Etudes sur la distribution des mousses au Caucase. Helsingfors (J. C. Frenckell & Son) 1884. Oct. (Etud. distr. mousses Caucase). Publ.: Jan-Jun 1884 (Nat. Nov. Jul 1884; Hedwigia Dec 1884), p. [i-iv], [1]-104. Copy: L. Ref.: BM 1: 258; Kew 1: 386. Geheeb, Bot. Centralbl. 19: 198-200. 1884. Winter, Hedwigia 24: 46. 1885. Saelan, Acta Soc. Fauna FI. fenn. 43(1): 53. 1916. 814. Societas pro Fauna et Flora fennica Flora fennica I. Die Laubmoose Fennoskandias bearbeitet von V. F. Brotherus. Mit 118 Figuren ... Helsingfors (Akademische Buch- handlung) 1923, Berlin (R. Friedlander & Sohn), London (Wheldon & Wesley Ltd.) 1923. Oct. (Laubm. Fennoskand.) Orig. ed.: late 1923 or early 1924 (pref. Sep 1923, Nat. Nov. 1924; first reviews Jan-Apr 1924), p. [iJ-xiii, [1]-635, figs. 1-118. Copy: L. Facsimile ed.: Koenigstein (Otto Koeltz) 1974, ISBN 3-87429-078-6. Copy: FAS. Ref.: Elfving, Finsk Tidskr. 96: 303-308. 1924. Roivainen, Luonnon Ystava 28: 138-139. 1924. Holzinger, Bryologist 28: 25-26. 1925. Rickett, NAF ser. 2. 3: 32. 1963. Brouard, Edouard Jacques (/l. 1820), French physician and botanist at Evreux. (Brouard). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 1: 258; PR 1199. 815. Catalogue des plantes du département de I’ Eure. Evreux (Ancelle Fils) 1820. Duod. (in sixes) (Cat. pl. Eure). Publ.: Mai 1820 (BF 20 Mai 1820), p. [i]-xiv, [15]-122, [1, err.]. Copy: B. Ref.: BM 1: 258; PR 1199. Broughton, Arthur (x-1796), British botanist and physician at Bristol and from 1783 in Jamaica. (Broughton). HERBARIUM and Types: BRL (not traced, fide Kent, but see Willis and Gledhill 1971). Jamaica herbarium at BRISTOL (fide BB). 360 BROUN Ref.: BB p. 47. Kent, Brit. herbaria 46. 1957. Willis and Gledhill, Proc. Bristol Nat. Soc. 32(1): 53-57. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 259; BB p. 47; BM 1: 258; DNB 6: 5409; Jackson p. 233, 449, 450; Kew 1: 388; PR 1200-1203. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 17. 1898. White, Fl. Bristol 66-67. 1912. Riddelsdell, Fl. Gloucestershire cxiv. 1948. Willis and Gledhill, Proc. Bristol Nat. Soc. 32: 53-57. 1971 (on herbarium book). EPONYMY: Broughtonia R. Brown (1813). 816. Enchiridion botanicum; complectens characteres genericos et specificos plantarum per insulas britannicas sponte nascentium: ex Linnaeo aliisque desumtos. London (G. Robinson), Bristol (J. B. Becket) 1782. Oct. (Enchir. bot.) Publ.: 1782 (Monthly Rev. Jun 1783), p. [i*], i-ii, 1-226, index [7]p. Copies: HH, UC. — Published anonymously. Reissue 1782, with a cancel title-page at BM (n.v.) Ref.: BM 1: 258; Henrey 691, 521; Jackson p. 233; Kew 1: 388; PR 1200. 817. Hortus eastensis, or a catalogue of exotic plants in the garden of Hinton East Esq. in the mountains of Liguanea, at the time of his decease. Kingston 1792. Qu. (n.v.) (Hortus east.) Publ.: 1792, p. 1-32, see also Bryan Edwards, The history civil and commercial, of the British Colonies in the West Indies in two volumes, ed. 1. 1: [473]-495, London (John Stockdale) 1792/3 (ed. 2. 1: [473]-494, 1794), ed. 1, Dublin (Luke White) edition 1793, 1: [455]-491. Copy: MICH. Ref.: Jackson p. 450; Kew 1: 388; [not in PR]. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 17. 1898. 818. Hortus eastensis, or a catalogue of exotic plants cultivated in the botanic garden in the mountains of Liguanea; published by order of the Hon. House of Assembly. St. Jago de la Vega 1794. Qu. (n.v.) (Hort. east.) Publ.: 1794, p. 1-35. Ref.: BM 1: 258, 2: 922; Jackson p. 450; PR 1202. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 17. 1898. 819. A catalogue of the more valuable and rare plants growing in the public botanic garden in the mountains of Liguanea, in the island of Jamaica: also of medicinal and other plants, growing in South and North America, the East Indies etc. the introduction of which would be a great acquisition to the botanic gardens here. [St. Jago de la Vega] 1794. Qu. (n.v.) (Cat. pl. gard. Liguanea). Publ.: 1794, 6 p.; title fide PR. Ref.: Jackson p. 449; PR 1203. Broun, Alfred Forbes (1858-x), British botanist who worked some time in the Sudan. (Broun). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 259; BL 1: 20; Kew 1: 388. Stapf, Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1907: 234. 820. Flora of the Sudan by A. F. Brown ... and R. E. Massey ... with a conspectus of groups of plants and artificial key to families by J. Hutchinson ... Published with the consent of the Sudan Government. London (Sudan Government office) 1929. Oct. (Fl. Sudan). Co-authors: Reginald Ernest Massey; John Hutchinson (1884-1972). Publ.: 1929 (p. ix: 20 Mar 1928), p. [i]-14, [x, abbr.], [1]-502. Copies: BR, HM, MICH, NY, US. — See also G. M. Crowfoot, Flowering plants of the Northern and Central 362 BROUN Sudan, intr. by Broun, Leominster [1929], front., [i]-xxv, p/. 1-163, 8 unnumbered pl., Oct. Reja2 Blasi 20): IWews b300: Broussonet, Pierre Marie Auguste (1761-1807), French botanist and zoologist at Montpellier, collector in Morocco (1794-1975, 1797-1799), and the Canary Islands (1799-1803) later professor at the Montpellier medical school and director of its bo- tanical garden. (Brouss.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: at MPU. Much Broussonet material from the Montpellier region went to A. P. de Candolle (now G) for his revision of the Flore francaise. The Broussonet collections from the Canary Islands and from Mogador came to MPU via the Bouchet- Doumeng herbarium; duplicates went e.g. to Willdenow (B) and are further at C, CGE, FI, G and MO. Ref.: TH 2: 100. Candolle, Phytographie 400. 1880. Granel de Solignac, L. et L. Bertrand, Naturalia monspeliensia bot. 18: 272. 1967. Miller, Taxon 19: 516. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 293; Barnhart 1: 259; BM 1: 258-259, 6: 146; Bossert p. 54; Dawson p. 65, 155-173; DBF 7: 457-458; IF p. 685 (sub Cavanilles) ; Jackson p. 420; Kew 1: 388; PR 603, 1204; SO 2118, 2116; Zander ed. 10, p. 595. Dryander, Cat. Banks 5: 177 [index]. 1800. Cuvier, Eloge hist. de M. Broussonet, Paris 1808, 25 p. (copy: NY), repr. from Mém. Inst. de France, Sci. nat. phys. 1807(1) Hist.: 93-115. 1807; also Cuvier, Eloges hist. membr. Acad. Sci. 1: 311-342. 1842. Cuvier, Mag. enclop. 1808(2, 3): 5-32; in Schrader, Neues J. Bot. 3(3/4) : 251-263. 1809. Candolle, Eloge hist. de M. Auguste Broussonet. Montpellier 1809, 33 p., (bibl.) Thiébaut de Berneaud, Mém. Soc. Linn. Paris 3: 1-23. 1824, also repr. Paris 1824. Martins, Le jardin des plantes de Montpellier 41-79. 1854. Candolle, Mémoires et Souvenirs 137, 188. 1862. Cosson et Durieu, Exp. Sci. Algérie, Bot. 2: xvii. 1868. Roumeguére, Mém. Soc. nat. Sci. nat. Cherbourg 18: 304-317. 1874 (corr.) Fournier, in Baillon, Dict. bot. 1: 499-500. 1876. Aubouy, Am. Soc. Hort. Hist. nat. Hérault ser. 2. 29: 129-161. 1897. Cosson, Comp. fl. Atl. 1: 11. 1881. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 110. 1903, 3(3): 98. 1905. Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 19. 1906. Dawson, The Smith Papers 19. 1934. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 85. 1936. Cameron, Sir Joseph Banks 216. 1952. Ewan, Proc. Amer. philos. Soc. 103: 811. 1959. Harant et Vidal, Monspeliensis Hippocrates 8: 23-26. 1961. Caillé, Revue Institut Napoléon 89: 157-166. 1963. Stafleu, in L’Héritier, Sert. ang]. facs. ed. xlvi, Ixv, Ivii, Ixxix. 1963. Granel, Pages medico-hist. montpéll. 129-130. 1964. Vidal, Monspeliensis Hippocrates 37: 25-34. 1967. Motte, DSB 2: 509-511. 1970 (extensive sec. lit.) Hahn, The anatomy of a scientific institution 337. 1971. EPONYMY: Broussonetia L’Héritier de Brutelle ex Ventenat (1799, nom. cons.) ; Broussonetia C. Gomez Ortega (1798, nom. rej.) HANDWRITING: Candollea 27: 337-338. 1972; Monogr. Biol. Canar. 4: 33. 1973 (fig. 22). 821. Elenchus plantarum horti botanici monspeliensis. Anno 1804. Montpellier (Auguste Ricard) 1805. Oct. (in fours) (Elench. horti bot. monspel.) Publ.: between 15 Jan and 11 Mar 1805 (dates of the preface and of the presentation to the Paris Académie), p. [i]-viii, [1]-63. Copy: M. — Appendix 1806, 18 p. (n.v.) Ref.: BM 1: 259; Kew 1: 388; PR 1204; SY p. 23; IDC 5862. 362 BROWN, N.E. Brown, Addison (1830-1913), American botanist, president of the New York Botanical Garden. (A. Brown). HERBARIUM and types: MASS (orig.), NY. Ref.: 1H 2: 100. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 260; BFM 1586; BL 1: 160; BM 1: 259; Bossert p. 543 Kew 1: 390. Morris, Torreya 13: 119. 1913. Montague, Garden J. New York Bot. Gard. 4(1): 1-4, 26. 1954 (portr.) McVaugh, Edward Palmer 83. 1959. Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 103-104. 1973. EPONYMY: (journal) Addisonia colored illustrations and popular descriptions of plants. Published by the New York Botanical Garden (Addison Brown Fund). New York. Vol. I-x, 1916-x. Note: For generic eponyms based on the name Brown, cf. infra, sub N. E. and R. Brown, and sub P. Browne. Brown, John Ednie (1848-1899), Scottish born Australian botanist. (7. EL. Brown). HERBARIUM and TypPEs: AD (in part at least, judging from Maiden, Crit. Rev. Eucalyp- tus 2: 30); other material at MEL. Reje U2 rot BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 262; BB p. 48; BM 1: 260; CSP 7: 279, 9: ers RY Anon., Rep. Australasian Ass. Adv. Sci. 1907: 174. EPONYMY: For eponyms based on the name Brown, cf. infra, sub N. E. and R. Brown, and sub P. Browne. 822. The forest flora of South Australia. Adelaide 1882-1890. Broadsheet. (Forest fl. S. Australia). Publ.: The 45 unnumbered plates were issued in nine parts with accompanying text (2 or 3 p.), in undated paper wrappers. Part 1 has p. [i-v] preface material. part probable date Nat. Nov. part probable date Nat. Nov. I Dec 1882-Mar 1883 Mai 1883 6 Aug 1885 Jul 1886 2 Apr-Sep 1883 Nov 1883 7 Jan-Jul 1886 Jul 1886 3 early 1884 Jul 1884 8 early 1888 Sep 1888 4 Jul-Oct 1884 Dec 1884 9 Feb 1890 Nov 1891 5 Jan-Apr 1885 Aug 1885 The dates are those given by Eichler and Eichler (1962) who also list the contents of the parts. We have added the months in which the parts were listed (in Europe!) by Naturae Novitates. The plates are chromolithographs; some of them are taken from photographs. We are grateful to Drs. S. T. Blake and H. Eichler for supplementary information. Copy (in orig. wrappers): NY. Ref.: BM 1: 260; GF p. 52; NI 249. Eichler and Eichler, S. Austr. Naturalist 36: 39-42. 1962. Brown, Nicholas Edward (1849-1934), British botanist. (V. E. Brown). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 263. Anon., J. Kew Guild 2: 167. 1904. (portr.) Anon., Gard. Chron. ser. 3. 91: 268. 1934 (portr.) Anon., J. Kew Guild 5: 460-461. 1935. 363 BROWN, N.E. Cotton, J. Bot. 73: 19-21. 1935. Hutchinson, Proc. Linn. Soc 147: 165-167 1935. Verdoorn, Chron. bot. 1: 168. 1935 (portr.) Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 85-86. 1936. White, The Stapelieae 1: 115. 1937 (portr.) Rappa, Lav. Ist. bot. Giardino col. Palermo 14: 3-18. 1954 (‘‘la sua opera e la mia priorita’’). COMPOSITE WORKS: Many contributions to Oliver, Fl. trop. Afr., listed under Oliver. EPONYMY: Brownanthus Schwantes (1927). Note: For other eponyms based on the name Brown, cf. infra, sub R. Brown, and sub P. Browne. 823. Arachnoidiscus an account of the genus, comprising its history, distribution, develop- ment and growth of the frustule, structure and its examination and purpose in life, and a key to and descriptions of all known species, illustrated. London (W. Watson & Sons) 1933. Oct. (Arachnoidiscus). Publ.: 1933, p. [1]-88, pl. 1-7. Copy: PCS. Brown, Robert (1773-1858), British botanist, who travelled with Flinders to Australia, was librarian to Banks and to the Linnean Society of London, and Keeper of botany at the British Museum; one of the most versatile botanists of the first half of the nineteenth century. (R. Br.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Robert Brown’s herbarium, consisting mainly of his own collec- tions from Australia, Tasmania, Timor, the Cape and some other Australian collections, came into the possession of J. J. Bennett in 1858 and was split up upon the latter’s death in 1876. The main set went to BM (3900 species) the second set to K, the third to E. Smaller sets of duplicates are in many herbaria, for instance in the Thunberg herbarium (UPS) and at G and P. The types of the names in R. Brown’s non-Australian publica- tions are mainly at BM. Types of algae mainly at BM, some at K. The collection of fossil wood is also at BM. Ref.: BB p. 48-49; TH 2: 101. 1954. Anon., J. Bot. 14: 192. 1876. Candolle, Phytographie 400. 1880. Anon., Hist. Coll. BMNH 84. 1904. Steenis-Kruseman, FI. males. ser. 1. 1: 83-84. 1950 (portr.) Dickinson, Phycol. Bull. 1: 11. 1952. Kent, Brit. herbaria 46. 1953. Burbidge, Proc. Linn. Soc. NSW 8o: 229. 1956 (coll. loc.) Womersley, Austr. J. mar. freshwater Res. 7: 345-346. 1956 (notes on Brown’s col- lections of Algae which were passed over to Dawson Turner). Stearn, An introduction to Robert Brown’s ‘‘Prodromus”’ zn facsimile edition, Wein- heim 1960. Koster, Taxon 18: 550. 1969. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 64. 1970. Powell and Morley, Irish Nat. J. 18: 161-162. 1975 (on W. R. McNab’s collection of R. Brown specimens). Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(3): 301. 1975. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(2): 224, 4: 764; Barnhart 1: 263; BB p. 48-49; BL 2: 295; BM 1: 260-261, 6: 146-147; Bossert p. 55; CSP 1: 660-661, 7: 279, 12: 127, 13: 848; Dawson p. 172-174; DNB 7: 25b-27b; Frank p. 15; GR p. 369; IF p. 648; Jackson p. 527 [index]; Kew 1: 395-396; KR p. 106-107; Langman p. 164; Laségue p. 565 [index]; MD p. 68-69; MW p. 55-56; Moebius p. 448 [index]; PR 1213-1250, 2, 78, 498, 613, 2958, 8559, 9952; Quenstedt p. 62; Zander (ed. 10) p. 595. Agardh, Flora 16(2): 515-542. 1833. Jussieu, Arch. bot. Guillemin, 1: 381-384. 1833. Hooker, Kew J. Bot. 2: 61. 1850. 364, BROWN, R. Balfour, Trans. bot. Soc. Edinb. 6: 119-128. 1858. Furnrohr, Flora 41: 438-440. 1858. Morren, Prologue consacré a la mémoire de Robert Brown. Gand [Gent] 1858, 12 p. (portr., bibl.), copy at G. Seemann, Bonplandia 6: 223-226, 334. 1858. 7: 1-2. 1859. Bell and Bennett, Bot. Zeit. 18: 326-328. 1860. Martius, Flora 42: 10-15, 25-31. 1859, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. ser. 3. 3: 321-331. 1859, Almanach kais. Akad. Wien 1859(2): 140-148, Akad. Denkreden 365-381. 1866. Candolle, Mémoires et souvenirs 163, 267, 411, 454. 1862. Brown, The miscellaneous botanical works of Robert Brown. London 1866-1868, 3 vols. Oct. Ratzeburg, Forstwiss. Schrifsteller-Lexikon 87-89. 1874. Carruthers, J. Bot. 14: 97-105. 1876 (on Bennett and Br.) Gray, Sci. Pap. 2: 283-288. 1889. Hooker, Proc. Linn. Soc. London 1887/8: 54-67. 1890. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. London 1888/90: 35. 1891. Gray, Letters 2: 830 [index]. 1895. Carruthers, J. Bot. 34: 26-29. 1896 (portr. bust). Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 90. 1903, 3(3): 76, 209. 1905 (portr.) Milner, Cat. Portr. Kew 20. 1906. Maiden, J. Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 42: 65-66. 1908, J. W. Austral. nat. Hist. Soc. 6: 29. 1909; J. R. Soc. Tasmania 1909: 5. Maiden, Life of Sir Josephs Banks 240 [index]. 1909. Farmer in Oliver, Makers Brit. bot. 108-125. 1913 (portr.) Reynolds Green, Hist. Bot. 309-335. 1914. Huxley, Life letters Hooker 2: 524-525 [index]. 1918. Mem. Torrey bot. Club 16: 290. 1921. Britten, J. Bot. 60: 177-184. 1922 (R. Br. and the Monthly Mag.) Ardagh, Portraits and memoirs of Robert Brown. London 1928. Ramsbottom et al., Proc. Linn. Soc. 144: 17-54. 1932 (portr.) Whitley, J. Proc. Roy. Austral. Hist. Soc. 9(5): 300-301. 1933. Backer, Verklarend woordenboek 86. 1936. Gilmour, Brit. botanists 32-34. 1944. Willis, Vict. Naturalist 66(5): 83-84. Sep 1949 (portr.) Steenis, Fl. males. ser. 1. 4(2): Ixxxix. 1949 (portr.) Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 83-84. 1950 (portr.) Anon., Australasian Herb. News 7: 5-6. 1950 (mss at BM). Burbridge, Australasian Herb. News 10: 6-7. 1952 (on mss). Smith, J. Proc. W. Austral. hist. Soc. 4(5): 62-63. 1953. Berton, Monde des Plantes 50(315): 2: 1955. Blake, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 66(1): 1-19. 1955 (bibl.) Burbidge, Proc. Linn. Soc. NSW 80: 229-233. 1956 (coll. local.) Lamb, G. F., J. Franklin happy voyager 39, 242, 272. 1956. Osborn, Austral. J. Sci. 21(5): 127-130. 1958. Dupree, Asa Gray 482 [index]. 1959. Genkel, Akad. Nauk SSSR, Izv, ser. Biol. 24(1): 139-143. 1959. Smith, European vision and the South Pacific 276 [ind.] 1960. Stearn, Introduction [to facsimile edition of J. R. Brown, Prodromus, Weinheim 1960, also in ‘Three prefaces, Weinheim 1962. Stearn, Taxon 10: 237-238. 1961. Kerr, Austral. Orchid. Rev. 29(3): 16-19, 124-127. 1964. Burbidge, Austral. Dict. Biogr. 1: 166-167. 1966. Sinnott, Freethinker, London, 89: 348-349. 1969. Stearn, DSB 2: 516-522. 1970. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 368 [index]. 1971. Anon., Musées de Genéve 123: 10. 1972 (portr.) Stafleu, zn Daniels and Stafleu, Taxon 21: 104. 1972 (portr.) Magdefrau, Gesch. Bot. 309 [index]. 1973. Dolezal, Friedrich Welwitsch 233 [index]. 1974. Rourke, J. S. Afr. Bot. 40(1): 47-60. 1974. (Brown at the Cape, portr., map). BROWN, R. COLLECTED works: The miscellaneous botanical works of Robert Brown ... London (Ray Society) 1860-1868, 2 vols. text, Oct., 1 vol. atlas Qu. — See also below R. Brown’s Ver- mischte botanische Schriften, Leipzig, Nirnberg 1825-1834, 5 vols. Oct. EPONYMyY: Brunonia J. E. Smith (1810); Brunoniella C. E. B. Bremekamp (1964). Note: Brownanthus Schwantes (1927) is dedicated to Nicholas Edward Brown (1849- 1934), q.v.; Browneopsis Huber (1906) is dedicated to Patrick Browne (1730-1790), q.v.; Browningia N. L. Britton & J. N. Rose (1920) is dedicated to W. E. Browning, “... director of the Instituto Ingles at Santiago, Chile ...”; Brownleea W. H. Harvey ex J. Lindberg (1842) is dedicated to J. Brownlee (fl. 1842), English missionary in South Africa; Brownlowia Roxburgh (1820) is dedicated to Lady Brownlow, English patroness of science. HANDWRITING: Guillemin, Arch. bot. 1: 381-384. 1833; J. S. Afr. Bot. 40(1): 51. 1974. 824. On the natural order of plants called Proteaceae. By Robert Brown, Lib. L.S. From the Transactions of the Linnean Society, vol. x. London (Richard Taylor and Co.) 1810. Qu. (Nat. order Proteac.) Publ.: Feb 1810, p. [i, reprint t.p. with above title], 15-226, tabl. 2, 3. Copy: MO. — Re- printed from Trans. Linn. Soc. 10(1): 15-226. Feb 1810, title on p. 15: On the Pro- teaceae of Jussieu. Also in Misc. bot. works 2: 1-192. Ref.: CSP 1: 660; PR 1217. Stearn, An introduction to Robert Brown’s Prodromus, in facsimile edition, Wein- heim 1960, p. xxxil. Tyrrell, Glynn and Levyns, Flora africana. 12. 1963. 825. Prodromus florae Novae Hollandiae et Insulae van-Diemen, exhibens characteres plan- tarum quas annis 1802-1805 per oras utriusque insulae collegit et descripsit Robertus Brown; insertis passim aliis speciebus auctori hucusque cognitis, seu evulgatis, seu in- editis praesertim Banksianis, in primo itinere navarchi Cook detectis. Vol. 1. London (J. Johnson & Co.) 1810. Oct. (in fours). (Prodr.) First edition: 1-7 Apr 1810, p. [1]-viii, 145-590, [2, add.], p. 1-144 never issued. There is no second volume. Copies: BR, G, NY. Reprint [“‘male impressa,”” PR 1215], in Isis 1819: col. 801-984, issued separately, p. [1]- 183 .Copies: MO (with special t.p.); BR (no t.p., orig. pag.). ““Second’’ edition, publ. by C. G. D. Nees von Esenbeck, 1827 (in series); sep. publ. Jul-Sep 1828, p. [i]-xiv, [1]-[(145)]- 446 (590), [447]- 460. Copy: U. — “Editio secunda quam ad fidem exempli prioris editionis, ab ibso auctore emendati, typis excudi curavit C. G. Nees ab Esenbeck, ... Vol. 1,’’ Niirnberg (Leonhard Schrag) 1827. Oct. This reprint has the original (145-590) as well as a new pagination starting with [1]; it is an almost word by word reprint. There are a few minor corrections. ‘This edition came out first as vol. 3(1) of Brown’s Vermischte botanische Schriften Mar-Apr 1827, and as a separate book only Jul-Sep 1829. — Nees provided an index familiarum et generum. Facsimile ed.: Weinheim (J. Cramer) 1960, Historiae naturalis classica tom. 6, reproduces the first edition of 1810 and the Supplementum primum of 1830 (see below). There is a new introduction and index by W. T. Stearn; an introduction also published sep- arately in Stearn’s Three prefaces. Copy: FAS. Ref.: BM 1: 260; IF p. 684; Kew 1: 395; MW p. 55; PR 1215; P&W p. 79; RS p. 76, SR p. chaux 31D Gos. Anon., Flora 12: 219-222. 14 Apr 1829 [review of Nees edition]. Britten, J. Bot. 45: 246-248. 1907. Stearn, An introduction to Robert Brown’s ‘‘Prodromus’’, in facsimile edition, Wein- heim 1960, p. v-lii. 826. On the Asclepiadeae [a natural order of plants separated from the Apocineae of Jussieu, London 1810]. Oct. (Asclepiadeae). Ed. 1: 1-7 Apr 1810 — Preprinted from Mem. Werner. Soc. 1: 12-78. 1811. Brown’s ‘“*Prodromus”’ and this paper were,made available at the same time. Latin translation: Praha 1819, after 2 Apr (p. iv), p. [i]-xiv, [15]- 68, 2 pl., Asclepiadeae, recensitae a Roberto Brown. Ex idiomate anglico transtulit D. Carolus Boriwogus 366 BROWN, R. Presl. Editit Casparus Comes Sternberg. Prague (J. G. Calve) 1819. Oct. Copy: U. Ref.: GSP 1: 660; MW p. 55; Langman p. 164; PR 1218; SK p. clxxiv; IDC 5863. Bullock, Kew Bull. 1953: 65. Stearn, An introduction to Robert Brown’s ‘‘Prodromus’’, in facsimile edition, Wein- heim 1960, p. xxix. St. John, Pacific Sci. 22(3): 412-421. 1968 (Brown’s Pandanus species). Rogers, Taxon 2: 181-182. 1953. 827. A voyage to Terra australis; undertaken for the purpose of completing the discovery of that vast country, and prosecuted in the years 1801, 1802 and 1803, in his Majesty’s. ship the Investigator, and subsequently in the armed vessel Porpoise and Cumberland schooner. With an account of the shipwreck of the Porpoise, arrival of the Cumberland at Mauritius, and imprisonment of the commander during six years and a half in that island. By Matthew Flinders, commander of the Investigator. In two volumes, with an atlas. Vol. ii. London (G. and W. Nicol) 1814, pp. 533-613, General remarks, geographical and systematical, on the Botany of Terra Australis. - By Robert Brown, F.R.S. ... naturalist to the voyage. Qu. (Voy. Terra austral.) . Publ.: between 18 Jul and 10 Aug 1814 (Stearn); 19 Jul 1814 (Dawson). — The atlas has 10 botanical plates (out of 28) by Ferdinand Bauer and W. Westall. Copy: Teyler. Ref.: BM 1: 260; Kew 1: 395; NI 637; PR 1224; 2938; P & W p. 209. Stearn, An introduction to Robert Brown’s “‘Prodromus’’, in facsimile edition, Wein- heim 1960, p. xxxlil. Dawson, Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Hist. ser. 3: 58. 1962. 828. Observations on the natural family of plants called Compositae .... [From the transactions of the Linnean Society, vol. xii.] London 1817. Qu. (Observ. Compositae). Publ.: Before Sep 1817 as a preprint, p. [1], [75]- 142 (Cassini 5 Sep, Acad. 8 Sep 1817), from Trans. Linn. Soc. 12(1): 75-142. 1817 (publ. 25 Feb 1818). Copy preprint: NY (identifiable by separate t.p.) - French translation with additional notes by Brown as well as by the translator, Henri Cassini: see Cassini 1818. Ref.: Langman p. 164. Cassini, J. Phys. Chim. Hist. nat. 86: 120, 317-337, 397-409. 1818, 87: 5-20, 95-105. 1818. Nees von Esenbeck, Robert Brown’s Vermischte botanische Schriften 2: 499-500. 1826. 829. Characters and descriptions of three new species of plants found in China by Clarke Abel Esq.; selected from a small collection of specimens, the only part of [his] herbarium that escaped the wreck of the Alceste ... London 1818. Qu. (Char. pl. China Abel). Publ.: Aug 1818 (P & W; Acad.: 14 Sep 1818), 8p., 2 pl. — Reprinted from Clarke Abel, Narrative of a journey in the in terior of China. London 1818. Qu., p. 374-379 (Appendix B). Types at BM. Ref.: BM 1: 260; MW 56; PR 1227; P & W p. 2. 830. A voyage of discovery made under the orders of the admiralty, in his majesty’s ships Isabella and Alexander, for the purpose of exploring Baffin’s Bay, and inquiring into the probability of a north-west passage. [ J. Ross] London 1819. Qu., Oct. (Voy. explor. Baffin’s Bay). Publ.: R. Brown provided a list of plants in the appendix (p. cxxxix-cxliv). Quarto edition in 1 volume 1-10 Apr 1819; Octavo edition in 2 volumes Jul 1819; German edition, dated 1819, probably published Apr 1820. — Reprint of Brown’s List of plants, s.d. London (printed by Strahan and Spottiswoode), Oct., p. [1]- 7. Copy: G. Ref.: BM 1: 260; PR 1229; P & W p. 5039; SY p. 62. 831. Chloris melvilliana. A list of plants collected in Melville Island (latitude 74°-75° N. longitude 110°-112° W.) in the year 1820; by the officers of the voyage of discovery under the orders of Captain Parry. With characters and descriptions of the new genera and species by Robert Brown ... London (W. Clowes) 1823. Qu. (Chior. melvill.) Publ.: 1823, late (see Kuntze, MD), p. [1]-52, 4 pl. (uncol. liths), dated 6 Mar 1821, by Franz Bauer. Copy: U. — Chloris is a preprint of no. xi of the Appendix to Captain 367 BROWN, R. Parry’s Journal of his first voyage, (p. cclix), with independent pagination, This Journal was published Jan or 1-5 Feb 1824, hence the 1824 reference 1 in BM. German translation: G. Kuntze, Flora 7(2). Beil. 2: 65-135. #821. % 2.4 Ref.: BM 1: 260; HL 1361; MD p. 68-69; PR 1234; P & W p. 435. Raspail, Bull. Sci. nat. 5(5): 73-78. 1825. Kuntze, Rev. gen. 1: cxxxvill. 1891. 832. Journal of a voyage for the discovery of a north-west passage ... |W. E. Parry] Supplement to the Appendix. XI. Botany. A list of plants collected in Mellvile Island: London (W. Clowes) 1824. Qu. (J. voy. n.-w. passage, Bot.) Publ.: 1 Jan-5Feb 1824 (presented to Royal Society on 5 Feb, P & W 1824). Kuntze reports that A. P. de Candolle received this botanical appendix in 1823. Pritzel also dates the preprint 1823; this is obviously the independent preprint entitled Chloris melviliana. London 1823 Qu. (see above). The Monthly critical Gazette [1(1): 35. 1824] reviewed it in Jun 1824. Ref.: BM 1: 260; MD p. 69; PR 1234; P & W p. 435. Kuntze, Rev. gen. 1: cxxxvill. 1891. 833. Robert Brown’s vermischte botanische Schriften. In Verbindung mit einigen Freunden ins Deutsche tibersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Dr. C. G. Nees von Esen- beck. Schmalkalden (1: Varnhagen), Leipzig (1-2: Friedrich Fleischer), Nurnberg (3-5: Leonhard Schrag) 1825-1834. 5 vols. Oct. (Verm. bot. Schr.) vol. pages pl. dates Flora I [i]-xviii, [11, err.], I Aug-Sep 1825 6 Nov-31 Dec 1825 [i]-704 a(x) [1}-494 ~ possibly separately Jul-Dec 1825 (2) [i]-viii, [2, err.], — Jan-Mar 1826 Apr-Mai 1826 [1, h.t.], 495-791 3(1) [ii]-xiv, [1]-4.60 - Mar-Apr 1827 7 Apr 1827 (2) not issued 14 Sep 1836 (“noch nicht’’) 4 [ij-vini, [1]-548 5 Mar-Apr 1830 7 Mai 1830 5 {ij-x, [1]-4.77 4 Jan-Feb 1834 12 Mar 1834 Copies: L, M, Teyler, U. — This publication is different from the later “The Miscella- neous Works of Robert Brown” published by J. J. Bennett for the Ray Society, 2 vols. 1866, 1867, atlas 1868 (These Miscellaneous Works indicate original pagination!) — The plates are uncoloured lithographs. Volume 1 appears to have had at least two issues, differing only in the title-pages. ‘The issue with the Leipzig (Friedrich Fleischer) imprint has “‘Mit einer Kupfertafel”, the issue with the Schmalkalden imprint has ‘‘Mit einer Steindrucktafel”’ (in both cases the plate is a lithograph!). The Schmalkalden issue has on the back of the title-page a motto (absent from the Leipzig issue)”’ “Die reine Empirie sucht unbewusst das Centrum, treue Anschauung uberall wird von der Einheit angezogen, als ihrem Schwerpunkt. Gothe’’. Volume 2 appears apparently only with the Leipzig imprint. From the Utrecht copy it is clear that the Leipzig title-pages of volumes 1 and 2 were issued on a single separate sheet which was to be cut. The copies seen by us of vol. 1 with the Leipzig imprint (M, U) have the title-page as a cancellans. — This volume contains a reprint of the text of Aiton, Hort. Kew. ed. 2. 5: 188-222 on p. 3-52, thus identifying this text as from the hand of Brown. Volume 3 is known to us only with a Nurnberg (Leonhard Schrag) imprint. Only part 1 was issued and contains the Nurnberg reprint of Robert Brown’s Prodromus with the double pagination (p. [1]-446 are eauivalent to the original 145-590, p. [447]-460 have addenda and an index). The only difference of this issue with the separate issue of the Prodromus is the addition of a [second] title-page [p. ii] identifying the book as vol. 3(1) of the Vermischte botanische Schriften. 368 BROWN, R. W. Volumes 4 and 5 are known to us only with the Niirnberg imprint. A reference to difficul- ties with the publishers of vols. 1 and 2 (Varnhagen und Fleischer) is found in Nees’ preface to vol. 4 p. vi. Volume 5 contains on p. 313-416 a systematic review of nomen- clatural notes and addenda with respect to Brown’s taxa compiled by Endlicher. Ref.: BM 1: 260; MO p. 69; MW p. 56; PR 1214. C. G. D. Nees, Flora 7: 730-734. 14 Dec 1824 (announcement), 7(2) Beil. 3: 147-148. Jan 1825, 8(2) Beil. 4: 66-67. 6 Nov-31 Dec 1825 [vol. 1], 9(1) Beil. 1: 89-91. 1826 (on vol. 3 which will contain a new ed. of the Prodromus). Schlechtendal, Linnaea 1(1): 103-104. Jan 1826 (vol. 1 publ. before 1 Oct 1825); 1(3): 275-276. 1826. 834. Narrative of travels and discoveries in Northern and Central Africa in the years 1822, 1823 and 1824, by major Denham, Captain Clapperton, and the late Doctor Oudney, ex- tending across the Great Desert to the tenth degree of Northern latitude, and from Kouka in Dornou, to Sackatoo, the capital of the Fellatah empire. With an appendix, published by authority of the right honourable earl Bathurst, one of his Majesty’s principal secretaries of state, and dedicated by permission to his Lordship, by Major Dixon Denham ... and Captain Hugh Clapperton ... the survivors of the expedition. London (John Murray) 1826. Qu. (Narr. travels Africa). Publ.: Mar-Apr 1826. Copy: Teyler. — ‘The ‘“‘Botanical appendix’’, no. xxii, by R. Brown, p. 208-246, was issued separately, as a reprint, entitled: “Observations on the struc- ture and affinities of the more remarkable plants collected by the late Walter Oudney, M.D. and Major Denham and Captain Clapperton in the years 1822, 1823 and 1824, during their expedition to explore Central Africa”, London 1826, 41 p.; also re- printed in Misc. Bot. Works 1: 257-303. Ref.: BM 1: 440 (sub Denham); Jackson 346; PR 1235. 835. Supplementum primum prodromi florae Novae Hollandiae: exhibens Proteaceas novas quas in Australasia legerunt DD. Baxter, Caley, Cunningham, Fraser et Sieber; et quarum e siccis exemplaribus characteres elaboravit Robertus Brown. London (Richard Taylor) 1830. Oct. (Suppl. prodr. fl. Nov. Holl.) Publ.: (late?) 1830 (reviews are from 1831 and 1832), p. [1]-40. Copy: U. Facsimile ed.: in R. Brown, Prodromus 1810, facsimile ed. Weinheim (J. Cramer) 1960. Copy: FAS. Ref.: BM 1: 260; Kew 1: 395. 836. On Cyrtandreae, by Robert Brown. From Dr. Horsfield’s “‘ Plantae javanicae rariores.”” London (Richard and John E. Taylor) March 1838-December 1839. Qu. (Cyrtandreae). Publ.: A reprint of two plates with text from Bennett and Brown, Plantae javanicae rariores, q.v., p. [1, t.p.], pl. 24, 1-2, pl. 25, 105-122. Copy: G. — The dates on the title page are earlier than those of parts 1 and 2 as given under Bennett. 837. Botanical appendix to Captain Sturt’s expedition into central Australia. [London 1849] Oct. (Bot. Sturt’s exped. Australia). Publ.: As a reprint or preprint, Jan-Feb 1849, by a different printer (G. Norman) from Charles Sturt, Narrative of an expedition into central Australia. 1849. — Reprint [1] - 29. Copy: G. Ref.: Hooker, Kew J. Bot. 1: 63-64. Feb (?) 1849 (rev.) Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 7: 726-727. 1849 (rev.) 838. The miscellaneous botanical works of Robert Brown. London (Ray Society) 1866-1868, 2 vols. and atlas. Oct. and Qu. (Misc. bot. works). Vol. r: 1866 (p. v: 30 Dec 1865), p. [i]-viii, [1, h.t.], [1]-612. Copy: U. Vol. 2: Dec 1867 (p. vi: 30 Nov 1867). p. [i]-viii, [1]-786. Copy: U. Atlas of plates: 1868, p. [i-i11], [1]-15, pl. 1-38. Copy: U. Original pagination of articles usually indicated. Brown, Roland Wilbur (1893-1961), American palaeobotanist. (R. W. Brown). cOLLEcTions: U.S. Geol. Survey (US). 369 BROWN, R. W. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Kew 1: 396. Becker, Cactus and Succulent Soc. Amer. 32(1): 28-29. 1960. Becker, Bull. Torrey bot. Club 89(4): 260-261. 1962 (portr.) Becker, Garden J. New York Bot. Gard. 12(2): 71-72. 1962. EPONYMY: For eponyms based on the name Brown, cf. supra, sub N. E. and R. Brown, and infra, sub P. Browne. Note: Author of Composition of sctentific words (1954). \s Brown, Stewardson (1867-1921), American botanist at Philadelphia. (S. Brown). HERBARIUM and TYPES: PH; the originals of the collections made with N. L. Britton in the Bermudas, Virgin Islands and W. Indies at NY, those from Canada are at GH. Ref.: 1H 2: 101. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 264; BL 1: 211; BM 6: 147; Bossert p. 55. Britton, J. New York Bot. Gard. 22: 110-112. 1921. Anon., Amer. Fern J. 13: 24-25. 1923. Stone, Bartonia 8: 1-6. 1924 (portr.), also rep. 6 p. Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 105. 1973 (corr.) EPONYMY: For eponyms based on the name Brown, cf. supra, sub N. E. and R. Brown, and infra, sub P. Browne. 839. Alpine flora of the Canadian Rocky Mountains by Stewardson Brown ... illustrated with water-colour drawings and photographs by Mrs. Charles Schaffer ... New York and London (G. P. Putnam’s Sons) 1907. Oct. (Alpine fl. Canad. Rocky Mis.) Publ.: Nov-Dec 1907 (p. viii: 29 Oct 1907; Nat. Nov. Feb 1908), p. [i]-xxxix, [1]-353, frontisp., pl. 1-79. Copy: L. -The plates are by Mary Townsend [Sharples] Schaffer (1861-x). Ref.: BM 6: 147; Kew 1: 396; NI 254. Rickett, NAF 28 B(2): 322. 1945. Browne, Daniel Jay (1804-1867), American author. (D. 7. Browne). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 265; BM 1: 262; CSP 1: 666; Jackson p. 360; Kew 1: 397; Langman p. 165; PR 1252. Rickett, NAF 28 B(2): 322. 1945. EPONYMyY: For eponyms based on the stem Brown-, cf. supra, sub N. E. and R. Brown, and infra, sub P. Browne. 840. The sylva americana; or a description of the forest trees indigenous to the United States, practically and botanically considered. Illustrated by more than one hundred engravings. Boston (William Hyde & Co.) 1832. Qu. (Sylva amer.) Publ.: 1832 (p. vii: Apr 1832), p. [i]-vii, [viii, list], [9]-408, z pl. (frontisp.), text figs. i-cxili. Copies: BR, MICH, NY, US. Ref.: BM 1: 262; Jackson p. 360; Kew 1: 397. 841. The trees of America; native and foreign, pictorially and botanically delineated, and scientifically and popularly described; being considered principally with reference to their geography and history; soil and situation; propagation and culture; accidents and diseases; properties and uses; economy in the arts; introduction into commerce; and their application in useful and ornamental plantations illustrated by numerous en- gravings. New York (Harper and Brothers) 1857. Qu. (Trees America). Publ.: 1857 (t.p.; however p. viii: Aug 1846, p. [iv], registered 1846), p. [i]-xil, [1]-520, unnumbered text ill. Copies: MICH, NY. 370 BROWNE Browne, Patrick (1720-1790), Irish naturalist and physician, explorer of Jamaica. (P2VBr>) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Browne sold his Jamaican herbarium to Linnaeus in 1758 through Collinson. It is now at LINN. — 103 original drawings of Jamaican plants by Ehret are at BM. — Other Browne specimens are at BM, UPS (with the Thunberg herbarium) and S. Manuscripts at BM and LINN. Ref.: BB p. 50; IH 2: 102; Jackson, Index to the Linnaean herbarium 16-11. 1922; Laségue p. 488. Lindman, Ark. Bot. 7(3): 15. 1907. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 18-28. 1898, 3: 29. 1912. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 265; BB p. 50; BM 1: 262; Dawson p. 176, 544, 868; DNB 7: 53; Jackson p. 370; Kew 1: 398; KR 107; Laségue p. 488; LS 4179; PR 1253; SO 636, 637, 1987, 2538. Lambert, Trans. Linn. Soc. 4: 31-34. 1798. Anon., Trans. Linn. Soc. 10: 414. 1811. J., Dict. Sci. med., Biogr. méd. 3: 6-7. 1821. Smith, Corresp. Linnaeus 1: 39, 42-44. 1821. Ehret, Proc. Linn. Soc. 1894/5: 55. 1896. Prain, J. Bot. 40: 139. 1902. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 18-28. 1898, 3: 29. 1902. Hulth, Bref och Skr. Linné ser. 2. 1: 339-362. 1916. Anon., J. Bot. 58: 276. 1920. Britten, J. Bot. 62: 351. 1924. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 85. 1936. Fick and Stearns, Mark Catesby 66, 82, 108. 1961. Berkeley and Berkeley, Dr Alexander Garden 372. 1969. Miller, Taxon 19: 517. 1970. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 180, 186, 202-203. 1971. EPONYMY: Brownea N. J. Jacquin (1760, ““Brownaea’”’); corr. J. A. Murray (1774, nom. et orth. cons.) ; Browneopsis Huber. (1906). Note: For other eponyms based on the stem Brown-, cf. supra, sub N. E. and R. Brown. 842. The civil and natural history of Jamaica in three parts. Containing, I. An accurate Description of that Island, its Situation and Soil; with a brief Account of its former and present State, Government, Revenues, Produce and Trade. II. A History of the natural Productions, including the various Sorts of native Fossils; perfect and imperfect Vege- tables; Quadrupedes, Birds, Fishes, Reptiles and Insects; with their Properties and Uses in Mechanics, Diet, and Physic. III. An Account of the Nature of Climates in general, and their different Effects upon the human Body; with a Detail of the Diseases arising from this Source, particularly within the Tropics. In Three Dissertations. ‘The Whole illustrated with Fifty Copper-Plates: In which the most curious Productions are re- presented of the natural Size, and delineated immediately from the Objects. London (author) 1756. Fol. (Civ. nat. hist. Jamaica). Ed. 1: 10 Mar 1756, map, [i*-iii*], [i]-viii, [2, catal. auth.), [1]-503, pl. z-49, uncoloured copper engr. Copy: MICH. — P. Browne wrote to Linnaeus on 11 Mar 1756 (Hulth 1918): “‘Yesterday it was at length published, and I sent a copy inscribed with your name to the booksellers ...” (translation H. W. Rickett). The Monthly Review (15: 30-43. Jul 1756, 15: 333-344. Oct 1756) mentions publication of the first edition in three parts; the Critical Rev. of Jun 1756 (165): 389-409. Jun 1756) also mentions three parts. According to present evidence these three parts must have come out almost simultaneously. New generic names mostly validly published because mono- typic or because of special (typographically distinct) descriptions under the first species. For binomials see ed. 2, London 1789. add. index 1; and also the index to Richter’s Codex (TL1: 1882) which often cites the first binomials given to Browne’s species. The plates are by G. D. Ehret (1708-1770). Ed. 2: 1789, p. [i*-iv*], map, [i]-vili, 1-503, pl. 1-49, four additional indexes [1-46], catal. auth. [47-48]. London (B. White and Son) 1789. Fol. Copy: NY. 371 BROWNE Title: ‘“The civil ... [end of II:] physic. By Patrick Browne, M.D. Illustrated with forty-nine copper-plates in which the most curious productions are represented of their natural sizes, and delineated immediately from the objects, by George Dio- nysius Ehret. There are now added complete Linnaean indexes, and a large and accurate map of the island.” The plates of the second edition were re-engraved and are reversed with the Linnaean binomials added. Ref.: BM 1: 262; DA 1967; DU 57; GF p. 52; Jackson p. 370; Kew 1: 398; LS 4179; NI 255; Plesch p. 159-160 (1789 ed.); PR 1253; RS p. 76; SA 2: 545; IDC 1272. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 18-28. 1898, 3: 29. 1902. Rendle, J. Bot. 50: 129. 1912. Hulth [ed.], Bref och Skr. Linné ser. 2. 1: 341. 1916 (letter 11 Mar 1756). Hallier, Meded. Rijks-Herb. 36: 1-6. 1918. Wilmott, Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1935: go. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 202-203. 1971. Bruce, James (1730-1794), Scottish traveller in Africa. (Bruce). HERBARIUM and Types: Bruce had no herbarium of his own so far as is known. The specimens collected on his travels went to several persons with whom he was in contact, mainly Sir Joseph Banks (BM) and Lamarck (P-LA). From the correspondence with Banks it is clear, however, that Bruce made few collections of dried plants, and that most of his documentation consisted of drawings. ‘These are now at the Royal Society. Bruce manuscripts are at the Royal Society, London. Refs; VEL 2102. Dawson, The Banks letters 177-179. 1958. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 266; BB p. 51; BM 1: 262; 6: 148; Dawson p. 177-179; DNB 7: 98; Kew 1: 399; PR 1256. Murray, Account of the life and writings of James Bruce of Kinnaird, author of Travels to discover the source of the Nile in the years 1768-1773, Edinburgh 1808. (part of second edition of Bruce’s Travels). Smith, J. E., Correspondence 2: 293. 1832. Head, F. B., Life of James Bruce. London 1832 (fide PR). Embacher, Lexikon Reisen 52-53. 1882. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 86. 1936. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 67. 1966. Reid, J. M., Traveller extraordinary, the life of James Bruce of Kinnaird, London 1968. Hansen, DSB 2: 530. 1970. Cumming, Geogr. J. 137 (1): 41-50. 1971 (letters). EPONYMY: Brucea J. F. Miller (1779-1780, nom. cons.) 843. Select specimens of natural history, collected in Travels to discover the source of the Nile, in Egypt, Arabia, Abyssinia, and Nubia. Vol. 5. Edinburgh (J. Ruthven for C. G. J. and J. Robinson) London 1790. Qu. (Select spec. nat. hist.) Publ.: Feb-Apr 1790, p. [i*-iii*], [i]-xiv, [1]-230, [12, ind., err.], 37 pl., 3 maps. Title of the main work: Travels to discover the source of the Nile in the years 1768, 1769, 1770, 1771, 1772 and 1773. Edinburgh, 5 vols, 1790. Copies: Teyler, Harvard Univ. Libr. Second edition: by Alexander Murray, Edinburgh 1804 [-1808?] with biogr. and portr. (n.v.) Third edition: by Alexander Murray “‘to which is prefixed a life of the author”? [by the editor], 7 vols., atlas, Edinburgh 1813. (n.v.) French translation: by J. H. Castera, Voyage aux sources du Nil, en Nubie et en Abyssinie pendant les années 1768-72, 11 vols. London 1790-1792. Copy: G. German translation: Reisen zur Entdeckung der Quellen der Nil. Uebersetzt von Volkmann, mit Anmerkungen von Blumenbach, 5 vols. Leipzig 1791. Natural history in vol. 5. (n.v.) Abridgement: Travels ... by James Bruce, ed. C. F. Beckingham, New York, Edinburgh [1964], with biography and introduction. Copy: MICH. 372 BRUCH Ref.: BM: 262; PR 1256; ST p. 56; IDC 5501. Stackhouse, Extracts from Bruce’s Travels. Bath 1815 (n.v.). Rehder, Bradley bibl. 1: 486. 1911. Bruch, Philipp (1781-1847), German pharmacist and bryologist at Zweibriicken. (Bruch). HERBARIUM and TYPES: G (through Delessert). — Husnot offered the Bruch herbarium for sale in the Revue bryologique 49: 48. 1922. In the same journal (50: 16. 1923) Gérard states to have bought the Bruch herbarium for the city of Lyon. Bruch offered exsiccatae in exchange in Flora 7: 760-765. 28 Dec 1824. — 219 original drawings by Bruch in BM. ef 2-102. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 3: 375-376; Barnhart 1: 266; BM 1: 149; CSP 1: 668; DTS 1: 36; Kew 1: 399; MD p. 70; PR post 1257. Amon DOL wZelt ween 23 Od 7147121722547 33% LOAO: Anon., Flora 30: 148. 7 Mar 1847. Giimbel, Pollichia 5: 11-21. 1847. Rodgers, Noble Fellow Sullivant 344 [index]. 1940. EPONYMY: Bruchia Hornschuch (1825); Bruchia Schwagrichen (1824). 844. Bryologia europaea seu genera muscorum Europaeorum monographice illustrata. Stuttgart (E. Schweizerbart) 1836-1855, 6 vols. Qu. (Bryol. europ.) Co-authors: Wilhelm Philipp Schimper (1803-1867); Wilhelm Theodor von Giimbel (1812-1858), artist (no texts). Publ.: in 65 fascicles, containing 640 lithographs. A supplementum was published in 4 fascicles, with 40 lithographs, between 1864-1866: Musci europaei novi vel Bryologiae europaeae supplementum — see Schimper. The plates are not numbered consecutively but per genus. Many numbers in vol. 6 are erroneous and were corrected by hand. The plates have to be arranged in accordance with the Conspectus issued for each of the six volumes but there are several discrepancies. The genera were also offered for sale separately. A certain number of copies exist with photographic reproduction of the original plates. These copies were issued by the publisher (Schweizerbarth) in an attempt to sell his stock of incomplete copies. A detailed list of contents is given by Junk, but by far the best key to the book is that of Margadant and van der Wijk who suggested a continuous pagination (also followed in facsimile edition). It is very desirable to follow this standardization of pagination and quotation. The list of dates of the fascicles given here is based on that given by Barnhart with additional details obtained from the receipt by the Paris Académie and by Hinrichs at Leipzig. The list of dates is followed by the list of contents of the fascicles as given by Margadant and van der Wijk, with the continuous numbering of pages and plates. Fascicles t-20 do not have Giimbel on the wrappers: new taxa appearing in these parts should be attributed to Bruch et Schimper (1837-1843). Fascicles 21-65 do carry Giimbel’s name but it is clear from internal evidence, as shown by Margadant and Florschiitz (1971) that he was responsible for the drawings only and that he did not contribute any descriptions of new taxa. The authorship of new taxa appearing in fascicles 21-43 is also by Bruch et Schimper but in view of the title pages (wrappers) citation should be: “Bruch et Schimper in Bruch, Schimper et Gimbel, Bryologia europaea ...”’ The preface to volumes 5 and 6 contains a state- ment by Schimper that he alone is responsible for the pleurocarpous and schisto- carpous musci. This refers to fascicles 44-65: new names appearing in these parts are to be attributed to: “Schimper in Bruch, Schimper et Giimbel, Bryologia eu- TOpacay =. The facsimile edition of 1971 (Vaals, Amsterdam, A. Asher & Co.) follows the arrange- ment suggested by Margadant and van der Wijk, listed below. This edition contains in its first “section”? a brief general introduction by Margadant and Florschiitz fol- lowed by an alphabetical list of generic names and a numerical list of names of species and varieties applying to the plates. An extensive introductory volume with full bio- 373 BRUCH graphical and bibliographical details as well as a full index of all names in the texts (many of them never indexed) is to follow. Copies: orig. ed.: U; facsimile ed.: FAS. fasc. ON OUH OO ND © dates Apr 1837 Dec 1837 Dec 1837 Mai 1838 Mai-Dec 1838 Dec 1839 Dec 1839 Dec 1839 Dec 1839 1841 Dec 1841 Jul 1842 Sep 1842 Sep 1842 Sep 1842 Apr 1843 Apr 1843 Aug 1843 Aug 1843 Aug 1843 Jan-Oct 1844 Jan-Oct 1844 fasc. dates Aug-Nov 1844 Aug-Nov 1844 Aug. 1845 Aug 1845 Aug 1845 Aug 1845 Apr 1846 Apr 1846 Apr 1846 Nov 1846 Dec 1846 Dec 1846 Dec 1846 Dec 1846 Apr 1847 Apr 1847 Apr 1847 Apr 1847 Dec 1847 Dec 1849 1850 Dec 1850 Fascicles 57-61 were received by Hinrichs in Apr 1855. continuous pagination contents Memoriae Dill. Hedw. Brid. Praefatio Conspectus vol. 1 Ephemerum Physcomitrella Acaulon Phascum Voitia Archidium Pleuridium Bruchia Astomum Hymenostomum Hymenostomum suppl. Weisia Gymnostomum Anoectangium Eucladium Volume 1 continuous numbering fasc. of plates I, 2 42 3 42 35 4 42 5,6 43 7] 43 8 43 9g, 10 43 II 43 12,13, 14 43 16-19 33-36 15 42 20-28 33-36 29-36 33-36 37-39 29-30 40 33-36 publi- cation 1849 1849 1849 1850 1850 1850 1850 1850 1850 1846 1849 1846 1846 1846 1846 dates Dec 1850 Jul 1851 Jul 1851 Jul 1852 1852 1852 1852 1853 1853 1853 1853 1853 1854 1854 1854 1854 1854 Aug 1855 Aug 1855 Aug 1855 1855 monograph pages plates 1-6 Teo, T-2 2 (Acaulon) | 1 1 NOP BOB onl 1 1 — I-I ( I-I 1-7 1-3 I 1-8 4 double) Ov EE=0| TES; I continuous pagination 95-100 IOI-103 105-148 149-150 151-156 157-159 161-167 169-172 173-178 179-183 185-196 197-198 199-200 201-205 109-110 III 113 I5=133 135-141 IASB AG 151 153-157 159-161 1-2 359 11-15 17-32 33-41 contents Rhabdoweisia Cynodontium Dicranum Dicranum suppl. Arctoa Dicranodontium Campylopus Angstroemia Trematodon Leucobryum (Oncophorus) Fissidens Fissidens suppl. 1 Fissidens suppl. 2 Conomitrium (Octodiceras) Conspectus vol. 2 Anodus Seligeria Stylostegium Blindia Brachyodus Campylostelium Pottia Pottia suppl. Anacalypta Desmatodon Desmatodon suppl. Barbula Barbula suppl. 1 Barbula suppl. 2 Barbula suppl. 3 Trichostomum Didymodon Ceratodon Ceratodon suppl. Distichium Eustichium Conspectus vol. 3 Tetraphis Tetrodontium Encalypta Zygodon continuous numbering of plates 41-43 44 45-72, 74-85 99, IOI, 103-106 100 102, 107 108 Volume 2 109 IIO-112 113 114 115 116 117-122, 124 123 125-128 129-130, 132-136 131 137-145, 147-151, 153-166, 168-169 152 146 167 170-184. 185-988 189, 190, 192 IQI 193-194 195 Volume 3 196 197 198-205 206-207 17 17 year of publi- cation 1846 1846 1847 1850 1846 1847 1847 1846 1846 1847 1843 1849 1851 1843 1846 1846 1846 1846 1846 1846 1843 1849 1843 1843 1846 1842 1846 1850 1851 1843 1846 1846 1850 1846 1849 1843 1843 1838 1838 BRUCH monograph pages plates 1-6 I-3 1-3 I I-44 «1-37 (1, 3,4 double) 1-2 I 1-6 I-2 1-3 i I-7 I-5 I-4 I 1-6 I-2 I-5 I-2 I-12 1-6 1-2 I 1-2 2-3 1-5 I 1-3 if 1-6 1-3 1-3 I I-4 i 1-3 I 1-4. I I-13 I-7 I I 1-6 I-4 I-IO I-7 I I 1-46 1-29 (2 double) 1-2 I I 2 I 3 I-IQ I-15 1-7 I-4 1-7 I-3 I I I-5 I-2 1-3 I 1-7 ri I-5 2 1-16 =r-8 1-9 I-2 BRUCH continuous pagination 43-73 75-76 77 79-83 85-87 89-92 93-102 103-132 133 135-147 149-154 155-158 159-162 163-174 175-181 183-186 187-197 199-209 211-218 219-231 233-235 237-251 253-257 259-268 contents Orthotrichum Orthotrichum suppl. 1 Orthotrichum suppl. 2 Ptychomitrium Glyphomitrium Coscinodon Schistidium Grimmia Grimmia suppl. 1 Racomitrium Hedwigia Hedwigidium Braunia Cinclidotus Schistostega Oedipodium Dissodon Tayloria Tetraplodon Splachnum Discelium Physcomitrium Entosthodon Funaria Conspectus vol. 4 Amblyodon Meesia Paludella Catoscopium Oreas Bartramia Bartramia suppl. Bartramidula Mielichhoferia Orthodontium Bryum Bryum suppl. 1 Mnium continuous numbering of plates 208-212, 215-223, 225-228 213, 214 224 229 230 230 231-235 236-252, 254-261 253 262-271 272-273 274 275 276-278 279 280 281-283 284-287 288-290 291-296 297 298-301 302 303-306 Volume 4 307 308-311 312 313 314 316-326 315 327 328-329 330 331-332, 334, 339-348, 351-356, 358-360, 363-376, 378-380, 382, 384 333> 335-3385 349, 350, 357, 361, 362, 377, 381, 383 385, 387, 389-391, 393; 395-399; 401-402 fasc. 5 year of monograph publi- pages plates cation 1837 I-32 I-13 1849 I-2 I-2 1850 I 3 1837 I-5 I 1837 1-3 I (Coscinodon) 1837 1-4. I 1845 I-I0 I-5 1845 I-30 I-24 (10 double) 1849 I I 1845 I-13 I-2 (Dryptodon) 1-8 1846 1-6 I-2 1846 1-4 I 1846 1-4 I 1842 L120 at 1843 1-7 I 1844 I-4 I 1844 I-II I-3 1844 I-II I-4 1844 1-8 I-3 (Splachnum) 1844 I-13 4-9 1846 1-4 I 1841 I-15 I-4 1841 I-5 I 1841 I-IO I-g 1841 I-5 I 1841 1-8 I-4 1841 I-4 I 1842 1-5 I 1842 1-4 I 184.2 I-21 I-IT 1846 1-2 I 1846 I-3 I 1844 1-7 I-2 1844 1-4 I 1839 1-82 I-41 1846 I-I2 I-13 1838 I-37 I-I3 continuous pagination 203-208 209-220 221-228 229-238 239-244 245-254 255-268 269-274. 275-278 I-2 3-11 13-22 23-24 25-30 31-36 37-40 41-51 53°55 57-60 61-63 65-68 69-72 73-74 75-78 79-82 83-86 87-90 gI-94 95-99 IOI-103 105-110 III-117 I1Q-122 123-126 127-130 131-133 135-139 141-146 147-150 151-155 157-167 169-178 179-195 197-208 209 QII-215 217-233 235-237 239-246 contents Mnium suppl. 1 Aulacomnion(um) Timmia Atrichum Oligotrichum Pogonatum Polytrichum Buxbaumia Diphyscium Conspectus vol. 5 Fontinalis Dichelyma Dichelyma suppl. 1 Climacium Cryphaea Leptodon Neckera Omalia Hookeria Pterygophyllum Daltonia Fabronia Fabronia suppl. 1 Anisodon Anacamptodon Thedenia Pylaisaea Homalothecium Platygyrium Lescuraea Orthothecium Cylindrothecium Pterigynandrum Pterogonium Leucodon Antitrichia Leskea Anomodon Pseudoleskea Heterocladium Thuidium Hylocomium Plagiothecium Rhynchostegium Rhynchostegium suppl. 1 Thamnium Eurhynchium Hyocomium Isothecium continuous numbering of plates 386, 388, 392, 394, 400 403-406 407-408 409-412 413-414 415-418 419-426 427-428 4.28 Volume 5 429-432 433-435 436 427 438 439 440-445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456-457 458 459 460-463 464-465 4.66 467 468 469 470-473 474-476 477-478 479-480 481-486 487-493 494-506 507-516 517 518 519-53! 532 533-534 fasc. Year of publi- cation 1846 1841 1841 1844 1844. 1844 1844 1836 1836 1846 1842 1846 1842 1850 1850 1850 1850 1851 1851 1850 1850 1853 1852 1850 1852 1851 1851 1851 1851 1851 1851 1851 1851 1850 1850 1850 1850 1852 1852 1852 1852 1851 1852 1853 1852 1854 1852 1851 BRUCH monograph pages plates 1-6 I-5 I-I2 I-4 1-8 I-2 I-IO. -I-4 1-6 5-6 I-IO 7-10 I-14 1-18 1-6 I-2 1-4 2 (Buxbaumia) I-9 1-4 I-IO I-3 1-2 I 1-6 i 1-6 I 1-4 I I-II 1-6 1-3 I 1-4 I 1-3 2 1-4 I I-4 I 1-2 I I-4 I I-4 if 1-4 Hi 1-4 I 1-4 I-2 1-5 I 1-3 I 1-6 I-3 (2 double) I-7 I-2 1-4 I I-4 2 1-4 I 1-3 I I-5 I-4 1-6 I-3 1-4. I-2 I-5 I-2 I-II 7-6 I-IO. I- I-17 I-I3 I-I2 I-I0 I I I-5 I I-17 2-13 1-3 I 1-8 I-2 BRUCH continuous continuous pagination contents numbering fasc. of plates Volume 6 I-2 Praefatio ad Vol. V. et VI. 3-4 Conspectus vol. 6 5-26 Brachythecium 535-555 52-54 27-30 Scleropodium 556-557 55-50 31-38 Camptothecium 558-559 53-54 39-43 Myurella 560 52-54 45-61 Amblystegium 561-566, 568-573 55-56 63-64 Amblystegium 567 62-64 suppl. 1 65-71 Limnobium 574-578 55-56 73-75 Limnobium suppl. 1 579-580 62-64 77-130 Hypnum 501-622 57-61 131-156 Andraea 623-636 62-64. Archidium suppl. 637 62-64 Physcomitrella 637 62-64 suppl. Physcomitrium 637 TH suppl. 157-158 Fissidens suppl. 3 638 62-64 159-160 Barbula suppl. 4 639 62-64 161-162 Bryum suppl. 2 640 62-64 163-167 Buxbaumia suppl. 1 641 65 167 Diphyscium 641 65 Genera in alphabetical order Acaulon Tears Braunia Amblyodon Ans Bruchia Amblystegium 6: 45 Bryum Anacalypta 2:45 Buxbaumia Anacamptodon 5: 79 Camptothecium Andraea 6: 131 Campylopus Angstroemia 1: 169 Campylostelium Anisodon 5:75 Catoscopium Anodus 2:3 Ceratodon Anoectangium 1703 Cinclidotus Anomodon ees Climacium Antitrichia Heat Conomitrium Archidium 1: 33; 6: pl. 637 Coscinodon Arctoa e151 Cryphaea Astomum 1:45 Cylindrothecium Atrichum 4: 229 Cynodontium Aulacomnion(um) 4: 209 Daltonia Barbula 2: 63; 6: 159 Desmatodon Bartramia Agi Dichelyma Bartramidula 4:55 Dicranodontium Blindia PY Oy) Dicranum Brachyodus 2:21 Didymodon Brachythecium 6:5 Diphyscium 378 year of monograph publi- pages plates cation 1853 I-22 I-21 1853 1-4 I-2 1853 1-8 I-2 1853 I-5 I 1853 I-17 = I-II (2 double) 1855 I-2 I 1853 1-7 1-5 1855 1-3 I-2 HOSA meel=5 40) Bango (24 thrice) (31 double) 1855 1-26 §=I-I4 1855 637 1855 637 (Archidium) 1841 637 (Archidium) 1855 I-2 3 1855 1-2) td 1855 1-2 3 1855 I-5 Se IGS I (Buxbaumia) SoS) Va4d Aes.) Toa 4: 269; 6: 163 6231 Pr61 OLS Ds Ai 21 2: 143 3: 163 5? 25 I: 201 3: 89 5:31 5a bhI IeeTOL 5: 65 2: 51 5+ 13 I: 157 I: 105 22135 A275; 03107 Discelium Dissodon Distichium Encalypta Entosthodon Ephemerum Eucladium Eurhynchium Eustichium Fabronia Fissidens Fontinalis Funaria Glyphomitrium Grimmia Gymnostomum Hedwigia Hedwigidium Heterocladium Homalothecium Hookeria Hylocomium Hymenostomum Hyocomium Hypnum Tsothecium Leptodon Lescuraea Leskea Leucobryum Leucodon Limnobium Meesia Mielichhoferia Mnium Myurella Neckera Octodiceras Oedipodium Oligotrichum Omalia Oncophorus HBOPO KHOU OHHH ODO HPUUOU DUO htUUUNUWOW FWOWWoOthoO Noh hwo NOOO? Oreas Orthodontium Orthothecium Orthotrichum Paludella Phascum Physcomitrella Physcomitrium Plagiothecium Platygyrium Pleuridium Pogonatum Polytrichum Pottia Pseudoleskea Pterigynandrum Pterogonium Pterygophyllum Ptychomitrium Pylaisaea Rocomitrium Rhabdoweisia Rhynchostegium Schistidium Schistostega Scleropodium Seligeria Splachnum Stylostegium Tayloria Tetraphis Tetraplodon Tetrodontium Thamnium Thedenia Thuidium Timmia Trematodon Trichostomum Voitia Weisia Zygodon COeAkrt Nr HOON WOWWW NWN OWWUkRFWUWOUOOO NY NB ROO & Se POO OTP BRUCKNER BGS § Os oleae) : 237; 3: pl. 637 > 179 Oe) The reprint includes also Schimper, Corollarium Bryologiae Europaeae, published as part of the work with the date 1855, but published only in 1856. Ref.: BM 4: 1834; MD p. 70; NI 1759; PR 8191; IDC 187. Miiller, K., Bot. Zeitung 1: 862-868. 15 Dec 1843 (17-20). Giimbel, Jahresbericht der Pollichia 5: 11-21. 1847. Junk, Rara 132-133. 1926. Barnhart, Bryologist 47: 97-108. 1944. Margadant and van der Wijk, ‘Taxon 7: 97-103. 1958. Rickett, NAF ser. 2. 3: 32-33. 1963. Margadant and Florschiitz, Introduction to facsimile reprint Amsterdam 1971. Stafleu, Taxon 21: 349-351. 1972. Sauter, reviews in Flora, see list in DTS 1: 258-259. Briickner, Adolph Friedrich Albrecht (1781-1818), German physician at Neu- brandenburg. (Briickn.) HERBARIUM and types: Unknown. BRUCKNER BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 1: 264; CSP 1: 672, 7: 283, 12: 127: LS 4192; PR 1267. Ascherson, Fl. Prov. Brandenburg 1: 3. 1860. Brockmiiller, Laubmoose Meklenburg 6, 7. 1869. 845. Dissertatio inauguralis botanica sistens florae neobrandenburgensis prodromus. Jena [1803]. Oct. (n.v.) (Diss. bot. fl. neobrand). Publ.: Dissertation defended on 18 Mai 1809, p. [1]-88. Ref.: BM 1: 264; PR 1267. 846. Florae stargardiensis supplementum. Greifswald 1817. (n.v.) (Fl. stargard. suppl.) Publ.: Boll 1860 states that only one sheet of this work was ever printed but not dis- tributed through the trade. Early phytogeographical treatise. Ref.: Boll, Fl. Meklenburg 150. 1860. Brihl, Paul Johannes (1855-x), German botanist. (Briihl). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 267; BM 1: 264; Kew 1: 400; MW p. 56; NI 256. 846. A guide to the orchids of Sikkim being a guide to the identification of those species of Orchids found between the Terai and the northern frontier of independent Sikkim including the Chambi valley and British Bhutan. Calcutta and Simla (Thacker, Spink) 1926. Oct. (Guide orchids Sikkim). Publ.: 1926, p. [i]-xvi, [plate with 1 p. text], 1-208. Copy: MO. Brugmans, Sebald Justinus (1763-1819), Dutch botanist, professor of botany at Franeker and Leiden. (Brugmans). HERBARIUM and TypEs: Unknown. — Zool. coll. in Mus. Gesch. Natuurw., Leiden. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Aa 2: 1466-1473 (further sources!); Barnhart 1: 267; BM 1: 265; Bossert p, 56; Dawson p. 179-180; JW 1: 440, 2: 187, 3: 346, 4: 380, 5: 236; NNBW 1: 487-490 (Sasse) ; PR 1272-1275; Quenstedt p. 63. Anon., Alg. Konst- Letterbode 1789 (58): 44; 1819 (34): 65; 1845 (1): 114. Speyert van der Eyk, D.M. viti clar. Seb. Just. Brugmans, Leiden 1819. Anon., Flora 2: 714. 1819. Bory de Saint-Vincent, Ann. gén. Sci. phys., Bruxelles 2: 7-32. 1819. Capadose, Werken Holl. Maatschappij Kunst. wet. 7(2): 198-360. 1825. Pruys van der Hoeven, Album der Natuur 1866: 240-246. Oudemans, Ned. kruidk. Arch. ser. 2. 2: 238-239. 1877. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 167. 1905 (ref. to portr.) See also Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 21. 1906. Klaauw, Het hooger onderwijs in de zoologie te Leiden 54, 55, 124. 1926. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 86. 1936. Engel, Bijdr. Dierk. 27: 262. 1939. EPONYMY: Brugmansia Blume (1827); Brugmansia Persoon (1805). 847. Elenchus plantarum, quae in horto Lugduno-Batavo coluntur. [Leiden] 1818. Oct. (in fours) (Elench. pl.) Publ.: between 12 Feb 1819 (preface) and 6 Mai 1819 (copy rd by Regensburg bot. society, see Flora 2: 319. 1819), p. [i-vi], [1]-39. Copies: L, NY. Ref.: BM 1: 265; Kew 1: 104; PR 1275. 848. Enumeratio plantarum quae in horto Lugduno-Batavo coluntur. s.l. [Leiden] 1831. Oct. (in fours) (Enum. pl.) Publ.: 1831, p. [i-iv], [1]-87. Copy: U. 380 BRUN Bruinsma, Josephus Johannes (1805-1888), Dutch-Frisian apothecary and botanist at Leeuwarden (Friesland). (Bruinsma). HERBARIUM and TYPEs: NBV. GRE Msl BE Ory. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 268; BL 2: 429; Bossert p. 56; CSP 1: 677, 9: 378; Jackson p. 325; JW 1: 440; Kew 1: 401; LS 4197; PR 1279. Oudemans, Ned. kruidk. Arch. ser. 2. 2: 251. 1877. Suringar, Ned. kruidk. Arch. ser. 2. 4: 387-390. 1886. EPONYMY: Bruinsmania Miquel (1843). — Note: Bruinsmia Boerlage & Koorders (1893) ; Bruinsmaea Post & O. Kuntze (1903, orth. var.) and Bruinsmea Koorders (1898, orth. var.) are dedicated to Abraham Eduard Johannes Bruinsma (1852-1943), Dutch forester in the Netherlands East Indies. 849. Flora frisica, of naamlijst en kenmerken der zigtbaarbloeijende planten van de provincie Friesland; benevens eene schets van derzelver verspreiding, en aanwijzing van de geneeskrachtige, oeconomische en technische gewassen; voorafgegaan door eene korte beschrijving van de natuurlijke gesteldheid des Frieschen bodems. Leeuwarden (W. Eekhoff) 1840. Oct. (Fl. frisica). Orig. ed.: Jun 1840 (p. iv: 20 Apr 1840; Ned. Staats-Courant 15-20 Jun 1840; rev. Miquel Mar 1841), p. [i]-[viil], [1]-187, [188 ind., 189, err.] Copies: FAS, U. Facsimile edition announced, but not yet published, by Meesters (1974). Ref.: BL 2: 429; BM 1: 265; Jackson p. 325; Kew 1: 401; PR 1279. Miquel, De Gids 1841B: 252-254. Oudemans, Ned. kruidk. Arch. ser. 2. 2: 151. 1877. Brumpt, Emile Josef Alexandre (1877-1951), French parasitologist. (Brumpt). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Not known to have made a herbarium. Brumpt was a para- sitologist who touched occasionally on botany. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 6: 149; LS 4199, 31644-31645, 41072; LS suppl. 3969. Galliard, DSB 2: 533-534. 1970 (bibl.) 850. Précis de parasitologie par E. Brumpt ... préface par ... R. Blanchard ... . Avec 683 figures dont 240 originales dans le texte et 4 planches hors texte en couleurs. Paris (Masson et Cie.) 1g10. Oct. (Précis parasitol.) Ed. 1: Jul-Aug 1910 (p. xiv: 20 Jun 1910, Nat. Nov. Sep 1g1o), p. [i]-xxvi, [1]-915, 4 pl. Copy: Library of Congress. Ed. 2: Paris (Masson et Cie.) Sep-Dec 1913 (p. xvi: Aug 1913, Nat. Nov. Feb 1914), p- [i]-xxvi, [1]-1011, “‘entiérement remaniée avec 698 figures dont 251 originales dans le texte et 4 planches hors texte en couleurs.’ Copy: USDA. Ed. 3: Paris 1922, xv, 1216 p., 4 pl., 736 fig. in text. LS suppl. 1: 330 (nr. 3969) (n.v.) Brun, Jacques-Joseph (1826-1908), Swiss diatomist at Genéve. (Brun). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: G. Ref.: IH 2: 102. Briquet, Annuaire Cons. Jard. bot. Genéve 4: 3-4. 1900, 5: 3-4. 1901, 6: 176. 1902, 7/8: 337-338. 1904, 10: 4. 1906. Wornardt, Int. direct. diatomists 33. 1968. Koster, ‘Taxon 18: 550. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 268; BM 1: 265, 6: 150; CSP 13: 867; Jackson p. 278, 343; Kew 1: 403; KR p. 107; MW p. 56. Briquet, Journal de Genéve 24 Nov 1908 (fide Briquet 1940). Julliard, Cact. Ouvr. Univ. Genéve 181. 1909. 381 BRUN Sarasin, Mém. Soc. Phys. Hist. nat. Genéve 36: 21-22. 1909. Beauverd, Bull. Herbier Boissier ser. 2. 8: 982. Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 94-98. 1940 (bibl.) EPONYMY: Brunia Tempére ex G. B. De Toni (1894); Bruniopsis G. Karsten (1928); Neobrunia O. Kuntze (1894). — Note: Brunia Linnaeus (1753) commemorates the English naval physician Alexander Brown (fl. 1692-1698), fide Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 87. 1936. 851. Diaiomées des Alpes et du Jura et de la région Suisse et Frangaise des environs de Genéve. Avec g planches. Genéve (H. Georg), Paris (Georges Masson) 1880. Oct. (Diatom. Alpes). Orig. ed.: 1880, p. [i-iv], [1]-146, pl. 7-9, uncoloured lithographs by Brun, with letter- press. Copy: BR. (Nat. Nov. announced the book in Nov and Dec 1879 as of “‘1879’’). Facsimile ed.: Amsterdam (A. Asher & Co.) 1965, ISBN 90-6123-028-4. Ref.: BM 1: 265; Jackson p. 278, 343. Stafleu, Taxon 15: 238. 1966. Brunchorst, Jorgen (1862-1917), Norwegian botanist, diplomat and museum director. (Brunch.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 269; BM 1: 266; CSP 13: 868; LS 4247- 4259, 31647. Wille, Bot. Centralbl. 27(9). 1886 (repr. 3p.) Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 169. 1903 (portr.), 3(3): 183. 1905. Wille, Naturen, Bergen 30: 257-271. 1906 (portr.), also repr. Bergen 1906, 15 p. Kolderup, Bergens Museum Aarsber. 1916-1917: 5-7. (portr.) Holmboe, Naturen, Bergen 41: 129-131. 1917 (portr.) Holmboe, Forhandl. Videnskapsselskapet i Kristiania, Oversigt over ... Moter 1918: 76-79. 1919. Gran, Norsk biogr. leks. 2: 245-250. 1925. Kolderup, Bergens Museum Arbok 1925: 96-100, portr. p. 513. Kleppa, Norsk bot. bibl. 1814-1964. 319 [index], 1973 (bibl.) EPONYMY: Brunchorstia J. Eriksson (1891). Brunfels, Otto (1488-1534), German botanist, physician and theologian. (Brunfels). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Brunfels and Weiditz were not acquainted with the technique of making herbaria. The woodcuts in Brunfels’ work are mainly based on beautiful coloured paintings by Hans Weiditz, some of which are included in the Platter her- barium at Bern (BE). Félix Platter (1536-1641) was one of the first botanists to build up a sizeable herbarium. Ref.: Church, J. Bot. 57: 233-244. 1919. Arber, J. Bot. 59: 131-132. 1921. Christ. Verh. naturf. Ges. Basel 38: 1-11. 1927. Rytz, Verh. naturf. Ges. Basel 44(1): 1-222. 1933. Rytz, Pflanzenaquarelle des Hans Weiditz aus dem Jahre 1529, 15 Tafeln in Offset- druck, Bern 1936. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 1: 69; Barnhart 1: 269; BM 1: 266; Bossert p. 56; Jackson p. 527 [index]; Kew 1: 403; Laségue p. 516, 519; Moebius p. 448 [index]; NI 257-260; Plesch p. 160; PR 1283-1285. Sprengel, Schr. kon. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen 1811/2: 185-216. 1812, also as Dissertatio de Germanis, rei herbariae patribus, Miinchen 1813. Jussieu, Dict. Sci. méd., Biogr. méd. 3: 22-24. 1821. Meyer, Gesch. Bot. 4: 295-303. 1857. Kirschleger, Fl. Alsace 2: xiii-xvii. 1857. 382 BRUNFELS Flickiger, Arch. d. Pharmacie 212: 493-514. 1878. Roth, Z. Gesch. Oberrheins ser. 2. 9: 284-320. 1894. Roth, Jb. Gesch., Sprache, litt. Elsass-Lothar. 16: 257-288. 1900 (bibl.) Anheisser, Mitt. Gesch. Med. Naturw. 1: 73-75. 1902 (rev. Roth). Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 121. 1903, 3(3): 121. 1905 (portr.) Greene, Landmarks bot. hist. 169-191. 1909. Church, J. Bot. 57: 233-234. 1919. Darmstadter, Aus der Heimat. Stuttgart 39(11): 201-206. 1926. Christ, Verh. naturf. Ges. Basel 38: 1-11. 1927. Ritter, Répert. bibliogr. livres impr. en Alsace 16e siécle, Strassbourg 1934. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 86-87. 1936. Schmid, Schweiz. Gutenbergmus. 3: 160-180. 1936 (bibl.) Stannard, DSB 2: 535-538. 1970 (bibl. and extensive list of secondary lit.) EPONYMY: Brunfelsia Linnaeus (1753, ““Brunsfelsia’’); Brunfelsiopsis (Urban) Post & O. Kuntze (1903). 852. Herbarum vivae eicones ad naturae imitationem, summa cum diligentia et artificio effigiatae, una cum Effectibus carundem, in gratiam ueteris illus, & iamiam renascentis herbariae medicinae, Per. Oth. Brunf. recens editae M.D.X.X.X. Quibus adiecta ad calcem, Appendix isagogica de usu & administratione Simplicium. Item Index Con- tentorum singulorum. Argentorati apud Joannem Schottum, cum Caes. Maiest. Privi- legio ad Sexennium. Strassburg 1530. Fol. (Herb. vivae eicon.) Ed. 1: (of vol. 1) 1530, p. [4 lvs], 1-266, [3-lvs], [29 Ivs], sign. A-G4], 86 woodcuts in text. Ed. 2: Strassbourg (Johannes Schott) 1532, Fol., [i-vii], 1-266, [index 5 p.], [29 lvs], 86 woodcuts. Unchanged reprint. Ed. 3: Strassbourg (Johannes Schott) 1532 .Fol., but on last page “anno MDXXXVI”, 1536, identical with 1532 edition except for final leaf. Ed. 4: Strassbourg (Johannes Schott) 1537. Fol. Identical with 1532 edition except for some substitutions. Ed. 5: Strassbourg (Johannes Schott) 1539. Fol., composition see Schmid, 86 woodcuts. Copy: U. 853. Novi herbarii tomus IT. Par Oth. Brunf. recens editus, MDX X XI. Continens quae versa pagina subnotantur. Strasbourg (Johannes Schott) 1531. Fol. (Nov. herb.) Ed. 1 (of vol. 2 of the Herbarum vivae eicones): title, go p. (11 and 12 double), 199 p., 5 p. index, 49 woodcuts. Ed. 2: ... per Othonem Brunfelsium denuo natus. Strasbourg (Johannes Schott) 1536, 313 p- (1-108, 13-24, 121-313), [5, index], 52 woodcuts. Copy: U. Ed. 3: Strasbourg (Johannes Schott) 1537. Fol. (identical with ed. 2) Ed. 4: Strasbourg (Johannes Schott) 1539. Fol. (idem) 854. Zomus herbarii Othonis Brunfelsti II, Corollariis Operi praefixis, quibus respondet Columniatoribus suis: passim Errata quaedam priorum Tom. diluens. Lectori S. Habes tandem Lector candide, desyderatum Opus Oth. quod praematura morte raptus, pos- thumium reliquit, monumentum inqz laboris sui, quem Herbarum indagationi tanto studio, caqz diligentia impendit, ut immortalis illum gloria, non immerito sequatur, uirum et pietate et eruditione nostri seculi clarum, quenqz iure acques ueterum etiam stemmatibus. Tu lege, et fruere gratus. Vale. Cum Caes. Maiest. Privilegio ad Sexen- nium. Strassburg (Johannes Schott) 1536. Fol. (Herb. Brunfelsi II). Ed. 1: Strassburg (Johannes Schott) 1536, p. [1]-240, [2], [1], [index 61 p.], 104 wood- cuts. Copy: U. Ed. 2: Strassburg (Johannes Schott) 1537. Fol. (identical with ed. 1). Ed. 3: Strassburg (Johannes Schott) 1539. Fol. (idem) Ed. 4: Strassburg (Johannes Schott) 1540. Fol. (various woodcuts replaced) All descriptions follow Schmid 1936. — For a collation with modern nomenclature see Sprague. The illustrations are also contained in Brunfels’ In Dioscoridis historiam herbarum certissima adaptatio, Strasbourg 1543. The illustrations are mostly by Hans Weiditz. — A copy with the woodcuts in contemporary colours is at K. 383 BRUNNER VON WATTENWYL Ref.: BM 1: 266; HU 30; NI 257; Plesch p. 160-161; PR 1283; SA 1: 49; 2: 546. Sprengel, Gesch. Bot. 1: 258-262. 1817 (identifications). Roth, Bot. Zeit. 58: 225-229. 1900. Sprague, J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 48: 79-124. 1928. Rytz, Pflanzenaquarelle Hans Weiditz ... Bern 1936. Schmid, Schweiz. Gutenbergmus. 3: 176-178. 1936. Horblit, One hundred books ... Grolier Club 33a. 1964. Adams, Cat. Books printed on the Continent of Europe 1501-1600 B 2923. 1967. Guédés, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 6(3): 177-180. 1972. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 78-79. 1975 (vol. 1 of ed. 1). 855- Contrafayt Kretiterbuch. Nach rechter vollkommener art, vund Beschreibungen der Alten, bestberiumpten artzt, vormals in Teiitscher sprach, der masszen nye gesehen, noch in ‘Truck auszgangen. Sampt einer gemeynen Inleytung der Kreiiter urhab, er- kantniissz, brauch, lob und herrlicheit. Durch Otho Brunnfelsz Newlich beschriben. M.D.XXXII. Mit eim besonderen Register, zum fleisszigsten verordnet auff allerley krankheyten, nach anzeyg der Kreiter krafft so hyerinn begriffen. Bey dem auch ein Kreiiter Register mit seinen Synonymia und beynammen. Mit Keiszerlicher Maiestat Freyheit uff Finff jar, mit nachzutrucken, ec. bey der pen ftinff mark lotigs golds. Zu Strassburg bey Hans Schotten zum Thyergarten. Strasbourg 1532. Fol. (Contraf. Kreiiterb.) Teil I. 1532, title, 15 lvs, 332 p., 176 woodcuts. Teil I. Ander Teyl des Teiitschen Contrafayten Kreiiterbuchs. Durch Doctor Otth. Brunnfelsz zusammen verordnet und beschriben. M.D.XXXVII. (Holzschnitt: Mandragora). Mit Keyserlicher Maiestat Freyheyt uff sechs jar. Zu Strassburg bey Hans Schotten zum Thyergarten. Strasbourg 1537. Fol., 2 lvs, 173 p., I t.p., 104. woodcuts. Teil I und II. Kreuterbuch Contrafayt, beide theyl vollkommen, nach rechter wahrer Be- schreibung der alten Lerer und 4artzt. Durch D. Ottho Brunnfelsz ... Gedriickt zu Franckfurdt, am Mayn, durch Hermann Giilfferichen, inder Schuurrgassen, zum Krug, Frankfurt, 115 lvs, contents, woodcuts (in same order as in quarto ed.) 1546. Fol. 856. Areiiterbuch contrafayt, vollkummen, nach rechter, warer beschreibung der Alten leerer und aertzt. Sampt einer gemeynen Inleytung der Kreiiter urhab, erkantnussz, brauch, lob und herrlichheit. Durch Otho Brunfelsz M.D.XXXIIII. Mit Keyszerlicher maiestat Freyheit uff Fiinf jar mit nach zu trucken. Zu Strassburg bey Hans Schotten. Strasbourg (Hans Schotten) 1534. Qu. (Areiiterb. contraf.) Vol. 1 of quarto edition of the German Brunfels herbal, front., sign. A-D, p. 1-213, [2 p.], 197 woodcuts (many new!). Copy: U. Vol. 1, ed. 2: Kretiterbuch, contrafayt beyde Teyl vollkummen, nach rechter warer beschrei- bung der Alten leerer und artzt. Durch Otho Brunfelsz. M.D. XX XIX. Newlich, mit Keyszerlicher maiestat freyheyt uff finf jar nit nach zu trucken. Strasbourg (Hans Schotten) 1539. Qu. Identical with 1534 ed. Vol. 2: Ander Teyl des Teiitschen kleynen Kreiiterbuchs. D. Othonis Brunfels. Mit Key. Mt. Freyheit uff fiinff jar nit nachzutrucken. Anno M.D.XI. Zu Strassburg bey Hans Schotten. Strasbourg 1540. Qu., p. [1], 116 p. cont. pag. vol. 1., 7 lvs, 67 woodcuts. Vols. 1, 2: Distillierbuch der rechten Kunst, Newe und gemein Distillier und Brennéfen ... von M. Hieronymo Braunschweigen Colligiert. Sampt lebendiger Abcontrafactur der Kreuter ... 1551. Frankfurt. Qu. — A new text. Second edition. Brunner von Wattenwyl, Carl (Karl) (1823-1914), Swiss geologist. (Brunner). cOLLEcTIoNs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 1: 267, 6: 150; CSP 1: 681-682, 7: 286, 12: 128, 13: 874; Quenstedt p. 63. Bolivar, Bot. r. Soc.Espafia Hist. nat. 15: 161-166. 1915 (bibl.) Carl, Mém. Soc. Phys. Hist. nat. Genéve 38: 217-219. 1915. Schuthess, Verh. Schweiz. naturf. Ges. 1915. 1 Nekr.: 52-62. (bibl.) Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 68-69. 1966. 384 BRYANT Brunnthaler, Josef (1871-1914), Austrian botanist. (Brunnthaler). HERBARIUM and TypEs: Material at W and WU, also at H (musci) and PC. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 270; BM 1: 150; CSP 13: 874; Kew 1: 404; LS 4270-4272. Anon., Bot. Not. 1914: 215. Anon., Mag. bot. Lap. 13: 293. 1914. Schiffner, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 32: (88)-(94). 1914 (portr., bibl.) Anon., Oest. bot. Z. 82: 183. 1933. COMPOSITE WORKS: Protococcales, in Pascher, Stisswasserflora 5: [52]-205, figs. 34-330. 1915. Bruttan, Andreas (1829-1893), Esthonian highschool teacher and cryptogamist at Dorpat. (Bruttan). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Bruttan left his herbarium to the Dorpat natural history society (Grummann). Ref.: GR p. 579-580. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 271; CSP 7: 288, 9: 383, 13: 878-879; Lipschitz 1: 284 (bibl. 15 nos.) ; LS 4278-4280, 31661; PR 177-181. 856a. Lichenen Est-, Liv- und Kurlands. Beschrieben von A. Bruttan, Aus dem Archiv der Naturkunde Liv.-, Ehst- u. Kurlands zweiter serie Bd. vii (pag. 163-326) abgedruckt. Dorpat (Heinrich Laakman) 1870. Oct. (Lich. Est-, Liv- & Kuzrl.) Publ.: 1870 (date censor, p. ii, 19 Mar 1870), p. [i-11], [1] — 166 of which p. 3 = 163, p. 166 = 326, corresponding to the original pagination in the “Dorpater Archiv” mentioned in the title. Copy: B. Ref.: GSP 7: 288; LS 4278-4280. Anon., Flora 54: 16. 10 Feb 1871. Bruzelius, Arvid Sture (1799-1865), Swedish botanist and physician. (Bruzelius). HERBARIUM and types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 271; KR p. 107. 857. Observationes in genus Charae, quas venia ampliss. ord. philos. Lund. p.p. Arvid Bruzelius, phil. doct. respondente Eberhard Liljevalch, scano. In Lyceo Carolino d. xxvili Febr. mdcccxxiv. Lund (Berling) 1824. Oct. (Observ. Charae). Publ.: 28 Feb 1824, p. [i], [1]-24. Copy: PCS. — A free German translation by A. E. Furnrohr appeared in Flora 9: 481-494. 1826. Refs KR p. 107. Bryant, Charles (x-1799), British botanist at Norwich. (Bryant). HERBARIUM and TyPES: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 272; BB p. 51; BM 1: 273; GR p. 423; Henrey 527-529; Jackson p. 528; Kew 1: 406; Langman p. 166; LS 4284-4285, 31663; PR 1300-1302. Smith, Trans. Linn. Soc. 7: 299-300. 1804. Geldart, Trans. Norfolk Norwich Nat. Soc. 9: 649-650. 1914. 858. Flora diaetetica: or, history of esculent plants, both domestic and foreign. In which they are accurately described, and reduced to their Linnaean generic and specific names. With their English names annexed, and ranged under eleven general heads, ... the whole so methodical, as to form a short introduction to the science of botany. London (B. White) 1783. Oct. (FI. diaetet.) 385 BRYANT Publ.: 1783 (Crit. Rev. Nov 1783), p. [i]-xvi, [1]-379, dex [11] p., errata [1] p. Copy: U. German translation: Carl Bryant’s Verzeichniss der zur Nahrung dienenden so wohl ein- heimischen als auslandischen Pflanzen. Leipzig (Weidemanns Erben und Reich) 1785-1786, 2 vols. Oct. Vol. 1: [i]-xii, [1]-596. Copy: M. Vol. 2: i-viii, 1-608. (n.v.) Ref.: BM 1: 273; Henrey 528; Jackson p. 194; Kew 1: 406; Langman p. 166; LS 4285; Plesch p. 161; PR 1901. Anon., Monthly Rev. 70: 285. 1784. Bryhn, Nils (1854-1916), Norwegian physician and botanist. (Bryhn). HERBARIUM and typEs: Material at O (orig. herb.?), C and S; see IH. Ref.: IH 2: 103. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 272; BL 2: 454; BM 6: 152; CSP 13: 882; KR p. 108; MW p. 55. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 183. 1905 (portr.) Anon., Bull. Torrey bot. Club 35: 585. 1908. Mowinckel et al., Bergens Mus. Aarsber. 1916-17. 80-81 (portr.) Anon., Bot. Not. 1917: 141. Arnell, Sv. bot. Tidskr. 11: 288. 1917 (portr.) Wille, Naturen, Bergen 41: 97-101. 1917 (portr.) Wille, Forhandl. Videnskapsselsk. i Kristiania 1917: 78-81. 1918. Anon., Rev. bryol. 47: 74. 1920 (bibl.) Gran, Norsk biogr. Leks. 2: 283. 1925. Kleppa, Norsk bot. bibl. 1814-1964, p. 319 [index]. 1973 (bibl.) EPONYMY: Bryhnia C. Kaurin (1892). Bubak, Frantisek (1865-1925), Bohemian botanist, professor at the agricultural college at Tabor. (Bubdk). HERBARIUM and TYPES: BEL. Ref E2103: BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 272; BM 6: 152; CSP 13: 882-883; DTS 3: xl, 6(4): 127; Kew 1: 406; KR p. 108; LS 4290-4347a, 31667-31696; LS suppl. 4029- 4056; MW p. 56; MW suppl. p. 28. Maiwald, Gesch. Bot. Bohmen 231. 1904. Anon., J. Mycol. 13: pl. opp. p. 89. 1907 (portr.) Kavina et al., Ochrana rostlin 5: 50-61. 1925. Kavina, Mycologia, Praha, 2: 151-152. 1925 (portr.) Vilhelm, Véda pfir. 6: 213-215. 1925. Anon., Hedwigia 66: (118). 1926. Vilhelm, Preslia 5: 227-229. 1927 (portr.) Barnhart, NAF 7(15): 1054. 1940. Futak & Domin, Bibl. fl. CSR 125 (bibl.), 685 (biogr.) 1960. Cejp, Ceska Mykol. 20(3): 199-202. 1966 (portr.) EPONYMY: Bubakia J. C. Arthur (1906). HANDWRITING: J. Mycol. 13: pl. opp. 89. 1907. Bubani, Pietro (1806-1888), Italian physician and botanist who studied the flora ot the Pyrenées while in exile. (Bubani). HERBARIUM and TYPEs: GE. Ref.: 1H 1 (ed. 6): 356, 2: 103; Saccardo 2: 25. 386 BUCH BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(2): 269; Barnhart 1: 272; BM 1: 273; Bossert p- 57; Colmeiro 1: clxvi; CSP 7: 289, 13: 883; IF suppl. 1: 76; Jackson p. 479; Kew 1: 406; PR 1304-1305; Saccardo 1: 40, 2: 25. Caruel, Ann. Bot. London, 2: 398-399. 1889 (bibl.) Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 160. 1903, 3(3): 176. 1905 (ref. to portr.) Burdet, intr. to facs. ed. Bubani, Flora virgiliana, Koenigstein/Ts. 1974 (bibl.) EpoNnyMy: Bubania Girard (1848). HANDWRITING: Candollea 27: 339-340. 1972. 859. Dodecanthea doctoris Petri Bubani tiberiacensis. Firenze mdxxxl (= mdcccl, 1850) (Dodecanthea). Publ.: 1850 (p. viii: kal. Dec 1849), p. [iJ]-vili, [9]-36, [1, comp.] ‘Er ver6ffentlichte selbst nur die bitter polemische Schrift Dedecanthea [sic] Firenze 1850 und Flora virgiliana Bologna 1869.”” (AG); according to BM reprinted from Gazzetta Toscana Sci. Med. Fis. Ann. viii. The pamphlet of 36 + 1 pages consists of one gathering. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 1: 273; Kew 406; PR 1304. 860. Flora virgiliana ovvero sulle piante menzionate da Virgillo pareri esposti, conside- rati, proposti ancora dal Dre. Pietro Bubani. Onorate l’altissimo poeta D. [Bologna 1869]. Oct. (Fl. virgil.) Publ.: 10 Jun 1869 (colophon), p. [1]-135, [135]. Copy: NY. **Ultime note’, [Bologna 1876] Oct., p. 1-7., separately, but also incorporated as p. [137]- 144 in original edition, published 5 Mar 1870, as Ilustrazioni ulteriort alla Flora Vir- giliana. Facsimile ed.: Koenigstein/Ts (Otto Koeltz), ISBN 3-87429-075-1, with preface, biogr. and bibl. by H. M. Burdet, p. [1-4], intr. [7], [5]-135, [136], Ill. ult. [137]-144. Copy: FAS. Ref.: BM 1: 273; Kew 1: 406; PR 1305. Anon., Flora 52: 398. 10 Sep 1869, 52: 463. 10 Nov 1869. 861. Flora pyrenaea per ordines naturales gradatim digesta. Opus posthumum editum curante O. Penzig, in Athenaeo Genuensi botanices professore. Milano (Ulrico Hoepli) 1897-1901. 4 vols. Oct. (Fl. pyren.) 1: Oct-Nov 1897 (Nat. Nov. Nov 1897), p. [i*-ii*], [i]-11, [1]-551, [3, index]. Copies: B, BR, MICH, NY. De Dee 1899 (t.p. 1900; Nat. Nov. Jan 1900; BM rd. 6 Jan 1900), p. [1*], index: [1]-v, [1]-718. Copies: B, BR, MICH, NY. 3: Mar igor (t.p. 1901; Nat. Nov. early Apr 1901, BM rd 27 Aug 1901), p. [1], [1]-431, index: [i]-iii. Copies: B, BR, MICH, NY. 4: Dec 1g01-Feb 1902 (t.p. 1901; Nat. Nov. Mar 1902, BM 11 Feb 1902), p. [i], [1]- 446, index: [i]-iii, index generalis: [i]-x. Copies: B, BR, MICH, NY. ‘*The author’s nomenclature is capricious, accepted names of genera and species being changed on preposterous grounds; the date 1753 ... is ignored” (Blake). See Malin- vaud for a critical evalutation. Ref.: BL 2: 480; BM 1: 273; Kew 1: 407. Hiern, J. Bot. 36: 150-153. 1898. Malinvaud, Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. 54 (sess. extr.): I-liti. 1908, 55 (sess.extr.): xlv-liv. 1908, 56 (sess. extr.): XXlI-xXxx. IQI10, 57 (sess. extr.): XXV-xxix. IQI1 (critical re- views). Greene, Amer. midland Naturalist 2: 36-54. 1911. Buch, Christian Leopold von, Freiherr von Gelmersdorf etc. (1774-1853), German traveller and naturalist. (L. v. Buch). COLLECTIONS: Some (e.g. the collection from the Canary Islands) were at B, others reported to be at BASSA (?). Palaeontological material at the Geological-palaeontolog- ical institute of Berlin (fide Sherborn). 387 BUCH Ree UE 2": 104: Candolle, Phytographie 400. 1880. Sherborn, Where is the ... collection. 27. 1940. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 3: 464-475; Barnhart 1: 273; BM 1: 273-274; CSP 1: 687-691, 6: 610, 7: 289, 12: 129; DTS 1: 38-39, 6(4): 7, GR.1: 67; IF p. 685; Kew 1: 407; KR p. 109; Laségue p. 565 [index]; MD p. 71-73; NDB 2: 697; PR 1307- 1308; Quenstedt p. 65 (q.v. for further biogr. refs.) Engelmann, Bibl. hist. nat. 660 [index]. 1846 (bibl.) Boué, Alm. k. Akad. Wien 3: 179-194. 1853 (bibl.) Carnall, Z. deut. geol. Ges. 5: 248-263. 1853. Geinitz, Gedachtnisrede auf ... Dresden 1853 (bibl.) Martius, Denkrede auf ... Miinchen 1853. Haidinger, Jb. geol. Reichsanst. Wien 4: 207-220. 1853. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. London 2: 241-243. 1855. Giebel, C. G., Biogr. v. C.L.B., Berlin 1857. Dechen, Verh. naturk. Ver. preuss. Rheinl. Westf. 10: 241-265. 1853, Nova Acta Leop. 24(2): ci-cxxv. 1854, Verh. nat. ver. preuss. Rheinl. Westf. 31 (Corr.): 41-59. 1874. Candolle, Mémoires et Souvenirs 375, 454, 1862. Flourens, Eloges historiques 1: 343-409. 1856; Ann. Rep. Smithson. Inst. 1862: 358-372 (bibl.) Ratzeburg, Forstwiss. Schriftsteller — Lexikon 89-92. 1874. Ginther, Geisteshelden 29: 185-271. 1900 (portr., bibl.) Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 121. 1903, 3(3): 121. 1905 (ref. to portr.) Zaunick, Der Geologe 34: 669-674. 1924 (letters). Hooykaas, The principle of uniformity, ed. 2. Leiden 1963. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 69. 1966. Lurie, Louis Agassiz 436 [index]. 1970. Nieuwenkamp, DSB 2: 552-557. 1970. Magdefrau, Gesch. Bot. 309 [index]. 1973. COLLECTED WorRKs: Ewald et al., ed., Leopold von Buch’s gesammelte Schriften, Berlin 1867- 1885, 4. vols., (biogr. in 1: v-xlvili. 1867). EPONYMY: Buchia Humboldt, Bonpland & Kunth (1817). — Note: Neobuchia Urban (1902) is dedicated to Wilhelm Buch (1862-x), German botanist and collector in Haiti. 862. Allgemeine Uebersicht der Flora auf den Canarischen Inseln. Eine Abhandlung, vorge- lesen in der Konig]. Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin im Jahre 1817. Berlin 1819. Qu. (Allg. Uebers. Fl. Canar. Ins.) Publ.: 1819, p. [i], [1]-48. Copy: G. — Reprinted from Abh. Physik. Klasse kon. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. 1816-1817: 337-382, 383-388. 1819. A preliminary publication of the botanical part of the Physicalische Beschreibung. 863. Physicalische Beschreibung der Canarischen Inseln. Berlin 1825. Qu. Atlas zur Physica- lischen Beschreibung der Canarischen Inseln. Berlin (K6n. Akademie der Wissenschaften) 1825 [1826-1831]. Qu. and Fol. (Phys. Beschr. Canar. Ins.) Publ.: Text 1828, after 28 Mai (pref.), Qu., p. [i-vii], [1]-407, [408, err.] For detailed description see MD. Copy: U. Atlas: “‘Atlas zur physicalischen Beschreibung ...” Fol., “‘fig.’’ 3-13. 1826 (before 22 Apr), “‘fig.” 1 “‘gravée ... en 18317’, fig. 2 never published. The botanical collaborators were Robert Brown (a list of Madeira plants), A. P. de Candolle (some descriptions), J. D. Choisy (idem), H. F. Link (most of the descrip- tions). — A French translation, with a preface by Adr. de Jussieu, was published by Guillemin in his Archives de botanique 1: 289-316 (15 Apr 1833), 481-508 (10 Jun 1833) ; the second part with the title Catalogue des plantes spontanées qui ont été jusqw ici trouvées dans les tiles Canaries. Margadant mentions an undated reprint of this translation with separate pagination. — The book was privately published and did not appear in the trade. Most (or all) copies were presented by the author. Ref.: BM 1: 274; Kew 1: 407; MD p. 71-73; PR 1308; PR ed. 1, 1308. 388 BUCHENAU Buch, Hans Robert Viktor (1883-1964), Finnish bryologist. (H. Buch). HERBARIUM and TyYPEs: H. Ref.: 1H 2: 103. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 273; BL 2: 464; BM 6: 153; GR p. 614-615; Kew 1: 407. Carpelan et Tudeer, Helsingin ylispisto 1: 108-109. 1921. Andersson, Handl. i Universitatsarenden Helsinki 1923(5): 1-8. 1923. Diels, Asiakirj. Yliopistoasioissa 1923(6): 7-9. 1923. Elfving, Handl. i Universitatsarenden Helsinki 1923(5): 8-31. 1923. Verdoorn, Ann. bryol. 10: 152. 1937 (portr.) Roivainen, Luonnon Tutkija 69: 31-33. 1965. Collander, Soc. Sci. Fenn. Arsbok-Vuosikirja 46(13): 1-12. 1969 (bibl., portr.) Collander et al., Acta Fauna FI. fenn. 81: 57-61. 1973 (bibl., cites above biographies). EPONYMY: Neobuchia Urban (1902) is dedicated to Wilhelm Buch (1862-x), German botanist and collector in Haiti. Buchenau, Franz Georg Philipp (1831-1906), German high-school teacher and bota- nist at Bremen, outstanding morphologist, systematist and phytogeographer. (Buchenau). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: B — Buchenau contributed Carices to Kneucker, Carices exsicc. Ref 2104: BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 287-288, 3(2): 482 (!); Barnhart 1: 274; BFM 22, 23; BM 1: 274-275; 6: 153; Bossert p. 57; CSP 1: 693, 6: 610; 7: 292-293, 9: 387-388, 12: 129, 13: 887-888; DTS 1: 39, 6(4): 127; Jackson p. 134, 191, 225, 300, 302; Kew 1: 408; Langman p. 166-167; LS 4352-4353; MW p. 56-57; Saccardo 1: 40. Fischer-Benzon, in Prahl, Krit. Fl. Schleswig-Holstein 2: 12. 1890. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 121. 1905 (portr.) Anon., Weser-Zeitung 24 and 27 Apr 1906 (copies B, FAS); Hamburger Nachrichten 363, 2. Beil., 25 Mai 1006 (copies L, FAS). Focke, Abh. naturw. Ver. Bremen 19: 1-22. 1907 (portr.), 20: 73-90. 1911 (bibl.) Ascherson, Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 49: xlii-xlvi. 1907. Weigel, Bibliothek Buchenau, Leipzig 1909 (with obituary by Focke). Bay, Flora, Gesamtregister 26-100: 6. 1910. Bitter, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 30: (95)-(115). 1912 (bibl.) COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) Contributed to EP., ed. 1: (a) Juncaceae, in II, 5: 1-7. 26 Mar 1887, Nachtrage II-IV: 70-71 Jul 1897, Er- ganzungsheft 1: 9. 8 Oct 1900. (b) Juncaginaceae, II. 1: 222-227. 22 Feb 1889, Nachtrage II-IV: 38. Jul 1897, Suppl. by Engler, Erganzungsheft 1: 2. 8 Oct 1900. Co-author: Georg Hans Emmo Wolfgang Hieronymus. (c) Alismaceae, II. 1: 227-232. 22 Feb 1889, Nachtrage II-IV: 38. Jul 1897, Er- ganzungsheft 1: 2-3. 8 Oct 1goo. (d) Butomaceae, II. 1: 232-234. 22 Feb 1889, Nachtrage II-IV: 38. Jul 1897, Er- ganzungsheft 1: 3. 8 Oct. 1900. (2) Contributed to Engler, Pflanzenreich: (a) Tropaeolaceae, Heft 10, 36 p. 8 Jul 1902. (b) Scheuchzeriaceae, Heft 16, 20 p. 25 Aug 1903 (Buchenau: 15 Aug). (c) Alismataceae, Heft 16, 66 p. idem. (d) Butomaceae, Heft 16, 12 p. idem. (e) Funcaceae, Heft 25, 284 p. 15 Mai 1906. EPONYMY: Buchenavia Eichler (1866). 864. Beitraege zur Entwickelungsgeschichte des Pistills. Inaugural-Dissertation, welche mit Genehmigung der philosophischen Facultat zu Marburg zur Erlangung der Doktor- 389 BUCHENAU wuerde einreicht Franz Buchenau aus Kassel. Marburg (Elwert) 1851. Oct. (Beztr. Entw. — Pistills). Publ.: 1851 (t.p.), p. [1]-32. Copy: NY. — Preprinted from Linnaea 622-649. Jan 1852; rd by Flora Apr-Mai 1852. Rep Mit 2 74s PRUTSTO: 865. Index criticus Butomacearum, Alismacearum, Juncaginacearumque hucusque descripta- rum ... (Separat-Abdruck aus den Abhandlungen des naturwissenschaftl. Vereines zu Bremen). Bremen (C. Ed. Miiller) 1868. Oct. (Index crit. Butom. Alism. Funcag.) Publ.: 6 Oct 1868 (p. 111: Oct 1868, p. 1: Aug 1868, p. 17: Sep 1868; Buchenau himself, 1911, puts the date at 6 Oct 1868), p. [1-111], [1]-61. Copies: B, NY, US. — Original publication in Abh. naturwiss. Ver. Bremen 1: 213-224, after Sep 1868 and 2: 1-49. Mar 1869. Unauthorised reprint, without the notes, J. Bot. 7: 219-232. Aug 1869. Nachtraége: 17 Apr 1871, p. 481-504 (in repr. copy: NY), in Abhandlungen 2(3): 481-504. 1871 (Flora 55: 208. 1 Mai 1872). Ref.: BM 1: 274; Jackson p. 125; Kew 1: 401; Langman p. 166; MW p. 56; PR 1312. P.A., Bot. Zeit. 27: 147-148. 1869. Buchenau, Abh. naturwiss. Ver. Bremen 20: 76. 1911. 866. Die zweite deutsche Nordpolarfahrt in ... 1869 und 1870 ..., Band 2. Wissenschaft- liche Ergebnisse I. Botanik. Bremen 1873. Oct. (n.v.) (Zweite deut. Nordpolarf.) Publ.: 3 Jun 1873, the ““Botanik’’ edited by Buchenau, the “‘Gefasspflanzen’’ written by Buchenau and W. O. Focke. The editors of the volume were G. Hartlaub and M. Lindeman. The authors of the chapters of the ‘““Botanik”’ were: 1. Klima, A. Pansch. . Gefasspflanzen, F. Buchenau und W. O. Focke. Laubmoose, K. Miiller. Flechten, G. W. Korber. Algen, G. Zeller. Pilze, H. F. Bonorden und L. Fuckel. Treibhdélzer, G. Kraus. . Ostgrénlandische Holzgewachse, G. Kraus. Bucheaau (1911) gives the date for the entire chapter 2 as 3 Jun 1873; the book was first reviewed by G. K., Bot. Zeit. 31: 396-397. 20 Jun 1873. Ref.: BM 1: 230, pare ijackion Pp. 225. Buchenau, Abh. naturwiss. Ver. Bremen 20: 77. IgI1. Ow AYP ww 867. Flora von Bremen. Zum Gebrauch in Schulen und auf Excursionen ... Mit 20 in den Text gedruckten Abbildungen. Bremen (C. Ed. Miller) 1877. Oct. (Fl. Bremen). edition pagination & title date Te [i]-[vili], [1]-291, [292, cont.], [3p. Verz.] 20 text ill. 7 Mai 1877 Copies: B, HH. [i]-[viii], [1]-312, 40 text ill. ““Zweite vermehrte und be- 15 Apr 1879 richtigte Auflage,” “‘Bremen (C. Ed. Miiller) 1879.” Copy: HH. [2a.] [1]-[viii], [1]-312, Fundorte [1]-4, 40 text ill. ‘‘Flora von Spring 1883 Bremen und Oldenburg,’ Bremen (M. Heinsius) 1833. Oct., is ed. 2. plus 4p. Fundorte. Copy: HH. Be [i]-[viii], [1]-321, Fundorte [1]-4, 45 text ill., “Flora von 10 Jun 1885 Bremen und Oldenburg ... Dritte vermehrte und berich- tigte Auflage.”? Bremen (M. Heinsius) 1885. Oct. Copies: HES INY: Ae [i]-[viii], [1]-328, 102 text ill., preface dated: 3 Oct 22 Nov 1893 1893, “Flora ... Oldenburg ... vierte vermehrte und be- richtigte Auflage.”” Bremen (M. Heinsius Nachfolger) “1894” (postdated). Oct. Copy: HH. Ns) 390 [a*];, [a|-xi, [1]-338, 103 text ill., p. xx: 12 Jan 1901, ‘Flora ... Oldenburg ... Fiinfte vermehrte und _ berich- tigte Auflage.’’ Leipzig (M. Heinsius Nachfolger) 1901. Oct. Copy: L. [i]-xii, [2, cont., expl.], [1]-337, 102 text ill., p. [v]: Mai 1906, ‘‘Flora ... Oldenburg ... Sechste, verbesserte Auf- lage.’’? Leipzig (M. Heinsius Nachfolger) 1906. Oct. Copy: B. [i]-[vili], [1]-335, 97 textill., p. vi: Mar 1913, “Flora ... Oldenburg ... Siebente verbesserte Auflage herausgege- ben von Dr. W. O. Focke.” Leipzig (M. Heinsius Nach- folger) 1913. Oct. [Wilhelm Olbers Focke, 1834-1922]. Copy: HH. fi]-[vili], [1]-344, 97 text ill., p. vi: Aug 1918, “‘Flora ... Oldenburg ... Achte, veranderte und verbesserte Auflage herausgegeben von Prof. Di. Gg. Bitter.” Leipzig (M. Heinsius Nachfolger) 1919. Oct. [Friedrich August Georg Bitter, 1873-1927]. Copy: NY. [iJ-vi, [1, cont.; 1, abbr.], [1]-372, 100 text ill., p. vi: Apr 1927, “Flora ... Oldenburg ... Neunte veranderte und verbesserte Auflage herausgegeben von Prof. Dr. Gg. Bitter und Dr. Br. Schitt.’’ Bremen (G. Winter) 1927. Oct. [Bruno Schiitt]. Copy: B. Ref.: BM 1: 274; Jackson p. 302; Kew 1: 408. BUCHENAU 23 Mar Igor Mai 1906 Aug-Sep 1913 Apr-Jun 1919 Jun-Jul 1927 868. KAritisches Verzeichniss aller bis jetzt beschriebenen Funcaceen nebst Diagnosen neuer Arten. Bremen (C. Ed. Miiller) 1880. Oct. (A7rit. Verz. Funcac.) Publ.: 31 Dec 1879, p. [i]-vii, [viil, cont.], [1]-112. Copy: B. Ref.: BM 1: 274; Jackson p. 1343; Kew 1: 408; MW p. 57. Buchenau, Abh. naturwiss. Ver. Bremen 20: 79. IQII. 869. Flora der ostfriesischen Inseln. Norden und Norderney. (Herm. Braams) 1881. Oct. (Fl. ostfries. Ins.) edition I 3a pagination and titles [i]-vi, [1, cont.; 1, abbr.], [1]-172, err. slip; p. iv: 12 Jan 1881. Copies: B, HH. [i]-vi, [1, cont.; 1, abbr.], [1]-176, “‘2., durch eine Ueber- sicht der wichtigsten wahrend der letzten 10 Jahre ge- machten Pflanzenfunde vermehrte Ausgabe.”’ Norden und Norderney (Herm. Braams) 1891. Oct. Copies: B, HH. [iJ-vi, [1, cont.; 1, abbr.], [1]-205, p. vi: 14 Mai 1896, “Flora ... Inseln (einschliesslich der Insel Wangeroog) ... dritte umgearbeitete Auflage.”? Leipzig (Wilhelm Engel- mann) 1896. Oct. Copy: HH. ‘Flora ... Wangeroog ... Nachtrag zur dritten Auflage. Ent- halt neue Verzeichnisse der Moose und Flechten (p. 187- 201) ... Berichtigungen und wichtigere neuere Beobach- tungen aus den Jahren 1896-1900 (p. 202-207) und neues Register (p. 208-213).” Leipzig (Wilhelm Engelmann) 1go1. Oct., p. [i]-iv, [187]-213; p. iv: 15 Feb 1901, sep- arate cover. Copy: B. [i]-iv, [1]-213, p. iv: 15 Feb 1go1, consists of ed. 3, old sheets with the text of 3a; ““Vierte Auflage. Von der dritten Auflage durch neue Verzeichnisse der Moose und Flech- ten (p. 187-201), durch “‘Berichtigungen und wichtigere neue Beobachtungen aus den Jahren 1896-1900” (p. 202- 207) und ein neues Register (p. 208-213) verschieden.” dates 11 Feb 1881 29 Jun 1891 8 Jun 1896 28 Mai 1901 28 Mai 1901 S91 BUCHENAU edition pagination and titles dates Leipzig (Wilhelm Engelmann) 1901. Oct. Copy: B. — The mosses by Fr. Miller; the lichens by Heinrich Sandstede (1859-x). Ref.: Kew 1: 408 [ed. 4]; LS 4353. Focke, Abh. naturwiss. Ver. Bremen 20: 79, 83. I9I1. 870. Monographia Funcacearum ... Mit 3 Tafeln und g Holzschnitten. Leipzig (Wilhelm Engelmann) 1890. Oct. (Monogr. Funcac.) Publ.: 22 Sep 1899, p. [i-ii], [1]-498, pl. 1-3 (p. [497]-498 Nachtrage). Copies: M, NY, US, USDA (lacks Nachtr.) Originally published in Engler’s Botanische Fahrbucher 12: 1-495, 622-623, tt. 1-3. 1890 as follows: Heft pages dates I 1-160 [?] 24 Jun 1890 fide Beibl. 27 2 [?] 161-320 [?] 3/4 [?] 321-495 26 Aug 1890 fide Beibl. 28 622-623 [add.] 26 Aug 1890 The preliminary study Monographie der Funcaceen vom Cap appeared in Nov 1875 in Abh. naturwiss. Ver. Bremen 4(4): 393-512, pl. v-xi; preprints of this article were available on g Aug 1875. Ref.: DTS 1: 39; Langman 167; MW 57. 871. Flora der nordwestdeutschen Tiefebene. Leipzig (Wilhelm Engelmann) 1894. Oct. (Fl. nordwestdeut. Tiefebene). First edition: 28 Apr 1894, p. [i]-xiv, [xv, cont.], [1]-550; p. xii: 15 Feb 1894. Copies: B, FAS, HH. Wichtigere Nachtrdge und Verbesserungen, [2] p., Apr 1895, in HH copy of ed. 1. Kritische Nachtrége zur Flora der nordwestdeutschen Tiefebene. Leipzig (Wilhelm Engel- mann) 1904. Oct., p. [i]-vi, [1]-74, Aushangebogen available 15 Mar 1904, p vi: 12 Jan 1904. Copies: B (2 copies), HH. (A7it. Nachtr. Fl. nordwestdeut. Tiefebene). Ref.: BM 1: 275, 6: 153; Kew 1: 408. Anon., Hedwigia 33 (Rep.): 145. 25 Oct 1894. Buchenau, Abh. naturw. Ver. Bremen 20: 84. Ig11. Buchoz, Pierre Joseph (1731-1807), French (Lorraine) physician and naturalist. (Buchoz). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. Buchoz, that “miserable compiler’ (Pritzel) prob- ably had no herbarium of his own. The greater part of his numerous works (over 500) was indeed compiled from the writing of others: an indiscriminate and often unauthor- ized procedure. L’Héritier established (not validly) a genus Buchozia “‘to take revenge.” The species in question (Lycium foetidum L.f.) had a bad odor and was — according to L’Heéritier — excellently suited for that particular purpose. Pritzel’s remark is ‘‘Miser- rimus compilator, fraude ac ignorantia aeque eminens, in cujus ignominiam L’Héritier Buchoziam foetidam condidit.”’ Montfalcon: “‘Ceux qui ont eu le courage de lire les ouvrages de Buc’hoz me pardonner- ont de ne pas en avoir fait l’analyse; il n’en est aucun qui ne soit au-dessous du mé- diocre.”’ Kirschleger: ‘‘Les publications de Buch’oz n’ont qu’une valeur trop médiocre. On y trouve une foule de fausses déterminations. Buch’oz date les Vosges des plantes les plus incroyables ...” Ref.: Stafleu, L’Héritier de Brutelle p. xxvi in Sertum anglicum, facsimile ed. Pittsburgh. 1963, cf. also Adanson 1: 138. 1963. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 275; BM 1: 275-276; Henrey 531-5333 392 BUCHOZ Jackson p. 528 [index]; Kew 1: 410; Langman p. 167-168; LS 4408; MW p. 57; NI 278-292; Plesch p. 161-162; PR 1318-1337; SO 374, 650e, 1584, 1715, 2035. Boehmer, Bibl. hist. nat. 3(1): 212-213. 1787 (bibl.) Buchoz, Liste chronologique des ouvrages publi¢és par M. Buch’oz. Nancy s.d. [1787], (lists 260 titles at this early date). Montfalcon, Dict. Sci. méd., Biogr. méd. 3: 35-37. 1821. NOTE ON NAME: Buchoz often, but not always, spelled his name Buch’oz. EPONYMY: Buchosia [sic] Vellozo (1825). — Note: The name Buchozia Héritier, referred to above (herb. & types), was not validly published. NOTE ON TREATMENT: We treat only a few of Buchoz’s many publications, mainly those containing new generic names. The bibliography of the Buchoz publications is difficult and complicated because of the rarity of many of the items. 872. Traité historique des plantes qui croissent dans la Lorraine et les trois Evéchés, contenant leur description, leur figure, leur nom, l’endroit ou elles croissent, leur culture, leur analyse, & leurs propriétés, tant pour la Médécine, que pour les Arts & Métiers. Nancy, Paris 1762-1770, 10 vols. Duod. (Trazté hist. pl. Lorraine). tome pages plates dates I [i*-ii*], [i]-x, [1-2], [1-303, 304, frontisp. 1762 cont.] Nancy (F. Messin), IDC copy: Lechesne. 2 [i-ii], [1 ]-359, [360-366]. Nancy (/r., 2-30, ‘‘21”’ (= 37) 1763 (Veuve Lechesne) 3 [1-111], [1]-403, [404-410]. Nancy /f., 2-78 1764 (Claude-Sigisbert Lamort), Paris (Durand) 4 [i-i1], [1]-161, [162-169]. Paris (fr., 2-11, r1[bis], 13-14 = (Durand), Nancy (Claude-Sigis- bert Lamort) 5 [i], [1]-243, [244-248] Sf., 2-11, “14”, 13-24 a 6 [i-iii], [1]-426, [427-428]. Paris (/f., 2-10, 12-16, 21-23, 25, 27, 26, 1766 (Durand), Nancy (C.S. Lamort) 78 i [1-111], [1]-249, [250-252]. Paris Sr; 3s 5s 6; Il, 13; 13| bis}, oe 1767 (Durand, Didot, Cavelier) 16 8 [i-iti], [1]-165, [166-170]. Paris (fr., 1, 3, 6-12, 15, 17-18 1768 (Durand, Didot, Cavelier) 9 [i-vili], 9-304, [305-309]. Paris tome 9: /r., pl. 5, 12; tome 10: 1769 (Durand, Didot, Cavelier) pl. 1-4, 6, 8-9; tome 11: pl. 7; tome 12: pl. 1, 3, 6, 7, 9; tome 19s plage Os Ir, 19sntome 14) pl. Tews 10(1) [i], [1]-247. Paris (Fetil) tome; 16:/p/. 7, [z07s|, 2:14,'0, 72.0) 770 13-14, 16, 18, 26; tome 10: pl. 6; tome 16: pl. 35, 50, 57, 57[ 515]; 63, 66, 68. 10(2) —‘[i-tii], [249]-511, [513-524]. Paris tome 17: pl. 1, r[bis], 2, 16, 19, 1770 (Fetil) 18; tome 18: pl. 2, 10, 11, 13-153 tome 19: pl. 1, 4, 7; tome 20: fl. T, 35 4, 9, 6, rg[bis], 15, 18, “‘dern.”?; tome 17: pl. 15. The “‘tome’’ designations on the plates indicate derivation from another publication. Data based on a copy at PH (information Ida K. Langman). Copies vary. Vol. 3 has a title page dated 1764 but was published Jan-Aug 1763. An issue with all volumes Paris 1770 is reported in the literature. 399 BUCHOZ Ref.: BM 1: 275; DU 58; NI 292; PR 1321; SA 1: 138; IDC 5864. Buchoz, Liste chronologique 3-5 [1787]. Wilmott, Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1935: go. 873. Tournefortius lotharingiae, ou catalogue des plantes qui croissent dans la Lorraine et les trois évechés; rangées suivant le systeme de Tournefort, avec les endroits ot on les trouve le plus communément. Paris (Durand), Nancy (Babin) s.d. [1764]. Oct. (Tourne- Sortius lothar.) Publ.: 1764, p. [i]-viii, [1]-288, tabl. gén. [2]p. Copy: B. — Binary Linnaean nomenclature for species not consistently employed. Ref.: BM 1: 275. 874. Dictionnaire raisonné universel des plantes, arbres et arbustes de France; contenant la description raisonnée de tous les végétaux du royaume, considérés relativement a l’agri- culture, au jardinage, aux arts et métiers, a l’économie domestique & champétre, & ala médecine des hommes & des animaux. Paris (J. P. Costard) 1770-1771, 4 vols. Oct. (Dict. univ. pl. France). 1: 1770, [i*], [i]-xii, [1]-650, p. v approb. 2 Jan 1770. 2: 1770, [i-ili], [1]-651. 3: 1770, [i*-iii*], [i]-[vii], [1]-643, p. vi approb. 2 Jan 1770. 4: 1771, [i-ili], [1]-352, [i]-ccxliv, bibl. Buchoz on p. 348-349. Copy: U. Other issue: vols. 1-3: Paris (Lacombe) 1770, vol. 4, Paris (J. P. Costard) 1771. Copy: USDA. 1: [i]-xii, [i]-[vii], [1]-650. 2: [i], [1]-651. 3: [tii], [1]-643. 4: [i-iti], [1]-352, [i]-ccxliv. Linnaean binary nomenclature is not consistently employed in the general part of the Dictionnaire, vols. 1 and 2 and vol. 3, p. 1-528. However, Buchoz uses binary nomenclature fully and consistently in the part entitled Flora gallica, in vol. 3, p. 529-643 and in vol. 4. Ref.: BM 1: 275; HA 2: 505; Kew 1: 410; Langman p. 167; PR 1323. Anon., GGA 1771: 462, 551; 1772: 501. 875. Manuel médical et usuel des plantes, tant exotiques qu’indigénes, auquel on a joint un catalogue raisonné des plantes rangées par famille; des observations pratiques sur l’usage qu’on en peut faire dans la plapart des maladies; & différens discours sur la botanique. Paris (Humblot, Hérissant fils) 1770, 2 vols. Oct. (in fours) (Man. méd. pl.) Vol. 1: 1770, p. [i]-vili, [1]-470. Copy: Ewan. Vol. 2: 1770, p. [i*-iti*], [1]-xlviii, [1]-400. Copy: Ewan. 876. Histoire universelle du régne végétal, ou nouveau dictionnaire physique et oeconomique, de toutes les plantes qui croissent sur la surface du globe: Contenant leurs noms botani- ques & triviaux dans toutes les langues, leurs classes, leurs familles, leurs genres & leurs especes; les endroits ou on les trouve le plus communément; leur culture; les animaux auxquels elles peuvent servir de nourriture; leurs analyses chymiques; la maniere de les employer pour nos alimens, tant solides que liquides; leurs propriétés, non-seulement pour la médecine des hommes, mais encore pour celle des animaux; les doses & la maniere de les formuler, & les différens usages pour lesquels on peut s’en servir dans les arts & métiers, &c. &c. &c. Auquel on a joint une bibliotheque raisonnée de tous les livres de botanique, l’explication des différens termes usités dans cette partie de histoire naturelle; une notice de tous les systémes, & enfin la liste des professeurs & des jardins botaniques de I’Europe. Ouvrage orné de 1200 planches gravées en taille-douce, par les meilleurs maitres, & dessinées d’aprés nature, sur les plantes les plus rares du Jardin du Roi & de celui de Trianon; & d’aprés la magnifique collection de plantes déposée dans le Cabinet des Estampes, 4 la Bibliothéque du Roi, commencée & exécutée par ordre & sous les yeux de feu Monseigneur le Duc d’Orléans, Régent du Royaume, par Robert & Audrier, &c., & continuée de nos jours par Mademoiselle Basseporte. Paris 1773-1778, 12 vols. Fol. (Hist. univ. régne vég.) Publ.: In parts, the contents and precise dates of which are unknown. The 1200 plates S94 BUCHOZ are mostly based on original drawings in the Collection des Vélins of the Muséum d’ Histoire Naturelle, Paris. Ref.: Jackson p. 111; Kew 1: 410; Langman p. 167; NI 287; PR 1325. 877. Plantes nouvellement découvertes, recemment dénomméees et classées, représentées en gravures, avec leurs descriptions; pour servir d’intelligence a Vhistoire générale et économique des trois régnes. Paris (auteur, Debure) 1779 [-1784]. Fol. (Pl. nowv. découv.) Publ.: 1779-1784, p. [1]-52, pl. 1-50 (19 as “133”; 21 as ““23”’) (p. 1: 1779, p. 52: Fini d’imprimer en 1784). Copy: HU. — Handcoloured copper engravings by Claude Fessar. Refi: BM 1: 275; GF p. 52; Kew 1: 410; NI 2091; Plesch p. 162; PR 1328; IDC 42. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 80-81. 1975. 878. Le Jardin d’ Eden, le paradis terrestre renouvelé dans le jardin de la reine a Trianon. Paris, 2 vols. 1783. Fol. (n.v.) (fard. Eden). Publ.: vol. 1, 1781; vol. 2, 1783 — PR (1330) states that there should be 200 plates but that occasionally only 140 plates occur (see also NI 288) and that there are then seven additional plates which are much larger than the others. Ref.: GF p. 52; Langman p. 167; NI 288; PR 1330. 879. Herbier colorié de ’ Amérique, représentant les plantes les plus rares et les plus curieu- ses, qui se trouvent dans cette nouvelle partie du monde. Pour servir a l’intelligence de l’Histoire générale et économique des 3 régnes. Paris (auteur) 1783. Fol. (Herb. color. Amérique). Publ.: 1783, no text, set of coloured plates, probably taken in part from the author’s Histoire universelle and Le jardin d’ Eden. Only copy seen: NY, with plates in the following order: engr. t.p., [1], 2, 4, 6, 8, 12, 13, 13[bis], 14, 18, 20-26, 26[bis], 27-36, 36[bis], 46, 48, 49, 52, 54, 57, 61, 62, 65, 70, 75, 78, 84, 93, 103, 105, 106, 109, 111, 116, 109, I1Q, 121, 125, 126-129, 132-135, 137-139, 141, 143, 145, 147, 154, 157, 161-171, 174, 179-183, 185-187, 189-196, 198, 199, 200 [in all 102 plates]. Ref.: Kew 1: 410; Langman p. 167; NI 285. 890*. Catalogue latin et francois des arbres et arbustes qu’on peut cultiver en France, & qui peuvent résister en pleine terre pendant Vhiver; auquel on a joint la liste des plantes nouvelles gravées & publiées tout récemment. London 1785. Duod. (Cat. arbr. arbust.) Publ.: 1785, p. [i]-vili, [1]-101. Copy: USDA. — See Ewan for a taxonomic evaluation. Ref.: Henrey 531. Ewan, Proc. Am. philos. Soc. 103: 815-816. 1959. * The numbers 880-889 have not been used. 891. Le grand jardin de univers, ou se trouvent coloriées les plantes les plus belles, les plus curieuses et les plus rares des quatre parties de la terre, formant la continuation de Vherbier de la Chine, de la collection des fleurs de la Chine et de Europe, des dons merveilleux dans le régne végétal et du jardin d’Eden. Paris (auteur) 1785-1791, 2 vols. Fol. (Grand jard.) Publ.: 1785-1791, 200 hand-coloured engraved plates, no text. Copy: BM (n.v.); the NY copy (vol. 1 only) has no text, an engr. t.p. and pl. [in this order, with duplicate numbers as indicated]: 1-10, 12-13, 8 bis,15, 9, 17-19, 2, 21-34, 37, 37[bis], 38-41, 23, 43-48, 33, 50-535 32, 55-92, 94-100. Ref.: BM 1: 276; Jackson p. 111; Langman p. 167; NI 289; PR 1331. 892. Sur un nouveau genre de plante qui a fleuri dans les jardins de la Reine a Trianon, & qui approche beaucoup du Rudbeck. s.]. [Paris] 1785. (1 leaf) (Nouv. genre pl.) Publ.: Sep 1785, p. [1-2]. Copy: G. — Special text accompanying a separate issue of plate 62 of the Jardin de [ Univers, illustrating Breteuillia trianensis. 893. Catalogue latin et francois des plantes vivaces, qu’on peut cultiver en pleine terre, pour la décoration des jardins a l’angloise, & des parterres; auquel on a joint la liste des plantes nouvelles, qui se trouvent représentées dans le grand Jardin de l’ Univers. Londres 1786. Duod. (in sixes) (Cat. pl. vivaces). 395 BUCHOZ Publ.: 1786, p. [i-iii], [1]-110, [1]-vill. Copy: USDA. Ref.: Henrey 533. 894. Catalogue latin et frangois des arbustes et plantes, qu’on conserve pendant l’hiver dans VOrangerie & la serre-chaude. Faisant suite au catalogue latin & francois des arbres, arbustes & plantes vivaces qu’on peut cultiver en pleine terre. London, Paris (auteur) 1787. Duod. (Cat. arbust. pl.) Publ.: 1787, p. [i*], [iJ-ii, [1]-139. Copy: USDA. Ref.: Henrey 532. Buchtien, Otto (1859-x), German botanical collector, active in Bolivia and Chile. (Buchtien). HERBARIUM and TYPES: US (44.653 specimens, acquired in 1922). — Duplicates in many herbaria. A series called Herbarium bolivianum was issued between 1911 and 1915 (cent. i-v, suppl. 1-ii). Ref.: TH 2: 104. Stevenson, Beih. Nova Hedwigia 36: 67. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 275; BM 1: 276; Bossert p. 57; CSP 13: 892; Kew I: 410. Reynolds Green, Hist. bot. 241. 1909. EPONYMY: Buchtienia Schlechter (1929). 895. Contribuciones a la flora de Bolivia. I. Parte. La Paz (J. M. Gamarra) 1910. Oct. (in fours) (Contr. fl. Bolivia). Publ.: 1910, p. [i], [1]-197. Copies: L, U. Ref.: Kew 1: 410. Buckland, William (1784-1856), British geologist, dean of Westminster. (Buckland). coLLections: BM and OXF (Relig. diliv. types). Ref.: Sherborn, Where is the ... collection 27. 1941. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews ed. 2, p. 243; Barnhart 1: 276; BB p. 52: BM 1: 276-277, 6: 153; CSP 1: 702-704, 6: 611, 13: 891; DNB 7: 206; Jackson p. 182; Kew 1: 642 (under Crawfurd); Quenstedt p. 66 (q.v. for further biogr. refs.) Anon., Bonplandia 6: 334. 1858. Buckland, Geology and mineralogy. London, 2 vols. 1858 (bibl.) [posthumous edition with bibliography and portrait, edited by F. T. Buckland]. Gordon, The life and correspondence of William Buckland. London. 1894 (portr., bibl.), xvi, 288 p. Copy: MICH. Woodward, The history of the Geological Society of London 326. 1907. Clarke, James Hall of Albany 558 [index]. 1923. Gunther, Early medicine and biological Science. vol. 3, Oxford 1925 (facs. ed. 1968). North, Ann. of Sci. 5: 91-128. 1942. North, Proc. Geologists’ Ass. 54: 1-28. 1943 (centenary glacial theory). Brightwell, L. R., Buckland’s Curiosities of natural history. London 1948. Hooykaas, Natural Law and Divine miracle 147, 190-201, 235. 1959. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 70. 1966. Cannon, DSB 2: 566-573. 1970 (extensive bibl. & sec. sources). Lurie, Louis Agassiz 436 [index]. 1970. EPONYMY: Bucklandia A.'T. Brongniart (1828) ; Bucklandia R. Brown ex W. Griffith (1836) ; Bucklandia K&. M. von Sternberg (1825); Bucklandiopsis G. Roselt (1960); Exbucklandia R. W. Brown (1946). 896. Geology and mineralogy considered with reference to natural theology. London (William Pickering) 1836, 2 vols. Oct. (Geol. mineral.) 396 BUCKLEY Ed. 1: Jun-Dec 1836 (pref. 30 Mai). Copy: Library of Congress. I: [i]-xvi, [1]-599, [600, err.] 2: [i]-vii, [1]-129, 87 pl., nos. 1-69, 15’, 25’, 26’, 26’, 26’, 26a-b, 27a-f, 44’, 44”, 46’, 46”, 56a. Philadelphia edition: 2 vols., Philadelphia (Carey, Lea and Blanchard) 1837. Duod. (in sixes) Copies: MICH, NY, US. 1: [i]-xv, [13]-443. 2: [i]-vil, [1]-131, 87 pl. as in London ed. Ed. 2: London 1837, 2 vols. same sheets as ed. 1 but with additional pages. 1: [i]-vi, [1]-619, p. 597-619 supplementary notes. 2: [i]-vil, [1]-129, 110a (dated 4 Apr 1837), plates as in ed. 1 but with 2’ in addition. Issued in Oct. and Qu. Supplementary notes to the first and second edition, London 1837, Oct., p. 579-619, 2 pl. — also sep. Ed. 3: London (Routledge & Co.), New York (id.) Oct-Dec 1858 (p. xii: 1 Oct 1858). Copies: MICH, Library of Congress. 1: [i*-ii*], front., [iii*], [i]-Ixxxiii, [1]-552. 2: [i-ii], [1]-143, pl. 2-90. “Geology ... theology. By the late very rev. William Buckland ... A new edition, with additions by Professor Owen ... Professor Phillips ... Robert Brown ... anda memoir of the author. Edited by Francis T. Buckland ...’’ Collaborators: Robert Brown (1842-1895); Richard Owen (1804-1892) ; John Phillips (1800-1874) ; Francis Trevelyan Buckland (1826-1880). Ref.: BM 1: 276. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. no. 653, p. 70. 1966. Buckley, Samuel Botsford (1809-1884), American naturalist, state geologist of Texas 1866-1884. (Buckley). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Location of first set of the collections unknown; duplicates in many herbaria, e.g. A, BM, BR, GGE, MANCH, MO, NY, OXF, PH, TEX, US. Ref.: TH 2: 105. Pennell, Scrophulariaceae eastern temp. N. Am. 602. 1935. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Appleton 1: 439-440; Barnhart 1: 276; BM 1: 277; CSP 1: 705, 7: 298, 9: 393, 12: 129, 13: 891; DAB 3: 232-234; IF p. 685; Langman p. 168; ME 1: 169, 3: 546 [index]; Nickles p. 148-149; Quenstedt p. 66. Wright, Bull. ‘Torrey bot. Club 11: 46. 1884. Sargent, Silva North America 3: 3-4. 1892. Mohr, Plant life Alabama 16. 1901. Merrill, Ann. Rep. Smithsonian Inst. 1904: 509, 692. Geiser, Southwest Review 16: 133-134. 1930, Field & Lab. 4: 45. 1936. Rodgers, John Torrey 173, 177, 298. 1942. Geiser, Naturalists of the frontier 271. 1948 [“‘his work was uneven in quality and frequently of little value ...’’]. Martin, zm Lenley et al., Index corr. Torrey 449. 1973. EPONYMY: Buckleya J. Torrey (1843, nom. cons.) HANDWRITING: Candollea 28: 141-142. 1973. 897. A preliminary report on the geological and agricultural survey of Texas. Austin (Jo. Walker) 1866. Oct. (Prelim. rep. surv. Texas). Publ.: 1866, p. [1]-81, appendix (Texan grasses): [1]-4, index: [i]-1i. — Cover title: “A preliminary report of the Texas Geological Survey together with agricultural obser- vations, and an outline of the mineral deposits of the state.’ Copy: NY. — Followed by: First annual report of the Geological and agricultural survey of Texas. Houston (A. C. Gray) 1874, Oct., p. [1]-142. Copy: NY. Second ... Texas, Houston (A. C. Gray) 1876, Oct. (p. 3: 27 Mar 1876), p. [1]-96. Copy: NY. 397 BUCKMAN Buckman, James (1814-1884), British druggist, botanist and geologist. (Buckman). cOLLEcTiIons: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews ed. 2, p. 243; Barnhart 1: 276; BB p. 52; BM 1: 277 [err. 0. 1816]; CSP 1: 705-706, 6: 611, 7: 298, 9: 393-394, 12: 130, 13: 894; DNB 7: 216; Jackson p. 239, 249, 410; Kew 1: 411; LS 4310a; PR 1339; Quenstedt p. 66. Bonney, Quart. J. Geol. Soc. 41 (Proc.): 43. 1885. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1883/6: 104. 1886. Anon., Proc. Dorset Field Club 1: 1-4. 1886 (n.v.) Riddelsdell, Fl. Gloucestershire cxxiii-cxxxiv. 1948. 898. A botanical guide to the environs of Cheltenham; comprehending a classified arrangement of the indigenous flowers and ferns of the Cotteswold Hills and the Vale of Gloucester; with the habitats of the various plants. Cheltenham (H. Davies), London (D. Bogue) 1844. Oct. (in fours) (Bot. guide Cheltenham). Publ.: 1844 (p. vii: Apr 1844), p. [1i]-viii, [i]-vii, [9]-59, [60, err.] Copy: NY. Ref.: Jackson p. 249; Kew 1: 111; PR 1339. Buddle, Rev. Adam (c. 1660-1715), English botanist, M. A. Cambridge 1685, rector of North Fambridge, Essex. (Buddle). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Thirteen volumes (bound in four) and some separate collections in the Sloane Herbarium (H.S. 114-130), described by Dandy. The herbarium is in excellent preservation, the specimens well chosen, carefully annotated and named: “undoubtedly the most trustworthy and accurately-named ... of the period” (Trimen and Dyer, p. 388). The herbarium was used by Dillenius for his third edition of Ray’s Synopsis (1724) and to some extent also by Hudson for his Flora anglica 1762. The plants were collected mainly by Buddle with the help of his friends (note in H.S. 114) ‘‘the Revd. Mr Stonestreet, Dr Plukenet, Mr Bobart, Mr Lhuyde, Mr Vernon, Mr Petiver, Dr Richardson, Mr Doody, Mr Dubois, and others.” ‘The collections were bequeathed to Sloane but were in Petiver’s hands when he died. Sloane put the herbarium at the disposal of Sherard and Dillenius. Dandy cites the following additional contributors (mostly England except when otherwise stated): Airy, Joseph Andrews, John Banister (Virginia), Robert Barker, Jacob Bobart, George Boucher (Minorca?), Samuel Dale, Thomas Dandridge, Samuel Doody, Charles Du Bois (India), Sir Richard Gipps, William Houstoun (Jamaica), Jezreel Jones (Africa), Edward Lhwyd, Rev. Thomas Manningham, Robert Millar, More, James Newton, Rev. William Nicolson, James Petiver (miscellaneous), Leonard Plukenet, Isaac Rand, Richard Richardson, John Robinson, John Scampton, Johann Jakob Scheuchzer (Switzerland), Rev. John Sedg- wick, William Sherard, Sir Hans Sloane, Rev. Lewis Stevens, George Stonestreet, James Stuherland, John ‘Thorpe, Sébastien Vaillant (Paris garden), William Vernon, Windsor. — The Buddle herbarium was one of the earliest herbaria containing cryptogams. Further Buddle material at OXF. Ref.: GR p. 392; IH 2: 105. Lindberg & Trimen, J. Bot. 12: 36-47. 1874. Kent, Brit. herbaria 46. 1957. Dandy, The Sloane herbarium 41-44, 102-108. 1958. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 140-141. 1964. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(3): 302. 1975. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 277; BB p. 52-53; DNB 7: 222; GR p. 392. Dillenius, Historia muscorum ix. 1741. Trimen and Dyer, Fl. Middlesex 386-388. 1869. Hind, Fl. Suffolk 475. 1889. Druce, Fl. Berkshire cxxxi. 1897. Raven, John Ray 393. 1950. EPONYMY: Buddleja Linnaeus (1753). 398 BUEK Buek, Heinrich Wilhelm (1796-1879), German physician (“‘Landphysicus” at Ham- burg) and botanist. (H. Buek). HERBARIUM and tyPEs: HBG (incl. fruit collection). Ref.: AG 2(2): 88. Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 21: 20. 1879. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 277; BM 1: 279; Bossert p. 58; CSP 1: 709; Kew 1: 413; Langman p. 168; MW p. 57; PR 1343. Anon., J. Bot. 17: 160. 1879. Fischer-Benzon, in Prahl, Krit. Flora Schleswig-Holstein 2: 12. 1890. EPONYMY: For eponyms based on the name Buek, cf. infra, sub J. N. Buek. 899. Genera, species et synonyma Candolleana alphabetico ordine disposita, seu index genera- lis et specialis ad A. P. de Candolle Prodromum systematis naturalis regni vegetabilis. Berlin (1, 2: Nauck), Hamburg (3: Perthes-Besser & Mauke; 4: Lucas Grafe) [1840-] 1842-1874. 4 vols. Oct. part tovolumes pages t.p. dates dates of prodr. I 1-4 [i]-xi, [xu, err.], [1]-423 1842 20-21 Feb 1843 2 5-7(1) [i]-vi, [1, add.], [1]-223 1840 20-26 Sep 1840 3 7(2)-13 [i]-x, [1, add.], [1]-508 1858 late 1858 or early 1859 4 14-17 [i]-vii, [1]-416 1874 Jun 1874 Facsimile ed.: Amsterdam (A. Asher & Co.) 1967, collation as above with extra t.p. for each vol. Copy: FAS. Some of Buek’s new names (in replacement of later homonyms used in the Prodromus), have priority over Steudel’s substitute names for those same homonyms; others are later. See dates of Steudel, Nom. ed. 2. Stearn (1955) provides a list of correct substitute names. The dates given above for parts 1 and 2 are those of receipt by Hinrichs at Leipzig. Actual publication (in Berlin and, later, Hamburg) probably took place somewhat earlier. Ref.: BM 1: 279; Jackson p. 13; Kew 1: 412; Langman p. 168; MW p. 57; PR 1343; IDC 45. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 1: 276-277. 21 Apr 1843. Stearn, Candollea 8: 4. 1939; 15: 63-68. 1955. Buek, Johannes Nicolaus [II] (1779-1856), German pharmacist and horticulturist, uncle of Heinrich Wilhelm Buek (q.v.), ““kommissarisch Medizinalassessor and Revisor der Apotheken des Frankfurter Regierungsbezirks’’. HERBARIUM and TypPEs: W (via Reichenbach). Ref.: AG 2(2): 88; IH 2: 105. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(2): 88; Barnhart 1: 277; BM 1: 280; CSP 1: 709; GR p. 67; LS 4421; PR 1345; PR ed. 1, 1528-15209. Ascherson, Fl. Prov. Brandenburg 1: 3. 1860. Stange, Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 3/4: 358-370. 1862. Fischer-Benzon, in Prahl, Krit. Fl. Schleswig-Holstein 2: 12. 1890. EPONYMY: Buekia C. G. D. Nees (1834). — Note: Buekia Giseke (1792) was dedicated to Johann Nikolaus Buek I (1736-1812), German botanist. HANDWRITING: Candollea 28: 143-144. 1973. NOTE: Johann Nikolaus Buek, I, 1736-1812, published a Verzeichniss von in- und auslandi- schen Baumen, Strduchern, Pflanzen und Samen. Bremen 1779, Oct., 200 p. (PR 1344), some of his plants are at HBG, KIEL, UPS and WAG. 399 BUETSCHLI Buetschli, Johann Adam Otto (1848-1920), German zoologist and algologist. (Buetschlt). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 278; BM 1: 280, 6: 157; CSP 13: 902; Kew 1: 413. Biitschli, Sb. Heidelberger Akad. Wiss. KI. B. 1920: 1-12 (autobiogr., portr.) Goldschmidt et al., Die Naturwissenschaften 7: 543-570. 1920 (portr., bibl.) Hamburger, Sb. Heidelberger Akad. Wiss. KI. B. 1920: 13-19. (bibl.) Jackson, Proc. Linn. Soc. 134: 41-42. 1922. Berger, DSB 2: 625-628. 1970. Buffon, Georges Louis Leclercq de (1707-1788), French naturalist, “‘intendant”’ of the Jardin des Plantes, highly gifted writer, spiritual father of the idea of descendence. (Buffon). COLLECTIONS: Buffon is not known to have made botanical collections; his natural history material is all at the Muséum d’histoire naturelle, Paris. NOTE: Even though Buffon did not describe any plant taxa his influence on systematic thinking has been so profound that a brief list of the most important and mainly more recent publications on him is in order here. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRAPHY: AG 5(1): 777; Barnhart 1: 278; BM 1: 281-283; Bossert p. 58; Quenstedt p. 66-67. Geoffroy St. Hilaire, Notice historique sur Buffon. Oeuvres complétes de Buffon, ed. Pillot 24. 1838 (bibl.) Flourens, Buffon, histoire de ses travaux et de ses idées. Paris 1844, (Copy: MICH); ed. 2. 1850 (n.v.) Nadault de Buffon, Correspondance inédite de Buffon. Paris 1860, 2 vols. (Copy: UC). Bazile, Buffon, sa famille, sa collaborateurs et ses familiers. Paris 1863, xvi, 432 p. (5 portr.) Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 110. 1903, 3(3): 98. 1905 (ref. to portr.) Fagin, William Bartram 20, 21, 38, 45. 1933. Strohl, Buffon, Paris 1935, p. 1-18. Liitjeharms, Gesch. Mykol. xviii Jahrh. 254 [index]. 1936. Earnest, J. and W. Bartram 183. 1940. Francois, Bull. Mus. nat. Hist. nat. ser. 2. 22: 675-681. 1950 (on rearrangement Jardin du Roi). Bertin et al., Buffon. Paris 1952, 244 p., 25 pl. (portr., bibl.) Heilbrun, in Bertin et al., Buffon, 225-237. 1952 (“essai de bibliographie’’). Piveteau, Jean, ed., Oeuvres philosophiques de Buffon. Paris 1954. Wohl, Isis 51: 186-199. 1960. Roger, Mem. Mus. nat. Hist. nat. ser. 2. C. 10 (Buffon, les Epoques de la Nature). Roger, Les sciences de la vie. 527-584. 1964. Starobinsky, Gesnerus 21: 83-94. 1964 (Rousseau and B.) Hanks, Buffon avant Vhistoire naturelle. Paris 1966. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 72-80. 1966 (important bibl.) Stafleu, Taxon 16(5): 431-435. 1967. Kanaev, Iz. Ist. Biol. 2: 71-89. 1970 (Goethe and Buffon). Roger, DSB 2: 576-582. 1970. Hahn, The anatomy of a scientific inst. 337, 422. 1971. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 368 [index]. 1971. Smit, History of the life sciences 889-890. 1974. EPONYMY: Buffona Cothenius (1790, orth. var.) ; Buffonea W. D. J. Koch (1836, orth. var.) ; Buffonia Adanson (1763, orth. var.) ; Bufonia Linnaeus (1753). HANDWRITING: See Bertin et al., Buffon. Paris 1952. 400 BULLER Buhse, Friedrich Alexander (Buze, Fedor Aleksandrovich) (1821-1898), Latvian botanist and explorer, who studied in Dorpat (Estonia) and travelled with Boissier in Iran and the Caucasus. (Buhse). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown; material from his travels to the Orient at BR, CN, G, Kee, LY, W. Ref.: 1H. 2: 105. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 270; BM 1: 283, 6: 158; Bossert p. 58; CSP 1: 712-713, 7: 300, 9: 396, 13:907; GR p. 577; Kew 1: 285, 415; Lipschitz 1: 290-293(!) ; LS 4437-4444; PR 1348; Quenstedt p. 67; TR 183-184. Boissier, Fl. orient. 1: xxvu. 1867. Schweder, Korrespondenzbl. Naturf. Ver. Riga 42: v-ix. 1899. EPONYMY: Buhsia Bunge (1859). HANDWRITING: Candollea 28: 145-146. 1973. Buisson, J. P. (fl. 1779), French botanist, ““démonstrateur d’histoire naturelle phytolo- gique”’ at the College de Pharmacie, Paris. (Buisson). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: PR 1350. Guédeés, ‘Taxon 22(2/3): 214-216. 1973 (“‘... about whom I was unable to find any biographical information’’). goo. Classes et noms des plantes, pour suppléer aux étiquetes pendant le cours de botanique que fera, au college de Pharmacie, le sieur Buisson, démonstrateur d’histoire-naturelle phytologique; avec une introduction extraite de ses lecons préliminaires sur les divers systémes & méthodes recus jusqu’a ce jour, conformément a l’ordre observé au Jardin Royal ... Paris (Veuve Heérissant) 1779. Oct. (n.v.) (Cl. noms pl.) Publ.: 1779. Copy: Central Library, Muséum d’histoire naturelle, Paris. hej: PR 1350; PR ed. 15.1541. Guédeés, Taxon 11(2/3): 214-216. 1973. Buller, Arthur Henry Reginald (1879-1944), British born Canadian mycologist. (Buller). HERBARIUM and types: WIN. — Buller’s manuscripts are at K. Refs LH 2: 106. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 280; BM 6: 160; Kew 1: 417-418; LS 4451-4454, 31752-31758; LS suppl. 4156-4174. Lloyd, Mycol. Notes vol. 7(6) 1237-1238, pl. 265. 1924 (portr.) Hanna et al., Phytopathology 35: 577-584. 1945 (portr., bibl.) Dowding, Mycologia 50: 794-796. 1958. Humphrey, Makers N. Amer. bot. 42-44. 1961. Bailey, DSB 2: 582-583. 1970. EPONYMY: Bullera Derx (1930). COMPOSITE WORKS: The fungi of Manitoba, publ. Oct 1929, with G. R. Bisby, J. Dearness, preface by E. J. Butler. gor. Researches on fungi [subtitle in vol. 1 only:] An account of the production, liberation, and dispersion of the spores of Hymenomycetes treated botanically and physically also some observations upon the discharge and dispersion of the spores of Ascomycetes and of Pilobolus] [subtitle of each subsequent volume different.] London (1-6: Longmans, Green and Co.), Toronto (7: Univ. Toronto Press) 1909-1950, 7 vols. Oct. (Res. fung.) 401 BULLER vol. pages plates fig. dates preface K (a]-xi, [1]-287 5 83 1909 Jul 1909 2 [i]-xu, [1]-492 = 157 1922 =. 22 Oct 1922 3 [i]-xii, [ane half t.], [1]-61 I = 227 1924 19 Aug 1924 4. [i]-xiii, [1, half t.], [1]-329 4 149 1931 15 Jan 1931 5 [i]-x111, [1, half t.], [1]-416 = I74 1933 31 Oct 1933 7 [i]-xx, [1]-458 - 124 1950 Copy: U. Vol. 7, published in Toronto, was edited by G. Bisby; it contains a portrait of Buller (p. ix) and biogr. material (p. xi-xiv). Reissue of vols. 1-6: New York 1959. Ref.: Kew 1: 417; LS 31755; LS suppl. 4168; IDC 5340. Bulliard, Jeam Baptiste Frangois, called Pierre (1752-1793), French botanist who studied at Clairvaux but settled in Paris and turned to the natural sciences. (Bull.) HERBARIUM and TyYPEs: Bulliard is not known to have made herbarium collections. For manuscript material and other documents see Gilbert (see below). Hedge and Lamond mention Bulliard specimens of fungi in the M. C. Cooke herbarium of Edinburgh. Ref.: Hedge and Lamond, Index Coll. Edinburgh 65: 1970. GENERAL COMMENTARY: E. J. Gilbert, Un esprit — une oeuvre, Bulliard, Jean Baptiste Francois, dit Pierre (1752-1793), Bull. Soc. mycol. France 68: 1-31. 1952, on whose work the treatment below is mainly based. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 280; BM 1: 285, 6: 160; Bossert p. 58; DBF 7: 658; GR p. 269; Jackson p. 13; Kew 1: 418; Laségue p. 519; LS p. 163-165; NI 295; Plesch p. 163-165; PR 1352-1357. Anon., Alg. Konst- Letterbode ser. 2. 4(82): 25. 1795. Roemer, Arch. Bot. 1(2): 110, 111. 1797. Dryander, Cat. Banks 5: 183 [index]. 1800. Anon., Annuaire dépt. Haute-Marne 1811: 261. Michaud, Biogr. univers. 6: 255-256. 1812, nouv. ed. 6: 135-136. 1854. Saint-Amans, Flore agenaise 12-14. 1821. Aubriot et Daguin, Fl. Hte-Marne 42. 1885. Anon., Bull. Soc. mycol. France 30: frontispiece. 1914 (portr.) Fournier, Bull. Soc. bot. France 69: 216-220. 1922 (“premiers dessins’). Liitjeharms, Gesch. Mykol. xviii Jahrh. 69, 169, 233. 1936. Gilbert, Les Cahiers Haut-Marnais 26: 167-174. 1951. Gilbert, Bull. Soc. mycol. France 68: 1-131. 1952 (bibl., portr.) (the main biography). Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 288-289. 1971. EPONYMY: Bullardia [sic] F. Junghuhn (1830); Bulliarda A. P. de Candolle (1801); Bulliardella (P. A. Saccardo) Paoli (1905); Bulliardia Lazaro (1916). HANDWRITING: Bull. Soc. mycol. France 68. 1952. 902. Introduction a la flore des environs de Paris, suivant la méthode sexuelle de M. Linné; & les démonstrations botaniques qui se font au Jardin du Roi. Paris (Didot jeune) 1776. Oct. (Intr. fl. Paris). Publ.: Jun 1776, p. [i-iii], [1]-32, approb., priv. [1-3], expl. fig. [1-2], 2 coloured copper engravings with 2 p. engraved text. Approbation 6 Sep 1775, registration 28 Sep 1775. Copies: HH, U. — Introductory text of 32 pages to the next two books. Extremely rare brochure, mostly bound with copies of the Flora parisiensis. — See J. Phys. 14(2): 334- 335. Oct 1779; J. Sav. Paris 1776(6): 379; GGA 11 Sep 1779. Ref.: Gilbert p. 50-51; PR 1352. 402 BULLIARD 903. La flore des environs de Paris. Gravée, enluminée d’aprés nature et précédée d’une introduction a la botanique. Les descriptions de chaques plantes/leur ports, détails et vertus médicinales/ont pour titre les classes, ordres et genres de M. Linné. Mais l’ordre alphabétique comme le plus commode et le plus a portée de tout le monde constitute Varrangement de chaque cahier/par Bulliard a Paris, s.d. [1776]. Oct. = (Fl. env. Paris). Publ.: Jul 1776, a single fascicle with 20 plates with accompanying text. Owing to a change in the plans of the author this remained the only fascicle published under this title; it is actually the first octavo instalment of the Flora parisiensis. Copy: Bibl. nat. (n.v., fide Gilbert). Ref.: Gilbert p. 51-52, 76. 904. Flora parisiensis, ou descriptions et figures des plantes qui croissent aux environs de Paris, avec les différents [engr. t.p.: différens] noms, classes, ordres et genres qui leur conviennent, rangés suivant la méthode sexuelle de M. Linné, leurs parties caractéristi- ques, ports, proprictés, vertus et doses d’usage en médecine, suivant les démonstrations de botanique qui se font au Jardin du Roi [engr. t.p.: Roy]. Par Mr. Bulliard. Ouvrage orné de plus de 600 figures coloriés d’aprés nature. Paris (P. Fr. Didot le jeune) 1776- 1780, 5 vols. (and an incomplete 6th), Qu. and Oct. (F/. paris.) Publ.: in fascicles of twenty plates each, six fascicles constituting a volume (120 plates). Each plate is accompanied by one page letter press. The plates were copper en- gravings, printed in black and coloured by hand. The plates were issued without numbers and were to be arranged, for instance, alphabetically. As a result the order of the plates in various copies differs considerably. Gilbert was unable to trace a copy in the original covers, neither did he find the table which seems to have been issued at the end of the publication. The book has 640 plates in all and is bound in five or six volumes. The 40 ‘extra’ plates seem to have been part of an unfinished sixth volume. Copies vary: see Gilbert; consulted: HH, U. The HH copy has a fable Srangaise, p. [1]-52, and a nouvelle table p. [1]-16. Vol. 1 has an engraved t.p. some- times accompanied by a type set t.p.; vols. 2-6 a type set t.p. The plan to publish a volume of six fascicles per year seems to have been followed: vol. fasc. date vol. fasc. date I 1-6 T77On | 194" ETQ=2459) 1779 2 7-12 777 5 25-30 1780 3 13-18 1778 6 31-32 1781(?) Fasc. 1: Mar 1776, 2: May 1776, 3: Jul 1776 (J. Sav. 1776: 377-379). The notes in the J. Sav. and the J. Encycl. indicate that publication may have been somewhat behind schedule as given above but not more than at most 4 months. Fasc. 31 is reviewed by J. Sav. Nov 1781, fasc. 32 may have come out only in 1782, but the t.p. in the Plesch copy is dated 1777. An octavo edition was published concurrently with the quarto edition. Ref.: Gilbert p. 52-53, 76-78; Jackson p. 289; Plesch p. 163-164; NI 295; PR 1353; SO add. 675 aa. Monthly Review, London 55: 387. Nov 1776 (fasc. 1-3). Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Bot. 84-85. 1975 (q.v. for t.p. of vol. 6). 905. Herbier de la France, ou collection complette des plantes indigénes de ce Royaume; avec leurs détails anatomiques, leurs propriétés, et leurs usages en médecine. Paris [1780-1798], 13 vols. Fol. (Herb. France). Publ.: For an extensive discussion of the composition of this book, its variants, its production, intention and history see Gilbert. ‘The work consists of 602 coloured plates engraved and partly colour printed by Bulliard. Publication took place in 150 parts of four plates each, with a 151st part of 2 plates (601-602) which came out presumably in 1798, and which was reissued in 1840 by F. V. Raspail. The plates were issued in numerical order (585 is numbered erroneously 581). Distribution started with fascicle 1 in Jun 1780 [J. hebd. Libr. 17 Jun 1780]. Twelve fascicles (48 plates) constituted one ‘tome’ or ‘année’ and were accompanied by an engraved 403 BULLIARD table of contents (not for tome 13). The table of contents for tome 13 was provided by Raspail in 1840 with his Réproduction des 601 et 602, planches qui manquent habituellement aux Champignons de Bulliard. The 602 plates belong to three main groups, which were also issued separately (see below) as (1) the Histoire des plantes vénéneuses et suspectes de la France with separate text and 85 of the plates: (2) the Histoire des plantes médicinales without separate text, with 128 of the plates; (3) the Histoire des champignons de la France, with 393 of the plates and with separate text. The plate 11 is marked “‘plantes grasses,” plates 31, 179 and 249 could be classified either with the “‘vénéneuses” or the “médicinales.” tome fasc. plates dates I I-12 1-48 Jun 1780-Mai 1781 2 13-24 49-90 Jun 1781-1782 3 25-32 97-128 1782-Feb 1783 33-30 129-144 Feb-Sep 1783 4 37-48 145-192, Oct 1783-1784, 5 49-60 193-240 1785 6 61-64 241-250 1785-Feb 1786 65-72 250-288 Mar-Dec 1786 7 73-77 289-308 = Mar(?)-Jul 1787 78-84 309-336 1787-88 8 85-96 337-384. 1788 9 97-108 385-432, 1789 10 109-120 433-480 1790 Gi 121-126 481-504 Jan-Jun 1791 127-132 505-528 Jul-Dec 1791 12 133-144 529-576 1792 13 145-150 577-600 1793 I5I 601-602 1798, repr. 1840 Copy: NY. Imprints: a. Garnery, Bleuet jeune. b. author, Didot jeune, Belin. c. author, Didot jne, Debure, Belin. d. A. J. Dujour et Durant. The method of colour printing used by Bulliard is discussed by Gilbert. The book is one of the first colour printed botanical works. In some cases four different plates, inked “4 la poupée” were used for the printing of one plate. For commentaries and keys to modern nomenclature see below under Histoire des champignons de la France. Ref.: BM 1: 285; DU 70; GF p. 52; Gilbert p. 54-58; Kew 1: 418; LS 4455; NI 296; Plesch p. 163; PR 1356. Junk, Rara 176-177. 1926. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 86-87. 1975. 906. Plantes vénéneuses et suspectes de la France, avec leurs antidotes. Paris (Didot le jeune, Debure, Belin, Basan) 1779 [i.e.: 1780]. Fol. (Pl. vénén. France). Publ.: A collection of 85 colour-printed plates of the Herbier with an engraved un- coloured frontispiece dated 1779 (but not used until 1780) and an engraved preface of two pages. This front matter was derived from the ‘black’ edition of 1779. This is the first ‘division’ of the Herbier de la France and contains 81 plates of phanerogams published between 1780 and 1783 plus 4 plates of fungi (2, 14, 108, 122). This collection of plates was accompanied by a text volume, issued Nov 1784, called Histoire des plantes vénéneuses et suspectes de la France. Paris 1784. (see below) For a previous issue, with uncoloured plates, of which only one incomplete copy is known, see Gilbert p. 53-54. Ref.: BM 1: 285; Gilbert p. 59-60; Jackson p. 206; NI 296; PR 1354. 907. Histoire des plantes vénéneuses et suspectes de la France, par M. Bulliard. Le principal objet de cet ouvrage est de bien faire connaitre certaines plantes, dont ’usage pourrait 404 BULLIARD devenir la source de quelques accidens plus ou moins graves; de prévenir sur l’espéce de danger auquel chacune de ces plantes expose; d’indiquer les signes propres a telle ou telle sorte d’empoisonnement, & d’enseigner ensuite les moyens les plus prompte & les plus efficaces de remédier aux accidens causé par les poison végétaux, tant a l’intérieur qu’a l’extérieur. [motto from Lucretius] Cet ouvrage se vend séparément sans figures ou avec figures. Broché en carton et sans figures, le prix est de ... 6 liv. avec 85 figures coloriées au moyen de l’impression, 94 liv. Paris (auteur, Didot le jeune, Barrois le jeune, Belin) 1784. Fol. (Hist. pl. vénén.) Ed. 1: 1784, p. [i*-iii*], [i]-x, [1]-177, 85 pl. Copies: MICH, NY. Ed. 2: Paris (A. J. Dujour) an VI 1798, Oct.; p. [i*-iii*], [5]-xvi, [1]-398. Copies: G, HH, NY, UC. Ref.: BM 1: 285; Gilbert p. 59-61; NI 296. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 88-89. 1975. g08. Histoire des champignons de la France, ou traité élémentaire, renfermant dans un ordre méthodique les descriptions et les figures des champignons qui croissent naturellement en France. Par M. Bulliard. Tome premier. Cet ouvrage ayant pour but de faciliter l’étude des champignons, et de diriger cette étude vers l’utilité, on y trouvera le détail trés-circonstancié des caractéres qui distinguent les espéces, le rapprochement analytique de ces mémes espéces, pour peu qu’elles aient de rapport ou de ressemblance avec d’autres, et la citation des auteurs qui en ont donné des figures; on y a joint aussi un trés-grand nombre d’observations microscopiques sur les organes de la fructification de ces végétaux, comparés a ceux des plantes staminiféres, et Vindication précise de Pusage qu’on a fait jusqu’ici des champignons, comme médicament, comme aliment, etc. Ce premier volume, broché en carton, avec 8 planches, dont 5 sont colori¢es au moyen de l’impression, se vend 15 livres. Avec les 177 planches, dont il renferme les descriptions 186. Paris (auteur, Barrois le jeune, Belin, Croullebois, Bazan) 1791. Fol. (Hist. champ. France). Publ.: 1791, p. [i]-xvi, table: [i]-ix, [1]-368, 173 colour printed plates taken from the Herbier de la France and four supplementary plates containing microscopical ob- servations (v. pl. 1, 2) and the “‘tableaux de genres.’ Copy: MICH. Reissue: Paris (Leblanc) 1809, Fol. Tome premier, Iére [IIme] partie: 1(1): [i-ti*], [i]-xvi, [1]-232, 77 pl. 1(2): [i-iii], 233-368, table: [i]-ix, zoo pl. Copies: MICH, NY, L (contains also the 1791 t.p.) Ref.: BM 1: 285; Gilbert p. 61-62; Jackson p. 275; Kew 1: 418; LS 4456; NI 2096; PRA 7}. 909. Histoire des champignons de la France, ou traité élémentaire, renfermant dans un ordre méthodique les descriptions et les figures des champignons qui croissent naturel- lement en France. Par Bulliard et Ventenat. Ouvrage ayant pour but de faciliter l’étude des champignons, et de diriger cette étude vers l’utilité. On y trouvera le deétail trés-circonstancié des caractéres qui distinguent les espéces, le rapprochement analytique de ces mémes espéces, pour peu qu’elles aient de rapport ou de ressemblance avec d’autres, et la citation des auteurs qui en ont donné des figures; on y a joint aussi un trés-grand nombre d’observations microscopiques sur les organes de la fructification de ces végétaux, comparés a ceux des plantes staminiféres, et Vindication précise de Pusage qu’on a fait jusqu’ici des champignons, comme médicamens, comme alimens, etc. Tome second. — Ire partie. Paris (Leblanc) 1809. Fol. (Hist. champ. France II). Publ.: The ‘“‘tome second’’ was published in two (three) parts: Premiére partie, dating actually from 1792-1793 and printed and partly distributed by Bulliard himself; it contains p. 373-508 with 108 plates. Premiére partie (complément), Paris 1809, by Bulliard and Ventenat, p. 369-372, 509-540. All plates printed by Bulliard. This first part was issued as a whole, with the above t.p. in 1809. Copy: NY. Deuxiéme partie. Paris Jul 1812, edited and published by Ventenat from the Bulliard manuscripts. The 112 plates, however, were still printed by Bulliard. This part contains p. 541-700. — This edition seems to have been destroyed by fire soon after printing, hence its excessive rarity. In the announcement of publication in BF (24 Jul 1812) it is stated that this part 405 BULLIARD contained “‘pages 509 [sic]-700, plus le faux titre et titre. In fol. de 48 feuilles, tiré a 500 exempl.’’. Copies: MICH, NY: p. [i-ili], 541-700, pl. 491-602. Pages 685-700 contain a list of all the plates. - The Krieger copy at MICH has an errata slip at the end of the deuxiéme partie. Publications giving modern equivalents of Bulliard’s Champignons. J.J. Paulet, Traité des champignons. Paris 1793. Qu. (1: 468-473, 517-526). Le Turquier et Levieux, Concordance des figures de plantes cryptogames de Dillen, Micheli, Tournefort, Vaillant et Bulliard, avec la nomenclature de de Candolle, Smith, Achar et Persoon. Rouen 1820 (Bulliard: 15-32, 49, 52-62). Le Turquier de Longchamp, Concordance de Persoon ... avec de Candolle ... et avec Fries ... et de Candolle ... et des figures des champignons de France de Bulliard, avec la nomenclature de Fries. Rouen 1826. J. Kickx, Clavis Bulliardiana. Gent 1857 (56 pp.) M. C. de Laplanche, Dictionnaire tconographique des Champignons supérieurs (Hyménomy- cétes) qui croissent en Europe, Algérie et Tunisie suivi des tableaux de concordance de Barrelier, Batsch, Battara, Bauhin, Bolton, Bulliard, Krombholz, Letelier, Paulet, Persoon, Schaeffer et Sowerby. Paris 1894 (Bulliard p. 365-405). L. Quélet, l’interprétation des planches de Bulliard et leur concordance avec les noms actuels, Revue Mycologique 1895. Mussat, Synonymia generum, specierum, subspecierumque in vol. i-xiv descriptorum, in Saccardo, Syll. fung. Paris 1908, xv p. R. Ledoux-Lebard, Contribution a l’étude de la flore des Myxomycétes des environs de Paris, Bull. Soc. mycol. France 1911: 275-327. (Bulliard p. 277-280). Ref.: DU 70; GF p. 52; Gilbert p. 63-64; NI 296; PR 1357. S. Killermann, Bulliard und Sowerby, Z. Pilzkunde 13: 102-108. 1929. gio. Dictionnaire élémentaire de botanique, ou exposition par ordre alphabétique, des préceptes de la botanique, & de tous les termes, tant francois que latins, consacrés a l’étude de cette science; par M. Bulliard. [Les figures dont cet ouvrage est enrichi, ont été dessinées par M. Bulliard, & gravées & imprimées en couleurs a limitation du pinceau, sous ses yeux & a ses frais, dans le méme genre que les plantes qui composent l’ Herbier de la France, a introduction duquel cet ouvrage est principalement destiné]. Il se distribue séparément. Prix 13 liv. Paris (auteur, Didot le jeune, Barrois le jeune, Belin) 1787. Fol. (Dict. élém. bot.) Ed. 1: 6 Sep 1783 (J. Libr. 6 Sep; J. Enc. 1 Oct), [iJ-vii, [1]-242; [7 p: ‘expl:' text), [1, corr.], pl. r-10, colour printed except no. 10 (uncoloured). Copy: BR. Ed. 2: ““Nouvelle édition, revue et corrigée avec le plus grand soin ...”’ Paris (Desray) 1797, Fol., p. [iJ]-xii, [1]-242, ro pl. idem., [8 p. expl. plates]. Copy: NY. Ed. 3: 30 Oct Paris (Leblanc) 1812, Fol., p. [i]-xii, [1]-242, [7, expl. pl.], [1, avis], to pl., idem. Possibly only very little new type; mostly old sheets. Copies: MICH, NY. Ed. 4: Oct-Nov 1798 (an VII t.p.; J. Litt. Fr. Nov 1798; Déc. philos. 10 Nov 1798) ‘Revue et presqu’ entiérement refondu par Louis Claude Richard ...” Paris (A. J. Dugour et Durand) an VII. Oct., p. [i*], [1]-lii, [1]-228 [17, expl. pl.], pl. 1-79, uncol. [16 double], 7 pl. [20] ‘foliation.’ Copies: NY, US. Ed. 5; Amsterdam (Les Libraires Associés) 1800, Oct., [i*-iv*], [i]-lii, 1-228, [17, expl. pl.], zg pl., uncoloured, no. 16 double, 1 pl. ‘foliation.’ A truly new printing. Copies: BR, MICH, NY. Ed. 6: Paris (Librairie d’Education et des Sciences et Arts) 1800, as ‘seconde édition’ of the Richard revision, Oct., half title, title, p. 1-228, i-lii, [17, expl. pl.], 9 pl. idem (n.v., fide Gilbert p. 67-68). Ed. [7]: Jan-Jul 1802, “seconde édition, augmentée de l’éxposé et du tableau de la méthode de Jussieu,” Paris (J. J. Fuchs) 1802, Oct., p. [i*-iii*], [i]-Ixiv, [1]-228, [17 p. expl. pl.], tableau, pl. 1-16, r6bis, 16 ter, 17-19, tabl. Copy: NY. English translation by Amos Eaton: ‘‘A botanical dictionary, being a translation from the French of Louis-Claude Richard, professor of botany at the Medical School in Paris; with extensive additions from Martin, Smith, Milne, Willdenow, Acharius, Muhlen- berg, Elliot, Nuttall, Pursch, and others. By Amos Eaton, A. M. Lecturer on botany, geology, & c. corresponding member of the New-York Lyceum of Natural History, second edition. With additions and corrections, and the terms accentuated.’ New- Haven (Howe & Spalding). 1819. Duod. 406 BUNGE Ed. [1]: 1819, vi, 1, (9), 191 p. — The “‘second edition’’ refers to the french original. There is no English first edition. For further editions of this botanical dictionary see under Amos Eaton, Manual of Botany. Ref.: BM 1: 285; Kew 1: 418. gtr. Histoire des plantes médicinales, par Bulliard, ornée de 125 planches imprimées en couleur. Paris (Leblanc) 1809. Fol. (Hist. pl. méd.) Publ.: 1809, p. [i, h.t.], [11i, t.p.], r28 (not 125) plates, including fl. rr (a “‘plante grasse’’) and [1] p. instr. to binder. Copy: G. — Planned to be another division of the Herbier but no text was ever issued. Ref.: Gilbert p. 61. g12. Reproduction des 601 et 602me planches qui manquent habituellement aux Champig- nons de Bulliard suivies de la table de la 13e année de l’atlas qui n’avait jamais été publiée avant ce jour; et précédée d’une notice iconographique et bibliographique sur les oeuvres de Bulliard; par F. V. Raspail. Prix 10 francs. Paris (Meilhac) 1840. Fol. (Reprod. pl. 601, 602). Publ.: 1840, p. [1-4], pl. 601, 602. Copy: HU. — 2 colour-printed plates, 1 engraved table, 1 cover. This reprint is also rare. Between 1840 and 1950 the original Raspail plates have been used for making further prints in black and white, later coloured by hand, of mediocre quality which were marketed with the Raspail text and which sometimes complete copies of the Herbier de la France. Other copies of the Herbier have hand drawn copies of plates 601-602. Photographic copies of the last forty plates were made in 1935. Ref.: Gilbert p. 58. Bulnheim, Carl Otto (1820-1865), German botanist. (Bulnheim) HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown; material in the Isis herbarium (Stadtmuseum Bautzen) and at B, L. (algae), WRSL. Ref.: WH 2: 106. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 281. Anon., Oest. bot. Z. 15: 165. 1865. Anon., Flora 48: 236. 20 Mai 1865. Kunze, Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 6: xxi-xxv. 1865. Schade, Natura lusatica 6: 35-45. 1962. HANDWRITING: Candollea 28: 147-148. 1973. Bunge, Alexander Andrejewitsch von (1803-1890), Russian botanist and explorer professor of natural history at Dorpat. (Bunge). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Bunge’s original collections and types are at LE. The LE set is probably the first set of the Eastern Asiatic plants, but a very considerable set (probably mainly his personal herbarium) was also acquired by Cosson (now at P) and it is possible that in some cases the Bunge holotypes will be found in Paris rather than in Leningrad. — Exsiccata: Flora exsiccata Liv-, Esth- und Kurlands (cent. i-x), set at LE. Ref.: 1H 2: 106; Laségue p. 350, 435. Candolle, Phytographie 400. 1880. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(3): 302. 1975. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(2): 145; Barnhart 1: 281; BM 1: 285-286, 6: 160; Bossert p. 58; Bretschneider 1: 323-342, 1091; CSP 1: 716-717, 7: 302-303, 9: 398, 12: 132, 13: 914; DTS 1: 39; Jackson p. 528 [index]; Kew 1: 420-421; Langman p. 169; Laségue p. 563 [index]; Lipschitz 1: 301-304(!); MW p. 57-58; MW suppl. p. 29; PR 1360-1370; PR ed. 1 1551-1556; TR 7: 45-52. Hooker, Bot. Misc. 1: 219-221. 1830. Hooker, Comp. Bot. Mag. 2: 343. 1836. Boissier, Fl. orient. 1: xxvii-xxviii. 1867. 407 BUNGE Embacher, Lexikon Reisen 56. 1882. Lindemann, Bull. Soc. Natural Moscou 59(1): 281. 1884. Herder, Bot. Jb. 9: 433-434. 1888. Regel, Gartenflora 39: 441-443. 1890. Russow, Sb. Dorpater Naturforscher Ges. 18: 359-373. 1890 (bibl.) Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 187. 1905 (portr.) Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 21. 1906. Borodin, ‘Trav. Mus. bot. Acad. St. Petersburg 4: 13-14. ( + 1906). EPONYMY: Bungea C. A. Meyer (1831). HANDWRITING: Candollea 28: 149-150. 1973; Lipschitz and Vasilchenko, Herb. centr. U.S.S.R. 94, 95. 1968. 913. Enumeratio plantarum, quas in China boreali collegit Dr. Al. Bunge. Anno 1831 [St. Petersburg 1833.] Qu. (Enum. pl. China bor.) Publ.: Mar 1833, p. [i], [1]-73, pl. 1-6. Copy: G. — Preprinted, with separate pagination from Mém. Sav. Etr. Acad. Petersh. 2: 75-148. 1835. Bunge marked some corrections in ink in some of the copies of the preprint (e.g. in IDC 5865). It is unlikely that this constitutes effective publication by “‘indelible autograph”’ as required by Art. 29, the more so since they are not found in the journal publication. Ledebour published these corrections effectively later in the year in his review of the Enumeratio in the Dorpater Fahrbiicher fiir Literatur, Statistik und Kunst besonders Russlands, 1: 218-222. Dec. 1833. — Extracts of Bunge’s diary were published in the Mém. 4: 251-262, 341-356. 1835 (plants on pp. 341-342). Ref.: BM 1: 286; Bradley 1: 458; Kew 1: 420; MW p. 57; MW suppl. p. 29; PR 1361; SK clxxiv; IDC 5865. Candolle, Bibl. Univ. Sci. Genéve 55(1): 107-110. 1834. Stearn, J. Bot. 79: 63-64. 1941. 914. Opisaniye novyskh rodov u vidov kitayskh 1 mongol’ skikh rastenity. Desyatok pervyy. Kazan (Universitetckoi Tipografei) 1835. Publ.: Nov-Dec 1835, p. [1]-29, pl. 1-3 (uncol. copper engr.). Copies: NY, USDA. — Latin title used in the literature (not appearing in orig.) : Plantarum mongolico-chinen- sium decas prima. Reprinted from Zap. Izd. Kazansk. Univ. 4(2): 154-180. 1835 (n.v.) See also Bibl. univ. gen. ser. 2. 3: 413-415 and Ann. Sci. nat. ser. 2. 6: 57-64. Jul 1836. Ref.: Kew 1: 420; Lipschitz 1: 302 (no. 11); MW p. 58; MW suppl. p. 29; PR 1362; TR 199. 915. Verzeichniss der im Jahre 1832, im éstlichen Theile des Altai-Gebirges gesammelten Pflanzen. Ein Supplement zur Flora altaica. Aus den Mém. des Sav. étrang. T. II besonders abgedruckt. [St. Petersburg 1836]. Qu. (Verz. Altai Pfl.) Publ.: 1836, p. [i], [1]-86, [2, ind.], reprinted from the earlier issued Mém. Sav. Etr. Acad. Petersb. 2: 523-610. 1835; read 6 Feb 1835. Ref.: BM 1: 286; Kew 1: 420; MW p. 58; PR 1363; TR 198; IDC 5866. 916. Universitatis litterariae caesariae dorpatensis solemnia peractorum x lustrorum in dies xii et xiii m. decembris anni huius mdccclii celebranta indicat nomine ordinis physicorum et mathematicorum Alexander Bunge. Inest tentamen generis Tamaricum species accuratius definiendi. Dorpat (J. C. Schuenmann et C. Mattiesen) 1852. Qu. (Tent. gen. Tamar.) Publ.: Sep-Dec 1852 (p. ii: 16 Aug 1852; t.p.: date celebration roth lustrum), p. [i-v], [1]-81, [82-84], 2 pl. Copy: G. Ref SPR: 13665) TRYot0: 917- Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Flora Russlands und der Steppen Central-Asiens. ... (Aus den Mémoires des savants étrangers, Tome VII, besonders abgedruckt). St. Petersburg (Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaften) 1852. Qu. (Beitr. Fl. Russl.) Publ.: '7 Nov 1852, p. [1]-369, [370, err.], an independently paged preprint from Mém. Sav. étr. Acad. St. Pétersbourg 7: 177 [= p. 1 of preprint] — 535, [536, err. = p. 370 408 BURCHELL of repr.]. Copies preprint: BM, HH, U. The first portion of this memoir, as far as the description of species no. 382, appeared in Arbeit. naturf. Ver. Riga. 1. 1847 (fide BM). Ref.: Kew 1: 420; PR 1365; TR 212; IDC 5867. Kirpicznikov, Bot. Zh. 50: 728-729. 1965. Buniva, Michele Francesco (1761-1834), Italian botanist. (Buniva). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: TO. Ref.: 1H 2: 106; Saccardo 2: 25. Candolle, Phytographie 401. 1880. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 281; BM 1: 286; CSP 1: 717; PR 1371- 1372; Saccardo I: 40, 2: 25. Bredin, Notice biographique sur le prof. Buniva. Paris 1835 (fide Saccardo). Rolandis, Cenni necrol. sopra il prof. Buniva. Torino 1835 (fide Saccardo). Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. Fr. 30: cxv. 1883 (bibl.) Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 29-30. 1941 (bibl.) 918. Nomenclator linnaeanus Florae pedemontanae. [Torino 1790]. Duod. (Nomencel. FI. pedem.) Publ.: Mar 1790 (Giorn. Sci. Torino Mar 1790), p. [i]-xxxv, 1-189, [190, imprint Torino 1790], p. iv gives Buniva as the author. Copy: U. — Editor: J. Brugnonus. Ref.: Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 29-30. 1941. Burbidge, Frederick William Thomas (1847-1905), British botanist, gardener at Kew, later curator Trinity College Garden. Dublin. (Burbidge). HERBARIUM and TYPES: BM and K, important fern material at E; for duplicates see IH. Original sketches from Borneo at BM. Ref.: BB p. 54; 1H 2: 106. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 66. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 400; Barnhart 1: 282; BB p. 54; BM 1: 287; CSP 9: 299, 12: 133, 13: 917; DNB suppl. 2(1): 257; Jackson p. 528 [index]; Kew 1: 422; Langman p. 170; MW p. 58-59; NI 297. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 90. 1903, 3(3): 76. 1905 (ref. to portr.) Anon., Gard. Chron. ser. 3. 38: 460. 1905. Anon., J. Kew Guild 1905: 269; 1906: 326-327 (portr.) Britten, J. Bot. 44: 80. 1906. Hemsley, Bull. Misc. Inf. Kew 1906: 392-393. 1906. Veitch, Hortus Veitchii 75-78, 399. 1906. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. go. 1936. Steenis-Kruseman, FI. males ser. 1. 1: 88-89. 1950 (portr.) Coats, The plant hunters 207-209. 1969. EPONYMY: Burbidgea J. D. Hooker (1879). 919. The Narcissus: its history and culture with coloured plates and descriptions of all known species and principal varieties ... To which is added, by kind permission, a scientific review of the entire genus by J. G. Baker ... London (L. Reeve & Co.) 1875. Oct. (Narcissus). Publ.: Jul-Aug 1875 (J. Bot. Aug. 1875; Bot. Zeit. 17 Sep 1875), p. [i]-xvi, [1]-95, 48 hand-coloured lithographed plates by the author. Original drawings at BM and K. Copies: BR, NY USDA. Ref.: BM 1: 287; GF p. 52; Jackson p. 137; Kew 1: 422; NI 297; IDC 7345. Burchell, William John (1781-1863), British botanist and traveller in South Africa (1811-1815) and Brazil (1825-1829). (Burch.) 409 BURCHELL HERBARIUM and TyPEs: K (including his manuscripts). Duplicates in many herbaria, see IH. Algae at BM. The manuscripts include a Catalogus geographicus plantarum Africae australis extratropicae (repr. McKay, J. S. Afr. Bot. 7. 1941). Ref) BBips545 LE 1i(ed.)'6)2 350,121 100: Candolle, Phytographie 401. 1880. Koster, Taxon 18: 550. 1969. Miller, Taxon 19: 517. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 60; Barnhart 1: 282; BB p. 54; BM 1: 187; Bossert p. 59; CSP 1: 724; DNB 7: 290; GR p. 392; Jackson p. 346; Kew 1: 423; Laségue p. 565 [index]; PR 1377. Burchell, J. Sci. Arts. London 2: 79-86. 1817 (African travels 1811-1815). Hooker, Bot. Misc. 2: 128-133. 1831 (Braz. journey). Candolle, Mémoires et Souvenirs 268, 414. 1862. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1863: xxxiv-xxxv. Poulton, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. ser. 7. 13: 45-56. 1904. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 76. 1905 (ref. to portr.) Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 22. 1906. Urban, FI. bras. 1(1): 10. 1906 (itin. Brazil). Poulton, Proc. Linn. Soc. 1906-07: 64-65. 1907. Thering, Rev. Mus. Paulista 8: 482-484. 1908. Marloth, The flora of South Africa 1: viii. 1913 (portr.) Verduyn de Boer, Botanists at the Cape 56-58. 1929 (portr.) McKay, J. S. Afr. Bot. 7: 1-18, 61-76, 115-130, 173-186. 19413; 9: 27-78. 1943 (itin.) Hutchinson, A botanist in Southern Africa 625-641. 1946 (biogr., itinerary, localities). Tyrrell-Glynn and Levyns, Flora africana 13-14. 1963. Smith and Smith, Phytologia 14(8): 492-506. 1967 (Brazilian itinerary). Coats, The plant hunters 261-263, 354. 1969. Ffolliott and Liversidge, Ludwig Krebs 159. 1971. Schweizer, Veld & Flora 1: 26-27, 46-47, 65-67. 1971; 2: Q-II, 30-31, 49-51, 70-71. 1972; 3: 10-11, 30-31, 50-51, 69-71. 1973, 4: 10-11, 30-31, 50-51, 70-71. 1974. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(3): 302. 1975. EPONYMY: Burchellia R. Brown (1820). HANDWRITING: J. S. Afr. Bot. 7: pl. vi. 1941. 920. Travels in the interior of Southern Africa. London (Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, and Brown) 1822-1824, 2 vols. Qu. (Trav. S. Africa). Original ed., vol. 1 “‘with an entirely new map, and numerous engravings”’; vol. 2 ‘with numerous engravings.’ 1: 1822, (p. viii: Feb 1822; Monthly Rev. Sep 1822), p. [i]-viii, [ix-xi, cont., pl.], errata slip, [1]-582, pl. r-r0, map, vignettes 1-50, 1-4 hints migration; number of copies printed 750. Copies: BR, MICH, Teyler. 2: Jan-Jun 1824 (Monthly Crit. Gaz. 1(6): 522-524. Nov 1824; Monthly Rev. Jun 1824), p. [i-viii], [1]-648, pl. r-z0, vignettes 1-46. (plates hand col. copper engr. after drawings by Burchell). Number of copies printed 500. Copies: BR, MICH, Teyler. Abridged ed., ‘‘Selections from ...” ed. H. C. Notcutt, Oxford 1938, fifth impression 1951. Reprint ed., (not facs.), with intr. by I. Schapera and lists of Burchell’s own corrections. London 1953. (1250 copies). German translation: Reisen in das Innere von Siid-Afrika, Weimar 1822-1825, 2 vols. Oct. n.v. Ref.: BM 1: 287; Kew 1: 423; PR 1377; IDC 5263 (1953 ed.) Bureau, Louis Edouard (1830-1918), French botanist, professor of taxonomic botany at the Paris Muséum d’Histoire naturelle 1874-1907. (Bureau). HERBARIUM and Types: P, PC. (Bureau gave his herbarium to P and PC on 19 Aug 1874). 410 BURGEFF BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRAPHY: Andrews ed. 2, p. 243; Barnhart 1: 283; BM 1: 287-288, 6: 161; Bossert p. 59; CSP 1: 727, 6: 612; 7: 305, 9: 400; 12: 133; DBF 7: 686; Jackson p- 119, 125, 402; Kew 1: 424-425; Langman p. 170; LS 31763; MW p. 59; NI 298; PR 1379-1380; Quenstedt p. 68. Bureau, Notice sur les travaux scientifiques de M.E. Bureau. Paris 1874, 37 p., repr. from Ann. Soc. Acad. Nantes 26 (1855); ed. 2, Paris 1886 (62 p.); ed. 3, Paris 1894 (71 p.) Urban, FI. bras. 1(1): 160. 1906. Reynolds Green, Hist. bot. 162. 1909. Carpentier, Bull. Soc. géol. France ser. 4. 19: 115-120. 1919 (brief bibl.) Dangeaud et al., Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris 1919: 2-11. Gagnepain, Rev. gén. bot. 31: 209-218. 1919 (portr., bibl.) Lecomte, Bull. Soc. bot. France 71: 1028-1041. 1924 (portr., bibl.), also Rev. gén. Sci. 28 Feb 1919. Stafleu, The great Prodromus 20-21. 1966. COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) DC., Prodr., Artocarpaceae, 17: 280-288. 16 Oct 1873 (conspectus) ; Moraceae, 17: 211-279. 16 Oct 1873. (2) Baillon, Dict. bot., Paris 1876-1891, Bureau collaborator. (3) Martius, Fl. bras.: Bignoniaceae, with K. M. Schumann, 8(2): 1-434: fasc. 118, p. 1-238, pl. 69-96. 15 Mai 1896; fasc. 121, p. 229-434, pl. 97-121. 15 Feb 1897. EPONYMY: Buraeavia [sic] Baillon (1873, nom. cons.); Bureava Baillon (1860, nom. rej.) ; Bureavella Pierre (1890). 921. De la famille des Loganiacées, et des plantes qu’elle fournit a la médecine. (Rignoux) 1856. Qu. (Fam. Logan.) Publ.: 1856, p. [1]-147, 1 uncol. copper engr. by Faguet, 67 text ill. Copy: L. Ref.: BM 1: 287; Kew 1: 424; MW p. 59; PR 1379. g22. Théses présentées a la faculté des sciences de Paris pour obtenir le grade de docteur és sciences naturelles, par Edouard Bureau ... ire thése: Botanique: — Mono- graphie des Bignoniacées. 2e thése: — propositions données par la faculté. Soutenues le 23 Mars 1864 devant la Commission d’Examen ... Paris (E. Martinet) 1864. Qu. (Monogr. Bignon.) Publ.: 23 Mars 1864, date on which the thesis was defended; p. [i-iv], [1]-214, 2me these [1] p., pl. 2-6, 8-12, 14, 16-18, 21, 23-31, uncol. liths. by A. Faguet. Copy: U. — Other copies have plates 1-21, 23-31. Pl. 22 and 32 and following were to appear with the second part, which was never published. The above title appears on p. [i] of the thesis issue of the Monographie; p. 3 has as half title: Monographie des Bignoniacées/ recherches sur les caractéres, la composition, les limites de cet ordre naturel de plantes. — A publishers announcement stated that the second part was to have contained the description of the genera and species. Ref.: BM 1: 288; GF p. 52; Jackson p. 125; Kew 1: 424; MW p. 59; NI 208. Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. France 11(Bibl.): 262. Dec 1864. Anon., Flora 47: 430. 31 Aug 1864, see also 48: 246-252. 27 Mai 1865. Seemann, J. Bot. 2: 355-357. Nov 1864. Burgeff, Hans Edmund Nicola (1883-x), German botanist, professor of botany in Halle, Miinchen, Gottingen and Wirzburg. (Burgeff). HERBARIUM and Types: Material at M and WB. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 12(3): 524; Barnhart 1: 283; GR p. 68; Kew 1: 424; LS 31764-31766; LS suppl. 4214-4225; Plesch p. 165. Haber, Die Orchidee 14(2): 102-103. 1963 (portr.) 923. Die Wurzelpilze der Orchideen ihre Kultur und ihr Leben in der Pflanze ... mit 3 Tafeln und 38 Abbildungen im Text. Jena (Gustav Fischer) 1909. Oct. (Wurzelpilze Orchid.) All BURGEFF Publ.: 1909 (Nat. Nov. Dec 1909), p. [i]-iv, [1]-220, pl. 1-3, 38 figs. Copy: L. Ref.: Kew 1: 425; LS 31765. Burgess, Henry W. ( fl. 1827-1833), British landscape painter to William IV. (Burgess). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Burgess was a landscape painter who is unlikely to have had collections of his own. His Ezdodendron is a collection of views of trees, and of little taxonomic importance. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 283; BB p. 54; BM 1: 288; Jackson p. 495; Kew 1: 426; NI 299-300; Plesch p. 165. Britten, J. Bot. 50: 62. 1912; 57: 223-224. 1919. 924. Eidodendron. Views of the general character and appearance of trees, foreign and indigenous, connected with picturesque scenery. London 1827. Fol. (Eidodendron). Publ.: 1827-1831, p. [i-iv], 1-11, 27 fol., portr., 54 chromolithographs. Evidently published in parts judging from the dates which appear on some of the plates: z-ro, r2 (1827) ; 15-18 (1828) ; 21-22, 24, 25 (1829); 34-36 (1830); 38 (1831). — The introductory essay (Amoenitates Querneae) is by Gilbert Burnett (1800-1835; CSP 1: 735; DNB 7: 41). Ref.: BM 1: 288; GF p. 52; Jackson p. 490; Kew 1: 426; NI ago. Britten, J. Bot. 57: 223-224. 1919. Burgsdorff, Friedrich August Ludwig von (1747-1802), German forester, “‘Ober- forstmeister der Kurmark.”’ (Burgsd.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 3: 613; Barnhart 1: 284; BM 1: 288; Bossert p. 59; NI 301; PR 1385-1387, 7533; PR ed. 1 1574-1577. Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks 3: 208, 419, 619. 1797. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 121. 1903, 3(3): 121. 1905 (ref. to portr.) EPONYMY: Burgsdorfia [sic] Moench (1794). 925- Versuch einer vollstandigen Geschichte vorziiglicher Holzarten in systematischen Abhand- lungen zur Erweiterung der Naturkunde und Forsthaushaltungswissenschaft. Berlin (Joachim Pauli) 1783-1800, 2 vols. (in 3) Qu. (Vers. Gesch. Holzarten). 1: Erster und einleitender Theil. Die Buche (‘Bueche’). Mit 27 Kupfern. Mit einer Vorrede von D. Johann Gottlieb Gleditsch. Berlin (Joachim Pauli) 1783, between 20 Apr (pref.) and 21 Sep (NZgS). — Frontisp. [= 11*], [i] = xviii, [1]-492, [1, err.], pl. i-xxiv, partly col. copper engravings by author. Copies: BR, NY, USDA. 2: Zweyter Theil. Die einheimischen und fremden Eichenarten, in 2 Bande. Erster Band, Physikalische Geschichte. Mit Kupfern. Berlin (Joachim Pauli) 1787, after 1 Mai (p. viii; p. xxii: Ostermesse 1787), p. [i]-xxul, [1]-234, [1, err.], pl. 1-9 (col. in BR copy). Copies: BR, NY, USDA. Lweyter und letzter Band, Gebrauch, Schatzung und nachhaltige Bewirthschaftung. Mit Kupfern. Berlin (Geh. Commerzienrath Pauli) 1800, p. [1]-344, pl. ro-20. Copies: NY, USDA. Ref.: BM 1: 288; NI 301; PR 1385. Burkill, Isaac Henry (1870-1965), British botanist who resided in Malaya for many years. (Burkill). HERBARIUM and TyPES: Mainly CAL, K, SING. ‘Refs TEL. 2108; BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 285; CSP 13: 926; Kew 1: 429-431; Langman p. 170. Gagnepain in Lecomte, Fl. Indochine, tome prél. 36. 1941. Riddelsdell, Fl. Glouc. cxlii. 1948. 412 BURMAN, J. Steenis, Fl. males ser. 1. 4(2): Ixxxil. 1949 (portr.) Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males ser. I. 1: 92-93. 1950 (portr.) Furtado and Holttum, Gard. Bull. Singapore 17(3): 350-356. 1960. Santapau, Gard. Bull. Singapore 17(3): 341-349. 1960. Anon., Malay. Agr. J. 15(2): 216. 1965 (portr.) Barrau, J. Agric. trop. Bot. appl. 12(4-5): 221-222. 1965. Burkill, Chapters on the History of Botany in India. Calcutta 1965, 247 p. Holttum, Nature, London, 206 (4987): 871. 1965. Purseglove, Bull. Assoc. trop. Biol. 7: 52. 1966. Burkill, H. M., Gard. Bull. Singapore 22(1): 71-105. 1967 (bibl.) Holttum, Gard. Bull. Singapore 22(1): 67-70. 1967. Reed, Bibl. fl. S.E. Asia 21-23. 1969. Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 107. 1973 (corr.) COMPOSITE WORKS: Oliver, Fl. trop. Afr., Acanthaceae 5(1): 1:192. Sep 1899; Acanthaceae 5(2): 193-262. Jun 1900. EPONYMY: Burkillanthus Swingle (1939); Burkillia Ridley (1925); Burkillia W. West & G. S. West (1907); Burkilliodendron A. R. K. Sastry (1969). HANDWRITING: Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: cxlvill. 1950. Burlingham, Gertrude Simmons (1872-1952), American high-school teacher in Brooklyn, amateur mycologist. (Burl.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: material at BPI and NY. — Exsiccatae: The Lactariae of North America (fasc. i, 11, nos. 1-50, New York 1910), sets at BPI, MICH, NY, OC, UC, VT. — “The series cannot be recognized as a standard exsiccati’’ (Stevenson). Ref: TEL 2: 108: Stevenson, Beith. Nova Hedwigia 36: 68-69. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 286; BM 6: 162; LS 31768-31771; LS suppl. 4278-4287. Anon., J. New York Bot. Gard. g: 60-61. 1908. Barnhart, J. New York Bot. Gard. 12: 122. 1911. Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 431. 1916. Seaver, Mycologia 45: 136-138. 1953 (portr., bibl. by Rickett). 926. A study of the Lactariae of the United States |New York] 1908. Oct. (Study Lactar. U.S.) Publ.: 26 Mai 1908, p. [1]-109, pl. 1-15. Copy: MICH. — In: Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 14(1): I-109. 1908. Burman, Johannes (1707-1779), Dutch physician and botanist at Amsterdam, friend and correspondent of Linnaeus, professor of botany in Amsterdam at the Hortus medicus from 1728 onward, at the Athenaeum illustre 1755-1777. (F. Burm.) HERBARIUM and types: The Burman herbaria were acquired by Benjamin Delessert and are now at G. The Thesaurus zeylanicus herbarium and the Linnaean Lapland herbarium, however, which are in book form, were given to the Institut de France, Paris. — The general Burman herbarium contained collections made by P. Hermann (Cape, Ceylon), Pryon (India), Kleinhoff (India), de Hartog (Cape), Oldenland (Cape), L. Garcin (Africa, Asia), all part of the type collections. In addition there were plants collected by C. Allioni, J. Breyne, A. Haller, M. Houttuyn, A. van Royen, Schmidel. The Burmans sent plants from their herbarium to e.g. Linnaeus (now in LINN) and Bernard de Jussieu (now in P-JU). An important set of Ceylonese and Cape plants from the Burmans was also acquired by J. CG. D. Schreber, now at M. Ref.: IH 2: 108; Laségue p. 65-67. Martius, Miinchener gelehrte Anz. 31, nos. 84-93, Flora 34: 3-16. 1851. Fries, Ofv. k. Vetensk.-Akad. Férh. 18: 255-272. 1861. Candolle, Phytographie 401. 1880. 423 BURMAN, J. Enander, Bot. Not. 1910: 203. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 93. 1950. Alston, Proc. Linn. Soc. London 168: 102-103. 1957. Lourteig, Taxon 15: 23-33. 1966. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: vd Aa 2: 1604-1605; AG 7: 475; Barnhart 1: 286; BM 1: 289; Bossert p. 60; Jackson p. 346, 354, 395, 493; JW 2: 187, 3: 347, 4: 380, 5: 236; Kew 1: 432; KR p. 109; Langman p. 171, 587; Laségue p. 565 [index]; NI 302- 303; NNBW 4: 353; Plesch p. 165-166; PR 1388-1394; SO 2534a, add. 2483. Burman, Rariorum africanarum plantarum. Amsterdam 1738. (frontisp. portr.) Anon., GGA 1741 (75): 651 (declines offer Utrecht). Thunberg, Voyages au Japon 1: 19, 21, 31, 86. 1796. Jourdan, Dict. Sci. méd., Biogr. méd. 3: 89-90. 1821. Hall, Epistolae ineditae ... J. Burmanni. 1830, viii, 268 p. Muller, Beschr. Cat. 7000 portr. Nederl. 110. 828-830, 830*. 1853. Burman-Becker, Epistolae Burmannorum. Kjobenhavyn 1873. Kobus en Rivecourt, Biogr. woordenb. 1: 294. 1886. MacOwan, Trans. S.A. philos. Soc. 4: xxxiii. 1887. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 155. 1903, 3(2): 167. 1905. (ref. to portr.) Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 22. 1906. Sirks, Indisch natuuronderz. 41. 1915 (portr.) Verduyn den Boer, Botanisten aan de Kaap. 1929. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 91. 1936. Uggla, Sv. Linné-Sallsk. Arsskr. 2: 128-144. 1937. (Linnaeus and the Burmans). White and Sloane, The Stapelieae ed. 2. 1119. 1937 (portr.) Engel, Biydr. Dierk, 27: 263. 1939. Hutchinson, A botanist in South Africa 562. 1946. Steenis, Fl. males. ser. 1. 4(2): Ixxxviii. 1949. Karsten, ‘The Old Company’s Garden at the Cape. 1951. De Vos, S. Afr. biogr. woordenb. 1: 143. 1968. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 368 [index]. 1971. Stafleu in Daniels and Stafleu, Taxon 21: 112. 1972 (portr.) Burman-Becker, Notices hist. et généal. Burman 9-11. [s.d.] COMPOSITE WORKS: J. Burman published: (1) Rumphius, Herbarium ambonense. (2) Plumier, Plantarum americanarum, Amsterdam 1755-1760. (3) Weinmann, Phytanthoza iconographia, dutch transl.: Taalrijk register, 4. vols. EPONYMY: Burmannia Linnaeus (1753). HANDWRITING: Candollea 28: 151-152. 1973. 927- Taalrijk register der plaat- ofte figuurbeschrijvingen der bloemdragende gewassen, door den Heer Joh. Wilh. Weinmann, eerste apotheker en mede-lidt der Stadsgericht te Regensburg. Waar in de benamingen uit de beste schrijvers, zo oude als nieuwe, na de ordre van het A.B.C. niet alleen zeer geschiktelijk worden ter neer gestelt, maar tegelijk de geslachten en kentekenen, met der zelver gebruik, naar de beste ondervinding, uit de zekerste schrijvers opgetrokken, in de Latijnsche en Hoogduitsche Taalen opregtelijk worden uitgelegt. Nu in het Nederduitsch door een voornaam kender en liefhebber vertaalt; en opgeheldert door Johannes Burmannus, Med. Doct. & Professor botanices. Die daar zijn aantekeningen en verscheide vreemde gewassen bijgevoegd heeft. Amster- dam (Zacharias Romberg) 1736-1748, 4 vols. Fol. (Taalrijk reg.) Copy: U. — Essentially a Dutch translation of Weinmann’s Phytanthoza iconographia, Regensburg, q.v. However, this Dutch edition has many comments and additions by Johannes Burman and is therefore cited here. The edition is distinct from the Amsterdam edition of the Phytanthoza with dutch title pages and with plates only, published as Duidelijke Vertoning, Amsterdam 1736-1748. These four volumes are in fact the atlas part of the Taalrijk Register and may have been marketed separately. For further details see Weinmann. 414 BURMAN, J. Ref.: PR 10140. Lawrence, Huntia 2: 10. 1965. 928. Thesaurus zeylanicus, exhibens plantas in insula Zeylana nascentes; inter quas plurimae novae species, & genera inveniuntur. Omnia iconibus illustrata, ac descripta cura & studio Joannis Burmanni ... Amsterdam (Janssonius-Waesberg & Salomon Schouten) 1737. Qu. (Thes. zeylan.) Publ.: Dec 1736, p. [i-xvi], 1-235, [236, add.], index [14] p., Cat. pl. afr. [1], 1-33, [34, pl. exot.], pl. 1-18, 18*, 1g-110, unsigned, engraved; frontispiece portrait of the author by J. M. Quinkhard (1736), engraved by J. Houbraken. Copies: HU, U.— Fora full collation see HU 501; fora commentary on the plants depicted see Lourteig (1966). The second set of arab numbered pages is formed by the separate publication Catalogi duo plantarum africanorum, two catalogues of plants collected by Hermann in South Africa. The second catalogue appears for the greater part also in Kolbe, Beschrijving van de Kaap de Goede Hoop 1: 285-325. 1727. The relationship with Kolbe’s list, mainly based on data supplied by Johan Hartog, merits further in- vestigation. For Linnaeus’s contribution to this work made while staying with Burman in 1735 see Uggla 1937. Ref.: BM 1: 289; GF p. 52; HA 2: 284; HE p. 16; HU 501; Jackson p. 395; Kew 1: 432; NI 303; Plesch p. 165-166; PR 1388-1389. Anon., Boekzaal Dec 1736, p. 717 (announcement of printing, virtually of publi- cation), idem Jan 1737, p. 36-45 (extensive review). Smith, J. E., Trans. Linn. Soc. 1: 37. 1791. Lourteig, Taxon 15: 24-32. 1966. Kostermans, Reinwardtia 7(5): 537-538. 1969. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 90-91. 1975. 929. Joannis Burmanni, Med. Doct. & in Horto medico Amstelaedamensis botanices professoris, Rariorum africanarum plantarum, ad vivum delineatarum, iconibus ac des- criptionibus illustratarum, decas prima [-decima] Amsterdam (Boussiére) 1738-1739. Qu. (Rar. afric. pl.) Publ.: Dec 1-2: Mai 1738, Dec 3-4: Jun 1738, Dec 5-10. 1739; p. i-vill, 1-106, [4], 109- 42, [4], 145-167, [5], 169-193, [5], 195-268 [2] (74 as “80’, 75 as “81”, 82 as *88’, 83 as ‘89’, 86 as ‘92’, 87 as ‘93’), plates 1-100, unsigned engravings. For a full collation and analysis see HU 508. Copies: HU, U. — A copy was offered by the trade in 1973 at H. fl. 2200,—; the Plesch copy sold at £ 800. The plates are in part drawn from the Codex Simon van der Stel, the Herbarium Wit- senianum and the Codex Witsenii; the artist of some (or most?) of them was Hendrik Claudius, of Breslau (fide Nissen p. 87, 237, no. 302) who accompanied Simon van der Stel on an expedition to Namaqualand, 1685-1686; however, the origin of the plates and the identity of the artists needs further investigation. Ref.: BM 1: 289; GF p. 53; HU 508; Jackson 346; Kew 1: 432; NI 302; Plesch p. 165; PR 1390; SA 2: 546. Anon., Maand. Uittreksel of Boekzaal gel. Waerelt 46: 596, 706. 1738. Barnard, J. S. Afr. Bot. 13: 12. 1947 (on Codex Witseniz). Tyrrell-Glynn and Levyns, Flora africana 14. 1963. Macnae & Davidson, J. S. Afr. Bot. 35(2): 65-81. 1969 (on Codex Witseniz). Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 92-93. 1975. 930. Het auctuarium, ofte vermeerdering, op het Amboinsch kruyd-boek. Dat is be- schryving van de overige boomen, heesters, en planten, die men in Amboina, en de omleggende eilanden vind, allen zeer accuraat beschreven en afgebeeldt na der zelver gedaantes, met de verscheide medische benamingen, aanqueking, en gebruik, door Georgius Everhardus Rumphius, ... nu voor ’t eerst uitgegeven, en [‘eu’] in het Latijn overgezet, door Joannes Burmannus, ... die daar verscheidene benamingen, en zijn aanmerkingen heeft bygevoegt. Amsterdam (Mynerd Uytwerf, Wed. S. Schouten en zoon). (Auctuarium). ee cee index universalis [20] p., [1, postscript]. Copy: U. 415 BURMAN, Je The text itself contains no generic names that have any standing. However, Burman provided binary names in accordance with Linnaean nomenclature in the Index universalis. Some of these species names are new [marked B.] and valid. For further details and literature on the Herbarium amboinense see Rumphius. This Auctuarium contains, in addition to the new names mentioned above, critical notes by Burman. The above title page is the dutch one on p. [ili]; p. [11] has a latin t.p. **Herbarii amboinensis auctuarium ...” 931- Wachendorfia. Amsterdam 1757. Fol. (Wachendorfia). Publ.: 3-15 Oct 1757, p. [i], [1]-4, 1 pl., [1, poem Cuno]. — Published shortly after 3 Oct 1757, date of dedication to Evert Jacob Wachendorff (1703-1758), then professor of botany at Utrecht (1743-1758) and author of the Hort: ultrajectini index of 174.7. Copy sent to Linnaeus on 15 Oct 1757. Burman’s Wachendorfia is one of the first publi- cations known to me in which binary names for spécies in the Linnaean style are used by an author other than Linnaeus or his pupils. For the first publication of this kind, so far known, also by Burman, see no. 930, the Index Universalis to Rumphius’ Auwc- tuarium. The description of the S. African genus Wachendorfia was based on living material from the Amsterdam botanical garden and on herbarium material collected by Oldenland. — The fold-out plate is by J. C. Cuno (1708-1780), engraved by J. Kornlein. The extra sheet contains an epigrammatic poem by J. C. Cuno honoring both Burman and Wachendorfl. Stevenson (Hu 558) suggests that the pamphlet was printed along with Burman’s edition of Plumier’s Plantarum americanarum fasc. (1755-1760). The complete history of the pamphlet is found in Burman’s letter to Linnaeus. A quarto reprint was issued in 1771, Gera (Germany) (BMNH) (NZgS g Mar 1772, lacking the poem by Cuno); the text and plate also appeared in Nova Acta phys. med. Acad. Leop. 2: 192-198. 1761. Ref.: BM 1: 289; HU 558; PR 1371. Burman, Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. 2 (Obr. 50): 192-1098. t. 2. fig. 10. 1761. Hulth & Ugela, Bref och Skr. Linné, afd. 2. 2: 107-113. 1943. 932- Index alter in omnes tomos herbariu amboinensis cl. Georgi Everhardi Rumphii, quem de novo recensuit, auxit et emendavit Joannes Burmannus M.D. ... Leiden (Cornelius Haak), Amsterdam (Johannes Schreuder) 1769. Fol. (Index alt. herb. amboin.) Publ.: 1769, sign. A-M (32 p.). Copy: U. Ref.: BM 1: 289; PR 1393. 933- Flora malabarica, sive index in omnes tomos horti malabarici, quem juxta normam a botanicis hujus aevi receptam conscripsit, et ordine alphabetico digessit Joannes Burmannus M.D. ... Amsterdam (Johannes Schreuder) 1769. Fol. (Fl. malab.) Publ.: 1769, p. [1]-10. Copy: U. Ref.: BM 1: 289; Kew 1: 432; PR 1392. Burman, Nicolaas Laurens (1773-1793). Dutch physician and botanist at Amster- dam, son of Johannes Burman, correspondent of Linnaeus, professor of botany at the Amsterdam Athenaeum illustre 1769-1793. (NV. L. Burm.) HERBARIUM and Types: The herbarium is incorporated in the Delessert herbarium at G and contains most of his types. Some types may be at L, a few other specimens are at M. The Thunberg herbarium (UPS) has ‘Burman’ (father and son) material from the Cape collected by Hermann, Oldenland and Hartog and by other correspondents of the Burmans. Burman contributed to Linnaeus’s herbarium (LINN). Ref.: IH 2: 108; Laségue p. 66. Candolle, Phytographie 401. 1880. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 53. 1950. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Aa 2: 1607-1609; AG 2(1): 74; Barnhart 1: 286; BM 1: 289; Dawson p. 188; Jackson p. 383; JW 2: 187, 3: 347; Kew 1: 432; KR p. 109; Laségue p. 565 [index]; MW p. 59; NI 304; NNBW 4: 354; PFC 1: xxxvii; Plesch p- 166; PR 1395-1396, 9669; Saccardo 1: 40; SO 650a, 25342. 4.16 BURNAT Anon., Alg. Konst- Letterbode 11(274): 198-200. 1793. Anon., N. Ann. Bot., Usteri, 2(8): 91-94. 1795 (also Baldwinger, N. Magaz. f. Aerzte 15: 522-524). Hall, Epistolae ineditae ... N. L. Burmanni. 1830. Kobus en de Rivecourt, Biogr. woordenb. 1: 295. 1886. Sirks, Indisch Natuurond. 80-81. 1915. Verduyn de Boer, Botanists at the Cape 30. 1929. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 91. 1936. Uggla, Sv. Linné-Sallsk. Arsskr. 20: 128-144. 1937 (Linnaeus and the Burmans). Engel, Bydr. Dierk. 27: 263. 1939. Karsten, J. S. Afr. Bot. 5(1): 2-18. Jan 1939 (portr.) Karsten, The Old Company’s Garden at the Cape. 1951. De Vos, S. Afr. biogr. woordenb. 1: 143. 1968. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 169-171. 1971. Burman-Becker, Notices hist. et généal. Burman 13-14 [s.d.] EPONYMY: Burmannia Linnaeus (1753) is dedicated to his father Johannes Burman (1707-1779), Q-v. HANDWRITING: J. S. Afr. Bot. 5(1): pl. 4. 1939; Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: cxlviii. 1950. 934- Specimen botanicum de Geraniis quod favente summo numine ex auctoritate magnifici rectoris, Jo. Nic. Seb. Allamand, ... nec non amplissimi senatus academici consensu, & nobilissimae facultatis medicae decreto, pro gradu doctoratus, summisque in medi- cina honoribus, & privilegiis rite ac legitime consequendis, eruditorum examini subjicit Nicolaus Laurentius Burmannus, Amstelaedamensis, die xviii. Augusti mlcclix, hora locoque solitis. Leiden (Theodoor Haak) 1759. Qu. (Spec. bot. Geran.) Publ.: 17 Aug 1759, p. [i-iv], 1-52, [2 p. theses], 2 p/., article C. C. Schmidel, De medulla radicis, [10] p., p. 9 dated 14 Nov 1758, 1 pl. Copies: NY, HU. Ref.: BM 1: 289; Kew 1: 432; Langman p. 171; PR 1395; SA 2: 546. Anon., J. Scavans, Amsterdam ed. Mai 1760, p. 325-330. 935- Flora indica: cui accedit series zoophytorum indicorum, nec non prodromus florae capensis. Leiden (Cornelius Haak), Amsterdam (Johannes Schreuder) 1768. Qu. (Fl. indica). Publ.: 1 Mar-6 Apr 1768, p. [i-viii], [1]-241, [242, elench. tab.], index [17] p., Prodr. fl. cap. [1], 1*, 2-28 (25-28 recte 29-32), pl. 1-21, 21*, 22-67, uncoloured engravings by A. van der Laan. Copy: U. — A facsimile edition announced, but not yet published, by Asher (1974). Ref.: BM 1: 289; DA 1967; GF p. 53; IF p. 685; Jackson p. 383; Kew 1: 432; MW p. 59; NI 304; Plesch p. 166; PR 1396; RS p. 77; IDC 5194. Hall, Epistolae ineditae Caroli Linnaei 89-91. 1830. Merrill, Philipp. J. Sci. 19: 329-388. 1921 (extensive critical review of the new species). Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. Bull. 14: 642. 1959. Dandy, Bothalia 7(3): 427-428. 1961. Stearn, Introd. facsimile Linn. Mantissa (Weinheim) viil-x. 1961. Tyrell-Glynn and Levyns, Flora africana 15. 1963. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 169-170. 1971. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 94-95. 1975. Burnat, Emile (1828-1920), Swiss engineer, industrialist, magistrate and amateur botanist. (Burnat). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: G [contains the Thuret-Bornet herbarium]; for collecting trips and location of duplicates see IH. Ref.: AG 5(2): 2143; IH 2: 108. Briquet, J. de Genéve no. 246, 6 Sep 1920. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 5(2): 214, 6(1): 119, 12(2): 60; Barnhart 1: 286; AN] BURNAT BM 1: 291, 6: 162; Bossert p. 60; CSP 1: 734, 12: 134, 13: 927; DTS 1: 40, 6(4): 56, 127-128; GR p. 638-639; Jackson p. 279; Kew 1: 433; PFC 1: liv; Plesch p. 166-167; Saccardo 1: 41. Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cxv. 1883 (bibl.) Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 160. 1905. Briquet, Journal de Genéve 91(246): 1. 6 Sep 1920. Mattirolo, Bull. Soc. bot. Ital. 1920: 31-33. Prévost, Mém. Soc. phys. hist. nat. Genéve 39: 240-242. 1920. Briquet, Actes Soc. helv. Sci. nat. 102(2): 6-19. 1921 (portr., bibl.) Cavillier, Bull. Soc. Murithienne Valais 41: 104-111. 1921 (portr.) Ducellier, Bull. Soc. bot. Genéve ser. 2. 12: 137-138. 1921. Burnat, Autobiographie publiée ... par J. Briquet et Fr. Cavillier, Genéve 1922 (portr., bibl.), vil, 185 p., see also J. Bot. 60: 275-276. 1922. Crumiére-Briquet et Cavillier in Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 98-107. 1940 (bibl.; many refs. to local death notices). Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 30-31. 1941 (bibl.) EPONYMY: Burnatia M. Micheli (1881). HANDWRITING: Candollea 28: 153-154. 1973. 936. Flore des Alpes maritimes ou catalogue raisonné des plantes qui croissent spontané- mens dans la chaine des Alpes maritimes y compris le département francais de ce nom et une partie de la Ligurie occidentale. Genéve, Basel, Lyon (1-6: H. Georg; 7: authors). 7 vols. 1892-1931. Oct. (Fl. Alpes marit.) Co-authors: John Isaac Briquet (1870-1931) and Frangois Georges Cavillier (1868-1953). vol. pages dates authors I [i]-xii, [1 ]-302 Jul 1892 Burnat 2 [i]-xvi, [1]-287 Aug 1896 Burnat 3(1)(a) [i]-xxxvi Feb 1899 Briquet (b) 1-171[172] Apr 1899 Burnat (2) [i-iv], [173]-332 Jan 1902 Burnat 4 [i-iv], [1 ]-303, [304] Dec 1906 Burnat 5(1) [1 ]-96 Dec 1913 Cavillier (2) [i*-i1*], [i-iv], Jul 1915 Briquet et Cavillier [97]-375, [376, dates] 6(1) [i-iii], [1 ]-169, Jul 1916 Briquet et Cavillier [170, date] (2) [i-ui], [171 ]-344, Dec 1917 Briquet et Cavillier [1, dates] 7 [i-ii], [1 ]-311 Aug 1931 Briquet et Cavillier Briquet’s Observations in 3(1)a: i-xxxvi, were printed in Jan 1899; a preprint was distributed in Feb 1899. Copies: NY, U. Ref.: BFM 1408; BM 1: 291; DTS 1: 40, 6(4): 127; Kew 1: 433; Plesch p. 167. Burnat [ed.], Matériaux pour servir 4 Vhistoire de la flore des Alpes maritimes, 6 vols., Genéve, Basel 1891-1916. Oct. Burret, Karl Ewald Maximilian (1883-1964), German botanist. (Burret). HERBARIUM and TYPEs: B. Ref.: IH 2: 109. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Kew 1: 434; Langman p. 171; MW p. 59; MW suppl. ps 20; Steenis, Fl. males. ser. 1. 4.(2): Ixxxii. 1949 (portr.) Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 94. 1950 (portr.) 418 BURY Potztal, Principes 2: 87-91. 1958 (portr., bibl.) Potztal, Willdenowia 2(2): 140-142. 1959 (portr.) Anon., Principes 8: 147. 1964. Potztal, Willdenowia 4(1): 23-31. 1965 (portr., bibl.) EPONYMY: Burretia D. H. Mai (1961); Burretiodendron Rehder (1936); Burretiokentia Pichi-Sermolli (1955). Burser, Joachim (1583-1639), German physician and botanist, professor of botany and medecine at Sord, Denmark (1625-1639), travelled in C. and S. Europe. (Burser). HERBARIUM: UPS. Important source for the interpretation of many Linnaean species. The herbarium is named and arranged according to Bauhin’s Pinax. Seized by Charles X as booty in the 1657-58 war and taken to Sweden. Originally composed of 25 volumes (plus an unnumbered volume with Danish plants) of which vols. 2 and 5 were destroyed by fire in 1702. Sheets 20 x 35 cm. The specimens (ca. 3200) are often very represen- tative and also often accompanied by more or less extensive citations of localities. The plants were mostly collected by Burser himself, other specimens were obtained from C. Bauhin, from the Leyden botanical garden, from “Brazil” (collected by an unknown French apothecary in Canada sic). Burser himself also sent specimens to C. Bauhin and the latter based many species on Burser material, species often also accepted by Lin- naeus. For a complete catalogue see Juel 1936, for the concordance between Linnaeus and Burser see Savage 1937. Ref.: Martin, Acta Upsal. 1724: 495, 530. Linnaeus, Dissertatio botanica qua plantae Martino-Burserianae explicantur, Uppsala 1745 (So. 1417-1420). Juel, Nova Acta Kungl. Vet.-Soc. Uppsala ser. 4. 5 (no. 7). 1923. Juel, Sv. Linné-Sallsk. Arsskr. 14: 12-16. 1931. Juel, Symb. bot. Upsal. 2(1). 1936. Savage, Proc. Linn. Soc. London, sess. 148: 16-26. 1936. Savage, Caroli Linnaei determinationes in hortum siccum Joachimi Burseri, Cat. manuscr. libr. Linn. Soc. London 2, London 1937. Stearn, Intr. Linn. Sp. Pl. (facs. Ray Soc.) 116-118. 1957. Microfiche: IDC no. 1064. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(1): 193; Barnhart 1: 289; Kew 1: 435; HA 1: 70; KER Pp. 110: Graeve, in Peschek, Neues Lausitzisches Magaz. 1932: 198-200. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 91. 1936. Hansen, Bot. Tidsskr. 69(2/3): 207. 1974. EPONYMY: Bursera N. J. Jacquin ex Linnaeus (1762, nom. cons); Bursericarpum E. Reid & M. E. J. Chandler (1933); Burserites E. W. Berry (1924). Bury, Priscilla Susan (Mrs. Edward) (née Falkner) (/f. 1831-1837), British botanical artist. (Bury). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 289; BB p. 55; BM 1: 292; Jackson p. 123; Kew 1: 438; NI 306; Plesch 167-168; PR 1403. 937- A selection of hexandrian plants, belonging to the natural orders Amaryllidae and Liliacae, from drawings by Mrs. Edward Bury, engraved by R. Havell.s.1.[1831-1834]. Fol. (Select. hexandr. pl.) Publ.: In ten fascicles, 1831-1834. The 51 plates accompanied by letter press; they are in part aquatints, in part colour printed. — The book with its outsize plates (64 52, 54 10 Mai 1826 7 377-440 28, 38, 44, 45, 48, 49, 51, 67 14 Jun 1826 8 441-525, [1]-18 32, 33, 34 53> 55 57> 58, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64,65, 13 Jan 1827 68, 69, 70; 2 tableaux The page numbers 347-355 appear twice. Plate 36 was issued twice. — The 71 plates (numbered 1-70, 21bis) are copper engravings after drawings by Jean Christophe Hey- land (né Kumpfler) (1792-1866). Copy: R. S. Cowan. Facsimile ed.: Lehre (J. Cramer) 1966, Historiae naturalis classica xliv. Copy: FAS. — introd. material [6] p.; p. [5-6]: Lhe publication of de Candolle’s Légumineuses, by F. A. Stafleu. Ref.: BM 1: 310; Kew 1: 471; Langman p. 184; MW p.64; NI 324; PR 1473; RS p. 77; IDC 5017. Stafleu and Stearn, Taxon g: 169-171. 1960. 1002. Revue de la famille des Lythraires. Genéve (J. J. Paschoud) 1826. Qu. (Rev. Lythr.) Publ.: 1826, p. [i], [1]-32, pl. 1-3. Copies: G(2). — Reprinted from Mém. Soc. Phys. Hist. nat. Genéve 3(2): 65-96, pl. 1-3. 1826. 1003. Mémoire sur les genres Connarus et Omphalobium ou sur les Connaracées Sarcolobées. [Paris 1826]. Qu. (Mém. Connarus Omphalobium). Publ.: Prob. Mar 1826 (Acad. 27 Mar), p. [1]-18, pl. 15-16. — Preprinted with indepen- dent pagination from Mém. Soc. Hist. nat. Paris 2(2): 379-396. Nov 1826. Copies: G, KVA. Ref.: MD p. 180; PR ed. 1, 2265; IDC 5875. 1004. Organographie végétale, ou description raisonnée des organes des plantes, pour servir de suite et de développement a la théorie élémentaire de la botanique, et d’introduction a la physiologie végétale et a la description des familles; avec 60 planches en taille-douce. Paris (Déterville) 1827, 2 vols. Oct. (Organogr. vég.) Ed. 1: publ. 25 Apr 1827 (BF), vol. 1, p. [i]-xx, [1]-5583 vol. 2, p. [i-iii], [1]-304, pl. 1-60. The plates are uncoloured copper engravings by J. C. Heyland (all except for those mentioned hereafter), Alph. de Candolle (4, 43), M. E. Moricand (37), Node-Véran (10, 33, 55-59), P. J. Redouté (44, part of 48), P. F. J. Turpin (part of 34). See MD for further details and a list of reviews. Copy: U. Reissue: Paris (Germer Bailli¢re), Montpellier, Londres, Lyon, Florence, Leipzig 1844, same sheets but with substitute p. [i-ili], “‘... avec 60 planches représentant 422 figures, ... tome premier [second] Déterville 1827. Paris ... 1844.” Copy: FAS. German: ‘August Pyramus de Candolle’s Organographie der Gewdchse oder kritische Be- schreibung der Pflanzen-Organe. Eine Fortsetzung und Entwicklung der Anfangs- griinde der Botanik und Einleitung zur Pflanzen-Physiologie und der Beschreibung der Familien. Mit 60 Steintafeln. Aus dem Franzésischen iibersetzt und mit einigen Anmerkungen versehen von Dr. Carl Friedrich Meisner .. .”? Stuttgart und ‘Tubingen (J. G. Cotta) 1828. Oct. (Organogr. Gew.) vol. r: 1828 (p. xiv: Dec 1827), p. [i]-xxviii, [1]-491, [2 p. err.] Copies: B, NY, US. vol. 2: 1828, p. [i]-vi, [1]-273, [274, err.], pl. 1-60 (uncol. copper engr. and lith.) Copies: B, NY, US. Half-title: A. P. de Candolle’s Vorlesungen tiber die Botanik. Erster Teil. Organographie. — For a ful collation and further details see MD who describes the Hunt copy. Translator: Carl Friedrich Meisner (1800-1847). English: Feb 1839-Mar 1840, in 11 parts, by Broughton Kingdon: ‘‘ Vegetable organography, or an analytical description of the organs of plants ...” (Veg. organogr.) Ed. 2., Vol. 1: London (Houlston & Stoneman) 1841, p. [iJ-xii, [1]-326, [327, err-], pl. 1-15. Copy: NY. 45° CANDOLLE, A. P. DE Vol. 2: London 1841, p. [1i]-viii, [1]-334, pl. 16-23. Copy: NY. ... London, 1839, Oct. American edition: New York 1840, same title. Ref.: BM 1: 311; Jackson p. 37; Kew 1: 471; MD p. 77-79; NI 326; Plesch p. 170; PR 1501. Anon., Allg. Lit. Zeit., see Flora, Erg. Bl. 34: 265-267. 1830 (review of French and German editions). Candolle, Mémoires et souvenirs 391-392. 1862. 1005. Revue de la famille des Portulacacées. [Paris 1827]. Qu. (Rev. Portulac.) Publ.: Preprint 1827 (fide de Candolle himself), p. [1]-20, pl. 17-18, uncoloured copper engravings by Heyland. Copies: G, U. — Preprinted from Mém. Soc. Hist. nat. Paris 4: 174-194. pl. 17-18. Sep 1828. Ref.: Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 125 (no. 97). 1940. 1006. Mémoire sur la famille des Combrétacées. Genéve (Barbezat et Delarue), Paris 1828. Qu. (Mém. Combrét.) Publ.: 1828, p. [i-i1], [1]-42, pl. 7-5 by Heyland. Copies: G, FAS. — Reprinted from Mém. Soc. Phys. Hist. nat. Genéve 4: 1-16, pl. 1-5. 1828. 1007. Note sur quelques plantes observées en fleurs au mois de janvier 1828, dans la serre de M. Saladin, a Pregny. Genéve (Barbezat et Delarue), Paris. 1828. Qu. (Note pl. Saladin). Publ.: 1828 (after Jan), p. [1]-8. Copies: G, U. — Preprinted or reprinted from Mém. Soc. Phys. Hist. nat. Genéve 4: 85-90. 1828 (Copy: NY). Ref.: Kew 1: 471. 1008. Collection de mémoires pour servir a histoire du régne végétal et plus spécialement pour servir de complément a quelques parties du Prodromus regni vegetabilis. Paris (Treuttel et Wiirtz), Strasbourg 1828-1838. 10 parts, Qu. (Coll. mém.) mémoire subject pages plates date title page I Mélastomacées _ [i-iii], [i]-ii, [1]-84 I-10 21 Jun 1828 1828 II Crassulacées [i-iti], [1]-4.7 1-13, tabl. 27 Sep 1828 1828 III Onagraires [i-i1], [1]-16 I-3 6 Dec 1828 1829 IV Paronychicées [1-i1], [1 ]-16 1-6 6 Dec 1828 1829 Vv Ombelliferes [i-iii], [1 ]-84 I-19 12 Sep 1829 1829 VI Loranthacées [1-111], [1]-31, [32, err.] 1-12 2 Oct 1830 1830 VII Valérianées {i-11], [1 ]-24 I-5 18 Aug 1832 1832 VIIl Cactées [i-ii], [1]-27 I-I2 15 Mar 1834 ~=1834 IX Composées [1-11], [1]-44 I-19 25 Aug 1838 ~—-1838 (Observations) x Composées [i*-i1i*], [i-iii], [1]-22 4 tabl. 8 Sep 1838 1838 (Statistique) (on 3) Copy: U. — For further information see TL-1. — Laségue informed de Candolle on 28 Aug 1838 (letter at G) that he had just received from the printers 60 copies of each of memoirs g and 10 for de Candolle’s personal use. — 99 Uncoloured copper engravings after draw- ings by Heyland. The memoirs were also sold separately. Facsimile ed.: Lehre (J. Cramer) 1971. Historiae naturalis classica Ixxxvui. Copy: FAS. — [4] p. new t.p.’s, rest same. Ref.: BM 1: 310; Kew 1: 471; Langman p. 184; MW p. 64; NI 320; PR 1491-1500; RS p. 78; IDC 438. ome: Candolle, Bibl. univ. Genéve March 1830: 303-316 (extr. mém. Loranthacées). Stafleu, Taxon 21: 173-174. 1972. 1009. Mémoire sur le Fatioa genre nouveau de la famille des Lythraires. s.l. [1828]. Qu. (Meém. Fatioa). Publ.: 1828, p. [1]-3, pl. 3 (Heyland). Copies: G(2). — Reprinted from Mém. Soc. helv. Sci. nat. 1. 1828. 495! CANDOLLE, A. P. DE toro. Revue de la famille des Cactées avec des observations sur leur végétation et leur culture, ainsi que sur celles des autres plantes grasses. Paris (A. Bélin) 1829. Qu. (Rev. Cact.) Publ.: 18 Jul 1829. (BF 18 Jul 1829, Bull. Férussac 18 Jul 1829, Rev. Bibl. Pays-Bas 31 Aug 1829), [i-ili], [1]-119, pl. 1-21. Copies: G, NY. — Reprinted from Mem. Mus. nat. Hist. nat. 17: [1]-119. 1828 (published late 1828 or beginning 1829, not necessarily earlier than reprint). Ref.: BM 1: 311; Kew 1: 471; Langman p. 184; NI 329; PR 1490. tor. Notice sur la végétation des plantes parasites et en particulier des Loranthacées. [Genéve 1830]. Oct. (Not. pl. paras.) Publ.: Mar 1830 (in Bibl. univ.), independent reprint or preprint p. [1]-16 [Copy: U], from Bibliotheque unierselle de Genéve, Mars 1830. 1012. Histoire de la botanique genevoise, Discours prononcé a la cérémonie académique des promotions, le 14 juin 1830, par M. le Professeur De Candolle. Genéve (J. Barbezat et Ce), Paris 1830. Qu. (Hist. bot. genev.) Publ.: Jun-Dec 1830 (read 14 Jun 1830), p. [1-iii], [1]-61. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 1: 311; Kew 1: 471. 1013. Notice sur les progrés de la botanique pendant l année 1832 ... ‘Tiré de la Bibliothéque universelle, Janvier 1833. Genéve (Imprimerie de la Bibliotheque universelle) 1833. Oct. (Not. progres bot. 1832). Publ.: Jan 1833 (t.p. reprint), p. [1], [1]-53. Copy: U. — Preprinted or reprinted from Bibliothéque universelle 52: 142-192. 1833. — Also in Arch. de Bot. vol. 2. Ref.: Kew 1: 471. Guillemin, Arch. de Bot. 2: 22, 138. 15 Jul & 12 Aug 1833. 1014. Instruction pratique sur les collections botaniques, par M. A.-P. De Candolle. Tiré de la Bibliotheque universelle, juin 1834. Oct. (Instruct. coll. bot.) Publ.: Jun 1834 or somewhat later, p. [1]-25. Copy: NY. 1015. Revue sommaire de la famille des Bignoniacées. [Geneve] 1838. Oct. (Rev. Bignon.) Publ.: Oct 1838, p. [1]-20, [1-4]. Copy: G. — Originally published in the Bibliothéque universelle de Genéve of Sep 1838 (ser. 2. 17: 117-136), reprinted with minor changes in the Annales des Sciences naturelles, Bot. ser. 2. 11: 279-298, of May 1839 [published Sep 1839]. Refi; Kew 1: 4723 PReed. 1, 2320; RS p.-78. 1016. Description d’une nouvelle espéce de Figuier (Ficus Saussureana). [Paris 1840]. Qu. (Descr. nouv. Figuier). Publ.: Mai-Dec 1840 (read 1 Apr 1840), p. [1]-9, 1 pl. Copy: U. — Independent preprint or reprint from Mém. Soc. Phys. Hist. nat. 9: [65]-73, pl. 1. 1840. Copy: NY. — The plate is a coloured lithograph by Heyland. Ref. wPR ed. 1572321. 1017. Mémoire sur la famille des Myrtacées par Aug. Pyr. de Candolle (ouvrage posthume, publié par les soins du fils de Pauteur.) [cover: Genéve (E. Pelletier) 1842]. Qu. (Mém. Myrt.) Publ.: 1842 (cover), p. [1]-61, pl. 1-22. Copies: U, US. — Reprinted or preprinted from Mém. Soc. Phys. nat. Hist. Genéve 9: [301]-361, pl. 1-22. 1841. Copy: NY. The plates are uncoloured liths by Heyland. The cover title of the reprint refers to Mémoires vol. 9 and is dated 1842. ‘The journal volume is dated 1841 but this part may have come out later. Ref: Kew 12 472s Reda tr. 2999% Candolle, Richard Emile Augustin de (1868-1920), Swiss botanist, son of Casimir de Candolle. (Aug. DC). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: G (G-DC). 452 CAPELLINI BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 306; BM 6: 180; Bossert p. 65. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 161. 1905. Beauverd, Bull. Soc. bot. Genéve ser. 2. 12: 20-22. 1920 (bibl.) Briquet, Verh. Schweiz. naturf. Ges. 101, (necrol.): 1-6. 1920 (portr., bibl.), also as reprint (portr., bibl.) Briquet, Journal de Genéve 11 Mai 1920. Chodat, Arch. Sci. Phys. nat. ser. 5. 2: 170-175. 1920 (bibl.) Hochreutiner, La Patrie Suisse 697: 137-138. 9 Jun 1920 (portr.) Prain, Bull. misc. Inf. Kew. 1920: 219-220. Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 164-168. 1940 (bibl.) EPONYMY (journal) : Candollea (vide supra, sub A. P. de Candolle). HANDWRITING: Candollea 28: 169-170. 1973. Cannart d’Hamale, Frédéric (1804-1888), Belgian politician and horticulturist. (Cannart). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 306; BM 1: 311; Jackson p. 135; Kew 1: 273; MW p. 65. Crépin, Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 27(2): 189. 1888. 1018. Monographie historique et littéraire des Lis. Malines (Mechelen) (T. Ryckmans-van Deuren) 1870. Oct. (Monogr. hist. Lis). Publ.: 1870, [1]-122. Copy: U. Ref.: BM 1: 311; Jackson p. 135; Kew 1: 273. Capelli, Carlo Matteo (1763-1831), Italian botanist, professor of botany and director of the botanic garden at Torino 1817-1829. (Capelli). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 307; BM 1: 313; Bossert p. 65; Jackson p. 438; Kew 1: 475; LS 4654; PR [p. 56]; Saccardo 1: 44, 2: 27-28. Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cxvi. 1883. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 34. 1941. EPONYMyY: Capellia Blume (1825) and Capellenia Teijsmann & Binnendijk (1867) are dedicated to G. A. G. Ph. van der Capellen (1778-1848), Dutch government officer in the Netherlands East Indies. 101g. Catalogus stirpium quae aluntur in regio horto botanico taurinensi. Torino (Ex regia typographia) 1821. Oct. (Cat. stirp.) Publ.: Aug-Sep 1821 (presentation copy dated 4 Sep 1821, USDA) p. [1]-67. Copy: USDA. — Descriptions of new taxa p. 61-67. Ref.: BM 1: 313, 5: 2152; Jackson p. 438; Kew 1: 475; LS 4654; PR 1523. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 34. 1941. Capellini, Giovanni (1833-1922), Italian geologist and palaeobiologist at Bologna. (Capellini). COLLECTIONS: Bologna. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews ed. 2, p. 24.1; Barnhart 1: 307; BM 1: 313-314, 6: 181; CSP 1: 782, 7: 331, 12: 141, 14: 54-55; LS 4651; Quenstedt p. 73; Saccardo 1: 44. Anon., Proc. Acad. Sci. Philadelphia 1896: 483-484. D’Erasmo, G., Rendic. r. Accad. Sci. Fis. Nat. Napoli ser. 3. 28: 181-184. 1922 (portr.) 453 CAPELLINI Seward, Quart. J. Geol. Soc. London 79: lv-lvi. 1923. Zaccagna, Boll. Soc. geol. ital. 42: xlviii-Ixi. 1924 (portr., bibl.) 1020. Les Phyllites crétacées du Nebraska. Ziirich (Zurcher & Furrer) 1866. Qu. (Phyllites crét. Nebraska). Co-author: Oswald Heer (1809-1883). Publ.: 1866, p. [1]-22, pl. 1-4. Copy: NY. — Preprinted from Nouv. Mém. Soc. helv. Sci. nat. 22(1); 1-22, pl. 1-4. 1866 [vol. t.p. 1867, part 1: 1866]. CSP lists the Heer and Capellini articles separately. The reprint has a cover title and a half title combining the articles under the above title. Ref.: Andrews ed. 2, p. 244; PR 1524. to21. I tronchi di Bennettitee dei musei italiani/Notizie storiche, geologiche, botaniche . con cinque tavole. Bologna (Gamberini & Parmeggiani) 1892. Qu. (Tronchi Bennett.) Co-author: Hermann Maximilian Carl Ludwig Friedrich zu Solms-Laubach (1842-1915). Publ.: 1892 (read 10 Jan 1892), p. [1]-56, pl. 1-5. Copies: MICH, NY. Reprinted or pre- printed from Mem. r. Accad. Sci. Ist. Bologna ser. 5. 2: [161]-215. 1892. Ref.: Andrews p. 244; BM 1: 314. Cardot, Jules (1860-1934), French bryologist. (Cardot). HERBARIUM and TYPEs: PC. Exsiccatae: Renauld et Cardot, Musci Americae septentrionalis exsiccatt (nos. 1-400) and Musci Europaei exsiccati (nos. 1-300), see under Renauld. Correspondence with E. G. Britton at NY. Ref.: IH. 2: 115. Anon., Bot. Gaz. 21: 381. 1896 (on types of Amer. sp.) Anon., Bryologist 13: 125-128. 1910 (in bibl. Renauld). Chamberlain, The Bryologist 22: 12, 29-30, 87-88. 1919 (on the fate of his collections). Cardot, Bull. Soc. Hist. Natur. Ardennes 40: 57-74. 1950. (catalogue of Ard. musci). Lenley et al, Cat. arch. coll. NYBG. 110-111. 1973. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 309; BL 1: 140, 2: 181; BM 1: 315, 6: 183; CSP 12: 611, 18: 133-134; GR p. 310; Kew 1: 478; KR p. 114; LS 6806; MW p. 65. Anon., Bryologist 13: 125-128. 1910 (bibl. publ. with Renauld). Bertémes, Bull. Soc. Hist. nat. Ardennes 29: 94-105. 1934 (partly autobiogr.) Cardot, Ann. Bryol. 8: 165-168. 1935 (portr.) (autobiogr.) Thériot, Rev. bryol. lichén. ser. 2. 8: 5-13. 1935 (portr., bibl.) Gagnepain, Fl. Indochine, tom. gén. 37. 1944. Rickett, NAF ser. 2. 3: 33. 1963. COMPOSITE WoRKS: (1) Lecomte, Flore Indochine: Rosaceae 2(5): 613-680. Jun 1916. (2) F. Renauld et J. Cardot, Histoire naturelle des mousses. Paris 1898-1913 in vol. 39 of Grandidier, Hist. phys. nat. polit. Madagascar. (3) Delamare et al., Flora miquelonensis, 1888 (co-author). (4) Pierrot, Liste des plantes vasculaires ... Montmédy (Jun 1882). For a list of Cardot’s participation in papers by others see Rev. bryol. lichén. ser. 2. 8: 12-13. 1935. EPONYMY: Cardotia Bescherelle ex J. Gardot (1899). 1022. Monographie des Fontinalacées .. . (Extrait des Mémoires de la Société Nationale des Sciences Naturelles et Mathématiques de Cherbourg, T. xxviii, 1892. Cherbourg (E. Le Maout) 1892. Oct. (Monogr. Fontinal.) Publ.: Jan-Jul 1892 (pref. 6 Jan 1892, Nat. Nov. Aug 1892, E. G. Britton’s copy rd 15 Oct 1892), p. [i-iii], [1]-152. Reprinted from Mémoires (see above) 28: 1-152. 1892. Copies reprint [double pagination]: BR, NY; journal publ.: USDA. Ref.: MW p. 65. Bescherelle, Bull. Soc. bot. France 39 (rev. bibl.) : 148-152. 1892 (review). Anon., Hedwigia 32: 95. 1893. Anon., Bot. Zeit. 51(2): 78. 1 Mar 1893. Rickett, NAF ser. 2. 3: 33. 1963. 494 CARION Carey, John (1797-1880), British trader and botanist who travelled and collected in the United States (1830-1852). (7. Carey). HERBARIUM and TYPEs: Material at K, CGE, E, FI,G, GH, MO, P, TCD. British material at WTR (fide Kent). — Correspondence with Torrey at NY. Rep El 2 115) Day, Rhodora 3: 207. Igot. Candolle, Phytographie 402. 1880. Kent, Brit. herbaria 47. 1953. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 67. 1970. Martin, zm Lenley et al., Index corr. Torrey 449. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 310; BB p. 58; BM 1: 316; Bossert p. 65; CSP 1: 785; Kew 1: 478; ME 1: 170, 3: 548. Anon., Bot. Gaz. 5: 61. 1880. Gray, Amer. J. Sci. ser. 3. 19: 421-423. 1880, Sci. Papers 2: 417-418. 1889. Rodgers, John Torrey 337. 1962. COMPOSITE WORKS: Salix and Carex in Asa Gray, Manual 1848. EPONYMY: Careya Roxburgh (1811, nom. cons.) is dedicated to William Carey (1761-1834), q.v. HANDWRITING: Candollea 28: 413-414. 1973. Carey, William (1761-1834), British baptist missionary and orientalist. (W. Carey). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Carey edited Roxburgh’s Flora indica, q.v. Material listed as collected by Carey is at E, K, LIV, OXF. Ref.: IH 2: 115. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 143. 1964. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 67. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 110; BB p. 59; BM 1: 316, 5: 2235; DNBo: 77; Jackson p. 530; Kew 1: 479; PR [p. 56]; Zande ed. 10, p. 643. Britten, J. Bot. 42: 296. 1904. Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 26. 1906. Carey, S. Pearce, William Carey D. D., fellow of Linnaean [sic] Society. New York, 1923, Xvi, 415 p. (portr.) Srinivasan, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 3: 1-10. 1961. (1962) (portr.) EPONYMY: Careya Roxburgh (1811, nom. cons.) HANDWRITING: see S. Pearce Carey, William Carey 1923, cited above. Carion, Jules Emile (1796-1863), French physician and botanist at Autun. (Carion). HERBARIUM and types: AUT. Reja: Ulan, (ed. O95 7: Candolle, Phytographie 402. 1880. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 12(3): 532; Barnhart 1: 310; BL 2: 195; BM 1: 316; Jackson p. 290; PR 1530. Magnin, Ann. Soc. bot. Lyon 32: 35. 1907 (bibl.) EPONYMY: Carionia Naudin (1851). HANDWRITING: Candollea 28: 415-416. 1973. 1023. Catalogue raisonné des plantes du département de Sadne-et-Loire croissant naturellement 459 CARION ou soumises a la grande culture. Autun (Michel Dejussieu) 1859. Oct. (Cat. pl. Sadne-et- Loire). Co-author: Camille Grognot (1792-1869). Publ.: 1859, p. [iii]-vili, [1]-120. Copy: NY. Note: A publication of the ‘‘Société Eduenne.” Ref.: BM 1: 316; PR 1530. Cariot, Antoine, Abbé (1820-1883), French clergyman and botanist at Sainte-Foy-les- Lyon. (Cariot). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Seminary of ]’Argentiére. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(1): 167; BL 2 p. 109, 168; BM 1: 316; CSP 1a: 142; Jackson p. 6; Kew 1: 479; PR 1531-1532; Zander ed. 10, p. 643. Anon., Rev. bot. 2: 111. 1883/4. Boullu, Ann. Soc. bot. Lyon 11: 231-236. 1884. Magnin, Ann. Soc. bot. Lyon 32: 22-24, 128. 1907 (bibl.) Cariot, Etude des fleurs ed. 8. v-vi. 1889. HANDWRITING: Candollea 28: 417-418. 1973. 1024. Etude des fleurs botanique élémentaire, descriptive et usuelle par Ludovic Chirat deuxiéme édition enti¢rement revue et considérablement augmentée par l’abbé Cariot. Lyon (Girard et Josserand) 1854-1855, 3 vols. Duod. (Etude fl.) Ed. 1: by Ludovic Chirac q.v. Ed. 2: by Cariot, subsequent editions idem. From this edition onward the book became a true flora of the Lyon area. Vol. r: Botanique élémentaire et clef analytique, 1854 (p. ix, 1 Jan 1853), p. [i*-iii*], [iJ-ix, [1]-404, [i]-v expl. pl., pl. 2-13, uncoloured liths. Copy: NY. Vol. 2: Botanique descriptive, 1854, p. [i*-i1i*], [i]-i1i, [1]-629, [1, err.]. Copy: NY. Vol. 3: Flore horticole et dictionnaire, 1855, p. [i]-viii, [1]-896. Copy: NY. Ed. 3: Lyon (id.) 1860, duod. Vol. r: 1860, p. [i]-xviil, [1, half-title], [1]-446, pl. 2-13, uncol. liths. Copy: NY. Vol. 2: 1860, p. [i-1i*], [i]-ii, [1]-744. Copy: NY. Vol. 3: 1860, p. [i]-vili, [1]-896. Copy: NY. Title: ‘“... usuelle troisiéme edition ....” Ed. 4: Lyon (id.) Paris 1865, duod. Vol. r: 1865, p. [i]-xviii, [1, half-title], [1]-506, [1], pl. 1-23. Copy: NY. Vol. 2: 1865, p. [i*-ii1*], [i]-i1i, [1 ]-692. Copies: BR, NY. Vol. 3: 1865, p. [i]-xviii, [1, half-title], [1]-321, dict.: [1, half-title], [1]-375. Copy: NY. Ed. 5: Lyon (P. N. Josserand) 1872, duod. (signatures of 12 and 24 p. alternate). Vol. r: Jul-Dec 1872 (p. x: 1 Jul 1872), p. [i]-xvi, [1]-504, pl. 1-23. Copies: BR, NY, USDA. Vol. 2: Jul-Dec 1872, p. [i*-i11*], [i]-iv, [1]-748. Copies: BR, NY, USDA. Vol. 3: Jul-Dec 1872, p. [i]-xvii, [1, half-title], [1, err.], [1]-266, dict.: [i], [1]-376. Copies: BR, NY, USDA. Ed. 6: “renfermant la flore du bassin moyen du Rhone et de la Loire,” 3 vols. Lyon (id.) 1879. Duod. (signatures of 24 and 12 p. alternate). Vol. 2: 1879 (Nat. Nov. Dec 1879), p. [i]-vili, [1]-892. Copy: NY. Ed. 7: Lyon (Vite et Perrussel) 1884, 3 vols. Duod. Vol. 2: 1884, p. [i]-viii, [1]-892. Copy: BR. Ed. 8: Lyon 1888-1889, 3 vols. Duod. Vol. 2: “botanique descriptive revue et augmentée par le Dr. Saint-Lager,”’ p. [1]- xxxv, [1]-1004. Copy: BR. — Vols. 1 and 3 reprints of those of ed. 7. (Nat. Nov. Jul 1880). Ref.: BM 1: 316; Kew 1: 479 [ed. 3, 6, 7]; PR 1532 (ed. 4). 1025. Le guide du botaniste a la Grande-Chartreuse et a Chalais, ainsi que dans les localités voisines et sur les montagnes environnantes. Lyon (Girard et Josserand) 1856. Duod. (Guide bot.) 456 CARPENTER Publ.: Jul-Dec 1856 (p. vii; 7 Jul 1856), p. [i]-xi, [13]-72, map. Copy: USDA. _ Ref.: BL 2: 168; BM 1: 316; PR 1531. Carleton, Mark Alfred (1866-1925), American mycologist and phytopathologist. (Carleton). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BPI and US, for other material see IH. — Exsiccatae: Uredineae Americanae exsiccatae (1 fasc., nos. 1-50, Jan 1894, Manhattan, Kansas). Sets at BPI, FH, ISC, KSC, MIN, NY, PAC, PUR, RUTPP, SI, WIS. Ref.: 1H 2: 116. 1954. Stevenson, Beih. Nova Hedwigia 36: 78-79. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 311; BM 6: 184; Bossert p. 65; CSP 14: 66; Kew 1: 479; LS 4662-4669, 13780; LS suppl. 4563-4565. Holzinger, Contr. US natl. Herb. 1: 189, 202-219. 1892 (pl. coll.) Blankinship, Montana Agr. Coll. Sci. Stud. 1(1): 12, 17-18. 1905. De Kruyf, Hunger fighters, 1928, p. 2-30, 371 (portr.) Freeman, Phytopathology 19: 321-325. 1929 (bibl., portr.) HANDWRITING: Candollea 28: 419-420. 1973. Carmichael, Dugald (1772-1827), British soldier and plant collector at the Cape (1806-1810, 1814-1815), Mauritius and Réunion (1810-1814), India (1815-1827). (Carmich.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BM and K, incl. mss. Ref.: BB p. 59; BM 1: 317-318; IH 2: 116. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(2): 723; Barnhart 1: 312; BB p. 59; BM 1: 317- 318; CSP 1: 791; IF p. 685; Kew 1: 480. Carmichael, Trans. Linn. Soc. 12: 483-513. 1818 (fl. Tristan da Cunha). Colin Smith, 7n Hooker, Bot. misc. 2: 1-59, 258-343. 1831. Baker, Fl. Mauritius 8*-9*. 1877. EPONYMY: Carmichaelia R. Brown ex J. Lindley (1825). Carpenter, William (1797-1874), British naturalist. (Carpenter). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 1: 318; Jackson p. 19. EPONYMY : Carpenteria J. Torrey (1853) is dedicated to William Marbury Carpenter (1811- 1848), American botanist. 1026. Scripture natural history: or, a descriptive account of the zoology, botany and geology of the bible. Illustrated by engravings. London 1828. Oct. (Script. nat. hist.) Ed. 1: London 1828 (n.v.) Ed. 2: London (Thomas Tegg) 1829 (p. viii: 24 Dec 1827), p. [i]-xxvi, [xxvii, poem], [1]-606, Oct. Copy: MICH. Ref.: BM 1: 318; Jackson p. 19; PR 1536. Carpenter, William Benjamin (1813-1885), British physician, naturalist and micro- scopist. (W. B. Carpenter). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews ed. 2, p. 244; Barnhart 1: 314; BB p. 59; BM 1: 318-319; CSP 1: 794-795, 6: 618, 7: 32, 9: 451, 12: 143, 14: 76; DNB g: 166; Jackson p- 19; Kew 1: 482; Merrill p. 638-640; PR 1536-1538; Quenstedt p. 75. 457 CARPENTER Anon. [Milne-Edwards], .C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris 101: 983-985. 1885. Lancaster, Nature 33: 83-85. 1885. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. London 1883/6: 138-140. 1886. Anon., Amer. monthly micr. J. 7: 1-3. 1886 (portr.) Bonney, Quart. J. geol. Soc., London 42 (suppl.): 41-43. 1886. E.R.L., Proc. Roy. Soc. 41: ii-ix. 1887. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 90. 19033; 3(3): 76. 1905. Nissen, Zool. Buchill 86-87. 1966. Bryn Thomas, DSB 3: 87-89. 1971 (bibl.) EPONYMY: Carpenteria J. ‘Torrey (1853) is dedicated to William Marbury Carpenter (1811-1848), American botanist. 1027. The microscope: and its revelations ... Illustrated by 345 wood engravings. London (John Churchill) 1856. Oct. (Microscope). Ed. 1: 1856, London (John Churchill), after 9 Feb 1856 (p. x), p. [i]-xx, [1]-778, 345 ull. Copies: MICH, US. Ed. ra: 1856, Philadelphia (Blanchard and Lea) Oct. (as below), after June 1856 (p. vi), p- [i]-xxiv, [1]-724, text figs. 1-434. Copies: US. Library of Congress. “The microscope: and its revelations by William B. Carpenter ... with an appendix containing the applications of the microscope to clinical medicine, etc. by Francis Gurney Smith ... illustrated by four hundred and thirty-four engravings on wood. Philadelphia (Blanchard and Lea)” Co-author (appendix): Francis Gurney Smith (1818-1875). Ed. 2: 1857, London (John Churchill), Oct., “The microscope and its revelations. By William B. Carpenter ... Second edition, illustrated by 370 wood engravings,” p. [i]- xix, [1]-719, figs. 1-370. Copy: UC. Ed. 5: “prepared with the assistance of H. J. Slack ...’’ Philadelphia (Lindsay and Blakiston) 1875, p. [i]-xxxii, [1]-848, pl. r-25 (uncol. liths.), 449 text ill. Oct. Copy: NY. -— Also London 1875 (n.v.), idem. Henry James Slack (1818-1896) (DNB 52: 361). Ed. 6: Philadelphia (Presley Blakiston), after Mai 1881 (pref. Mai 1881), p. [i*], [1]- xxx, [1 ]-882, frontispiece, pl. 1-25, 502 text ill. Oct. Copy: NY. Ed. 6a: London, Mar-Jul 1881 (n.v.), idem (Nat. Nov. Aug 1881). Ed. 6b: New York (William Wood & Company), vol. 1: Apr 1883, p. [i]-xi, [1]-388, pl. 1-12, front., figs. 1-278; vol. 2: Mai 1883, p. [i]-iv, [1]-354, pl. 13-26, figs. 279-502. Copy: MICH. Ed. 7: 1891, Philadelphia (P. Blakiston, Son, & Co.), Oct. “‘The ... revelations by the late William B. Carpenter ... Seventh edition in which the first seven chapters have been entirely rewritten and the text throughout reconstructed, enlarged, and revised by the Rev. W. H. Dallinger ... with twenty-one plates and eight hundred wood engravings,”’ p. [i]-xviii, [1]-1099, pl. 1-21, fig. 1-756. Copies: UC, US. — Also London, 1891, idem (n.v.) (Nat. Nov. Nov 1891). Rey. William Henry Dallinger (1842-1909) (BB p. 82; DNB suppl. 2(1): 462). Ed. 8: tgo1 (after Mar), Philadelphia (P. Blakiston’s Son & Co.), p. [i]-xx, [1]-1181, 22 pl., 817 text figs. Copy: Library of Congress. — Also London 1901 (n.v.), idem. “The microscope ... Dallinger, ... with xxii plates and nearly nine hundred wood engravings.” Ref.: BM 1: 319; Jackson p. 220 (ed. 5); Kew 1: 482 (ed. 8); PR 1538. 1028. Introduction to the study of the Foraminifera. By William B. Carpenter ... assisted by William K. Parker ... and T. Rupert Jones ... London (Robert Hardwicke, for Ray Soc.) 1862. Qu. (Inér. Foramin.) Co-authors: William Kitchen Parker (1823-1890); Thomas Rupert Jones (1819-x). Publ.: 1862, p. [i]-xxii, [1]-319, pl. 1-22 with text, wood engravings by G. West, uncolour- ed. Copy: MICH. Carpentier, Alfred, abbé (1878-1952), French clergyman and palaeobotanist. (Car- pentier). COLLECTIONS: University of Lille. 458 CARRIERE BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 314; BM 6: 187; GR p. 310. Bonnier, Rev. gén. Bot. 60: 128. 1953. Borel et Lackmann, Rev. bryol. lichén. ser. 2. 22(3/4) : 323-325. 1953 (portr.) Depape, Rev. gén. Bot. 60: 545-572. 1953 (portr., bibl.) Depape, Bull. Soc. bot. France 100: 214-219. 1953. Froment, Bull. Soc. bot. Nord de la France 6(1): 4-5. 1953 (bibl.) Carr, Cedric Errol (Erroll) (1892-1936), New Zealand botanist. (Carr). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BM. hejasr (ed. 6): 357-52: 116; BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 3143; Kew 1: 482. Verdoorn, Ann. bryol. 9: 153. 1936. Corner, Burkill, J. Bot. 75: 143-144. 1937 (bibl.) Verdoorn, Chron. bot. 3: 235. 1937. Steenis, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 100-101. 1950 (bibl., portr.) Carradori, Giovacchino (1758-1818), Italian cryptogamist. (Carradort). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 314; CSP 1: 797; NBG 8: 853; PR 15309- 1540; Saccardo I: 45, 2: 28. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 161. 1903. EPONYMY: Carradoria Alph. de Candolle (1848); Carradoria C. F. P. Martius (1833); Corradoria [sic] V. B. A. Trevisan (1849). 1029. Della trasformazione del Nostoc in ‘Tremella verrucosa, in Lichen fascicularis ed in Lichen rupestris. In Prato per Vestri e Guasti 1797. Duod. (n.v.) (Trasf. Nostoc). (PUD 17 O47). Ref.: BM 1: 319; PR 1539. 1030. Sopra varie trasformazioni della Trem. Nostoc e di alcune altre crittogame e sopra la loro riproduzione lettera scritta al cittod. Giovanni Senebier di Ginevra dal Dott. Giovachino Carradori di Prato. Firenze (Pagani e Comp.) 1798. Duod. (Tras. Trem. Nostoc). Publ.: 1798 (p. 55: 30 Mai 1798), p. [1]-55. Copy: PCS. Carriére, Elie Abel (1818-1896), French horticulturist at Paris. (Carriére). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 315; BM 1: 319; CSP 9: 453; IF p. 685; Jackson p. 100, 198; Kew 1: 484; Langman p. 189; MW p. 65-70; MW suppl. p. 31-32; Plesch p. 171; PR 1543, 1544; Zander ed. 10, p. 643. André & Lesne, Rev. hortic. 68: 389-397. 1896 (portr.) COMPOSITE WoRKS: Main editor of Revue horticole until his death. 1031. Traité général des coniféres ou description de toutes les espéces et variétés aujourd’hui connues, avec leur synonymie, l’indication des procédés de culture et de multiplication qu’il convient de leur appliquer. Paris (author) 1855. Oct. (Traité gén. conif.) Ed. 1: Jan 1855 (p. xv: 12 Mai 1855, Stearn 1942), p. [i]-xv, [xvi, err.], [1]-656. Copies: BR, MICH, NY. Ed. 2: “‘Nouvelle édition, revue et considérablement augmentée par l’auteur,’’ premiére partie, publ. 15 Jan 1867, p. [i]-xii, [1]-g10. Copy: US. Ref.: BM 1: 319; Jackson p. 129; Kew 1: 484 [Ed. 2]; MW p. 66; PR 1543; SK p. clxxv. Stearn, Ann. r. Bot. Garden, Calcutta, 150th anniversary volume 115. 1942. 459 CARRINGTON Carrington, Benjamin (1827-1893), British physician and bryologist. (Carring.) HERBARIUM and Types: MANCH. — Exsiccatae: with William Henry Pearson (1849- 1923): Hepaticae britannicae exsiccatae (fasc. 1-4, nos. 1-290), Manchester 1878-1890. Sets at B, BM, C, CGE, E, FH, G, K, L, MANCH, MICH, PC, PRE. Ree TE 2 cut 7 Kent, Brit. herbaria 47. 1953. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 143. 1964. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 67. 1970. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 189. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 315; BB p. 59; BL. 2: 275; BM 1: 320, 3: 1303; CSP 1: 799, 7: 339, 9: 453, 14: 80; GR p. 369; Jackson p. 154, 242, 247, 262, 367; Kew 1: 484; LS 4688-4691. Carrington, British hepaticae, parts 1-4, London, 1874-1875. Pearson, Rev. bryol. 20: 62-64. 1893. Pearson, J. Bot. 31: 63, 120-122. 1893; repr. 3 p. Pearson, Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh 1895 [v] p. (bibl.) Dallman and Wood, Trans. Liverpool bot. Soc. 1: 63-64. 1909. Shaw, Naturalist 924: 6-7. 1923. COMPOSITE WoRKs: Cryptogams in L. C. Miall and B. Carrington, The flora of the West Riding, London 1862. q.v. HANDWRITING: Candollea 28: 421-422. 1973. Carroll, Isaac (1828-1880), Irish lichenologist. (Carroll). HERBARIUM and TYPES: University College Cork, many duplicates at BM, DBN and K. Exsiccatae: Lichenes hibernici exsiccati (1 fasc., nos. 1-40) Cork 1859. —Sets at BM and UPS. A note in the Journal of botany for Nov 1874 states that Carroll’s cryptogamic herbarium “has been acquired by the British Museum.” Ref.: WH 2:117. Anon., J. Bot. 12: 352. 1874. Anon., Hist. coll. BMNH 33, 138. 1904. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 117. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 315; BB p. 59; BM 6: 187; CSP 1: 802, 7: 339; GR p. 7523 LS 4692-4696. Mitchell, Bibl. Irish lichenology 17-18. 1971. Carruthers, William (1830-1922), British botanist and palaeobiologist. (Carruth.) COLLECTIONS: BM. Refs PE 2 se U ize BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews ed. 2, p. 244-245; Barnhart 1: 316; BB p. 60; BL 1: 40; BM 1: 320, 6: 188; Bossert p. 66; CSP 1: 801, 7: 339, 9: 454, 12: 144, 14: 81-82; IF p. 685; Jackson p. 530 [index]; Kew 1: 485; LS 31906-31921, 41096; MW p. 70; Quenstedt p. 74; Zander ed. 10, p. 693. Ward, Ann. Rep. U.S. geol. Surv. 5: 384-385. 1885. Woodward, The history of the Geological Society of London 167. 1907. Reynolds Green, Hist. Bot. 512. 1909. Woodward, Geol. Magaz. 1912: 193-199 (portr., bibl.) Britten, J. Bot. 33: 182-185, 1895; 60: 249-256. 1922. Smith, Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinb. 28: 118-121. 1922. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1922/3: 38-40. 1923. Druce, Bot. Exch. Club Rep. 6: 697-608. 1923. Seward, Quart. J. geol. Soc. London 79: lviii-lix. 1923. Rendle, Proc. Roy. Soc. Bg7: vi-vili. 1925. 460 CARUEL COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) J. E. Gray, Handbook of British water-weeds, 1864 (British Diatoma- cede). (2) Seemann, Flora vitiensis, 1873, (Fiji ferns). (3) Annals and Magazine of natural history, editor, ser. 5. EPONYMY: Carruthersia B. C. Seemann (1866) ; Carruthia O. Kuntze (1891). Carson, Joseph (1808-1876), American botanist at Philadelphia. (Carson). HERBARIUM and TYPES: PH. ejay lt. 2 01 7. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 316; CSP 1: 802; ME 3: 549; NI 333; PR 1545. Carson, Hist. med. dept. Univ. Pennsylvania, 1869, 227 p. Harshberger, Botanists of Philadelphia 199-208, 441 [index]. 1899. 1032. Jilustrations of medical botany: consisting of coloured figures of the plants affording the important articles of the materia medica. And descriptive letterpress. Philadelphia (Robert P. Smith) 1847. 2 vols. Fol. (Zl. med. bot.) Vol. 1: 1847, p. [1]-63, pl. 1-53, handcol. liths. by J. H. Colen. Copy: NY. Vol. 2: 1847, p. [3]-60, pl. “47”? [= 54]-z00. Copy: NY. Ref.: NI 333; PR 1545. Caruel, Théodore (Teodoro) (1830-1898), French born Italian botanist at Milano, Pisa and Firenze. (Caruel). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: FI (foreign) and PI (Ital.); duplicates in many herbaria (some issued as ‘‘Flora Bellunensis’’). Ref.: IH. 1 (ed. 6): 357, 2: 128; Saccardo 2: 28; Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 144. 1964. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 249, 12(3): 516; Barnhart 1: 318; BL 2: 335, 397-398; BM 1: 321; Bossert p. 67; CSP 1: 805-806, 9: 457-458; DTS 1: 44, 6(4): 128; GR p. 529; Jackson p. 530 [index]; Kew 1: 487-488; Langman p. 190; LS 4720-4723; MW p. 71; PR 1561-1567, 10545; Saccardo 1: 46, 2: 28. Cesati, Mem. Soc. ital. Sci. 4(7): 17. 1882. Delpino, Rendic. r. Accad. Sci. fis. matem. Napoli 1893(12): [3] p. (repr. B). Marchesetti, Atti Museo Civico Storia nat. Trieste g: 142. 1895. Baroni, Boll. Soc. bot. Ital. 1898: 253-272 (bibl.) Delpino, Rendic. Accad. Sci. Fis. Mat. Napoli 12, 1898, repr. 3 p. (Copy: B). Anon., Rev. bryol. 26: 40. 1899; J. Bot. 37: 144. 1899. Mattirolo, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 17: 201-210. 1899. Mattirolo, Malpighia 12: 533-544. 1899. Williams, J. Bot. 37: 258-262. 1899. Mattirolo, transl. by Schwendener, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 17: (201)-(210). 1900 (bibl.) Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 177. 1905 (portr.) Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 34. 1911. COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) Continued and completed Parlatore, Flora italiana, vols. 6-10, 1884-1894. (2) Nuovo giornale botanico italiano, editor, vol. 4, 1872 — ser. 2, vol. 5, 1898. (3) Alph. de Candolle, Monogr.: Philydraceae 3: 1-6. Jun 1881. EPONYMY: Caruelia Parlatore (1854) ; Caruelina O. Kuntze (1891). HANDWRITING: Candollea 28: 423-424. 1973. 1033- Illustratio in hortum siccum Andreae Caesalpini. Firenze (Le Monnier) 1858. Oct. (Jil. hort. sicc. Caesalp.) 461 CARUEL Publ.: 1858, p. [i]-xii, [1]-128. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 1: 321; Kew 1: 487; PR 4563. 1034. Prodromo della flora toscana ossia catalogo metodico delle piante che nascono salva- tiche in Toscana e nelle sue isole e che vi sono estesamente coltivate, con la indicazione dei luoghi nei quale si trovano, del tempo della loro fioritura e fruttificazione, dei loro nomi volgari ed usi. Firenze (Felice Lemonnier) 1860. Oct. (Prodr. fl. tosc.) Main volume: Oct 1860-Jan 1862(-1864?) (in parts; p. xix 20 Sep 1860), [i]-xxii, [1]-767 (fasc. 1, Oct 1860, fasc. 2, Jan 1862, [fasc. 3, 4, 1864]. Copies: B, HH, M. Suppl. 1: Milano 1866 (p. [52]), [1]-51, [52], preprinted from Atti Soc. ital. Sci. nat. 8, 1866. Copy: HH. Suppl. 2: Firenze (G. Pellas), 1870 (p. 3: Mai 1870), [1]-49, repr. from Nouvo Giorn. bot. ital. 2. 1870. Copy: HH. Supplemento generale, da E. Baroni, fasc. 1-6, Firenze 1897-1908. Oct. see under Baroni. Annotated check list of vascular plants; vasc. cryptogams in suppl. 2. Facsimile reprint announced by Koeltz (not yet published). Ref.: BL 2: 397; BM 1: 321; Jackson p. 323; Kew 1: 487; PR 1561; IDC 5582. 1035- Florula di Montecristo. Milano (‘Tipografia Bernardoni) 1864. Oct. (Fl. Montecristo). Publ.: 1864 (Flora rd before 14 Dec 1864), p. [1]-38. Copies: G, M. — Reprinted from Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. nat. vol. 6. 1036. I generi delle Ciperoidee europee. Memoria scritta da T. Caruel in occasione del con- corso per la cattedra di botanica e la direzione dell’orto botanico nella r. Universita di Napoli. Firenze 1866. Qu. (Gen. Ciper. eur.) Publ.: Nov 1866 (t.p.), p. [1]-31. Copies: L, MO. Ref.: BM 1: 321; Kew 1: 488; PR 1565. Anon., Flora 50: 91-92. 13 Mar 1867 (rev., also bibl. Caruel). Ascherson, Bot. Zeit. 25: 37-38. 1 Feb 1867 (rev.) 1037. Statistica botanica della Toscana ossia saggio di studi sulla distribuzione geografica della piante Toscane. Firenze (Giuseppe Pellas) 1871. Oct. (Statist. bot. Toscana). Publ.: Mar-Apr 1871 (p.v.: 10 Feb 1871; Flora 2 Mai 1871; Bot. Zeit. 26 Mai 1871), p- [i-v], [1]-374, [1, err.], table. Copies: B, NY, US. Ref.: BL 2: 397; BM 1: 321; Jackson p. 323; Kew 1: 488; PR 10545. Anon., Flora 54: 128. 2 Mai 1871, 284-285. 30 Sep 1871. 1038. Epitome florae Europae terrarumque affinium sistens plantas Europae, Barbariae, Asiae occidentalis et centralis et Sibiriae quoad divisiones, classes, cohortes, ordines, familias, genera ad characteres essentiales exposita. Firenze (author) [1892-1897], 3 fasc. Oct. | (Epit. fl. Europ.) Fasc. 1: p. [1]-112: Jan 1892 (cover; Nat. Nov.). Copies: BR, NY. Fasc. 2: p. 113-288: Mai 1894 (cover; Nat. Nov. Jun 1894). Copies: BR, NY. Fasc. 3: p. 289-384: Apr 1897 (Nat. Nov.). Copies: BR, NY. Ref.: Kew 1: 488. Carus, Carl Gustav (1789-1869), German zoologist at Leipzig and Dresden. (Carus). HERBARIUM and. TYPES: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB; Barnhart 1: 318; BM 1: 321-322; CSP 1: 806-807, 6: 618, 7: 344; NDB; Quenstedt p. 75; Smit p. 894-895. Anon., Bot. Zeit. 27: 552. 1869, 29: 162. 1871. Carus, Jahresber. Ges. Naturf. Heilkunde, Dresden 1870: 1-31. Behn, Leopoldina 7: 1-6, 1871. Ratzeburg, Forstwiss. Schriftsteller-Lexikon 108-111. 1874. Fuchs, Titus Lucretius Carus, Graz 1885 (17 p., copy: B), repr. from Mitt. naturw. Ver. Steiermark 1884. Carus, Lebenserinnerungen und Denkwiirdigkeiten Leipzig 1865-66, 4 vols., vol. 5, ed. Zaunick, Dresden 1911. 462 CASARETTO Walther, Leopoldina 1928(3): 113-126 (bibl., portr.) Kern, Leopoldina 1928(3): 127-145. 1928. Arnim, Sophie von, Carl Gustav Carus. Dresden 1930. 115 p. Keiper, W., Ein Gesammtverzeichnis der Werke von Carl Gustav Carus, Berlin 1934, 16 p. Zaunick, Bericht 250 Wiederkehr ... Leopoldina 68-82. 1937. Schmid, Carl Gustav Carus and Carl Fr. Th. von Martius, eine Altersfreundschaft in Briefen. s.d., s.l. (portr., corr.) Kern, H., Carl Gustav Carus, Berlin 1942, 204 p. (portr.) Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 97-88. 1966. Kleine-Natrop, ed., C. G. Carus in mortis centenarium, Dresden 1969 (oelnaliseanetae Mediz. Akad. eeen 8). Kloppe, Erinnerungen an Carl Gustav Carus. Berlin 1969, 39 p. (portr.) HANDWRITING: Kloppe, Erinnerungen an Carl Gustav Carus, 1969. p. 39. Casares-Gil, Antonio (1871-1929), Spanish army physician and botanist. (Cas.-Gil.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: BP and MA. Re lo 108: BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 6: 189; Bossert p. 67; CSP 14: 89; Kew 1: 489. Allorge et Allorge, Bull. Soc. bot. France 76: 961. 1929 (1930). Allorge et Allorge, Rev. bryol. ser. 2. 3(57): 1-4. 1930 (portr., bibl.) Caballero Segares, in Casares-Gil, Flora ibérica, Bridfitas 2: [vii]-xxx. 1932 (bibl., portr.) EPONYMY: Casaresia R. G. Fragoso (1920). 1039. Flora ibérica/Bridfitas (primera parte)/Hepaticas ... Contiene cerca de 400 foto- grabados de dibujos originales del autor y 4 laminas en color. [headline:] Junta para ampliacion de estudios e investigaciones cientificas/ Instituto nacional de ciencias. Madrid (Museo nacional de Ciencias naturales) 1919. Oct. (Fl. zbér. briof.) Part 1: Hepaticas: Dec 1919 (colophon: printing finished 28 Nov 1919), p. [1]-xx, [1]- 775, 400 photogr., 4 pl. Copy: U. Part 2: Musgos, parte primera ... con una nota biografica y un capitulo de generalida- des por A. Caballero Seo. Contiene 149 fotograbados de dibujos originales del autor. Madrid (id.) 1932, publ. 15 Feb 1932 (p. iv, Nat. Nov. Sep 1932), frontispiece portr. Casares-Gil, p. [i]-xxx, [1]-434. Copy: U. Co-author part 2: Arturo Caballero y Segares (1877-1930), herbarium and types: MA. Ref.: Kew 1: 489. Casaretto, Giovanni (1812-1879), Italian physician, botanist and traveller. (Casar.) HERBARIUM and Types: Casaretto’s herbarium is at TO, his general herbarium and libra- ry is at GE. Ref.: TH 2: 118; Saccardo 1:. 46. Candolle, Phytographie 402. 1880. Lourteig, Taxon 20: 651-652. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: a BM 1: 323; Bossert p. 67; CSP 1: 809, 7: 345; Kew 1: 489; PR 1569; Saccardo 1: 46, 223; Zander ed. 10, p. 644. Anon., Mag. Nov. Lap. 3: 128. 1879. Urban, Fl. bras. 1(1): 10-11. 1906. EPONYMyY: Casarettoa Walpers (1845). 1040. Novarum stirpium brasiliensium decades. Genova (Typis Joannis Ferrandi) 1842 [1845], 10 Decades. Oct. (Nov. stirp. bras.) Publ.: The dates given in the book are as follows: (Decas 1 dated “1842” was published in May 1842). 463 CASARETTO decas pages dates decas pages dates I [1]-16 [Mai] 1842 7 [57]-64 Jul 1843 Q [17]-24 Mai 1842 8 [65]-72 Jun 1844 3 [25]-32 Aug 1842 9 [73]-80 Aug 1844 4 [33]-40 Oct 1842 10 [81 ]-89 Sep 1845 5 [4.1]-48 Mar 1843 Index gi-96 [Sep 1845] 6 [49]-56 = Apr 1843 Copies: FAS, HH, M. Ref.: BM 1: 323; Kew 1: 489; PR 1569; Saccardo 1: 46; IDC 5116. Hooker, W. J. London J. Bot. 6: 481. 1847. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 5: 596-599. 20 Aug 1847. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. Bull. 15: 734. 1961. Caspary, Johann Xaver Robert (1818-1887), German botanist, hydrobiologist, nenupharologist and paleontologist at Berlin (1852-1857), Bonn (1857-1859) and Konigsberg (1859-1887), versatile scientist. (Casp.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: Mainly at B (destroyed) and KBG (present status unknown). Duplicates at CGE and K. Refs: TH ani: Candolle, Phytographie 402. 1880. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB; AG 1: 312; Andrews ed. 2, p. 245; Barnhart 1: 320; BB 2: 235; BM 1: 323, 6: 189; Bossert p. 67; CSP 1: 811-813, 6: 618-619, 7: 345- 346, 12: 145, 14:92; DTS 1: 44; Jackson p. 6, 309, 348, 372; Kew 1: 490-491; LS 4751- 4781, 31929; MW p. 71; NI 333; PR 1570-1576; Quenstedt p. 76; Zander ed. 10, p. 644. Abromeit, Schr. phys.-oek. Ges. Kénigsberg 28: 111-134. 1887 (bibl.) Sanio, Hedwigia 26(4/5): 184. 1887. Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. France 34(2): 191. 1887, also Nat. Nov. 1887: 252. Magnus, Verh. [Abh.] bot. Ver. Prov. Brandenburg 29: 173:180. 1887 (portr.) Abromeit, Ann. Bot. 1: 387-395, 1888 (bibl.) Pfitzer, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 6: xxvii-xxxi. 1888. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. London 1887/8: 86-87. 1890. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 90, 122. 1903. 3(3): 121. 1905 (portr.) Urban, Fl. bras. 1(1): 163-164. 1906. Reynolds Green, Hist. Bot. 90, 220. 1909. COMPOSITE Works: (1) EP ed. 1: Nymphaeaceae, 3(2): 1-12. 17 Jan 1888, suppl. by Engler, Nachtr. 2-4: 157. 1897 and Erganzungsheft 1: 22. 1900. (2) Martius, Fl. bras.: Nymphaeaceae, 4(2): 129-184, pl. 28-38. 1 Jun 1878. EPONYMY: Casparya Klotzsch (1854). HANDWRITING: Candollea 28: 425-426. 1973. 1041. Conspectus systematicus Hydrillearum. Berlin (Kén. Akad. Wissenschaften) 1857. Oct. (Consp. Hydrill.) Publ.: Jan 1857 (cover, Monatsber. for Jan 1857; rd by Flora Jun-Jul 1857), p. [1]-15. Copy: B. — Reprinted from Monatsbericht der Kén. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Berlin, 1857: 308-333. January 1857. Refi: Kew 1: 491; MW. p.71s EP R15 73: Anon., Flora 40: 416. 14 Jul 1857. 1042. Die Flora des Bernsteins und anderer fossiler Harze des Ostpreussischen Tertiars. Nach dem Nachlasse des Verstorbenen bearbeitet von Richard Klebs in KGnigsberg. Band I. Berlin (Kén. Geologische Landesanstalt 1907 Oct. (text). Fol. (atlas) (Fl. Bernst.) 464 CASSEL Co-author: Richard Klebs (x-1911). Publ.: Dated 1907 but possibly published only in Nov-Dec 1908 (see Nat. Nov. Dec 1908), as Heft 4, Neue Folge of the Abhandlungen der Kéniglich Preussischen geologischen Landesanstalt — p. [1]-181, [182], 30 pl. Copy: U. Ref.: BM 6: 189; LS 31929. Cassebeer, Johann Heinrich (1785-1850), German pharmacist and_ bryologist. (Casseb.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: FR, some material also at GOET. Sets of his Wetterauische Laub- moose (dec. 1, 1814, 2?, 3, before May 1822 and 4-7, 1841) areat NY and FR. It is possible that the material listed for FR and GOET consists only of this series of exsiccatae. Ref.; 1H 2: 118; MD p. 8o. Grimme, Abh. Ber. Ver. Naturk. Kassel 58: 135. 1936. Verdoorn, Ann. bryol. 9: 153. 1936. Conert, Senckenbergiana, Biologica 48(6): 16. 1967. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 190. 1g71. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 86; Barnhart 1: 320; BM 1: 323; CSP 1: 813; MD 80-81; PR 1577-1578. Mollenhauer, Natur und Museum 99(7): 333-340. 1969. EPONYMY: Cassebeera Kaulfuss (1824) ; Cassebeeria Dennstedt ex O. Kuntze (1891). 1043- Ueber die Entwicklung der Laubmoose. Frankfurt am Main (Hermann) 1823. 16-mo. (Entw. Laubm.) Publ.: Jun 1823 (Intelligenzbl. Jenaische Allg. Lit. Zeit. 20: 286. 1823), p. [i]-viii, [1, corr.], [1]-77, [78 imprint]. Copy: NY. — See MD for a collation and notes. Ref.: BM 1: 323; MD p. 80-81; PR 1577. 1044. Uebersicht der bisher in Kurhessen beobachteten wildwachsenden und eingebiirgerten Pflanzen. Im Auftrage des Vereins fiir hessische Geschichte und Landeskunde und unter spezieller Mitwirkung des Dr. J. H. Cassebeer zu Bieber bearbeitet von Dr. Louis Pfeiffer in Cassel. Erste Abtheilung. Kassel (J. J. Bohné) 1844. Oct. + (Uebers. Kurhessen Pfl.) Main author: Louis Georg Karl Pfeiffer (1805-1877) q.v. Publ.: 1844 (p. x: 24 Feb 1844), p. [i]-x, [1]-251, [252, err.] Copy: B. — Published as “Drittes Supplement, Zeitschrift des Vereins fiir hessische Geschichte und Landes- kunde,” Kassel 1844. Ref.: BM 1: 3233 4: 1562; PR 7106. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 3: 326-327. 9 Mai 1845. 1045. Flora der Wetterau ... Erste Abtheilung (Phanerogamie) ... Hanau 1847-1849. 2 Lief. Oct. ¢ (Fl. Wetterau) (n.v.) Co-author: Gottfried Ludwig Theobald (1810-1869). Publ.: Lieferung 1 was announced as published in Flora of 21 Mar 1847. Lieferung 2, 1849; the contents of the Lieferungen are conjectural. p. [i]-cxii, [1]-266. Ref.: BM 1: 323; PR 1578. Cassel, Franz Peter (1784-1821), German botanist, later in life professor of botany in Gent. (Cassel). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 320; BM 1: 323; CSP 1: 813; Jackson p. 68; Kew 1: 294; PR 1579-1581. EPONYMY: Casselia Dumortier (1822, nom. rej.) ; Casselia C. G. D. Nees & C. F. P. Martius (1823, nom. cons.) 1046. Lehrbuch der natiirlichen Pflanzenordnung. Frankfurt am Main (Andrea) 1817. Oct. (Lehrb. nat. Pflanzenordn.) 465 CASSEL Publ.: 1817, prob. Apr-Mai (p. viii: Sep 1816; Isis 1: 1037. 1817), p. [iJ-viii, [1]-403, [404, err.] Copies: NY, UC. Ref.: BM 1: 323; Kew 1: 491; PR 1580. Cassini, Alexandre-Henri Gabriel, de (1781-1832), French botanist. (Cass.) HERBARIUM and TYPEs: P. Ref.: IH 2: 118. Candolle, Phytographie 402. 1880. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 320; BM 1: 324; Bossert p. 67; CSP 1: 816- 818; GR p. 311; Kew 1: 492; Langman p. 191; LS 4784-4786; PR 1582. Cassini, Liste des mémoires de botanique, [Paris 1820], 7 p. Cassini, Opuscules phytologiques 1: xxxix-Ixi. 1826 (bibl.) Gossin, Notice sur Henri de Cassini. Paris 1832. Oct. (n.v., also in Cassini, Opuscules 3: i-xxix. 1834). Anon., Ann. Chém. Phys., Paris 52: 191. 1833. Guillemin, Arch. de Bot. 1: 462-466. 1833. Candolle, Mémoires et souvenirs 91, 199, 398, 566. 1862. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 111. 19033 3(3): 99. 1905 (on portr.) Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 26. 1906 (on portr.) Greuter, Boissiera 22: 167-169. 1973. Stafleu, zn Daniels and Stafleu, Taxon 23: 698. 1974 (portr.) King and Dawson, introduction to Cassini on Compositae, see below. (1975). EPONYMY: Cassinia R. Brown (1813, nom. rej.) ; Cassinia R. Brown (1817, nom. cons.) HANDWRITING: Arch. de Bot. 1: facing p. 466. 1833; Candollea 28: 427-428. 1973. 1047- Apercu des genres ou sous-genres nouveaux formés par ... dans la famille des Synantherées. Paris 1816-1818. (Apergu gen. Synanth.) Publ.: In the Bulletin des sciences de la Société philomatique de Paris as follows: fasc. reference dates fasc. reference dates i 1816: 198-200 Dec 1816 6[2] 1817: 153-154 Oct 1817 2 1817: 10-13 Jan 1817 7(1] 1818: 30-32 Feb 1818 3 1817: 31-34 Feb 1817 [2] 1818: 33-34 Mar 1818 4[1] 1817: 66-68 Apr 1817 8 1818: 73-77 Mai 1818 [2] 1817: 69-70 Mai 1817 9 1818: 139-142 Sep 1818 1817: 137-140 Sep 1817 10 1818: 165-168 Nov 1818 5 6[1] 1817: 151-152 Sep 1817 The dates are given in the Bulletin itself. Contemporary reviews and the presentation of copies to the Paris Academy indicate that the various parts were in general indeed published in the months given on the sheets. Ref.: Kew 1: 492; Langman p. 191. 1048. Opuscules phytologiques; par M. Henri Cassini ... Premier recueil, contenant: 1° une ébauche de la Synanthérologie, 2° des mémoiies ou articles de botanique sur différens sujets étrangers a la synanthérologie; précédé d’une table indicative de tous les mémoires et articles concernant la botanique, publiés jusqu’a ce jour par l’auteur dans quelques journaux scientifiques et dans le Dictionnaire des sciences naturelles. Paris 1826-1834, 3 vols. Oct. (Opusc. phytol.) ‘ol. r: t Jul 1826, p. [i]-Ixvii, [1]-4.26, 20 pl. (9 col.). Copies: FAS, U. — This volume con- tains a full bibliography of Cassini’s many contributions to periodicals and to the Dictionnaire d’ histoire naturelle, the latter with precise dates of publication. — Plates some- times bound in part with vol. 2. Vol. 2: 1 Jul 1826, p. [i-iii], [1]-552. Copies: FAS, U. Vol. 3: Opuscules ... tome troisiéme ou supplémentaire. Contenant 1° Un résumé de la 4.66 CASTAGNE Synanthérologie, 2° Quatre lettres élémentaires sur la botanique. Paris 19 Apr 1834, p. [1*-vi*], [1]-[xxx], [I]-XIV, [15]-221, [2, err.]. Copy: FAS. — Published posthumous- ly by D. de Blainville, with a biographical introduction by Gossin (p. i-xxix) — “‘Avertissement”’ by Cassini dated 9 Mai 1831, preface by Blainville Dec 1833. (Dates: BF). Ref.: BM 1: 324; Kew 1: 492; PR 1582; RS p. 78; IDC 5053. 1049. Talleau [for: Tableau] des Synanthérées [Paris 1829]. Oct. (Tabl. Synanth.) Publ.: Aug 1829, p. [1]-38. Copy: G. — Reprinted from Ann. Sci. nat. 17: 387-423. Aug 1829. 1050. Cassini on Compositae collected from the Dictionnaire des sciences naturelles and arranged with an introduction and an index by Robert M. King and Helen W. Dawson. New York (Oriole editions) 1975, 3 vols. Oct. ISBN 0-88211-080-2 (Cassini on Compos.) Publ.: Nov 1975. A facsimile reprint of Cassini’s articles on Compositae published in Cuvier, Dict. sci. nat. (q.v. for precise dates, also reproduced in introduction by King and Dawson). The reprint has continuous pagination and indicates original pagina- tion. Copy: FAS. — 1: [i]-xxxix, [1]-636; 2: [i-iv], 637-1330; 3: [i-iv], 1331-1963, index: [i*], i-xxxvii (refers to new pagination). Cassone, Felice (1815-1854), Italian botanist. (Cassone). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 320; BM 1: 324; Jackson p. 40, 202; Kew: 492; NI 334; PR 1583; Saccardo 1: 47. 1051. Flora medico-farmaceutica compilata dal dottore in medicina e chirurgia Felice Cassone. Torino (Giuseppe Cassone) 1847-1852, 6 vols. Oct. (Fl. med.-farm.) : 1847, p. [i]-xxxv, [1]-364, pl. r-r00. : 1847, p. [1]-391, pl. ror-200. : 1848, p. [1]-392, pl. 201-300. : 1850, p. [1]-383, pl. 301-400. : 1850, p. [1]-414, pl. 4or-500. : 1852, p. [1]-394, pl. 501-600. Copies: HU, NY. — The plates are low quality coloured liths. Ref.: BM 1: 324; Jackson p. 202; Kew 1: 492; NI 334; PR 1583. AoW w WK Castagne, Jean Louis Martin (1785-1858), French merchant and amateur botanist. (Castagne). HERBARIUM and TypPEs: CN, G, G-DC, PC. Re fee Wo 1G: Candolle, Phytographie 402. 1880. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 4: 597; Barnhart 1: 320; BL 2: 131, 132; BM 1: 324; CSP 1: 818; Kew 1: 492; LS 4787, 4788. Boissier, Fl. orient. 1: xv. 1867. Derbés, in Castagne, Cat. Pl. Bouches-du-Rhéne, Marseille 1862. Barnhart, NAF 7(15): 1055. 1940. EPONYMY: Castagnea A. Derbés & Solier (1851); Castagnella Arnaud (1914). HANDWRITING: Candollea 28: 429-430. 1973. 1052. Observations sur quelques plantes acotylédonées, de la famille des Urédinées, et dans les sous-tribus des Nemasporées et des Aecidinées, recueillies dans le Département des Bouches-du-Rhéne. Marseille, Aix 2 fasc., 1842-1843, Duod., Oct. (Observ. Uréd.) Numéro 1: Marseille (Achard) 1842, p. [1]-35, 2 pl. Duod. Copies: NY, PCS. 467 CASTAGNE Numéro 2: Aix (Nicot et Pardigon) 1843, p. [1]-24, 2 p/., uncol. liths., Oct. Copies: NY, PCS. Ref.: LS 4787; PR 1584. 1053- Catalogue des plantes qui croissent naturellement aux environs de Marseille. Aix (Nicot et Pardigon) 1845. Oct. (Cat. pl. Marseille). Main volume: 1845, p. [1]-263, pl. 1-7, uncol. liths. by Giraud. Copies: NY, PCS, USDA. Supplément: Aix (Nicot et Pardigon) 1851, (p. 7: 11 Nov 1850), p. [1]-125, pl. 8-17, idem. Copies: NY (2), PCS, USDA. Ref.: BL 2: 132; BM 1: 325; Kew 1: 492; LS 4788; Plesch p. 172; PR 1585. 1054. Catalogue des plantes qui croissent naturellement dans le département des Bouches-du-Rhéne par L. Castagne avec une préface, la biographie de Castagne et un apergu général sur la végétation du département des Bouches-du-Rhéne par Alphonse Derbés ... Marseille (Camoin fréres) 1862. Oct. (Cat. pl. Bouches-du-Rhéne). Co-author: Auguste Alphonse Derbés (1818-1894). Publ.: 1862, p. [i]-liv, [2, half-title, signs], [1]-203, [1, err.]. Copies: B, NY. Ref.: BM 1: 325; PR 1586. Castelnau, Francois Louis Nompar de Caumont de Laporte, Comte de (1810- 1880), French naturalist, leader of an expedition to South America 1843-1847, later French consul general at Melbourne. (Castelnau). HERBARIUM and TYPES: P. Ref.: YH 2: 118. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 321; BM 1: 325, 6: 189; CSP 1: 820, 7: 347- 348; CSP 3: 848-850 [sub Laporte], 9: 463; Kew 1: 494. Anon., Le Naturaliste 1880: 207-208. Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. France 27 (bibl.): 44-45. 1880. Anon., Nat. Nov. 1880: 62. Fauvel, Ann. Entomologie 1881: 114-115. COMPOSITE WoRKs: see H. A. Weddell, Chloris andina (1855-1857). EPONYMY: Castelnavia L. R. Weddell (1849). Castiglioni, Luigi, Conte (1757-1832), Italian botanist at Milano. (Castzgl.) HERBARIUM and TyPES: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 321; BM 1: 325-326; ME 3: 356; PR 1595- 1596; Saccardo I: 47. Anon., Flora 15: 574-575. 28 Sep 1832. Eggleston, Bull. Vermont bot. Club 8: 21-22. 1913. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 108. 1936. EPONYMY: Castiglionia Ruiz & Pavon (1794). 1055. Viaggio negli Stati Uniti dell’ America settentrionale fatto negli anni 1785, 1786, e 1787 da Luigi Castiglioni ... Con alcune osservazioni sui vegetabili pit utili di quel paese. Milano (Giuseppe Marelli) 1790, 2 vols. Oct. (Viagg. Stati Unitz). Vol. r: 1790, p. [i]-xii, [1]-403, pl. 1-8, uncol. copper engr. Copies: MO, NO, NY. Vol. 2: 1790, p. [i]-vi, 1-402, pl. 9-14, 3 tabl. (on p. 169-402: osservazioni sui vegetabili pit utili degli Stati Uniti). Copies: MO, NO, NY. Reissued: 1845, see BM 1: 325, (n.v.) German translation: Memmingen (Andreas Seyler) Oct., 1793, p. [i-xvi], [1]-495, pl. 1-6 (vol. 1 only). Copy: NO. Ref.: BM 1: 325; ME 3: 356; PR 1595, Sabin 11413, 11414. 468 CATESBY Castracane degli Antelminelli, Francesco Saverio, Conte (1817-1899), Italian algologist. (Castracane). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 322; BM 1: 326; Bossert p. 68; CSP 7: 348, 9: 464, 12: 145, 14: 97; Jackson p. 531 [index]; Kew 1: 494; MW p. 71; Saccardo 1: 47, 2: 20. Cesati, Mem. Soc. ital. Sci. 4(7): 18-26. 1882 (bibl.) De Toni, Mem. Accad. pont. Nuovi Lincei 16: [32 p.] 1899. (repr. B, NY) (portr., bibl.) Pirotta, Malphigia 13: 88. 1899 (portr.) De Toni, Nuova Notarisia 10: 143. 1899 (portr.) De Wildeman, Bull. Soc. belg. microsc. 1899: 86. Ascherson, Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 41: xliii, 1xxxix. 1900. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 161. 1903, 3(5): 177. 1905. EPONYMY: Castracania G. B. De Toni (1892). 1056. Report on the scientific results of the voyage of H.M.S. Challenger during the years 1873- 1876 under the command of Captain George S. Nares ... and the late Captain Frank Tourle Thomson ... prepared under the superintendence of the late Sir C. Wyville Thomson ... and now of John Murray ... Botany-vol. II. London. Edinburgh, Dublin (Her Majesty’s Government) 1886. Qu. (Rep. voy. Challenger, Diatom.) Part 4: ““Report on the Diatomaceae,” by Castracane, Nov-Dec 1886, (p. viii*: 14 Nov 1886), p. [i*-viii*], [i]-[iv], [1]-178, pl. r-30 with text, liths. by Cesare Cert. Copies: B, BR, MICH. Facsimile ed.: Lehre (J. Cramer) 1966. Copy: BR. Ref.: BM 1: 326; MW p. 71. Catesby, Mark (1683-1749), English traveller and naturalist, in Virginia 1712-1719, Carolina etc. 1722-1726. (Catesby). HERBARIUM and TYPES: The main Catesby collections are at BM in the Sloane herbarium, in OXF (mainly) in the Sherard herbarium and in FE, in the Dubois herbarium. For a detailed discussion of the Sloane set and the Linnaean types contained in them, see Dandy. Catesby’s own plates were made (according to his own account) in the field and were based on fresh material. Linnaeus founded species and varieties upon some of the plates, and a number of specimens in the Sloane set can be associated with certain of the plates. Sherard acquired an important set of Catesby’s plants and in many cases (fide Clokie) these specimens are accompanied by Catesby’s own holographic notes. Ref.: IH 2: 119; Laségue p. 324, 458. Dandy, Sloane herbarium 110-113. 1958. Candolle, Phytographie 402. 1880. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 144. 1964. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 68. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 322; BB p. 61; BM 1: 327, 6: 190; DNBo: 281; Jackson p. 110, 362; Kew 1: 496; LS 4793; ME 1: 171, 3: 340-341, 348, 726; NI 327; Plesch p. 173; PR 1602-1603; PR ed. 1: 1751-1753. Pulteney, Sketches 2: 219. 1790. Darlington, Rel. Baldwiniae 319. 1843. Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 31. 1902. Stone, Bird-lore 7: 126-129. 1905. Gee, Univ. South Carol. Bull. 72: 9-13. 1918. Fox, Fothergill 159, 175. 1919. Fagin, William Bartram 220 [index]. 1933. Allen, The Auk 54: 349-363. 1937. Earnest, J. and W. Bartram 41, 69, 74, 169. 1940. Allen, Trans. Amer. philos. Soc. 41: 463-478. 1951 (ornithol.) Frick, Papers bibliogr. Soc. America 54: 163-175. 1960. 469 CATESBY Frick and Stearn, Mark Catesby, the colonial Audubon. Urbana, Ill. 1961, x, 137 p. (additional bibl.): see also Ewan, Amer. Midland Naturalist 66(2): 510-512. 1961. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 89-90. 1966. Berkeley and Berkeley. Dr. Alexander Garden of Charlestown 372 [index]. 1969. Coats, The plant hunters 387. 1969. Frick, DSB 3: 129-130. 1971 (b. 3 Apr 1683!). Anderson, Gard. J. New York Bot. Gard. 23(3): 77-81. 1973. EPONYMY: Catesbaea Linnaeus (1753); Catesbya Cothenius (1790, orth. var.) HANDWRITING: Trans. Amer. philos. Soc. 41: 464. 1951. 1057- The natural history of Carolina, Florida and the Bahama Islands: containing the figures of birds, beasts, fishes, serpents, insects and plants: particularly, the forest-trees, shrubs, and other plants, not hitherto described, or very incorrectly figured by authors. ‘Together with their descriptions in English and French. To which, are added observations on the air, soil, and waters: with remarks upon agriculture, grain, pulse, roots, &c. To the whole is prefixed a new and correct map of the countries treated. By Mark Catesby, F.R.S. col. I{II]. Histoire naturelle de la Caroline, La Floride & les Isles Bahama: contenant les desseins des oiseaux ... Le tout est precede d’une carte nouvelle et exacte des pais dont il s’agist. London 1731-1743, 2 vols. Fol., Appendix 1747. Fol. (Nat. hist. Carolina). Ed. 1: vol. 1, 1730-1732, p. [i-vi], 1-100. 1-2. vol. 2, 1734-1747, Pp. 1-xll, i-xliv, 1-120, 1-2, [6]. vol. part plates year vol. part plates year I 1-3 1-60 1730 2 8 41-60 1736 4 61-80 1 G/B\IE 9 61-80 1738 5 81-100 1732 10 81-100 1743 2 6-7 I-40 1734 App. I-20 174.7 bed References in Linnaeus and Adanson to “‘Catesby 3” are to the appendix to vol. 2 - The 22 hand-coloured engravings are by Catesby, “*... Amusing, but inferior” [Blunt]. Copy: HU (appendix 1771 ed.) Ed. 2: “revised by Mr. [George] Edwards ...,’’ London (C. Marsh and T. Wilcox) 1754 [1748-1756]. Fol. — This edition, although published after 1753, is not taken into consideration for purposes of valid publication of generic names since this is an un- changed reprint of a pre-Linnaean author published after his death. The same is true of the German translation published in 1755. Plates from this edition were used by J. M. Seligmann in his Sammlung ... Végel, 9 tom., 1746-1776. 1: [i*-iv*], i-vii, [index: 1-6], map, 1-100, title page dated 1754. [1*] pl. r-99. [no title page, no text]. 2: [i-iv], 1-100, appendix 1-20, account Carolina [i]-xliv, [1, index], title page dated 1754- [2*] pl. r-r00, 1-20 [no title page, no text]. Copy: U. German translation: ‘‘Die Beschreibung von Carolina, Florida und den Bahamischen Inseln, translated by D. Georg. Leonhard Huth, Nirnberg,”’ 1 vol. fol. s.d. [1755 in preface and on map]. (Beschr. Carolina). Third edition: London 1771, 2 vols. folio, accompanied by “A catalogue ... of Linnaean names’’ which is sometimes also bound with the previous editions. Facsimile ed. 1974, Savannah, Georgia (Beehive Press), ““The natural history ... islands containing two hundred and twenty figures of birds, beasts, fishes, serpents, insects and plants by the late Mark Catesby, F.R.S. with an introduction by George Frick and notes by Joseph Ewan.” Copy: Ewan. — The notes by Ewan are on p. 89-100 of the additional material; contains also (p. 27-30) the catalogue of Linnaean names from eduair 771. See HU 486 and DU 72 for detailed descriptions and discussions. Stevenson (HU, with the help of St. John) provides a list of plates with modern names. Ref.: BM 1: 327; CF p. 534; DU 72; HE p. 17; HU 486; Jackson p. 362; ME 3: 340; NI 336; Plesch p. 173; PR 1602; SA 2: 548; IDC 6454. 4.70 CAVANILLES Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 29-30. 1898, 3: 31. 1902. Stearn, Introduction facsimile edition Linnaeus, Species Plantarum, Ray Soc., 1: 99. 1957: Stearn, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 3: 328. 1958. Stafleu, Introduction to Jussieu’s Genera Plantarum, facsimile edition, Weinheim xxxv. 1964. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 1: 108-109. 1975 (ed. 2, copy sold at £ 8.500). 1058. Hortus britanno-americanus: or, a curious collection of trees and shrubs, the produce of the British colonies in North America; adapted to the soil and climate of England. With observations on their constitution, growth, and culture: and directions how they are to be collected, packed up, and secured during their passage. Embellished with copper plates neatly engraved. London (W. Richardson and S. Clark) 1763. Qu. in twos. (Hort. brit.-amer.) Orig. ed.: 1763, after 2 Mai (dedication), p. [i*-ii*], [i]-vi, [1]-41, [1], 17 engravings, sometimes handcoloured, items numbered 1-84, see HU 578 for a list with modern names. All illustrations except 34 and 84 based on plates in Catesby’s Natural history. Copies: BM, HH, HU. Re-issue: substitute t.p. only: Hortus europae americanus: or, a collection of 85 curious trees and shrubs, the produce of North America; adapted to the climates and soils of Great Britain, Ireland, and most parts of Europe, &c. Together with their blossoms, fruits and seeds; observations on their culture, growth, constitution and virtue with direc- tions how to collect, pack up, and secure them in their passage. Adorn’d with 63 figures on 17 copper plates, large imperial folio. London (J. Millan) 1767. Qu. in twos. — ‘‘Minime differt’? PR, mentioned as published by J. hebd. Libr. 26 Sep 1767. Same contents as original edition, in HH copy with hand-coloured plates. (Hort. eur. amer.) Ref.: BM 1: 327; DU 73; GF p. 53; Henrey 544, 545; HU 578; Jackson p. 110; Kew 1: 491; ME 3: 348; NI 338; PR 1603; Pritzel (ed. 1) 1752, 1753. Uphof, Jaarb. Ned. dendr. Ver. 20: 158-160. 1955. Cavanilles, Antonio José (1745-1804), Spanish clergyman and botanist, at Paris 1777-1781, later at Madrid, from 1801 onward director of the Madrid botanical garden. (Cav.) HERBARIUM and Types: MA; many names in the “‘Dissertationes’’ are based on material in P, P-LA and P-JU, other material, mainly of plants from the Madrid Garden: BM, C, G, LD, LINN, MO and UPS. Ref weir, (edsi6) i357, 1290 19: Candolle, Phytographie 402. 1880. Miller, ‘Taxon 19: 518. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 272, 7: 70; Barnhart 1: 324; BM 1: 329, 6: 191; Bossert p. 69; Colmeiro 1: clxvii-clxviii; CSP 1: 845-846; Dawson p. 206-207; HR; IF p. 685; Jackson p. 132, 139; Kew 1: 498; Langman p. 194-195; Laségue p. 564 [index]; MW p. 71; NI 340-341; PR 1614-1619, 907, 5604, 7895, 7900; PR ed. 1, 1762- 1769; Quenstedt p. 77; Zander (ed. 10), p. 644. Cavanilles, in Usteri Bot. Mag. 2(4): 186. 1788 (on his Diss. 5). Anon., Bot. Zeit. Regensburg 3(12): 191. 1804. Lagasca, Varied. Ci., Madrid 3: 65-75, 148-158. 1804 (at HU). Konig et Sims, Ann. Bot. 1(2): 402-404. 1805. Schrader, Neues J. Bot. 2(1): 150-162. 1807. Colmeiro, Botanica Penins. Hisp. 119, 173-175. 1858. Reyes Prosper, Dos noticias historicas ... Cavanilles. Madrid 1917, 265 p., — Copy: MICH (portr.) Backer, Verklarend woordenboek 110. 1936. Dawson, Smith Papers 24-25. 1939. Alvarez Lopez, Rev. Indias 7: 503-540. 1946. Alvarez Lopez, Ann. Jard. bot. Madrid 6(1): 1-64. 1946 (bibl.) Anon., Anal. Jard. bot. Madrid 6(1): 1-xv. 1946 (portr.) 471 CAVANILLES Garcia, Annuario Soc. Broteriana 12: [48 p.]. 1946. Menéndez, Bol. réal. Soc. Espan. Hist. nat. 44: 249-252. 1946. Querada, Anal. Jard. bot. Madrid 6(1): 82-84. 1946. Gonzalez, Bol. réal. Soc. Espan. Hist. nat. 45: 125-150. 1947. Pires de Lima, Publ. Inst. Bot. Sampaio, Fac. Cienc. Porto 26: 5-14. 1947 (letters Brotero to Cavanilles), also Anuario Soc. Broter. 12: 53-63, pl. 1-12. 1946. Alvarez Lopez, Réal. Soc. Esp. Hist. nat. tomo extr. 77-87. 1949 Balguerias, Anal. Inst. Bot. Cav. 10(1): 119-127. 1951 (on Lagasca and Cav.) Zaragoza Rubira, Med. Esp. 50: 318-327. 1963. Keefe, Biologist 48(3-4): 54. 1966. Anon., Monthly Notes R. bot. Gard. Edinburgh June 1968: 6-7. Stafleu, in Daniels and Stafleu, Taxon 21: 138. 1972 (portr.) EPONYMY (genera): Cavanilla Thunberg (1792); Cavanilla Vellozo (1825); Cavanillea Desrousseaux (1792); Cavanillesia Ruiz & Pavon (1794); (journals): Anales del Instituto Botanico A. F. Cavanilles (Anales del Jardin Botanico de Madrid). Madrid. Vol. 10-x, 1951-x. (Note: Vol. 1-9, 1941-1950 as Anales del Jardin Botdnico de Madrid); Cavanillesia rerum botanicarum acta. Barcelona. Vol. 1-x, 1928-x. HANDWRITING: Anales Inst. bot. Cavanilles 10(1) : 123-126. 1951; Candollea 28: 433-434. 1973: 1059. Monadelphiae classis dissertationes decem. Madrid (‘T'ypographia regia) [1785]-1790. Qu. (Diss.) Preface material, Feb 1790, p. [1*], [i]-x, tabula analytica. Copies: M, MICH, NY, US. Diss. 1: Dissertatio botanica de Sida, et de quibusdam plantis quae cum illa affinitatem habent. Paris (F. A. Didot) 1785. Qu. Publ.: 15 Apr 1785, p. [i], [1]-47, pl. 2-13 by Cavanilles and Fossier (uncol. copper engr.). The text itself ends on p. 42; p. [43]-44 extr. reg. Acad. Paris 13 Apr 1785, p- [45]-47 = tab. expl. Copies: M, MICH, NY (2 copies), US. Diss. 2: Secunda dissertatio botanica, De Malva, Serra, Malope, Lavatera, Alcea, Althaea et Malachra. Accedunt Sidae mantissa, et tentamina de Malvarum atque Abutilonis fibris in usus oeconomicos praeparandis. Paris (F. A. Didot) 1786. Qu. Publ.: Jan-Apr 1786, p. [i], [43]-106, [1]-[vi], pl. 74-35, A (by Cavanilles, as above). — The text ends on p. 99, 100 blank, 101-104 tab. expl., 105-106 extr. reg. Acad. Paris 1 Mar 1786. p. [i]-iii Triguera plus pl. A, [iv-vi] genera to be treated in diss. 3, follow pl. — Copies: M, MICH, NY (2 copies), US. Diss. 3: Tertia dissertatio botanica, De Ruizia, Assonia, Dombeya, Pentapete, Malvavisco, Pavonia, Hibisco, Laguna, Cienfuegosia, Quararibea, Pachira, Hugonia, et Monsonia. Paris (F. A. Didot) 1787. Qu. Publ.: Feb 1787, p. [i], [107]-185, [186, index], [2p. extr. reg. Acad. Paris 23 Dec 1786], pl. 36-74. — Text diss. ends p. 180, [181]-185 tab. expl., [186, tab. ind.]. Cava- nilles identifies himself as “‘. .. Hispano- Valentino, e Societate Regio vulgo Bascon- gada, atque in Academia Valentina Doctore Theologo.” Copies: M, MICH, NY (2 copies), US. Diss. 4: Quarta dissertatio botanica, de Geranio, 128 species complectens, 49 tabulis incisas. Paris (F. A. Didot) 1787. Qu. Publ.: Aug 1787, p. [i-iii], [189]-266, [3 p. extr. reg. Acad. Paris 6 Jun 1787], pl. 75-122, 124 (all plates by author). Copies: M, MICH, NY (2 copies), US. Diss. 5: Quinta dissertatio botanica, De Sterculia, Kleinhovia, Ayenia, Buttneria, Bombace, Adansonia, Crinodendro, Aytonia, Malachodendro, Stewartia et Napaea. Accedit praecedentium dissertationum Mantissa. 36 Tabulis aere incisis ornata. Paris (F. A. Didot) 1788. Qu. Publ.: 23-26 Jul 1788 (see ST p. 56-58), p. [i-iii], [267]-299, [301-304], [2, legal depot, extr. reg. Acad. Paris, 7 Jun 1788, 12 Jun 1788 censor], pl. 123, 125-142, 144, 144[bis]- 159, copper engr. of drawings by the author. — Text diss. 5 ends p. 299, [300-303] list of various new genera, errata, [104] list genera diss. 6. The first plate numbered 144. (Sterculea lanceolata and S. cordifolia) is numbered 143 in other copies (e.g. NY, first copy). Copies: M, MICH, NY (2 copies), U, US. Diss. 6: Sexta dissertatio botanica, De Camellia, Gordonia, Morisona, Gossypio, Waltheria, 472 CAVANILLES Melochia, Mahernia, Hermannia, Urena, Halesia, Styrace, Galxia, Ferraria, et Sisyrinchio. Accedit Mantissa tertia. 41 Tabulis aere incisis ornata. Paris (F. A. Didot) 1788. Qu. Publ.: 12-25 Oct 1788, p. [1-ii], [305]-435, [2 p. extr. reg. Acad. Paris 3 Sep 1788]. pl. 160-200, all by author. Copies: M, MICH, NY (2 copies), US. Diss. 7: Septima dissertatio botanica, quatuordecim genera monadelpha continens, 24 tabulis accurate delineata. Paris (F. A. Didot) 1789. Qu. Publ.: Apr 1789, p. [i], [357]-396, pl. 201-224, all by author, p. [357] dated 4 Mar 1789, p- [378] end of diss., between [378] and 379 inserted [2 p.] extr. reg. Acad. Paris 21 Mar 1789, p. 379-396 answer to L’Héritiér’s Obs. on Cavanilles’ Diss. 5. Copies: M, NY [first copy lacks pl. 277]. Diss. 8: Octava dissertatio botanica, Erythroxylon et Malpighiam complectens, 18 tabulis ornata. Paris (F. A. Didot) 1789. Qu. Publ.: 4 Mai 1789, p. [i], [399]-414, [2] p. extr. reg. Acad. 3 Apr 17809, pl. 225-242, all by author. Copies: M, NY [2]. Diss. 9g: Nona dissertatio botanica, De Banisteria, Triopteride, Tetrapteride, Molina et Flabellaria 22 tabulis ornata. Superiorum permissu. Madrid (Typographia regia) 1790. Qu. Publ.: Jan-Feb 1790, p. [i], [417]-436, pl. 243-264, all by author. Date on p. 420: 19 Jan 1790. Copies: M, NY [first copy has fl. 243-244, 250, 253-254, second copy compl.], MICH, US. Diss. 10: Decima dissertatio botanica, De Passiflora. 32 tabulis ornata ... Superiorum permissu. Madrid (Typographia regia) 1790. Qu. Publ.: Feb 1790, p. [i], [439]-463, [464 ind. gen.], pl. 265-296. Date on p. 441: 1 Feb 1790. Copies: M, MICH, NY (first copy: pl. 283, 288 lacking), US. Ref.: BM 1: 329; CO 299; DU 74; HU 677; Kew 1: 498; Langman p. 194; MW p. 71; NI 340; PR 1614; RS p. 78; ST p. 56-58; IDC 1041. Junk, Rara 186. 1929. Stafleu, Introduction to Jussieu’s Genera plantarum, facsimile edition, Weinheim, XXXv. 1964. e 1060. Observations de M. Abbé Cavanilles, de ’ Academie des Sciences d’Upsal, sur le cinquiéme fascicule de M. L’Heéritier. [Paris 1789] Qu. (Odserv. Cav.) Publ.: Mar 1789, reprinted with independent pagination [(1)-(10)] from Obs. phys. Hist. Nat. Arts 34(1): 183-192. Mar 1789. Discussion of L’Héritier, Stirpes novae, fasc. 5. Also published as ‘‘Observationes in quintum fasciculum M. L’H¢éritiér,’”’ in Roemer et Usteri, Mag. Bot. 3(7): 42. 1790 (CO 304). Ref.: Jackson p. 132; Langman p. 194; PR ed. 1: 1763. 1061. cones et descriptiones plantarum, quae aut sponte in Hispania crescunt, aut in hortis hospitantur. Madrid (Typographia regia) 1791-1801, 6 vols. Fol. (Icon.) vol. & part pages plates dates 1(1) [i-iv], [1]-32 I-40 16 Feb 1791 (2) 33-52 41-71 Nov 1791 (3) 53-67, [4, ind.] 72-100 Dec 1791 2(1) . [i-iv], [1]-32 IOI-139 Apr-Nov 1793 (2) 33-? 140-170 Apr-Nov 1793 (3) ?-79, [5, ind. ] 171-200 Dec 1793 or Jan 1794 3(1) [i*], [i]-x, [1]-30 201-260 Apr 1795 (2) 31-52, [2, add.], [4,ind.] 267-300 Dec 1795 v. 1-12 Jan 1796 4(1) [i-ii], 1-36 301-360 Sep-Dec 1797 (2) 37-82 361-400 14, Mai 1798 5(1) [i*], [J-iv, [1]-74 got-5soobis = Apr 1799 6(1) [1-111], 1-40 501-560 1800 (2) 41-97 561-600 Jan-Mai 1801 The plates are by Cavanilles himself, “‘stiff mechanical engravings” (Blunt). Facsimile ed.: Lehre (J. Cramer) 1965, Historiae naturalis classica vol. 42. Copy: FAS. 473 CAVANILLES Ref.: BM 1: 329; CO 316; DU 75; GF p. 53; IF p. 685; Jackson p. 239; Kew 1: 498; Langman p. 194; NI 341; PR 1616; RS p. 78; ST p. 58-59; IDC 410. Junk, Rara 185-186. 1929. Stafleu, [Introductory note to facsimile edition of] A. J. Cavanilles, Icones et descrip- tiones plantarum, Lehre 1965. Letters from Cavanilles to Mutis at MA. 1062. Observaciones sobre la historia natural, geografia, agricultura, poblacion y frutos del reyno de Valencia. Madrid (Imprenta real) 1795-1797, 2 Vols. Fol. (Observ. hist. nat.) Vol. 1: Sep 1795, [i*-iii*], [i]-xii, [1]-236, map, 29 pl. (unnumbered). Copy: U. Vol. 2: Dec 1797 (rd by Paris Acad. 31 Mar 1798), [i-ii], [1]-338, [i, err.], 25 pl. (un- numbered). Copy: U. Ref.: BM 1: 329; BH; Kew 1: 498; PR 1617. 1063. Coleccion de papeles sobre controversias botanicas de D. Antonio Joseph Cavanilles, con algunas notas del mismo a los escritos de sus antagonistas. Madrid (Imprenta real) 1796. Oct. (Colecc. pap. bot.) Publ.: 1796 (P.V. 26 Apr 1797). p. [1]-274, frontispiece portrait of author (aet. 44). Copies: G, IDC. Ref.: BM 1: 329; Kew 1: 498; PR 1618; IDC 5342. 1064. Descripcidn de las plantas que D. Antonio Josef Cavanilles demostré en las lecciones publicas del afio 1801, precedida de los principios elementales de la botanica. Madrid (Imprenta real) 1802. Oct. (Descr. pl.) [1]: 1801, p. [i]-cxxxvi, [1]-284, [i, err.]. Copies: M, MICH, NY. [2]: 1802, p. [i, half-title], 285-625. Copies: M, MICH, NY. Italian translation by Viviani: Principi elementari di botanica di G. A. Cavanilles tradotti dallo spagnuolo dal dott. Domenico Viviani ... Coll’ aggiunta di un nuovo saggio sopra i sistemi di Tournefort, Linneo, e Jussieu ed altre nuove annotazioni di ***** Genova (Frugoni) 1808, Oct., p. [1]- 198, [1, ind.] (p. 4: 25 Jan 1808). Copies: G, U. - (Princ. elem. Bot.) Contains onl the “‘principi.”” PR mentions also an 1803 version of this translation (n.v.). Translation by: Domenico Viviano (1772-1840). Ref.: BM 1: 329; Kew 1: 408; Langman p. 195; PR 1619. 1065. Elenchus plantarum horti regii botanict matritensis. Anno M.DCCC.III. [Madrid 1803]. Oct. (Elench. pl. horti matr.) Publ.: 1803, p. [1]-40. Copy: IDC. — Rothmaler points out that although there are no descriptions this work is of importance because of the new combinations and new names that are given with indication of synonymy. Rothmaler lists these names. Ref.: CO 815; IF p. 685; IDC 5879. Colmeiro, Essay historico p. 41. Rothmaler, Repert. Sp. nov. 49: 51-53. 1940. 1066. Catalogus Hortus regius matritensis. [Madrid 1803]. Publ.: Not published. Names cited from this work will be found in Lagasca, Gen. Sp. Nov. 1816 who states in his ‘‘explicatio”’: ““Cav. ... Hortus Regius Matritensis, opus ineditum ....’’ Names such as Boldoa must be cited Boldoa Cavanilles ex Lagasca. Cavara, Fridiano (1857-1929), Italian mycologist, director of the Napoli botanical garden. (Cavara). HERBARIUM and types: NAP; fungi at PAD (fide Hawksworth). Exsiccatae: Fungi Longobardiae exsiccati, fasc. 1, nos. 1-250, 1891-1895, complete sets e.g. at BM, FH, MICH, W;; for fasc. 6-7 (= ser. 2) see G. Pollacci. Refs os 119; Hawksworth, Mycologist’s handb. 181. 1974. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 324; BL 2: 341, 360, 387; BM 1: 329, 6: 191; Bossert p. 68; CSP 14: 107-108; GR p. 529; Kew 1: 498; LS 4828-4874, 31937- 31939; Saccardo 1: 48; Zander ed. 10, p. 644. 474 CAVOLINI Saccardo, Syll. fung. 10: xv. 1892. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 177. 1905 (portr.) Montemartini, Rivista Pat. veg. 19: 153. 1929. Pellacci, Atti Ist. bot. Lab. critt. Univ. Pavia ser. 4. 1: i-xv. 1930. Catalano, Delpinoa 11: 5-170. 1958. EPONYMY: Cavaraea Spegazzini (1917); Cavaraella Spegazzini (1923). 1067. Appunti di patologia vegetale (alcuni funghi parassiti di piante coltivate). Milano (Tip. Bernardoni di C. Rebeschini E C.) 1888. Oct. (Appunti patol. veg.) Publ.: Jul-Sep 1888 (p. 13: Jul 1888; Nat. Nov. Oct 1888), p. [1]-14, pl. 6. Copy: NY. — Reprinted from Atti Ist. Bot. Univ. Pavia ser. 2. 1: 425-438. 1888. Ref.: LS 2431. Cavillier, Francois Georges (1868-1953), Swiss botanist at the Burnat herbarium 1890-1920, and the Conservatoire botanique de Genéve. (Cavill.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(1): 415, 12(3): 358; Barnhart 1: 324; BL 2: 117, 569; BM 6: 191; CSP 14: 110; DTS 6(4): 128; Kew 1: 499; MW p. 71. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 161. 1905. Baehni, Candollea 14: 271-277. 1953. (bibl., portr.) COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) Burnat, Flore des Alpes maritimes, supplément aux quatre premiers vols., 7m vol. 5: 1-95. 1913; continuation of this Flore 5(2): 97-376 (1915), 6 (1916-1917) and 7 (1921) (with Briquet). HANDWRITING: Candollea 28: 435-436. 1973. Cavolini, Filippo (lat. Caulinus) (1756-1810), Italian botanist at Napoli. (Cavolini). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 1: 300; Barnhart 1: 324; BM 1: 329, 6: 191; CSP 1: 839; LS 4891-4891a; PR 1620-1622; Saccardo 1: 48 Cesati, Mem. Soc. ital. Sci. 4(7): 26. 1882. Monticelli, Boll. Soc. Naturalisti Napoli 24, 1910. suppl. Camerano, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. comp. Torino 25(632): I-11. 1911. Liitjeharms, Gesch. Mykol. xviii. Jahrh. 105-106. 1936. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. g1. 1966. COLLECTED works: Opere di Filippo Cavolini. Ristampa a cura della Societa dei Naturalisti in Napoli. Napoli (Detken e Rocholl) 1gro. EPONYMY: Caulinia Moench (1802) ; Caulinia Willdenow (1801); Caulinia A. P. de Can- dolle (1805) ; Caulinites A. T. Brongniart (1828) ; Cavoliana Rafinesque (1819, orth. var. of Caulinia Willdenow) ; Cavolinia Rafinesque (1818, orth. var. of Caulinia Willdenow). 1068. Phucagrostidum Theophrasti anthesis. Contemplatus est Philippus Caulinus neapoli- tanus anno 1792 ... Napoli, 1792. Qu. (Phucagr. Theophr. anth.) Publ.: 1792, p. [i]-xxxv, 2 uncol. copper engr. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 1: 329; PR 1621. 1069. osterae oceanicae Linnaci anthesis. Contemplatus est Philippus Caulinus neapoli- tinanus. annis 1787 & 1791 ... Napoli 1792. Qu. (Koster. ocean.) Publ.: 1792, p. [i]-xx, 1 uncol. copper engr. by Cimarelli. Copy: NY. Reprinted in Konig et Sims, Ann. Bot. 2: 77-98. 1806 with an addition (p. 91-97) by C. Koenig. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 1: 329; PR 1620. 475 CEJP Cejp, Karel (1900-x), Czeck mycologist and botanical bibliographer. (Cejp). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 325; Bossert p. 68; Kew 1: 500; LS suppl. 4756-4781. Fott, Cs. bot. listy 2: 110-112. 1950. Pilat, Stud. bot. éechosl. 11: 1-6. 1950 (bibl., portr.) Sebek, Ces. Mykol. 4: 1-3. 1950 (portr.) Roon, Int. direct. spec. plant tax. 25. 1958. Futak et Domin, Bibl. fl. CSR 132-133. 1960. Pilat, Ces. Mykol. 14: 1-3. 1960 (portr., bibl.) Urban, Preslia 32: 185. 1960 (portr.) Slavikova, Dej. Ved. Techn. 2: 32-38. 1969 (n.v.) Pilat, Ces. Mykol. 24: 1-4. 1970 (bibl., portr.) Urban, Preslia 42: 282-283. 1970 (portr.) EPONYMY: Cejpia Velenovsky (1934). Celakovsky, Ladislav Josef (1834-1902), Czeck botanist at Praha, leader of the Bohemian morphological school bridging typological and evolutionary morphology. (Celak.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: PR. Rec WH 1 (eds16)i09575)\2))120: BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG I: 230, 12(2): 325; Barnhart 1: 325; BFM 688, 2392, 2399; BM 1: 330-331, 6: 192; Bossert p. 68; CSP 1: 858, 6: 620, 7: 361, 9: 478- 479, 12: 148-149, 14: 120; DTS 1: 45; 6(4): 128; IF suppl. 4: 315; Jackson p. 93, 264; Kew 1: 500-501; PFC 1: xxxvili; PR 1626-1628; Zander ed. 10, p. 644. Skofitz, Oest. bot. Z. 21: 1-5. 1871 (portr.) Celakowsky, L. F., S.B. bohm. Ges. Wiss. 40: 7-31. 1902 (bibl.) Anon., Oest. bot. Z. 53: 52-58. 1903 (portr., bibl.) Worsdell, Nature, Paris, 67: 302. 1903. Maiwald, Gesch. Bot. Bohm. 244-245. 1904. Nemec, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 21: (9)-(23). 1904 (bibl.) Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 80. 1903, 3(3): 65, 209. 1905. Reynolds Green, Hist. Bot. 512. 1909. Némec, Véda prir. 15: 289-295. 1934. Futak et Domin, Bibl. fl. CSR 137-144, 686. 1960. Cisnerova-Spudilova, Acta Hist. Rer. nat. nec non techn., special issue 1: 103-123. 1965 (C. and plant morphology). POSTAGE STAMPS: Czechoslovakia 1.60 k. (1962) yv. 1205 1070. Prodromus der Flora von Béhmen enthaltend die wildwachsenden und allgemein kultivirten Gefasspflanzen des Kénigreiches ... Herausgegeben von dem Comité fiir die naturwissenschaftliche Durchforschung Béhmens. Praha (Selbstverlag des Comités) 1867-1881. 4 vols., Oct. (Prodr. F. Bohmen). Vol. r: 1867 (p. viii, 3 Aug 1867), [i]-vili, [1]-112. (Archiv 1, Abt. 3a). Copies: B, G. Vol. 2: 1871, zweiter Theil enthaltend die Apetalen und Sympetalen, p. [i], [113]-388, 2, Nachtr.], 1 lith., [2, ind.]. (Archiv 2, Abt. 3a). Copies: B, G. Vol. 3: 1875, Dritter Theil, die Eleutheropetalen, p. [i-iii], 389-691, [7, ind.], [1, tab.]. (Archiv 3, Abt. 3a). Copies: B, G. Vol. 4: Mar-Mai 188r (p. viii: 24 Feb 1881; Nat. Nov. Jun 1881), Vierter Theil ent- haltend die Nachtrage bis 1880 nebst Schlusswort, Verzeichnissen und Register, p. [i-viii], [1, half-title], [693]-955. (Archiv 4, Abt. 3a). Copies: B, G, NY. — Prag (Fr. Rivnac) 1881. Archiv fiir die naturwissenschaftliche Landesforschung von Boehmen, Praha. — A Czech version was published 1868-1883. 476 CELSIUS Ref.: BEM 688; IF suppl. 4: 315; Jackson p. 264; Kew 1: 501; PR 1628; IDC 5471. Futak and Domin, Bibl. fl. CSR 138-139. 1960. Celakovsky, Ladislav Franz (1864-1916), Czeck botanist at Praha, son of L. J. Celakovsky. (L. F. Celak.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: PR. IRA ES USL OB FXoy, BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 1: 230; Barnhart 1: 325; BM 1: 330, 6: 192; Kew 1: 501. Degen, Mag. Bot. Lap. 15: 310. 1916. Anon., Bot. Not. 1917: 141. Futak et Domin, Bibl. fl. CSR 144. 1960. 1071. Die Myxomyceten Bohmens. Von Dr. Ladislav Celakovsky Sohn. Dissertationsarbeit aus dem Botanischen Institut der Bohmischen Universitat. (mit fiinf Tafeln). Archiv der naturwissenschaftlichen Landesdurchforschung von B6hmen VII. Band. Nro 5. (Botan. Abtheilung.) Prag (In Commission bei Fr. Rivna¢) 1893. Oct. (Myxomyc. Béhmens). Publ.: Jan-Mai 1893 (Nat. Nov. Jun 1893), p. [1]-80, [81-88 cont., expl.], pl. 7-5, uncol. liths by author. Copies: G, MO, Stevenson. Ref.: BM 1: 330; Kew 1: 501; LS 4909-4911. Celsius, Olof (1670-1756), Swedish theologist at Uppsala, doctor’s degree 1694, pro- fessor of theology 1736, amateur botanist, teacher and patron of Linnaeus. One of the founders of the Swedish academy of Sciences. (Celszus). HERBARIUM and TYPES: I. Flora uplandica herbarium dated Uppsala 1730, 5 volumes, 716 plants collected by Cels and 49 plants collected by Linnaeus. This is the oldest Linnaeus collection (at S). See KR p. 119. 2. Flora uplandica sive Catalogus etc., dated 1733 (sic not 1753), 6 volumes, 815 plants (at UPS), see KR p. 119. 3. A few plants (19) collected by Cels are preserved in D. Rolander’s Herbarium fér Consistorium (at LD). 4. Specimens by Celsius at OXF in Dillenius and Sherard herbaria. Ref: 1H. 2: 120. Gertz, Bot. Not. 1925: 113, 1928: 348. Gertz, Sv. Linné-Sallsk Arsskr. 3: 56-56. 1920, 6: 106-113. 1922, 16: 133-136. 1933. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 145. 1964. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 16; Barnhart 1: 326; GR p. 487-488; Kew 1: 501; KR p. 118-119; LS 4915; PR 1632-1636; Smit p. 1043. Smith, Corresp. Linnaeus 2: 437-440. 1821. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 183. 1903, 3(3): 8. 1905. Hulth, Bref skr. Linné 1 (5): 249-255, 260-264. 1911. Gertz, Sv. Linné-Sallsk. Arsskr. 3: 36-56. 1920 (FI. uplandica). Gertz, Bot. Not. 1925: 113-149 (on his citation of localities in Fl. uplandica). Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 111. 1936. EPONYMY: Celsia Boehmer (1760); Celsta Linnaeus (1753); Celsioverbascum K. H. Rechinger & H. Morath (1960). Note: Celsa Vellozo (1825) is dedicated “In memoriam Cornelii Celsi.”” (Aulus Cornelius Celsus 25BC-50AD). 1072. Huierobotanicon, sive de plantis sacrae scripturae, dissertationes breves ... Uppsala (Sumtu Auctoris) 1745-1747, 2 vols. Oct. (Hierobotanicon). Vol. 1: 1745 (p. iv: 1 Mai 1745), p. [i-xvi], [1]-572. Copy: NY. Vol. 2: 1747, p. [i-iv], [1]-600. Copy: NY. Amsterdam issue (same sheets) (new t.p.) Amsterdam (J. Wetstenius) 1748. Copy: U. Ref.: Kew 1: 501; KR p. 119; PR 1636. Anon., Nova Acta Upsal. 2: 306-307. 477 CESALPINO Cesalpino, Andrea (lat. Caesalpinus) (1519-1603), Italian botanist, “‘the first orthodox systematist”’ (L.), professor of medicine and botany at Pisa 1555, Roma 1592. (Cesalpino). HERBARIUM and types: At FI, dated 1563. Cesalpino is known to have made two her- baria, one (now lost) for Come I, grand-duke of ‘Tuscany, and one for Alfonso Torna- buoni, bishop of Florence, now at FI, dated 1563. It consists of 260 sheets with 768 plants mounted on the sheets, each plant provided with a Greek, Latin and Italian name in Cesalpino’s own handwriting. The plants are in systematic order. Ref.: GR p. 529. Caruel, Illustratio in hortum siccum Andreae Caesalpini, Florence 1858, xii, 128 p. Parlatore, Coll. bot. Florence 55-57. 1874. Candolle, Phytographie 402. 1880. Saint-Lager, Histoire herbiers 67-68. 1885. Camus, Malpighia 9: 303-304. 1895. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG I: 395, 6(2): 187; Barnhart 1: 327; BM 1: 296; Bossert p. 69; GR p. 529.; HU 1: 472 [index]; Jackson p. xxx, 27; Kew 1: 503; Langman p. 176; Moebius p. 488 [index]; PR 1640-1641; Saccardo 1: 49, 2: 30; Smit p. 895, 1043. Sprengel, Gesch. Bot. 1: 361-364. 1817. Jourdan, Dict. Sci. méd., Bibl. méd. 3: 206-211. 1821. Bertoloni, Opusc. scientifici 3: 270. Caruel, Nuovo Giorn. bot. Ital. 4: 23-48. 1872. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 161. 1903, 3(3): 177. 1905. Oliver, Makers Brit. bot. 11-13, 21, 26. 1913. Viviani, U., Vita e opere di Andrea C., Arezzo 1922. Capparoni, P., Profili bibliografici dei medici e naturalisti celebri italiani, Roma 1925, Pp. 25-29 (portr.) Dorolle, M., Questions péripatéticiennes, Paris 1929 (n.v.) Castiglioni, Encicl. ital. 9: 866. 1931 (portr.) Litjeharms, Gesch. Mykol. xviii. Jahrh. 254 [index]. 1936. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 369. 1971. EPONYMY: Caesalpinia Linnaeus (1753); Caesalpiniodes O. Kuntze (1891). 1073. De plantis libri XVI ... Ad serenissimum Franciscum Medicem, Magnum Aetruriae Ducem. Florence (Apud Georgium Marescottum) 1583. Qu. (Pl. libri XVI). Publ.: 1583, p. [i-xl], 1-621, [ind., err. col. 1-10], dated 27 Sep 1583 in colophon. Copies: MO, NY. Appendix ad libros de plantis, Roma 1603, Qu., p. I-19 (n.v., see PR 1641 for a descrip- tion of a copy), reprinted by Boccone, Museo di piante rare 125-132. Ref.: BM 1: 296; Langman p. 176; LS 4573; PR 1640; SA 1: 150, 2: 547. Bremekamp, A re-examination of Cesalpino’s classification, Acta Bot. neerl. 1(4): 580-593. 1953 (commentary). Cesati, Vincenzo barone de (1806-1883), Italian botanist and biohistorian, professor and director of the Naples botanical garden from 1868-1883. (Ces.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: RO, for duplicates see IH. — Manuscripts and correspondence e.g. at G. Contributed to Erbario crittogamico italiano (ser. 1, 368 nos., 1858-1867). Ref.: GR p. 516; IH 1 (ed. 6): 357, 2: 120; Saccardo 2: 30. Candolle, Phytographie 403. 1880. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 12(3): 520; Barnhart 1: 327; BL 2: 639 [index]; BM 1: 332; Bossert p. 69; CSP 1: 861, 7: 362, 9: 481, 12: 149, 14: 136; DTS 1: 45-46; GR p. 515-516; IF p. 686; Jackson p. 531 [index]; Kew 1: 503-504; LS 4941-4970, 31963; NI 343-344; PR 1642-1646, 10546; Saccardo 1: 49, 2: 30; Zander ed. 10, p. 644. Cesati, Saggio 26. 1882. Britten, J. Bot. 21: 192. 1883. Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cxvi. 1883. Roumeguére, Rev. mycol. 5: 77-82. 1883. 478 CESATI Sella, Atti r. Accad. dei Lincei ser. 3. Trans. 7: 159-162. 1883 (bibl.) Comes, Atti r. Ist. Incor. Sci. nat. ser. 3. 2: 1-8. 1883. Anon., Rev. Bot. 2: 111. 1883/4. Anon., Hedwigia 22(2): 32. 1883. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 161. 1903 (portr.), 3(3): 177. 1905. Lloyd, Mycol. notes 7(3) [no. 70]: 1220. 1923. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 35. 1941. COMPOSITE WORKS: Cesati contributed to the Erbario crittogamico italiano, see under Anzi. EPONYMY: Cesatia Endlicher (1838) ; Cesatia Rabenhorst (1850) ; Cesatiella P. A. Saccardo (1878). HANDWRITING: Candollea 28: 437-438. 1973. 1074. Stirpes italicae rariores vel novae descriptionibus iconibusque illustratae Accedunt animadversiones in characteres plantarum pariter tabulis adumbratae. (Ico- nographia stirpium italicarum universa). Milano (Aloysius Jacobi F. Pirola) 1840 [-1846], 3 fasc. Fol. } (Sterp. ztal. rar.) Publ.: 1840, 24 pl. with accompanying text. The unnumbered plates are by the author. Fasc. 1 [pl. 1-8] 1840, 2 [pl. 9-16] 1842, 3 [ pl. 17-24] 1846. Fasc. 1 was entitled Icono- graphia stirpium italicarum universa. Copy: G. Ref.: BM 1: 332; Jackson p. 315; Kew 1: 503; NI 343; PR 1644. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 4: 872-875. 18 Dec 1846 (review of fasc. 1-3). 1075. Compendio della flora italiana compilato per cura dei professori V. Cesati, G. Passerini, E. G. Gibelli. Milano (Francesco Vallardi) [1868-1886], 2 vols. Qu. (Comp. fl. ital.) Co-authors: Giovanni Passerini (1816-1893), Giuseppe Gibelli (1831-1898). Publ. in 35 fascicles which were numbered in two ways: as fascicles of the Flora italiana and as fascicles of the composite work L’Jtalia in which the botany volume was in- cluded as one of the volumes of the second series (J trattati scientifict sull’ Italia). ‘The AMD copy is still in its original covers and thus shows the original contents of the fascicles. The cover of fasc. 1-13, 15-17 and 29 are undated. The dates below are taken from the covers, Saccardo (1909), and from announcements in Nat. Nov. and Magy. bot. Lap. The original edition has 100 lithographs, numbered 1-xcix, cl. parte fascicle pages plates dates prima I [1]-24 Jan-Jul 1868 [28 pl.] 2 25-48 1868 Acotyl. vasc. 3 49-72 1869 & Monocot. 4 73-96 1869 5 97-120 1869 6 121-136 1870 7 137-168 1870 8 169-184. 1871 9 185-208 1871 prospetto, ind. [‘*209”’-*215”’] 1871 Seconda 10 209-232 1872 Dicot. II 233-256 1872 12 257-280 Jan-Apr 1874 13 281-304 Jan-Apr 1874 14 305-320 Apr 1874 15 321-352 1875 16 353-376 1875 17 377-393 1876 18 394-416 1881 [?] 19 417-440 Aug 1877 20 441-472 1878 QI 473-496 Mai-Dec 1878 479 CESATI parte fascicle pages plates dates 22 497-520 Dec 1878 23 521-544 Jun 1879 24 545-500 Dec 1879 25 561-592 Jul 1880 26 593-616 Dec 1880 27 617-640 Jul 1881 28 641-664 Jan 1881 29 665-688 Jul 1882 30 689-720 Nov-Dec 1882 31 721-752 Sep 1883 32 753-784 Dec 1883 33 785-816 Dec 1884 34 817-888 Nov 1885 35 889-906 Apr 1886 36 — pl. roo-105 ~~ Apr 1888 37 — pl. 106-111 Nov 1889 Indice generale e correzioni (per cura di Gibelli e Mattirolo) [i]-Ixxii, 1go1. Original issue: title page as above, no date. Copies: AMD, HH. 1684 issue: 1884, t.p. as above but Milano, Firenze, Napoli, Roma, Torino 1884. Copy: HH. 1886 issue: 1886, ‘‘Compendio ... Gibelli in due parti/Parte 1. Acotiledoni Vascolari Monocotiledoni/Parte II. Dicotiledoni,” imprint as 1884 but with date 1886. Copy: HH. Parte I: [1]-215, pl. 1-28 with letterpress. Parte IT: [i-iv], [209]-906, pl. 29-96. Re-issue 1902, 906, Ixxii p., 138 plates, mentioned by NI. Ref.: BL 2: 333; BM 1: 332; Kew 1: 504 (wrappers only); NI 344; PR 1646, 10546. Saccardo, Cron. fl. ital. xix. 1909. Tutin et al., Fl. eur. 2: 395. 1968. 1076. Saggio di una bibliografia algologica italiana. Napoli (Accademia reale delle scienze) 1882. Qu. (Saggio bibl. algol. ital.) Publ.: Aug-Dec 1882, p. [i-ii], [1]-76, [77]. Copy: PCS. — Reprinted from Mem. Soc. Ital. Sci. 4 (1882). Chabert, Alfred (1836-1916), French military surgeon and botanist. (Chabert). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: FI; dupl. B, CN, LY, P. Refi: VH as(ed.6)3357; 2: 120. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRAPHY: AG 6(1): 278; Barnhart 1: 327; BL 2: 140, 198-199; BM 6: 193; Bossert p. 69; CSP 1: 861, 7: 363, 12: 150, 14: 136; DTS 6(4): 129; PFC 1: XXXVili-Xxxix, 3(1): vili; Kew 1: 505; Saccardo 1: 50. Saint-Yves, Bull. Soc. bot. France 64: 18-24. 1917 (bibl.) Chabert, Bull. Soc. bot. Genéve ser. 2. 9: 15-20. 1917 (bibl.) Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 35-36. 1941. HANDWRITING: Candollea 28: 439-440. 1973. Chaborski, Gabriela (/l. 1918), Swiss microbiologist. (Chaborski). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. Ref.: LS suppl. 4816. 1077. Recherches sur les levures thermophiles et cryophiles, thése présentée a la Faculté des Sciences de ’Université de Genéve pour l’obtention du grade de docteur és sciences physiques. Genéve (Jent) 1918. Oct. [Université de Genéve, Institut de Botanique ... thése no. 627] (Rech. levures). 480 CHALON Publ.: 1919 (p. ii: 15 Mar 1919), p. [i-ii], [1]-51. Copies: BR, MO. — Also published Bull. Soc. Bot. Genéve ser. 2. 11: 70-116. 1919. Ref.: LS suppl. 4816. Chabrey, Dominique (lat. Chabraecus) (1610-1669), Swiss physician and botanist at Genéve, Montbéliard and Yverdon. (Chabrey). HERBARIUM and TYPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 328; BM 1: 333; Bossert p. 69; GR p. 639; HA 1: 383-384; HU 304, 349; Jackson p. xxxii, 28, 29; Kew 1: 505-506; Langman p. 198; LS 4981-4982; NI 345; PR 1650. Candolle, Hist. bot. genev. 5-8. 37. 1830. Duvernois, Notices sur quelques médecins, naturalistes et agronomes nés ou établis a Montbéliard dés le 16me siécle 52-54. 1835. Kirschleger, Fl. Alsace 2: xxvil-xxvill. 1857. Bruhin, Jahresb. Erziehungsanstalt Maria Einsiedeln 1862/3: 17. Montet, A. de, Dict. biogr. Genevois Vaudois 1: 138. 1877. Milner, Cat. Portr. Kew 27. 1906. Bord, Aesculape Mai 1938: 4. Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 170-171. 1940 (bibl.) COMPOSITE WORKS: Historiae plantarum generalis 1629 (with J. Bauhin, q.v., and J. H. Cherler), Historiae plantarum universalis, 1650-1651 (with idem). EPONYMY: Chabraea A. P. de Candolle (1812). Chaillet, Jean Frédéric de (1747-1839), Swiss soldier and plant collector. (Chaillet). HERBARIUM and TYPES: material at G, G-DC, L (presumably), NEU. Ref.: 1H 2: 121. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 12(2): 590; Barnhart 1: 328; Frank 3 (Anh.): 17; PR after 1650. Anon., Verh. Schw. naturf. Ges. 24: 188-190. 1837. Candolle, Mém. Soc. Sci. Neuchatel 2 (suppl.): 1-8. 1839. Blumer und Miiller, Schweiz. Z. Pilzk. 49: 100. 1971. HANDWRITING: Candollea 29: 213-214. 1974. Chalmers, James (d. before 1834), Scottish algologist. (7. Chalmers). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Only collections known: Algae scoticae; or dried specimens of plants belonging to the order of algae; collected in Scotland. (vol. 1, nos. 1-50) Glasgow 1826. At BM, FH, G, K, NY, TCD. Ref te? -sror. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 63-64. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 328; BB p. 61. Hooker, Ann. Bot. 16: xxxili, cxx-cxxi. 1902. Chalon, Jean Charles Antoine (1846-1921), Belgian botanist. (Chalon). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown, material at B and DIN. Ref Wa, 21 ot. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 328; BL 2: 30; BM 1: 334, 6: 194; Bossert p. 69; CSP 7: 365, 9: 483, 12: 150, 14: 141; Jackson p. 72, 94, 136, 447; Kew 1: 508; PR 1652-1653. Marchal, Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 55: 7-17. 1922 (portr., bibl.) 481 CHALON Evens, Geschiedenis der algologie in Belgié 104, 147-148. 1933 (portr.) Georlette, Quelques botanistes belges 27-32. 1949. 1078. Revue des Loranthacées. Mons (Hector Manceaux) 1870. Duod. (Rev. Loranth.) Publ.: 1870, p. [1]-90, [91, cont.]. Copy: U. — Reprinted or preprinted from Mém. Publ. Soc. Sci. Arts Lettres Hainaut ser. 3. vol. 4. Ref.: BM 1: 334; CSP 12: 150 (gives another source) ; Jackson p. 136; Kew 1: 508. 1079. Projet de liste des algues marines comprises entre l’embouchure de l’Escaut et la Corogne [incl. iles anglo-normandes]. Namur (Ad. Wesmael-Charlier) 1904. Oct. (Projet liste alg. mar.) Publ.: 1904, p. [1]-19. Copy: BR. 1080. Liste des algues marines observées jusqu’a ce jour entre l’embouchure de |’ Escaut et la Corogne (incl. iles anglo-normandes). Antwerpen (J. E. Buschmann) 1905. Oct. (Liste alg. mar.) Publ.: Feb 1905 (t.p.; Nat. Nov. Mai 1905), p. [i-iii], [1]-259. Copies: BR, PCS. Ref.: BM 6: 194; Kew 1: 508. Chamisso, Ludolf Adelbert von (Chamisseau de Boncourt, Louis Charles Adelaide) (1781-1838), French born German poet, author, explorer and naturalist, creator of Peter Schlemihl. (Cham.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: The first set of the collections made on the voyage of the Rurik (1815-1818) is at LE, duplicates in many herbaria. Chamisso’s own herbarium was also acquired by LE. Rejacmilern (CGO) 1 3575 2sabote Anon., Flora 26: 246. 1843. Candolle, Phytographie, 403. 1880. Lindemann, Bull. Soc. Natural. Moscou 59(1): 283. 1884. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIoGRAPHY: AG 2(2): 331; Barnhart 1: 330; BM 1: 335; Bossert p. 70; CSP 1: 869-870; Kew 1: 511; Langman p. 199; Laségue p. 371-373; MW p. 71; PR 1656-1657; Smit 896-897; TR 241-243; Zander ed. 10, p. 644. Anon., Flora 21: 568. 1838. Schlechtendal, Linnaea 13: 93-112. 1839 (C. as a botanist). Schlechtendal, London J. Bot. 2: 481-491. 1843. Ascherson, Fl. Prov. Brandenburg 1: 3. 1860. Fulda, Chamisso und seine Zeit, Leipzig 1881, x, 224 p. Embacher, Lexikon der Reisen 73-74. 1882. Du Bois-Reymond, Adelbert von Chamisso, Rede. Leipzig 1889, 64 p. (bibl.) Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 111, 122. 1903, 3(3): 121. 1905. Milner, Cat. Portr. Kew 27. 1906. Urban, FI. bras. 1(1): 11-12. 1906. Mobius, Beih. bot. Centralbl. 36(2): 270-306. 1918. Leffmann, Amer. J. Pharm. 97: 443-445. 1925. Mahr, Stanford Univ. Publ. Univ. Ser., Hist., Econ., Polit. Sci. 2(2). 1932. (Visit Rurik to San Fr. 1816). Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 117. 1936. Eastwood, Quart. Calif. hist. Soc. 18(4): 338. 1939. Hultén, Bot. Not. 1940: 298-299. Schmid, G., Chamisso als Naturforscher, Leipzig 1942, 176 p. (important bibl.) Eastwood, Leaflets western Bot. 4: 17-21. 1944. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males ser. 1. 1: 104-105. 1950 (portr.) Bessler, Wiss. Z. Martin-Luther Univ. Halle-Wittenberg, Math.-Nat. Reihe 4(1): 137- 151. 1954. Ewan, A century of progress in the natural sciences, San Francisco 1955, p. 46. Anon., Der Tagesspiegel 4 Aug 1959 (on the bronze relief portr. at B.) Stresemann, Forschungen und Fortschritte 33(5): 129-130. 1959 (C. in 1825). Thomas, Contr. Dudley Herb. 5: 151. 1961. 482 CHAMISSO Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 92. 1966. Bernardi, Musées de Genéve 95: 2-6. 1969. EPONYMY: Adelbertia C. F. Meissner (1838); Camissonia [sic] Link (1818); Chamissoa Humboldt, Bonpland & Kunth (1818, nom. cons.); Chamissomneia O. Kuntze (1891); Chamissoniophila V. A. Brand (1929). HANDWRITING: Candollea 29: 215-216. 1974. 1081. Adnotationes quaedam ad floram berolinensem C. S. Kunthii [no imprint] Oct. (Adnot. fl. berol.) Publ.: Typographically independent pamphlet, p. [1]-13, issued 1815 with F. Walter, Verzeichniss der auf den Friedlandischen Giitern cultivirten Gewachse, Nebst einem Beitrage zur Flora der Mittelmark, ed. 3. [Berlin] 1815. Copies: B, G. Ref.: PR 9977; Schmid ga. 1082. De plantis in expeditione speculatoria Romanzoffiana observatis rationem dicunt, in Linnaea i-x, 1826-1836. Co-author: Diederich Franz Leonhard von Schlechtendal (1794-1866). vol. part pages content author dates I I I-II Introduction Chamisso Jan 1826 II-13 ““Succedit”’ Schlechtendal Jan 1826 14-64. Crucif.-Caryoph. C+S Jan 1826 65-73 Lineae C+S& Jan 1826 Schiede 2 165-226 Plantagineae-Primulaceae C+S Apr 1826 3 333-405 Umbbellif.-Araliac. C+S$S Aug-Oct 1826 4. 511-570 ~~ Ericac.-Fumar. C+8 Oct-Dec 1826 2 I 1-37 Rosaceae C+S8 Jan 1827 2 145-233 Violac.-Potamogeton C+8 Apr 1827 3 345-379 Salicarieae C+S8 Aug-Oct 1827 Ge ul’’) 4. 541-611 ~~ Rosac. (Suppl.)-Scroph. (pp) C+S Oct-Dec 1827 (Oct) 3 I 1-24 Scroph. (pp) C+S8 Jan 1828 25-35 Orchid. arcticae Chamisso Jan 1828 36-63 Polygon. C+58 Jan 1828 2 115-141 Hyperic.-Caprifol. C+S Apr 1828 3 199-233 Loranth.-Rubiac. (pp) C+S Jul-Oct 1828 (eyes) 4 309-366 Rubiac. (pp) C+58 Oct-Dec 1828 (Oct?) 367-377 Juncaceae E. Meyer Oct-Dec 1828 GOct2) 4 I 1-36 Rubiac. (pp) C+S Jan 1829 37-42 Campanulac. Artic. Chamisso Jan 1829 2 129-202 Rubiac. (pp) C+8 Apr 1829 3 435-450 Boragineae Chamisso Jul 1829 4. 451-496 Boragineae Chamisso Oct-Dec 1829 (SOct) 497-508 Aquatics Chamisso Oct-Dec 1829 (GOcts) 5 I 43-59 Rutaceae Chamisso Jan 1830 6 I 76-82 Labiatae Bentham Apr-Dec 1831 83-170 Synanthereae (pp) C.F. Lessing Apr-Dec 1831 2 209-260 Synanthereae (pp) C.F. Lessing 1831 3 501-528 Synanth. (Addend.) C.F. Lessing 1831 4. 528-592 Arcticae Chamisso 1831/2 (ee? I 83 1) 483 CHAMISSO vol. part pages content author dates ele 105-128 — Verben. Chamisso 1832 2 207-212 ~— Aristoloch. Chamisso 1832 213-272 Verben. Chamisso 1832 3 364-379 Verben. Chamisso 1832 726 Verben. (Addend.) Chamisso Mar-Apr 1833 4 542-500 Bignonieae (pp) Chamisso 1832 5 653-723 Bignonieae (pp) Chamisso 1832 6 723-726 Sesameae Chamisso Mar-Apr 1833 (**1832”) Shame? 169-192 Ranunc.-Guttif. Schlechtendal 1833 193-228 Campanul.-Goodenov. Chamisso 1833 Onn3 368-402 Melast. (pp) Chamisso 1834 4 428-460 Melast. (pp) Chamisso early 1835 (“1834”) LOe? et 32-50 Melast. (pp) Chamisso 13-19 Sep1835 2 217-218 Melast. (suppl.) Chamisso Dec 1835 5 582-603 Legum. Th. Vogel Jul-Aug 1836? Ref.: Kew 1: 511, see also Schmid (1942). 1083. Uebersicht der nutzbarsten und schddlichsten Gewdchse, welche wild oder angebaut in Norddeutschland vorkommen. Nebst Ansichten von der Pflanzenkunde und dem Pflanzenreiche. Berlin (Ferdinand Diimmler) 1827. Oct. (Uebers. nutzb. schddl. Gew.) Publ.: early 1827 (printing terminated autumn 1826), p. [i]-viii, [1]-526. Copies: B, USDA. Ref.: BM 1: 335; PR 1657; Schmid 57. 1034. Reise um die Welt mit der Romanzoffischen Entdeckungsexpedition in den Jahren 1815-18 auf der Brigg Rurik, Cpt. Otto von Kotzebue. (Tagebuch, Bemerkungen und Ansichten) Leipzig (Weidmann) 1836. 2 vols. Duod. (Reise Welt). Vol. 1: 1836 (pref. Apr 1835), frontispiece portrait of Chamisso, p. [i-vi], [1]-436. Copy: NY Vol. 2: 1836, frontispiece, [i]-viii, [1]-396. Copy: NY. Forms Bd. 1-2 of the Weidmann collected edition of Adelbert von Chamisso’s Werke, Erster Band 1836, Zweiter Band 1836. Unchanged reprint in Werke ed. 2, Leipzig 1842; ed. 3, Leipzig 1852; ed. 4, Berlin 1856; ed. 5, in vols. 3 and 4, Berlin 1864. Ref.: BM 1: 335; PR 1656; Schmid 117-118. Champion, John George (1815-1854), British soldier and botanist, in Ceylon (1838- 1847), in Hong Kong (1847-1850). (Champ.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: K, incl. mss. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 330; BB p. 62; Bretschneider p. 374; CSP 1: 870; DNB 10: 33; Kew 1: 511; MW p. 71; Zander ed. 10, p. 644. Anon., Gard. Chron. 1854: 819-820; Bot. Zeit. 13: 488. 1855. Anon., Rev. hortic. ser. 4. 4: 140. 1855 (from Gard. Chron.) Anon., A sketch of the life of John Georg Champion, London 1855. Bentham, Flora Hongkongensis 8*-9*. 1861. Boulger, in T1imen and Hooker, Hand-book Flora Ceylon 5: 375. 1900. EPONYMY: Championia G. Gardner (1846). Champy, P. (fl. 1844), French author. (Champy). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 330; BM 1: 335; Jackson p. 347; NI 346; PR 1660, ed. 1: 1800. 484 CHAPMAN 1085. Flore algérienne, avec texte descriptif des plantes, arbustes et arbres indigénes, dont un grand nombre est cultivé au Jardin des plantes a Paris, par Champy, Attaché au Jardin du Roi, ornée de 40 planches dessinées et lithographiées par Th. Toulet de Paris. Paris 1844. Oct. (Fl. algér.) Publ.: 1844, before Oct (rev. Buchinger, Flora 14 Oct 1844), p. [i]-vii, [1]-53, 47 pl. Copy: Koninklijke Bibliotheek, the Hague. — Note by Pritzel: ““L’ouvrage que nous publions, nest pas un traité de botanique ... Verba editoris.” — The 41 lithographs (fronti- spiece and nos. 1-40) are difficult to surpass in lack of quality. On the original cover they are referred to as 72 sujets coloriés (many plates show two plants). However, copies with uncoloured plates were also available. — The book was evidently brought out in a fit of nationalism because of the then recent conquest of Algeria: “‘T,’Algérie est désormais francaise’? (introduction by the editor J. Delahaye). The text, 53 p., contains many aberrant spellings of scientific names of plants; all these variant ortho- graphies should be treated as unintentional errors which are not validly published. — The identity of the author remains somewhat mysterious. Ref.: BM 1: 335; Jackson p. 347; NI 346; PR 1660. Cosson et Durieu de Maisonneuve, Fl. Algérie, Phanér. (3): xxiii. 1868. Cosson, Comp. fl. atl. 1: 25. 1881. Chapman, Alvan Wentworth (1809-1899), American physician and botanist in Florida. (Chapm.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: The types of the 1860 Flora are in the Chapman herbarium that went to Columbia University in 1876, now NY. According to Hitchcock (List 1: 3) the types of ed. 2 and ed. 3 were presumably in the Chapman herbaria that went to the Biltmore herbarium, which was later partly destroyed, the salvaged portion now being at US. Further Chapman collections are listed by AUA, BUF, E, MO, NA, and OXF. Chapman letters are at NY (Torrey corr.), GH (to Asa Gray), MO (to Engelmann). Ref ew wa(edi6) 2957. 0%) 120: Candolle, Phytographie 403. 1880. Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 31. 1902. Jones, Castanea 26: 127-128. 1961. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 145. 1964. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 69. 1970. Martin, zm Lenley et al., Index corr. Torrey 450. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 332; BL 1: 161, 172; BM 1: 336, 6: 195; Bossert p. 70; CSP 12: 152, 14: 154; DAB 4: 16-17; Jackson p. 361; Kew 1: 515; Langman p. 149; ME 1: 171, 3: 441, 485; PR 1665; Zander ed. 10, p. 644. Lawson-Scribner, Bull. Torrey bot. Club 20: 331-332. 1893. Sargent, Silva 7: 110, 1895. Mohr, Bot. Gaz. 27: 473-478. 1899 (portr.), (repr. NY). Ruge, Gulf Fauna and Flora Bull. 1(1): 1-5. 1899 (portr.) Trelease, Amer. Naturalist 33 (no. 392): 643-646. 1899 (portr.), (repr. 5 p. NY). Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 30-31. 1898, 3: 31. 1902. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 193. 1905. Kelly, Some Amer. medical botanists 163-164. 1914. Barnhart, in Kelly and Burrage, Amer. Med. Biogr. 206-207. 1920. Kimbal, J. New York Bot. Gard. 22: 1-12. 1921. Rodgers, John Torrey 338. 1942, Amer. Bot. 326. 1944. Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 223. 1945. Humphrey, Makers North Amer. Bot. 50-51. 1961. Rogerson, NAF ser. 2. 5: 234. 1965. Ewan, DSB 196-197. 1971 (bibl.) Stafleu, in Daniels and Stafleu, Taxon 23: 706. 1974 (portr.) NOTE: Chapman’s first name is often spelled Alvin; Ewan (1971) states that his own re- port to Amherst College alumni, 17 Dec 1872, reads Alvan. EPONYMY: Chapmannia J. Torrey & A. Gray (1838). CHAPMAN 1086. Flora of the southern United States: containing abridged descriptions of the flowering plants and ferns of Tennessee, North and South Carolina, Georgia, Alabama, Mississippi, and Florida: arranged according to the natural system ... The ferns by Daniel C. Eaton. New York (Ivison, Phinney & Co.) 1860. Oct. (Fl. South. U.S.) First edition: 14, Aug 1860 (p. vi: 26 Mar 1860, rev. Gray, Am. J. Sci. 80: 137-138, Jul 1860, sic.), p. [i*], [i]-xxxvill, [1]-621. Copy: US. Reissue: 1865, p. [i*], [i]-xxxviii, [1]-621. Copy: BM — according to PR identical with 1860 issue. Second edition: New York (Ivison, Blakeman, Taylor & Co.) 1883 (p. vi: 26 Dec 1882; Nat. Nov. Jul 1883), p. [1]-xxxviii, [1]-602 [reissue of ed. 1, followed by a new supple- ment:] 603-673, [original index] 685-694, [index to suppl.:] 695-698. Copy: US. Second edition: reissue, New York (Ivison, Blakeman & Company) 1887, same as 1883 but with t.p. 1887. Copy: NY. Second edition: reissue New York (Ivison, Blakeman & Company) 1889, same as 1883 but with t.p. 1889. Copies: US (2). Reprint, New York, Cincinnati, Chicago (American Book Company) [1892] (p. vi: 10 Aug 1892) with a second supplement, p. 675-703; p. [i]-xxxviil, [1]-724. Copy: NY. Third edition: Cambridge, Mass. (Cambridge Botanical Supply Company) 1897 (p. v: 4 Dec 1896), p. [i]-xxxix, [1]-641, entirely reset. Copies: US (2). Third edition: reissue New York, Cincinnati, Chicago (American Book Company) s.d. [1897], p. [1]-xxxix, [1]-655. Copy: US. Ref.: BL 1: 161; BM 1: 336, 6: 195; Jackson p. 361; Kew 1: 515; ME 3: 485; PR 1665; SK p. clxxv. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 30. 1898. Merrill, Castanea 13: 61-70. 1948 (unlisted binomials). Shinners, Sida 1: 9-10. 1962 (critique). Chapman, Frederick (1864-1943), British palaeobiologist who worked in Australia. (F’. Chapman). COLLECTIONS: BM, also National Museum, Melbourne. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews ed. 2, p. 246; Barnhart 1: 332; BM 1: 336; CSP 14: 156; HR; Kew 1: 515; Quenstedt p. 79. Anon., Hist. Brit. Mus. nat. Hist. 1: 277. 1904. Brady, Australia unlimited, Melbourne 1934, portr. opposite p. 128. Parr and Colliver, Vict. Natural. 60: 152-154. 1944. Chardon Palacios, Carlos Eugenio (1897-1965), Puerto-Rican botanist and phyto- pathologist, educated at Cornell University. (Chardén). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BPI, RPPR. Ref.; 1H. 1 (ed. 6): 957, 2: 122. Hawksworth, Mycologist’s handb. 181. 1974. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 334; Bossert p. 71; Kew 1: 518; Langman p. 200; LS suppl. 4859-4869. Barnhart, NAF 7(15): 1055. 1940. Kern, Mycologia 57: 839-844. 1965 (portr., bibl.) Charpentier, Jean G. F. de (1786-1855), German born Swiss geologist, conchologist and botanist, director of the mines of the canton Waadt (Vaud). (Charpentier). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: LAU (32.000). Reco Ur 2 sto" Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 16. 1941. Meyer and Elsasser, ‘Taxon 22: 375-404. 1973. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BiocRAPHY: AG 6(1): 857; Barnhart 1: 335; BM 1: 338; CSP 1: 878, 6: 621; Quenstedt p. 79; Saccardo 1: 50. 486 CHATIN Picot de Lapeyrouse, Hist. abr. Fl. Pyren. xvii. 1813. Lebert, Mitt. naturf. Ges. Ziirich 4: 184-197. 1856. Lardy, Bull. Soc. géol. de France ser. 2. 13: 17-21. 1856. Lebert, Verh. Schweiz. naturf. Ges. 60: 140-154. 1877. Lebert, Arch. Sc. phys. nat. 60: 272-285. 1877. Lugeon et al., Bull. Soc. Vaud. Sci. nat. 53: 465-499. 1920. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 36. 1941. Endress, Gesnerus 26: 213-232. 1969. EPONYMY : Charpentiera Gaudichaud-Beaupré (1829). Chase, Mary Agnes (née Merrill) (1869-1963), American agrostologist. (Chase). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: US; further details see IH. IAPS Wel 1h (el, O)2 Beh AS wees BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 335; BL 1: 290; Bossert p. 71; Kew 1: 519; Langman p. 200-201; MW p. 72: MW suppl. p. 35. Roon, Int. direct. plant tax. 26. 1958. Fosberg and Swallen, Taxon 8: 145-151. 1959 (portr., bibl.). Stern, Pl. Science Bull. 9(4): 10. 1963. Chastenay, Victorine de (1770---1830), French botanist. (Chastenay). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 1: 338; Plesch p. 175; PR 1671. Candolle, Mémoires et Souvenirs 517. 1862. EPONYMY: Chastenaea A. P. de Candolle (1828). 1087. Calendrier de Flore, ou études de fleurs d’aprés nature par Madame V. D. C. *REREEEE || | Paris (Imprimerie de Crapelet, chez Maradan) 1802-1803, 3 vols. Oct. (Calendr. Fl.) Vol. 1: 20 Mai 1802 (JT), p. [i]-xxxii, [1]-397. Copies: MICH, NY, USDA. Vol. 2: 20 Mai 1802 (JT), p. [1-11], [1]-535. Copies: NY, USDA. Vol. 3: Mai 1803 (BH), p. [i*-iti*], [i]-xvi, [1]-522. Copies: MICH, NY, USDA. Ref.: BM 1: 295, 338; Plesch p. 175; PR 1671. Chatin, Gaspard Adolphe (1813-1901), French plant anatomist, director of the Paris Ecole de Pharmacie. (Chatin). HERBARIUM and Types: NA (probably dupl.) Rep ier s(ede'6)) 2017. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 682; Barnhart 1: 335; BM 1: 338; Bossert p. 71; CSP 1: 885-888, 7: 377-378, 9: [n.v.], 12: 152, 14: 178-1793; Jackson p. 44, 92, 98; Kew 1: 520-521; Langman p. 201; LS 5005-5053<. Chatin, Notice sur les travaux scientifiques de M. Ad. Chatin, Versailles 1866, xu, 102 p. (Copy: MO). Bonnier, Rev. gén. Bot. 13: 97-108. 1901 (bibl.). Bornet, Bull. Soc. bot. France 48: 26-38. 1901 (portr.) (also repr. p. 1-12). Wittrock, Acta Horti Bergiani 3(3): 98. 1905 (portr.). Magnin, Ann. Soc. bot. Lyon 32: 139. 1907. Anon., Bull. Soc. mycol. Fr. 25: frontisp. portr. 1909. Constantin, Ann. Sci. nat. Bot. ser. 10. 16: Xxxv-xxxvi. 1934 (portr.). 1088. Anatomie comparée des végétaux. Paris (J. B. Bailliére et Fils) [1856-]1892. Oct. (Anat. comp. vég.) Part I: Plantes aquatiques, in two livraisons: 487 CHATIN 1: [1]-48, pl. 1-10. 1856. Copies: G, MO (has cover 1862), NY, US. 2: 49-96, pl. 11-20. 1856. Copies: G, MO (has cover 1862), NY, US. Part II: Plantes parasites, in twelve livraisons: 3: [1]-48, pl. r-r0. 1856. 4: 49-96, pl. 11-20. 1856. 5:.97-114, pl. 21-30. 1856. 6: 145-192, pl. 31-40. 1857. 7: 193-240, pl. 41-50. 1857. 8: 241-288, pl. 51-60. 1857. 9: 289-336, pl. 61-70. 1858. 0: 337-384, pl. 71-80. 1859. 11: 385-432, pl. 81-go. possibly 1862. 12: 433-480, pl. gobis, g2bis, 91-100. possibly 1862. 13: 481-528, pl. ror-107, 109-110 dated with special label Jan 1865. 14: 529-560, p. [i]-xvi, [i*-11*]. 1892. The completed volume was issued 1892 (Nat. Nov. Apr 1892). Copies: G, MO (not in original covers), NY, p. [i]-xv, [1]-560, Atlas (G, MO) p. [i-iii], pl. 1-372, 3rbis, g1ter, 32-90, gobis, 91, 92, g2bis, 93-107, 109-110, in all 113 pl. (pl. 108 was never issued; is in fact g2bis). Plates: uncol. liths. by de Ligneville, Chatin, Lagesse. Ref.: Jackson p. 44; Kew p. 521. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 15: 9-12. 2 Jan 1857 (rev. fasc. 1-4; via Bibl. Univ. Geneve). Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. France 7: 32-34. 1860. 1089. La Truffe/Etude des conditions générales de la production truffiére. Paris (Bou- chard-Huzard) 1869. Duod. (in sixes) (Truffe). Ed. 1: 1869, p. [i-iii], [1]-202, pl. r-2, uncol. lith., 3 tabl. Copies: MICH, Stevenson. Ed. 2: Apr-Mai 1892 (p. xii: 8 Apr 1892; Nat. Nov. Jun 1892, Jul 1892), “La Truffe/ Botanique de la Truffe et des plantes truffiéres/sol, climat, pays producteurs, compo- sition chimique, culture, récolte, commerce/fraudes, qualités alimentaires, conserves, preparations culinaires ... Avec 15 planches imprimées en couleurs.” Paris (J. B. Bailliére et fils) 1892 Oct., p. [i]-xii, [1]-370, pl. 1-75, chromoliths by E. Boudier. Copies: MICH, Stevenson, US. — LS 5023 mentions another issue (Corbeil, Impr. Crété) 1892 (n.v.). This may not be different because the Paris Bailliére edition was printed by Crété at Corbeil (see p. [1i]). Ref.: BM 1: 338; Kew p. 521; LS 5007, 5022, 5023; Plesch p. 175; PR 1678. Chaubard, Louis Athanase (Anastase) (1781-1854), French botanist and palae- ontologist. (Chaub.) HERBARIUM and types: The types of the Nouvelle flore du Péloponnése are at P and PC, Further material at FI, G, W. — Grumman mentions Flore agenaise material (150 parts) at TL. Ref.: GR p. 270; 1H 2: 123. Candolle, Phytographie 403. 1880. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(1): 809, 6(2): 793; Barnhart 1: 336; BM 1: 339; CSP 1: 888; DBF 8: 327; GR p. 270; Kew 1: 522; PR p. 61. Anon., Flora 37: 208, 336. 1854; Bot. Zeit. 12: 328. 1854. Lindemann, Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou 60: 283-284. 1884. Clos, Bull. Soc. bot. France 40: 243-250. 1893. Debeaux, Rev. bot. Bull. mens. 13: 3-6. 1895. Astre, Bull. Soc. Hist. nat. Toulouse 101: 173. 1966. NOTE: The DSB (1959) account gives 18 Mar 1781 as the birth-date, and “Louis Atha- nase”’ as christian names; earlier accounts have b. 17 Aug 1785 and “Louis Anastase.”’ COMPOSITE WoRKS: Bory de Saint-Vincent and Chaubard, Expédition scientifique de Moree. 1832 (see Bory); for Chaubard’s part in the compilation of Saint-Amans, Flore agénaise, see Clos, cited above. EPONYMY: Chaubardia H. G. Reichenbach (1852) ; Chaubardiella L. A. Garay (1969). 488 CHAUMETON HANDWRITING: Candollea 29: 217-218. 1974. togo. Nouvelle flore du Péloponnése et des Cyclades, entiérement revue, corrigée et augmentée par M. Chaubard, pour les Phanérogames et M. Bory de Saint-Vincent, pour les Crypto- games, les agames, les considérations générales, la distribution des espéces par familles naturelles et ce qui a rapport au habitat. Paris (F. G. Levrault), Strasbourg (id.) 1838. Fol. (Now. fl. Pélop.) Co-author: Jean Baptiste Geneviéve Marcellin, Baron de Bory de Saint-Vincent (1778- 1846), see under Bory. Publ.: 18 Jun 1838 (presented to Académie des Sciences on 18 Jun 1838; Nouv. Ann. Voyages Sci. Géogr. 79 (231): 121-125. Jul 1838, BF 18 Aug 1838, Allg. Bibl. Deut. 31 Aug 1838, Flora 28 Sep 1838), p. [1i-viii], [1]-87, [88, err.], pl. 1-42, (41 copper engravings, one lith.; 34, 37, 40, 41 col.). Copies: G, PCS. — Originally published in Expédition scientifique de Morée, sect. des sciences physiques, vol. 3(2), Botanique, Paris 1832-1838, see Bory. Ref.: BM 1: 339; GF p. 51; NI 213; PR 1027. Chaumeton, Francois Pierre (1775-1819), French army physician, pharmacist and botanist. (Chaumeton). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 337; BM 1: 339; CSP 1: [889 in PR]; Jackson p. 201, 276; Kew 1: 522; Langman p. 201; NI 349; PR 1679-1681. Balland, Les pharmaciens militaires francais 279. 1913. togt. Flore médicale, décrite par F. P. Chaumeton [vols. 3-6: Chamberet et Poiret], peinte par Madame E. P[ancoucke] et par P. J. F. Turpin [vol. 2-6: Ouvrage entiére- ment neuf]. Paris (C. L. F. Pancoucke) 1814-1818. 6 vols. Oct. (in part in fours). [Flore du dictionnaire des sciences médicales] (Fl. méd.) Co-authors: [vols. 3-6:] Jean Baptiste Jos. César Tyrbas de Chamberet; Jean Louis Marie Poiret (1755-1834). Artists: Mme Ernestine Panckoucke (x-1860) ; Pierre Jean Francois Turpin (1755-1840). Volumes 7 (septiéme et dernier) 1819 and 8 (septiéme, sic) 1820 see under Poiret et Turpin. Octavo edition, published in go parts, each with 4 coloured copper engravings. Precise dating of parts possible with BH information. Vol. 1: 1814, p. [i]-xvi, [1]-209, corr. pages [1, avis], 61, 61bis, 62bis, 63, pl. 1-58, 33bis, 54bts (livr. 1-15). Vol. 2: 1815, p. [i-iii], [1]-256, pl. 59-116, 83bis, rr2bis (livr. 16-30). Vol. 3: 1816, p. [i-iv], [1]-265, pl. 117-172, r20bis, 123bis, regbis, r48bis (livr. 31-45). Vol. 4: 1817, p. [1]-266, pl. 173-23rbis (livr. 46-60). Vol. 5: 1818, p. [i-ii], [1]-280, pl. 232-297 (livr. 46-60). Vol. 6: 1818, p. [1]-271, pl. 292-349, 307bis, 333bis (livr. 76-go). Copies: B, BR, CAS, G, MICH, NY. — The HU copy has the same plates but slightly different page numbers. The BR and G copies have a plate 350 (349bis). Quarto editions: Our information on these is still incomplete. These editions (or issues) all have the same plates as the octavo edition but the text pages accompanying the plates are not numbered. The information in the literature is complex and not always clear. 1628-1830, Paris (C. L. F. Panckoucke), 3 vols. (presumably of 6, 1828-1832), ‘‘nouvelle publication.” Copies: MO (mixed set), NY (1-3). z: 1828, p. [i]-xv, pl. 1-58, 33bis, 54bis, with text accompanying plates livr. 1-15. 2: 1829, p. [i-ili], pl. 56-116, 83bis, rr2bis (also in MO). 3: 1830, p. [i-ili], pl. 117-145, r20bis, r23bis, r2gbis, rg8bis (MO copy: pl. 117-172 and bis pl.). 1833-1835, Paris (C. L. F. Panckoucke), 6 vols., ‘‘nouvelle publication.” Copies: HU, MICH, MO, Composition HU copy (bis nos. not noted) : 1: 1833, p. [i]-xi, pl. 1-58. 4: 1834, p. [i-ii], pl. 173-230. 2: 1833, p. [i-ili], pl. 59-176. 5: 1834, p. [i-iii], pl. 232-291. 3: 1833, p. [i-ili], pl. 177-169. 6: 1835, p. [i-ili], pl. 292-349. 489 CHAUMETON 1842-1845, Paris (Imprimerie de Panckoucke), 6 vols., all t.p.’s: “Flore médicale dé- crite par M. M. Chaumeton, Poiret, Chamberet, peinte par Mme E. Panckoucke et par M. J. Turpin nouvelle publication.” Copy: BR (bis nos. not noted) : 1: 1842, p. [i]-xii, pl. 1-58. 4: 1844, p. [1-11], pl. 177-297. 2: 1844, p. [i], pl. 59-116. 5: 1844, p. [i-ii], pl. 232-291. 3: 1844, p. [i-ui], pl. 177-172. 6: 1845, p. [1-i1], pl. 292-349. Other issues: Pritzel mentions a folio edition and a special edition of two copies ‘‘duo in membrana sunt impressa ....’’ The original publisher’s announcement of Aug 1814 mentioned a regular octavo edition, twenty quarto copies, 5 folio copies, and one on vellum. Ref.: BM 1: 3393; GF p. 53; Jackson p. 201; 276; Kew 1: 522; Langman p. 201; NI 349; Plesch p. 176; PR 1679; IDC 6219. Chauvin, Francois Joseph (1797-1859), French algologist. (Chawv.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: CN. — Exsiccatae: Algues de la Normandie, recueillies et publiées, la partie des Articulées par M. Roberge [Michel Robert Roberge x-1864], et la partie des Inarticulées par F. J. Chauvin (Fasc. 1-8, nos. 1-200) Caen 1826-1838. Sets at B, BM, CN, FH, G, L, LG, NEU, PC, UPS, TL. Reliquiae chauvinianae were distributed around 1860 (Flora 43: 190-192. 1860, Bot. Zeit. 18: tog-111. 1860) ; they included parts of the Algues de la Normandie. Refer (ede(6) 7957522 123. Anon., Flora 42: 256. 1859. Frémy, “‘Les algues de Normandie” de Chauvin, revision critique. Caen 1925 (see under Frémy). Koster, Taxon 18: 550. 1969. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 64. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 337; BM 1: 339; CSP 1: 892; IF p. 686; Jackson p. 155; Kew 1: 522; PR 1680-1681. Anon., Bot. Zeit. 17: 132. 1859, Flora 42: 158-159. 1859. Lenormand, Notice biographique sur M. Chauvin. Caen 1859, 32 p., copy: NY, repr. from Mém. Acad. Sci., Arts et Belles-Lettres de Caen; see also Bull. Soc. bot. France 7: 140. 1860. Brébisson, Fl. Normandie ed. 1, preface, ed. 2 p. vi. EPONYMY: Chauvinia Bory de Saint-Vincent (1829); Chauwinia W. H. Harvey (1862); Chauvinia Steudel (1854); Chauviniella Papenfuss (1956). 1092. Recherches sur ’ organisation, la fructification et la classification de plusieurs genres d’algues, avec la description de quelques espéces inédites ou peu connues. Essai d’une répartition des polypiers calciféres de Lamouroux dans la classe des Algues. Caen (A. Hardel) 1842. Qu. (Rech. organis. gen. alg.) Issue [1]: Chauvin identified on t.p. as ‘‘Professeur ...,’’ Caen 9 Nov 1842 (date théses), p. [1], [2 p. théses], [3]-132. Copies: PCS, USDA. Issue [2]: Chauvin identified on t.p. as ‘‘Docteur-és-sciences, professeur ...’? Caen 11 Nov 1842 (date théses, sic!), p. [1], [2 p. théses], [3]-132. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 1: 339; Jackson p. 155; Kew 1: 522; PR 1681; IDC 6348. Anon., Bot. Zeit. 1: 84. 3 Feb 1843. Chavannes, Edouard Louis (1805-1861), Swiss botanist and religious philanthropist. (Chavannes). HERBARIUM and typrs: Chavannes’ Swiss collections are at LAU. The types of the Monographie des Antirrhinées, however, are in the herbaria consulted by him for that work, now mainly in BM, K, G and P. The “‘monographie”’ was exemplary at its time because of the wide variety of collections studied, the morphological and teratological work and the geographical remarks. Chavannes was a pupil of A. P. de Candolle. Ref.: TH 2: 123. Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 174-175. 1940. 490 CHEESEMAN BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 337; BM 1: 340; CSP 1: 893; Kew 1: 523; Langman p. 201; PR 1682-1683. Chavannes, Monogr. Antirrh. 1833, preface. Chavannes, Préface to the Monogr. Antirrh. 1833 (see below). Vuillemin, Gazette de Lausanne 6 Sep. 1841 (fide Briquet). Candolle, Mémoires et souvenirs 331. 1862. Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 174-175. 1940. EPONYMY: Chavannesia Alph. de Candolle (1844). 1093. Monographie des Antirrhinées ... avec onze planches. Paris (Treuttel et Wiirtz), Lausanne (Dépot bibliographique) 1833. Qu. (Monogr. Antirrh.) Publ.: Jan 1833 (BF 2 Feb), p. [i]-1x, [x, cont.], [1]-190, f/. z-rz uncoloured copper engr., pl. 1 by J. Decaisne, 2-10 by Heyland, rr by F. Plée. Copies: B, BR, MICH, NY, US. Ref.: BM 1: 340; Kew 1: 523; Langman p. 201; PR 1683; IDC 5880. Laségue, Arch. Bot. Guillemin 1(3): 261-268. 11 Mar 1833. Anon., Lit. Ber. Flora 3: 80. 21 Mai 1833. Cheeseman, Thomas Frederick (1846-1923), British born New Zealand botanist (to N. Z. 1854). (Cheeseman). HERBARIUM and TypEs: AK, further material in E, K and NA. Refs: WEY 1 (eds 6) 3957, 2: 124. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 68. 1970. Goulding, Rec. Auckland Inst. Mus. 11: 105-117. 1974 (on pre-1900 material from U.S. in Cheeseman herb. at AK). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 338; BB p. 62; BL 1: 290 [index]; BM 6: 198; CSP 7: 381, 9: 504, 12: 153, 14: 188-189; IF p. 686, IF suppl. 1: 76; Kew 1: 523- 524; NI 351; Zander ed. 10, p. 644. Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand FI. xxxi. 1906. Cockayne, Veget. New Zealand 6-10. 1921. Cockayne, Trans. New Zealand Institute 54: xvii-xix. 1923 (also as repr. with cover, copies: L, NY) (portr.). Anon., Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1924: 27-28. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1923/4: 47-48. 1924. Britten, J. Bot. 62: 60. 1924. Glenn, The botanical explorers of New Zealand 173. 1950. 1094. Illustrations of the New Xealand flora. Edited by Th. F. Cheeseman ... with the assistance of W. B. Hemsley ... the plates drawn by Miss Matilda Smith ... Published under the authority of the Government of New Zealand. Wellington, N. Z. (John Mac- kay) 1914, 2 vols. Qu. (Ill. New Zealand fl.) Co-author: William Botting Hemsley (1843-1924). Artist: Matilda Smith (1854-1926) [Smithiella S.'T. Dunn 1920]. Publ.: Jul-Dec 1914 (p. 8: Jul 1914). Copy: U. r: [1]-8, [4, ind.], p/. z-r27 with letterpress. 2: [i-vi], pl. 122-250, with letterpress, [i]-xxxiv. The plates are plain lithographs of drawings by Matilda Smith, lith. by J. N. Fitch. Ref.: BL 1: 77; BM 6: 198; Kew 1: 524; NI 351. 1095. Manual of the New Zealand flora ... Published under the authority of the Govern- ment of New Zealand. New Zealand, Wellington (John Mackay) 1906. 16mo. (Man. New Zealand fl.) Ed. 1: 1906 (p. x: Jan 1906; Nat. Nov. Feb 1907), p. [i]-xxxvi, [1]-1199. Copies: B, G, NYU Us: Ed. 2: “revised and enlarged by the author,”’ Wellington, N. Z. (W. A. G. Skinner) 1925, 16 mo p. [i]-xliv, [1]-1163. Copies: B, BR, MICH, NY. — Edited by William Reginald Brook Oliver (1883-1957). Ref.: BL 1: 77; BM 6: 198; Kew 1: 524. 491 CHENEVARD Chenevard, Paul (1839-1919), Swiss business man and botanist. (Chenevard). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: G (30.000) (via Briquet), other material GB, IBF, L, W. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 701, 12(3): 256; Barnhart 1: 339; BL 2: 370, 583, 585; Saccardo, Cron. p. xix. Briquet, Verh. Schweiz. naturf. Ges. 101 (necr.) : 7-12. 1920 (bibl., portr.), also, Journal de Genéve 11 Mai 1920. Chodat, Arch. Sci. phys. nat. ser. 5. 2: 170-175. 1920. Prain, Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1920: 219-220. Hochreutiner, La patrie suisse 697 (9 Jun 1920) (portr.) Briquet, Ann. Cons. Jard. Genéve 21: 457-472. 192. (portr., bibl.) Briquet, Ber. schweiz. bot. Ges. 50a: 177-181. 1940 (bibl.) 1095a. Catalogue des plantes vasculaires du Tessin. Genéve (Kindig) 1910. Qu. (Cat. pl. vase. Tessin). Publ.: 1910 (Nat. Nov. Jun 1910), p. [1]-553, map. Copies: BR, G, NY. — (Mém. Inst. natl. Genevois vol. 21: 3-553, map. 1910). Additions au Catalogue des plantes vasculaires du Tessin. Genéve (Kiindig) 1916. Qu., p. [1]-11. Copy: G (additions p. 1: 10 Mai 1916). Cherler, Johann Heinrich (1570-1610), Swiss physician and botanist, son-in-law of Johann Bauhin. (Cherler). HERBARIUM and TYPES: see under Bauhin. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 5(1): 769, 6(2): 359, 628; Barnhart 1: 339; BM 1: 3413; Bossert p. 72; GR p. 639; HA 1: 382-384; Jackson p. xxxil, 28; Kew 1: 527; Lang- man p. 202; NI 103; PR 503-504. Duvernois, Notices sur quelques médecins, naturalistes et agronomes nés ou établis a Montbéliard dés le seiziéme siécle. Besancon 54-56. 1835. Wolf, R., Biographien zur Kulturgeschichte der Schweiz 3: 70. 1860. Bruhin, Jahresber. Erziehungsanst. Maria Einsiedeln 1862/3: 17. Legré, La botanique en Provence, Les deux Bauhin, J. H. Cherler et V. Dourez 25-33, 35-37- 1909. Kirschleger, Fl. Alsace 2: xxvii. Lapeyrouse, Hist. abr. pl. Pyren. xx. Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 182-183. 1940. NOTE: Cherler’s place of residence Montbéliard (Miimpelgard), now French, was at the time part of Wiirttemberg. Cherler was son-in-law of J. Bauhin. COMPOSITE WoRKS: Historia plantarum universalis, 1650-1651, with Jean Bauhin, [q.v.] and Dominique Chabrey. - EPONYMY: Cherleria Linnaeus (1753). Chesney, Francis Rawdon (1789-1872), British general who collected plants on an expedition to the Euphrates. (Chesney). HERBARIUM and Types: BM, BOLO and various other herbaria (e.g. E, G). Ref.: BB p. 63; IH 2: 124. Candolle, Phytographie 403. 1880. Miller, Taxon 19: 518. 1970. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 69. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 4: 606; Barnhart 1: 339; BB p. 63; BM 1: 342; CSP : 896, 7: 382; DNB 10: 185; Kew 1: 528. Aen! 5 J: Bot.105 96.-1872: anbacher Lexikon Reisen 76. 1882. 492 CHEVALIER EPONYMY: Chesneya Lindley ex Endlicher (1840). 1096. The expedition for the survey of the rivers Euphrates and Tigris, carried on by order of the British government, in the years 1835, 1836 and 1837; preceded by geographical and historical notices of the regions situated between the rivers Nile and Indus. In four volumes. With fourteen maps and charts, and embellished with ninety-seven plates, besides numerous wood-cuts. London (Longman, Brown, Green, and Longmans) 1850, 2 vols. Qu. (Exped. Euphrates Tigris). Vol. 1: 1850 (p. vi: 5 Feb 1850), p. [i]-xxvii, [xxviii-xxix], [1]-799, pl. 1, 3-9, 11-26, 28, 33> 37» 39, 42, 43. 12 maps. Copy: MICH. Vol. 2: 1850, p. [i]-xvi, [1]-778, pl. 2, 10, 27, 29-31, 34-36, 385 40-41, 45-47, 50s 51, “83.” Copy: MICH. Ref.: BM 1: 342; Kew 1: 528. 1097- Narrative of the Euphrates expedition carried on by order of the British government during the years 1835, 1836, and 1837. London (Longmans, Green, and Co.) 1868. Oct. (Narr. Euphrates exped.) Publ.: Sep-Dec 1868 (pref. 7 Sep 1868), frontisp., p. [iii]-xviii, [1]-564, 45 plates (nos. between 52 and 97), 16 woodcuts, 2 maps. Copy: MICH. Ref.: Kew 1: 528. Chevalier, Auguste Jean Baptiste (1873-1956), French botanist, explorer and bio- historian. (A. Chev.) HERBARIUM and TyYPEs: P, PC. Refs Ween (ed. 6) 23957, Qear25. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 340; BFM 1522; BL 1: 290 [index]; BL 2: 640 [index]; BM 6: 199; CSP 14: 194; IF suppl. 4: 315; Kew 1: 529-531; LS 32032- 32033; suppl. 4932-4936; Zander ed. 10 p. 645. Chevalier, Bull. Acad. Géogr. Bot. 11: 159-160. 1902 (on a journey to Tchad). Gagnepain, Fl. gén. Indoch. tom. prél. 38. 1944. Chevalier, Rev. int. Bot. appliq., Paris, 28: 182-185. 1948. Steenis, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 106. 1950. Leroy, J. Agric. trop. Bot. appl. 1: 3-7, 507-514. 19543 5(4-5): 379. 1958 (portr., bibl.) Jacques-Félix, Taxon 5(6): 120-125. 1956 (portr.). Leroy, Science et Nature 17: 20. 1956 (portr.) Aubréville, Bois et foréts des tropiques 48: 3-6. 1956 (portr.) Kevin, C. R. Séances Acad. Sci., Paris, 242(24): 2785-2789. 1956. Leroy, Bull. Soc. bot. France 104 (Mém.): 65-67. 1957. Robijns, Acad. Roy. Sci. Col., Bull. Séances, Bruxelles ser. 2. 3: 147-154. 1957 (portr.) Leroy, Science et Nature 27: 2-7. 1958. Reed, Bibl. Fl. S.E. Asia 32-35. 1969. Leroy, Adansonia 13(4): 389-390. 1973 (1974) (portr.) EPONYMY: Chevalierella A. Camus (1933); Neochevaliera A. Chevalier & Beille (1907); Neochevalierodendron Léonard (1951). 1098. Monographie des Myricacées anatomie et histologie, organographie, classification et description des espéces, distribution géographique. Cherbourg (Emile Le Maout) 1gor. Oct. (Monogr. Myric.) Publ.: 1901 (Nat. Nov. Oct 1902), p. [i-iii], [1] [= 85]-257 [= 341], map, 7 Pl. in text. Copy: U. — Reprinted from Mém. Soc. nat. Sci. nat. mat. Cherbourg 32: 85-341. 1901. Ref.: Kew 1: 529. 1099. Exploration botanique de I’ Afrique occidentale frangaise ... ‘Tome I. Enumération des plantes récoltées avec une carte botanique, agricole et forestiére ... Paris (Paul Leche- vallier) 1920. Oct. (Explor. bot. Afrique occ. frang.) Publ.: 1920, p. [i]-[xv], [1]-798, map, frontispiece portr. Fleury. Copies: B, USDA. Ref.: BL 1: 62; Kew 1: 529; IDC 5230. 493 CHEVALIER 1100. Flore vivante de l’ Afrique occidentale francaise (inclus Togo, Cameroun Nord, Ouban- gui-Chari-Tchad, Sahara frangais) publiée sous les auspices du gouvernement général de VA.O.F. et sous la direction du Prof. Aug. Chevalier ... Tome premier ... Gymno- spermes et premieres familles d’angiospermes (Casuarinées aux Buxacées). Les Polyga- lées en collaboration avec M. H. Jacques-Félix. Paris 1938. Oct. (Fl. Afrique occ. frang.) Publ.: Dec 1938, p. [i]-xxxul, [1]-360, 57 text figs. Copy: U. Ref.: BL 1: 37; Kew 1: 530. Chevallier, Frangois Fulgis (1796-1840), French botanist. (Chev.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: P. - Grumman and Hawksworth cite STR for the lichens and fungi — 500 original drawings at the Muséum d’Histoire naturelle, Paris. — Published, with F. C. L. Spenner, Flora alsatico-badensis (fasc. 1, 25 nos., 1833). Ref.: GR p. 270; 1H. 1 (ed. 6): 357. Hawksworth, Mycologist’s handb. 181. 1974. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 340; BM 1: 343; CSP 1: go1, 6: 621; GR p- 270 (“Chevalier”); Jackson p. 161, 162; Kew 1: 531; LS 5096-5100; MD 82-84; NI 353-355; PR 1689-1692. Anon., Notice sur les travaux scientifiques de F. F. Chevalier ... Colmar, s.d., 4 p., mss in Archives départementales, Strasbourg (MD) and Bibliothéque centrale, Paris. COMPOSITE WORKS: Chevallier contributed to Orbigny, Dict. univ. Hist. nat. EPONYMY: Chevalieria [sic] Gaudichaud-Beaupré (1843). 1101. Flore générale des environs de Paris, selon la méthode naturelle. Description de toutes les plantes agames, cryptogames et phanérogames qui y croissent spontanément; leurs propriétés, leurs usage dans la médecine, les arts, et économie domestique; avec une classification naturelle des agames et des cryptogames, basée sur lorganisation de ces végétaux et accompagnée de dix-huit tableaux iconographiques formant un genera propre a en rendre l’étude plus facile. Paris (Ferra Jeune) 1826-1827 [-1828], 2 vols. Oct. (Fl. gén. env. Paris). Ed. 1: Paris 1826-1827, 2 vols. in 3, oct. 1: 5 Aug 1826 (BF), p. [iii]-xxiv, [1]-674, [2, err.]. Copies: BR, MICH, NY, Stevenson. 2(1): 1827 (t.p.), p. [1-11], [1]-512. Copies: BR, MICH (incompl.), Stevenson. 2(2): 5 Jan 1828 (BF; t.p. 1827), p. [1-11], 513-980, [3, expl., err.], pl. 1-18. Copies: BR, NY, Stevenson. The plates may have been published as follows: r-2 with vol. 1, 3-10 with 2(1) and 11-18 with 2(2); they are uncol. copper engr. possibly with etching, by Paul Christien Romain Duménil. The division between 2(1) and 2(2) lies between 416/417 in the NY copy. It is likely that the second volume was published in more than two parts. — I have seen no copy with coloured plates. Ed. 2: corrigée et augmentée, Paris (Ferra) 1836, 2 vols. in 3. Oct. 1: 2 Apr 1836 (BF) p. [1i]-xxiv, [1]-680, [2, err.], pl. 1-14, partly coloured copper engr. by Duménil. Copies: BR, NY. 2(1): 2 Apr 1836 (BF), p. [i-iii], [1]-416, pl. 15-20. Copies: BR, NY. 2(2): 2 Apr 1836 (BF), p. [i-iii], 417-980, [3, expl., err.]. Copies: BR, NY. The plates are uncoloured or, if coloured, 1-14 by hand, 15-20 printed in two colours a la poupée, finished by hand. The second edition consists mainly of sheets of the first edition with reset preliminaries, cancellation and the addition of the explanation of the plates. For a further study see MD p. 83-84. Ref.: BM 1: 343; Kew 1: 5313 LS 5099; MD p. 82-84; NI 353; PR 1601. Bory de Saint-Vincent, Rev. encycl. ser. 2, 33(99): 763-765. Mar 1827. Becherer, Repert. Sp. nov. 27: 366-368. 1930. 1102. Histoire des Graphidées, accompagnée d’un tableau analytique des genres . Ouvrage renfermant des observations anatomiques et physiologiques sur ces végétaux; avec des figures dessinées et coloriées d’aprés nature, par MM. Prétre et P. Duménil, 494. CHING peintres d’histoire naturelle. Paris (Firmin Didot Pére et Fils) 1824 [-1827]. Qu. } (Hist. Graphid.) Artists: Paul Chrétien Romain Constant Duménil (1779-?); Jean Gabriel Prétre (fl. 1800-1840). Publ.: In parts 1824-1827, only 4 of the planned 20 parts were actually published; p. [i]- xv, [Xvi-xviil, expl.], [1]-86, pl. 1-20, rbis. Coloured engravings by Prétre and Duménil. Copy: BR. livr. pages _ plates date livr. pages plates date prosp. 10 Apr 1824 3 [16] II-I5 24 Jan 1827 I [48] 1-5, 1bis = 24 Jul 1824 4 [16] 16-20 15 Sep 1827 2 [16] 6-10 26 Mar 1825 Pages as indicated by BF — Livr. 1 and 2 also under the title: Histoire des Hypoxylons; description des genres et des espéces, qui forment ce grand tribu des végétaux. Paris, fasc. 1, 1824; fasc. 2, 1825. Reissue: 1837, as Graphidearum historia (Flora 28 Apr 1838) (n.v.). Ref.: BM 1: 343; Jackson p. 161; Kew 1: 531; LS 5097; NI 354; PR 1690. 1103. Fungorum et Byssorum illustrationes quos ut plurimim novos, trecentes et ultra cum caeteris minus bene cognitis, in diversis Europae regionibus collegit, ad vivum delineavit, sculpsit et coloribus naturalibus decoravit [auct.]. Leipzig (Fr. Fleischer), Strasbourg et Paris (Treuttel et Wirtz), Paris (Bailliére) 1837, 2 vols. Qu. (Fung. Byss. ill.) Vol. 1: Jul-Dec 1837 (p. [xii]: Jul 1837), 2 [1 in copy G] frontispiece portr. (of Cheval- lier), text p. [i-xii], [4, expl. front.], signatures 1-14 (112 p., last p. blank), 50 plates: unnumbered col. frontispieces and nos. 1-50 of which 29/30 and 49/50 combined. The plates are numbered only in the index. Copies: G, Stevenson. Vol. 2: 1837°, 97 pl. (n.v.) Ref.: BM 1: 343; Jackson p. 162; Kew 1: 531; LS 5100; NI 355; PR 1692. Joachim, Bull. trim. Soc. mycol. France 45(4): 300-301. Chiarugi, Alberto (1901-1960), Italian botanist at Florence. (Chiarug?). COLLECTIONS: FI. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 12(2): 153; Andrews ed. 2, p. 246; Barnhart 1: 341; BL 2: 347, 406; Bossert p. 73; Kew 1: 532; Moebius p. 348. Boureau, Regn. veg. 11: 11. 1958. Roon, Int. direct. plant tax. 26. 1958. Chiarugi, E. M., Caryologia 13: 1-14. 1960 (portr., bibl.; note that Mrs. Chiarugi takes over Caryologia). Corti, Arch. Bot. Biogr. Ital. 26: 200-204. 1960. Corti, Pubblic. Ist. bot. Firenze e dell’Herb. colon. no. 3: 533-534. 1960, no. D: [7 p.]. 1960 (portr.) [repr. from L’Italia forestale e montana 15(5). 1960]. Moggi, Webbia 15(2): vii-xxiii. 1960 (portr., bibl.). Knobloch, Amer. Fern. J. 51: 156-157. 1961. Tonzig, Lavori Ist. Sci. bot. Univ. Milano 8(219) : 968-983. 1961, ex Rendic. Acad. Naz. Lincei, Cl. Sci. Fis. ser. 8. 30: 968-983. 1961. Ching, Ren-Chang (1899-x), Chinese botanist and forester. (Ching). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: PE. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 342; IF suppl. 3: 203-204; IF suppl. 4: 315- 316; Kew 1: 535-536; MW p. 75-76; MW suppl. p. 43-44; Zander ed. 10, p. 645. Roon, Int. direct. spec. plant tax. 26. 1958. 1104. Icones filicum sinicarum Peking (Fan Memorial Institute) 1930-1958. Qu. (Icon. filic. Sin.) 495 CHING Co-author (for fasc. 1): Hsen Hsu Hu. Fasc. 1: Oct 1930, p. [i-vi], 1-102, pl. 1-50. Copy: MICH. Imprint Nanking (Academia Sinica), Peking (as above). Fasc. 2: pl. 51-100. Fasc. 3: May 1935, p. [i-vi], pl. ror-150 with text. Copy: MICH. Fasc. 4: Jan 1937, p. [i-iv], pl. 151-200 with text. Copy: MICH. Fasc. 5: 1958, pl. 201-250. Reprint of vols. 1-4 announced by the trade as available (Koeltz cat. 231. 1973) (n.v.). Ref.: IF suppl. 3: 204, 4: 315; MW p. 76; MW suppl. p. 43. Chiovenda, Emilio (1871-1940), Italian botanist. (Chiov.) HERBARIUM and TYPEs: FI and FT. Ref lt (edj6) seg. 2. 125: BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 342; BL 1: 33-35, 39, 40; BL 2: 358, 375, 536; BM 6: 201; Bossert p. 73; CSP 14: 201; GR p. 529; IF p. 686; Kew 1: 536-537; Langman p. 203-204; LS suppl. 4969-4970; Saccardo 1: 51, 2: 32; Cron. p. xix; Zander ed. 10, p. 645. Negodi, Atti Soc. Natural. di Modena 72: 22-33. 1941 (portr., bibl.) Pollacci, Atti Ist. bot. Giovanni Briosi e Labor. critt. Ital. 13(4a): [1 p.]. 1941 (portr.) EPONYMY: Chiovendaea Spegazzini (1917). 1105. Flora somala. Pubblicazione a cura del ministero delle colonie. Roma, Modena, Siena 1929-1936, 3 vols. Oct. (FI. somala). Vol. 1: Roma (Sindicato Italiano Arti Grafiche) 1929 (p. xi: Dec 1928), p. [iii]-xvi, [1]- 436, [1, err.]. map, pl. 1-50 (uncol.). Copies: BR, US. Vol. 2: Modena (R. Orto Botanico), Sep-Dec 1932 (p. xvi: 14 Aug 1932, colof.: 25 Aug 1932 printing terminated), p. [iii]-xvi, [1]-482, [1, colof.]. Copies: BR, US. Vol. 3: Siena (S. Bernardino) 1936, in Atti Ist. bot. Univ. Pavia, Giovanni Briosi, ser. 4. 7: [117]-160, pl. 1-12. 1936. Copy: B. - The Roman numerals on the title-pages of volumes 1 and 2 do not denote the month of publication, as has been supposed, but the years of the era of Mussolini. Ref.: BL 1: 39; Kew 1: 536; IDC gqg. Chodat, Robert Hippolyte (1865-1934), Swiss botanist at Genéve, plant collector in Paraguay. (Chodat). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: G. — Chodat distributed a series of fungi from the Herbier Barbey- Bossier (nos. 1-2685, 76 bis or ter nos.) containing important material from Fuckel. The series was not a regular set of exsiccatae, sets at BPI, COLO, CUP, DAOM, FH, MICH, MU, NY, UC, WSP. — Algae collections lost (fide Koster). Ref.: 1H 2: 126. Koster, Taxon 18: 550. 1969. Stevenson, Beih. Nova Hedwigia 36: 80-81. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(3): 826; 12(3): 482; Barnhart 1: 343; BL 1: 233, 252; 2: 587, 589; BM 1: 346, 6: 204; Bossert p. 73; CSP 14: 207-209; DTS 1: 46; GR p. 630; Kew 1: 540-543; Langman p. 204, 453; LS 5120-5131, suppl. 5012-5017; MW p. 76; NI 356n. Dorfler, Botaniker-Portraits 2: no. 19. 1906. Julliard, Cat. ouvrages, articles et mémoires ... Genéve 1909, p. 62-67 (bibl.) Beauverd, Fischer et al., Bull. Soc. bot. Genéve ser. 2. 25: i-xxxii. 1933, also repr. Genéve 1934, 33 p. (copy B). Hauman, Rapport Univ. libre Bruxelles 1933/1934: [2 p.] Lendner, Actes Soc. helvét. sci. nat. 1934: 529-550 (bibl., portr.) Dangeard, Bull. Acad. Sci. Paris 1934(1): 1821. Breugelmans, J. Pharmacie Belg. 16: 526. 1934. Guyot, Bull. Murithienne 51: 140-144. 1934. 496 CHOISY Weiss, Proc. Linn. Soc. 146: 144-146. 1934. Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. Genéve 27: 67. 1934/35. Anon., Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1934: 172. Jaag, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 52(159)-(187). 1935 (portr., bibl.) Tackholm, Sv. bot. Tidskr. 29: 148-152. 1935 (portr.) Verdoorn, Chron. bot. 1: 260. 1935 (portr.) Vischer, Rev. algol. 11: 239-245. 1939 (portr., bibl.) Pilet, DSB 3: 259. 1971. COMPOSITE WORKS: EP ed. 1: Tremandraceae, 3(4.) : 320-323. 1896; Polygalaceae, 3(4) : 323- 345. 1896, suppl. by Giirke, Nachtr. 2-4: 209. 1897. HANDWRITING: Candollea 29: 219-220. 1974. 1106. Monographia Polygalacearum. Genéve (Aubert Schuchardt) 1891-1893, 2 vols. Qu. (Monogr. Polygal.) Vol. 1: 1891 (Nat. Nov. Nov 1891), p. [1]-143, pl. 2-12 with letterpress, plain liths. by Chodat. Copy: U. — Originally published in Mém. Soc. phys. Hist. nat. Genéve, [1:] vol. suppl. [to vol. 31(1)] 1890 (7): 1891. The date of the first part must be accepted as 1891 (date on title-page). The citation 1890 probably stems from the numbering of the volume. The preface is dated Jul 1890. I have no information pointing to pre-- publication of part 1 in 1890; the Nat. Nov. citation confirms the date 1891. Vol. 2: 1893 (Nat. Nov. Dec 1893), p. [i]-xii, [1]-500, pl. 73-35; Mém. Soc. Phys. Hist. nat. Genéve 31(2)(2). 1893. Copy: U. Ref.: BM 1: 346; DTS 1: 46; Kew 1: 541; MW p. 76; NI 356n; IDC 5270. 1107. Algues vertes de la Suisse. Pleurococcoides-chroolépoides ... avec 264 figures. Bern (K.-J. Wyss) 1902. Oct. (Alg. vertes Suisse). Publ.: Jan-Mar 1902 (p. 3: 29 Aug 1899; Nat. Nov. Mar 1902), p. [ii]-xiii, [1]-373, fig. 1-264. Copy: PCS. — In: Matériaux pour la flore cryptogamique suisse 1(3), 1902. 1108. Etude critique et expérimentale sur le polymorphisme des algues ... avec xxi planches. Genéve (Georg & Cie.) 1909. Oct. (Etude polymorph. alg.) Publ.: 1909 (Nat. Nov. Sep 1909), p. [1]-165, [1, cont.], p/. 1-27, a, b with letterpress. Copies: BR, G, NY, U. Ref.: Kew 1: 541. Blum, NAF ser. 2. 8: 46. 1972. 1109. Monographie d’algues en culture pure ... avec ix planches en couleur et 201 figures dans le text. Bern (K. J. Wyss) 1913. Oct. (Monogr. alg. cult. pure). Publ.: 1913 (Nat. Nov. Feb 1914), p. [ii]-xii, [1]-226, pl. r-9 with letterpress. Copies: MICH, NY, PCS, U, US. — In: Matériaux pour la flore cryptogamique Suisse 4(2), 1913. Ref.: BM 6: 204; Kew 1: 542. Choisy, Jacques Denis (1799-1859), Swiss philosopher, protestant clergyman and botanist. (Choisy). HERBARIUM and TYPES: G (herbarium and library) and G-DC. — Choisy’s studies were not based solely on his own material; some of his types are therefore in other herbaria. His contributions to the Convolvulaceae were not always favorably received by his contemporaries: “‘tibrigens ist es sehr gefahrlich diese Pflanzen [Conv.] nach dem Prodr. zu determinieren, denn die Arbeit des Hrn Choisy ist wahrhaft iiber alles elend’’ (Miquel to Schlechtendal 6 July 1849, letter at Halle). Ref.: 1H 2: 126. Candolle, Phytographie 403. 1880. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG-7: 240; Barnhart 1: 343; BM 1: 346-347, 6: 205; CSP 1: 919; Jackson p. 532 [index]; Kew 1: 543; Langman p. 204, 210; MW p. 76-77; PR 1698-1704; Zander ed. 10, p. 645. Candolle, A. P. de, Hist. bot. genev. 29, 30, 57, 1830. AGT CHOISY Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. France 7: 140-142. 1860. Anon., Flora 43: 768. 28 Dec 1860. Candolle, Alph. de, Notice biographique sur Jacques-Denis Choisy. Genéve 1860, 20 p. Pictet, Mém. Soc. Phys. Hist. nat. Genéve 15: 502-505. 1860 (bibl.) Wolf, R., Biographien zur Kulturgeschichte der Schweiz 4: 359-360. 1862. Candolle, Mémoires et souvenirs 300, 331, 362, 386, 407, 481, 589. 1862. Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 183-186. 1940 (bibl.) Stafleu, The great Prodromus 25-26. 1966. COMPOSITE WoRKS: (1) DC, Prodr.: (a) Convolvulaceae, 9: 523-562, 565. 1 Jan 1845. (b) Guttiferae, 1: 557-564. med. Jan 1824. (c) Hydroleaceae, 10: 179-185, 588. 8 Apr 1846. (d) Hypericineae, 1: 541-556. med. Jan 1824. (e) Nyctagineae, 13(2): 425-458. 5 Mai 1849. (f) Selaginaceae, 12: 1-26, 686. 5 Nov 1848. (2) L. von Buch, Physikalische Beschreibung der Canarischen Inseln, Berlin 1825, p. 148-154, passim, various botanical entries (e.g. Bethencourtia Choisy). (3) Zollinger, Systematisches Verzeichniss, various families, p. 127-134, 136, 142-152. Zurich 1854. These entries were reprinted separately (with corrections and additions, as Plantae javanicae ... Geneve 1858 (see below). EPONYMY: Choisya Humboldt, Bonpland & Kunth (1823). HANDWRITING: Candollea 29: 221-222. 1974. 1110. Prodromus d’une monographie de la famille des Hypéricinées. Genéve (J. J. Pashoud), Paris 1821. Qu. (Prodr. monogr. Hypéric.) Publ.: 9 Mar 1821 (BF), p. [i*-v*], [i]-i1, [3]-70, pl. z-9, uncol. unsigned copper engr. Copies: B, G, NY, US. Ref.: BM 1: 346; Kew 1: 543; MW p. 76; PR 1698; IDC 5881. rrrxz. Mémoire sur un nouveau genre de Guttiféres, et sur Parrangement méthodique de cette famille. [Paris 1823]. Qu. (Mém. nouwv. gen. Guttif.) Publ.: 7 Jun 1823 (BF), p. [1]-23, [1, err.], pl. 1, 2. Copy: G. — Reprinted from Mém. Soc. Hist. nat. Paris 1(1): [210]-232, pl. rz-r2. 1823. We have seen no copy dated 1822. Copies with orig. journal pagination at BR, MO, NY. Ref.: Kew 1: 543; Langman p. 204. 1112. Mémoire sur la famille des Sélaginées, lu a la Société de Physique et d’ Histoire naturel- le de Genéve, le 24 janvier 1822. Genéve (J. J. Paschoud) 1823. Qu. (Mem. Sélag.) Publ.: 1823, p. [i], [1]-44, pl. 1-5. Copy: G. — Reprinted from Mém. Phys. Hist. nat. 2(2): 71-115, pl. 1-5. 1823, Also reprinted with orig. pagination (NY). Ref.: Kew 1: 543. 1113. Description des Hydroléacées. |Genéve 1833]. Qu. (Descr. Hydrol.) Publ.: Reprint 16 Sep 1833 (Acad.), p. [1]-28, pl. 1-3. Copy: G. — Originally published in Mém. Soc. Phys. Hist. nat. Genéve 6: [95]-122. pl. 1-3. 1833; reprinted in part in Ann. Sc. nat. 30: 225-231. Nov 1833; summary in Guillemin, Arch. Bot. 2: 335. 21 Oct 1833. — Three uncoloured lithographs of drawings by Heyland. — Reprint with original pagination at NY and US. Ref.: BM 1: 3473; Jackson p. 134; Langman p. 204; MW p. 76; PR 1700. Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 183-186. 1940. 1114. Convolvulaceae orientales nempe indicae, napaulenses, birmannicae, chinenses, japonicae nec non et quaedam australasicae, pleraeque in ditissimis Britann. societatis Indiae-orientalis herbariis observatae et descriptae, celeberrimi Wallichi catalogo comparatae, et gallica praefatione de generibus intra convolvulaceas admittendis comitatae. Genéve 1834. Qu. (Convolv. orient.) Publ.: Aug 1834 (Acad. 11 Aug), p. [1]-120, pl. 1-6. Copies: MICH, US. — A separately 498 CHOULETTE paged reprint from: Mém. Soc. Phys. Hist. nat. Genéve 6(2): [383]-502, pl. 1-6. (1834, cf. p. 606) (see also Ann. Sc. nat. Bot. ser. 2. 2: 140-155. Sep 1834). — The reprint is accompanied by a lithographed handwritten general index ot 7 folio pages. — Six lithographs of drawings by Heyland. Ref.: BM 1: 347; Kew 1: 543; Jackson p. 378; Langman p. 204; MW p. 76; PR 1701; IDC 5882. 1115. De Convolvulaceis dissertatio secunda, complectens recensionem generum Batatas, Exogonium, Jacquemontia, Evolvulus, nec non et paucas spectabiles species intra genera Ipomaea, Aniseia et Breweria excerptas. [Genéve 1837.] Qu. (Convolv. diss. sec.) Publ.: After 15 Jun 1837 (date of presentation of paper) p. [43]-86, p/. 1-4, plain copper engr. by Heyland. Copy: U. — Reprinted from Mém. Soc. Phys. Hist. nat. Genéve 8: [121]-164, pl. 1-4. 1837. — Copies of reprints with original pagination: G, MICH, US. Ref.: BM 1: 347; Kew 1: 543; Langman p. 204; MW p. 76; PR 1701. 1116. De Convolvulaceis dissertatio tertia, complectens Cuscutarum hucusque cognitarum methodicam enumerationem et descriptionem, nec non et brevem gallicam de cuscutis praefationem. [Genéve 1842.] Qu. (Convolv. diss. tert.) Publ.: 1842, as a reprint, paged [165]-192, pl. 1-5 at BM, G, MICH and US; this pagina- tion links up with that of the journal pagination of the second dissertation. Reprinted from Mém. Soc. Phys. Hist. nat. Genéve 9(2): [261 ]-288, pl. 1-5. (NY). Ref.: BM 1: 347; Kew 1: 543; Langman p. 204; MW p. 76; PR 1701. 1117. Note sur les Convolvulacées du Brésil et sur le Marcellia, genre nouveau de cette famille. Genéve (Jules Guillaume Fick) 1844. Qu. (Note Convolv. Brésil). Publ.: 1844, p. [1]-8, 1 pl. Copies: G, US. — Reprinted from Mém. Soc. Phys. Hist. nat. Genéve 10: 439-444. 1844. The plate is an uncol. lith. by Madame B. Gay. Reje INew lis 5435) PR 1702. 1118. Considérations sur la famille des Nyctaginées. [Genéve 1848]. Qu. (Consid. Nyctagin.) Publ.: 1848, p. [1]-8, 1 pl. Copy: G. — Preprinted from Mém. Soc. Phys. Hist. nat. 12(1). 1849 (see Bot. Zeit. 7: g06-907. 28 Dec 1849). 1119. Description des Guttiféres de ’ Inde recueillies par le Dr Wallich et de quelques Gutti- féres peu connues d’Amérique précédée d’observations générales sur cette famille. [Geneve 1849]. Qu. (Descr. Guttif. Inde). Publ.: 1849, p. [1]-60, pl. 7-5 by Thury. Copies: G (2), MO, NY. — Reprinted from Mém. Soc. Phys. Hist. nat. 12(2): 381-440, pl. 1-5. 1849 (1851). 1120. Mémoire sur les familles des Ternstroemiacées et Camelliacées. Genéve (Jules-Guillaume Fick) 1855. Qu. (Mém. Ternstroem. Camell.) Publ.: 1855 (Bot. Zeit. 21 Dec 1855), p. [1]-98, pl. 1-3, uncol. liths by Thury. Copy: G. — Reprinted from Mém. Soc. Phys. Hist. nat. Genéve 14. 1855. 1121. Plantae javanicae nec non ex insulis finitimis et etiam e Japonia quaedam oriundae a Jac. Dion. Choisy ... in clar. Zollingeri Catalogo javanensi elaboratae, et nunc denuo vulgata cum variis additionibus et emendationibus. Ordines inter Thalamifloras: Hypericaceae. Clusiaceae. Camelliaceae. Inter Corollifloras: Ternstroemiaceae. Con- volvulaceae. Quaedam de Ebenaceis et Styracaceis. Genéve (Ramboz et Schuchardt) 1858. Oct. (Pl. jav.) Publ.: 1858, p. [i]-iv, 5-30. Copy: NY. — A corrected and amended version of Choisy’s entries in Zollinger, Systematisches Verzeichniss, Ziirich 1854. Ref.: BM 1: 347; Kew 1: 543; MW p. 77; PR 1704. Choulette, Sébastien (1803-?), French botanist. (Choulette). HERBARIUM and types: Fragmenta florae Algeriensis exsiccata (600 nos.). The collections cited in IH under Jules-Emile Choulette (son of Sébastien) were collected by father and son. Ref.: 1H 2: 126; Cosson et Durieu, Intr. fl. Alg. (Exp. Sci. Alger., Bot. 2) xxiii. 1868. 499 CHOULETTE BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 344; BM 1: 347; Jackson p. 306; PR 1708. 1122. Synopsis de la flore de Lorraine et d’ Alsace, ou description succincte et tableau analy- tique des plantes phanérogames qui croissent spontanément ou qui sont le plus générale- ment cultivées dans l’est de la France ... Premiére partie: Tableau analytique des genres et des espéces. Strasbourg (Dérivaux) et Paris (J.-B. Bailli¢re) 1845. Duod. (Syn. ji. Lorraine Alsace). Publ.: 1845, p. [i*-11*], [1]-284, 1 tab. Copy: G. — Signatures of 24 and 12 p. alternate. Ref.: BM 1: 347; Jackson p. 306; PR 1708. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 4: 192, 554, 1846. Christ, Konrad Hermann Heinrich (1833-1933), Swiss pteridologist and plant geographer, professor of botany at Basel. (Christ). HERBARIUM and TYPEs: BAS. Refe: Weir (ed-16) 4957, 020020: BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG I: 229, 6(1): 205, 12(3): 414; Barnhart 1: 344; BFM 2044, 3024; BM 1: 347, 6: 205; Bossert p. 74; CSP 1: 921, 7: 387, 9: 513, 12: 157, 14: 215-216; DTS 1: 46-47, 6(4): 69, 129; IF p. 686-689, suppl. 1: 76-79, 2: 35; Jackson p- 342; Kew 1: 548-549; LS 5133; MW p. 77-78; PR 1709-1710; Saccardo 1: 51. Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cxvi. 1883. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 101. 1905 (portr.). Marietan, Bull. Acad. int. Geogr. bot. 16: 129. 1907 (portr.). Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. Deux-Sévres 1909-10: pl. 1 (portr.). Christ, Verh. naturf. Ges. Basel 35(1): 1-18. 1923 (autobiogr., portr., bibl.), also as reprint. Senn, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 51: (72)-(95). 1933 (bibl., portr.). F.B., Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1934: 40-41. Marietan, Bull. de la Murithienne 51: 132-139. 1934 (portr.). Schroter, Verh. schweiz. Naturf. Ges. 115 Jahresvers. Ziirich, 3: 493-511. 1934 (portr.). Vischer, Ber. Schweiz. bot. Ges. 42: 211-223. 1934 (Corr.). Looser, Physis 11: 535-541. 1935 (repr. p. I-7). Verdoorn, Chron. bot. 1: 262. 1935 (portr.). Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 121. 1936. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 36. 1941. Becherer, Bauhinia 5(3): 161-167. 1975. Burdet, Saussurea 6: 29. 1975 (portr.) FESTSCHRIFT: Verhandlungen der naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Basel 35(1). 1923/4. COMPOSITE WoRKs: Durand et Pittier, Primitiae flora costaricensis, vol. 1(3). 1896, vol. 3(1). 1911, various families of Pteridophyta. HANDWRITING: Monogr. Biol. Canar. 4: 33. 1973 (fig. 25). 1123. Die Rosen der Schweiz mit Beriicksichtigung der umliegenden Gebiete Mittel- und Siid-Europa’s. Ein monographischer Versuch. Basel, Genf, Lyon (H. Georg) 1873. Oct. (Rosen Schweiz). Publ.: Jan-Mai 1873 (Bot. Zeit. 27 Jun 1873; Flora 11 Jul 1873), p. [i-vi], [1]-2109. Copies: B, MICH, NY. French translation (by E. Burnat) Genéve 1885, 56 p. (Nat. Nov. Mai 1885), n.v. Ref.: BM 1: 347; Kew 1: 548. Fauconnet, Bull. Soc. Murith. Valais 3: 36-38. 1874. 1124. Das Pflanzenleben der Schweiz ... Mit vier Vegetations-Bildern in Tondruck nach Original-Aufnahmen von C. Janslin, in Holzschnitt ausgefiihrt von Buri & Jeker, vier Pflanzenzonen-Karten in Farbendruck, und einer Tafel der Héhengrenzen verschiede- ner Gewachse. Alle Rechte gewahrt. Ziirich (Friedrich Schulthess) 1879. Oct. (Pflanzen- leben Schweiz). 500 CHRISTENSEN Ed. 1: Feb-Jul 1879 (in four parts), p. [i]-xiv, [xv, expl. pl.], [1]-488, 4 pl., 4 maps (i-1v), I tab. (v). Copies: B, BR. i Fasc. 1: Feb 1879 (Nat. Nov. Feb 1879; Flora 1 Mar 1879). Fasc. 2/3: Apr 1879 (Nat. Nov. Apr 1879; Flora 1 Mai 1879). Fasc. 4: Jun 1879 (Nat. Nov. Jun 1879; Flora 1 Sep 1879). Ed. 2: Zweite unveranderte Ausgabe. Zurich (id.) 1882 Oct. (in 10 fasc.) p. [1i]-xiv, [xv, expl. pl.], [1]-488, 4 f/., 4 maps. Copy: B. Fasc. 1: Mai 1882 (Nat. Nov.) 1125. La flore de la Suisse et ses origines . . . Edition francaise, traduite par E. Tiéche revue par l’auteur/Ouvrage accompagné de cinq cartes en couleurs et de quatre illustrations hors texte. Basel, Genéve, Lyon (H. Georg) 1883. Oct. (Fl. Suisse). Ed. r: Jan-Oct 1883 (Nat. Nov. Nov 1883; J. Bot. Dec. 1883), p. [i]-xiv, [xv, expl. pl.], [1]-576, 4 pl., 4 (not 5) maps, 1 graph. Copies: B, U. Ed. [2]: Nouvelle édition augmentée d’un apercu des récents travaux géobotaniques. Basel, Genéve, Lyon (id.) 1907. Oct. (Nat. Nov. Dec 1907; suppl. p. 4: Apr 1907), p. [i]-xiv, [xv, expl. pl.], [1]-571, [572, err.], [1]-119, 5 maps, 4 pl. Copies: BR, M, MICH. — The second set of pages (1-119): Supplément. Apercu des récents travaux géobotaniques concernant la Suisse. Ref.: BM 1: 347, 6: 205; Kew 1: 548. 1126. Die Farnkrduter der Erde. Beschreibende Darstellung der Geschlechter und wichti- geren Arten der Farnpflanzen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der exotischen. ... Mit - 292 Abbildungen. Jena (Gustav Fischer) 1897. Oct. (Farnkr. Erde). Publ.: 1897 (Nat. Nov. Dec 1897), p. [i]-xii, [1]-388, 292 text ill. Copies: HH, U. Ref.: BM 1: 347; IF p. 687; Kew 1: 548; MW p. 77; IDC 7172. 1127. Die Farnkraéuter der Schweiz ... Mit achtundzwanzig Textfiguren. Bern (K. J. Wyss) 1g00. Oct. (Farnkr. Schweiz). [ii]: Beitrage zur Kryptogamenflora der Schweiz ... Band 1, Heft 2. Die Farnkrauter der Schweiz. Bern 1900. Ref.: BM 1: 205; Kew 1: 549. Christensen, Carl Frederik Albert (1872-1942) Danish botanist. (C. Chr.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Original fern herbarium at BM; 12.000 duplicates at C. hefe- EL Ty (Ede 6) i195 7n2:) 120: Alston, Proc. Linn. Soc. London 156: 202. 1944/5. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 345; BFM 2319; BL 1: 31, 100, 114, 127; BM 6: 205; Bossert p. 74; GR p. 681-682; IF p. 689, suppl. 1: 79, 2: 35, 3: 204-206, 4: 313 (bibl.); Kew 1: 549-550; KR p. 121; MW p. 78. Benedict, Amer. Fern J. 2(2): 51-57. 1912. Christensen, Dansk bot. lit. 1: 195. 1924 (portr.). Looser, Rev. argent. Agron. 10: 279-280. 1943. Paulsen, Naturens Verden, Kjébenhavn 27: 1-4. 1943. Petersen, Bot. ‘Tidsskr. 46(2): 177-179. 1943. Gagnepain, FI. Indochine, tom. prél. 38. 1944. Alston, Proc. Linn. Soc. London 156: 202. 1944/5. Pichi-Sermolli, Nuovo Giorn. bot. Ital. ser 2. 53(1-2): 403-404. 1946. Stafleu, Taxon 22: 465-473. 1973. Lawalrée, Natura mosana 26(4): 113-116. 1973 (corr.). Hansen, Bot. ‘Tidsskr. 69(2/3): 207. 1974. Holttum, Taxon 24: 499-500. 1975. NoTE: A complete bibliography of Christensen’s pteridological work is given in his Index filicum, main vol. and supplements. EPONYMY: Christensenia Maxon (1905). 501 CHRISTENSEN 1128. Index filicum sive enumeratio omnium generum specierumque Filicum et Hydro- pteridum ab anno 1753 ad finem anni 1905 descriptorum adjectis synonymis principali- bus, area geographica etc. Kjébenhavn (H. Hagerup) [1905]-1906. Oct. (Index filic.) pages dates pages dates pages dates [i]-[ix] 10 Oct 1906 257-320 18 Nov 1905 577-640 2 Jul 1906 [1]-64 5 Mai 1905 321-384 30 Dec 1905 641-720 20 Aug 1906 65-128 I Jul 1905 385-448 12 Feb 1906 721-744 10 Oct 1906 129-192 20 Aug 1905 449-512 1 Apr 1906 [xii]-lix 10 Oct 1906 193-256 2 Oct 1905 513-576 19 Mai 1906 Supplementum 1906-1912: 20 Dec 1913, p. [i]-iv, [1]-131, [132, corr.] Kjobenhavn (H. Hagerup) Supplément préliminaire pour les années 1913, 1914, 1915, 1916, publié auz frais de S.A.I. Le Prince Bonaparte membre de |’ Institut: Oct-Dec 1917, p. [1-iii], [1]-60 (Nat. Nov. Jun 1918). Kjobenhavn (Triers Bogtrykkeri). Supplementum tertium pro annis 1917-1933: Oct 1934, p. [1]-219. Kjobenhavn (H. Hage- rup). Supplementum quartum pro annis 1934-1960 prepared by Rodolpho E. G. Pichi-Sermolli fet coll.]: Jan 1965, Utrecht, p. [i]-xiv, [1]-370, Regnum vegetabile vol. 37. Copy: U (including supplements). Facsimile ed.: Koenigstein (Otto Koeltz) 1973, ISBN 3-87429-048-4 and 3-87429-040-2. Copy: FAS. Note: The main work and supplements contain extensive pteridological bibliographies, called Catalogus literaturae, referred to in this work as IF. Main work: 671-744; Supple- ment 1906-1912: 82-86; Supplement [2]: 34-39; Supplement: 201-219; Supplement 4: 311- 349- Ref.: BFM 2319; BM 6: 205; Kew 1: 549; KR p. 121; MW p. 79. Stafleu, Taxon 22: 465-466. 1973. 112g. A monograph of the genus Dryopteris. Kobenhavn (Andr. Fred. Host & Son) 1912 [r913]-1919[1920], 2 parts. Qu. (Monogr. Dryopteris). 1: Jan-Jun 1913 (t.p. 1912; Nat. Nov. Jul 1913, IF suppl. 1: 79 “1913”’), p. [i], [1]-230, alt. [55-282]. Copy: U. —- D. Kgl. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skrifter ser. 7, nat. mat. afd. 10(2). 2: Jan-Sep 1920 (t.p. 1911; Nat. Nov. Oct 1920, IF suppl. 3: 205 “1920”’), p. [1]-132. Copy: U. — D. Kel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skrifter ser. 8, nat. mat. afd. 6(1). “T regard Christensen’s monograph of ‘“‘Dryopteris” as the first modern work of fern taxonomy ...” (Holttum). Ref.: Holttum, ‘Taxon 24: 499-500. 1975. Christmann, Gottlieb Friedrich (1752-1836), German botanist and physician at Urach (Winnenden). (Christm.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 346; BM 1: 348; GR p. 69; LS 5141; PR 54313 SO 577, 5774, 578. 1130. Des Ritters Carl von Linné Koniglich Schwedischen Leibarztes ec. ec., vollstdndiges Pflanzensystem nach der dreyzehnten lateinischen Ausgabe und nach Anleitung des hol- landischen Houttuynischen Werks iibersetzt und mit einer ausfithrlichen Erklarung aus- gefertiget. Niirnberg (Gabriel Nicolaus Raspe) 1777-1788, 14 vols (in 15). Oct. (Vollst. Pflanzensyst.) Co-author: Georg Wolfgang Franz Panzer (1755-1829). Publ.: names of authors not on title-pages; volumes 1-7 are by G. F. Christmann, 8-14 by Panzer. The book is not an exact translation of Houttuyn’s Natuurlijke historie; there are many amendments and even new names and new taxa. For further details see Merrill (1938). 502 CIFERRI Original edition. vol. pages plates dates I [i-xi1], 17-798 1-11, 5), front., portr. Linn. 1777 2 [i-vili], 1-548, [28] 12, 12b, 13-15, 16a, 16b, 16c, 17 Way 3 [i-iv], 1-683, [1] 18-25, 19b, 24b 1778 4 [i-viii], [1]-709, [65] 26-37 1779 Sie -wapet=8 707 iu 38-410, 41b, 42a, 42b, 43, 440, 44b = 1779 6 [i-viii], [1 ]-696 45-50, 50D, 51 1780 7 [-iv], [1]-584, [2] 5tb, 52, 53, 530, 54, 554, 550, 56,57 1781 8 [i-viii], [1]-794 574, 57b, 58-65 1782 9 [i-viii], [1]-630, [2] 66, 66b, 67, 68, 69 1783 10 [i-viii], [1]-381, [182] 70-76 1783 II [i-viii], [1]-664, [18] 77-86 1784, Apr-Mai 12 [i-viii], [1]-810, [36], [5] 87-93 1785, after Apr 13(1) [i-viii], [1]-562, [22] 94-101, 105 1786, Mai-Dec (2) [i]-xii, [1]565, [15] 102-104 1787, Mai-Dec 14 [i-viti], [1]-614 1788, Apr-Dec Copy: NY. — The plates are unsigned plain copper engr. Neue unverdnderte Auflage, 14. vols., Niirnberg 1799, Oct. (n.v.). Ref.: BM 1: 348; LS 5141; MW p. 78; PR 5431; SO 577, 577, 578. Merrill, J. Arnold Arb. 19: 291-375. 1938. Cienkowski, Leo de (Tzenkovskii, Lev Semenovich) (1822-1887), Polish biologist and microscopist, professor of botany at St. Petersburg 1854-61, Warsaw 1862-1865, Odessa 1865-1871, Charkof 1871-1887. (Czenk.) HERBARIUM and TyYPEs: LE. Rep Es orii26: BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 599; Barnhart 1: 348; BM 5: 2158; Bossert p- 753 CSP 1: 927, 7: 391, 9: 522, 14: 235; Grummann p. 726; Jackson p. 174; Kew 1: 558; LS 5167-5180, 32089. Vallot, Bull. Soc. bot. France 29: 176. 1882. Anon., Leopoldina 23: 215-216. 1887. Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. France 34(2): 191. 1887. Maximowicz and Reinhard, Ann. Bot. 1: 395-396. 1888 (bibl.) Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 173. 1903, 3(3): 187. 1905. EPONYMY: Cienkowskia Rostafinski (1873); Cienkowskya E. Regel & Rach (1859). Ciferri, Raffaele (1897-1964), Italian mycologist. (Czf.) HERBARIUM and types: PAV. — Hawksworth cites BPI for the main collections of fungi. Ciferri’s pre World War II material was destroyed during the war. — Exsiccatae: Mycoflora domingensis exsiccata (4 cent., nos. 1-425, Moca 1931 (1, 2), Pavia 1932-1956 3,4)). Sets at BPI, CUP, DAOM, FH, ILL, PICH, NMES, NY, PAC, PUR, TRTC,WIS. Ref.: TH 2: 128. Ciferri, Mycoflora domingensis integrata. Pavia 1961. Stevenson, Beih. Nova Hedwigia 36: 82-87. 1971. Hawksworth, Mycologist’s handb. 181. 1974. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 348; BFM 2320, 3072; BL 2: 333, 336, 565; GR p. 516; Kew 1: 559; Langman p. 205; LS suppl. 5103-5183; MW suppl. p. 49; Zander ed. 10, p. 645. Roon, Int. direct. plant tax. 27. 1958. Tomaselli, Univ. Studi Pavia, Annuario 1963-64: [6 p.] (portr.). Giacomini, Ann. Bot., Roma 28(1): 249-250. 1964. 593 CIFFERRI Tomaselli, Arch. Bot. Biog1. ital. 40: 1-55. 1964 (bibl., 1060 nos.; portr.), also as: Atti Ist. Bot. Pavia ser. 5. 21 suppl.: 3-55. 1964. Baldacci, Mycologia 57: 198-201. 1965 (portr.). Giacomini, Giorn. bot. Ital. 72(4-6): 705-772. 1965 (bibl.). Lindquist, Fitosanitarias 4(8): 17. 1965. Ainsworth and Bisby, Dict. fungi ed. 6. 109. 1971. COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) Lindau et Sydow, Thesaurus literaturae mycologicae et lichenologicae, Supplementum 1911-1930, Pavia 1957-1960, 4 vols. (2) Fiori et Giacomini, Flora italica cryptogama, fasc. 17 Ciferri, Ustilaginales, 443 p., 31 Mar 1938. (3) For further details see Tomaselli’s bibliography (1964). EPONYMY: Ciferria Fragoso (1925); Ciferriella Petrak (1930); Ciferrina Petrak (1932); Ciferriolichen Tomaselli (1952); Ciferriomyces Petrak (1932); Ciferriopeltis A. Chaves Batista & H. Maia (1965); Ciferriotheca A. Chaves Batista & Lima ex A. Chaves Bastista (1959); Ciferioxyphium A. Chaves Batista & H. Maia (1963); Ciferriusia A. Chaves Batista (1962); Mycociferria ‘Tomaselli (1953). 1131. Saggio di una sistematica micolichenologica, Atti Istituto botanico e Laboratorio crittogamico serie 5. 10(1): 22-84. 1953. Co-author: Ruggero Tomaselli (1920-x). Publ.: Jun 1953 (date on cover of fascicle) — often quoted from 1952 but the authors themselves gave the correct date in their publications of 1954 and 1955. The article contains a great number of names given to the fungal components of lichens. ‘The ICBN states that ‘‘for nomenclatural purposes names given to lichens shall be considered as applying to their fungal components” (Art. 13); most of these names were therefore superfluous when published and hence illegitimate. A few names are based on type species on which so far no other generic name had been based. In order to distinguish the specific epithets in the combinations with their generic names Ciferri and Tomaselli frequently used genetive endings thus making these epithets superfluous substitutes as well. The authors published the names in the hope that the International Botanical Congresses would accept their proposal to allow two nomen- clatural systems for lichens, one for the entire plant and one for the fungal symbionts. This proposal was rejected by the 1954 Congress. Ref.: Ciferri et Tomaselli, Taxon 2: 194-196. 19533; 3: 230-231. 19543 4: 190-192. 1955. Ciferri et Tomaselli, Arch. Bot. ser. 3. 12(1): I-15. 1952. Santesson, Taxon 3: 147-148. 1954. Rogers, Taxon 4: 19-20. 1955. Ciferri et Tomaselli, Atti Ist. Bot. Lab. Critt. Univ. Pavia ser. 5. 10(2): 253-295. Dec 1954. Cirillo, Domenico Maria Leone (1739-1799), Italian statesman and botanist. (Ciril- lo). HERBARIUM and TypPEs: Collections destroyed when he was murdered at Naples on 8 Oct 1799. If any specimens were preserved at all they are perhaps at NAP. Ref.: Saccardo 2: 32. De Toni, Rev. Storia Sci. med. nat. 16(7-8). Jul-Aug 1925, 3 p. (carteggio inedito). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 163; Barnhart 1: 349; BM 1: 350; Bossert p. 75; Dawson p. 319; Jackson p. 6, 319; Kanitz no. 60; Kew 1: 559-560; NI 357-358; PR 1717-1724; Saccardo 1: 51, 2: 32. Carusi, Vita di Domenico Cirillo, editione quarta con l’aggiunta dei cenni biografici di Pasquale Carusie e d’una prolusione zoologica. Salerno 1868, 52 p. Copy: NY. — Reprinted from II Paese 4(26), Napoli 1862. Ayala, M. d’, Arch. stor. ital. ser. 3. 11(2): 107-145. 1870, 12(1): 106-125. 1870. Cesati, Mem. Mat. Fis. Soc. ital. Sci. ser. 3: 3. lxix-Ixxii, cxviii. 1879. Balsamo et al., Bull. Orto bot. Napoli 3: 45-46. 1913 (portr.). Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 94-95. 1966. 504 CLAPAREDE NOTE: Cirillo latinized his name Cyrillus; the spelling Cyrillo must be avoided. — Cirillo was (see PR) president of the legislative Assembly at Naples and was “‘hingerichtet vom Bourbonischen Gesindel in Neapel.” EPONYMY: Cyrilla [sic] Garden ex Linnaeus (1767); Cyrillopsis [sic] Kuhlmann (1925); Cyrilloxylon [sic] van den Burgh (1964). HANDWRITING: Candollea 29: 223-224. 1974. 1132. De essentialibus nonnullarum plantarum characteribus commentarius. Napoli 1784. Oct. (Essent. pl. char. comment.) Publ.: 1784, p. [i]-lxxv, [1, err.], pl. 1-4. Copy: USDA. Ref.: BM 1: 350. 1133. Plantarum rariorum regni neapolitani. Fasciculus primus [secundus] cum tabulis aenis. Napoli 1788-1792, 2 fasc. Qu. (Pl. rar. neapol.) 1: Jan-Jun 1788, p. i-xxxix, pl. 1-12. Copies: MICH, NY. 2: 1792, p. i1-xxxv, pl. 1-12. Copy: NY. For the text of fasc. 2 see also Usteri, Ann. Bot. 13: 44-65. The plates are hand-coloured copper engr. by the artist. Ref.: BM 1: 350; GF p. 54; Jackson p. 319; Kew 1: 560; NI 358; PR 1720; IDC 405. Clairville, Joseph Philippe de (1742-1830), French born Swiss botanist, co-founder of the Schweizer naturforschenden Gesellschaft. (Clairv.) HERBARIUM and TypPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 5(2): 510, 12(3): 12; Barnhart 1: 349; BM 1: 351; HU 2: 596 [index]; Jackson p. 342; Kew 1: 560; NI 359-360; Plesch p. 177; PR 1725- 1726; Zander ed. 10, p. 645. Candolle, Mémoires et souvenirs 358. 1862. Geilinger, Mitt. naturw. Ges. Winterthur 19: 255-281. 1932 (portr., bibl.) EPONYMY: Clairvillea A. P. de Candolle (1836). 1133- Plantes et arbustes d’agrément, gravés et enluminés d’aprés nature, avec la maniére de les cultiver. Ouvrage entrepris par quelques amateurs et publié par cahiers de cing planches chacun. Winterthur (Henry Steiner et Comp.) 1791-1794, 4 fasc. Oct. (PI. arbust. agrém.) I: 1791, p. [1]-31, pl. 1-5. 2: [1791?], p. [1]-46, pl. 2-6. 3/4: 1794, P. 47-90, 10 pl. Copy: HU (fasc. 2, incomplete). The plates are hand col. copper engr. ‘‘Ce sont des plantes qui viennent de mon jardin.” For authorship see e.g. Rémer, Ann. Bot. 21: 99. 1797. Ref.: HU p. 720; NI 359; PR 1725. 1134. Manuel d*herborisation en Suisse et en Valais, rédigé selon le systéme de Linné, corrigé par ses propres principes. Avec Vindication d’un nouveau systéme dérivé également des principes de ce grand maitre. Par l’auteur de l’entomologie helvétique. Winterthur (Steiner-Ziegler) 1811. Oct. (Man. herbor. Suisse). Ed. 1: 28 Apr 1811 (p. xxvi: 21 Feb 1811), p. [i]-xxvi, table [= xxvii], [1]-382, [2, err.] Copies: G, HH, USDA. Ed. 2: Genéve (J. J. Paschoud), Paris 1819 (n.v.), “‘est eadem impressio”’ (PR); only the t.p. is new (Geilinger). Ref.: BM 1: 351, 5: 2061; Jackson p. 342; Kew 1: 560; PR 1726; SY p. 39. Claparéde, Jean Louis René Antoine Edouard (1830-1871), Swiss zoologist. (Cla- paréde). COLLECTIONS: Unknown. CLAPAREDE BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 1: 351; CSP 1: 929-930, 6: 622-623, 7: 392-393, 14: 241-242; Moebius p. 77. Saussure, Arch. Sci. phys. nat. Genéve 42: 51-79. 1871 (bibl.). Saussure, Mém. Soc. Phys. Hist. nat. Genéve 21: 363-366, 589-591. 1871/2 (portr.). 22: i-xxvilil. 1873. Vogt, J. Zool. 2: 139-159. 1873. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 95. 1966. Clarion, Jacques (1776-1844), French physician, phytochemist and army pharmacist. (Clarion). HERBARIUM and TYPES: some material in P-JU. Ref.: TH 2: 128 (as “‘Jean,”’ probably erroneous). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 203-204; Barnhart 1: 350 (b. 1776); BM 1: 351; Bossert p. 75 (b. 1779); PR 1729. Candolle, Mémoires et souvenirs 139. 1862. Chatin, Bull. Soc. bot. France 38(1): 89-93. 1891. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 99. 1905 (b. 1779). Balland, Les pharmaciens militaires francais 279. 1913 (b. 12 Oct 1779). COMPOSITE WoRKs: Palisot de Beauvois, Essai 1812 (p. 205: Deyeuxia). Contributed also to Candolle, Fl. frang. ed. 3 (1805-1815). EPONYMY: Clarionea Lagasca ex A. P. de Candolle (1812). Clarke, Benjamin (1813-1890), British botanist. (B. Clarke). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 352; BB p. 65; BM 1: 352; CSP 1: 935, 7: 395, 12: 159, 14: 246; Jackson p. 18; Kew 1: 563; PR 17930. Britten, J. Bot. 28: 84-86. 1890. EPONYMY: Clarkeifedia O. Kuntze (1903); Clarkeinda O. Kuntze (1891) and Clarkella J. D. Hooker (1880) are dedicated to Charles Baron Clarke (1832-1906), q.v. 1135. A new arrangement of phanerogamous plants, with especial reference to relative position, including their relations with the cryptogamous. London (author) 1866. Oblong broadsheet. (New arr. phan. pl.) Ed. 1: 1866, p. [i*-ii*], [i]-[iii], [1]-56, z pl. (plain). Copies: G, NY. Ed. 23nso: Ed. 3: 1886, p. [i-iti], [1]-4, tabl. 1-7. Copy: G. (see also BM 1: 352 for variant). Ref.: BM 1: 352 [ed. 1, 3, 3a]; Jackson [ed. 1]; Kew [ed. 1]; PR 17930 [ed. 1]. Clarke, Charles Baron (1832-1906), British botanist, nephew of Benjamin Clarke, in India 1865-1887. (C. B. Clarke). HERBARIUM and tTypEs: K(Indian herbarium and mss.) BM, E(ferns): duplicates in many herbaria. Ref.: TH 1 (ed. 6): 357, 2: 129. Candolle, Phytographie 403. 1880. Kent, Brit. herbaria 48. 1953. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 146. 1964. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 69. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 601-602; Barnhart 1: 352; BB p. 65; BL 2: 216; BM 1: 352, 6: 209-210; CSP 7: 395, 9: 526, 14: 246; DNB suppl. 2(1): 366; IF p. 689- 690; Jackson p. 532 [index]; Kew 1: 563-564; Langman p. 206; MW p. 80; NI 362-364; Zander ed. 10, p. 645. 506 CLARKE, C. B. Clarke, J. Bot. 31: 135-138. 1893 (on collector’s numbers). Candolle, C. de, Bull. Herb. Boissier ser. 2. 6: 890-892. 1906. Prain and Bliss, J. Bot. 44: 370-377. 1906 (portr.). Thiselton-Dyer, Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1906: 271-281 (bibl.). Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. London 1906/7: 38-42. 1907. Nelmes and Cuthbertson, Curtis Bot. Mag. Dedications 243-244. 1932 (portr.). Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 126. 1936. Burkill, Chapt. hist. bot. India 144-146. 1965. COMPOSITE WoRKS: (1) Alph. de Candolle, Monogr. : (a) Commelinaceae, 3: 113-324, pl. 1-8. Jun 1881. (b) Cyrtandraceae, 5(1): 1-303. Jul 1883. (2) J. W. Gregory, The Great Rift Valley, appendix B: List of Cyperaceae from East Africa. 1896. (3) W. H. Harvey and O. W. Sonder, Flora capensis: vol. 7, 1897-1898, Commelinaceae and Cyperaceae. (4) Oliver, Fl. Trop. Afr.: various contributions, listed under Oliver. (5) Hooker, Fl. Brit. India: Saxif. 2: 388-411, Crass. 2: 411-423, Dros. 2: 423-425, Hamam. 2: 425-430, Halor. 2: 430-434, Combr. 2: 443-461, all Jul 1879; Myrt. 2: 506-512, Melast. 2: 512-565, Lythr. 2: 565-581, Onagr. 2: 582-590, Samyd. 2: 590-598, Cucur. 2: 604-635, Begon. 2: 635-656, Datisc. 2: 656-657, Cact. 2: 657-658, Ficoid. 2: 658-665, Umb. 2: 665-720, Aral. 2: 720-740, Corn. 2: 740-748, all Mai 1879; Capr. 3: 1-17, Mai 1880; Valer. 3: 210-215, Dips. 3: 215-219, Styl. 3: 419-420, Gooden. 3: 420-421, Camp. 3: 421-442, Vacc. 3: 442-448, all Mar 1881; Vacc. 3: 449-455, Eric. 3: 456-476, Monotr. 3: 476-477, Epacr. 3: 477, Diap. 3: 478, Plumb. 3: 478-481, Myrs. 3: 507-534, Sapot. 3: 534- 549, Eben. 3: 549-572, Styr. 3: 572-590, Olea. 3: 590-618, Salv. 3: 618-620, all Dec 1882; Logan. 4: 78-93, Gent. 4: 93-132, Polem. 4: 133, Hydroph. 4: 133-134, Borag. 4: 134-179, Conv. 4: 179-228, Solan. 4: 228-246, all Jun 1883; Lent. 4: 328-336, Gesn. 4: 336-375, Bign. 4: 376-386, Pedal. 4: 386-387, Acanth. 4: 387-512, all Jan 1884; Acanth. 4: 513-558, Verb. 4: 560-604, all Aug 1885; Cyper. 6: 585-672, Sep 1893; Cyp. 6: 673-748, Apr 1894. EPONYMY: Clarkeifedia O. Kuntze (1903); Clarkeinda O. Kuntze (1891); Clarkella J. D. Hooker (1880). HANDWRITING: Candollea 29: 225-226. 1974. 1136. A list of the flowering plants, ferns, and mosses collected in the immediate neighbourhood of Andover. Calcutta (E. Dean) 1886. Oct. (in fours) (List fl. pl. Andover). Publ.: 1866, p. [i], map, [1]-114. Copies: G, NY. Ref.: BL 2: 243; BM 1: 352; Jackson p. 248; Kew 1: 563; IDC 5117. 1137- Commelynaceae et Cyrtandraceae bengalenses (paucis aliis ex terris adjacentibus additis). Calcutta (Thacker, Spink and Co.), Bombay (Thacker, Vining & Co.), London (W. Thacker & Co.) 1874. Broadsheet. (Commelyn. Cyrtandr. bengal.) Publ.: 1874 (announced as publ. by J. Bot only Jul 1875), p. [i-iii], [1]-133, pl. 1-99, 87bis, 8gbis, plain liths. with occasional coloured details. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 1: 352; Jackson p. 387; Kew 1: 563; NI 362. 1138. Compositae indica descriptae et secus genera Benthamii ordinatae. Calcutta (Thacker, Spink and Co.), Bombay (Thacker, Vining & Co.), London (W. Thacker & Co.) [1876.] Oct. in fours. (Compos. ind.) Publ.: 1876, probably Sep (Bot. Zeit. 20 Oct 1876; J. Bot. Oct 1876) p. iii: 21 Jan 1876; p-v.: “at has occupied me nearly a year [since Aug 1875] to get the present book through the press ...’’), p. [i*-iii*], [i]-v, [i]-xxiv, [1]-347, [i]-xlv. Copies: B, BR, MICH, NY, US. Ref.: BM 1: 352; Jackson p. 384; Kew 1: 563. 1139. A review of the ferns of Northern India. London 1880. Qu. (Rev. ferns N. India). Orig. ed.: Jan-Apr 1880 (Nat. Nov. Mai 1880), reprinted from Trans. Linn. Soc. ser. 2. Bot. 1: 425-611. pl. 49-84, originally published in three parts. 597 CLARKE, CG. B. Facsimile reprint, 1973, as Filices indiae, announced as published by the trade (n.v.). Ref.: IF p. 690; Kew 1: 563. 1140. Illustrations of Cyperaceae, prepared under the direction of the late Charles Baron Clarke ... London (Williams & Norgate) 1909. Oct. (Jil. Cyper.) Publ.: Feb-Mai 1909 (p. vi: Feb 1909; Nat. Nov. Jun 1909), issued by Miss Clarke with a preface by B. D. Jackson, p. [i]-vi, [1], pl. 1-144 with letterpress, and index [1]-6. Copy: U. — The plates are collotypes or lithographs of drawings by Charles Fitch, N. E. Brown and Mathilda Smith. For text see Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1908, add. series 8. Ref.: Kew 1: 564; Langman p. 206; MW p. 80; NI 364. Tyrrell-Glynn and Levyns, Flora africana 17. 1963. Clarke, John Mason (1857-1925), American palaeobotanist in the geological survey of New York. (7. M. Clarke). COLLECTIONS: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews ed. 2, p. 247; Barnhart 1: 353; BM 1: 353, 6: 210; CSP 14: 249-250; Quenstedt p. 83. Schuchert and Ruedemann, Science 62: 117-121. 1925. F. A. Bather, Quart. J. geol. Soc. London 82: xlv. 1926. Schuchert, Bull. geol. Soc. America 37: 49-93. 1926 (portr., bibl. 378 nos.). EPONYMY: Clarkeifedia O. Kuntze (1903); Clarkeinda O. Kuntze (1891) and Clarkella J. D. Hooker (1880) are dedicated to Charles Baron Clarke (1832-1906), q.v. Clausen, Peter (//f. 1834-1843), Danish collector in Brazil. (Clausen). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Sets of Clausen’s specimens in many herbaria. His Plantae brasiliensis were not a regularly dated and numbered series of exsiccatae. The name appears as Claussen on the labels; his original name was Peter Clausen; in Brazil called Pedro Claudio or Pedro Dinamarquez. Ref: IH 2: 129. Anon., Hist. Coll. BMNH 1: 278. Candolle, Phytographie 403. 1880. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 146. 1964. Miller, Taxon 19: 519. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 354; CSP 1: 947; Quenstedt p. 84. Warming, Bot. Tidskr. 12: 125-126. 1880/81. Warming, Lagoa Santa 488. 1892. Urban, FI. bras. 1(1): 12-13. 1906. Christensen, Danske Bot. Hist. 1: 247-250, 2: 209-210. 1924. Clauson, Th. (1817-1860), French colonial settler in Algeria, botanist. (Clauson). HERBARIUM and tTypPEs: P and P-CO. Published a Herbarium jfontanesianum normale, 1 century, Jan 1861 (Flora 44: 458, 480. 1861). Ref. 2H 9) 120- BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 164; Barnhart 1: 355; CSP 1: 947. Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. France 7: 145. 1860. Cosson, Comp. Flora atl. 1: 26. 1881. Cosson et Durieu, Intr. fl. Alg. xxiii-xxiv. Claussen, Peter (1877-1959), German botanist, pupil of Schwendener, morphologist and developmental biologist. (Claussen). HERBARIUM and TYPEs: B. 508 CLAYTON COMPOSITE WORKS: EP, Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien ed. 2, vol. 6, 1928, Basidiomycetes, editor. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 355; BM 6: 212; LS 5210, 5210a, 32103- 32105, suppl. 3231-3235. Pirson, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 76 (Sondernummer 2): (154)-(162). 1963 (portr., bibl.) Claypole, Edward Waller (1835-1901), American geologist and palaeobotanist in Ohio (1883-1898) and in California (Pasadena) (1898-1901). (Claypole). COLLECTIONS: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews ed. 2, p. 247; Barnhart 1: 355; BL 2: 201; BM 1: 356, 6: 212; CSP 9: 535, 12: 160-161, 14: 262-263; Kew 1: 567; Quenstedt p. 84. Anon., Amer. Monthly micr. J. 17: 407-409. 1896 (portr.). Moody, Trans. Amer. micr. Soc. 23: 269-274. 1901 (or 1902) (portr.). Winchell, Amer. Geologist 28: 247-248. 1901. Comstock, Bull. geol. Soc. Amer. 13: 479, 487-497, 546. 1902 (bibl., 149 nos.). Comstock et al., Amer. Geologist 29: 1-47. 1902 (portr., bibl. 150 nos.). Merill, Ann. Rep. Smiths. Inst. 1904: 582, 692. COMPOSITE WoRKS: Editor of American Geologist 1888-1901. Clayton, John (1686-1773), British physician in Virginia, correspondent of Gronovius. (Clayton). HERBARIUM and Types: BM (via Gronovius herbarium and Banks), also material at CGE, LINN and OXF. — Topotypes at GLEN. Clayton’s own herbarium was destroyed (Britten 1909). Repeal ta(eds'6) 101.2211 30: Blake, Rhodora 20: 21-28, 48-54, 65-73. 1918, see also Bot. Centralbl. 141: 237-238. 191g (notes on the Clayton herb.). Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 146. 1964. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 5(1): 430; Barnhart 1: 355; BB p. 66; BM 1: 356; DNB 11: 13 (inaccurate); GR p. 393; Kew 1: 567; KR p. 122; ME 1: 172, 3: 342-343. Madison, Barton et al., Philad. med. phys. J. 2(1): 139-150. 1805. Britten, J. Bot. 47: 297-301. 1909 (corr. of DNB). Kelly, Cycl. Amer. med. Biogr. 1: 185. 1912. Kelly, Some American med. Botanists 44-48. 1914. Sargent, Rhodora 17: 39-40. 1915 (on three of his oaks). Blake, Rhodora 20: 21-28, 48-54, 65-73. 1918. Fox, Fothergill 425. 1919. Slaughter in Kelly and Burrage, Amer. med. Biogr. 226. 1920. Earnest, J. and W. Bartram 184 [index]. 1940. Eddy, Garden J. New York Bot. Gard. 1(3): 85-87. 1951. Lewis, Virginia J. Sci. ser. 2. 8: 35-41. 1957. Zirkle, Virginia Mag. Hist. Biogr. 67: 284-294. 1959 (1960). Frick and Stearns, Mark Catesby 131 [index]. 1961. Berkeley, Edm. and D.S., John Clayton, pioneer of American botany. Chapel Hill 1963, 236 p. (see also Stannard, Isis 55 (3, 181): 391-392. 1964). Hoffman, Ethnohistory 11(1): 1-40. 1964 (on confusion with John Clayton, minister at Jamestown 1684-1686). Leroy, J. Agric. trop. Bot. appl. 11(12): 600-603. 1964. Boone, Hist. bot. West Virginia 4, 7, 8. 1965. Berkeley and Berkeley, Dr Alexander Garden of Charles Town 372. 1969. COMPOSITE WORKS: see Gronovius, Flora virginica, 1739-1743, ed. 2 1762, based mainly on Clayton material. EPONYMY: Claytonia Linnaeus (1753). 599 CLEMENTE Clemente y Rubio, Simon de Rojas (1777-1827), Spanish botanist. (Clemente). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: MA. Refi sTE2) 130: BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 176, 5(1): 203; Barnhart 1: 357; BL 2: 507; BM 4: 1745; Bossert p. 77; Colmeiro 1: clxviii-clxix; Jackson p. 340; Kew 1: 569; LS 5223, 5224. Anon., Flora 10: 736. 1827. Colmeiro, Bot. hisp.-lusit. 195-197. Pardo, Simon de Rojas Clemente y Rubio y el primer centenario de su muerto. Valencia 1927, 27 P- EPONYMY: Clementea Cavanilles (1802); Clementea Cavanilles (1804). 1141. Plantas que viven espontaneamente en el termino de Titaguas, pueblo de Valencia, enumeradas en forma de indice alfabético. Madrid (Aguado) 1864. Oct. (Pl. Titaguas). Publ.: 1864, p. [1]-72. Copy: NY. — Reprinted from Revista de los progresos de las Ciencias 14(7). Clements, Frederic Edward (1874-1945), American ecologist, mycologist, climatol- ogist, and neo-lamarckian philosopher. (Clements) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: NY. Exsiccatae: Cryptogamae formationum coloradensium (centuries i-vi, nos. 1-615, 1905-1908). Sets at ARIZ, BPI, GOLO, CUP, E, FH, KANU, ILL, DIN, NEB, NY, OC, OXF, PUR, RM, RSU, SCHN, UC, WSP. — Clements papers, photographs, field books etc. are in the Dept. of Archives, University of Wyoming. Refi: UH1 (ed. 6) 189, 22 130. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 10. 1969. Stevenson, Beih. Nov. Hedwigia 36: 88-90. 1971. Weber, Cryptogamae formationum coloradensium, New York 1972. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 146. 1964. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 70. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 357; BL 1: 192, 195; BM 1: 357, 6: 212- 213; Bossert p. 77; CSP 14: 266; GR 184, 208; Kew 1: 569-570; Langman p. 326, 345; LS 5218-5222, 5214?, 32109, 32110, 41108, suppl. 5280-5281; Moebius 362, 375; MW p. 80; NAB 34: 266-267; NCAB 34: 266; NI 366. Allison, Univ. Colorado Studies 6: 55. 1908. Barnhart, J. New York Bot. Gard. 9: 62. 1908, 12: 124. 1911. Rodgers, John Merle Coulter 312 [ind.]. 1944. Shantz, Ecology 26: 317-319. 1945 (portr.). Clements and Clements, Frederic Edward Clements and Edith Schwarz Clements (autobiogr.) New York 1947, 12 p. Tansley, J. Ecology 34: 194-196. 1947. Ewan in leRoy Hafen, Colorado and its people 2: 24. 1948. Clements, Dynamics of vegetation 1949, p. 1 (portr.). Ewan, Rocky Mountain naturalists 183-184. 1950. Pool et al., Ecology 35(2): 109-115. 1954 (portr.). Clements, E. G., Adventures in ecology, New York 1960, 224 p. (portr.). Clements, E. S., Nebraska Alumnus 57(6): 12-16. 1961 (on Pikes Peak lab.). Humphrey, Makers of North American botany 51-53. 1961. Ewan et al., A short history of botany in the U.S. 163. 1969. Ewan, DSB 3: 317-318. 1971 (bibl.). Stafleu, in Daniels and Stafleu, Taxon 23: 714. 1974 (portr.). EPONYMY: Clementsia J. N. Rose (1903). 1142. The genera of fungi. Minneapolis (H. W. Wilson Company) 1909. Oct. (Gen. Jung.). 510 CLIFFORD Ed. 1: Jul-Oct 1909 (pref. 1 Jun 1909; Nat. Nov. Nov 1909), p. [i-v], [1]-227. Copy: BR. Ed. 2: New York (H. W. Wilson Company) 1931. Oct., revised, with Cornelius Lott Shear (1865-1956), publ.: Jun-Jul 1931 (Nat. Nov. Aug 1931), p. [i]-[vii], [1]-496, pl. 1-58 with text. Copies: B, BR, MICH, NY. — Illustration by Edith S$. Clements. Reissue: New York (Hafner) 1954, unchanged reprint of 1931 ed. Copy: MICH. Both editions are of importance because of the lectotypification of many generic names, as well as for the description of numerous new genera. Ref.: BM 6: 212 (sub Pound, R.); Kew 1: 569; LS 32110; NI 366. Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard 119. 1973 (Seaver corr., letters, reviews). Cleve, Per Theodor (1840-1905), Swedish algologist. (Cleve). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: (Cleve) S (Diatoms, orig.), duplicates B, DMNH, K, PH, W. Wornardt states that the Cleve and Moller types are at PC; Koster locates the Cleve and Moller diatom types at AWM and PC. — Exsiccatae: Diatoms (parts i-yi, nos. 1-324), Uppsala 1837-1882, sets at AWH, BM, FH, L, 8, UPS, W. Co-author of exsiccatae: Johann Diedrich Moller (1844-1907), a technician who did not publish any botanical papers (KR p. 518). Ref.: 1H 1 (ed. 6): 357, 2: 130; KR p. 129. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 64-65. 1969. Koster, Taxon 18: 550. 1969. Wornardt, Int. direct. diatomists 33. 1968. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 357; BM 1: 358-359, 6: 213; CSP 1: 954, 7: 405-406, 12: 162, 14: 269-270; Jackson p. 533 [index]; Kew 1: 571; KR p. 124-129; MW p. 8o. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 35. 1903 (portr.), 3(3): 8. 1905. Anon., Bot. Not. 1905: 248-249. Boklund, DSB 3: 321-322. 1971 (bibl.) Kleppa, Norsk bot. bibl. 1814-1964, 91, 92, 322. 1973. EPONYMY: Clevea 8S. O. Lindberg (1868) ; Cleveamphora Mereschowsky (1903). 1143. Horsdk till en monografi Gfver de svenska arterna af algfamiljen Kygnemaceae. Uppsala (W. Schultz) 1868. Qu. (Fors. svenska X ygnem.) Publ.: 1868, p. [i], [1]-38, pl. z-z0, col. lith. Héglind. Copies: BR, US. — Reprinted from Nova Acta Reg. Soc. Sci. Upsal. ser. 3. vol. 6. 1868. Ref.: Jackson p. 336; KR p. 124. 1144. Synopsis of the naviculoid diatoms. Stockholm (P. A. Norstedt & S.) 1894-1895, 2 vols. Qu. (Syn. navic. diat.) zr: 1894 (Nat. Nov. Nov 1894), p. 1-194, 5 pl. with text. —- Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl., ny fjdld, 26(2). 2: 1895 (Nat. Nov. Jun 1896), p. 1-219, 4 pl., [4, err.], [2, repr. p. 5-6 of part 1]. — Idem 27(3). Facsimile ed.: Amsterdam (A. Asher & Co.) 1965. Copy: FAS. Ref.: KR p. 126. Clifford, George (1685-1760), Dutch banker, governor of the Dutch East Indian Company, trustee of the Hortus medicus in Amsterdam and owner of the estate De Harte- camp south of Haarlem (near Bennebroek). (Clifford). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Clifford’s herbarium was acquired by Sir Joseph Banks in 1792 and is at the Botany Department of the British Museum (Natural History). It is im- portant because it provided the basis for Linnaeus’s Hortus Cliffortianus and Viridiarum Cliffortianum. After having been scattered through the general herbarium the specimens are now kept separately as a special herbarium arranged in accordance with the Hortus Cliffortianus; the size of the sheets is 41-45 26-28 cm. Linnaeus’s handwriting is found on many sheets. Occasional Clifford specimens are at OXF. The story of Banks’s 511 CLIFFORD acquisition of the Clifford herbarium can be learned from his correspondence with the Leiden botanist Sebald Justinus Brugmans (1763-1819) who acted as an intermediary between the Twenth family, which possessed the herbarium at the time, and Banks. Brugmans reports on 16 April 1792 that he has bought for Banks T'wenth’s herbarium. Ref.: Candolle, Phytographie 404. 1880. Rendle, J. Bot. 61: 114-119. 1923. Stearn, An introduction to the Species plantarum in the Ray Society, facsimile of Linnaeus, Species plantarum, vol. 1, London 1957, pp. 44-50, 118-119. Dawson, Banks Letters [corr. Brugmans] 179-180. 1955 Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 147. 1964. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 589; Barnhart 1: 358; BB 1: 359; BM 1: 359; Kew 1: 571; KR p. 129. MacOwan, Trans. S. Afr. philos. Soc. 4: xxxi. 1887. Hulth, Bref och Skr. Linné 1: 423. 1916. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 128-129. 1936. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 369. 1971. EPONYMYyY: Cliffordia Cothenius (1790, orth. var.) ; Cliffortia [sic] Linnaeus (1753). Note: Cliffordia EK. J. Livera (1927) is dedicated to Hugh Clifford, english government officer, and his wife. Clifton, George (1823-1913), British botanist who collected algae in Australia (1854). (Clifton). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: In Harvey’s herbarium at TCD, also BM. Rep Vel 225130. Newton, Phycol. Bull. 1: 15. 1952. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 358; BB p. 67; HR. Murray, Trans. Linn. Soc. ser. 2. 3: 211. 1891. Maiden, J. West Austral. nat. hist. Soc. 6: 11-12. 1909. Bray, J. West Austral. hist. Soc. 2(22): 1-25. 1936. Smith, J. West Austral. hist. Soc. 4(5): 67-68. 1949-1954. EPONYMY: Cliftonaea W. H. Harvey (1863, orth. var.) ; Cliftonia W. H. Harvey (1859). Clinton, George Perkins (1867-1937), American mycologist. (G. P. Clinton). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Material in B, CUP, FH, IAC, ILL, LCU, NY, PUR, SAM. Published a supplement to Seymour-Earle, Economic fungi, Ustilag., set at FH. Ref: Roars. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 358; NAF 7: 1055-1056. McCormick, Phytopathology 28: 304, 379-387. 1938 (bibl., portr.) COMPOSITE WoRKS: WAF, Ustilaginales, Ustilaginaceae, Tilletiaceae 7(1): 1-82. 4 Oct 1906. Clinton, George William (1807-1885), American botanist. (G. W. Clinton). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Material in BM, BUF, CORD, CUP, F, MICH, PH. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 358; Bossert p. 77; CSP 9: [n.v.], 12: 162, 14: 271; Langman p. 208. Coulter, Bot. Gaz. 10: 376. 1885. Day, Bull. Torrey bot. Club 12: 103-106. 1885. Gray, A., Am. J. Sci. ser. 3. 31: 17-20. 1885, Sci. Papers 2: 475-478. 1889. Day, D. F., An address commemorative of George W. Clinton. Buffalo 1890, 29 p. McVaugh, Edward Palmer 67. 1959. 512 CLUSIUS Clos, Dominique (1821-1908), French botanist at Toulouse. (Clos). HERBARIUM and TYPEs: TL. Refs td oe 13'r. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 359; BL 2: 124, 206, 332; BM 1: 359; CSP 1: 957-959, 7: 408-409, 9: 541, 12: 162-163, 14: 271-272; Jackson p. 533 [index]; Kew 1: 573-5743; PR 1752-1754. Clos, Notice sur les titres et travaux scientifiques de M. Dominique Clos. Toulouse 1876, 34 P- Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 99. 1905 (portr.). Anon., Bull. Acad. Géogr. int. 18: xiii. 1908. Dop, Bull. Soc. Hist. nat. Toulouse 42: 13-17. 1909. Dop, Bull. Soc. bot. France 56: 601-602. 1909. Dop, Mém. Acad. Sci. Inscr. Belles-Lettr. ‘Toulouse ser. 11. 8: 1-6. 1920. Astre, Bull. Soc. Hist. nat. Toulouse 101: 173. 1966. COMPOSITE WoRKS: C. Gay, Historia fisica ... de Chile, Botanica, vols. 2-4, 1846-1849: Rhamnaceae, Leguminosae, Umbelliferae, Loranthaceae, Rubiaceae, Valerianeae, Boragineae, Labiatae, Scrophularineae. Clusius, Carolus [Charles de 1’Escluse] (1526-1609), Dutch botanist. (Clus.) HERBARIUM and TypEs: Herbarium specimens documenting Clusius’ descriptions, are extremely rare. The Bauhins (BAS) received Clusius’ material and so did Platter (BE) but in the absence of annotations the specimens are difficult to locate. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG I: 241, 2(1): 441, 4: 692, 5(2): 104, 681, 12(2): 753; Barnhart 2: 357; BM 3: 1074-1075; DTS 1: 47-48; GR p. 707; Jackson p. 572 [index]; JW 1: 440-441, 2: 188, 3: 348, 4: 381-382, 5: 237 (q.v. for many biogr. refs. and refs. to sources); Kanitz no. 11; Kew 1: 575; LS 5273-5276; NI 368-374, suppl. p. 216; NNBW o: 150; PR 1755-1761, ed. 1, 2406-2413; Smit p. 898, 1043. Treviranus, C. Clusii et C. Gesneri, Epistolae ineditae, Leipzig 1830. Blum, Ber. Senckenb. naturf. Ges., Wiss. Abth. 1901: 5-6, 8. Milner, Cat. Portr. Kew 27-28. 1906. Hunger, Arch. Zeeuwsch Genootsch. Wet. 1925: 110-133 (letters to Cl.) Hunger, Clusius tentoonstelling de Lakenhal, Leiden 1926, 70 p. VandeVelde, Vers]. Meded. Kon. Vlaamse Akad. Taal Letterk. 1927: 13-41. Hunger, Charles de |’Escluse, ’s-Gravenhage 1927-1943, 2 vols. (the main biography and bibl., portr., refs. to mss. etc.) Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 129-130. 1936. Liitjeharms, Gesch. Mykol. xviii. Jahrb. 254 [ind.]. 1936. Wyngaert, De gulden Passer 25(1, 2): 34-51. 1947 (drawing). Lenger, Bibl. Belgica 3: 759-784. 1964 (the main bibliography!) Egle und Rosenstock, Gesch. Bot. Frankfurt 8. 1966. Aumiiller, Burgenland. Heimatbl. 29(3): 98-107. 1967, 34(2): 66. 1972. Stannard, Pharmacy in history 9(2): 67-68. 1967. Raab, Schweiz. Z. Pilzk. 46(2): 17-19. 1968. Pilat, Ceske Mykol. 23(4): 267-271. 1969 (on medal). Schuster, Z. Pilzk. 35(3/4): 149-156. 1969 (mycol. activ. in Pannonia). Aumiller, Burgenl. Heimatbl. 34(2): 66-72. 1972, Sonderheft Burgenl. Forsch. 5: 9-92. 1973 (bibl.) Guglia, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 113: 121-128. 1973 (portr.) Jovet and Mallet, zn Gillespie, DSB 8: 120-121. 1973. Hrabevec, Biologia, Bratislava 29(1): 87-91. 1974 (portr.) Schuster, Schweiz. Z. Pilzk. 52(4): 50-54. 1974. Smit, Vakblad Biologen 54(4): 49-53- 1974. Smit, History of the life sciences 898-899, 1043. 1974. Magdefrau, Jb. Ver. Schutz. Alpenpfl. 40: 6-9. 1975 (portr.) Ubrizsy-Savoia, Mikol. Kézlem. 1: 11-21. 1975. 513 CLUSIUS NOTE: The main biography by Hunger, ’s-Gravenhage 1927-1943, provides references to the earlier biographical literature on Clusius; see Lenger for a descriptive biblio- graphy of Clusius’ own works, and Aumiller for an updated bibliography on Clusius. COMMEMORATIVE VOL.: Burgenlandische Forschungen, Sonderheft 5. Eisenstadt 1973, 309p. (bibl., iconogr.). EPONYMY: Clusia Linnaeus (1753) ; Clusianthemum Vieillard (1865) ; Clusiella Planchon & Triana (1860). 1145. Rariorum aliquot stirpium per hispanias observatarum historia, libris duobus expressa: ad Maximilianum II. Imperatorem. Antwerpen (Ex officina Christophori Plantini) 1576. Oct. (Rar. stirp. hispan. hist.) Publ.: late Feb or Mar 1576 (colophon kalend. Mart. 1576), p. [1]-529, [10, index], [2, censor, coloph.]. Copy: U. — Contains 233 woodcuts of which 39 had previously been used by Dodoens for his Purgantium historia 1574 (NI). See Lenger (1964). Ref.: HE p. 18; HU 125; NI 370; PR 1756; IDC 750. Christ, Oest. bot. Z. 62: 132-135, 189-194, 229-238, 271-275, 1912. Hunger, Charles de l’Escluse 1: 133-136, 332-339. 1927. Lenger, Bibl. Belgica 3: 759-760. 1964 (q.v. for full description). Guinea, Simposio Fl. eur. Sevilla 303. 1969. 1146. Caroli Clusii Atreb. Aliquot notae in Garciae aromatum historiam. Eiusdem des- criptiones nonnullarum stirpium, & aliarum exoticarum rerum, quae a generose viro Francisco Drake equite angle, & his observatae sunt, qui eum in longa illa navigatione, qua proximis annis universum orbem circumiuit, comitati sunt: & quorundam peregri- norum fructuum quos Londini ab amicis accepit. Antwerpen (Ex officina Christophori Plantini) 1582. Oct. (Alig. not. Garciae arom. hist.) Publ.: Feb 1582, p. [1]-43, [44, colophon, Feb 1582]. Copy: Rogers McVaugh. Contains e.g. material received in 1581 from Francis Drake. Ref.: Lenger, Bibl. Belgica 3: 767. 1964 (extensive analysis). 1147- Caroli Clusii atrebatis Rariorum aliquot stirpium, per Pannoniam, Austriam, © vicinas quasdam provincias observatarum historia, quatuor libris expressa ... Antwerpen (Ex offi- cina Christophori Plantini) 1583. Oct. (Rar. stirp. Pannon.) Publ.: Michaelismesse 1583 (Frankfurt), p. [i-viii], [1]-766, [15, index]. Facsimile ed.: Graz (Akademische Druck- u. Verlagsanstalt) 1965. Copy: FAS. Ref.: DTS 1347; HE p. 18; HU 144; NI 371; PR 1758. Istvanfh, Caroli Clusii ... Icones fungorum in Pannonis observatorum. Budapest 1898-1910. Christ, Oest. bot. Z. 62: 330-334, 393-394, 426-430. 1912, 63: 131-136, 159-167. 1913. Hunger, Charles de l’Escluse 1: 155-160, 339-355. 1927, 2: 130. 1943. Lenger, Bibl. Belgica 3: 767-769. 1964 (extensive analysis). Stafleu, Taxon 16: 535-537. 1967. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 1: 116. 1975 (has a final sign. Y 10). 1148. Stirpium nomenclator pannonicus. Német-Hjvar. 1583 Oct. (Stirp. nomencl. pann.) Ed. 1: An appendix to no. 1147, reprinted without author’s name by Plantijn in 1584. Only one copy of the original edition was known to be extant (Franciscan monastery, Német-Hjvar), but this was lost in 1945 (see Aumiiller). Facsimile in Hunger 1: 419- 434. and in facs. ed. 1965 of no. 1147. Ed. 2: Stirpium nomenclator pannonicus. Antwerpen (Ex officina Christophori Plan- tini) 1584. Oct., p. [1-15]. Copy: L (n.v.). Ref.: Aumiiller nos. 17, 18; HU 149; PR sub 1758 [both 1584 ed.] Hunger, Charles de l’Escluse 1: 158-159, 419-430. 1927. Lenger, Bibl. Belgica 3: 769. 1964. Stafleu, Taxon 16: 535-537. 1967. 1149. Rariorum plantarum historia. Antwerpen (Ex officina Plantiniana Apud Joannem Moretum) 1601. Fol. (Rar. pl. hist.) 514 COCKAYNE Publ.: 1601, p. [i-iv], front. [v-xiv], 1-364, i-cccxlviij, [1-12]. Copy: U. — Contains the Fungorum in Pannoniis observatorum brevis historia which was based on a collection of coloured drawings made by Clusius and some friends during his Austrian period. This ‘codex fungorum’ is at the University Library of Leiden. A coloured facsimile edition of this work was published by Istvanffi in 1900, q.v. for further details; see also Hunger. Ref.: Aumiiller no. 27; DTS 1: 47; HE p. 18; HU 180; NI 372; PR 1759; SA 2: 550; IDC 54. Oudemans, Ned. kruidk. Arch. ser. 2. 2: 341-355. 1877. Roze, Bull. Soc. mycol. France 15: 280-304. 1899, 16: 26-53. 1900 (binary nomen- clature of the fungi). Istvanffi de Csik-Madéfalva, Etudes et commentaires sur le code de l’Escluse augmen- tés de quelques notices biographiques. Budapest 1900. Hunger, Charles de I’Escluse 1: 255-260, 378. 1927, 2: 284. 1943. Lenger, Bibl. Belgica 3: 769-772 (extensive analysis). Guinea, V Simposio Fl. eur., Sevilla 303-304. 1969. Petkovsek, ‘‘Historia Fungorum” und Clusius Codex im Lichte neuere Unter- suchungen. Schweiz. Z. Pilzkunde 46: 173-182. 1968. Guédeés, J. Bibl. nat. Hist. 6(3): 174-175. 1972. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 1: 117. 1975. 1150. Exoticorum libri decem: quibus animalium, plantarum, aromatum, aliorumque peregrinorum fructuum historiae describuntur; item Petri Bellonii Observationes, eodem Carolo Clusio interprete. Leiden (Ex officina Plantiniana Raphalengii) 1605. Fol. (Exot. libri). Publ.: ““Michaelismesse”’ 1605. Copy: U. — Contains Clusius’ translations of e.g. Monar- des, Acosta and Belon. For full information see Stevenson (HU 182), Hunger and Lenger. The Curae posteriores were published in 1611. Ref.: Aumiiller no. 29; BM 3: 1075; HE p. 18; HU 182; Langman p. 433; MW p. 81; NI 369; Plesch p. 302; PR 1760; SA 2: 550. Hunger, Charles de l’Escluse 1: 281-298. 1927. Lenger, Bibl. Belgica 3: 772-776. Stafleu, Taxon 16: 141-142. 1967. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 1: 119. 1975. Cobres, Joseph Paul von (1747-1823), German bibliophile. (Cobres). COLLECTIONS: ‘The Cobres library is now probably dispersed. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(2): 4; Barnhart 1: 361; BM 1: 360; Dawson p-. 222; PR (ed. 1) 1885. Anon., Flora 7: 48, 126-128. 1824. Anon., Ber. naturf. Ver. Augsburg 8: 57-66. Pritzel, Linnaea 9g: 712. 1835. EPONYMY: Cobresia Persoon (1807, orth. var.) ; Kobresia Willdenow (1805). r151. Deliciae cobresianae. Biichersammlung zur Naturgeschichte. [Augsburg 1782] 2 vols. Oct. (Delic. cobres.) Publ.: 1782, p. [i*-iii*], [i]-xxviii, [1]-470, 471-956, [1, err.]. — An extremely rare but valuable catalogue of a library rich in material on natural history. The entries contain references to reviews as well as critica] notes and bibliographical detail not or rarely found elsewhere. Facsimile ed.: Amsterdam (A. Asher & Co.) 1966. Copy: FAS. Ref.: BM 1: 360; PR ed. 1: 1885. Stafleu, Taxon 15: 329-330. 1966, 17: 219. 1968. Cockayne, Leonard (1855-1934), English born New Zealand botanist. (Cockayne). HERBARIUM and TypPEs: WELT, incl. extensive notebooks. 5) COCKAYNE BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 362; BL 1: 77, 78, 80, 82, 85; GR p. 394; Kew 1: 577-578; LS 32173; Zander ed. 10 p. 646. Hamilton, Trans. Proc. New Zealand Inst. 36: 350. 1903. Wittrock, Acta Horti Bergiani 3(3): 186. 1905 (portr.). Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand FI. xxxiv-xxxv. 1906. Anon., New Zealand J. Sci Technol. 2(4/5): 231-234. 1919 (portr.). Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. London 1934/5: 167-171. Verdoorn, Chron. bot. 1: 231. 1935 (portr.). Glenn, The botanical explorers of New Zealand 173. 1950. Hamlin, Records Domin. Museum ser. 5. 23: 265-276. 1967 (itinerary). Moore, Trans. Roy. Soc. New Zealand [general] 2(1): 1-18. 1971 (portr., bibl.). HANDWRITING: Trans. Roy. Soc. New Zealand [general] 2(1): 7. 1971. MEMORIAL PUBLICATION: New Zealand J. Sci. Technol. 8(1). 1938; see also Tributes to L.C., Trans. Proc. Roy. Soc. New Zealand 65: 465-467. 1936. 1152. New Xealand plants and their story ... Illustrated with 71 photographs. Wel- lington (John Mackay) 1910. Oct. (New Xealand pl.) Publ.: Sep-Nov tgto (p. iv: 15 Aug 1g10o; Nat. Nov. Dec 1910), frontisp., p. [i]-viul, [1]-190, figs. 1-70. Copy: Ewan. Ref.: BM 6: 215. 1153- The vegetation of New Xealand ... with 2 maps, 65 plates and 13 figures in the text. Leipzig (Wilhelm Engelmann), New York (G. E. Stechert & Co.) 1921. Oct. (Veg. New Zealand). Ed. 1: Nov 1921 (Nat. Nov. Nov i921), p. [ii]-xxii, [1, half-title], [1]-364, 2 maps, pl. 1-65. Copy: NY. — Engler & Drude, Vegetation der Erde, vol. 14. Number of copies printed: 400. Ed. 2: Leipzig (Wilhelm Engelmann) late 1928 (p. vii: 13 Jan 1928; Nat. Nov. Jan 1929), p. [ii]-xxvii, [1]-456, frontisp., pl. 1-87, 3 maps. Copy: MO. Facsimile ed. (of ed. 2): Weinheim (J. Cramer) 1958. Copy: FAS. Ref.: BL 2: 78; IF suppl. 4: 318; Kew 1: 577 (ed. 1 and 2). Cockerell, Theodor Dru Alison (1866-1948), British born American naturalist. (Cockerell). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: COLO (fossils), US (inf. W. A. Weber). Ref Ho 139° BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 362; BL 1: 170, 2: 257; BM 1: 361, 6: 215- 216; Bossert p. 78; CSP 14: 279-286; Kew 1: 578-579; Langman p. 209; LS 5350- 5357; MW p. 82. Essig, A history of entomology 570-573. 1931. Taft, Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 1945: 42-44. (portr.) Anon., Nature 161: 194, 229-230. 1948. Calvert, Year Book Amer. philos. Soc. 1948: 247-252. Leveque, Colorado University Alumni 1948. Ewan, Rocky Mountain Naturalists 95-137. 1950. Becker, Garden J. 10: 68-69. 1960 (on a “‘fossil’’ letter to Rydberg). Weber, Theodore Dru Alison Cockerell 1866-1948, Boulder, Colorado 1965 (portr., bibl., 3904 items) (Univ. Colo. studies Bibliogr. 1: 1-124). Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 97. 1966 (q.v. for other biogr. refs.) Van Stee, Amer. J. Bot. 54(5,2): 647. 1967. NOTE: Much autobiographical material is found in Cockerell’s Recollections of a naturalist, Bios (J. Beta Beta Beta biol. Fraternity) 6: 372-385. 1935 (portr.), 7: 149-155, 205-211. 1936, 8: 12-18, 51-56, 122-127, 193-200. 1937, 9: 21-25, 66-70, 113-124. 1938, 10: 35-41, 99-106. 1939, 11: 33-38, 73-79. 1940; see also Mrs. Cockerell, ib. 19: 87-96. 1948. The main bibliography is Weber 1965 (see above). 516 COGNIAUX Cocks, John (1787-1861), British algologist. (Cocks). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: K — Published: Algarum fasciculi, or, a collection of British seaweeds, carefully dried and preserved, and correctly named after Dr. Harvey’s **Phycologia britannica,’”’ with a description of each plant, time and appearance, locality, etc. (fasc. i-xviii, nos. 1-179). Dublin 1855 (fasc. i), Plymouth 1856-1860 (fasc. ii-xvili). Sets at BM, CGE, FH, K, PC. Ref.: BM 1: 361; IH 2: 132. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 65-66. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 362; BB p. 68; BM 1: 361; CSP 2: 5; Jackson p. 242; Kew 1: 579; PR 1768. Davey, Fl. Cornwall li. 1909. 1154+ Ihe seaweed collector’s guide: containing plain instructions for collecting and preserving, and a list of all the known species and localities in Great Britain. London (John van Voorst) 1853. Oct. (Seaweed collect. guide). Publ.: Aug-Dec 1853, p. [iii]-xvii, [1]-120, 1 col. lith. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 1: 361; Kew 1: 579. Coemans, Abbé Henri Eugéne Lucien Gaétan (1825-1871), Belgian clergyman and botanist. (Coem.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Mainly at BR. Fossil material at Musée Hist. nat. Bruxelles. Exsiccatae: Cladoniae belgicae exsiccatae (cent. 1-2, nos. 1-200). Gent 1863-1866: B, BR, L, M, NY, PC, S, UPS. Ref.: 1H 2: 132. Anon., Hedwigia 3: 21-22. Feb 1864, Flora 47 (Repert. 1): 12. 10 Jun 1864. Stizenberger, Flora 47: 42-45. 1864. Candolle, Phytographie 404. 1888. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 118. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 363; BM 1: 361; Bossert p. 79; CSP 2: 6-7, 7: 412-413, 9: 545, 12: 163; GR p. 689; Jackson p. 532 [index]; Kew 1: 582; LS 5361- 5375; PR 1771-1774; Quenstedt p. 85. Crépin, Man. FI. Belg. Ixvi. 1860. Coemans, Oest. bot. Z. 21: 83. 1871. Kickx, Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 10: 116-125. 1871. Seeman, J. Bot. 9: 96. 1871. Malaise, Annuaire Acad. r. Belg. 38: 109-138. 1872 (portr., bibl.) repr. Bruxelles 1872, p. [1]-34. Crépin, Guide Bot. Belg. 246-247, 434-435. 1878. Mourlon, Géologie de la Belgique 2: 264-265. 1886. EPONYMY: Coemansia Marchal (1879); Coemansia Van Tieghem & A. A. G. Le Monnier (1873). 1155+ Observationes lichenologicae breves in fasciculos cryptogamicos ab orn. G. D. Westendorp editos, auctore Eugenio Coemans. Gent (I. S. van Doosselaere) 1858. (Observ. lichenol.) Publ.: Aug-Sep 1858 (p. 3: prid. cal. Jul 1858; Flora 28 Sep 1858), p. [1]-20. Copy: BR (no signatures, 20 p. in one). Ref.: LS 5362. Cogniaux, Célestin Alfred (1841-1916), Belgian botanist. (Cogn.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: BR; also material at LG, NY, U. Ref.: 1H 2: 133. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 363; BL 2: 30, 40; BM 1: 362, 6: 216; 517 COGNIAUX Bossert p. 79; CSP 2: 6, 7: 412, 9: 546, 12: 163, 14: 290; Jackson p. 532 [index]; Kew 1: 582-583; Langman p. 209; MW p. 82. Linden, J. Orchidées 16 Feb 1896, 3 p. (portr.). Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 32. 1898. Urban, FI. bras. 1(1r: 164-165. 1906. Jackson, Proc. Linn. Soc. 1916/7: 42-43. De Wildeman, Bull. Jard. bot. Bruxelles 5: i-xxx. 1919 (bibl., portr.). Massart, Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 54: 104-105. 1921. Evens, Gesch. Algologie Belgie 149. 1944. Steenis, Flora males. ser. 1. 4(2): Ixxxviii. 1949 (portr.). Dammer, Orchis, 10: 145-148. (portr.). Grondal, Rev. verviétoise Hist. nat. 9(3/4): 31-35. 1952. COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) Engler, Pflanzenreich: (a) Cucurbitaceae, Cuc., Cucum., Heft 88, 28 Nov 1924, 246 p. (b) Id. Fevill., Melothr., Heft 66, 26 Sep 1916, 277 p. (2) Alph. DC., Monogr.: (a) Melastomaceae, 7: 1-1256. Jun 1801. (b) Cucurbitaceae, 3: 325. 1008. Jun 1881. (3) Urban, Symbolae antillanae: Orchidaceae, 6: 1-192. 15 Jul 1909, 293-432. 15 Dec 1909, 433-721. 24 Dec 1910. Facsimile reprint Amsterdam 1964. (4) Durand et Pittier, Primitiae florae costaricensis: Melastomaceae, fasc. 1: 243-270. 1891; Cucurbitaceae, fasc. 1: 271-279. 1891. (5) Schumann, K. et Hollrung, Die Flora von Kaiser Wilhelmsland, Berlin 1889: Cucurbi- taceae, p. 81-88; Melastomaceae, p. 86-88. (6) Martius, Fl. bras.: (a) Orchidaceae i-x in vol. 3, parts 4, 5 and 6, see below. (b) Cucurbitaceae, 6(4): 1-126, pl. 1-38. 1 Aug 1878. (c) Melastomaceae, 14(3): 1-204, pl. 1-48. 1 Mar 1883. id. 14(3): 205-484, pl. 49-108. 1 Mai 1885. id. 14(4): 1-212, pl. 1-45. 1 Dec 1886. td. 14(4): 205-398, pl. 46-79. 1 Nov 1887. id. 14(4): 397-626, pl. 80-130. 15 Aug 1888. 1156. Orchidaceae I[-II1] (= C. F. P. von Martius; Flora brasiliensis, vol. 3, part 4[-6], 1893-1896.) Reprint Koenigstein (Otto Koeltz Science Publishers) 1975, 3 vols. text and 1 vol. plates. (Orchidaceae). Original publication in Martius, Flora brasiliensis: fasc. vol./pars columns __ plates date 104 —3(4) [1]-160 I-34 15 Jul 1893 117, 3(4) 157-322 35-75 15 Jan 1895 119 3(4) 317-494 76-99 15 Jun 1896 120 3(4) 493-672 100-133 1 Nov 1896 123 3(5) [1]-188 I-49 1 Jun 1898 125 3(5) 181-384 50-81 15 Mai 1901 126 3(5) 381-664. 62-119 15 Dec 1902 127 3(6) [1]-202 I-42 15 Feb 1904 128 = 3(6) 197-390 43-79 1 Mar 1905 129 3(6) 381-604 80-120 1 Apr 1906 First reprint: Lehre (J. Cramer) 1965-1967 in the facsimile reprint of the Flora brasiliensis as a whole. Second reprint: as above, February 1975, with additional title pages for each text volume and for the atlas, preceding the facsimile. ISBN 3-874.29-080-8 (for the four volumes). Copy: FAS. r (F.B. 3(4)): [i*-ii*, new], facs.: p. [i-vii], col. [1]-672. 2 (F.B. 3(5)): [i*-ii*, new], facs.: p. [i-vii], col. [1]-664. 3 (F.B. 3(6)): [i*-ii*, new], facs.: p. [i-vii], col. [1]-604. Atlas: [i*-ii*, new], t.p. 3(4), pl. 1-133; t-p. 3(5), pl. 1-119; t.p. 3(6), pl. 1-120. 518 COHN Cohn, Ferdinand Julius (1828-1898), German botanist and bacteriologist, “‘eeheimer Regierungsrath”’ at Breslau. (Cohn). HERBARIUM and TypEs: Unknown; collections of algae lost (fide Koster). Ref.: Koster, Taxon 18: 550. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 364; BM 1: 362-363, 6: 217; CSP 2: 8-10, 6: 624, 7: 413-414, 9: 547-548, 14: 294 (also biogr. refs.); DTS 1: 49; GR p. 8; Jackson p. 532 [index]; Kew 1: 583-584; LS 5382-5427, 31274-31278; Moebius p. 448 [index]; NDB 3: 313-314; Plesch p. 178; PR 1775-1778. Ratzeburg, Forstwiss. Lex. 112-114. 1874. Sachs, Gesch. Bot. 225, 228, 478. 1875. Bornet, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 45: 335. 18098. Kionka, Deut. med. Wochenschr. 1898 (30): [4 p.]. Limpricht, Jb. Jahresber. Schles. Ges. Vaterl. Cult. Necrol. 1. 1898. Schumann, Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 40: cx-cxvi. 1898, Naturwiss. Rundschau 13: 473-475. 1898. Mez, Biogr. Jb. deutscher Nekrolog. 3: 284-296. 1900. Rosen, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 17: (172)-(201). 1900 (bibl.). Cohn, Pauline, Ferdinand Cohn, Blatter der Erinnerung, ed. 2. Breslau 1901, 266 p. (portr., bibl.). Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 122. 1903, 3(3): 122. 1905 (portr.). Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 28. 1906. Reynolds Green, Hist. bot. 512. 1909. Costantin, Ann. Sci. nat. Bot. ser. 10. 16: li. 1934 (portr.). Bulloch, The history of bacteriology, London 1938. Leikind, Bull. Hist. Med. 7: 49-62. 1939 (portr., Engl. translation of iiber Bakterien 1872). Geison, DSB 3: 336-341. 1971 (bibl.). COMPOSITE WORKS: Beitrdge zur Biologie der Pflanzen, vols. 1-7, Breslau 1875-1896. Con- tinued by Oscar Brefeld. EPONYMY: Cohnia Kunth (1850). 1157. Untersuchungen tiber die Entwicklungsgeschichte der mikroskopischen Algen und Pilze .. mit 6 Steindrucktafeln. Nova Acta Acad. caes. Leop. Carol. Nat. Cur. vol. xxiv, p. 1 [Breslau 1853]. Qu. (Unters. Alg. Pilze). Publ.: 1853, p. [1]-156, [(101)-256], pl. 15-20, col. liths. Copy: Stevenson. — Reprinted from Nova Acta 24(1): [101] [= repr. p. 1]-256 [= 156]. 1158. Die Entwicklungsgeschichte der Gattung Volvox von Prof. Dr. Ferdinand Cohn. Mit einer Tafel. [Headlines:] Festschrift dem Geheimen Medicinalrath Prof. Dr. Goppert zu seinem finfzigjahrigen Doctorjubilaum am 11 Januar 1875 gewidmet von der philosophischen Facultat der Kénigl. Universitat zu Breslau. s.1. [Breslau], s.d. [1875]. (Entwicklungsgesch. Volvox). Publ.: 11 Jan 1875, p. [1]-33, 1 pl. Copy: PCS. Ref.: G.K., Bot. Zeit. 33: 80. 29 Jan 1875, 111. 12 Feb 1875. 1159. Aryptogamen-Flora von Schlesien. In Namen der Schlesischen Gesellschaft fiir vater- landische Cultur herausgegeben von Prof. Dr. Ferdinand Cohn, Secretair der bota- nischen Section. Breslau (J. U. Kern) 1876-1908, 3 vols. Oct. + (Krypt.-Fl. Schlesien). vol. Heft pages date author I I [i]-xui, [1 ]-224 Jan 1876 K. G. Stenzel (Pterid.) 2 225 —end Mai 1877 K. G. Limpricht (Bryoph.) A. Braun (Charac.) 2(1) [i]-iv, [1, abbr., 1, Sep-Oct 1878 O. Kirchner (Algae) authors], [1 ]-284 519 vol. Heft pages date author 2(2) [ii*], [i]-v, [2, abbr.], Mai-Jun 1879 B. Stein (Lich.) [1]-400 3(1) I [1]-128 10 Apr 1885 J. Schroeter 2 129-256 16 Aug 1886 J. Schroeter 3 257-384 27 Aug 1887 J. Schroeter 4 385-512 2 Jun 1888 J. Schroeter 5 513-640 10Feb 1889 J. Schroeter 6 641-814, [i-iv] 15 Sep 1889 J. Schroeter 3(2) I [1]-128 Oct 1893 J. Schroeter 2 129-256 Dec 1893 J. Schroeter 3 257-384 Nov 1894 J. Schroeter 4. 385-500 Sep 1897 J. Schroeter 5 500a-597, [ii*-11* | Aug 1908 A. Lingelsheim Collaborators: For details on Braun, Kirchner, Lingelsheim, Limpricht, Schroeter, Stein, and Stenzel see the entries for those authors. Copies: B (vol. 1), Stevenson. — Vol. 3: second t.p.: Die Pilze Schlesiens by J. Schroeter (q.v.) Facsimile ed. vol. 3: Lehre (J. Cramer) 1972. Copy: FAS. Ref.: BM 1: 232, 363; Jackson p. 310; Kew 1: 584; LS: cf. Schroeter and Stein. Stafleu, Taxon 22: 491-492. 1973. Coincy, Auguste Henri Cornu de la Fontaine de, (1837-1903). French botanist. (Coincy). HERBARIUM and TYPEs: P, further material at B and LY. Ref.: 1H 2: 133. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 364; BM 1: 363; CSP 14: 297; Kew 1: 584; NI 377. Barbey, Bull. Herb. Boissier. ser. 2. 3: 260. 1903 (bibl.). Bonnier, Bull. Soc. bot. France 50: 145. 1903. HANDWRITING: Candollea 29: 227-228. 1974. 1160. Ecloga plantarum hispanicarum seu icones specierum novarum vel minus cognitarum per Hispanias nuperrime detectarum. Figures de plantes trouvée en Espagne. Paris 1893-1901. 5 fasc. Qu. (Eel. pl. hisp.) fasc. pages (pl) dates Nat. Nov. ie [1]-25 I-I0 Mai-Jun 1893 Jun p- 5: 15 Feb 1893 2: [1 ]-28 I-I2 Nov-Dec 1895 - p- 5: 15 Oct 1895 3: [1]-29 I-12 Jul-Aug 1897 Aug 4: [1]-30, sr-r1 Dec 1898 Feb 1899 Bonnet rd 17 Dec 1898 [rserr.] 5: [1]-35 I-I4 Mar-Apr 1901 Apr p. 5: 1 Jan 1901 Copies: M, MICH, NY. — The 59 uncoloured lithographs are by B. Herincq. Title variants: Ecloga altera . . . icones stirpium superioribus annis per Hispanias detectarum. Nouvelles figures .. Ecloga tertia ... icones stirpium recentioribus temporibus per Hispanias lectarum. (Copy M: letter de Coincy 20 Mai 1897: ‘‘a l’impression.”’) Ecloga quarta ... icones stirpium non ita pridem per Hispanias lectarum. — N. B. t.p. date 1899; Bonnet received his copy (NY) on 17 Dec 1898. Ecloga quinta ... icones stirpium elapsis annis per Hispanias lectarum. Ref.: BM 1: 363, 6: 217; GF p. 54; Kew 1: 584; NI 377. 520 COLDEN Coker, William Chambers (1872-1953), American mycologist. (Coker). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: NCU, also material at NY. Refe-1H 1 (ed: 6): 357,22 132. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 364; BL 1: 161, 204, 213; Bossert p. 79; CSP 14: 298; Kew 1: 584-585; LS 5428, 32182-32185, suppl. 5359-5390. Couch and Matthews, Mycologia 46: 372-383. 1954 (bibl., portr.) 1161. The plant life of Hartsville, S.C. Columbia S. C. (The State Co.) 1912. Oct. (PIl.. life Hartsville). Publ.: Dec 1912 (Harper 1913), p. [i-ii], [1]-120, pl. 1-15. Copy: NY. — Original publi- cation of p. 3-38, with the plates, in J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 27: 165-205, pl. 1-15. 4912 (misprinted ‘“‘vol. xxxviii, December, 1911.”’). P2f.: Harper, Torreya 13(6): 139-144. Jun 1913. 1162. The Saprolegniaceae with notes on other water molds ... With sixty-three plates. Chapel Hill, N. C., (The University of North Carolina Press) 1923. Oct. (Saprolegniac.) Publ.: 1923, p. [i-ii], [1]-201, pl. r-63 with text. Copies: BR, MICH, U, USDA. Facsimile ed.: Lehre (J. Cramer) 1969, Bibliotheca mycologica Bd. 20. Copy: FAS. Ref.: Kew 1: 585; LS 5370. 1163. The Clavarias of the United States and Canada ... with ninety-two plates. Chapel Hill, N. C. (The University of North Carolina Press) 1923. Oct. (Clavar. U.S.) Orig. ed.: 1923, p. [1]-209, pl. 1-92. Copies: BR, MICH, NY, Stevenson. Facsimile ed.: Lehre (J. Cramer) 1973. Bibliotheca mycologica Bd. 39. Copy: FAS. — The facsimile reprint is preceded by an introduction by R. H. Petersen providing a survey of the later literature (p. i-xiv). The plates are partly coloured in the original, un- coloured in the facsimile reprint. See also Taxon 23: 205-206 (1974). Ref.: Kew 1: 585; LS suppl. 5369. 1164. The Gasteromycetes of the eastern United States and Canada ... With 123 plates. Chapel Hill, N. C. (The University of North Carolina Press) 1928. Oct. (Gasteromycetes east. U.S.) Co-author: John Nathaniel Couch (1896-x). Orig. ed.: 1928 (preface Jun 1927), p. [iii]-ix, 1-201, pl. 1-123 with text. Copies: MICH, NY, USDA. Facsimile ed. [1]: Lehre (J. Cramer) 1969, Bibliotheca mycologica Bd. 19. Copy: FAS. Facsimile ed. [2]: New York (Dover) 1975, includes also Minnie May Johnson, The Gasteromycetes of Ohio, 1929, 82 p., 3 pl. (n.v., see Garden J. 25: 126, 1975). Ref.: Kew 1: 585; LS 5386. Colden, Jane, later Farquhar (1724-1759), first woman botanist in America, daughter of Cadwallader Colden (1688-1776). (Colden). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. Botanic Manuscript (at BM), published by Chanticleer Press, New York, Apr 1963, eds. H. W. Rickett, E. C. Hall. Ref.: J. Bot. 33: 12-15. 1895. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 365; BB p. 105 (sub Farquhar) ; BM 1: 363; DAB 4: 288-289; ME 1: 173, 3: 346; PR [p. 65]. Darlington, Memorials 202, 400. 1849. Britten, J. Bot. 33: 12-15. 1895. Vail, Torreya 7: 21-34. 1907, (Contr. New York Bot. Garden no. 88). Fox, Fothergill 175. 1919. Gilbert, Gard. Chron. 159(11): 241. 1966. Humphrey, Makers N. Amer. Bot. 53-54. 1966. Berkeley and Berkeley, Dr Alexander Garden of Charles Town 372. 1969. EPONYMY: Coldenia Linnaeus (1753) is dedicated to Jane’s father Cadwallader Colden 521 COLDEN (1688-1776), Governor of New York and correspondent of Collinson, Gronovius, Lin- naeus and others. Colebrooke, Henry Thomas (1765-1837), British colonial magistrate, Sanskrit scholar and amateur botanist. (Colebr.) HERBARIUM and Types: K (via Hooker) and G (?, via Lambert). Ref UE ore ieoe Miller, Taxon 19: 519. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 365; BB p. 68-69; CSP 2: 12-13, 6: 624; DNB 11: 282; PR p. 65; Quenstedt p. 86. Whewell, Proc. geol. Soc. London 2: 629-630. 1838. Colebrooke, T. E., Life of Henry Thomas Colebrooke, 1873. Prain, Ann. Bot. Gard. Calcutta 10: xxi-xxii. 1905. Woodward, The history of the Geological Society of London 67, 68. 1907. EPONYMY: Colebrookea J. E. Smith (1806). Coleman, Rev. William Higgins (1816?-1863), British clergyman and botanist at Hertford and Ashby-de-la-Zouch. (Coleman). HERBARIUM and Types: Not traced, some material at BM and K. Ref.: BB p. 69. Kent, Brit. herbaria 48. 1957. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 366; BB p. 69; BL 2: 245, 254; BM 1: 363; CSP 2: 13; DNB 11: 290; Jackson p. 253, 255; Kew 1: 586; PR [p. 340]. Anon., Flora 46: 511. 24 Nov 1863. Seemann, J. Bot. 1: 318. 1863. Maclagan, Trans. bot. Soc. Edinburgh 8: 13. 1866. Pryor, Fl. Hertfordshire xli-xliv. 1887. COMPOSITE WORKS: see R. H. Webb and W. H. Coleman, A report of the Flora of Hertford- shire (1843) and Flora hertfordiensis (1849). 1165. The flora of Leicestershire, including the cryptogams, with maps of the county. Issued by the Leicester Literary & Philosophical Society. Compiled by the following sub-committee of the Society’s Biological Section, viz.: F. T. Mott, F.R.G.S./E. F. Cooper, F.L.S./Thos. Carter, L.L.B./J. E. M. Finch, M.D./C. W. Cooper, M.B. On the basis of a MS prepared in 1852 by the late Rev. W. H. Coleman, which has been enlarged, completed, brought up to date, mostly re-written, and entirely re-arranged, in accordance with the third edition of Hooker’s *‘Student’s Flora.”? London, Edinburgh (Williams and Norgate) 1886. Oct. (FI. Leicestershire). Publ.: 1886 (J. Bot. Feb 1887; Nat. Nov. Mai 1887), p. [i]-xxvi, 2 maps, [1]-372, [1, err.], errata slip. Copy: HH. Ref.: BL 2: 254; BM 1: 363; Jackson p. 255; Kew 1: 586. Britten, J. Bot. 25: 184-185. 1887. Colenso, William (1811-1899), British born New Zealand printer, missionary, ethnologist and botanist. (Colenso). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: K and WELT (20.000), hepatics via Stephani at G. Ref.: TH 1 (ed. 6): 357, 2: 133. Candolle, Phytographie 404. 1880 (plants at TCD). Stephani, J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 29: 263-280. 1892 (rev. of Hepatics.) Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 147. 1961. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 70. 1970. Hamlin, New Zealand J. Bot. 9(4): 695-698 (1971) (bryoph.). Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(3): 305. 1975. 522 COLLA BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 58; Barnhart 1: 366; BB p. 69; BL 2: 78, 80; BM 1: 364, 6: 218; CSP 2: 13, 7: 415, 9: 550, 14: 302; GR p. 369; IF p. 690-691; Kew 1: 578; LS 5430-5444, 32193; PR 1783-1784; Quenstedt p. 86. Mueller, J. Linn. Soc. 32: 197-208. 1896. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. London 1898/9: 51-52. 1899. Anon., Nature 59: 420. 1899. Hector, Trans. Proc. New Zealand Inst. 31: 722-724. 1899 (portr.). Hamilton, Trans. Proc. New Zealand Inst. 36: 350-354. 1903 (bibl.). Hooker, Obit. Notes [Fellows] Roy. Soc. Part 1, Oct 1904 p. 60: 57-60. Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand FI. xxxiv-xxxv. 1906. Cockayne, Veg. New Zealand 4. 1921. Bagnall and Peterson, William Colenso, Wellington 1948, 494 p. (portr.). Glenn, The botanical explorers of New Zealand 173. 1950. Coats, The plant hunters 233, 236-239. 1969. EPONYMY: Colensoa J. D. Hooker (1852). Colla, Luigi Aloysius (1766-1848), Italian lawyer and botanist, owner of a botanical garden at Rivoli near Torino. (Colla). HERBARIUM and Types: TO (contains e.g. many plants collected by Balbis and Bellardi). Other material at BR. Ref.: TH 1 (ed. 6): 357, 2: 133; Saccardo 2: 34. Candolle, Phytographie 404. 1880. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 409; Barnhart 1: 366; BL 2: 373; BM 1: 364; Bossert p. 80; CSP 2: 17-18; IF p. 691; Jackson p. 533 [index]; Kew 1: 588; Langman p. 210; LS 5445; MW p. 82; NI 378-382; PR 1789-1800, ed. 1. 1900-1914; Saccardo 1: 53, 2: 34; Zander ed. 10, p. 646. Parlatore, Gazz. med. ital. ser. 2. 1: 19-20. 1850. Delponte, Memorie r. Accad. Sci. Torino ser 2. 12: 1-38. 1852, also separately, Torino 1851. Candolle, Mémoires et souvenirs 413, 481, 482, 484, 486. 1862. Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cxvi-cxvil. 1883. Magnin, Ann. Soc. bot. Lyon 37: 87. 1912. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 36. 1941. EPONYMY: Collaea A. P. de Candolle (1825); Collania J. A. Schultes & J. H. Schultes (1830). HANDWRITING: Candollea 29: 229-230. 1974. 1166. Hortus ripulensis seu enumeratio plantarum quae Ripulis coluntur ab Aloysia Colla additis stirpium rariorum, vel nondum satis cognitarum, aut forte novarum notis, descriptionibus, et iconibus. Torino (Ex regio typographaeo) 1824. Qu. (Hortus ripul.) Publ.: Jun-Jul 1824 (Acad. Paris 30 Aug. 1824; pref. 1 Jun 1824), p. [i]-xii, [1]-163, pl. 1-40 (uncoloured lithographs by Tecophila Colla, later: T. Billotti). Copy: M. Appendice 1: Aloysii Colla illustrationes et icones rariorum stirpium quae in ejus horto Ripulis florebant, anno 1824, addita ad Hortum ripulensem, Mem. r. Accad. Sci. Torino 31: [109]-138, fl. 2-8, publ. as reprint 1825 (read 5 Dec 1824; Acad. Paris 30 Jan 1826), journal vol. 1827. Copy reprint: M. Appendice 2: ... anno 1825, ... ibid. 31: [317]-358, pl. rz-r19, publ. 1826 (read 8 Jan 1826). Copy reprint: M. Appendice 3: ... anno 1826, ... ibid. 33: 113-166. 1828, reprint p. [1]-54, pl. r-r2 by Tecophila Billotti, publ. 1828 (read 10 Dec 1826, rd. Acad. Paris 14 Apr 1828). Copy reprint: M. Appendice 4: ... annis 1827-28, ... ibid. 35: 147-206. 1832, reprint p. [1]-60, pl. r-r2, publ. Jul 1830 (BH). Copy reprint: M. Ref.: BM 1: 364; BH; Jackson p. 437; Kew 1: 588; Langman p. 210; MW p. 82; NI 379, 380; RS p. 79; IDC 852. COLLA 1167. Freyliniae genus addita icone. [Torino 1824]. Qu. (Freylinia.) Publ.: Undated pamphlet, presented to the Académie des Sciences in Paris on 30 Aug 1824, — p. [1]-7, 7 pl. (uncol. lithogr.). Copies: G, U. Ref.: BM 1: 364; IF p. 691; Kew 1: 588; PR 1792 (“1830”). 1168. Illustratio generis Dysodii addita icone nondum cognita speciei, quam Divaricati nomine designarunt botanici. [Torino 1824]. Qu. (ll. Dysod.) Publ.: 1824 (Acad. 30 Aug 1824) in Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Tor. 27: 323-332. 1824, reprint p. [i-ii], 323-332. Copies: G, M. Ref.: Kew 1: 588. 1169. Mémoire sur le Melanopsidium nigrum des jardiniers, et formation d’un genre nouveau dans la famille des Rubiacées. Paris (De Lebel) 1825. Oct. (Mém. Melanopsi- dium nigrum). Publ.: 1825, independently paged preprint from Mém. Soc. Linn. Paris 4: 15-27. 1825 (1826?), preprint p. [1]-16, with separate title page and 1 uncoloured lithograph by Tecophila Billotti (— pl. 2 in Mém.). Copy preprint: U. 1170. Novi scitaminearum generis de stirpe jam cognita commentatio. Torino (ex regio typographaeo) 1830. Qu. (Nov. scitam. gen.) Publ.: Mar 1830 (title-page; Bibl. Ital. Apr 1830; BH; Acad. Paris 10 Mai 1830, Regensburg Jun 1831), p. [1]-12, z pl. (uncol. lith. Tecophila Billotti). Copies: G, U. Ref.: BM 1: 364; Kew 1: 588; PR 1793. Anon., Lit. Ber. Flora 1: 128. Mai-Jun 1831. 1171. Herbarium pedemontanum juxta methodum naturalem dispositum additis nonnullis stirpibus exoticis ad universos ejusdem methodi ordines exhibendos. Torino (ex Typis regiis) 1833-1837, 8 vols. Oct. (Herb. pedem.) title page probable vol. pages dates dates of issue 1 [i*-iv*], [i]-ix, [1]-566, [567] 1833 Dec 1833 2 [i], [1]-557, [559] 1834 Jul 1834 3 [i], [1]-587 1834. Jan-Feb 1835 4 Li], [1]-592 1835 15-31 Aug 1835 5) (11-571, 1572] 1836 6-30 Apr 1836 6 [i], [1]-606 1836 Nov-Dec 1836 Lf [i], [1]-672 1837 Jul-Nov 1837 8 [i], [1]-102, Quarto! 1837 Jul-Nov 1837 Facsimile edition: announced by Koeltz (1974). Icones plantarum rariorum herbarit Pedemontani: Plates fasc. | numbers dates I i-xl 15-31 Aug 1835 2 xli-Ixxiv 6-30 Apr 1836 3 Ixxy-xcvii = Jul-Nov 1837 98 uncoloured lithographs by Tecophila Colla (later: T. Billotti), numbered 1-97; no 20 double. Copy: U. Ref.: BL 2: 373; BM 1: 364; Kew 1: 588; LS 5445; MW p. 82; NI 378; PR 1795; SK p. clxxv; IDC 5367. Colla, Flora 17(1). Int. Bl. 12-17. 7 Mai 1834. Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cxvii. 1883. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 36-37. 1941. Pichi-Sermolli, Webbia 8: 130-140, 1951, 8: 407-411. 1952. Colla, Prospectus Herbarium Pedemontanum, s.l. [1837], copy: G. 524 COLLADON 1172. Plantae rariores in regionibus chilensibus a clarissimo M. D. Bertero nuper detectae et ab A. Colla in lucem editae. Mem. Accad. Sct. Torino vols. 37-39, 1834-1837. Qu. [reprints: Torino, ex Regio Typographia, s.d.] pages of date of vol. part pages plates date of vol. reprints reprints Oo 7ieok=3 [la] 41-85 I-20 late 1834 I-47 Mai 1833 38 = 4-5['2”] I-42 21-34. Nov-Dec 1835 [i-ii], Jul-Dec 1834 [1]-42 6 I17-141 35-47 Nov-Dec 1835 [1]-27 Dec 1836 v. Jan 1837 39 7[ult.’] 1-55 48-75 Apr 1837 [i-ti], Jan-Apr 1837 1-55 72 plates, numbered 1-75, 25 bis; nos. 49-52 wanting. All plates are after drawings by Tecophila Colla. Copy: U. The diagnoses contained in parts I, 2, 3 were previously published by Savi, Nuovo Giornale dei Letterati 24: 143-188, autumn 1832 (n.v.). The species described in part 7 were earlier described in the Herbarium pedemontanum 5 and 6. The dates on which the papers were presented to the Academy were: part date part date I 10 Jul 1831 5 8 Dec 1833 2 26 Feb 1832 6 24 Aug 1834 3 6 Jan 1833 7 29 Nov 1836 4 14Jul 1833 Ref.: BM 1: 364; Kew 1: 588; NI 381; PR 1794; SK p. clxxvi. Kuntze, Rev. gen. 1: cxxvi. 1891 (cites dates of Academy meetings, not of publication). Mattirolo, Mem. r. Accad. Sci. Torino ser. 2. 67(5): 20. 1933. Pichi-Sermolli, Webbia 8: 123-130, 134-140. 1951, 8: 407-411. 1952. 1173- Observations sur la famille des Rutacées, sur le genre Correa et formation du nouveau genre Antommarchia. [Torino 1843]. Qu. (Observ. Rutac.) Publ.: 1843, p. [1-11], [1]-21, 5 pl. Copy: U. — repr. from Mém. R. Acad. Torino ser 2. 5: 473-495. 1843. Ref.: Kew 1: 588; Langman p. 210; PR 1800. 1174. Achimeneae. Gesneriacearum tribus nova addito earumdem novo genere (Salu- tiaea). Torino (ex Officina regia) 1848. Qu. (Achimeneae). Publ.: 1848, p. [1]-16, r pl. Copy U. — Independently paged reprint from Mem. r. Accad. Sci. Torino ser. 2. 10: 203-216. 7 pl. 1848. Ref.: Kew 1: 588. Colladon, Louis Théodore Frédéric (1792-1862), Swiss physician and botanist at Genéve, pupil of A. P. de Candolle. (Collad.) HERBARIUM and TyPES: G-DC (Colladon’s only ‘publication’ is based on the Candolle herbarium, see below.) The Colladon herbarium now incorporated in G was made by Jean-Antoine Colladon (1755-1830), pharmacist and amateur-botanist, father of L. T. F. Colladon. Ref Elo: 8139" Candolle, Phytographie 404. 1888. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 366; BM 1: 364; Bossert p. 80; CSP 2: 18; Kew 1: 588; Langman p. 210; NI 382; PR 1801. Candolle, A. P. de, Hist. bot. genevoise 56. 1830. 525 COLLADON Martins, Le Jardin des Plantes de Montpellier 52. 1854. Candolle, A. P. de, Mémoires et souvenirs 213, 235, 236, 252. 1862. Candolle, Alph. de, Mém. Soc. Phys. Hist. nat. Genéve 16: 456-457. 1862. Candolle, Alph. de, Actes Soc. helv. Sci. nat. 46: 278. 1862. Candolle, Alph. de, Phytographie 404. 1880. Bord, Aesculape, Mai 1938, p. 14. Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 191-193. 1940 (bibl.). EPONYMY: Colladonia A. P. de Candolle (1830). 1175- Histoire naturelle et médicale des Casses, et particuliérement de la Casse et des Sénés employés en médicine. Montpellier (Jean Martel ainé) 1816. Qu. (Hist. nat. méd. Casses). Publ.: 1816, p. [i-111], [1 ]-140, pl. r-20, 1 tabl. Copies: G, MICH, NY, USDA. — Alphonse de Candolle (1880) has revealed that the botanical text was written by A. P. de Candolle who had kept this a secret. Even so the book and the taxa must be attributed solely to Colladon for purposes of citation. - The 20 uncoloured copper engravings are by Node-Véran. Ref.: BM 1: 364; Kew 1: 588; Langman p. 210; NI 382; Plesch p. 179; PR 1801. Candolle, Alph. de, Phytographie 404. 1880. Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Genéve 50a: 192. 1940. Collett, [Sir] Henry (1836-1901), British colonial army officer, botanist and collector. (Collett). HERBARIUM and TYPES: K; duplicates CAL, DD, E, W. Ref.: BB p. 69; IH 2: 133. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 70. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 367; BB p. 69-70; BM 6: 218; CSP 14: 306; DNB suppl. 2(1): 384; Kew 1: 589; MW suppl. p. 50; NI 384; Zander ed. 10, p. 646. Collett and Hemsley, J. Linn. Soc. 28: 1-150. 1890 (collections). Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1901/2: 28. 1902. Clarke, J. Bot. 40: 73-74. 1902. Thiselton-Dyer, Introduction to Collett, Flora simlensis, 1902, p. xv-xxil. Thiselton-Dyer, Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1902: 18-23. Steenis, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 108. 1950. EPONYMY: WVeocollettia W. B. Hemsley (1890). 1176. Flora simlensis a handbook of the flowering plants of Simla and the neighbourhood by the late Col. Sir Henry Collett, K.C.B., F.L.S. Bengal army with an introduction by W. Botting Hemsley ... and 200 illustrations in the text drawn by Miss M. Smith artist at the Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew and a map. Calcutta, Simla (Thacker, Spink & Co.) London (W. Thacker & Co.) 1902. Oct. (Fl. siml.) Ed. 1: 1902, p. [i]-lxviii, [1]-652, frontispiece and text ill. 1-19, map. Copies: HH, U. Second impression: Calcutta and Simla (id.), London (id.) 1921, p. [i]-Ixviii, [1]-652, map, ill. as above. Copy: HH. Third impression: Dehra Dun (Bishen Singh) 1971 (no change but without the map.) Copy: UC. Ref.: BM 6: 218; Kew 1: 589; NI 384. Collie, Alexander (x-1835), British naval surgeon, naturalist on Captain Beechey’s voyage. (Collie). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: K (e.g. the plants used by Hooker for the “Botany of Beechey’s Voyage” and Australian collections 1829, 1831-1832); further material at BM, MO, OXF. Ref.: IH 2: 134; Laségue p. 497. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 14.7. 1964. 526 COLLINS. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 367; BB p. 70; BM 1: 366; CSP 2: 21; HR; Laségue p. 84-85, 497; PR [p. 66]. Hooker, Fl. Tasm. 1: cxxv. 1859. Maiden, J. West Austral. nat. Hist. Soc. 6: 12-13. 1909. Huxley, Hooker 1: 106. 1918. Palmer, Condor 30: 273. 1928. Ewan, in A century of progress in the natural sciences, San Francisco 1955, p. 46. Thomas, Contr. Dudley Herb. 5: 151-152. 1961. Huntia 3: 9-10. 1969. Collins, Frank Shipley (1848-1920), American algologist. (Collins). HERBARIUM and Types: FH, further important material at NY and UC. — Exsiccatae: 1. North American algae (ca. 1894), FH, L, PC. 2. Algae of Bermuda (with Alphaeus Baker Hervey, 1839-1931), set at NY. 3. Phycotheca boreali-americana, a collection of dried specimens of the algae of North America (Fasc. i-xlvi, nos. 1-2300, fasc. A-E, nos. i-cxxv). Malden, Mass. 1895-1919. (with Isaac Holden, 1832-1903) and William Albert Setchell (1864-1943). Widely distributed, 80 copies issued, Sayre cites complete copies at BM, FH, NY, PC. ARS Msl it (Gal, OS Boye OB isyle Koster, ‘Taxon 18: 550. 1969. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 66-70. 1969. Day, Rhodora 3: 208. 1901. Barnhart, NAF 11(1): 88. 1937. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 368; BL 1: 187; BM 6: 219; Bossert p. 803. CSP 12: 164, 14: 312; GR p. 209; Kew 1: 590; LS 5448; MW p. 82. Urban, Symb. ant. 5: 2. 1908. Setchell, Amer. J. Bot. 12: 54-62. 1925 (portr., bibl.). Setchell, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sc. 68: 615-618. 1933. Humphrey, Makers N. Amer. Bot. 55-56. 1961. Stafleu, 7x Daniels and Stafleu, Taxon 23: 746. 1974 (portr.). EPONYMY: Collinsia J. Agardh (1899). 1177. The green algae of North America. Reprint 1970. Bibliotheca phycologica Band 11. Lehre (J. Cramer) 1970. Oct. (Green alg. N. Amer.) Original publication: Green algae: Jul 1909 (cover), Tufts College Studies 2(3): [77]-480, err. slip, pl. 1-18. Jul 1909 (Nat. Nov. Aug 1909). Copies: BR, NY. Supplementary paper: ‘Tufts College Studies 3(2): [69]-109, pl. 2-2. Apr 1912. Copy: BR. Second supplementary paper: ‘Tufts College Studies 4(7): [1]-106, pl. 1-3. 1 June 1918. Reprint: 1970, facsimile of above papers plus new t.p. Ref.: Kew 1: 590. Barnhart, NAF 11(1): 88. 1937. 1178. The algae of Bermuda, Cambridge, Mass. 1917. Oct. (Alg. Bermuda). Co-author: Alpheus Baker Hervey (1839-1931). Publ.: Aug 1917, in Proc. Amer. Acad. Sci. 53(1): [1]-195. pl. 2-6 (on p. 173, 175, 1775. 179, 181, 183). Copy: BR. — Also as Contr. Bermuda Biological Station for Research, no. 69, Cambridge Mass. USA, Aug 1917, p. [1]-195. Copy NY. Collins, Zacchaeus (1764-1831), Quaker merchant, philanthropist, promoter of botany. (<. Collins). HERBARIUM and TypEs: P-DU. Collins’ herbarium was acquired by Rafinesque whose collections in turn came into the hands of Elias Durand. For full details see Stuckey (1971). — Collins published no botanical treatises to speak of but was of importance through his herbarium and his promotion of Philadelphia botany. Ref.: 1H 2: 194. Stuckey, Taxon 20: 443-459. 1971. 527 COLLINS BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 369, ME 2: 5, 131, 132, 139. Darlington, Reliquiae Baldwinianae 1843 (see Ewan, introd. facs. repr. 1969, p. xxxiii index). eer a Botanists Philadelphia 442 [index]. 1899. Barnhart, Mem. Torrey bot. Club 16: 291. 1921. Rodgers, John Torrey 338. 1942. Graustein, Thomas Nuttall 463 [index]. 1967. Stuckey, Taxon 20: 443-459. 1971. EPONYMyY: Collinsia Nuttall (1817). Note: Collinsia J. Agardh (1899) is dedicated to Frank Shipley Collins (1848-1920), q.v. Collinson, Peter (1694-1768), British “woollen-draper,”’ botanist and horticulturist, who introduced many North American plants into Europe, ‘‘amicus botanicorum.”’ (Collinson). HERBARIUM and TypEs: Unknown; specimens labelled ‘‘Collins[on] ex America boreali’’ in UPS (Thunberg), other specimens at OXF. Manuscripts at BM and Royal Society (London). Ref.: BM 1: 367. Dandy, Sloane herbarium 114. 1958. Clokie, Account heibaria Oxf. 148. 1964. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 369; BB p. 70-71; BM 1: 367; DNB 11: 382-383; Jackson p. 415; Kew 1: 590; ME 1: 173, 3: 554. Fothergill, J., Some account of the late Peter Collinson. London 1770 (portr.). Pulteney, Sketches 2: 275-277. 1790. Smith, Peter Collinson in Rees Cycl. 8. 1807. Lambert, Trans. Linn. Soc. 10: 270-282. 1811 (on a mss.). Smith, Selection corr. Linnaeus 1: 1-77. 1821. Darlington, Reliquiae baldwinianae 449. 1843. Dillingham, W. H., A tribute to the memory of Peter Collinson, second edition, Phila- delphia 1851, 37 p., (portr.); ed. 2, Philadelphia 1852, 48 p. ‘Collinson, M., Some anecdotes of the late Peter Collinson. London 1885. Harshberger, Botanists of Philadelphia 442 [index]. 1899. Scott, Index Sloane manuscripts Brit. Mus. 117. 1904. Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 29. 1906. Wittrock, Acta Horti Bergiani 3(2): 154. 1903, 3(3): 166. 1905 (portr.). Hulth, Bref och Skr. Linné ser. 2. 1: 423. 1916. Fox, Fothergill, 157, 425 [index]. 1919. Brett-James, The life of Peter Collinson. London [1925] (inaccurate) (portr.). Collinson, J. Bot. 63: 163-165. 1925 (list of American seeds). Fagin, William Bartram 221 [index]. 1933. Earnest, J. & W. Bartram 184 [index]. 1940. Swem, Antiquarian Society Proceedings 68: 17-190. 1948. Dahlgren, Svensk bot. Tidskr. 50(2): 306-307. 1956 (veg. mutations, letter Linnaeus). Brooke Hindle, The pursuit of science in revolutionary America, Chapel Hill 1959. Ewan, Proc. Amer. philos. Soc. 103(6): 811. 1959. Frick and Stearns, Mark Catesby 131. 1961. Stearn, Catalogue botanical books Hunt 2: Ixxx-Ixxxi. 1961. Edwards, J. roy. hort. Soc. London 93: 329-333. 1968 (portr.). Berkeley and Berkeley, Dr. Alexander Garden of Charles Town 372. 1969. Ewan, Short hist. bot. U.S. 3, 31, 33-35. 1969. James, The trees of Bicton 106-107. 1969. Edwards, Morris Arboretum Bull. 21(2): 41-44. 1970. Frick, DSB 3: 349-351. 1971. NOTE: For Hortus collinsonianus see L. W. Dillwyn 1843. EPONYMY: Collinsonia Linnaeus (1753). 528 COLMEIRO Colmeiro y Penido, Don Miguel (1816-1901), Spanish botanist, director of the Ma- drid botanical garden. (Colm.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: MA; other material at FI, G. Ref.: IH 2: 134. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(2): 298; Barnhart 1: 369; BL 2: 481, 492, 495; BM 1: 367-368, 6: 220; CSP 1: 24-25; Colmeiro 1: clxix-clxx (bibl.); GR p. 758; IF p. 691; Jackson p. 533 [index]; Kew p. 591-592; Langman p. 211; LS 5449-5450; PR 1808-1819, 10547. Colmeiro, Enumeracion y revision 2. 1886, appendix (list of publ.) Urban, Symb. ant. 1:32. 1898. Lazaro y Ibiza, Anal. Soc. Esp. Hist. nat. 30: 201-210. 1go1 (portr., bibl.). Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 154. 1903, 3(3): 166. 1905. EPONYMY: Colmeiroa F. van Mueller (1871); Colmeiroa Reuter (1842). HANDWRITING: Candollea 29: 231-232. 1974. 1179. Catalogo metédico de plantas observadas en Catalufia, particularmente en las inmedia- ciones de Barcelona, inclusa una porcion de pirenaicas, con sus nombres botanicos mas usuales, los vulgares catalanes de muchas, y la indicacion de localidades y épocas en que florecen. Seguido de la nomenclatura catalana de las plantas traducida al idioma castellano y al botanuco, 6 sea de un vocabulario que comprende los nombres catalanes y castellanos de considerable numero de plantas, asi espontaneas como cultivadas, los valencianos y balearicos de muchas, y el cientifico correspondiente 4 cada una de ellas con indices para hallar los nombres catalanes, valencianos 6 balearicos, sabiendo los castellanos 6 los cientificos mas usuales. Madrid (Libraria de la Sefiora Viuda é Hijos de Von Antonio Calleja) 1846. Oct. (Cat. pl. Catalufia). Publ.: 1846, p. [i]-lx, [1, half title], [1, signs], [1]-176, Nomenclatura catalana [1]-131, [132, err.] Copy: HH. Ref.: BL 2: 495; BM 1: 367; Jackson p. 340. W., Bot. Zeit. g: 125-129. 14 Feb 1851. 1180. Apuntes para la flora de las dos Castillas. Madrid (Libreria de D. Angel Calleja), Lima (Casa de los Sefiores Calleja, Ojea y Compafiia) 1849. Oct. (Apunt. fl. Castillas). Publ.: 1849, p. [1]-176. Copies: NY, U, USDA. Ref.: BL 2: 492; BM 1: 367; PR 1813; IDC 5450. W., Bot. Zeit. g: 125-129. 14 Feb 1851. 1181. La botdnica y los botanicos de la peninsula hispano-lusitana. Estudios bibliograficos y biograficos ... Obra premiada por la biblioteca nacional en el concurso publico de enero de 1858 é impresa a expensas del gobierno. Madrid (M. Rivadeneyra) 1858. Oct. (Bot. penins. hispano-lusit.) Publ.: 1858, p. [i]-x, [1, cont.], [1]-216. Copy: FAS. — Important early bio-bibliography based on numerous original sources. Ref.: BL 2: 481; Jackson p. 5; Langman p. 211; PR 1816. M. W., Bot. Zeit. 18: 18-20. 1860. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 32. 1896. 1182. Enumeracion y revision de las plantas de la peninsula hispano-lusitana é islas Baleares, con la distribution geografica de las especies, y sus nombres vulgares, tanto nacionales como provinciales. Madrid (Viuda é Hija de Fuentenebro) 1885-1889. 5 vols. Oct. (Enum. pl. penins. hispano-lustt.) : 1885 (p. x: Sep 1884, Nat. Nov. Sep 1885), p. [i]-ccvii, [1]-595, [596, bibl. Colm.] : 1886 (Nat. Nov. Aug 1886), p. [i-vii], [1]-642. : 1887 (but: Nat. Nov. Dec 1888), p. [i-vii], [1]-545, [2, add. bibl. Colm.] : 1888 (Nat. Nov. Sep 1880), p. [i-vii], [1]-762. : 1889 (Nat. Nov. Apr 1890), p. [i-vii], [1]-1087. OMe G bb N 529 COLMEIRO A detailed enumeration; a “bibliographically complete, but uncritical compilation” (Willkomm). Ref.: AG 6(2): 298; BL 2: 481; BM 1: 368. Willkomm, Pflanzenverbr. iber. Halbins. 14, 22. 1896. Colsmann, Johannes (1771-1830), Danish physician in Copenhagen. (Colsm.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: in Kénig herbarium at C, other material at CGE. Ref.: IH 2: 134. Gilmour and Tutin, A list ... collections ... Cambridge. 1933. Miller, Taxon 19: 519. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 369; CSP 2: 25; Kew 1: 592; PR 1824. Hornemann, Naturhist. Tiddskr. 1: 583. 1837. Warming, Bot. Tidsskr. 12: 84. 1880/81. Christensen, Danske Bot. Hist. 1: 152, 163, 2: 113. 1924. Hansen, Bot. Tidsskr. 69(2/3): 208. 1974. EPONYMY: Colsmannia J. G. C. Lehmann (1814). 1183. Prodromus descriptionis Gratiolae sistens species a D. Konig detectas quem pro stipendio collegii medicei scientiae botanices peritorum examini offert Johannes Cols- mann die ix Julii mdccxciii h.t.q.s. Kobenhavn (Chr. Fred. Holmius) [1793]. Oct. (Prodr. descr. Gratiol.) Publ.: 9 Jul 1793 (title page), p. [1]-16. Copy: IDC (KVA)-Reprinted in Roemer, Arch. Bot. 2: 240-244. Ref.: Kew 1: 592; PR 1824; IDC 6140. Commelijn [Commelin], Caspar[us] (1667/1668-1731), Netherlands physician, bota- nist and professor at the Amsterdam Athenaeum, nephew of Jan Commelin. (C. Comme- lijn). HERBARIUM and types: No herbarium material known with any certainty. Clokie mentions, with some hesitation, the possibility of some Commelin material being at OXF. Ref.: Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 148. 1964. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Aa 3: 649; AG 2(2): 408; Barnhart 1: 370; BM 1: 370, 6: 222; Jackson p. 534 [index]; JW 2: 188, 3: 348, 4: 382, 5: 237; Kew 1: 594-5953 Langman p. 213; MW p. 83; NI 387-388; NNBW tro: 196; Plesch p. 180-181; PR 1834- 1837. J., Biogr. méd. 3: 308-309. 1821. Hunger, Ned. kruidk. Arch. 34: 187-202. 1924 (bibl., iconogr., portr.). Karsten, The old Company’s Garden at the Cape 179 [index]. 1951. EPONYMY: Commelina Linnaeus (1753, also dedicated to his uncle Jan Commelijn (1629- 1692), q.v. 1184. Flora malabarica sive horti malabarici catalogus exhibens omnium ejusdem plantarum nomina, quae e variis, tum veteribus tum recentioribus botanicis collegit, & in ordinem alphabeticum digessit. Leiden (Fredericus Haaringh) 1696. Oct. (Fl. malab.) Publ.: 1696, p. [i-xvi], 1-284, [1, corr.] Copy: U. Ref.: BM 1: 370; Jackson p. 388; Kew 1: 594. 1185. Praeludia botanica ad publicas plantarum exoticarum demonstrationes, dicta in horto medico, cum demonstrationes exoticarum 3 Octobris 1701, & 2g Maji 1702. ex auctoritate nobilissimorum & amplissimorum D. Consulum auspicaretur. His accedunt plantarum rariorum & exoticarum, in praeludiis botanicis recensitarum, icones & descriptiones. Leiden (Fredericus Haringh) 1703. Qu. (Praeludia bot.) 530 COMMELIJN Publ.: 1703, p. [i-viii], 1-85, [86-87 err., instr. bind.], pl. 1-33. Copies: BR, MICH, MO, NY. — Important because of the first description of a number of South African plants. For an extensive bibliographical description see HU 405; Wijnands (1973) provides an example of the importance of the book for the typification of South African taxa. — “The latter portion of this work was reprinted in the Appendix to vol. 3 of Ray’s Historia plantarum” (BM). — Huth, Clavis, cites figs. 1-33 of the Praeludia for the Pl. rariores and v.v. — Re-issue: Leiden (Joh. du Vivie) 1715. Qu., p. [i-viii], 1-85, pl. 1-33. Copy: HU. Ref.: BM 1: 730; DU 80; GF p. 54; HU 405 (coloured pl.) ; Jackson p. 30; Kew 1: 594; Langman p. 213; NI 388; Plesch p. 181; PR 1836; SA 2: 552. Huth, Clavis commeliniana, Berlin 1894. Tyrrell-Glynn and Levyns, Flora africana 18. 1963. Wynands, ‘Taxon 22: 109-114. 1973. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Bot. 1: 128-129. 1975. 1186. Horti medici Amstelaedamensis plantae rariores et exoticae ad vivum aeri incisae. Leiden (Fredericus Haringh) 1706. Qu. (Hort. med. Amstel. pl.) Publ.: 1706, p. [i]-viii, 1-48, figs. 1-48, (uncoloured copper engr. by P. Sluyter). Copies: BR, NY (2 copies), U. — Reissue: Leiden 1715 (fide PR, ‘non differt’). Ref.: BM 1: 370; Jackson p. 439; Kew 1: 594; Langman p. 213, MW p. 83; NI 387; Plesch p. 181; PR 1837; SA 2: 552. Huth, Clavis commeliniana, Berlin 1894. Tyrrell-Glynn and Levyns, Flora africana 18. 1963. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 1: 130-131. 1975. Commelijn [Commelin], Jan (1629-1692), Netherlands druggist, merchant and botanist, uncle of Caspar Commelin. (7. Commelijn). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Some specimens in the Sloane herbarium (now at BM) — Original drawings for Horiz medici Amstelodamensis at AMS. Ref.: Dandy, The Sloane herbarium 116. 1958. NOTE ON NAME: Johannes Commelijn was baptized on 27 Jul 1629 in the Pieterskerk at Leiden. The original spelling is Commelijn, spelled in capitals on the title-page of the Hesperides: Commelyn. The frequently used spelling Commelin contains a transcription of the Dutch 1j by means of a single i. Johannes called himself Jan as well as Johannes in his later years. — The widely spread notion that Jan Commelijn was a professor at the Amsterdam Athenaeum is incorrect. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Aa 3: 648; AG 2(2): 408; Barnhart 1: 370; BM 1: 370- 371; HU 1: 597 [index]; Jackson p. 324, 439; JW 1: 441, 2: 188, 3: 348, 5: 237; Kew 1: 594; Langman p. 213; MW p. 83; NI 389-390; NNBW to: 200; Plesch p. 180-181; PR 1829-1833. J., Biogr. méd. 3: 309-310. 1821. Hunger, Ned. kruidk. Arch. 34: 187-202. 1924 (iconogr., portr., bibl.). EPONYMY: Commelina Linnaeus (1753, also dedicated to his nephew Caspar Commelijn (1667-1731), q.v.) 1187. Horti medici amstelodamensis rariorum tam orientalis, quam occidentalis Indiae, aliarumque peregrinarum plantarum magno studio ac labore, sumptibus civitatis Am- stelodamensis longa annorum serie collectarum; descriptio et icones ad vivum aeri incisae ... Opus posthumum. Latinate donatum, notisque & observationibus illustra- tum, a Frederico Ruyschio ... & Francisco Kiggelario. Amsterdam 1697-1701. (P. & J. Blaeu, [Wed.] Abraham van Someren) 1697-1701, 2 vols. Fol. (Horti med. amstelod.) Pars prima: 1697-[xxii], 220 p., rro pl. (nos. 1-41, 42-44 [on one plate], 45-112). Copies: HU, NY. Pars altera: 1701, auctore Caspare Commelino — [xviii], 224. p., ind. [iv], 173 pl., (nos. 1-3, 4(1), 4(2), 5-112). Copies: HU, NY. — Title: “*... rariorum tam Africanarum, quam utriusque Indiae, ... plantarum ... descriptio et icones ... auctore Casparo 532 COMMELIJN Commelino ... pars altera.”” — For a detailed bibliographical study see HU 399. Original paintings mainly by Johan Moninckx at AMD. The first 92 were made under the supervision of Jan Commelijn. — Nissen mentions a total of 230 (114 + 116) plates, Dunthorne 244, GF 231. If the 2 engraved title-pages and the 5 plates (of which two of Huydecoper) representing coats of arms are included the Hunt total would be also 230; the number of botanical plates is 223 (222 Ivs). — A later issue has errata on **2y. Ref.: BM 1: 371; DU 81; GF p. 54; HU 399; Jackson p. 439; Kew 1: 595; Langman p-. 213; MW p. 83; NI 389; Plesch p. 180; PR 1833, SA 2: 551. Huth, Clavis commeliniana, Berlin 1894 (Samml. Naturw. Vortr. 4(6), Helios 12: 3-7, 18-21, 44, 60-63. 1895). Tyrrell-Glynn and Levyns, Flora africana 19. 1963. Wijnands, ‘Taxon 22: 109-114. 1973. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 1: 126-127. 1975. 1188. Joannis Commelini Catalogus plantarum horti medici amstelaedamensis. Amsterdam (Apud Rodolfum & Gerhardum Westenios H. FF.) 1702. Oct. (Cat. horti med. amstelaed.) Ed. 1: engr. t.p., [i-xvi], [1]-371, [372, err.] Copy: USDA. Ed. 2: Amsterdam (Westenios) 1702, n.v. (fide PR). Ed. 3: Caspari Commelin Horti medici amstelaedamensis plantarum usualium catalogus. Editio tertia & auctor. Amsterdam [1724], Oct., (p. viii: id. Martii 1724), p. [i-viii], [1]-107. Copies: U, USDA. Ref.: BM 1: 371; Kew 1: 595. Commerson, Philibert (1727-1773), French naturalist, explorer and circumnavigator with Bougainville on La Boudeuse and L’ Etoile (1766-1769) (Commerson). HERBARIUM and TYPES: The original collections (over 30.000) reached Paris in the course of 1774. A.-L. de Jussieu was given the custody of all Commerson collections on 11 January 1776 (of the manuscripts on 5 February 1784). These collections were inserted in the Herbier général at P after the reorganisation of 1793. Considerable numbers of duplicates went to A.-L. de Jussieu (P), Lamarck (P), Lemonnier (G), L’Héritier de Brutelle (G), J. E. Smith (LINN), C. P. Thunberg (UPS); further sets of duplicates were sent to (or reached) B, BM, CGE, FI, L, MO, MPU, NY, S and W. — Manuscripts also ate, Refs: WE re (ed 4 6)i93957.) 219135; Candolle, Phytographie 404. 1880. Stafleu, Introduction to Jussieu’s Genera plantarum, in Jussieu, Genera plantarum, facsimile edition, Weinheim 1964. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 371; Bossert p. 81; CSP 2: 29; DBF 9: 390- 391; Laségue 55-56, 565; Plesch p. 235; PR p. 67; Zander ed. 10, p. 646. Anon., Comm. Rebus Sci. Nat. Med. Gestis 20(1): 151. 1774. Delalande, Obs. Phys. Hist. nat. 5(1): 89-120. 1775, 8: 357-363. 1776. Giseke, Praelectiones xxix-xxxvi. 1792. Amanton, Mém. Acad. Sci. Dijon 1832(2): 79-93. [see p. 87-89]. Cap, Philibert Commerson, naturaliste voyageur, Paris 1861, 40 p. (rev. Edinb. Review 177(2) Apr. 1893). Baker, Fl. Mauritius 7*. 1877. Montessus, Martyrologe et biographie de Commerson. Chalon-sur-Sadne 1889, vii, 224 p. (Bull. Soc. Sci. nat. Sadne-et-Loire 3: 78-298. 1889) (rev. Edinb. Rev. 177(2). Apr. 1893). Oliver, Gard. Chron. ser. 3. 12: 89-90, 125-126, 207-208. 1892. Jacob de Cordemoy, Flore de Vile de la Réunion xix. 1895. Moewes, Naturwiss. Wochenschr. ser. 2. 2(29): 340-342, 349-355, 389, 400-403. 1902. Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 32-33. 1902. Urban, Fl. bras. 1(1): 13-14. 1906. Oliver, The life of Philibert Commerson, London 1909, xvii, 262 p. (portr.). Magnin, Ann. Soc. bot. Lyon 31: 35-36. 1906, 35: 21. 1910 (q.v. for many biogr. refs.) (bibl.). Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 135. 1936. 532 CONARD Castellanos, Rev. Colejio libre Estud. super. 136: 412-422. 1943. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. 1(1): 113-114. 1950. Angely, Flacourtiaceae 1. 1959. Chaumartin, Philibert Commerson, Vienne 1967, 31 p. Looser, Rev. Univ. Santiago 52(30): 177-182. 1967. Laissus, DSB 3: 365-366 (bibl.) 1971. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 369-370. 1971. Bernardi, Musées de Genéve 140: 10-21. 1973 (portr.). Stafleu, 7x Daniels et Stafleu, Taxon 23: 10. 1974 (portr.). ITINERARY : Commerson accompanied L. A. de Bougainville on part of his voyage around the world (1766-1769): La Plata, Magelhaes, ‘Tahiti, Melanesia, Moluccas, Java, Mau- ritius, stayed behind on Mauritius 1768 (collaborated with the intendant Poivre), visited Madagascar (1770) and Réunion (1771). Sent many living plants to the Paris garden. EPONYMY: Commersona Sonnerat (1776); Commersonia J. R. Forster & J. G. A. Forster (1776). HANDWRITING: see Montessus, Martyrologe et biographie de Commerson. 1889 (3 facs. repr. of letters). POSTAGE STAMPS: Mauritius 2-50 Rs. (1974) Comolli, Giuseppe (1780-1849), Italian botanist and agronomist at Pavia. (Comollz). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: PAV, also at FI. Ref.: TH 2: 135, Saccardo 2: 35. Candolle, Phytographie 404. 1880. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 371; BL 2: 366; BM 1: 371, 6: 222; Kewl: 598; PR 1839-1840; Saccardo 1: 54, 2: 34-35. 1189. Flora comense disposta secondo il sistema di Linneo ... A comodo dei medici degli speziali e de’ dilettanti nelle escursioni botaniche. Como, Pavia (C. Pietro Ostinelli) 1834-1857, 7 vols. Oct. (FI. com.) : Como 1834, p. [1]-xxxvu, [1]-368, [3, err.] : Como Jan-Jul 1835, p. [i], [1]-323, [324, err.] : Como 1836, p. [1]-267, [1, err.] : Pavia 1846, p. [i]-vi, [1]-400, [1, err.] : Pavia 1847, p. [1]-477. : Pavia 1848, p. [1]-4.14. 7: Pavia 1857, p. [1]-312. : Copy: NY. — Reprint announced (1973), but not yet published. Ref.: BM 1: 371; BL 2: 366; Kew 1: 598; PR 1840. Anzi, Auctuarium ad floram novo-comensem, Mem. r. Ist. Lomb. Sci. Lett. 14(2): 177-205. 1879, repr. p. [1]-29. Dow G bw Conard, Henry Shoemaker (1874-1971), American botanist, student of the vegeta- tion of Iowa (Conard). HERBARIUM and Types: IA. — For his non-uniform sets of informal exsiccatae see Sayre (1975). Ref.: TH 2: 135. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(3): 305. 1975. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 372; BL 1: 179; BM 6: 222; Bossert p. 81; CSP 14: 327; GR p. 209-210; Kew 1: 599; Langman p. 213; LS 32206, LS suppl. 5457- 5459; MW p. 83; NI 392. Ewan, Rocky Mountain Naturalists 186. 1950. Anon., Bull. Ecol. Soc. America 35(4): 92. 1954 (portr.). 533 CGCONARD Anon., Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 79: 96. 1972 (portr.) Welch and LeBlanc, Bryologist 75: 558-565. 1972 (portr., bibl.). r1g0. The Waterlilies/A monograph of the genus Nymphaea. Washington (Carnegie Institution) 1905. Oct. (Waterlilies). Publ.: 1905, p. [i]-xiii, [1]-279, pl. 1-30 (12 col.), text figs. 1-82, Carnegie Institution Publication no. 4. Copies: B, BR, NY, U. Plate no. 1 (frontispiece) coloured, rest un- coloured. Ref.: BM 6: 222; Kew 1: 599; Langman p. 213; MW p. 83; NI 392. Contejean, Charles Louis (1824-1907), Alsatian botanist. (Contejean). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: A small collection in the “Montbéliard Museum” (Welsch, Sherborn), main herbarium in the Institut de Botanique, Besangon (Welsch). Ref.: Welsch, Bull. Soc. géol. France, Not. nécr. ser. 4. 8: 208. 1908. Sherborn, Where is the ... collection 35. 1940. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 375; BL 2: 146; BM 1: 376; CSP 2: 36-37, 7: 424, 9: 562, 12: 166, 14: 332-333; Kew 1: 605; PR 1852; Quenstedt p. 88. Kirschleger, Fl. Alsace 2: Ixxxvi-Ixxxvii. 1857. Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. France 54: 48. 1907. Welsch, Bull. Soc. géol. France, Not. nécr. ser. 4. 8: 204-208. 1908. Fallot, Mém. Soc. Emul. Montbeliard 35: 95-105. 1908 (portr., bibl.). 1x91. Enumération des plantes vasculaires des environs de Montbéliard. Besangon (Outhenin- Chalandre fils) 1854. Qu. (Enum. pl. Montbéliard). Publ.: 1854, p. [i-vii], [1]-247, map. Copy: USDA. — Reprinted (with independent pagination) from Mémoires de la Société d’Emulation du Doubs ser. 2. 4 (for (1853): 1-113. 1854 and 5 (for 1854): 38-173. 1854; before Oct (Flora 37: 608. 14 Oct 1854). Additions et rectifications, Besangon 1856. Qu., p. [1]-32. Copy: USDA, reprinted from Mémoires 8 (for 1856): 15-42. 1847. — The reprint was publ. Apr 1856 (Kirschleger 1857). Preliminary publication by Contejean: Remarques sur la dispersion des plantes vasculaires ... Montbéliard, Actes de la Société helvétique des sciences naturelles 38: 189-210. 1853 (Jul-Dec). Ref.: Kew 1: 605; PR 1852. Kirschleger, Fl. Alsace 2: 610. 1857. Conwentz, Hugo Wilhelm (1855-1922), German palaeobotanist, director of nature conservation for Prussia. (Conw.) COLLECTIONS: originally at the Museum fiir Natur- und Vorgeschichte, Danzig. This museum was destroyed in World-War II; some of the collections may have been salvaged but their location is not known to us (inf. K. Schroeder). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews ed. 2, p. 248; AG 6(2): 98; Barnhart 1: 375; BM 1: 376-377, 6: 229; Bossert p. 82; CSP 9: 562-563, 12: 166, 14: 335; Jackson p. 534 [index]; Kew 1: 606; KR p. 131; LS 5544, 5545; Quenstedt p. 88. Anon., Schr. naturf. Ges. Danzig ser. 2. 8(1): 63. 1892. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 122. 1903, 3(3): 122. 1905. Conwentz, Beitr. Naturdenkmalpflege 9(3): 417-443. 1923 (bibl.). Kumm, Beitr. Naturdenkmalpflege 9(3): 392-397. 1923; Sveriges Natur 1923: 24-36. Moewes, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 40: (g0)-(96). 1923 (portr.). Moewes, Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 65: 1-4. 1923, 66: xxxiv. Moewes, Beitr. Naturdenkmalpflege 9(3): 444-448. 1923. Moewes et al., Beitr. Naturdenkmalpflege 9(3): 373-412. 1923. Moewes, Deut. biogr. Jahrb. 4 (fiir 1922): 21-25, 351-352. 1929. COMPOSITE Works: See Goeppert, H. R. und A. Menge, Die Flora des Bernsteins, continued by H. Conwentz (vol. 2: Die Angiospermen des Bernsteins, Danzig 1886). 534 COOK 1192. Monographie der baltischen Bernsteinbdume. Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber die Vegetationsorgane und Bliiten, sowie tiber das Harz und die Krankheiten der baltischen Bernsteinbaume ... Mit achtzehn lithographischen Tafeln in Farbendruck. Danzig (Naturforschenden Gesellschaft) 1890. Qu. (Monogr. Bernsteinbdume). Publ.: Sep 1890 (Nat. Nov.; pref. 1 Sep 1890), p. [i-viii], [1]-151, pl. r-78 with text, col. lith. Copies: B, MICH, NY. Ref.: Andrews ed. 2, p. 248; Kew 1: 606; LS 5545. Conzatti, Cassiano (1862-1951), Mexican botanist. (Conzatiz). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: MEXU. RejaUEttel(ed:16))33.173° BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 375; BL 1: 149; BM 1: 377, 6: 229; Bossert p. 82; IF suppl 4: 318; Kew 1: 606, 607; Langman p. 215-216 (bibl.) Anon., J. New York Bot. Gard. 38: 118-121. 1937 (portr.) EPONYMY: Conzattia J. N. Rose (1909). 1193. Los generos vegetales Mexicanos. Mexico (Secretaria de Fomento) 1903-1905. Qu. f (Gen. veg. Mexic.) Publ.: In 13 parts 1903-1905, p. [1]-449. — Volume 1 of a planned 3 volume work. Part of what was to become vol. 3 was published as Las criptogamas vasculares de Mexico q.v. The following dates are based on a copy in original covers at BR. part pages dates part pages dates I [1]-36 1903 5) 197-228 1904. 2 37-68 1903 8 229-260 1904. 3 69-100 1903 9 261-292 1904 4 IOI-132 1903 10 293-324 1904, 5 133-164 1903 II = 325-356 1904 6 165-196 1903 12 357-393 1904 13 [397]-[449] [1, ind.]__ 1905 Suppl. to vol. 1: p. [397]; Corr. to addit.: p. [399]. Ref.: Kew 1: 606; Langman p. 215. 1194. Las criptogamas vasculares de México. Mexico (Secrétaria de Fomento) 1907. Qu. (Cript. vasc. México). Publ.: 1907, p. 1-72, pl. 1-60, “parte tomada de la obra inédita Los géneros vegetales Mexicanos,” reprint (copy: Ewan), from Mem. Soc. Cient. Ant. Alzate 25. 1907. Cook, James (1728-1779), British explorer and circumnavigator. (7. Cook). COLLECTIONS: Cook himself did not collect specimens. For the collections from his voyages, see: First voyage (Endeavour, 1768-1771): J. Banks & D. Solander; Second voyage (Resolution, Adventure, 1772-1775), J. R. Forster & J. G. A. Forster; Third voyage (Resolution, Discovery, 1776-1780), W. Anderson & D. Nelson. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 58; Barnhart 1: 376; BB p. 71; BM 1: 377-378, 6: 229; Bossert p. 82; Dawson p. 229; DNB 12: 66; Jackson p. 534 [index]; Kew 1: 607- 608; NI 74. Martin, J. Roy. New Zealand Inst. Hort. 1(4): 159-162. 1969. Murray-Oliver, Captain Cook’s artists in the Pacific 1769-1779, New Zealand 1969. Skelton, Captain James Cook after two hundred years. London (Brit. Mus.) 1969. Stearn, Notes Rec. Roy. Soc. London 24(1): 64-90. 1969. Whitehead, Austr. Nat. Hist. 16(8): 242-245. 1969. Badger, Captain Cook, Navigator and Scientist, London, New York. s.d. 143 p. (1970?). 535 cOOK Francois, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 82: v-xxvi. 1970 (1971). Greenhill, James Cook, the opening of the Pacific. London 1970. Grenfell Price and White, James Cook, his early life and the Endeavour Voyage, Can- berra 1970 (40 p., catal. exhibit Nat. Library). Beaglehole, DSB 3: 396-397, 1971. Fraser, Bull. Roy. Soc. New Zealand 8: 1-141. 1971. Megaw, ed., Employed as a discoverer, Sydney (A. H. & A. W. Reed) 1971, 142 p. Villiers, Natl. Geogr. Mag. 140(3): 297-345. 1971. Ewan, Bull. Pacific bot. Gard. 4(4): 65-75. 1974. Note: Full information to 1970 on all literature connected with Cook, his travels, his associates and the publication of the results will be found in: Beddie, Bibliography of Captain James Cook, ed. 2. Sydney 1970. The most authoritative biography is J. C. Beaglehole, The Life of Captain James Cook, Stanford 1974, x, 760 p. jouRNALS: For the older editions see Beddie’s Bibliography of Captain Fames Cook. One of the most recent and authoritative annotated editions is that of J. C. Beaglehole, The Journals of Captain James Cook, published by the Hakluyt Society, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1955-1968, see Beddie no. 227. EPONYMY: Cookia Sonnerat (1782). — Note: Cookeina O. Kuntze (1891) and Cookella P. A. Saccardo (1878) are dedicated to Mordecai Cubitt Cooke (1825-1914), q.v. HANDWRITING: Captain Cook in the South Seas. Two letters written to Captain John Walker. Sydney 1970, p. 7-17. POSTAGE sTAMPs: Aitutaki 30 c (1973), New Caledonia 1o f. (1974). Cooke, Mordecai Cubitt (1825-1914), British mycologist and algologist, at India Museum 1861-1880, at Kew 1880-1892. (Cooke). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: K (incl. drawings). Exsiccatae: Fungi britannici exs., 2 series, see below under no. 1198. Ref TE oe 1376 BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 37; BB p. 72; BM 1: 378-379, 6: 230: CSP 2:40, 7: 425, 9: 564, 12: 166, 14: 338; GR p. 369; HR; Jackson p. 534 [index]; Kew 1: 609-610; LS 5555-5848, 32320-32359; MW p. 83; NI 393-398, 394n; Plesch p. 182; PR 1854-1859. Harshberger, Botanists of Philadelphia 442[index]. 1899. Anon., J. Mycol. 2: opp. 105. 1905 (portr.). Anon., Hist. coll. BM (NH) 141. 1904. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 90-91. 1903, 3(3): 76. 1905. G.M., Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1912: 369 (premature obituary notice). Anon., Gard. Chron. 56: 345-346. 1914 (portr.). Cotton, J. Kew Guild 3: 243. 1915 (portr.). Lloyd, Letter no. 57: 1-4. 1915 (portr., bibl.). Ramsbottom, J. Bot. 53: 58-66. 1915 (portr.). Ramsbottom, Trans. Brit. mycol Soc. 5: 169-185. 1915 (portr.). Stapf, Proc. Linn. Soc. 1914/15: 23-24. 1915. Giissow, Phytopathology 6: 1-4. 1916 (portr.). Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 432. 1916, 11(1): 88. 1937, 7(15): 1056. 1940. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 100. 1966. Daniels, Artists Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew 16-17. 1974 (portr.). Stafleu, in Daniels and Stafleu, Taxon 23: 754. 1974 (portr.). COMPOSITE WoRKS: (1) Mueller, Fragm., vol. 11, supplement p. 75-104, Fungi australiani, also published separately. Melbourne 1883, 72 p., 4 pl. (Nat. Nov. Dec 1883). (2) Grevillea, a monthly record of cryptogamic botany and its literature, edited by M. C. Cooke, vols. 1-20, 1872-1892. 536 COOKE NOTE: For Cooke’s Romance of low life amongst plants, London 1893, published by the So- ciety for promoting Christian knowledge, see e.g. George Murray, J. Bot. 31: 379-380. 1893: “‘[he] knows just the kind of thing that tickles.” EPONYMY: Cookeina O. Kuntze (1891) ; Cookella P. A. Saccardo (1878). 1195. A plain and easy account of British fungi: with descriptions of the esculent and poison- ous species, details of the principles of scientific classification, and a tabular arrangement of orders and genera. .. . with twenty-four coloured plates. London (Robert Hardwicke) 1862. Oct. (Plain account Brit. fung.) Ed. 1: 1862, lith. t.p., [i]-viii, [1]-148, pl. 7-23, coloured liths. [the 24th lith. is the t.p.] Copies: NY, Stevenson. Ed. 2: London (id.) 1866, Oct. ‘‘a new and revised edition,”’ lith. t.p., [i]-viii, [1]-166, pl. 1-23. Copy: Stevenson. Ed. 2[a]: London (id.) 1871, Oct., “‘a new and revised edition.” lith. t.p., [i]-viii, [1]- 166, pl. 1-23. Copies: MICH, NY, Stevenson. Ed. 3: London (Hardwicke & Bogue) Sep-Oct 1876, Oct., ‘‘revised” ... ‘“‘esculent and economic species,” p. [i]-vili, [1]-166, pl. r-20. Copy: MICH. Ed. 4: n.v. Ed. 5: “‘revised,” London (W. H. Allen & Co.) 1884, Oct. (Hedwigia 24: 175. Jul-Aug 1885; Nat. Nov. Mar 1885, as of “1885’’), p. [i]-viii, [1, list of plates], [1]-166, pl. 1-20 (34. species; col. lith.), (title as ed. 3, 1876). Copy: MICH. Ed. 6: London (W. H. Allen and Co.) 1898, Oct. (Nat. Nov. Jan 1898), p. [i]-viii, [1]- 166, pl. 1-20. Copy: Stevenson. **_.. fungi, with especial reference to the esculent and economic species.” Ed. 7: Edinburgh (John Grant) 1904, Oct., p. [i]-vii, [1]-166, pl. 1-20. Copies: NY, Stevenson. Ref.: BM 1: 378; Kew 1: 609; LS 5556, 5584, 56209. 1196. Index fungorum britannicorum. A complete list of fungi found in the British Islands to the present date, arranged so as to be applicable either as a check-list or for herbarium labels. London (Robert Hardwicke) [1863]. Qu. (Index fung. brit.) Publ.: 1863 or Jan 1864 (errata, p. 58 “‘1863”; J. Bot. 2: 60. Feb 1864; Hedwigia 4: 57. Apr? 1865, but listed as “‘Neuigkeit’? by Flora as early as 7 Mai 1864 and dated by BM as [1863]), p. [i], [1]-58. Copies: MICH, NY, Stevenson. For synonymy, reference is made to Streinz’s Nomenclator fungorum, Vienna 1862. Ref.: BM 1: 378; Kew 1: 609; LS 5371. 1197. Rust, smut, mildew, © mould. An introduction to the study of microscopic fungi ... With nearly 300 figures by J. E. Sowerby. London (Robert Hardwicke) 1865. Oct. (Rust, smut). Ed. 1: Jan-Mar 1865 (Preface Jan 1865; Flora 29 Mar 1865; Hedwigia Jul 1865), p. [i]- vii, [viii], [1]-238, pl. 1-6, 8-16, pl. 7 as frontispiece, chromolith. by John Edward Sowerby (x-1870). Copies: MICH, NY. Ed. 2: London (id.) 1870, before Nov (Bot. Zeit. 11 Nov 1870), p. [i-vii], [1]-242, pl. 1-6, 8-16, pl. 7 as frontispiece, chromolith. by J. E. Sowerby (‘‘with nearly 300 figures by s-. ). Copy: MICH. Ed. 3: London (id.) 1872, p. [i-vii], [1]-244, pl. 1-16, idem. Copy: MICH. Ed. 4: “revised and enlarged,”’ London (Hardwicke and Bogue) 1878, p. [i-vii], [1]-262, pl. 1-6, 8-16, pl. 7 as frontispiece, chromolith. by J. E. Sowerby (“‘illustrated with 269 coloured figures by ...”). Copies: BR, MICH, NY. Ed. 5: London 1886 (Nat. Nov. Nov 1886), [i-vii], [1]-260 [*62”’], pl. 1-16. Copy: NY. Ed. 6: 1897 (Nat. Nov. Jan 1898), 1-270, 2609 ill. — Szxth edition, revised and enlarged, London (W. H. Allen and Co.) 1902, p. [i-v], [1]-262 [“‘62”’], pl. x (frontispiece), 2-16, chromo- lith. by J. E. Sowerby (“‘illustrated with 269 figures by ...”’). Copies: BR, MICH. Ref.: BM 1: 378 (ed. 4) ; Jackson p. 167 [ed. 1 and 4]; Kew 1: 610 (ed. 6); LS 5570, 5733, 32230; NI 308. Seemann, J. Bot. 3: 100. Mar 1865. 1198. Fungi britannici exsiccati, cent. 1-7, London 1865-1874. (Fung. brit. exs.) 537 COOKE cent. nos. date Hedwigia I 1-100 1865 5(1): 14-15 Jan 1866 2 101-200 1866 5(12): 182-183 Dec 1866 3 201-300 1867 6(10): 153-154 Oct 1867 4 301-400 1870 10(10): 160, 167-168 Oct-Nov 1871 5 401-500 1872 11(3): 40-41, 48 Mar 1872 6 501-600 1872 12(4): 61-62 Apr 1873 7 601-700 1874 13(9): 138 Sep 1874 Second edition, 6 cent., nos. 1-600, London 1875-1877. — Sets of ed. 1 and 2 at FH, K. roo Specimens of British leaf-fungt, collected and arranged. London 1870 (Hedwigia 9(11): 165-166. Nov 1870) Refe> WA 1, (ed. 6) 23575022) 1377895570: Candolle, Phytographie 404-405. 1880. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 71. 1970. Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 123-124. 1973 (corr.) Hawksworth, Mycologist’s handb. 181. 1974. 1199. A fernbook for everybody. Containing all the british ferns. With the foreign species suitable for a fernery. London (Frederick Warne and Co.), New York s.d. [1867]. Oct. (Fernbook). Fd. 1: Jan-Aug 1867 (Hedwigia 6: 143. Sep? 1867) p. [i-iv], [1]-124, pl. 1-12. Copies: HU, MO, UC. Reissue: London and New York (Frederick Warne and Co.) Jan-Mai 1889 (Nat. Nov. Jun 1889) Oct., p. [i-iv], [1]-124. pl. 1-12. Copy: UC. Ref.: BM 1: 378; Jackson p. 240; Kew 1: 609; PR 1859; IDC 7176. 1200. Handbook of British fungi, with full descriptions of all the species, and illustrations of the genera. London (Macmillan and Co.) 1871, 2 vols. Duod. (Handb. Brit. fung.) Ed. 1, vol. r(r) p. [1]-376. 1870; 2(1): p. 377-488, frontisp., t.p. [i], Jan-Mar 1871. In all p- [i], [1]-488, 1 tab., 198 text ill. Copies: BR, U. vol. 2: p. [i-iv], [i], 489-981. Aug-Sep 1871 (preface Jul 1871, Flora 7 Oct 1871; Hedwigia Oct 1871, see also 11: 21-22. 1872) Copies: BR, U. Ed. 2: issued as a supplement to Grevillea (“second and revised edition’), London 1883 [-1891]. Oct. part pages dates part pages dates I [1]-16 Dec 1883 3 225-288 1888 17-80 1884 289-344. Jan-Feb 1889 81-112 Jan-Apr 1885 4 34.5-384. 1890 2 113-176 1886 385-398 Jan-Feb 1891 177-224 Jan-Sep 1887 Copies: BR, MICH, NY, Stevenson. Ref.: BM 1: 378; Jackson p. 244; Kew 1: 609; LS 5583. 1201. Fungi: their nature, influence, and uses by M. C. Cooke, M.A., L.L.D. edited by the Rev. M. J. Berkeley, M.A., F.L.S. London (Henry S. King & Co.) 1875. Oct. (Fungi). Editor: Rev. Miles Joseph Berkeley (1803-1889). Ed. 1: London issue, Jan-Mar 1875, p. [i]-xii, [1]-299. Copy: NY. Ed. 1: New York issue, 1875, p. [i]-xii, [1]-299. Copies: NY, Stevenson. Fungi: their nature and uses by M. C. Cooke ... edited by the Rev. M. J. Berkeley ... New York (D. Appleton and Company) 1875. Duod. — Both issues were part of the “International scientific series.” [Ed. 2:] New York (D. Appleton and Company) 1877. Duod., p. [i]-xii, [1]-299. Copies: MO, NY. (Ed. 3:] New York (id.) 1883. Duod., p. [i]-xii, [1]-299. Copy: NY. 538 COOKE Ed. 4: London (Kegan Paul, Trench & Co.) 1888, Oct., p. [i]-xii, [1]-299. Copy: Stevenson. Ed. 5: London (id.) 1894, Oct., p. [i]-xii, [1]-299. Copy: NY. Ed. 6: London (Kegan Paul, Trench, Triibner & Co.) 1906, p. [i]-xii, [1]-299. Copy: Stevenson. Ref.: BM 1: 378. 1202. Les champignons par M. C. Cooke sous la direction de M. J. Berkeley. Paris (Germer Bailliére) 1875. Oct. (Champignons). Co-author: Miles Joseph Berkeley (1803-1889). Ed. 1: 1875 (pref. 23 Nov 1874), p. [1-111], [1]-274, [1, cont.] 109 ill. Copy: BR. — Biblio- théque scientifique internationale. Ed. 2: 1878, p. [i-11], [1]-274, [1, cont.] Copy: BR. — Reissued 1881. Ref.: LS 5610. 1203. Mycographia, seu icones fungorum. Figures of fungi from all parts of the world, drawn and illustrated by M. C. Cooke ... Vol. 1. Discomycetes. London (Williams and Norgate), Edinburgh (id.), Leipzig (A. Durr), New York (Westermann & Co.) [1875-] 1879. Oct. (Mycographia). part pages plates dates covers Hedwigia I 1-44 I-20 Oct 1875 15: 16. Jan 1876 2 45-90 21-40 Apr 1876 15: 95. Jun 1876 3 gI-136 41-60 Oct 1876 15: 191. Dec 1876 4 137-178 61-80 Apr 1877 16: 111. Jul 1877 16: 142-144, 147-154. 1877 5 179-214. 81-100 = Jan 1878 17: 53-55. Apr 1878 6 215-267, [i-i] ror-113. ~=Feb 1879 Nat. Nov. Mar 1879 The 113 coloured lithographs contain nos. 1-406. Copies: MICH, NY, (with annotations on dates by JHB), Stevenson (orig. covers). Ref.: BM 1: 378; Jackson p. 165; Kew 1: 609; LS 5607; NI 397. 1204. Contributions to mycologia britannica. ‘The myxomycetes of Great Britain. Arranged according to the method of Rostafinski. The characters of all the orders, families and genera, with descriptions of the British species, and original analytical tables, translated from the Polish by M. C. Cooke. Illustrated by twenty-four plates. London (Williams and Norgate), Edinburgh (id.) 1877. Oct. (Contr. mycol. brit.) Publ.: Jan-Jul 1877 (Flora Sep 1877, Hedwigia Aug 1877), p. [i*-iii*], [i]-iv, [1]-96, pl. 1-24, uncol. lith. Copies: BR, Stevenson (2). Ref.: BM 1: 378; Jackson p. 244; Kew 1: 610; LS 5633. 1205. The myxomycetes of the United States, arranged according to the method of Rosta- finski [New York 1877]. Oct. (Myxomyc. U.S.) Publ.: Jun 1877, p. [i], 378-409. Copy reprint: Stevenson. — Ann. Lyceum nat. Hist. New York 11(12): 378-409. Jun 1877. 1206. Clavis synoptica hymenomycetum europacorum. Conjunctis studiis scripserunt M. C. Cooke ... et L. Quélet ... London (Hardwicke & Bogue), Paris (Bailliére & fils), Berlin (Friedlander & Sohn), Wien (Carl Gerold’s Sohn), Milano (U. Hoepli), New York (Scribner, Welford & Co.) 1878. Oct. (Clav. syn. hymenomyc. eur.) Co-author: Lucien Quélet (1832-1899). Publ.: 1878 (J. Bot. Oct 1878; Nat. Nov. Jan 1879), p. [i-v], [1]-240. Copies: BR, MICH, MO Ref.: BM 1: 379; Jackson p. 229; Kew 1: 610; LS 5848. 1207. Illustrations of British fungi (Hymenomycetes), to serve as an Atlas to the ‘“‘Hand- book of British Fungi.’? London (Williams and Norgate) 1881-1891. 8 vols. Oct. (Jl. Brit. fung.) 539 COOKE Publ.: 1198 coloured lithographs, of drawings by the author, in eight volumes. ‘The plates are numbered in the order in which they were published; they were assigned new numbers in the systematic indexes accompanying the volumes. ‘The new numbers are given to provide a systematic arrangement. Copies occur bound in the primary nu- merical order of publication (plate numbers) but also in the secondary systematic order. Corresponding tables of the two numberings are given by Pearson (1935). The plates illustrated the author’s text published as Handbook of British fung: 1871. Later instalments were covered by letterpress sections in Grevillea. nos. plates date date Hedw. date Nat. Nov. I 20 1881 Aug 81 Feb 1881 2 16 1881 Jul 1881 3 17 1881 4 16 1881 Oct 81 Nov 1881 5 16 1881 Dec 81 Nov 1881 6 16 1882 Feb 82 Feb 1882 7 17 1882 Mar 82 Apr 1882 8 117-132 1882 Jul 82 Jun 1882 9 133-148 1882 Jul 82 Jul 1882 IO 149-164 1882 Sep 82 Sep 1882 II 165-180 1882 Nov 82 Nov 1882 12 181-196 1882 Nov 82 Dec 1882 13 197-212 1882 Feb 83 Feb 1883 14 213-228 1883 sic Mai 83 Feb 1883 15 229-244 1883 Mai 83 Apr 1883 16 245-260 1883 Mai 1883 tg) 261-276 1883 Jun 83 Jun 1883 18 277-292 1883 Sep 83 Sep 1883 index 20 p. 1883 Sep 1883 19 293-308 1883 Dec 83 Dec 1883 20/21 309-340 1884 Jan 84 Feb 1884 22 341-356 1884 Apr 84 Apr 1884 23 3857-372 1884 Jun 84 Mai 1884 24 373-388 1884 Jul 84 Jun 1884 25 389-404. 1884 Jul 84 Jul 1884 26 405-420 1884 Sep 84 Sep 1884 2 421-430 1884. Dec 84. Dec 1884 28 437-452 1884 Jan-Feb 85 Jan 1885 29/30 453-484. 1885 Mar-Apr 85 Mar 1885 31 485-500 1885 Mar-Apr 85 Apr 1885 32 501-516 1885 Jul-Aug 85 Jun 1885 33/34 517-548 1885 Sep-Oct 85 Sep 1885 35 549-504 1885 Nov-Dec 85 Nov 1885 36 565-580 1885 Nov-Dec 85 Nov 1885 37 581-590 1885 Jan-Feb 86 Jan 1886 38 597-612 1886 Jan-Feb 86 Feb 1886 39 613-622 1886 Mar-Jun 86 Mar 1886 syst. ind. p. 1-16, 1886 Mar 1886 Pt. pais 40 623-638 1886 Jul-Aug 86 Apr 1886 41 639-654 1886 Jul-Aug 86 Jun 1886 4.2 655-670 1886 Jul-Aug 86 Jul 1886 43 671-686 1886 Sep-Oct 86 Aug 1886 44 687-702 1886 Nov-Dec 86 Nov 1886 45 703-718 1886 Jan 1887 46 719-734 1887 Mar 1887 47 735-750 1887 Apr 1887 48 751-766 1887 Mai 1887 49 767-782 1887 Aug 1887 COOKE nos. plates date date Hedw. date Nat. Nov. 50 783-798 1887 Aug 1887 51 799-814 1887 Sep 1887 52 815-830 1887 Oct 1887 53 831-846 1887 Nov 1887 54 847-862 1887 Dec 1887 55 863-878 1887 Jan 1888 56 879-894 1887 Feb 1888 57 895-910 1888 Mar 1888 58 gr1-926 1888 Apr 1888 59 927-938 1888 Mai 1888 syst. ind. p. I-13, Mai 1888 t.p.’s vols. 5, 6 60 939-954 1888 Jun 1888 61 955-970 1888 Jul 1888 62 971-986 1888 Jul 1888 63 . 987-1002 1888 Aug 1888 64 1003-1018 | 1888 Sep 1888 65 IO1G-1034 1888 Oct 1888 66/67 1035-1066 1888 Jan 1889 68 1067-1082 1889 Apr 1889 69 1083-1098 1889 Jun 1889 70 1099-1114 1889 Aug 1889 71 III5-1130 1889 Oct 1889 72 1131-1146 1890 Mar 1890 73 1147-1158 1890 Mai 1890 74 II59-I174 1890 Jul 1890 75 I175-I1GO 1891 Mar 1891 75 IIgI-11g98 1891 Apr 1891 index 20 p., t.p. vol. 8 Copy: U vol. pages plates t.p. I [i], [1 ]-4 1-162 1881-1883 p. 4: Jul 1883 2 [i-iii], [5]-20 163-292 1881-1883 3 [1-11], 293-468 1884-1886 4 [i-i1], [1]-16 469-622 1884-1886 5 [1-iii], 623-763 1886-1888 6 [i-iii], [1 ]-13, 764-938 1886-1888 [14, instr. bind. ] 7 [1-111], [1]-10 971-1146 [971-1014 renumbered 1888-1890 in pencil 922-969] [i-u1i], [1]-20 639-6545 929s 939-948, 950-970, II47, [151-1198 1889-1891 Ref.: BM 1: 378; Kew 1: 610; LS 5697; NI 395. Phillips, J. Bot. 24: 252-254. 1886. Plowright, Trans. Brit. mycol. Soc. 1: 37-46. 1899. Boudier, Trans. Brit. mycol. Soc. 2: 150-157. 1907. Pearson, ‘Trans. Brit. mycol. Soc. 1935. 1208. British fresh-water algae. Exclusive of Desmideae and Diatomaceae. London (Williams and Norgate), Edinburgh (id.), Leipzig (F. A. Brockhaus), New York (Westermann & Co.) 1882-1884, text, atlas. Oct. (in fours). (Brit. fresh-water alg.) Publ.: In 10 parts between 1882-1884, text vol.: p. [i*-iii* or v*], [i]-vili, [1]-329; vol. 2. plates: [i-iii], pl. 1-130, col. liths. by the author (‘‘meist schlechte Kopien nach Raben- horst und anderen Autoren” NI). 541 COOKE part pages plates subject Nat. Nov. I 1-28 I-II Palmellaceae Feb 1882 2 29-74 12-28 Protoc., Volv. Mai 1882 3 75-110 29-44 Zygnemac. Sep 1882 4 I11-146 45-50 Vauch., Ulv., Conf. Mar 1883 5 147-178 57-68 Oedogoniac. Jun 1883 6 179-198 69-80 Ulot., Chaeto. Nov 1883 7 199-234. 81-92 Chrooc., Nostoc. Mar 1884 8 235-264. 93-104 Nostoc., Lyngb. Mai 1884 9 265-280 105-116 Scyton., Calotr. Aug 1884 fe) 281-329 =: II7-1.30 Rhodophyc. Nov 1884 Copies: BR, FH, PCS. — Supplement: British desmids, see next entry. Ref.: BM 1: 379; Kew 1: 610; NI 393; IDC 6349, 6350. 1209. British desmids. A supplement to British fresh-water Algae. With 66 coloured plates. London (Williams and Norgate), Edinburgh (id.), Leipzig (F. A. Brockhaus), New York (Westermann & Co.) [1886-]1887. Oct. (Brit. desm.) part pages plates datesoncovers Nat. Nov. I [1]-16 1-8 Jul 1886 Jul 1886 2 17-32 9-16 ~=Aug 1886 Aug 1886 3 33-48 17-24 Sep 1886 Sep 1886 4 49-64. 25-32 Oct 1886 Oct 1886 5 65-80 33-40 Nov 1886 Dec 1886 6 81-96 41-48 Dec 1886 Jan 1887 GT) 97-112 49-56 Jan 1887 Feb 1887 8 113-144. 57-60 Feb 1887 Mar 1887 9 145-176 61-64 Mar 1887 Mai 1887 10 177-205 65-66 Mai 1887 Jun 1887 t.p., [1]-xiv Copies: BR, PCS (orig. covers). — p. xiv: May 1887. The plates are coloured lithographs, taken from various, unacknowledged, authors (Nordstedt 1887). Ref.: BM 1: 379; Kew 1: 610. Anon., Bot. Gaz. 12: 282. 1887. Nordstedt, J. Bot. 25: 355-358. 1887. 1210. Introduction to fresh-water algae with an enumeration of all the British species ... with thirteen plates illustrating all the genera. London (Kegan Paul, Trench, Triibner & Co.) 1890. Oct. (Introd. fresh-water alg.) Ed. 1: Jan-Jun 1890 (Nat. Nov. Jul 1890), p. [i]-vi, [vii, cont.], [1]-339, pl. 1-73. - International scientific series, vol. 69. Copies: MICH, NY, PCS, USDA. The plates are unsigned, uncoloured liths. — ‘‘Phycologists live in perilous times when Cooke’s “British fresh-water algae’? marks an epoch ...” “‘the author ... deserves the highest credit for his good intentions.”” (G.M., 1890). Ed. 2: “second impression,”? London (id.) 1902, p. [i]-vi, [vii, cont.], [1]-339, pl. 1-13. Copy: Library of Congress. Ref.: BM 1: 379; Kew 1: 610. G.M., J. Bot. 28: 250-252. Aug 1890 [author: George Murray]. 1211. British edible fungi how to distinguish and how to cook them with coloured figures of upwards of forty species. London (Kegan Paul, French, Triibner & Co. Ltd.) 1891. Oct. (Brit. edible fung.) Ed. 1: Jan-Sep 1891 (Nat. Nov. Oct 1891), p. [1]-237, pl. 1-12, col. liths. Copies: BR, MICH, NY, Stevenson. Ref.: BM 1: 379; Kew 1: 610; LS 5785. Murray, J. Bot. 29: 378-380. 1891. 542 COOKE 1212. Handbook of Australian fungi .. . with thirty-six plates published under the authority of the several governments of the Australian colonies. London (Williams and Norgate) 1892. Oct. (Handb. Ausiral. fungi). Publ.: Jan-Mai 1892 (Nat. Nov. Jun 1892), p. [iJ-xxxii, [1]-457, [458, err.], pl. 1-36 (liths.) Copy: Stevenson. Ref.: BM 6: 230; Kew 1: 610; LS 5787; NI 394n. 1213. Handbook of British hepaticae containing descriptions and figures of the indigenous species of Marchantia, Jungermannia, Riccia, and Anthoceros ... with 7 plates and 200 woodcuts. London (W. H. Allen & Co.) 1894. Oct. (Handb. Brit. hepat.) Publ.: Nov-Dec 1893, (Nat. Nov. Dec 1893), p. [i]-vii, [1]-310, pl. 7-7, uncoloured liths., text figs nos. 1-201. Copy: NY. Reissue: Edinburgh (John Grant) 1907, p. [i]-vii, [1]-310, pl. z-7 (uncol. lith.) text figs. nos. 1-201. Copies: MICH, NY. — Unchanged. Ref.: BM 1: 379; Jackson p. 242; Kew 1: 610. A.G., J. Bot. 32: 54-58. 1894. 1214. Introduction to the study of fungi, their organography, classification, and distribution for the use of collectors. London (Adam and Charles Black) 1895. Oct. (Introd. stud. fung.) Publ.: 1895 (Nat. Nov. Dec 1895), p. [i]-x, [1]-360, 148 text figs. Copies: BR, Stevenson. Ref.: BM 1: 379; Kew 1: 610; LS 5799. Percival, J. Bot. 34: 186-188. Apr 1896. 1215. Catalogue and field-book of British basidiomycetes up to and inclusive of the year 1908, by M. C. Cooke ... in a convenient pocket size and form, with blank page opposite to each, and space for additions at the end of each genus. Large post oblong 8vo. (104 in. x X 4 1n.) 98 pp. with alphabetical index to genera. Price 2/6 nett. Issued as a protest against a recently published alteration of the nomenclature attached to each species, and in restoration of the system adopted by Professor Saccardo, in his “‘Sylloge Fungorum,”’ now universally accepted. [London 1909]. Oblong Oct. (Cat. field-book Brit. basidiomyc.) Publ.: 1909 (Nat. Nov. Jan 1910, as ‘“‘London 1909”), pages unnumbered. Copy: Stevenson. Ref.: BM 6: 230. Cooke, Theodore (1836-1910), British botanist in India 1860-1893, principal at Poona college 1865-1893. (I. Cooke). HERBARIUM and Types: CAL. For duplicates see IH. — BB still lists Cooke’s herbarium at Poona, but CAL now lists it for Calcutta. Ref.: BB p. 72; IH 1 (ed. 6): 357, 2: 137. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 148. 1964. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 71. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 377; BB p. 72; BM 6: 230; CSP 14: 339; Kew 1: 610. Anon., Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1910: 350-352. Anon., Gard. Chron. 1910: 402. Britten, J. Bot. 48: 344. 1910. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1910/11: 36-37. 1911. D.P., J. Bot. 49: 64-66. 1g11. COMPOSITE WORKS: Flora capensis: (a) Plantaginaceae 5(1, 2): 387-392. Mai 1910. (b) Nyctaginaceae 5(1, 2): 392-398. Mai 1910. (c) Illecebraceae 5(1, 2): 398-402. Mai 1910. (d) Amaranthaceae (with C. H. Wright) 5(1, 2): 402-433. Mai 1g1o. 1216. The flora of the Presidency of Bombay. ... Published under the authority of the secre- tary of state for India in council. London (Taylor and Francis) [1901-]1903-1908, 2 vols. Oct. (Fl. Bombay). 543 COOKE Vol. 1: 1901-1903 (see p. ii), p. [i]-ix, note [1]-2, [1]-645. — 7: [1]-192. Jul 1901; 2: 193- 408. Apr 1902; 3: 409-645. Mai 1903. Vol. 2: 1904-1908 (see p. ii), p. [i-iv], [1]-1083. — 1: [1]-216. Mai 1904; 2: 217-432. Jul 1905; 3: 433-624. Sep 1906; 4: 625-816. Jul 1907; 5: 817-1083. Dec 1908. Copies: HH, U. Reprint: Calcutta (Botanical Survey of India) 1958, second reprint 1967. Copy: NY. — vol. 1: [i]-xiv, [1]-632; vol. 2: [i]-vi, [1]-615; vol. 3: [i-vi], [1]-649. Correspondence of pages in original and reprint editions: orig. vol. pages reprint vol. reprint pages I 1-192 I 1-204 193-408 204-435 409-574 435-611 575-645 2 1-56 2 1-216 56-284 217-432 284-513 433-510 513-595 510-624. 3 1-123 625-816 123-326 817-1083 327-649 Ref.: BM 6: 230; Kew 1: 610 [orig. and repr.]. Cooke, William Bridge (1908-x), American mycologist. (W. B. Cooke). HERBARIUM and tyres: UC, CINC, duplicates see IH. — Exsiccatae: Mycobiota of North America (fasc. I-11, 1939-1951, nos. 1-450). Sets at BPI, BRU, CINC, CUP, DAOM, FH, KANU, MICH, MIN, ND, NY, SOLH, TRIC, UC, UT, WSP. Ref. SUE 1225037), W. B. Cooke, Mycologia 32: 416-417. 1940. Stevenson, Beih. Nova Hedwigia 36: 92-95. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 377; Bossert p. 82; Kew 1: 611; MW suppl. p. 50. Mycologia, Index (1-58): 857-858. 1968. Cooper, Daniel (1817?-1842), British botanist. (Cooper). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: RTE. Ref.: Kent, Brit. herbaria 49. 1957. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 377; BB p. 72; BM 1: 379; CSP 2: 41; DNB 12: 1413; Jackson p. 534 [index]; Kew 1: 612-613. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1: 173. 1843. EPONYMY: xX Cooperanthus Lancaster (1913); Cooperta Herbert (1836). 1217. Flora metropolitana; or botanical rambles within thirty miles of London. Being the results of numerous excursions made in 1833, 34, 35, furnishing a list of those plants that have been found on the different heaths, commons, hills, etc. surrounding the metropolis (more particularly the counties of Surrey and Kent) chiefly from actual observation, and the latest authorities. Intended for the student in practical botany, with a list of land and fresh-water shells of the environs of London. London (S. Highley) 1836. Duod. (in ‘sixes). (Fl. metrop.) Ed. 1: 1 Mar 1836 (p. vii: Feb 1836; Lin. Soc. 1 Mar; Mag. nat. Hist. 9: 168. 1836), p. [i]-xvi, [1]-139, errata slip. Copy: NY. Supplement: London 1837, p. 1-36. — Presented to Geol. Soc. London 23 Jun 1837. Ed. 2: London [1837], a combination of ed. 1 and the supplement. Ref.: BM 1: 379; BH; Jackson p. 357; Kew 1: 613; PR 1860. 544 CORBIERE Copeland, Edwin Bingham (1873-1964), American pteridologist at the University of California. (Copeland). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: MICH (since 1958), other material at SACT, UC. TARE Wel i (Esk ie Oar, OS wets BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 378; BM 6: 231; CSP 14: 346; IF p. 691, suppl. 1: p. 79-80, suppl. 2: 35, suppl. 3: 206-207; Kew 1: 614; LS 5849-5853, 32362; MW p. 83-84, suppl. p. 50. Uichanco, Philippine Agriculturist 6: 1-3, 5. 1917 (portr.). Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 140. 1936. Copeland, [autobiogr. notice prefacing his:] Genera filicum, p. [ii]. 1947. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 115-116. 1950 (portr.). Cantelow and Cantelow, Leaflets western Bot. 8: 89. 1957. Roon, Int. direct. plant tax. 29. 1958. Wagner, Amer. Fern. J. 54(4): 177-188. 1964 (portr.). Wagner, Taxon 14: 33-41. 1965 (portr., bibl.). Sota, Bol. Soc. Argent. Bot. 11(1): 67-69. 1966. Anon., Philippine Agriculturist 57: 1-16. 1974 (portr., bibl.). Holttum, Philippine Agriculturist 57: 17-20. 1974. FESTSCHRIFT: The Philippine Agriculturist, vol. 57(1, 2), 91 p., Jun-Jul 1973 (portr., bibl.) EPONYMY: Copelandia Bresadola (1912); Copelandiopteris B. C. Stone (1974). 1218. Trichomanes, Hymenophyllum and Genera hymenophyllacearum ... Manilla 1933, 1937; 1939 reprint Koenigstein (Otto Koeltz) 1975. Oct. (Trichomanes). Publ.: 1975, ISBN 3-87429-079-4, a combined reprint of three articles originally pu- blished in the Philippine Journal of Science (Copy: FAS): Trichomanes, 51(2): 119-280, pl. 1-61. Jun 1933. Hymenophyllum, 64(1-2): 1-188, pl. 1-89. Sep-Oct 1937. Genera hymenoph., 67(1): 1-110, pl. r-rr. Sep 1938. Corbiére, Louis (1850-1941), French botanist. (Corb.) HERBARIUM and TyPES: CHE; a type herbarium of the Normandy flora is also at CN; further details IH. Ref:: 1H 2: 138. Koster, Taxon 18: 550. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(2): 687; Barnhart 1: 379; BL 2: 178, 185; BM 1: 383, 6: 233, 8: 980; CSP 9: 573, 14: 351; Kew 1: 616; LS suppl. 5658-5659; Zander, ed. 10, p. 647. Anon., Bull. Acad. int. Géogr. bot. 13: [pl. hors texte] 1904 (portr.). Wittrock, Acta Horti Bergiani 3(3): 99. 1905. Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. Deux-Sévres 20: pl. 7. 1909 (portr.). Chevalier, Rev. de Bot. 21: 76-78. 1941. Herpin, Mém. Soc. natl. Sci. nat. Cherbourg 44: i-xil. 1940/9. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 37. 1941. Bigot et Chevalier, Bull. Soc. Linn. Normandie ser. 9. 2: 93-97. 1942 (portr.). Heim, Bull. Soc. mycol. France 58: 4-9. 1942 (portr.). EPONYMY: Corbiera P. A. Dangeard (1888). 1219. Nowvelle flore de Normandie contenant la description des plantes qui croissent spon- tanément ou sont cultivées en grand dans les départements de la Seine-Inférieure, |’Eure, le Calvados, l’Orne & la Manche. Caen (E. Lanier) 1893 [1894]. Oct. (Nouv. fl. Norman- die). Publ.: Mai-Sep 1894 (pref. 10 Mai 1894; Nat. Nov. Oct 1894; t.p. dated 1893, orig. cover dated 1894), p. [i*-i1*], [i]-xvi, [1]-716. Copy: HH. — See further Bull. Soc. 545 CORBIERE Linn. Norm. sér. 4. 9: 76. 1896 (“‘additions et rectifications’’); ser. 5. 1: 150. 1898 (‘‘deuxiéme supplément’’). Ref.: BL 2: 185; BM 1: 383; Kew 1: 616. Rickett, NAF ser. 2. 2: 154. 1955. Corda, August Karl Joseph (1809-1849), Czech mycologist and traveller. (Corda). HERBARIUM and TyPES: PR, PRM, and PRC. — PRC also possesses many of Corda’s original drawings. Rep le 1 (edii6)s 357, 2: 130: BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 380; BM 1: 383, 5: 2043; Bossert p. 83; CSP 2: 48-49, 6: 62; GR p. 431, 664; IF p. 691; Jackson p. 534 [index]; Kew 1: 616; LS 5867-5883, 32268; NI 401-403; PR 1866-1876; Quenstedt p. 90; Wurzbach 2: 442- 443. Anon., Flora 33: 623. 21 Oct 1850. Weitenweber, Abh. kén. béhm. Ges. Wiss. ser. 5. 7: 57-94. 1852 (bibl.) ; Ziva 2: 175-178. 1854; Lotos, Prag, 5: 18-22. 1854. Zobel in Corda, Icon. fung. 6: ix-xviii. 1854 (bibl.). Anon., Bonplandia 6: 334. 1858. Ward, Ann. Rep. U.S. geol. Surv. 5: 374, 417-418, 412, 1885. Fri¢, Vesmir 21: 277-278. 1892. Kubler, Jb. deut. Gebirgsver. Ilschkengeb. Isergeb. 12: 47-58. 1902. Maiwald, Gesch. Bot. Bohmen 195-200. 1904. Lloyd, Mycol. Notes 1333, pl. 314. 1925 (portr.). Liitjeharms, Gesch. Mykol. xvii. Jahrb. 1, 8, 126, 134, 233. 1936. John, Ziva, Praha 45: 201-203. 1959. Némec, Ceska Mykol. 14: 3-6. 1960. Prantl, Cas. Nar. Mus. odd. prir. 129: 17-21. 1960. COMPOSITE WORKS: J. Sturm, Deutschlands Flora, Abth. 3, Hefte 6, 9, 11-15, 19, 20, Die Pilze Deutschlands, 1829-1841; Abth. 2, Hefte 18, 21, 25, Cryptogamie, 1829-1833; Abth. 2, Hefte 19, 20, 22, 23, 26, 27, Deutschlands Jungermannien; Abth. 2, Hefte 30, 31, Deutschlands Algen, 1839. EPONYMY: Cordaea C. G. D. Nees (1833) ; Cordana Preuss (1851). 1220. Monographia Rhizospermarum et Hepaticorum ... Die Wurzelfarren und Lebermoose nach ihren Gattungen und Arten, organographisch-phytotomisch bearbeitet von Aug. J. Corda. I. Heft. Prag (Sommer) 1829. Qu. ¢ (Monogr. Rhizosperm. Hepat.) Publ.: Jul-Oct 1829 (p. vi: Jul 1829; Flora 14. Nov), p. [i]-vi, [7]-16, p/. 1-6, uncol. liths by Corda. Copies: BR, US, USDA. Reissue: 1830, Prag (Kronberger und Weber) (new cover only). Copy: US. Ref.: BM 1: 383; IF p. 691; Kew 1: 616; PR 1866. Proskauer, Bryologist 65: 227. 1962. 1221. Genera hepaticarum. Die Gattungen der Lebermoose, in Opiz, Beitrdge zur Natur- geschichte 12: 643 [sic, nec 645]-655. 1829. Oct. (Gen. hepat.) Publ.: Sep 1829 (fide Zobel 1554). — Facsimile reproduction by Verdoorn in Annales bryologici 10: 9-15. 1938. — The Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte were a continuation of Opiz’s Naturalientausch. Corda prepared numerous illustrations for this publication. However, these were never published because Corda could not find a publisher for them. The present location of these drawings is unknown. Zobel (1854) speaks of pictures of “hundreds” of microscopical analyses. Ref.: Jackson p. 154; PR 1867. Zobel, zn Corda, Icon. fung. 6: xv. 1854. Proskauer, Bryologist 65: 227-228. 1962. 1222. Ueber den Bau des Pflanzenstammes. Prag (Kronberger und Weber) 1836. Oct. (Bau Pflanzenstamm.) 546 CORDA Publ.: before 14 Sep 1836 (Flora; PAW 20 Oct 1836), p. [1]-35. Copy: NY. — Reprinted from Weitenweber, Beitr. ges. Natur. Heilwiss. 1(2): 1-35. 1836. Corda wrote this in the winter of 1833 and offered it to the Berlin Academy of Sciences early 1834. ‘The manuscript was accompanied by many illustrations which remained unpublished. ‘They are now at PR. Ref.: BM 1: 383; Jackson p. 84; Kew 1: 616; PR 1868. Anon., Flora 19: 654. 1836. 1223. Icones fungorum hucusque cognitorum ... Abbildungen der Pilze und Schwaemme. Praha (J. G. Calve) 1837-1854, 6 vols. Fol. (Icon. fung.) vol. pages plates figures dates I {i-vi], [1 ]-32 I-7 I-300 Aug 1837 2 [i-viii], [1]-43, errata slip 8-15 1-135 = Jul 1838 3 [i-viii], [1]-55 i-9 I-137 Sep-Nov 1839 4 li-v], [1]-53 I-10 1-139 Sep 1840 5 [i]-x, [1]-92 I-IO I-97 Jun 1842 6 [i]-xviii, [1, err.], [1]-91 I-20 1-146 Oct 1854 The plates are uncoloured lithographs by the author. Vol. 6 was published by J. B. Zobel “mit Beniitzung des literarischen Nachlasses des Verfassers”’ and with a biography and bibliography of Corda by the editor on p. 1x-xviil. Edition 1: vols. 1-5, 130 copies printed of which several destroyed by fire. Vol. 6 printed in a larger edition. Copy: U. Friedlander facsimile, Berlin 1876: facsimile of vols. 1-5, vol. 6 supplied in original ed. (Bot. Zeit. 24 Mar 1876; Hedwigia 15: 80. Mai 1876) (n.v.) Cramer facsimile Weinheim (Historiae naturalis classica vol. 23) 1963: all 6 volumes in facsimile. Added alphabetical index to the plates. Copy: FAS. Pilat provides a key to the species of fungi and the types. — The anonymous reviewer in Gersdorf’s Repertorium (34: 69. 1842) states of the preface to vol. 5: ““Das Vorwort, mit dem forcirten Humor eines Hypochonders geschrieben, zeigt, dass der Vf. noch zu keiner klaren Weltanschauung gelangt ist.” Corda: “‘Dann bleibt uns noch das schéne gelle Lachen.”’ Ref.: BM 1: 383; Jackson p. 163; Kew 1: 616; LS 5874, 5878; NI 402; PR 1873; Zobel 40, 45, 50, 56; IDC 5062. Junk, Rara 182. 1929. Pilat, Acta Musei nationalis Pragae 1B: 139-170. 1938 (list of Corda’s species, with indication of types in PR). 1225*. Pracht-Flora europdischer Schimmelbildungen. ... Mit xxv colorirten Tafeln. Leipzig und Dresden (Gerhard Fleischer) 1839. Fol. (Pracht-Fl. eur. Schimmelbild.) Publ.: Jul 1839 (Hinrichs 28 Jul-3 Aug; p. [viii]: Feb 1839), p. [i]-vili, [1]-55, pl. 1-25, handcoloured liths of drawings by Corda, pl. 15 uncoloured. Copies: MICH, NY, U, Stevenson. Only 100 copies were printed. Schleiden spoke of a “‘sinnlos verschwende- rische Ausstattung,”’ (Wiss. bot., ed. 1. 165-166). A French edition, also of 100 copies, was published in 1840 (Hinrichs 23-29 Aug 1840) (n.v.): “Flore illustrée des Mucédi- nées d’Europe” (Leipzig, Dresden). For modern names see Pilat. Junk thinks that Brockhaus later produced extra copies. Ref.: BM 1: 383; Jackson p. 229; LS 5875; NI 403; PR 1874. Zobel, in Corda, Icon. fung. 6: xvii. 1854. Junk, Rara 183. 1929. Pilat, Acta Musei nationalis Pragae 1B: 139-170. 1938. 1226. Anleitung zum Studium der Mykologie, nebst kritischer Beschreibung aller bekannten Gattungen, und einer kurzen Geschichte der Systematik. ... Mit acht Tafeln Abbildun- gen. Prag (Friedrich Ehrlich) 1842. Oct. (Anleit. Stud. Mykol.) * No. 1224 has not been used. 547 CORDA Ed. 1: Aug-Dec 1842 (pref. 1 Aug 1842), p. [i*-ii*], [i]-cxxii, [1, h.t.], [1]-223, [224, err.], pl. A-H, uncoloured lithographs of drawings by Corda. Copies: BR (incompl.), MICH, NY, Stevenson. — Motto: “Zu fragmentisch ist Welt und Leben” H. Heine. The third part of this Anleitung is a reprint of part 1 of Icones fungorum, vol. 5, with an additional 25 genera. In all Corda describes 513 genera of fungi. Ed. 2: Oct 1854, Prag, see Bot. Zeit. 13: 432 (15 Jun 1855), (n.v.) Ref.: BM 1: 383, Kew 1: 616, LS 5876, PR 1875. Zobel, in Corda, Icon. fung. 6: xvi. 1854. 1227. Beitrdge zur Flora der Vorwelt. ... Mit sechzig Tafeln Abbildungen. Praha (J. G. Calve) 1845. Qu. (Bettr. Fl. Vorwelt). Publ.: Jul-Oct 1845 (p. vii: Jul 1845, Hinrichs 6-8 Nov 1845; Gersdorff 5 Dec 1845), p. [i]-viii, [1]-128, pl. z-60, uncoloured liths. of original coloured drawings by Corda (location unknown). Copies: MICH, NY, Teyler (lacks pl. 45). Reissue: Berlin 1867 (n.v.), in 8 parts and with a new title-page. Ref.: BM 1: 383; HL 1933; NI 401; PR 1876; Zobel 68. Zobel, in Corda, Icon. fung. 6: xviii. 1854. Cordemoy, Eugéne Jacob de (1835-1911), botanist on Réunion. (Cordem.) HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown; collections partly at P, also at E. Ref.: Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 71. 1970. NOTE ON NAME: The full family name is Jacob de Cordemoy; it should be listed alpha- betically under Jacob. However, the abbreviated forms ‘“‘Cordem.” and “‘Cordemoy’’ are more frequently used in the literature. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 239; BL 1: 99; BM 1: 384; CSP 16: 42; IF p. 691; Kew 1: 616-617. 1228. Flore de I’Ile de la Réunion (Phanérogames, Cryptogames vasculaires, Muscinées) avec l’indication des propriétés économiques & industrielles des plantes. Paris (Paul Klincksieck) 1895. Oct. (Fl. Réunion). Original issue: in parts, of which part 1, Réunion 1891, p. 1-106, pl. 1-5 (Nat. Nov. Mai 1892, BF 27 Mai 1893), (n.v.). Contents and dates of later parts unknown. Consolidated issue: Paris 1895 (Nat. Nov. Oct 1895), p. [i]-xxvii, [1]-574. Copies: B, NY (imprint changed by label to Jacques Chevalier). Facsimile edition, of Paris 1895 issue, Lehre (J. Cramer) 1972, Historiae naturalis classica 94. Copy: FAS. Ref.: BM 1: 383; IF p. 691; Kew 1: 616. Stafleu, Taxon 21: 697. 1972 (“‘1894”’ erroneous). Cordier, Francois Simon (1797-1874), French mycologist. (Cordier). HERBARIUM and TYPES: PC. Ref.: TH 2: 139. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 380; BM 1: 384; CSP 2: 49, 7: 434, 9: 168, 12: 168; Jackson p. 164, 196, 275; Kew 1: 617; NI 404; PR 1881-1882. Sicard, Bull. Soc. bot. France 21(1): 315-324. 1875 (bibl.) EPONYMY: Cordiera A. Richard ex A. P. de Candolle (1830) ; Cordierites Montagne (1840). 1229. Les champignons de la France histoire — description — culture — usages des espéces comestibles, vénéneuses, suspectes, employées dans les arts, l’industrie, ]’économie domestique et la médecine. ... orné de vignettes et de 60 chromolithographies dessinées d’aprés nature par A. D. Cordier. Paris (J. Rothschild) 1870. Oct. (Champ. France). Ed. 1: 1870 (p. v.: 1 Aug 1869), p. [i]-xii, [1]-231, [1]-274, pl. 1-60, chromoliths by A. D. Cordier. Copies: BR, G, MICH, NY, Stevenson. — It is possible that part 1 (p. [1]- 231) came out in the second half of 1869 (see Flora 53: 59. 3 Mar 1870; Bot. Zeit. 28: 548 CORDUS 206. 1 Apr 1870 mentions livraison 1 of 5 to appear). Ed. 2: n.v. Ed. 3: (actually third printing), cover: F. S. Cordier, Les champignons troisiéme tirage. 8 Vignettes et 60 chromolithographies, Paris (id.) 1874. Oct., with 1870 t.p., and exactly same pagination as original printing. Copy: NY. Ed. 4: (“revue et augmentée’’), Paris (id.), 1876, Quarto, p. [1]-438, pl. 1-60, chromo- liths by A. D. Cordier. Copies: B, MICH, NY. Ref.: BM 1: 384; Jackson p. 164, 196; NI 404; PR 1882. Anon., J. Bot. 8: 59. Mar 1870 (part 1). Cordus, Euricius (1486-1535), German botanist. (E. Cordus). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIoGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 380; BM 1: 384; HA 1: 265; Jackson p. xxix, 24; Kew 1: 617; NDB 3: 359; PR 1883. Kahler, Vita Eurici Cordi exposita. Rinteln 1744. Qu., 74 p. (fide PR and Schmitz), Sprengel, Gesch. Bot. 1: 256. 1807. Lorent, Biogr. Skizzen Brem. Aertze Naturf. 13-31. 1844. Meyer, Gesch. Bot. 4: 248-249. 1857. Krause, E. Cordus. Eine biographische Skizze aus der Reformationszeit. Hanau 1863. Oct. Buchenau, Abh. naturwiss. Ver. Bremen 2: 130-140. 1871. Roth, Arch. Gesch. Naturw. Technik 1: 279-281. 1909. Schulz, Abh. naturf. Ges. Halle ser. 2. 7: 1-32. 1919. Stearn, in Moench, Methodus, facs. ed. 1966, p. i-xix. Schmitz, DSB 3: 412-413. 1971 (bibl.) EPONYMY: Cordia Linnaeus (1753) is dedicated to Valerius Cordus (1515-1544), q.v. 1230. Evricii Cordi simesvsii medici botanologicon. Hevs medice vis varias aliter quam doctus es hactenus herbas scire, nouus multas iste libellus habet. Vt retinax primum sibi testa referuet odorem, sex nisi quandrantes & breuis hora perit. Quae si quam nostris lusorum perdere chartis malis, tunc aliquid doctuis aede tuum. Coloniae (KéIn) (Apud Ioannem Gymnicum) 1534. Oct. (Botanologicon). Ed. 1: 1534, p. [1]-183, [184-198, index]. Copy: U. Ed. 2: Paris (Apud Guil. Morelium) 1551, p. [i]-vii, [1]-193, [37 p. index], Copy: NY. — Roth cites 395 numbered pages for this edition from the copy at Darmstadt (n.v.). The difference is accounted for by the ‘“‘duo libelli complectuntur.’”’ For further details see Roth (1909). Ref.: BM 1: 384; Jackson p. 24; Kew 1: 617; PR 1883. Dilg, Das Botanologicon des Euricius Cordus. Inauguraldissertation. Marburg 1969, vi, 368 p. Cordus, Valerius (1515-1544), German botanist. (V. Cordus). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Cordus made no herbarium specimens. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 4: 479, 6: 794; Barnhart 1: 380; BM 1: 384; DTS 1: 50; GR p. 69; Jackson p. 25, 26; Kew 1: 617; LS 5905; NI 405 (see also suppl.) ; PR 1884-1885; Quenstedt p. 479; Saccardo 1: 56. Buchenau, Abh. naturf. Ver. Bremen 2: 130-140. 1871. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 123. 1903, 3(3): 122. 1905. Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 30. 1906. Schulz, Mitt. thiir. bot. Ver. ser. 2. 33: 37-66. 1916. Marini Bettolo, Pharm. J., London 197(5377): 535-539. 1966. Robinson, Nat. Hist. 75(3): 69-73. 1966. Rauschert, Hercynia 4(3): 339-343. 1967. Dann, Pharmaz. Zeit. 113: 1062-1072. 1968. Schmitz, DSB 413-415. 1971 (bibl.) (extensive secondary references). 549 CcORDUS EPONYMyY: Cordia Linnaeus (1753). 1231. Annotationes in Pedaci Dioscoridis Anazarbet de materia medica libros V. Cum ejusdem historis stirpium lib. iii posthumi. Strasbourg 1561. Fol. (Annot. Diosc. mat. med.) Publ.: Posthumously edited by C. Gesner. For a conspectus of the elements of this omnibus volume and for modern nomenclature see Sprague and Sprague (1939). The 1561 book is an emended version of Cordus’ appendix to the 1549 edition of Dioscori- des: ‘“‘Pedanit Dioscoridis Anazarbei, de medicinali materia libri sex, Ioanne Ruellio svessio- nensi interprete. Accesserunt priori editioni, Valerii Cordi Simesvsii annotationes doctissimae in Dioscoridis de medica materia libros ...”” Frankfurt (Chr. Egenolph) [1549]. Fol. (see note to PR 1884). Ref.: BM 1: 384; DTS 1: 50; HE p. 20; Jackson p. 25; Kew 1: 617; Langman p. 219; NI 405; PR 1884; SA 2: 552; IDC 7330. Meyer, Gesch. Bot. 4: 317-322. 1857. Greene, Landmarks of botanical history 270-314. 1909. Schulz, Mitt. thiir. bot. Ver. ser. 2. 33: 37-66. 1916. Sprague and Sprague, J. Linn. Soc. London, Bot. 52: 1-113. 1939. Bessler in L. Stern, 450 Jahre Martin Luther-Univ. Halle-Wittenberg 1: 323-333. Cornu, Marie Maxime (1843-1901), French cryptogamist. (Cornu). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: PC. IKGES Mal BE wo), BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 382; GR p. 312; DBF 9: 703. Cornu, Notice sur les travaux scientifiques de M. M. Cornu. 1886 (n.yv.) Anon., Nuova Notarisia 12: 126. 1901. Bureau, Bull. Soc. bot. France 48: 101-105. 1901 (portr.); Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. nat. sér. 4. 3: xix-xlviii. 1901 (portr.; bibl. by Bois). Figuier, L’année scient. 1901: 410 (portr.) Magnus, Naturw. Rundschau 16(31): [3 p.] 1901. Thiselton-Dyer, Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1901: 111-113. Magnus, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 19: (47)-(53). 1902. Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 30. 1906. Costantin, Ann. Sci. nat. Bot. ser. 10. 16: lvii. 1934 (portr.) EPONYMY: Cornuvia Rostafinski (1873). 1232. Théses présentées a la Faculté des Sciences de Paris pour obtenir le grade de docteur és sciences naturelles par Maxime Cornu ... tre thése. Monographie des Saproleg- niées, 2e thése. Propositions données par la Faculté. Soutenues le 22 avril 1872 devant la Faculté des sciences de Paris ... Paris (E. Martinet) 1872. Oct. (Monogr. Saprolegn.) Publ.: 22 Apr 1872, p. [1]-198, pl. r-7. Copy: Stevenson. — Reprinted from Ann. Sci. nat., Bot. sér. 5. 15: 5-64 Jan 1872, 65-128 Feb 1872, 129-1092, pl. 1-4. Mar 1872, 193-198, pl. 5-7. Apr 1872. Cornut, Jacques-Philippe (1606?-1651), French botanist and physician, “docteur régent en la Faculté de Médecine a Paris.”’ (Cornut). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 382; BM 1: 386; HU 227; Jackson p. 366; Kew 1: 621; MW suppl. p. 51; NI 406. Anon., Natural. Canad. 5: 68-70. 1873. Fournier, in Baillon, Dict. Bot. 2: 220. 1881. Penhallow, Trans. R. Soc. Canada 5: 45-61. 1887. Laflamme, Trans. R. Soc. Canada ser. 2. 7: 57-72. 1901. Wagner, Oest. bot. Z. 71: 217-220. 1922 (“Cornuti’’). Stannard, Introduction [to reprint] 1966. McGivern, Herbarist 37: 11-16. 1971. 559 CORTI EPONYMY: Cornutia Linnaeus (1753). 1233- Canadensium plantarum, aliarimque nondum editarum historia. Cui adiectum est ad calcem enchiridion botanicum parisiense, continens indicem plantarum, quae in pagis, silvis, pratis, & montosis juxta Parisios locis nascuntur. Paris (Simon le Moyne) 1635. Qu. (Canad. pl.) Original ed.: 1635, p. [i-xvi], [1]-238, [2 p. privilége]. Copy: U. — Of importance as an early record of about thirty northeast-American plants. The Enchiridion botanicum parisiense (p. 215-238) lists the plants by (ecological) localities. Reissue: Paris 1662 (n.v.) Facsimile ed. of original ed.: New York, London (Johnson Reprint Corporation) 1966, with a new introduction by Jerry Stannard, p. [i]-xxii. Copy: FAS. Ref.: BM 1: 386; HU 227; Jackson p. 366; Kew 1: 621; MW suppl. p. 51; NI 406; PR 1894; IDC 7521. Roze, J. de Bot. 2: 7-12, 29-30, 41-43, 54-56, 76-79, 94-96, 115-120, 132-133. 1888 (on the Enchiridion). Bartlett, Fifty-five rare books 26-27. 1949. Stannard, in Cornut, Canad. pl. hist., repr. 1966, p. ix-xxii. McGivern, Herbarist 37: 11-16. 1971. Corréa da Serra, José Francisco (1751-1823), Portuguese botanist and clergyman. (Corréa). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown; manuscripts at the Royal Society, London; algae at Ks. Ref.: Dickinson, Phycol. Bull. 1: 11. 1952. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 7: 264; Barnhart 1: 382; BB p. 73 (b. 1750); Bossert p. 84; CSP 2: 55; Kew 1: 621; ME 1: 175, 3: 652; MW p. 84; PR sub 1894; Zander ed. 10, p. 647. Anon., Flora 6: 672. 1823. Almeida, Mém. mus. Hist. nat. Paris 11: 215-229. 1824 (bibl.) Almeida, Flora 8(2). Beil. 4: 70-75. 1825 (bibl.) Colmeiro, Bot. penins. hispan.-lusit. 187-188. 1858. Candolle, Mémoires et souvenirs 120, 162, 216, 414. 1862. Harshberger, Botanists of Philadelphia 154. 1899. Henriques, Bull. Soc. Broter. ser. 2. 2: 84-125. 1923 (portr., bibl.) Davis, Richard Beale, Trans. Amer. philos. Soc. 45(2): 87-197. 1955 (portr.), see review by Ewan, Rhodora 58: 45-49. 1956. Graustein, Thomas Nuttall 464. 1967. EPONYMY: Corraea [sic] J. E. Smith (1798); Correa H. C. Andrews (1798, nom. cons.) ; Correia Vellozo ex Vandelli (1788, nom. rej.) POSTAGE STAMPS: Portugal 1.50 esc. (1966) yv. 999. 1234. Reduction of all the genera of plants contained in the catalogus plantarum Americae septentrio- nalis, of the late Dr. Muhlenberg, to the natural families of Mr. de Jussieu’s system. For the use of the gentlemen who attended the course of elementary and philosophical botany in Philadelphia, in 1815. Philadelphia (Solomon W. Conrad) 1815. Oct. (Reduct. gen. cat. pl. Amer.) Publ.: 1815, p. [iJ-iv, [5]-16. Copies: HH, MICH (Clements Library), NY. — Published anonymously. Ref.: ME 3: 375. Harshberger, Botanists of Philadelphia 8. 1899. Corti, Bonaventura, abate (1729-1813), Italian naturalist at Reggio and Modena. (Corti). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Unknown. Jos CORTI BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 384; PR 1895; Saccardo 1: 57, 2: 36. Bonizzi, Intorno alle opere scientifiche di B.C., Modena 1883 (n.v.) Briosi, Atti Ist. bot. Univ. Pavia ser. 2. 9: iii-vi (portr.) Premuda, DSB 3: 425-426. 1971 (bibl.) EPONYMY: Cortia A. P. de Candolle (1830). 1235. Osservazioni microscopiche sulla Tremella e sulla circolazione in una pianta acquajuola dell’ abate Bonaventura Corti. Lucca (Giuseppe Rocchi) 1774. Oct. (Osserv. microsc. Tremella). Publ.: 1774, p. [1]-207, [208, errata], pl. 1-3. Copy: PCS. Ref.: PR 1895. Cesati, Saggio 28. 1882. Cory, Victor Louis (1880-1964), American botanist. (Cory). HERBARIUM and TYPES: SMU (13.575) (Inf. Wm. F. Mahler). Ref.: 1H 2: 140. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 384; BL 1: 215, 216; Kew 1: 624; Langman p: 222. Anon., Dallas Morning News 2 Mai 1964, sect. 4, p. 5; Dallas Times Herald 2 Mai 1964, Sat. A-g. 1236. Catalogue of the flora of Texas. Texas agricultural Experiment Station. Bulletin no. 550. July 1937. Oct. (Cat. fl. Texas). Co-author: Harris Braley Parks (1879-x). Publ.: 18 Jan 1938 (Blake and Atwood 1942, even though dated July 1937), p. [1]-130 in one gathering. Copies: B, BR, MICH, NY, US. Ref.: BL 1: 215; Kew 1: 624. Cosson, Ernest Saint-Charles (1819-1889), French botanist. (Coss.) HERBARIUM and Types: P, PC and P-CO. — The herbarium and library of Cosson were presented to the Paris Muséum in 1904 by his grand-son, Dr. Durand. The herbarium included those of Moquin-Tandon, Bunge (in part) and C. H. Schultz-Bipontinus. For Cosson’s itineraries see Leandri. Ref.: IH_ 1 (ed. 6): 357, 2: 140. Candolle, Phytographie 405. 1880. Leandri, Adansonia 4(3): 355-365. 1964. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 149. 1964. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 71. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIloGRAPHY: AG 6(2): 282, 12(3): 262; Barnhart 1: 384; BL 1: 18, 19, 60, 2: 164, 189; BM 1: 388-389; Colmeiro 1: clxx-clxxi; CSP 2: 58-59, 7: 441, 9: 585-586, 12: 171, 14: 369-370; GR p. 312; IF p. 691; Jackson p. 535 [ind.]; Kew 1: 624-626; Langman p. 223; NI 415-416; PR 1go1-1915; Zander ed. 10, p. 649. Cosson, Expl. sci. Algérie, Bot. 2: xxiv. 1868. Cosson, Notice sur les titres et travaux scientifiques de M. Ernest Cosson. Paris 1871, ed. 2, 1873, copies both eds. NY (bibl.) Cosson, Comp. fl. atl. 1: 27-32. 1881. F. G., Bull. Soc. Etudes sci. Angers ser. 2. 19: 239-243. 1889. Bureau, Bull. Soc. bot. France 37: 9-11, Ixv-Ixxxi. 1890 (portr., bibl.) Malinvaud et Flahault, Ann. Bot. London 3: 456-462. 1890 (bibl.) Morot, J. de Bot. 4: 98-108. 1890 (bibl.) Crépin, Bull. Soc. bot. Belg. 29(2): 50-55. 1891. Wittrock, Acta Horti Bergiani 3(3): 99. 1905 (portr.) Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. Deux-Sévres 18: pl. 2. 1907 (portr.) Coats, The plant hunters 32, 34. 1969. Stafleu, in Daniels and Stafleu, Taxon 23: 800. 1974 (portr.) 552 COSSON COMPOSITE WORKS: Groupe des Glumacées, with Durieu de Maisonneuve, in Exploration scientifique de l’Algérie, Sciences naturelles, botanique. See under Durieu. EPONYMyY: Cossonia Durieu (1853); Diserneston Jaubert & Spach (1843, “*... plante des. deux Ernest,” also dedicated to Jacques Nicolas Ernest Germain de Saint-Pierre (1815- 1882), q.v.) 1237. Observations sur quelques plantes critiques des environs de Paris. Paris (L. Bouchard- Huzard) 1840. Oct. (Obs. pl. env. Paris). Co-author: Jacques Nicolas Ernest Germain de Saint-Pierre (1815-1882). Publ.: Aug 1840 (p. viii: 27 Apr 1840; Flora 21 Aug 1840; BF 19 Sep 1840; p. viii: 27 Apr 1840), p. [i]-vili, [1]-68, pl. r-2 (liths. by author). Copies: B, G, NY. Ref.: BM 1: 388; Kew 1: 626; PR 1go1. 1238. Introduction a une flore analytique et descriptive des environs de Paris, suivie d’un catalogue raisonné des plantes vasculaires de cette région. Paris (Fortin, Masson et Cie) 1842. Duod. (in sixes) (Introd. fl. anal. Paris). Co-authors: Jacques Nicolas Ernest Germain de Saint-Pierre (1815-1882) ; Hugh Algernon Weddell (1819-1877). Publ.: 1842 (p. 15: 27 Apr 1842; rd. by Flora only Feb 1844), p. [i-iii], [1]-163. Copies: B, BR, G, NY. Ref.: BM 1: 389; Kew 1: 626. Mérat, Revue de la Flore parisienne. Paris 1843 (extensive criticism). 1239. Supplément au catalogue raisonné des plantes vasculaires des environs de Paris, précédé d’une réponse au livre de M. Meérat, intitulé Revue de la Flore Parisienne, par E. Cosson et E. Germain, accompagné d’une lettre au sujet de la Revue de la Flore Parisienne, et d’une réponse a un article de M. Mérat, par M. A. Boreau ... Paris (Fortin, Masson et Cie), Leipzig (id.) 1843. Duod. (Suppl. cat. pl. Paris). Co-authors: Jacques Nicolas Ernest Germain de Saint-Pierre (1815-1882); Alexandre Boreau (1803-1875). Publ.: Dec 1843 v. Jan 1844 prim. (p. 39: 25 Sep 1843; BF 6 Jan 1844; Flora Feb 1844), [1]-94, [1, err.]. Copies: B, BR, G, NY, USDA. Ref.: BM 1: 389. 1240. Flore descriptive et analytique des environs de Paris ou description des plantes qui crois- sent spontanément dans cette région, et de celles qui y sont généralement cultivées, accompagnée de tableaux analytiques des familles, des genres et des espéces et d’une carte des environs de Paris, ouvrage faisant suite 4 la partie botanique du cours d’histoire naturelle de MM. A. de Jussieu, Milne-Edwards et Beudant. Paris (Fortin, Masson et Cie), Leipzig (id. chez L. Michelsen) 1845. Duod. (in sixes). (FU. descr. anal. Paris). Co-author: Jacques Nicolas Ernest Germain de Saint-Pierre (1815-1882). Ed. 1: part 1, 22 Feb 1845 (BF), p. [i*-v*], [i]-lii, map, [1]-342, [2, table, err.]. Copies: BR, G, HH. part 2, p. [i-i11], 343-731, [1, cont.]. 23 Aug 1845 (BF). Copies: G, HH. Ed. 2: Paris (Victor Masson et fils) 1861, p. [i*-v*], [i]-liv, [1]-962, [1, cont.], map. Oct. — ‘‘Flore des environs de Paris ... région et de celles qui y sont généralement cultivées, accompagnée de tableaux synoptiques conduisant a la détermination des familles, des genres et des espéces, et d’une carte des environs de Paris par .. . deuxiéme édition. Copies: HH, U. — “Still regarded as the best available flora of the Paris region” (BL). Ref.: BL 2: 189; BM 1: 388; IF p. 691; Jackson p. 289; Kew 1: 626; NI 415; PR 1905. 1241. Atlas de la flore des environs de Paris ou illustrations de toutes les espéces des genres difficiles et de la plupart des plantes litigieuses de cette région, avec des notes descriptives et un texte explicatif en regard, ... Les planches comprennent plus de 500 figures de grandeur naturelle ou grossies, et sont dessinées d’aprés nature par M. E. Germain. Paris (Fortin, Masson et Cie) 1845. Octo-dec. (Atlas fl. Paris). Co-author (made the drawings): Jacques Nicolas Ernest Germain de Saint-Pierre (1815- 1882). 553 COSSON Ed. 1: Fasc. 1: 8 Mar 1845 (BF; Flora 14 Oct 1845), pl. 1-18, r8bis(?), 29-22 with letter- press. Copies: G, HH, NY. Fasc. 2: 1845, p. [i]-xvi, pl. 23-41, idem. Copies: G, HH, NY. Ed. 2: Mai-Jun 1882 (Nat. Nov. Jun 1882), p. [i]-xil, pl. 2-47 (659 figs.) with letterpress; artists Germain de St. Pierre, Cuisin and Riocreux. Copy: NY.-— (rev. Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. France 29(2): 33-34. 1882). Ref.: BL 2: 189; BM 1: 388; Jackson p. 289; Kew 1: 626; NI 415; PR 1906. 1242. Synopsis analytique de la flore des environs de Paris ou description abrégée des familles et des genres accompagnée de tableaux dichotomiques destinés a faire parvenir aisément au nom des espéces. Paris (Fortin, Masson et Cie), Leipzig (id.) 1845. Duod. (in sixes). (Syn. anal. fl. Paris). Co-author: Jacques Nicolas Ernest Germain de Saint-Pierre (1815-1882). Ed. 1: 24 Mai 1845 (BF; Bot. Zeit. 1 Aug), p. [i]-xxxi, [1]-275. Copies: B, G, NY. Ed. 2: Paris (Victor Masson) 1859 before Aug (Flora 14 Aug 1859, Bot. Zeit. 19 Aug 1859), p. [i]-xlviii, [1]-581, Octo-dec. (signatures of 24 and 12 p. alternate). Copies: B, BR, MICH, NY. Title: “. . . Paris destiné aux herborisations contenant la description des familles et des genres celle des espéces et des variétés sous la forme analytique avec leur synonymie et leurs noms francais l’indication des propriétés des plantes employées en médecine, dans l’industrie ou dans l’économie domestique et une table des noms vulgaires ....” Ed. 3: Paris (G. Masson) 1876, duod., p. [i]-l, [1]-646. Copy: USDA. — See Bot. Zeit. 20 Oct 1876 and J. Bot. Oct 1876. Ref.: BM 1: 388; Jackson p. 289; PR 1904; IDC 7206 (ed. 2). 1243. Notes sur quelques plantes critiques, rares ou nouvelles, et additions a la flore des environs de Paris. Paris (Victor Masson), Leipzig (id.) [1849-1852], [mostly:] Duod. or Oct. (Notes pl. crit.) series fascicule pages dates dated {1] I [1]-24. 4 Feb 1849 “1848” 2 [25]-48 15 Dec 1849 id. “‘de l’Espagne”’ 2[bis] [49]-72 Jul 1850 **1849” “‘de France” 2[ter] [73]-91 Jul 1850 "18497 ‘de Paris?’ 2 3 [93]-139 )©=— ss Jun 1851 “1850” “‘de l’Espagne”’ 3 4 [141]-184 Jul 1852 18517" “de Espagne” Author of Corsican plants described on p. [49]-72: Jean Louis Kralik (1813-1892) ; co-author for the notes on Algerian plants on p. 133-139: Michel Charles Durieu de Maisonneuve (1796-1878). Copies: B, BR, NY. Ref.: BM 1: 388; Kew 1: 625; Langman p. 223; PFC 1: xxxix; PR 1907; IDC 5402. 1244. Compendium florae atlanticae seu expositio methodica plantarum omnium in Algeria necnon in regno Tunetano et imperio Maroccano hucusque notarum ou Flore des états barbaresques Algérie, Tunisie et Maroc. Paris (Imprimerie nationale) 1881-1887, 2 vols. Oct. (Comp. fl. atlant.) Vol. r: Sep 1881 (see Stearn 1938), p. [1]-265, 2 maps. Copies: HH, MO, NY. — This was only the first fascicle. The second fascicle, on plant geography, never appeared. Vol. 2: Nov 1887 (t.p. 1883-1887; see Stearn 1938), p. [i]-cviii, [1]-367. Copy: HH. — Only one part published even though “several volumes”’ were announced. Ref.: BM 1: 388; BL 1: 18; Kew 1: 625; SK p. clxxvi; IDC 5883. Stearn, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 1: 148-149. 1938. 1245. Illustrationes florae atlanticae seu icones plantarum novarum, rariorum vel minus cognitarum in Algeria necnon in regno Tunetano et imperio Maroccano nascentium fon covers of fasc. 1 and 2 only:] in compendio florae atlanticae descriptarum. Paris (e Reipublicae Typographeo) 1882-1897, 2 vols. Qu. (Jil. fl. atlant.) Co-author: Jean Francois Gustave Barratte (1857-1920) (name not on t.p.’s of vols. and covers.) 554 COSTANTIN vol. part pages plates actual dates dates on covers I I [i], [1]-36, [1, ind.] 1-25 10 Oct 1882 Sep 1882 2 37-72, [1, ind.] 26-50 Aug 1884 Aug 1884 3 73-120, [1, ind.] 51-73, 57bis, 64bis Jan-Feb 1889 Dec 1888 4 121-159, [1, ind.] 74-98 10 Jan 1891 Oct 1890 2 5 [i], 1-42, [1, ind.] 99-123 8 Apr 1892 Feb 1892 6 43-82, [1, ind.] 124-148 Nov-Dec 1893 Nov 1893 7 1-6, 83-125, [1,ind.] 149-175 Jul-Aug 1897. Mai 1897 The 177 plates (1-175, 57bis, 64bis) are uncoloured lithographs after exemplary drawings by Ch. Cuisin and A. Riocreux. Plates r-6 of fascicle 1 were replaced by another set (also 1-6) in fasc. 4. Copies: B (fasc. 1-3), NY, U, USDA. Ref.: BM 1: 388; GF p. 54; Kew 1: 625; NI 416; SK p. clxxvi; IDC 5545. Stearn, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 1: 149-150. 1938. Merrill, J. Arnold Arb. 22: 455-456. 1941. Costa y Cuxart, Antonio Cipriano (1817-1886), Catalan botanist in Barcelona. (Costa). HERBARIUM and TYPES: BC, but also in “‘Herbarium Catalonicum” (2000) at LE. GBR Mlel 2G iWioy Candolle, Phytographie 405. 1880. Bolos, Collectanea bot. Barcinon. 5(1): 159-164. 1956. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 668; Barnhart 1: 385; BL 2: 490, 495; Bossert p. 85; Jackson p. 340; Kew 1: 624; PR 1916-1917; Zander ed. 10, p. 647. Colmeiro, Bot. penins. hispan.-lusit. 206. 1858. EPONYMY: Costia Willkomm (1860). 1246. Introduccion a la flora de Cataluita y catalogo razonado de las plantas observadas en esta region. Barcelona (Imprenta del Diario de Barcelona) 1864. Oct. (Introd. fl. Catalufia). Ed. 1: 1864, p. [i]-lxxi, [1]-343. Copies: NY, USDA. Ampliacion: 1873-1874, 2 parts, 9I p. Ed. 2: Corregida y aumentada con un suplemento al catalogo y un Apéndice al vocabu- lario. Barcelona (Imprenta Barcelonesa) 1877. Oct., p. [i*-iii*], [iii]-Ixxiii, [1]-356, followed by Suplemento (no t.p.), p. [i]-iii, [1]-96 (p. iti: Mai 1877). Copy: B. — See also next entry. Ref.: BL 2: 495 [ed. 1 & 2]; BM 1: 389; Jackson p. 340; Kew 1: 624; PR 1917. 1247. Suplemento al catalogo razonado de plantas fanerogamas de Catalufta. Barcelona (Imprenta Barcelonesa) 1877. Oct. (Suppl. cat. pl. Catalufia). Publ.: 1877 (p. ii: Mai 1877), cover with title as above, [1, adv.], [1]-96, [346]-356, [i]- ili. Copy: NY. — Separate issue of the additional material contained in the second edi- tion of the Introduccion. Ref.: BL 2: 495; Kew 1: 624. Costantin, Julien Noél (1857-1936), French botanist. (Costantin). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 385; BM 1: 390, 6: 235; CSP 9: 586, 14: 371; Kew 1: 626-627; LS 6021-6092a, 32288-32289; LS suppl. 5690-5720; MW p. 84. Blaringhem, Rev. hortic. 109: 395-396. 1936 (portr.) Campos Porto, Rodriguesia 2(8): 67. 1937. Magrou, Bull. Soc. mycol. France 53: 245-252. 1937 (portr.) Anon., Agronom. colon., Paris 26(229): 1. 1937. Gagnepain, in Lecomte, Fl. Indochine, tom. prél. 38-39. 1944. Plantefol, DSB 3: 429. 1971. COSTANTIN COMPOSITE WORKS: Lecomte, Flore Indochine: Asclepiadaceae 4(1): 1-154. Jul 1912. 1248. Matériaux pour l’histoire des champignons, vol. II. Les Mucédinées simples. Histoire, classification, culture et r6le des champignons inférieurs dans les maladies des végétaux et des animaux. Paris (Paul Klincksieck) 1888. Oct. (Mucéd. simpl.) Publ.: Oct-Nov 1888 (Nat. Nov. Nov 1888), p. [i]-vili, [1]-210, 190 text figures. Copy: Stevenson. Ref.: BM 6: 235; Kew 1: 626; LS 6033; IDC 5038. 1249. Nouvelle flore des champignons pour la détermination facile de toutes les espéces de France et de la plupart des espéces européenes avec 3842 figures par MM. J. Costantin ... et L. Dufour. [head line:] Suite a la Nouvelle Flore de MM. G. Bonnier et de Layens. III. Paris (Paul Dupont) 1891. Octo-decimo. (Nouv. fl. champ.) Co-author: Leon Marie Dufour (1861-1942). Ed. 1: Mai-Jun 1891 (printer’s mark on p. [ii*]; Nat. Nov. and J. Bot. Jun 1891), p. [i*- iv*], [i]-xxxviui, [1 ]-255; format octo-decimo with signatures of 12 and 24 p. alter- nating). Copies: B, MICH, Stevenson. Ed. 2: Sep-Oct 1895 (printer’s mark 1895; Nat. Nov. Oct 1895), p. [i*-iv*], [i]-lx, [1]- 291, color chart, octavo. Copies: B, MICH, Stevenson. — Title: “... avec 4166 figures et une planche de 42 couleurs ... deuxiéme édition avec une nouvelle clé des genres et un supplément contenant toutes les espéces (136) récemment découvertes en France. Ouvrage couronné par |’Académie des Sciences.” Paris (id.) s.d. Ed. 3: late 1g00 (printer’s mark 1900; Nat. Nov. Jun 1901), p. [i*-iv*], [i]-lx, [1]-305, color chart, octavo. Copy: B. — Title: “‘... avec 4265 figures et une planche de 42 couleurs ... troisiéme édition avec un supplément contenant toutes les espéces ré- cemment découvertes en France. Ouvrage couronné par |’Académie des Sciences.”’ Paris (id.) s.d. Ed. 4: 1907 (printer’s mark; not in Nat. Nov.), p. [i*-iv*], [i]-lx, [1]-318 (“813”’), color chart, octavo. Copy: B. — Title: as ed. 3, but “‘... avec 4702 figures ... quatriéme édition ....’’ Paris (Librairie générale de l’Enseignement) s.d. Ed. 5: 1916 (printer’s mark; not in Nat. Nov.), p. [i*-iv*], [i]-lx, [1]-318, color chart, 16-mo. Copies: MICH. — Title: as ed. 4 but “*... cinquiéme édition ...” Paris (id.) s.d. 16-mo. Reissued (reprinted): 1921; copy: G. Ed. 6: (n.v.) Ed. 7: Jan-Mar 1947 (p. 318), p. [i*-ii1*], [i]-lx, [1]-314, color chart 16-mo. Copies: Stevenson. — Title: ‘‘septiéme édition avec des suppléments contenant toutes les espéces récemment découvertes en France ....” Reissue: with cover dated 1967, but t.p. still 1947. Copy: Stevenson. Ref.: BM 6: 235; Kew 1: 627; LS 6069. Coste, [Abbé] Hippolyte Jacques (1858-1924), French clergyman and botanist. (Coste). HERBARIUM and types: MPU, on loan from the Société des sciences, arts et lettres de l’Aveyron. — Exsiccatae: with 8. Pons, Herbarium rosarum, fasc. 1-5, nos. 1-378. 1894-1899. Refer Ei (ed 3'6)'31957,' 2140! Denizot et Granel de Solignac, Taxon 20: 826. 1971. Granel de Solignac et Bertrand, Naturalia mospeliensia, Bot. 23/24: 157-172. 1973. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGrAPHY: AG 6(1): 273; Barnhart 1: 385; BFM 1409; BL 2: 643 [index]; BM 6: 235; CSP 14: 372; DBF 9: 800; Kew 1: 627; PFC 1: xxxix-xl, 2(2) : xxi; Plesch p. 183. Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. Deux-Sévres 22: pl. 3. 1911 (portr.) Anon., Bull. Acad. Géogr. Bot. 20: 295-296. 1911 (bibl.), 21: portr. opp. p. 157. IQII (portr.) Flahault, Bull. Soc. bot. France 72: 811-820. 1925 (bibl.) Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 38. 1941. Carnoy, Dict. biogr. int. écrivains, artistes 16: 114-117. 1250. Flore descriptive et illustrée de la France, de la Corse et des contrées limitrophes par 556 COTTA labbé H. Coste ... avec une introduction sur la flore et la végétation de la France ac- compagnée d’une carte colori¢ée par Ch. Flahault ... Paris (Paul Klincksieck), 3 vols. 1900-1906. Oct. (Fl. descr. France). Ed. 1: The following information is given on a special sheet issued with tome 3, fasc. 7 (agrees with MO copy in orig. covers). tome fasc. pages dates I I [1]-128 25 Jun 1900 2 [i]-xxxvi, 129-240 21 Nov 1g00 3(1) [i], [1]-52, carte, 241-304 28 Mar Igo! 3(2) 305-416 6 Jul 1901 2 I [1]-96 23 Dec 1901 2 97-224 24 Dec 1902 3 225-352 17 Jan 1903 4 353-448 12 Mai 1903 5 449-627 17 Aug 1903 3 I 1-96 20 Feb 1904 2 97-208 12 Jul 1904 3 209-288 11 Mar 1905 4 289-384 22 Jul 1905 5 385-464 g Mar 1906 6 465-592 28 Jul 1906 7 593-807 29 Dec 1906 Tome 1, p. [1*-iii*], [1]-52, [i]-xxxvi, [1]-416, map. Paris 1901. Oct. Copies: MO, NY, U Tome 2, p. [i-iii], 1-627, Paris 1903, Oct. Copies: MO, NY, U. Tome 3, p. [i], [1]-807, 808, avis, Paris 1906, Oct. Copies: MO, NY, U. Reprint 1 “second tirage’’: Paris (Albert Blanchard) 1937, 3 vols. (facsimile reprint). Supplément 1: P. Jovet et R. de Vilmorin, 1973, p. [i*], [i]-xi, [1]-86, [87, colophon: impr. 15 Feb 1973]. Oct. Paris (id.) 1972 (sic). Supplément 2: Jovet et R. de Vilmorin, Paris 1974 (Rosacées, no. 1083, to Dipsacacées, no. 1774). Reprint 2: (n.v.) Ref.: BL 2: 99-100, BM 6: 235. Duvigneaud, Natura mosana 15: 33-37. 1962. Aymonin, Taxon 23(4): 607-611. 1974. Cothenius, Christian Andreas von (1708-1789), German physician and botanist. (Cothen.) HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown, but work perhaps based on Willdenow’s collections(?). Cothenius was physician to Friedrich der Grosse. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRAPHY: ADB 4: 517-518; Barnhart 1: 385; BM 1: 391; DNB3: 375-376; PR 1924. Meusel, Lexikon teut. Schriftsteller 2: 180-181. 1803. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 123. 1903, 3(3): 122. 1905. 1251. Dispositio vegetabilium methodica a staminum numero desumta. Berlin 1790. Oct. (Disp. veg. meth.) Publ.: Jan-Mai 1790, p. [i]-xiv, [1]-34. Ref.: BM 1: 391; Jackson p. 16; Kew 1: 627; PR 1924; ST p. 59; IDC 853. Leeuwenberg and Stafleu, Taxon 10: 212-214. 1961. Cotta, Carl Bernhard [von] (1808-1879), German geologist, professor at the mining academy of Freiberg (Sachsen). (Cotta). COLLECTIONS: Berlin. 557 COTTA BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 47: 538 (inaccurate) ; Barnhart 1: 385; BM 1: 391, 6: 235; CSP 2: 64-65, 6: 628, 7: 444, 12: 172; KR p. 132; NDB 3: 381; NI 417; Quenstedt p. 92. Ratzeburg, Forstwiss. Lex. 114-115 (note 2). 1874. Stelzner, Neues J. Mineralogie 1879, 15 p. (bibl.) Sorby, Quart. J. geol. Soc. London, Proc. 36: 40-42. 1880. Embacher, Lexikon Reisen 85. 1882. Wagenbreth, Freiberger Forschungsheft D36. 1965 (bibl.) Wagenbreth, Ber. geol. Ges. DDR, Sonderheft 3, 1965, 172 p. Prescher, DSB 3: 433-435. 1971. EPONYMY: Coftaea Goeppert (1836). — Note: Cottea Kunth (1829) is dedicated to Johann Georg Cotta von Cottendorf (1796-1863), German science patron, and not to the German botanist Heinrich Cotta (1763-1844), as is suggested by Pfeiffer, Nom. Bot. 1: 894. 1873. 1252. Die Dendrolithen in Beziehung auf ihren inneren Bau ... Mit zwanzig Steindruck- tafeln. Dresden, Leipzig (Arnold) 1832. Qu. (Dendrolithen). Ed. 1: early 1832 (p. iv: Jan 1832; see rev. Flora), p. [i]-ix, [1]-89, 20 liths., nos. A (frontisp., col.), B, 1-78. Copy: U. Ed. 2: Leipzig 1850, p. i-ix, 1-80, pl. 1-78. Ref.: BM 1: 391; Jackson p. 176; NI 417. Anon., Flora 2: 97-112, 119-128, 137-149. 1832 (rev.) Ward, Ann. Rep. U.S. geol. Surv. 5: 410-411. 1885. Couch, John Nathaniel (1896-x), American mycologist in North Carolina. (Couch). HERBARIUM and TypPEs: NCU. Ref (edo) 35 7 .8o eae BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 386; Bossert p. 85; Kew 1: 629; LS suppl. 5755-5760. Coker and Barnhart, NAF 2(1): 70. 1937. Roon, Int. direct. pl. tax. 29. 1958. Shanor, J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 84(1): 1-7. 1968 (bibl.) Coudenberg, Peter (/!. 1566), Belgian apothecary at Antwerp, correspondent of Clusius. (Coudenberg). HERBARIUM: Coudenberg made a herbarium of local Belgian plants, wild and cultivated, with the addition of mediterranean material. This herbarium, dated 1566, is the oldest known herbarium of the Low Countries; it was discovered in a private collection, ac- quired by the Los Angeles Biomedical Library and subsequently given to the Biohistorical Institute of the University of Utrecht. Attribution to Coudenberg is tentative, and based on internal evidence as well as on the presence of Coudenberg’s initials on the front page of the herbarium book. BIOGRAPHY: Cap, Un apothécaire belge au XVIe siecle. Pierre Coudenberg. Paris 1862, 16 p. (J. Pharm. Chimie Dec 1861). Coulter, John Merle (1851-1928), American botanist. (7. M. Coulter). HERBARIUM and tTyPEs: Mainly at US. For duplicates see IH. Ref.: TH 2: 140. Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 125. 1973 (corr.) Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(3): 306. 1975. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 387; BL p. 291 [index]; BM 1: 394, 6: 236; CSP 9: 590, 14: 378; Jackson p. 535 [index]; Kew 1: 630; Langman p. 223-224; LS 6001-6004, LS suppl. 5765, 5766. Harshberger, Botanists of Philadelphia 327, 359. 1899. 558 COULTER Blankinship, Montana Agric. Coll. Sci. Studies 1(1): 8, 18. 1905. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 193. 1905 (portr.) Caldwell et al., Science ser. 2. 70: 299-301. 1929 (bibl.) Rendle, J. Bot. 67: 82-84. 1929. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. London 141: 139-141. 1930. Cowles, Proc. Indiana Acad. 39: 26-30. 1930 (portr.) Trelease, Biogr. Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci 14(4): 92-123. 1930 (portr., bibl.) Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 324. 1945. Rodgers, John Merle Coulter, missionary in science, Princeton 1944, x, 321 p. (2 portr.) — See also review by Ewan in J. New York Bot. Gard. 46: 97. 1945. Rodgers, Amer. Bot. 1873-1892, p. 326. 1944, Liberty Hyde Bailey 493. 1949 Humphrey, Makers North Amer. Bot. 57-60. 1961. Smit, Hist. life sciences 902. 1974. COMPOSITE WORKS: Founder and editor of the Botanical Gazette (1875-1928). See Gray, Manual ed. 7 (1890) and T. C. Porter and J. M. Coulter, Synopsis of the flora of Colorado (1874). 2 NOTE: Coulter’s Evolution of sex in plants (1914), was reprinted in facsimile in 1973 (Hafner, New York) with a new introduction by F. Drouet. EPONYMY: Coulterella G. Vasey & J. N. Rose (1890) ; Coulterina O. Kuntze (1891). — Note: Coulterella Zebrowski (1937) is dedicated to Moses Stanley Coulter (1853-x), American mycologist. 1253- Manual of the botany (Phaenogamia and Pteridophyta) of the Rocky Mountain region, from New Mexico to the British boundary. New York, Chicago (Ivison, Blakeman, Taylor, and Company) [1885]. Oct. (Man. bot. Rocky Mt.) Ed. 1: 1885 (p. viii: 1 Jan 1885; Nat. Nov. Jan 1886), p. [iii]-xvi, [1]-452, [1, add.], [glossary:] 1-28. Copies: NY, US. Ed. 2: New Manual of botany of the Central Rocky Mountains (vascular plants). New York, Cincinnati, Chicago (American Book Company) [1909]. Oct. Publ.: 22 Dec 1909, p. [1]-646. Copy: NY. — Co-author: Aven Nelson (1859-1952). Ref.: BM 1: 394, 6: 236; Kew 1: 630; IDC 7522. Blankinship, Montana Agr. Coll. Sci. Stud. 1(1): 18. 1905. Rogerson, NAF ser. 2. 5: 235. 1965. 1254. Revision of North American Umbelliferae. Crawfordsville, Indiana 1888. Oct. (Rev. N. Amer. Umbell.) Co-author: Joseph Nelson Rose (1862-1928). Publ.: Dec 1888 (t.p.), p. [1]-144, pl. r-9, uncol. liths. Copies: B, MICH, NY, US. Ref.: BM 6: 236; Kew 1: 630. Coulter and Rose, Notes on Umbelliferae of E. United States, Bot. Gaz. vols. 12-24, 1887-1897 (see Rickett 1945). Coulter and Rose, A synopsis of Mexican and Central American Umbelliferae, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci. 1: 111-159, pl. 3-13. 8 Jan 1900. Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 324. 1945. Coulter, Thomas (1793-1846), Irish botanist, in Central Mexico 1825-1834, curator of the herbarium of Trinity College, Dublin. (7. Coulter). HERBARIUM and TYPES: original herbarium at TCD, “‘first set”? of Mexican material at K, other important sets at GH and NY; types of Dipsacaceae in G-DC. Ref.: BB p. 74, IH 2: 141. Candolle, Phytographie 405. 1880. McVaugh, J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 33: 65-70. 1943. Kent, Brit. herbaria 49. 1953. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(3): 307. 1975. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 5(2): 73; Barnhart 1: 387; BB p. 74; BM 1: 395; 559 COULTER Bossert p. 85; CSP 2: 73; Kew 1: 631; Laségue p. 468; PR 1929; Zander (ed. 10), p. 647. Candolle, Hist. bot. genev. 59. 1830. Coulter, J. roy. geogr. Soc. London 5: 59-70. 1835. Romney Robinson, Proc. roy. Irish Acad. 2: 553-557. 1844. Candolle, Mémoires et souvenirs 325, 331, 332, 357, 389. 1862. Hemsley, Biologia Centr. Amer. 4: 125. 1887. Sargent, Silva 3: 84. 1892. Coville, Bot. Gaz. 20: 519-531. 1895 (map, explorations). Wright, Notes Bot. School Dublin 1: 3-4. 1896. Eastwood, Calif. Hist. Soc. Quart. 18(4): 341. 1939. Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 196-198. 1940 (bibl.) Alden and Ifft, Occ. Papers Calif. Acad. Sci. 20: 38-39. 1943. Lloyd Praeger, Some Irish naturalists 68. 1949. Ewan, in A century of progress in the natural sciences, San Francisco 1955, p. 47. Thomas, Contr. Dudley Herb. 5: 152. 1961. Coats, Huntia 2: 192-193. 1965 (portr.) James, The trees of Bicton 107. 1969. Thomas, Huntia 3: 10-11. 1969. Coats, The plant hunters 341-344, 387. 1970. McVaugh, Contr. Univ. Mich. Herb. 9: 226-227. 1972. EPONYMY: Coulteria Humboldt, Bonpland & Kunth (1824). Note: Coulterella G. Vasey & J. N. Rose (1890) and Coulterina O. Kuntze (1891) are dedicated to John Merle Coulter (1851-1928), g.v.; Coulterella Zebrowski (1937) is dedicated to Moses Stanley Coulter (1853-x), American mycologist. 1255. Mémoire sur les Dipsacées. Genéve, Paris (J. J. Paschoud) 1823. Qu. (Mém. Dipsac.) Publ.: Sep-Dec 1823 (read 4 Sep 1823), p. [i-iii], [1]-49, pl. 1-2, preprinted from Mém. Soc. Phys. Hist. nat. Genéve 2(2). 1824; 2 plates uncol. copper engr. by Heyland. Copies: G, NY, U. Ref.: BM 1: 395; Kew 1: 631; MW p. 85. Coupin, Henri Eugéne Victor (1868-x), French botanist. (Coupin). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 387; BM 6: 236; CSP 14: 379; LS 6107- 6114, 32304-32305. Kleppa, Norsk bot. bibl. 1814-1964, 34, 59, 220, 308. 1973. 1256. Album général de cryptogames ... [vols 2 and 3:] Algae. Paris (E. Orlhac), 5 vols. Oct; [vols 4 and 5] Les algues du globe. Paris (author, s.d.) (Album crypt., alg.) Vol. r: 1911-1912 (fasc. 1-3, pl. 1-48, Nat. Nov. Dec 1911), [1, t.p.], [2, text pl. 1], [3, pl. 1], etc., pl. 1-79, [p. 160, ind.]. Copies: BR, G, U. Vol. 2: 1912-1913 (pl. 119-158, Jul 1913, Nat. Nov.) same formula, [t.p.] pl. 60-158, [1], ind. Copies: BR, G, U. Vol. 3: 1914-1915 (pl. 159-213, Nat. Nov. Jul. 1914), [t.p.] pl. 159-237, [1], ind. Copies: BR, G, U. Vol. 4: undated, [t.p.], pl. 238-284 with text, [1], index. Copy: MO. Vol. 5 (1, Diatomées): undated, [t-p.], pl. 284-356 with text, [1] index Copy: BR. 5 (2, Algues bleus): undated, [t.p.], pl. 357-387 with text, [1] index. Copies: BR, G. 5 (3): 1922, [t.p.], pl. 388-394 with text, [1] index. Copies: BR, G. Appeared in about 40 fascicles, contents and dates of which are imperfectly known. The full original cover title was (fide Nat. Nov.): ‘‘Album ... cryptogames (Algues, Champig- nons, Lichens). Iconographie méthodique contenant de trés nombreuses figures d’en- semble ou de détail de tous les genres et des espéces importantes de Thallophytes avec texte explicatif.” “Avec la collaboration de Mlle Fernande Coupin.” 1257. Album général des cryptogames . . . Fungi (champignons). [vol. 1-2:] Paris [E. Orlhac], [vol. 3-5] Paris (auteur, later: E. Orlhac) 1913-1922. Qu. (Album crypt., fung.) 560 COVILLE Vol. r: 1912-1913 (pl. 40-79, Jul 1913, Nat. Nov.), p. [1, t.p.], [2, text pl. 1], [3, pl. 1] etc., pl. 1-79, [160, ind. vol. 1]. Copies: MO, Stevenson, U. Vol. 2: 1914-1915 (pl. 86-134, Nat. Nov. Jul 1914), [161, t.p. vol. 2], [162, text pl. 80], etc. pl. 80-158, [320, ind. vol. 2]. Copies: G, MO, Stevenson, U. Vol. 3: [1916-1922?], [321, t.p. vol. 3], [322 text pl. 159], etc. pl. 159-205, [412, ind. vol. 3]. Copies: G, MO, Stevenson. Vol. 4: [1916-1922?], idem, pl. 206-315. Copies: G, Stevenson. Vol. 5: [1916-1922?], idem, pl. 316-442. Copies: G, Stevenson. “Avec la collaboration de Mlle Fernande Coupin.” Later label stuck on t.p. vols. 1, 2 *“‘Les champignons du globe,” printed on t.p. vols. 3-5. Published in about 40 parts containing algae and fungi. Coutinho, Antonio Xavier Pereira (1851-1939), Portuguese botanist. (Cout.) HERBARIUM and Types: COI, LISI, LISU, dupl. also at LY. Refswueleie (Ed56))3195 7020142. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 68 [sub Pereiro C.]; BFM 1515; BL 1: 38, 2: 464, 473; BM 6: 237; CSP 17: 785-786; GR p. 767; Kew 1: 633; LS suppl. 5784- 5787; Zander ed. 10, p. 647. Anon., Bol. Soc. Broteriana 8: 71. 1890. Henriques, Bol. Soc. Broteriana ser. 2. 1: 5-10. 1922 (portr.) Palhinha, Bol. Soc. Broteriana ser. 2. 14: vii-xx. 1940 (portr., bibl.) (also repr., 18 p.) Azevedo et al., In memoriam do Professor Dom Anténid Xavier Pereira Coutinho. Lisboa 1941, 150 p. Gomez y Sousa and Myre, Boll. Soc. Estudos de Mogambique 21: 5, 7, 9, 47-53, 55-57- IQg5I. Tavares, Rev. Fac. Cie. Univ. Lisboa ser. 2C. 1(2): i-iv. 1951. Tavares, Bol. Soc. port. Ci. nat. ser. 2. 12: 17-43. 1969 (portr., bibl.) (q.v. also for a complete list up to 1969 of biographical articles on Coutinho). Dolezal, Friedrich Welwitsch 235 [index]. 1974. NAME: Usually abbreviated to Coutinho, correctly Pereira Coutinho, Anténio Xavier. POSTAGE STAMPS: Portugal 1 esc. (1966) yv. 998. 1258. Notas da flora de Portugal. Paris, Lisboa (Ailland, Alves & Cia), Rio de Janeiro, S. Paulo, Bello Horizonte (Francisco Alves & Cia) 1914-1921, 5 fasc. Oct. (Notas fl. Portugal). Publ.: 1: [1]-16. 1914 (t.p., p. 3: Aug 1913); 2: [1]-16. 1915 (t.p.; p. [2]: Aug 1914); 9: [1j-12. 1916\(t.p-5 p- [2]: Dee 1915) 5:47! [1]-12; [1]. 1918 (t-p.); 5: [1]-15. 1927 (t.p.; p. [2]: 25 Jun 1921); Copy: U. 1259. A flora de Portugal (plantas vasculares) disposta em chaves dichotomicas. Paris, Lisboa (Ailland, Alves & Cia.), Rio de Janeiro, S. Paulo, Bello Horizonte (Francisco, Alves & Cia.) 1913. Oct. (FI. Portugal). Ed. 1: 1913 (p. 7: Mar 1912), p. [1]-766, [1, ind.], [1, gen. ind.], [1, err.]. Copzes: HH, U. Ed. 2: Flora de Portugal .. . dicot6micas 2. a edigao, dirigida pelo Dr. Ruy Telles Palhina, Lisboa (Bertrand) 1939 (p. 4: Mar 1939), p. [i-iv], [1]-933, [errata: 937] 938. Copy: U. Facsimile ed. 2., Lehre (J. Cramer) 1974, Historiae naturalis classica vol. 98 (n.v.) Ref.: BFM 1515; BL 2: 464-465; BM 6: 237; Kew 1: 633. Coville, Frederick Vernon (1867-1937), American botanist. (Coville). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: US. Ref.: 1H 2: 142. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 389; BL 1: 131, 167, 209; BM 1: 395, 6: 237; Bossert p. 86; CSP 14: 387; IF p. 691; Kew 1: 634; Langman p. 224; LS 6121, 6122; LS suppl. 5789, 5790; MW p. 85; Zander (ed. 10) p. 648. 561 COVILLE Pieters, Asa Gray Bull. 3: 37. 1895. Sargent, Silva 14: 67. 1902. Wittrock, Acta Horti Bergiani 3(3): 205. 1905. Anon., Torreya 37: 23. 1937- Maxon, Science ser. 2. 85: 280-281. 1937. Rendle, J. Bot. 75: 80-81. 1937. Verdoorn, Chron. bot. 4: 74-75. 1938 (portr.) Cantelow and Cantelow, Leaflets western Bot. 8: 89. 1957. Humphrey, Makers N. Amer. Bot. 60-62. 1961. McVaugh, Edward Palmer 423. 1969. COMPOSITE WORKS: WVAF (with N. L. Britton) : Grossulariaceae 22 (3) : 193-225. 12 Jun 1908, add. 22(6): 558-560. 30 Dec 1918. 1260. Botany of the Death Valley Expedition, A report on the botany of the Expedition sent out in 1891 by the U.S. Department of Agriculture to make a biological survey of the region of Death Valley, California. Contributions of the United States National Herbarium 4. Washington, D.C. (Government Printing Office) 1893. Oct. Publ.: 29 Nov. 1893 (t.p.), p- [i-vili], [1]-363, pl. 1-21, map. Copies: B, BR, MICH, NY. Ref.: BL 1: 167; Kew 1: 634; Langman p. 224. Anon., Bot. Gaz. 19: 76-77. 1894. Britton, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 21: 45-46. 25 Jan 1894. Greene, Erythea 2: 35-36. 1894 (commentary). Craib, William Grant (1882-1933), British botanist at Aberdeen and Kew. (Craib). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Material at WRSL and K. Repeslesos TAS. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 391; BL 2: 297; BM 6: 238; Kew 1: 637- 638; MW p. 86-87, suppl. p. 52; Zander ed. 10, p. 648. Rendle, J. Bot. 71: 299-300. 1933. A.F.G.K., Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1933: 409-412 (bibl.) Gibb, Chron. bot. 1: 157. 1935. Reed, Bibl. Fl. S.E. Asia 40-48. 1969. EPONYMY: Craibia Dunn (1911); Cratbiodendron W. W. Smith (1911). 1261. Flora siamensis enumeratio | A list of the plants known from Siam with records of their occurrence. Bangkok (Siam Society) 1931. Oct. (FI. stam.) Author/editor of vol. 2, parts 3-5: Arthur Francis George Kerr (1877-x). Vol. r: in 4 parts, 1925-1931, [i-ii], [err. slip], [111]-161, [1]-809, errata i-vi. Copies: HEU. part pages date part pages date I [1]J-198 5 Mar 1925 3 359-562 20 Sep 1928 2 199-358 10 Oct 1926 4 563-809 28 Mar 1931 Vol. 2: in 5 parts 1932-1939, [i*], [i]-vii, [1, dates of issue], [i, t-p. part 1], [1]-146, [i-ii], 147-234, 235-310, 311-393, 395-476. Copy: U. part pages date part pages date I 1-146 12 Mar 1932 4 311-393 Mai 1938 2 [i-1i], 147-234 28 Feb 1934 5 395-476 Jan 1939 3 235-310 Jan 1936 Index: Reed, Bibl. Fl. S.E. Asia 46-48. 1969. Ref.: Kew 1: 638; MW p. 87; MW suppl. p. 52. 562 CRANTZ Cramer, Carl Eduard (1831-1901), Swiss algologist, professor of botany at Ziirich. (C. Cramer). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Algae at ZT (Koster); Grummann cites herbarium at Z. Ref.: GR p. 630. Koster, Taxon 18: 550. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 392; BM 1: 397, 6: 238; Bossert p. 86; CSP 2: 84, 7: 453, 12: 176, 14: 393-394; GR p. 630; Kew 1: 638-639; LS 6138-6141; MW p. 87; PR 1947-1951; Quenstedt p. 479; Zander ed. 10, p. 648. Schréter, Nachruf an Dr. C. E. C., Ziirich (Neue Ziircher Zeit.) 1902, 20 p. Schroter, Vierteljahrschr. Naturf. Ges. Ziirich 47: 1-20. 1902. Schroter, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 20: (28)-(43). 1902 (bibl.) Schroter, Nuova Notarisia 13: 152-176. 1902. Schroter, Verh. Schweiz. naturf. Ges. 84: cviii-cxxxiii. 1902 (bibl.) Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 150. 1903, 3(3): 162. 1905. 1262. Physiologisch-systematische Untersuchungen tiber die Ceramiaceen. Heft 1 [Ziirich 1863] Qu. (Physiol.-syst. Unters. Ceramiac.) Publ.: Jun-Jul 1863 (p. iv: Jun 1863; “‘soeben erschienen,’’ Hedwigia Aug 1863; Bot. Zeit. 4 Sep 1863; Flora 11 Sep 1863), p. [i]-iv, [1]-130, [1, cont.], pl. 1-13. Copy: PCS. — Reprinted or preprinted from Neue Denkschriften der Allgemeinen Schweizerischen Gesellschaft fiir die ges. Naturwiss. 20(5): 1-131. pl. 1-13. 1863. Ref.: BM 1: 397: Kew 1: 638; PR 1950. 1263. Ueber die verticillirten Siphoneen besonders Neomeris und Cymophila. Ziirich (Ziircher und Furrer), 2 parts, 1887-1890. (Verticill. Siphon.) [z]: 1887 (Nat. Nov. Apr 1888), p. [1]-50, pl. 1-5. Copy: UC. — Reprinted from Denkschr. schweiz. naturf. Ges. 30. [2]: 1890 (Nat. Nov. Sep 1890), p. [1]-48, pl. r-4. Copy: UC. — Reprinted from id. 32(2). Cramer, Johann Christian (//l. 1803), German physician and botanist at Bierstadt near Wiesbaden. (7. Cramer). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 1: 397; Jackson p. 113; Kew 1: 639; PR 1945. 1264. Dispositio systematica plantarum, quae in systemate sexuali Linnaeano eas classes et ordines non obtinent, in quibus secundum numerum et structuram genitalium reperiri debent. Marburg (Krieger) 1803. Oct. (Disp. syst. pl.) Publ.: 1803 possibly Apr-Mai, at “‘Ostermesse’’ 1803, see p. [216]. p. [i* ‘‘Dispositio’’], [i, ““Enumeratio”’ ]-xxxii, [1 ]-215, [216, list of books], [1, err.]. Copy: M. — Alternative title ([i]): ‘““Enumeratio plantarum, quae in systemate ... debent.” Ref.: BM 1: 397; Jackson p. 113; Kew 1: 639; PR 1945. Crantz, Heinrich Johann Nepomuk [Freiherr] von (1722-1799), Luxemburg born Austrian physician and botanist. (Craniz). HERBARIUM and types: BP (through Winterl). Refi TH 2? 143. Keller, De originalibus Cranzianis, plantae phanerogamae. Budapest 1944. Szepesfalvi und Stiller, Ueber die Moose der Pflanzensammlung Prof. H. J. Cranz. Budapest 1944. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 4: 564; AG 6(1): 790-7913; Barnhart 1: 393; BM 1: 398, 6: 239; GR p. 787; HA 2: 485; Jackson p. 535 [index]; Kew 1: 640; LS 6145; PR 1952-1958; Zander ed. 10, p. 648. Neilreich, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 5: 33-34. 1855. Krempelhuber, Gesch. Lit. Lichenolog. 2: 35. 1869. 563 CRANTZ Koltz, Bull. Soc. bot. Belg. 14: 121-127. 1875. Blum, Bibliographie Luxembourgeoise, Luxembourg 1902-1908 (n.v.; complete bibl.) Hulth, Bref och Skr. Linné ser. 2. 1: 406, 408, 410. 1936. Lefort, Biogr. nat. Luxembourg 3: 171-184. 1951 (portr.) EPONYMY: Cranizia Nuttall (1818). HANDWRITING: Biogr. nat. Luxembourg 3: 173, 179. 1951. 1265. Stirpium austriarum fasciculus I [-I11]. Wien [I-II], Leipzig [III], 3 fasc. 1762-1767. Oct. (Stirp. austr. fasc.) Ed.1: Fasc. 1: Wien (Joseph Kurtzbéck) 1762 (GGA a1 Jul 1763), p. [i]-xx, [1]-55, [1, index], 2 uncol. copper engr. by A. Cipps. Copies: BR, NY. Fasc. 2: Wien (Paulus Krauss) 1763, p. [i]-xvi, [1]-138, [2, index], pl. 1-6, uncol. copper engr. by A. Cipps. — Copies: BR, NY. Fasc. 3: Leipzig (Joannis Pauli Kraus) 1767 (GGA 25 Mai 1767), p. [1]-127, [128, index], pl. 1-6, uncol. copper engr. by A. Cipps. Copies: BR, M, NY. — “Stirpium austriacarum fasciculus III. Umbelliferararum cum figuris aeneis mdcclxiv ... Lipsiae mdcclxvii.” Ed. 2: Vol. 1: “‘editio altera aucta,’’ Wien (Ioannis Pauli Kraus) 1769. Qu. Vol. 2: “editio prima,” id. All fasc. publ. Jan-Jul 1769. Copies: HH, U. vol. fasc. pages plates I [i]-xii I {i-ii], 1-55, [56, ind.] 1-000 2 [i-iii], [57-144], [145-146, ind.] t-vt 3 Li], [147]-229, [230, ind.] t-vt 2 [‘‘editio prima’’] iy - 4 [i-ii1], [231]-356, (357-358, ind.] — 5 [i-iii], [359]-440 -11 6 [i-iii], [441 ]-508, [8, ind.] a Ref.: BM 1: 398; HA 2: 485; HU 603; Jackson p. 263; Kew 1: 640; NI 420n; PR 1954, 1956; IDC 5473 (ed. 1), 5474 (ed. 2). Cobres, Deliciae 2: 613-614. 1782 (ed. alt.) 1266. Institutiones rei herbariae juxta nutum naturae digestae ex habitu. Wien (Ioannis Pauli Kraus) 1766, 2 vols. Oct. (Inst. ret herb.) Vol. r: Jan-Jul 1766, p. [i]-lvi, [1]-592. Copies: B, HH. Vol. 2: Jan-Jul 1766, p. [1]-550, [18, index]. Copies: B, HH, U. Additamentum generum novorum, cum eorundem speciebus cognitis, et specierum novarum, in Primarum linearum Institutionum botanicarum clarissimi viri Crantzii editio altera continens characteristicas omnium classium icones, additamenta novorum generum et specierum. — In necessarium Institutionum rei herbariae supplementum Auctore Franc. Xaver. Hartmanno. Leipzig (Ioannis Pauli Kraus) 1767. Oct., p. [i-viii], [1]- 94, [2, index], 4 uncol. copper engr. by A. Cipps. Copy: USDA. — The new genera are on p. 75-94. [author: Franz Xaver, Ritter von Hartmann, 1737-1791]. Ref.: BM 1: 398; Jackson p. 110; Kew 1: 640; LS 6145; PR 1955, 1956. Haller, Bibl. bot. 2: 485. 1772. Cobres, Delic. cobres. 2: 545. 1782. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 197-198. 1971. 1267. Classis umbelliferarum emendata cum generali seminum tabula et figuris aeneis in necessarium instit. rei herbar. supplementum. Leipzig (Ioannis Pauli Kraus) 1767. Oct. (Cl. umbell. emend.) Publ.: 1767 (G.G.A. 25 Mai 1767), p. [1]-125, [126, ind. gen.], pl. 1-6, uncol. copper engr. by A. Cipps. Copies: BR, M, NY (2 copies, 2nd copy 3 pl.) Ref.: BM 1: 398; Jackson p. 146; Kew 1: 640. 564. CREPIN 1268. De duabus Draconis arboribus botanicorum cum figuris aeneis partium fructificationis, duorumque novorum generum constitutione. Wien (Joannis Pauli Kraus) 1768. Qu. (Duab. Drac. arbor.) Publ.: 1768 (Jenaische Zeit. gel. Sachen 30 Sep 1768) p. [i]-xxxi, 1 copper engr. by A. Cipps. Copies: B, BR, NY, USDA. Ref.: BM 1: 398; HA 2: 485; Kew 1: 640; PR 1957. Cobres, Delic. cobres 2: 826. 1782. 1269. Classis cruciformium emendata cum figuris aeneis in necessarium institut. rei herbariae supplementum. Leipzig (Ioannis Pauli Kraus) 1769. Oct. (Cl. crucif. emend.) Publ.: Jan-Aug 1769 (J. hebd. Libr. 2 Sep 1769), p. [1]-139, [140, ind. gen. U [4, ind. syn.], pl. 1-3, uncol. copper engr. by A. Cipps. Copies: BR, M, NY, USDA Ref.: BM 1: 398; Jackson p. 129; Kew 1: 640; PR 1958; IDC 5472. Cremer, Leo (1866-?) German paleontologist. (Cremer). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 394; BM 1: 399; Kew 1: 642. 1270. Uber die fossilen Farne des westfalischen Carbons und ihre Bedeutung fiir eine Gliede- rung des letzteren. Inaugural-Dissertation zur Erlangung der Doktorwiirde bei der hohen philosophischen Fakultat der Universitat Marburg. Marburg (Wilh. Stumpf in Bochum) 1843. Oct. (Foss. Farne westfal. Carb.) Publ.: 1893 (““angenommen 14. 2. 1843”), p. [i-v], [1]-49, 3 pl. Copy: MO. Ref.: Andrews ed. 2, p. 249; BM 1: 399. Crépin, Francois (1830-1903), Belgian rhodologist and palaeontologist. (Crép.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BR. Ref.: 1H 1 (ed. 6): 357, 2: 143. Candolle, Phytographie 405. 1880. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 150. 1964. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIoGRAPHY: AG 6(1): 186; Barnhart 1: 395; BL 2: 30, 42, 43; BM 1: 399-400; 6: 239-240; Bossert p. 87; CSP 2: go-91, 7: 457, 12: 176, 14: 400-401; DTS 1: 51-53, 6(4): 63, 71, 130; Jackson p. 535 [index]; Kew 1: 642-643; MW p. 87; PR 1962- 1965; Quenstedt p. 95; Zander ed. 10, p. 643. Desmoulins, Actes Soc. Linn. Bordeau 26(4): 345-353. 1866 [repr. 10 p.] (letter to Crépin). Mourlon, Géologie de la Belgique 2: 272-273. 1881. Gubernatis, Dict. int. écrivains du jour 2: 733. 1890. Errera et Durand, Manifestation en ’honneur de M. F. Crepin, Gand 1892, 66 p., also as Bull. Soc. bot. Belg. 31(1): 7-68. 1892 (portr.) Marchesetti, Atti Museo civico Storia nat. Trieste 9: 143. 1895. Anon., Bibliographie académique 1896: [6 p.] (bibl.) Baker, Proc. Linn. Soc. London 115: 28-30. 1903. Gillot, Bull. Soc. bot. Fr. 50: 316-325. 1903. Massart, Bull. Soc. bot. Belg. 41(2): 118-122. 1903 (portr.) Errera, Ber. bay. bot. Ges. 9(1): 19-20. 1904. Errera, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 22: (21)-(23). 1904. Errera, Bull. Soc. roy. belge Géogr. 1904: 258-261. Anon., Inauguration du buste de F.C., 5 Dec. 1904. Bruxelles 1905. Dubois, Bull. Club alpin belge 4: 330-332. 1905. Errera et al., Bull. Soc. bot. Belg. 42(1): 7-26. 1905. Wittrock, Acta Hort. Berg. 3(2): 87. 1903 (portr.), 3(3): 73. 1905. Durand et Errera, Annuaire Acad. roy. Belg. 62: 85-190. 1906 (portr., bibl.) Durand et Errera, Bull. Soc. bot. Belg. 43(1): 4-95. 1906 (portr., bibl.) Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. Deux-Sévres 19: pl. 4. 1908. Herring, Francois Crépin, Kjobenhayn 1930, 156 p. (portr.) 565 CREPIN Gravis et al., Bull. Jard. bot. Etat, Bruxelles 9(2): 59-61. 1931. Anon., Bull. Soc. Natural. Luxemb. 54: 160, 161, photogr. between. 1949 (portr.) Georlette, Quelques botanistes belges 7-18. 1949. Shinners, Asa Gray Bull. ser. 2. 3(1): 65-76. 1955. Staner, Ardenne et Gaume 21(3): 123-124. 1966. Demaret, Bull. Jard. bot. nat. Belg. 37: 17-23. 1967. Staner, Bull. Jard. bot. nat. Belg. 37: 3-10. 1967. Stockmans, Bull. Jard. bot. nat. Belg. 97: 11-15. 1967. Kriissmann, Rosen, Rosen, Rosen 153. t. 14. 1974 (portr.) EPONYMY: Crepinella Marchal (1887) ; Crepinula O. Kuntze (1891). 1271. Notes sur quelques plantes rares ou critiques de la Belgique. Bruxelles (M. Hayez, fasc. 1; Gustave Mayolez, fasc. 2-5) 1859-1865, 5 fasc. Oct. (Notes pl. rar. Belgique). Publ.: Preprinted or reprinted from Bulletin [or Mémoires couronnés] de l’Académie royale Belgique. Copies: BR, G, NY. 1: Jan-Aug 1859 (Flora: Sep 1859), p. [1]-27. Bull. ser. 2. 7: 94-116. 1859. 2: Jan-Nov 1862 (Bot. Zeit. 19 Dec 1862), p. [1]-75. Bull. ser. 2. 14.(7): 76-146. 1862. 3: Jan-Mar 1863 (Flora 13 Apr 1863), p. [1]-40. Bull. ser. 2. 15(1): 50-86. 1863. — The make up of the pages 33-40 of the reprint differs from that in the Bull. 78-86. 4: Jan-Feb 1864 (p. 7: 5 Nov 1863; Flora 27 Feb 1864), p. [1]-63. Bull. ser. 2. 16(12): 509-567. 1864. 5: Jun 1866, p. [1]-274. Mém. 18(1): 1-223, 1865 (publ. Jun 1866) and 18(2): 1-52, pl. 1-6. 1865 (publ. Jun 1866). The 5 fascicles were also issued together as La Flore belgique étudiée par fragments, pre- miére série, 1 vol. Oct., 482 p. Bruxelles 1859-1865. Copy: G. Ref.: BM 1: 400; Kew 1: 642; PR 1963. 1272. Manuel de la flore de Belgique ou description des familles et des genres accompagnée de tableaux analytiques destinés a faire parvenir aisément aux noms des espéces suivis du catalogue raisonné des plantes qui croissent spontanément en Belgique, et de celles qui y sont généralement cultivées. Bruxelles (Emile Tarlier) 1860. Duod. (in sixes) (Man. fl. Belgique). Ed. ra: late 1859, Liége 1859, Duod. (n.v.) fide Bot. Zeit. 18: 92. (9g Mar 1860). Ed. 1b: Mai-Aug 1860, Duod. (p. ix: 1 Mai 1860; Flora Sep 1860), p. [i]-Ixxv, [1]-236, (1, err.] Copies: B, BR, HH, NY, US. — Bot. Zeit. 18: 92 (g Mar 1860) mentions a Liége issue dated 1859. (n.v.), the Bruxelles issue is rev. by Bot. Zeit. on 26 Oct. Ed. 2: Bruxelles (Gustave Mayolez) ““Deuxiéme édition considérablement augmentée”’: Mai-Dec 1866 (p. ix: 1 Mai 1866, Bot. Zeit. 22 Feb 1867), p. [i]-xliii, [1]-384, Duod. Copies: B, BR, HH, NY. Ed. 3: Bruxelles (id.) Mai-Jun 1874 (p. x: 15 Apr 1874), p. [i-ii blank], [iii]-li, map, [1]- 573, Octo-decimo. Copies: B, BR, HH. Ed. 4: Bruxelles (id.) 1882 (p. vi: 1 Nov 1881; Nat. Nov. Mar 188r), p. [i]-lx, map, [1]- 483. Oct. Copies: BR. Ed. 5: Liége (Charles Desoer) Jan-Feb 1884 (p. vi: 1 Dec 1883; Nat. Nov. Mar 1884), p. [i]-Ixviii, map, [1]-495, [496, err.], ‘‘avec 634 figures gravées par V. Vermorcken sur les dessins de l’auteur.” 16-mo. Copies: BR, HH, NY, US. Ed. 6: Liége (id.) 1916, p. [iJ-Ixviii, map, [1]-495, 634 figs. Ed. 7: (n.v.) Ed. 8: (n.v.) Ed. 9: (n.v.) Ed. 1o: Liége (id.) s.d. (latest date mentioned in vol. is 1 Dec 1883, of preface ed. 5), p. [i]-lxviii, map, [1]-495, 16-mo. Copy: BR. Ref.: BL 2: 30; BM 1: 399; Jackson p. 271; Kew 1: 642; PR 1962. Anon., Flora 44: 10-12, 345-352; 353-365, 376, 382. 1861. 1273. Primitiae monographiae Rosarum. Matériaux pour servir 4 histoire des Roses. Gent 1869-1882. Oct. (Prim. monogr. Ros.) Publ.: Originally in parts in the Bull. Soc. bot. Belg. 1869-1882; as a consolidated reprint with added continuous pagination, 856 pp., 1882. 566 CRIE fasc. bull. pages date pp. reprint I 8 226-349 14 Nov 1869 1-128 2 1k 15-130 Jul-Dec 1872 131-246 3(1) 13 242-290 1874 247-296 3(2) 14 3-46 Jan-Jul 1875 297-340 3(3) 14 137-168 = Jul-Dec 1875 341-372 4 15 12-100 1876 375-464 5 18(1) 221-416 Nov-Dec 1879 465-662 “£1880” 6 21 7-196 Oct-Nov 1882 663-856 Facsimile ed.: Lehre (J. Cramer) 1972. Copy: FAS. Ref.: DTS p. 51; Jackson p. 495; MW p. 87. Stafleu, Taxon 22: 142, 311. 1973. 1274. Catalogue de la flore de Belgique, comprenant les phanérogames, les cryptogames vasculaires, les mousses et les hépatiques. Bruxelles (Gustave Mayolez) 1872. Qu. (Cat. fl. Belgique). Co-authors: Pierre Joseph Frederic Gravet (1827-1907), Charles Henri Delogne (1834- 1901). Publ.: Aug 1872 (p. iii cover) p. [1]-32. Copy: BR. —- Names only. Title on p. [i] of cover. Ref.: BM 1: 400; Jackson p. 271; Kew 1: 643. 1275. Description de quelques plantes fossiles de \’étage des Psammites du Condroz (Dévo- nien supérieur). Bruxelles (F. Hayez) 1874. Oct. (Descr. pl. foss.) Publ.: Aug 1874, p. [1]-14, 3 pl., plain liths. Copy: B (author to Ascherson). — Reprinted from Bull. Acad. roy. Belg. ser. 2. 38(8): 568-577. Aug 1874. Ref.: Jackson p. 179. 1276. Guide du botaniste en Belgique (plantes vivantes et fossiles). Bruxelles (Gustave Mayolez), Paris (J.-B. Bailliére et fils) 1878. Octo-decimo. (Guide bot. Belgique). Publ.: Dec 1877 or Jan 1878 (p. vii: 15 Nov 1877; J. Bot. Jan 1878), p. [i]-vii, [1]-495. Copies: G, NY. Ref.: BL 2: 30; BM 1: 400. Cretzoiu, Paul (1909-1946), Roumanian botanist and conservator of forests. (Creéz.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BUG; lichenes and fungi at BUCA (fide Grummann, Hawks- worth.) Exsiccatae: Lichenes Romaniae exsiccati, a laboratorio botanico scholae polytechnicae Bucuresti editae. Collaboratores O. Klement, M. Badea (Dec. 1-10, nos. 1-100) Bucuresti 1936-1940/41. Copies at CERN, FH, GZU, H, K, L, M, UPS, US, W. Refs: GRo779; te 1 (ed. 6) 3357, 2: 144. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 118. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: GR p. 779; IF suppl. 4: 320; Kew 1: 643-644; LS suppl. 5831; MW p. 87. Cretzoiu, Bibl. lichenolog. RomAniei, 1930. Morariu, Bull. Jard. Mus. bot. Univ. Cluj 26(1-2): 18-23. 1946. Hawksworth, Mycologist’s handb. 181. 1974. Crié, Louis Auguste (1850-1912), French palaeobotanist at Rennes. (Crié). COLLECTIONS: REN. Ref.: TH 2: 144. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews ed. 2, p. 250; Barnhart 1: 396; BL 2: 135, 178; BM 1: 401; Bossert p. 87; CSP 9: 602-603, 12: 177, 14: 404; DBF [1961]; GR p. 313; Jackson p. 535 [index]; Kew 1: 644; LS 6160-6188, 32352-32353. Gubernatis, Dict. int. écrivains du jour 2: 733-734. 1890. Anon., Rev. gén. Bot. 24: 416. 1912. 567 CRIE Bois et Grignan, Rev. hortic. 84: 392. 1912. Daniel, Trav. sci. Univ. Rennes 11(1): 103-112. 1912. Croall, Alexander (1809-1885), British botanist. (Croall). HERBARIUM and TypPEs: STI, further material at BM, CGE, E, K, GL, L, MANCH, MEL and OXF. — Exsiccatae: Plants of Braemar, dried specimens of the plants illustra- tive of Braemar, North Britain ... fasc. 1-6, nos. 1-602, 1857, sets at BK and K. Rejfe: Wel oe a4. Kent, Brit. herbaria 49. 1957. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 10-11. 1969. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 71. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 396; BB p. 76; BL 2: 312; BM 1: 401; CSP 2: 95, 7: 460, 14: 406; GR p. 394; Jackson p. 242; Kew 1: 645. Anon., Nat. Nov. 7: 150. 1885. Trail, Scottish Naturalist ser. 2. 2: 148-153. 1885. Dickson, Trans. bot. Soc. Edinburgh 16: 309-311. 1886. COMPOSITE WORKS: see Johnstone, Nature-printed British Seaweeds. Crombie, James Mascall (Morrison) (1831-1906), British lichenologist. (Cromb.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: BM. — Exsiccatae: Lichenes britannici exsiccati (cent. 1-ii, nos. 1-200) London 1874-1877. Copies: B, BM, E, G, K, L, M, UPS, W. Ref.: GR p. 370; IH 2: 144. Candolle, Phytographie 405. 1880. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 119. 1969. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 72. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 397; BB p. 76; BL 2: 294; BM 1: 401, 6: 240; CSP 7: 461, 9: 605-606, 14: 408; GR p. 369-370; Jackson p. 536 [index]; Kew 1: 647; LS 6192-6251, 32356-32362; MW p. 88; NI 429; PR 1969. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 33. 1898. Britten, J. Bot. 44: 248. 1906. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1905/6: 36-37. 1906. Jackson, Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1906: 225. Anon., Ann. Scott. Nat. Hist. 54: 188. 1906. 1277. Lichenes britannict, seu lichenum in Anglia, Scotia et Hibernia vigentium enumera- tio, cum eorum stationibus et distributione. London (L. Reeve and Co.) 1870. Oct. (Lich. brit.) Publ.: Jan-Mar 1870 (p. vii: 3 Aug 1869), p. [i]-vii, [1]-138. — Copies: MICH, NY, Stevenson. Ref.: BM 1: 401; Jackson p. 243; Kew 1: 647; LS 6194; PR 1969. Arnold, Flora 53: 99-103. 27 Mar 1870. Stizenberger, Bot. Zeit. 28: 276. 29 Apr 1870. 1278. A monograph of lichens found in Britain: being a descriptive catalogue of the species in the herbarium of the British Museum. London (Trustees B.M.) 1894-1911, 2 vols. Oct. (Monogr. lich. Britain). Co-author: Annie Lorain Smith (1854-1937). Ed.1: Part r: (by Crombie) Mar 1894 (pref. Mar 1894; Nat. Nov. Mar 1894; J. Bot. Mar 1894; rev. Hedw. 20 Jun 1894), p. [i]-viii, [1]-519. Copies: BR, MICH, NY. Part 2: (by A. L. Smith) Feb-Apr 1911 (pref. Feb 1911; Nat. Nov. Apr 1911), p. [i-ix], [1]-409, pl. 1-59. Copy: BR. — Title: ““A monograph of the British lichens / a descrip- tive catalogue of the species in the Department of Botany, British Museum part IT.” Ed. 2: (by A. L. Smith) Part r: Jul-Dec 1918 (pref. Jul 1918), p. [i*-iii*], [i]-xxiii, [1, note], [1]-519, [1, ind.], pl. 1-71. — Facsimile reprint of ed. 2, part 1: Vaals (A. Asher & Co.) 1970, 2 vols. Copy: FAS. 568 CROUANP.L. Part 2: 27 Feb 1926 (pref. Jan 1926), p. i-ix, [1]-447, pl. 1-63. Copy: FAS. Ref.: BM 1: 401; LS 6251; NI 4209. A.G., J. Bot. 32: 249-251. 1894. Crome, Georg Ernst Wilhelm (1781-1813), German botanist and pharmacist, professor at the Mégelin Agricultural College, provisor at Schwerin, Mecklenburg. (Crome). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. Exsiccatae: Sammlung deutscher Laubmoose (see below), at B, BM, FH, L, PC and STR. Ji@AP5 Wal C12 viii BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 4: 607-608; Barnhart 1: 397; BM 1: 401-402; CSP 2: 96, 7: 462; GR p. 69-70; KR p. 132; LS 6225-6258; NI 430; PR 1970-1973. Boll, Fl. Mecklenburg 151. 1860. Ascherson, Fl. Prov. Brandenburg 1: 3. 1860. 1279. Sammlung deutscher Laubmoose. Schwerin (J. W. Barensprungs Erben) 1803-1806. Qu. (Samml. deut. Laubm.) Publ.: [exsiccatae and text]: Main issue: Aug-Oct 1803, p. [i-viii], [1]-90. Copies: FH, L (nos. 1-60); Nachlieferung 1: Apr-Aug 1805, p. [i-viii], [1]-48 (nos. 61-90). Copies: FH, L; Nachlieferung 2: 5 Aug-Dec 1806 (descr. and nos. 1-30). Copy: FH. Ref.: BM 1: 401; PR 1970; SY p. 15, 23, 27. Anon., Bot. Zeitung (Regensburg) 2(21): 321-325. 14 Nov 1803, 4(15): 225-232. 15 Aug 1805. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 190-191. 1971. Crouan, Hippolyte Marie (1802-1871), French botanist and pharmacist at Brest. (H. Crouan). HERBARIUM and TYPES: see under Pierre Louis Crouan. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 399; BL 2: 148; BM 1: 403, 6: 241; CSP 2: 99; GR p. 272-273; Jackson p. 281; Kew 1: 651; KR p. 132; LS 6275-6277, 32387; NI 431. For further references see Pierre Louis Crouan. EPONYMY: Crouania J. G. Agardh (1842, also dedicated to his brother Pierre Louis Crouan (1798-1871), 9.0.) Crouan, Pierre Louis (1798-1871), French botanist and pharmacist at Brest, brother of Hippolyte Marie Crouan (P. L. Crouan). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Laboratoire de Biologie marine, Concarneau, Bretagne, France; for other collections see Koster (1969). — Exsiccatae: Algues marines du Finistére (3 vols., nos. 1-404), Brest (Crouan) 1852 (see Sayre), in collaboration with Hippolyte Marie Crouan (1802-1871). Sets: FH, PCS. Ref.: GR p. 273; IH 2: 145. Candolle, Phytographie 405. 1880. Dixon, Brit. phycol. Bull. 3: 213-218. 1967. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 68. 1969. Koster, Taxon 18: 551. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 399; BL 2: 148; BM 1: 403, 6: 241; CSP 2: 99; GR p. 273; Jackson p. 281; Kew 1: 651; KR p. 132; LS 6275-6277, 32387; NI 431. Hesse, Bull. Soc. bot. France 19(1): 76-79. 1872 (originally published in Océan, 29 Dec 1871, n.v.), reprinted also in Annuaire de la ville de Brest, 1878 (n.v.)) Guéguen, Bull. Soc. mycol. France 25: 69-78. 1909 (bibl.) COMPOSITE WorRKs: For Crouan taxa published by J. G. Agardh see KR p. 132. 569 CROUANP. L. EPONYMY: Crouania J. G. Agardh (1842, also dedicated to his brother Hippolyte Marie Crouan (1802-1871), q.v.) 1280. Florule du Finistére contenant les descriptions de 360 espéces nouvelles de sporo- games, de nombreuses observations et une synonymie des plantes cellulaires et vascu- laires qui croissent spontanément dans ce département, accompagnées de trente-deux planches ot est représentée l’organographie, faite sur l’état vif, des fruits et des tissus de 198 genres d’algues avec la plante grandeur naturelle ou réduite plus une planche sup- plémentaire ot sont figurés 24 champignons nouveaux. Paris (Friedrich Klincksieck), Brest (J. B. et A. Lejournier) 1867. Qu. (Fl. Finistére). Co-author: Hippolyte Marie Crouan (1802-1871). Publ.: Feb-Sep 1867 (p. x: 10 Jan 1867; Flora 8 Oct 1867), p. [i]-x, [1]-262, frontisp., pl. 1-31, + 1 suppl. pl., coloured liths. by H. Crouan. — Copies: B, HH, P, PCS. Ref.: BM 1: 403; Jackson p. 283; LS 6277; NI 431; PR 1976. De Bary, Bot. Zeit. 26: 334-335. 15 Mai 1868. Guéguen, Bull. Soc. mycol. France 25: 74-76. 1909. Crozals, André de (1861-1932), French lichenologist, mycologist and wine-merchant. (Croz.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: PC; material also at TLON and US. Ref.: GR p. 275; IH 2: 145. Hawksworth, Mycologist’s handb. 181. 1974. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 400; CSP 14: 418; GR p. 273; LS 32390- 32303; LS suppl. 5853-5860; PFC 2(2): xxi, 3(2): x. Anon., Bull. Acad. Géogr. Bot. 13: 11. 1904, 19: 11. 1909. Allorge, Rev. bryol. lichénol. ser. 2. 6(60): 225-226. 1933 (bibl.) Jahandiez et Nardi, Bull. Soc. mycol. France 49: 177-189. 1933 (gives date of birth 2 Jan 1862 in text but “1861” in heading). Crueger, Hermann (1818-1864), German born apothecary who settled in Trinidad in 1841, Government botanist and director of the botanical garden 1857-1864. (Crueg.) HERBARIUM and TypEs: TRIN. The hepatics were at B (Gottsche herb.), Musci sent to Mitten are at NY; some material was also sent to K. Ref.: BB p. 78; IH 2: 145. Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 33-34. 1902. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 400; BB p. 78; BM 1: 404; CSP 2: 100, 7: 4703; Jackson p. 376; Kew 1: 652; Langman p. 376; PR 1977; Zander ed. 10, p. 648. Anon., J. Bot. 2: 191. 1864. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 22: 119-120. 1864. Anon., Flora 47: 284. 1864 (““Krueger’’). Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 33-34. 1898, 3: 33-34. 1902. Crump, William Bunting (1868-1950), British botanist. (Crump). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 400; BL 2: 276; BM 1: 404, 6: 241; Kewr: 653. CcomPosITE works: The Halifax Naturalist and Record of the Scientific Society ... con- ducted by W. B. Crump ... editor, Halifax, vols. 1-8. 1896-1904. 1281. The flora of the parish of Halifax. Halifax Scientific Society 1904. Oct. (Fl. Halifax). Co-author: Charles Crossland (1844-1916). Publ.: 1896-1904 (see below), p. [i]-Ixxv, [1]-316. Copies: BR, HH, NY. — Issued as a Supplement to the Halifax Naturalist as follows: 570 CUMMINGS pages dates vol. pages dates vol. [i]-viii 1904 vill 89-128 1899 iv 1X-XXXl1 1900 Vv 129-144 1900 iv & v XXXiil-Ixiv IQOI v & vi 145-160 I901 vi Ixv-lxxvi 1904 vill 161-208 1902 vi & vii [i]-12 1896 i 209-272 1903 vil & viii 15-56 1897 iii 273-316 1904 Vill 57-88 1898 lil Issued as above except p. 1-120 which, owing to the stock being destroyed by fire, were revised and reprinted in 1900, and have not been issued apart from the complete work. Ref.: BL 2: 276; BM 6: 241; Kew 1: 653. Cruse, Carl Friedrich Wilhelm (1803-1873), German botanist at Kénigsberg. (Cruse). HERBARIUM and TYPES: KBG. Ref.: TH 2: 145. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 401; BM 1: 404; CSP 2: 102, 6: 631; Kew1: 654; PR 1978-1979. EPONYMY: Crusea Chamisso & D. F. L. Schlechtendal (1830). 1282. De Rubiaceis capensibus praecipue de genere Anthospermo. Disseruit Guilelmus Cruse Med. Dr. Dissertatio inauguralis. Accedunt tabulae aeneae duae. Berlin (Briischke) 1825. Qu. (Rubiac. cap.) Publ.: 1825, p. [1]-22, [2, expl., add.], pl. r-2 uncol. stipple (1) and line (1) engr. by C. Rothig. Copies: G, NY. Ref.: BM 1: 404; Kew 1: 654; PR 1978. Cummings, Clara Eaton (1855-1906); American lichenologist at Wellesley College. (Cumm.) HERBARIUM and Types: MAINE, WELC. — Fungi at MICH (Hawksworth). Exsiccatae: 1. with Arthur Bliss Seymour (1859-1933) (dec. 1-16) and Thomas Albert Williams _ (1865-1900) (dec. 16): Decades of North American Lichens (Dec. i-xxxvi, nos. 1-360) Wellesley, Mass. 1892-1903. Copies at BM, C, FH, MICH, NY, WELC. 2. with same: Lichenes boreali-americani, second edition of Decades of North American Lichens (dec. i-xxvili, nos. 1-280) Wellesley, Mass. 1894-1903. Copies at BM, CM, FH, MICH, NY, S, WEIC. 3. Myxomycetes of New England (unnumbered distribution). Ref.: GR p. 186, IH 1 (ed. 6): 357, 2: 146. Anon., Bot. Gaz. 23: 218-219. 1897, 27: 416-417. 1899. Anon., Bot. Centralbl. 66: 164. 1896, 75: 236. 1808. Day, Rhodora 3: 219. 1901. Riddle, Mycologia 4: 125-140. 1912 (Jamaican lichens). Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 120. 1969. Stevenson, Beih. Nov. Hedwigia 36: 96. 1971. Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 130-131. 1973 (corr. with E. G. Britton). Hawksworth, Mycologist’s handb. 182. 1974. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 403; BM 6: 242; Bossert p. 89; CSP 14: 340 (sub Cooley); GR p. 185-186; LS 6414-6419, 32420-32423, LS suppl. 5897. Anon., Rev. bryol. 34: 126. 1907 (portr.) Anon., Science, ser. 2. 25: 77-78. 1907. Fink, Bryologist 10: 37-41. 1907 (portr., bibl.) Anon., J. New York Bot. Gard. 9: 63. 1908. Barnhart, J. New York Bot. Gard. 12: 125. 1911. _ 571 CUNNINGHAM, A. Cunningham, Allan (1791-1839), Kew collector, later colonial botanist in New South Wales, brother of Richard Cunningham. (A. Cunn.) HERBARIUM and TYPEs: K, originally bequeathed to Robert Heward who gave duplicates to Fielding; now at OXF. Other material at (e.g.) BM, E, G, NSW. Manuscripts at BM, K and Sydney Public Library. Ref.: GR p. 395, IH 1 (ed. 6): 357, 2: 147. Candolle, Phytographie 406. 1880. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 151. 1964. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 72. 1970. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(3): 308-309. 1975. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(2): 359; Barnhart 1: 404; BB p. 79; BM 1: 405- 406; Bossert p. 89; CSP 2: 104-105; Dawson p. 246-247; DNB 13: 308; GR p. 395; HR; IF p. 692; Jackson p. 400; Kew 1: 660; LS 6422; PR 1990-1991; Zander ed. 10, p. 648. Anon., Flora 23: 208. 7 Apr 1840. Heward in Hooker, J. Bot. 4: 231-320. 1841, London J. Bot. 1: 107-128, 263-292. 1842, 5: 662. 1846 (frontisp.) Norwich, Proc. Linn. Soc. 1: 67-68. 1849 (for 1840). Hooker, Fl. Tasm. cxiv-cxvii. 1860. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1888/90: 34. 1891 (portr.) Thiselton-Dyer, Bull. Misc. Inf. Kew 1891: 309-310. Norton, Proc. Linn. Soc. NSW 25: 770-774, 789. 190I. Cheeseman, Manual NZ flora xx-xxi. 1906. Maiden, Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1906: 212, 214-216. Milner, Cat. Portraits Kew 31. 1906. Urban, FI. bras. 1(1): 14-15. 1906. Maiden, J. roy. Soc. NSW 42: 99. 1908. Maiden, Sir Joseph Banks 141-155, 240. 1909. Cockayne, Veget. New Zealand 2-3. 1921. Glenn, The botanical explorers of New Zealand 174. 1950. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 122-123. 1950. Bagnall and Petersen, William Colenso 484. 1950. Coats, The plant hunters 215-222, 231-233, 387. 1969. McMinn, Allan Cunningham, botanist and explorer, Melbourne 1970, x, 147 p. (portr., bibl.) McMinn, Rec. Austral Acad. Sci. 2(1): 1-9. 1970. Gorer, Quart. Bull. alp. Gard. Soc. 40(1): 24-27. 1972. EPONyMyY: Alania Endlicher (1836); Cunninghamia R. Brown (1826, nom. cons., also de- dicated to his brother Richard Cunningham (1793-1835), q.v.) Note: Cunninghamella Matruchot (1903) and Cunninghamia Currey (1873) are dedicated to David Douglas Cunningham (1843-1914), q.v. Cunningham, David Douglas (1843-1914), British pathologist and physician in the Indian medical service. (D. D. Cunn.) HERBARIUM and TYPEs: TOR. Ref.: Kent, Brit. herbaria 50. 1957. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 404; BB p. 79-80; BM 1: 406, 6: 242; CSP 7: 470, 9: 617, 12: 179, 14: 428; GR p. 370; Jackson p. 82, 165, 167; Kew 1: 660-661; LS 6423-6432. Prain, Proc. Linn. Soc. 1914/5: 24-26. 1915. Prain, Proc. Roy. Soc. ser. B. 89: xv-xx. 1915. EPONYMY: Cunninghamella Matruchot (1903); Cunninghamia Currey (1873; Note: The material was collected by David Douglas Cunningham in Calcutta, and was brought to Currey’s notice by Robert Oliver Cunningham (1841-1918), an elder brother of David). 572 CURTIS, M. A. Cunningham, Gordon Herriot (1892-1962), New Zealand mycologist. (G. Cunn.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: PDD. iefa-al Eley (edi6) 3397" EPONYMY: For eponyms based on the name Cunningham, cf. supra, sub A. and D. D. Cunningham. Cunningham, Richard (1793-1835), British gardener, Kew collector in Australia, colonial botanist in New South Wales 1833-1835, brother of Allan Cunningham. (R. Cunn.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: K, incl. mss. flora of New Zealand, other material at E, GL, MEL, MO, NSW, OXF. Refer 4 7. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 152. 1964. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 72. 1970. D’Arcy, Missouri Bot. Gard. Bull. 59(1): 24. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(2): 359; Barnhart 1: 404; BB p. 80; CSP 2: 105; DNB 13; 317; HAR; PR op. 73; Zander (ed. 10) p. 648. Hooker, Comp. bot. Mag. 2: 210-221. 1836 (portr.). Hooker, Fl. ‘Tasmania cxvi, cxx, Cxxiii-cxxiv. 1860. Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl. xx-xxi. 1906. Maiden, Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1906: 212-214. Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 32. 1906. Maiden, J. Proc. Roy. Soc. NSW 42: 99-100. 1908. Maiden, Sir Joseph Banks 153. 1909. Cockayne, Veg. New Zealand 3. 1921. Coats, The plant hunters 220-221, 232. 1969. EPONYMY: Cunninghamia R. Brown (1826, nom. cons., also dedicated to his brother Allan Cunningham (1791-1839), q.v.) Note: Cunninghamella Matruchot (1903) and Cunninghamia Currey (1873) are dedicated to David Douglas Cunningham (1843-1914), q.v. Currey, Frederick (1819-1881), British mycologist. (Cuwrr.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: K; mss on fungi at LINN. Ref.: BB p. 80; IH 2: 147. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 405; BL 2: 247; BB p. 80 (ed. 1, p. 43); BM 1: 407; CSP 2: 108, 7: 472, 9: 619, 12: 179; DNB 13: 311; IF p. 692; Kew 1: 660- 661; LS 6434-6456; MW p. 88; PR p. 73. Jackson, J. Bot. 19: 310-312. 1881. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1881. 59-60. 1883. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1888/90: 34-35. 1891. COMPOSITE WoRKS: Edited Badham’s Esculent funguses (1863). EPONYMY: Curreya P. A. Saccardo (1883) ; Curreyella (P. A. Saccardo) Lindau (1897). Curtis, Moses Ashley (1808-1872), American mycologist in the Carolinas. (MM. A. Curtis). HERBARIUM and TypPEs: FH, also material at BRU, K, MAINE, NEB, NY. — Cor- respondence with Torrey at NY. Refs te (edia6)3575 25 148. Day, Rhodora 3: 242. 1901. - Martin in Lenley et al., Ind. corr. Torrey 451. 1973. Hawksworth, Mycologist’s handb. 182. 1974. 53 CURTIS, M. A. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 406; BL 2: 204; BM 1: 407; CSP 2: 110, 7: 473; GR p. 186; Kew 1: 664; LS 6460-6469, 31426; ME 1: 176, 3: 559; MW p. 88; PR p. 73. Gray, Amer. J. Sci. ser. 3. 5: 391-393. 1873, Sci. papers 2: 351-353. 1889. Wood, J. Elisha Mitchell scientific Soc. 2: 9-31. 1885 (portr.) Dudley, J. mycol. 2: 54-59. 1886 (bibl.) Youmans, Pop. Sci. Monthly 34: 405-410. 1859. Lawson Scribner, Bull. ‘Torrey bot. Club 20: 321-324. 1893. Shear and Stevens, Mycologia 11(4): 181-201. 1919 (bibl.) Stevens, Sci. Monthly 1919: 157-166. Rodgers, John Torrey 339. 1962. Powell, Moses Ashley Curtis 1808-1872. Chapel Hill 1958, 20 p. (portr.) Humphrey, Makers N. Amer. Bot. 64-66. 1961. EPONYMY: For eponyms based on the name Curtis, cf. infra, sub W. Curtis. Curtis, Samuel (1779-1860), British florist at Walworth, Notts., proprietor of the Botanical Magazine 1801-1846, cousin of William Curtis. (S. Curtis). HERBARIUM and TypPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 406; BB p. 81; BM 1: 407, 6: 244; Bossert p- 90; DNB 13: 349; HU 2: 599 [index]; Jackson p. 536 [index]; Kew 1: 664; MW p. 88, suppl. 53; NI 436-438; Plesch p. 187. Trimen and Dyer, Fl. Middlesex 396. 1869. Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 32. 1906. Burleigh, J. roy. hort. Soc. 58: 324-328. 1933 (portr.) Curtis, W. H., Biogr. W. Curtis, Winchester 1941. Anon., House and Gard. Nov 1973: 146, 150. EPONYMY: For eponyms based on the name Curtis, cf. infra, sub W. Curtis. NOTE: Samuel Curtis was a first cousin of William Curtis; he married William’s daughter Sarah Caustin (1779-1827) on 19 Oct 1801. Samuel published William Curtis’ Lectures on botany (1803-1805), in three volumes, the first of which contains Thornton’s Sketch of the life and writings of the late Mr. William Curtis. Samuel’s full control of the Botanical Magazine dates from 1827. 1283. A monograph on the genus Camellia. The whole from original drawings by Clara Maria Pope. London 181g. Fol. (Monogr. Camellia). Publ.: Aug 1819 — 5 unnumbered aquatint plates by Clara Maria Pope. engraved by Weddell. See Dunthorne for an analysis. — The price was £ 6.6. — coloured and £ 3.3. uncoloured. The book was probably reissued Feb 1822. A modern reprint was published recently, Ipswich s.d., copy: G. Ref.: BM 1: 407; DU 85; GF p. 54; Jackson p. 126; Kew 1: 664; MW p. 88, suppl. p- 533 NI 437. Anon., Flora 5: 351. 14 Jun 1822 (“‘in Februar 1822 ... erschienen”’ sic; see also Flora 5: 640. 28 Oct 1822). 1284. The beauties of Flora being a selection of flowers painted from nature by eminent artists, with accurate descriptions in English and French, together with the most approved method of culture, by Samuel Curtis, F.L.S. from whose collection the specimens are selected. Published by S. Curtis, Gamston, Notts. 1820. Fol. (Beauties Flora). Publ.: The to plates were issued between 1806 and 1820, they are unsigned, partly hand-coloured, partly colour-printed, by Clara Maria Pope and T. Baxter. — First issued as The beauties of Flora ... from nature by Thomas Baxter, Walworth 1806, dated 1 Jan 1806. The second issue, listed above has the Baxter plates with the date altered to 1820. — See Dunthorne for a full analysis. Ref.: BM 1: 407; DU 84; GF p. 54; Jackson p. 536; Kew 1: 664; NI 436. Britten, J. Bot. 37: 183-184. 1899. 574 CURTIS, Ww. Curtis, William (1746-1799), English botanist, entomologist, and editor of the Botani- cal Magazine 1787-1799. (Curtis). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. Drawings and 2 volumes of a “‘Hortus siccus grami- neus”’ at K. Ref.: 1H 2: 148. Kent, Brit. herbaria 50. 1957. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 380; Barnhart 1: 406; BB p. 81; BL 2: 216; BM 1: 407-408, 6: 243-244; Bossert p. 90; CSP 2: 110; Dawson p. 248; DNB 13: 349; Henrey 590-611; HU 2: 599 [index]; Jackson p. 536 [index]; Kew 1: 664-665; Lang- man p. 230; LS 6470; MW p. 88-89, suppl. p. 53; NI 439-443; Plesch p. 186-188; PR 1998-2012, ed. 1, 2088-2102; Smit p. go2; Zander ed. 10, p. 648. Trimen and Dyer, Fl. Middlesex 393-396. 1869 (bibl.). Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 32. 1906. Davey, Fl. Cornwall xxxiv. 1909. Nelmes, Curtis’s Bot. Mag. dedications 1827-1927, p. xvi-xxi. 1932. Curtis, W. H., William Curtis (1746-1799), Winchester 1941. Gilmour, Exhibition in commemoration of the birth of William Curtis, Alton 1946. Gilmour, Nature 157: 14-15. 1946. Hunkin, Endeavour, London, 5: 13-17. 1946 (portr.). J. W. H., Gard. Chron. 119: 19. 1946. Lousley, J. roy. hort. Soc. 71: 98-100 (portr.), 124-129. 1946. Savage, Nature 157: 15-16. 1946. Savage, Proc. Linn. Soc. London 158: 13-16. 1947 (portr.). Riddelsdell, Fl. Gloucestershire cxvi. 1948. Stearn, [Introduction to facsimile edition of ] W. Curtis, A short history of the Brown- Tail Moth [1782]. Curwen facsimile. 1969. Anon., House and Gard., Nov 1973: 150-151. 1973. EPONYMY: Curtisia W. Aiton (1789). — Note: Curtisina Ridley (1920) was dedicated to Charles Curtis (1853-1928), British collector in the Malesian area. 1285. A catalogue of the plants growing wild in the environs of London. London 1774. Qu. or Oct. in twos (n.v.) (Cat. pl. London). Publ.: 1774. p. [1]-40. - Wrongly attributed to W. Curtis by Dryander (1798). Gilmour has shown that the internal evidence does not support this supposition. The authorship remains unsettled. Ref.: BM 1: 407; Jackson p. 251; Kew 1: 664; PR 1998; IDC 5119. Gilmour, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 2(5): 181-182. 1949. 1286. Flora londinensis: or plates and descriptions of such plants as grow wild in the environs of London: with their places of growth, and times of flowering; their several names according to Linnaeus and other authors: with a particular description of each plant in Latin and English. To which are added, their several uses in medecine, agri- culture, rural oeconomy, and other arts. London (author) [1775-]1777-1798. 2 vols. Fol. (Fl. londin.) Publ.: For a detailed study of this intricate book see Stevenson, Dandy, and Stearn; for a summary see Henrey 595-598. These authors also give references, not repeated here, to previous treatises. ‘The work consisted of 432 (434; see Cardew) plates, each with accompanying text, issued in 72 ‘‘numbers’’ of 6 plates each. ‘Twelve “numbers” constituted a “‘fascicle,”’ three fascicles constituted a volume. The plates were num- bered in three ways: a) the numbers assigned to them in each fascicle index, b) those in each volume index and c) the numbers engraved on some of them. Since the publication by Stevenson, Dandy, and Stearn is not easily available, the analysis of the contents of the fascicles and numbers is repeated here with kind permission from the Hunt Botanical Library. However, for an enumeration of the names of the plants illustrated on the plates and of their modern equivalents, reference must be made to the Hunt Catalogue (HU 650). The dates given here are those given by Stevenson, Dandy, and Stearn with the exception of those marked with an asterisk, which are 575 CURTIS, W. the dates of receipt by the University Library at Cambridge. These dates agree all very well with the general scheme as given by Stevenson et al. and fill some gaps in the information. However, the Cambridge University Library records give as the date of receipt of parts 1-23, 22 Jul 1775 and as that of parts 24-46, 9 Nov 1779. This discrepancy is difficult to solve at the moment. fasc. number plate numbers type b dates I 42, 197 79, 405 36, 160 Mai 1775 71, 91, 208, 161, 133, 14 1775 175, 105, 19, 49, 185, 96 1775 35> 2, 148, 20, 86, 109 1775 576 QO FF S= = SHS Se Oe Se Se eS oS COO ON OUHWNHH OW CON OUBAWDND & 130, 173, 102, 72, 3, 115 201, 18, 98, 48, 38, 183 129, 200, I, 107, 150, 47 114, 149, 174, 43, 116, 202 10, 134, 80, 26, 141, 180 166, 12, 142, 76, 128, 181 132, 77, 75, 127, 85, 119 73> 75> 9s 545 99> 198 ante 5 Dec 1775 prob. by Aug 1776 ante Aug 1777 2 130, 120; 113. 110, (70,177, 1G h7) 94, 194, 90, 84, 121, 16 1777 29, 108, 6, 191, 145, 17 ante 22 Dec 1777 30, 50, IIT, 41, 153; 213 . 22, 211, 28, 212, 112, 82 sins 51, 182, 21, 156, 60, 67 ante 17 Jul 1778 4, 89, 104, 117, 189, 147 1778 52, 157, 39, 196, 118, 64 ante 21 Dec 1778 QI 935 187, 151, 167, 65, 209 st 22 81, 152, 199, 204, 203, 66, 95 23 106, 78, 5, 34, 83, 176 24. 15, 1355 59> 1435 122, 58 3 25 13, 169, 172, 45, 171, 87 26 56, 168, 126, 123, 179, 140 27 154, 100, 144, 33, 146, 137 28 178, 207, 206, 44, 63, 163, 195 ner 29 46, IOI, 192, 193, 61, 159 1780 30 138, 139, 190, 186, 188, 158 ante 2 Oct 1780 31 162, 124, 32, 62, 53, 97 1780 32 D703 24.091 255) 207537. 5 Oct-25 Nov 1780 33 68, II, 214, 7, 155, 218 Dec 1780 34 2T5,\ 270,16,19;1275 103 24. Mar 1781 35 88, 92, 131, 23, 125, 164 1781 36 184, 57, 216, 55, 205, 105 ante 15 Aug 1781 4 37 455 7» 12, 13, 210, 95 1781 38 201, 118, 48, 157, 49, 155 ante 30 Nov 1781 39 LOQ;/ 127,212; 217, 120,203 20 Sep-21 Dec 1781 40 167, 89, 213, 81, 173, 50 ory: 41 97, 182, 28, 29, 165, 106 42 57, 117, 144, 116, 110, 67 ey 43 355 70, 27, 37, 143, 46 ante 9 Oct 1782 44 90, 133, 30, 31, 211, 82 wes 45 47, 85, 208, 131, 87, 163 ante 20 Mai 1783 46 187, 58, 205, 207, 206, 60, 86 1783 47 132, 158, 9, 190, 191, 192 1783 48 F.215175, 204, Dill Go, Apr 1784 5 49 41, 40, 134, 44, 103, 124 ee 50 126, 104, 80, 178, 120, 17 prob. Jan 1785 51 25, 138, 3, 164, 100, 76 1 Feb 1785* 52 775 975 209, 210, 156, 166 15 Feb 1786* fasc. number plate numbers type b CURTIS, W. dates 53 I05, 161, 214, 215, 39, 96 26 Jun 1786* 54 146, 202, 130, 129, 78, 10 21 Aug 1786* 55 162, 23, 123, 137, 135, 69 10 Nov 1786* 56 5, 6, 179, 180, 34, 43 2 Jan 1787* 57 42, 122, IQ, 200, 172, 16 2 Mar 1787* 58 194, 195, 176, 19, 98, 99 2 Mar 1787* 59 184, 174, 745 73, 61, 56 28 Aug 1786* 60 72, 79, 68, 147, 245 150 Nov 1788 61 32, 66, 59, 198, 55, 136 30 Jun 1789* 62 139, 94, 178, 88, 63, 199 7 Nov 1789* 63 64, 36, 177, 171, 175, 62 5 Mar 1790* 64 149, 151, 196, 197, 141, 193 1 Jan 1791 (7 Feb 1791*) 65 Thy LG iA es LLG) Lis 5 T 1 Mar 1791 (11 Jul 1791*) 66 140, 20, 21, 22, 160, 107 1 Dec 1791 67 71, 159, 169, 168, 8, 52 ante 10 Apr 1793 68 II4, 101, 185, 4, 83, 188 post 1 Jun 1794 (16 Nov 1794*) 69 92, 108, 154, 181, 125, 112 1794. (17 Nov 1795* sic) 70 26, 2, 18, 152, 189, I15 28 Nov 1796* 71 148, 186, 65, 53, 145, 84 1795 72 14, 183, 93, 33» 54, 102 1798 First issue: author’s address 51 Gracechurch St., later issue: Botanic Garden Lambeth Marsh. — The 434 hand-coloured plates are engraving from drawings by Sydenham Edwards, Will Kilburn and James Sowerby. Copy ed. 1: HU. Another edition was published between 1817 and 1828 (London, Fol., 5 vols., 659 hand-coloured plates on 647 leaves; the additional plates are by George Graves and William Hooker). Henry Bohn took over the remaining copies of this second edition and issued them in 1835 with new title-pages, carrying the date 1835. Copies: M, MICH. Ref.: BL 2: 216; BM 6: 243-244; DU 87; Henrey 595-598; HU 650; Kew 1: 664; LS 6470; NI 439; PR 2004; SK p. clxxvi; ST p. 59; IDC 627. Clarke, J. Bot. 33: 112-114. 1895; 37: 390-395. 1899. Hooker, J. D., Ann. Bot. [London] 16: xcviii-xcix. 1902 [discussion of the 1817-1828 edition]. Jackson, J. Bot. 19: 309-310. 1881; 54: 153-164. 1916. Druce, Rep. Bot. Exch. Club 5: 412-414. 1919. Williams, J. Bot. 57: 100. 1919. Stearn, Rep. Sp. nov. 45: 216-217. 1938. Cardew, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 2: 223-224. 1950. Stevenson, Dandy and Stearn in Stevenson, Cat. Bot. Books Coll. Hunt 2: 389. 1961 (= HU 650). Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 1: 142-143. 1975. 1287. Linnaeus’s system of botany, so far as relates to his classes and orders of plants; illustrated by figures entireley new, with copious explanatory descriptions. Drawn up for the use of his pupils ... London (author) 1777. Qu. (Linn. syst. bot.) Publ.: 1777, p. [i-iv], 1*-4*, [1]-15, pl. 1-2, coloured copper engr., each reproduced twice, once plain and once coloured. Copies: HU, USDA. Other issue: London (W. Phillips for Samuel Curtis) undated, but presumably after 1786 because Curtis identified on t.p. as “‘author of ... Botanical Magazine” as follows: Linnaeus’s/ ... / ... plants; / illustrated by / figures entirely new; /... / ... pupils, / by / William Curtis, F.L.S. / author of / the Flora Londinensis, Botanical Magazine, etc. / ... / London s.d., with frontispiece portr. of W. Curtis, p. [i-ii1], [1]-19, fl. [z-2], coloured copper engr. Copy: NY. Henrey 607 provides evidence for publication in 1803. Ref.: BM 1: 467; Dryander 3: 22; Henrey 606-607; Jackson p. 17. 1288. Practical observations on the British grasses, especially such as are best adapted to the BWA) CURTIS, W. laying down or improving of meadows and pastures: likewise an enumeration of the british grasses. London (author) 1790. (Pract. observ. Brit. grasses). Ed, 1: General [sic] observations on the advantage which may result from the in- troduction of our best grasses. 1787 fol. Issued as a leaflet with the ‘“‘Flora Londinen- sis’ Vol. 1. See Henrey 742. Copy: BM. Ed. 2: London (author) 1790. Oct. (in fours) (plates dated 1 Sep 1790), p. [i-iii], [1]-67, pl. 1-6. Copies: G, HU. Ed. 3: London (author) 1798. Qu., p. [i-iii], [1]-73, [74, note], pl. 1-6, uncoloured copper engr. Copy: NY. — Title: “... pastures: to which is added an ... grasses. The third edition, with additions.” Ed. 4(z): London (author) 1804 (p. 6: 30 Jun 1804), p. [i-iii], [1]-58, [59 adv.], pl. 1-6. (see Wheldon and Wesley, Cat. 131 (1974)). Copy: HU. Ed. 4(2): London (H. D. Symonds; author) Jul 1805. Oct. (in fours), ‘“To which is now added a short account of the diseases in corn, called by farmers the blight, the mildew and the rust; by Sir Joseph Banks, Bart.”’, p. [i], [1]-58, [59 adv.], p/. z-6, uncoloured copper engr., [Banks:] [1]-14, [15 expl.], z pl. — Copy: NY. Ed. 5: London (H. D. Symonds) 1812, Oct. or Qu., p. [i-iii], [1]-98, pl. 1-7, [Banks:] [g9]-116, z pl., unnumbered, by F. Bauer. — Copies: MICH, NY. Title: ‘‘... Fifth edition. With additions by John Lawrence ...” Ed. 6: London (Sherwood, Jones, and Co.) 1824, Oct., p. [i-iv], [1]-165, [166 exp. pl.], pl. 1-7, coloured engr. by S. Curtis, plus 1 unnumbered pl. by F. Bauer, as frontispiece, or with Banks article. — Copies: BR, NY, USDA. Title: “*... sixth edition, with considerable additions, by John Lawrence ...” Ed. 7: London 1834. (n.v.) Ref.: BM 1: 408 [ed. 1, 2, 4, 5]; Henrey 599-604; Kew 1: 665 [ed. 1, 3, 4, 5, 6 and German transl. Leipzig 1805]. 1289. A catalogue of the British medicinal, culinary and agricultural plants, cultivated in the London botanical garden. London (B. White, Sewel, Robinson, Payne, Debrett) 1783. Oct. (in fours) (Cat. Brit. med. pl.) Publ.: 1783, p. [i]-vi, [vii-viii, notes, err.], [9]-149. Copy: HU. Ref.: BM 1: 408; PR 2202. 1290. The botanical magazine; or, flower-garden displayed: in which the most ornamental foreign plants, cultivated in the open ground, the greenhouse, and the stove, are accurately represented in their natural colours. To which will be added, their names, class, order, generic and specific characters, according to the celebrated Linnaeus; their places of growth, and times of flowering: together with the most approved methods of culture. A work intended for the use of such ladies, gentlemen, and gardeners, as wish to. become scientifically acquainted with the plants they cultivate. London 1787-x [full title varies], 176 vols. Oct. [cont.] (Bot. Mag.) Publ.: A brief history of The botanical magazine is given by F. J. Chittenden in the Index to volumes 1-164, published by the Royal Horticultural Society in 1956. For further details and lists of literature see e.g. Nissen under no. 2350. The plates in the early volumes are dated. These dates can usually be accepted as the dates of publication. The following list is based on the one given by Chittenden. For precise details on volumes 1-42 see the ‘General Indices to ... the first 42 volumes of the Botanical Magazine’ pp. 68-111 (1817). volume volume _ plates dates (continuous) series (in series) I — - I-33 1 Feb 1787 34-36 1788 2 - ~ 37-69 1788 70-72 1789 3 = = 73-105 1789 106-108 1790 4 - _ 109-141 1790 142-144 1791 578 volume plates 145-177 178-180 I81-213 214-216 217-249 250-252 253-285 286-288 289-321 §22-324 325-357 358-360 361-393 394-396 397-429 430-432 433-405 466-468 469-501 502-504 505-544 545-548 549-596 597-612 613-644 645-692 693-708 709-739 740-786 787-801 802-832 833-880 881-895 896-923 923-966 967-982 983-1013 IOI 4-1059 1060-1073 1074-1 IOI II02-I147 1148-1162 1163-1191 1192-1236 1237-1251 1252-1282 1283-1328 1329-1344 1345-1373 1374-1418 1419-1432 1433-1459 1460-1501 1502-1517 1518-1547 1548-1591 1592-1605 1606-1635 dates 1791 1792 1792 1793 1793 1794. 1794 1795 1795 1796 1796 1797 1797 1798 1798 1799 1799 1800 1800 1801 1801 1802 1802 1802 1803 1803 1803 1804 1804 1804. 1805 1805 1805 1806 1806 1806 1807 1807 1807 1808 1808 1808 1809 1809 1809 1810 1810 1810 181I 1811 I8It 1812 1812 1812 1813 1813 1813 1814 CURTIS, W. 579 CURTIS, W. volume (continuous) series (in series) 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 volume COM MOYNWAMAFAVULhBWOWN NY He! | _ COnI Mok oO plates 1636-1681 1682-1695 1696-1725 1726-1770 1771-1786 1787-1859 1860-1873 1874-1941 1942-1954 1955-2022 2023-2035 2036-2104 2105-2118 2119-2188 2189-2202 2203-2272 2273-2286 2287-2355 2356-23609 2370-2440 2441-2454 2455-2522 2523-2536 2537-2606 2607-2620 2621-2704 2705-2790 2791-2875 2876-2955 2956-3038 3039-3122 3123-3205 3206-3289 3290-3373 3374-3457 3458-3541 3542-3625 3626-3698 3699-3710 3711-3779 3771-3794 3795-3842 3843-3879 3880-3915 3916-3963 3964-3987 3988-4047 4048-4059 4060-4131 4132-4202 4203-4274 4275-4344 4345-4416 4417-4485 4486-4553 4554-4622 4623-4688 dates 1814 1814 1815 1815 1815 1816 1816 1817 1817 1818 1818 1819 1819 1820 1820 1821 1821 1822 1822 1823 1823 1824 1824 1825 1826 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1839 1840 1840 1841 1841 1842 1842 1843 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 volume (continuous) series iii ili ili ili iil ill ili ill ili ill iii ili iil iil ii ili ill iii iii iil ill lil iil iil iil iil iil ill ill iil ill ill ill ili ill ili ili ill ill ill ili ili ili ill iil ill ili ill iil ili volume (in series) plates 4689-4757 4758-4824 4825-4890 4891-4957 4958-5024 5025-5) ogo 5091-5156 5157-5222 5223-5288 5289-5353 5354-5419 5420-5485 5486-5551 5552-5017 5618-5682 5083-5747 5748-5812 5813-5877 5878-5942 5943-6008 6009-6073 6074-6139 6140-6205 6206-6271 6272-6336 6337-6402 6403-6468 6469-6533 6534-6599 6600-6664 6665-6730 6731-6792 6793-6852 6853-6912 6913-6972 6973-7032 7933-7092 7093-7152 71 53-721 If 7212-7271 7272-7331 7332-7391 7392-7451 7452-7511 7512-7571 7572-7631 7632-7691 7692-7751 7752-7811 7812-7871 7872-7931 7932-7991 7992-8051 8052-8111 8112-8171 8172-8231 8232-8291 dates 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1gOI 1902 1903 1904. 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 CURTIS, Ww. 581 CURTIS, W. volume (continuous) 136 137 138 139 140 I41 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 series iv iv iv iv iv iv volume (in series) plates 8292-8351 8352-8411 8412-8471 8472-8531 8532-8591 8592-8641 8642-8691 8692-8741 8742-8785 8786-8829 8830-8873 8874-8933 8934-8945 8946-8977 8978-8989 8990-9023 9024-9034 9035-9069 9070-9081 9082-9115 9116-9126 9127-g161 9162-9183 g184-9204 9205-9220 9227-9248 9249-9259 9260-9292 9293-9336 9337-9380 9381-9424 9425-9468 9469-9501 9502-9512 9513-9545 9546-9556 9557-9589 9590-9600 g6o1-96r1 9612-9622 9623-9633 9634-9644 9645-9055 9656-9666 9667-9677 9678-9688 I-44 45-88 89-132 133-175 176-219 220-263 264-307 308-351 352-395 396-439 440-483 dates Jun Jun Jul IgIO IQII IQI2 1913 I9I4 IgI5 1916 1Q1t7 1918 191g 1920 1938 1922 1923 1923 1924. 1924 1925 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1930 1931 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1938 1939 1939 1940 1940 1942 1941 194.2 1943 1944 1946 1948 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1954-1955 1956-1957 1958-1959 1960-1962 1962-1963 1964-1965 CURTIS, W. volume volume __ plates dates (continuous) series (in series) 176 - [12] 484-527 1966-1968 177 = [13] 528-571 1969-1970 178 Pe [14] 572-615 1970-1972 179 = [15] 616-659 1972-1973 180 - [16] 660-« 1974-X Editors: volumes _ plates dates names I-13 1-468 1787-1800 William Curtis 14-53 469-2704 1800-1826 John Sims 54-90 2705-5485 1827-1865 William Jackson Hooker gI-130 5486-7991 1865-1904 Joseph Dalton Hooker 131-132 7992-8111 1905-1906 William Turner Thiselton-Dyer 133-146 8112-8873 1907-1920 David Prain 147 8874-8933 1938 John Ramsbottom 148-156 8934-9336 1922-1933 Otto Stapf 157-163 9337-9044 1934-1940 Arthur William Hill 164 9645-9688 1943-1948 Arthur Disbrowe Cotton New Series 165-173 1-395 1948-1962 William Bertram Turrill 174-178(2) 396-593 1962-1970 George Taylor 178(3)-x 5Q4-X 1972-x David R. Hunt William Curtis (1746-1799) owned and conducted the Magazine from 1789-1799; plates 450-468 were brought out under Thomas Curtis; John Sims took over from vol. 14 onward (although mentioned for the first time only on the titlepage of volume 15) whereas Samuel Curtis was proprietor and owner from 1801-1845. The copyright was transferred from Samuel Curtis to Messrs. Lovell and Reeve who held it until 1920. In 1921 a group of horticulturists, led by H. J. Elwes purchased the copyright which was subsequently transferred to the Royal Horticultural Society. Volume 147 was sponsored by Reginald Cory in order to fill the gap that had occurred on the occasion of the 1920-1922 transfer but due to various difficulties it could come out only after Cory’s death. The anomalous publication date of vol. 163, part 2, was caused by the destruction of the stock of plates and text in the air-raid on London of 29-30 December 1940. Variant title pages exist of the early volumes caused by the production following the demand. vol. dates on title pages vol. dates on title pages 1790 (orig.), 1791, 1795 1791 (orig.), 1792, 1796 1792 (orig.), 1792, 1793 I 1787 (orig.), 1790, 1793 4 2 1788 (orig.), 1796 5 3 1789 (orig.), 1792, 1797 6 A reprint of volume 70 was published in Germany (fide Chittenden). The title of the series varied as follows: 1. Vols. 1-14: The Botanical Magazine, or Flower-Garden displayed: in which .. in main heading of this chapter] ... Conducted by William Curtis. . Vols. 15-33: Curtis’s Botanical Magazine ... continued by J. Sims. . Vols. 34-42: Curtis’s Botanical Magazine ... by John Sims, M.D. . Vols. 43-53: Curtis’s Botanical Magazine ... by John Sims, M.D. . Vols. 54-70: Curtis’s Botanical Magazine ... conducted by S. Curtis, the descriptions by W. J. Hooker (New Series, vols. 1-17). . Vols. 71-90: Curtis’s Botanical Magazine, comprising the plants of the Royal Gardens of Kew, and of other botanical establishments in Great Britain, with suitable des- criptions ... by W. J. Hooker. Third series, vols. 1-20. . [see above (o>) oe ON 583 CURTIS, W. 7. Vols. g1-128: Curtis’s Botanical Magazine, comprising ... by Sir Jos. D. Hooker. Third series vols. 21-58. 8. Vols. 129-130: Curtis’s Botanical Magazine, comprising ... by Sir Jos. D. Hooker assisted by W. B. Hemsley. Third series vols. 59-60. g. Vols. 131-132: Curtis’s Botanical Magazine, comprising ... by W. T. T. Dyer. Fourth series vols. 1-2. 10. Vols. 133-146: Curtis’s Botanical Magazine, comprising ... by Dav. Prain. 11. Vol. 14.7: Curtus’s Botanical Magazine, containing ... edited by John Ramsbottom. 12. Vols. 148-156: Curtis’s Botanical Magazine, comprising ... edited by Otto Stapf. 13. Vols. 157-163: Curtis’s Botanical Magazine, comprising ... edited by Arthur Hill. 14. Vol. 164: Curtis’s Botanical Magazine, comprising ... edited by Arthur Disbrowe Cotton. 15. Vols. 165-...: Curtis’s Botanical Magazine, comprising ... New Series volume 1 .. edited by Will. Bertram Turrill. Indexes to the Botanical Magazine: Vols. 1-42: General indexes to the first forty-two volumes. London 1817. Vols. 1-52: General indexes to the first fifty-two volumes ... to which are added memoirs of W. Curtis by 8. Curtis. London 1828. Vols. 1-107: Tonks, General index to the Latin names and synonyms of the plants depicted in the first 107 volumes, London 1883. Vols. 1-130: Hemsley, A new and complete index to the Botanical Magazine from 1787-1904, to which is prefixed a history of the Magazine. London 1906. Oct. (xiii, 180 pp., also in Gard. Chron. (3)1-2, 1887. New edition 1915 (with a biography of W. H. Fitch). Vols. 1-164: Chittenden, Curtis’s Botanical Magazine. Index. With a revision of the names of the plants depicted from the beginning in 1787 to the end of 1947. Volume 1 to volume 164. To which is appended a brief history of the Magazine ... and an appendix giving the titles and numbers of the plates from volume 165 to volume 170. London 1956. Oct. (v, 282 pp.) Ref.: BM 1: 408, GFB p. 83-84, HU 680, Jackson p. 473, NI 2350, Plesch p. 187-189, PR 2007, IDC 5183. Anon., J. Bot. 29: 222-223. 1891 (K acquires 1650 original drawings). Goezer, Gartenflora 55: 513-517, 533-540. 1906. Stapf, J. Roy. Hort. Soc. 51: 29-43. 1926. Nelmes and Chuthberson, Curtis’s Botanical Magazine, dedications 1829-1927. London 1932. Synge, J. Roy. Hort. Soc. 73: 5-11. 1948. Stearn in Blunt, Art of botanical illustration 184-188. 1950. Stearn, Cat. bot. Books Hunt 2(1): cxii-cxiii. 1951. Nissen, Bot. Buchill. 1: 120-121. 1951. 3: 73. 1966. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 1: 146-147. 1975 (complete run 1787-1968, sold at £ 10.000). Cusson, Pierre (1727-1783), French botanist at Montpellier. (Cusson). HERBARIUM and TYPES: some in P-JU. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 407; Bossert p. 90; Colmeiro 1: clxxi; Jackson p. 34; PR foll. 2013. Martins, Le jardin des plantes de Montpellier, Montpellier 1854, p. 37-41, 76. EPONYMY: Cussonia Thunberg (1780). Cutanda, Vicente (1804-1866), Spanish botanist, professor of botany in Madrid. (Cutanda). HERBARIUM and Types: MA, some material also at P. Ref.: IH 2: 148. Candolle, Phytographie 406. 1880. 584. CUVIER, F.. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIloGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 561; Barnhart 1: 407; BL 2: 491; BM 1: 4083, Colmeiro 1: clxxxi; Jackson p. 243; Kew 1: 666; PR 2015-2016. Colmeiro, Bot. penins. hispan.-lusit. 206. 1858. Willkomm, Bot. Zeit. 24: 316. 1866. Anon., Flora 50: 15. 1867. EPONYMY: Cutandia Willkomm (1860). 1291. Manual de botanica descriptiva, 6 resumen de las plantas que se encuentran en las: cercanias de Madrid, y de las que se cultivan en los jardines de la corte; dispuesto segun el método de familias naturales. Madrid (D. Santiago Saunaque) 1848. Oct. (Man. bot. descr.) Co-author: Mariano del Amo y Mora (1820-1896). Publ.: 1848, p. [i]-xvi, table, [1]-1155. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 1: 408; Jackson p. 341; Kew 1: 666; PR 2015. Wilkomm. Bot. Zeit. 8: 133-135. 15 Feb 1850. 1292. Flora compendiada de Madrid » su provincia 6 descripcion sucinta de las plantas. vasculares que espontaneamente crecen en este territorio. Madrid (Imprenta nacional) 1861. Oct. (Fl. comp. Madrid). Publ.: 1861 p. [1]-759, map, table. — Copies: M, NY, US. Ref.: BM 1: 408; Jackson p. 341; Kew 1: 666; PR 2016. Willkomm, Bot. Zeit. 21: 366-367. 20 Nov 1863. Cuvier, Georges Léopold Chrétien Frédéric Dagobert, baron (1769-1832). (Cuvier). COLLECTIONS: Muséum d’Histoire naturelle, Paris (mainly zoological and palaeonto- logical; a small herbarium also at P). For Cuvier’s manuscripts see Dehérain, Catalogue des manuscrits du Fonds Cuvier, Paris 1908. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 408; BM 1: 409-411, 6: 244; CSP 2: r14- 122, 6: 684, 7: 473; Dawson p. 249; DBF 10: 708; Kew 1: 667; PR ed. 1, 2104-2106; Quenstedt p. 98-99; (q.v. for many earlier biogr. refs.) ; Smit p. 904, 1044. Roule, in L’Histoire de la nature vivante d’aprés l’oeuvre des grands naturalistes fran- cais, Paris 1926, 242 p. Bultingaire et al., Arch. Mus. Hist. nat. ser. 6. 9: 1-61. 1932. Hooykaas, Natural law and divine miracle, Leiden 1959, p. 235. Coleman, Georges Cuvier, Zoologist, 1964 (q.v. for many earlier references). Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 106-108. 1966. Bourdier, DSB 3: 521-528. 1971 (critical review of secondary literature). Hahn, The anatomy of a scientific institution 341, 4.22. 1971. EPONYMY: Cuviera A. P. de Candolle (1807, nom. cons.); Cuviera G. L. Koeler (1802, nom. rej.) Cuvier, Georges-Frédéric dit Frédéric (1773-1838), French naturalist, brother of Georges Cuvier. (F. Cuvier). NOTE: Frédéric Cuvier is listed here because he was the general editor of the Dictionnaire des sciences naturelles. The Dictionnaire contains descriptions of numerous new taxa; it is often referred to, after its publisher, as Levrault’s Dictionnaire. The Dictionnaire was attributed erroneously to Georges Cuvier in TL-1. The latter contributed to the book (articles signed C.C. or C.V. or C.) but the general editor was his brother Frédéric. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: DBF 9g: 1438. EPONYMY: Cuviera A. P. de Candolle (1807, nom. cons.) and Cuviera G. L. Koeler (1802, nom. rej.) are dedicated to his elder brother Georges Léopold Chrétien Frédéric Dagobert Cuvier (1769-1832), q.v. 585, CUVIER, F. 1293. Dictionnaire des sciences naturelles dans lequel on traite méthodiquement des differents étres de O la nature. Paris 1804-1806, 6 vols., Oct. +; second edition Paris 1816-1845, 61 vols. ct. (Dict. sci. nat.) Publ.: The first five volumes (A-BYT) and a few copies of volume 6 were published between 1804 and 1806. Publication was then discontinued and taken up again in 1816. The first six volumes were re-issued with supplements and the publication was completed in the following years. These publications were indeed re-issues of the old sheets with new titlepages and with separately paged suppléments. The volumes of the second issue can therefore be used to quote from the first issue. The plates (also issued in 60 fascicles) are sometimes bound separately in 12 volumes (there was a coloured and an uncoloured issue), four other volumes (25 fascicles) contain the “‘Biographie des naturalistes” with portraits. A supplementary volume (2 parts) covering the letters A-Aye was published in 1840, but the supplement was then discontinued. The dates given here for volumes 1-6 (first series) and 1-22 (second series) are those provided by Sayre. The remaining dates are those provided by Cassini. Sherborn’s publication confirms these dates in general (cf. also Stearn 1954). The text volumes of the second edition were available on vélin paper and on ‘ordinary white paper.’ The plates, which were published in separate fascicles, were published in octavo and in folio; both of these were available either uncoloured or coloured. ‘Twelve copies of the quarto edition of the plates were produced with double prints, one coloured and one uncoloured; two copies of the octavo edition were issued in the same way with two sets of prints. Turpin was in charge of the production of the drawings and engravings (see publisher’s announcement of the first 16 volumes of text and 14 fascicles of plates in Isis 1820, Beylage 7, p. 104). First edition (Quarto) Tt: volume date volume date I 12 Oct 1804 4 8 Jan 1806 2 12 Oct 1804 5 8 Jan 1806 3 30 Jan 1805 6 1806 Second edition, Strassbourg (F. G. Levrault), Paris (Le Normant), 61 vols., 1816-1845. Oct. Copy: U. vol. pages alph. date I [i]-lxii, [1-560], suppl. [1]-138 A-ALZ 12 Oct 1816 2 [i-iv] [1]-515, suppl. [1]-123 AMA-ARGE 12 Oct 1816 3 [i-iv], [1]-492, suppl. [1]-174 ARGI-BAM 11 Jan 1817 4 [i-iv], [1]-480, suppl. [1]-124 BAN-BLU 11 Jan 1817 5 [i-iv], [1]-480, suppl. [1]-160 BOA-BYT 8 Mar 1817 6 [i-iv], [1]-531, suppl. [1]-108 CAA-CAL 24 Mai 1817 5) fi-iv], [1]-534 CAR-CER 24 Mai 1817 8 [i-iv], [1 ]-603 CER-CHI 23 Aug 1817 9 [i-iv], [1]-560 CHL-COF 16 Dec 1817 10 [i-iv], [1]-596 COG-COR 23 Mai 1818 II [i-iv], [1]-615 COS-CRIS g Jan 1819 12 [i-iv], [1 ]-564 CRIT-DAZ g Jan 1819 13 [i-iv], [1]-578 DEA-DZW 24 Jul 1819 14. [i-iv], [1]-558 EA-EOU 14 Aug 1819 15 fi-iv], [1]-543 EPA-EUD 6 Nov 1819 16 [i-iv], [1]-567 EUP-FIK 8 Apr 1820 17 [i-iv], [1]-546 FIL-FYS 22 Jul 1820 18 [i-iv], [1]-594 GA-GJU 6 Apr 1821 19 [i-iv], [1]-540 GLA-GRZ 26 Jan 1821 20 [i-iv], [1]-572 GUA-HEO 2g Jun 1821 QI [i-iv], [1]-540 HEP-HULS 29 Sep 1821 22 [i-iv], [1]-570 HULT-IDYE 29 Dec 1821 586 CUVIER, F. vol. pages alph. date 23 [i-iv], [1]-645 IEA-IRY Nov 1822 24 fi-iv], [1]-533 ISA-KYV Aug 1822 25 [i-iv], [1]-483 LAA-LEO Nov 1822 26 [i-iv], [1-555 LEP-LIN Mai 1823 27 [i-iv], [1]-551 LIO-MAC Jun 1823 28 [i-iv], [1]-492 MAD-MANA Sep 1823 2 [i-iv], [1]-544 MANB-MELI Dec 1823 30 [i-iv], [1]-483 MELL-MEL Mai 1824 31 [i-iv], [1]-576 MI-MOLLUG Aug 1824 32 [i-iv], [1]-567 MOLLUS-MORF Nov 1824 33 fi-iv], [1]-588 MORG-MYC Dec 1824 34 [i-iv], [1]-560 MYD-NIK Apr 1825 35 [i-iv], [1]-534 NIL-OJO Oct 1825 36 [i-iv], [1]-560 OKA-OSC Oct 1825 37 [i-iv], [1]-559 OSE-PARM Dec 1825 38 [i-iv], [1]-528 PARN-PERRON Dec 1825 39 [i-iv], [1 ]-559 PERROQ-PHOQ. Apr 1826 40 [i-iv], [1 ]-492 PHOR-PIM Jun 1862 41 [i-iv], [1 ]-558 PIN-PLO Jun 1862 42 [i-iv], [1]-536 PLU-PORC Aug 1826 43 [i-iv], [1]-544 PORCE-PSY Sep 1826 44 fi-iv], [1]-526 PTA-RAZ Dec 1826 45 [i-iv], [1]-548 RE-ROCHER Feb 1827 46 {i-iv], [1]-546 ROCHE-SAF Apr 1827 47 [i-iv], [1]-562 SAG-SAY Mai 1827 48 {i-iv], [1]-572 SCA-SERQ Jun 1827 49 [i-iv], [1]-539 SERR-SOUG Sep 1827 50 fi-iv], [1]-554 SOUI-STE Nov 1827 51 fi-iv], [1]-534 STI-SYST-.e-1 Dec 1827 52 [i-iv], [1]-570 SYST.e(m)-TEL Mar 1828 53 [i-iv], [1]-503 _ TEM-THEOR -e(f) Mai 1828 54. [i-iv], [1]-557 TH-TORTR Apr 1829 [sic] 55 [i-iv], [1]-566 TORTUE-TS Aug 1828 56 [i-iv], [1]-546 TUA-VAZ Sep 1828 57 [i-iv], [1]-628 VEA-VERS Dec 1828 58 [i-iv], [1]-518 VERT-UY Feb 1829 59 [i-iv], [1]-520 WAA-ZOOP Jun 1829 60 [i-iv], [1]-631 ZOOPH-ZYT Jun 1830 61 [i-vi], [], h.t.], 1-48 pref. and suppl. 1845 [49]-232 biographies 1845 Plates (bot.) [1] [i-iii], [1 ]-8, pl. [r-r03] vég. acotyl. 1816-1829 [2] [i-ili], [1]-3, pl. [1-82] vég. monocot. 1816-1829 [3] [i-iii], [1]-4, pl. [1-94] vég. dicot. 1816-1829 [4] [i-i1i], [1]-4, pl. [95-297] vég. dicot. 1816-1829 [5] [i-111], [1]-4, pl. [rgr-373] vég. dicot. 1816-1829 Plates: minér. et cryst. 1 vol., zool. 6 vols. Authors of botanical articles with their code-designations: Ae A. L. de Jussieu (1748-1836) B.M. C. F. B. de Mirbel (1776-1854) AGP: L. M. A. Aubert Du Petit-Thouars (1758-1831) P.B. A. F. M. J. Palisot de Beauvois (1752-1820) H.CASS A. H. G. de Cassini (1781-1832) DIP N. H. F. Desportes (1776-1856) 587 CUVIER, F. ide Wi. A. N. Duchesne (1747-1827) eps F. B. Gaillon (1782-1839) jJS.H J. H. Jaume Saint-Hilaire (1772-1845) LEM. D. S. Leman (1781-1829) LD. J. L. A. Loiseleur-Deslongchamps (1774-1849) MASS Masse(y) P.R. P. Petit-Radel (1749-x) iP jJ. L. M. Poiret (1755-1834) Dew F. R. de Tussac (ff. 1786-1806) Authors of articles in related fields: B. Alex. Brongniart (1770-1847) (palaeontology) G.C.; CV.;C. G. L. C. F. D. Cuvier (1769-1832) (general zoology) C. A. F. E. Coquebert de Mombret (1781-1801) (agriculture) qs H. E. Tessier (1741-1837) (agriculture) Ref.: BM 1: 458; PR 10722; SK p. clxxvii-clxxviii (Stearn); SY p. 18, 70, 71. Cassini, Opusc. phytologiques 3: 145-162. 1834. Sherborn, Index animalium 1801-1850, 1: xliv. 1922. Dahl, Andreas (1751-1789), Swedish physician and botanist at Abo. (Dahl). HERBARIUM and tTypEs: Dahl gave his herbarium to the University of Abo (Turku, TUR) where he was a botanical demonstrator from 1787-1789. ‘The herbarium was lost in the great fire of 1827. Some Dahl material, however, is at H in the Sahlberg herbarium, and at E in the herb. Giseke. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 411; BM 1: 413; KR 133; PR 2029; Saelan p. 77. Scheutz, Bot. Not. 1863: 68. Warming, Bot. Tidsskr. 12: 79. 1880. Daydon Jackson, J. Bot. 51: 138-140. 1913. EPONYMY: Dahlia Cavanilles (1791); Dahlia Thunberg (1792). 1294. Observationes botanicae circa systema vegetabilium divi a Linne Gottingae 1784 editum, quibus accedit justae in manes Linneanos pietatis specimen. Kobenhavn (N. Mller) 1787. Oct. (Observ. bot.) Publ.: 1787, p. [i], [iii], [1]-44. Copies: G, HU. — Reprinted: Mag. Bot. Roemer & Usteri 4: 20-46. 1788. — “‘Est reputatio recensionis supplementi plantarum in com- mentariis lipsiensibus” (PR). Ref.: PR 2029; IDC 5885. Dahlberg, Carl Gustav (_/l. 1753), Swedish soldier in Suriname, collector for Linnaeus. (Dahlberg). HERBARIUM and Types: Dahlberg came to Suriname as a mercenary, obtained a com- mission, married a well-to-do widow who owned two plantations, and made such a fortune that he could make three return journeys to Sweden. During his first “leave” in 1754. he made the acquaintance of Linnaeus who made him take his pupil Rolander to Suriname. Rolander stayed only for six months. Dahlberg returned to Sweden in 1761 bringing with him the Lignum Quassiae. On his third trip (1771-1775) he brought back a collection of 186 specimens which were first given to Gustav III of Sweden and sub- sequently (1774) transferred to Linnaeus. These plants were the basis of Linnaeus’s Plantae surinamenses, a dissertation defended by Jacob Alm in 1775. Further descriptions of these plants appeared in Linnaeus f. Supplementum (1781) and in an article by C. G. Rottbell, in Acta Lit. Univ. Hafn. 1778: 267-394. Although there has been doubt about the fate of Dahlberg’s collections, it is certain that they are in the Linnaean herbarium (LINN) (although difficult to recognize) and in Alstrémer’s herbarium (which incorporates the herbarium of Linnaeus f.) now at S. The Thunberg herbarium (UPS) also contains several sheets ““Dahlberg e Surinamo.” 588 DAHLSTEDT Ref.: 1H 2: 150. Dahlberg, Catalogus der Vlessen, van de Boom, Struik, Plant en rankgewassen, dewelke ik, in Spiritus vini bewaard heb. (Manuscript LINN, copy BM-U). Lindman, Ark. Bot. 7(3): 8. 1907. Sack, Pharmac. Weekblad 1911: 1152-1157, 1175-1186. Jackson, Index to the Linnean herbarium 11. 1912. Lanjouw et Uittien, West Indische Gids 17(6): 173-190. 1935. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 158. 1936. EPONYMY: Dahlberga Cothenius (1790, orth. var.) ; Dalbergia [sic] Linnaeus fil. (1781, also dedicated to his brother Nils E. Dalberg or Dahlberg (1736-1819), Swedish physician) ; Dalbergiella E. G. Baker (1928); Dalbergites O. Kuntze (1903). Note: Dalbergaria 'Tussac (1808-1813) is dedicated to prince Karl von Dalberg (1744- 1817), german patron of science. Dahlgren, Bror Eric (1877-1961), Swedish born American botanist (Dahlgren). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: F; further material at F, GH, NY, POM, US. IGS Wel 28 wiXoy BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 411; BM 6: 246, 7: 914; Bossert p. 91; Langman p. 232, 363, 591-592; LS suppl. 6043; MW suppl. p. 53. Kitzke, Principes 6(3): 84-86. 1962. EPONYMY: Dahigrenia Steyermark (1951). 1295. Index of American palms by B. E. Dahlgren ... Fossil palms by A. C. Noé. Botanical series, Field Museum of Natural History vol. 14 [publication 355] Chicago 1936. Oct. (Index Amer. palms). Co-author (fossil palms): Adolf Carl Noé (1873-1939). Ed. 1: 30 Apr 1936. — 456 pp., later supplemented with a volume of plates (vol. 14, publ. 863, 30 Jan 1959), nos. 1-472. Revised ed.: Sidney F. Glassman, A revision of B. E. Dahlgren’s Index of American Palms. Phanerogamarum monographicae, tomus 6, Lehre (J. Cramer) 1972 (publ. 20 Dec) (excluding fossil palms). Ref.: Stafleu, Taxon 9: 59. 1960; 22: 305, 496. 1973. Dahlstedt, Gustav Adolf Hugo (1856-1934), Swedish botanist specialized in Hzeracium and Taraxacum. (Dahlst.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: S. — Exsiccatae: 1. Herbarium Hieraciorum scandinaviae (cent. i-xxiv, 1892-1911), ten sets issued: B, BM, G, GB, GOET, K, L, LD, P, S. 2. Hieracia exsiccata (fasc. i-iv, 100 nos., 1889-1891, Linképing, Stockholm), sets at: BM, GB, GOET, LD, S. 3. Taraxaca scandinavica exsiccata (fasc. i-iv, 50, 50, 54 and 55 nos., 1911-1914, Jonk6ping), 30 sets issued: B, BM, C, G, GB, K, L, LD, NY, S, W. Ref.: TH 2: 150; KR p. 135, 139. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 339. 1916. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 411; BM 1: 414; Bossert p. 92; CSP 14: 453; KR p. 135-139; Langman p. 232; MW p. 89. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 35. tab. 14. 1903 (portr.); 3(3): 9, 207. 1905. Samuelsson, Sv. Bot. Tidskr. 29: 506-510. 1935 (portr.). Verdoorn, Chron. bot. 2: 272. 1936 (portr.). EPONYMY: Dahlstedtia Malme (1905). COMPOSITE WORKS: Contributed the treatments of Taraxacum to A. Blytt, Haandb. Nor- ges fl. 721-727. 1906, and to Lindman, Sv. fanerogamfl. 559-589. 1918. 589 DAIBER Daiber, J. (/l. 1866), German highschool-teacher at Tubingen. (Daiber). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: PR 2031. 1296. Taschenbuch der Flora von Wiirttemberg. Zum Gebrauch fiir botanische Excursionen nach Linnéischem Systeme bearbeitet. Tiibingen (Osiander) 1866. Oct. (Taschenb. Fl. Wiirttemberg). Ed. 1: Jul-Aug 1866 (p. vi: Apr 1866; Flora 25 Aug 1866), p. [i]-vi, [1]-230. Copy: NY. Ed. 2: 1878, Heilbronn (Albert Scheurlen), p. [i]-xu, [1]-244. Copies: G, L. Ed. 3: Mar-Mai 1881, Heilbronn (Albert Scheurlen), (Nat. Nov. Mai 1881), p. [i]-x, [1]-240. Ed. 4: Jun-Jul 1886, Heilbronn, (Nat. Nov. Jul 1881), [i]-viii, [1]-239 (n.v.) Ed. 5: Stuttgart, Mai-Jun 1892 (pref. Apr 1892; Nat. Nov. Jul 1892), [1i]-viii, [1]-238. (n.v.) Ed. 6: Stuttgart (Adolf Bonz & Co.) Jan 1899 (pref. autumn 1898, Nat. Nov. Jan 1899), [i]-viii, [1]-215. Copy: B. — “Flora von Wiirttemberg und Hohenzollern ... sechste, ver- mehrte und verbesserte Auflage herausgegeben von Th. Daiber. (Fl. Wiirttemberg.). Ref.: BM 1: 414, PR 2031 (ed. 1). Dale, Samuel (1659-1739), English physician and apothecary who practised at Brain- tree, Essex from 1680. Friend of Ray and Joseph Andrews. (Dale). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Dale owned an herbarium made by Ray: it was bequeathed by him with his own herbarium to the Apothecaries Company. Both herbaria were trans- ferred to the BM in 1862. Dale’s herbarium was rich in British plants, but included also some specimens collected in the Bahama Islands in 1730-1732 by Francis Dale, and some from South Carolina collected in 1730 by ‘Thomas Dale. Several plants collected by the Dales were sent by him to Sloane, Buddle and Sherard. Ref.: JH 2: 151. Kent, Brit. herbaria 50. 1953. Dandy, The Sloane herbarium 122. 1958. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 153. 1964. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(2): 704; Barnhart 1: 412; BB p. 82; BM 1: 415; Bossert p. 92; DNB 13: 385; Jackson p. 199, 200; Langman p. 232; PR 2032. Boulger, J. Bot. 21: 193-197, 225-231. 1883. Britten, J. Bot. 51: 352-353. 1913 (portr.) EPONYMyY: Dalea P. Browne (1756); Dalea A. L. Jussieu (1789). Daléchamps (Dalechamp), Jacques (1513-1588), French medical humanist, physician and botanist at Lyon. (Daléchamps). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Daléchamps’ herbarium, mentioned by his biographers, seems to be lost. His association with Rondelet suggests that he had learned the art at Mont- pellier. One of his pupils at the Faculté de médecine in Lyon, Jehan Girault, made a herbarium which is now at P. Ref.: Planchon, Rondelet et ses disciples 16, app. 50. 1866. Saint-Lager, Histoire des herbiers 47-49. 1885. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 4: 478; Barnhart 1: 413; BM 1: 27; Bossert p. 92; Colmeiro 1: clxxii; DBF 9: 1518; GR p. 313; Jackson p. 536 [index]; Langman p. 233; LS 6204-6205; Moebius p. 34; NI 446-447; PR 2034-2035. Sprengel, Gesch. Bot. ed. 2. 1: 332-334. 1817. Martins, Le Jardin des Plantes de Montpellier 7-10. 1854. Meyer, Gesch. Bot. 4: 394-399. (““Mehr Philologe als beobachtender Naturforscher 29 Wittrock, Acta Horti Bergiani 3(3): 99. 1905. 599 DALECHAMPS Magnin, Ann. Soc. bot. Lyon 31: 14-15. 1906; 36: 3. 1911. Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 200-201. 1940 (bibl.) Sarton, Appreciation of ancient and medieval science 85-86. 1955. Schmitt, Gesnerus 26: 36-53. 1969 (refs. to important sources). Schmitt, DSB 3: 533-534. 1971 (q.v. for secondary refs. and bibl.) Magdefrau, Gesch. Bot. 31, 41, 259. 1973. EPONYMY: Dalechampia Linnaeus (1753). 1297. Historia generalis plantarum, in libros XVIII. per certas classes arteficiose digesta, haec, plusquam mille imaginibus plantarum locupletior superioribus , omnes prope- modum quae ab antiquis scriptoribus graecis, latinis, arabibus, nominantur: necnon eas quae in Orientis atque Occidentis partibus, ante seculum nostrum incognitis, repertae fuerunt, tibi exhibet. Habes etiam earundem plantarum peculiaria diversis nationibus nomina: has amplas descriptiones, e quibus singularum genus, formam, ubi crescent & quo tempore vigeant, nativum temperamentum, vires denique in medicina proprias cognosces. Adjecti sunt indices, non solum graeci et latini, sed aliarum quoque linguarum, locupletissimi. Lyon (apud Gulielmum Rouillium) 1586-1587, 2 vols. Fol. (Hist. general. pl.) Vol. r: title as above, p. [i-xi1], 1-[ 1096]. Copzes: see vol. 2. Vol. 2: ““Historiae generalis plantarum, pars altera, continens reliquos novem libros. Eodem in hac parte studio, quo in superiore amplae plantarum descriptiones dige- stae,” p. [1-11], 1097-1922, [72, indices], 36 [appendix], [4, index app., err.] Copies: HU; MOP NY, WU: For further bibliographical information see Baudrier, Bibliographie Lyonnaise 9g: 397-398, 403, NI 446/7 and HU 154. The book was published anonymously: it was often referred to as Historia plantarum lugdunensis; in C. Bauhin’s Pinax as “‘Lugd.” The “‘editio princeps” of 1554 (PR 2034) does not exist (see Hunger, Charles de l’Escluse 2: 222. 1943). The book came out in Lyon in 1586, but most copies (all seen by us) of vol. 1 bear the date of 1587. See NI 447 for the origin of the 2751 illustrations. French ed. (r): Lyon 1615 (Héritiers Guillaume Rouille), 2 vols. Fol. (in tern.) Copies: HU (vol. 1), MO, NY. — (Hist. général. pl.) Vol. 1: 1615, p. [i-iv], 1-960, [ind. sign. MMMM-OOOO, 36 p.]: ‘“‘Histoire générale des plantes, contenant xviii livres également départis en deux tomes: sortie latine de la bibliothéque de Me Jacques Dalechamps, puis faite frangoise par Me Jean Des Moulins, médecins trés-fameux de leur siécle. Ou sont portraités et descriptés infinies plantes, par les noms propres de diverses nations, leur espéces, forme, origine, saison, tempérament naturel, & vertus convenables a la médecine. Avec un indice au commencement du second tome, trés-utile & trés-nécessaire pour monstrer les propriétez des simples, & donner guérison a toutes les parties du corps humain. Ensemble les tables des noms en diverses langues.”’ Vol. 2: 1615, p. [1-120, sign. a-k], 1-758, [index SSS2e-VV V2]: ‘“‘Histoire ... plantes, tome second: auquel sont représentées et descriptes plusieurs sortes de plantes par mesme ordre qu’au premier. Avec un ample indice contenant les vertus des simples médicaments, appropriées a toutes les parties du corps humain: ensemble les tables en diverses langues.” French ed. (2): Lyon (Philip Borde, Laur. Arnaud, & Cl. Rigaud) 1653, 2 vols. Copies: BR G, Eu M@yN Ye Vol. r: 1653, p. [i-viii], 1-960, [ind. 1-36]. ‘‘Histoire ... tomes: tirée de l’exemplaire latin de la bibliothéque ... derniére édition, revué, corrigé, & augmentée de plusieurs plantes & figures, qui mancquoient dans les precedentes, & illustrée de divers ornements, comme il est deduit plus amplement dans l’epistre au lecteur.”’ Vol. 2: 1653, p. [1-120, sign. a-k], 1-758, [ind. 22 p.]. ““Derniére édition corrigée quant au langage de plusieurs barbarismes, & enrichie de diverses curiositez.”’ “Die Wichtigkeit des Originals ist all seinen Fehler ungeachtet unbestreitbar .. . (Meyer). The book is indeed important as a basis of the knowledge of the flora of southern France. Ref.: BM 1: 413, HE p. 20, HU 154, NI 446, 447, Plesch 189-190, PR 2035, SA 2: 554. Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 201. 1940. Meyer, Gesch. Bot. 4: 395-399. 1857. 9 5g DALLA TORRE Dalla Torre von Thurnberg-Sternhoff, Karl Wilhelm von (1850-1928), Austrian botanist and entomologist. (Dalla Torre). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: IBF (main part), TR. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 413; BFM p. 279; BM 1: 416; Bossert p. 92; CSP 7: 478, 9: 627, 12: 182, 14: 459-460; DTS 1: 54-56, 2: xxi, 6(4): 50, 52, 54, 131, 132; LS 6508-6519; NI 799. Brehm, Wien. Entom. Z. 42: 29-32. 1925. Strand, Int. Entom. Z. 22: 337-340. 1928/9 (portr.). Steuer, Verh. Zool. bot. Ges. Wien 78: 132-136. 1929 (as a zool.). Zehenter et al., Ber. naturw.-med. Ver. Innsbruck 41: xilil-xvili. 1929. (““Gedenkfeier’’). Carpenter, Amer. midland Nat. 33: 22. 1945. Stearn, Regn. veg. 71: 353. 1970. COMPOSITE WORKS: See Hartinger und Dalla Torre, Atlas der Alpenflora (1881-1884). 1298. Genera siphonogamarum ad systema englerianum conscripta. Leipzig (Wilhelm Engelmann) 1900-1907. Qu. (Gen. siphon.) Co-author: Hermann August Theodor Harms (1870-1942). Publ.: Leipzig 1900-1907, p. [i]-vii, [1]-637. part pages dates Nat. Nov. I 1-80 1900 Feb 1900 2 81-160 1900 Aug 1900 3 161-240 IQOI Mai Igo! 4 241-320 IQOI Jan 1902 5 321-400 1903 Jun 1903 6 401-480 1904. Jun 1904 7 481-560 1905 Mar 1905 8 561-640 1906 Aug 1906 9 641-720 1907 Feb 1907 IO/II 721-928 1907 Jan 1908 Copy: FAS (some orig. covers), U. Facsimile reprint of first part, p. [i]-vii, [1]-637: Wiesbaden 1963. Copy: FAS. Register zu Dalla Torre et Harms Genera siphonogamarum ad systema englerianum conscripta. Leipzig 1908. — Publ.: One column issue, p. [i], [1]-568 (orig. pp. 638-921): Oct 1908 (Nat. Nov.), facsimile edition Graz 1958. Copies of both eds.: FAS. Original register two columns: p. 641-928, see above. Ref.: BM 6: 2409. Stafleu, Taxon 12: 172. 1963. 1299. Flora der gefiirsteten Grafschaft Tirol, des Landes Vorarlberg und des Fiirstenthumes Liechtenstein. Nach eigenen und fremden Beobachtungen, Sammlungen und den Literaturquellen bearbeitet. Innsbruck (Wagner) 1900-1913, 6 vols (in 9). Oct. (Fl. Tirol). Co-author: Ludwig von Sarntheim (1861-1914). vol. pages date I [ati] soxve" (ine es], Dec 1900 pref. 1 Dec 1900, [1]-414, map Nat. Nov. Jan 1901 2 [ii]-xxii, [1, h.t.], Mai-Aug 1901 pref. 1 Mai 1900, [1]-210 Nat. Nov. Sep 1901 3 [ii]-lix, [1, h.t.], Jan-Mai 1905 pref. 1 Jan 1905, [1]-716 Nat. Nov. Jun 1905 4 [ii]-xlvi, [1, h.t.], [1]-936, Jul-Oct 1902 pref. 1 Jul 1902, frontisp. portr. Arnold, map Nat. Nov. Nov 1902 592 DALZELL vol. pages date 5 [ui]-liv, [1, h.t.], [1]-671, Nov 1902- pref. 1 Nov 1902, frontisp. portr. Gander Feb 1903 Nat. Nov. Mar 1903 6(1) [ii-iv], [1]-563 Jan-Jul 1906 Nat. Nov. Aug 1906 (2) [ul-iv], [1]-964 Jan-Mar 1909 Nat. Nov. Apr 1909 (3) [1i-iv], [1 ]-956 Nov-Dec 1911 t.p. 1912, Nat. Nov. Dec 1911 (4) — [at]-x, [1]-495 Jul-Sep 1913 pref. 1 Jul 1913, Nat. Nov. Oct 1913 Copy: U. — Vol. 1 contains extensive biographical and bibliographical information, and is referred to in this publication as DTS. Vol. 6(4): “Literature 1899-1907,” is referred to as DTS 6(4). For a Nachtrag zu 3, Pilze, see P. Magnus (1926). Facsimile reprint: announced by Koeltz (1975). Ref.: BM 6: 2409. Magnus, Nachtrag zu “Die Pilze,”” Innsbruck 1926 (Ber. Naturw.-Med. Ver. Inns- bruck 40: [1-11], [1]-315. 1926). Barnhart, NAF 7(15): 1057. 1940. Dalton, James, senior (1764-1843), British clergyman and botanist at Croft, Yorkshire. ( James Dalton). HERBARIUM and TYPES: YRK, bryophytes at CGE. Refs WE 225150: Kent, Brit. herbaria 50. 1957. Simms, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 5(2): 117-120. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart p. 414; BB p. 82. Turner and Dillwyn, Bot. guide 2: 663-664. 1805. Hooker and Taylor, Muscol. brit. 138-139. 1818. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1: 172. 1843 (1849). Koenig et Sims, Ann. Bot. 2: 197-198. 1805. EPONYMY: Daltonia W. J. Hooker & T. Taylor (1818). Dalton, John (1766-1844), British chemist and botanist. (Zohn Dalton). HERBARIUM and Types: MCR (destroyed 1940), E. Ref.: Adamson and Crabtree, Mem. Proc. Manchester lit. phil. soc. 63(1): 1-46. 1919 (also J. Bot. 57: 293-294. 1919). Kent, Brit. herbaria 50. 1957. Sims, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 5(2): 117-120. 1969. Wood, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 5(4): 270-271. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BB p. 82; CSP 2: 133-135; DNB 13: 428. Dallman and Wood, Trans. Liverpool bot. Soc. 1: 67. 1909 (q.v. for earlier biographical accounts). EPONYMY: Daltonia W. J. Hooker & T. Taylor (1818) is dedicated to James Dalton (1764-1843), q.v. Dalzell, Nicol (Nicholas) Alexander (1817-1878), Scottish botanist and forester, conservator of forests at Bombay 1841-1870. (Dalzell). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: K, duplicates at CAL, DD, W. — Drawings at BM, correspon- dence with Hooker at K. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 414; BB p. 83; BM 1: 193, 417; CSP 2: 135, 7: 479, 12: 182; Jackson p. 537 [ind.]; PR 2038-2039. 593 DALZELL McCann, J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 41: 145. 1939. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. I. 1: 127. 1950. Burkill, Chapt. hist. bot. India 237. 1965. EPONYMY: Dalzellia Hasskarl (1865); Dalzellia R. Wight (1852). 1300. The Bombay flora: or, short descriptions of all the indigenous plants hitherto discovered in or near the Bombay presidency; together with a supplement of introduced and naturalised species. Bombay (Education Society’s Press) 1861. Oct. (in fours) (Bombay fl.) Co-author: Alexander Gibson (1800-1867). Publ.: 1861, p. [i]-iv, [1]-332, suppl.: [1]-112. Copies: HH, NY, U. Facsimile edition, mentioned by the trade, n.v. Ref.: PR 2039, IDC 7310. Dalziel, John McEwen (1872-1942), British colonial public health officer, born in India, ultimately specialized in tropical botany, traveller in China and West tropical Africa, later at Kew. (Dalziel). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: K, duplicates see IH and Hepper and Neate. Fee e = ssteTre Hepper and Neate, Plant coll. West Afr. 22. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 414; Bossert p. 92; Plesch p. 190. COMPOSITE WORKS: see J. Hutchinson and J. M. Dalziel, Flora of West Tropical Africa, London 1927-1972. EPONYMY: Dalzielia ‘Turrill (1916). Dammer, Carl Lebrecht Udo (1860-1920), German botanist at the Berlin Botanical Museum 1889-1919. (Dammer). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Some material at B, see Urban (1916). Ref.: Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 339. 1916. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 415; BM 1: 417; CSP 12: 182, 14: 464-465; GR p. 70; Langman p. 233; LS 6517-6519; LS suppl. 6061; MW p. go. Harms, Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 64: 136-138. 1922. COMPOSITE works: EP ed. 1: Polygonaceae, III, 1a: 1-36. Mar 1892 (‘“‘gedruckt in November 1891’’), suppl. in Nachtrage II-IV(1): 151. 1897, (2): 19-20. 1900. Batidaceae, III(1A): 118-120. Aug 1893. rg0x. Handbuch fiir Pflanzensammler. Von Dr. Udo Dammer. Mit 59 in den Text ge- druckten Abbildungen und 13 Tafeln. Stuttgart (Ferdinand Enke) 1891. Oct. (Handb. Pflanzensammil.) Publ.: Jul-Aug 1891 (Nat. Nov. Aug 1891), p. [i]-x, [1]-342, [h.t.], pl. 1-73, figs. 1-59. Copies: MO, NY, US. Ref.: Rendle, J. Bot. 36: 284-285. 1892. Dampier, William (1652-1715), British buccaneer and circumnavigator. (Dampier). HERBARIUM and tyPEs: BM (Sloane) and OXF, forty specimens from Australia. Hef? LENO eo ht. Konig et Sims, Ann. Bot. 2: 531-532. 18. Dandy, ‘The Sloane herbarium 123. 1958. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 153. 1964. George, W. Austral. Natural. 11(8): 173-178. 1971 (Dampier’s plants from north- western Australia). 594 DANA BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(2): 725; BB p. 83; DNB 14: 2; HA 2: 35-37; HR; Laségue p. 360; PR 2041. Hooker, Fl. ‘Tasm. cxiii. 1860. Embacher, Lexikon Reisen 90-91. 1882. Russell, W. C., Life of William Dampier 1889. Maiden, J. West Austral. nat. Hist. Soc. 6: 13-14. 1909. Wilkinson, Dampier explorer and buccaneer, New York 1929, xiii, 257 p. 9 pl. (portr.). Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 128-129. 1950 (itinerary, secondary refs.). Shipman, William Dampier seaman-scientist, Lawrence, Kansas 1962, ii, 63 p. Coats, Huntia 2: 194-195. 1965 (portr.). Lloyd, Chr., William Dampier. London s.d. [1966], 165 p. [portr.). NOTE: For a recent biography see Lloyd (1966) ; for more extensive source references see the HR documentation at HU, K and U. EPONYMY: Dampiera R. Brown (1810). Dana, James Dwight (1813-1895), American mineralogist and palaeontologist at New Haven, naturalist on the U.S. Exploring Expedition. (Dana). COLLECTIONS: Mainly at US. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews p. 250; Barnhart 1: 416; BM 1: 418-419, 6: 250; Bossert p. 92; CSP 2: 139-143, 6: 632, 7: 480-481, 9: 630-631, 14: 466-467; ME 1: 176-177 (biogr.), 3: 560 (index); Merrill p. 694 passim; Quenstedt p. 103. Marcou, U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 30: 223-227. 1885 (bibl.). Dana, Amer. J. Sci. ser. 3. 49: 329-356. 1895 (portr., bibl.). Williams, J. of Geol. 1895: 601-621. Beecher, Amer. Geol. 17: 1-16. 1896 (portr., bibl.). Le Conte, Bull. Soc. Geol. Soc. Amer. 7: 461-479. 1896 (bibl., portr.). Gilman, The life of James Dwight Dana, New York, London 1899, xii, 409 p., 5 pl. (portr., bibl.). Collins, Rhodora 14: 66. 1912. Spezia, Atti Accad. Sci. Torino 47: 22-24. 1912. Hadley et al., Bull. geol. Soc. Amer. 24: 55-69. 1913 (Dana centenary). Pirsson, Biogr. Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. 9: 41-92. 1919 (portr.). Bartlett, Proc. amer. phil. Soc. 82: 655-663. 1940. Rodgers, John Torrey 339. 1942, Amer. Bot. 1873-1892. 327. 1944. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 129. 1950. Ewan, in A century of progress in the nat. sciences 4.7. 1955. Sanford, J. Hist. Ideas 26: 531-546. 1965. Stanton, DSB 3: 549-554. 1971 (bibl.) 1302. Manual of geology: treating of the principles of the science, with special reference to American geological history for the use of colleges, academies, and schools of science .. . illustrated by a chart of the world, and over 1000 figures, mostly from American sources. Philadelphia, London 1863. Oct. (Man. geol.) Ed. 1: 1863, before Oct, p. i-xvi, 1-798, z pl., 1 map. Ed. 2: New York (Ivison, Blakeman, Taylor, and Co.) and London (Triibner and Co.) 1876 (p. x: 1 Mar 1874), p. [i]-xvi, [1]-828, 1 pl., 1 map, text figs. Copy: HH. “Manual ... history, by James D. Dana ...”’ Ed. 3: New York (Ivison, Blakeman, Taylor and Co.) and London (Triibner and Co.) 1880, p. [ii]-xiv, [1]-919, [4, expl. pl.], pl. 2-12, map, text figs. Oct. Copies: MICH, INA “Manual ... history, by James D. Dana ...” Ed. 4: New York, Cincinnati, Chicago (American Book Company) [1895] (p. 5: Jan 1895), [1]-1087, [1088, err.], 2 maps, 1575 figs. Copy: MICH. Ref.: BM 1: 419, ME 3: 560. Anon., North Amer. Rev. 97: 372-386. Oct 1863. 595 DANGEARD Dangeard, Pierre [Clement] Augustin (1862-1947), French botanist. (P. A. Dang.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: PC; also some at AHFH. IRS Nl PIB) Gi te BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 416; BM 1: 419; Bossert p. 93; CSP 14: 468-470; GR p. 313. Dangeard, Le botaniste ser. 4. 3: 91. 1895 (bibl.) Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. Deux-Sévres 20: pl. 9. 1909 (portr.) Reynolds Green, Hist. bot. 239. 1909. Heim, Rev. Mycol. ser. 2. 12(3): 97-103. 1947 (portr.) Moreau, Rev. gén. Bot. 57: 193-208. 1950 (portr.) Ainsworth and Bisby, Dict. fungi ed. 6. 152. 1972. Blum, NAF ser. 2. 8: 46. 1972. EPONYMY: Dangeardia B. Schréder (1898); Dangeardiella P. A. Saccardo & P. Sydow (1899). 1303. ‘Théses présentées a la Faculté des Sciences de Paris pour obtenir le grade de docteur és sciences naturelles par P.-A. Dangeard ... tre these — Recherches sur les organismes inférieurs. 2e these — Propositions données par la Faculté. Soutenues le 15 décembre devant la commission d’examen. MM. Hébert ... Président, Delage [,] Van Tieghem ... examinateurs. Paris (G. Masson) 1886. Oct. (Rech. organ. inf.) Publ.: 15 Dec 1886, p. [i-iii], [1]-101, [1, these]. pl. rr-14. Copies: BR, G, PCS. — A trade edition (n.v.) is mentioned by Nat. Nov. Dec 1887. — The thesis is a reprint from Ann. Sci. nat. ser. 7. 4: 241-341. Oct 1886. The date is filled in by hand. Dangeard, Pierre Jean Louis (1895-1970), French algologist at Bordeaux, son of P. C. A. Dangeard. (P. 7. L. Dang.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BORD. Ref.: Koster, Taxon 18: 551. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: GR p. 314; IH 1 (ed. 3): 29; LS 6525-6620, suppl. 6075- 6085; Plesch p. 190. Dangeard, Le Botaniste 52, 1958, suppl. p. 1-98 (bibl.) Gayral, Bull. Soc. phycol. France 16: 98-112. 1970 (portr., bibl.) Eymé and Parriaud, Le Botaniste 54 (1-6): 5-30. 1971 (portr., bibl.) Parriaud, Rev. Algol. ser. 2. 10: 216-228. 1971 (portr., bibl.) Gayral, Phycologia 10(4): 341-344.'1971 (portr.), Bull. Soc. phycol. France 16: 1-16. 1971 (portr., bibl.) 1304. Traité d’algologie introduction a la biologie et a la systématique des algues ... 370 figures / Encyclopédie biologique. Paris (Paul Lechevalier & fils) 1933. Oct. ( Traité algol.) Publ.: Feb-Jun 1933 (colophon: 7 Feb 1933, Nat. Nov. Jul 1933), p. [1]-441, [1, colophon]. Copy: U. Danguy, Paul Auguste (1862-1942), French botanist. (Danguy). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Some material at P. Ref.: TH 2: 151. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 416; MW p. go. Humbert, Bull. Soc. bot. France 89: 249-252. 1942 (bibl., portr.) Gagnepain, Fl. Indochine, tome prél. 39. 1944. COMPOSITE WORKS: Lecomte, Fl. Indochine, Caprifoliaceae 3(1): 1-20. Dec 1922; Stylidiacea 3(5): 664. Sep 1924, 3(6): 665-667. Feb 1930; Goodeniaceae 3(6): 667-671. Feb 1930; Lobeliaceae 3(6): 671-683. Feb 1930; Campanulaceae 3(6): 683-698. Feb 1930; Hydrophyl- laceae 4(3): 226-228. Sep 1915. 596 DARBISHIRE EPONYMY: Danguya Benoist (1930) ; Danguyodrypetes J. Leandri (1939). Daniels, Francis Potter (1869-1947), American botanist. (F. P. Daniels). HERBARIUM and tyPEs: MO, UMO. Ref.: IH 2: 151. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Rickett, NAF ser. 2. 2: 154. 1955. 1305. The flora of Columbia (Missourt) and vicinity. University of Missouri, 1907. Oct. (Fi. Columbia). Publ.: Jan 1907. The University of Missouri Studies, Science Series 1(2): [i]-ix, [x], [1]- 391, alt. numbering 143-461, map. Copies: MO, NY (2). Ref.: Rickett, NAF ser. 2. 2: 154. 1955. Danser, Benedictus Hubertus (1891-1943), Dutch botanist, pupil of Hugo de Vries, later professor of botany at Groningen. (Danser). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Danser’s original Java collections are at BO and GRO, with some duplicates at L. The Netherlands herbarium, collected before 1925, is at GRO with duplicates at L. His types are indicated in his publications. Ref.: IH 2: 151; JW 5: 238. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 418; Bossert p. 93; JW 1: 441, 2: 189, 5: 238; MW p. 91; MW suppl. p. 54. Anon., Wie is dat? ed. 3. 1935. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 160. 1936. Anon., Nieuwsblad van het Noorden 18 Oct 1943, Rotterdams Nieuwsblad (also De Tid, N.R.C.) 19 Oct 1943. Jansen and Wachter, Ned. kruidk. Arch. 53: 129-136. 1943. Lam, Vakblad voor Biologen 24: 119-120. 1943. Andreas, Groninger Studenten almanak 114: 97. 1946. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 129-130. 1950 (portr.) Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 4: 7-13. 1954 (portr.) EPONYMyY (genus): Dansera van Steenis (1948); (journal): Danseria mededelingenblad van de Werkgemeenschap ‘“‘Biosystematiek van vaatplanten.” s.l. [Leiden]. No. 1-x, 1973-X. HANDWRITING: Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: cxlix. 1950. 1306. A new system for the genera of the Loranthaceae Loranthoideae, with a nomenclator for the old world species of this subfamily. Amsterdam (Noord-Hollandsche Uitgevers- maatschappij) 1933. Oct. (Syst. Loranth.) Publ.: 14 Jan 1933, p. [1]-128. Copies: MO, NY. — Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen te Amsterdam afdeeling Natuurkunde (tweede sectie) deel 29(6). Darbishire, Otto Vernon (1870-1934), British lichenologist and algologist. (Darb.) HERBARIUM and TypEs: BRIST, further material at BM, K and KIEL. Refi: 1H 1 (ed- 6): 9575 23/152: Hawksworth, Mycologist’s handb. 182. 1974. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 418; BM 1: 421, 6: 251; Bossert p. 93; CSP 14: 475; GR p. 370; LS 6632-6642; LS suppl. 6108-6119; MW p. o1. MacGregor, Rev. bryol. lichénol. ser. 2. 8: 136. 1935. Skene, J. Bot. 73: 21-22. 1935. Weiss, Proc. Linn. Soc. 14.7: 171-172. 1935. Verdoorn, Chron. bot. 2: 176. 1936 (portr.) 597 DARBISHIRE EPONYMY: Darbishirella A. Zahlbriickner (1898). 1307. The lichens of the Swedish antarctic expedition. Stockholm (Lithographisches Institut des Generalstabs) 1912. Qu. (Lich. Swed. antarct. Exp.) Publ.: 1912, p. [1]-73, [74, cont.], pl. 1-3. Copy: MO. — Lieferung 11, vol. 4, of the Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Schwedischen Siidpolar-Expedition, 1901-1903. Ref.: KR p. 140. Darby, John (1804-1877), American botanist. (Darby). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 418; ME 3: 561; PR 2045-2046. B.S., Am. J. Sci. ser. 3. 14: 499-500. 1877. 1308. A manual of botany adapted to the productions of the Southern States. In two parts: Part i. Vegetable anatomy and physiology. Part ii. Descriptive botany, arranged on the natural system preceded by an analysis. Macon (Benjamin F. Griffin) 1841. Duod. (in sixes) (Man. bot.) Publ.: 1841, p. [i]-xii, [13]-156, [i]-xx, [1]-344. Copies: Ewan, HU, MO, NY. Ref.: BM 1: 421; PR 2045; IDC 7526. 1309. Botany of the southern states. In two parts. Part I. Structural and physiological botany and vegetable plants. Part II. Descriptions of southern plants. Arranged on the natural system. Preceded by a Linnaean and a dichotomous analysis. New York (A. S. Barnes & Co.), Cincinnati (H. W. Derby), Savannah (John M. Cooper) 1855. Oct. (Bot. south. States). ‘ Original issue: 1855 (p. 6: £1855”), p. [1]-612. Copy: US. Second issue: 1856 (p. 6: £1855”), p. [1]-612. Copy: US. Third issue: 1857 (p. 6: £1855’), p. [1]-612. Copies: HH, US. Ref.: ME 3: 471; PR 2046. Gray, Am. J. Sci. 20: 131. 1855. * Darlington, William (1782-1863), American physician, botanist and antiquarian at West Chester nr. Philadelphia. (Dazl.) HERBARIUM and types: DWG, other material at FI, K, P, P-DU, PH. — Manuscripts and correspondence at DWC and at the New York Historical Society, letters to Torrey at NY; library at DWC. Ref.: TH 2: 152. Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. (Torrey corr.) 451-452. 1973. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 419; BM 1: 421, 6: 252; Bossert p. 93; CSP 2: 152, 6: 632, 12: 184; Jackson p. 537 [ind.]; LS 6647-6648; ME 1: 177, 3: 5613 PR 2048-2054. Gray, Amer. J. Sci. ser. 2. 36: 132-139. 1863 (Flora 56: 511. 24 Nov. 1863). James, Proc. Amer. philos. Soc. 9: 330-343. 1863/4. Harshberger, Bot. Philadelphia 9, 134-143, 168, 443. 1899 (portr.) Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 193. 1905. Kelly, Some American medical botanists 113-117. 1914. Tucker, Cat. Arnold Arb. 2: 9. 1917. Kelly and Burrage, American medical biographies 282-284. 1920. Barnhart, Mem. Torrey bot. Club 16: 291-292. 1921 (corr. Schweinitz-Torrey). Sharpless, Bartonia 14: 1-13. 1932. Earnest, J. and W. Bartram 184 [index]. 1940. Rodgers, John Torrey 339. 1942. Humphrey, Makers North American Botany 67. 1961. Lansing, The Dr. Wm. Darlington Commemorative program addresses. Chester County Medical Society, West Chester, Pa. 1965, 28 p. (portr.) Ewan, Introduction to facs. ed. Memorials John Bartram y-vii. 1967. 598 DARLINGTON Graustein, Thomas Nuttall 464. 1967. Ewan, Short hist. bot. US 33, 38, 40. 1969. Ewan, DSB 3: 562-563. 1971 (bibl.) Lansing, Sertum cestricum I: i-ii, 1-38. 1972, 3: 1-ii, 33-39. 1972 [nos. repr. from The medical reporter, Oct. 1854, catalogue of medicinal plants indigenous to Chester County, Pa., by Darlington] (portr.) EPONYMY: Darlingtonia A. P. de Candolle (1825, nom. rej.) ; Darlingtonia J. Torrey (1851) ; Darlingtonia J. Torrey (1853, nom. cons.) 1310. Florula cestrica: an essay towards a catalogue of the phaenogamous plants, native and naturalized, growing in the vicinity of the Borough of West-Chester, in Chester County, Pennsylvania: with brief notices of their properties, and uses, in medecine, rural economy, and the arts. To which is subjoined an appendix of the useful cultivated plants of the same district. By William Darlington, M. D. Ore trahit quodcumque potest, atque addit a cervo. Hor. West-Chester, Penn. (for the author, by Simeon Siegfried) 1826. Oct. (in fours) (Fl. cestr.) Ed. 1: Mai-Dec 1826 (p. [iii]: 28 Apr 1826), p. [i]-xv, 1-152, fl. 1-3, hand-col. copper engr. by H. Fennell. Copies: HH, USDA (rev. Amer. J. Sci. 12(1): 177-179. Mar 1827). Ed. 2: Apr-Jul 1837 (p. vii: Apr 1837; Linn. Soc. 17 Aug 1837), frontisp. map, [i]-xxiii, [1]-640, duodecimo (in sixes). Copies: US (2 copies), E. G. Voss. Title: Flora cestrica: an attempt to enumerate and describe the flowering and filicoid plants of Chester County, in the state of Pennsylvania. With brief notices, and uses, in medecine, domestic and rural economy, and the arts. West-Chester, Penn. (for the author, by S. Siegfried, for sale by Kimber and Sharpless, Philadelphia). Ed. 3: Jan-Jun 1853 (Amer. J. Sci. 66: 129-130. Jul 1853), frontisp. portr., p. [i]-c, map, [1]-498. Copies: HH, US (2 copies of which one with portr.) Title: Flora cestrica: an herborizing companyon for the young botanists of Chester County, state of Pennsylvania ... Third edition: the previous omissions, as far as known, supplied; the descriptive details revised and condensed, and the whole arranged according to the Natural systems, as illustrated by De Candolle, Hooker, and Gray. Philadelphia (Lindsay & Blakiston) 1853. Mosses and hepatics by T. P. James; thallophyta by E. Michener. Ref.: BM 1: 421; LS 6647-6648; ME 3: 395-396; PR 2048; IDC 7529 (ed. 2). Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 12: 310-311. 5 Mai 1854 (rev. ed. 3). 1311. Reliquiae baldwinianae: selections from the correspondence of the late William Baldwin, M. D. ... with occasional notes, and a short biographical memoir. Philadel- phia (Kimber and Sharpless) 1843. Oct. (Relig. baldw.) Publ.: Jul-Aug 1843 (donated to library PH on 8 Aug 1843; rev. by Gray, Dec. 1843), portrait of Baldwin, p. [1]-346, [1, err.] — Important source for the history of early nineteenth century American botany. The facsimile edition (see below) has an extensive introduction by J. Ewan and indexes to personal and scientific names. Facsimile ed.: New York and London (Hafner) 1969, Classica botanica americana, suppl. 2, p. [ii*-iv*], i-lxix, portr., [1]-346, [1, err.] Copy: FAS. Ref.: BM 1: 421; ME 3: 437; PR 2051. Gray, Amer. J. Sci. 46: 192-195. Dec 1843. Lauener, Notes R.B.G. Edinburgh 29(3): 405. 1969. 1312. Memorials of John Bartram and Humphry Marshall. With notices of their botanical contemporaries. Philadelphia (Lindsay & Blakiston) 1849. Oct. (Mem. Bartram © Marshall). Publ.: 12 Oct 1849 (date of presentation copy to Asa Gray), frontisp., p. [i*-11*], [i]-xv, [17]-585. — Important source for the history of North American botany in the first half of the 19th century. The facsimile edition (see below) has an extensive introduction by J. Ewan with indexes to personal and scientific names. See also Ewan (1957). Facsimile ed.: New York and London (Hafner) 1967. Oct. Classica botanica americana, suppl. 1, p. [ii]-lii followed by facs. as above. Copy: FAS. Ref.: BM 1: 421, ME 3: 454, PR 2054. 599 DARLINGTON Anon., N. Amer. Rev. 70: 210-225. Jan 1850. Gray, Amer. J. Sci. ser. 2. 9: 85-105. Jan 1850. Hooker, Kew J. Bot. 2: 62-64. Feb(?) 1850. Ewan, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 3(5): 263-272. 1957. Stafleu, Taxon 17: 76-78. 1968. Darwin, Charles Robert (1809-1882), British evolutionary biologist. (Darwin). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: plants collected on the voyage of the Beagle (1831-1836): CGE, K, MANCH, MO, P, TCD (alg.). Refs LH W152: NoTE: The literature on Darwin and his work is immense. No attempt is made here even to present a review of the most important biographies and studies. In a work on taxonomic literature, however, Darwin should have his place, even if only symbolic, because of his immense influence also on the development of ideas in taxonomy leading to the development of modern evolutionary biology. For a list of the main recent literature on Darwin see Smit p. 904-913. Main bibliography: R. B. Freeman, The works of Charles Darwin. An annotated biblio- graphical handlist. London 1965, x, 81 p. Autobiographies and letters: Francis Darwin, Life and letters of Charles Darwin, London 1887, 3 vols. and Charles Darwin, his life told in an autobiographical chapter and in a selected series of his published letters, London 1892. Biography: e.g. G. R. de Beer, Charles Darwin, evolution by natural selection, London 1963; also as Charles Darwin, a scientific biography, New York 1965 and in DSB 3: 565-577- 1971. (bibl.) Ideas: e.g. M. T. Ghiselin, The triumph of the Darwinian method, Berkeley and Los Angeles 1969. HANDWRITING: e.g. in Francis Darwin, The autobiography of Charles Darwin, Dover ed. 1958. EPONYMY: Darwiniella Spegazzini (1887); Darwiniothamnus G. Harling (1962). Note: Darwinia Rafinesque (1817) and Darwinia Rudge (1815) are dedicated to Erasmus Darwin (1731-1802), English physician, grandfather of Charles Darwin. POSTAGE STAMPS: Poland 20 gr. (1959) yv. 997; Roumania 55 b. (1959) yv. 1621; Soviet Union 40 k. (1959) yv. 2144; Czechoslovakia 3k. (1959) yv. 1045; DDR 10 p. (1958) yv 349; Ecuador 20 c. (1936) yv. 335. -1313. On the origin of species by means of natural selection, or the preservation of favoured races in the struggle for life. London (John Murray) 1859. Oct. (Origin sp.) Publ.: 24 Nov 1859, p. [i]-ix, [1]-502. — Facsimile edition with an introduction by Ernst Mayr, Cambridge, Mass. 1964. — See Freeman 112-207, 409-441 for all editions. Darwin, Robert Waring (1724-1816), British physician and botanist, brother of Erasmus Darwin. (R. Darwin). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 420; BB p. 85 (mixed with R. W. Darwin (1766-1848) ; Jackson p. 537; PR Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 35. 1906. EPONYMY: For eponyms based on the name Darwin, cf. supra, sub Ch. R. Darwin. 1314. Principia botanica: or, a concise and easy introduction to the sexual botany of Linnaeus. With the genera; their mode of growth (as tree, shrub, or herb); the number of species to each genus; where principally native; and the number indigenous to the British Isles; arranged in columns under each class and order; and digested alphabeti- 600 DAVID cally under several generic distinctions. By which means most plants may be thus far ascertained. Together with their indexes. I. Of the Linnaean genera accented, with the British names. II. Of such trivial names as were the genera of old authors. III. Of the British names, with the Linnaean genera; to which are added many of the specific names. Also, a table of several vegetable drugs not in the indexes. Newark (Allin and Co.) 1787. Oct. (in fours) (Princip. bot.) Ed. 1: 1787, p. [i]-vii, [1]-280, [1, err.]. — Copy: USDA. — The preface is signed R.W.D.; the title-page has no author designation. Ed. 2: Newark (Allin and Ridge) 1793. Copy: BM (n.v.) Ed. 3: Newark (M. Hage) 1810. Copy: BM (n.v.) Ref.: BM 1: 412, Henrey 610, 611, 613. Davall, Edmund (1763-1798), English botanist who settled in Switzerland and became an inspector of forests. Entertained correspondence with J. E. Smith. (Davail). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Davall left his herbarium to J. E. Smith; it is now in the Smith herbarium at the Linnean society (LINN). The herbarium contains Swiss plants collected by Davall himself, as well as by Favrod and Reynier; further collectors represented are Bellardi (Italy), Dickson (England), F. Ehrhart (Germany) and D. Vil- lars (France). Other material at G, LAU. Ref.: IH 2: 152. Drake, in Konig et Sims, Ann. Bot. 1: 576-577. 1805. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 12(2): 700; Barnhart 1: 421; BB 1:85; DNB 14: 19; PRGps 77: Drake, in Konig et Sims, Ann. Bot. 1: 576-577. 1805. De Beer, Proc. Linn. Soc. London 159(1): 42-65. 1947. EPONYMY: Davallia J. E. Smith (1793); Davallodes (Copeland) Copeland (1908). HANDWRITING: Taxon 22: 388. 1972. Davey, Frederick Hamilton (1868-1915), British botanist in Cornwall. (Davey). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: TRU. Ref.: BB p. 85. Kent, Brit. Herbaria 50. 1957. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BB p. 85. Davey, Fl. Cornwall Ixi-Ixii. 1909. Watson, Bot. Exch. Club Rep. 1914/5: 477 (portr.) Britten, J. Bot. 54: 29-31. 1918 (portr.) 1315. Flora of Cornwall being an account of the flowering plants and ferns found in the county of Cornwall including the Scilly Isles ... with six portraits and a map. Penryn (F. Chegwidden) 1909. Oct. (Fl. Cornwall). Publ.: Aug-Sep 1909 (p. ix: 26 Jul 1909; Nat. Nov. Sep 1909), p. [i], map, [iii]-Ixxxviii, 6 portr., [1]-570. Copies: MICH, MO, NY. David, [Abbé] Armand (1826-1900), French Lazarist missionary at Peking, botanical traveller and collector in China, 1862-1874. (David). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: the first set of David’s Chinese collection is at P and PC, dupli- cates at B, G, K, LE. Ref.: TH 2: 153. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 1: 277, 6(2): 6-7; Barnhart 1: 422; BM 1: 426; Bretschneider p. 837-870; CSP 7: 491, 9: 646, 12: 185; DBF 10: 340; MW p. 91-92, suppl. p. 54; NI p. 43, no. 646. David, Nouv. Arch. Mus. nat. Hist. nat. 1867-1874. 601 DAVID David, Journal d’un voyage en Mongolie fait en 1866, 2 parts, Paris 1867/8. David, Journal de mon troisiéme voyage d’exploration dans l’empire Chinois. Paris 1875. 2 vols. Dauthenay, Revue hortic. 73: 16. 1901. Vilmorin, Bull. Soc. bot. France 48: 5-8. 1901. Allen, Auk 19: 118-119. 1902. Fox, Abbé David’s Diary. Cambridge, Mass. 1949 (biographical sketch p. xv-xxxii). Hadfield, Pioneers in gardening. 185-186. 1951. Coats, The plant hunters 111-113, 387. 1969. EPONYMY: Davidia Baillon (1871). 1316. Journal de mon troisiéme voyage d’exploration dans Empire Chinois ... ouvrage contenant 3 cartes. Paris (Hachette et Cie) 2 vols. 1875. Oct. (J. trois. voy. Chin.) Vol. 1: 1875, p. [i*-111*], [i]-iv, map, [1]-383. Copies: Ewan, HH. Vol. 2: 1875, p. [i-11], map, [1]-348. Copies: Ewan, HH. Davis, John Jefferson (1852-1937), American physician and mycologist. (7. 7. Davis). HERBARIUM and types: WIS, dupl. see IH 2: 154. 1954. Exsiccatae: Fungi wisconsinensis exsiccatae (17 dec., nos. 1-170, 1916-1933). Sets at BPI, COLO, CUP, DAOM, F, FH (many types), MICH, MIN, MSC, NY, NYS, PAC, PUR, SOLH, TRTC, UC, WIS. Refs En os n54. Stevenson, Beih. Nova Hedwigia 36: 97-99. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 426; BM 6: 255; Bossert p. 953 CSP 14: 498; LS 6675-6681, suppl. 6179-6192; Anon., Science 85: 236. 1937. Anon., Phytopathology 28: 303. 1938. Verdoorn, Chron. bot. 4(2): 175-176. 1938 (portr.) Barnhart, NAF 7(15): 1057. 1940. Davy, Joseph Burtt (1870-1940), British botanist, founder of the Pretoria National Herbarium, student of the flora of California, agriculturist, sylviculturist and ecologist. (Ff. B. Davy). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Original collections from California (1895-1898) at UC, dupl. B; from S. Africa (1903-1920) at PRE (first set), BOL, BUL, GRA, J, K, NU, SAM and ‘other herbaria. Ref.: IH 2: 134. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 339. 1916. Télken, Index herb. austro-africanorum 44. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 427; BM 1: 429, 6: 256; CSP 14: 503; Kew 2: 31; Langman p. 171-172; LS 31780, suppl. 4248-42409. Anon., Gard. Chron. ser. 3. 75: 266. 1924 (portr.) Hutchinson, Nature 146: 424. 1940. ‘Verdoorn, Chron. bot. 6(2): 43. 1940. Ramsbottom, Proc. Linn. Soc. 153: 291-293. 1942. Ewan, in A century of progress in the natural sciences 45. 1955. Thomas, Contr. Dudley Herb. 5: 151. 1961. EPONYMY: Burttdavya Hoyle (1936); Davyella E. Hackel (1899). 1317. A manual of the flowering plants and ferns of the Transvaal with Swaziland, South Africa ... With illustrations by W. E. Trevithick and Alice Bolton [2: by Mrs Burtt Davy, Miss M. Smith, and W. E. Trevithick]. London (Longmans, Green and Co.) 1926-1932, 2 parts. Oct. (Man. pl. Transvaal). Part 1: Apr 1926 (see p. [4]), p. [1]-271, fig. 1-40. Copies: NY, US. ‘602 DEAKIN Part 2: Jul 1932 (p. vi), p. [i]-xxxv, [xxxvi, syn.], [i*], [273]-529, fig. 41-80. Copies: INNS Ul Parts 3-4, unpublished, 1941, galley proofs and typescript at K. Dawson, [Sir] John William (1820-1899), Canadian palaeobotanist at McGill Uni- versity, Montreal 1855-1893. (7. W. Dawson). COLLECTIONS: Redpath Museum, McGill University, Montreal, Canada; some her- barium collections at BH. Ref.: 1H 2: 154. Hueber and Banks, Taxon 16: 81-85. 1967. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews p. 251-252; Barnhart 1: 428; BB p. 86; BM 1: 429-430, 6: 256; Bossert p. 96; CSP 2: 182-184, 6: 630, 7: 497-499, 9: 653-654, 12: 186, 187, 14: 506-508; DNB suppl. 1(2): 120; Jackson p. 537 [ind.]; ME 1: 178, 3: 562; Merrill p. 577, 578, 695 (portr.); Quenstedt p. 108. Ward, Ann. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. 5: 377-378. 1885. Adams, Bull. geol. Soc. Amer. 11: 550-580. 1900 (bibl. p. 557-580 by Ami) (portr.) Ami, Amer. Geologist 26: 1-48. 1900 (bibl., portr.), also repr. Minneapolis 1900, 63 p. Adams and Ami, Proc. Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada ser. 2. 7(4): 3-44. 1901. Dawson, Rankin (ed.), Fifty years of work in Canada 1901, 306 p. (autobiogr.) Woodward, Hist. Geolog. Soc. London 217. 1909. Reynolds Green, Hist. bot. 143. 1909. Stafleu, in Daniels and Stafleu, Taxon 23(4): 482. 1974 (portr.) 1318. The chain of life in geological time. A sketch of the origin and succession of animals and plants ... with numerous illustrations. [London] (The religious tract society) [1880]. Oct. (Chain life geol. time). Publ.: Aug-Sep 1880 (Nat. Nov. Sep-Oct 1880), frontspiece, p. [iii]-xiv, [1]-272, fl. 1-192, uncol. liths. Copy: MICH. 1319. The geological history of plants ... with illustrations. London (Kegan Paul, Trench & Co.) 1888. Oct. (Geol. hist. pl.) Ed. 1: Feb-Mar 1888 (preface Feb 1888; enscribed copy by author to G. W. Butler at U: 28 Mar 1888), p. [i], frontisp., [iii]-x, [1]-290, 79 ills. — Int. Scientific Series Ixiil. Copies: BR, G. Reissue: 1888, New York (D. Appleton and Company), duod. (in sixes), p. [i], front., [iii]-x, [1]-290, 79 ills. — Int. Scientific Series lxi. Copies: NY, US. Ed. 2 (reissue?) : London 1905 (n.v.) Ref.: Andrews p. 26; BM 6: 256 (ed. 1905). Day, Mary Anna (1852-1924), American botanist. (Day). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: GH, further material at L, MANCH, PH, US, VT. Ref: WH 22155: BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 4209. Day, The herbaria of New England, Rhodora 3: 67-71, 206-208, 219-222, 240-244, 255-262, 285-288. 1901. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 194. 1905. 1320. Checklist of the plants contained in Gray’s Manual seventh edition. Cambridge, Mass. (Gray Herbarium) 1908. Oct. (Checkl. pl. Gray man.) Publ.: 1908, p. [i-iii], [1]-168. Copy: HH. Deakin, Richard (1809-1873), British physician and botanist. (Deakin). HERBARIUM and Types: BM (lichens, fungi), drawings at BM. Ref.: BB p. 87; IH 2: 155. Kent, Brit. herbaria 51. 1957 (“‘Salt’’). 603 DEAKIN BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 429; BB p. 87; CSP 2: 185, 7: 500; GR p- 370; Jackson p. 537; Saccardo 1: 61. Trimen and Baker, J. Bot. 11: 128. 1873. 1321. Flora of the Colosseum of Rome; or, illustrations and descriptions of four hundred and twenty plants growing spontaneously upon the ruins of the Colosseum of Rome. London (Groombridge and Sons) 1855. Oct. (Fl. Colosseum). Publ.: Mai-Dec 1855 (p. viii: Mai 1855), p. [iJ-viii, [1]-237, pl.: frontisp., [z-5] opposite p. iv, 17, 25, 56, 93. Copies: MO, NY. Ref.: PR 2080. 1322. The flowering plants of Tunbridge Wells & neighbourhood. Tunbridge Wells (Stidolph & Bellamy), London (Groombridge & Sons) 1871. Oct. (Fl. pl. Tunbridge Wells). Publ.: 1871 (p. [iii*] Feb 1871), p. [i*-iv*], [vi, err.], [1]-371, ill. Copy: HH. Deam, Charles Clemon (1865-1953), American botanist. (Deam). HERBARIUM and Types: IND. — For the numerous sets of duplicates see IH. Ref.: 1H 2: 155. Heiser, Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 71: 226-227. 1961 (1964). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 429; Bossert p. 96. Deam, FI. Indiana 1116. 1940. Bartlett, Asa Gray Bull. ser. 2. 2: 211. 1953. DenUyl, Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 63: 232-239. 1953. Edington, Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 63: 29-32. 1953 (portr.) DenUyl, Castanea 19: 109-121. 1954. Weatherwax, Indiana Mag. Hist. 67(3): 197-267. 1971 (portr., bibl.), the major biography. Doty, Morton Arb. Quart., Lisle 8(4): 57-58. 1972. EPONYMY: Deamia N. L. Britton & J. N. Rose (1920). 1323. Shrubs of Indiana. Indianapolis (Wm. B. Burford) 1924. Oct. (Shrubs Indiana). Publ.: Dec 1924 (t.p.), p. [1]-351, ind. 148 ‘plates.’ Dept. of Conservation, State of Indiana Publication no. 44. Copy: NY. 1324. Trees of Indiana ... Published by State Board of Forestry of Indiana bulletin no. 3. March 1919. Indianapolis (W. B. Burford) 1918. Oct. (Trees Indiana). Ed. [1]: 1912, in State of Indiana, Eleventh Annual Report of the State Board of Forestry 1911, p. 86-372. Indianapolis 1912. — The 133 ‘plates’ are numbered also as ‘pages.’ Ed. [2]: March 1919 (t.p.), p. [1]-299, including 133 ‘plates’ also numbered as ‘pages.’ [Title: see above; this is first edition in book form]. Copies: HH, NY, US. First revised edition: Apr 1921 (t.p.), p. [1]-317, 137 ‘plates’ also numbered as ‘pages,’ Dept. of Conservation, State of Indiana, publ. no. 13, Fort Wayne, Indiana (Fort Wayne Printing Company) 1921. Oct. Copy: HH. Second revised edition: Mar 1932 (t.p.), p. [1]-326, 140 plates in pagination, Fort Wayne (Fort Wayne Printing Company) 1932, Oct. Copy: HH. Third revised edition: 1953, p. [1]-330, 114 plates in pagination, 3 maps id., Indianapolis (The Bookwalter Company, Inc.) 1953. Oct. ‘‘with the assistance of Thomas Edward Shaw ...” Copies: HH (Dept. of Conserv. ... 13a), NY. 1325. Flora of Indiana. Indianapolis (Wm. B. Burford) 1940. Oct. (FI. Indiana). Publ.: Jun 1940 (fide p. 3 and ‘emendation’ p. 1), p. [1]-1236, map, in addition a loose pamphlet, dated 1 July 1941 (p. 9), emendations and changes, p. 1-9. Copy: NY. Facsimile ed.: Lehre (J. Cramer) 1970, Reprints of U.S. Floras no. 6, Lehre 1960. Copy: FAS. Ref.: Fosberg, Chron. bot. 6(4): 95. 18 Nov 1940. 604. DEBAT Deane, Henry (1847-1924), British born Australian railway engineer, palaeobotanist and botanist in New South Wales (from 1880). (H. Deane). HERBARIUM and Types: NSW (including his set of Harvey’s Australian algae), some material also at L. Ref.: TH 2: 155. Hall, Proc. Linn. Soc. NSW 4o9: iv. 1924. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews p. 252; Barnhart 1: 430; BB p. 87-88; Bossert p. 96; CSP 14: 511; HR; Quenstedt p. 108. Deane, M. E., Proc. Linn. Soc. 136: 48-54. 1924. F.C., Nature 113: 865. 1924. Hall, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 49: iv-v. 1924. Chapman, Rec. Geol. Survey Victoria 4: 499-501. 1925 (bibl.) NOTE: for more details, a bibliography and source references see the HR documentation atu SIC COMPOSITE WORKS: Deane wrote the text for vol. 2(5) of Fitzgerald, Australian orchids 1894. Deane, Walter (1848-1930), American botanist and ornithologist. (W. Deane). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: A, GH, ILL, NEBC, NY, US. Ref.: IH 2: 155. Day, Rhodora 3: 220. Igol. Eaton, Rhodora 63: 287-289. 1961 (checklist of seedling coll.) BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart I: 430. Anon., Science ser. 2. 72: 188, 459. 1930. Weatherby, Rhodora 35: 69-80. 1933 (portr.) 1326. Flora of the Blue Hills, Middlesex Fells, Stony Brook, and Beaver Brook reser- vations, of the Metropolitan Park Commission, Massachusetts. Preliminary edition. Boston (C. M. Barrows & Co.) 1896. Oct. (Fl. Blue Hills). Publ.: 15 May-1 Jun 1896 (p. iii: 15 May 1896, copy US rd. 2 Jun 1896), p. [i]-viii, [1]-144, 4 maps. Copies: MO, NY, US. Ref.: Barnhart, NAF 7(15): 1057. 1940. Dearness, John (1852-1954), Canadian mycologist and educator. (Dearn.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: DAOM, MTYJB, further material at B, BPI, CAN, CUP, IAC, INVER UIRAGGRaT G: Rejeo Ute te(Eden6)is 19575925) 155: BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 430. Lloyd, Mycol. notes 55: 781-782. 1918 (portr.) Tamblyn, Mycologia 47(6): 909-915. 1955 (portr., bibl.) Talman, Proc. Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada 81: 79-83. 1957 (portr.) EPONYMY: Dearnessia Bubak (1916). Debat, Louis (1822-1906), French bryologist at Lyon, “‘chef de service au Crédit Lyon- nais,”’ one of the founders of the Société botanique de Lyon. (Debat). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: LY(?). Ref -sUblso 155. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 431; GR p. 314. Magnin, Rev. bryol. 33: 63. 1906. Magnin, Arch. FI. juras. 64: 70. Mai 1906. 605 DEBAT Magnin, Bull. Soc. bot. Lyon 32: 58-59. 1907, 35: 48. 1910. Meyran, Ann. Soc. Linn. de Lyon ser. 2. 79: 3-6. 1935. 1327. Flore analytique des genres © espéces appartenant a V ordre des mousses pour servir a leur détermination dans les départements du Rhone, de la Loire, du Sadne-et-Loire, de V’Ain, de l’Isére, de l’Ardéche, de la Dréme et de la Savoie. Paris (F. Savy), Lyon (J. P. Mégret) 1867. Oct. (Fl. anal. mousses). Publ.: 1867, p. [i-iii], [1]-195. Copy: Teyler. — Reprinted from Bull. Soc. bot. Lyon ser. 2. 10: [405]-599. 1867. Original journ. publ.: NY. — An issue Lyon 1865, with ‘‘420 feuilles encadrées et enrichi de 12 espéces de Mousses bien dessechées et conservées”’ mentioned by the trade (n.v.). Ref.: PR 2081. Debat, Bull. Soc. bot. Lyon 13: 147-235. 1885 (catal. mosses Rhone valley). 1328. Flore des Muscinées Sphaignes, Mousses, Hépatiques contenant la description abrégée des espéces croissant spontanément en France et des clés analytiques pour la détermination des espéces spéciales au bassin du Rhone (partie frangaise) ... avec 4 planches. Lyon (P. N. Josserand) 1874. Oct. (Fl. Musc.) Publ.: 1874 (p. 10: 15 Oct 1873), p. [1-3], [7]-276, pl. 1-4, uncol. liths. Copy: Steere. Debeaux, Jean Odon (1826-1910), French army pharmacist, botanist and malacologist at Toulouse. (Debeaux). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: P, duplicates in many herbaria. Issued also centuries of exsic- catae of Corsican plants (set e.g. at G) and Plantes de I’ Algérie (1880-1883) ; collected also in China. Ref wer t5 5. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 603, 4: 867; Barnhart 1: 431; BM 1: 431, 6: 257; CSP 2: 186, 6: 634, 7: 501, 9: 656, 12: 188, 14: 512-513; Frank 3 (Anh.): 22; GR p. 314; Jackson p. 537 [index]; LS 6697-66908; MW p. 92; PFC 1: xl, lv, 2(2): xv, 3(1): vili; PR 2082-2085; Saccardo 1: 62. Cesati, Mem. Soc. ital. Sci. 4(7): 29. 1882. Anon., La Nuova Notarisia 21: 168. 1910. Braemer, Bull. Soc. du Sud-Ouest Apr. 1910. Gandoger, Bull. Soc. bot. France 57: 163-165. 1910. Balland, Les pharmaciens militaires francais 289. 1913 (bibl.) Gagnepain, Fl. gén. Indoch. tome prél. 39. 1944. Astre, Bull. Soc. hist. nat. Toulouse ror: 173. 1966. 1329. Synopsis de la flore de Gibraltar par M. Debeaux (Odon), ... avec la collaboration de M. Gustave Dautez, Esq. Paris (F. Savy), Gibraltar (G. Dautez) 1889. Oct. (in fours) (Syn. fl. Gibraltar). Co-author: Gustave Dautez( fl. 1889). Publ.: late 1889 (vol. Actes for 1888 publ. late 1889 or early 1890), zx Actes Soc. Linn. Bordeaux 42 (ser. 5.2): 121-378, pl. ro-11; reprinted 1889, p. [1]-261, map (fl. ro), pl. 11. Copies: G, MO, NY. Ref.: BL 2: 486. 1330. Flore de la Kabylie du Djurdjura ou catalogue méthodique et raisonné de toutes les plantes vasculaires et spontanées observées jusqu’a ce jour dans cette contrée. Paris (Paul Klincksieck) 1894. Oct. (Fl. Kabylie). Publ.: Apr-Jun 1894 (Nat. Nov. Jul 1894), as a consolidated reprint of instalments having appeared in the Revue de Botanique Jan 1893-Apr 1894. Reprint p. [i]-iv, [1]-468. — Copy: HH. 1331. Révision des plantes phanérogames de la flore agenaise. Toulouse 1895. Oct. (Rév. pl. phan. agen.) Publ.: In Revue de Botanique, bulletin mensuel de la Société francaise de botanique vol. 13, 1895 as follows: 606 DECAISNE pages dates pages dates 1-32 Feb 1895 161-192 Jul 1895 33-64. Mar 1895 193-224 Aug 1895 65-96 Apr 1895 225-256 Sep 1895 97-128 Mai 1895 257-288 Oct 1895 129-144 Jun 1895 289-320 Nov 1895 321-340 Dec 1895 Debey, Matthias Dominikus Hubert Maria (1817-1884), German physician and palaeobiologist at Aachen. (Debey). COLLECTIONS: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews p. 252; Barnhart 1: 431; BM 1: 431; CSP 2: 187, 7: 501, 12: 188; GR p. 8; Jackson p. 185; LS 6699-6700; Quenstedt p. 109. Mourlon, Géologie de la Belgique 2: 274, 305. 1881. Becker, Z. Aachener Geschichtsver. 9: 233. Deby, Julien Marc (1826-1895), Belgian diatomist who settled in London about 1877. (Deby). HERBARIUM and TYPES: BM, also material at PC. Ref.: BB p. 88, IH 2: 155. Y Britten, J. Bot. 31: 352. 1893. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BB p. 88; CSP 14: 515. Van Heurck, Le Diatomiste 2: 197-201. 1895 (portr., bibl.) Van Heurck, Bull. Soc. belg. Micros. 21: 122-131. 1895 (bibl.) Anon., Hedwigia 34 (Rep.): 126. 1895; J. Bot. 33: 288. 1895. Evens, Gesch. algol. Belgié 156-158. 1944. EPONYMY: Debya Pantocsek (1886); Debya Rattray (1888). 1332. Bibliotheca debyana being a catalogue of books & abstracts relating to natural science with special reference to microscopy in the library of Julien Deby, M.E., F.R.M.S., etc. London (author) 1889. Oct. (Biblioth. deby.) Vol. r: Aug 1889 (t.p.), p. [i-iti], [1]-151. Copy: PCS. Vol. 2: probably not issued in this form but as Bibliotheca Diatomologica in De Toni, Sylloge Algarum 2(1). 1333- Analysis of the diatomaceous genus Campylodiscus: being the prelude to a monograph of the same. London [1891], privately printed. Oct. (Anal. Campylodiscus). Publ.: 1891 (fide Nat. Nov. Apr 1892), p. [1]-96, [2, err.], [2, ind.], pl. 2-15 with text. Copies: BR, PCS. Ref.: IDC 6354. 1334+ An introduction to the study of the Diatomaceae by Frederick Wm. Mills ... with a bibliography by Julien Deby. London (Iliffe & Son), Washington D.C. (The micros- copical Publishing Company) 1893. Oct. (Introd. study Diatom.) Co-author: Frederick William Mills. Publ.: Apr-Jun 1893 (p. vii: Apr 1893; Nat. Nov. Jul (1) 1893), p. [v]-xi, [1]-243, jigs. 1-6. Copy: PCS. Ref.: Deby and Kitten, Bibliography of Diatomaceae. London (Bogue) 1882 (earlier bibl.) Decaisne, Joseph (1807-1882), Belgian botanist attached to the Paris Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle. (Decne.) HERBARIUM and Types: BR (private herb., mss.), many types at P and PC, but also some at G. For his library see Vesque 1883. Letters to Torrey at NY. 607 DECAISNE Refs Gees 5; Vesque, Cat. bibl. Decaisne, Paris 1883, xxi, 485 p. Stafleu, The great Prodromus 26. 1966. Koster, Taxon 18: 551. 1969. Lenley et al., Gat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. (Torrey corr.) 452. 1973. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 723; Barnhart 1: 432; BM 1: 432, 6: 257; Bossert p. 97; Bretschneider p. 929-931; CSP 2: 189-190, 7: 502, 9: 657, 12: 188; Frank 3 (Anh.): 22; GR p. 315, 693-694; HR; IF p. 692; Jackson p. 537-538; Langman p. 237; LS 6710-6714; MW p. 92-93, suppl. p. 54; NI p. 44, nos. 456-457; Plesch p. 193; PR 2086-2095. A.S., Nouv. Biogr. gén. 13: 302. 1855. Van Houtte, Flore des Serres 19: 29-30. 1873 (portr.) Baillon, Errorum decaisneanorum graviorum vel minus cognitorum, cent. 1-7, Paris 1875 (important, though somewhat negative, general commentary). Planchon, Flore des Serres 23: 336-340. 1880 (portr.) Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1880/82: 62-63, 1882. Bertrand, Notice biographique sur J. D., Lille 1882, 23 p. (bibl.) (copy B). Fremy, Bull. Soc. bot. France 29: 54-72. 1882 (bibl.) Olivier, Bull. Soc. Linn. Nord de la France 6: 21-25. 1882/83. Rodigas, Rev. hort. belge étrang. 8: 61-62. 1882. Bornet in Vesque, Catal. Bibl. Decaisne v-xvii. 1883, also repr., 19 p. (copy NY). Bornet, Notice biographique sur M. J. D., Paris 1883, P: i-x1x (copy B). Gray, Sci. papers 2: 437-438. 1889. Berthelot, Notice historique, Paris 1894 (copies AA, BR). Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 35. 1898. Wittrock, Acta Horti Bergiani 3(2): 87, 111. 1903, 3(3): 99, f. 238. 1905 (portr.) Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 35. 1906. Maiden, J. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 44: 147, 149. 1910. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 163. 1936. Moebius, Gesch. Bot. 449 [index]. 1937. Evens, Gesch. algologie Belgie 158. 1944. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. vol. 4.(2): Ixxxvili. 1949. Stafleu, The great Prodromus 26. 1966. Stafleu, Regn. Veg. 71: 305-307, 338. 1971. COMPOSITE WoRKs: (1) Editor of Annales des Sciences naturelles, Botanique, ser. 2, vol. 18 — ser. 6, vol. 12, 1842-1881. (2) Description des plantes [Phanérogames] in Hombron et Jacquinot, Botanique 2, in Dumont d’Urville, Voyage au Péle sud, 1845, 1853. (3) DC., Prodr.: Asclepiadeae 8: 490-665. med. Mar 1844; Plantaginaceae 13(1): 693-738. 10 Mai 1852. EPONYMY: Decaisnea A. T. Brongniart (1833-1834, nom. rej.) ; Decaisnea J. D. Hooker & T. Thomson (1855, nom. cons.) ; Decaisnella J. H. Fabre (1879); Decaisnella O. Kuntze (1891); Decaisnina Van 'Tieghem (1895). HANDWRITING: Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: cxlix. 1950. 1335. Description d’un herbier de Vile de Timor, faisant partie des collections botani- ques du Muséum d’Histoire naturelle, Nouv. Ann. Mus. Hist. nat. [Paris] ser. 3. 3: 333- 501. ¢t. 16-27. 1834. Qu. Publ.: 1834. in Nouvelles Annales; reprint issued with independent pagination as Herbarit timorensis descriptio cum tabulis 6 aeneis, Paris (Roret) 1835. Qu. (rd. by Acad. 11 Mai 1835), [1]-173, pl. xvi-xxi, [4, ind.]; p. 5-173 correspond with p. 333-501 of the original publication. The plates are plain liths. of drawings by Decaisne. Reprint copies: G, HH. Ref.: BM 1: 432; PR 2087; IDC 5886. 1336. Essais sur une classification des algues et des polypiers calciféres. Mémoire sur les Coral- 608 DECAISNE lines. Théses présentées et soutenues a la Faculté des Sciences de Paris le 19 décembre 1842. Paris (Paul Renouard) 1842. Oct. (Ess. classif. alg. calcif.) Publ.: 19 Dec 1842, p. [i-vi], [1]-120, pl. 14-17. Copy: UC. — Repaged reissue of two papers in the Ann. Sci. nat. Bot. ser. 2. 17: 297-380 (Essais ...) and ser. 2. 18: 96-128 (Mémoire ...), published respectively in the May (p. 297-368), June (369-380) and August (96-128) issues of the Annales for 1842. ‘The thése can be assumed to have been published on 19 Dec 1842. The plates (14-17) accompanying the first article carry (erroneously) the volume number 16. Ref.: Vesque, Cat. Bibl. Decaisne 147. 1883. Lawson and Price, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 62(3): 340. 1969. 1337. Voyage autour du monde sur la frégate la Venus pendant les années 1836-1839. Paris 1840- 1843 [par Abel Aubert Du Petit-Thouars, 1793-1864], — Botanique [= vol. 5, part 2] par M. J. Decaisne. Paris (Théodore Morgand) 1864. Oct., Aélas Paris (Gide et Cie) 1846. Fol. (Voy. Venus, Bot. [Ail.]) Publ.: Text (p. [1]-34, [2 ind.]) 3 Sep 1864 (13 p.), plates (Atlas, p. [i-v], pl. 1-28) 1855, possibly 1846. The plates are by Alfred Riocreux (1820-1912) and (one) by Bor- romée; the originals are at the Paris Muséum d’ Histoire naturelle. Copy: G. For a description of the full work see e.g. BM 2: 606. Ref.: NI 561; PR 2520; BM 1: 493. Sherborn and Woodward, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. ser. 7. 8: 492. 1901. 1338. Le jardin fruitier du Muséum ou iconographie de toutes les espéces et variétés d’arbres fruitiers cultivés dans cet établissement, avec leur description, leur histoire, leur synonymie. Publié sous les auspices de S.E. le Ministre de l’agriculture et du commerce. Paris (Firmin Didot) 9 vols., [1858-] 1862-1875. Fol. ( Jard. fruit.) vol. prel. t.p. final issue vol. prel.t.p. final issue I 1858 1871-1872 6 1864. 1871-1872 2 1859 1871-1872 7 1866 1872-1875 3 1860 1871-1872 8 1868 1862-1875 4 1861 1871-1872 9 1862-1875 1862-1875 508 colour-printed or lithogr. plates by A. Riocreux, originals in part at P and Bibl. nationale, Paris. Published in fascicles, the contents of which are not known. The bin- ding in the nine volumes is by subject and does not reflect the chronology of publication. As soon as a volume was completed a title page was issued. For the final issue a whole new series of t.p.’s appeared citing the main contents. Copies: BR, G, MO. Ref.: GFB p. 54; NI 456; PR 2094. 1339. Manuel de l’amateur des jardins. Traité général horticulture. Paris s.d. [1862- 1872]. Paris (Firmin-Didot et Cie.) 4 vols. Duod. (Manuel amat. jard.) Co-author: Charles Victor Naudin (1815-1899). Publ.: The volumes were published in parts and completed by the dates mentioned below. The format ‘‘octo-decimo” is duodecimo with signatures of 24 and 12 p. alternating. The engravings (text ills.) by F. Leblanc are from drawings by Alfred Riocreux (1820-1912). Copies: BR, G, MO, NY. 1: [i]-[mi], [1]-742. 5 Jul 1862. 2: [i*], front., [iii*], [i]-vili, map, [1]-824. 14 Jul 1866. 3: [i], [iii], [1]-865 (‘765’). 31 Oct 1868. 4: [i], [ii], [1]-657. 13 Jan 1872. Ref.: BM 1: 432; NI 458; PR 2095. Stearn, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 3: 13-14. 1954; Fl. males. Bull. 15: 734. 1960. 1340. Sur les caractéres et les affinités des Oliniées. Paris (Emile Martinet) 1877. Oct. (Car. affin. Oliniées). Publ.: Nov-Dec 1877 (see p. 15; J. Bot. Jan 1878), p. [1]-15, 2 pl. Copies: G, US. Ref.: Baillon, Sur les Oliniées 1878 (controversy). W. P. H., J. Bot. 16: 184-185. 1878. 609 DEECKE Deecke, Johannes Ernst Wilhelm (1862-1934), German geologist and palaeobiologist at Freiburg i. Br. (Deecke). COLLECTIONS: Freiburger geologisches Institut. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews p. 253; Barnhart 1: 433; BM 1: 434, 6: 258; CSP 14: 521-522; Quenstedt p. 109. Grénwall, Geol. Foren. Stockholm Férh. 56: 619-620. 1934. Soergel, Jahresber. Mitt. Oberrhein. geol. Ver. ser. 2. 24: xiil-xiv. 1935 (portr.) FESTSCHRIFT: Fortschritte der Geologie und Palaeontologie 11, 1932 (portr., bibl. vii-xx) (7oth birthday). Deflandre, Georges (-Victor) (1897-1973), French palaeontologist and algologist. (Deflandre) . COLLECTIONS: Institut de Paléontologie, Muséum National d’ Histoire naturelle, Centre scientifique Georges Deflandre (12.000 books, 15.000 preparations, various manus- cripts). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews p. 253-254; [not in Barnhart]; MW p. 94. Boureau, Regn. veg. 11: I1. 1958. Roon, Int. direct. plant tax. 32. 1958. Deflandre, Catalogue des taxons introduits dans la systématique, Paris 1965 (mimeo- graphed) (bibl.) 58, 29 p. Leckwyck, Jaarb. Kon. Akad. Wetensch. Lett. Schone Kunsten Belgie 35: 399-404. 1973 (portr.) Sarjeant, Microscopy 32(8) : 319-331. 1973- 1341. Monographie du genre Trachelomonas Ehr. Nemours (André Lesot) 1926. Oct. (Monogr. Trachelomonas). Publ.: 1926 (not in Nat. Nov.), p. [1]-162, pl. 1-15. Copy: PCS. Defrance, Jacques Louis Marin (1758-1850), French palaeontologist who described a number of fossil organisms as animals now believed to be plants. (Defrance). COLLECTIONS: at Caen. Ref.: Sherborn p. 43. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews p. 254; Barnhart 1: 434; BM 1: 434; CSP 2: 200; MW p. 94; Quenstedt p. 109. 1342. Tableau des corps organisés fossiles, précéde de remarques sur leur pétrification. Paris, Strasbourg (F. G. Levrault) 1824. Oct. (Tabl. corps foss.) Publ.: 1824, p. [i]-xvi, [4], [1]-136. Copies: G, L. Ref.: BM 1: 434. Degelius, Gunnar Bror Fritiof (1903-x), Swedish botanist. (Degel.) HERBARIUM and Types: UPSV (lichen herbarium), other material at C, GB, W. Ref. Io: 150. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart I: 434. Degen, Arpad von (1866-1934), Hungarian botanist. (Degen). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BP — duplicates see [H. — Exsiccata: Gramina hungarica (fasc. 1-7, IQ00-IQII, 350 nos.), e.g. at B. Ref.: 1H 2: 156. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 339. 1916. 610 DE LAPYLAIE BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 5(2): 374, 6(1): 785, 12(2): 753, 12(3): 409; Barnhart 1: 434; BM 6: 258; Bossert p. 97; GSP 14: 524-525; DTS 6(4): 70; LS suppl. 6267. Wittrock, Acta Horti Bergiani 3(3): 206. 1905. Anon., Botanikai Kézlemények 24: 213-215. 1927 (1928). Verdoorn, Chron. bot. 1: 182. 1933. Anon., Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 52: 171. 1934. Domin, Véda Brir 15: 159. 1934. Podpéra, Priroda 27: 189. 1934. Javorka, Termés zettudomanyi kézlony 67: 209-214. 1935 (repr. 6 p., copy B). Lengyel, Botanikai Kozlemények 33: 1-77. 1936 (bibl., 1041 nos., portr.) Anon., Cat. bibl. Dr. Arpadi de Degen, Budapest 1941 (copy B). 1343. Flora velebitica Aufzahlung der auf dem Velebitgebirge, auf dem Senjsko Bilo und dem PljeSivica-Bergzuge bisher beobachteten Pflanzen nebst einer Schilderung der in pflanzengeographischer Beziehung in Betracht kommenden physikalischen Verhalt- nisse des Gebietes. Budapest (Ungar. Akademie der Wissenschaften) 4 vols. 1936-1938. (FI. veleb.) Vol. 1: Oct-Dec 1936 (p. vi: Oct 1936; Nat. Nov. Oct 1937), frontisp. portr. Degen, [i]-xi, [1]-662, p. vii-xi obituary of Degen by Lengyel. Copy: HH. Vol. 2: 1937 (Nat. Nov. Apr 1938), p. [i], [1]-667. Copy: HH. Vol. 3. 1938 (Nat. Nov. Dec 1938), p. [i], [1]-597, [598, cont.]. Copy: HH. Vol. 4. 1938, p. [i]-lxxix, [1]-99. Copy: HH. Dehnhardt, Friedrich (1787-1870), German gardener, curator at the Naples botanical garden. (Dehnh.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(2): 356; Barnhart 1: 435; CSP 6: 635; PR 2105- 2106; Saccardo 1: 63, 2: 40. Anon., Flora 20: 7o1. 14 Dec 1837. Balsamo et Geremicca, Bull. Orto Bot. Napoli 3: 69. 1913 (portr.) 1344. Catalogus plantarum horti camalduensis [Napoli 1829] Qu. (Caé. horte camald.) Ed. 1: 1829 (p. 4: Pridie Kal. Sep 1829), p. [1]-26. Copies: G, USDA. Ed. 2: 1832 (p. iv: Kal. Nov 1832), p. [i-v], 1-24, [i-ii], folio. Copies: BM, G. — ‘“‘Editio secunda auctior.”’ Ref.: BM 1: 435; Jackson p. 438; PR 2105. Deinboll, Peter Vogelius (1783-1874), Danish clergyman and botanist. (Deinboll). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: C, TRH. Ref.: TH 2: 156. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(2): 22; Barnhart 1: 435; KR p. Hornemann, Nat. Tidskr. 1: 593-594. 1837. Warming, Bot. ‘Tidskr. 12: 119-120. 1880. Wittrock, Acta Hort. Berg. 3(3): 86, 183, t. 115. 1905 (portr.) Holmboe, Norsk. biogr. Leks. 3: 302-303. 1926. Klepper, Norsk bot. Bibl. 1814-1964: 320. 1973. Hansen, Bot. Tidsskr. 69(2/3): 208. 1974. EPONYMY: Deinbollia H. C. F. Schumacher (1829). De la Pylaie, Auguste Jean Marie Bachelot (1786-1856), French bryologist, phyco- logist and archeologist. (Pylaie). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: P, PC (in part), the location of Bachelot’s collections retained by himself is unknown. Some material also at G. 611 DE LA PYLAIE BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(2): 443; Barnhart 1: 98; BM 1: 80; GR p. 303- 304; Kew 1: 112; Laségue p. 575; LS 1411; PR ed. 1: 2389-2390, ed. 2: 311-312; SY P: 44, 46, 47, 49. Davy de Virville, Histoire de la Botanique en France p. 191, 201, 236. 1954. Le Gallo, Le Naturaliste canadien 82 (10-11): 173-185. 1955. Leroy, Les botanistes frangais en Amérique du Nord 203-230. 1957 (cites also manus- cript sources). NOTE: The author signed a copy of his Flore de ile de Terre-Neuve, sent to de Candolle, as ‘Dela Pylaie.”’ He is also often listed under Bachelot. EPONYMY: Bachelotia (E. Bornet) P. Kuckuck ex G. Hamel (1939) ; Pilazsaea [sic] Desvaux (1814) ; Pilayella [sic] Bory de Saint-Vincent (1823) ; Pylaisaea Bruch & W. P. Schimper (1851); Pylaisiella N. C. Kindberg ex A. J. Grout (1896) ; Pylaistopsis (V. F. Brotherus) V. F. Brotherus (1909). 1345. Etudes cryptogamiques ou Monographies de divers genres de mousses, précédées d’une notice sur les environs de Fougéeres, et d’un essai sur la classification des mousses dans lequel se trouvent tous les nouveaux genres qui n’ont pas encore été publiés dans les ouvrages qui traitent exclusivement de cette famille des végétaux. Paris 1815. Oct. (Etud. crypt.) Publ.: 1815 — 32 p., 2 pl. A reprint (n.v.) of two articles previously published in Desvaux, Journal de Botanique appliquée a l’agriculture: 1. Monographies de mousses ... in Desvaux, ser. 2. 4.(3): 130-136. 1814 (after 19 Oct) and 2. Suite de l’article ..., 7m ser. 2 4(4): 145-169. 1815 (prim.). Ref.: PR 311, SY p. 47, 49., IDC 752 (in Desvaux). 1346. Flore de Pile de Terre-neuve et des tles Saint-Pierre et Miclon. [Paris 1829] Qu. { (Fl. Terre-neuve). Publ.: Only one part (“1-2 Livraisons,”” combined) published 22 Jan 1830, (presented to Soc. Geogr.; BF 30 Jan 1830, Ann. Sci. Observ. (Paris) 3(2): 319 Feb 1830), p- [1]-128. Copies: G, NY. — Pritzel: ‘Opus non amplius prodiit; in hac prima parte Algae adumbrantur.” The New York copy presented by the author as an ““hommage aux Botanistes des Etats-Unis” has a note in De la Pylaie’s handwriting “la mort de M. Debiére, mon dessinateur et lithographe est cause que les planches n’ont pas été éxécutées.” A preliminary article (Quelques observations ...) was published in Ann. Sci. nat. (Paris) 4(2): 174-184. 1824 [Feb 1825]; the vegetation was described in Mém. Soc. Linn. Paris 4(2): 417-547. 1826 [Dec 1825]. De la Pylaie visited New- foundland in 1819-1820. Ref.: BM 1: 80, 3: 1427; PR 312. Anon., Lit. Ber. Flora 1: 94. Jan-Mai 1831. Leroy, Les botanistes francais en Amérique du Nord 213-221. 1957. 2 Delarbre, Antoine (1724-1813), French botanist at Clermont-Ferrand. (Delarbre). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(2): 260; Barnhart 1: 436; DBF 10: 708; GR p- 315; PR 2115-2116. Desvaux, J. Bot. ser. 2. 3: 91-96. EPONYMY: Larbrea A. F. C. P. Saint-Hilaire (1815). 1347- Flore d’ Auvergne, ou recueil des plantes de cette ci-devant province. Clermont- Ferrand (B. Beauvert et L. Deschamps) 1795. Oct. (Fl. Auvergne). Ed. 1: 1795, p. [i]-xl, [1]-24, [1]-220, ‘[1]’-“[24]’, [1]-11. Copies: BR, HH, USDA. Reissue: 1797, Paris et Clermont-Ferrand (B. Beauvert et L. Deschamps). Oct., p. [1*], [iJ-xl, [1]-24, [17-220, ‘[1]’-*[24],’ [1]-11. Copies: BR, NY. Ed. 2: Aug 1800, 2 vols. Riom et Clermont (Landriot et Rousset), Oct. (JGLF Aug 1800, JT 21 Nov 1800). 612 DELAROCHE Premiére partie: an viii-1800, p. [i]-xxvi, [2, err.], [1]-507, [508]. Copies: G (‘‘1800”’), HH (‘‘1880’?), HU, USDA (‘‘1800” on subst. t.p.). Seconde partie: an viii-1800, p. [509]-891. Copies: G, HH, HU, USDA. Title: “‘Flore de la ci-devant Auvergne, ou recueil des plantes observées sur les montagnes du Puy-de- Dome, du Mont-d’Or, du Cantal, etc. Seconde édition, augmentée de plusieurs genres et espéces; avec les caractéres, la description, la durée, le temps de la floraison et la maturation des fruits, la station, etc. toutes les phrases des auteurs préseniées en latin, traduites en frangais, pour l’utilité des éléves.” Ed. 2[a]: 1836, 2 vols. Clermont-Ferrand (Auguste Veyssey) 1836. Oct. Tome premier: n.v. Tome second: p. [i-iti], [513]-891. Copies: BR, HH. Title: “Flore de la haute et basse Auvergne, ou recueil des plantes observées sur les montagnes du Puy-de-Déme, du Mont-d’Or, du Cantal, etc. seconde édition, revue et considérablement augmentée.” Ref.: PR 2116; IDC 5889. Delaroche, Daniel (1743-1812), Swiss botanist and physician. (D. Delaroche). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 539; Barnhart 1: 437; PR 2117. Goldblatt, J. S. Afr. Bot. 36(4): 291-318. 1970 (Iridaceae). EPONYMY: Rochea A. P. de Candolle (1802, nom. cons.; also dedicated to his son Frangois (1780-1813), q.v.) 1348. Specimen botanicum inaugurale, sistens Descriptiones plantarum aliquot novarum. Quam, annuente summo numine, ex auctoritate magnifici rectoris, Friderici Bernardi Albini, ... nec non amplissimi senatus academici consensu, & nobilissime facultas medicae decreto, pro gradu doctoratus, summisque in medicina honoribus & privilegiis, rite ac legitimé consequendis, eruditorum examini submittit Daniel De la Roche, genevensis. Ad diem 29 Aug mdcclxvi. h.l.q.s. Leiden (Joh. et Herm. Verbeek) 1766. Qu. (Deser. pl. alig. nov.) Publ.: 29 Aug 1766 (date on which thesis was defended), p. [1]-35, [36-39], pl. 1-5. Copies: G, NY. Rep Ree v7: Goldblatt, J. S. Afr. Bot. 36(4): 291-318. 1970. Delaroche, Francois (1780-1813), French physician and botanist, son of Daniel Delaroche. (fF. Delaroche). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 539; Barnhart 1: 437; BM 1: 437; CSP 2: 217- 218; Langman p. 430 (sub L); PR 2118. Desvaux, J. Bot. ser. 2. 3: 207-211. 1814. COMPOSITE Works: Redouté, Les Liliacées, text for vols. 5 and 6. EPONYMY: Rochea A. P. de Candolle (1802, nom. cons.; also dedicated to his father Daniel (1743-1812), q.v.) 1349. Eryngiorum nec non generis novi Alepideae historia. Paris (Deterville) 1808. Qu. (in twos) (Eryng. Alep. hist.) Publ.: Oct 1808 (JGLF Oct 1808, Acad. 24 Oct 1808), p. [i-v], [1]-70, pl. 1-32. Copies: G, HU, MO, NY. — The 32 uncoloured copper engravings are by F. B. Debalzac, Poiteau, Turpin and “‘M.C.D.”. The originals are in London (Society of Herbalists), fide NI. Ref.: BM 1: 407; Langman p. 430; NI 459; PR 2118; IDC 58g0. Delaroche, Nouv. Bull. Soc. Philom. 1: 86-89. 1807, 2: 106-110. 1809 (“‘Histoire du genre Eryngium’’.) 613 DELASTRE Delastre, Charles Jean Louis (1792-1859), French botanist. (Delastre). HERBARIUM and TYPES: material at L, LZ, PC. His herbarium was presented to the town of Poitiers. Ref.: TH 2: 157. Anon., Bot. Zeit. 17: 376. 1859. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 1: 24, 5(1): 788; Barnhart 1: 437; KR p. 141; PR 2120-2121. Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. France 6: 383-384, 550, 697. 1859. Anon., Flora 42: 749. 21 Dec 1859. Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. Deux-Sévres 18: pl. r. 1907 (portr.) EPONYMY: Delastreopsis Mattirolo (1905); Delastria L. Tulasne & C. Tulasne (1843); Lastrea Bory de Saint-Vincent (1824) ; Lastrella (H. Ito) Nakai (1949) ; Lastreopsis Ching (1938). 1350. Flore analytique et descriptive du département de la Vienne avec planches et vocabulaire. Paris (Meilhac), Poitiers 1842. Oct. (in fours) (Fl. Vienne). Publ.: ante Sep 1842 (Flora 28 Jun 1843; suppl. Sep 1842), p. [i]-xxii, [1]-544, pl. 1-4. Copy: NY. Ref.: PR o1er. Delavay, [Pére] Pierre Jean Marie (1834-1895), French missionary and plant collec- tor in China. (Delavay). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: P and PC, dupl. A, B, F, G, H, K, L, LE, MO, US. — Distributed e.g. as Plantes de Chine (province de Fun-nan a. 1882-1895). Ref.: IH 2: 157. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 507; Barnhart 1: 437; BM 1: 437, 2: 610, 6: 260; Bretschneider (localities etc.); NI 646. Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. France 10: 674. 1863 (1866). Franchet, Bull. Soc. bot. France 43: 78-79. 1896. Franchet, J. de Bot. 10: 144-146. 1896. Hadfield, Pioneers in Gardening 186-189. 1951. Coats, The plant hunters 113-114, 387. 1969. Smith, Garden, Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinburgh August 1971, p. 6-8. EPONYMY: Delavaya A. R. Franchet (1886). Delessert, Jules Paul Benjamin, baron (1773-1847), French industrialist, banker, philanthropist and amateur botanist. (Deless.) HERBARIUM and Types: Delessert had one of the most considerable private herbaria of his time. It was given to the town of Genéve in 1869 and became the nucleus of the general herbarium of the present Conservatoire botanique (G). It is now integrated with the other major collections at G. A. P. de Candolle’s types of the cones selectae are at G in the general herbarium, except where otherwise indicated. Delessert placed his herbarium liberally at the disposal of scientists, notably Auguste- Pyramus De Candolle. The herbarium was started with Delessert’s own collections and those of his elder brother Etienne, from France, Switzerland and Great Britain. It became of exceptional importance with the purchase, in 1803, of the Lemonnier herbarium. From that moment onward the herbarium grew rapidly. The successive curators of the herbarium were Achille Richard (1817-1827), J. B. A. Guillemin (1827- 1842) and Antoine Laségue (1793-1873). The herbarium was left by Benjamin’s youngest brother Francois (ft 1865) to his daughters who gave it to the town of Geneve. The Delessert library (including the herbaria in book-form such as the Thesaurus zeylanicus herbarium) went to the Institut de France. The Delessert herbarium is fully described by Laségue (1845). 614. DELESSERT The main collections, constituting the basis of the Delessert herbarium are (with dates of acquisition): (1) The L. G. Lemonnier (1803) herbarium which contained a great many Commerson plants, the Syrian collections of Labillardiére, many of the N. African plants of Desfontaines, and many of André Michaux’s collections in addition to nume- rous other collections of minor importance; (2) the Burman herbaria; (3) a herbarium from Japan by Thunberg; (4) the entire Ventenat herbarium (1809) ; (5) the Palisot de Beauvois herbarium (1820) ; (6) the Thuillier herbarium (1827); (7) a considerable part of the Lambert herbarium (1842). In addition Delessert acquired considerable parts of the collections made by La Billardiére, Gaudichaud, Dumont d’Urville, Perrottet, Sieber and many others. A full list is given by Laségue. Ref.: 1H 2: 157, Laségue 1845. Delessert, Fr., Bot. Zeit. 5: 359. 1847, also in Duchartre, Revue Bot. 2: 475-477. 1847. Baehni, Taxon 9: 61-63. 1960. Lourteig, Taxon 15: 23-25. 1966 (Hermann herb.) Stafleu, Taxon 19: 920-936. 1970 and as introduction to facsimile reprint 1970 of Laségue, Musée botanique (1845). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(2): 724; Barnhart 1: 438; BM 1: 438; Bossert p. 98; CSP 2: 226-227; Jackson p. 117, 421; Langman p. 238; MW p. 94; NI p. 44, no. 461; PR 2126. Argout, Notice sur la vie de Benjamin Delessert, [Genéve] 1847. Copy: G. Candolle, Alph. de, Notice sur B.D., Genéve 1847, 31 p., repr. from Biblioth. univ. Sep 1847. Duchartre, Revue bot. 2: 385-386, 475-477. 1847. Pritzel, Erinnerungen, Grenzboten 1847. (Copy: G). Anon., Flora 30: 164. 14 Mar 1847. Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 206. 1847. G.P., Bot. Zeit. 5: 246-248, 359-360. 1847. Dupin, Ch., Travaux et bienfaits de B. Delessert. Paris 1848. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc., London 1: 339-341. 1849. Flourens, Eloge historique de B. Delessert, Paris 1850, 48 p. (bibl.), also in Eloges hist. 2: 325-382. 1857. Cap, Benjamin Delessert, Paris 1850, 48 p. Candolle, Mémoires et souvenirs 63-67, 76, 90, 106, 107, 110, 121, 123, 132, 133, 136, 193, 239, 252, 334, 370, 467, 587. 1862. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. London 1888/90: 35. 1891. De Lessert, Gaston, Famille de Lessert, souvenirs et portraits. Genéve [1902], (portr.) Magnin, Ann. Soc. bot. Lyon 31: 45. 1906. Milner, Cat. Portr. Kew 36. 1906. Briquet, Annuaire Cons. Jard. bot. Genéve 1909/10: fl. 2. Moebius, Gesch. Bot. 433. 1937. Bord, Aesculape Mai 1938: 3 (portr.), 8-10. Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 296-299. 1940 (bibl.) Stafleu, Boissiera 11: xili-xv. 1965 (portr.) Stafleu, Taxon 19: 920-937. 1970 and as intr. to reprint Laségue, Mus. Bot. Benj. Delessert, Lehre 1970. Stafieu et al., Regn. veg. 71: 461 [index]. 1970. Stafleu, 7x Daniels and Stafleu, Taxon 23(4): 540. 1974 (portr.) EPONYMY: Delesseria [sic] J. V. F. Lamouroux (1813, nom. cons.) ; Delesseriopsis [sic] K. Okamura (1931); Delesserites [sic] (A. T. Borngniart) Sternberg (1833) ; Delesserites [sic] Ruedemann (1925); Lessertia A. P. de Candolle (1802, nom. cons.) HANDWRITING: Taxon 19: 924. 1970. POSTAGE STAMPS: France 75 c (1935) yv- 303. 1351. Icones selectae plantarum quas in systemate universali ex herbariis Parisiensibus, praesertim ex Lessertiano descripsit Augustin Pyramus de Candolle. Paris 1820-1846, 5 vols. Qu. and Fol. (Icon. sel. pl.) 615 DELESSERT vol. pages plates dates t.p. actual dates I fas [i]-vi, [1]-26 I-I00 1820 Feb 1821 2 fi*], [i]-iv, [1]-28 I-I00 1823 Feb 1824 3 [i*], [iii*], [a]-viii, [1]-70 I-I00 1837 Feb 1838 4 [i*], [i]-iii, [1]-52 I-100 1839 5 Feb 1840 oy ESBS Bee Beals 1-100 (93 A, B.) 1846 Jun 1846 Copies: BR, G, HU, MO, NY. — The above dates are based on the dates of the reviews in the Bibliographie de la France, the Annales des Sciences naturelles and on the dates of receipt by the Académie des sciences. Laségue informs A. P. de Candolle on 5 Feb 1840 (letter at G) that volume 4 has just been published. The book was published in three issues, one in quarto on vellum, one id. on “‘fine paper” and one in folio on vellum. The plates of the first two volumes were by Turpin, the text by de Candolle. For the authorship of the new taxa described in vol. 3, see p. iii and iv of that volume. The text of vols. 4 & 5 is again entirely by de Candolle. For a list of artists see Nissen (461). Imprints: (1-4) none on ener. t.p. but publ. Paris, London, Strasbourg (Treuttel & Wiirz), 5: Paris (Fortin, Masson & Co.) Ref.: BM 1: 438; DU 89; GF p. 54; HL 2199; Jackson p. 117; NI 461; Plesch p. 194; PR 2126; RS p. 79; IDC 655. Grisebach, GGA 1838: 1929-1938. 6 Dec 1838 (review of vol. 3). Delgado, Joaquim Filippe Nery (1835-1908), Portuguese palaeobotanist. (Delgado). COLLECTIONS: Direccao dos Trabalhos Geologicos(?). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews p. 255; [not in Barnhart]; BM 1: oy 6: 2605 CSP 7: 513, 14: 544; Quenstedt p. 111. Choffat, Jorn. Sci. math. phys. nat. ser. 2. 7., Lisboa 1908, 14 p., (3 portr., , bibl.) Choffat, Bull. Soc. port. Sci. nat. 3, suppl. 1: 1-35. 1909 (portr.) Sollas, Quart. J. geol. Soc. 74: Ixxiv. 1909. 1352. Estudo sobre os bilobites e outros fosseis das quartzites da base do systema silurico de Portugal. [headline:] Terrenos paleozoicos de Portugal. Lisboa (Academia real das Sciencias) 1885. Qu. (Estud. bilobites). Portuguese: Jul-Dec 1885 (dates on signatures), p. [i-iii], [1]-111, [2, index]. Copy: NY. French: “Etudes sur les bilobites et autres fossiles des quartzites de la base du systéme silurique du Portugal,”’ Lisboa (id.) 1885 (signatures dated Jul-Dec) (Andrews cites 1886; Nat. Nov. Mai 1886), p. [i-iii], [1]-113, [2, index]. Copy: NY. (Etud. bilobites). Plates: sibs xxtita. Copy: NY. Supplemento: Lisboa (id.) 1887[-1888] (t.p.; signatures dated Dec 1887-Apr 1888), p. [1]-76, [1, cont.], [1, err.], plates r, ra, 2-8, 8a, 9-10. Copy: NY. French: Supplément, Lisbonne (id.) 1887[-1888] (signatures dated Aug 1887-Apr 1888). Ref.: BM 1: 438, 4: 1600. Delile, Alire (Raffeneau) (1778-1850), French botanist and physician who accom- panied Napoleon to Egypt and who travelled in North Carolina; professor of botany at Montpellier 1819-1850. (Delile). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: MPU, duplicates e.g. in herb. Willdenow (B), G, P, PH, W. —- The original drawings for the Description de VEgypte are at the Muséum d'Histoire naturelle, Paris. — Delile’s heavily annotated copy of Michaux’s Flora boreali-americana (he planned a revision) is at MPU together with water-colour drawings of 332 species of fungi. Ref.c UH 22 1576 Granel de Solignac et Bertrand, Naturalia monspeliensia, bot., 18: 281-282. 1967. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG I: 372-373, 5(1): 196; Barnhart 1: 438; BM 4: 1638-1639, 8: 1044; Bossert p. 98; Frank 3(Anh) : 23; Jackson p. 538 [index]; LS 6844; MW p. 94; Plesch p. 195; PR 2129-2140. 616 DELILE Anon., Flora 33: 704. 1850. Martins, Le jardin des plantes de Montpellier 41, 55-58, 61, 72-73. 86. 1854. Joly, Mém. Acad. Sci. Toulouse ser. 5. 3: 93-98. 1859. Barnhart, Mem. Torrey Bot. Cl. 16: 292. 1921. Motte, zn Les botanistes francais en Amérique du Nord 53-82. 1957. Motte, Science et Nature 18: 9-15. 1957. Motte, DSB 4: 21-22. 1971 (bibl.) Stafleu, Regn. veg. 71: 307, 338. 1971. COMPOSITE woRKs: see F. Cailliaud, Voyage a Méroé, 4: [293]-399 for Delile, Centurie des plantes d’Afrique. EPONYMY: Delilia K. P. J. Sprengel (1823); Lilaea Humboldt & Bonpland (1808); Raffenaldia Godron (1853). HANDWRITING: Candollea 29: 233-234. 1974. 1353- Description de Egypte, ou recueil des observations et des recherches qui ont été faites en Egypte pendant l’expédition de l’armée frangaise, publié par les ordres de Sa Majesté l’Empereur Napoléon le Grand. Histozre naturelle. Tom. second. Paris (Imprimerie impériale) 1812. Fol (2 fol./sign.) (Descr. Egypte, Hist. nat.) Publ.: first fascicle (p. [i-v], [1]-144): 1813; second fascicle (troisiéme livr.) (p. 145-462) 1813 sero — 1814 prim. — Contains four memoirs by Delile of which the first on p. [1]- 10, the second on p. [11]-24, the third on p. [49]-82 entitled Florae aeg yptiacae illustratio, and the fourth on p. [i], [145]-320, the Flore d’Egypte, with explication des planches (pl. 1-62). Copies: BR, MO. According to Baring the plates themselves came out only in 1826; the plates 1-62 are copper engravings of drawings by H. J. Redouté and Conté (originals in Paris at Muséum d’Hist. nat.). Plates numbered 63 and 64 featuring some new names occur in several copies. These new names are not validly published because there is neither an accompanying description nor an analysis showing essential characters. It is furthermore questionable (Barbey 1882; also fide H. Heine, in lit.) whether these plates were ever effectively distributed. They are not found in any of the copies in the main libraries at Paris, but mostly in copies which belonged to correspondents of Delile and it is likely that they were simply proof- sheets. Hackel mentions the presence of the two plates in copies at ‘Paris’ and at the Jardin botanique de Montpellier. The contemporary bibliographies do not mention these two plates. The plates also occur in the Stockholm copy used for the IDC microfiche edition. The memoirs were also published separately; a second edition of the Flore d’Egypte was published in 1824. — The entire ‘‘tome second” was published between 1813 and 1829, though it carries the date 1812. Ref.: BM 2: 606-607, NI 2234, PR 2129-2130, RS p. 80, SY 44, IDC 78. Baring, A bibliographical account and collation of La description de I’Egypte. London 1838. Barbey, Herborisations au Levant, Lausanne 1882, p. 175-176. Hackel, Sitzungsber. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 22: 109. 1354. Flore de I’ Arabie pétrée. Plantes recueillies par M. Léon de Laborde, nommeées, class¢es, et décrites par M. Delile ... in Léon de Laborde et Linant, Voyage de I’ Arabie pétrée. Paris 1830. Fol. (Fl. Arabie pétrée). Publ.: on p. 81-87, with one plate, 1830. — Reprinted as Fragments d’une Flore de l’Arabie pétrée ... 1833. Qu. 26 p., 1 plate. Ref.: BM 4: 1638 (1833 reprint), Jackson p. 379, PR 2135 (1833 reprint). 1355- Fragments d’une flore de ’ Arabie pétrée. Plantes recueillies par M. Léon de Laborde, nommeées, classées et décrites par M. Delile, ... (extrait du Voyage de I’Arabie pétrée par M. Léon de Laborde). Paris (Giard) 1833. Qu. (Fragm. fl. Arabie pétrée). Publ.: Dec 1833 (BF 18 Jan 1834), p. [i, t-p. as cover], [1]-25, [26, ind.], 1 plain lith. by P. Duménil. Copies: G, HH. — Léon Emmanuel Simon Joseph, marquess, de Laborde (1807-1869), travelled in the Orient in 1825, published Voyage dans I’ Arabie pétrée, Paris 1830-1833 (see Embacher p. 179-180), of which the present text is an “extrait” (reprint). The original text, in folio, appeared in 1830, p. 81-87 (fide PR). 617 DELILE 1356. Voyage en Abyssinie, dans les provinces du Tigré, du Samen et de l’Amhara par MM. Ferret et Galinier. Paris (Paulin). Oct. Vol. 3, part 2, 1847, p. 85-163 [Oct.]. [Plantae, Mammalia, Aves], with Enumeération des plantes ... par M. Raffeneau- Delile. (Voy. Abyssinie). Publ.: Text-part containing botany: 1848. The accompanying atlas was probably also published in parts between 1847 and 1848. Copies: G, MO. — Entire volume publ. 1847-1848, p. [i], [iii], [1]-536. Atlas, Paris (Paulin) 1847-1848, Botanique fl. 1-17, uncoloured copper engravings (artists Delile, Lebrun). Ref.: PR 2879. Sherborn and Woodward, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. ser. 7. 8: 161. 1901. Delise, Dominic Francois (1780-1841), French ‘‘chef de bataillon” and cryptogamist in Normandy. (Delise). HERBARIUM and Types: CN. Exsiccatae: 1. Nereide francaise ou plantes marines croissantes dans les mers de France (1 cent., nos. 1-100), Vire 1823. Copy: FH. 2. Lichens de France (fasc. 1, nos. 1-25) Vire 1828. Copies: B, BM, CN, DUKE, FH, G, H, L, M;, MPU, PC, SFR,°TL, UPS; W. 3. Flora cryptogamica lutetiae Parisiorum, at PC (fide GR), probably not a regular series. Ref.: GR p. 273-274; TH 2: 157. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 286. 1916. Koster, Taxon 18: 551. 1969. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 69. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 439; CSP 2: 228; Frank 3(Anh.): 23; GR Pp. 273-274; LS 6845-6847; NI 462; PR 2141. Brébisson, Fl. Norm. 1: viii. 1836 (Delise contributed to this flora). Anon., Bot. Not. 1842: 209 (‘Delire’). Pritzel, Linnaea 19: 451. 1847. Grummann, Cat. lich. germ. 62. 1963. EPONYMY: Delisea Fée (1825); Delisea J. V. F. Lamouroux (1819). 1357. Histoire des lichens. Genre Sticta. [Caen] 1822[-1825]. Oct., atlas Fol. (Hist. lich., Sticta). Text: 1822 [on t.p.], p. [1]-171, [172], 1 tabl. Copies: G, FH (p. 1-167), NY (id.) - Pages 168-171, [172] published 1825. Atlas: Caen (T. Chalopin) 1825, oblong ‘“‘fol.’’, p. [1]-6, table, plates 1-19, coloured liths. by de Caumont (plate 18 = xvi, [16, nos. 61-64] = xvii, 17 (nos. 65-69) = xviii). Copies: FH, G, NY. Original publication: Mém. Soc. Linn. Calvados 1: 1-168. 1822, and 2: 598-600. 1825. Ref.: BM 1: 438; Jackson p. 160; LS 6845; NI 462; PR 2141; IDC 480 (“20 plates’’). Delogne, Charles Henri (1834-1901), Belgian algologist. (Delogne). HERBARIUM and TYPEs: unknown; collections at AWH, BM, BP, LG, PC, W. Exsiccatae: 1. Diatomées de Belgique (fasc. 1-4, nos. 1-100), Bruxelles 1880-1881, sets at AWH, BM, BP, LG, W. 2. with Pierre Joseph Frédéric Gravet (1827-1907): Les hépatiques de I’ Ardenne (fasc. i-vi, nos. 1-60) Gent 1868-1870. Sets BM, FH, LG, PC. 3. with same: Les mousses de I’ Ardenne (fasc. i-v, nos. 1-250) Gent 1868-1872. Sets FH, LG, PC. Ref.: TH 2: 158. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 69-70. 1969; 19(2): 191-192. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 439; BM 1: 439 [sic]; CSP 12: 191; GR p- 694; LS 6855-6867; Jackson p. 271; NI 466. Anon., Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 40(2): 28. 1903. Evens, Gesch. algol. Belgie 159. 1944. 618 DELPINO Lawalrée, Bull. Jard. bot. nat. Belgique 37(1): 67-72. 1967. (portr., bibl.) Lawalrée, Biogr. nat. Acad. roy. Sci. Lettr. Belgique 34 Suppl. 6(1): 203-204. 1968. COMPOSITE WORKS: Cryptogames vasculaires, Mousses, Hépatiques, in Crépin et Gravet, Catalogue de la Flore de Belgique (1872). 1358. Flore cryptogamique de la Belgique ... ire partie. - Muscinées. Bruxelles (H. Man- ceaux) 1883[-1885]. Oct. (FI. crypt. Belgique). Fasc. 1: Feb-Jun 1883 (p. 5-21: 1 Feb 1883; Flora 11 Sep 1885; Nat. Nov. Jun 1883; Hedwigia: Sep 1883; before 10 Oct 1883 see Lawalrée), p. [i*, h.t.], [1]-114, pl. 1-4, reprinted from Ann. Soc. Belge Microsc. 7 (mém.): 19-130, pl. 1-4. 1883. Copies: repr. BR, Steere, NY; journal publ. e.g. FH. — Erratum on p. 2 of cover reprint. Fasc. 2: Nov-Dec 1884, (Flora 1 Mar 1885; Nat. Nov. Dec 1884; Hedwigia: Mar-Apr 1885; 1884 on cover of journal), p. 115-338, reprinted from id. 9 (mém.): 7-220. 1884 (cover), 1885 (t.p.) Copies: id. — Note: An advertisement in Delogne’s Flore analytique cites part [2] as of 1884. Ref.: BM 1: 439. Anon., Hedwigia 22(9): 144. Sep 1883, 24(2): 86. Mar-Apr 1885. Lawalrée, Bull. Jard. bot. natl. Belgique 37(1): 70, 71. 1967. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 192. 1971. 1359- Flore analytique de la Belgique / Plantes indigénes et cultivées. Namur (Ad. Wesmael- Charlier) [1888]. Oct. (FI. anal. Belgique). Publ.: Jun 1888 (p. viii: Mai 1888; Nat. Nov. Aug 1888; Lawalrée: Jun 1888), p. [i]-xv, [1]-655. — Copy: BR. Ref.: Lawalrée, Bull. Jard. bot. natl. Belg. 37: 71. 1967. Delpino, Giacomo Giuseppe Federico (1833-1905), Italian botanist, later director of the botanical institute of Napoli. (Delpino). HERBARIUM and TyYPEs: FI. Refi: WE 2: 158. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 12(3): 61; Barnhart 1: 440; BM 1: 430, 6: 260; Bossert p. 98; CSP 7: 514, 12: 191, 14: 547-548; Jackson p. 538 [ind.]; Langman p. 238; LS 6871; PR 2146-2147. Ratzeburg, Forstwiss. Schriftsteller-Lexikon 144-145. 1874 (autobiogr.) (bibl.) Delpino, Mem. Acad. Sci. Bologna 7: 215-323. 1886, 8: 601-650. 1887, 10: 115-147. 1889 (Prodr. monogr. piante formicarie). Borzi, Nuovo Giorn. bot. Ital. ser. 2. 12: 417-439. 1905. Cavara, Boll. Accad. Gioenia Sci. nat. Catania 86: 1-15. 1905. Cavara, Bull. Soc. bot. Ital. 1905: 231. DeToni, Nuova Notarisia 16: 125-126. 1905. Penzig, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 23: (30)-(43). 1905. (bibl.) Penzig, Malpighia 19: 294-310. 1905 (portr., bibl.) Briosi, Atti Ist. bot. Univ. Pavia ser. 2. 10: iii-xxiv. 1907. (bibl.) Balsamo et Geremicca, Bull. Orto bot. r. Univ. Napoli 3: 55-56. 1913. Anon., Bull. Orto bot. r. Univ. Napoli 12(1): i-xvii. 1934. (portr.; bibl. by Briosi reprinted from 1907 publ.). Delpino et al., Onoranze resea Federico Delpino. Chiavari 1934, 81 p. (portr.). Copy: B. Catalano, Delpinoa 11: 5-170. 1958. EPONYMy (genera): Delpinoa H. Ross (1897); Delpinoella P. A. Saccardo (1899); (jour- nal): Delpinoa nuova serie del bulletino dell’Orto Botanico della Universita di Napoli. Napoli. Vol. 1-11. 1948-1958; Nuova Serie [without subtitle] Vol. 1-x, 1959-x. 1360. Studi sopra un lignaggio anemofilo delle composte ossia sopre il gruppo delle Artemi- siacee. Firenze (M. Cellini) 1871. Oct. (in fours) (Studi lign. anemof.) Publ.: 1871, (Bot. Zeit. 22 Dec 1871) p. [1]-73. Copies: G, MO, NY. Ref.: BM 1: 439. 619 DELPONTE Delponte, Giovanni Battista (1812-1884), Italian botanist at Torino. (Delponte). HERBARIUM and Types: TO; other material at FI. Ref.: 1H 2: 158. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 440; CSP 9: 671; NI 467-468; PR 2148; Saccardo 1: 64. Cesati, Mem. Soc. ital. Sci. 4(7): 29-30. 1882. Mattirolo, Annuario r. Univ. Torino 1884/5. Gibelli, Atti Accad. Sci. Torino 31: 18-22. 1895. Mattirolo, Cronistoria ... Torino Ixv-Ixvi. 1929. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 40. 1941. EPONYMY: Delpontia Penzig & P. A. Saccardo (1901). 1361. Stirpium exoticarum rariorum vel forte novarum pugillus. Torino 1854. Qu. (Stirp. exot. rar.) Pubi.: 1854, p. [1]-21, pl. 1-10. Copies: G, MO, NY. — Reprinted from Mem. r. Accad. Sci. Torino ser. 2. 14: 393-411, pl. 1-10. 1854. Ref.: NI 467; PR 2148. 1362. Specimen desmidiacearum subalpinarum. Torino (ex officina regia) 1873[-1877]. Qu. (Spec. desmid. subalp.) Part [1]: 1873, p. [1]-96, pl. 1-6. Copies: G, NY. — Reprinted from Mem. r. Accad. Sci. Torino ser. 2. 28: 19-108, pl. 1-6. Part [2]: 1877, p. 97-282, [1, note], pl. 7-23, Torino (Ermanni Loescher). Copy: G. — The plates are uncoloured liths. by Mansfeld. Ref.: NI 468. Cesati, Mem. Soc. ital. Sci. 4(7): 30. 1882. Demidow, Anatoli Nikolajewitsch (1812-1870), Russian explorer and maecenas. (A. N. Demidow). HERBARIUM and TYPES: material collected by Joseph Henri Léveillé (1796-1870) on Demidow’s Southern Russian expedition in 1837 is at FI, G and L and presumably at LE. It is unlikely that Demidow himself made any collections. Ref.: TH 2(3): 436. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart I: 441. Ratzeburg, Forstwiss. Schriftstellerlexikon 145-146. 1874. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 187. 1905. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. no. 1072. 1966. EPONYMY: Demidovia [sic] Pallas (1781). 1363. Voyage dans la Russie méridionale et la Crimée par la Hongrie, la Valachie et la Moldavie executé en 1837 par [sous la direction de] Mr Anatole de Démidoff [par MM. [A.] De Sainson, [F.] Le Play, [A.] Huot, [J.H.] Léveillé, [D.A.M.] Raffet, [L.] Rousseau, [A.] De Nordman et [A.] Du Ponceau]. Paris (Ernest Boudin et Ce) [1839-] 1840-1842, 4 vols. text qu., 2 vols. atlas fol. (Voy. Russie mér.) Vol. r: [1839-]1840. [Account of the voyage], p. [i*-iii*], front., [i]-vii, [1]-621, [622, err., 623-624, cont.], ill., (p. vii: Apr 1859). Vol. 2: 1842, p. [i-iii], [1]-851, [852, corr.], Enum. pl. p. 69-242. Vol. 3: 1840, p. [i-iii], [1]:756. Zoology. Vol. 4: 1842, p. [i]-x, [1]-516, contains e.g. ‘Exploration des terrains carboniféres du Donetz ... Catalogue des plantes phanérogames recueillies dans la chaine du Donetz et dans les steppes adjacentes dressés par M. ... Léveillé.” Atlas to vol. r: Paris (Gihaut fréres) s.d., p. [1]-64, pl. r-roo, engr. t.p. Copy: MO. Atlas [to 2-4] d’histoire naturelle, 1842, 4 maps (3 col.), 91 plates (79 col.), incl. 7 plates of cryptogams. Copies: MO, Teyler. 620 DENISSE Partial translation: English (1853; ed. 2, 1855), Dutch (1840), Italian (1841), Polish (1845), German (1854), Spanish (1855), Russian (1853). Ref.: BM 1: 440. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. no. 1072. 1966. De Moor, V. P. G. (1827-1895), Belgian botanist and government veterinarian. (De Moor). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 441; CSP 2: 236; Langman p. 238. Crépin, Man. Fl. Belgique lxvi, lxix 1860. Anon., Bibl. nat., Dict. Ecrivains Belges 1830-80 (1): 472. 1886. Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. Belg. 34(2): 7-8. 1895. 1364. Tableaux analytiques des familles naturelles, de la Phanérogamie et de la Crypto- gamie vasculaire belges; arrangées suivant la méthode de de Candolle; suivis du catalogue des genres des plantes vasculaires qui croissent naturellement sur le sol belge ... Alost (A. Byl) 1847. Fol. (Zabl. anal. fam. nat.) Publ.: 1847, p. [1-27], 1 fold-out table. Copy: BR. Ref.: BM 3: 1343. 1365. Traité des graminées céréales et fourragéres que l’on rencontre en Belgique, avec des observations sur quelques variétés nouvelles ... Bruxelles (H. Tarlier) 1854. Oct. ( Traité gramin.) Publ.: Oct (prob.) 1854, p. [1]-355, [356, err.], ro4 figs. — In the series Bibliothéque rurale. Announced as available Oct 1854 in the editor’s catalogue contained in the bound volumes. Copy: BR. Denham, Dixon (1786-1828), British colonial army officer and traveller [with Clapper- ton] in Africa. (Denham). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BM. Ref. MH 25150; BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 442; BB p. 89; DNB 14: 341; BM 1: 440; CSP 2: 237; Jackson p. 346. Vallot, Bull. Soc. bot. France 29: 176-177. 1882. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 167. 1936. COMPOSITE WORKS: For the botanical appendix to Denham and Clapperton’s Narrative of travels (1826) see R. Brown. EPONYMY: Denhamia C. F. Meisner (1837, nom. cons.); Denhamia H. W. Schott (1832, nom. rej.) Denisse, Etienne (fl. 1843-1846), French artist. (Denisse). HERBARIUM and TyYPEs: material under his name at L. Ref.: 1H 2: 158. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: GF p. 55; PR 2157; 1366. Flore d’ Amérique dessinée d’aprés nature sur les lieux / Riche collection de plantes les plus remarquables, fleurs & fruits de grosseur & de grandeur naturelle. Paris (Gihaut fréres) s.d. [1843-1846]. Broadsheet. (#1. Amérique). Publ.: 1843-1846, in fascicles of 6 plates. — Loose leaved collection of 200 liths. (1-200) with a lithographed t.p. and ditto introduction dated 15 Jun 1843. — Portfolio at NY. Ref.: GF p. 55; NI 470; PR 2157 “‘opus botanicum prorsus inutile.” DENNSTEDT Dennstedt, August Wilhelm (1776-1826), German physician and botanist, burgo- master of Magdala, director of the Belvedere garden near Weimar. (Dennst.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 443; BM 1: 441; Jackson p. 15, 35; PR 2158-2162. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 167. 1936. Manitz, Taxon 17: 496-501. 1968. EPONYMY: Dennstaedtia [sic] Bernhardi (1801); Dennstaedtiopsis [sic] C. A. Arnold & L. H. Daugherty (1964). 1367. Nomenclator botanicus seu enumeratio alphabetica omnium hucusque cognitorum vegetabilium adjectis praecipuis synonymis. Eisenberg (Wilhelm Schoene) 1810, 2 parts. Oct. (Nomencl. bot.) Pars 1: 1810 (Med. chir. Zeit. 29 Nov.), p. [i]-vili, [1]-524. Copies: BR, M. — “‘Plantas vulgo phaenogamas dictas complectens.”’ Pars 2: 1810 (Leipz. Lit. Zeit. g Feb 1811), p. [ii]-[viii], [1]-232. Copy: BR. — ‘“‘Crypto- gamiam sic dictam continens.”’ Ref.: PR 2160. 1368. Schliissel zum Hortus indicus malabaricus, oder dreifaches Register zu diesem Werke. Weimar (Landes-Industrie-Comptoir) 1818. Qu. (Schliissel Hortus malab.) Publ.: 20 Oct 1818 (Manitz 1968), p. [1]-40. Copies: NY, U, IDC. — The new names of species in this list are valid only if published under generic names that were previously validly published. ‘They are listed by Manitz (1968), Tabelle 1. The new generic names are all nomina nuda and not validly published; neither are the specific epithets published in combination with them (see Manitz, 1968, Tabelle 2). — The work was reprinted from the Fortsetzung des allgemeinen teutschen Garten-Magazins, vol. 3, part 1 (p. 23-43), published Oct 1818 and vol. 3, part 2 (p. 76-87; contains third register), published Nov-Dec 1818 (copy at MO). — The note on the title page stating that the reprint is from the second volume of the Garten-Magazin is incorrect. — For an extensive study of the Schliissel see Manitz. Ref.: BM 1: 441; Jackson p. 14; PR 2161; RS p. 80; IDC 976. Anon., Flora 2: 206-208. 7 Apr 1819. Manitz, ‘Taxon 17: 496-501. 1968. 1369. Hortus belvedereanus. Oder Verzeichniss der Bestimmten Pflanzen, welche in dem Gross-Herzoglichen Garten zu Belvedere, bei Weimar, bisher gezogen worden, und zu finden sind, bis weitere Fortsetzungen folgen. Weimar (Landes-Industrie-Comptoir) 1820-1821. ‘Two parts. Qu. + (Hortus belved.) Erste Lieferung: Mar 1820 (Manitz 1968), p. [i]-vii, [viii, expl. signs] [1]-120. Copy: HH. XKweite Lieferung: Feb 1821 (Manitz 1968), p. [i*-ii*], [i]-ii, [1]-28. Copies: HH, NY. — oa Verzeichniss der Pilanzens.. ca For translations see Schmidt (1940: 72-74). There were two editions, one commercial, with prices, and one scientific, without prices. — The preface to the first fascicle was also published in the fourth volume of the ‘‘Fortsetzung des allgemeinen Teutschen Garten-Magazins”’ (part 5, 1820, p. 197-200). Ref.: BM 1: 441; Jackson p. 431; PR 2162. Schmidt, Goethe und die Naturwissenschaften, Halle 1940, nos. 286-192. Manitz, Taxon 17(5): 496-501. 1968. De Notaris, Giuseppe (1805-1877), Italian botanist. (De Not.) HERBARIUM and tTypEs: Cryptogams: GE, RO, PAD, TO. Phanerogams: GE. — Exsiccatae: De Notaris contributed to the Erbario crittogamico Italiano, fasc. 1-30, nos. 1-1500, series 2, fasc. 1-30, nos. 1-1500, Genova, Milano 1858-1885 (FH, G, NY, STR), for details see Sayre (1969). Ref.: Saccardo 2: 41. 622 DE NOTARIS Harant et al., Rev. bryol. lichénol. 89: 720-724. 1966 (sets at MPU). Koster, ‘Taxon 18: 551. 1969. Sayre, Mem. New York bot. Gard. 19(1): 20-22. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 227, 5(2): 136; Barnhart 1: 443; BM 3: 1452; Bossert p. 99; CSP 4: 645-648, 8: 518, 10: 940, 12: 541-542; Frank 3(Anh.): 72, 1886; LS 19117-19139; NI 1454-1455; PR 6745-6763; Saccardo 1: 65, 2: 41, Cronologia p. Xxi. Anon., Hedwigia 16: 48, 78. 1877. Cooke, Grevillea 5: 143-145. 1877. Lessona and Delponte, Atti Accad. Sci. Torino 12: 285-296. 1877 (bibl.) Trevisan, Rendic. r. Ist. Lomb. Sci. ser. 2. 10(4/5): 106-119. 1877 (bibl.) Trevisan, Grevillea 5: 143-145. 1877. Cesati, Mem. mat. fis. Soc. ital. Sci. ser. 3. 3: Ixxxix-xcix. 1879. Cesati, Mem. Soc. ital. Sci. 4(7): 30-32. 1882. Piccone, in Issel et Piccone, Discours a Vinauguration des bustes de Viviani et de Notaris, Genoa 1882, p. 41-45. Anon., Notarisia 1(1): frontisp. 1886 (portr.) Wittrock, Acta Horti Bergiani 3(2): 161-162. 1903, 3(3): 177, pl. 136. 1905 (portr.) De Toni, La nuova Notarisia 16: 37-38. 1905. Giacomini, Regn. veg. 71: 87. 1970. Ainsworth et Bisby, Dict. fungi ed. 6. 156. 1971. Stafleu, zn Daniels et Stafleu, Taxon 23(4): 562. 1974. EPONYMY (genera): Denotarisia R. Grolle (1971); Notarisia Colla (1835); Notarisia E. Hampe (1837); Wotarisiella (P. A. Saccardo) Clements & Shear (1931); (journals) : Notarisia commentarium phycologicum. Venice. Vol. 1-11, 1886-1896; La Nuova Notarisia rassegna consacrata allo studio delle alghe. Padova. Vol. 1-36, 1890-1925. 1370. Muscologiae italicae spicilegium. Milano (Ex typis Felicis Rusconi) 1837. Qu. (Muscol. ital. spic.) Publ.: early 1837 (rd. by Flora 8 Mai 1837), p. [1]-26. Copies: G, FH (2). Ref.: BM 3: 1452; PR 6748; IDC 5318. 1371. Syllabus muscorum in Italia et in insulis circumstantibus hucusque cognitorum. Torino (Canfari) 1838. Oct. (Spllab. muse.) Publ.: Feb-Sep 1838 (p. xvi: Jan 1838, Ann. Sci. nat. Oct 1838, rd. by Flora 3 Dec 1838), p. [i]-xx, [1]-331, [1, err., add.]. — Copies: HH, L, Steere. — Later than January issue of Ann. Sci. nat. Ref.: BM 3: 1452; PR 6749; IDC 53109. 1372. Micromycetes italici novi vel minus cogniti. Torino (Ex officina regia) 1839-1855, g decades. (Micromyc. ital. novi) decas preprint jigs. dates Mem. Accad. Torino ser. 2 I [i], 55-68 I-10 1839 3: 55-68, 1841, figs. 1-70, on 3 pl. 2 69-88 I-10 1839 3: 69-82, 1841, figs. 1-70, on 3 pl. 3 [1]-15 I-10 1842 7: [1]-15, 1845, figs. r-z0, on 3 pl. 4 17-30 I-I0 1842 7: 17-30, 1845, figs. r-r0, on 3 pl. 5 [1]-18 I-I0 1845 10: 333-350, 1849, figs. z-ro, on 4 pl. 6-8 [1]-34 (3x) 1-70 1854 13: 95-126, 1853, figs. (3x) r-ro, on 4 pl. 9 [1]-15 I-10 1855 16: 457-471, 1856, figs. r-z0, on 3 pl. The 3 series of 10 “‘icones” of decades 7, 8, 9 appear together on 4 pl. The dates of the preprints are those given by Lindau & Sydow. They correspond actually with the dates of presentation of the papers to the Academy. It is possible but not proved, that the papers were indeed preprinted. The reprint of Dec 6-8 is dated 1854. ‘The reprint series here used is that of NY; the journal publication is e.g. at MO. Refe Sortie PR®675 1 623 DE NOTARIS 1373- Algologiae maris ligustict specimen [Torino 1842]. Qu. (Algol. mar. ligust.) Publ.: 1842 (presented to Acad. 23 Mai 1841), in Mem. Accad. Sci. Torino ser. 2. 4: 273-325, pl. 1-14. 1842. The reprint seen (copy: PCS) has the original pagination; a repaged reprint or preprint is not known to us. 1374 Cenno sulla trib de’ pirenomiceti sferiacet e descrizione di alcuni nuovi generi del Professore Giuseppe de Notaris. Firenze 1844. Qu. (Coi Torchi della Societa Tipo- grafica) 1844. Qu. (Cenno pirenomic. sfer.) Publ.: in three ways: 1. Atti sesta Riunione Sci. Ital. 1841: 476-487. 30 Jun 1845. 2. reprint from Aéé with special t.p. (with above title), p. [1], 476-487. Copy: Stevenson. 3. in Parlatore, Giorn. bot. 1: 322-335. Jan-Jun 1844. Text slightly different from that of 1 and 2. Copy: USDA. Ref.: LS 19118. 1375- Repertorium florae ligusticae. Torino (Ex regio typographaeo) 1844. Qu. (Repert. fl. digust.) Publ.: 1844, p. [i], [1]-495. Copies: G, NY. — Probably in two parts: p. I-90 are a preprint from Mem. Accad. Sci. Torino ser. 2. 8: 1-90. 1846 (“‘exhib. 22 Jan 1843,” preface dated 31 Dec 1842), and p. 91-495 from the same journal g: 125-529. 1848. Ref.: BL 2: 362; BM 3: 1452; PR 6753. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 67-68. 1941. 1376. Abrothallus novum lichenum genus. [Torino 1845]. Qu. (Abrothallus). Publ.: 184.5, p. [1]-4, 2 pl. Copies: G, Stevenson. — Preprinted from Mem. r. Accad. Sci. Torino ser. 2. 10: 351-354, 1 pl. 1849; paper submitted 15 Jun 1845. 1377- Frammenti lichenografici di un lavoro inedito del Cav. Giuseppe De Notaris s.l. [1846]. Oct. (Framm. lichenogr.) Publ.: 1846, p. [1]-51. Copy: G. — Reprinted from Parlatore, Giorn. bot. Ital. 2: 174-224, 299-330. 1846. 1378. Nuovi carattert di alcuni genert della tribu delle Parmeliaceae ed osservazioni sulla classificazione dei licheni. [Torino 1847?]. Qu. (Nuov. carr. gen. Parmel.) Publ.: 1847 (?; read 4 Jul 1847), p. [1]-25, pl. [7-3]. Copy: G. — Preprinted from Mem. r. Accad. Sci. Torino ser. 2. 10: 365-389. 1849. Ref.: LS 19128a. 1379. Saggio di monografia del genere Discosia della famiglia de’ pirenomiceti basidiospori. [Torino 1849]. Qu. (Saggio monogr. Discosia). Publ.: 1849 (or earlier ?, read 18 Jan 1846), p. [1]-9, 7 pl. Copies: G, Stevenson. — Reprinted from Mem. r. Accad. Sci. Torino ser. 2. 10: 355-363. 1849. Ref.: LS 19128. 1380. Monografia delle escipule della flora italica. [Torino 1849]. Qu. (Monogr. escip. fl. atal.) Publ.: 1849 (or earlier?), p. [1]-9. Copy: Stevenson. — Reprinted from Mem. r. Accad. Sci. Torino ser. 2. 10: 163-169. 1849. Ref.: LS 19126. 1381. Osservazioni sulla tribw’ delle Peltigeree. Torino (Stamperia reale) 1851. Qu. (Osserv. Peltiger.) Publ.: 1851, p. [1]-19, pl. 1-2. Copy: G. — Preprinted from Mem. r. Accad. Sci. Torino ser. 2. 12: 123-140. 1852. Ref.: LS 19129. 1382. Osservazioni sul genere Sticta. [Torino 1851]. Qu. (Osserv. Sticta). Publ.: 1851 (°), p. [1]-20, pl. 1. Copy: G. — Preprinted from Mem. r. Accad. Sci. Torino ser. 2. 12: 141-160. pl. r. 1852. Ref.: LS 191292. 624 DERBES 1383. Proposte di alcune rettificazioni al profilo dei Discomiceti. Genova (Co ‘Tipi del R. I. de Sordo-Muti) 1864. Oct. (Prop. rettif. profilo Discomyc.) Publ.: 1864, p. [1]-34. Copy: NY. — Reprinted from Commentario della Societa critto- gamologica italiana no. 5. Dicembre 1863, Genova 1864; 1(5): 357-388. 1864. Copy: Stevenson. Ref.: LS 19134; PR 6760 (‘1864’). 1384. Musci italict auct. J. De Notaris. Particula 1. Trichostomacei — gen. Tortula. Genova (ex typ. Surdorum mutorum) 1862. Oct. ¢ (Musci ital.). Publ.: 1862, p. [i], [1]-69, pl. 7-35, plain liths. Copy: BR. 1385. Sferiacei italict ... Centuria 1. Fascicolo 1. [et 2]. Genoa (R.I. de’ Sordo-Muti) 1863[-1864]. Qu. (Sfer. ztal.) Fasc. 1: Apr-Sep 1863 (p. 5: Mar 1863; Hedwigia 2: 168-179, Oct 1863), p. [1]-46, jigs. 1-50. — Copies: MO, NY, Stevenson. Fasc. 2: ‘1863” but more probably 1864 (p. 52: Dec 1863; Hedwigia 4: 17-29, 1865), p- [49]-90, figs. 51-100. — Copies: MO, NY, Stevenson. — The figures are usually placed in sets of 4 per plate; partially coloured liths. Ref.: NI 1454. Hoffmann, Bot. Zeit. 22: 269. 26 Aug 1864 (fasc. 2). 1386. Elementi per lo studio delle Desmidiacee italiche. Genova (R. I. de’ Sordo-Muti) 1867. Qu. (Elem. stud. Desmid. ital.) Publ.: [1]-84, pl. 1-9. Copy: PCS. Ref.: BM 3: 1452. 1387. Epilogo della briologia italiana. Genova (R. I. de’ Sordo-Muti) 1869. Oct. (Epil. briol. ital.) Publ.: Jul-Oct 1869 (p. 781: printing finished 26 Jun 1869; Flora 10 Nov 1869), p. [ii]- xxiv, [1]-781. Copies: BR, Steere. — Published as Atti r. Univ. Genova vol. 1, 1869. Ref.: PR 6763; IDC 5456. Anon., Bot. Zeit. 27: 655. 24 Sep 1869. Derbés, Auguste Alphonse (1818-1894), French algologist. (Derbés). HERBARIUM and TYPES: material at BP, G, PC. Ref.: 1H 2: 159: BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 444. Anon., Hedwigia 33 (rep.): 98. 20 Jun 1894. Anon., Nat. Nov. 16: 262. 1894. Anon., J. de Bot. 8: 179-180. 1894. Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. France 4: 160, 241. 1894. EPONYMY: Derbesia Solier (1847). 1388. These de botanique présentée a la Faculté des Sciences de Paris, le 23 aout 1847 par Alphonse Derbés. Quelques observations sur les principes employés jusqwa ce jour comme bases de la classification des algues. Paris (L. Martinet) 1847. Qu. (Observ. princ. classif. alg.) Publ.: 23 Aug 1847 (t.p.: 23 Aug 1847; p. 33: 10 Aug 1847), p. [1]-33. Copy: UC. Ref.: BM 1: 442. 1389. Mémoire sur quelques points de la physiologie des algues [Paris 1856]. Qu. (Mém. physiol. alg.) Co-author: Antoine-Joseph-Jean Solier. Reprint or preprint: 1856, special heading: “‘Institut de France. Académie des sciences. Extrait du Supplément ... tome ter,” p. [1]-120, pl. 1-23. Copy: UC. Publication in journal: 1856, heading: ‘““Supplément aux Comptes Rendus des Séances de Académie des Sciences,” in vol. 1, p. [1]-120, pl. 1-23, also separately. Copy: PCS. Ref.: BM 1: 442; PR 2164. 625 DESCHAMPS Deschamps, Louis Auguste (1765-1842), French naturalist. (Deschamps). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Lost. Ref.: Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 135. 1950. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 286; Barnhart 1: 445; BM 1: 443. Britten, J. Bot. 41: 282-283. 1903. Backer, Verklarend woordenboek 168. 1936. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 134-135. 1950 (itin.). Chevalier, Rev. int. Bot. appl. 33: 65-66. 1953. Steenis et al., Bull. Brit. Mus. (N.H.), Hist. ser. 1(2): 49-68, pl. 13. 1954. Hocquette, Bull. trim. Soc. Acad. Antiq. Morinie Mem. 39: 1-77. 1970. Steenis, Regn. veg. 71: 417 [index]. 1971. Guillaumin, Bull. Mus. nat. Hist. nat. ser. 3. 47 Bot. (3): 85-87. 1972. Steenis, Fl. males. Bull. 26: 1994. 1972. MANUSCRIPTS: autograph journals of participation in the voyage of “La Recherche” with d’Entrecasteaux at BM. EPONYMY: Deschampsia Palisot de Beauvois (1812). Descourtilz, Michel Etienne (1775-c. 1835), French physician, traveller and natural- ist. (Descourt.) HERBARIUM and TYPEs: Destroyed in Haiti. — Descourtilz’ original drawings, made during his travels, were also destroyed. Ref.: Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 37-38. 1902. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 446; BM 1: 443-444; CSP 1: 248; DBF ro: 1301-1302; Langman p. 239; LS 6905; NI 471-473; PR 2170-2172. Pritzel, Linnaea 19: 451. 1847. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 36-37. 1808. Guerra, DSB 4: 67. 1971. NoTE: Not to be confused with Louis Deschamps (x-1858), Belgian botanist, nor with L. Deschamps, French economic botanist (fl. 1885). 1390. Voyage d’un naturaliste, et ses observations faites sur les trois régnes de la nature, dans plusieurs ports de mer frangais, en Espagne, au continent de l’Amérique septen- trionale, 4 Saint-Yago de Cuba, et a St.-Domingue, ot l’auteur devenu prisonnier de 40,000 noirs révoltés, et par suite mis en liberté par une colonne de l’armée frangaise, donne les détails circonstanciés sur l’expédition du général Leclerc; dédiés a S. Ex. Mer. le Comte de Lacépéde ... Paris (Dufart, Pére) 1809, 3 vols. Oct (Voy. naturaliste). Tome premier: 1809, p. [ili]-lxiv, [17]-365, frontisp., 16 pl. Copy: HH. Tome second: 1809, p. [i], [1]-470, 26 pl. Copy: HH. Tome troisiéme: 1809, p. [iii]-x, [11]-476, frontisp. Copies: HH, NY. Number of plates varies. Ref.: BM 1: 443; Plesch p. 197; PR 2170. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 36-37. 1898 (critical evaluation). 1391. Flore [ pittoresque et] médicale des Antilles ou traité des plantes usuelles des colonies francaises, anglaises, espagnoles et portugaises; par M. E. Descourtilz ... peinte par J. Th. Descourtilz, Paris (Pichard, Mme veuve Pichard, Gauthier, auteur) 1821-1829, 8 vols. Oct. (Fl. méd. Antilles). Ed. 1: in 150 parts of four plates and one sheet of text each, the dates of which have been ascertained from the numerous announcements in the contemporary literature, especially the Bibliographie de la France. The livraisons are numbered and indicated in the book. The words “‘pittoresque et’? appear in the volume titles from vol. 3 on. The 600 plates by J. Théodore Descourtilz are partly colour-printed, partly hand- coloured. — 100 copies were printed on large paper “‘dit nom de Jésus.” 626 DESFONTAINES vol. livraisons pages plates date I Tet] Li], [(1)]- U4), [1]-292 1-68 1821 2 18-33 [1-iii], 1-346 69-152 1822 3 39-58 [i-im1], 1-363 153-232 1827 4 59-76 [1-111], 1-338 233-304 1827 5 77-95 [i-1ii], 1-292 305-380 = 1827 6 96-113 {i-i1], [1 ]-308 381-452 1828 7 114-133 a-ani], [1]-344 453-532 1829 8 134-150 [1-111], [1 ]-400 533-600 1829 Copy: NY. — From vol. 2 onward: “‘... Portugaises; Dédiée et présentée au Roi, par .”; from vol. 3 onward: “‘Flore Pitonaae et médicale des Antilles, ...”’; imprints (publishers) of vols. 2-8 different from vol. 1. Dates of parts (BF): I a1 Jul 1821 48 5 Mar 1825 90-9! 5 Jul 1828 2 27 Jul 1821 49 16 Apr 1825 92-93 19 Jul 1828 3 7 Sep 1821 50 7 Mai 1825 94-95 g Aug 1828 4-5 24 Nov 1821 51 g Jul 1825 96-97 16 Aug 1828 6-13 24 Aug 1822 52-53 20 Aug 1825 98-99 30 Aug 1828 14-15 15 Mai 1824 54 18 Jan 1826 100-101 13 Sep 1828 16-18 14 Dec 1822 55 16 Nov 1825 102-103 4 Oct 1828 19 28 Dec 1822 56-57 14 Dec 1825 104-105 18 Oct 1828 20-21 1 Mar 1823 58 21 Dec 1825 106-107 1 Nov 1828 22-25 15 Mai 1824. 59 18 Jan 1826 108-109 15 Nov 1828 26 17 Jan 1824 60-63 31 Mai 1826 I1O-ITI 29 Nov 1828 27 31 Jan 1824 64-65 16 Sep 1826 I12-113 20 Dec 1828 28 a1 Feb 1824 66-67 11 Oct 1826 113-114 10 Jan 1829 29 20 Mar 1824 68 13 Mai 1827 I15 1829 30 17 Apr 1824 69 23 Mai 1827 116-117 31 Jan 1829 31-32 15 Mai 1824 70 1827 118-119 7 Feb 1829 33 5 Jun 1824 7a 16 Jun 1827 124-125 21 Mar 1829 34 26 Jun 1824 GP 23 Jun 1827 126-127 18 Apr 1829 35 17 Jun 1824 73 30 Jun 1827 128-129 9g Mai 1829 36 7 Aug 1824 74 14 Jul 1827 130-131 23 Mai 1829 37 21 Aug 1824 75 4 Aug 1827 132-133 6 Jun 1829 338 2 Oct 1824 76 25 Aug 1827 134-135 20 Jun 1829 39 23 Oct 1824 77 15 Sep 1827 136-137 4 Jul 1829 40 27 Nov 1824 78 3 Oct 1827 138-139 15 Jul 1829 41 4 Dec 1824 79 20 Oct 1827 140-141 8 Aug 1829 42 2 Jan 1825 80 3 Nov 1827 * 142-143 29 Aug 1829 43 22 Jan 1825 81 24 Nov 1827 144-145 12 Sep 1829 44 29 Jan 1825 82 26 Dec 1827 146-147 3 Oct 1829 45 5 Feb 1825 83 2 Feb 1828 148-149 24 Oct 1829 46 12 Feb 1825 84. 16 Feb 1828 (ind.) 150 7 Nov 1829 47 26 Feb 1825 85-87 17 Mai 1828 1-2 26 Dec 1829 Ed. 2: Paris (1-3: éditeur, 4-8: Rousselon) 1833. Oct. Copy: HU. Actually a reissue, collation of volumes identical with that of ed. 1 except for some minor deviations. Title throughout ‘‘Flore pittoresque et médicale des antilles ... seconde édition.” Ref.: BM 1: 444; DU 90; GF p. 55; Jackson p. 369; Langman p. 239; NI 471; Plesch p- 197; PR 2171; IDC 5893. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 37. 1898, 3: 36-37. 1902. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 1: 166-167. 1975 (sold at £. 1400). Desfontaines, René Louiche (1750-1833), French botanist, professor at the Jardin des plantes (Muséum d’Histoire nat.) in Paris. (Desf-) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: The Flora atlantica herbarium (1480 specimens) was left to P and is now kept separately as an herbier historique. ‘The labels of this type herbarium are the 627 DESFONTAINES original manuscript slips for the Flora atlantica. The general herbarium of Desfontaines was acquired by Webb and is now at FI. A second series of 600 Flora ailantica plants was given by Desfontaines to Lemonnier and was acquired by Delessert with the Lemonnier herbarium (now at G). — The Choix de plantes du corollaire des instituts de Tournefort was based on specimens in the Tournefort herbarium (P-TO) as well as on the Vaillant herbarium (P) and that of Jussieu (P-JU).— Other material stemming from Desfontaines is at B (herb. Willdenow), BM, C, GGE, LIV, MPU, PC (some types of algae), P-JU and P-LA. — The Paris Flora atlantica is available on microfiche (IDC 6210). Repos W232 159; Candolle, Ann. Sci. nat. Bot. ser. 2. 1: 129-150. 1834. Candolle, Phytographie 407. 1889. Koster, Taxon 18: 551. 1969. Stafleu, Le Naturaliste canadien 98: 558. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG I: 258, 3: 145, 4: 464, 5(1): 448, 6(2): 82; Barnhart 1: 446; BM 1: 444; Bossert p. 100; CSP 2: 250-251; Dawson p. 261-262; DBF 10: 1342; Frank 3(Anh.): 23; GR p. 274; HR; IF p. 692; Jackson p. 421; Langman p. 239-240; Laségue p. 566; MW p. 94; NI 474-475; Plesch p. 197-198; PR 2175-2180. Anon., Flora 16: 766. 28 Dec 1833. Mirbel, zn Guillemin, Arch. de Bot. 2: 568. 1833. Candolle, Ann. Sci. nat. ser. 2. 1: 129-150. 1834 (bibl.). Candolle, Notice historique sur la vie et les travaux de M. Desfontaines, Genéve 1834 (copy: B), Biblioth. univ. Feb 1834 (bibl.) Flourens, Mem. Acad. Sci. 16 (Hist.). 1837, repr. 19 p. and in Eloges historiques 2: 177-206. 1857 (bibl.) Candolle, Mémoires et souvenirs 1862 (see Table alph. p. 6). Ratzeburg, Forstwiss. Schriftsteller-Lexikon 146-147. 1874. Cosson, Comp. florae atl. 1: 8. 1881. Bonnet, J. de Bot. 4: 234-235. 1890. Hamy, Les derniers jours du Jardin du Roi 3-185. 1893. Wittrock, Acta Horti Bergiani 3(2): 111. 1903, 3(3): 100. 1905. Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 36. 1906. Maiden, J. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 44: 135. 1910. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 168. 1936. Chevalier, Inauguration du buste de René-Louiche Desfontaines. Paris 1937, 36 p. Chevalier, La vie et l’oeuvre de René Desfontaines, Paris 1939 (many earlier references) (portr., bibl.) Pottier-Alapetite, Bull. Soc. Sci. nat. Tunisie 8: 89-94. 1955. Stafleu in ’Héritier, Sertum anglicum, facsimile ed. xxiv, xxv, xxxii. 1963. Laissus, C. R. Congr. nat. Soc. sav. Rennes 1966, Hist. Sci. 1: 137-152, 153-169. 1967 (letters to Le Monnier). Hahn, The anatomy of a scientific institution 343, 423. 1971. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 280, 324. 1971. EPONYMY: Desfontaena [sic] Vellozo (1825) ; Desfontainesia Hoffmannsegg (1824, orth. var. of Fontanesia Labillardiére) ; Desfontainia Ruiz & Pavon (1794); Fontainesia Post & O. Kuntze (1903, orth. var. of Fontanesia Labillardiére) ; Fontanesia [sic] Labillardiére (1791) ; Louichea L’ Héritier de Brutelle (1791). HANDWRITING: Monogr. Biol. Canar. 4: 30. fig. 3. 1973; Candollea 24: 237-238. 1974. 1392. Flora ailantica sive historia plantarum, quae in Atlante, agro Tunetano et Al- geriensi crescunt. Paris (L. G. Desgranges) An vi [1798-1799], 2 vols. Qu. (Fl. aélant.) vol. part pages plates dates I I [i]-xx, [1]-120 I-30 29 Apr 1798 2 2 12I- 31-60 Jun 1798 3 - 61-90 28 Jul 1798 4 -444, [1*-v*] gr-120, Sep 1798 628 DESFONTAINES vol. part pages plates dates 2 5 [1]-80 121-150 Oct 1798 6 81-160 151-180 Nov 1798 Fi 161- 181-210 Feb 1799 8 - 2I1-240 Mai 1799 9 -458, [i-iii] 241-261 Jul 1799 First issue: Paris (L. G. Desgranges) ... ‘“‘anno sexto reipublicae gallicae,”’ as above. Copies: G, MO, U. — Plates incl. 76b7s and [225bis.] Second issue: Paris (Blanchon) ... ‘“‘anno viii,”’ issued late 1799 or 1800. Copy: BR. 1: [i*-v*], [a]-xx, [1]-444. 2: [i-ii], [1]-458, [1, emendanda t. 1 et t. 2. 1: “de plantis”’: [1-111], pl. 1-120, 76bis. 2: “de plantis”’: [i-iii], pl. rer-261, [225bis]. Third issue: Paris (Blanchon), typis C. Panckoucke mdccc., issued 1800. Copies: HU, NY. 1: [i*-iii*], [i]-xx, [1]-444, [1, emendanda t. 1 et t. 2] 2: [i*-11*], [1]-458. 1: “de plantis’’: [i-iii], pl. 1-120, 76bis. 2: “de plantis’’: [i-iii], pl. rer-267, [225bis]. Emendanda t. 1 et t. 2, [1] p., 1799 or 1800, with second issue. Emendatio altera ad floram atlanticum, [3] p., probably issued 1804. Copy: NY loose; also bound in other copies. Two different editions were announced of the first issue (see TL-1), both in quarto, one on laid paper (400 copies) and another (100 copies) on “‘papier velin’’ (wove). The folio copies mentioned by Stearn (1938) are not announced. Out of a total of 263 (1-261, 76bis, [225bis]) uncoloured line engravings of plants, 92 are of paintings by P. J. Redouté and 61 of paintings by H.-J. Redouté. Ref.: BM 1: 444; DU 92; Jackson p. 347; LS 6907; NI 475; Plesch p. 197; PR 2176; RS p. 80; SK p. clxxvii; IDC 5043. Ventenat, Mag. Encycl. 1798(4): 145-164, 563. Cosson, Comp. fl. atl. 8-10. 1881 (itin.). Bonnet, C. R. Ass. Frang. Avance. Sci. [Congr. Toulouse] 1893: 507; 1896: 365-374, 434-439; 1910: 126. 1911. Stearn, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 1: 147-148. 1938. Pottier-Alapetite, Bull. Soc. Sci. nat. Tunisie 8: 89-94. 1955 (Tunis itinerary). MacPhail, Cat. redouteana 40. 1963. 1393. Description du genre Tithonia, Ann. Mus. nat. Hist. nat. 1: 49-51. 1802. Qu. Publ.: 1802. — This memoir was read at the Académie des Sciences in 1780. It was scheduled to appear in the 12th volume of the Recueil des Savants étrangers which, however, was never published. A. L. de Jussieu cited ““Tithonia Font.’’ from the manuscript as ‘‘Caracter ex. D. Desfontaines Act. Paris extr. Vol. xii.” Ref.: Stafleu, Intr. to Jussieu’s Genera Plantarum xxxvi. 1964. 1394. Tableau del école de botanique du Muséum histoire naturelle. Paris (J. A. Brosson) 1804. Oct. (in fours) (Tabl. école bot.) Ed. 1: 1804 (title as above), p. [i]-viii, [1]-238. Copies: B, G, U. Ed. 2: Dec 1815 (BF 2 Dec 1815, JGLF Jan 1816), p. [i-x], [1]-274. Copy: M. — Title: “Tableau ... botanique du Jardin du Roi.” Paris (J. A. Brosson) 1815. Oct. Ed. 3: 15-21 Mar 1829 (Acad. 23 Mar 1829, BF 21 Mar 1829), p. [iJ-xvii, [1]-416, Additamentum [1832!] 417-484. Copy: B(compl.), Ewan (lacks add.). Title: ‘‘Catalogus plantarum horti regit parisiensis cum annotationibus de plantis novis aut minus cognitis ...”” Paris (J. S. Chaudé) 1829. Oct. — Species marked with an asterisk are described on p. 385-414. An earlier anonymous Tableau de I’ Ecole de botanique du Jardin des Plantes de Paris, publ. Jul 1800 was perhaps also by Desfontaines. Other edition: Mai-Jun 1801 (not mentioned as such by Chevalier). Ref.: BM 1: 444; Plesch p. 197; PR 2177; IDC 58094, 52091. 629 DESFONTAINES 1395- Choix de plantes du Corollaire des instituts de Tournefort, publiées d’aprés son herbier, et gravées sur les dessins originaux d’Aubriet. Paris (Levrault) 1808. Qu. (Chorx pl. Coroll.) Publ.: Nov 1808 (Acad. 21 Nov 1809), p. [i-iii], [1]-92, [1, table], p/. r (double), 2-70, coloured or uncoloured copper engravings of drawings by Aubriet in the Collection des vélins of the Muséum (now in the Bibliothéque centrale). Aubriet accompanied Tournefort on his trip to the Levant. Copies: BR, G, HU(2), MO (extra p. [v], dedic.), NY. The text appeared originally in eleven articles in the Ann. Mus. nat. Hist. nat. (10: 218, 294, 4273 11: 51, 136, 160, 273, 376, 438; 12: 52, 111) with 70 uncoloured plates. Coloured plates are reported only from the reprint, although I have seen none. Ref.: BM 1: 444; DU 93; GF p. 55; Jackson p. 114; NI 474; Plesch p. 198; PR 2178; IDC 4681. 1396. Histoire des arbres et arbrisseaux qui peuvent étre cultivés en pleine terre sur le sol de la France. Paris (J. A. Brosson) 1809, 2 vols. Oct. (Hist. arbr. France). Tome premier: Mar 1809 (Acad. 13 Mar 1809, JGLF Mar 1809), p. [i]-xxx, [1]-493. Copies: HH, Ewan. Tome second: Mar 1809 (idem), p. [i-iv], [1]-635, [636, err.]. Copies: HH, Ewan. Ref.: BM 1: 444; PR 2179. Desmaziéres, Jean Baptiste Henri Joseph (1786-1862), French merchant and amateur botanist and horticulturist. (Desmaz.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: PC and BR — Desmaziéres published some important series of exsiccatae accompanied by text: 1. Plantes cryptogames [du Nord] de la France (44 fasc., nos. 1-2200, Lille 1825-1851, nos. 1-800 issued under the title Plantes cryptogames du Nord de la France), see below. 2. Plantes cryptogames de France, ed. 2 (37 fasc., nos. 1-1850, Lille 1836-1851). 3. Plantes cryptogames de France, ed. 2, sér. 2 (16 fasc., nos. 1-800, Lille 1853-1861). The text of these series consisted of title-pages, a preface and lists. For full details see Sayre (1969). Sets at BM, FH, G, K, NY, PC. — For other sets see GR and IH. Ref.: GR p. 274; IH 2: 160. Candolle, Phytographie 407. 1880. Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 433. 1916. Koster, Taxon 18: 551. 1969. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 11-14. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 542; Barnhart 1: 447; CSP 2: 260-261; DBF ro: 1456; LS 6918-6974; PR 2185-2187. Roussel, in Chatin, Bull. Soc. bot. France 9: 321-323. 1862. Anon., Bull. Soc. roy. Belg. 1: 102-105. 1862. (repr. s.d., 4 p.) Anon., Bull. Soc. mycol. France 20: frontisp. 1904. Ainsworth and Bisby, Dict. fungi ed. 6. 158. 1971. EPONYMY: Desmazeria [sic] Dumortier (1822, ‘“‘Demazeria’), corr. Dumortier (1823); Desmazierella Libert (1829); Desmazieria Montagne (1852). 1397. Agrostographie des départemens du Nord de la France, ou analyse et description de toutes les graminées qui croissent naturellement ou que l’on cultive généralement dans ces départemens. Ouvrage dans lequel on a indiqué leurs vertus médicinales, leur utilité dans les arts, la culture de celles que l’on doit préférer pour la nourriture de Vhomme et des animaux domestiques, les différentes maladies auxquelles elles sont sujettes, et les méthodes préservatrices que l’agriculteur doit employer. Lille (Vanackere) 1812. Oct. (Agrostogr. N. France) Publ.: probably Mai 1812 (BF 28 Mai) (500 copies), p. [i*-vi*], [i]-ix, [1]-179, [180, err.] Copies: BR, G.\\: Ref.: BM 1: 445; PR 2185; IDC 5895. 1398. Catalogue des plantes omises dans la botanographie Belgique et dans les flores du Nord de la France, ou énumération des végétaux phanérogames et cryptogames qui croissent 630 DESMAZIERES spontanément dans la Belgique ancienne, et qui n’ont point été connus ou décrits par tous les auteurs du pays. Ouvrage dans lequel on trouve l’indication exacte des lieux ot ces végétaux peuvent étre observés, l’époque précise de leur fleuraison, et l’exposition des caractéres essentiels des espéces présentées aux botanistes, comme tout-a-fait nouvelles. Lille (Leleux) 1823. Oct. (Cat. pl. omises botanogr. Belgique). Publ.: Mar 1823 (t.p.; Rev. Enc. Apr; BF 3 Mai), p. [i]-xiii, [1, abbr.], [1]-107. Copies: G, MO, NY, U. Ref.: BM 1: 445; Jackson p. 271; PR 2186; IDC 5033. 1399. Plantes cryptogames du Nord de la France. Lille 1825-1851, 44 fasc. plus index volume. Qu. (Pl. crypt. N. France). Publ.: An important series of exsiccatae accompanied by text. The dates below, given by Margadant, may in some cases be too early because there is evidence that the title- pages were sometimes preprinted. ‘“This large series of exsiccata has some pecularities which warrant careful research. The title-page setting was used for quite a number of fascicles, possibly printed in advance. In several cases the changed numerals (e.g. the last digit of the year) clearly stand apart in a number of volumes, and the position of broken letters indicate the same type setting. In some others the digit is even not printed but filled out by hand. This indicates that these title-pages were printed so far ahead of publication that there was no reasonable certainty about the year. There- fore, a chance exists, that of other fascicles with completely printed year numbers the date is too early.’’ — From fasc. 17 on the title was Plantes cryptogames de France. A second edition (37 fascicles) was published in Lille, 1836-1851. Sixteen further fascicles (ed. 2 ser. 2 or ed. 3?) appeared between 1853 and 1861. The series are in many herbaria e.g. BM, FH, G, K, NY, TC. (see IH). fasc. specimen dates fasc. specimen dates numbers title pages numbers title pages I preface Jan 1825 23 IIOI-I150 1841 1-50 2 51-100 1825 24 1151-1200 1842 3 101-150 1826 25 1201-1250 1842 4 151-200 1826 26 1251-1300 1843 5 201-250 1827 27 1301-1350 1843 6 251-300 1827 28 1351-1400 1845 7 301-350 1828 29 1401-1450 1845 8 351-400 1829 30 1451-1500 1846 9 401-450 1830 31 1501-1550 1846 10 451-500 1830 32 1551-1600 1847 II 501-550 1831 33 1601-1650 184.7 12 551-600 1832 34 1651-1700 1848 13 601-650 1833 35 1701-1750 1848 14 651-700 1834 36 1751-1800 1849 15 701-750 1834 Bu) 1801-1850 1849 16 751-800 1836 38 1851-1900 1849 Wi 801-850 1836 39 IgO1-1950 1849 18 851-900 1837 40 1951-2000 1850 19 901-950 1838 41 2001-2050 1850 20 951-1000 1839 2 2051-2100 1851 QI 1001-1050 1839 43 2101-2150 1851 22 1051-1100 1840 44 2151-2200 1851 index-vol. Ref.: BM 1: 445; IH 2: 160; MD p. 87-90; PR ed. 1: 2512; TL p. 104. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 11-14. 1969. 1400. Observations botaniques et zoologiques. Lille (Leleux) 1826. Oct. (Observ. bot. zool.) Publ.: 1826, p. [i-ii], [1]-52, pl. [z], 2, 8, plain copper engravings. Copy: BR. Ref.: PR 2187. 631 DES MOULINS Des Moulins, Charles Robert Alexandre (1798-1875), French botanist and malaco- logist. (Des Moul.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: AUT, BORD. Ref.: TH 2: 160. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 742; Barnhart 1: 447; BM 1: 446; CSP 2: 242-264, 7: 525, 9: 687-688, 12: 196; Jackson p. 539 [ind.]; Langman p. 240; LS 6978- 6980a; PR 2188-2194; Quenstedt p. 113. Anon., Annuaire Institut des Provinces sér. 2. 2: 301-308. 1860. (bibl.) Delfortrie, Actes Soc. Linn. Bordeaux ser. 3. 10: Cxxix-cxxx. 1875. Cogniaux, Bull. Soc. bot. Belg. 14: 359-360. 1875(1876). Castelnau d’Essenault, Actes Acad. Sci. Belles Lettres Art Bordeaux ser. 3. 38: 538-584. 1877. EPONYMY: Moulinsia Blume (1849); Moulinsia Cambessédes (1829). r40z. Essai sur les Sphérulites qui existent dans les collections de MM. F. Jouannet, ... et Charles Des Moulins; et considération sur la famille a laquelle ces fossiles appartiennent. s.l., s.d. Oct. (Essat Sphérulites). Publ.: Bordeaux 1826, p. [1]-156, no t.p., 10 lithographs by J. de la Torres, reprinted from Bull. Hist. nat. Soc. Linn. Bordeaux vol. 1. Reprint: Copy: L. Ref.: BM 1: 446. 1402. Catalogue raisonné des plantes qui croissent spontanément dans le département de la Dordogne; par MM. Charles Des Moulins, et du Rieu de Maisonneuve ... premiére partie. Phanérogames, distribuées d’aprés le Synopsis Florae germanicae et helveticae du Docteur G. D. J. Koch ... par M. Charles des Moulins. Bordeaux (Th. Lafargue) 1840. Oct. T (Cat. rais. pl. Dordogne). Publ.: Mai or Jun 1840 (see t.p. Supplément 1846), p. [1]-165. Copy: G. Reprinted from Actes de la Société Linnéenne de Bordeaux 11: [171]-335 (p. 335 dated 25 Jun 1840, sic), copy: NY. — First part only. The second part was apparently to be published by Michel Charles Durieu de Maisonneuve (1796-1878), but never appeared. Ref.: BL 2: 145; PR 2188. 1403. Etat de la végétation sur le Pic du Midi de Bigorre au 17 octobre 1840. Bordeaux (Henry Faye) 1844. Oct. (Etat vég. Pic du Midi). Publ.: 1844 (p. 112: 17 Jan 1844), p. [i], [1]-112, 2 pl. Copy: G. — Reprinted from Rec. Actes Acad. r. Bordeaux 1844: 181-292. Ref.: PR 2189. Anon., Flora 28: 102-104. 21 Feb 1845. 1404. Supplément au Catalogue raisonnée (publié en Mai 1840) des plantes phanérogames du département de la Dordogne; ... premier fascicule. (Renonculacées-Caryophyllées) ; (Janvier 1846). (Extrait des Actes de la Soc. Linn. de Bordeaux. — 3.e livr., Mars 1846). Bordeaux (Th. Lafargue) 1846. Oct. (Suppl. cat. rats. pl. Dordogne). Publ.: Mar 1846 (t.p.), p. [i], [1]-69. Copies: G, NY. — Reprinted from Actes Soc. Linn. Bordeaux 3, Mar 1846. The January date was not upheld by the author, see p. 3 of his Additions. Ref.: BL 2: 145; PR 288. 1405. Catalogue raisonné des phanérogames de la Dordogne, (suite du); Additions au ter fascicule du Supplément, et 2.me fascicule du supplément; ... (Extrait des Actes de la Société Linnéenne de Bordeaux; t. xv, 5° livraison, 1849). Bordeaux (Th. Lafargue) 1849. Oct. (Cat. rais. phan. Dordogne, add.) Publ.: Mar 1849 (p. 3), p. [1]-178. Copies: G, MO, NY. Ref.: BL 2: 145; PR 2188. 1406. Etudes organiques sur les Cuscutes. Toulouse (Chauvin et Feillés) 1853. Oct. (Etud. Cuscut.) 632 DESVAUX Publ.: 1 Mar 1853 (date on p. 1), p. [i], [1]-80, tabl. 1-17. Copies: BR, L, NY. — Reprin- ted from Compte-Rendu de la xix® session (Toulouse) du Congrés Scientifique de France, t. 2, with independent pagination. Ref.: BM 1: 446; Langman p. 240; PR 2193. Hooker, J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 6: 60-61. 1854. 1407. Catalogue raisonné des phanérogames de la Dordogne; (suite du) supplément final; (1858). Bordeaux (L. Coderc, F. Degréteau et J. Poujol). 1859. Oct. (Cat. rais. phan. Dordogne, suppl. fin.) Publ.: 8 Aug 1859 (p. 453), p- [i-ui], [1]-453. Copies: BR, G, MO. — Preprinted from Actes Soc. Lin. Bordeaux 20 (6): 451-903, issued 8 Feb 1860. Ref.: BL 2: 145; PR 2188. Desportes, Narcisse Henri Francois (1776-1856), French botanist and rhodologist. (Desportes). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Some material in P-JU. Refs UE 2): 1160, BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 447; BM 1: 447; CSP 2: 270, 6: 264(?); Frank 3(Anh.): 23; GR p. 274; LS 6985; PR 2197-2198. 1408. Flore de la Sarthe et de la Mayenne, disposée d’aprés la méthode naturelle, avec Vindication des propriétés médicales des plantes et leur usage dans les arts. Le Mans (Ch. Richelet), Paris (Roret) 1838. Oct. (Fl. Sarthe). Publ.: Mai-Jun 1838 (BF 9 Jun; BH), p. [i]-lx, [1]-528. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 1: 447; Jackson p. 290; PR 2198. Desvaux, Nicaise Auguste (1784-1856), French botanist at Angers. (Desv.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: P, P-JU, PC. — Desvaux’ Anjou herbarium is at Angers at the Jardin des Plantes (fide Bureau; now ANGUC?). Other material B (Willd.), FI, G, M. Refs TE oe 160. Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. France 22: Ixxxvii. 1876. Bureau, Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. 1896: 46-48. Bonnet, Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. 13: 276-279. 1907. NoTE: Not to be confused with Etienne-Emile Desvaux (1830-1854), who treated the Cyperaceae and Gramineae for Gay’s Flora de Chile. (Barnhart 1: 447; AG 2(1): 120; PR 2219; Flora 37: 448. 28 Jul 1854). — N. A. Desvaux used his initials in this order in his earlier publications; later, e.g. in his Flore de l’ Anjou he used A. N. Desvaux. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(1): 135, 6(2): 122; Barnhart 1: 447; BM 1: 447; CSP 2: 275-276, 6: 638; DBF 11: 130-131; Frank 3(Anh.): 23; GR p. 316; Jackson p- 539 [ind.]; Langman p. 240; LS 6999-7001; MD p. 91-93; MW p. 94, suppl. p. 553 PR 2201-2211. Anon., Flora 40: 222-223. 14 Apr 1857 (herb. for sale). Cosson, Bull. Soc. bot. France 6: 542-547, 569-576. 1859, also reprinted ‘Sur Emile Desvaux, ses études et ses publications botaniques,”’ Paris 1860, p. [1]-15, copy B. Candolle, Mémoires et souvenirs 58, 180, 183. 1862. EPONYMY: Devauxia [sic] R. Brown (1810). BIOGRAPHICAL DETAILS: See Cosson (1859), mentioned above. Desvaux was born at Poitiers (Vienne) on 28 August 1784 and died at 12 July 1856 at Bellevue near Angers. He was appointed director of the Angers botanic garden in 1817. His herbarium was put up for sale by his son (see Bull. Soc. bot. France 3: 637-638. 1856). 1409. Fournal de Botanique, rédigé par une société de botanistes. Paris (1: Tourneisen fils; 2: Gabriel Dufour et Cie.) 1808-1809, 2 vols. Oct. (7. Bot.) 633 DESVAUX vol. numéro pages plates dates I I [1 ]-64 Spe & Oct 1808 2 65-128 3,4 Nov 1808 3 129-192 5,6 Dec 1808 4 193-256 7,8 Jan 1809 5 257-320 Q. 10 Feb 1809 6 321-[384] II, 12 Mar 1809 2 I [1 ]-64. Tee, Apr 1809 2 65-128 3 Mai 1809 3 129-192 Jun 1809 4 193-256 9 Jul 1809 5 257-320 Aug 1809 6 321-[384] 13 Sep 1809 Copies: BR, G, HH, KNAW, MO, NY. — Published in monthly instalments which seem to have appeared in accordance with the above schedule “‘dans la premiére huitaine de chaque mois”’ (text on fascicle covers). Most numbers are reviewed in JGLF 1808 and 1809. Publication was therefore scheduled to take place in the first week of each month. This was at least the case with numbers 1(1, 2) and 2(1, 2-3, 4). The May and June number of 1809 [2(2-3) |] may have appeared at the same time, although under separate cover, early May. However, the cover of 2(3) is dated “‘juin 1809.” — The contents of the fascicles were ascertained from a copy in original covers at the Royal Netherlands Academy of Sciences (plates incomplete). Collaborators: Aimée Jacques Alexandre (Goujaud) BoNnPLAND (1773-1858); José Francesco CoRREA DA SERRA (1751-1823); Nicaise Auguste DEsvAux (1784-1856) ; Louis-Marie Aubert Aubert Du Petir THouars (1758-1831); HANIN; JACQUELIN- Dusursson; Jean Henri JAumME Saint-HILAIrRE (1772-1845); Jean-Louis Auguste LoIsELEUR-DESLONGCHAMPS (1774-1849); Ambroise Marie Frangois Joseph PaLisoT DE BEAuvols (1752-1820); Jean Louis Marie PorreT (1755-1834); Christiaan Hendrik PERSOON (1762-1836); Charles Nicolas Sigisbert Sonntint DE MANONCOUR (1751-1812). Ref.: Jackson p. 475; PR 2201; SY p. 46; IDC 5897. Anon., J. gén. Litt. Frangaise 1808, 1809 [reviews]. Merrill, J. Arnold Arb. 28: 247-250. 1947. 1410. Journal de Botanique, appliquée a l’agriculture, a la pharmacie, a la médecine et aux arts. Paris 1813-1814, 4 ‘tomes’ [constituting volumes 3-6 of the previous journal) (7. Bot. appl.) Publ.: This second series of the Journal de Botanique was published in principle in the same way as the first series: monthly numbers of which 6 were to constitute a ‘tome.’ The publication-scheme as announced seems to have been followed more or less regularly for vol. 1 and 2 as far as can be judged from several contemporary references. The publication of vol. 3 and 4, however, was irregular. — Copy with some of the original covers at NY (contains also the only copy known to me of vol. 3(5). 1816) vol. part pages dates vol. part pages dates I [1 ]-64 Jan 1813 3 [1]-48 “‘Jan”’ Feb 1814 65-128 Feb 1813 49-96 “‘Feb”’ Feb 1814 129-160 Mar 1813 161-192 Apr 1813 193-240 Mai 1813 241-292 Jun 1813 [1 ]-64. Jul 1813 4 65-112 Aug 1813 113-144 Sep 1813 97-144 “‘Mar”’ Mar 1814 145-192 “Apr” 1815 prim 193-240 ““Mav” post Feb 1816 not issued [1]-48 “Jul” Sep 1814 49-96 “‘Aug” Sep 1814 97-144 “Sep” post 19 Oct 1814 iN) Outi ON HH MOBWDHND OuoOPON FH OMOHO WN 145-192 Oct 1813 [A5- Oct,’ 1815 prim 193-240 Nov 1813 - “Nov” 1815 prim 241-272 Dec 1813 -288 “Dec” 1815 prim 5 announced but not issued 634 DESVAUX Collaborators: José Francesco CORREA DA SERRA (1751-1823); René Louiche DrsFon- TAINES (1750-1833); Louis-Marie Aubert Aubert Du Pretir THouars (1758-1831); Jean Henri Jaume Saint-Hiarre (1772-1845); Antoine Laurent de Jussteu (1748- 1836) ; Jean-Louis Auguste LoissLEUR-DEsLONGCHAMpPs (1774-1849); Charles Francois Brisseau MIrRBEL (1776-1854); Ambroise Marie Frangois Joseph Patisor DE BEAuUvols (1752-1820); Jean Louis Marie PorreT (1755-1834); Arsene THIEBAUT DE BERNEAUD (1777-1850); F. Richard de Tussac (fl. 1786). Ref.: BM 1: 447; PR 2202; SK p. clxxvii; SY p. 46-47; IDC 752. Barnhart, in Hazen, Bull. Torrey bot. Club 56: 531. 1929. Merrill, J. Arnold Arb. 28: 247-250. 1947. 1141. Nomologie botanique ou essai sur |’ensemble des lois d’organisation végétale. Angers 1817. (Nomol. bot.) Ed. 1: 1817, p. [1]-28. Copy: L. Ed. 2: in Programme d’un cours de botanique ed. 2, Angers (Ernest le Sourd) 1832, p. [1]-36. Copy: NY. — See below. 1412. Programme du cours de botanique professé au jardin des plantes d’Angers, pour 1817. Angers 1818. Oct. (Progr. cours bot.) Ed. 1: 1818 (Flora 7 Jan 1819), p. [i*], [i]-xxvil. Copy: L. Ed. 2, First issue: Programme d’un cours de botanique par M. Desvaux, ... seconde édition, Angers 1831, p. [i]-xxxiv. Copy at NY as part of second issue, see below. Second issue: Programme ... botanique, suivi de la Nomologie botanique, ou lois d’organisation végétale; ... seconde édition. Angers 1832, p. [i*-iii*, 1832 preface material], [1, 1831 t.p. of Programme]-xxxiv, [1, Nomologie]-36. Copy: NY. 1413. Observations sur les plantes des environs d’ Angers, pour servir de supplément a la flore Maine et Loire, et de suite a l’histoire naturelle et critique des plantes de France. Angers (Fourier-Mame), Paris (Dondey-Dipré) 1818. Duod. (Observ. pl. Angers). Publ.: Jul 1818 (preface 28 Oct 1817; BF 11 Jul 1818), p. [1]-188. Copies: G, HU, L, MO, NY. Ref.: BM 1: 447; PR 2206. 1414. Exposition méthodique des genres de la famille des Mousses, pour servir de complément au travail de feu Palisot de Beauvois, Mém. Soc. Linn. Paris 3(2): 211-228. Mai 1824. Oct. Publ.: between 1 May and 10 Jul 1824 (fide MD). Ref.: CSP 2: 275; MD p. or. 1415. Flore de l’ Anjou, ou exposition méthodique des plantes du département de Maine et Loire et de ancien Anjou, d’aprés l’ordre des familles naturelles, avec des obser- vations botaniques et critiques. Angers (Fournier-Mame) 1827. Oct. (Fl. Anjou). Publ.: Apr-Mai 1827 (BF 19 Mai 1827), p. [i*-iii*], [i]-xxxvili, [1]-369. Copy: L. Ref.: BM 1: 447; PR 2208. 1416. Prodrome de la famille des Fougéres, Mém. Soc. Linn. Paris 6(2): 171-212. Mai 1827, 6(3): 213-337. Jul 1827. Publ.: part 1 (p. 171-212) 1 Mai-30 Jun 1827; part 2 (p. 213-337) 1 Jul-20 Sep 1827. — See Margadant (MD) for a letter from Desvaux to Ad. Brongniart on editorial changes and additions in nomenclature and citations of specimens brought about by Thiébaut. This letter also shows that if reprints exist these are later than the publi- cation in the journal. 1417. Opuscules sur les sciences physiques et naturelles, avec figures. Angers (L. Pavie) 1831. Oct. (Opusc. sct. phys. nat.) Publ.: 1831-1833; [i-iii], [1]-106: 1831; p. ““a11-218” [= 107-114] and 115-328 possibly later [? 1833]. The 7 uncoloured lithographs are of drawings by Millet. Copies: L, MO, NY, US. — The opuscules are reprinted from the Mémoires de la Société d’ Agriculture d’Angers. This is reflected by the numbering 211-218 of p. 107-114. Plates 4, 5 and 6 were numbered 7, 8 and 9 in the Mémoires. PR (2209). 635 DETERVILLE Déterville (1. 1800), French publisher. (Déterville). Note: Déterville was the publisher of the Nouveau dictionnaire d’histoire naturelle, listed below. No editor is mentioned on the title-pages. The collaborators were: Sonnini, Virey, Parmentier, Huzard, Bosc, Olivier, Latreille, Chaptal, Cels, Thouin, Du Tour and Patrin. 1418. Nouveau dictionnaire d’histoire naturelle appliquée aux arts, a l’agriculture, a l’éco- nomie rurale et domestique, a la médecine, etc. par une société de naturalistes et d’agriculteurs ed. 1, Paris 1802-1804, 24 vols. Oct. with Atlas in Qu. (Nouv. dict. hist. nat.) livr. vols. plates dates livr. vols. plates dates I 1-3 [29] 21 Nov 1802 5 13-15 [32] 12 Aug 1803 2 4-6 [32] 4 Feb 1803 6 16-18 [38] 23 Oct 1803 3 7-9 [32] 20 Mai 1803 | 19-21 [z?] 22 Dec 1803 4 10-12 [27] 13 Jun 1803 8 22-24, [45] 21 Mar 1804 According to the announcements in the JT the plates appeared with the livraisons. No plates are cited for livr. 7, but the total number listed (236) would leave only one plate for that part. Second edition (1816-1819): volumes dates volumes dates volumes dates 1-3 14. Sep 1816 13-15 13 Sep 1817 25-27 26 Dec 1818 4-6 14 Dec 1816 16-18 27 Dec 1817 28-30 1 Mai 1819 7-9 15 Mar 1817 19-21 30 Mai 1818 31-33 11 Sep 1819 10-12 21 Jun 1817 22-24 5 Sep 1818 34-36 11 Dec 1819 The second edition was accompanied by a ‘“‘Collection de plantes, arbres, arbustes et animaux utiles a l’homme, et destinée a completer les 250 pl. qui ornent la 2me édit. du dictionnaire d’histoire naturelle, publié par Déterville,’ 31 fasc., 729 plates, Paris s.d., Oct. Ref.: NI 2236; PR 10723; SY p. 11, 69-70. Engelmann, Bibl. hist.-nat. 160-161. 1846. Detharding, Georg Gustav (1765-1838), German botanist at Rostock. (Dethard.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: ROST; material also at B and L. Refev 1H (ed. '6)i:13957,2:: 160. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(1) : 643; Barnhart 1: 448; BM 1: 449; CSP 2: 276; Frank 3(Anh.): 24; PR 2213-2214. Boll, Fl. Meck]. 151-153. 1860. Oltmanns, Arch. Ver. Freunde Naturgesch. Mecklenburg 47: 109-110, 122-123. 1894. 1419. Conspectus plantarum magniducatuum megalopolitanorum phanerogamarum. Rostock (K. C. Stiller) 1828. Oct. (Consp. pl. megalopol.) Publ.: Apr-Mai 1828 (p. vii: calend. Nov. 1827; Flora 11: 286), p. [iJ-viii, [1]-84, 2 liths. Copies: B, G, NY. Ref.: PR 2214 De Toni, Ettore (Hector) (1858-?), Italian botanist. (E. De Toni). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 448; Saccardo 1: 65. EPONYMY: For eponyms based on the name De Toni, cf. infra, sub G. B. De Toni. 636 DE TONI, G. B. 1420. Repertorium geographico-polyglottum in usum “‘Sylloges algarum omnium.”’ Padua (Typis Seminaril) 1894. Oct. (Repert. geogr.) Publ.: 28 Apr 1894 (t.p. 18 Apr, actually issued with Sylloge 2(3)), p. [1]-8, [i]-ccxiv. Copy: U. De Toni, Giovanni Batista (1864-1924), Italian phycologist. (De Toni). HERBARIUM and Types: NAP. — Exsiccatae (Sayre 1969): Herbarium phycologicum (dec. 1-2, nos. 1-20) Padua 1896, copies BM, FH, L; Phycotheca italica, collezione di alghe italiane (cent. 1-2, fasc. 1-4, nos. 1-200) Venezia 1886-1889. Sets at BM, G, K, KIEL, PAV2RG] URS: Re jeaal EAv 2} GO! Koster, Taxon 18: 551. 1969. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19: 70. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 448; BM 1: 448, 6: 264; Bossert p. 100; GR p. 540; Langman p. 240; LS 26909-26915; Saccardo 1: 65-66. De Toni, Sylloge alg. 1: xxil-xxxili. 1889. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 162. pl. 37. 1903 (portr.), 3(3): 178. 1905. Anon., Science ser. 2. 60: 265. 1924. Forti, Bull. Soc. bot. Ital. 1924: 154-159. Béguinot, Archivio bot., Modena 1: 5-18. 1925 (bibl., portr.) Forti, Rev. algol. 2: 228-240. 1925 (portr., bibl.) Forti, Rivista Storia Sci. med. nat. 16(1/2): [12 p.]. 1925, repr. BR. De Wildeman, Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 57(2): 110-112. 1925. Gepp, Proc. Linn. Soc. 137: 71-72. 1925. COMPOSITE WORKS: Editor of La Nuova Notarisia, 1-36, 1890-1925. EPONYMY: Detonia Frenguelli (1949) ; Detonia P. A. Saccardo (1889) ; Detonina O. Kuntze (1891); Detonula Schiitt ex G. B. De Toni (1894). 1421. Sylloge algarum omnium hucusque cognitarum. Padova 1889-1924, 6 vols. Oct. (Syll. alg.) vol./sect. pages dates I [3]-12, [i]-cxxxix, I-1315 25 Jul 1889 2(1) [i*-i1*], [i]-cxxxii, [1]-490 25 Jul 1891 (2) [i-v], 491-817 12 Feb 1892 (3) [i-v], 819-1556 28 Apr 1894. 3 {i]-xvi, [1 ]-638 14. Nov 1895 4(1) [i]-xx, [i]-lxi, [1, h.t.], [1 ]-388 14 Nov 1897 (2) [i-v], 387-776 2 Jan 1900 (3) [i], frontisp., [ili-v], 775-1521 17 Jun 1903 (4) [i-v], 1523-1973 g Jan 1905 5 [ii-vili], [1 ]-761 11 Mai 1907 by A. Forti 6 [iv ]-xi, [1]-767 1 Feb 1924 (‘sect. 5’ refers to cont. of vol. 4) Copy: U. — Second title-pages with separate title for each volume: 1: Sylloge chlorophycearum omnium hucusque cognitarum. 2(1): Sylloge Bacillariearum ... Rhaphideae ... (2): Sylloge Bacillariearum ... Pseudoraphideae ... (3): Sylloge Bacillariearum ... Cryptoraphideae ... 3: Sylloge Fucoidearum ... 4: Sylloge Floridearum ... sectio i[-iv]. 5: Sylloge Myxophycearum ... digessit Doct. Achilles Forti . 6: Sylloge Floridearum ... sectio v. additamenta. 637 DE TONI, G. B. Bibliotheca phycologica: 1: 1-cxxix. 25 Jul 1889. Bibliotheca diatomologica 2(1): i-cxxxil. 25 Jul 1892. Repertorium geographico-polyglottum, 8, ccxiv p., dated 18 [not 28] Apr 1894, issued with 2(3), 28 Apr 1894, by Ettore De Toni. Bibliotheca phycologica, addenda: 4(1): i-lxi. 14. Nov 1897. Ref.: BM 6: 264. Forti, Rev. algol. 2: 239. 1925. 1422. Flora algologica della Venezia. Venezia (G. Antonelli) 5 parts 1885-1898. Oct. (in fours) (£1. algol. Venezia). Co-author: David Levi (for parts 1-3). Parte prima: Le Floridee, Sep-Nov 1885 (p. 5: 12 Aug 1855; Nat. Nov. Dec 1885), p. [1]-182. Copy: BR. — Atti Ist. ven. Sc. Lett. ser. 6. vol. 3. Parte seconda: Le Melanoficee, 1886 (Nat. Nov. Mai 1887), p. [1]-109. Copy: BR. — Aitz ser. 6. vol. 4. Parte terza: Le Cloroficee, Jan-Mar 1888 (p. 4: 7 Aug 1887; Nat. Nov. Apr 1888), p. [1]-206. Copy: BR. — Altz ser. 6. vols. 5 & 6. Parte quarta: Le Micoficee (Cianoficee), 1892, p. [1]-102, Att ser. 7. vol. 3, p. 385-436, 645-692 [3 = 385, 102 = 692]. Parte quinta: Le Bacillariee (Diatomee), 1898, p. [i], [1]-171. Copy: BR. — Atti ser. 7. vols. 8 & g, p. 1051-1086, 76-92, 243-258, 1065-1081, 1195-1234, 1618-1662. 1423. Phyceae japonicae novae addita enumeratione algarum in ditione maritima japoniae hucusque collectarum. Alghe marine del Giappone ed isole ad esso appartenenti con illustrazione di alcune specie nuove (con 2 tavole). Venezia (Carlo Ferrari) 1895. Qu. (Phyceae jap. nov.) Publ.: 1895, late (Nat. Nov. Jan 1896), p. [1]-78, pl. 1-2. Copy: PCS. — Reprinted from Mem. r. Ist. Veneto Sci. Let. Arti 25(5). 1895. 1424. Analisi microscopica di alcuni saggi di fitoplancton raccolti dalla R.N. “Liguria.” Venetia (Carlo Ferrari) 1916. Qu. (Anal. microsc. fitopl.) Co-author: Achille Italo Forti (1878-1937). Publ.: May-Dec 1916, most probably late Nov or early Dec 1916 (presented to Ist. Veneto 30 Apr 1916, PCS copy signed as rd Verona 5 Dec 1916), p. [i], [1]-33, pl. 1-3. Copy: PCS, reprinted from Mem. Ist. Veneto Sci. Lett. Arti 29(1). De Toni, Giuseppe (fl. 1900), Italian algologist, son of G. B. De Toni. (De Toni. fil.) HERBARIUM and types: Unknown. EPONYMY: Detonia Frenguelli (1949) is dedicated to his father Giovanni Batista De Toni (1864-1924), q.v. : 1425. Bibliographia algologica universalis seu repertorium totius litteraturae phycologicae hucusque editae quam digessit Joseph De Toni. Ad Syllogem algarum omnium hucus- que cognitarum, auctore Joh. Bapt. De Toni, additamentum. Forli (typis Valbonesianis) 1931-1932, 3 parts. Oct. + (Bibl. algol. univ.) Fasc. 1: Ab-Az, 1931 (p. ix: 31 Jul 1931), p. [i]-ix, [1]-147. Fasc. 2: Ba-Bonnem., 1932, p. [i-v], 149-308. Fasc. 3: Bonnet-Bz, 1932, p. [i-v], 309-436. Copy: UC. De Ville, Jean Baptiste (/l. 1689); De Ville, Nicolas (fl. 1707), French publishers. (De Ville). HERBARIUM and TypEs: The De Ville’s were the editors, who abstracted the following work from Bauhin’s Pinax and probably also from Bauhin and Cherler’s Historia; it is unlikely that they had a herbarium. 1426. Histoire des plantes de l’ Europe et des plus usitées qui viennent d’Asie, d’Afrique, 638 DE WILDEMAN d’Amérique, ... Divisée en deux tomes & rangée suivant l’ordre du Pinax de Gaspard Bauhin. Lyon 1680, 2 vols. Oct. (Hist. pl. Europe). Publ.: Known as “Le petit Bauhin.” Jackson (p. 225) mentions a Spanish version of 1718. Unchanged reprints were issued in 1753 and 1766. The 1753 edition must be considered as having been published before 1 May 1753 until the contrary is shown (the privilége is dated 15 Oct 1751). The 1766 edition cannot be ignored. However, it is improbable that this edition contains many names that would disturb current nomenclature. Gilibert (cf. no. 2016) published a new edition in Lyon (1798) with Linnaean equivalents. Pritzel mentions the following editions: — Chez Jean Baptiste de Ville, Lyon 1670 (n.v.), 1680, 1683, 2 vols. Oct.; 1689, 2 vols. Duod. — Chez Nicolas de Ville, Lyon 1707, 2 vols. Oct.; 1716, 2 vols. Oct.; 1719, 2 vols. Oct.; 1726, 2 vols. Oct. — Chez Duplain, Lyon 1737, 2 vols. Oct., 1753 Oct., 1766 Oct. Ref.: NI to5n; Plesch p. 199; PR 10768. De Wildeman, Emile Auguste Joseph (1866-1947); Belgian botanist, long time director of the Jardin botanique de l’Etat at Bruxelles, pioneer botanist of the study of the Congolese flora. (De Wild.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: BR. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 450; GR p. 700; Langman p. 241; LS 7024- 7054; Plesch p. 459. Marchal, La Tribune horticole 16: 705-707. 1931 (portr.) Evens, Gesch. Algol. Belg. 160-167. 1944 (bibl.) Blaringhem et Chevalier, C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris 225: 269-273. 1947. Chevalier, Rev. int. Bot. appl. Agric. trop. 27: 527-529. 1947. Robyns, Revue congol. illustr. 1947(10): 45-46. (portr.) Robyns, Bull. Jard. bot. Etat 19(1): 1-35. 1948 (bibl.) Hauman, Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 82(1): 5-7. 1949 (portr.) Oye, Hydrobiologia 1: 220-221. 1949. Robyns, Bull. Séances Inst. Roy. Col. Belge 20: 91-128. 1949 (bibl.) Marchal, Annuaire Acad. r. Belg. 117: [74 p.]. 1951 (portr.) Robyns, Ber. deut. Bot. Ges. 68a(1): 41-44. 1955. EPONYMY: Dewildemania O. Hoffmann (1903). 1427. Prodrome de la flore algologique des Indes néerlandaises (Indes néerlandaises et parties des territoires de Bornéo et de la Papuasie non hollandaises) ... Publié par le Jardin botanique de Buitenzorg. Batavia (Imprimerie de l’Etat [Staatsdrukkerij]) 1897. Oct. (Prodr. fl. algol. Ind. néerl.) Main volume: 1897 (p. viii: Aug 1896), p. [i]-viil, [1]-193. — Copy: BR. Supplément et tableaux statistiques. Batavia (id.) 1899. Oct. (vii: Mai 1898), p. [i]-vil, [1]-277. Copy: BR. 1428. Prodrome de la flore belge. Bruxelles (Alfred Castaigne) 1898-1907, 3 vols. Oct. (Prodr. fl. belg.) Co-author: ‘Théophile Alexis Durand (1855-1912). vol. fasc. pages dates author I 15 [i-iv], [1]-63 Sep 1907 Introduction Du. I [1]-160 Feb 1898 Cryptogames De W. 2 161-320 Apr 1898 Cryptogames De W. 3 321-543 Aug 1898 Cryptogames De W. 2 4 [1]-160 Oct 1898 Cryptogames De W. 5 161-320 Jan 1899 Cryptogames De W. 6 321-480 Mar 1899 Cryptogames De W. Gi 481-530 Apr 1899 Cryptogames De W. 639 DE WILDEMAN vol. fasc. pages dates author ig ss Sa ee 3 8 [1]-160 Mar 1900 Phanérogames Du. 9 161-320 Aug 1900 Phanérogames Du. 10 321-480 Mar 1901 Phanérogames Du. Ti 481-640 Sep 1901 Phanérogames Du. 12 641-800 Apr 1903 Phanérogames Du. 13 801-996 Dec 1903 Phanérogames Du. 14 997-1112 Jan 1906 Phanérogames Du. Copies: BR, MO, NY, U. 1429. Icones selectae horti thenensis. Iconographie des plantes ayant fleuri dans les col- lections de M. van den Bossche ... a Tirlemont (Belgique) avec les descriptions et annotations de M. Em. De Wildeman ... Bruxelles (Veuve Monnom) 1899-1909, 6 vols. Qu. (Icon. horti then.) vol. fasc. pages plates dates I I [i]-vi, [1 ]-22 I-5 Sep 1899 (post 20 Sep) 2 [23|-44 6-10 Dec 1899 3 [45 ]-63 11-16 Feb 1900 4 [65-87 17-20 Mai 1900 5 [89 ]-109 21-25 Jun 1900 6 [111 ]-134 26-30 Aug 1900 7 L135]-154 31-35 Sep 1900 8 [155]-180 36-40 Oct 1900 2 I [i], [1]-20 41-45 Nov 1900 2 [21 ]-39 46-50 Jan 1901 3 [41]-63 BT-55 Feb rgo1 4 [65 ]-84 56-60 Apr 1901 5 [85]-103 61-65 Mai 1901 6 [105]-128 66-70 Jun 1901 7 [129]-152 71-75 Aug 1901 8 [153]-179 76-80 Oct 1901 3 I [1]-19 (1-5) 81-85 Dec 1901 2 [21]-40 86-90 Jan 1902 3 [4.1 ]-60 GI-95 Mar 1902 4 [61 ]-79 96-100 Mai 1902 5 [81 ]-102 IOI-105 Jul 1902 6 [103]-121 106-110 Sep 1902 7 [123]-145 III-II5 Nov 1902 8 [147]-176 116-120 Dec 1902 4 I [1]-24 121-125 Jan 1903 2 [25]-48 126-130 Mar 1903 3 [49]-71 131-135 Apr 1903 4 [73]-94. 136-140 Jun 1903 5 L95]-114 141-145 Jul 1903 6 [115]-134 146-150 Sep 1903 7 [135]-154 151-155 Oct 1903 8 [1551-194, [1-111] 156-160 Dec 1903 5 I [1]-19 161-165 Feb 1904 2 [21]-43 166-170 Jul 1904 3 [45]-61 171-175 Oct 1904 4 [63 ]-84 176-180 Jan 1905 5 [85]-105 181-185 Apr 1905 6 [107]-126 186-190 Oct 1905 Ti [127]-146 IQI-195 Feb 1906 8 [147]-171, [i-ii] 196-200 Mar 1906 6 I [1]-18 201-205 Oct 1906 640 DE WILDEMAN vol. fasc. pages plates dates 2 [19]-38 206-210 Dec 1906 3 [39]-57 211-215 Jun 1907 4 [58]-75 216-220 Sep 1907 5 [76]-92 221-225 Mai 1908 6 Log]-111 226-230 Nov 1908 7/8 [113]-152 231-240 Nov 1909 Copies: G, NY (both in orig. covers). 1430. Les algues de la flore de Buitenzorg (Essai d’une flore algologique de Java). Leiden (E. J. Brill) 1900. Oct. (Alg. fl. Buitenzorg). Publ.: 1900 (Nat. Nov. Aug 1900), p. [ii]-xi, [1]-457, pl. 1-16. Copy: NY. — p. [ii]: “Flore de Buitenzorg ... 3éme partie. Algues.”’ 1431. Les plantes tropicales de grande culture café, cacao, cola, vanille, caoutchouc avec une étude sur la distribution des plantes dans le centre de l’Afrique et des notices biographi- ques sur les botanistes et les voyageurs ayant contribué a la connaissance de la flore de Etat indépendant du Congo. Bruxelles (Alfred Castagne) 1902. Oct. (Pl. trop. gr. cult.) Ed. 1: Oct-Dec 1902 (p. iv: 1 Oct 1902), p. [i*-iv*], [i]-iv, [1]-304, fl. t-xxxvitt. Copy: NY. Ed. 2: Bruxelles 1908, p. [i]-vili, [1]-390, 22 pl. (n.v.) Ref.: BM 8: 1432. 1432. Notices sur des plantes utiles ou intéressantes de la flore du Congo. Bruxelles (Veuve Monnom) 1903-1908, 2 vols. Oct. (Not. pl. util. Congo). vol. part pages plates dates I I [1]-221 I-12 15 Dec 1903 2 [223]-396, err. slip 13-28 20 Oct 1904 3 397-[663] 29-32, 15 Mai 1905 2 I [1]-166 I-23 Nov 1906 2 [167]-270 20 Oct 1908 Copies: BR, G, HU, MO, NY. 1433. Etudes de systematique et de géographie botaniques sur la flore du Bas- et du Moyen-Congo. Annales du Musée du Congo, Botanique, série 5. 1903-1912. Qu. (Etudes fl. Bas- Moyen- Congo). vol. pars pages plates dates i I [1]-80 I-25 Jun 1903 2 81-212 26-43 Mai 1904 3 213-346, i-lil 44-73 Jan 1906 2 I [1]-84 1-35 Feb 1907 2 85-220 36-68 Sep 1907 3 221-368, [i-vii] 69-89 Jul 1908 3 I [1]-147 I-27 Aug 1909 2 149-316 28-49 Nov 1910 3 317-533 50-68 Nov 1912 Copies: BR, G, MO. The 290 lithographs are of drawings by A. d’Apréval, F. Deleval and Héléne Durand. Ref.: NI 2144. Barnhart, NAF 7(15): 1058. 1940. 1434. Plantae novae vel minus cognitae ex herbario horti thenensis. Plantes nouvelles ou 641 DE WILDEMAN peu connues contenues dans l’herbier de Vhortus thenensis. Avec les descriptions ou annotations de M. Em. De Wildeman. Bruxelles (Veuve Monnom) 1904-1910, 2 vols. Qu. f (Pl. nov. horti then.) vol. part pages plates dates I I [i-vii], [1]-20 I-5 Mar 1904 2 [21|-45 6-11 Jun 1904 3 [47]|-86 12-21 Dec 1904 4 [87]-149 22-31 (32 abs.) Sep 1905 Been 33-38 Dec 1905 Or 79-208 39-49 Jul 1906 7 er CO -250 50-56 Mar 1907 2 I [i-vi], (““z-16”) 57-71 Apr 1908 [1]-42 2 [45]-92 72-89 Feb 1909 3 [93]-136 90-101 Nov 1910 Copies: G, MO, NY. Ref.: BM 7: 1482. 1435- Mission Emile Laurent (1903-1904). Bruxelles (F. Vandenbuggenhoudt) 1905-1907, 2 vols. (text and atlas). Oct. (Miss. Em. Laurent). pages plates dates [1]-112 1-NNXUUL Aug 1905 113-192 xxxox-xlvt Oct 1905 193-354 xlvii-cvt Jun 1906 1X-CXX, 355-450 cvti-cxlit Feb 1907 [i]-vill, Cxxi-ccxxv, 451-617 cxliti-clxxxv Nov 1907 Copies: G, MO. Ref.: NI 2146. 1436. Contribution a étude de la flore du Katanga. Bruxelles (D. Reynaert) 1921. Oct. (Contr. fl. Katanga). Main volume: Jul 1921 (t.p.; p. 7: 1 Jul 1921), p. [1]-7, [8, cont.], [i]-cxliv, [1]-264, 18 pl. in text. Copy: HH. Supplément 1: Bruxelles (id.) Dec 1927 (t.p.), p. [i]-xxiii, [xxiv, err.], [1]-99. Copy: HH. Supplément 2: Bruxelles (id.) Jan 1929 (t.p.), p. [1*], [iu*], [i]-, [1]-112. Copy: MO. Supplément 3: Bruxelles (D. van Keerberghen & Fils) 1930 (p. i1: Aug 1930), p. [i*-v*], [i]-iti, [1 ]-168. Copies: HH, MO. Supplément 4: Bruxelles (id.) par E. De Wildeman ... et Pierre Staner, Jun 1932 (t.p.), p. [i*-v*], [i]-xvui, [1]-116, [1, err.]. Copy: HH. Supplément 5: idem, Apr 1933 (t-p.), p. [i*-v*], [i]-xlv, [1]-89. 1437. Plantae bequaertianae études sur les récoltes botaniques du Dr J. Bequaert chargé de missions au Congo Belge (1913-1915) Gent (A. Buyens), Paris (Jacques Lechevalier) 1921-1929, 6 vols. Oct. + (Pl. bequaert.) vol. part pages dates I I [i-iii], [1 ]-166 Dec 1921 2 167-297 Mar 1922 3 299-452 Mai 1922 4 453-593, [1*-1v*] Sep 1922 2 I [i-vi], [1 ]-24 Feb 1923 2 [125]-308 Mai 1923 3 309-452 Apr 1924 4 453-570 Jun 1924 642 DICKIE vol. part pages dates 3 I [1]-152, pl. 1-3 Jan 1925 2 153-296 Mar 1925 3 297-424 Dec 1925 4 425-576, [i]-vi Aug 1926 4 I [1]-160, pl. r Dec 1926 2 161-308 Apr 1927 3 [309]-452 Aug 1928 4 453-575, Li]-vi, [1, err.] Apr 1929 5 I [1]-160 Oct 1929 2 161-240 Feb 1931 3 241-352 Jul 1931 } 4 353-476 Mai 1932 5 477-496, [i]-xili Dec 1932 6 I [1]-91 Dec 1932 Copies: BR (compl.), G (1-5), MO (1-4), NY (1-4). Diard, Pierre (1784-1849), French naturalist. (Dard). HERBARIUM and TypPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 451; BL 2: 197; PR 22109. NOTE: Not to be confused with Pierre Médard Diard (1794-1863) for which see Barnhart 2: 451, Sirks, Indisch natuuronderzoek 115-117, 125-130 and Steenis-Kruseman Fl. males. ser. I. 1: 136. 1950. 1438. Catalogue raisonné des plantes qui croissent naturellement a St.-Calais et dans ses environs . revu, en partie, pour la correction des épreuves par M. Ed. Guéranger. Saint-Calais (Peltier-Voisin) 1852. Oct. (in fours) (Cat. pl. St. Calais). Editor: Edouard Auguste Francois Guéranger (1801-1895). Publ.: 1852 (p. ii: 27 Nov. 1851; preface 10 Mar 1849, publ. posthumously), p. [i*-i11*], [i]-ii, [3]-252. Copy: NY. Ref.: PR 2219. Cottereau, Bull. Soc. Agr., Sci. Arts Sarthe 58: 83-128. 1941 (updates Diard). Dick, James (x-1775), Swiss amateur botanist who collected widely in Switzerland, and who was acquainted with A. von Haller. (Dick). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: The Dick herbarium was acquired by Sir Joseph Banks through William Pitcairn and is now at BM. The specimens in the Thunberg herbarium (UPS) labelled ‘‘Dick e Helvetia” are evidently duplicates from the Banks herbarium. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 451. Britten, J. Bot. 40: 272-273, 388-389. 1902. Hiern, J. Bot. 42: 358. 1904. Dickie, George (1812-1882), Scottish physician and algologist at Aberdeen. (Dickie). HERBARIUM and TypEs: BM (acquired 1884; especially algae; Dickie’s correspondence is also at BM); duplicates ABD, CGE, E, GL, K. Refs VE os 16a. Dickinson and Newton, Phycol. Bull. 1: 11. 1952. Kent, Brit. herbaria 51. 1953. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 452; BB p. 90; BM 1: 451; Bossert p. 102; CSP 2: 283-284, 7: 511, 9: 696, 14: 600; DNB 15: 32; GR p. 395; Jackson p. 539 [index]; Langman p. 244; LS 7058-7059; MW p. 95; PR 2220-2222. 643 DICKIE Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1880/2: 40-41. 1883, J. Bot. 21: 30. 1883 (err.: b. 1813). Anon., Scottish Naturalist 7: 3-8. 1883/4 (err.: 6. 1813). Cleghorn, Trans. bot. Soc. Edinburgh 16: 2-6. 1886 (bibl.) Aderhold, Gen. Reg. Bot. Zeit. 156. 1895 (index to reviews). Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 38. 1898. EPONYMY: Dickieia Berkeley ex Kiitzing (1844). 1439. Flora abredonensis: comprehending a list of the flowering plants and ferns found in the neighbourhood of Aberdeen; with remarks on the climate, the features of the vegetation, &c. &c. Aberdeen (Peter Gray and Lewis Smith), Edinburgh, Glasgow, London 1838. Oct. (in fours) (Fl. abred.) Publ.: Jul-Aug 1838 (p.v.: 25 Jun; Flora 28 Sep 1838), p. [i*-111*], [i]-v, [1]-70. Copies: G, HU, LINN. Ref.: BM 1: 451; Jackson p. 248; PR 2220; IDC 7181. 1440. A flora of Ulster and botanist’s guide to the north of Ireland. Belfast (C. Aitchison), London (Lovell Reeve & Co.) 1864. Oct. (Fl. Ulster). Publ.: Feb-Jun 1864 (p. viii: 28 Jan 1864; Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. Jan 1864; Flora 4 Jul 1864), p. [i]-xix, [1]-176. Copies: G, NY. Ree ln 222 2. Seemann, J. Bot. 2: 281-283. Sep 1864 (rev.) Anon., Edinb. New Philos. J. 1864: 296. Anon., Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. 1864: 515-516. Jun 1864. Dickinson, Joseph (1805?-1865), British botanist, lecturer at the Liverpool School of Medicine. (Dickinson). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: LIVU (Liverpool area), GL. Ref.: Kent, Brit. herbaria 51. 1957. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BB p. go; Barnhart 1: 452; CSP 2: 285; DNB 15: 31; Jackson p. 255; PR 2223. Dallmann and Wood, Trans. Liverpool bot. Soc. 1: 68. 1909. 1441. The flora of Liverpool. London (John van Voorst), Liverpool (Deighton and Laughton) 1851. Oct. (in fours) (FJ. Liverpool). Independent reprint: 1851, p. [1]-166. Copies: MO, NY. Journal publ.: as an appendix to Proc. Liverpool Literary and Philosophical Society vol. 6, 1851, ‘‘read before the Literary and philosophical Society in the session 1850- 1851.” Supplement to the flora of Liverpool ... [read before the Society on the 14th May, 1855, and extracted from their Proceedings, vol. 9] Liverpool (Henry Greenwood) 1855, Oct. (in fours), p. [1]-23, [24]. — Copies: MO, NY. Ref.: PR 2223. Dickson, James (1738-1822), British nurseryman. (Dickson). HERBARIUM and Types: Mosses at BM (incl. also his series of exsiccatae); herbarium presented to LINN. Further material B(Willd.), GGE, E, G, NY. He published the following exsiccatae: A collection of dried plants 1789-1791, 4 fasc., 100 nos. (set 1 received by Gentleman’s Mag. Sep 1789), and Hortus siccus britannicus 1793-1802, 19 fasc. (details see Sayre 1969). Ref.: GR p. 371; Henrey 630, 633; IH 2: 161; Hist. coll. BMNH 144. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 14-16. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(2): 205; Barnhart 1: 452; BB p. go-91; BM 1: 451; Bossert p. 102; CSP 2: 285; Dawson p. 265-266; DNB 15: 44; Frank 3(Anh.): 24; GR p. 371; Henrey 631-633; IF p. 693; LS 7062-7064; NI 477-478; PR 2224. Anon., Trans. Hort. Soc. 5, app. 1: 1-3. 1824. 644 DIDRICHSEN Smith, Correspondence 2: 234. 1832. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1888/90: 35. 1891. Druce, J. Northhamptonshire Nat. Hist. Soc. Field Club 19: 116-117. 1917. Druce, Fl. Northamptonshire Ixxxvi. 1930. Simmonds, J. Roy. Hort. Soc. 68: 66-72. 1943. Hadfield, Pioneers in gardering 109-110. 1951. Coats, Huntia 2: 195-196. 1965 (portr.) Anon., Monthly Notes Roy. Bot. Garden Edinburgh Aug 1968: 6-7. EPONYMY: Dicksonia L’Heéritier de Brutelle (1789). 1442. Fasciculus [secundus, etc.] plantarum cryptogamicarum britanniae. London (author; G. Nicol) 1785-1801, 4 fasc. Qu. (Fasc. pl. crypt. brit.) fasc. pages plates dates copies I [i-iv], [1 ]-26, [2] 1-3 Mai 1785 MO, PCS, Steere, Stevenson 2 [i-iii], [1]-31 4-6 Jan-Sep 1790 MO, PCS, Steere, Stevenson 3 [1-11], [1 ]-24 7-9 Sep 1793 MO, Steere, Stevenson 4 [i-ii], [1 ]-28, [4, ind.] 10-12 4 Oct 1801 Steere Octavo edition, “London (id.) 1785-1790,” publ. by Roemer et Usteri, Ziirich. fasc. pages plates dates copies I [i-iv], [1]-28 1-3 1785 MO 2 [i-iv], [1 ]-31 4-6 1790 MO Part 1 also in Magas. f.d. Botanik 2: 40-68. Lisbon edition: Jacobi Dickson fasciculus plantarum cryptogamicarum Britanniae lusitanorum botanicorum in usum, celsissimi ac potentissimi Lusitaniae principis regentis domini nostri, et jussu, et auspiciis denuo typis mandatus, curante Fr. Josepho Muriano Veloso. Lisboa. (Typographia Domus chalcographicae) 1800. Qu. fasc. pages plates copies [i-ii], [1]-32 Hoy CY BY) Steere, Stevenson 2 33-64 4a, 4b, 5a, 5b, 6a, 6b Steere, Stevenson 3 65-94 7a, 7b, 7, 8b, Steere, Stevenson 8c, ga, gb, 9¢ Illustrations: copper engravings of drawings by James Sowerby, originals of plates 4-12 at BM. Lisbon edition plates copied by Marques. Ref.: BM 1: 451; Dryander 3: 219-220; Henrey 631, 632; Jackson p. 239; LS 7062; NI 477; PR 2224; SY p. 9; IDC 1257. Proskauer, Bryologist 58: 76-77. 1955. Greene, J. Soc. Bibliogr. nat. Hist. 3: 230. 1957. Sweet, Ann. of Sci. 19: 96. 1963 (fasc. 3). Didrichsen, Didrik Ferdinand (1814-1887), Danish botanist, professor of botany at Copenhagen 1875-1885, botanist on the Galathea expedition (1845-1847). (Didrichsen). HERBARIUM and TYPES: C (especially from the Galathea expedition, 1845-1847) ; duplicates at B, KIEL, L, LE, MO, US. Ref.: TH 2: 161. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 297, 340. 1916. 645 DIDRICHSEN BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 453; CSP 2: 287, 7: 533, 14: 603; Jackson p. 5; KR p. 142; PR 2226. Nordstedt, Bot. Not. 23: 110. 1887. Warming, Bot. Tidsskr. 12: 190-191. 1887, 18: 103. 1893. Anon., Leopoldina 23: 109. 1887. Warming, Ann. Bot. 1: 399. 1887/8 (bibl.) Petersen, Med. Kjgb. Bot. For. 2: 45-47. 1887/91. Urban, Fl. bras. 1(1): 15-16. 1906. Christensen, Dansk. Bot. Hist. 1: 293-295, 562-565. 1924-26. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 136-137. 1950 (itin. Galathea). Diedicke, Hermann (1865-1940), German mycologist. (Died.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: An important collection at JE, further material at B, Eand WRSL. Ref.: TH 2: 162. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 274. 1916. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 453; BM 6: 268; GR p. 9; LS 7065-7073, suppl. 6466-6485. Henkel, Mitt. thir. bot. Ver. 49: 205-209. 1942 (portr., bibl.) COMPOSITE WoRKS: Fungi imperfecti, Arypt. Fl. Brandenburg: g(1): [1]-240, 3 pl. 31 Mai 1912. 9(2): 241-416, 2 pl. 22 Nov 1912. 9(3): 417-640, 3 pl. 15 Mar 1914. 9(4): 641-800, 4 pl. 15 Sep 1914. 9(5): 801-929, 2 pl. 30 Mai 1915. NOTE: The treatment of the Fungi imperfecti in the Arypt. Fl. Brandenburg was based on material from B, Sydow and Jaap. EPONYMY: Diedickea H. Sydow & P. Sydow (1913); Diedickella Petrak (1922). 1443. Aufzahlung der in der Umgebung Erfurts beobachteten Micromiceten. Jahrb. Kén. Akad. gemeinniitz. Wiss. Erfurt ser. 2. 36: [121]-272. 1910 (1911). Oct. Publ.: Heft 36 of the Jahrb. announced only in Apr 1911 by Nat. Nov. even though dated (cover) 1910. Diedicke’s publ. was also issued as a separate with original pagination in the cover of the Jahrbiicher. Copy: Stevenson. Diels, Friedrich Ludwig Emil (1874-1945), German botanist at Berlin. (Diels). HERBARIUM and types: B, Australian duplicates at BM, CANB, MEL. Ref "GRip. 715 LE 2e0162. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 340. 1966. Ludwig, Hess. florist. Briefe 16: 13-16. 1967. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BroGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 454; BM 1: 459, 6: 268; BFM p. 280; Bossert p. 102; CSP 14: 604; DTS 6(4): 133; GR p. 71; IF p. 693, suppl. 1: 80, 3: 208; Langman p. 241; MW p. 95-96; Plesch p. 200. Diels, Sitzungsber. Preuss. Akad. Wiss., Phil.-hist. Klasse 1931: Cxxili-cxxvi. Verdoorn, Chron. bot. 2: 37. 1936. Moebius, Gesch. Bot. 206, 376. 1937. Anon. [Mattfeld?], Griinewald-Echo 40 (no. 39): 24. Sep 1939. Mattfeld, Berliner Morgenpost 19 Sep 1944. Mattfeld, Die Naturwissenschaften 7: 224. 1946. Mildbraed and Pilger, Proc. Linnean Soc. 159: 148-151. 1947. Mildbraed, Bot. Jahrb. 74(2): 173-198. 1948 (bibl., portr.) Steenis, Fl. males. ser. 1. vol. 4(2): xli. 1949 (portr.) Ziegenspeck, Rev. Sudamer. Bot. 10(2): 53-55. 1952 (portr.) Melchior, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 68a: 281-287. 1957. 646 DIERBACH COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) Contributed to EP, Wat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 1: (a) Cyatheaceae, I(4): 113-139. 21 Jul 1899 (p. 138-139 foss. by H. Potonié). (b) Polypodiaceae, 1(4): 139-192. 21 Jul 1899, 193-288. 12 Sep 1899, 289-336, 6 Oct 1899. 12 Mai 1900 (notes on fossils by H. Potonié). (c) Parkeriaceae, 1(4.) : 339-342. 12 Mai 1900 (d) Matoniaceae, 1(4): 343-350. 12 Mai 1900 (foss. by H. Potonié). (e) Gleicheniaceae, 1(4): 350-356. 12 Mai 1900 (foss. by H. Potonié). (f) Schtzaeaceae, (4): 356-372. 12 Mai 1900 (p. 371-372 foss. by H. Potonié). (g) Osmundaceae, 1(4.) : 372-380. 12 Mai 1900 (p. 380 foss. by H. Potonié). (2) EP, Die natiirliche Pflanzenfamilien ed. 2: a) Byblidaceae, 18a: 286-288. 1930. b) Cephalotaceae, 18a: 71-74. 1930. c) Droseraceae, 17b: [766]-784. 1936. d) Roridulaceae, 18a: 346-348. 1930. e) Iridaceae, 15a: 463-505. 1930. (3) Engler, Pflanzenreich: (a) Droseraceae, IV. 112: 1-136. 31 Jun 1906. (b) Menispermaceae, IV. 94: 334-345. 6 Dec rgto. ( ( ( ( ( EPONYMY: Dielsantha E. Wimmer (1948); Dielsia Kudo (1929); Dielsia Gilg (1904); Dielsiella Hennings (1903) ; Dielsina O. Kuntze (1903) ; Dielsiocharis O. E. Schulz (1924) ; Dielstochloa Pilger (1943); Dielsiothamnus R. E. Fries (1955). HANDWRITING: Flora males. ser. 1. 1: cxlix. 1950. 1444. Fragmenta phytographiae Australiae occidentalis, in Engler, Botanische Jahrbiicher 35: 55-562, figs. I-70. 1904-1905. fascicle pages figures dates Nat. Nov. I 55-160 I-15 15 Apr 1904 Mai 1905 2/3 161-528 16-59 6 Dec 1904 Jun 1905 4 529-656 60-70 14. Feb 1905 (“1904”) Mar 1905 5 657-662 = — 18 Apr 1905 Mai 1905 1445- Die Pflanzenwelt von West-Australien stidlich des Wendekreises. Mit einer Einleitung uber die Pflanzenwelt Gesamt-Australiens in Grundziigen. Ergebnisse einer im Auftrag der Humboldt-Stiftung der Kgl. preuss. Akademie der Wissenschaften 1900-1902 unter- nommenen Reise. Leipzig (Wilhelm Engelmann) 1906. Oct. (Pflanzenw. W.-Austral.) Publ.: Aug-Sep 1906 (pref. Mai 1906, Nat. Nov. Sep 1906), p. [i]-xii, [1]-413, pl. 1-34, 82 figs., map. Copies: MO, NY, U. — Die Vegetation der Erde, vol..7. Reprint: announced by the trade (1974). 1446. Beitrdge zur Kenntniss der Vegetation und Flora von Ecuador. Stuttgart (E. Schweizer- bart) 1937. Qu. (Beitr. Veg. Ecuador). Publ.: Sep-Oct 1937 (p. vi: Feb 1937; MO copy rd. 30 Oct 1937; Nat. Nov. Apr 1938), Bibliotheca botanica Heft 116, p. [i-vi], [1]-190, pl. 1-6, map. Copies: MO, NY. Spanish translation: Contribuciones al conocimiento de la vegetacion y de la flora del Ecuador. Version castellana del Dr Reinaldo Espinosa. Onito (Imp. de la Universidad Central) 1938, 364 p., map. Copy: Ewan. Dierbach, Johann Heinrich (1788-1845), German botanist at Heidelberg, botanical historian. (Dierb.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: KR (via herb. Doell), some further material at KIEL. Ref.: TH 2: 162. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 454; BM 1: 459-460; BFM 3193; CSP 2: 290-291, 6: 639-641, 12: 198; Frank 3 (Anh.): 24; GR p. 71; Jackson p. 214, 297; Langman p. 244; LS 7075; ZB p. 652. 647 DIERBACH Anon., Flora 28: 432. 1845; Bot. Not. 1845: 220; Bot. Zeit. 3: 520. 1845. Meurer, Arch. Pharm. 111: 96-98. 1850. Stiibler, Geschichte der medizinischen Fakultat der Universitat Heidelberg 1386-1925. Heidelberg 1926, p. 266-267. EPONYMY: Dierbachia K. P. J. Sprengel (1824). 1447. Flora heidelbergensis plantas sistens in praefectura Heidelbergensi et in regione adfini sponte nascentes secundum systema sexuale Linneanum digestas. Heidelberg (author) 1819-1820, 2 parts, Duod. (FV. heidelb.) Pars 1: [i]-xii, 1-123, 1819, before 4 Mar (date of presentation to Regensburg Bot. Soc.) Copy: NY. Pars 2: [i], [125]-406, map, 1820, before 21 Apr (announced as published by Flora) Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 1: 459; PR 2230. 1448. Beitrdge zu Deutschlands Flora gesammelt aus den Werken der altesten deutschen Pflanzenforscher. Heidelberg (Karl Groos) 1825-1833. 4 fasc. Oct. (Beitr. Deutschl. Fl.) 1: 1825 (Flora: “‘so eben ...” 7 Mar 1826), p. [i*], [1]-xvi, [i]-130, z pl. (portr. Bock). Copy: M. 2: 1828 (Flora 28 Mar 1829, rd. after 1 Jan 1829, rev. 14 Jun 1829), p. [i], [1]-94, 7 pl. (portr. Fuchs). Copy: M (portr., wanting). 3: 1830 (Flora rd. 7-16 Jul 1830), p. [i], [1]-94, 7 pl. (portr. Clusius). Copy: M. 4: 1833 (Flora rd. 11 Dec 1833), p. [i]-iv, [1]-164, 7 pl. (portr. C. Gesner). Copy: M (portr. wanting). Ref.: PR 2233. 1449. Systematische Uebersicht der um Heidelberg wildwachsenden un haiifig zum ékonomi- schen Gebrauche cultivirten Gewdchse. Erstes Heft. Karlsruhe (Chr. Fr. Miiller) 1827. Oct. + (Syst. Uebers. Heidelb. Gewdchse). Publ.: 1827 (Flora 11(1), Erg. Bl. 105-109, rd. Jan-Jul 1828), p. [1]-178. Copy: G. — Reprinted from Geiger, Magazin fiir Pharmacie Apr 1825-Oct 1827. Ref.: PR 2234. 1450. Abhandlung iiber die Arzneikrafte der Pflanzen, verglichen mit ihrer Structur und ihren chemischen Bestandtheilen. Lemgo (Meyer) 1831. Oct. (Abh. Arznetkr. Pf.) Publ.: Jan-Mar 1831 (Messekatalog Leipzig 31 Mar 1830; Flora Lit. Ber. 1: 129-135, Mai-Jun 1831), p. [iJ-iv, [1]-392. Copies: G, U. Ref.: PR 2237. 1451. Repertorium botanicum oder Versuch einer systematischen Darstellung der neuesten Leistungen im ganzen Umfange der Pflanzenkunde. Lemgo (Meyersche Hof-Buch- handlung) 1831. Oct. (Repert. bot.) Publ.: Mar 1832 (BH), p. [i]-xi, [1]-266, [1, err.] Copy: M. 1452. Flora apiciana. Ein Beitrag zur naheren Kenntniss der Nahrungsmittel der alten Roémer; mit besonderer Riicksicht auf die Biicher des Caelius Apicius de opsoniis et condimentis sive arte coquinaria. Heidelberg and Leipzig (Karl Groos) 1831. Oct. (FI. apic.) Publ.: 1831 (Lit. Ber. Flora 2: 95-96. Feb-Mai 1832), p. [i]-viii, [1]-75. Copy: AMD. Ref.: PR 2238. Diesing, Carl Moritz (1800-1867), Austrian helminthologist, pupil of Jacquin Jr., collaborator of Endlicher, curator of the Vienna Zoological Museum. (Diesing). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: W, other material at HBG. Refs TEL o, 162, BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 454; BM 1: 460; CSP 291-292, 7: 534; PR 2243. 648 DIETRICH, A. G. Neumann, Almanach Akad. Wiss., Wien 17: 240-250. 1867 (also in Wiener Zeit. 1867, no. 50). Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 174. 1936. EPONYMY: Diesingia Endlicher (1832). Dietel, Paul (1860-1947), German high-school teacher and mycologist at Leipzig, specialist on Uredineae. (Dietel). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Dietel sold his first herbarium of fungi in 1918 to S; his second in 1944 to JE; other material e.g. at B, BM, K. Refa- aicleaie, (ecatO))i495 37512): 02- Poeverlein, Ber. bay. bot. Ges. 28: 301. 1950. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 454; BM 1: 460, 6: 269; Bossert p. 102; CSP 14: 606-607; DTS 1: 57, 6(4): 84; LS 7077-7183, suppl. 6499-6529; MW p. 96, suppl. p. 55. Anon., J. Mycol. 2: opp. 201. 1905 (portr.) Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 122. 1905. Barnhart, NAF 7(15): 1059-1060. 1940. Poeverlein, Sydowia 4(1-6): 1-10. 1950 (also repr.) (portr., bibl.) Poeverlein, Ber. bay. bot. Ges. 28: 300-301. 1950 (portr.) Herter, Rev. siidamer. Bot. 10(2): 55. 1952. Ainsworth and Bisby, Dict. fungi ed. 6. 169. 1971. COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) EP, Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien ed. 1: (a) Hemibasidii (Ustilagineae and Tilletiineae), I(1**): 2-24, 13 Sep 1897, 545-546. 31 Jul 1900. (b) Uredinales, 1(1**): 24-48. 13 Sep 1897, 49-81. 25 Jan 1898, 546-553. 31 Jul 1900. (2) EP, Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien ed. 2: Hemibasidii (‘Teliomycetes), 6: [1]-98. 1928. EPONYMY: Dietelia Hennings (1897). Dieterich, Carl Friedrich (1734-1805), German jurist and botanist at Erfurt. (Dieterich). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 454; PR 2244-2245. EPONYMY: Dieterichia Giseke (1792; Giseke also uses the spelling Dvetrichia). 1453- Carl Friedrich Dieterichs Pflanzenreich nach dem neuesten Natursystem des kénigl. Schwedischen Ritters und Leibarztes Carl von Linne. Erfurt (Johann Daniel Miller) 1770, 2 vols. Oct. (Pflanzenreich). Ed. 1: Vol. r: Jan-Mai 1770, p. [i-xvi], [1]-688. Copies: HU, USDA. Vol. 2: Jan-Mai 1770, p. [i], 689-1332, [26, index], [1, err.] Copies: HU, USDA. Ed. 2: “Carl ... Pflanzenreich nach Carl von Linné’s Natursysteme. Mit Zusatzen vermehrt herausgegeben von Christian Friedrich Ludwig ... Zweyte vermehrte Ausgabe,” Leipzig (Caspar Fritsch) 1798-1799, Oct., 3 vols. Copy: NY. Vol. 1: Mai-Dec 1798, p. [i]-xi, [xii, list], [1]-628. Vol. 2: Mai-Aug 1799, p. [1], [1]-544. Vol. 3: Mai-Aug 1799, p. [1], [1]-462. Ref.: BH; PR 2244. Dietrich, Albert Gottfried (1795-1856), German gardener, curator of the Berlin botanical garden, editor (with Otto) of the Allgemeine Gartenzeitung. (A. Dietr.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: HBG (important collection). Ref.: TH 1 (ed. 6): 357. 649 DIETRICH, A. G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 454; BM 1: 460; Jackson p. 539 [ind.]; Langman p. 244-245; NI 481-482; PR 2246-2252. Anon., Flora 39: 414. 14 Jul 1856. Anon., Monatschrift fiir Pomologie und prakt. Obstbau 2: 408. 1856. Anon., Bonplandia 4: 194-195. 1856. Anon., Gartenflora 5: 287, 319-320. 1856. Otto, Allg. Gartenzeit. 24: 161-164. 1856. Ascherson, Fl. Prov. Brandenburg 1: 4. 1860. Aderhold, Gen. Reg. bot. Zeit. 156-157. 1895 [ind. reviews]. Schumann, Gesammtbeschr. Kakteen ed. 2. 34. 1903. Rothmaler, Mitt. thir. bot. Ver. 41: 46-60. 1933. 1454. Flora der Gegend um Berlin oder Aufzahlung und Beschreibung der in der Mittel- mark wild wachsenden und angebauten Pflanzen. Von Albert Dietrich. Mit einer Vor- rede begleitet von Herrn D. H. F. Link ... Erster Theil. Phanerogamen (Erste [Zweite] Abtheilung). Berlin (G. E. Nauck) 1824, 2 parts. Oct. ¢ (Fl. Berlin). Erste Abtheilung: 1824, after Mar (p. viii: Mar 1824), p. [i]-xii, [1]-450. Copy: HH. Zweite Abtheilung: 1824, after Mar, p. [1] or [1-ii], [151]-944. Copies: B, HH. Ref.: PR 2246. 1455- Terminologie der phanerogamischen Pflanzen durch mehr als 600 figuren erlautert und besonders zum Unterricht fiir Seminarien und Realgymnasien bestimmt; nebst einer Anleitung fiir den Lehrer, wie er in der Botanik mit Nutzen zu unterrichten hat. Berlin (Theodor Christian Friedrich Enslin) 1829, broadsheet, oblong. (Termin. phan. Pfl.) Ed. 1: Sep-Oct 1829 (p. ii: Mar 1829; BH), p. [i-ii], [1]-26, p/. 1-8, uncoloured engr. Copies: NY, U. Ed. 2: Terminologie ... Pflanzen; zum Unterricht in der Botanik ftir Lehranstalten. Nebst einer Anleitung zum Selbststudium und fiir den Lehrer, wie er in der Botanik mit Nutzen zu unterrichten hat ... Zweite durchaus umgearbeitete Auflage. Mit 24 lithographierten Tafeln, worauf mehr als 1200 Figuren befindlich sind. Berlin (Theod. Chr. Friedr. Enslin) 1838. Oct. Publ.: Apr-Mai 1838 (p. viii: Apr 1838; ABD 11 Mai 1838), p. [1]-viii, [1]-127, pl. 1-24. Copy: NY. Dutch, ed. 1: Kunstwoordenleer der planten. Eerste afdeeling, Kunstwoorden der zigt- baar bloeijende planten, door afbeeldingen opgehelderd. Uit het Hoogduitsch van A. Dietrich voor aanvangende beoefenaars der plantenkunde met eenige wijzigingen vertaald, door W. H. de Vriese. Amsterdam (C. G. Sulpke) 1834, broadsheet, oblong, p. [i-ti], [1]-35, pl. 1-8 (p. ii: Apr 1834). Copies: MO, U. — (Kunstwoordenleer pl.) Dutch, ed. 2: Kunstwoordenleer der zigtbaar-bloeijende planten, ten gebruike bij het onderwijs in de kruidkunde, voor eerstbeginnenden; door Dr. Albert Dietrich. Tweede, vermeerderde, omgewerkte uitgave, met vier en twintig platen, waarop meer dan 1200 figuren. In het nederduitsch, op nieuw bewerkt, door W. H. de Vriese. Amster- dam (C. G. Sulpke) 1841, Oct., p. [i-vi], [1]-118, pl. r-24, uncol. Copies: NY, U. — (Kunstwoordenleer pl.) Ref.: NI 482; PR 2247. Meyen, Literar. Zeit. 26: 485. 1838 (rev. ed. 2). Anon., Lit. Ber. Flora 8: 168-174. 21 Dec 1838 (rev. ed. 2). 1456. Caroli a Linné Species plantarum exhibentes plantas rite cognitas ad genera relatas cum differentiis specificis, nominibus trivialibus, synonymis selectis, locis natalibus secundum systema sexuale digestas. Olim curante Carolo Ludovico Willdenow. Editio sexta. Berlin (G. C. Nauck) 1831-1833. 2 vols. Oct. + (Sp. pl.) Vol. r: 1831, p. [i]-x, [1]-735, [737-741 corrig.] (tom. 1, pars 1, sectio 1, Monandria, Diandria) 1831. Volume 1 was noted as received by the Bot. Ges. Regensburg on 7 Dec 1831 (Flora 14(2), Int. Bl. 5: 17-22. 1832, Flora 15: 122. 28 Feb 1832). Copy: U. ee eee This last edition of the original Linnaean Species plantarum was meant to be a supplement to the Willdenow edition. To that end only the Monandria, Diandria and Triandria were to be rewritten in full; for the remaining part of Willdenow’s work Dietrich and his 650 DIETRICH, D.N. F. collaborators (H. F. Link and A. F. Schwaegrichen) planned to issue only supplements. None of these supplements were ever published. Ref.: BM 1: 461; MW p. 96; SO 5209. Bryk, Taxon 2: 82-83 (no. 19). 1953. 1457- Flora regni borussict. Flora des K6nigreichs Preussen oder Abbildung und Beschrei- bung der in Preussen wildwachsenden Pflanzen. Berlin (Ludwig Oehmigke) [1832-] 1833-1844, 12 vols. Oct. (Fl. boruss.) Publ.: published in parts (indicated in the volumes) of which the precise dates can be ascertained easily from the contemporary literature. Hefte 1-4 came out separately, with six plates (1: Nov 1832); from Hefte 5/6 onward they came out in pairs with 12 plates, each with 2 p. text. Each volume is made up of 12 Hefte. 864 handcoloured lithographed plates by the author. Copies: G, HH, HU, MO, NY). vol. pages plates (with text) dates I [i-iv], [1, ind.], [1, err.] I-72 Nov 1832-1833 2 [i], [2, ind.] 73-144 1834 3 [iJ-iv, [2, ind.] 145-216 1835 4 [i], [2, ind.] 217-288 1836 5 [i-iv], [2, ind.] 289-360 1837 6 [i], [2, ind.] 361-432 1838 7 ~~ [4], [2, ind.] 433-504 1839 Cs [allpaligs ade 505-576 1840 9 [i], (4, ind.] 577-648 1841 10 [i], [4, ind.] 649-720 1842 1 [a], [4, ind.] 721-792 1843 12 [i], [4, ind.] 793-864 1844 Fungi, text by Friedrich Klotzsch. Ref.: BM 1: 461; GF p. 55; Jackson p. 309; NI 481; Plesch p. 200-201; PR 2249; IDC 5899. Sotheby, Catal. Stiftung Botanik 1: 175. 1975. 1458. Handbuch der pharmaceutischen Botanik. Ein Leitfaden zu Vorlesungen und zum Selbststudium. Berlin (Nauck) 1837. Oct. (Handb. pharmaceut. Bot.) Publ.: Dec 1836 (BH; t.p. 1837), p. [i]-xxix, [xxx, err.], [1]-414. Copy: NY. Ref.: PR 2250. 1459- Flora marchica oder Beschreibung der in der Mark Brandenburg wildwachsenden Pflanzen. Berlin (Ludwig Oehmigke) 1841. Duod. (FV. march.) Part [1]: 28 Mar-3 Apr 1841 (Hinrichs), p. [1]-408. Copies: B, HH. Part [2]: 26 Sep-2 Oct 1841 (Hinrichs; p. xii: Michaelis 1841), p. [i]-xliv, 409-820. Copies: B, HH. Re-issue: Berlin 1860, Duod. (Bot. Zeitung 6 Jul 1860), t.p. “*... neue Ausgabe. Berlin 1860 ...,”? no further differences, p. [i]-xliv, [1]-820. Copy: B. — Probably an anastatic reprint. **_.. also in nichts seit 18 Jahren vorgeriickt, und veraltet, mit den Fehlern behaftet, auf welche wir schon friiher in der Linnaea hingewiesen haben ...”’ (Schlechtendal 1860). Ref.: BM 1: 460; Jackson p. 302; PR 2252. Schlechtendal, Linnaea 15 (Lit.): 22-23. 1841 (rev. of ‘Erste Halfte,”’ p. 1-300 sic.) Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 18: 244. 1860. Dietrich, David Nathanael Friedrich (1799-1888), German botanical polygraph “Ein Vielschreiber in Jena, der deutschen Buchoz”’ (PR); baptized as Johann David Nicolaus Dietrich. (D. Dietr.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: JE. — Dietrich issued several series of exsiccatae, of phanerogams as well as cryptogams, such as Herbarium Florae germaniae (from 1830 on), Sammlung 651 DIETRICH, D.N. F. deutscher Laubmoose, Lebermoose, und Flechten of which details are still lacking (see GR p. 9 and Sayre 1969). Material cited from B, CERN, DBN, JE, K, L, LG, M, MANCH, NY, S, W. Ref.: GRiipy 93) UEL 2: 562! Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 17. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 677; Barnhart 1: 454; BM 1: 460-461; DTS 1: 58; GR p. 9; Jackson p. 539 [index]; Langman p. 245; LS 7184-7186; MW p. 96; NI 483-488; PR 2253-2270. Stahl, Bot. Zeit. 46: 740. 1888. Stahl, Ann. Bot. London 2: 399-400. 1889. Kanitz, Mag. Névén. Lap. 13: 29. 1889. Rothmaler, Mitt. thiir. bot. Ver. 41: 51. 1933. NOTE: “‘Ein Mann von seltener Bescheidenheit und Anspruchlosigkeit, der im hartem Kampf um die Existenz sich fréhliches Gemut und edlen Charakter rettete” (Jenaische Zeitung, quoted by Rothmaler). ‘*Verfasser zahlreicher botanischer Schriften, bei dem allerdings meist mehr die Quanti- tat als die Qualitat ins Gesicht fallt ...”? (AG). 1460. Flora jenensis oder Beschreibung der Pflanzen, welche in der umgegend von Jena wachsen. Ersten Bandes erster [zweiter] Theil. Jena (August Schmid) 1826. Duod. (in sixes). (Fl. jenens.) Erster Theil: Jan-Mar 1826 (Linnaea 1: 265. Apr 1826), p. [1-111], [I]- VI, [1]-400. Copy: B. Kweiter Theil: Apr-Dec 1826, p. [1-111], [401]-716, [1, Anm.]. Copy: B. ‘‘Um die Erforschung dieses Gebietes hat sich D. wirkliche Verdienste verworben.” (AG 3: 677). Ref.: BM 1: 460; PR 2254. 1461. Filices jenenses oder systematisches Verzeichniss der um Jena wildwachsenden Farrnkrauter. Jena (author) 1827. Duod. (Filic. jenens.) Publ.: 1827, p. [i], [1]-791. Copy: HH. 1462. Flora universalis in colorierten Abbildungen. Ein Kupferwerk zu den Schriften Linnés, Willdenow’s, De Candolle’s, Sprengel’s, Roemer’s und Schultes’ u. A. Jena (August Schmid) [1828-] 1831-1854 [-1856], 15 vols. Fol. [or Qu?] (FI. univ.) Publ.: 4760 plates published in fascicles of 10 plates each. — Nine parts of a Neue Folge were published, Leipzig 1849-1855 (go plates), two parts of a Neue Serie, 1861 (20 plates). It is possible to ascertain the composition of the fascicles and their dates from e.g. the Leipziger Repertorium. The plates are of drawings by the author himself. Commentary by Pritzel (cited by Nissen): ‘‘Davides noster infaustus, Germaniae, Buchozius, editorem operum miserrimorum, quorum pretium mille circiter est thale- rorum, Augustum Schmid habet Jenensem. ‘Par nobile fratrum’.” Ref.: BM 1: 461; GF p. 55; Langman p. 245; MW p. 96; NI 486; PR 2257. 1463. Lichenographia germanica oder Deutschlands Flechten in naturgetreuen Abbildungen nebst kurzen Beschreibungen. Jena (August Schmid) “1832” [1834]-1837. Qu. (Lichenogr. germ.) Heft pages plates dates I 1-8 I-25 **1832,” issued Nov 1833 p- 2: Mai 1832 2 [g]-12 26-50 1834 3 13-18 51-75 1834 4 [19]-22 76-100 Jan-Mar 1835 5 [23]-26 IOI-125 1835 6 [27]-30 126-150 Nov 1835 date not on cover 7 [31]-36 I5I-175 Jan-Aug 1836 idem 8 [37]-42 176-200 Aug 1836 9 43-46 201-225 Jan-Mai 1837 652 DIETRICH, F. G. Copies: G, MO, U. — Dates from a copy (U) in original covers (Hefte 1-8). The plate numbers appear in the text only, except on pl. 1-25 which carry numbers. The plates are hand-coloured copper engravings. Ed. 2: Jena 1860, vii, 138 p., 303 engr., col., 1-300, 105b, 164b, 215b, fide NI. Ref.: BM 1: 461; NI 488; PR 2261. 1464. Synopsis plantarum seu enumeratio systematica plantarum plerumque adhoc cogni- tarum cum differentiis specificis et synonymis selectis ad modum Persoonii elaborata. Weimar (Bernhard Friedrich Voigt) 1839-1852, 5 vols. Oct. (Syn. pl.) vol. pages dates I [i]-xx, [1]-879 Jul 1839 p. iv: Jul 1839, canc.: 443, 645-648, 835 Hinrichs 28 Jul-3 Aug 2 [i]-iv, 881-1647 1-20 Dec 1840 __ p. iv: 1 Dec 1840, canc.: 925, 1232, 1383 Hinrichs 20-26 Dec 1840 3 [i]-x, [1]-730 late Dec 1842 Hinr.: 29-31 Dec 1842, t.p. 1843 4 [i-iv], [731 ]-1694 early Jan 1847 Hinr.: 13-16 Jan, p. iv: Ende 1846 5 [i-iv], [1]-582 Apr 1852 Hinr.: 28 Apr-1 Mai 1852 Copy: U. Ref.: BM 1: 461; DTS 1: 58; Jackson p. 117; Langman p. 245; MW p. 96; PR 2268; IDC 5203. Steudel, Flora 26: 217-230. 1843 (vols. 1-3). Anon., Flora 30: 179. 1847 (vol. 4), 35: 528. 1852, 36: 752-753. 1853 (vol. 5). Dietrich, Friedrich Gottlieb (1768-1850), German botanist and ‘“‘Gartendirektor.” (F. Dietr.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Dietrich’s herbarium of 8000 specimens used in the compilation of his Vollstandiges Lexikon was offered for sale after his death. Ref.: Jager, Allg. Gartenzeit. 18(9): 71. 1850. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 455; BM 1: 461; CSP 2: 293; Langman p. 245; MD p. 93-97; PR 2271-2278. Anon., Flora 18: 413-415. 1835, 53: 622. 1850. Anon., Bot. Zeit. 8: 288. 1850. Jager, Allg. Gartenzeit. 18(9): 69-70. 1850. Rothmaler, Mitt. thiir. bot. Ver. ser. 2. 41: 49-50. 1933. Schmid, G., Goethe und die Naturwissenschaften, Halle 1940 (nos. 264, 265, 1693, 1812, 3838, 3841-3853). 1465. Die Weimarische Flora oder Verzeichniss der im herzoglichen Park in Weimar befindlichen Baume, Straucher und Stauden. Eisenach (Wittekind) 1800. Oct. (Wezmar. Fi.) Ed. 1: 1800, p. [i]-xvi, [1]-224. Copies: G, HU, USDA. Ed. 2: Eisenach 1808 (n.v.) Ed. 3: Eisenach 1811, p. i-vi, 1-364, r pl., Oct. (n.v.) 1466. Vollstandiges Lexicon der Gartnerei und Botanik oder alphabetische Beschreibung vom Bau, Wartung und Nutzen aller in- und auslandischen, 6konomischen, officinellen und zur Zierde dienenden Gewachse. [1-4:] Weimar, [5-10:] Berlin (Gebriider Gadicke) 1802-1810, 10 vols. Oct., Generalregister, Berlin (id.) 1811. Oct. (Vollst. Lex. Garin.) vol. pages dates I [i]-xvi, [1 ]-824, [8] Jun 1802 2 {i*], [a]-ii, [1]-794, [4] Oct-Nov 1802 3G], [1]-854, [1] Jul-Sep 1803 4 [i]-x, [1]-758, [1] Oct-Dec 1803 653 DIETRICH, F. G. vol. pages dates 5 [i]-x, [1]-770 Apr-Jun 1805 6G], [1]-742 Mai 1806 7 ~~ Li), [r]-741 Sep-Oct 1807 8 [i], [1]-679, [680, err.], 681-685 Sep 1808 9 [i], [1]-714, [1, err. | Sep 1809 10 front., [i]-x, [1]-654, [“554’’] Oct-Dec 1810 front. portr. author General-Register, [i]-xvi, [1]-357 Jul-Oct 1811 Copies: HU, MO, NY, U. Ed. 2: vols. 1 and 2 only, Berlin (Gadicke); 1: [i]-xiv, [1]-782, 1820; 2: [i], [1]-692. Mai-Jun 1824. Copy: U. Ref.: BM 1: 461; BH; MD p. 94, 239; Plesch p. 201; PR 2274. Schmid, G., Goethe und die Naturwissenschaften 1940 (no. 3843). 1467. Nachtrag [vol. 1: Nachtrdge]| zum vollstandigen Lexicon der Gartneret und Botanik oder alphabetische Beschreibung vom Bau, Wartung und Nutzen aller in- und auslandischen, 6konomischen, officinellen und zur Zierde dienenden Gewachse. Berlin (Gebriider Gadicke) 1815-1824, 10 vols. Oct. (Nachtr. vollst. Lex. Garin.) vol. pages dates i [i]-xui, [1]-714 Nov-Dec 1815 2 [a], [1]-726 Mai 1816 3 [1], [1]-700 Apr-Mai 1817 4 [iiv], [1]-683 Apr-Mai 1818 5 [i], [1]-664, [2, err.] Apr-Mai 1819 6 [i], [1]-604 Apr-Sep 1820 7 [i], [1]-691, [692, err.] Jan-Jun 1821 8 [a], [1]-628, [1, err.] Jun-Jul 1822 9 [i], [1]-684 Jan-Mai 1823 10 [a]-vi, [1]-473 Apr-Mai 1824 Copies: MO, NY, U, Berichtigungen und Bemerkungen were published in one volume, Berlin 1824. New editions (reprints) of vols. 1 and 6 were publ. Sep 1820. Ref.: BH; MD p. 95; Plesch p. 201. 1468. Neuer Nachtrag zum vollstandigen Lexicon der Gartneret und Botanik oder alphabetische Beschreibung vom Bau, Wartung und Nutzen aller in- und auslandischen, 6konomi- schen, officinellen und zur Zierde dienenden Gewachse [alternative title:] Neu entdeckte Pflanzen ... [1-2:] Berlin (Gebriider Gadicke), [3-10] Ulm (J. Ebner) 10 vols. 1825- 1840. Oct. (Neu. Nachtr. vollst. Lex. Gartn.) vol. pages dates I [ii*], [i]-viti, [1]-618, [1, err.] Mai 1825 2 [ii-ii], [1 ]-599 Mai 1826 3 [ii-111], [1 ]-650, [1, err.] 15 Jan-12 Mar 1834 4 [ii-iii], [1 ]-681, [682, err.] Aug-Nov 1835 5 ii-ii], [1 ]-603, [604, err.] 11 Mai-17 Jun 1836 6 [ii*-iii*], [i]-iv, [1]-583, [584, err.] Jan 1837 7 i-iii], [1]-560 Apr-Mai 1837 8 [ii-ii], [1 ]-642, [1, err.] Jan-Aug 1838 9 [ii-i1i], [1 ]-4.79, [480, err.] 1 Jan-7 Mar 1839 10 [ii]-xili, [xiv, err.], [1]-750 Jun-Oct 1840 Copies: KNAW, MO, NY, U. — For details see Margadant (MD). — A usually overlooked extensive compilation of new genera and species, some of which probably described here for the first time. 654 DILLENIUS Ref.: MD 96-97; PR 2275. Schmid, G., Goethe und die Naturwissenschaften 1940 (no. 265). Dillenius, Johann Jacob (1684-1747), British botanist of German birth, Sherardian professor of botany at Oxford. (Dill) HERBARIUM and TyPEsS: OXF. — A copy of the Hortus elthamensis from the library of Linnaeus is described by Schmidt. ‘This has importance for the interpretation by Linnaeus of Dillenius’ taxa. Dillenius’ specimens are also at B, BM, CGE, H, HAL, P-JU. - Manuscripts: via Sherard in Bodleian Library, Oxford. Tages Moshi (ak (D)2 Gir, 2 ops Turner, Trans. Linn. Soc. 7: 101-115. 1804. Druce and Vines, The Dillenian herbaria. Oxford 1907 (portr.) Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 297. 1916. Spilger, Z. Pilzkunde 11: 2-5, pl. 2. 1932 (identifies the fungi described in the Catalogus of 1718). Dandy, The Sloane herbarium 125. 1958. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 156. 1964. Schmidt, Rep. Spec. nov., Fedde 70: 69-108. 1965. Koster, Taxon 18: 551. 1967. Isoviita, Acta bot. Fennica 89: 2-28. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 5: 226; AG 6(2): 629; Barnhart 1: 456; BB p. 91; BM 1: 462; Bossert p. 102; DAB 5: 226; DNB 15: 79; GR p. 9; Henrey 639-643; HU p. 604 [ind.]; Jackson p. 539 [ind.]; Langman p. 246; LS 7193-7196; MW p. 96; NDB 3: 718-719. 1966; NI 490-492; PR 2284-2286; Rees Cycl. Anon., Hamburger Ber. neu. Gel. Sachen 16(61): 481-482. 1747. Pulteney, Sketches 2: 153, 181. 1780. Hall, Epistolae ineditae Caroli Linnaei, Groningen 1830, 268 p. Krempelhuber, Gesch. Lit. Lichenologie 2: 27-29. 1869. Trimen, J. Bot. 13: 13-14. 1875 (letters relating to D.’s death). Druce, The flora of Oxford 381-385. 1886, ed. 2. Ixxxvi-Ixxxvill. 1927. Schilling, in Virchow und v. Holgendorff, Samml. gemeinverstandl. wiss. Vortr. ser. 3. 66: 601-632. 1889 [A. J. Schilling, J. J. Dillenius, sein Leben und Wirken, Hamburg 1889]. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1889/90: 35. 1891. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 92. 1903, 3(3): 77- 1905. Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 37. 1906. Druce and Vines, The Dillenian Herbaria xxxviii-xliv. 1907. Reynolds Green, Hist. Bot. England 162-173. 1914. Druce, Fl. Buckinghamshire Ixxvi-lxxvii. 1926. Nissen, Volk und Scholle 11: 116-119. 1933. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 175. 1936. Liitjeharms, Gesch. Mykologie xviii. Jahrh. 255. 1936. Moebius, Gesch. Bot. 449 [ind.]. 1937 (and 1968). Riddelsdell, Fl. Gloucestershire cxi. 1948. Frick and Stearns, Mark Catesby 131. 1961. Raab, Schweiz. Z. Pilzkunde 46(2): 18-19. 1968. Ewan et al., Regn. veg. 71: 417 [ind.]. 1970. Olby, DSB 4: 98-100. 1971 (bibl.) Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 16, 199-201, 209. 1971. NOTE: Original name Johann Jacob Dillen, but generally latinized to Dillenius, also by himself in later years. Dillen was born on 22 Dec 1684 in Darmstadt, Germany (Birth registers Ev. Civilgemeinde 1684, see GR). COMPOSITE WoRKS: Dillenius published the amended third edition of J. Ray’s Synopsis (1724). EPONYMY: Dillenia Linnaeus (1753) ; Lenidia Du Petit-Thouars (1806, anagram of Dillenia) 655 DILLENIUS 1469. Catalogus plantarum circa Gissam sponte nascentium; cum observationibus botanicis, synonymiis necessariis, tempore & locis, in quibus plantae reperiuntur. Praemittitur praefatio et dissertatio brevis de variis plantarum methodis. Ad calcem vero adjicitur fungorum et muscorum methodica recensio hactenus desiderata. Frankfurt a.M. (Joh. Maximilian von Sande) 1718. Oct. (Cat. pl. circa Gissam). Orig. ed.: 1718, p. [i-xvi], 1-240, [1-16, index]. Copies: G, HU(2), MO, NY, U. Ref.: BM 1: 462; HA 2: 124; PR 2284. 1470. Catalogus plantarum sponte circa Gissam nascentium. Cum appendice, qua plantae post editum catalogum, circa & extra Gissam observatae recensentur, specierum novarum vel dubiarum descriptiones traduntur, genera plantarum nova figuris aeneis illustrata describuntur; pro supplendis institutionibus rei herbariae Josephi Pitton Turnefortii. Impensis auctoris. Frankfurt a.M. (Joh. Maximilian von Sande) 1719. Oct. (Cat. pl. circa Gissam). Publ.: 1719, usually consisting of a reissue of the above title, followed by an appendix: p. [i-xvi], 1-240, [1-16, index], appendix [i]-xiv, frontispiece, 1-174, [1-2, ind.], letter Riv. [1]-20, pl. 1-76. Copies: G, HU(2), MO, NY, U. Ref.: BM 1: 462; HA 2: 125; PR 2284. 1471. Hortus elthamensis seu plantarum rariorum quas in horto suo Elthami in Cantio coluit vir ornatissimus et praestantissimus Jacobus Sherard ... delineationes et descrip- tiones quarum historia vel plane non, vel imperfecte a rei herbariae scriptoribus tradita fuit. London (author) 1732, 2 vols. Fol. (Hort. eltham.) Orig. ed. 1732: 250 copies published. Copies: MO, NY, U. Vol. r: [i]-viii, 1-206, pl. 1-167, 166bis [facing p. 206]. Vol. 2: [1-i1], 207-437, [438, err.], pl. 168-324. The plates, by Dillenius, are usually uncoloured; some copies hand-coloured. Binomial nomenclature: see Druce and Vines (1907), Burkart (1957) and the 1774 edition. 1774 ed.: Horti elthamensis plantarum rariorum icones et nomina Joh. Jac. Dillenio, M.D. descriptarum Elthami in Cantio, in horto viri ornatissimi atque praestantissimi Jacobi Sherard ... additis denominationibus linnaeanis. Leiden (Cornelius Haak). 1771, 2 vols. Fol. Publ.: 1774, p. [i-iii], [8, list Limnaean names], pl. 1-324, 166bis (lacking in HU). Copies: HU, MO. A reissue, without the text, of the original plates. Tjaden (in litt.) suggests that the publisher (Corn. Haak) still had a supply of the original text of which more sets had been printed than of the plates by the London publisher. Ref.: BM 1: 462, 6: 270; DU 94; GF p. 55; HA 2: 125; Henrey 643; HU fed. 2]; Jackson p. 411; Langman p. 246; NI 492; Plesch p. 201; PR 2285; SA 2: 555; IDC 654, 5902. Klinsmann, Clavis Dilleniana ad Hortum elthamensem. Danzig 1856 (31 p.) Druce and Vines, The Dillenian herbaria 157-184. 1907. Nissen, Volk und Scholle 11: 118. 1933. Burkart, Darwiniana 11: 367-414. 1957. Schmidt, Feddes Repert. 70: 69-108. 1965 (Linnaeus’s copy at Jena). Sotheby, Catal. Stiftung Bot. 1: 176-177. 1975 (sold at £ 1000). 1472. Historia muscorum in qua circiter sexcentae species veteres et novae ad sua genera relatae describuntur et iconibus genuinis illustrantur cum appendice et indice synony- morum. Oxford (e Theatro Sheldoniano) 1741. Qu. (Hist. musc.) Ed. 1741: publ. Mar 1742 (see Henrey 2: 271), p. [i]-xvi, 1-576, pl. 1-85, copper engr. by Dillenius, originals for pl. 1-79 at BM, 80-85 were drawn directly on the plates. See Isoviita (1970) for the relevance of Dillenius herbarium specimens for the typification of Linnaeus’s Mosses. Copy: MO. — In all 250 copies printed (see note p. 576). (Facsimile reprint announced, but not yet published, by Asher 1974). Ed. 1763: Historia muscorum: A general history of land and water, etc. Mosses and corals. Containing all the known species, exhibited by about 1000 figures on 85 large royal 4to copper plates, drawn and engraved in the best manner from the originals ... Their names, places of growth, and seasons, in English. ‘Their names in Latin referring to each figure. London (J. Millan) 1763. Qu. Publ.: Sep 1763, p. [i], 1-13, [1], 1-10, 656 DILLWIJN pl. 1-85, all colored. Copies: MO, NY. — Reissue of the original plates; pl. 61, 62, 64, 65, 66, 67 now numbered 62, 67, 65, 66, 67, 64 respectively (see Henrey 641). Ed. 1768: Historia muscorum: ... corals, containing ... plates, collected, drawn and engraved in the best manner from the originals ... London (J. Millan) 1768. Qu. Publ.: 1768, p. [i], [1]-10, pl. 1-85. Copy: UC. — Other copies also have the 13 p. text of the 1763 ed. Ed. 1779: reissue of 1768 ed. (n.v.) _ Ed. 1611: Historia muscorum; in qua circiter ... [as 1741]... illustrantur: cum appendice et indice synonymorum. Oxford (e Theatro Sheldoniano) 1741 iterum Edinburgi (e prelo academico) 1811. Qu. Publ.: 1811, p. [i]-xvi, [1]-576, app. [1]-8, pl. 1-85, uncolored copper engr. Copies: MO, NY. Published by C. Stewart before Aug 1811, with a list giving modern names. This validates any Dillen names of Musci and Lycopodiophyta not previously taken up (Sayre). (Facsimile reprint announced, but not published, by Koeltz 1974). Ref.: BM 1: 462; HA 2: 125; HE p. 21; Henrey 639-640; Jackson p. 152; LS 7195; NI 491; PR 2286; SA 2: 555; IDC 1516(1741 ed.), 6487 (ed. 1768), 6488 (ed. 1811). Giseke, Index Linnaeanus in J. J. Dillenii historiam muscorum. 1779. Dawson Turner, Trans. Linn. Soc. 7: 101-115. 1804. Weber et Mohr, Beitr. Naturk. 2: 390-400. 1810. Arnott et W. J. Hooker, in W. J. Hooker, Journ. Bot. 1: 88-97. 1834. Miller, C., Index synonymorum Dillenu, in his Synopsis muscorum frondosorum 2: 767-770. 1851. Crombie, Journ. Linn. Soc. 17: 553-580. 1879. Lindberg, Kritisk granskning af mossorna Dillenii Historia muscorum 1883. Druce et Vines, The Dillenian herbaria 185-224. 1907. Nissen, Volk und Scholle 11: 118. 1933. Yoshimura and Isoviita, Ann. bot. Fennici 6: 348-352. 1969. Isoviita, Acta bot. Fennica 89: 1-28. 1970. Dillwyn, Lewis Weston (1778-1855), British naturalist, porcelain manufacturer and county magistrate. (Dillwyn). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Dillwyn’s herbarium has become widely scattered. The collection once at LINN and now at BM cannot be considered as representing the type specimens of the British Confervae. Many of the descriptions were based on several specimens and these may be located at different institutions. See Dixon (1966) for a discussion. Dillwyn material is at BM, C, K, LD, NMW and OXF but also in several other herbaria. Ref.: BB p. 92; IH 2: 163. Dickinson and Newton, Phycol. Bull. 1: 11. 1952. Womersley, Austr. J. mar. freshwater Res. 7: 346. 1956. Koster, ‘Taxon 6: 50. 1957, 18: 551. 1967. Dixon, Brit. phycol. Bull. 3(1): 19-22. 1966. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 71. 1969 (set of exsiccatae at BM). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(2): 212; Barnhart 1: 456; BB p. 92; BM 1: 463; Bossert p. 103; CSP 2: 2953; DNB 15: 90; Dawson p. 267-270; GR p. 371; Jackson p. 540 [ind.]; NI 493-494; PR 2287-2290; Quenstedt p. 116. Hamilton, Quart. J. geol. Soc., London 12: xl. 1856. Anon., Flora 39: 175. 1856. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1855: xxxvi-xxxix. 1856. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 15: 503. 1857. Anon., Bot. Not. 1858: 13-14. Milner, Cat. Portr. Kew 38. 1906. Davey, Fl. Cornwall xxxvii-xxxvili. 1909. Druce, Fl. Buckinghamshire xcviii. 1926. Moebius, Gesch. Bot. 66, 86, 119. 1937. Stafleu, in Daniels and Stafleu, Taxon 23: 548. 1974 (portr.) COMPOSITE WORKS: See Dawson Turner and Lewis Weston Dillwyn, ‘The botanist’s Guide through England and Wales (1805). 657 DILLWIJN EPONYMY: Dillwynella Bory de Saint- Vincent ex O. Kuntze (1891); Dillwynia A. W. Roth (1806) ; Dillwynia J. E. Smith (1805). 1473. British Confervae; or coloured figures and descriptions of the British plants referred by botanists to the genus Conferva. London (W. Phillips) [1802-]1809. Qu. (Brit. Conferv.) Publ.: in 16 fascicles with dated plates. It is not yet known how and when the 87 pages of regular introductory text were published but the plates and accompanying text are dated; these dates are confirmed by several contemporary sources (see BH): fasc. plates dates fasc. plates dates ial I-12 1 Jul 1802 9 63-68 1 Jun 1806 [2] 13-20 1 Nov 1802 10 70-75 1 Sep 1806 [3] 21-32 I Jun 1803 II 76-81 1 Dec 1806 [4] 33-38 1 Nov 1803 12 82-87 1 Mar 1807 [51 39-44 1 Dec 1804 13 88-93 I Jun 1807 [6] 45-50 1 Sep 1805 14 94-99 1 Jul 1808 7 51-56 1 Dec 1805 15 103-104 20 Feb 1809 8 57-62 1 Mar 1806 16 69, 100-102, 105-109 undated [1809] Suppl. A-G Copies: HU, NY. — Pagination: [1-vi], [1]-87, [5, index], [1, err.], [1, h.t.], plates with I or 2 p. text each. No. 39 dated “1804”; no. 45 undated, no. 57 undated, no. 69 undated but text sheet marked ‘16,’’ nos. roo-r02 undated. ‘The fascicles 7-16 are marked as such on the sheets of text. Dixon (1960) supposes that the introduction, p. I-35, the Synopsis on p. 36-87, the title-page, the index and the supplementary plates A-G were published in the late autumn of 1809. According to Pritzel the fascicle covers bore the title “Synopsis of the Confervae.”’ — A number of the original drawings (20-25) is at MANCH (fide A. C. Jermy, in litt.), others are at K (fide BB). Artists W. J. Hooker, W. W. Young, Ellen Hutchins [drawings of algae and plants at K]. Plates 1-109, A-G, printed in black, red and green, finished by hand in some copies. German translation: ‘“‘Grossbritanniens Conferven. Nach Dillwyn fiir deutsche Botaniker bearbeitet von Dr. Friedr. Weber und D. M. H. Mohr.” Gottingen (Heinrich Diete- rich) 1803-1805, 4 Hefte, Oct. (Grossbrit. Conferv.) Heft pages plates nos. dates I [lesan 6 I-12 Apr-Mai 1803 2 [1]-28 4 13-20 Sep-Dec 1803 3 [1]-64 6 21-32 Apr-Mai 1805 4 fe sey ey 33-38 Apr-Mai 1805 Copies: NY, PCS. — The figures are numbered tab. 1-38 on 19 plates. Ref.: BM 1: 463; Jackson p. 243; LS 7199; NI 493-494; Plesch p. 202; PR 2287. Dixon, Bot. Not. 113: 317. 1960. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 71. 1969. 1474. A review of the references to the Hortus malabaricus of Henry van Rheede van Draakenstein. Not published. Swansea (Murray and Rees) 1839. Oct. (in fours) (Rev. Hortus malab.) Publ.: 2 Apr 1839 (Linn. Soc., PAW 27 Mai 1839), p. [i]-viii, [1]-69, [1, err.]. Copzes: L, NY. — The “‘not published” should not be taken as not effectively published in the sense of the ICBN. It simply refers to private printing. Effective distribution took place by sending copies to many libraries and private botanists. Ref.: BM 1: 463; Jackson p. 14, 388; PR 2283. 1475+ Hortus collinsonianus. An account of the plants cultivated by the late Peter Collinson Esq., F.R.S., arranged alphabetically according to their modern names, from the cata- logue of his garden, and other manuscripts. Not published. Swansea 1843. Qu. (Hortus collins.) 658 DIPPEL Publ.: 1843, after 8 March (preface), p. [i]-vii, [1]-164. Copy: IDC. — For the note “‘not published” see above. Important document for the history of plant introduction into England in the eighteenth century. Ref.: BM 1: 463; Jackson p. 415; PR 2289; IDC 5121. Dinter, Kurt (1868-1945), German government botanist in Southwest Africa. (Dinter). HERBARIUM and TYPES: B (partly destroyed), important sets of duplicates at K and M, for further material see IH and Toélken (1971). Ree: Wor (eda6)| 358; 2: 163: Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 184, 175. 1916. Tolken, Ind. herb. austro-afr. 44. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 5(1): 295; Barnhart 1: 457; BM 1: 463, 6: 270; Bossert p. 103; CSP 14: 615; Plesch p. 408. White, The Stapelieae 1: 125-126. 1937. Jacobsen, Desert Plant Life 19(5): 69-71. 1947 (portr.) Jacobsen, Sukkulentenkunde 1: 56. 1947. Schade, Natura lusatica 3: 5-16. 1956 (portr.) Giess, Dinteria 1: 5-7. 1969. Herre, Kakteen und andere Sukkulenten 22(1): 7-8. 1971. Herre, Dinteria 7: 9-12. 1972. Herre, The genera of the Mesembryanthemaceae 47-48. 1973 (portr.) EPONYMy (genera) : Dintera Stapf ex Schinz (1900) ; Dinteracanthus C. B. Clarke ex Schinz (1915); Dinteranthus Schwantes (1926); (journal): Dinteria contributions to the flora of South West Africa. Windhoek (S.W.A. Scientific Society). No. 1-x, 1968-x. 1476. Deutsch-Stidwest-Afrika. Flora. Forst- und landwirtschaftliche Fragmente. Leipzig (Theodor Oswald Weigel) 1909. Oct. (Deut. stidw. Afrik.) Publ.: Apr-Mai 1909 (Nat. Nov. Mai 1909), front., [i]-viui, [1, cont.], [1]-191, [192, err.] Copies: L, NY. Ref.: BM 6: 270. 1477. Die vegetabilische Veldkost Deutsch-Stidwest-Afrikas ... mit 13 Vollbildern. Im Selbst- verlag [Okahandja 1912]. Oct. (Veg. Veldkost Stidw.-Afrik.) Publ.: 1912, p. [1]-47, 13 plates. Copy: HH. 1478. Neue und wenig bekannte Pflanzen Deutsch-Siidwest-Afrikas mit besonderer Beriick- sichtigung der Succulenten / mit 64 Lichtdruckbildern in natiirlicher Grosse ... Im Selbstverlag Okahandja 1914. Oct. (Neue Pfl. Stidw.-Afr.) Publ.: 1914, p. [1]-62, [1, err.], 64 photogr. Copy: HH. Dippel, Leopold (1827-1914), German botanist at Darmstadt. (Dippel). HERBARIUM and types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(2): 44; Barnhart 2: 457; CSP 9: 703. Schenck, Mitt. deut. dendrol. Ges. 23: 305-310. 1914 (portr., bibl.) Ziegler, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 81: 562. 1970. 1479. Handbuch der Laubholzkunde. Beschreibung der in Deutschland heimischen und im Freien kultivierten Baume und Straucher. Fiir Botaniker, Gartner und Forstleute. Berlin (Paul Parey) 1889-1893, 3 vols. Oct. (Handb. Laubholzk.) t: Aug-Sep 1889 (p. vi: Jul 1889: Nat. Nov. Sep 1889), p. [i]-vili, [1]-449, [450, err.], jig. 1-282. Copy: U. 2: Nov 1891 (t.p. 1892; Nat. Nov. Nov 1891), p. [i]-iv, [1]-591, [592, err.], fig. 1-277. Copy: U. 3: Oct-Nov 1893 (p. iii: Oct 1893; Nat. Nov. Nov 1893), p. [iJ-vii, [1]-752, fig. 1-277. Copy: U. 659 DISMIER Dismier, Gabriel (1856-1942), French bryologist. (Dism.) HERBARIUM and Types: PC. — Exsiccatae: Bryotheca gallica (ser. i-xvilil, nos. 1-450) St. Maur 1923-1932. Sets at BM, FH, L, NY, PC, STR (60 subscribers). Tease Wel Ie soe. Anon., Rev. bryol. lichénol. 60: 229. 1933. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 192-193. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 457; CSP 14: 616. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 40. 1941. Allorge, Bull. Soc. bot. France 89: 226-227. 1942. Gaume, Rev. bryol. lichénol. ser. 2. 18: 5-10. 1949 (portr., bibl.) Le Gallo, Le Naturaliste canadien 78: 155-157. 1951 (portr.) Ditmar, L. P. Fr. (fl. 1809), German lawyer and botanist at Rostock. (Ditmar). HERBARIUM and TyPES: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 457; BM 1: 465; CSP 2: 298; LS 7201-7204; BR 293K Schrader, Neues J. Bot. 3: 55-56. 1809 (Duo genera fungorum). Boll, Fl. Mecklenburg 153. 1860. COMPOSITE WORKS: Contributed Die Pilze Deutschlands to Sturm, Deutschlands Flora Abt. 3, vol. 1, Hefte 1-4: 1-34 1-16 1813 67-98 33-48 1816 35-66 17-32 1814. 99-130 49-64 1817 EPONYMY: Ditmaria K. P. J. Sprengel (1818). Dixon, Hugh Neville (1861-1944), British bryologist. (Dix.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BM (Musci) ; vascular plants in part SLBI. Other mosses at B, K, F, NY, W. Correspondence with E. G. Britton at NY. Ref.; IE 1 (ed: 6): 358; 2:2) 163" Kent, Brit. herbaria 51. 1957. Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 139. 1973. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 458; BM 1: 466; 6: 272; Bossert p. 103; CSP 14: 624-625; LS 7210; MW p. 97, suppl. p. 56. Walford, Photogr. portr. men of eminence 38: 87-90. 1866 (portr.) Bartram and Welch, Bryologist 47: 137-146. 1944 (portr.) Richards, Proc. Linn. Soc. 156: 203-205. 1944/5. Richards, Rev. bryol. lichénol. ser. 2. 15: 117-119. 1946. EPONYMY: Bryodixonia Sainsbury (1945). 1480. The student’s handbook of British mosses by H. N. Dixon ... with illustrations, and keys to the genera and species by H. G. Jameson ... Eastbourne (V. T. Sumfield), London (John Wheldon & Co.) 1896. Oct. (Stud. handb. Brit. mosses). Co-author: Hampden Gurney Jameson. Ed. 1: Mai-Jul 1896 (p. iv: Mai 1896; Nat. Nov. Jul 1896), p. [i]-xlvi, [1]-520, [1], pl. 1-60. Copies: MO, NY, U. Ed. 2: Mai-Aug 1904 (p. iv: Mai 1904; Nat. Nov. Sep 1904), p. [iJ-xlix, [1]-586, [1, h.t.], pl. 1-65. Copies: BR, MO, NY. — “‘Second edition, revised and enlarged,”’ East- bourne (id.), London (id.) 1904. Oct. Ed. 3: Feb-Jul 1924 (p. iv: Feb 1924; Nat. Nov. Aug 1924), p. [i]-xlviii, [1]-582, pl. 1-63. Copies: NY, U. — “Third edition, revised and enlarged,” Eastbourne (V. V. Sumfield), London (Wheldon & Wesley) 1924. Oct. 660 DODOENS Reprint ed. 3: Eastbourne (Sumfield and Day), London (Wheldon & Wesley) 1954, identical with ed. 3 except t.p. Copies: MO, U. Second reprint ed. 3: Codicote (Wheldon & Wesley) [1970], identical with ed. 3, except t.p. Copy: U. Ref.: BM 1: 466; NI 501. Gepp, J. Bot. 34: 513-516. 1896. Gradstein, Heemstra and Stalpers, List of revised names of Dixon, H. N., The student’s handbook ... London 1924 (reprint 1954, 1971). Utrecht 1971. Dodge, Bernard Ogilvie (1872-1960), American mycologist, cytologist, geneticist, and phytopathologist. (B. O. Dodge). HERBARIUM and types: CUP, NY. — Correspondence at NY. epee 2214s Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 140. 1973. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 460. Barnhart, J. New York Bot. Gard. 12: 126. 1911. Anon., Mycologia 28: opposite p. 399. 1936 (portr.) Dodge, Garden J. 10: 205-206. 1960 (portr.) (autobiogr.) Rickett, Taxon 10: 65. 1961. Robbins et al., Bull. Torrey bot. Club 88(2): 111-121. 1961 (portr.); Science ser. 2. 133: 741-742. 1961 (portr.) Robbins, Biogr. Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. 36: 85-124. 1962 (portr., bibl.) Dodoens [Dodonacus], Rembert [van Joenckema, Rembert] (1518-1585), Nether- lands physician and botanist. (Dodoens). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: It is not known whether Dodoens made herbarium specimens. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Aa 4: 202; AG 7: 277; Barnhart 1: 460; BM 1: 468; Bossert p. 1043; GR p. 694; Jackson p. 540; JW 1: 441-442, 2: 189, 3: 349, 4: 383, 5: 239 (q.v. for many source refs.) ; Kew 2: 100; Langman p. 247-248; LS 7218-7219; NI 506- 518; Plesch p. 204-206; PR 2342-2350. Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist.-nat. Banks 3: 54-55. 1797. Meerbeeck, Recherches historiques et critiques sur la vie et les ouvrages de Rembert Dodoens. Mechelen 1841, xiv, 340 p. Aroine et Broeckx, Eloge de Rembert Dodoens, Mechelen 1850. Meyer, Gesch. Bot. 4: 340-350. 1857. Broeckx, Lettre a M. le docteur P. J. van Meerbeeck, Antwerpen 1862. Oudemans, Ned. kruidk. Arch. ser. 2. 2: 217-220. 1877. Varenbergh, Bibl. nationale, Belgique 4: 85-112. 1878. De Cock, Rembert Dodoens, Gent 1890, 60 p. Suringar, Ned. kruidk. Arch. ser. 2. 5: 652-656. 1893. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 66, 73, 167. pl. 10. 1905 (portr.) Andel, Rembertus Dodonaeus and his influence on flemish and dutch folk medecine. Leiden 1917, I1 p. Andries, Rembertus Dodoens, Antwerpen 1917. Hunger, Ned. Tijdschr. Geneesk. 1917(1): 2118-2125. (repr. 8 p.) Hunger, De Amsterdammer, 30 Jun & 23 Jul 1917, 8 p. Leersum et al., Janus 22: 141-281. 1917. Hunger, Bijdr. Gesch. Geneesk. 3: 116-121, 306-307. 1923 (b. 1516!). Hunger, Ned. Tijdschr. Geneesk. 67(1): 3-8. 1923. Vandevelde, Versl. Meded. Kon. Vlaamse Acad. Taal en Letterk. Jan 1927: 13-41. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 181. 1936. Moebius, Gesch. Bot. 31. 1937. Louis, Critische beschouwingen bij de Dodoens-brief van 26 November 1583. Brussel 1954. Louis, Dodonaea 21: 235-280. 1954. Lenger, Bibliotheca belgica 2: 192-235. 1964 (the major bibl., also orig. biogr. data). 661 DODOENS Vandewiele, Regn. veg. 71: 417 [index]. 1970. Winters, Natuur Wereld 23(6): 250-255. 1970. Florkin, DSB 4: 138-140. 1971. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 179..1971. Wittop Koning, Rembertus Dodonaeus Cruyde-boeck, introductory text to Nieuwendijk facsimile ed., xvi p., 1971. NoTE: There is still no certainty with respect to the birthyear of Dodoens. Lenger (1964) accepts 1518, Louis (1954) 1517. EPONYMY (genera): Dodonaea Adanson (1763); Dodonaea Boehmer (1760); Dodonaea P. Miller (1754) ; (journals) : Dodonaea biologisch jaarboek uitgegeven door het Konink- lijk Natuurwetenschappelijk Genootschap “‘Dodonaea”’ te Gent. Brussel. Vol. 1-2, 1841- 1843; Botanisch jaarboek uitgegeven door het Kruidkundig Genootschap Dodonaea te Gent. Gent. Vol. 1-25, 1889-1934; superseded by Biologisch jaarboek uitgegeven door het Natuurwetenschappelijk Genootschap Dodonaea te Gent (Gesticht in 1887). Antwerpen. Vol. 1-x. 1934-x. HANDWRITING: see Hunger (1923), Louis (1954) and Lenger (1964). POSTAGE STAMPS: Belgium 1 f. + 15 c. (1942), yv. 597. 1481. Remberti Dodonaei Mechliniensis medici de frugum historia, liber unus. Ejusdem epistolae duae, una de Farre, Chondro, Trago, Ptisana, Crimno et Alica; altera de Zytho et Cerevisia. Antwerpen (Ex officina Joannis Loéi) 1552. Oct. (De frug. hist.) Publ.: 1552, lvs [1]-94. [79-82 not numbered], [2]. Copy: HU. — This early work of Dodoens was later incorporated in the Cruyde-boeck as its fourth book. Most figures are copied from Fuchs (portr., 35 figs. on 31 woodcuts). Ref.: BM 1: 468; Lenger D 103; Meerbeeck 2; NI 506; HU 67; PR 2342. Meyer, Gesch. Bot. 4: 341-342. 1857. 1482. Criiijdeboeck. In den welcken die gheheele historie / dat es t gheslacht / t fatsoen / naem / natuere / cracht ende werckinge / van de den Cruyden / niet alleen hier te lande wassende / maer oock van den anderen vremden in der medecijnen oorboorlijck / met grooter neersticheyt begrepen ende verclaert es / met der selver Cruyden natuerlick naer dat leven conterfeytsel daer by ghestelt. Der hoochgeheborene ende alder doorluchtichste Coninghinne ende Vrouwe / Vrouw Marien Coninghinne Douaigiere van Hungheren / ende Bohemen etc. Regente ende Gouvernante van des M. Neerlanden toeghescreven. Duer D. Rembert Dodoens / Medecijn van der stadt van Mechelen. [colophon:] Ghedruckt t Antwerpen by Jan vander Loe in onser Vrouwe pandt int Jaer MDLIIII. Fol. (Cruijdeb.) Publ.: 1552-1554, pagination: [i*-xxxix*], [i]-ccce ccccxviii, [20, index]. Copies: HH, Teyler. — The original edition of the Cruijdeboeck is rare (other copies are at: Ann Arbor, Brussel, Plesch; the facsimile edition was produced from a copy owned by J. B. van Gelder at Gorinchem). Other editions, all different, are from 1563, 1608, 1618, 1644 (see below). The last three “‘editions’’ are based on the Pemptades and are actually translations of this latter book. A 1590 edition has been mentioned but does not exist (a misreading of the gothic number MDLIIII in the colophon of the editio princeps). Dodoens references in Linnaeus and Adanson are usually not to the Dutch editions but to the Pemptades. Facsimile edition: Nieuwendijk (De Forel N.V.) 1971, ISBN 90-6103-421-3. Copy: FAS. Ref.: BM 1: 468; Lenger D 107; Meerbeeck 4, 11; NI 509, 512, 516, 518; Plesch p. 204; PR 2345; SA p. 556. Meyer, Gesch. Bot. 4: 342-343. 1857. Oudemans, Ned. kruidk. Arch. ser. 2. 2: 217-220, 279-324. 1877. Schierbeeck, Bloemlezing uit het Cruydt-boeck. Den Haag 1941. Louis, Dodonaea 21: 235-280. 1954. Wittop Koning, Rembertus Dodonaeus Cruyde-Boeck. Facsimile-herdruk van de oorspronkelijke uitgave van 1554. [Introductory text] Nieuwendijk 1971. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Bot. 1: 182-183. 1975 (sold at £ 8000). 662 DODOENS 1483. Histoire des plantes, en laquelle est contenue la description entiére des herbes, c’est-a-dire leurs espéces, forme, noms, tempérament, vertus & opérations: non seule- ment de celles qui croissent en ce pais, mais aussi des autres estrangeres qui viennent en usage de médecine. Par Rembert Dodoens, Médecin de la ville de Malines & nouvelle- ment traduite de bas aleman en francois par Charles de l’Escluse. Antwerpen (Anvers) Jean Loé 1557. Fol. (Hist. pl.) Translation: Carolus Clusius (Charles de l’Escluse) (1526-1609). Publ.: 1557, p- [i-xxiv], [1]-584 [465 = 467, 467 = 476, 457 = 547, 549 = 560], [34, index], [1, err.], 840 figs (133 new, fide NI). Copies: BR, G. Actually a second edition of the Cruydt-boeck because of the numerous additions. Ref.: BM 1: 468; Lenger D 109; Meerbeeck 4(3); NI 510; Plesch p. 204; PR 2345. 1484. Criiijdeboeck. In den welcken die geheele historie / dat es tgheslacht / tfatsoen / naé / natuere, cracht ende werkinghe, van den cruyden, niet alleen hier te lande wassende, maar oock van dé anderé vremdé in der medicijnen oorboorlijck, met grooter neersticheyt begrepen ende verclaert es, met der selver cruyden natuerlijck naar dat leven conter- feytsel daer by ghestelt. Duer D. Rembert Dodoens. Medecijn van de stadt van Meche- len. Van nieuws oversien, ende met seer veel schoone nieuwe figueren vermeerdert. [Antwerpen (Jan van der Loe) 1563]. Fol. (Cruzjdeb.) Publ.: 1563, p. [i-xl], i-delxxxu, [1-52, index]; sign. MMM 1-4-QQOQ [1.] Copies: BR, HU, MO, NY, U. Ref.: Lenger D 108; Meerbeeck 4(2); NI 512; PR 2345. 1485. Frumentorum, leguminum, palustrium et aquatilium herbarum, ac eorum, quae ed, pertinent, historia: Remberto Dodonaeo Mechliniensi medico auctore. Additae sunt imagines vivae, exactissimae, iam recens non absque haud vulgari diligentia & fide artificiosissimé espressae, quarum pleraeque novae, & hactenus non editae. Antwerpiae ex officina Christophori Plantini 1566. Cum privilegio. Oct. (Frument. legum. herb. hist.) Hdsi:915 00; papi] -27 1.e[undex t-7]|;)[erors: 2)— 13, 10 — 100, 180 = 108,635 —'165, 112 = 212]. Copies: HU, MO, U. — The privilége is dated 1565. The 84 woodcuts are mostly by Pieter van der Borcht. Ed. 2: Antwerpen (Christophorus Plantijn) 1569, p. [1]-293, [index 1-9], [2 = 3, 102 = = 101, 133 = 233, 185 = 285]. Copy: G. — For extensive details see Lenger, “‘Historia frumentorum ....” Ref.: BM 1: 468; HU 96-105; Lenger D 111-112; Meerbeeck 5; NI 513; Plesch p. 205; PR 2346. 1486. Florum, et coroniariarum odoratarumque nonnullarum herbarium historia, Remberto Dodonaeo mechliniensi medico auctore. Antverpiae, ex officina Christophori Plantini. 1568. Oct. (Fl. coroniar. hist.) Ed. 1: 1568, p. [1]-308 [308 err. ‘‘307’’], [index 1-11], 101 and 7 wood cuts in text, by Pieter van der Borcht. Copies: G, HU (1 ills. coloured, 2, uncol.), MO (ills. partly coloured). Ed. 2: Antwerpen (C. Plantijn) 1569, p. [1]-311 [err. [1]-309, 308, 309], [index 7 p.], [1, impr.] Copies: BR, G, HU, MO. — For details on changes etc. see Lenger. Ref.: BM 1: 468; HU 101, 104; Lenger D 113-114; Meerbeeck 6; NI 514; Plesch p. 205; PR 2347. 1487. Purgantium aliarumque eo facientium, tum et radicum, conuoluulorum ac delete- Accessit appendix variari & quidem rarissimarum nonnullarum stirpium, ac florum quorundam peregrinorum, elegantissimorumque icones omnino novas nec antea editas, singulorumque breves descriptiones continens: cuius altera parte umbelliferae exhiben- tur non paucae, eodum auctore. Antverpiae, ex officina Christophori Plantini ... 1574. Oct. (Purgant. hist.) Orig.: 1574, p. [1]-505, [506, err.], [index 1-5]. Copies: BR, G(2), HU(2), MO(2). 39 of the 220 woodcuts are in common with Clusius, Rariorum aliquot stirpium per His- panias observatarum historia, 1576. Second issue: 1576, mentioned with (?) by NI, but probably not existing (not in Lenger). Ref.: BM 1: 468; HU 116; Lenger D 115; Meerbeeck 7; NI 515; Plesch p. 205; PR 2348. 663 DODOENS 1488. A nievve herball, or historie of plantes: wherein is contayned the vvhole discourse and perfect description of all sortes of herbes and plantes: their divers and sundry kindes: their strange figures, fashions, and shapes: their names / natures / operations / and vertues: and that not onely of those whiche are here growying in this our countrie of Englands / but of all others also of forrayne realmes / commonly used in physicke. First set foorth in the Doutche or Almaigne tongue, by that learned D. Rembert Dodoens, physition to the emperour: and nowe first translated out of French into English, by Henry Lyte Esquyer at London by my. Gerard Dewes, dwelling in Pawles Churchyards at the signe of the swanne 1578. Fol. [Colophon: Imrinted at Antwerpe by me Henry Loé, and are to solde at London ...]| (Néevve herball). Translation: by Henry Lyte (1529?-1607), based on 1557 french version. Publ.: 1578, p. [i-xxiv], 1-779, [24], [1] (err. page nos. 151-152 = (wrongly) 150-152, 162-164 = 162-162, 359-362 = 357-360). Colophon often with superimposed strip of paper “Imprinted”? sometimes covering original ‘“‘Imrinted.” The first issue is characterised by the word “‘my” in ... “‘at London by my. Gerard Dewes.”’ (first HU copy). — This was later corrected to “‘me.”’ Copies: HU (2nd), MO. — NI mentions 870 woodcuts. — Lenger states that this is the rarest of all Dodoens items. Other issues (all issued in London and without ills.): 1586 (Copy: MO); 1595 (Copy: HU); 1600; 1619 (one of the sources for Gerard’s Herbal). Ref.: BM 1: 468; HU 132, 171; Lenger D 110; Meerbeeck 4(4); NI 516; Plesch p. 204- 205. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Bot. 1: 185. 1975 (sold at £ goo). 1489. Remberti Dodonaei mechliniensis medici caesarei Stirpium historiae pemptades sex sive libri xxx. Antverpiae [Antwerpen], ex officina Christophori Plantini. 1583. Fol. (Stirp. hist. pempt.) Ed. 1: 1583, p. [i-xix], 1-860, [1, err.], [1, err. pl.], [22, ind.], [i, priv.] Copies: HU, NY, U. — The references in Linnaeus, Adanson, and Jussieu are usually to the Pemptades. Basis of the later Dutch editions as well as of Gerard’s herbal of 1597. NI mentions 1309 woodcuts. Ed. 2: 1616, p. [i-xvi], 1-872, [62, ind.], [2], [2]. Copies: HU, MO. ““Remberti Dodonaei . xxx. Varie ab auctore, paullo ante mortem, aucti & emendati. Antverpiae ex officina plantiniana apud Balthasarem et Joannem Moretos. 1616. Fol. — NI mentions 1341 woodcuts. Ref.: BM 1: 468; HE p. 22; HU 143; 201; Lenger D 117, 119; LS 7219; Meerbeeck 11; NI 517; PR 2350; SA p. 556. Courtois, Commentarius in Remberti Dodonaei Pemptades, Act. Acad. Nat. Cur. 17(2): 763-840. 1835; cf. also Lejeune, Act. Acad. Nat. Cur. 19(1):385-406. 1839. Roentgen, Bemerkungen zu Dodonaeus Leben und Schriften nebst einem Commentar zu dessen Werke: Stirpium pemptades sex. Wurzburg 1842 (58 p.) D’Avoine et Morren, Concordance des espéces végétales, Soc. Sci. Médic. Nat. Malin. 1850: 51-146. Meyer, Gesch. Bot. 4: 340-350. 1857. Arber, Herbals 82-83. 1953. 1490. Cruydt-boeck van Rembertus Dodonaeus, volgens sijne laetste verbeteringe: met bij voegsels achter elck capittel, vvt verscheyden Cruydtbeschrijvers: Item in ’t laetste een beschrijvinge van de Indiaensche gewassen meest getrocken wt de schriften van Carolus Clusius. Tot Leyden, in de Plantijnsche Druckerije van Francois van Ravelingen 1608. Fol. (Cruydt-boeck). Publ.: 1608, p. [i-viii], 1-1580, [24, uses; 55, ind. err.] Copies: L, NY, Teyler. — This edition of the Cruydt-Boeck is actually a dutch translation of the St:rpium histotrae pbemptades sex of 1583. Ref.: Lenger D 118; Meerbeeck 11; NI 518. Engel, Ned. kruidk. Arch. 53: 46-55. 1943 (on some orig. drawings for this edition). 1491. Cruydt-boeck van Rembertus Dodonaeus [as in 1608 ed.] Leiden (Plantyn, Francois van Ravelingen) 1618. Fol. (Cruydt-boeck). Publ.: 1618, p. [i-iv], [24, uses], 1-14.95, [56, index]. Copies: GRON, HU, NY. Ref.: Lenger D 120; Meerbeeck 11; NI 518; PR 2345. 664 DOLL 1492. Cruydt-boeck Remberti Dodonaei, volgens sijne laetste verbeteringhe: met bijvoegsels achter elk capitel, uyt verscheyden cruydt-beschrijvers: item, in ’t laetste een beschrij- vinghe van de Indiaensche ghewassen, meest ghetrocken uyt de schriften van Carolus Clusius. Nu wederom van Nieuws oversien ende verbetert. t’ Antwerpen in de Plantijn- sche druckerije van Balthasar Moretus 1644. Fol. (Cruydt-boeck). Publ.: 1644, p. [i-xxxvi], 1-14.92, ind. sign. A-F. Copies: MO, NY, U. — The last edition; on verso of t.p. a note stating that this edition is based on a copy of the 1618 editionin which Joost van Ravelinghen had made corrections and addenda. It is not clear whether this refers to printed addenda (already in the 1608 edition) or to new manu- script notes. Ref.: Lenger D 121; Meerbeeck 11; NI 518; PR 2345. Doll, Johann Christoph (1808-1885), German librarian and botanist at Karlsruhe. (Dall). HERBARIUM and Types: KR, other material from the Flora of Baden at B, BR, CGE, Fl, HEID, LES LZ. Ref.: 1H 1 (ed. 6): 128 (as extant!), 2: 165. Candolle, Phytographie 408. 1880. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 341. 1916. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 1: 142; Barnhart 1: 461; BM 1: 4609; Bossert p. 104; CSP 2: 308, 6: 64.1, 7: 545, 9: 717, 12: 200, 14: 634; DTS 1: 58, 6(4) : 24; Frank 3(Anh.): 25; IF suppl. 4: 320; MW p. 98; PR 2352-2355. Kanitz, Mag. Novén. Lap. 9: 62-63. 1885 (bibl.) Anon., Bot. Centralbl. 23: 266-267. 1885; Leopoldina 21: 59, 159-160. 1885, 22: 23-26, 43-45. 1886. ; Aderhold, Gen. Reg. Bot. Zeit. 158-159. 1895 [index to reviews]. Urban, FI. bras. 1(1): 166. 1906. Reynolds Green, Hist. Bot. 85. 1909. COMPOSITE WORKS: contributed to Martius, Fl. bras.: (a) Gramineae I, fasc. 51, vol. 2(2): 1-32. t. z-rz. 1 Feb 1871. (b) Gramineae II, fasc. 72, vol. 2(2): 33-342. t. 12-49. 1 Mar 1877. (c) Gramineae III, fasc. 79, vol. 2(3): 1-160. ¢. 1-43. 1 Sep 1878. (d) Gramineae IV, fasc. 83, vol. 2(3): 161-242. t. 44-58. 1 Dec 1880. The fifth part was published by E. Hackel: Gramineae V, fasc. 90, vol. 2(3): 245-326. t. 59-74. 1 Jul 1883. EPONYMY: Doellochloa O. Kuntze (1891). 1493. Rheinische Flora. Beschreibung der wildwachsenden und cultivirten Pflanzen des Rheingebietes vom Bodensee bis zur Mosel und Lahn, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Grossherzogthums Baden. Frankfurt a.M. (Heinrich Ludwig Brénner) 1843. Oct. (Rhein. Fl.) Publ.: Jun 1843 (p. xii: Apr 1843; rev. Flora 27: 137-142. 7 Mar 1844, signed Jun 1843; see also Flora 26: 504. 14 Aug 1843, Bot. Zeit. 25 Aug 1843), p. [1]-xl, [1]-832. Copzes: Bs NY: The B copy is bound with Doll, Zur Erklarung der Laubknospen der Amentaceen. Eine Bei- gabe zur Rheinischen Flora, Frankfurt a.M. 1848, Oct. p. [i]-iv, [1]-28 (p. iv: Feb 1848; Flora rd. Jan 1849; BZ 11 Jan 1850). Ref.: BM 1: 469; DTS 1: 58; IF p. 693; PR 2352. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 1: 294, 580-583. 1843. Kirchleger, Flora 27: 137-142. 1844. Kirschleger, Fl. Alsace 2: Ixxxii. 1857. 1494. Flora des Grossherzogthums Baden. Karlsruhe (G. Braun) 1857-1862, 3 vols. Oct. (FI. Baden). Publ.: An extensive commentary was provided by D. F. L. von Schlechtendal in a series of reviews in the Botanische Zeitung (1856-1862). 665 Band part pages approximate dates a [1]-90 Mar-Jun 1855 2 g1-298 Jan-Dec 1855 3 299-482, [i]-vi Nov-Dec 1856 = I [483]-754 medio 1858 2 755-960, [i]-iv Jul-Sep 1859 3 [963]-1429, [i]-vi Jan-Feb 1862 Copy: B. — Dates based on contemporary references. Ref.: BM 1: 469; DTS 1: 58; Jackson p. 301; PR 2355; IDC 5301. Kirschleger, Fl. Alsace 2: 612. 1857. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 14: 115-117. 15 Feb 1856; 15: 91-93. 6 Feb 1857; 16: 3o01- 302. 1 Oct 1858; 17: 343-344. 7 Oct. 1859; 20: 118-119. 11 Apr 1862 (These dates support the “‘approximate dates” cited above. Déorfler, Ignaz (1866-x), Austrian botanist, publisher and plant collector. (Dérfl.) HERBARIUM and TypEs: Unknown. — Do6rfler continued the Herbarium normale (started by F. Schultz, first continued by K. Koch) with cent. xxxi-xlvilii (nos. 3001-4800, 1894-1907, accompanied by Schedae. A list of collectors is given by DTS. — Sets at e.g. B, BRNU, C, G, GJO, IBF, JE, LAU, MANCH, OXF, P, 8, W. Dorfler’s plants were also distributed under ‘‘Wiener botanische Tauschverein”’ together with other collections. Ref.: TH 2: 166; DTS 1: 58-59, 6(4): 134. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 5(2): 502, 12(3): 51; Barnhart 1: 461; BM 6: 274; Bossert p. 105; CSP 14: 635-637; DTS 1: 5859, 6(4): 134; IF p. 693. Poetsch und Schiedermayr, Nachtr. Krypt. Fl. Oesterr. 11-12. 1894. Anon., Posta e Shqypniés, Shkoder (Scutar1) Albania, no. 47, 19 Mai 1917 (on Dorfler’s Albanian travels). Anon., Oest. bot. Z. 82: 183. 1933. 1495. Botaniker-Adressbuch. Sammlung von Namen und Adressen der lebenden Botaniker aller Lander, der botanischen Garten und der die Botanik pflegenden Institute, Gesell- schaften und periodischen Publicationen. Wien (im Selbstverlage des Herausgebers) 1896. Oct. (Bot. Adressb.) Ed. 1: Apr 1896, p. [i]-xii, [1]-292. Copies: FAS, MO. — Important source for botanical biography. Ed. 2: 1902, Wien (author). Copies: HU, MO. Ed. 3: 1909, Wien (author). Copies: HU, MO. Doerrien, Catherina Helena (1717-1795), German teacher and botanist. (Doerrien). HERBARIUM and TypEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 5(1): 571; Barnhart 1: 461; GR p. Io. Hiibener, Flora 22: 481-484. 1839. Schmidt, Decheniana 105/6: 205-206. 1951/2. Renkhoff, Nassauische Lebensbilder 4: 67-73. 1950. EPONYMY: Doerriena Borkhausen (1793). Doidge, Ethel Mary (1887-1965), South African mycologist. (Dozdge). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: PRE, PREM, also some at GRA. Repos V2 164: Télken, Ind. herb. austro-afr. 44. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 462; GR p. 396. Gunn, Bothalia 9: 251-253. 1967 (portr., bibl.) 666 DOMIN Dombey, Joseph (1742-1794), French physician, naturalist, ethnographer and explorer of Peru, Chili and Brazil. (Dombey). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Dombey made no formal herbarium, but the fate of his collections is such that they merit inclusion here. For an account of the odyssey of the Dombey collections, see Stafleu 1963 and Steele 1964. The French part of the collections was handed to L’Héritier de Brutelle for study and publication in early 1786, and was returned to P after the latter’s death in 1801. Many duplicates were sent out after 1801; and are now e.g. at BM, CGE, F, FI, G, K, L, MO, MPU. Important sets of duplicates went to Jussieu and Lamarck. The total collection (French part; except duplicates) numbered circa 1500. The fate of the Spanish part of the collections is unknown; they were claimed by the Spanish government on the arrival of Dombey at Cadiz in 1785. Dombey, who studied medicine at Montpellier, became interested in botany through Commerson and studied under Gouan at Montpellier and Lemonnier and Bernard de Jussieu at Paris. He was appointed médecin-botaniste at the Jardin du Roi 1775, to explore Spanish America, joined Ruiz and Pavon and stayed in S. America 1778-1784 (mainly Chile and Peru). Was sent to the United States in 1794 but captured by pirates and erroneously imprisoned by the French authorities at Montserrat where he died in prison. MANUsCRIPTs: ‘‘Novae plantae americanae annis 1778-79 collectae’”’ mss. in Institut de France (via library Delessert) (fide PR). Guerra (DSB) states that Dombey burned his notes and manuscripts. Ref.: TH 2: 165. Ruiz, Travels of Ruiz, Pavén and Dombey in Peru and Chile (1777-1788), with an epilogue and official document added by Agustin Jesus Barrero. Translation by B. E. Dahlgren. Bot. Ser. Field Mus. nat. Hist. 21, 28 Mar 1960, publ. 467, 327 p. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 1: 187; Barnhart 1: 463; CSP 2: 226; Dawson p. 276; Rees, Cycl. Deleuze, Ann. Mus. nat. Hist. nat. 4: 136-169. 1801. Hamy, Joseph Dombey, Paris 1905, 108, 430 p. Dubois, Le naturaliste Joseph Dombey, Bourg-en-Bresse 1934 (n.v.) Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 182. 1936. Alvarez Lopez, An. Inst. bot. Cavanilles 14: 31-129. 1955/6 (Dombey y la expedicién al Pert y Chile). Stafleu, in L’Héritier, Sertum anglicum, facs. ed. 1963, p. Xx-xxiv. Steele, Flowers for the King, Durham, N.C. 161-186. 1964. Coats, The plant hunters 288, 363-367. 1969. Laissus, C. R. 94. Congr. natl. Soc. sav. sect. Sci. 1: 61-79. 1970 (on his second voyage and death). Guerra, DSB 4: 156-157. 1971 (bibl.) Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 271, 287, 323. 1971. EPONYMY: Dombeya Cavanilles (1786, nom. cons.) ; Dombeya L’ Héritier de Brutelle (1785- 1786, nom. rej.); Dombeya Lamarck (1786). Domin, Karel (1882-1953), Czech botanist. (Domin). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Herbarium at PRC (main part); in part also at PR; types also in other collections consulted by Domin, such as K. Ref.: IH 1 (ed. 6): 358, 2: 165. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(1): 741; Barnhart 1: 463; BM 6: 275; Bossert p. 105; DTS 6(4): 74, 134, 135; HR; IF suppl. 3: 208, 4: 320; Langman p. 248; LS suppl. 6733; MW p. 99. Anon., Liste des travaux du Dr. Karel (Charles) Domin, s.d., s.1., reprint 4 p. and portr., copy B (Bull. Géogr. bot. 24: 85-88. 1914). Novak, Preslia 10: 5-11, 11-41. 1931 (bibl., portr.) Novak, Véda pfir. 13: 129-131. 1932. 667 DOMIN Novak, Cas. nar. Mus. Praha, odd. pfrir. 106: 81-87. 1932. Smotlacha, Cas. és. Houbarit 12: 33-34. 1932. Anon., Taxon 3: 215. 1954. Futak et Domin, Bibl. k. flora CSR 159-180. 1960 (bibl.) Kneidl et Brenova, Cas. nar. Mus. Praha 1827-1956, p. 56-58. 1963. 1496. Beitrage zur Flora und Pflanzengeographie Australiens, Bibliotheca Botanica 20(6 5). 1914-1915, 22(8g9). 1921-1930. Stuttgart (E. Schweizerbart). Qu. Publ.: Sub-title: 1. Teil: Systematische Bearbeitung des eigenen sowie auch fremden, besonders des von Frau Amalie Dietrich in @uceniand (1863-1873) und von Dr. Clement in Nordwest-Australien gesammelten Materiales mit teilweiser Beriicksichti- gung der gesammten Flora Australiens. — No subsequent “Teil’”’ was ever published. McGillivray (1973) provides the following information (corresponds with copy at U): Band 20, Heft 85, Abteilung 1. Pteridophyta. Lieferung pages plates date cover date Nat. Nov. I [i]-i11, [1 ]-120 1-1v IQI5 Oct 1914 2 121-240 U-v1it IQI5 Jan 1915 Band 20, Heft 85, Abteilung 2: Embryophyta siphonogama, pars i: Gymnospermae, Monocotyledonae. 3 243-400 IX, XU 1915 [1913] Dec 1915 4 [1i*-111* ], 401-551, xt, xviie IQI5 Dec 1915 [2, ind.] Band 22, Heft 89, Abteilung 3: Embryophyta siphonogama, pars ii: Dicotyledonae. I 555-643 XIX-XXUL 1921 Jul 1921 2 645-741 XXUI-XNV 1925 Jan 1926 3 741bis-840 XXVI-NXVUL 1926 Oct 1926 4 841-936 XXIN=XXXE 1926 Sep 1927 5 937-1032 XXXU-XXXIV 1928 Apr 1928 6 1033-1128 XXXU-XXXUL 1928 Sep 1928 7 1129-1200 XXXUVU-NXXVUL 1929 Dec 1929 8 I2O01-1317 - 1929 Feb 1930 McGillivray recommends the following form of citation: Biblioth. Bot. 20(85+): o00. 1913. Biblioth. Bot. 22(898): 1317. 1929. Novak (1931) dates at any rate Lieferung 1 at 1913. The date of receipt by Nat. Nov. (Oct. 1914), however, would indicate that publication took place in the autumn of 1914 except that Bailey (1913) in his preface dated October 1913 confirms the publication in 1913. Whether or not Bailey was in receipt of advance material (proofs?) is not clear. Ref.: IF suppl. 3: 208; SK p. clxxviii. Bailey, Bot. Bull. Queensland 17. Novak, Preslia 10: 5-41. 1931. Steenis, Fl. males. Bull. 1(5): 137. 1949. McGillivray, Contr. N.S.W. natl. Herb. 4(6): 366-368. 1973. Don, David (1799-1841), British botanist, librarian to Lambert and The Linnean Society. (D. Don). HERBARIUM and Types: Don left his herbarium to the Linnean Society of London (LINN). The types of the Prodromus florae nepalensis are at BM, duplicates at LINN in the Smith herbarium. Other material at BR, P-JU. Ref.: Hist. coll. BMNH 138; IH 2: 165. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRAPHY: AG 4: 789, 5(1): 804, 6(1): 344; Barnhart 1: 463; BB 668 DON, G. p- 92; BM 1: 472; CSP 2: 312-314, 6: 642; DNB 15: 204; Jackson p. 540; LS 7240; MW p. gg; NI p. 50; PR 2364-2365. Anon., Flora 25: 320. 28 Mai 1842. Anon., Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. 8: 397-399, 478. 1842 (bibl.) Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1: 145-149. 1842 (1849) (bibl.) Schultes in Hooker, Bot. Misc. 1: 61-62. 1830. Miller, Taxon 19: 489-504. 1970. EPONYMY: Donia G. Don & D. Don ex G. Don (1832) is dedicated to his father George Don (1764-1814), q.v. 1497. Prodromus florae nepalensis, sive enumeratio vegetabilium, quae in itinere per Nepa- liam proprie dictam et regiones conterminas, ann. 1802-1803. Detexit atque legit D. D. Franciscus Hamilton, (olim Buchanan) M.D. ... Accedunt plantae a D. Wallich nuperius missae. Secundum methodi naturalis normam disposuit atque descripsit David Don. London (J. Gale) 1825. Duod. (in sixes) (Prodr. fl. nepal.) Publ.: 26 Jan-1 Feb 1825 (Linn. Soc.; Stearn), p. [i]-xii, [1]-256. Copies: U, IDC. Ref.: BM 1: 472; IF p. 693; Jackson p. 389; LS 7240; PR 2364, P&W p. 168 [““Mar 25”’]; RS p. 80; SK p. clxxviii; IDC 5208. Kuntze, Rev. gen. 1: cxxvil. 1891. Stearn, J. Arnold Arb. 26: 168. 1945. Don, George (1798-1856), British plant collector and nurseryman, brother of David Don. (G. Don). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BM, bought from the Royal Horticultural Society for which Don had collected in West Africa and South America. Hitchcock cites E as the place where Don’s types are kept. This is based on Urban’s statement “herbarium proprium Donia- num olim apud Prof. MacNab in urbe Edinburgh” and on Candolle’s Phytographie (p. 408). Probably confused with his father George Don 1764-1814 (see also Notes R. bot. Gard. Edinburgh 3: 49-290). BM has 701 nos.; E has mosses; further material at CGE (via Lindley), BR, E, GOET, K, LD, MO, OXF. Ref.: Hist. Coll. BMNH 144; IH 2: 165. Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 38. 1902. Urban, Fl. bras. 1(1): 16-17. 1906. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 75. 1970. Hepper and Neate, Plant coll. W. Afr. 26. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 4: 789, 5(1): 804, 6(1): 344; Barnhart 1: 463; BB p. 93; BM 1: 472, 6: 275; CSP 2: 314; DNB 15: 200; Jackson p. 540; Langman p. 249-250; MW p. 99; PR 2366. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1856: xxxix-xl. 1856. Anon., Flora 39: 288, 414. 1856. Seemann, Bonplandia 5: 131-134. 1857. Vallot, Bull. Soc. bot. France 29: 177-178. 1882. Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 38. 1902. Urban, Fl. bras. 1(1): 16-17. 1906. COMPOSITE works: Editor of Sweet’s Hortus brit. ed. 3 (1839) and of the first suppl. to Loudon’s Encyclopaedia of plants (1872). EPONYMY: Donia G. Don & D. Don ex G. Don (1832) is dedicated to his father George Don (1764-1814), q.v. 1498. A general history of the dichlamydeous plants, comprising complete description of the different orders; together with the characters of the genera and species, and an enumera- tion of the cultivated varieties; their places of growth, time of flowering, mode of culture, and uses in medicine and domestic economy; the scientific names accentuated, their etymologies explained, and the classes and orders illustrated by engravings, and preceded by introductions to the Linnaean and natural systems, and a glossary of the terms used: 669 DON, G. the whole arranged according to the natural system. London (J. G. and F. Rivington et al.) 1831-1838. 4 vols. Qu. (Gen. hist.) Originally issued as: A general system of gardening and botany: containing a complete enume- ration and description of all plants hitherto known; with their generic and specific characters, places of growth, time of flowering, mode of culture, and their uses in medicine and domestic economy. Preceded by introductions to the Linnaean and natural systems, and a glossary of the terms used. Founded upon Miller’s Gardener’s Dictionary, and arranged according to the natural system. 1: early Aug 1831, p. [i]-xxvui, [1]-818. 2: Oct 1832, p. [i], [1]-875, [i]-vili, ind. 3: 8-15 Nov 1834, p. [i], [1]-867, [1i]-viii. 4(1): 1837, p. [ii]-vii, [1]-?. (2): 8 Mar-8 Apr 1838, p. [i]-iv, ?-908. Copies: MO, NO, NY, U Often cited as Gen. Syst. from its original title “A general system of gardening and botany”’ (present e.g. in copy NO). It should be noted that the first 3 volumes were first issued as a whole and thereafter re-issued in parts. For volume 4, however, it was the other way around: the parts were issued first but it is as yet unknown at what precise dates. Ref.: Jackson p. 116; PR 2366; RS p. 80; SK p. clxxviii; IDC 81 Sprague, Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1925: 311-312. 1499- A monograph of the genus Allium, Mem. Werner. Soc. 6: [1]-102. 1832. Publ.: The preprint from the Memoirs was published Jan-Mai 1827 (n.v.) Ref.: IDG 5223. Stearn, J. Bot. 74: 322-323. 1936. Don, George (1764-1814), Scottish nurseryman, father of David and George (1798- 1856) Don. (G. Don sr.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: E; duplicates B, BM, BR, CGE, GL, K, OXF. Issued Herbarium britannicum, fasc. 1-ix, nos. 1-225, Edinburgh 1804-1812/13 (see Sayre 1969). Ref.: TH 2: 165. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 17-18. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 5(1): 804; 6(1): 344; Barnhart 1: 463; BB p. 92-93; BM 6: 275; CSP 2: 314. Druce, George Don, in A. M. Paton, British Association, Dundee 1912. Handbook and guide. Druce, Notes r. Bot. Gard. Edinburgh 3: 49-290. 1904/5. Britten, J. Bot. 44: 60-63. 1906. EPONYMY: Denia G. Don & D. Don ex G. Don (1832). Donati, Vitaliano (1713-1762), Italian biologist, apothecary at Venetia. (Donati). HERBARIUM and types: TO; some mentioned for LINN (Laségue). Ref.: 1H 2: 165; Laségue 358-359. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 464; BM 1: 472; Bossert p. 105; DTS 1: 59; Kanitz no. 44; NI p. 50; PR 2370; Quenstedt p. 118; Saccardo 1: 67, 2: 42, Cronologia P. XXXVII-XXxXix. Gennari, Elogio di V.D., Padova 1839. Camerano-Lessona, Lettere inediti di V. Donati, Ancona 1883. Barocelli, Atti Accad. Sci. Torino 47: 411-425. 1911/12 (trip to Orient 1759/62). Fries, Bref och Skr. Linné ser. 1. 2: 264. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 182. 1936. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 141-142. 1950 (secondary refs.) EPpoNyMyY: Donatia J. R. Forster & J. G. A. Forster (1776, nom. cons.) ; Vitaliana Sesler (1758). 670 DONK 1500. Della storia naturale marina dell’ Adriatico. Saggio del signor dottore Vitaliano Donati giuntavi una lettera del signor dottore Lionardo Sesler intorno ad un nuovo genere di piante terrestri Venezia (Francesco Storti) 1750. Qu. (Stor. nat. Adriat.) Orig.: 1750 (p. vii: 4 Mar 1750), pre-linnaean, see, however, the French version of 1758. —p. [i*-viii* ], i-lxvii, lettera []xix]-lxxxi, plate Vitaliana s.n., pl. 1-g uncol. copper engr. Copies: L, MO, NY, PCS, UC. — The UC copy is a large paper copy but otherwise identical with the regular edition. German: ‘‘Vitaliano Donati Auszug seiner Natur-Geschichte des adriatischen Meers den Boden des Meers zu untersuchen, nebst Instrumenten in solcher Tiefe zu fischen; von Classen der Meerpflanzen, der Polyporen, der Thierpflanzen und Pflanzenthiere, oder Ueber- gang der Natur vom Pflanzenreiche zum Thierreiche. Nebst Leonhard Seslers An- hange einer besonderen Bergpflanze, Vitaliana. Aus dem Italianischen iibersetzt und mit nothigen Kupfern versehen.”’ Halle (Christoph Peter Franckens) 1753. Qu. p. [1]- 71, [72, index], pl. i-di. Copies: NY, PCS. — This 1753 publication must also be con- sidered pre-linnaean in the absence of indication that it appeared after 1 May 1753. (Ausz. Natur-Gesch. adriat. Meer.) French: ‘‘Essai sur V histoire naturelle de la mer adriatique par le docteur Vitaliano Donati, avec une lettre du docteur Leonard Sesler, sur une nouvelle espéce de plante terrestre, traduit de Vitalien.”’ ’s-Gravenhage (La Haye) (Pierre de Hondt) 1758. Qu. (Essaz hist. nat. mer adriat.) Publ.: Jan-Mar 1758, p. [i*-11*], [i]-i1, [iv, avis relieur], [1]-73, pl. 1-11. Copies: MO, NY, PCS. — This edition counts for purposes of nomenclature. Ref.: BM 1: 472; Cobres 1: 427; PR 2370. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. no. 1137. Dandy, Regn. veg. 51: 9. 1967. Donk, Marinus Anton (1908-1972), Dutch mycologist. (Donk). HERBARIUM and TyYPEs: BO, L, U. Reps: TE) 2: 165. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Bossert p. 105; IF suppl. 4: 320; LS suppl. 6735. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 142. 1950. Anon., Z. Pilzk. 34(3-4): 185-186. 1968. Anon., Taxon 11: 258. 1962, 15: 330. 1966, 17: 568, 579-580. 1969, 22: 328, 697. 1973. Bas, Coolia 15(6): 141-143. 1972. Jahn, Westfal. Pilzber. 9(2): 25-27. 1972. Kotlaba, Ceska Mykol. 27(2): 121-122. 1973. Maas Geesteranus, Persoonia 7: 119-126. 1973. Singer, Mycologia 65: 503-506. 1973. Anon., Trans. brit. mycol. Soc. 61: 201. 1973. Oort, Vakblad Biologen 53: 238-239. 1973. EPONYMY: Donkella Doty (1950). 1501. Revisie van de Nederlandse Heterobasidiomycetae (uitgez. Uredinales en Ustilaginales) en Homobasidiomycetae-Aphyllophoraceae. Deel I. Mededeelingen van de Nederlandsche Mycologische Vereeniging 18-20: [65]-200. 1931. Oct. (Revis. Nederl. Heterobasid.) Orig. ed.: Jul 1931 (date on original wrapper). — This date does not appear in the facsi- mile edition. Copies: U, FAS. Facsimile ed.: Bibliotheca mycologica Bd. 21(1), Lehre (J. Cramer) 1969. Oct. Copy: FAS. 1502. Revision der Niederlandischen Homobasidiomycetae-Aphyllophoraceae II. Proefschrift ter verkrijging van den graad van doctor in de wis- en natuurkunde aan de Rijks- Universiteit te Utrecht op gezag van den rector-magnificus Dr. C. G. N. de Vooys, hoogleeraar in de faculteit der letteren en wijsbegeerte volgens besluit van den senaat der universiteit te verdedigen tegen de bedenkingen van de faculteit der wis- en natuurkunde op Vrijdag 7 Juli 1933 des namiddags te drie uur door Marinus Anton Donk, geboren te Sitoebondo. Amsterdam/Haarlem [1933]. Oct. (Revis. Niederl. Homobasidiomyc.) Publ.: 7 Jul 1933, p. [i-vii], 1-278, theses [2 p.] loose leaf. Copy: FAS. — The precise date 671 DONK does not appear in the other issues nor in the facsimile edition. The date on which a thesis is defended in the Netherlands was at that time also the exact date of publication. Second issue (same sheets) : vol. 22 of the Mededeelingen van de Nederlandsche Mycologische Vereeniging 1933 (post Jul). Third issue (same sheets): Mededeelingen uit het Botanisch Museum en Herbarium van de Ryksuniversiteit te Utrecht no. 9. 1933 (post Jul). The herbarium abbreviations used (except for L) are different from those of the (later) Index Herbariorum. Facsimile ed.: Bibliotheca mycologica Bd 21[2]. Lehre (J. Cramer) 1969. Oct. Copy: FAS. — Reproduces the ¢hird issue of the original. 1503. The generic names proposed for Hymenomycetes 1-IX, XII, XIII. Lehre (J. Cramer) 1966. Oct. (Gen. names Hymenomyc.) Publ.: the series of articles The generic names proposed for Hymenomycetes was republished in book form with a generic index. Parts X and XIV (Polyporaceae, see below) and XI (Agaricaceae, see below) were not included in the reprint: X was reprinted separately as Bibliotheca mycologica Band 11, XI appeared only once as Beihefte zur Nova Hedwigia 5; XIV idem, in Persoonia. no. subject journal date I Cyphellaceae Reinwardtia 1: 199-220 1951, Aug II Hymenolich. Reinwardtia 2: 435-440 1954, Apr Ill Clavariaceae Reinwardtia 2: 441-493 1954, Apr IV Boletaceae Reinwardtia 3: 275-313 1955, Jul Vv Hydnaceae Taxon 5: 68-80 1956, 1 Jun 5: Q5-115 1956, 1 Jul VI Brachybas., Cryptobas., Reinwardtia 4: 113-118 1956, Dec Exobas. Vil Thelephoraceae ‘Taxon 6: 17-28 1957, 11 Feb 6: 68-85 1957, 29 Mar 6: 106-123 1957, 13 Mai Vill Auricul., Septobas., Trem., Taxon 7: 164-178 1958, 19 Aug Dacry. 7: 193-207 1958, 12 Sep 7: 236-250 1958, 14. Oct IX Meruliaceae Fungus 28: 7-15 1958, 27 Nov x Polyporaceae Persoonia 1: 173-302 1960, 10 Mar XI Agaricaceae Beih. N. Hedw. vol. 5 (320 p.) 1962, Aug XII Deuteromycetes Taxon I1: 75-104 1962, 26 Apr XIII Add., Corr. I-IX, XII Taxon 12: 113-123 1963, 10 Mai 12: 153-168 1963, 7 Jun XIV Polyp. add. Persoonia 2: 201-210 1962, 20 Apr Reprint editions: 1-IX, XII, XIII in one volume [title above] with an index of 24 p. 1966, 15 Jul. X, Bibliotheca mycologica Band 11, 1968, 19 Jun (this reprint does not contain the corrections of no. XIV; neither does it give the precise date of publication of the original: 10 Mar 1960). Note on XI: The date of printing of this volume of Beih. Nova Hedwigia is given in the book as 14-7-1962. The book was distributed in August 1962. A loose, one-page sheet of Corrigenda was issued later in 1962. Donkin, Arthur Scott, (ff. 1858-1873), British diatomologist and lecturer in medical jurisprudence at Durham. (Donkin). COLLECTIONS: BM. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 464; BB p. 93; CSP 2: 318, 7: 348. De Toni, Sylloge algarum 2: xxxvi 1891 (bibl.) EPONYMY: Donkinia Ralfs (1861). 672 DONN 1504. The natural history of the British Diatomaceae. Ulustrated with plates by Mr. Tuffen West, F.L.S. London (John van Voorst) 1870-1873, 3 parts. Qu. { (Wat. hist. Brit. Diatom.), 1: [1]-24, pl. 1-4 with text, 1 Nov 1870. 2: 25-48, pl. 5-8, with text, June 1871. 3: 49-74, pl. 9-12. with text, July 1873. Copies: UC (covers dated, text as above, parts priced at 5s), PCS (covers undated, ills. not mentioned on them, parts priced at 2s 6d.) Ref.: BM 1: 472. Donn, James (1758-1813), British gardener. (Donn). HERBARIUM and TYPES: James Donn is not known to have had a herbarium of his own. His (only) publication was a garden catalogue. The Lindley herbarium (at CGE) con- tains a few plants collected by Donn, and so does the Liverpool (LIV) herbarium. Refi? WH 2: 166.. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 464; BB p. 93; BM 1: 472, 6: 276; Dawson p- 271; DNB 15: 222; Henrey 646-658; Jackson p. 409; Langman p. 250; MW p. 99; PRi2374- Britten, J. Bot. 52: 319. 1914. 1505. Hortus cantabrigiensis: or a catalogue of plants indigenous and foreign, cultivated in the Walkerian botanic garden, Cambridge. Cambridge (John Burges) 1796. Oct. (Hortus cantabrig.) Ed. 1: Jan-Jul 1796, p. [iv], ii, 117 [i.e. 115], [11], fide Henrey 646. Ed. 2: Cambridge (John Burges), Apr-Mai 1800, p. [iv], ii, [ii], 133, [17], fide Henrey 647. Ed. 3: Apr 1804, Cambridge (University Press) 1804, Oct (in fours), p. [i*-iii*], [i]-ii, [1]-210. Copies: CGE, FAS. — “Hortus ... indigenous and exotic cultivated in the 99 . Cambridge Botanic Garden . Ed. 4: 1807, Cambridge (M. Watson) 1807, Oct. (in fours), p. [i-iv], [1]-248. Copies: MO, NY. — “Hortus ... plants, indigenous and exotic.” Ed. 5: 1809, Cambridge (M. Watson) 1809, Oct. (in fours), p. [i-iv], [1]-266. Copy: MO. (Title as ed. 4). Ed. 6: 1811, Cambridge (W. Metcalfe) 1811, Oct. (in fours), p. [i-vii], [1]-292. Copies: MO, NY. (Title as ed. 4). Ed. 7: 1812, Cambridge (W. Metcalfe) 1812, Oct. (in fours), p. [i]-vi, [vii-viii, pref.], [1]-308. Copy: NY. (Title as ed. 4). Ed. 8: Mar(?) 1815, London (Richard and Arthur Taylor) 1815, Oct. (in fours), p. [i-iv], [1]-355. Copy: NY. — “Hortus cantabrigiensis; or, an accented catalogue of plants, indigenous and exotic. By the late James Donn ... Eighth edition, corrected, and augmented, with references to figures, by Frederick Pursh, author of ‘““The flora of North America.” [Frederick Traugott Pursh (Pursh), 1774-1820]. Ed. 9: 1819, London (F. C. and J. Rivington et al.) 1819, Oct., p. [i-iii], [1]-355. Copies: MO, NY. — “Hortus ... exotic, cultivated in the Cambridge Botanic Garden by the late James Donn, ... Ninth edition, improved and augmented, with references to figures of plants by Frederick Pursh ....” Ed. 10: March 1823, London (C. and J. Rivington et al.) 1823, Oct. (in fours), (p. vii: 8 Mar 1823), p. [i]-vii, [viii, abbr.], [1]-397. Copies: NY, U.— “Hortus cantabrigiensis; or an accented catalogue of indigenous and exotic plants cultivated in the Cambridge botanic garden. By the late James Donn ..., improved ... Pursh ... Tenth edition, with numerous additions and corrections by John Lindley, F.L.S. &c.” [John Lindley, 1799-1865]. Ed. rr: London (C. and J. Rivington et al.) 1826, Oct. (in fours), p. [i]-vii, [viii], [1]-4.15 (p. vii: 1 Dec 1825). Copies: MO, NY. (Title as ed. 10). Ed. 12: Sep-Dec 1831 (p. vii: 15 Aug 1831), London (C. J. G. and F. Rivington et al.) 1831, Oct. (in fours), p. [i]-vii, [viii, abbr.], [1]-543. Copies: MO, NY, US. — “Hortus ... James Donn, ... twelfth edition with numerous additions and corrections by George Sinclair F.L.S. & H.S.” [George Sinclair, 1786-1834]. 673 DONN Ed. 13: London (Longman and Co. et al.) 1845, Oct., p. [iii]-xii, [1, h.t.], [1]-772. - Copy: M. ‘“‘Hortus cantabrigiensis; or an accented catalogue of indigenous and exotic plants cultivated in the Cambridge Botanic Garden. By the late James Donn ... with the additions and improvements of the successive editions: F. Pursh, author of the ‘‘Flora Americae septentrionalis”’; J. Lindley ... and the late G. Sinclair ... The thirteenth edition, now further enlarged, and brought down to the present time by P. N. Don.” Ref.: BM 1: 472, 6: 276; Henrey 646-658; Jackson p. 409; Plesch p. 206; PR 2374; P&W p. 168; IDC 5527. 8029 (ed. 1). Sherborn, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 1: 142. 1938. Merrill and Hu, Bartonia 25: 9-11. 1949. Dop, Paul Louis Amans (1876-1954), French botanist at Toulouse. (Dop). HERBARIUM and TyPES: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 465; LS 7255-7257; LS suppl. 6740; MW p- 99-100; Plesch p. 206. Gagnepain, Fl. Indochine, tome gén. 40. 1944. Gaussen, Bull. Soc. Hist. nat. Toulouse 89: 383-390. 1954 (bibl.) Sendrail, Mém. Acad. Sci. Inscr. Belles-Lettres Toulouse ser. 13. 8: 46-48. 1956. Astre, Bull. Soc. Hist. nat. Toulouse 1o1: 174. 1966. COMPOSITE works: Lecomte, Fl. Indochine: Vacciniaceae 3(6): 698-714. Feb 1930; Clethra- ceae 3(6): 714-717. Feb 1930; Ericaceae 3(6): 717-746. Feb 1930; Epacridaceae 3(6): 746- 748. Feb 1930; Salvadoraceae, Flore Indo-Chine 3(8): Mar 1933; Loganiaceae 4(1): 154-160. Jul 1912, 4(2): 161-177. Feb 1914; Bignoniaceae 4(5) : 565-607. Aug 1930; Verbenaceae 4(7) : 774-896. 1935, 4(8) : 897-913. Apr 1936; Gentianaceae (with F. Gagnepain) 4(2): 178-197. Feb 1914. Douglas, David (1798-1834), Scottish botanical explorer of North America and China, who imported many ornamental plants into Europe. (Douglas). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: the first set of Douglas’s North American plants is at K. His own herbarium is partly at BM and partly at CGE. For the location of duplicates see IH. W. J. Hooker’s Flora boreali-americana is in part based on the Douglas collections. Refs Bp. O45 UE 2 1672 BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 1: 189, 4: 534; Barnhart 1: 467; BB p. 94; BM 1: 474; Bossert p. 106; CSP 2: 327; Frank 3(Anh.): 25; Jackson p. 116, 126; Langman p- 251; Laségue p. 193-196; ME 1: 179, 3: 566 [ind.]; PR under 2380. Anon., Flora 18: 256. 28 Apr 1835. Hooker, W. J., Comp. bot. Mag. 1: 17. 1835; 2: 79-182. 1836. (portr., memoir by Hooker, “Sketch” by Douglas). Bentham, Trans. hort. Soc. ser. 2. 1: 403-414. G.B., Canadian Naturalist 5: 120-132, 200-208, 267-278, 329-349. 1860. Blankinship, Montana Agr. Coll. Sci. Stud. 1(1): 5, 18-19. 1905. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 77-78. 1905. Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 39. 1906. Dow, Trans. Proc. Perthshire Soc. nat. Sci 5(2): 55-65. 1914. Hemsley, Gard. Chron. ser. 3. 57: 75. 1915 (portr.) Wilson, David Douglas, botanist at Hawaii. Honolulu 1919, 83 p. (portr.) Valckenier Suringar, Jaarb. Ned. dendrol. Ver. 2: 69-97. 1926 (portr.) Guthrie, Sci. Monthly 23: 81-86. 1927 (portr.) Palmer, The Condor 30: 276-277. 1928. Jepson, Madrofio 2: 97-100. 1933 (Douglas in Calif.) Constance, Leaflets western Bot. 2: 21-22. 1937. Eastwood, Quart. Calif. hist. Soc. 18(4): 339-341. 1939. Harris, Condor 43: 19-21. 1941. Balfour, J. R. Hort. Soc. 67: 121-128, 153-162. 1942. 674 DOUIN Howell, Leaflets western Bot. 3: 160-162. 1942. Harvey, Douglas of the fir, Cambridge, Mass. 1947, x, 190 p. Ewan, Rocky Mountain naturalists, 197. 1950. Geiser, Naturalists of the frontier 273. 1948. Little, Phytologia 2: 485-490. 1948. Hadfield, Pioneers in gardening 120-131, 177. 1951. Hansell, Garden J. New York Bot. Gard. 2(1): 6-9. 1952 (portr.) Ewan, in A century of progress in the natural sciences 47. 1955. Evans, J. Soc. architectural Historians 15(1): 20-26. 1956 (Douglas at Soledad). Stoutenburg and Baker, Wild treasure, the story of David Douglas. New York 19598, viii, 216 p. Thomas, Contr. Dudley Herb. 5: 152-153. 1961. Young and Young, Plant detective David Douglas, New York 1966. Beidelman, Horticulture, Boston, 47(2): 30-31, 49. 1969 (portr.) Coats, The plant hunters 304-314, 387. 1969. Ewan, A short history of botany in the U.S. 7, 38, 132, 143. 1969. James, ‘The trees of Bicton 107-108. 1969. Thomas, Huntia 9: 9-10. 1969 (portr.) (prepr.) Aitken, J. Scott. Rock Garden Club 12(2): 147-152. 1970. Degener and Degener, Phytologia 22(2): 83-84. 1971. Morwood, ‘Traveler in a vanished landscape. New York 1973, 244 p. (portr.) (rev. see Ewan Plant Sci. Bull. 20(1): 19. 1974). EPONYMY: Douglasia J. Lindley (1827, nom. cons.). Note: Douglassia [sic] P. Miller (1754, nom. rej.) and Douglassia [sic] Schreber (1791) are dedicated to James Douglas (1675- 1742), english physician. HANDWRITING: Frontispiece to his Journal (1914), portrait: idem. 1506. Journal kept by David Douglas during his travels in North America 1823-1827. Together with a particular description of thirty-three species of American oaks and eigh- teen species of Pinus. With appendices containing a list of the plants introduced by Douglas and an account of his death in 1834. Published under the direction of the Royal Horticultural Society. London (William Wesley & Son) 1914. Oct. (Journal). Orig. ed.: 1914 (p.v.: 18 Aug 1914) (750 copies), p. [i-vii], front., [1]-364. — Copy: Ewan. — includes a Memoir of David Douglas by W. Wilks. For a critical evaluation of this publication, see W. B. H(emsley), Gard. Chron. 57: 75. 1915. Facsimile ed.: New York (Antiquarian Press Ltd.) 1959. Copy: FAS. ike BM 6:°277. Douin, Charles Isidore (1858-1944), French bryologist. (Douin). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Material at BP, C, PC. Refs: DE oen6 7: BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 468. Allorge, Rev. bryol. lichénol. 16: 5-14. 1947 (bibl., portr.) Le Gallo, Le Naturaliste canadien 78: 157-163. 1951 (portr.) 1507. Nouvelle flore des mousses et des hépatiques pour la détermination facile des espéces avec 1296 figures inédites dessinées par A. Millot représentant toutes les mousses et hépatiques des environs de Paris, des départements voisins et les espéces communes d’ Europe. Paris (Paul Dupont) [1892] Duod. (Nowv. fl. mousses hépat.) Ed. 1: Apr-Mai 1892 (p. 8: 15 Apr 1892; Nat. Nov. Mai 1892; J. Bot. Jul 1892), p. [1]- 186. Copy: BR. Ed. 2: 1895, p. [1]-186. Copies: BR, L, U. — “Nouvelle édition revue et corrigée”’ — Further editions were practically identical with the second edition, all undated but date often traceable from printer’s mark on cover and last page, e.g. [1913], copy L; copy FAS; fully identical with 1895 edition with the omission of the date ‘‘15 Avril 1892” on p. 8. 675 DOUIN 1508. Muscinées d’Eure-ei-Loir (avec 3 sp. nov. décrites et figurées, 7 planches et 85 figures) précédées d’un apergu sur la géologie du département. Cherbourg (Emile Le Maout) 1906. Oct. (Musc. Eure-et-Loir). Publ.: 1906, p. [i], [iii], 1-158, [159]. Copy: NY. — Reprinted from Mém. Soc. nat. Sci. nat. Cherbourg 35: 221-358. 1906. Doyle, Conrad Bartling (1884-?), American botanist at the U.S. Department of Agriculture, traveller in Central America. (Doyle). HERBARIUM and TYPES: material from Colombia at US, from Costa Rica at GH. Ref.: IH 2: 167. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 469; Langman p. 211 (sub Collins), p. 217 (sub Cook). Dozy, Frangois (1807-1856), Dutch physician and botanist. (Dozy). HERBARIUM and TypEs: L. — Other material at B, H, PC and U. Ref.: 1H 2: 167. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Aa 4: 316-317; Barnhart 1: 470; BM 1: 476; CSP 2: 336-337; Jackson p. 325-3753; JW 1: 442, 2: 189, 3: 349, 4: 384; LS 7277; MW p. 100; NI 524-526; NNBW 8: 425; PR 2388-2395. Anon., Flora 39: 768. 1856. Dozy, Plagiochila Sandei Dz. 14. 1856 (bibl.) Vrolik, Versl. Meded. Kon. Ned. Akad. Wet., Afd. Nat. 5: 402-412. 1857. Dozy, Ch. M., Ned. kruidk. Arch. ser. 2. 6: 231-233. 1893 (bibl.) Aderhold, Gen. Reg. Bot. Zeit. 159. 1895 (index to reviews). Dozy, G. J., De familie Dozy, den Haag 1911, p. 181-187. Sirks, Indisch Natuuronderzoek 150, 210-211. 1915. NOTE ON NAME: Full name Francois van Klinkenberg Dozy; however, Dozy never used the ‘“‘van Klinkenberg.” COMPOSITE WORKS: Dozy and Molkenboer contributed the treatment of the Musci frondosi and the Hepaticae to the Prodromus florae Batavae 2(1) :1-vill, 1-116, 3 tab. 1851 (IDC 6182). EPONYMY: Dozya van der Sande Lacoste (1866). 1509. Muscorum frondosorum novae species ex archipelago indico et Japonica. Leiden (H. W. Hazenberg & Soc.) 1844. Oct. (Musc. frond. archip. ind.) Co-author: Julianus Hendrik Molkenboer (1816-1854). Publ.: Aug-Sep 1844 (preface Jul 1844; copies distributed on 20 Sep 1844 (Flora 28: 20. 1845) at a meeting of the German “‘Naturforscher”’ but received by Hinrichs only on 15-17 Mai 1845), p. [i-vi], [1]-22. Copy: IDC. — Also published (with Latin preface) in Ann. Sci. nat. Bot. ser. 3. 2: 297-316. Nov 1844. Ref.: BM 1: 476; CSP 2: 337; Jackson p. 396; PR 2388; IDC 418. 1510. Musci frondosi inediti archipelagi indici, sive descriptio et adumbratio muscorum frondosorum in insulis Java, Borneo, Sumatra, Celebes, Amboina, nec non in Japonia nuper detectorum minusve cognitorum. Leiden (H. W. Hazenberg & Soc.) 1845-1854. Qu. (Muse. frond. ined. archip. ind.) Co-author: Julianus Hendrik Molkenboer (1816-1854). fasc. pages plates dates fasc. pages plates dates I [1]-24 I-10 Mar 1845 4 gi-128 31-40 1846 2 25-51 II-20 Apr 1846 5 129-160, 88*-88** — 47-50 1848 3 53-90 = 21-30 Apr 1846 6 161-185 51-60 1848 [7] [i-viii] Apr 1854 676 DOZY Copies: L, NY, U (fasc. 1). - Leyden university received fasc. 6 as early as 1848 (see van Steenis-Kruseman 1963); Jansen & Wachter assume, on the basis of the title-page, that fasc. 6 was published in April 1854; this, however, was possibly the separately published “‘slotaflevering’”’ mentioned by Dozy (1856). — Drawings and lithographs: P. W. M. Trap (uncoloured). Ref.: BM 1: 476; Jackson p. 385; NI 525; PR 2390; IDC 417. Boursse Wils, Tijdschr. nat. Gesch. Physiol. 12 (Boekbesch) : 57-60. 1845 [review of fasc. 1, dated 14. Mai 1845; fasc. 1 probably published Mar 1845, cf. p. 30 footnote!]. Miiller, K., Bot. Zeitung 4: 131-134. 20 Feb 1846, a sharply critical and extensive review. Dozy, Ned. kruidk. Arch. 4: 77-79. 1856. Jansen en Wachter, Ned. kruidk. Arch. 50: 370. 1940. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. Bull. 18: ro11. 1963. 1511. Novae fungorum species in Belgio septentrionali nuper detectae. Quas iconibus et descriptionibus illustrarunt ... Leiden (S. & J. Luchtmans) 1846. Oct. (Vovae fung. sp.) Co-author: Julianus Hendrik Molkenboer (1816-1854). Publ.: Jan-Mar 1846 (Hinrichs 26-28 Mar 1846; Bot. Zeit. 14 Aug 1846), p. [1]-18, 2 pl. Copy: L (2 pl.?, not in copy L). Ref.: BM 1: 476; LS 7278; PR 2391; IDC 5092. Oudemans, Ned. kruidk. Arch. ser. 2. 2: 252. 1877. 1512. Bryologia javanica seu descriptio muscorum frondosorum Archipelagi indici iconibus illustrata. Leiden (A. W. Sythoff) 1855-1870, 2 vols. Qu. (Bryol. jav.) Co-author: Julianus Hendrik Molkenboer (1816-1854). Publ.: vol. 1, p. 1-60 (fasc. 1-10) were published by Dozy and Molkenboer themselves; the remainder of vol. 1 and vol. 2 p. 1-156 were edited by R. B. van den Bosch and C. M. van der Sande Lacoste. The latter concluded the work after van den Bosch’s death. The dates for parts 6-25 are those of receipt by the Netherlands Academy of Sciences at Amsterdam. The dates in parentheses are given by Dixon. vol. fasc. pages plates dates I I [1]-8 I-5 Jan-Aug 1854 2 g-16 6-10 1854 3 17-24 II-15 1854 4 25-32 16-20 1854 5 33-36 21-25 1854 6 37-44 26-30 Dec 1855 or early 1856 5) 31-35 Jan-Mar 1856 8 45-52 36-40 Jan-Sep 1856 9 [53]-60 41-45 Jan-Sep 1856 10 plates only 46-50 Jan-Sep 1856 II 61-68 51-55 Jan-Mai 1858 12 69-76 56-60 Nov 1858 13-14, 77-84 61-70 Jan 1859 (1858) 15 85-92 71-75 Jan 1859 (1858) 16 93-100 76-80 Jul-Sep 1859 (1858) 17 101-108 81-85 Jul-Sep 1859 18-19 109-116 86-95 Dec 1859 20 117-124 96-100 Feb 1860 (1859) 21-22 125-132 IOI-I10 Jul-Sep 1860 (1859) 23 133-140 ITI-I15 Feb 1861 (1859) 24. 141-148 116-120 Feb 1861 (1860) 25 149-156 I2QI-125 Feb 1861 (1860) 26 157-161 126-130 Apr 1861 tsp: index - Apr 1861 2 27 1-8 I3I-135 Sep 1861 28-29 9-16 136-145 Oct 1861 30 plates only 146-150 Dec 1861 vol. fasc. pages plates dates 2 31 17-24 I51-155 Sep 1862 32 25-32 156-160 Sep 1862 33 33-40 161-165 Nov 1862 34-35 41-48 166-175 Dec 1862 36 49-56 176-180 Sep 1863 37-38 57-64 181-190 Oct 1863 39-40 65-72 IgI-200 Dec 1863 41 73-80 201-205 Oct 1864 42 81-88 206-210 Nov 1864 43 89-96 211-215 Dec 1864 44 97-104. 216-220 Dec 1864 45-46 105-112 221-230 Sep 1865 47 113-120 231-235 Nov 1865 48 121-128 236-240 Dec 1865 49 129-136 241-245 Oct 1866 50 137-144 240-250 Oct 1866 51-52 145-152 251-260 Dec 1866 53-54 153-160 261-270 Oct 1867 55 161-168 271-275 Nov 1867 56-57 169-176 276-285 Dec 1867 58 177-184. 286-290 Oct 1868 59 185-192 291-295 Nov 1868 60 193-200 296-300 Dec 1868 61 201-208 301-305 Nov 1869 62-63 209-216 306-315 Dec 1869 64. 217-238 316-320 Dec 1870 t.p. index — Dec 1870 Copy: U. — The plates are lithographs of drawings by A. J. Kouwels. Ref.: BM 1: 476; Jackson p. 396; NI 524; PR 2394; IDC 5330. Anon., Flora 37: 524-526. 1854, 39: 608. 1856. Dozy, Ned. kruidk. Arch. 4: 77-79. 1856. Dixon, J. Bot. 66: 353-354. 1928. 1513. Plagiochila Sandei Dz. icone illustrata. Accedunt novae hepaticarum javanicarum species a C. M. v. d. Sande Lacosta M.D. breviter descriptae. Edi curavit F. Dozy. Leiden (Jac. Hazenberg Corn. fil.) 1856. Qu. (Plagiochila Sandet). Publ.: Jan 1856 (p. 4: Dec 1855; Dozy presented a copy to the Dutch Academy of Sciences on 26 Jan 1856), p. [1]-12, [13, avis], [14, bibl.], p/. z by A. J. Kouwels. Copy: L. — Contains, on p. 14, a bibliography of the joint publications of Dozy and Molkenboer. The botanical text and the plate were also published independently in Nederlandsch Kruidkundig Archief 4(1): 89-95. 1856. Ref.: BM 1: 476; CSP 2: 337; PR 2395. Anon., Versl. Med. Kon. Wet. Akad. Nat. 4: 270. 1856. Vrolik, Versl. Med. Kon. Wet. Akad. Nat. 5: 410. 1857. Drake del Castillo, Emmanuel (1855-1904), French botanist of British-Cuban- French ancestry. (Drake). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: The Drake herbarium, numbering nearly 500.000 specimens, was presented to P in 1913. It is incorporated in the general herbarium. Drake’s collection consisted of phanerogams and pteridophytes and had been increased by the incorpora- tion of the following herbaria: (1) Franchet (acquired 1880) which contained Savatier (Japan) and David (China and Mongolia) collections; (2) Franqueville (acquired 1891); (3) Vesian (acquired 1891); and (4) Lenormand. A detailed list is given by Bureau (see below sub Bibliography). Drake used collections by Savatier for his Polynesian studies. The Savatier herbarium itself is at K, although Drake also had a set of his own. Ref TE os 167. 678 DRAPARNAUD BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 470; BM 1: 477, 6: 279; CSP 14: 671; IF p- 693; MW p. 100; NI 527. Bureau, Bull. Soc. bot. France 51: cxvii, CXx1X-CXxxXxIlil. 1904. Anon., Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 42(2): 89. 1905. Merrill, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 30(1): 110-111. 1947. Leandri, Adansonia ser. 2. 7(1): 3-9. 1967. 1514. Illustrationes florae insularum maris pacifici. Paris (G. Masson) 1886[-1892]. Qu. (ill. fl. ins. pacif.) part pages plates dates part pages plates dates I [i-ili], [1]-32 r-10 Mar1886 5 81-104. 41-50 Jul 1889 2 33-48 t1-20 Jul 1886 6 105-216 — Jul 1890 3 49-64 21-30 ~=Jun 1887 7 217-458 — Jul-Aug 1892 4 65-80 31-40 Mais888 Copies: BR, G, NY. — The 50 lithographs are by A. R. d’Apréval. — Facsimile reprint announced by Cramer. Ref.: BL 1: 124; BM 1: 477; NI 527; SK p. clxxix; IDC 5903. Stearn, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 1: 202. 1939. 1515. Remarques sur la flore de la Polynésie et sur ses rapports avec celle des terres voisines. Paris (G. Masson) 1890. Qu. (Rem. fl. Polynésie). Publ.: Jun 1890 (fide Nat. Nov. 12: 267. 1890), p. [i-iv], [1]-52, pl. t-viii (no. 7 in text). Copy: NY. 1516. Flore de la Polynésie francaise description des plantes vasculaires qui croissent spontanément ou qui sont généralement cultivées aux [les de la Société Marquise, Pomotou, Gambier et Wallis. Paris (G. Masson) 1893. Oct. (Fl. Polynésie frang.) Publ.: Jan-Mar 1893 (p. xvii: Mar 189g, p. ii printer’s mark 1892, t.p. 1893, Nat. Nov. Apr 1893), p. [i]-xxiv, [1]-352, map. Copy: U. U Draparnaud, Jacques Philippe Raymond (1772-1804), French botanist and zoo- logist at Montpellier. (Drap.) HERBARIUM and TypPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 470; PR 2396-2397. Baumes, Eloge de M. Draparnaud, Montpellier 1804. « Poitevin, Notice sur la vie et les ouvrages de M. Draparnaud. Montpellier 1805; also publ. in Bull. Soc. libre Sci. Belles-Lettres Montpellier, 1804. Laissac, Revue du Midi 2: 81-112, 239-256. 1843. Martins, Le Jardin des Plantes de Montpellier 76. 1854. Clos, Draparnaud botaniste, Montpellier 1885 (repr. at B from Rev. Sci. nat. ser. 3. 4. 1885) (portr.) Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 111. 1905. Dulieu, Rev. Hist. Sci. et leurs Appl. 9(3): 236-358. 1956 (bibl.) Motte, Opuscula botanica nec non alia 7: 1-79. 1964. Motte, DSB 4: 177-178. 1971 (bibl.) EPONYMY: Draparnaldia [sic] Bory de Saint-Vincent (1808) ; Draparnaldiella [sic] Gaillon (1833); Draparnaldiopsis [sic] G. M. Smith & Klyver (1929). HANDWRITING: Candollea 29: 239-240. 1974. 1517. Ocuvres sur divers sujets d’histoire naturelle. Montpellier (Renaud) an xi. Oct. (Ocuvr. hist. nat.) Publ.: An xiii (23 Sep 1804-17 Sep 1805). Contains 8 articles which were also published separately (Copy: PCS): 679 DRAPARNAUD [1]: Jacques Poitevin, Notice sur la vie et les ouvrages de M. Draparnaud. Mont- pellier (Renaud) An xiii. (also in Bull. Soc. libre Sci. Belles-Lettres Montpellier. 1804), p- [i], [1]-16. [2]: Discours sur la philosophie des sciences. Montpellier (Bonnariq, Félix Avignon et Migueyron) an x, p. [i-iii], [1]-62. [3]: Discours sur les avantages de l’histoire naturelle ... Montpellier (Renaud) an ix, p- [i], [1]-4t- [4]: Dissertation sur l’utilité de Phistoire naturelle dans la médecine. Montpellier (G. Izar et A. Ricard) an xi, p. [1]-61. [5]: Discours sur la vie ... Montpellier (Renaud), Paris (Bossange, Masson et Besson) an x, p. [1-ui], [1]-72. [6]: Tableau des mollusques ... Montpellier (Renaud), Paris (Bossange, Masson et Besson) an ix, p. [i-iii], [1]-116. [7/8]: Notice minéralogique, ex. Bull. Soc. Sci. Belles-Lettres de Montpellier no. xiv, p- Ref.: PR 2396 (no. 3), 2397 (no. 4). Drége, Jean Francois (Johann Franz) (1794-1881), German plant collector in South Africa (1826-1834). (Drége). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Drége (partly with his brother C. F. Drége) collected more than 200.000 specimens (about 8000 species) in South Africa which were widely distributed to many herbaria; algae e.g. at B, KIEL, PC, UPS and W. Ref.: TH 2: 168. Drége, Linnaea 19: 583-680. 1847, 20: 183-258. 1847. Koster, Taxon 18: 551. 1969. Tolken, Ind. herb. austro-afr. 44. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRAPHY: AG 2(2): 420; Barnhart 1: 471; BM 1: 478; Bossert p. 107; CSP 2: 341; GR p. 72; Jackson p. 346-347. Nat. Vidskrar> 594.1937. Anon., Bot. Not. 1882: 29; J. Bot. 19: 160. 1881. MacOwan, Trans. S. Afr. philos. Soc. 4: xlix-l. 1887. Fischer-Benzon, Die Heimat, Monatschr. Ver. Nat. Landesk. Schlesw. Holst. 5: 130. 1895. Verduyn de Boer, Botanists at the Cape 55-58, 1929 (portr.) White, The Stapeliae 1: 96. 1937. Hutchinson, A botanist in South Africa 642. 1946. De Vos, Suid-Afr. biogr. woordeb. 1: 265-266. 1968 (many refs.) Hansen, Bot. Tidsskr. 69(2/3): 208. 1974. COMPOSITE WoRKS: see E. H. F. Meyer, Commentariorum de plantis Africae australioris (1835). EPONYMY: Dregea Ecklon & Zeyher (1837, nom. rej.; also dedicated to his brother C. F. Drége); Dregea E. H. F. Meyer (1838, nom. cons.) ; Ifdregea Steudel (1840). Note: Neodregea C. H. Wright (1909) is based on South-African material of J. L. Drége, further particulars of which are unknown. 1518. Zwei pflanzengeografische Dokumente von J. F. Drége, nebst einer Einleitung von Dr. E. Meyer ... (Besondere Beigabe zur Flora 1843 Band IT) s.1. [1843-1844]. Oct. (Cwee pflanzengeogr. Dokum.) Publ.: In parts, p. 1-16 on 7 Aug 1843, contents and dates of remaining parts not known; consolidated reprint issued Leipzig 1844 (fide PR), p. [1]-230, map. Copies: BR, G. Ref.: BM 1: 478; PR 2401. 1519. Catalogus plantarum exsiccatarum Africae australioris, quas emturis offert. 1837-1840. Oct. (Cat. pl. Afr. austral.) Publ.: 1: 1-11, 20 Mar 1837; 2: 13-32, 20 Mar 1838; 3: 16 p., 24 Apr 1840. — See also Linnaea 19: 583-680, 20: 183-258. Ref.: BM 1: 478; Jackson p. 347; PR 2402. 680 DRUCE Drejer, Salomon Thomas Nicolai (1813-1842), Danish botanist at the veterinary school at Copenhagen, editor of Flora danica 1841-1842, died of snuff poisoning. (Drejer). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(1): 539; Barnhart 1: 471; BM 1: 478; CSP 2: 342; Frank 3(Anh.): 25; Jackson p. 333-334; KR p. 143; LS 7290; PR 2404-2410. Anon., Flora 25: 464. 1842. Pritzel, Linnaea 19: 452. 1847. Warming, Bot, Tidsskr. 12: 128-131. 1880. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 101. 1903. Christensen, Dansk. Bot. Hist. 1: 276-290. 1924, 2: 213. 1924. Hansen, Bot. Tidsskr. 69(2/3): 208. 1974. EPONYMY: Drejera C. G. D. Nees (1847); Drejerella Lindau (1900). 1520. Flora excursoria hafniensis. Kjobenhavn (Schuboth) 1838. Duod. (in sixes) (Fl. excurs. hafn.) Publ.: Jun 1838 (BH), p. [i]-lxv, [1]-339, [340, err.] Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 1: 478; PR 2404. Drouet, Henri (1829-x), French botanist and conchologist. (Drouet). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BM, LY, MO. Ref.: 1H 2: 168. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: CSP 9g: 736; PR 2417. Drouet, Cat. fl. Acores p. [ii]. 1866 (bibl.) 1521. Catalogue de la flore des Iles Acgores précédé de l’itinéraire d’un voyage dans cet archipel. Paris (J. B. Bailliére & fils, F. Savy, J. Rothschild) 1866. Oct. (Cat. fl. Agores). Publ.: 1866 (p. 7: 15 Dec 1865), p. [i-iii], [1]-152. Copy: U. Ref.: PR 2417. Druce, George Claridge (1850-1932), British botanist and pharmaceutical chemist. (Druce). HERBARIUM and TYPES: OXF (250.000), other material at BM, CGE, GH, K, MANCH, NY. Ref.: TH 2: 168. Druce, Comital Fl. Brit. Isl. x-xii. 1931. Kent, Brit. herbaria 52. 1957. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 158. 1964. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 472; BM 1: 480, 6: 280; CSP 9: 736; GR p. 396. Druce, Fl. Buckinghamshire cvi-cx. 1926. Druce, Fl. Northamptonshire cxxi-cxxiii. 1930. Foggitt et al., Report Bot. Exch. Club 9: 479-496, 804-814. 1932 (portr., bibl.) Pugsley, J. Bot. 70: 141-144. 1932. Ramsbottom, Proc. Linn. Soc. 1931/2: 174-176. 1932. Rendle, Nature 129: 338, 426-427. 1932. Rendle, Obit. Not. Fell. R. Soc. 1: 12-14. 1932 (portr.) Turrill, Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1932: 157-158. Riddelsdell, Fl. Gloucestershire cxl. 1948. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 144. 1950. Bowen, Fl. Berkshire 62. 1968. 1522. The flora of Oxfordshire being a topographical and historical account of the flowering plants and ferns found in the county with sketches of the progress of Oxfordshire botany 681 DRUCE during the last three centuries. London (Parker and Co.) 1886. Oct. (Fl. Oxfordshire). Ed. 1: Mai-Jul 1886 (pref. 22 Apr 1886, J. Bot. Aug 1886), p. [i]-lti, [1]-451, [452], map. Copies: BR, G, NY. — Contains a history of Oxfordshire botany on p. 371-399. Ed. 2: 1927 (p. xi: 23 Mai 1927), p. [i]-cxxx1, [cxxxii, signs], [1]-538. — Copies: G, HH. — Oxford (Clarendon Press). Oct. Ref.: BM 1: 480. Britten, J. Bot. 24: 249-252. Aug 1886. 1523. The flora of Berkshire being a topographical and historical account of the flowering plants and ferns found in the county with short biographical notices of the botanists who have contributed to Berkshire botany during the last three centuries. Oxford (Clarendon Press) 1897 [1898]. Oct. (Fl. Berkshire). Publ.: Feb 1898 (fide Britten, J. Bot. 36: 104. 1898; p. ix: 10 Aug 1897), p. [i]-cxcix, [cc, signs], [1]-644, map. Copies: BR, G, MICH, NY. — For a critical review see Britten 1898. — Contains many biographical details of Berkshire botanists in the Botanologia on p. xciv-clxxxvl. Ref.: BM 1: 480. Britten, J. Bot. 36: 104-109. Mar 1808. 1524. List of British plants containing the spermophytes, pteridophytes and charads found either as natives or growing in a wild state in Britain, Ireland, and the Channel Isles. Oxford (Clarendon Press) 1908. Oct. (List Brit. pl.) Ed. 1: Jan 1908 (t.p.; rev. J. Bot. Mar 1908), p. [i]-xv, [xvi, corr.], [1]-104. Copy: HH. Ed. 2: Mar 1928 (ean: also p. vi: Mar 1928) Arbroath (T. Buncle & Co.) Oct., p. [i]- xl, [2, measures, add.], [1]-154. Copy: HH. — “British plant list containing the spermo- phytes, pteridophytes, and charophytes found ... Isles.” Ref.: BM 6: 280. Britten, J. Bot. 46: 124-128. Mar 1908, 129-131. Apr 1908. 1525. The flora of Buckinghamshire with biographical notices of those who have contributed to its botany during the last three centuries. Arbroath (T. Buncle & Co.) 1926. Oct. (Fl. Buckinghamshire). Publ.: 1926, p. [i]-cxxvi, [1, abbr.], [1]-437. Copies: MO, NY. — “‘Botanologia”’ on p. Ixvili-cv. Ref.: Rendle, J. Bot. 65: 321-323. 1927. 1526. The flora of Northamptonshire being a topographical and historical account of the flowering plants and ferns found in the county, with short biographical notices of bota- nists who have contributed to Northamptonshire botany during the last three centuries. Arbroath (T. Buncle & Co.) 1930. Oct. (Fl. Northamptonshire). Publ.: Aug 1930 (cover), p. [i]-cxlii, [1, corr.], [1]-303. Copy: HH. 1527. The comital flora of the British Isles (Flora comitalis britannicae: Fl. com. Brit.) Being a distribution of British (including a number of non-indigenous) plants throughout the 152 vice-counties of Great Britain, Ireland, and the Channel Islands, with the place of growth, elevation, world-distribution, grade, chief synonyms, and first names by which the plants were recorded as British . . . with an original coloured map showing the botanical vice-counties presented by William James Patey, Esq. Arbroath (T. Buncle & Co.) 1932. Oct. (Comital fl. Brit. Isl.) Publ.: early Mar 1932 (p. vii: Jan 1932; see Ramsbottom 1932), p p- [i]-xxxu, [1]-407, map. Copy: HH. Ref.: Ramsbottom, Proc. Linn. Soc. 1931/2: 175. 1932. Drude, Carl Georg Oscar (1852-1933), German botanist at Géttingen, Dresden and Breslau, professor of botany, director of the botanic garden and Geheimrath. (Drude). HERBARIUM and TYPES: WRSL?; some material at GOET. Ref.: IH 2: 168. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 472; BFM 1675; BM 1: 480, 6: 280; Bossert 682 DRUMPELMANN p. 107; CSP 9: 737, 12: 205, 14: 683-684; DTS 1: 59, 6(4): 84; GR p. 72; Jackson p. 109; Langman p. 252-253, 265; LS suppl. 6891-6892; MW pp. tor, suppl. p. 57. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 123. pl. 29. 1903 (portr.), 3(3): 122, 205. 1905. Reynolds Green, Hist. bot. 442. 1909. Schade et al., $.B. Abh. naturw. Ges. Isis, Dresden 1932: 5-27 (bibl., portr.) Tobler, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 51: (96)-(127). 1934 (portr., bibl.) Herter, Revista sudamer. Bot. 1(4): 126-127. 1934 (portr.) Moebius, Gesch. Bot. 280. 1937. Aichinger, Ber. Arbeitsgem. Sachs. Bot. 5-6(1): 11-16. 1965 (Die dynamische Betrach- tung von O. Drude bis W. N. Sukatschew). Schretzenmayr, Ber. Arbeitsgem. Sachs. Bot. 5-6(1): 17-20. 1965 (Oscar Drude und die heutige Pflanzensociologie). Ulbricht, Ber. Arbeitsgem. Sachs. Bot. 5-6(1): 39. 1965 (Oscar Drude (1852-1933): sein Leben sein Werk) (portr.) Maedefrau, Gesch. Bot. 105, 268, 288. 1973. COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) contributed to EP, Die natiirliche Pflanzenfamilien ed. 1: (a) Palmae, I1(3): 1-48. 26 Mar 1887; 49-93. Jun 1887; 165. Mar 1889; Nachtr. II-IV. 1: 49-58. Jul 1897, 2: 8. 8 Oct 1g00. (b) Cyclanthaceae, 11(3): 93-96. Jun 1887, 97-101. Aug 1887; Nachtr. II-IV. 1: 58. Jul 1897. (c) Umbelliferae, 111(8) : 63-96. Apr 1897; 97-144. Dec 1897; 144-192. Mar 1898; 193- 272. Jul 1898; Nachtr. II-IV. 2: 51-52. 8 Oct 1900. (d) Droseraceae, I11(2): 261-272. Mai 1891; suppl. Nachtr. II-IV. 1: 179. Aug 1897. (e) Clethraceae, 1V(1): 1-2. Oct 1889. (f) Pirolaceae, 1V(1): 3-11. Oct 1889, suppl. Nachtr. II-IV. 1: 269. Oct 1897. (g) Lennoaceae, 1V(1): 12-15. Oct 1889. (h) Ericaceae, 1V (1): 15-48. Oct 1889; 49-65. Dec 1889; suppl. Nachtr. II-IV. 1: 269- 270. Oct 1897; 2: 52-53. 8 Oct 1900. (i) Epacridaceae, 1V(1): 66-79. Dec 1889; suppl. Nachtr. I-IV. 1: 270. Oct 1897. (2) Vegetation der Erde: vol. 6. 1902. Der hercynische Florenzenbezirk — (see below). (3) Martius, Fl. bras.: Cyclanthaceae et Palmae I, fasc. 85, vol. 3(2): 225-460. t. 53-106. 1 Nov 1881; Palmae II, fasc. 86, vol. 3(2): 461-584. ¢. 107-134. 1 Mai 1882. FESTSCHRIFT: Z. 80. Geburtstage von Oscar Drude, Beih. Bot. Centralbl. C 49, Erg. Band, Dresden 1932. 1528. Der hercynische Florenbezirk. Grundziige der Pflanzenverbreitung im mitteldeutschen Berg- und Hiigellande vom Harz bis zur Rhén, bis zur Lausitz und dem Bohmer Walde ... Mit 5 Vollbildern, 16 Textfiguren und 1 Karte. Leipzig (Wilhelm Engelmann) 1902. Oct. (Hercyn. Florenbez.) Publ.: Jun-Oct 1902 (p. ix: Jun 1902; Nat. Nov. Oct 1902), p. [i]-xix, [1]-671. Copies: NY, U. — Die Vegetation der Erde (ed. Engler und Drude), vol. 6. Driimpelmann [Drimpelman], Ernst Wilhelm (1760-1830), German born Latvian botanist. (Driimpelmann). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 1: 480; Lipschitz 3: 204; LS 7199; NI 530-532; PR 2418. Driimpelmann, Beschreibung meiner Reisen und der merkwiirdigsten Begebenheiten meines Lebens. Riga 1813. Recke und Napiersky, Allg. Schriftsteller- und Gelehrten-Lexikon der Prov. Livland, Esthland und Kurland 1: 452. 1827. 1529. Flora livonica oder Abbildung und Beschreibung der in Livland wildwachsenden Pflanzen. Riga 1809-1810, 10 fasc. Fol. (Fl. livon.) Publ.: in 10 fascicles 1809-1810, 50 fol., 50 copper engravings by G. Behrends, Riga. Ref.: BM 1: 480; Jackson p. 329; LS 7299; NI 530; PR 2418. 683 DRUMMOND, J. Drummond, James (1784-1863), British botanist and plant collector, in Australia 1829-1863, brother of Thomas Drummond. (7. Drumm.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: In many herbaria, large sets in BM, K, OXF, PERTH. Ref.: 1H 2: 168; Laségue p. 282. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 158. 1964. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 472; BB p. 95; CSP 2: 346; DNB 16: 33; HR (q.v. for further references). Hooker, Kew J. Bot. 2: 30-32. 1850. Hooker, Fl. Tasm. cxxvi. 1860. Seemann, J. Bot. 1: 224. 1863. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1863: xli-xlii. 1864. Bailey, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 8(2): 25. 1890. Maiden, J. W. Austral. nat. Hist. Soc. 6: 14-16. 1909. Coats, The plant hunters 223-227, 387. 1969. Erickson, The Drummonds of Hawthornden Osborne Park, W. Austr. 1969, 183 p. Perry, W. Austral. Nat. 11(8): 178-180. 1971. EPONYMY: Drummondita W. H. Harvey (1855; also dedicated to his brother Thomas (1780-1835), q.v.) (To avoid confusion with Drummondia A. P. de Candolle (1830) and Drummondia W. J. Hooker (1828, nom. cons.), both dedicated to Thomas, Harvey ‘**,. adopted the termination “‘ita,’’ — being an I for James, and a T for Thomas!’’). Note: Drummondia A. Chaves Batista & H. Maia (1963) is dedicated to Octavio Drum- mond, Brazilian phytopathologist. Drummond, James Lawson (1783-1853), British physician and naturalist in Belfast. (7. L. Drumm.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Algae at E. Ref.: Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 76. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 473; BB p. 95-96; BM 1: 481; CSP 2: 347; DNB 16: 33-34; Jackson p. 18; MD p. 97-99; PR 2419-2420. EPONYMY: For eponyms based on the name Drummond, cf. infra, sub Th. Drummond. 1530. First steps to botany, intended as popular illustration of the science leading to its study as a branch of general education. London (Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, Brown, and Green) 1823. Duod. (First steps bot.) Ed. 1: Dec 1823, p. [i-viii], [1]-389. Copies: HU, NY. Ed. 2: London (id.) Duod. 27 Mai-1 Oct 1826, p. [i-viii], [1]-391. Copy: HU. Ed. 3: London (Longman, Rees, Orme, and Green) 1831. Duod., p. [i]-viii, [1]-391. Copy: BR. — Reprinted without change. Ed. 4: London 1835 (n.v.) Copy: BM. — id. Ref.: BM 1: 481; Jackson p. 371, p. 38; MD p. 98; PR 2419. Drummond, James Ramsay (1851-1921), British botanist and collector, in India 1874-1904, later at Kew, nephew of James and Thomas Drummond. (7. R. Drumm.) HERBARIUM and TypPEs: K; dupl. e.g. at B, BM, CAL, E, G, P, W. (‘‘Flora of North Western India,” “Flora pentapotamica’’). Ref.: 1H 2: 168. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 473; BB p. 95-96; Langman p. 253; NSW p- I0f. Prain, J. Bot. 59: 174. 1921. Prain, Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1921: 123; 1922: 301-302. Stapf, Proc. Linn. Soc. 133: 47. 1921. Prain, Bot. Exch. Club Rep. 6: 356-357. 1921. 684. DRUMMOND, T. EPONYMY: Drummondia A. Chaves Batista & H. Maia (1963) is dedicated to Octavio Drummond, Brazilian phytopathologist. Drummond, Thomas (1780-1835), Scottish collector and botanist, in N. America 1831-1835, brother of James Drummond. (Drumm.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: The location of Drummond’s original herbarium is unknown. The most important sets of his plants are at BM and K;; for further information see IH. For exsiccatae see below and Sayre (1971). Sets of the Musci americani (nos. 1-180) Warrington 1841, arranged and named by William Wilson (1799-1871) and W. J. Hooker are at B, BM, and FH. Ref.: BB p. 96; IH 2: 169; Laségue p. 196-198, 204; MD p. go. Anon., Flora 22: 95. 14 Feb. 1829. Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 38-39. 1902 (q.v. for further references). Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 159. 1964. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 193-196. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIioGRAPHY: AG 6(1): 890; Barnhart 1: 473; BB p. 96; BM 1: 473; Bossert p. 107; CSP 2: 347, 7: 560; DNB 16: 41; ME 1: 179, 3: 418. Hooker, J. Bot. 1: 50-60, 183-202. 1834. Hooker, Comp. Bot. Mag. 1: 16, 21-26, 39-49, 95-101, 170-177. 1835, 2: 60-64. 1836. Anon., Flora 19: 272. 7 Mai 1836. Laségue, Musée bot. Delessert 196-198, 204. 1845. Hooker, Bot. Misc. 1: 178. 1849. Sargent, Silva 2: 25. 1891. Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 38-39. 1902. Milner, Cat. Portr. Kew 40. 1905. Spaulding, Popular Sci. Monthly 74: 48-57. 1909 (portr.) Barnhart, Mem. Torrey bot. Club 16: 293. 1921. Rodgers, John Torrey 340. 1942; Amer. Bot. 1873-1892. 166, 211. 295. 1944; Noble Fellow Sullivant 346. 1940. Hadfield, Pioneers in gardening 127. 1951. Graustein, Thomas Nuttall 218, 273-274. 1967. Coats, The plant hunters 314-316, 325-327, 387. 1969. EPONYMY: Drummondia A. P. de Candolle (1830) ; Drummondia W. J. Hooker (1828, nom. cons.) ; Drummondita W. H. Harvey (1855; also dedicated to his brother James (1784- 1863), q.v.) (To avoid confusion with Drummondia de Candolle and Drummondia Hooker, Harvey “‘... adopted the termination “ita,” — being an I for James, and a T for Tho- mas!’’). Note: Drummondia A. Chaves Batista & H. Maia (1963) is dedicated to Octavio Drummond, Brazilian phytopathologist. 15312- Musci scotici; or, dried specimens of the mosses that have been discovered in Scotland; with reference to their localities. 2 vols. of exsiccatae, (vol. 1, nos. 1-100; vol. 2, nos. 1-100). Forfar 1824-1825. Qu. (Muse. scot.) Publ.: 1: Jan-Sep 1824, 2: Jan-Mar 1825. — Each volume has 100 specimens. Copies: BM, E, FH, G, K. Ref.: MD p. 99. Hooker, Edinburgh J. Sci. 1(2): 365-367. 1824. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 195-196. 1971. 1532. Musci americani; or, specimens of the mosses collected in British North America and chiefly among the Rocky Mountains, during the second land arctic expedition under the command of captain Franklin R.N. (vol. 1, nos. 1-158, vol. 2, nos. 159-286) Glasgow 1828. (Musc. amer.) Publ.: 1828 — See Sayre (1971) for additional data and references. Sets at BM, FH, G, K, NJ. Ref.: MD p. 99. Hooker, Bot. Misc. 1: 93-94. 1829. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 193-194. 1971. 685 DRURY Drury, Heber (1819-1872), British colonel in the Madras Light Infantry, student of the flora of India. (Drury). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BB p. 96; CSP 2: 347; Jackson p. 540; PR 2421-2422. 1533- Handbook of the Indian flora; being a guide to all the flowering plants hitherto de- scribed as indigenous to the continent of India. Madras, London 1864-1869, 3 vols. (1, 2: Trabancore Sircar Press, Madras; 3: Richardson & Co. London) (Handb. Ind. fl.) Vol. 1: 1864 (p. ii: Mar 1864), p. [i*-11*], [i]-v, [1]-659. Copy: HH. Vol. 2: 1866 (Flora 8 Oct 1867), p. [i-11], [1]-604. Copy: HH. Vol. 3: Mar-Jun 1869 (p. 11: 4 Mar 1869; Flora 20 Jul 1869), p. [i-i1], [1]-708. Copy: HH. ‘Ref.: PR 2422; IDC 7312. Dryander, Jonas Carlsson (1748-1810), Swedish botanist, librarian to Banks. (Dryander). TYPES, MANUSCRIPTS and CORRESPONDENCE: BM. — Dryander edited the first edition and part of the second edition of Aiton’s Hortus kewensis (see nos. 72 and 73). He described several of the new taxa; these are listed by Krok (KR p. 144-145). Plants from the Kew garden were sent by Dryander to his uncle L. J. Montin (1723-1785) whose herbarium is at S; other sheets are in the Thunberg herbarium at UPS. Plants collected by Dryander in the Uppsala garden are in the Linnaean herbarium at Stockholm (Lindmann 1907). Ref.: BB p. 96; BMNH Hist. coll. p. 35; KR p. 144-145. Aiton, Hort. kew. ed. 2. 5, postscript, 1813. Lindmann, Ark. Bot. 7(3): 13. 1907. Britten, J. Bot. 50 (suppl. 3): 1-16. 1912. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 473; BB p. 96; BM 1: 481, 6: 281; Bossert p- 107; CSP 2: 347; Dawson p. 275-279; HR; HU 2: 604 [ind.]; IF p. 693; Jackson p- 541; KR p. 143-145; Langman p. 70; LS 7307; MW p. 101; Plesch p. 208; PR 78, 2423-2424, 5293, QOIT. Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks 3: 89, 261, 278, 321, 339. 1797. Scheutz, Bot. Not. 1863: 68. Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 40. 1906. Maiden, J. Proc. Roy. Soc. NSW 42: 66-67. 1908. Maiden, Sir Joseph Banks 96-100. 1909. Curtis, William Curtis 59, 80, 82, 83, 111. 1941. Uggla, Proc. Linn. Soc. London 156: 99-102. 1945. Stafleu, in L’Héritier, Sertum anglicum, facs. 1963, p. xvii. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 153, 155, 221, 232, 236, 238-239. 1971. EPONYMY: Dryandera Cothenius (1790, orth. var. of Dryandra 'Thunberg); Dryandra R. Brown (1810, nom. cons.) ; Dryandra 'Thunberg (1783, nom. rej.) HANDWRITING: Contr. N.S.W. nat. Herb. 4(6): 370. 1973. 1534- Catalogus bibliothecae historico-naturalis Fosephi Banks regi a consiliis intimis, baroneti, balnei equitis, regiae societatis praesidis caet. London (W. Bulmer & Co.) 1798-1800, 5 vols. Oct. (Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks). Publ.: Important bibliography of pre-nineteenth century natural history because of the richness of Banks’ library and of the inclusion of articles published in the periodical literature. Some of the missing titles were listed in Dryander’s Catalogus librorum qui desiderantur in Bibliotheca ... 3. Banks [six editions, ed. 1, 1782, later also “‘Deszderata pro Bibliotheca Banksiana’’ [ed. 3, 1790]. — The Banksian library is now at the British Museum (Bloomsbury). — Tomus III, Botanici, was presented by Banks to the Uni- versity library of Cambridge on 3 Nov 1797. Copy: Teyler. Tomus 1, Scriptores generales. 1798, p. [i]-vii, [1]-309, [14, index]. 686 DUBY Tomus 2, oologi. 1796, p. [i-xx], [1]-578, [30, index]. Tomus 3, Botanici. 9g Nov 1797, p. [i]-xxili, [1]-656 p., [38, index]. Tomus 4, Mineralogi. 1799, p. [i]-ix, [1]-390 p., [26, index]. Tomus 5, Supplementum et index auctorum 6 Nov 1800, p. [i], [1]-531 (“531°”), [532 expl. signs]. Facsimile ed.: New York and London (Johnson Reprint Corporation). Amsterdam (A. Asher and Co.) 1966. Copy: FAS. Ref.: BM 1: 481; KR p. 145, no. 14; PR 2424; IDC 6495. Stafleu, Taxon 17: 218-220. 1968. Dubois, Francois Noel Alexandre (1752-1824), French clergyman and botanist at Orléans. (Dubois). HERBARIUM and TYPES: OR? Ref.: 1H 2: 169. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 474; PR 2426. EPONYMY: Duboisia H. Karsten (1847) and Duboisreymondia H. Karsten (1848) are de- dicated to Dubois-Reymond. 1535- Méthode éprouvée, avec laquelle on peut parvenir facilement, et sans maitre, a connoitre les plantes de lintérieur de la France, et en particulier celles des environs d’Orléans. Ouvrage infiniment utile aux personnes qui passent une partie de ’année ala campagne, et aux jeunes gens auquels on veut inspirer du gout pour l’histoire naturelle. Orléans (Darnault-Maurant), an xi, 1803. Oct. (Meéth. éprowv.) Ed. 1: Sep-Oct 1803 (JGLF Oct 1803; “‘an XI’), p. [1i]-xv, [1]-592. Copy: B. — Occasion- al variant spellings (e.g. Ophris) can be considered to have been unintentional. Fd. 1(a): Paris (E. Cretté) 2 Apr 1825 (BF), Oct., p. [1*-iv*], [i]-xv, [1]-592. Copy: B. -— *““Nouvelle édition.”’ Ed. 2: Paris (Janet et Cotelle), Bruxelles (Librairie parisienne) 27 Jul 1833 (BF), Oct., p- [i*-i*], [1]-x, [1]-541. Copy: NY. — “Seconde édition.”’ Ed. 3: Paris (A. Cotelle) 20 Jun 1840 (BF), Oct., p. [1*-iv*], 3 pl., [i]-iv, [1]-627. Copy: B. Title: “Méthode ... on parvient facilement et ... plantes de la France. Ouvrage utile ... troisieme édition entirement refondue et augmentée; comprenant toutes les plantes phanérogames de la France; par M. Boitard ... avec trois planches de prin- cipes.”’ — Pierre Boitard (1787-1859). Ed. 4: Paris (A. Cotelle) 1846, Oct., p. [i*-11i*], [i-iv], [1]-611, pl. 1-3. Copies: MO, NY. ‘“‘Quatriéme édition entiérement refondue et augmentée, comprenant toutes les plantes phanérogames de la France, ainsi que leurs propriétés médicinales.” Ed. 4, ‘“‘deuxiéme tirage:”’ Paris 1857, Oct., p. i-iv, 1-611, 3 pl. Ref.: BM 1: 482; Jackson p. 274; Plesch p. 208; PR 2426; IDC 5475. Duby, Jean Etienne (1798-1885), Swiss clergyman and botanist at Genéve. (Duby). HERBARIUM and TYPES: BERN (Phanerogams), G (exotic Musci and Hepatics), STR (other cryptogams), Motelay (Bordeau) European mosses. A manuscript list at G, drawn up by Duby’s widow on 23 Apr 1886 lists the 29 collections of mostly non- European bryophytes and fungi sold by her to W. Barbey. The most important item was the Hedwig-Schwaegrichen herbarium (‘11 boites de types’’). The Barbey collections were later incorporated in the Boissier herbarium and were ultimately transferred to the general herbarium of G from 1958 on. The collections also included the Duby herbarium of acrocarp musci, several sets of fungi (e.g. Duchamp, Ravenel) and the Mougeot et Nestler exsiccatae. — Duplicates at FI, IBF, NY, P, PC. Ref.: TH 2: 169. Stafleu, The great Prodromus 26. 1966. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 4743; BM 1: 483; Bossert p. 108; CSP 2: 355; 356, 7: 564, 9: 741, 14: 699; GR p. 630-631; Jackson p. 541 [ind.]; Langman p. 253; LS 7327-7337; MW p. tot, suppl. p. 57; PFC 1: xli; PR 2433-2434. 687 DUBY Cesati, Mem. Soc. Ital. Sci. ser. 3. 4: 32-33. 1882. Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cxvii. 1883. Anon., Revue de Bot. 4: 329-330. 1886. Anon., Verh. schweiz. naturf. Ges. 69: 133-137. 1886 (bibl.) Anon., Bot. Gaz. 11: 70. 1886.. Bescherelle, Bull. Soc. bot. France 32(1): 371-373. 1885 (1886). Chaponniére, Jean-Etienne Duby, Genéve 1886. Irta, Magy. névén. lap. 10: 10-11. 1886 (bibl.) Anon., Botaniker-Kalender 1887: 100. Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 212-217. 1940 (bibl.) Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 40. 1941. Stafleu, Adanson, Labillardiére, de Candolle 85. 1967. COMPOSITE works: DC, Prodr.: Primulaceae, 8: 33-74, 667-668. med. Mar 1844. EPONYMY: Dubyaea A. P. de Candolle (1838). 1536. Aug. Pyrami de Candolle Botanicon gallicum seu synopsis plantarum in flora gallica descriptarum. Editio secunda. Ex herbariis et schedis Candollianis propriisque digestum a J. E. Duby. Paris (Mme Ve Bouchard-Huzard) [1828-1830] 2 vols. Oct. (Bot. gall.) Pars prima, plantas vasculares continens, publ. 12-14. Apr 1828, p. [i]-xii, [1]-544. Copy: U. Pars secunda, plantas cellulares continens, publ. Mai 1830, p. [i-vi], [545]-1068, [1]-lvii. Copy: U. Ref.: BM 1: 483; LS 7327; PFC 1: xli; PR 1470; IDC 6508. Duchartre, Pierre-Etienne-Simon (1811-1894), French botanist, ultimately pro- fessor of botany at the Sorbonne. (Duchartre). HERBARIUM and TypEs: Unknown; material at AUT, CGE, CN, FI, G, LY, P. Ref.: TH 2: 169. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 475; BM 1: 484, 6: 282; Bossert p. 108; CSP 2: 356-358, 6: 644, 7: 564, 9: 742, 12: 205-206, 14: 700; Jackson p. 541 [ind.]; Langman p. 253; LS 7340-7342; MW p. tor; NI 536; PR 2435-2438, 10550. Bornet, C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 119: 824-828. 1894. De Wildeman, Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 33(2): 175-177. 1894. Bonnier, Rev. gén. Bot. 6:-481-504. 1894 (bibl.), also sep. Flahault, J. de Bot., Morot 8: 381-385. 1894. Clos, Bull. Soc. bot. France 42: 88-143. 1895 (bibl.) Vilmorin, J. Soc. natl. Hortic. ser. 3. 17: 39-56. 1895. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1894/5: 31-32. 1895. Tucker, Cat. Arnold Arb. 2: 10. 1917. Anon., Lily Year-Book 1936, portr. (err. + 1914). Stafleu, The great Prodromus 26. 1966. Virville, Regn. veg. 71: 11. 1970. COMPOSITE WoRKS: DC, Prodr.: Aristolochiaceae, 15(1): 421-498, early Mai 1864. EPONYMY: Duchartrea Decaisne (1846); Duchartrella O. Kuntze (1891). 1537. Revue botanique recueil mensuel renfermant l’analyse des travaux publiés en France et a l’étranger sur la botanique et sur ses applications a l’horticulture, l’agriculture, la médecine etc. Paris (A. Franck) 1845-1847, Oct. (Rev. bot.) Vol. r: 1845-1846, p. [i-iii], [1]-592. Vol. 2: 1846-1847, p. [i], [1]-592 (“392”’). See 2: 385-386 for a note by Duchartre on Delessert. With the latter’s death the journal came to an end; it appeared in the beginning in monthly instalments of 48 p. of which the first, for July 1845, in August 1845. We have seen no copy in original covers of vol. 1 but assume that the monthly schedule was adhered to (July 1845-June 1846). Vol. 2 appeared as follows (copy in original covers at MO): 688 DUCHESNE vol. pars dateson covers pages vol. pars dates on covers pages 2 1/2 Jul-Aug 1846 [1]-96 2S Feb 1847 [337]-384 3 Sep 1846 L97]-144 g/10 Mar-Apr 1847 [385]-480 4 Oct 1846 [145]-192 11 Mai 1847 [481 ]-528 5/6 Nov-Dec 1846 [195]-288 12 Jun 1847 [529]-592 7 Jan 1847 [289]-336 ["392”7] Unsigned articles and notes are by Duchartre. Ref.: IDC 5547. Duchassaing de Fontbressin, Edouard Placide (1818-1873), Guadeloupe physician and naturalist. (Duchass.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Main collection of Guadeloupe at GOET (set used by Walpers) via Grisebach. Other sets e.g. at B (was considerable) and P, for further duplicates see [H. Ref.: 1H. 2: 169. Anon., Bot. Zeit. 11: 495. 1853 (herbarium for sale). Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 39-40. 1902, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 263, 271, 275, 286, 298, 341. 1916. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 475; BM 1: 484; CSP 2: 358, 7: 564, 14: 700. Sagot, Bull. Soc. bot. France 20: 275-280. 1873. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 39, 56. 1898; 3: 39-40. 1902. EPONYMY: Duchassaingia Walpers (1851). Duchesne, Antoine Nicolas (1747-1827), French botanist and horticulturist. (Du- chesne). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(1): 660; Barnhart 1: 484; BM 1: 484; Bossert p- 108; GR p. 317; HU 2: 605 [ind.]; LS 7343; PR 2439-2442. Silvestre, Notice historique Duchesne, Paris 1827. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 100. 1905. Bunyard, Gard. Chron. 54: 61-62. 1913 (portr.) Bunyard, J. R. Hort. Soc. 39: fig. 169. 1914 (portr.) Lee, Amer. hort. Mag. 43: 80-88, 1964. Stafleu, Introduction to Jussieu’s Genera Plantarum xxxvii. 1964. Lee, 7n Darrow, ‘The strawberry 40-72. 1966. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 280. 1971. Guedes, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 6(3): 177. 1972. Guédés, Taxon 22: 212-214. 1973. EPONYMY: Duchesnea J. E. Smith (1811). 1538. Manuel de botanique, contenant les propriétés des piantes [sic] utiles pour la nourri- ture, d’usage en médecine, employées dans les arts, d’ornement pour les jardins, & que Von trouve a la campagne aux environs de Paris. Paris 1764. Oct. (n.v.) (Man. bot.) Publ.: 1764 (Cat. hebd. 11 Aug 1764), xxiv, 44, 76, 92, 94, 75 p. Ref.: BM 1: 484; PR 2439. Guédés, Taxon 22: 212-214. 1973. 1539- Histoire naturelle des fraisiers, contenant les vues d’économie réunies a la botanique; & suivie de remarques particuliéres sur plusieurs points qui ont rapport a V’histoire naturelle générale. Paris (Didot le jeune, C. J. Panckoucke) 1766. Duod. (Hist. nat. frais.) Publ.: Mai-Jun 1766 (approbation g Mai 1766), [i]-xii, [1]-324, [1]-118, [2, approb.], 1 tabl. Copy: U. Ref.: PR 2440. 689 DUCKE Ducke, Adolpho (1876-1959), Brazilian botanist and explorer of the Amazone region. (Ducke). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: IAN, MG and RB, duplicates in many herbaria. Ref.: 1H 2: 169. Ducke, Bol. Tecn. Inst. Agron. Norte 28: 39-44. 1954 (on MG). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 475; Bossert p. 108; CSP 14: 701[?]; NI 539. Pires, Bol. Téc. Inst. agron. Norte 36: 161-162. 1959. Archer and Rizzini, Arq. Jard. bot. 17: 229-235. 1961 (155 nos. bibl.) Archer, Taxon 11: 233-242. 1962 (bibl., 133 nos.) Egler, Bol. Mus. Par. Emilio Goeldi ser. 2. 18: 1-129. 1963 (itin., bibl. portr.; the most extensive treatment, completed after Egler’s death by Cavalcante). Schultes, Regn. veg. 71: 233, 281, 291. 1970, also in Bot. Rev. 36(3): 262-265. 1970. Stace, Taxon 20: 337-343. 1971. EPONYMY: Duckea Maguire (1958); Duckeanthus R. E. Fries (1934) ; Duckeodendron Kuhl- mann (1925); Duckesia Cuatrecasas (1961). Note: Duckera Barkley (1942) is dedicated to Elisabeth Anne Barkley née Ducker (1908-x), American botanist. HANDWRITING: Taxon I1: 236. 1962. Ducluzeau, J. A. P. (fi. 1805), French botanist. (Ducluz.) HERBARIUM and TyPES: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 476. EPONYMY: Cluzella Bory de Saint-Vincent (1823). 1540. Essai sur histoire naturelle des conferves des environs de Montpellier. Montpellier _ (Auguste Ricard) s.d. [1805]. Oct. (Essaz conferv. Montpellier). Publ.: probably Dec 1805 [see p. 92, presentation of thesis], p. [1]-89, [90, err.; 91, note; 92, presentation]. Copies: G(2), UC. — The seven plates, announced to be published later, never appeared. Ref.: PR 2448. Duift, Adolf (1803-1875), German industrialist and lichenologist. (Dufft). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. — Exsiccatae: Cladonien der Flora germanica (grossen- theils in der Umgegend von Stettin, ferner in der Mark Brandenburg gesammelt). 1863 (? 1860). Copies: FH (150 specimens), L (at least 181 specimens). Ref Ao 70. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 120-121. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 5(2): 443; 6(1): 262; Barnhart 1: 477; CSP 6: 644, 7: 566; LS 7385. Anon., Oest. bot. Z. 25: 416-417. 1875. Anon., Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 17: xx, Ixv. 1875. Dufour, Léon [Marie] (1861-1942), French mycologist at Fontainebleau. (Dufour). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 486; CSP 14: 712; LS 7409-7421, suppl. 6963-6974[?]. Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 433. 1916. Davy de Virville, Bull. Soc. bot. France 89: 15-18. 1942 (portr.) Davy de Virville, Bull. Soc. mycol. France 58: 200-228. 1942 (portr., bibl.) 690 DUFTSCHMID NOTE: Not to be confused with [Jean-Marie] Léon Dufour (1780-1865) who also pu- blished on fungi (Eponymy: Dufourea Acharius (1809), Dufourea Bory de Saint-Vincent ex Willdenow (1810), Dufourea Humboldt, Bonpland & Kunth (1819), Dufowrea Grenier (1827), Dufoureomyces Ciferri & Tomaselli (1953); nor with Louis Dufour (1832-1892), Lausanne physicist, or Louis (Luigi) Dufour (1830-1901), Genoa physicist and algologist. 1541. Allas des champignons comestibles et vénéneux [.] 80 planches coloriées représentant 191 champignons communs en France avec leur description, les moyens de reconnaitre les bonnes et les mauvaises espéces et de nombreuses recettes culinaires par L. Dufour . Ouvrage spécialement rédigé pour servir de complément a la Nouvelle flore des champignons de MM. Costantin et Dufour. Paris (Paul Klincksieck) 1891. Qu. (Aélas champ. comest.) Publ.: In to parts of 8 plates with text of which 1-4 were available by Mai 1891 (Nat. Nov.) and 5-10 by Nov 1891 (Nat. Nov.); p. [i-ui], [1]-79, [80, cont.], pl. 1-80, chromoliths. with figs. 1-191. Copies: NY, Stevenson. Ref.: BM 1: 486 (err. sub Louis Dufour), NI 541. Dufresne, Pierre (1786-1836), French physician at Geneva. (Du/r.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown; if any, in G-DC. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 478; Langman p. 254; MW p. 102; PR 2463. Pritzel, Linnaea 19: 452. 1847. Martins, Le jardin des plantes de Montpellier 52. 1854. Candolle, Mémoires et souvenirs 201, 235, 236, 391. 1862. Dufresne, E., Le dr. Pierre Dufresne, Paris 1890. Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 220-221. 1940. EPONYMY: Dufresnia A. P. de Candolle (1830). 1542. Histoire naturelle et médicale de la famille des Valérianées; présentée et publiquement soutenue a la Faculté de médecine de Montpellier, le 14 juin 1811 ... pour obtenir le grade de docteur en médecine. Montpellier (Jean Martel ainé) 1811. Qu. (Hist. nat. Valeér.) Publ.: 14 Jun 1811, p. [1]-61, 3 uncoloured anonymous copper engravings, [1 p. list faculty]. ‘Thesis defended under A. P. de Candolle. Copies: G, MO, NY. Ref.: Langman p. 254; MW p. 102; PR 2463; IDC 6165. Duftschmid, Johann Baptiste (1804-1866), Austrian physician and botanist at Linz. (Duftschmid ). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: LI. JABS M EY OS SiGKoy, Candolle, Phytographie 409. 1880. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 478; CSP 2: 374; PR sub 2463, 10551. Anon., Oest. bot. Z. 17: 28. 1867; Flora 50: 14. 1867. 1543. Die Flora von Oberdsterreich. Linz (Franz Ignaz Ebenhéchsche Buchhandlung) 1870-1885, 4 vols., Oct. (Fl. Oberésterreich). vol... -JEleft pages dates I I [il-v, [1]-94 Jun-Nov 1870 2 Li], 99-190 1873 3 [191 ]-294 Jan Apr 1874 2 115] — G], 289-354 1876 2[6] [i], 355-426 1878 317] [1], 427-502 Jan-Jun 1879 4[8] [i], 503-600 1880 691 DUFTSCHMID vole a ielett pages dates 3 [i]-iv, [1]-454, [1, err.] 1883 4 li], [1]-346 Jan-Apr 1885 Copy: HH. — “‘Herausgegeben vom oberésterr. Museum Francisco — Carolinum and published in the Museum’s Jahresberichte. Ref.: PR 10551. Dugés, Alfred Auguste Dalsescantz (1826-1910), French botanist who settled in Mexico in 1853. (Dugées). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Material at GH, MEXU, P, US. Ref: TH 2:21:70: BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 479; Bossert p. 108; CSP 9: 746, 12: 207, 14: 713-714; Langman p. 254. Anon., Revista Cient. Bibl. Soc. Cien. Antonio Alzate 1902(1/2): 1-17. 1903 (portr.) Villada, La Naturaleza ser. 3. 1: 52. 1910. McVaugh, Contr. Univ. Mich. herb. 9: 232. 1972. EPONYMY: Dugesia A. Gray (1882). POSTAGE STAMPS: Mexico 1975, 1.60 $. Duhamel du Monceau, Henri Louis (1700-1782), French agronomist, naval techno- logist, forester and botanist; ‘“‘inspecteur général de la Marine.” (Duhamel). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 677; Barnhart 1: 479 (d. 1781); BM 1: 487, 6: 283; Bossert p. 108; Frank 3(Anh.): 26; HU 2: 605 [ind.]; Langman p. 255; LS 7438-7440a; MW p. 102; NI 542-552; Plesch p. 209-212; PR 2465-2470. Condorcet, Hist. Acad. Sci., Paris 1782: 131-135. 1785. Boehmer, Bibl. 3(1):. 211. 1787. Ratzeburg, Forstwiss. Schriftsteller-Lexik. 154-156. 1874. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 101. pl. 24. 1905 (portr.) Moebius, Gesch. Bot. 449 [index]. 1937. Bourde, The influence of England on the French agronomes, Cambridge 1953. Chinard, Libr. Bull. 1957: 508-522. Rousseau, Regn. veg. 71: 218. 1970. Eklund, DSB 4: 223-225. 1971. Hahn, The anatomy of a scientific institution 344, 423. 1971. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 261, 275, 279, 281-282. 1971. EPONYMY: Duhamelia Persoon (1805); Hamelia N. J. Jacquin (1760). 1544. Traité des arbres et arbustes qui se cultivent en France en pleine terre. Paris 1755 (H. L. Guérin & L. F. Delatour) 2 vols. Qu. (Traité arbr. arbust.) Ed. 1: Vol. 1: 1755, p. [i*-iti*], [i]-lxui, [1]-368, pl. 7-139. Vol. 2: 1755, p. [i-ili], [1]-387, 3 folded steel engr., 3 woodcuts, various smaller figures in text. Copies: MO, NY, US, U. — Plates: in part printed from blocks used by Mattioli. Additions pour le Traité des arbres et arbustes were published in the author’s Des semis et plantations des arbres, et de leur culture. Paris 1760. Qu. (see below). The additions are a separately paged appendix consisting of 27 pages and 1 plate. Ed. [2]: 1785 (n.v.), “nullo modo differt’? (PR). German: Abhandlungen von Baumen Stauden und Strauchen Welche in Frankreich in freyer Luft erzogen werden. Von Herrn Du Hamel Du Monceau ... Erster [zweyter, dritter] Theil. Aus dem Franzésischen tibersetzt, und mit vielen neuen Anmerkungen 692 DUHAMEL vermehrt, durch Carl Christoph Oelhafen von Schéllenbach, der Reichs-Stadt Niirnberg Pflegern zu Gravenberg. Niirnberg 1763. Qu. (Johann Michael Seligmann) 1763. Qu. (Abh. Baum. Strauch.) Erster Theil: Introd. sign. A-K, unpaged, [1]-258, 3 plates (Plesch: 7), text ill. Copy: USDA. Kweyter Theil: [i-iii], [1 ]-284, ind. sign. Nn-Ddd. — 7 pl. (Plesch: 4). Copy: USDA. Dritter Theil: [i], [58], [1]-272, 26 pl. (fide Plesch). Ref.: BM 1: 487; DA 1967; DU 99; GF p. 55; HU 552; Jackson p. 206; LS 7438a; NI 547-548; Plesch p. 209; PR 2469; SA 1: 144, 2: 557; IDC q12. Ewan, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. 103: 807-818. 1959. 1545. Des semis et plantations des arbres, et de leur culture; ou méthodes pour multiplier et élever les arbres, les planter en massifs &c en avenues; former les foréts & les bois; les entretenir, & rétablir ceux qui sont dégradés: faisant partie du traité complet des bois & des foréts ... ouvrage enrichi de figures en taille-douce. Paris (H. L. Guérin & L. F. Delatour) 1760. Qu. (Semis plantat. arbr.) Ed. 1: 1760, p. [i*-iii*], [i]-lxxx, [1]-383, pl. 1-16, p. 1-27, figs. 1-3 (add.), r-ro (add., corr.) r pl. Copies: MO, NY. The 27 p. appendix of additions is to the Traité des arbres (see above). German: Von der Holz-Saat und Pflanzung der Wald-Baume, auch derselber ferneren Wart; oder Arten, Baume zu vermehren und zu erziehen, mit diesen Baumen Dickige und Alleen, auch ganze Walder an zu legen, dieselben geh6rig zu erhalten, und die in Abnahm gekommene Walder wieder in guten Stand zu setzen: als ein zur vollstandi- gen Abhandlung von den Waldern und Holzern gehoriger Theil durch Herrn Du Hamel Du Monceau ... durchaus mit vielen Kupferstichen. Aus dem Franzésischen iibersetzt durch Carl Christoph Oelhafen von Schéllenbach, der Reichs-Stadt Nirn- berg Pflegern zu Gravenberg. Niirnberg (Johann Michael Seligmanns seel. Erben) 1763. Qu. ; Publ.: 1763, p. [1-58, sign. a-h], [1]-272, 16 copper engr. Copy: USDA. Ref.: BM 1: 487; NI 545; Plesch p. 210. 1546. Traité des arbres fruitiers; contenant leur figure, leur description, leur culture, &c. Paris (Saillant, Desaint) 1768, 2 vols. Qu. (Traité arbr. fruit.) Ed. 1: Nov 1768. Copies: G, HU, NY. Vol. r: p. [i*], [i1*], [i]-xxix, [xxx-xxxi], [1]-337, 62 pl. (Copy: G) (other sources give 63 pl.) Vol. 2: p. [i]-[ii], [1]-280, 178 pl., pl. 1-32, 1-20, 1-58, [1], 1-7. Ed. 2: Paris, Bruxelles (J. L. de Boubers), 3 vols. 1782. 1: [i-iii], [1]-320, pl. [z-3], 7-6, 1-16, 1, 1. Copies: HU, L, NY. 2: [i], [1]-338, pl. 1-8, 1-2, 1-13, 1-4, 1, I-31, 1-7, 1, 8, 9, 11, 12, 14-19. Copies: HU, L, NY. 3: [i], [1]-260, pl. 1-57. Copies: HU, NY. Other issue of ed. 2: Paris (Desaint). Copy: NY; collation as above. The plates (180 in ed. 1, 180 in ed. 2) are uncoloured engravings after drawings by Aubriet, Mlle Basseporte, Le Berriays. They are numbered in partial series or un- numbered. German ed.: Niirnberg (Adam Wolfgang Winterschmid) 1775-1783, 3 vols. Qu. Copy: NY. 1: [i]-xvi, [1]-202, pl. 1-13, 1-16, I, I-2, I-9. 1775. 2: [1]-134, pl. 1-2, I-14, I-4, I, 1-32, I-20. 1782. 3: [1]-130, pl. 1-58, 1, 1-7. 1783. *T1:] Abhandlung von den Obstbéaumen ... aus dem Franzésichen iibersetzt von Carl Christoph Oelhafen von Schollenbach,” [2, 3:] Pomona gallica oder Abhand- Bbaver 1 Gs Ref.: BM 1: 487; DU 100; GF p. 55; HU 664 [ed. 2]; LS 7438a; NI 550; Plesch p. a11- 212; PR 2466. 1547. Traité des arbres et arbustes que lon cultive en France, par Duhamel. Nouvelle édition, augmentée de plus de moitié pour le nombre des espéces, distribuée d’apres un ordre plus méthodique suivant I’état actuel de la botanique et de l’agriculture: avec des figures, d’aprés les dessins de P. J. Redouté ... dédiée a Sa Majesté ’ Impératrice Reine. Paris (Etienne Michel) [1800-]1801-1819. 7 vols. Fol. (Traité arbr. arbust.) 693 DUHAMEL Publ.: Title pages vary. The HU copy has: rz: (engraved) Traité des arbres et arbustes que l’on cultive en France en pleine terre par Duhamel seconde édition considérablement augmentée. Paris (Didot ainé, Michel, Lamy) s.d. [1800-1803], p. [i-vi], [1]-80, 77bis-80bis, 77ter-78ter, [81], 82- 264, [i]-iv, pl. 1-60. 2: Title as in heading, printed, Paris (Etienne Michel) 1804, p. [1]-244, [i]-v, [1], pl. 1-66, 66[ bis], 67-71. 3: as in 2, 1806, p. [i-iii], [1]-234, [i]-iv, pl. 1-27, 27bis, 28, 28bis, 29-51, 50bis, 53-58. 4: as in 2, 1809, p. [i-ili], [1]-10, 96bis, 1obis, r1bis-14bis, [11]-240, [1]-33, pl. rbis, obis, gbis, 4-11, 11bis, 1-3, 12-22, 22bis, 24-33, 33bis, 34-63, p. [1*]-4* ind. 5: “Nouveau Duhamel, ou traité des arbres at arbustes que l’on cultive en France, rédigé par G.-L.A. Loiseleur Deslongchamps ... avec des figures d’aprés les dessins de MM. P.-J. Redouté et P. Bessa. Dédiée a Sa Majesté I’ Impératrice Joséphine. Paris (Etienne Michel, Arthus Bertrand) 1812,” p. [i-ii], [1]-330, [1]-4, pl. 1-84, 72bis, p. [i*]-4* ind. 6: asin 5 (minor typogr. differences), 1815, p. [1-111], [1]-36, 35-36bis, [37]-266, [1]-6; pl. 2, 2[ bis], 3-32, 35-72, 72bis, 73-84; pl. 1-80, p. [1*]-6* ind. 7: asin 5“... et Etienne Michel ... avec des figures ..., 1819,” p. [i-iti], [1]-252, [1]-7, [1*]+-7%, pl. 1-72. Not all copies of vols. 5-7 have a title-page starting off with the words ‘‘Nouveau Duhamel.’’ Copies exist with essentially the same text as that of the title page of the first four volumes. The original announcement in the Journal Typographique of 5 Flor. VIII speaks of three issues, each in livraisons of six plates, black and white at g Fr., in colour at 18 Fr., large paper on “‘vellum” in colour at 30 Fr. The book is an independent publication and an entirely new work which shares only the name “Duhamel” with the Traité of 1755 (“‘act of piety”). Vol. 4 contains at the end an alphabetical list of all articles in the four volumes with an indication of their authors. The note is signed Etienne Michel, who was the editor. Vols. 5-7 were edited by J. L. A. Loiseleur-Deslongchamps. Other authors for the first volumes were C. F. Mirbel, Veillard, J. H. Jaume-St.-Hilaire and L. J. M. Poiret. The original drawings (498, of which 463 by P. J. Redouté and 33 by P. Bessa) are at the Bibliotheque nationale (Paris). All plates are colour printed copper engravings (see Nissen for a list of engravers). Publication took place in 83 parts of which the contents of parts are not yet stated here because our information is still too incomplete. The contemporary reviewing journals (BF, JGLF, JT) and the Procés-Verbaux of the Académie provide information on the dates of publication but not always on the contents. It will be necessary to consult a copy in the original wrappers. Re-issue: 1825, 7 vols., Paris (Arthus Bertrand) with original date in parentheses: 1: (1801), 2: (1804), 3: (1806), 4: (1809), 5: (1809), 6: (1815), 7: (1819) all dated 1825. Only copy known: Morton Arboretum, information Ian MacPhail. t.p. (vol. 1): ““Traité des arbres et arbustes que l’on cultive en pleine terre, en Europe, et particuliérement en France; par Duhamel. Edition augmentée de plus de moitié pour le nombre des espéces, distribuée d’aprés un ordre plus méthodique, suivant l’état actuel de la botanique et de l’agriculture. Rédigé par MM. Veillard, Jaume- St.-Hilaire, Mirbel, Poiret et continuée par M. Loiseleur-Deslongchamps. Contenant la description des arbres et arbustes d’agrément, des arbres fruitiers et forestiers; l’exposé des charactéres du genre, des espéces, des variétés; leur culture, les moyens a prendre pour les naturaliser, les usages économiques et médicinaux; le lieu natal, ’époque ou ils ont été apportés en Europe; etc., etc. Ouvrage orné de cinq cents planches, d’aprés les dessins de MM. Redouté et Bessa.” Re-issue: s.d. [1852?] (BM 1: 487), Paris (Librairie encyclopédique de Roret), 7 vols. Copy: G. — All title pages with same text, identical with that of 1825 re-issue except for imprint. Ref.: BM 1: 487; DU 243; GF p. 55; LS 7438a; NI 549; Plesch p. 211-212; PR 2470; SK p. clxxix; IDC 726. Tucker, J. Arnold Arboretum 2: 181-182. 19213; 3: 227. 1922. Stearn, zn Sitwell & Madol, Album de Redouté 16. 1954. MacPhail, Cat. Redouteana 49-52. 1963. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Bot. 1: 199, frontisp. 1975 (sold at £ 21000). 694. DULAC 1548. Traité des arbres fruitiers. Nouvelle édition, augmentée par A. Poiteau et P. J. F. Turpin. Paris [1807]-1835, 6 vols. Fol. (Trazté arbr. fruit.) Publ.: Like the ‘‘Nouveau Duhamel” a virtually independent work. The plates are by Poiteau and Turpin; the six volumes, with 422 copper engravings (nos. 1-329, printed in colour and finished by hand) were published in 72 parts of mostly 6 plates. The contents and dates of publication of these parts are not given here because my data are not complete. The plates were used again by Poiteau in his Pomologie frangaise, Paris 1846. The name Turpin was deleted from the plates in that edition (fide NI). The dates of presentation to the Paris Academy of nearly all parts (1-69) can be found in the Procés-Verbaux de l’Académie des Sciences; JGLF and BF provide additional information. Ref.: BM 1: 487; DU 101; LS 7440; NI 551, 1554; PR 2467. Dujardin, Félix (1801-1860), French invertebrate zoologist and botanist at Rennes. (Dujard.) COLLECTIONS: Botanical collections unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 479; BM 1: 487; CSP 2: 378-380, 6: 644, 7: 569; Jackson p. 219; PR 2471-2472; Quenstedt p. 121. Malagutti, Mém. Soc. acad. Maine-et-Loire 10: 1-16. 1861. Nordenskidld, Hist. of biology 428-429. 1935. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 1188-1191. 1966. 1549- Histoire naturelle des Zoophytes. Infusoires, comprenant la physiologie et la classifica- tion de ces animaux, et la maniére de les étudier a l’aide du microscope ... ouvrage accompagné de planches. Paris (Libraire Encyclopédique de Robet) 1841. Oct. (Hist. nat. Koophyt.) Text: 1841, published in parts of which contents and dates are not known. — p. [i]-xii, [1 ]-684. Plates: sometimes with separate t.p. ‘‘Atlas renfermant 22 planches gravées sur acier”’ s.d., p. [i], [1]-14, [2, err.], pl. 1-16, 16bis, 17-22, coloured steel engravings. Copies: NY, PCS. Ref.: BM 1: 283, 487. Engelmann, Bibl. hist.-nat. 154. 1846. 1550. Flore complete d’Indre et Loire publiée par la Société d’Agriculture, sciences, arts et belles-lettres, et dédiée 4 M. d’Entraignes, préfet du département. Précédée d’une introduction a l’étude de la botanique. Tours (Ad. Mame et Cie.) 1833. Oct. (Fl. Indre et Loire). Publ.: 1833, p. [i-xl], [1]-472, 3 pl. Copy: HH. Ref.: PR 2471. Saint-Hilaire, Mém. Soc. roy. Sci. Orléans 2: 128-134. 1838. Dulac, Joseph (/!. 1867), French clergyman and botanist. (Dulac). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 479; BM 1: 487; CSP 14: 719; LS 74414; PR 2473. 1551. Flore du département des Hautes-Pyrénées (publiée pour la premiére fois) plantes vasculaires spontanées classification naturelle dichotomies pour arriver seul et sans maitre a la détermination des familles, des genres, des espéces table compléte étymolo- gique gravures dans le texte. — carte géographique. Paris (F. Savy) 1867. Duod. (F/. Hautes-Pyrénées) . Publ.: Jul-Dec 1867 (p. xii: 29 Jun 1867), [i]-xii, [1]-641, [1, cont.], map. Copies: B, BR, NY? Ref.: BM 1: 487; IF suppl. 1: 81; PR 2473; IDC 5905. Anon., Flora 51: 127. 11 Apr 1868. 695 DULAG 1552. Département des Hautes-Pyrénées. Mélanges botaniques plantes nouvelles, critiques, monstreuses, rares avec 46 figures. Paris (F. Savy). 1886. Oct. (Mélang. bot.) Publ.: Apr-Jun 1886 (p. [viii]: 9 Nov 1875, p. xxiii: 20 Mar 1886, p. [85]: 17 Apr 1885, achevé d’imprimer; Nat. Nov. Jul 1886), p. [iii]-xxiii, [1]-484, [485, colophon], 200 copies printed. Copy: HH. Dumont de Courset, Georges Louis Marie [Baron] (1746-1824), French agrono- mist. (Dum. Cours.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 480; BM 1: 489; Dawson p. 280; Langman p- 255; MW p. tog. Pritzel, Linnaea 19: 452. 1847. Cayeux, J. Hortic. de France ser. 4. 12: 191-193. IQII. EPONYMY: Coursetia A. P. de Candolle (1825).— Note: Dumontia J. F. V. Lamouroux (1813) is dedicated to “*... mon respectable ami M. Ch. Dumont, I’un des auteurs du Diction- naire (histoire naturelle,’’ about whom no further particulars could be found. 1553- Le botaniste cultivateur, ou description, culture et usage de la plus grande partie des plantes étrangéres, naturalisées et indigénes, cultivées en France et en Angleterre, ran- gées suivant la méthode de Jussieu. Paris (1-4: J. J. Fuchs; 5: Arthus Bertrand) 1802- 1805. 5 vols. Oct. (Bot. cult.) Ed. 1: 1: 1-4 Jul 1802, p. [1]-742, [2, err.], table. 1-4 Jul 1802, p. [1]-826, [2, err.] 1-4 Jul 1802, p. [1]-779, [2, err.] 4: 1-4 Jul 1802, p. [1]-278, [1, err.] 5: Aug-Sep 1805, p. [i]-x1i, [1]-522, [2, err.] Copies: MO, NY. Ed. 2: Paris (Déterville, Goujon) 1811-1814, Oct., “*... en France, en Autriche, en Italie et en Angleterre ..+5 “seconde édition, aaiemen refondue et considérable- ment augmentée.”” r: 1811, p. [i]-viii, [1]-562, [563, err.], map, tabl. : 1811, p. [i-ii], [1 ]-638. ; 1811, p- [i-ii], [1]-551, [552, err.] : 1811, p. [iii], [1]-631, [632, err.] : 1811, p. [i-ii], [1]-567. : 1811, p. [i-i], [1]-631, [632, err.] : Jun 1814, p. [iii], [1]-370, catal. pl. Courset: [1]-45, [46, err.] Copies: MO, NY, U. Ref.: BM 1: 489; Langman p. 255; Plesch p. 212 (ed. 2); PR 2479; IDC 5906 (ed. 1), FiZA (eds 2): NOW G bv Dumont d’Urville, Jules Sébastien César (1790-1842), French hydrographer and explorer. (Dum. d’U7v.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Dumont d’Urville’s own herbarium is at CN. However, the collections on which his publications are based are at P and PC. Duplicates: B, G, G-DC, FI, LY, W. The collections on the Astrolabe Voyage of 1826-1829 were made By TPAC ieee those on the Astrolabe and Zelée of 1837-1840 by J. B. Hombron, H. Jacquinot and E. J. F. Le Guillon. Dumont himself collected on the voyage of the Coquille, 1822-1825. Manuscripts: P. Ref: THe 7 7 Te Koster, Taxon 18: 551. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 155, 5(2): 182; Barnhart 1: 480; BM 1: 489; Bossert p. 109; CSP 2: 399, 6: 645; GR p. 318; Jackson p. 377; LS 7458-7459; NI 555- 556; PR 2480-2482. Lair, Mém. Acad. Sci. Arts Caen 1829: suppl. 1-11. 696 DUMONT D’URVILLE Anon., Alg. Konst-Letterbode 1842(1): 385-386. Roberge, Mém. Acad. Sci. Arts Belles-Lettres Caen 1845: 99-152. Pritzel, Linnaea 19: 452. 1847. Hooker, Fl. ‘Tasm. cxviii-cxix. 1860. Safford, U.S. natl. Herb. Contr. 9: 30-32. 1905 (D. on Guam). Maiden, J. R. Soc. NSW 44: 142-144, 147-149. IQIO. Backer, Verklarend Woordenboek 187. 1936. Glenn, The botanical explorers of New Zealand 174. 1950. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 145-146. 1950. Chevalier et al., Rev. int. Bot. appl. Agric. trop. 31 (no. spéc.): 1-117. 1951 (issue entirely dedicated to the memory of D.). (portr.) Moreau, Mém. Acad. nat. Sci., Arts Belles-Lettres Caen ser. 2. 15: 158-164. 1963 (on D. and the Venus of Milo). EPONYMY: Durvillaea Bory de Saint-Vincent (1826); Urvillea Humboldt, Bonpland & Kunth (1821). Note: Dumontia J. F. V. Lamouroux (1813) is dedicated to ‘‘... mon respectable ami M. Ch. Dumont, I’un des auteurs du Dictionnaire d’histoire naturelle,’’ about whom no further particulars could be found. ; POSTAGE STAMPS: New Caledonia 6 f. (1953) yv. 282; 36 f. (1974) French antarctic terri- tories 30 f (1968) yv 25. 1554- Enumeratio plantarum quas in insulis archipelagi aut littoribus Ponti-Euxini, annis 1819 et 1820, collegit atque detexit J. Dumont d’Urville. Paris (D’Hautel) 1822. Oct. (Enum. pl. Ponti-Eux.) Publ.: Apr 1822 (see TL-1), p. [iJ-viii, [1]-135. Copies: G, NY. — Reprinted from Mém Soc. Linn. Paris 1: 255-387. 1822 (p. v = p. 255); reprint with unchanged pagination. at MO. Ref.: BM 1: 489; PR 2480; TR 306; IDC 5907. Anon., Flora 6: 605-606. 14 Oct 1823. 1555- Flore des Iles malouines: par J. d’Urville. Paris (De Lebel) 1825. Oct. (Fl. Iles malouin.) Publ.: 1825, p. [i], [1]-56. Copy: G. — Reprinted from Mém. Soc. Linn. Paris 4: 572-624. 1829. Ref.: PR 2481. 1556. Voyage de découvertes de l Astrolabe executé par ordre du Roi, pendant les années Ss 1826-1827-1828-1829, sous le commandement de M. J. Dumont d’Urville [part 2: Capitaine de Vaisseau]. Botanique par MM. A. Lesson et A. Richard [part 2: par M. A. Richard]. Paris (J. Tastu) 1832-1834, 2 parts, text oct., atlas broadsheet (Voy. Astrolabe). Author: Achille Richard (1794-1852). Collector: René Primevére Lesson (1794-1849). Title-pages, general: 5 Mai 1832, p. [i*-iii*], [i]-xvi. — Copies: MO, NY. Part [1]: Essat d’une flore de la Nowvelle-Zélande, publ. 5 Mai 1832 (BF), [1, h.t. Essai], [1]- 376. — Copies: MO, NY. Part [2]: Sertum Astrolabianum, publ. 1834 (t.p.) (avertissement 15 Aug 1833), p. [i*-v*], {i]-lvi, Sertum: [1]-167. — Copies: MO, NY, U. Atlas: publ. 1833 (t.p.), p. [i-1i], pl. 1-39, 7bis, 34bis (Fl. nouv. Zél.), and 1-39 (Sertum Astrolab.), uncol. liths., original drawings at P, artists E. Delile, Vauthier. — Copy: MO. Ref.: BM 1: 489, 2: 603; NI 555; PR 7603; SK p. ccix; IDC 5908. Anon. [review], GGA 1836: 81-86. 18 Jan 1836. Sherborn and Woodward, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. ser. 7. 8: 333. 1901. Maiden, J. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 44: 143-146. rgr10. 1557- Voyage au Péle sud et dans I’ Océanie sur les corvettes I’ Astrolabe et la Zelée, exécuté par ordre du roi pendant les années 1837-1838-1839-1840 sous le commandement de M. J. Dumont d’Urville ... Paris [1841-1842-1854], 23 tom. [in 22] and Atlas 7 tom [in 5]. Oct., Fol. — Botanique par MM. Hombron et Jacquinot, 2 tomes 1845, 1853. Oct. (Voy. Pole Sud). 697 DUMONT D’URVILLE Vol. 1, Plantes cellulaires, par M. C. Montagne, D.M., publ. 16 Aug 1845 (BF), p. [i-v], [i]-xiv, [1]-349. — Copy: NY. Some copies have a provisional t.p. dated 1842-1845; publication took place as a whole in 1845. — The book competes in part with Gottsche, Nees and Lindenberg, Syn. Hep. part 2 (p. 145-304) (no. 2097) which was published in Hamburg a few days earlier (received by Hinrichs at Leipzig between 14 and 16 Aug). Vol. 2, Plantes vasculaires, par J. Decaisne, publ. 1853, p. [1]-96. Copies: BR, NY. — Paris (Gide et J. Baudry) Oct. Atlas, 66 pl. [20 col.] par Hombron et Ch. Jacquinot, [1844-]1853. The Atlas was issued in 13 parts between 1843 and 1853. The contents and dates of these parts have been ascertained by Jackson [dates of receipt at BMNH]; Stearn and van Steenis-Kruseman have given some further precision. Four parts were out by 26 Aug 1843, six by 23 Dec 1843 (BF). part plates dates Cr. cell. Cr. vasc. Mon.-Ph. Di-Ph. I 1-5 Jan-Aug 1843 2 I-2 I-3 Jan-Aug 1843 3 6-10 Jan-Aug 1843 4 3-4. I-2 Jan-Aug 1843 5 II-14, 16 Sep-Dec 1843 6 gbis 6 35 5, 10 Sep-Dec 1843 7 17-20 5 26 Jul 1844 8 4 4, 7-9 17 Jan 1845 9 Il, 12,14,15,19 12 Jun 1845 10 13, 16, 20-22 14 Feb 1846 II 24-28 6 Jul 1848 12 17, 27, 30, 31 ? 13 5-8 18, 22b, 23 5 Mai 1853 Copy: BR, p. [i-vi], plates as above. : tft Ref.: BM 1: 489; NI 556; PR 2482; SK p. clxxxvi; IDC 5909. \ <2 oP | : Hooker, London J. Bot. 3: 127-130. 1844, 4: 28-30. 1845. Jackson, J. Bot. 26: 269-270. 1888. Sherborn and Woodward, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. ser. 7. 7: 390-391. 1901, ser. 7. 8: 494. IQOI. Maiden, J. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 44: 147-149. 1910. Stearn, Taxon 2: 177. 1953. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. Bull. 15: 735. 1961. Dumortier, Barthélemy Charles Joseph [Count] (1797-1878), Belgian politician and botanist. (Dumort.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BR (Information kindly provided by A. Lawalrée). Some further material at LG, NBV. Refv2 TH y (ed.°6) 298; 2: 171: Melville, Bull. Jard. bot. Etat 21(3/4): 347-351. 1951. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 5(1): 199; Barnhart 1: 481; BM 1: 489; Bossert p. 109; CSP 2: 399-400, 6: 645, 7: 572-573, 12: 208; Jackson p. 541 [index]; PR 2483- 2502, 10552-10554. Anon., Bonplandia 2: 266, 1854. Crépin, Guide bot. Belgique 446-449. 1878. Trimen and Baker, J. Bot. 16: 255-256. 1878. Crépin, Annu. Acad. R. Sci. Lettres Belg. 45: 342-345. 1879 (portr., bibl.) Crépin et Piré, Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 18: 7-49. 1879 (portr.) Babington, Memorials 472. 1897. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 88. 1903, 3(3): 73. 1905. Evens, Geschiedenis algologie in Belgié 20, 167-168. 1944 (portr.) 6098 DUMORTIER Anon., Bull. Soc. Natural. Luxemb. 54: between 160-161. 1949 (portr.) Haerens, Bull. trim. Cercle Natur. Libert. Malmédy 11(2): 23-26. 1963. EPONYMY (genera): Dumortiera C. G. D. Nees (1824); Dumortierta Westendorp (1857) ; Dumortieropsis Horikawa (1934); (journal): Dumortiera. Meise (Nationale Plantentuin van Belgié). Vol. 1-x, 1975-x. 1558- Commentationes botanicae. Observations botaniques, dédiées a la Société d’Horti- culture de Tournay. Tournay (Ch. Casterman-Dien) 1822. Oct. (in fours) (Comment. bot.) Publ.: late Nov-early Dec 1822 (see Dumortier, Hepaticae Europae, p. 5, 1874, preface), copies with 1822 imprint (M, MO, K, NY, Steere, Stevenson) [i-iii], [1]-116, [1, err.]; copy (L) with t.p. date 1823, [i], [1]-116, [1, tabl., err.]. Ref.: PR 2483; IDC 5910. 1559- Observations sur les Graminées de la flore belgique. Tournay (J. Casterman ainé) 1823. Oct. (in fours) (Observ. Gramin. belg.) Publ.: Jul-Sep 1824 (see Messager Sci. Arts Gand Sep/Oct 1824), p. [i]-viii, [9]-153, pl. 1-16, errata slip. Copies: L, MO, NY, PCS. — The plates are hand-coloured litho- graphs of drawings by the author. — P. Tournay, in a letter to M. Kerguélen stated that he had seen a letter from Dumortier to Lejeune of late June 1824 in which Dumortier complains about the late delivery of the plates. Ref.: BM 1: 489; PR 2486. 1560. Notice sur un nouveau genre de plantes: Hulthemia; précédée d’un apercu sur la classifi- cation des roses. Tournay (J. Casterman ainé) 1824. Oct. (Not. Hulthemia). Publ.: 1824, p. [1]-14. Copy: PCS. Ref.: BM 1: 489; PR 2485. 1561. Florula belgica, operis majoris prodromus, auctore B.-C. Dumortier. Staminacia. Tournay (J. Casterman) 1827. Oct. (in fours) (FI. belg.) Publ.: 1827, p. [i-iii], [1]-172. Copies: B, L. — There seems to be uncertainty about the year of publication. From Dumortier’s citation of Kickx, Accurata descriptio (1827), it would seem as if the Dumortier work is later. Unconfirmed notes refer to a delay in the publication of the Florula up to three years; however, we have not been able to find any direct proof that this was the case except that the first review, by Guillemin appeared only in Oct 1830 (Bull. Sci. nat. 23: 75-77) and that Linnaea mentioned it only in 1831 (Lit. Ber. 1831: 116). - Dumortier’s infrageneric categories designated with the mark § are sections (see Brizicky 1969). Ref.: BM 1: 489; PR 2487; IDC 5221. Brizicky, Taxon 18: 650-651. 1969. 1562. Analyse des familles des plantes, avec Vindication des principaux genres qui s’y rattachent. Tournay (J. Casterman, ainé) 1829. Oct. (in fours) (Anal. fam. pl.) Publ.: 1829, p. [1]-104. Copies: G, MO, NY, U. Ref.: BM 1: 489; PR 2488; IDC 5273. 1563. Sylloge Fungermannidearum Europae indigenarum, earum genera et species systematicé complectens. Tournay (J. Casterman) 1831. Oct. (in fours) (Syll. Fungerm. Europ.) Publ.: 1831, p. [1]-100, pl. r-2, hand coloured copper engravings by B. Ch. J. Dumortier). Copies: NY (2 pl.), PCS (z pl.), Steere (z pl.) Ref.: BM 1: 489; PR 2490; IDC 5315. 1564. Notice sur le genre Maelania de la famille des Orchidées. Bruxelles (M. Hayez) 1834. Qu. (Not. Maelania). Publ.: 1834, p. [1]-[18], [1, expl. pl.], z pl. Copies: MO, NY. — Reprinted with indepen- dent pagination and separate t.p. from Mém. Acad. r. Sci. Bruxelles vol. 9, 1835; see also Isis 1836: col. 735-736. 1565. Recueil d’observations sur les Fungermanniacées ... Fascicule I. Révision des genres. Tournay (J.-A. Blanquart) 1835. Oct. (Recueil observ. Fungerm.) 699 DUMORTIER Publ.: 1835, p. [1]-27. Copy: Steere. Ref.: BM 1: 490; PR 2494. 1566. Essai carpographique présentant une nouvelle classification des fruits. Bruxelles (M. Hayez) 1835. Qu. (Essai carpogr.) Publ.: 1835 (rd. by Deutsche Naturforscher on 25 Sep 1835, Flora 19: 104. 1836), p. [i- iii], [1]-136, pl. 1-3. Copies: MO, NY. — Reprinted from Mém. Acad. Sci., Bruxelles, 9, 1835. Ref.: PR 2493. 1567. Mémoire sur l’anatomie et la physiologie des polypiers composées d’eau douce nommés Lophopodes. Bruxelles 1835. Oct. (dém. polyp. comp.) Ed. 1: 1835 (n.v.) Ed. 2: Tournay (J. Casterman) 1836, Oct., p. [1]-84, pl. 2-2. Copy: PCS. 1568. Opuscules de botanique et d’histoire naturelle. Fascicules 1-11. Bruxelles 1862-1868. Oct. (Opusc. bot.) Publ.: 1862-1869, see below, p. [i]-vii, [1]-457, general t.p. 1873 ‘“‘Opuscules de bota- nique (1862-1873).” Copy: NY. The main text was originally published in the Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg.: Opusc. cont. pag. BSBB pag. date pref. [i]-vii - 1873 I [1]-35 I(1): 1-33 1862 2 [36]-56 I: 130-148 Dec 1862 3 [57]-95 2(2): 76-112 [Dec] 1863 4 [97]-112 2(2): 207-219 Dec 1863 5 [113]-132 2(2): 220-237 Dec 1863 6 [133]139 3: 4-8 Apr 1864 7 [141]-196 3: 155-208 Jul 1864 8 [197]-221 4: 87-109 Jul 1865 9 [223]-233 4: 339-347 Dec 1865 gfa] [235]-297 6(1): 3-63 Jul 1867 10 [299]-365 7(1): 6-70 Aug 1868 II [367]-443 = 7: 318-317 Apr 1869 [12] [445]-457 Ref.: PR 10553. 1569. Etude agrostographique sur le genre Michelaria et la classification des graminées. Gent (C. Annoot-Braeckman) 1868. Oct. (Etude Michelaria). Publ.: Aug 1868 (date in opuscules; rd. Nov. 1868 by Flora), p. [1]-33. Copies: MO, NY. — Reprinted from Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 7(1): 42-70. 1868; also incorporated in Opus- cules as 10[3]. Ref.: PR 2501. 1570. Hepaticae Europae. Jungermannidae Europae post semiseculum recensitae, adjunctis hepaticis. Bruxelles, Leipzig (C. Muquardt) 1874. Oct. (Zungerm. Europ.) Publ.: 1874 (rd. by Hedwigia before Oct 1874, by J. Bot. Nov 1874), p. [1]-203, pl. 1-4, col. liths. by author. Copies: NY (2), Steere. Ref.: Jack, Hedwigia 14(4): 52-56. Apr 1875. Dunal, Michel Félix (1789-1856), French botanist at Montpellier. (Dunal). HERBARIUM and types: MPU. — Also at MPU: unpublished drawings of fungi. Ref le oir 1. Cosson, Bull. Soc. bot. France 4: 681-682. 1857. Boudier, Bull. Soc. mycol. France 1887: 88-96 [on unpublished drawings at MPU]. Granel de Solignac et Bertrand, Naturalia monspeliensia, bot., 18: 272-273. 1967. 700 DUNCAN BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 481; BM 1: 490; Bossert p. 109; CSP 2: 400- 401; GR p. 276; Langman p. 255; MW p. 102; NI 557-558; PR 2503-2511. Martins, Le jardin des plantes de Montpellier 52-53. 1854. Anon., Flora 39: 575. 1856. Planchon, Eloge historique de Michel-Félix Dunal. Montpellier 1856, 40 p. (bibl.) Candolle, Mémoires et souvenirs 1862 (table alph. p. 7). Stafleu, The great Prodromus 26. 1966, also in Adanson, Labillardiére, de Candolle 85. 1967. COMPOSITE WORKS: DC, Prodr.: Cistineae 1: 263-286 med. Jan 1824; Vaccineae 7: 552-579 late Dec 1839; Solanaceae 13: 1-690. 10 Mai 1852. EPONYMY: Dunalia Humboldt, Bonpland & Kunth (1818, nom. cons.) ; Dunalia K. P. J. Sprengel (1815, nom. rej.) ; Dunaliella 'Teodoresco (1904). 1571. Histoire naturelle, médicale et économique des Solanum, et des genres qui ont été confon- dus avec eux. Paris, Strasbourg (Amand Koenig), Montpellier (Renaud) 1813. Qu. (Hist. nat. Solanum). Publ.: 19 Mar 1813 (BF), p. [1-11], [1]-248, [8, index], [1, err.], pl. 1-26, copper engravings of drawings by Node-Véran. 400 copies printed. Copies: G, NY. Ref.: BM 1: 490; Langman p. 255; NI 557; Plesch p. 212; PR 2503; IDC 8039. 1572. Solanorum generumque affinium synopsis, seu Solanorum historiae editionis secundae summarium, ad characteres differentiales redactum, seriem naturalem, habitationes stationesque specierum breviter indicans. Montpellier (Renaud) 1816. Oct. (in fours) (Solan. syn.) Publ.: Oct 1816 (preface 15 Sep, BF 12 Oct 1816), p. [i-iv], [1]-51, Copies: G, LINN, IDC. — A second edition of the author’s Histoire naturelle, médicale et économique des Solanum ... Paris/Montpellier 1813 (PR 2503), see above. Ref.: BM 1: 490; Jackson p. 144; Langman p. 255; PR 2504; IDC 5911. 1573. Monographie de la famille des Anonacées. Paris, London, Strasbourg (Treuttel et Wirtz), Montpellier (Renaud) 1817. Qu. (Monogr. Anonac.) Publ.: Aug-Nov 1817 (BH), p. [i-mi], [1]-144, [1, err.], pl. 1-33, 6a, 12a, uncol. copper engr. by Node-Véran. Copies: NY (large paper), U. Ref.: BM 1: 490; Jackson p. 123; Langman p. 255; NI 558; PR 2505; IDC 6128. 1574. Petit bouquet méditerranéen, communiqué a l’Académie des sciences et lettres de Montpellier, le 18 janvier 1847. Montpellier (Boehm) 1847, Qu. (Petit bouquet médit.) Publ.: Mai-Jun 1847, p. [1]-10, pl. 1-5(6) with text. Copy: PCS (5 pl.). — Originally published in the Acad. Sci. Lettres Montpellier, Mém. Sci. 1(1): 1-11. ¢. 1-6. 1847, received by the Académie des Sciences (Paris) on 21 June 1847: the reprint was re- ceived on 27 Sep 1847. The above title is the one appearing on the reprint cover. Ref.: PR 2511. Stearn. Jee Bota7oeut7ro4. 1. Duncan, Andrew (1773-1832), Scottish lecturer on materia medica at Edinburgh. (A. Duncan). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 481; BB p. 97; DNB 16: 163; Henrey 2: 202, 486; PR 2512-2513. EPONYMY: Duncania H. G. L. Reichenbach (1828). 1575- Tentamen inaugurale, de Swietenia soymida. Quam, annuente summa numine, ex auctoritate reverendi admodum viri, D. Georgii Baird, s.s.t.p. academiae Edinburgenae praefecti; nec non amplissimi Senatus academici consensu, et nobilissimae facultatis medicae decreto, pro gradu doctoris, summisque in medicina honoribus ac privilegiis 701 DUNCAN rite et legitime consequendis; eruditorum examini subjicit Andreas Duncan, A.M. ... Ad diem 12 Septembris, hora locoque solitis. Edinburgh (Balfour and Smellie) 1794. Oct. (in fours) (Szwzetenta soymida). Publ.: 12 Sep 1794, p. [i-vii], [1]-55. Copzes: G, HU. — Pritzel (2512) notes that the actual author may have been F. Meyer [? Friedrich Albrecht Anton Meyer, 1769-1795]. Ref.: Henrey 668; PR 2512. Duncan, Peter Martin (1824-1891), British palaeontologist and microscopist. (P. Duncan). COLLECTIONS: Exeter Museum. Ref.: Sherborn, where is the ... collection, p. 47. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews p. 256; Barnhart 1: 481; BB p. 98 (b. 1821); BM 1: 490 (b. 1824), 6: 284; CSP 2: 402, 7: 573-574, 9: 750, 12: 208, 14: 726-727; DNB suppl. 1(2): 68; Quenstedt p. 122. Anon., Rec. Geol. Survey India 24: 153-154. 1891 (bibl.), J. Bot. 29: 224. 1891. J.W.G., Geol. Magaz. ser. 2. dec. 3. 8: 332-336. 1891. Anon., Proc. Roy Soc., London 50: iv-vii. 1892. Geikie, Quart. J. geol. Soc. 48: 47-48. 1892. Michael, J. Roy. micr. Soc. 1895: 19-20. Dunker, Wilhelm Bernhard Rudolph Hadrian (1809-1885), German palaeontol- ogist. (Dunker). COLLECTIONS: Marburg. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews p. 256; Barnhart 1: 482; BM 1: 492; CSP 2: 403-404, 7: 575, 9: 753, 12: 208-209, 14: 729; PR 2516-2517; Quenstedt p. 122. Koenen, Palaeontographica 31: 331-338. 1885 (bibl.) Anon., Nat. Nov. 7: 86. 1885. Ward, Ann. Rep. U.S. Geol. Survey 5: 419. 1885. COMPOSITE WORKS: Palaeontographica, Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte der Vorwelt, vols. 1-5, 9, 13, 16-30, 1846-1883. 1576. Monographie der Norddeutschen Wealdenbildung. Ein Beitrag zur Geognosie und Natur- geschichte der Vorwelt ... Nebst einer Abhandlung iiber die in dieser Gebirgsbildung bis jetzt gefundenen Reptilien von Hermann von Meyer. Braunschweig (Oechme und Miiller) 1846. Qu. (Monogr. Norddeut. Wealdenbild.) Publ.: 1846 (p. vi: Mar 1846), p. [i]-xxxu, [i*], [1]-83, [84-86], pl. r-27. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 1: 492; PR 2516. C.A., Bot. Zeit. 5: 30-31. 8 Jan 1847. Dunn, Stephen Troyte (1868-1938), British botanist, assistant for India at Kew, stationed in Hongkong and travelled in China 1903-1910. (Dunn). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Mainly at HK and K, other material at A, CGE, LE. Ref: WE 221-71. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 483; BM 1: 492, 6: 284-285; CSP 14: 730- 731; IF suppl. 1: 81; Langman p. 255; MW p. 102-103, suppl. p. 57. Riddelsdell, J. Bot. 41: 141-142. 1903, 44: 138-142. 1906. I. H. Burkill, J. Bot. 76: 183-184. 1938. Fischer, Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1938: 214-215. COMPOSITE WoRKs: Author of first part of Gamble, Flora of the presidency of Madras, and of treatments of Millettia and Wisteria in Plantae wilsonianae. EPONYMY: Dunnia ‘Tutcher (1905). 702 DUPERREY 1577. Flora of Kwangtung and Hongkong (China) being an account of the flowering plants, ferns and fern allies together with keys for their determination preceded by a map and introduction. [headlines:] Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. Bulletin of miscellaneous information. Additional series x. London (His Majesty’s Stationary Office) 1912. Oct. (Fl. Kwangtung). Co-author: William James ‘Tutcher (1867-1920). Publ.: 1912 (Nat. Nov. Nov 1912), p. map, [1]-370, errata slip facing p. 11. Copy: U. Duperrey, Louis Isidore (1786-1865), French navy officer, hydrographer and physi- cist. (Duperrey). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: None; cf. A. T. Brongniart and Bory de St. Vincent. Duperrey made entomological collections (now at P) on the Voyage of L’Uranie et La Physicienne 1817-1820; the botanical collections were made by Gaudichaud. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 483; BM 1: 493; CSP 2: 407, 7: 577; NI 560; PR 25109. Maiden, J. R. Soc. N.S.W. 44: 139-143. 1910. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 147. 1950. Taylor, DSB 4: 256-257. 1971 (q.v. for secondary refs.) EPONYMY: Duperreya Gaudichaud-Beaupré (1829). 1578. Voyage autour du monde, exécuté par ordre du Roi, sur la corvette de Sa Majesté, La Coquille, pendant les années 1822, 1823, 1824 et 1825, ... Par M. L. I. Duperrey. Paris 1826-1830, 8 vols. & atlas (5 vols.). Qu. et Fol. Botanique, par MM D’Urville, second de l’expédition, Bory de St.-Vincent et Ad. Brongniart, 2 vols. Paris (Arthus Bertrand) [1827]1828-1829[-1834]. Qu. (Voy. monde). Cryptogamie. Par M. Bory de St.-Vincent. Paris 1828, p. [i-iii], [1]-301, 39 (or 40, copy NY) plates (in atlas), published as fasc. 1-6. — Copies: MO, NY. Phanérogamie. Par M. Ad. Brongniart. Paris 1829, p. [1-111], [1]-232 (1), 67 plates (in atlas), published, incompletely, as fasc. 7-16. — Copies: MO, NY. Atlas: Histoire naturelle, Botanique. Paris 1826. Fol., p. [i, engr. t.p.], pl. [erypt.]: 1-13, 13bis, 14-24 [all coloured, by Bory], 25-30, 30bis, 31-38 [all uncoloured, by Bessa]; [phan.]: pl. 1-50 by Bessa, others by Decaisne, numbered 51-54, 56, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 68, 69, 70, 71, 75, 77, 78. Plates 1-24 of the cryptogamie are also reproduced in Bory de St.-Vincent’s Histoire des hydrophytes ou plantes agames des eaux of 1829. Originals at Paris Muséum Hist. nat. volume part pages plates dates B.F. Crypt. I [i-uii], [1]-48 [6] Sep 1827 12 Sep 2 49-96 [7] Dec 1827 26 Dec 3 97-136 [7] Feb 1828 16 Feb 4. 137-200 [6] Dec 1828 3 Jan 5 201-248 [7] Aug 1829 8 Aug 6 249-301 [6] Nov 1829 14. Nov Phan. 7 [i-ii], [1]-40 [8] Jul 1829 8 41-88 [8] Jan 1831 9 89-104. [3] Jun 1831 10 105-136 [?] Mar 1832 Il 137-176 [?] Apr 1833 12-14 177-200 [?] Jan 1834 15[?] [201-216] [? ? 16 [217-232] 53> 69, 70,7578 ? The Bibliographie de la France of 15 Apr 1826 announces that the entire botanical part will be accompanied by an atlas of 120 plates to be issued in parts of 8 each. ‘The atlas carries the date 1826, but was published in parts along with the text between 1827 and 1834. 793 DUPERREY Ref.: BM 1: 493; LS 7473; NI 560; PR 1174, 2519; SK p. clxxiv; IDC 2842. Sherborn and Woodward, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. ser. 7. 7: 391-392. 1901, Journ. of Bot. 39: 206. 1901. Maiden, J. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 44: 140-143. 1910. Becquart, Ent. Mitt. 15: 186-195. 1926. Du Petit-Thouars, Louis-Marie Aubert Aubert (1758-1831), French traveller and botanist. (Thouars). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: According to Alph. de Candolle, the Du Petit-Thouars herbarium is at P and PC. I have not been able to find this confirmed by the files of the Laboratoire de Phanérogamie. It is true, however, that the best set of his plants now known is the one at P and PC, but whether this contains also his types is difficult to decide. According to Desfontaines, Du Petit-Thouars presented the first part of his Histoire des végétaux recueillis sur les isles de France ... to the Muséum together with a set of specimens on which the descriptions were based; he promised to do this for all fascicles. An important set is also at B (Willd.); other material at K. Refs: SU oer 72) Desfontaines, Ann. Mus. Hist. nat. 4: 170. 1804. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 382, 415. 1916. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 1: 493-494; Bossert p. 109; CSP 1: 113-114; Langman p. 96; NI 562-564; PR 2521-2537. Flourens, Eloge historique d’Aubert-Aubert du Petit-Thouars, Paris 1845, 31 p., Eloges historiques p. 283-323. 1857, Mém. Acad. Sci. 20. 1849. Jacob de Cordemoy, Flore de l’Isle de la Réunion xxx. 1895. Woodward, J. Bot. 38: 392-400. 1900. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 112. 1903, 3(3): 101. pl. 38. 1905 (portr.) Lacroix, Figures de savants 4: 65. 1938. Hocquette, Bull. Soc. bot. Nord France 19(1): 54-57. 1966. (letters Roemer to D.) EPONYMY: Aubertia Bory de Saint-Vincent (1804); Thouarea Kunth (1833, orth. var.) ; Thouarsiora Homolle ex Arénes (1960); Thuarea Persoon (1805). 1579- Plantes des iles de l’ Afrique australe formant des genres nouveaux, ou perfectionnant les anciens; accompagnées de dissertations sur différens points de botanique. Paris (Auteur, Madame Huzard, Levrault, Schoell et Compagnie, Madame Devaux, Giguet et Compagnie) [1804]. Qu. (Pl. éles Afrig. austral.) Publ.: 16 Apr 1804 — consisted of one part containing plates nos. 1-8 and two plates of Cycas; dated Germinal XII (22 Mar-20 Apr 1804) [cf. Flora 22(1) Beil. 1: 2], pre- sented to Académie des Sciences (Paris) on 16 Apr 1804 (JGLF Apr 1804).— No copy seen; however the HU copy of the Histoire (1804) (next item), has bound in a cover with the above title. 1580. Histoire des végétaux recueillis sur les iles de France, la Réunion (Bourbon) et Madagascar. Premiére partie. Contenant les descriptions et figures des plantes qui forment des genres nouveaux, ou qui perfectionnent les anciens; accompagnées de dissertations sur différents points de botanique. Paris (Madame Huzard). An XII (1804). Qu. (Hist. vég. tles France). Publ.: 1804, before 22 Sep (“‘an xii’), p. [i]-xvi, diss. Cycas: [1]-14, [Descr. fig. pl.:] 15- 38, expl. gén. figures 39-40, pl. 1 (Cycas), 2 (idem), 3 (Didymeles) — zo (Calpidia). Copies: BM, G, HU, IDC 5213. — Reissue of the Plantes des iles as far as the plates are concerned. The plates are numbered 1-70. Ref.: PR 2521; IDG 52193: Manitz, Wiss. Z. Friedr. Schiller Univ. Jena, Mat. Nat. 24(4): 501-502. 1975. 1581. Histoire des végétaux recueillis dans les isles australes d’ Afrique par Aubert Aubert Du Petit-Thouars. Premiére partie, contenant les descriptions et figures des plantes qui forment des genres nouveaux ou qui perfectionnent les anciens. Paris (Levrault, Schoell et Cie.) 1805. Qu. (Hist. vég. isles austral. Afriq.) Publ.: Mai 1805, p. [i]-xvi, [1]-64, plates numbered 3-10 [new: 1-8], 9-20 of which the 704, DU PETIT-THOUARS series 3-10 is identical with f/. 3-10 of the 1804 issue. The Cycas plates [old 1-2] are omitted. Copies: G, NY. — The copy at K has extra plates 25-30 (shaded), see below (1806). 1582. Histoire des végétaux recueillis dans les isles australes d’Afrique ... premiére partie contenant les descriptions et figures des plantes qui forment des genres nouveaux ou qui perfectionnent les anciens. Paris (Tourneisen fils) 1806[-1808]. Qu. (Hist. vég. isles austral. Afriq.) Publ.: in four fascicles: 1/2: Jul 1806, 3: Mar 1807, 4: Jan 1808 (p. 57-72, pl. 19-24). Copies: NY, IDC 6127. — Contents: [i]-xvi, t.p. and discours préliminaire of which [v]- xvi identical with [v]-xvi of 1804 ed. of Histoire; [1]-7, general text on Voyage; 8, explication générale des figures; 9, Didymeles technical description; 10 notes corre- sponding with p. 23 and 24 of 1804 ed.; 11-24, idem descr. + notes plates 2-8, plate 8 = Calpidia, p. 24 1s identical with p. 38 of 1804 ed., 25-36; Observations sur les genres précédents.; 37-72, Sarcolaena fl. 9, 10 e.a. genera — pl. 24. Fascicles as follows (cf. Manitz 1975) 1: p. [i]-xvi, [1]-16 (material agreeing with 1804 issue but without the Cycas treat- ment) fl. 1-6 (orig. cover 1806, with Levrault-Schoell imprint). 2: p. 17-40, pl. 7-12. 3: p. 41-56, pl. 13-18. 4: p. 57-72, pl. 19-24. A further set of plates, numbered 25-30, “‘shaded in lithograph”’ was evidently pre- pared. A set of these plates, with names but no analysis engraved, not accompanied by text is present at K. The names on these plates are not validly published (see Hiern, 1900). Miltitz (1829) mentions also an issue from 1807. This was probably not a separate issue but the above 1806-1808 paper. Ref.: BM 1: 493; NI 562-563; PR 2521-2522; RS p. 73; IDC 407. Miltitz, Bibl. bot. 196. 1829. Woodward, J. Bot. 38: 392-394. 1900. Hiern, J. Bot. 38: 492. 1900. 1583. Genera nova madagascariensia, secundum methodum Jussiaeanam disposita. [Paris 1806]. Oct. (Gen. nov. madagasc.) Publ.: 17 Nov 1806, date of presentation of the printed pamphlet to the Académie des Sciences (Paris). Very few copies seem to have been distributed, but proof exists that at least one copy was deposited in a public library on 17 Nov 1806. p. [1]-29, [30, ind.]. Copies: G, P. — The original sheets were used for a later reissue in Mélanges de botanique, vol. 1, Paris 1811. The text is also included in Roemer, Collect. Bot. 1809. Ref.: PR 2525; RS p. 73; SK clxxix; IDC 5331. Hiern, Bot. 38: 493-494. 1900. Woodward, Bot. 38: 394. 1900. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. Bull. 19: 1144. 1964. 1584. Esquisse de la flore de [Isle de Tristan d’ Acugna. [Paris 1808]: Oct. (Esquisse fl. Tristan d’ Acugna). Publ.: Oct 1808, p. [1]-46, [2, table], pl. 7-13, reissued in Mélanges de Botanique. Copy: NY (in Meél.) Ref.: IDC 5914; BM 1: 493. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. Bull. 19: 1144-1145. 1964. 1585. Meélanges de botanique et des voyages ... Premier recueil. Paris (Arthus Bertrand) 1811. Oct. (Meélang. bot.) Publ.: 1811. Consists of 7 parts some of which are simply reissues of old stock of previous publications. Probably issued in fascicles; a first one 1 Jan 1811 (BF: Acad. 31 Dec 1810), another (“‘1 map, 18 plates”) Jul 1811 (JGLE, BF 6 Aug 1811). The NY copy of the Mélanges consists of the following items: Preface material: p. [i-iv], [1]-32 (Discours préliminaire) [1]. Diss. enchainement, p. [1]-48. [2]. Obs. gen. nova madagasc., p. [1]-4. [3]. Gen. nova madagasc., p. [1]-29, [30, index], 2 p. prodr. phytol. 795 DU PETIT-THOUARS [4]. Obs. pl. Iles de France, p. [1]-80. [5]. Cours de Botanique, p. [1]-16. [6]. Descr. Isles Tristan d’Acugna, p. [1]-24. [7]. Esquisse flore Tristan d’Acugna, p. [1]-46, [2, table]. [8]. Treiziéme essai, pl. [7]-48. [9]. plates 1-13 Flore Tristan, 2 pl. Iles austr., 2 tables. The MO copy lacks 3, 6, 7, and g but has in addition: [10]. Discours enseignement bot., p. 1-48. [11]. Cours de phytologie, p. 1-113. [12]. Cours de phytologie, p. 1-16. The copy described by Poisson lacks 5, 10, 11, 12. Refi PRi2527. Woodward, J. Bot. 38: 392-400. 1900. Poisson, Bull. Acad. malgache ser. 2. 30: 109-110. 1951/2. 1586. Histoire particuliére des plantes orchidées recueillies sur les trois iles australes d’Afrique, de France, de Bourbon et de Madagascar; ... composée de quartre-vingt-onze espéces figurées sur le vivant, et mises a leau-forte par auteur; rangées méthodiquement et dénommées par deux tableaux synoptiques; enfin décrites de maniére a faire connoitre tout ce qu’elles présentent de remarquable, Paris (author, Arthus Bertrand, Treuttel et Wurtz) 1822. Oct. (Hist. orchid.) Publ.: 1822, p. [i-viii], tabl. 1, 2, p. [1]-32, pl. 1-210. Copies: MO, NY. Descriptions of genera previously published by the same author in Nouveau Bulletin de la Société philomatique de Paris 1: 314-320. The plates were ready before the text and could be obtained separately. ‘The text was published in two parts which were presented to the Académie des Sciences (Paris) on 11 Mar and 18 Nov 1822. The book was published in octavo and quarto, with plain and with coloured plates. ‘The coloured plates were also sold separately in “‘cahiers”’ of six. The tableaux and the plates contain the new alternative names given by Thouars to the Orchids treated by him. His alter- native specific epithets are used in binomials and are hence admissible (see Friis and Rasmussen 1975).—The plates, all by the author, are numbered 1-66, 68, 69, 71, 72[bis], 73-97, 99, 99[bis], 100, 101, 102, 103, 106, 107, 107[bis], 108, 1r08bis, 109 [Nissen]. — The announcement published in the book seems to indicate that publication may have taken place in more than two parts. Ref.: BM 1: 493; NI 564; PR 2535; RS p. 73; SK p. clxxix; IDC 5380. Kuntze, Rev. gen. 1: exxvu. 1891. Woodward, J. Bot. 38: 394. 1900. Tourlet, Docum. Hist. Bot. Touraine 7. 1905. Sprague and Fischer, Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1928: 252-254, 406. Friis and Rasmussen, ‘Taxon 24: 307-317. 1975. Duplessy, F. S. (fl. 1800), French economic botanist. (Duplessy). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. 1587. Des végétaux résineux, tant indigénes qu’exotiques; ou description compléte des arbres, arbrisseaux, arbustes et plantes qui produisent des résines; avec les procédés pour les extraire; Vindication détaillée de leurs propriétés et usages dans la médecine, la pharmacie, l’art vétérinaire, la peinture, les vernis, la teinture, la parfumerie, l'économie domestique, et en général dans tous les arts utiles et agréables; on y joint la synonymie; les noms vulgaires en sept langues; la culture, etc. ; et un mémoire de J. Nauche, médecin, membre de plusieurs sociétés savantes, sur la maniére dont les substances résineuses agis- sent dans l’économie animale. Paris (Delalain fils) an XI (1802), 4 vols. Oct. (Vég. résin.) Publ.: Announced as published as a whole on 7 Oct 1802 (JT); date of legal deposit 2 Oct 1802. Copy: NY. : [i*-iv*], [i]-xxxvi, [2, err., avis.], [1]-438. I 2: [i*-i*], [a]-xvi, [1]-435. 3: [1*-i1*], [i]-xi, [xu, err.], [1]-440. 4: [i*-11*], [i]-xiv, [1, err.], [1]-586. Ref.: BM 1: 494; PR 2540. 706 DURAND, E. A. Durand, Elias [Elie] Magliore (1794-1873), French botanist who resided in the United States from 1816-1873. (E. M. Durand). HERBARIUM and TypEs: P-DU (received 12 Jul 1868). — Durand acquired Rafinesque’s herbarium (which itself included e.g. the Zacchaeus Collins herbarium) but discarded most of its less seemly specimens as well as most of the labels and annotations. The num- ber of Rafinesque types in the Durand herbarium is therefore very limited. Other collec- tors represented in the herbarium (ca. 8000 specimens): John Bartram, Bigelow, Bannister, Bischof, Bolander, Buckley, Chapman, Collins, Coulter, Diffenbaugh, Engelmann, Ervendberg, Fendler, Fremont, Geyer, A. Gray, E. Hall, F. Lindheimer, Nuttall, Oakes, C. C. Parry, F. C. Porter, Rothrock, Torrey, Ch. Wright. — Durand’s library is at PH. AES Mel Oe aby. Bureau, Bull. Soc. bot. France 21: 325-330. 1874. Anon., Bull. Torrey bot. Club 4(10): 45-47. Oct 1893. Chase, The Durand herbarium, Bartonia 17: 40-45. 1936. Pennell, Bartonia 21: 38-57. 1942, 23: 43-46. 1945, 25: 67-68. 1949. Merrill, Index rafinesquianus 33-37. 1949. Stuckey, Taxon 20: 443-459. 1971. Anon. [Mss.], Catalogue méthodique de l’herbier de l’ Amérique de M. Elias Durand. [P]. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 485; BM 1: 495; Bossert p. 109; CSP 2: 414- 415, 7: 581, 12: 209; Jackson p. 359; Langman p. 763; LS 7487-7501; ME 1: 180, 3: 568. Anon., Proc. Philadelphia Acad. Nat. Sci. 1873: 355-359. Des Moulins, Actes Soc. Linn. Bordeaux 29(2): 107-112. 1873. Meehan, Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philadelphia 1873: 355-359. Anon., Bull. Torrey bot. Cl. 4(10): 45-47. 1873. Harshberger, Botanists of Philadelphia 174. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 194. 1903. Lloyd, The Geoglossaceae 1916 (portr.) Robbins, Proc. Amer. philos. Soc. 101 (4) : 362-368. 1957, also Gard. J. New York Bot. Gard. 7(4): 105-108. 1957. Humphrey, Makers N. Amer. Bot. 76-77. 1961. EPONYMY: For eponyms based on the stem Durand-, cf. infra, sub J. F. Durande. 1588. Plantae prattenianae californicae: an enumeration of a collection of California plants, made in the vicinity of Nevada, by Henry Pratten, Esq., of New Harmony; with critical notices and descriptions of such of them as are new, or yet unpublished in America. [Philadelphia 1855]. Qu. (Pl. pratten. calif.) Publ.: Aug 1855, preprinted from J. Acad. Phila. ser. 2. 3: 79-104. Dec 1855 [for June 1855, see p. 79]. Ref.: Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 327. 1945. Rogerson, NAF ser. 2. 5: 237. 1965. Durand, Ernest Armand (1872-1910), French botanist, grandson of Cosson. (E. A. Durand). HERBARIUM and TYPEs: P. ej: WE Dat 77.2 BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 485. Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. France 57: 433. 1910. Perrier, Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris 16: 293-294. 1911. EPONYMyY: For eponyms based on the stem Durand-, cf. infra, sub J. F. Durande. 1589. Florae libycae prodromus ou catalogue raisonné des plantes de Tripolitaine par E. Durand et G. Barratte avec la collaboration de Paul Ascherson, William Barbey et 797 DURAND, E. A. Reinhold Muschler. Apercu géologique sur la Tripolitaine par Stanislas Meunier. Gené- ve (Romet, Froreisen successeur) 1910. Qu. (#1. libyc. prodr.) Co-author: Gustave Barratte. Collaborators: Paul Friedrich August Ascherson (1834-1913); William Barbey (1842- 1914); Reinhold Muschler (1883-x); Emile Stanislas Meunier (1843-1926). Publ.: 1910 (Nat. Nov. Sep 1910), p. [i]-cxxvii, [1]-330, map, [1, h.t.], pl. r-zg by d’Apréval, pl. 20 by Ch. Cuisin (all plates with letterpress; uncol. liths.) Copies: L, U. Ref.: BM 6: 286. Malinvaud, Bull. Soc. bot. France 57: 629-630. 1910. Durand, Héléne (1883-1934), Belgian botanical artist, daughter of Théophile Alexis Durand. (H. Durand). ORIGINAL DRAWINGS: BR. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 485; BM 1: 495-496, 6: 286. Lawalrée, Natura mosana 3(1): 1-3. 1950. EPONYMY: For eponyms based on the stem Durand-, cf. infra, sub J. F. Durande. Durand, Théophile Alexis (1855-1912), Belgian botanist. (7h. Durand). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Belgian herbarium: BR. Most of the types of Durand’s publica- tions on extra-European plants are also at BR. Costa Rican collections (with Pittier) : BR, and B, BM, G, K, L, LE. Reps PU o) i772. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 485; BM 1: 495, 6: 286; Bossert p. 110; CSP 12: 209, 191, 195, 14: 742-743; GR p. 694. Crépin, Guide du Botaniste en Belgique 448-449. 1878. Bauwens et al., Trib. hort. 7: 33-37. 1912. Massart et al., Bull. Soc. belg. Géogr. 36: 68-85. 1912 (portr., bibl.) Chauveaud, Bull. Soc. bot. France 59: 33. 1912. Cogniaux, Bull. Soc. roy. Bot. Belg. 49: 9-12. 1912. Pynaert, Rev. Hortic. belge étrang. 38: 45-46. 1912 (portr.) Marchal, Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 53: 7-55. 1914 (bibl., portr.) Evens, Gesch. algologie Belgie 168. 1944. COMPOSITE WoRKS: Durand et Jackson, Index kewensis, suppl. 1: 1-519. 1901-1906, see Jackson. EPONYMY: Durandeeldea O. Kuntze (1891); Durandia Boeckeler (1896). Note: For other eponyms based on the stem Durand-, cf. infra, sub J. F. Durande. 1590. Contributions a l’étude de la flore suisse. Catalogue de la flore vaudoise. Lausanne (Librairie rouge) 1882.[-1885]. Oct. (Cat. fl. Vaud.) Co-author: Henri Francois Pittier de Fabrega (1857-1950). r: [i-im], [1]-260. 1882 (Nat. Nov. Jun 1882), repr. from Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 20: 7- 266. 1882. 2: 261-392. 1883, repr. from id. 21: 197-328. 1883. 3: [393]-549. 1887 (cover 1887; Nat. Nov. Nov 1887). Copies: BR, G. 1591. Index generum phanerogamorum usque ad finem anni 1887 promulgatorum in Bentha- mi et Hookeri ‘“Genera Plantarum”’ fundatus cum numero specierum synonymis et area geographica ... Opus approbatum ab illustri doctore J. D. Hooker ex-rectore hortorum regiorum kewensium. Bruxelles (author), London (Dulau & Co.), Berlin (Gebr. Borntraeger), Paris (P. Klincksieck) 1888. Oct. (Index gen. phan.) Publ.: in parts, 1887-1888 (Nat. Nov. Sep 1888; preface and list of new names published after 1 Aug 1888, date of preface), p. [1*], [i]-xxii, [1 ]-722, [1, cont.]. Copies: MO, NY, U. 708 DURAND, T. A. Ref.: BM 1: 495; Langman p. 256. Britten, J. Bot. 26: 316-319. 1888. 1592. Primitiae florae costaricensis par Th. Durand ... et H. Pittier ... avec la collabora- tion de MM. O. Boeckeler, J. E. Bommer, J. Briquet, J. Cardot, R. Chodat, A. Cogniaux, C. de Chandolle, E. De Wildeman, A. Engler, E. Hackel, E. Hallier, F. W. Klatt, E. Marchol, M. Micheli, J. Mueller, L. Radlkofer, K. Schumann et F. Stephani et de Mmes. J. E. Bommer et M. Rousseau. Bruxelles (vol. 1: Jardin botanique de 1’ Etat) 1891-1896, San José de Costa Rica A.C. (vol. 2) 1898-1900. Oct. (Primit. fl. costaric.) Co-author: Henri Francois Pittier de Fabréga (1857-1950). Publ.: In part in Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. and in Ann. Inst. fis. geogr. nac. vol. fasc. pages vol. bull. pages bull. dates I I [3]-48 30 [1]-46 1891 49-97 30 47-95 1892 99-208 30 [196]-305 Dec 1892 2 [1]-28 31 [irg]-142 1893 29-78 31 1893 79-151 31 143-215 Oct 1893 3 [i-i1], [1]-80 32 [122]-201 1894 or 1895? 81-225 35 151-296 1896 Vol. 2: San José de Costa Rica A.C. 1898-1900, avec la collaboration de Casimir de Candolle, John Donnell-Smith, Adolphe Engler, Gustave Lindau et Ferdinand Pax. Part 1 in Ann. Inst. fis. geogr. nac. vol. 8. 2 I [1]-128 1898 (p. 6: 28 Nov 1897) 2 129-216, [1, err.] 1898 3 [217]-294, [295, err.] 1899 4 297-317, [319, ind.] 1900 5 [321]-337, [339, ind.] 1900 6 [341]-368 1900 7 369-405, [i-1v] 1900 Copies: NY, U. Ref.: BM 1: 495; 6: 286; Langman p. 256. 1593- Conspectus florae africae ou énumération des plantes d’Afrique. Bruxelles (Jardin botanique de l’Etat), Berlin (R. Friedlaender & Sohn), Paris (Paul Klincksieck), 2 vols. 1895-1898. Oct. + (Consp. fl. afric.) Co-author: Hans Schinz (1859-1941), Swiss botanist. Publ.: 1(2): Jun 1898, p. [i-iv], [1]-268. Copies: MO, U. 5: Dec 1894 (Nat. Nov.), p. [i-iv], [1]-957. Copies: U. Volume 5, the only completed volume, was issued as a whole in Dec 1894 (Nat. Nov.). The dates of printing given in the book are not those of publication. The same holds for the only other part issued, vol. 1(2), which became available as a whole in June 1898. Ref.: BM 1: 495. Stearn, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 3: 13-16. 1953. 1594. Etudes sur la flore de I’ Etat indépendant du Congo. Premiére partic. Bruxelles (Hayez) 1896 (Etudes fl. Congo). Co-author: Hans Schinz (1859-1941), Swiss botanist. Publ.: 1896 (t.p., Nat. Nov. Apr 1897), p. [i-iii], [33]-368. — Copy: U. — Reprinted from - Mémoires couronnés et autres Mémoires publiés par ’? Académie royale de Belgique, vol. 53, 1896. 1595- Sylloge florae congolanae [Phanerogamae]. Bruxelles (Albert De Boeck) 1909. Oct. (Syll. fl. congol.) 799 DURAND, T. A. Co-author: Héléne Durand (1883-1934), daughter of Théophile Alexis Durand. Publ.: 1909 (Nat. Nov. Nov 1909), p. [i-iii], [1]-716. Copies: MO, NY, U. Ref.: BM 6: 286. Durande, Jean Francois (1732-1794), French botanist at Dijon. (Durande). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 5(4): 120; Barnhart 1: 485; BM 1: 496; GR p. 318; LS 7502. Anon., Mém. Acad. Dijon ser. 2. 16: 323. 1871. Guédeés, Taxon 22: 211-219. 1973. EPONYMY: Durandea Delarbre (1800, nom. rej.) Note: Durandea J. E. Planchon (1847, nom cons.) is dedicated to Philippe Durand (fl. 1798- 1807), French clergyman and botanical collector in South Spain and Morocco; Durandia Rehm (1913), Durandiella Seaver (1932) and Durandiomyces Seaver (1928) are dedicated {4 Elias Judah Durand (1870-1922), American mycologist; Durandeeldea O. Kuntze (1891) and Durandia Boeckeler (1896) are dedicated to Théophile Alexis Durand (1855- 1912), q.v.; Durandoa Pomel (1860) is dedicated to Gaetano Leone Durando (1811-1892), q.v. 1596. Notions élémentaires de botanique, avec ’explication d’une carte composée pour servir aux cours publics de l’Académie de Dijon (L. N. Frantin) 1781. Oct. (Notzons élém. bot.) Publ.: Feb-Aug 1782 (privilége 8 Feb 1782; Obs. Phys. Aug 1782), p. [1]-368, [1]-xcii, [2, cont., err.], [2, privilége]. Copy: USDA. Ref.: PR 2550. Guédeés, Taxon 22: 216. 1973. 1597- Flore de Bourgogne, ou catalogue des plantes naturelles a cette province, & de celles qu’on y cultive le plus communément, avec Vindication du sol ot: elles croissent, du temps de leur floraisons, & de la couleur de leurs fleurs; ouvrage rédigé pour servir aux cours publics de ’Académie de Dijon. Dijon (L. N. Frantin) 1782, 2 vols. Oct. (Fl. Bourgogne). Premiére partie: 1782, p. [i*-ii*], [i]-vill, 1-520, i-lxvi. Copy: NY. Seconde partie: 1782, p. [i]-xiv, 1-290, i-Ixxx. Copy: NY. — Title: ““Flore de Bourgogne, ou propriétés des plantes de cette province, relativement a la médecine, a l’agriculture et les-arts., Ouvrage -...57 Ref.: BM 1: 496; LS 7502; PR 2551. Durando, Gaetano Leone (1811-1892), French botanist in Algeria. (Durando). HERBARIUM and Types: AL?; collections in many herbaria, distributed under various titles: Flora atlantica exsiccata, Plantae Algeriae. Ref.: TH 2: 172. Anon., Flora 33: 560. 1850. Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. France 2: 560. 1855. Anon., Bonplandia 6: 34.2. 1858. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 514; Barnhart 1: 485 (d. 13 Jan 1892); CSP 9: 759; Saccardo 1: 68. Cosson et Durieu, Intr. Fl. Alg., Bot. 2: xxvii. 1868. Cosson, Comp. FI. Atl. 1: 36-37. 1881. Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cxvii. 1883. Battandier, Bull. Soc. bot. France 38: 190-191. 1892. Gay, Rev. de Bot. 10: 711-715. 1892. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 41. 1941. EPONYMY: Durandoa Pomel (1860). — Note: For other eponyms based on the stem Durand-, cf. supra, sub J. F. Durande. 710 DURIEU Durieu de Maisonneuve, Michel Charles (1796-1878), French botanist at Bor- deaux. (Durieu). HERBARIUM and tyPEs: P, PC. — Exsiccatae: Plantae selectae hispano-lusitanicae (coll. 1835, ed. 1856) in many herbaria (e.g. G, K, P, PC). Other plants distributed in the ‘‘Herbier de la Commission scientifique de l’Algérie”’ (1840-1844). Ref.: 1H 2: 173. Magnier, Bull. Soc. bot. France 32(2): 48. 1885. [sale duplicates]. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG I: 172, 5(1): 670; Barnhart 1: 486; Bossert p. 110; CSP 2: 417, 6: 646, 7: 583, 9: 760, 12: 210; GR p. 276; Jackson p. 348; LS 7503-7511; MW p. 103; PR 2555-2558. Cosson et Durieu, Expl. sci. Alger., Bot. 2: xxvii-xxviii. 1868. Cogniaux, Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 16: 263-265. 1877. Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. France 25(2): 43-44. 1878. Brochon, Discours sur la tombe de M. C. Durieu de Maisonneuve. Bordeaux 1878. Roumeguére, Notice nécrol. sur. M. Ch. Durieu de Maisonneuve. Alger 1878, 8 p. (repr., unidentified, in DS). Cosson, Comp. fl. atl. 1: 37-38. 1881. EPONYMY: Duriaea [sic] Bory de Saint-Vincent & Montagne (1843); Duriella [sic] Bory de Saint-Vincent ex Billot (1861); Durteua Boissier & Reuter (1842); Durieuwa Meérat (1829) ; Mazsonnewea Trevisan (1877); Riella C. Montagne (1852). 1598. Exploration scientifique de [’ Algérie pendant les années 1840, 1841, 1842 publiée par ordre du gouvernement et avec le concours d’une commission académique. Sciences physiques. Botanique par MM Bory de St-. Vincent et Durieu de Maisonneuve membres de la Commission scientifique d’Algérie. Paris (Imprimerie royale) 1846-1855[-1869] (Expl. sci. Algérie). vol. livraison text plates date —_ published cover I i I-40 Tht Os Qs DA. 1846 1846 2 41-80 95 4550s Les 13 1846 1846 3 81-120 16, 17, 18, 21, 24, 30 1846 1846 4 121-160 IO, 15, 20, 22, 23, 34 1846 1846 5 161-200 ETO. 9132, 995 44 1846 1846 6 201-240 29, 51, 55, 69, 80, 88 1846 1846/7 7 241-280 52; 53, 58, 67, 745 77 1846 1847/8 8 281-320 28, 38, 41, 545 59, 83 1848 1848 9 321-360 64, 65, 78, 79, 84, 86 1848 1848 10 361-400 25, 48, 56, 68, 85, 87 1848 1848 II 401-440 39; 45, 47, 60, 76, go 1848 1848/9 12 441-480 22bis, 26, 45bis, 61, 72,89 1848 1849 13 481-520 275 375 46, 49; 66, 79; 1848 1849 14. 521-560 36, 41, 43, 62, 63, 82 1848 1849 15 561-600 355 40, 50, 71, 73, 82 1849 1849 2 16 1-120 t.p.’s G legends atlas 1849 Mai-Jun 1855 17 121-240 1849 Nov-Dec 1855 18/19 241-330, [1*-v*], 1855 Jan 1868 [i]-civ, [333] I 20 [1]-39 atlas, 1855 Oct 1869 crypt. 601-631 Title-pages: above: text as on cover livraisons 1-17; the covers of 18/19 and 20 have *“*... les années 1840 et suivantes’’ (copy in orig. covers at MO). The second pl. 41 is correctly 42. [ Botanique I]: “Exploration scientifique de l’ Algérie publiée par ordre du gouvernement. Science naturelles botanique’’ Paris (Imprimerie impériale) 1846-1849, followed by 711 DURIEU h.t. Cryptogamie par M. Ch. Durieu de Maisonneuve, avec le concours de MM. Montagne, Bory de Saint-Vincent, L. R. F. Tulasne, C. Tulasne Léveillé, p. [i*-1i*], [i-iii], [1]-631, p. ii dated Apr 1868. Copies: HU, MO, NY. A number of diagnoses of Algerian fungi were published in advance of Montagne in his “‘Centuries de plantes vasculaires,”’ Ann. Sci. nat. Bot. ser. 3. 4: 353-367. Aug 1845. Most of the names of fungi published by Durieu and Montagne are listed in Montagne, Sylloge generum specierumque cryptogamarum, 1856, with reference to pages and plates, giving 1846 as date. There is, however, no proof that livraisons 11-15, p. 401-600 (to which Montagne refers as 1846) came out before 1849 (dates on orig. covers). Botanique IT. Phanérogamie. Groupe de Glumacées, par E. Cosson et Durieu de Maison- neuve. General t.p.: ‘Exploration ... (as Botanique I) ...” Paris (Imprimérie nationale) 1854-1867, p. [i*-v*], [i]-civ, [1]-330, [331, cont.]. Copy: MO. “Ce travail sur les Glumacées de l’Algérie est oeuvre presque exclusive de M. E. Cosson, ainsi que M. Durieu s’est plu a le reconnaitre”’ (statement on p. [iv] of cover of Cosson, Ill. fl. atl., fasc. 7, 1897). Atlas, consisting of go coloured plates (nos. I-90, 22 bis, 45 bis; nos. 57 and 70 wanting) published in parts between 1846 and 1849; an annotated list belonging with the atlas was published in 1869. ‘The Latin diagnoses of 39 species were published in advance in Duchartre, Rev. Bot. 1: 359-368 (Feb 1846) and 2: 424-439 (Apr 1847). Copies: MO, NY. T.p. atlas: ‘Exploration ...”’ as in Botanique I, 1846-1849; p. [i*], [i]-[vii], [1]-39, [7, legends], plates as above. Other t.p. (copy BR) : Paris (Imprimerie nationale) 1850. Ref.: BM 1: 496; NI 2246; PR 1913; SK p. clxxvi. Sherborn and Woodward, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. ser. 7. 8: 162. 1901. Stearn, J. Bot. 79: 116-117. 1941. Léandri, Adansonia 4(3): 364. 1964. Du Roi, Johann Philipp (1741-1785), German physician, botanist and dendrologist at Braunschweig. (Du Roz). : HERBARIUM and tTyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 486; BM 1: 496; PR 2559-2560. Dryander, Bibl. hist. nat. Banks 3: 82, 208, 335. Ratzeburg, Forstwiss. Schriftsteller-Lexikon 156-158. 1874. Duroi, L., Jahresber. Ver. Naturw. Braunschweig 17: 187-189. 1913. EPONYMY: Duroia Linnaeus fil. (1781, nom. cons.) 1599. Die Harbkesche wilde Baumzucht theils Nordamerikanischer und anderer fremder, theils einheimischer Baume, Straucher und strauchartigen Pflanzen nach den Kenn- zeichen, der Anzucht, den Eigenschaften und der Benutzung beschrieben. Braunschweig (Waisenhaus Buchhandlung) 1771-1772, 2 vols. Oct. (Harbk. Baumz.) Ed. 1: 1: 1772 (t.p., NZGS 5 Mar 1772, pref. 21 Sep 1771), p. [i]-Ixxx, [1]-447, [4, err-], 3 pl. Copy: USDA. (other copies with imprint 1771) 2: 1772 (NZGS 5 Mar 1772), p. [i], [1]-512, [1-30, index], 3 pl. Copy: USDA. Ed. 2: “herausgegeben mit Vermehrungen und Veranderungen von J. F. Pott. Braun- schweig (Schulbuchhandlung)”’: 1: 1795 (p. viii Mar 1795), [i]-xlviii, [1]-659, [660, err.], p/. 7-3 uncol. copper engr. by J. C. Schaerer. Copy: USDA. 2: 1800, p. [i], [1]-606, pl. 4-6 idem. Copy: USDA. 3: 1800, p. [i-iti], [1]-276. Copy: USDA. Ref.: BM 1: 496; PR 2560. Tucker, Cat. Arnold Arb. 1: 220. 1914. Dusén, Per Karl Hjalmar (1855-1926), Swedish botanist, palaeobotanist and ex- plorer, originally civil engineer. (Dusén). HERBARIUM, TYPES and COLLECTIONS: S, S-PA (e.g. a large herbarium of bryophytes). — Duplicates of Dusén’s numerous collections were widely distributed, under various titles 712 DUSS (Musci africani in Camerunia collecti, 1890-1892; Hepaticae africanae in Camerunia collectae, 1890-1892; Musci chilensis, Musct patagonict, 1896-1897; Plantae brasiliensis in civitate Parand collectae, 1903-1904; Plantae patagoniae e territorio Sta. Cruz reportatae, 1904-1905; Plantae vasculares e Patagonia orientali reportatae, 1904; id. e territorio Sta. Cruz reportatae 1904-1905; Fungi camerunenses, 1891-1892). For duplicates (many of these series were/are at B) see IH. IGS Mele 7 Gy Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 275, 286, 298, 341-342. Hepper and Neate, Plant coll. W. Afr. 27. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRAPHY: Andrews p. 256; Barnhart 1: 486; BM 1: 497, 6: 287; Bossert p. 110; CSP 14: 747; IF p. 693; KR p. 148-149; Quenstedt p. 123. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 35. 1903, 3(3): pl. zzz. 1905 (portr.) Harms, Z. f. Sukkul. 3: 115-116. 1917. Sampaio, Arch. Mus. nac. Rio de Janeiro 22: 42-47. 1919. Arnell, The bryologist 29: 57-58. Sep 1926. Birger, Sv. bot. Tidskr. 20: 77-85. 1926 (bibl., portr.) Birger, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 44: (81)-(87). 1927 (portr.) Angely, Bol. Inpabo 1-17. 1955. EPONYMY: Dusenia V. F. Brotherus (1894); Dusenta O. Hoffmann (1900); Duseniella V. F. Brotherus (1906) ; Duseniella K. M. Schumann (1902). HANDWRITING: Bull. Inpabo 1955, p. 17. Duss, [Pere] Antoine (1840-1924), Swiss clergyman and botanist in the West Indies. (Duss). HERBARIUM and Types: The main collections were at B (through Krug et Urban), duplicates see IH 2; see also Urban 1902. Many plants labelled Herbier de la Guadeloupe et de la Martinique, 1899-1904, others Herbier de la Martinique, 1876-1903, Herbier de la Guadeloupe et Dépendances, 1892-1893. ef Myo 173. Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 40. 1902. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 5(1): 249; Barnhart 1: 486; BM 1: 497, 6: 288; GR p. 634-640; Langman p. 257. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 39-41, 1898, 3: 10, 13, 40. 1902. Rodriguez, Bull. Soc. bot. France 78: 659-662. 1931. Privault, Bull. Soc. bot. France 84: 289-294. 1937. Stehlé, Le R. P. A. Duss, sa vie et son oeuvre (Flore de la Guadeloupe 4). Basse Terre 1943 (bibl., portr.), x, 136p. Le Gallo, Le Naturaliste Canadien 79(2): 53-75. 1952 (portr.) EPONYMY: Dussia Krug & Urban ex Taubert (1892); Dussiella Patouillard (1890). 1600. Flore phanérogamique des Antilles frangaises (Guadeloupe et Martinique) ... Avec annotations du professeur Dr. Edouard Heckel sur l’emploi de ces plantes. Macon (Protat fréres) 1897. Oct. (Fl. phan. Antill. frang.) Publ.: Jul-Aug 1897 (t.p., Nat. Nov. Sep 1897), p. [i]-xxviii, [1]-656. — Copies: NY, U. - Reprinted from Ann. Inst. Col. Marseille 3: i-xxviii, 1-656. 1897 (‘‘1896”’), cover title as above, title of journal publication: ‘‘Plantes de la Guadeloupe et de la Martinique.” See Urban (1898) for an extensive and critical discussion of this work. Reprint: Paris 1972 (n.v.) Ref.: BM 1: 497; Langman p. 257; Plesch p. 215-216. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 39-41. 1898. Privault, Bull. Soc. bot. France 84: 289-294. 1937 (additions). 1601. Division, nomenclature & habitat des fougéres et lycopodes des Antilles frangaises (La description détaillée de chaque espéce de fougére paraitra plus tard). Lons-le-Saunier (Lucien Declume) 1903. Oct. (Div. foug. Antill. frang.) 713 DUSS Publ.: 1903 (t.p., rd. NY Apr 1904), p. [1]-113. Copy: NY. Ref.: Urban, Symb. ant. 5: 4. 1908. 1602. Les Lycopodes des Antilles ae Lons-le-Saunier 1903. Oct. (Lycopod. Antill. frang.) Publ.: 1903 (Nat. Nov. Feb 1904), p. [1]-16. Ref.: Urban, Symb. ant. 5: 4. 1908. 1603. Enumération méthodique des muscinées des Antilles frangaises. Lons-le-Saunier (Lucien Declume) 1903. Oct. (Enum. musc. Antill. frang.) Publ.: 1903 (Nat. Nov. Feb 1904). Copy: NY. — I. Hépatiques, p. [1]-41; II. Mousses, p- [1]-39. Ref.: Urban, Symb. ant. 5: 4. 1908. 1604. Enumération méthodique des champignons recueillis 4 la Guadeloupe et & la Martinique. Lons-le-Saunier (Lucien Declume) 1903. Oct. (Enum. champ. Guadeloupe). Publ.: 1903 (t.p., Nat. Nov. Apr 1904), p. [1]-94. Copy: NY. — The new taxa are described by Patouillard. Ref.: Urban, Symb. ant. 5: 4. 1908. 1605. Flore cryptogamique des Antilles frangaises. Lons-le-Saunier (Lucien Declume) 1904. Oct. (Fl. crypt. Antill. frang.) Publ.: Combines several of the above publications with abouts pagination. Copy: U. — Fougéres et Lycopodes [5]-113; Fougéres et Lycopodes [113*]-128/[1]-16; Muscinées, 8iGo, [129]-169/[1]-41; Muscinées, Mousses [171 ]-209/[1]-39; Fungi [21 1]-304/[1]- 94; Lichens [305]-322/[1]-18; table [323]-360. Duthie, John Firminger (1845-1922), British botanist in India. (Duthie). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: K, also in part BM, CAL for duplicates see IH. Exsiccatae: Musci himalayenses (1879-1882), Flora of Himalaya, Flora of N.-W. India. Refo O27 so. Kent, Brit. herbaria 53. 1953. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 486; BB p. 98; BM 1: 497, 2: 288; Bossert p-. 110; CSP 7: 584, 9: 762, 14: 748; Jackson p. 384; MW p. 103-104; NI 572-573. Babington, Memorials 472. 1897. Gamble, Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1922: 125-128 (bibl.) Gamble, J. Bot. 60: 151-153. 1922. Jackson, Proc. Linn. Soc. 134: 44-45. 1922. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 187. 1936. Riddelsdell, Fl. Gloucestershire cxxxil. 1948. Burkill, Chapt. hist. bot. India 237. 1965. COMPOSITE WoRKS: Hooker, Fl. Brit. Ind.: Myrtaceae (excl. Barringtoniaceae) 2: 462-406. Jul 1878, 497-506. Mai 1879. EPONYMY: Duthiea Hackel (1896). — Note: Duthiea Manza (1937) and Duthiophycus Tandy (1938) are dedicated to Augusta Vera Duthie, South African botanist. 1606. The Orchids of the North-Western Himalaya. Calcutta 1906. Qu., Annals of the Royal Botanic Garden, Calcutta 9(2): [i*-ii*], [i]-ii, [81]-211, pl. 94-151. 1906 (Bengal Secretariat Press) (Orchids N.W. Himalaya). Publ.: 1906, received at BM and K on 8 Mar 1907. Issued also separately but with original pagination. Usually cited from Ann. R. Bot. Gard. Calcutta. — Plates partly coloured, drawings by H. Hormusji. Copies: BM, K, MO, U. Facsimile ed.: Lehre (J. Cramer) 1967. Copy: FAS. Ref.: NI 573. Stafleu, Taxon 17: 293-296. 1968. 1607. Flora of the upper Gangetic plain, and of the adjacent Siwalik and sub-Himalayan 714 DUVAL tracts. Calcutta (Superintendent of Government Printing) 1903-1929, 3 vols. 16-mo. (Fl. Gangetic plain). vol. part pages dates I I [i*-i1*], map, [i]-xvii, [1]-16, 16a-c, [17]-403 1903 (after 10 Feb) 2 [1-111], 401-500, ind. [i-v] 1905 (after 19 Jul) 2 [i-ii], [1 ]-266 IQII 3 I [i-ii], [1 ]-168 IQI5 2 [i-ii], 169-283 1920 3 [1-111], 285-371 1929 (after 1 Mai) Copies: HH, U, US. — Authors of vol. 3: Turrill (Cyperaceae), Duthie (Palmae, Aroid., Alism.), R. N. Parker (rest). Imprint: Calcutta, Government of India Central Publi- cation Branch. Reprints: 1960 (n.v.), 1973 (n.v.) (announced by the trade). Duval, Henri Auguste (1777-1814), French physician and botanist. (Duval). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(2): 339; Barnhart 1: 487; BM 1: 498; Jackson p. 418; PR 2573. Jourdan, Dict. Sci. méd., Biogr. méd. 3: 566. 1821. Hoefer, Nouv. Biogr. gén. 15: 518. 1856. Stearn, Cactus J. 7: 105-108. 1939. EPONYMY: Duvalia Bonpland (1816); Duvalia A. H. Haworth (1812). — Note: Duvaliella F. Heim (1892) is dedicated to Joseph Duval-Jouve (1810-1883), q.v. 1608. Plantae succulentae in horto Alenconio. Paris (Gabon et Cie.) 1809. Oct. (Pl. succ. horto Alencon.) Publ.: 1809, p. [1]-18. Copy: facsimile in Stearn (1939), orig. at BM. Ref.: Stearn, Cactus J. 7: 105-108. 1939 (with facsimile). Duval-Jouve [earlier: Duval], Joseph (1810-1883), French botanist and palaeobio- logist; inspector of the Academy at Strassbourg (PR), later at Montpellier. (Duval- Jouve). HERBARIUM and TyPEsS: MPU, other material at P-CO (Algeria) and AUT, B, K, LZ, P (France). Ref.: TH 2: 174. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 656, 663; Barnhart 1: 488; BM 1: 498; Bossert p. 110; CSP 2: 426, 7: 585-586, 9: 764, 12: 24, 14: 751; Jackson p. 542 [index]; PR 2574-2577, 10558; Quenstedt p. 123. Brongniart, Rapport progrés botanique phytographique 38-42. 1868. Duval-Jouve, Notice sur les titres et ouvrages scientifiques de M. J. Duval-Jouve 1877. Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30(1): 257, cxvii-cxviii. 1883. Flahault, Notice biographique sur M. Duval-Jouve, Paris 1884, 15 p. (bibl.); also in Bull. Soc. bot. France 31(1): 167-182. 1884 (bibl.) Sahat, Bull. Soc. Et. Sci. Angers ser. 2. 15: 29-60. 1885 (bibl.) Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 1o1. pl. 138. 1905. Reynolds Green, Hist. Bot. 162. 1909. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 187. 1936. EPONYMY: Duvaliella F. Heim (1892); Duvaljowvea Palla (1905). 1609. Histoire naturelle des Equisetum de France ... Mémoire présenté a l’ Académie des sciences et accompagné du rapport de M. A. Brongniart, de 10 planches gravées, en 715 DUVAL partie coloriées, avec figures transparentes superposées et de 33 figures intercalées dans le texte. Paris, London, Madrid, New York (Bailliére) 1864. Oct. (Hist. nat. Equisetum France). h Publ. coe 1864 (p. iii: 15 Nov 1863, Flora 7 Mai 1864), p. [1*-ii*], [i]-viii, [1 ]-296, pl. 1-10. Copies: MO, NY, U. — Duval-Jouve used anatomical characteristics for his taxonomy. Ref.: PR 2574; IDC 5488. Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. France 11 (Bibl.): 8-12. Jul 1864. Anon., Flora 47: 239, 240. 7 Mai 1864. J.M., Hedwigia 3(11): 173. Nov 1864. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 22: 206-207. 8 Jul 1864. Earle, Franklin Summer (1856-1929), American mycologist and phytopathologist. (Earle). HERBARIUM and TypEs: NY, duplicates in many herbaria. — Exsiccatae: Economic fungi (fasc. 1-4, nos. 1-200, 1890-1892), set at NY, and (with E. S. Earle) Plants of New Mexico (1900), sets at B, NY. — Manuscripts and correspondence at NY. Ref.: TH 1 (ed. 6): 358; 2: 175. Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 145-146. 1973. Hawksworth, Mycologist’s handb. 182. 1974. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 490; BL 1: 163; BM 2: 501, 6: 209; Bossert p. 111; CSP 14: 763; Langman p. 258; LS 7538-7572a, suppl. 7168-7171. Anon., J. Mycol. 9: opp. p. 161. 1903 (portr.) Urban, Symb. ant. 5: 5. 1908. Horne, J. New York Bot. Gard. 30: 86-88. 1929. Chardon, Mycologia 21(6): 301-303. 1929 (portr.) Anon., Phytopathology 20: 466, 923-929. 1930. Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 434. 1916, 7(15): 1060. 1940. Rodgers, Liberty Hyde Bailey 144, 231. 1949. COMPOSITE WoRKS: Contributed to E. L. Greene, Plantae bakerianae, 1901; published A preliminary list of Alabama fungi, Apr 1897, with L. M. Underwood, q.v. EPONYMY: Earliella Murrill (1905). — Note: Earlia F. von Mueller (1863) is dedicated to Georg Windsor Earle, a student of geography and ethnology in the Malesian area and in Australia. Eastwood, Alice (1859-1953), American botanist mainly working on the flora of Cali- fornia, curator of the herbarium at the California Academy of Sciences 1894-1949. (Eastw.) HERBARIUM and tTyPEs: CAS, older collections COLO. — Exsiccatae: Plants of California, Flora of the country adjacent to Santa Barbara. Ref.: TH 1 (ed. 6): 358, 2: 175. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 491; BL 1: 131, 150-151, 167, 170, 2173 BM 2: 502, 6: 290; Bossert p. 111; CSP 14: 765; Langman p. 258. Blankinship, Montana Agric. Coll. Sci. Studies 1(1): 3-31. 1905. Tucker, Cat. Libr. Arnold. Arb. 1: 223. 1914. Crum, Madrojio 5: 74. pl. 7. 1939. Rodgers, John Merle Coulter 248. 1944. Abrams, Pacific Discovery 2(1): 14-17. 1949 (portr.) Anon., Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. 25: [ix]-xxiv. 1949 (portr., bibl.) Ewan, Rocky Mountain naturalists 200-201. 1950. Crisp, The green Thumb 11: 32-35. 1954 (portr.) Dakin, The perennial adventure, a tribute to A.E., San Francisco, 1954 (portr.) Howell, Leaflets western Botany 7: 153-164. 1954. Howell, Sierra Club Bull. 39(6): 78-80. 1954. 716 EATON, A. Howell, Taxon 3: 98-100. 1964. Wilson, Leaflets western Botany 7: 65-68. 1954 (chronology expl.) Ewan, in A century of progress in the natural sciences 48. 1955. Wilson, Alice Eastwood’s wonderland, San Francisco 1955. Cantelow and Cantelow, Leaflets western Bot. 8(5): 83-101. 1957. Thomas, Contr. Dudley Herb. 5: 153-154. 1961. Rickett, NAF 28(B): 327. 1945, ser. 2. 5: 237. 1965. Ewan, Short History Botany U.S. 15, 117, 140, 141. 1969. Thomas, Huntia 3: 27. 1969 (preprint) (portr.) Sutton, Charles Sprague Sargent 323, 329, 330. 1970. Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 146. 1973 (corresp.) COMPOSITE Works: Editor of Zoe, 3-4, 1892-1894. FESTSCHRIFT: Alice Eastwood semi-centennial publication, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. ser. 4. 25: [1x]-xxiv. 1949. 1610. A popular flora of Denver, Colorado. San Francisco (Zoe Publishing Company, P.O. Box 2114) s.d. [May 1893]. Oct. (Pop. fl. Denver). Publ.: May 1893 fide stamp in several copies (MO, Ewan), p. [i], [1]-57. Copies: MO, NY, Ewan. — A three page “‘Additions and corrections, January 14, 1895” is found as a loose insert in some copies. Ref.: BL 1: 170. Allison, The University of Colorado Studies 6(1): 59. 1908 (cites the publication “no date’’). 1611. The flora of the Nob Hill cobblestones San Francisco in the 1890’s. [San Francisco, 1950]. (Fl. Nob Hill). Publ.: Originally published in Erythea vol. 6, Jun 1898 (‘“The plant inhabitants of Nob Hill’); reprinted as an independent, undated pamphlet, p. [1]-8, in 1950 by the California Botanical Club. 1612. A flora of the South Fork of Kings River from Millwood to the head waters of Bubbs Creek. [San Francisco] 1902. Oct. Publ.: Publications of the Sierra Club no. 27, Jun 1902, p. [i-ii], [1]-96. Copy: HH. 1613. A handbook of the trees of California. San Francisco (California Academy of Sciences) 1905. Oct. (Handb. trees California). Publ.: 8 Jul 1905 (t.p.), p. [1]-86, pl. 1-57. Copy: HH. — Occasional papers Calif. Acad. Sci. no. 9. Ref.: BM 6: 2go. Tucker, Cat. Library Arnold Arb. 1: 223. 1914. Eaton, Amos (1776-1842), American botanist, lecturer and writer; great popularizer of botanical science. (Eaton). HERBARIUM and Types: YU. — Merrill and Reeder examined the herbarium and found that it contained only a few types. Eaton preserved only small scraps of specimens collect- ed by himself; the great majority of the material must have been discarded by him. Eaton letters to Torrey at NY. Ref.: Merrill and Reeder, Bartonia 24: 41-45. 1947. Merrill, Rhodora 48: 201-205. 1948. Martin, in Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. (Torrey corr.) 455. 1973- BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 353; Barnhart 1: 491; BM 2: 506, 6: 290; Bossert p. 112; CSP 2: 434-435; DAB 5: 605-606; GR p. 187; IF p. 396, suppl. 1: 81; Jackson p. 8, 37, 38, 354, 355, 364; Langman p. 258; LS 7576; MD p. 100-107; ME1: 180, 3: 568; Merrill p. 695-696, 720; PR 2593, ed. 1: 2882-2884; Quenstedt p. 124. Anon., Pop. Sci. Monthly 38: 113-118. 1890. 77 EATON, A. Gray, Letters 2: 832 [index]. 1893. Youmans, Pioneers of Science in America 111-118. 1896. Knowlton, The plant world 1: 17-18. 1897 (portr.) Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 178. 1903. Merrill, Ann. Rep. Smithsonian Inst. 1904: 695-696, 720-721. Tucker, Cat. Library Arnold Arb. 1: 223. 1914. Barnhart, Mem. Torrey bot. Club 16: 293. 1921. Rickett, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, Amos Eaton, Troy 1933, 32 p. (portr.) Rodgers, Noble Fellow Sullivant 347 [index]. 1940. McAllister, Amos Eaton, Philadelphia 1941. Good, H. G., Sci. Monthly 53: 464-469. 1941. Rodgers, John Torrey 340 [index]. 1942. Dupree, Asa Gray 485-486 [index]. 1959. Graustein, Thomas Nuttall 193, 221-222, 342, 465. 1969. Ewan, Short History Bot. U.S. 164 [index]. 1969. Rezneck, DSB 4: 273-275. 1971 (q.v. for further sec. ref.) EPONYMY: Eatonia Rafinesque (1819). — Note: Eatonella A. Gray (1883) is dedicated to Daniel Cady Eaton (1834-1895), q.v. 1614. A manual of botany for the northern states. Comprising generic descriptions of all phenogamous and cryptogamous plants to the North of Virginia, hitherto described; with references to the natural orders of Linnaeus and Jussieu. Each genus is further illustrated by short descriptions of its most common species. By the members of the botanical class in Williams’ College (Mass.). From a manuscript system, compiled by the author of Richard’s botanical dictionary, Albany (Websters and Skinners) 1817. Duod. (in sixes) (Man. bot.) Publ.: the titles of the eight editions vary; for detailed transcriptions and for collations (eds. 1-7) see Margadant (MD). The eighth edition, by Eaton and Wright, is entitled North American Botany. All except the first bear the author’s name. Merrill and Reeder list the new names of phanerogams in all editions. They also provide a key (p. 39) to Eaton’s sometimes very cryptic abbreviations of names of authors and of localities. ed. dates pages - details I 18-31 Jul 1817 [i]-vi, 1-164 (107 as 701°’) | author’s name not on t.p. Copies: Ewan, NY. 2 Jun 1818 (it —a)= [1201-524 t.p. see MD; second edition, Duod. in sixes corrected and enlarged. Copies: HH, HU. 3 23 Mar-23 Apr 1822 [1]-536 issue I; = Aumanualeys. a: Duod. in sixes issue 2: “‘Manual...”’; t.p. see MD; Copies: BM, FAS(2), NY. 4 Feb-Dec 1824 {i]-[x], 11-539 Copy: NY; Collab.: Lewis Duod. in sixes Caleb Beck (1798-1853). 5 Sep 1829 [1]-[452], [1]-60, 51, 52, Orig. issue: FAS, HH, NY, ° 53[= 61-63], [1-71] US; 2nd copy HH: p. 13-24 reprinted in other type; Collab.: William Edward A. Aikin (1807-1888), H. H. Eaton (1809-1832). 6 22 Mai-3 Jun 1833 [i]-x, 11-103, 1-401, 1-137, Copies: BM, NY, MO, U; [ 138, err.] Duod. in sixes Collab.: James Hall (1811- 1898), S.W. Williams (1812- 1884). 7 Apr-Mai 1836 [i]-vi, 7-672 Collab.: James Hall (1811- Duod. in sixes 1898). Copies: HU, MO, NY, U, US. 8 Jun 1840 [i]-[viii], [1 ]-625 Copies: BM, NY, E. G. Voss. 718 EATON, D.C. Ed. 8: North American botany; comprising the native and common cultivated plants north of Mexico: genera arranged according to the artificial and natural methods. By Amos Eaton ... and John Wright ... Eighth edition; with the very valuable addition of the properties of plants, from Lindley’s New Medical Flora ... [quotation Linneus, sic] Troy, (Elias Gates) N.Y. 1840. Qu. Ref.: BM 2: 502; Jackson p. 354; MD p. 100-107; ME 3: 378; PR 2593; RS p. 81; SA P- 54, 55; SO Add. 807a-c; IDC 5915, 5069. Rafinesque, Amer. monthly Mag. crit. Rev. 1: 426-430. Oct. 1817 (rev. ed.). Tucker, Cat. Library Arnold Arb. 1: 223. 1914. McAllister, Amos Eaton 1941. Merrill and Reeder, Bartonia 24: 26-79. 1946 [1947] (new names by Eaton). Merrill, Amer. Fern J. 37: 6-10. 1947. 1615. A botanical dictionary, being a translation from the french of Louis-Claude Richard, professor of botany at the medical school in Paris with additions from Martyn, Smith, Milne, Wildenow, Acharius, &c. New Haven (Hezekiah Howe) 1817. Duod. (in sixes) (Bot. dict.) Ed. 1: anonymous but by A. Eaton, 1817, p. [i]-vi, [7]-14, Dict. sign. B-2/o, P, err. [1]. Copy: Ewan. Ed. 2: (n.v.) Ed. 3: “Botanical grammar and dictionary; translated from the french of Bulliard and Richard ... Third edition, wholly written over, and now including the natural orders of Linnaeus and Jussieu.’’ Albany (Websters and Skinners) 1828. Duod. (in sixes), p- [1]-53, dictionary [1-71]. Copies: HU, NY. — Published separately and with Manual ed. 5. ‘“‘Advertisement” dated 29 Aug 1828. Ed. 4: ““Eaton’s botanical grammar and dictionary, modernized down to 1836: published for a companion of Steele’s seventh edition of the Manual of botany. Fourth edition.” Albany (Oliver Steele) 1836. Duod. (in sixes), p. [1]-125, often bound with ed. 7 of Eaton’s Manual. Copies: HU, MO, NY, U, US. Eaton, Daniel Cady (1834-1895), American botanist at Yale University, grandson of Amos Eaton. (D.C. Eaton). HERBARIUM and TypEs: YU, algae at F; types of names based on Fendler specimens at GH, I[soetes types at FWM. — Exsiccatae: 1. (with Edwin Faxon, 1823-1898) Sphagna boreali-americana exsiccata (nos. 1-172, New Haven, Conn. 1896), sets at B, BM, C, FH, G, LD, MICH, NY, PC. 2. Musci orientali-americani (1893-1894, not a true series of exsiccatae, handwritten data, no serial numbers), sets at B, FH, L, MASS, NY. 3. Filices boreali-americani, sets marked as such at B, CGE, E, K, LD, NY, YU, US. Note: Edwin Faxon also issued (around 18g0) a series of North American Sphagna. For its connection with Eaton and Faxon’s Sphagna see Sayre p. 198. Eaton was associated with W. G. Farlow and C. L. Anderson in distributing? Algae Americae-borealis exsiccatae, fasc. 1-5, 1877-1899 (see sub Farlow). Ref. THs (eEds)iro4, 2: 1;76; Day, Rhodora 3: 287. 1901. Koster, Taxon 18: 552. 1969. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 196-197, 198. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 491; BL 1: 171; BM 2: 502; Bossert p. 113; CSP 2: 435, 7: 589, 9: 769, 12: 212, 14: 766; DAB 5: 606-607; IF p. 693-695; Jackson P- 3575 359» 361, 364, 509; ME 1: 180 [biogr.], 3: 569 [index]; MW p. 104; NI 575-5763 PR 2594. Gray, Letters 2: 832 [index]. 1893. Setchell, Bull. Torrey bot. Club 22: 341-351. 1895 (portr., bibl.) Britton, Science ser. 2. 29: 57-58, 1895. Davenport, Bot. Gaz. 20: 366-369. 1895 (portr.) see also J. Bot. 33: 313. 1895. Brewer, Am. J. Sci. 50: 184-188. 1895. Anon., Hedwigia 34 (Rep.): 165. 1895. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 41. 1808. 719 EATON, D. Cc. Setchell, Fern Bull. 8: 49-52. 1900 (portr.) Milner, Cat. Portr. Kew 41. 1906. Rodgers, Noble Fellow Sullivant 347 [index]. 1940. Rodgers, John Torrey 340 [index]. 1942. Rodgers, John Merle Coulter 15, 30, 33, 50, 53, 78. 1944. Rodgers, Amer. Botany 1873-1892, p. 327 [index]. 1944. McVaugh, Edward Palmer 4, 51, 54, 58, 1959. Dupree, Asa Gray 486 [index]. 1959. Humphrey, Makers of N. Amer. Bot. 78-79. 1961. Ewan, Short History Botany U.S. 164 [index]. 1969. Lenley et al., Gat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 146-148, 454. 1973 (corr.) COMPOSITE WoORKs: Ferns, in Chapman, Flora of the Southern States 1860, p. 585-602, also in ed. 2, 1883; Equisetaceae, in Emory, Narrative, U.S. and Mex. Bound. Surv. vol. 2, p. 233- 236; the ferns and allied orders in A. Gray, Manual ed. 5. 1878, ed. 6. 1890. See further ME 3: 569. EPONYMY: Fatonella A. Gray (1883). 1616. Filices wrightianae et fendlerianae, nempe wrightianae cubenses et fendlerianae venezuelanae, (nonnullis panamensibus, etc., ex coll. A. Schott et S. Hayes interjectis,) enumeratae novaeque descriptae: dissertatio inauguralis, quam in auditorio botanico universitatis harvardianae ad gradum baccalaurealem in scientiis legitime obtinendum die xiv Jul. mdccclx. habuit Daniel C. Eaton, A. M. [Ex Mem. Acad. Amer. Scient. et Artium, N. Ser. vol. viii]. Gantabrigiae Nov. Angl. Dec 1860. Qu. (Filic wright. fendler.) Publ.: Dec 1860 (date on t.p.; diss. was defended on 14 Jul 1860), p. [i], [193]-220 Copy: NY. — Reprinted, with the addition of a t.p., from Mem. Acad. Amer. Arts Sci. ser. 2. 8: [193]-220. 1860. 1617. The ferns of North America. Coloured figures and descriptions, with synonymy and geographical distribution, of the Ferns (including the Ophioglossaceae) of the United States of America and the British North American possessions. Salem (S. E. Cassino), Boston [1877-]1879-1880, 2 vols. Qu. (Ferns N. Amer.) Publ.: in parts (months of receipt of fascicles by C. E. Faxon, confirmed by contemporary notices) : vol. _ fasc. pages plates dates I I [1]-20 I-3 Nov 1877 2 21-44. 4-6 Jan 1878 3 45-68 7-9 Feb 1878 4-5 69-114 10-15 Apr 1878 6-7 115-160 16-21 Jul 1878 8- 161-208 22-27 Oct 1878 10-11 209-256 28-33 Dec 1878 12-13 257-304 34-39 Feb 1879 14-15 305-352 40-45 Mai 1879 16 [i*], [i]-xiv Jun 1879 2 17 [1]-32 46-51 Jun 1879 18-19 33-80 52-57 Aug 1879 20-21 81-128 58-63 Oct 1879 22-23 129-176 64-69 Dec 1879 24-27 177-272 70-81 Mar 1880 [28] [i]-xxx1, 273-285 Apr-Mai 1880 The plates are coloured lithographs of drawings by J. H. Emerton and C. E. Faxon. Copies: G, HU(2), HH, MO. Ref.: BM 2: 502; Jackson p. 539; NI 575; IDC 5916. Eaton, D. C., Beautiful ferns, Boston 1886. Day, Rhodora 20: 74-75. 1918. 720 ECKLON Ebel, Paul Wilhelm Sositheus Eugen (1815-1884), German botanist, lecturer at Konigsberg, later land-owner in Wurttemberg. (Ebel). HERBARIUM and TYPEs: B. Refi; WH 23 176. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(1): 302; Barnhart 1: 492; Kanitz no. 188; PR 2598-2599. EPONYMY: Ebelia H. G. L. Reichenbach (1841). 1618. De Armeriae genere. Prodromus Plumbaginearum familiae. Dissertatio botanica quam conscripsit Guilelmus Ebel philosophiae doctor. Addita est tabula lapidi insculpta. KGnigsberg i. Pr. (Gebr. Borntraeger) 1840. Qu. (Armeriae). Publ.: Nov-Dec 1840 [or early 1841] (p. iv: 31 Oct 1840; Hinrichs 21-27 Feb 1841; Flora 5 Jun-g Mar 1841), p. [1]-1v, [1]-44, [4, expl.], [2, ind., abbr.], 7 plate with 88 figs., uncol. lith. by the author. Copies: MO, NY(2). Ref.: BM 2: 503; PR 25908. 1619. f08- 447 387-395, figs. 292-299 81-95, figs. 49-55 [i-iii|-iv, [1]-26, figs. 1-72 95-99, figs. 56-58 394-399, figs. 300-304 38-60, figs. 28-42 ENGLER, NAT. PFLANZENFAM.II date 1924 1927 1924. 1926 1931 1925 1925 1930 1926 1925 1926 1931 1924 1926 1933 Ng 24: 1925 E959 1930 1936 1942 1925 1925 1934 1O34 1924 1927 1926 1942 1930 1934 1930 1926 1928 1928 1928 1927 1927 1927 1942 1927 1927 1934 1934 1926 1928 1927 1927 1927 1927 1927 1942 775 ENGLER, NAT. PFLANZENFAM.II taxon Chrysothricaceae Cistaceae Cladoniaceae Cladophoraceae Cladopyxiaceae Clathraceae Clavariaceae Climaciaceae Cneoraceae Cochlospermaceae Codiaceae Coelastraceae Coenogoniaceae Coleochaetaceae Collemaceae Collodermaceae Commelinaceae Coniferae-General Coniferae-Fossil/Ext. Coniferae-Geography Conjugatae Cordaitaceae Corynocarpaceae Crassulaceae Crassulaceae (Nachtr.) Cribrariaceae Cribrariales Cruciferae Cryphaeaceae Cunoniaceae Cunoniaceae (Nachtr.) Cupressaceae Cycadaceae Cycadaceae-Fossil Cycadofilices Cylindrocapsaceae Cyanastraceae Cyanidiaceae Cyclocarpineae-Gen. Cypheliaceae Cyrillaceae Cyrtopodaceae Dacromycetaceae Daphniphyllaceae Dasycladaceae Datiscaceae Dawsoniaceae Derbesiaceae Dermatocarpaceae Dermocarpaceae Dermocarpales Desmidiaceae Diatomeae Dichapetalaceae Dicnemonaceae Dicranaceae 776 author (-s) Zahlbruckner, A. Janchen, E. Zahlbruckner, A. Printz, H. Lindemann, E. Fischer, E. Killerman, 8S. Brotherus, V. F. Engler, A. Pilger, R. Printz, H. Printz, H. Zahlbruckner, A. Printz, HH. Zahlbruckner, A. Jahn, E. Brickner, G. Pilger, R- Krausel, R. Engler, A. Printz, H. Krausel, R. Krause, J. Berger, A. Harms, H. Jahn, E. Jahn, E. Schulz, O. E. Brotherus, V. F. Engler, A. Harms, H. Pilger, R. Pilger, R. Krausel, R. Gothan, W. Printz, H. Engler, A. Geitler, L. Zahlbruckner, A. Zahlbruckner, A. Uphof, J. C. T. Brotherus, V. F. Killerman, S. Rosenthal, K. Printz, H. Gilg, E. Brotherus, V. F. Printz, H. Zahlbruckner, A. Geitler, L. Geitler, L. Printz, H. Karsten, G. Engler, A. & K. Krause Brotherus, V. F. Brotherus, V. F. volume pagination Io 134-136, figs. 59-60 289-313, figs. 125-138 201-209, figs. 96-99 270-282, figs. 211-222 99-100, fig. 86 83-96, figs. 57-70 151-158, figs. 100-103 64-66, figs. 479-480 184-187, fig. 88 316-320, figs. 140-142 306-323, figs. 238-252 132-151, figs. 88-104 147-149, fig. 65 237-242, figs. 185-187 164-172, figs. 78-83 324, fig. 438, A-C 159-181, figs. 55-66 121-166, figs. 109-112 403-407 166-198, 1 unnumbered sketch [339] 112-120, figs. 105-108 [22]-35, fig. 6 352-483, figs. 183-212 487 320-321, fig. 436 320 [227]-658, figs. 121-426 75-91, figs. 487-498 229-262, figs. 134-151 486 361-403, figs. 190-215 44-82, figs. 48-82 82-87 5-44, figs. 1-47 242-244, figs. 188-189 188-190, fig. 72 102-104, fig. 67 128-131 98-100, fig. 45 [1]-12, figs. 1-3 99-102, jigs. 507-509 119-123, figs. 90-gI 233-235, fig. 124 282-295, figs. 223-232 543-547, figs. 249-250 520-522, fig. 796 323-326, figs. 253-255 70-74, figs. 35-36 104-108, figs. 68-71 IOI-102 340-363, figs. 265-275 [105]-303, figs. 93-424 [1]-11, figs. 1-5 214-210, figs. 170-173 172-214, figs. 144-169 date 1926 1925 1926 1927 1928 1933 1928 1925 1931 1925 1927 1927 1926 1927 1926 1928 1930 1926 1926 1926 1927 1926 1942 1930 1930 1928 1928 1936 1925 1930 1930 1926 1926 1926 1926 1927 1930 1942 1926 1926 1942 1925 1928 1931 1927 1925 1925 1927 1926 1942 1942 1927 1928 1931 1924 1924 taxon Didymiaceae Dilleniaceae Dinophysiaceae Dinophysiales Dinosphaeraceae Dioscoreaceae Diphysciaceae Diploschistaceae Dipterocarpaceae Dirinaceae Disceliaceae Ditrichaceae Drepanophyllaceae Droseraceae Dysphaniaceae Echinodiaceae Echinosteliaceae Ectolechiaceae Elatinaceae Encalyptaceae Enteridiales Entodontaceae Entophysalidaceae Ephebaceae Ephemeraceae Epigloeaceae Eriocaulaceae Erpodiaceae Erythropalaceae Erythroxylaceae Eubryinales Euchlorophyceae Eucommiaceae Eucryphiaceae Eumycetes-General _ Eumycetes-Introd. Euphorbiaceae Euphorbiaceae (Nachtr.) Eupomatiaceae Eustichiaceae Eutuberaceae Exobasidiaceae Exosporales Fabroniaceae Farinosae Fissidentaceae Flacourtiaceae Flagellariaceae Fontinalaceae Frankeniaceae Funariaceae Gasteromyceteae Geastraceae Geneaceae Georgiaceae author (-s) Jahn, E. Gilg, E. & E. Werdermann Lindemann, E. Lindemann, E. Lindemann, E. Knuth, R. Brotherus, V. F. Zahlbruckner, A. Gilg, E. Zahlbruckner, A. Brotherus, V. F. Brotherus, V. F. Brotherus, V. F. Diels, L. Pax, F. & K. Hoffmann Brotherus, V. F. Jahn, E. Zahlbruckner, A. Niedenzu, F. Brotherus, V. F. Jahn, E. Brotherus, V. F. Geitler, L. Zahlbruckner, A. Brotherus, V. F. Zahlbruckner, A. Ruhland, W. Brotherus, V. F. Sleumer, H. Schulz, O. E. Brotherus, V. F. Printz, H. Harms, H. Gilg, E. Greis, H. Engler, A. Pax, F.& K. Hoffmann Harms, H. Uphof, J. C. T. Brotherus, V. F. Fischer, E. Killerman, S. Jahn, E. Brotherus, V. F. Engler, A. Brotherus, V. F. Gilg, E. Engler, A. Brotherus, V. F. Niedenzu, F. Brotherus, V. F. Fischer, E. Fischer, E. Fischer, E. Brotherus, V. F. ENGLER, NAT. PFLANZENFAM. II volume 19c 17all 10 5bVIII pagintaion 331-332, figs. 442-443 7-36, figs. I-25 73-77figs. 58-63 72 84 438-462, figs. 194-206 489-491, figs. 770-772 140-142, fig. 63 237-269, figs. 108-118 122-123, fig. 53 316-317, fig. 261 156-166, figs. 132-138 418-420, figs. 369-370 [766]-784, figs. 473-486 [272]-274, fig. 119 213-214, fig. 587 324-325, figs. 438, D-F 142-144 270-276, figs. IIG-120 241-243, figs. 196-197 315 380-396, figs. 700-710 69-79, figs. 43-52 149-153, figs. 66-68 317-320, figs. 262-264 65, fig. 32 39-57, figs. 16-25 [1]-6, figs. 421-424 [401]-403, fig. 127 130-143, figs. 60-67 143-478, figs. 116-420 27 348-351, fig. 182 47-50, fig. 30 [1]-346, figs. 1-189 [i-iii]-vii 11-233, figs. 6-123 240 [173]-176, figs. 41-42 420-421, fig. 371 20-35, figs. 9-18 131-133, fig. 92 314-315 282-297, figs. 634-647 [1]-5 143-155, figs. 116-130 377-457, figs. 163-212 [6]-8, fig. z 54-63, figs. 471-478 276-281, fig. 121 320-332, figs. 265-285 [1]-7, fig. I 72-76, figs. 52-53 15-19, figs. 4-8 345-346, fig. 298 date 1928 1925 1928 1928 1928 1930 1925 1926 1925 1926 1924 1924. 1924. 1936 1934 1925 1928 1926 1925 1924 1928 1925 1942 1926 1924 1926 1930 1925 1942 1931 1924 1927 1930 1925 1943 1928 1931 1931 1959 1924 1938 1928 1928 1925 1930 1924 1925 1930 1925 1925 1924 1933 1933 1938 1924. 777 ENGLER, NAT. PFLANZENFAM. II taxon Geraniaceae Geraniales Gigaspermaceae Ginkoaceae Ginkoales Glenodiniaceae Gnetales Gomontiellaceae Goniodomaceae Gonyaulacaceae Gramineae II Gramineae III Gramineae III Graphidaceae Graphidineae Grimmiaceae Grimmiales Grubbiaceae Guttiferae Gyalectaceae Gymnasteraceae Gymnocarpeae Gymnodiniaceae Gymnodiniales Gyrophoraceae Gymnospermae Gyrostemonaceae Haemodoraceae Hamamelidaceae author (-s) Knuth, R. Engler, A. Brotherus, V. F. Pilger, R. Pilger, R. Lindemann, E. Markeraf, F. Geitler, L. Lindemann, E. Lindemann, E. Pilger, R. PilgersR® Potztal, E. Zahlbruckner, A. Zahlbruckner, A. Brotherus, V. F. Brotherus, V. F. Harms, H. Engler, A. Zahlbruckner, A. Lindemann, E. Zahlbruckner, A. Lindemann, E. Lindemann, E. Zahlbruckner, A. Pilger, R. Heimerl, A. Pax, F. Harms, H. Hamamelidaceae (Nacht.) Harms, H. Haplodiniaceae Hedwigiaceae Helicophyllaceae Hemibasidii Heppiaceae Heterochloridaceae Heterocontae Heterodiniaceae Hippocrateaceae Hookeriaceae Hookeriales Hormogonales Hydnaceae Hydnangiaceae Hydnoraceae Hydrodictyaceae Hydromyxales Hylocomiaceae Hymenogastraceae Hymenogastrineae Hymenolichenes Hymenomyceteae Hymenomycetineae Hypnaceae Hypnodendraceae Hypopterygiaceae Hypochnaceae Hysterangiaceae 778 Lindemann, E. Brotherus, V. F. Brotherus, V. F. Dietel, P. Zahlbruckner, A. Printz, H. Printz. ia: Lindemann, E. Loesener, T. Brotherus, V. F. Brotherus, V. F. Geitler, L. Killerman Fischer, E. Harms, H. Printz: Jahn, E. Brotherus, V. F. Fischer, E. Fischer, E. Zahlbruckner, A. Killerman, S. Killerman, S. Brotherus, V. F. Brotherus, V. F. Brotherus, V. F. Killerman, S. Fischer, E. volume pagination 43-66, figs. 20-34 [4]-10 314-316, figs. 259-260 98-112, figs. 96-104 98-112, figs. 96-104 81-83, figs. 67-70 407-441, figs. 216-240 222, fig. 156 94-95, fig. 81 84-88, figs. 72-75 [1]-168, figs. 1-43 [1]-208, figs. 1-106 [171 ]-220, figs. 2-7 107-118, figs. 48-51 102-104, 303-314, figs. 251-258 302 [46]-51,. S: 26 154-237, figs. 68-107 144-147, fig. 64 69-70, figs. 52-53 94-95 A1-46, figs. 20-29 39 209-213, fig. [00-102 [3]-4 [165]-173, figs. 77-80 386-390, fig. 162 303-345, figs. 164-180 487 36, fig. 14 66-75, figs. 481-486 49-50, fig. 468 [1 ]-6, figs. I-4 173-175, figs. 84-85 378-381, figs. 282-283 375-378 95-96, fig. 82 [198]-231, figs. 62-72 220-265, figs. 592-621 214 113-115 158-169, figs. 104-108, pl. I 30-32, figs. 23-24 [282]-295, figs. 148-153 106-113, figs. 66-69 3 1eat 3 2 483-487, figs. 765-767 13-20, figs. 6-11 7-9 259-[264], fig. 127 [99]-103 I 24- I 30 445-474, figs. 746-758 433-440, figs. 382-386 270-278, figs. 625-630 133-135,/lg- 93 20-29, figs. 12-22 date 1931 1931 1924 1926 1926 1928 1926 1942 1928 1928 1956 1940 1956 1926 1926 1924. 1924 1935 1925 1926 1928 1926 1928 1928 1926 1926 1934 1930 1930 1930 1928 1925 1925 1928 1926 1927 1927 1928 1942 1925 1925 1942 1928 1933 1935 1927 1928 1925 1933 1933 1926 1928 1928 1925 1924 1925 1928 1933 ENGLER, NAT. PFLANZENFAM. II taxon author (-s) volume pagination date Icacinaceae Sleumer, H. 20b [322]-306, figs. 83-118 1942 Iridaceae Diels, L. 15a 463-505, figs. 207-223 1930 Isobryales Brotherus, Vaikag + ul [1] 1925 Juncaceae Vierhapper, F. 15a 192-224, figs. 74-79 1930 Kolkwitziellaceae Lindenmann, E. 2 71-72, figs. 54-57 1928 Kolkwitziellales Lindemann, E. 2 70 1928 Lacistemaceae Krause, K. QI 321-323, fig. 143 1925 Lecanactidaceae Zahlbruckner, A. 8 131-133, fig. 57 1926 Lecanoraceae Zahlbruckner, A. 8 220-220, figs. 108-110 1926 Lecideaceae Zahlbruckner, A. 8 IQI-200, figs. 94-95 1926 Leeaceae Suessenguth, K. 20d [372]-390, figs. 100-104 1953 Lembophyllaceae Brotherus, V.F. 11 202-213, figs. 579-580 1925 Leptostomaceae Brotherus, V.F. 10 405-406, figs. 355-356 1924 Lepyrodontaceae Brotherus, V.F. 11 IOQ-I II, figs. 515-516 1925 Leskeaceae Brotherus, Vik. 11 297-308, figs. 648-656 1925 Leucobryaceae Brotherus, Vick.) 1O 220-226, figs. 175-180 1924, Leucodontaceae Brotherus, V.F. 11 g1-99, figs. 499-500 1925 Leucomiaceae Brotherus, V.F. 11 267-270, figs. 623-624 1925 Liceaceae Jahn, E. 2 318-3109, figs. 435, A-C 1928 Liceales Jahn, E. 2 318 1928 Lichenes Fiinfstiick, M. 8 [1 ]-60, figs. 1-317 1926 Lichinaceae Zahlbruckner, A. 8 160-164, figs. 75-77 1926 Liliaceae Krause, K. 15a 227-386, figs. 81-161 1930 Liliiflorae Engler, A. I5a [1]-5 1930 Linaceae Winkler, H. 19a 82-130, figs. 43-59 1931 Listerellaceae Jahn, E. 2 319-320, fig. 435, D-F 1928 Loasaceae Gilg, E. QI 522-543, figs. 242-248 1925 Loranthaceae Engler, A. & 16b [98]-203, figs. 48-102 1935 K. Krause Loranthaceae (Nachtr.) Krause, K. 16b 339 1935 Loriellaceae Geitler, L. Ib 115-117, figs. 73-74 1942 Lycogalaceae Jahn, E. 2 318, fig. 434 1928 Lycoperdaceae Fischer, E. 7a 62-72, figs. 45-51 1933 Lycoperdineae Fischer, E. 7a 59-62 1933 Malesherbiaceae Harms, H. QI 407-470, fig. 215 1925 Marantaceae Loesener, T. 15a 654-693, figs. 296-314 1930 Marcgraviaceae Gilg, E. & QI 94-106, figs. 49-57 1925 E. Werdermann Margaritaceae Jahn, E. Q 333-334, fig. 444. 1928 Margaritales Jahn, E. 2 333 1928 Mastodiaceae Zahlbruckner, A. 8 92 ; 1926 Mayacaceae Piloers Re 15a 33-35, figs. 9-10 1930 Mastigocladaceae Geiiler, L: Ib 136-141, figs. 89-91 1942 Medusagynaceae Engler, A. & QI 50-52, fig. 31 1925 H. Melchior Meeseaceae Brotherus, V.F. 10 443-445, fig. 389 1924 Melampsoraceae Dretel,P: 6 35-48, figs. 26-38 1928 Melanogastraceae Fischer, E. 7a 9-13, figs. 2-5 1933 Meliaceae Harms, H. 1gbi [1]-172, figs. 1-35 1940 Meteoriaceae Brotherus, V.F. 11 154-174, figs. 550-502 1925 Microchaetaceae Geitler, L. tb 159-161, figs. 108-110 1942 Mitteniaceae Brotherus, V.F. 10 422, fig. 373 1924. Mniaceae Brotherus, V.F. 10 406-418, figs. 357-368 1924 Moringaceae Pax, F. 17b [693 ]-608, figs. 433-435 1936 Moriolaceae Zahlbruckner, A. 8 63-64 1926 Musaceae Winkler, H. 15a 505-541, figs. 224-235 1930 Mycoporaceae Zahlbruckner, A. 8 92-94, fig. 43 1926 Myristicaceae Uphof, J. C. T. rzall_ [177]-220, figs. 43-49 1959 TS ENGLER, NAT. PFLANZENFAM. II taxon author (-s) volume pagination date Myrothamnaceae Nidenzu, F. & 18a 262-265, figs. 152-153 1930 A. Engler Myuriaceae Brotherus, V.F. 11 123-125, figs. 5260-527 1925 Myxomycetes Jahn, E. 2 [304]-311, figs. 425-428 1928 Myzodendraceae Skottsberg, C. 16b [92]-97, figs. 44-47 1935 Neckeraceae Brotherus, V.F. 11 178-202, figs. 566-579 1925 Nemataceae Brotherus,\V.F.. v1 215-216, fig. 588 1925 Nepenthaceae Harms, H. 17b [728]-765, figs. 453-472 1936 Nidulariaceae Fischer, E. 7a 56-59, figs. 42-44 1933 Nidulariineae Fischer, E. 7a 52-55, fig. 40 1933 Nilssoniaceae Krausel, R. 13 97-98 1926 Noctilucaceae Lindemann, E. 2 47-50, figs. 31-34 1928 Nostocaceae Geitler, L. 1b 177-193, figs. 123-134 1942 Noctochopsidaceae Geitler, L. Ib 131-135, figs. 87-88 1942 Nyctaginaceae Heimerl, A. 16c [86]-134, figs. 47-61 1934 Nyctaginaceae (Nachtr.) Heimerl, A. 16c 586-587 1934 Ochnaceae Gilg, E. Qi 53-87, figs. 32-45 1925 Octoknemaceae Mildbraed, J. 16b [42]-45, figs. 24-25 1935 Oedipodiaceae Brotherus, V.F. 10 332-333, fig. 286 1924 Oedogoniaceae Printz, H. 3 244-252, figs. 190-195 1927 Olacaceae Sleumer, H. 16b [5]-32, figs. 1-18 1935 Olacaceae (Nachtr.) Sleumer, H. 16b 339 1935 Oocystaceae Printz, H. 3 113-132, figs. 70-87 1927 Ophiocytiaceae Printz, H. 3 399-403, figs. 305-308 1927 Opiliaceae Sleumer, H. 16b [33]-41, figs. 19-23 1935 Opiliaceae (Nachtr.) Sleumer, H. 16b 339 1935 Opuntiales Engler, A. QI 592-594. 1925 Orthotrichaceae Brotherus, V.F. 11 10-49, figs. 428-467 1925 Oscillatoriaceae Geitler, L. 1b 193-222, figs. 135-155 1942 Ostreopsiaceae Lindemann, E. 2 96-97 1928 Oxalidaceae Knuth, R. 19a [11]-42, figs. 2-19 1931 Oxytoxaceae Lindemann, E. 2 97-98, fig. 84 1928 Pandaceae Mildbraed, J. Iga [1]-3 1931 Pannariaceae Zahlbruckner, A. 8 175-182, figs. 86-89 1926 Papaveraceae Fedde, F. 17b [5]-45, figs. 1-76 1936 Paratheliaceae Zahlbruckner, A. 8 84-85, fig. 39 1926 Parietales Engler, A. 21 [1]-6 1925 Parmeliaceae Zahlbruckner, A. 8 229-238, figs. 111-115 1926 Pascherinemataceae Geitler, L. tb 99-101 1942 Passifloraceae Harms, H. QI 470-507, figs. 216-233 1925 Peltigeraceae Zahlbruckner, A. 8 187-191, figs. 92-93 1926 Pentaphylacaceae Mattfeld, J. 20b [13]-21, figs. 4-5 1942 Peridineae Lindemann, E. 2 [3]-36, figs. I-13 1928 Peridiniaceae Lindemann, FE. 2 88-91, fig. 76 1928 Peridiniales Lindemann, FE. 2 79-80 1928 Peripterygiaceae Sleumer, H. 20b [397]|-400, figs. 19-120 194.2 Pertusariaceae Zahlbruckner, A. 8 217-220, figs. L06-107 1926 Phallaceae Fischer, E. 7a 96-108, figs. 71-82 1933 Phallineae Fischer, E. 7a 76-83, figs. 54-506 1933 Philydraceae Pilger, R. 15a 190-191, fig. 73 1930 Phyllogoniaceae Brotherus, V.F. 11 174-178, figs. 563-566 1925 Phylloposoraceae Zahlbruckner, A. 8 200-201 1926 Phyllopyreniaceae Zahlbruckner, A. 8 81 1926 Phyllosiphonaceae Printz, H. 3 334-338, figs. 262-264 1927 Physaraceae Jahn, E. 2 325-331, figs. 439-441 1928 Physarales Jahn, E. 2 325 1928 Physciaceae Zahlbruckner, A. 8 256-259, fig. 126 1926 Phytodiniaceae Lindemann, A. 2 102-104, figs. 89-92 1928 780 taxon Phytolaccaceae Phytolaccaceae (Nacht.) Pilotrichaceae Pinaceae Pittosporaceae Pittosporaceae (Nacht.) Pityaceae Plagiotheciaceae Plakopodaceae Pleurocapsaceae Pleurocapsales Pleurococcaceae Pleurophascaceae Podaxaceae Podaxineae Podocarpaceae Podolampaceae Podostemonaceae author(-s) Heimerl, A. Heimerl, A. Brotherus, V. F. Pilger, R. BritzelyE. Harms, H. Krausel, R. Brotherus, V. F. Jahn, E. Geitler, L. Geitler, L. Printz, H. Brotherus, V. F. Fischer, E. Fischer, E. Pilger, R. Lindemann, E. Engler, A. Podostemonaceae (Nacht.) Engler, A. Podostemonales Polykrikaceae Polyporaceae Polytrichaceae Polytrichinales Pontederiaceae Portulacaceae Portulacaceae (Nacht.) Pottiaceae Pottiales Prionodontaceae Pronoctilucaceae Prorocentraceae Protoceratiaceae Protococcales Protosiphonaceae Pterobryaceae Ptychomitriaceae Ptychomniaceae Pucciniaceae Pulvinulariaceae Pyrenidiaceae Pyrenopsidaceae Pyrenothamniaceae Pyrenotrichaceae Pyrenulaceae Pyrophacaceae Quiinaceae Rafflesiaceae Rapateaceae Resedaceae Restionaceae Reticulariaceae Rhacopilaceae Rhizogoniaceae Rhamnaceae Rhamnales Engler, A. Lindemann, E. Killerman, S. Brotherus, V. F. Brotherus, V. F. Schwartz, O. Pax, F. & K. Hoffmann Pax, F.& K. Hoffmann Brotherus, V. F. Brotherus, V. F. Brotherus, V. F. Lindemann, E. Lindemann, E. Lindemann, E. Printz, H. Printz, H. Brotherus, V. F. Brotherus, V. F. Brotherus, V. F. Dietel, P. Geitler, L. Zahlbruckner, A. Zahlbruckner, A. Zahlbruckner, A. Zahlbruckner, A. Zahlbruckner, A. Lindemann, E. Engler, A. Harms, H. Pilger, R. Bolle, F. Gilg-Benedict, C. Jahn, E. Brotherus, V. F. Brotherus, V. F. Suessenguth, K. Harms, H. ENGLER, NAT. PFLANZENFAM. II volume pagination 16c 16c II 13 18a 18a 13 Il 2 Ib Ib 3 10 7a [135]-164, figs. 62-76 587 216-220, figs. 589-591 271-342, figs. 145-178 265-286, figs. 154-159 486 120 396-404, figs. 711-714 313 80-85, figs. 53-57 79-80 99-105, figs. 59-65 219-220, fig. 174 116-119, figs. 89-91 109-110 211-249, figs. 116-136 100-102, figs. 87-88 [3]-68, figs. 1-67 483-484, [1]-2 46-47, fig. 30 169-210, figs. 109-130, pl. IT 492-520, figs. 773-795 49! 181-188, figs. 67-71 [234]-262, figs. 104-116 587 243-302, figs. 198-250 228 112-114, figs. 517-519 39-41, figs. 18-19 37-38, figs. 1517 83-84, fig. 71 27-28 151-157, figs. 105-108 125-154, figs. 528-549 6-10, figs. 425-427 102-109, figs. 510-514 48-98, figs. 38-80 118 89-91, fig. 42 153-160, figs. 69-74 73-74 fig. 36 gI-92 74-81, fig. 37 96, fig. 83 106-108, fig. 58 [241]-281, figs. 124-147 59-65, figs. 27-30 [659]-602, figs. 427-432 8-27, figs. 2-6 316-317, figs. 431-432 50-54, figs. 469-470 424-432, figs. 375-381 [7]-173,/igs. 1-49 [1]-6 date 1934 1934 1925 1926 1930 1930 1926 1925 1928 1942 1942 1927 1924. 1933 1933 1926 1928 1930 1930 1930 1928 1928 1925 1925 1930 1934 1934 1924 1924 1925 1928 1928 1928 1927 1927 1925 1925 1925 1928 1942 1926 1926 1926 1926 1926 1928 1925 1935 1930 1936 1930 1928 1925 1924 1953 1953 781 ENGLER, NAT. PFLANZENFAM.II taxon Rhoedales Rhytidiaceae Rivulariaceae Roccellaceae Roridulaceae Rosales Rutaceae Rutenbergiaceae Salvadoraceae Santalaceae Santalaceae (Nachtr.) Santalales Sarracenniaceae Sarracenniales Saxifragaceae Saxifragaceae (Nachtr.) Schistostegaceae Schizophyceae Schizophyceae (Ex. Gen.) Sclerodermataceae Sclerodermatineae Scopulonemataceae Scytonemataceae Secotiaceae Seligeraceae Sematophyllaceae Simarubaceae Siphonales Siphonocladales Siphononemataceae Sorapillaceae Sphaerobolaceae Sphaerophoraceae Sphaeropleaceae Sphagnaceae Sphagnales Spiridentaceae Splachnaceae Stachyuraceae Stackhousiaceae Staphyleaceae Stemonaceae Stemonitaceae Stemonitales Stictaceae Stigonemataceae Strasburgeriaceae Strigulaceae Symphyodontaceae ‘Taccaceae ‘Tamaricaceae ‘Taxaceae ‘Taxodiaceae Terfeziaceae Tetrasporaceae ‘Theaceae Thecatales Thelophoraceae 782 author (-s) Harms, H. Brotherus, V. F. Geitler, L. Zahlbruckner, A. Diels, L. Engler, A. Engler, A. Brotherus, V. F. Sleumer, H. Pilger, R. Pilger, R. Harms, H. Uphof, J. C. T. Harms, H. Engler, A. Harms, H. Brotherus, V. F. Geitler, L. Geitler, L. Fischer, E. Fischer, E. Geitler, L. Geitler, L. Fischer, E. Brotherus, V. F. Brotherus, V. F. Engler, A. Printz, H. Printz, H. Geitler, L. Brotherus, V. F. Fischer, E. Zahlbruckner, A. Printz, H. Paul, H. Ruhland, W. Brotherus, V. F. Brotherus, V. F. Gilg, E. Mattfeld, J. Krause, J. Krause, K. Jahn, E. Jahn, E. Zahlbruckner, A. Geitler, L. Engler, A. Zahlbruckner, A. Brotherus, V. F. Pax, F. Niedenzu, F. Pilger, R. Pilger, R. Fischer, E. Printz, H. Melchior, H. Lindemann, E. Killerman, 8. volume 17b II Ib pagination [1]-4 475-483, figs. 759-764 162-176, figs. [11-122 123-127, figs. 54-56 346-348, fig. 181 [69]-71 187-359, figs. 89-165 115-116, fig. 520 [232]-239, figs. 73-75 [52]-91, figs. 27-43 339 [1]-4 [704]-727, figs. 437-452 [701 ]-703 74-226, figs. 64-132 485-486 344, fig. 297 [1]-37, figs. 1-27 223-225 35-43, figs. 26-31 | 32-35, fig. 25 85-98, figs. 58-63 145-159, figs. 96-107 110-116, figs. 83-88 167-172, figs. 140-143 404-445, fi8S- 715-745 359-405, figs. 166-190 2098 252 98-99, figs. 64-65 421-422, fig. 372 51-52, fig. 39 100-102, fig. 46 296-298, fig. 233 105-125, figs. 93-106 IOI-105, figs. 91-92 474-479, figs. 418-419 333-343,figs. 287-296 457-459 [240]-254, figs. 76-78 [255]-321, figs. 79-82 224-227, fig. 80 322-324, fig. 437 321 182-187, figs. 90-91 121-131, figs. 79-86 87-89, fig. 46 87-89, fig. 41 266-267, fig. 622 434-437, ig. 192-193 282-280, figs. 122-124 199-121, figs. I13-115 342-360, figs. 179-189 35-40, figs. 19-22 65-81, figs. 33-48 109-154, figs. 59-67 37 135-151, figs. 94-99 date 1936 1925 1942 1926 1930 1930 1931 1925 1942 1935 1935 1935 1936 1936 1930 1930 1924 1942 1942 1933 1933 1942 1942 1933 1924 1925 1931 1927 1927 1942 1924 1933 1926 1927 1924 1924 1924 1924 1925 1942 1942 1930 1928 1928 1926 1942 1925 1926 1925 1930 1925 1926 1926 1938 1927 1925 1928 1928 taxon ‘Theliaceae Theloschistaceae Thelotremaceae Thelygonaceae Thuidiaceae Thurniaceae Tilletiaceae ‘Tilletiineae Timmiaceae ‘Tovariaceae ‘Trachypodaceae ‘Tremellaceae Tremellineae Trentepohliaceae ‘Tribonemaceae ‘Trichiaceae Trichiales ‘Tropaeolaceae Trypetheliaceae Tuberineae Tubiferaceae ‘Tulostomataceae ‘Turneraceae Ulotrichaceae Ulvaceae Usneaceae Ustilaginaceae Ustilaginales Ustilagineae Valoniaceae Vampyrellaceae Vaucheriaceae Velloziaceae Verrucariaceae Violaceae Vitaceae Vitis (Culture) Volvocaceae Warnowlaceae Wittrockiellaceae Xanthopyreniaceae Xyridaceae Zingiberaceae Zygnemataceae Zygophyllaceae author(-s) Brotherus, V. F. Zahlbruckner, A. Zahlbrucker, A. Ulbrich, E. Brotherus, V. F. Pilger, R. Dietel, P. WreteljP: Brotherus, V. F. Jebigs Jig (2 K. Hoffmann Brotherus, V. F. Killerman, 8. Killerman, 8. Printz, H. Printz, H. Jahn, E. Jahn, E. Farenholtz, H. Zahlbruckner, A. Fischer, E. Jahn, E. Fischer, E. Gilg, E. Printz, H. Printz, Hi: Zahlbruckner, A. Dietelsk: Dieteler: Dietels PR: Printz, H. Jahn, E. Printz, H. Pax, F. Zahlbruckner, A. Melchior, H. Suessenguth, K. Scherz, W. & J. Zimmermann Printz, H. Lindemann, E. Printz, H. Zahlbruckner, A. Malme, G. O.A. Loesener, T. Printz, H. Engler, A. ENGLER, NAT. PFLANZENFAM. II volume Tet oS ee) (or _ Orn nWWHNDH pagination 278-282, figs. 631-633 251-253, fig. 123 136-140, figs. 61-62 [368]-378, figs. 151-154 309-331, figs. 657-669 58-59, fig. 26 16-24, figs. 13-18 16 476-478, fig. 420 [224 ]-226, fig. 120 I17-123, figs. 521-525 I1I-119, figs. 83-89 103- 105 217-225, figs. 168-174 403-408, figs. 309-313 336-337, fig. 446 334 [67]-82, figs. 35-42 81-84, fig. 38 [1]-15, figs. 1-3 317, fig. 433 46-51, figs. 34-38 459-466, figs. 213-214 157-172, figs. 109-125 172-178, figs. 126-128 238-247, figs. [16-121 7-16, figs. 5-12 24-35, figs. 19-25 6-7 252-269, figs. 196-210 313-314, fig. 429 326-334, figs. 250-262 431-434, fig. 188-191 65-70, fig. 33-34 329-377, figs. 148-162 [174]-333,figs. 50-99 [334]-371 28-64, figs. 13-32 51-54, figs. 35-40 225-227, fig. 175 gi 35-38, fig. 11-15 541-640, figs. 236-289 362-374, figs. 276-281 144-184, figs. 68-87 date 1925 1926 1926 1934 1925 1930 1928 1928 1924 1936 1925 1928 1928 1927 1927 1928 1928 1931 1926 1938 1928 1933 1925 1927 1927 1926 1928 1928 1928 1927 1928 1927 1930 1926 1925 1953 1953 1927 1928 1927 1926 1930 1930 1927 1931 Ref.: Reed and Robinson, Index to Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien (Musci-Hepaticae) editions 1 and 2. Baltimore, 1972. 1712. Die Vegetation der Erde. Sammlung pflanzengeographischer Monographien heraus- .. Leipzig (Wilhelm Engelmann) 1896- gegeben von A. Engler . . und O. Drude . 1923, 15 vols. Oct. (Veg. Erde). Co-author: Drude, Carl Georg Oscar (1852-1933). Publ.: A second edition of vol. 14 was published in 1928, republished in facsimile in 1958 (Weinheim, J. Cramer); other facsimile reprints: 13: 1958 (Weinheim, J. Cramer), I, 2, 35 5) 7, 9(5,1) and 10: Jun 1976 (Lehre, J. Cramer). Copies: FAS. 783 ENGLER, VEG. ERDE vol. pars author date pref. Nat. Nov. I M. Willkomm 1896 n.d. Feb 1896 2 F. Pax 1898 Dec 1897 Mai 1898 3 G. Radde 1899 Dec 1898 Mar 1899 4 G. Beck von Mannagetta IQOI Mai 1900 Nov 1go1 5 P. Graebner IQOI 18 Jun 1901 Jan 1902 6 O. Drude 1902 Jun 1902 Oct 1902 7 L. Diels 1906 Mai 1906 Sep 1906 8 K. Reiche 1907 Mar 1906 Jan 1908 9 DESO A. Engler IQIO Oct 1910 Jan Igtt 2/3 A. Engler IQIO Jan 1gtI II A. Engler 1908 Feb 1908 Dec 1908 Ill 1 A. Engler IQI5 Feb 1915 Sep 1915 2 A. Engler, F. Pax 1921 Jun 1921 Nov 1921 Vid A. Engler 1925 Jul 1925 Nov 1925 10 I P.Rax 1898 Mai 1898 2 FoRax 1908 Jun 1908 Dec 1908 II L. Adamovié 1909 15 Dec 1908 Jan 1910 12 A. Weberbauer IQII Mar Ig10 Jun 1911 13 J. W. Harshberger IQII 21 Oct 1910 Jun 1911 14 L. Cockayne 1Q2I 15 Jan 1921 Nov 1921 15 Th. Herzog 1923 Jul 1922 Mar 1923 1. M. Willkomm, Grundziige der Pflanzenverbreitung auf der iberischen Halbinsel, Leipzig 1869, p. [i]-xiv, [xv], [1]-395, 2 Karten, 2 pl., 27 text figs. — Copies: NY. 2. F. Pax, Grundziige der Pflanzenverbreitung in den Karpathen. Band 1, Leipzig 1898, p. [i]-vili, [1]-269, [270, err.], 3 pl., 1 map, 9 text figs. — Copies: US. 3. Gustav Radde, Grundziige der Pflanzenverbreitung in den Kaukasus-landern von der unteren Wolga iiber den Manytsch-Scheider bis zur Scheitelflache Hochar- meniens. Leipzig 1899, p. [i]-vii, [viii], [1]-500, 3 maps, 7 pl. 13 text figs. — Copies: US. 4. Giinther Ritter Beck von Mannagetta, Die Vegetationsverh4ltnisse der illyrischen Lander begreifend Siidkroatien, die Quarnero-Inseln, Dalmatien, Bosnien und die Hercegovina, Montenegro, Nordalbanien, den Sandzak Novipazar und Serbien. Leipzig 1901, p. [i]-xv, [1]-534, [535], 2 maps, 6 pl., 18 text figs. — Copies: NY, US. 5. P. Graebner, Die Heide Norddeutschlands und die sich anschliessenden Formationen in biologischer Betrachtung. Leipzig 1901, p. [i]-xii, [1]-320. — Copies: NY. 6. Oscar Drude, Der Hercynische Florenbezirk, Leipzig 1902, p. [i]-xix, [1]-671, 1 map, 5 pl., 16 text figs. — Copies: NY. 7.L. Diels, Die Pflanzenwelt von West Australien siidlich des Wendekreisen. Leipzig 1906, p. [i]-xii, [1]-413. — Copies: NY. &. Karl Reiche, Grundziige der Pflanzenverbreitung in Chile. Leipzig 1907, p. [i]-xiv, [1]-374, 2 maps, 39 pl., 55 text figs. — Copies: NY. g. A. Engler, Die Pflanzenwelt Afrikas insbesondere seiner tropischen Gebiete. Grundziige der Pflanzenverbreitung in Afrika und die Charakterpflanzen Afrikas. Band r. Allgemeiner Uberblick iiber die Pflanzenwelt Afrikas und ihre Existentz- bedingungen. Heft 1. Einleitung: Allgemeiner Uberblick iiber die Vegetationsverhaltnisse von Afrika. Schilderung der Vegetation einzelner Bezirke zum Zwecke der Einftihrung in die Vegetation Afrikas. Erstes Kapitel. Das Mediterrane Afrika. Zweites Kapitel. Das tropische Ostafrika. Leipzig 1910, p. [i]-xxviii, [1]-478, 5 maps, 20 pl., 404 text jigs. — Copies: NY, US. 2. [and 3.] Heft. Einleitung: ... Drittes Kapitel. Das siidwestliche Winterregen- gebiet von Afrika. Viertes Kapitel. Das Sommerregengebiet Westafrikas. Fiinftes Kapitel. Das Afrika benachbarte Makaronesien. Leipzig 1910, p. [i]-[xu], 479- 1027. — Copies: NY. Band 2. Charakterpflanzen Afrikas (insbesondere des tropischen). Die Familien der 784 afrikanischen Pflanzenwelt und ihre Bedeutung in derselben. 1. Die Pteridophyten, Gymnospermen und monokotyledonen Angiospermen. Leipzig 1908, p. [1]-xi, [1]-460, 16 pl., 316 text figs. — Copies: NY, US. ENGLER, VEG. ERDE Band 3. Heft 1. Charakterpflanzen ... 2. Die dikotyledonen Angiospermen. Casuari- naceae bis Dichapetalaceae. Leipzig 1915, p. [i]-vi, [1]-869, gor text figs. — Copies: NY, US. Heft 2. Charakterpflanzen ... Angiospermen. Euphorbiaceae (bearb. von F. Pax), Sapindales-Umbelliflorae (Schluss) ... Leipzig 1921, p. [i]-vul, [1]-878, 338 text figs. — Copies: NY, US. Band 5. Heft 1. Ausfiihrliche Schilderungen der Vegetationsverhaltnisse des tropischen Afrika. I. Teil. Leipzig 1925, p. [i]-xvi, [1]-341, 1 map, 5 maps in text. — Copies: NiY,, US: zo. F. Pax, Grundziige der Pflanzenverbreitung in den Karpathen. Band II. Leipzig 1908, p. [1i]-vill, [1]-321, [322, err.], 29 text figs., 1 map. — Copies: NY. zz. Lujo Adamovic, Die Vegetationsverhaltnisse der Balkanlander (Mésische Lander) ... Leipzig 1909, p. [i]-xvi, [1]-567, 6 maps, 49 pl., 11 text figs. — Copies: NY ,US. rz. A. Weberbauer, Die Pflanzenwelt der peruanischen Anden in ihren Grundziigen dargestellt. Leipzig 1911, p. [i]-xil, [1]-355. — Copies: NY, US. 13. John W. Harshberger, Phytogeographic Survey of North America ... Leipzig 1911, p- [i]-Ixim, [1]-790. — Copies: NY, US. Facsimile edition: FAS. 14. L. Cockayne, The Vegetation of New Zealand, Leipzig, New York 1921, p. [i]-xxii, [xxiii], [1]-364, 2 maps, 65 pl., 13 text figs. — Copies: NY, US. Ed. 2: Leipzig 1928, [1i]-xxvi, [1], [1]-456, 3 maps, p/. 1-87. 15. Th. Herzog, Die Pflanzenwelt der bolivischen Anden und ihres éstlichen Vorlandes. Leipzig 1923, p. [i]-vil, [1]-258, [259, err.]. — Copies: NY, US. 1713. Das Pflanzenreich. Regni vegetabilis conspectus. Im Auftrage der Preuss. Aka- demie der Wissenschaften, herausgegeben von A. Engler. Berlin (Wilhelm Engelmann), nos. 1-107, 1900-1953. Oct. +. — Facsimile edition of nos. 1-105, by Engelmann-Cramer, Weinheim 1956-1961, of no. 106 by Akademie-Verlag, Berlin 1956. (Pflanzenr.) Publ.: Davis (Taxon 6: 161-182, 1957) gives ““A guide and analysis of Engler’s ‘Das Pflanzenreich’”’ from which the following tables are here reproduced: Table 1: Arrangement by families in alphabetical order with full bibliographical details and dates of publication. Table 2: Alphabetical list of authors, with the family treatments in chronological order per author. Table 3: Heft numbers and chronological order of issue. In the foreword to the first Heft (1900), Musaceae [V 45, Engler explained scope and treatment of the monographs that were to be published under the title ““Das Pflanzen- reich.” ‘The plant kingdom was divided into four groups. No treatments were ever published for groups I and II. Of group II, Embryophyta asiphonogama, only one family treatment was published (Heft 51) namely Warnstorff’s monograph of the Sphagna- ceae (19 December 1911). All other Hefte dealt with families belonging to group IV Embryophyta siphonogama. In his foreword Engler gave a systematic list of family numbers. ‘hese family numbers should not be confused with the Heft numbers. The former are in systematic order (1 Cycadaceae — 280 Compositae), the latter were a publisher’s convenience enabling Engler to publish the treatments as they came to hand in a “‘zwanglose Reihenfolge.’’ The Heft numbers (1-107) are therefore in chronological order, the family numbers in systematic order. The Pflanzenreich was never completed. One Heft, no. 107, was issued after the second world war. The coverage of the Pflanzenreich is therefore incomplete. The following tables list the published parts; incomplete family treatments are designated as such; families which are not mentioned were not treated. Citation of entries in the Pflanzenreich are best formulated as follows: Niedenzu in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 141 (Heft 91): 1-246. 28 Feb. 1928. The Roman numeral IV indicates the series. It seems almost superfluous to cite it because the only Heft issued in another series (Group III) was no. 51 on the Sphag- naceae and this carried no family number. Since, however, the Roman numeral occurs on all title-pages, it is better to retain it in references. The full list of family numbers (in systematic order) for group I1V, Embryophyta siphonogama (nos. 1-280) is given in the foreword to the whole work (IV 4.5 Musaceae 1900); 78 of the families were actually published (complete or incomplete), see e.g. the list in Taxon 6: 179. 1957. 785 es (Ss yi Ki as CO cee ENGLER, PFLANZENR. oSz “sorqrg oI ‘ppVv 6-1 “YIPPV obi “sorqid 661-g&I TT PPV LE1-9&1 | “PpV 6-1 “IPPV E16 [IssoJ L1&-G1& ‘ppy Lb-96 *qIsIq] *15005) 19 [ISSO] gL-LL [Issoq 0g-64 ‘ppv "039 ‘spriqAy “e1OLf [ISSO} ‘uin}UsWIe}Ippe ‘epuoppe jo (s)ased a (s) zaquinu $10}99][O9 0} XOput jo (s)ased 9 sdeut *qLstp z 2 ‘VI suol} -esnqyi jo Joquinu oe 661-ES1 SNOLIVA Vs 99-9 Gs 68-18 xXOpuT jo (s)osed &9% ZQc-OGS 6%c-1 6&1 re gl o&& SNOLIVA Vs sased jo Joquinu [e103 SnOTIvA Va gl IV 8 Joquinu qe a oc61'G-F1 oc61°S'F1 G161°9'G1 6161°6°Ss 161°9°9 1161'°9'P g0b1'z1°g gob1°s1'g B061'°s1'g Co61°9°S1 oz61°L'6 0z-So61 gob1'1's 6061°9°Sz o161'Vsi zobr'1°L poystqnd 9}ep yy “lapsuq *y ‘10 Su *y “1o[suq “yl Cosneiyy By “Ipsug "Yy “ao[ SUT "Vy “ao Suy “yl Cosneayy Dy “psuy “yi Cosneiyy 2B "VW “ropSuq "Vy Sro[suy “y ‘osneiyy “yl Cosneryy *"y “Io[suy "Vy “ropsuq, "y “lopsuy "Vy ‘Io[Ssuq “yp fosneiyy wy Ssopsuy : 19y}080} pue aed ul ylog ‘y “To[suq yy foesnesy “q ‘neusyong "M ‘SULIOSUe AA “q ‘xed Joyine qozz AT S91 AT Joquinu ATIULRy uoyypoyig avapLonsr apapiolpy avapio1sp90}0") “PPV “Polryd~“oery apaproapuapopd avaproupuapo]2y avaprospuaponty apap ous DT avaprojqoy) avapiosaqsuojyy ‘VIPpy svoployjog-svooviy avapioyjog ourpno "yshg ‘PUI ‘UOS 2 ‘UdS ‘sIeg IeVIILIVT sevovuo0josou0dy IBIOVIVUISITY QVIIVISULTY ICIIEIIV suoT}o0s puv ATIUIeT 786 6GC1-sES1 ENGLER, PFLANZENR,. EI “qLIysIp *1s095) ZI [ISSOT obg-4&9 “ppv Vgi-Sg1 ‘ppy L1z “ppv VE1-OG1 [Isso,q PEI ‘ppv ee PRY) “SILIOD 2? 'ppy PLG1-696 OG { { { J Gi { ( gi i Lo I £6 gbi-1P1 ZG v gI sajed 9 *pnyout ‘LS sdew F 2» ‘sayeid P *pnyjour ‘GG 6L1-So1 ZS GZS-QIG oo 661-961 Qs 6L-bL gI { { { { { { { I GoL1-GLS 1QI-6V1 LL-€L 619-Gel { { 671-0F1 68-08 VLs-voz gbt11-S99 b9g-LL4S gLS-692 QQo-1 CoLI-1 191 6L LL gL CL SnOTIvA ial LV 61 Cor Coi &L SOLS VI IZ61°O1'QI 1c61'°G‘o1 1Z61'a'P €s-1261 €o061°S'61 1161's‘ VI SIGI'OI'SS EG61°s1'0S 661°S°Sz 6061°9°Sz o161°S'SS GE6r1‘oO1'O1 CE61°S' gz CSOLrasl bE6r'11'Lo C-PS61 IZOI°11°SS 1661's Lo bobr1'g'L1 6661°9°ss 6E61'g°ss 0261°L'9 "HS ‘UyeZ, "HS ‘uyez, ‘HS ‘uyeZ ‘HS ‘uyez, ‘HOS ‘uyeZ *M ‘198sOlr) Wf ‘ouepsepeyy ‘YY SUl[ZuseI yy “A a STOUTLUT “Oo “TOUT A, *“q_ ‘neusyong “yl Cosneryy 36) ‘ZO "ry WAY IN te) ‘ZOW "y ‘ZO "ry ‘ZO "y ‘purig "Vv “pueig "H “POEUN, Ynys “Yy ynuy "Vy SIo[ SU O08 AI 082 AI 08% AT O8e AT 08s AT O8e AT 661 AT gil AT LV AI qglz AI qg4z AI gz AI OI AT ello AT o& AI o& AI o& AT o& AI o& AT oGZ AT oGS AT GS AT GG AT 19 AI 61% AT q61s AT AES AT (L) XEXOKX- "JUOD TAX wWniosapy (1)IAX- *JUOD YK WNIIDAALET (1)x- *JUOD TI A wn19D49LFT (1) TLA-] “nz9psa1p] (ajo[du109) wngnsa1py (aja,dur09uT) avjisodurory ae90e4sI') sesovyoreydaryy aeooeuuery JOAN ET aj0,du109 | ap9pi01j9qoT (a}0[du090uT) ovooeinurduiey) oevoovwoyng seasovTuoUNIg ob-1§ avsoelpawo1g O6-1d ovaoRTPOWIOIg 03-11 IvIIRIPOUIOIG OI-I sva0RIPWIOIg VIOVI[SWOIG aeassopsouAr) — svayqueydéry — apaploursvsLog (930,dur109ur) IVIIVUISVIIOG oeoov[njog IVIOVIUO}SULLIVY oVIOVYIULIOISY LI BE ga f avapuolpy xopuy { 787 ENGLER, PFLANZENR. €91-9SL -praqAyy SQA [Isso LoL-SoL ‘ppv 9gz1 = Fag-gogL Fag g& 6061°S-g1 "x ‘Teyjuoyony 0% AIT avapvomusDd’y 0t AJ = (a}07du109ur) svaoeIadA_y deur *qtajstp 1 3% soqeyd GS ZQI-191 ‘ppv ‘pnypour ‘03 = Gg I-EQ1 gg 66 8 cab61°L-a1 *{ ‘aaysnyog I AI avooepeodry ‘Hy ‘suey €6%-c&s “ppy gz = gba - Ea ghz 99 Pe6r'11°gz «32 y'D ‘xneUsO') II S46 AI seuliaumnonr) — avajiganan’y eA 89% “PPV 89% 99 9161693 “WV "CD ‘xnvTusoZD TS4e AT = avatuipojayy ZB avappiaag 99% ‘Uppy Gg Llz-69z LLs 99 9 161°6"9% "VD ‘xnerusoyn TS42 AT = warsygojapy GQ avayjiaag (o}07dw09UuT) GLZ AI seooryIqMony 96&-c6& epydory z66-SLE VLE-ZLE ‘ppv GE eqeiq g6& 6g =Lab1'a'Gs "a ‘O ‘z[nyos Gor AT erydorg 2 eqeic T9&-z9& ‘ppy VL = 9g&-So& retera 98 = —«beb61'L-zs "TI °O ‘zjnyos Gol AI avaraquidsys' ge OO1 bg _ &z61"g"g% “a O “ZmnyOS Sor AI (%) AT-III 9q"1-qng 89% "ppv GE = 06z-69a 06z oL 6161°%1°0& "AO ‘zjnyos Col AI (1) [I-J 9qua-qns avIISSDAT Gor AI (aj0,du109ur) sesojIonID QOI-cOI ve o11-Lo1 Ol Ib o161'Vs1 "M SULIOSUe AA 62% AT IVIIVUIOT) 6gc "ppy g1&-062 gv —s ga &-L1€ gz& for g&61°S'1& "cy ‘SIOquUaTIYIS Lol AI oevooeIvUuUor) PLS 1-601 GoL1-GLG1 SoLl1-SLG1 QB Gabr-aLz Ee Sy Uye 7. 09% AT XOPUT wnr9vsarpy 6G91-cEG1 i J epudsidio0r) “SILIOFZ) 29 ‘PPV | { 6SG1-z8Sr sg SabraLe ‘HS “UyeZ 082 AT Bp A ONDE) 8 ON CEILS a | (Z)ITATX- if 1 | 16S1-L011 2B Sabra'La ‘HOM ‘uyez 09% AT TX wnrvsarpy ‘ojo ‘spriqAy (s)Jaquinu suo} xapurjo sasedjo saquinu poystyqnd Jaquinu ‘BIOL [ISSO} SIOJDITJOO —- - Ba SNTI (s)ased = gaquinu yoy a1ep oye Ayrurey suoljoas pue ApTurey ‘UMjUSWIeIppe 0} XOpuTI jo ye101 ‘epusppe jo(sjased soquinu jo (s)ased 788 ENGLER, PFLANZENR. Lob-L6& A “ppv L66-966 ‘ppv 6z1-Ps1 AI ‘PPV 99c-Vgc III “PPV EQz-BBs “PPV 111 T] ‘UppV COMA PN, bE1-EE1 “ppy gi& ‘ppy 186 ‘PPV GCE-oSE -ppy 9&9-2£9 ‘ppv L (ve-1)bz 1SP-9oP Lo g&1-0&1 cz Z06-LQ% 9G Tel Li1-a1I cE goI-o1 cE 1P1-GE1 GY VEE-L1E gz 66-68 GI oL1-Fo1 o& ov deut ‘qrijstp I %» ‘oP gL&-9S 89 I (Sg-S) 11 (€G-96) Sr (LE-61)9z (gi-1)g1 S9 1 ELV-coV ovi-L&1 616-60 1V-oV Poi-Qii 111-4o1 gVI-1V1 6PS-SEE 96-F6 QOI-I 89 ELV £9 ov LG 616 ZG Iv ZG Poi LY TpIee bY QvI ov 60S 19 g6 59 gL 6z b6z SI g&1 Qa Let Lg gI 89 149-1gb =F “101 Ogh-1c6 § ‘101 OZ£-191 ZIO1 OQI-I 1 ‘IOI 1Lg ¥-1 ‘101 6161°9'9 VI6I'11'O! SIOI'OI'SS SI61'S' SI S161's' SI 1161°s'VI or61‘o1'P o161°G'& oo61°6'61 C161°g°ss Lob1'g'St 6061'°S'°Lz go6r'L"1& bz61'9°S 6161°9°9 g661-11°Vz g£61'°b' 9c g&61°s'e1 CE61°11'gz 9&-SE61 “Sy SuUeUTyOHL py “xed “yy SuURUyOyy x9 a EXE “xy SUURUTOF] 9 2a ‘xeg “xy SuUUeUOP] xn ST ‘xeg ‘yy SuUeWUTORL 9 ar eXUeTi “Sy SUUPUOP] 9 OF | ‘xeg “a ‘xeg “A exe] “yy SuUeLUyOP] x9 aa | ‘xed “a “Aysuoyqe [’ “AO “zmyps "M “purpyny "T ‘sprd “y quny “yJ ‘TeyUIsOYy ‘) Teyjuoyony "S) ‘Teyusyony "S) ‘Teyyuoyony "x ‘[eyuUsyon yy "‘) Teyuoyony XI 441 AI IIA 471 AI TA 4¥1 AI AALVI AT AI AVI ATI III 4¥1 AT Il 471 AI LVI AI AX 441 AT IIIA 4¥1 AT LVI AI PEI AT 06 AI ZII AT Sh AT eLVi AT 03 AT 0% AJ 0Z AJ 0c AI 03 AT IVUITJOUDYN] | VUT[LLINIIBjY ovurioydozoiy’y apayqdjvap apauaulodqipy apaiuojax) aparany’) apauviipup avayqouvf- apapwowuojod’y TT apayqun pcg MALE Le| apapoyjuvyjcy J (2}0,du109uT) seaqoyAle]g “VW (a}0]dwW09uT) seooviqioydny aevoov[AXOIUIAIY, dVIIvINVIOINY IVIIVIISOIC, 9vIIVIIOISOICT sevoorAydiuydedq ob-1& avaszadAy — 06-12 ovoradAry 03-11 avoradAry — O1-1 ovasrodAry — asvorodAyn — anaprogu1as 789 ENGLER, PFLANZENR. oe ee ee G 6 6 G ro61'11'°S “Fy “YOeqneyz-suajo VG INa fa avoov10upATy Adoy ‘qiay “snyy "Ig UT punoq sroquinu SIOJDOTJOF) Jo ysty ydrsz9sodA 7, g& &&1-6z1 6&1 6% GSobrlsr's1 “STV Sa97puTyos Gzs AT dVIIVSVIO[L]Y V& Loz-10% Loz PS = a161°'Gs “yy fosneryy LL& AT oea0eIUapoory) oPS-ogh *priqAyy 609-8985 0g og-019 og 6S %161°&-Gz yy “ynuyy 6z1 AT QvVIIvIULIIL) G gI gI Iv O16 "M ‘SULIOSUe AA 29S AT avoovAlIery) ‘q Jopun vos eLh1 AT ovoovry[AYydiuyded ajonr £9 ‘TA “PPV ‘ydng aas' £6 gl L6-¥6 L6 QS = & 161° h'G 1 "xy ‘Sutuanig LVI AT f avaprogiDIOUNY TI] l avaprosayjuDLog’ [ (a30,du109) avaqoouayrs “g [uonses Foz-6L1 sty Jo] “Sy SUURUOP] Tee { apaplolUuojod’y TT IIA ‘Uppy _0%z-Soz 1Gs-13% = Vou-641 Gg Ss Va61°G-gt »® “Cy “xeg IIAX AI apaproyjunyjicyg J { { ITA tanqusureyppy L [186 :a't] “sl SUURUTOPY 1 6 gLI-1 Gg = Vz61°S-g1 weg °Xe™d TAXAVIAT seurydAeoy anayq(jpp [uor90s st} JO] "yj CuuewmpyoH 18-1 TA ‘PPV 94-9 1g-L4 18 89 6 161'9°9 ea xed AIX 4PI AT [A wnquoureyppy “xy SUUeUOFT {I z V1 FI 89 6161°9°9 MaceeXery | TT Xcavl AT aad “yy SuUueWyOyR] l 6 6S-LS 6S 89 6161°9°9 eT KUT TEX GV Ay avarqunyavqq “yy SuUUeUTOR L (6%-9¢)¥ bEI-gz1 = PE 1-a11 89 6161°9°9 Wey exeq TX 4Vi Al JVULULOTY “xy SUUPUOPT 1 (G%-ou) 1 i 111-601 89 6161°9°9 Bo) ae Pm ape REA AGINI seuturididy ‘039 ‘spriqdy (s)rtoquinu suol} xoputjo soasedjo soquinu poysitqnd Jaquinu “e1OY [ISsO} s10}D90][09 = - WSN (s)josed = =soquinu yoy ajep Joye AyTurey suorjo0s puv AjIUIey ‘UN]USUIe}IIppe 0} X9PUT jo [e101 ‘epuasppe jo(sjosed soquinu jo (s)ased 799 ENGLER, PFLANZENR. L11-S11 ‘ppy 61 [Isso 10P-g6& [Isso.q g6&-L66 ‘ppv IIA-I YIOM O[OYM 0} PIOMII04 68-84 spliqaH go-Sc *qLISIP “15005 ole [Isso.y o&€-62& ‘ppy 9&1 ‘PPV Vgo [Isso.y 992-F9z "ppv C11-ViI G-z9 61b-z0v Fg-6S €EE-16§E bre-zLL { y 306-42 PSE-1EE obi-L&1 00z-Let IV deur “qtiystp I HI D 19 19 OI Gr Qs €6 6% (gh-oh)9 (1¥-Gz)g1 (¥o-1)¥a 6S oid 1 *pnypour ‘101 gI II 66 oSI-Gii CzI-gII 99 OZ 26-06 13-0% Li LEV-osV CP-1V Lo-Sg ZSI-QII CVS-VEES oLg-Stg { { 926-606 LVE-GEE gbi-SF1 bgs-Loz O1IS-10G oS Ga1-Lo 9931 0% c6 1d Li L&Y SY Act Lo ZGI CPS Pegi oLg-&LS oLS-Lba gbz-1 go& LVE ott Pgs OIG oI Cor Cs 6G 6061°E°Lz 0261°9'6a 0261°9'6a O161'v'sl Q061°01°0% 106111 VI6OI'i1'o!1 z061°S"9 oo61'o1'P II61°OI'O1 1061°Q'1z OI61°SI°9 zo61°L'g gc6r'11°Le 9z61'9'61 Qcb1's' gs 6061°01'6 g061°S'g 6E61'g°'ts go61°S°Cr €161°G-La "g “ezyd "y “UIToYs[asurT "Vy SUITOYs[oSUrT "M SULIOSUe AA ‘Wf fourpreporyy ‘dV ‘OTPuSe "ry Ss19qGS1104S sta) ‘ZO ‘Wy ‘uueumyos *{ ‘suryrog “A ‘STID 29° [ ‘suryiog "T ‘spid ‘Woy SuueuNyos “q ZuspaINy *q “NZUSpIINy “q “NZuspsINy "Wy SOUIPO "y ‘aaS810gq ly YN *q ‘neusyong Vy ‘purig oS AI oS AI II &¥% AI I &0z AI SI AI BOSS AT III AJ oI AI 89 AI g&% AI GV AI IOI AT IOI AT v6 AI a? AI IVI AI IVI AI IVI AI OIG AI II ‘III 8% AI gf AI e61G AT 9& AI ISG AT (a}0]du109) avaspuvuoay gy (a}9]duw0ouT) svaoepIyoIC) aeVaSULIAG IVIUIXVIT avap10aj() (a30]du09uT) 9v29¥21O ovaoessé NI avaovyjuoda Ny QVIIVPLIeN seaovIpuapozAjy IVIOVUISIA TY oeoousnyy quouratddng ovoovrmiu0yy DVIOVIUMITUOTY avoovulIodstusyy IVIOVJUVIVINY II] Meg ovsorrysidjeyy I] Neg ovsovrysidjeypy ] Neg ovsovrysidjeyy avoovIyyA'T odvIUIOTV avaprojapoyds yy (ajaTdur09our) ov0RTTT'T avaoepryyA0o'T avoovoun[” avooetAydorpApy L ol mn ~ ENGLER, PFLANZENR. _ sdeut “qrusIp & “Yy uny ghS-gFS ‘ppy &96-6FE spnpour‘SL gg8-Fo& 9g& zo So6r1i'V1 oo) OG Rea | LEZ AJ ovooR[NUITIg [Isso.J *q ‘aouqoeviry) 191 ‘ppy o41-91 g& =vei-141 Vegi 16 Lo61'o01'6z ® ‘qd ‘uosisyosy Il AJ JIIVU0}ISOWILIOg IQgI ‘ppy o61-zg1 66 0-161 60% Le Lo61-z61 ‘yy ‘purig oSZ AT IVIIVIUOWIOg 1Sb-abV Gb = ggb-zSP g9¥ cor LE6I'g'ss SSTalod |e 69% AT oeVooeUISeIUL] 61-241 cb VG 1-0G1 VSI 66 6061°9"1 "H ‘IONE M 68 AI aeaoeo0v[oyAyg 11-996 6b = of P-z 10 o6¥-1 oF 6061°Z1'1z “qT ‘Oppoy Vol AJ avaprosannqog {} tv | obP-1 ob 606r'sI'1s “qT ‘Oppo7 For AI pure avaprosedqyy (239,dur109uT) Por AJ svoovioAvdeg 16 “qiysiq *ISO95) IOF soyed V aIqey, “Aciqqy *pnypour ‘ao L6-16 L6 6 OO61'SI'1s °C ‘Sanqse AA 6 AI seooevuepueg 6St-ofF ‘ppy g9g9b-obt Qc 19h-Lov 1Q9V G6 o&f61°S11 yy uy ofI AI aeooeplyexO “cy SeyoSvuuRrfy to = VE-VEE evs 96 =0&61°6"08 -yoog 19a AI aseaVyoURqoIO) V9-19 G 99-S9 99 68 €z61°&'g ‘yy SUl[zuoery oS AI sojetpodouowopnasg LGE-2GS6 -u erguayy I] 9¥vasso[so}u0pG, Cz&-61§ ‘ppy s&&-gcb 62 = VHE-EEE bVE 0g az61°& V1 *y “Ul[ZUNR IY oS AT sdeUulIploucG, G gb-SP ov OS 1165-01241 *q ‘uljzusery 6% g JT OS AT TQS 19 OVS “U BIIUIL) EUTISL]IY J, gL1-991 ‘ppy GE agi-LL1 ZQI OS 11610141 “ “Ul[zuseIyy 1% q JT OS AT 6Lc-gLz ‘u e1oUaT) ] Meg seurqoipusq Pof-65§ ‘ppv CE —ag&-gg& oQE Gb o6r-11'G1 ‘q ‘Uljzusersyy 1% g JT OS AT LLo-GLo ‘u e1auasy J Neg seulqoipusq *q ‘Ul[zZuse ry €9 1-291 ‘ppv tS = 6g -Fg1 691 z& Lob1°11°gz QR q Sazyg 4 ql 0S AI aeuluASop0r) avaspunuoyy -039 ‘spraqdAy (s)taquinu suol} XopUuUT jo sased jo soquinu poystqnd Joquinu “e1O]J [ISSOF} sS10JOI]JOD = =—s_ - Ba SN] (sjased = soquimu you 21ep ioyyne AyTurey suoT}OIS puv ATIUILT ‘WN}UIWIeIppe 0} XpUT jo [e101 ‘epusppe jo(sjased soquinu jo (s)ased 792 ENGLER, PFLANZENR. AI-IIT P1OM9IO,J 12S-61%9 *ppy bs spriqAy Vo Issoy SL9-SS9 “Ippy 1SV-607 uorjeursed ajeordng IGh $Qbb-bSh spriqAH ysyoug Ut PONSST 4X9 J, g&-SE spraiqAPy goS1-6LF1 -ppy goS1-62F1 -ppy Lo1-¥vot QI ite) Poi-Ss1 IG PoI-101 OOI-I ajeyd 1 *pnyjout ‘or I1I-QOI 96-96 gbS-2aS Co-Gz Qa1-Gal OG 60L-9L9 1SV-607 66 6€S1-60G1 Hee ee ee 66-6061 61 Qo 0% Ly-1 GLo-SS9 60L-6¢7 1SP-1 6& 6691-SET1 bEb1-GLoI PLoi-Gi11 Pri1-196 096-108 009-179 ofg-1c6 OG-1 6€S1-1 61 o& CE Nn Lo61'6'& g061°S-gz 1161's1'61 oo61'01'0§ Lob6rv's €6061°9°Gz 6161°9°9 6161°9°9 6161°9°9 g161°6'g% gob1°S'g PE61a Ls €61°11°6% EE6r'L1s EE61'S:1s oSOr'1i1'Gt ZE61'9Q'gI o661°S'0& 1661°Z1'°g PE-1 661 *( Ssurysog ‘{ “poerqplyn "ry Yaroysure AA, “gq ‘touqoviry ‘q SUl[zuoeIy ‘q ‘neusyong "Vy Sdo[Ssuq “oy STIOYOSULIT By “Ipsug “TY STOYOSULIT ®Yy Ssopsuy “yy STOYOSUUIT w® VY ‘ropSsuy ‘Wf fouepsrepeyy TT ‘rojONTPEY, "TT ‘1afOXTPEY, "TT ‘rajoyTpeYy "TT ‘IoJOYTPeY, TT ‘s9jOYTPLY "TT ‘TQJOX[PLY "TT ‘19JOXTPeY "TT “AOJOYTPLY, "TT “1ajox[peyY 1o6r'11'S 9 *P “Youqney-surjosg IVS AJ g4z AT ani Il] dnory dno OI AI TyLGz AT LGz AI VI AI ESE ING Lit AJ ese IN| eset ANGI LAGE INT OIL AT SgI AI Sol AT Sgt AT SgI AI Sol AI SQI AT SQI AI SQI AT Sgl AI GL AI IVIIVIVAAYS IVIOVIPTTAIS ovoovuseyds sayeuseydg sojeuseydg ovoovlursiedg avolieposoyery) — aDaPOUIYLAYUPT (930,du09uT) ovoovlepnydos9g dVIIVLIIZYINIYIS Ua SIVg vsvsfixds “PPV vavsfixng ] vavsfixvs I vavsfixns (930,dur09uT) QVIIVSVAJIXEG IVIIVIUIIVIIVS 19-16 ovaoepurdeg 06-19 svaoepuldeg og-14 ovaovpurdes oL-19 sevaovpurdeg 09-1 avaovpuides oS-1P svaoepurdes ov-1% ovaovpuideg 03-1 svaovpuldes ovaovpuides DIOVISOPJL YY I™~ ENGLER, PFLANZENR. aS SP oo §=Fobror'b “| Sueunyos oF AI QVIDVIIGISULT zgz-gls‘ppy 6z-gz cb = Go€-S6z Go& 1g €161°Z1°gI "H ‘SUIOM 925 AT avaprojnanUuDs gL&-9S& ‘ppy gz g6E-LLE g6& 06 = =Lz61°b'6z "H SUIOM Qt AT *yUO0D avaplordpy 61-261 ‘ppy = soz-S61 vo = Via-&0% Vis cP O161°9°"s "H SUIOM Qo AT avapioidy (o}07dwW09uT) Bee Al ee IETS heed II-I suonerAaiqqe Tepe RS ‘pasn Ajjuonboay asoyy fspeurnof” gI-I ® sroyNy v gi-L1 lI-I z oob1'01'0& *q ‘aguqoeiy 8 AI aevovyda J, V1 g&-SE 9& O1 zo61°Lg *y ‘neusyong ISI AT aeaovjooedol fj, sdeut "quusip & gL-LL -sorqig 68-18 3» fgl ¥9-&3 tg For g&6r°1'F1 "HI ‘uasarsy 91 AI QeIVpIINIL J, ob-SP L gt-LV gt G1 €061°S-61 "TZ ‘22 eg&s AT avaovyserydoay J, QII [Issoy 611 ‘ppv bo Vai-0z1 Vol gi €ob1's1°g Yy “TasTIg CAI QEIOVK J, G oS oS c6 gab 1°a"gz "M ‘yyotrdury ZV AI IVIIVIOV T, 16 [Isso 16 ‘ppv b6-c6 6 oo1-S6 ool Q 1061 11:S "y “purig obs AT oeaovo0;dwikg ‘o19 ‘spruqAy (Ss) soquinu suol} xopurjo sasedjo soquinu poysrjqnd Joquinu ‘elOY [ISSOJ s10}OITJOO = - Bsn III (s)josed = =soquinu you aep Jloyyne AyTurey suOT}O_S PUY ATIUIV] ‘WN}UIUIeJIppe 0} XOPUT jo [e103 ‘epusppe jo(sjased soquinu jo (s)ased 794 ENGLER, PFLANZENR. Alphabetical list of authors in chronological order under authors author Acherson, Paul F. A. & Graebner, P. Beck-Mannagetta, Guenther Berger, Alwin Brand, August Brand, August Brand, August Brand, August Buchenau, Franz Georg Buchenau, Franz Georg Buchenau, Franz Georg Buchenau, Franz Georg family author Potamogetonaceae Knuth, Reinhard Orobanchaceae Liliaceae Symplocaceae Polemoniaceae Hydrophyllaceae Borraginaceae Tropaeolaceae Scheuchzeriaceae Alismataceae Butomaceae Buchenau, Franz Georg Juncaceae Cogniaux, Céleste Alfred Cogniaux, C. A. & Harms, H. Diels, Friedrich Ludwig Emil Diels, Friedrich Ludwig Emil Engler, Adolph H. G. Engler, A. & Krause, K. Engler, A. [p.p. with Krause, K.] Engler, A. & Irmscher, E. Fedde, Friedrich Karl Georg Giesen, Hans Gilg, Ernest & Perkins, Janet Graebner, Peter Paul Karl Otto Robert Graebner, Peter Paul Karl Otto Robert Graebner, P. & Ascherson, Paul Grosser, Wilhelm Gruening, G. Harms, Hermann A. T. & Cogniaux, C. A. Hoffmann, Kaethe & Pax, Ferdinand Irmscher, Edgar & Engler, A. Jablonsky, E. Knuth, R. & Pax, F. Knuth, Reinhard Gustav Paul Knuth, Reinhard Gustav Paul Knuth, Reinhard Gustav Paul Knuth, Reinhard Cucurbitaceae Cucurbitaceae Droseraceae Menispermaceae Araceae Aponogetonaceae Araceae Saxifragaceae Papaveraceae Triuridaceae Monimiaceae Sparganiaceae Typhaceae Potamogetonaceae Cistaceae Euphorbiaceae Cucurbitaceae Euphorbiaceae Saxifragaceae Euphorbiaceae Primulaceae Geraniaceae Dioscoreaceae Oxalidaceae Barringtoniaceae Gustav Paul Knuth, Reinhard Gustav Paul Koehne, Emil Kraenzlin, Friedrich Wilhelm Ludwig Kraenzlin, F. W. L. & Pfitzer, F. Kraenzlin, F. W. L. Kraenzlin, F. W. L. Krause, Kurt & Engler, A. Krause, Kurt & Engler, A. Krause, K. Krause, K. Krause, K. Kuekenthal, Georg Limpricht, Wolfgang Lingelsheim, Alexander Macfarlane, John M. Macfarlane, John M. Macfarlane, John M. Mez, Carl Christian Mez, Carl Christian Mez, Carl Christian Milbraed, Johannes Niedenzu, Franz Pax, Ferdinand Pax, F. & Knuth, R. G. P. Pax, F. Pax, F. & Hoffmann, K. Perkins, J. R. & Gilg, E. Perkins, Janet Russell Perkins, Janet Russell Pfitzer, Ernest Hugo Heinrich Pfitzer, E. & Kraenzlin, F. Pilger, Robert Kund Friedrich Pilger, Robert Kund Friedrich Radlkofer, Ludwig Adolph Timotheus Rendle, Alfred Barton Rosenthal, K. Ruhland, Wilhelm Schellenberg, Gustav Schindler, Anton Karl Schulz, Otto Eugen family Lecythidaceae Asteranthaceae Lythraceae Scrophulariaceae Orchidaceae Orchidaceae Cannaceae Aponogetonaceae Araceae Araceae Goodeniaceae Brunoniaceae Cyperaceae Taccaceae Oleaceae Sarraceniaceae Nepenthaceae Cephalotaceae Myrsinaceae Theophrastaceae Bromeliaceae Stylidiaceae Malpighiaceae Aceraceae Primulaceae Euphorbiaceae Euphorbiaceae Monimiaceae Styracaceae Monimiaceae Orchidaceae Orchidaceae Taxaceae Plantaginaceae Sapindaceae Naiadaceae Daphniphyllaceae Eriocaulaceae Connaraceae Haloragaceae Erythroxylaceae 795 ENGLER, PFLANZENR. author family author family Schulz, Otto Eugen Cruciferae Wangerin, Walter Nyssaceae Schumann, Karl Moritz Musaceae Wangerin, Walter Garryaceae Schumann, Karl Moritz Marantaceae Wangerin, Walter Cornaceae Schumann, K. M. Zingiberaceae Wangerin, Walter Alangiaceae Schuster, J. Cycadaceae Warburg, Otto Pandanaceae Skottsberg, Carl Myzodendraceae Warnstorf, C. Sphagnaceae Solms-Laubach, Hydnoraceae Wimmer, Franz Elfried Campanulaceae Herman Winkler, Hubert Betulaceae Solms-Laubach Rafflesiaceae Wolff, Hermann Umbelliferae Herman Zahn, K. H. Compositae Walter, Hans Phytolaccaceae Heft numbers and chronological order of issue heft date number published CON ODUOOBPWON DN ico) 4.10.1900 30.10.1900 30.10.1900 21.12.1900 21.6.1901 5.11.1901 5- 11.1901 5- 11.1901 17.12.1901 7.1.1902 6.5.1902 8.7.1902 8.7.1902 27.3.1903 27.3.1903 19.5.1903 19.5.1903 25.8.1903 25.8.1903 25.8.1903 9.10.1903 8.12.1903 17.6.1904 4.10.1904 13.6.1905 14.11.1905 12.12.1905 2.1.1906 15.5-1906 31.7.1906 19.2.1907 5-4.1907 13.8.1907 3.9.1907 29.10.1907 26.11.1907 8.5.1908 8.5.1908 26.5.1908 20.10.1908 8.12.1908 heft date family and sections number published Musaceae 38 18.5.1909 ‘Typhaceae 39 1.6.1909 Sparganiaceae 40 21.12.1909 Pandanaceae 41 12.4.1910 Monimiaceae 41 12.4.1910 Hydnoraceae 41 12.4.1910 Rafflesiaceae 41 12.4.1910 Symplocaceae 42 3.5.1910 Naiadaceae 43 2.8.1910 Aceraceae 44 4.10.1910 Myrsinaceae 45 15.11.1910 Tropaeolaceae 46 6.12.1910 Marantaceae 47 14.2.1911 Orchidaceae 47 14.2.1Q11 Eriocaulaceae 48 4.8.1Q11 Cistaceae 49 10.10.1911 ‘Theophrastaceae 50 L7eTO.LOUI Scheuchzeriaceae 51 19-12, 1911 Alismataceae 52 LQt2 1902 Butomaceae 53 25.3.1912 Lythraceae 54. 25.3.1912 ‘Taxaceae 54 25.3.1912 Betulaceae 55 6.8.1912 Zingiberaceae 56 22.10.1912 Araceae 57 22.10.1912 Primulaceae 58 15.4.1913 Haloragaceae 59 27.5.1913 Aponogetonaceae 60 23.9.1913 Juncaceae 61 16.12.1913 Droseraceae 62 10.11.1914 Polemoniaceae 63 10.11.1914 Scrophulariaceae 64 15.6.1915 Erythroxylaceae 65 22.6.1915 Styracaceae 66 26.9.1916 Potamogetonaceae 67 26.9.1916 Orchidaceae 68 6.6.1919 Liliaceae 68 6.6.1919 Sarraceniaceae 69 6.6.1919 Stylidiaceae 70 30.12.1919 Nepenthaceae 71 14.5.1920 Araceae 72 29.6.1920 family and sections Cyperaceae Phytolaccaceae Papaveraceae Nyssaceae Garryaceae Cornaceae Alangiaceae Euphorbiaceae Umbelliferae Euphorbiaceae Orchidaceae Menispermaceae Cephalotaceae Euphorbiaceae Araceae Monimiaceae Orchidaceae Sphagnaceae Euphorbiaceae Geraniaceae Brunoniaceae Goodeniaceae Araceae Cannaceae Euphorbiaceae Euphorbiaceae Hydrophyllaceae Araceae Umbelliferae Myzodendraceae Euphorbiaceae Araceae Euphorbiaceae Cucurbitaceae Saxifragaceae Euphorbiaceae Daphniphyllaceae Saxifragaceae Cruciferae Araceae Oleaceae ERDTMAN heft date heft date number published family and sections number published family and sectins— 73 6.7.1920 Araceae 98b 30.3.1932 Sapindaceae 74. 9-7-1920 Araceae g8c 16.8.1932 Sapindaceae 75 4.2.1921 Compositae g8d 15.11.1932 Sapindaceae 76 10.5.1921 Compositae gde 21.3.1933 Sapindaceae 77 18.10.1921 Compositae 98f 21.7.1933 Sqpindaceae 78 22.11.1921 Borraginaceae 98g 29.11.1933 Sapindaceae 79 14.2.1922 Compositae 98h 27.2.1934 Sapindaceae 80 14.3.1922 Orchidaceae 99 12.7.1932 Cycadaceae 81 19.9.1922 Euphorbiaceae 100 I 27.11.1934 Bromeliaceae 82 272.1923 Compositae 100 2 12.2:1935 Bromeliaceae 83 6.3.1923 Orchidaceae 100 3. 28.5.1935 Bromeliaceae 84 26.6.1923 Cruciferae 100 4 10.10.1935 Bromeliaceae 85 16.5.1924 Euphorbiaceae IOI I 26.11.1935 Cyperaceae 86 22.7.1924 Cruciferae IoI 2 18.2.1936 Cyperaceae 87 5.8.1924 Dioscoreaceae 101. 3 28.4.1936 Cyperaceae 88 28.11.1924. Cucurbitaceae IOI 4 24.11.1936 Cyperaceae 89 25. 21O27 Cruciferae 102 22.6.1937 Plantaginaceae go 29.4.1927 Umbelliferae 103 31.5.1938 Connaraceae gi 28.2.1928 Malpighiaceae 104. 14.1.1938 Triuridaceae 92 28.2.1928 ‘Taccaceae 105 22.8.1939 Barringtoniaceae 93 19.6.1928 Malpighiaceae 105 22.8.1939 Lecythidaceae 94 27.11.1928 Malpighiaceae 105 22.8.1939 Asteranthaceae 95 11.3.1930 Oxalidaceae 106 25.5.1943 Campanulaceae 96 30.9.1930 Orobanchaceae 106 1956 Campanulaceae 97 27.2.1931 Borraginaceae re-issued 98a 8.12.1931 Sapindaceae Ref.: Engler, Sb. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. 22 Jan 1925. Davis, ‘Taxon 6(6): 181-182. 1957. 1714. Beitrdége zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Hochgebirgsfloren erlautert an der Verbreitung der Saxifragen. [headline:] Einzelausgabe. Berlin (K6n. Akad. Wissenschaften) 1916. Qu. (Beitr. Entwicklungsgesch. Hochgebirgsfl.) Publ.: 16 Aug 1916 (p. 2), p. [i]-113, maps 1-8. — Published to commemorate the fiftieth anniversary of the publication of De genere Saxifraga, Breslau 16 Aug 1866. — Specially reprinted from Abh. kén. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. Jahrg. 1916, Phys.-math. Klasse, no. 1, 1916. Copy: ‘““Einzelausgabe”’ M. Erdner, Eugen (1869-1927), German botanist and clergyman in Neuburg a.D., later in Donauworth. (Erdner). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 512. Gerstlauer, Mitt. bayer. bot. Ges. 4: 105-106. 1928. 1715. Flora von Neuburg a.D. Verzeichnis der in dem Amtgerichtsbezirk Neuburg a.D., Rain und Monheim und den angrenzenden Teilen des tbrigen Schwabens, Mittel- frankens und Oberbayerns wildwachsenden und haufiger kultivierten Gefasspflanzen. s.l. [1g11]. Oct. (Fl. Neuburg). Publ.: Mai 1911 (date on cover, bound with copy B), frontispiece, [1]-600. Copy: B. — Originally published in Bericht naturwiss. Ver. Schwaben Neuburg 39 and 40 with ‘““Nachtrage und Verbesserungen”’ in vol. 41. Erdtman, Otto Gunnar Elias (1897-1973), Swedish palynologist, (Erdtman). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Solna. A971 ERDTMAN BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews p. 30; Barnhart 1: 513; BFM 2573-2578; BL 2: 525, 552; Bossert p. 117; KR p. 163; Langman p. 267. Gullvag, Grana 12(3): 129-130. 1972 (portr.) Rowley et al., J. Palyn. 8: 167. 1972. Faegri, Pollen and Spores 15(1): 5-12. 1973. Anon., Botanica (Delhi) 23(2-3): 63. 1973. Nilsson and Praglowski, Rev. Palaeobot. Palynol. 15(1): 1-2. 1973 (portr.) Sargeant, Microscopy 32(8): 319-331. 1973 (portr.) Stearn, The Times, 6 Mar 1973. Colinvaux, Yale Rev. 62: 631-636. 1973. Burkart, Darwiniana 18(1-2): 281-282. 1973. Henderson, Bot. Soc. Edinburgh News 10: 9-10. 1973. Erfurth, Ch. B. (x-1893), German organist and botanist. (Evfurth). HERBARIUM and TyPES: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 513; BM 2: 537; PR 2727; Anon., Mitt. thir. bot. Ver. ser. 2. 6: 9. 1894. 1716. Flora von Weimar mit Beriicksichtigung der Culturpflanzen. Zum Gebrauche in Schulen und beim Selbstunterrichte. Weimar (Hermann Bohlau) 1867. Oct. (Fl. Weimar). Ed.1: Mai-Sep 1867 (p. xiv: 8 Apr 1867; Flora 8 Oct 1867), p. [i]-xvi, [1]-320. Copy: NY. Ed. 2: Weimar Jan-Jul 1882 (Nat. Nov. Jul 1882), p. [i]-xvi, [1]-339. (n.v.) Ref.: PR 2727. Ascherson, Bot. Zeit. 29: 775-778. 10 Nov 1871. Erichsen, Christian Friedo Eckhard (1867-1945), German lichenologist working in Schleswig-Holstein, (Erichsen). HERBARIUM and TYPEs: HBG. — Further material at A, B, BM, BP, C, GB, KIEL, LD, MANCH, UPS, W. Ref.: GR p. 11; IH 1 (ed. 6): 108, 2: 184. Hawksworth, Mycologist’s handb. 182. 1974. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 513; GR p. 11; KR p. 163; LS 8066, suppl. 7525-75353; MW p. tog. Mattick und Moller, Die Heimat 58(12): [2 p.]. 1951 (portr.) Mattick, Willdenowia 1: 179-188. 1954 (bibl.) COMPOSITE WORKS: Rabenhorst A7yptogamen-Flora ed. 2, Pertusariaceae, 9(5.1): Vil, 321- 512. 1935, 513-702, 728. 1936. Eriksson, Jakob (1848-1931), Swedish botanist, physiologist and plant pathologist. (Eriks.) HERBARIUM and TyPES: Unknown, much material at S. — Exsiccatae: 1. Svensk svamp-herbarium, omfattende i Sverige forekommande parasitsvampar (fasc. I, nos. 1-50, Stockholm 1880), set at S. 2. Fungi parasitici scandinavici exsiccati (fasc. 1-10, nos. 1-500, Stockholm 1882-1895, see KR p. 181 for accompanying literature), sets at B, BERN, BM, C, FH, HAL, L, LD, NY, O, S. — Reviews: (1) Hedwigia 21: 176. Nov 1882, 183-184. Dec 1882; (2, 3) ib. 22: 144. Sep 1883, 157-158. Oct 1883; (4, 5) 2b. 25: 216. Sep-Oct 1886; (6) ib. 28: 224-225. 1889 (rd. 1-3-30-4. 1889); (7, 8) 2b. 31: 88. Jan-Apr 1892. 3. Collectio cerealis varietates cerealium in Suecia maturescentes continens (fasc. 1-4, nos. 1-40, Stockholm 1889-1899). Sets? Ref.: TH 93) 1855 KR p. 181. Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 435. 1916. 798 ERRERA BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 513; BFM 3131, 3132; BM 2: 538, 6: 306- 307; Bossert p. 118; CSP 7: 620, 9: 805, 12: 224, 14: 868; Frank 3(Anh.): 28; Jackson p- 82, 491; KR p. 165-181; LS 8067-8139, suppl. 7535-7595. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 37, pl. 8, 1903, 3(3): 10. pl. 104. 1905 (portr.) Whetzel, History phytopathology 86. 1918 (portr.) Anon., Nature 127: 945-946. 1931. Barnhart, NAF 7(15): 1062-1163. 1940. Ainsworth and Bisby, Dict. fungi ed. 6. 197. 1971. EPONYMY: Erikssonia Penzig & P. A. Saccardo (1898). Ernst, Adolf [Adolfo] (1832-1899), German botanist who settled in Venezuela (1861). (Ernst). HERBARIUM and TYPEs: K, Characeae were at B, other material at AMES, C, E, KIEL and VEN (mostly destroyed). Ref.: IH. 1 (ed. 6): 54 (VEN), 2: 185. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 271, 319. 1916. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinb. 79. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 514; BL 1: 260, 261; BM 2: 539; CSP 7: 623, 9: 807, 12: 225, 14: 872; Jackson p. 544 [index]; Langman p. 267; LS 8141-8146. Ahrensburg, H., Bibliographia Prof. Dr. phil. A. Ernst, Caracas s.d., 32 p. Anon., Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1900: 17. Anon., Leopoldina 36: 47-48. 1900. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 48-49. 1898, 3: 44-45. 1902. Jahn et al., Bol. Soc. Venez. Ci. Nat. 1: 319-379. 1932 (portr.) Ernsting, Arthur Conrad (1709-1768), German physician and botanist. (Ernsting). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: [not in Barnhart]; BM 2: 539; PR 2733-2735. 1717. Historische und phystkalische Beschreibung der Geschlechter der Pflanzen. Welcher Hrn. Linnaeus systematisches Verzeichnis von den Geschlechtern der Pflanzen beigefiiget worden. Lemgo (mit Meyerschen Schriften) 1761-1762. 2 parts, Qu. (Hist. Beschr. Geschl. Pft.) Part 1: Aug-Nov 1761 (p. [xvi] Aug 1761; NZgS), p. [i-xxiv], [1]-424, pl. 1-5, uncol. cop. Copies: MO, NY. Part 2: 1762 (NZgS 18 Nov 1762), [i], [2, err.], [425]-748, index sign. Ss-Ddd, fl. 6-ro0. Copies: MO, NY. Ref.: BM 2: 539; PR 2735. Errera, Leo [-Abram] (1858-1905), Belgian botanist of Italian/German descent, physiologist, evolutionary biologist and philosopher. (E7vrera). HERBARIUM and TYPES: BR. Ref.: IH 2: 185. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 514; BM 2: 539; CSP g: 807, 12: 225; GR p. 695. Crépin, Guide bot. Belg. 449. 1878. Marchal et al., Discours prononcés aux funérailles de Léo Errera, 4 Aott 1905. Liége 1905, 18 p., repr. from Rev. Univ. Bruxelles Jul-Sep 1905. Massart, Rev. Univ. Brux. 11: 19-28. 1905. Massart, Léo Errera 1858-1905, Bruxelles 1905, 40 p. (portr., bibl.) De Wildeman, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 23: (43)-55. 1906 (portr., bibl.) Dorfler, Botaniker Portrats 2: 18. 1906. De Wildeman, Ann. Soc. belge Micr. 28: 64-114. 1907 (portr., bibl.) 799 ERRERA De Wildeman, Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 44: 9-58. 1907 (portr., bibl.) Frédéricq et Massart, Notice sur Léo Errera, Annuaire Acad. Roy. Belg. 74: (131-279) 5-153. 1908 (portr., bibl.; the main biography). Cavillier, Boissiera 5:.41. 1941. Evens, Gesch. Algologie Belgie 168-169. 1944. Oye, Biol. Jaarboek Dodonaea 26: 181-185. 1958 (contacts with Gent botanists). Errera, A., et al., Commémoration Léo Errera, Univ. libre de Bruxelles 10, 11 et 12 septembre 1958, Bruxelles 1960. Pelseneer, Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 92: 269-270. 1960 (manuscripts Errera at Univ. Bruxel- les). Pilet, DSB 4: 401-402. 1971 (bibl.) (as Léo-Abram; all other sources have Léo). Smit, History of the life sciences 921. 1974. COLLECTED Works: Recueil d’oeuvres de Léo Errera, 4 vols., Bruxelles 1908-1922. EPONYMY: Errerana O. Kuntze (1891). Eschenbach, Johann Friedrich 7 57-x), German physician and botanist at Leipzig. (Eschenbach) . HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 2: 540; PR 2736-2738. EPONYMY: Eschenbachia Moench (1794). 1718. Disputatio physica observationum botanicarum specimen continens quam auctoritate atque consensa amplissimi philosophorum ordinis pro obtinendis docendi juribus d. xv maji mdcclxxxiv defendit Joannes Fridericus Eschenbach ... cum Joanne Guilielmo Linckio. Leipzig (ex officina Klavearthia) [1774]. Qu. (Disp. observ. bot. spec.) Co-defendant: Johann Wilhelm Linck. Publ.: 15 Mai 1774, p. [1]-40. Copy: USDA. Reprint: In Usteri’s Delectus opusculorum botanicorum 2(14). 1791. Eschscholtz, Johann Friedrich Gustav von (1793-1831), Estonian (Baltic-German) explorer, biologist and physician. (Eschsch.) HERBARIUM and Types: the collections from the voyage on the Rurik (1815-1818) and the Predpriatie (Enterprise) (1823-1826) are at LE, duplicates at BR, C, G, GH (see also under Chamisso). Ref.: 1H 2: 185; Laségue p. 212-213. Eastwood, Leaflets western Bot. 4: 17-21. 1944 (on his Californian collection). Miller, Taxon 19: 522. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 1: 890; Barnhart 1: 515; BM 2: 541; CSP 2: 5109- 520; 7: 625; PR sub. Anon., Flora 14: 512. 1831. Recke und Napiersky, Allg. Schriftsteller- und Gelehrten-Lexikon Livland, Esthland und Kurland 523. 1827, Beise und Napiersky, Nachtr. u. Forts. 173. 1859. Engelmann, Bibl. hist.-nat. 673 [index]. 1846. Embacher, Lexikon Reisen 108. 1882. Safford, Cont. U.S. natl. Herb. 9: 28-29. 1905. Jepson, Madrofio 1: 253. 1929 (portr.) Essig, Hist. Entomology 617-622. 1931. Mahr, Stanford Univ. Publ. Hist. Econ. Polit. Sci. 2(2): 19, 75, 131, 133. 1932. Backer, Verkl. Woordenb. 202. 1936. Schmid, Chamisso als Naturforscher 167 [index]. 1942. Alden and Ifft, Occ. Papers Calif. Acad. Sci. 20: 27-28. 1943. Eastwood, Leaflets Western Bot. 4: 19-21, 153-156. 1945. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 157. 1950, 8(1): 32. 1974. 800 ESPER Ewan, in A century of progress in the natural sciences 48. 1955. Thomas, Contr. Dudley Herb. 5: 154. 1961. Thomas, Huntia 3: 8. 1969 (preprint). Blacker, L. J., DSB 4: 406-407. 1971 (bibl.) Papavero, Essays history neotrop. Dipterol. 51, 112. 1971. Lukina, Johann Friedrich Eschscholtz, Leningrad 1975 (in Russian; portr., bibl.) EPONYMY: Eschscholizia Bernhardi (1833, orth. var.) ; Eschscholzia Chamisso (1820). HANDWRITING: Candollea 29: 497-498. 1974; Lipschitz & Vasilczenko, Harbarium centrale USSR 135-136. 1968. Eschweiler, Franz (Franciscus) Gerhard (Gerardus) (1796-1831), German physician and botanist. (Eschw.) HERBARIUM and Types: M; further material at BR via Martius. Ref GR pel ieguile2 2 Togs nay BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 515; BM 2: 541; CSP 2: 520; DTS 1: 66, 6(4): 19; GR p. 11; LS 8176-8177a; PR 2739-2740. Anon., Flora 14: 512. 1831. Pongratz, Acta Albertina Ratisbonensia, Naturf. Regensb. 25. 1963. Krempelhuber, Gesch. Litt. Lichenol. 1: 452, 467, 525, 610, 615, 2: 103, 494. COMPOSITE WORKS: Lichenes, in vol. 1 of Martius, Fl. bras., 1833. EPONYMY: Eschweilera C. F. P. Martius ex A. P. de Candolle (1828); Eschweilerta Zippel ex Boerlage (1887). 1719. De fructificatione generis Rhizomorphae commentatio ... Accedit novum genus Hypho- mycetum. Cum tabula aenea. Elberfeld (Sumtibus Buschlerianis) 1822. Qu. (Fruct. gen. Rhizomorph.) Publ.: 1822 (p. 4: 6 Jul 1822 (“pridie Non Jul.”’), Flora 14 Dec 1822), p. [1]-35, [36, motto], 1 copper engraving after a drawing by the author. Copies: L, NY. Ref.: BM 2: 541; PR 2739. Anon., Flora 5: 725-728. 14 Dec 1822 (rev.) 1720. Systema lichenum, genera exhibens rite distincta, pluribus novis adaucta. Niirnberg (J. L. Schrag) 1824. Qu. (Syst. lich.) Publ.: 1824 (Flora 28 Oct 1824), p. [1]-26, 2 tabl. — Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 2: 541; LS 8177; PR 2740. Krempelhuber, Gesch. Litt. Lichenol. 2: 103-108. 1869. Anon., Flora 8: 241-249. 28 Apr 1825 (rev.) Esper, Eugen Johann Christoph (1742-1810), German zoologist and phycologist. (Esper). HERBARIUM and Types: B, ER (incomplete). Ref: VA 22166: Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 264. 1916. Koster, ‘Taxon 18: 552. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 6: 376-377; Barnhart 1: 516; BM 2: 541-542; CSP 2: 521; Jackson p. 155; NI 696; PR 2744; Quenstedt p. 131; SO 146. Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. na.t Banks 5: 227 [index]. 1800. Engelmann, Bibl. Hist.-nat. 673. 1846. Spiess, Abh. naturf. Ges. Niirnberg 8: 203. 1891. Silva, Wasmann J. Biol. 11(2): 229-230. 1953. EPONYMY: Espera Willdenow (1801). 8o1 ESPER 1721. Icones fucorum cum characteribus systematicis, synonimis [sic] auctorum et descrip- tionibus novarum specierum. Abbildungen der Tange mit beygefiigten systematischen Kennzeichen, Anfithrungen der Schriftsteller, und Beschreibungen der neuen Gattun- gen. Nirnberg (Raspe) 1797-1808, 7 Hefte 2 vols. Qu. (Ic. fuc.) vol. fasc. pages plates dates I I [1]-54 1-24 1797 2 [55]-126 25-29, 290, 30-63 1798 3 [127-]129-166 64-87 1799 4 [a 167-2175 [it-Kere.|s 88-111 1800 [ii,igem. t:p.i] 2 5 [1]-53 [sic], [1] TIL T1350 1802 6 [i], 53-101 136, 1360, 137-144, 1444, 1804 145-157 7 [103-]105-132 158-160, 160a, 161, r6ra, Apr 1808 162, 162a, 163, 163a, 164-169 Erster Anhang l-iv 1-4 1808 Zweyter Anhang 1-ili I-4 1808 * Many erroneous page numbers (167 as ‘‘127,”’ 217 as “117°’). For an extensive com- mentary see Silva. Copy orig. ed.: UC. The 184 coloured copper engravings are of drawings by Esper. According to Pritzel, the seventh fascicle is often lacking. The HNC facsimile reprint, however, includes this Heft. “The majority of the species of algae treated in the Jcones had been described previously, and Esper’s uncritical and even inaccurate figures and discussions, based solely on dried (and frequently fragmentary) material detracted rather than added to their understand- ing” (Silva). The importance of the book stems from the circumstance that it is one of the earliest phycological publications and that Esper’s name is frequently cited in synonymies. Facsimile ed.: Lehre (J. Cramer) 1966, Historiae naturalis classica vol. 50. Copy: FAS. Ref.: BM 2: 542; Jackson p. 155; NI 606; PR 2744; IDC 6152. Boucher, Magas. encycl. 1798(4): 421. Mertens, in Schrader, J. Bot. 1800(1): 170-202, 1801(1): 32-52. Silva, Wasmann J. Biol. 11(2): 221-232. 1953. 1721a. Die Pflanzenthiere in Abbildungen nach der Natur mit Farben erleuchtet nebst Beschreibungen. Niirnberg (Raspe) [1788-]1791-1829[-1830]. 3 vols. Qu. (Pflanzenthiere) . Theil pars pages dates I 1-2 [1]-96 1788 3-4. 97-192 1789 5-6 [i]-xi1, 193-320 17Q1 t-p.: 1791, p. xl: Sep (1791 2 7-8 [1]-96 1791 g-10 97-180 1792 I 181-220 1793 12 [i], 221-305 1794 2 13 1-24 1805 14-15 25-144 ? 16 [145 ]-284 1829 by F. L. Hammer 1) 285-end 1830 by F. L. Hammer In all: 149, 130 and 19 plates by Esper. Copy: UC (incompl.) Plates Theil 1: 1-3, 3a, 4, 4a, 5, 6-8, 1-4, 4a-8, 8a, 9, 10, 10a-21, 210-31, I-17, 1-6 [68 plates fide t.p.] Theil 2: 1-49 [106 fide t.p.] Theil 3: Sertul. 1-35, Vortic. 1, Tubul. z, Flustra 7, Petrif. 8a, 9. Ref.: BM 2: 542. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 137. 1969. 802 ETTINGSHAUSEN 1722. Fortsetzungen der Pflanzenthiere in Abbildungen nach der Natur mit Farben erleuchtet nebst Beschreibungen. Nurnberg 1794[-1806], 2 vols. Qu. (Fortsetz. Pflanzenthiere). hel pars pages dates I 1-2 [1]-64 1794 3-4. 65-116 Apr-Sep 1795 5-6 117-168 Apr-Sep 1796 7-8 [i-i1], 169-230 Sep 1797 2 9 I-24 Sep 1798 10 25-48 1806 114 and 33 plates by Esper and Jac. Sturm. — Copy: UC (vol. 1, pl. 32-67). —'T.p. vol. 1 has “106” plates. Ref.: BM 2: 542. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 137. 1969. Etheridge, Robert Jr. (1847-1920), British palaeobiologist, from 1887-1920 in Austra- lia. (Etheridge). COLLECTIONS: early British material at BM. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews p. 260; Barnhart 1: 517; BM 2: 544, 6: 308- 309; CSP 7: 627, 9: 811-814, 12: 225, 14: 884-887; Jackson p. 182; LS 8186; Quenstedt Paige: Fletcher, Proc. Linn. Soc. NSW 45: 5-6. 1920. A.S.W., Nature 104: 700-701. 1920. Bather, Quart. J. geol. Soc. London 76: lix-lx. 1921. Dun and Rainbow, Rec. austral. Mus. Sydney 15: 1-27. 1926 (portr.) COMPOSITE WORKS: with H. Alleyne Nicholson (q.v.): A monograph of the Silurian fossils of the Girvan district in Ayrshire. Edinburgh, London, plants in 1(1): Oct-Dec 1878. EPONYMY: Etheridgea C. von Ettingshausen (1893). Etienne, Georges (x-1910), French bryologist. (Etienne). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. — Exsiccatae: Mousses de la Normandie, préparées et classées d’aprés la méthode de W.-Ph. Schimper (fasc. i-iv, nos. 1-250, Rouan, 1870- 1889), BM, CGE, CN, FH, PC. Ref.: 1H 2: 186. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 517; CSP 14: 887-888. Ettingshausen, Constantin Freiherr von (1826-1897), Austrian botanist, palaeonto- logist and mineralogist at Graz, publisher of numerous nature-printed works. (Hiétingsh.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: W [?], some material at BM. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews p. 260-261; Barnhart 1: 518; BM 2: 545-546, 6: 309; Bossert p. 119; CSP 2: 525-526, 7: 627-628, 9: 815, 14: 888-889; DTS 1: 66; Frank 3(Anh.): 29; GR p. 432; IF p. 695; Jackson p. 544 [index]; Langman p. 273; MW p. 110, suppl. p. 61; NI 608-614; PR 2749-2763; Quenstedt p. 132. Ward, Ann. Rep. U.S. geol. Survey 5: 380-381. 1885. Krasser, Oest. bot. Z. 4.7: 273-284, 349-355. 1897 (bibl., portr.), repr. 36 p. Hann, Alman. Akad. Wien 47: 298-304. 1897 (bibl.) Horner, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 47: 55-58. 1897. Hoernes, Mitt. naturw. Ver. Steiermark 1897: 79-106. 1898 (bibl., portr.) Staub, Féldtani Kézlény 28: 1-12. 1898 (bibl., 114 titles). Anon., Botanik und Zoologie in Osterreich 1850-1900. Wien 1gor (portr.) 803 ETTINGSHAUSEN Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 81. 1903, 3(3): 66. 1905. Fischer, Gutenberg-Jahrbuch 8: 205-208. 1933 (extensive bibliography of E.’s nature- prints). Moebius, Gesch. Bot. 449 [index]. 1937. Magdefrau, Gesch. Bot. 243. 1973. COMPOSITE WORKS: see J. S. Gardner and C. Ettinghausen, A monograph of the British Eocene flora, 1879-1886. EPONYMY: Kitingshausenia Stiehler (1857). 1723. Physiotypia plantarum austriacarum. Der Naturselbstdruck in seiner Anwendung auf die Gefasspflanzen des ésterreichischen Kaiserstaates, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Nervation in den Flachenorganen der Pflanzen. Wien (K.K. Hof- und Staats- druckerei) [1655-]1856, 6 vols. Qu. and Fol. (Physiotyp. pl. austr.) Co-author: Alois Pokorny (1826-1880). Nature-printer: Alois Auer (1813-1869). Text vol.: Wien Jan 1856, Qu. (p. xii: 24 Dec 1855; “Jan” Bot. Zeit. 14 Mar 1856), p. [iJ-lxvui, [1], [1]-276, pl. t-xxx. Copy: NY. Plates: five vols., imperial folio, publ. 1855-1856, roo plates each, in all 1588 figs. Reprinted 1873, see below. Note: ‘The most important work produced by nature printing ever published. The first edition is very rare, the plates appear usually in the 1873 re-issue which also contains a further five volumes, still prepared by Auer before his death in 1869. The book was presented to a meeting of the Deutsche naturf. Aerzte on 17 Sep 1856. Ref.: BM 2: 546; Fischer no. 69; Jackson p. 263; NI 613; Plesch p. 219; PR 2756. Ettinghausen, $.B. Akad. Wiss. Wien 20: 407-491. 1856 (Fischer no. 56), reprinted as Bericht tiber das Werk Physiotypia plantarum austriacarum, Wien 1856, 87 p., 10 and 3 pl. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 14: 358-360, 486-491, 1856. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Bot. 1: 210-211. 1975 (sold at £ 1100). 1724. Die Blatt-Skelete der Dikotyledonen mit besonderer Ricksicht auf die Untersuchung und Bestimmung der fossilen Pflanzenreste ... Mit 95 Tafeln in Naturselbstdruck und 276 in den Text gedruckten Physiotypen. Wien (K.K. Hof- und Staatsdruckerei) 1861. Qu. (Blatt-Skel. Dikot.) Publ.: 1861 (p. viit: 15 Nov 1860), p. [i]-xlvi, [1], [1]-308, pl. i-xcv. Copy: NY. — The 95 plates are composed of 104.2 separate blocks, which with the 276 text illustrations, totals 1318 ills. Ref.: BM 2: 545; Fischer 51; NI 609; PR 2758. 1725. Uber die Entdeckung des neuholldndischen Charakters der Eocenflora Europa’s und iber die Anwendung des Naturselbstdruckes zur Forderung der Botanik und Palaontologie, als Entgegnung auf die Schrift des Herrn Professor Dr. F. Unger: “‘Neuholland in Europa.” Wien (K.K. Hof- und Staatsdruckerei) 1862. Oct. (Entd. neuholl. Char. Eocenjl.) Publ.: 1862 (p. 10: Oct 1861), p. [1]-93, 153 text als. (of which 28 are copies of illustrations in Unger, Neu-Holland in Europa, Wien 1861). Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 2: 545; Fischer no. 52; NI 610; PR 2759. 1726. Physiographie der Medicinal-Pflanzen nebst einem Clavis zur Bestimmung der Pflan- zen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Nervation der Blatter. Wien (Wilhelm Brau- miiller) 1862. Oct. (Physiogr. Med.-Pfi.) Publ.: 1862 (p. vi: Oct 1861), p. [i]-xiv, [1, h.t.], [1]-432, 294 text ills., nature printed. Copies: NY, U. Ref.: BM 2: 545; Fischer no. 53; NI 612; PR 2760. 1727. Photographisches Album der Flora Osterreichs zugleich ein Handbuch zum Selbst- unterricht in der Pflanzenkunde. ... Mit 173 Tafeln, enthaltend eine Sammlung ge- druckter Photographien von charakteristischen Pflanzen der einheimischen Flora. Wien (Wilhelm Braumiiller) 1864. Oct. (Photogr. Album Fl. Osterr.) Publ.: Jan 1864 (p. iv: Oct 1863; Flora 17 Feb 1864; Bot. Zeit. 18 Mar 1864), p. []- 804. EULENSTEIN xxviii, [1, h.t.], [1]-319, 773 full page ills. in text which are photographic reproductions, reduced, from the Physiotypia. Copy: B. Ref.: BM 2: 545; NI 608; PR 2761. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 22: 83. 18 Mar 1864. 1728. Die Farnkrauter der JFetztwelt zur Untersuchung und Bestimmung der in den Formationen der Erdrinde eingeschlossenen Ueberreste von vorweltlichen Arten dieser Ordnung nach dem Flachen-Skelet bearbeitet. . .. Mit zahlreichen in den Text gedruck- ten Abbildungen und 180 Tafeln im Naturselbstdruck. Wien (Carl Gerold’s Sohn) 1865. Qu. (Farnkr. Jetztw.) Publ.: Nov-Dec 1864 (p. vi: Oct 1864, “‘erschienen”’ Flora 14. Dec 1864, Hedwigia Dec 1864; rev. Bull. Soc. bot. France 11 (Bibl.): 261-262. 1864), p. [i]-xvi, [1]-298, pl. z- 180, tinted, with 2138 ills., gr text ill. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 2: 545; Fischer 57; IF p. 695; Jackson p. 150; NI 611; PR 2762; IDC 6521. 1729. Physiotypia plantarum austriacarum. Die Gefasspflanzen Osterreichs in Naturselbst- druck, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Nervation in den Flachenorganen der Pflanzen, 2 series, 10 vols. of plates and 2 vols. text, Wien (K.K. Hof- und Staats- druckerei), Praha (F. Tempsky) 1873. Fol. (Phystotyp. pl. austr.) Co-author: Alois Pokorny (1826-1880). Publ.: The first series is a reprint of the 1855-1856 edition (see above no. 1723); the second series contains plates produced by Auer before his death in 1869, but published only in the edition by F. Tempsky in Praha. Text vol. r: “I. Serie, den I. bis V. Band der Tafeln oder die Tafeln 1-500 enthaltend. Textband mit 30 Quarttafeln. Wien 1873 ... Verlag von F. Tempsky in Prag,” Qu., p. [i*], [i]-lxvii, 1-276 (263?), pl. i-xxx. Copy: NY. Text vol. 2: “II. Serie ... 1873, p. [i-iv], 1-80 (p. iv: 1 Mai 1873). Copy: NY. Series I. Vol. 1: 1873, p. [i]-x, pl. r-z00. Vol. 2: 1873, p. [i-1v], pl. ror-200. Vol. 3: 1873, p. [i-iv], pl. 201-300. Vol. 4: 1873, p. [i-iv], pl. 301-400. Vol. 5: 1873, p. [i-iv], pl. gor-500. Series II. Vol. 6: 1873, [i*, t.p. for ser. 2], [i-iv], pl. 501-600. Vol. 7: 1873, p. [i-iv], pl. 601-700. Vol. 8: 1873, p. [1-iv], pl. 701-800. Vol. 9: 1873, p. [i-iv], pl. 80r-goo. Vol. 10: 1873, p. [i-1v], pl. gor-ro0o. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 2: 546; Fischer no. 70; NI 614. 1730. Untersuchungen tiber Ontogenie und Phylogenie der Pflanzen auf palaontologischer Grundlage ... (Mit 7 Tafeln in Naturselbstdruck und 1 Textfigur). Wien (K.K. Hof- und Staatsdruckerei) 1890. Qu. (Unters. Ontog. Phylog. Pfl.) Co-author: Franz Krasan (1840-1907). Publ.: 1890 (Nat. Nov. Aug 1890), p. [i, t.p. reprint], [1]-36, pl. 1-7. Copy: U. — Pre- printed from Denkschr. math.-wiss. Cl. k. Akad. Wiss. 57. 1890 (or early 1891, Nat. Nov. Mar 1891). Ref.: BM 6: 549. Eulenstein, Theodor (x-1875), German diatomologist. (Eulenstein). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. — Exsiccatae: Diatomacearum species typicae (1 cent., nos. I-100, Stuttgart 1867, ed. 2, nos. 1-100, Dresden 1869), sets at AWH, B, BM, FH, FILE, P@siS; W. Rep We 2) 186: Candolle, Phytographie 411. 1880. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 72. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: CSP 7: 628; LS 8191. Anon., Hedwigia 14(4): 64. 1875. EUPHRASEN Euphrasén, Bengt Anders (1756-1796), Swedish botanist who made a journey to the Swedish West Indies in 1788. (Euphrasén). HERBARIUM and TYPES: The main Euphrasén herbarium was sold to Mellerborg (q.v.) and was acquired by Thunberg in 1806 and is now still incorporated in the Thunberg herbarium (UPS). According to Urban the notes on localities were added later and do not always agree with Euphrasén’s publications. The annotations on the sheets are by Thunberg, and it is highly probable that the latter received the plants unmounted and had them incorporated in his herbarium in the usual way, adding notes of his own. The collection does not seem to be complete. A small number of Euphrasén’s plants is also at S. Refi: Wa 23186! Euphrasén, Beskrifning 6fver svenska vestindiska 6n St. Barthélemy, samt 6arne St. Eustache och St. Christopher. Stockholm 1795, German translation Géttingen 1798 (PR 2765). Lowegren, Naturaliekabinett i Sverige under 1700-talet 344. 1952. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 518; BM 2: 548; KR p. 182; Langman p. 272; PR 2765. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 49, 176-177. 1898, 3: 45. 1902. Evans, Alexander William (1868-1959), American bryologist and lichenologist at Yale. (A. Evans). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Main collections at YU. The Heller types from Puerto Rico are at NY, much other material also at NY and further at B, BP, FH, G, H, MICH, MO, PC, US. Ref: Teo 167: Urban, Symb. ant. 5: 6. 1908. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 518; BM 2: 548, 6: 309-310; Bossert p. 119; CSP 14: 890; GR p. 187-188; LS suppl. 7759-7760; MW p. 110, suppl. p. 62. Urban, Symb. ant. 5: 5-6. 1908. Verdoorn, Ann. bryol. 11: 3. 1938 (portr.) Nichols, Ann. bryol. 41: 1-5. 1938 (portr.) Fernald, Rhodora 52: 49-51. 1950. Anderson, The Bryologist 63: 84-88. 1960 (portr.) Asahina, J. Jap. Bot. 35(2): 64. 1960. Hale, Bull. Torrey bot. Cl. 87: 354-356. 1960. Reeder, Taxon g: 168-169. 1960. Reeder and Reeder, Rhodora 62: 245-250. 1960 (portr.) Schuster, The Bryologist 63: 73-81. 1960, Rev. bryol. lichénol. 29: 132-140. 1960 (portr.) Schuster, Rev. bryol. lichénol. 29: 132-140. 1960 (portr., bibl.) Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 155-156. 1973. COMPOSITE worRKs: WAF, Marchantiales 14(1): 9-66. 19 Jan 1923. EPONYMY: Evansia C. Douin (1914) ; Evansianthus Schuster & Engel (1973) ; Evansiolejeunea Vanden Berghen (1948). Note: Evansia 8. A. J. Pocock (1972) is dedicated to C. R. Evans, Canadian micropalae- ontologist. Everhart, Benjamin Matlack (1818-1904), American mycologist. (verh.) HERBARIUM and Types: For his North American fungi and Fungi colombiani see J. B. Ellis. - Other material also at MAINE and NY. Refi Tio *187. Hawksworth, Mycologist’s Handb. 182. 1974. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 520; BM 2: 549; CSP 12: 217, 14: 823-824; GR p. 188; LS 7890-7960; ME 1: 183 [biography]. 806 EWART Harshberger, Botanists in Philadelphia 227, 444. 1899. Kellerman, W. A., J. Mycol. 10: 225. 1904. Anon., Nat. Cycl. Amer. Biogr. 10: 470. 1909. EPONYMY: LEverhartia P. A. Saccardo & J. B. Ellis ex P. A. Saccardo (1882). Eversmann, Eduard Friedrich [von] (1794-1860), German botanist at Kazan. (Eversm.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Material at B, LE, MW and P. Refs oes 7). Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 344. 1916. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 520; BM 2: 549, 6: 310; CSP 2: 532-534, 6: 651, 12: 226; GR p. 11; LS 8207-8208; PR 2768; Quenstedt p. 133. Anon., Bonplandia g: 46. 1861. Herder, Bot. Jb. 9: 435. 1888. Krempelhuber, Gesch. Litt. Lichenol. 1: 551. EPONYMY: Eversmannia Bunge (1838). 1731. In Lichenum esculentum Pallasii et species consimiles adversaria. Cum tabula lapidi incisi et vivis coloribus picta. (Acad. trad. die viii mart. a. mdcccxxv). Mit einem Nachtrage von Dr. Fr. L. Nees von Esenbeck. (Lich. escul.) Publ.: Reprinted (with original pagination) from Nova Acta Leop. 15: 349-362. 1831. — Received by Regensburg Botanical Society on 8 Feb 1832, review Flora 14 Apr 1832 (15: 224). Copy reprint: NY. Ref.: PR 2768. Ewart, Alfred James (1872-1937), British born government botanist of Victoria at Melbourne, professor of botany 1906-1937. (Ewart). HERBARIUM and Types: MEL, further material at B and NH. Refs VA osi188: Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 344. 1916. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 521; BM 6: 311; BL 1: 67, 73, 74; CSP 14: goo; LS suppl. 7788-7793. Moebius, Gesch. Bot. 264. 1937. Osborn, Proc. Linn. Soc. 150: 314-317. 1938. IG B:@ F141 (8557))2 17. 1930. Willis, Victorian Naturalist 66(5): 83-84. 1949. EPONYMY: Ewartia Beauverd (1910). 1732. The flora of the Northern Territory. by Alfred J. Ewart ... and Olive B. Davies ... with appendices by J. M. Maiden ... and by A. A. Hamilton and Edwin Cheel. And illustrations by Ethel McLennan ..., Isabel Cookson ..., Ellinor Archer ... and M. Flockton. Melbourne (McCarron, Bird & Co.) 1917. Oct. (Fl. N. Territory). Co-author: Olive Blanche Davies. Collaborators: Joseph Henry Maiden (1859-1925); Arthur Andrew Hamilton (1855- 1929) ; Edwin Cheel (1872-x) ; Ethel Irene McLennan; Isabel Clifton Cookson; Mary Ellinor Lucy Archer; Margaret Flockton. Publ.: Dec 1917 (p. viii: Sep 1917), p. [i]-vili, 8-387, pl. i-xxvii, 7 tab., 1 map. Copy: HH. Ref.: BM 6: 311. 1733- Flora of Victoria, [Melbourne] (University Press) 1930. Oct. (Fl. Victoria). Publ.: Apr 1931 (probably 23rd; fide Eichler 1965), p. [1]-1257. Copies: NY, U. Additions and changes were published in the Victorian Naturalist 53: 60-63. Aug 1936. Ref.: Eichler, Hj., Supplement to Black’s Flora S. Australia 14. 1965. 807 EXELL Exell, Arthur Wallis (1901-x), British botanist, worker on the Flora Zambesiaca and the flora of Angola. (Exell). HERBARIUM and types: BM, further material at BR, COI, K and LISC. Ref.: 1H 2: 188. Hepper and Neate, Plant coll. West Africa 29. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 521; BL 1: 22; Bossert p. 120; IF suppl. 4: 312; Langman p. 273, suppl. 7809; MW p. rio. Ross, Taxon 11: 139. 1962. Anon., Garcia de Orta, Bot. 2(1): pl. viii. 1974 (portr.) EPONYMY: Exellia Boutique (1951). 1734. Conspectus florae angolensis elaborado pelo Instituto botanico de Coimbra com a colaboracao do Museu britanico (British Museum) fundado por L. Wittnich Carrisso (T) Lisboa (Ministerio do Ultramar, Junta de Investigagées do Ultramar) [1937-]1970, 4 vols. Oct. (Consp. fl. angol.) Co-authors: Francisco de Ascengao Mendonga (1889-x); E. J. Mendes (1924-x) (for vol. 4); Abilio Fernandes (1906-x) (vols. 3 and 4). Founder: Luis Wittnich Carrisso (1886-1937). vol. pars pages dates I I [ix]-xxii, [1]-176 30 Jan 1937 2 fi-viii], [i], [177]-422 20 Aug 1951 2 I [xill-xvi], [1]-152 20 Mai 1954 2 [i-xii, xvii-xvili], [153]-322 20 Apr 1956 3 I [1]-187 30 Jan 1962 2 [i]-[vii], [189]-407, map 29 Apr 1966 4 [i-vii], [1]-401, z col. pl., pl. 1-45 14 Aug 1970 Copy: U. Ref.: Exell et al., Bol. Soc. Broteriana ser. 2. 26: 213-220. 1952 (collectors). Eyma, Pierre Joseph (1903-1945), Dutch botanist, educated at Utrecht. (Eyma). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BO (collections from Indonesia), Dutch material at L, European collections at U. Ref.: TH 2: 188. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Steenis-Kruseman, FI. males. ser. 1. 1: 159-161. 1950 (portr. ) Steenis, Bull. Jard. bot. Buitenzorg ser. 3. 18(4): 403-406. 1950 (portr., itin.) HANDWRITING: FI. males. ser. 1. 1: cxlix. 1950. 1735+ The Polygonaceae, Guttiferae and Lecythidaceae of Surinam. Proefschrift ter verkrijging van den graad van doctor in de wis- en natuurkunde aan de Rijks-Universiteit te Utrecht op gezag van den rector-magnificus Dr. C. G. N. de Vooys hoogleeraar in de faculteit der letteren en wijsbegeerte volgens besluit van den Senaat der Universiteit te verdedigen tegen de bedenkingen van de faculteit der wis- en natuurkunde op Maandag 21 Novem- ber 1932 des namiddags te vier uur door Pierre Joseph Eyma geboren te Maarssen. Amsterdam 1932. Oct. (Polygon. Guttif. Surinam). Publ.: 21 Nov 1932, p. [i-ix], [1]-223, 3 pl., map, theses [3] p., loose. Copy: FAS. — Published as a thesis defended at the University of Utrecht. Part of this thesis, p. 8-84, was republished later in 1932 as Mededeelingen van het Botanisch Museum en Herbarium van de Rijksuniversiteit te Utrecht no. 4, p. 1-77, pl. 7-zit. The remaining part was preprinted from Pulle, Flora of Surinam 1(1): 49-71. Mar 1934 (Pol.), 3(1): 65-118 (Gutt.), 119-155 (Lec.). Mar 1934. 808 FABRICIUS, J. C. Fabre, Jean Henri Casimir (1823-1915), French entomologist and mycologist. (Fabre). HERBARIUM and Types: Harmas de Fabre, Sérignan-du-Comtat, Vaucluse, France (under Dép. Entomologie, Muséum d’Histoire naturelle, Paris, France). — Corsican plants (1849-1857) also at AV and K. Refi: 1H 2: 189. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 522; BM 2: 552, 6: 312; CSP 2: 542-543, 14: 908; Jackson p. 544 [index]; LS 8225-8227; PR 2791. Tribolet, Bull. Soc. Sci. nat. Neuchatel 33: 21-71. 1907 (portr., bibl.) Legros, La vie de J. H. Fabre. Paris 1913 (portr.,) also Paris 1924. Fabre, Aug., The life of Jean Henri Fabre, the Entomologist, London 1921. Hollard, J. H. Fabre 1823-1915, Paris 1924 (portr.), 64 p., copy: Ewan. Coulon, Le génie de J. H. Fabre, Paris 1924, xvi, 287 p., copy: UC (portr.) Rabaud, J. H. Fabre et la Science, Paris 1924. Fauvel, Rev. Mycol. ser. 2. 2 (suppl.): 25-31, 49-58. 1937. Moebius, Gesch. Bot. 275. 1937. Rostand, Jean-Henri Fabre, ix Hommes de vérité ser. 2. 109-168. 1948. Revel, J. H. Fabre, ?Homme des insectes, Paris 1952. Peattie, De natuur ontsloten, ed. 2. 1955, p. 193 (portr.) Ordish, Tropical Sci. 7(4): 184-188. 1965. Gerin, Science et Nature 99: 9-15. 1970 (on Fabre’s mycol. work). Théoridés, DSB 4: 503-505. 1971. Smit, History of the life sciences 922-923, 1047. 1974. EPONYMY: Fabrella Kirschstein (1941); Fabreola O. Kuntze (1891). HANDWRITING: Coulon, Le génie de J.-H. Fabre, pl. opp. p. xvi, 1924. 1736. Thése présentée a la Faculté des Sciences de Paris pour obtenir le grade de docteur és sciences naturelles, par Jean-Henri Fabres ... Thése de botanique. — Recherches sur les tubercules de I’ Himantoglossum hircinum. Soutenue le [handwritten: 24 Décembre] 1855 devant la Commission d’examen. MM Milne Edwards, président, Isidore Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Payer examinateurs, Paris (L. Martinet) 1855. Qu. (Rech. Himantoglossum hircinum). Publ.: 24, Dec 1855, p. [i-ii], [1]-39, Al. 72-13, (Pp. 39: 25 Jul 1855). Copy (large paper) : NY. — Reprinted from Ann. Sci. nat. Bot. ser. 4. 3: 253-291. 1855. Ref.: BM 2: 552; Jackson p. 83; PR 2791. Fabricius, Johan Christian (1745-1808), Danish (Schleswig) entomologist, pupil of Linnaeus (1762-1764), later at Kiel. (7. Fabr.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: Some specimens in LINN. His own herbarium is described by Fischer-Benzon: the only material labelled was that collected by Bargum. KIEL ac- quired it in 1830 and the collections are now lost. Refs: TH 22-189; Fischer-Benzon, in Prahl, Krit. Fl. Schleswig-Holstein 2: 24. 1890. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 6: 521-522; AG 3: 433; Barnhart 1: 523; BM 2: 552-5533 CSP 543-544; Dawson p. 315-317; GR p. 682; Jackson p. 5, 427; KR p. 183; Laségue p. 395, 502; LS 8227a, 33109a; PR 5434; Quenstedt p. 133; SO index 20. Latreille, Ann. Mus. nat. Hist. nat. 11: 393-404. 1808. Engelmann, Bibl. hist. nat. 673 [index]. 1846. Hagen! Bibl. entom. 1: 220-222. 1862. Retzebure, Forstwiss. Schriftsteller-Lexikon 173-175. “hy Hagen, K. Norske Vid. Selsk. Skrift. 1897(3): 48-49 (portr.) (on Musci). Wittrocle Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 101, 125. 1903, 3(3): 86, 124. 1905. Christensen, Dansk. Bot. Hist. 1: 190-194, 2: 71, 72. 1924. Schuster, ed., Linné und Fabricius, Miinchen 1928. Oct. (in app.) Essig, A history of entomology 622-635. 1931. 809 FABRICIUS, J. C. Moebius, Gesch. Bot. 412, 413. 1937. Laudin, DSB 4: 512-513. 1971. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 133, 145. 1971. Hansen, Bot. Tidsskr. 69: 208. 1974. EPONYMY: Fabricia Thunberg (1779). — Note: The etymology of Fabricia Scopoli (1777), Fabricia Adanson (1763), and Fabricia J. Gaertner (1788), is not given by their authors. Some or all of them might be eponyms for Philipp Conrad Fabricius (1714-1774), q.v. 1737. Reise nach Norwegen mit Bemerkungen aus der Naturhistorie und Oekonomie. Hamburg (Carl Ernst Bohn) 1779. Oct. (Reise Norwegen). Orig. ed.: 1779 (p. xiv: 6 Aug 1779), p. [i]-lxiv, [1]-388, [11, index; 1, err.] Copzes: HU, UC. Dutch: Jul 1784, ““Reize naar Noorwegen, nevens aanmerkingen uit de natuurlijke histo- rie en oekonomie,” Amsterdam (J. van Selm). Oct., 320 p. (n.v.) French: 1802, Voyage en Norwége, avec des observations sur l’histoire naturelle et l’éco- nomie; traduit de l’allemand. Paris (Levrault), Strasbourg, An X (1802). Oct., p. [i]- Ixviii, [1]-424. Copies: HU, UC. Ref.: BM 2: 552; KR p. 183. Christensen, Dansk. Bot. Hist. 2: 71. 1924. Fabricius, Philipp Conrad (1714-1774), German physician and botanist, professor at the former University of Helmstedt. (Fabr.) HERBARIUM and TypES: Unknown. The only recorded specimens from the Helmstedt garden collected by Fabricius are at BM. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRAPHY: ADB 6: 524; AG 3: 579-580; Barnhart 1: 523; BM 2: 553; GR p. 76; LS 8228; PR 2794-2706, ed. 1: 3085-3087; Zander ed. 10, p. 657. Meusel, Lexikon teut. Schriftsteller 3: 266-269. 1804. EPONYMY: See supra, sub J. Chr. Fabricius. 1738. Enumeratio methodica plantarum horti medici Helmstadiensis subjuncta stirpium rariorum vel nondum satis extricatarum descriptione. Helmstedt (Litteris Ioannis Drimbornii) 1759. Oct. (Enum.) Ed. 1: 1759 (GGA 3 Jan 1760; Nederl. Letter-Courant 29 Jan 1760), p. [i-viii], [1]-2309. Copy: USDA. Ed. 2: Sep-Dec 1763, “‘Editio secunda auctior,” Helmstedt (id.) 1763, Oct., p. [i-xxxvi], [1]-448, index [12]. Copies: M, US, USDA. — Since Kuntze’s statement that the names in Adanson’s Familles des plantes vol. 2 have priority over those of Fabricius in this edition, it has been customary to accept this. The first review of the book known to me appeared only in December 1764 [sic] (GGA 1764(2): 1204. 13 Dec 1764). Fabricius cites Nonne’s Flora in territorio erfordenst indigena of 1763, but no other 1763 publications. In the absence of definite information priority should be given to Adanson (Fam. PI. 2: Jul-Aug 1763). Ed. 3: 1776, ““Enumeratio ... Helmstadiensis secundum Linnei et Heisteri systema digesta stirpium rariorum vel nondum satis extricatarum descriptione subjuncta. Editio tertia auctior posthuma.’’ Helmstedt (loan. Henr. Kiihnlin) 1776, p. [i-xxxvil], [1 ]-448, index [12] [all this a reissue of the 1763 ed., followed by:] Supplementum [1 ]- 24. The title page is a cancellans t.p. for that of ed. 2; the supplement is the only new material of 1776. Copy: US. The Enumeratio is of importance because of its use of the Heister system and generic names. Many names published by Heister in the Systema plantarum of 1748 were validated by Fabricius. See Dandy, List (1967). Rauschert (1968) and Holub (1970) are of the opinion that the Enumeratio of 1759 is essentially a list of names of species which are often uninominal and which should not be considered generic names. Dandy (1967, p. 12) has shown that the generic names are typographically distinguished by capitals. Most of the new names are attributed to Heister or other authors. In all those cases where the works of these earlier authors cited by Heister contain validating definitions, Fabricius’ generic 810 FAIRMAN names are to be accepted. Rauschert’s argument that most of these names are uni- nominal designations of species is difficult to accept since Fabricius clearly used the categories of genus and species and printed generic names in capitals. The fact that often a genus was represented by only one species in the Helmstedt garden is irrelevant for the standing of the generic names. The names Cerefolium and Myrrhis, accepted by Rauschert, are printed in exactly the same way as the “‘uninominal” designations rejected by him. Dandy’s criteria of validation by means of author reference or by means of the key are fully in agreement with the Code. See, however, also the detailed study by Holub (1970). Ref.: BM 2: 553; DA 1967; PR 2796; RS p. 82; SA 1: 260; IDC 77, 632, 5332. Kuntze, Rev. gen. 1: cxxviil. 1891. Britten, J. Bot. 36: 397-399. 1898. Wilmott, Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1935. go. Rothmaler, Repert. Sp. nov. 53: 32, 36. 1944. Dandy, Index of generic names of vascular plants 1753-1774. Utrecht 1967. Rauschert, Taxon 17: 153-156. 1968. Holub, Folia geobot. phytotax., Praha 5: 61-88. 1970. Fagon, Gui-Crescent (1638-1718), first body-physician of Louis XIV (1693), professor of botany at the Paris Fardin du Roi (1671-1708), director id. (1699-1718), honorary member of the Académie des Sciences 1699. Was instrumental in sending collectors abroad (e.g. Tournefort, Antoine de Jussieu) and attracted Tournefort, Vaillant and Antoine de Jussieu to the Jardin du Roi. (Fagon). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: P, incorporated in general herbarium. Fagon’s herbarium con- tained mainly plants from France; it was acquired upon his death by Vaillant. With the Vaillant herbarium the Fagon plants became the basis of the Paris general herbarium on the reorganization of the collections of the old Cabinet du Roy in 1793. Other Fagon material is at OXF. Ref.: Lecomte, Rev. Scient. ser. 5. 7: 677 (1907). Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 163. 1965. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(2): 958; Barnhart 1: 524; Bossert p. 121; Jackson p- 421; PR p. 104, ed. 1: 3091-3092. Jussieu, Eloge de Mr. Fagon, Paris 1718. Deleuze, Hist. Mus. Hist. nat. 1: 13-22. 1823. Chevalier, Arch. Mus. nat. Hist. nat. ser. 6. 12: 649-663. 1935 (portr.) Stafleu, Introduction to Jussieu’s Genera plantarum vi. 1964. Rousseau, Regn. veg. 71: 417 [index]. 1970. EPONYMY: Fagonia Linnaeus (1753); Guidonia P. Browne (1756). Fahlberg, Samuel (1758-1834), Swedish government official in the West Indies (St. Barthélemy 1784[1786]-1810). (Fahlberg). HERBARIUM and TypEs: SBT (Sweden, W. Indies), sets of West Indian plants at UPS (incl. Thunberg herbarium), and at S. Ref.: TH 2: 189. Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 45-46. 1902. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 524; CSP 2: 545; KR p. 183; Langman P- 274. Fahlberg, Sv. Vet.-ak. Handl. 1786: 215-240, 248-254 (German transl. Schw. Ak. Wiss. Neue Abh. 7: 189-212, 219-224. 1787). Loéwegren, Naturaliekabinett 1 Sverige 344. 1852. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 50. 1898, 3: 45-46. 1902. Fairman, Charles Edward ( 1856-1934), American mycologist. (Fairm.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: CUP, NY. Ref.: TH 2: 189. FAIRMAN BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 524; CSP 14: 918; LS 8248-8258; LS 33119; LS suppl. 7891-7897. Barnhart, J. New York Bot. Gard. 12: 127. 1911. Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 435. 1916. Fitzpatrick, Mycologia 27(3): 229-234. 1935 (portr.) Rickett, NAF 1(1): 158. 1949. EPONYMY: Fairmania P. A. Saccardo (1906); Fatrmaniella F. Petrak & H. Sydow (1927). Falconer, Hugh (1808-1865), Scottish botanist and palaeobiologist, superintendent of the Serampore botanical garden (1832-1842), again in India 1848-1855. (Falc.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: K, including notes and drawings. — duplicates B, BR, C, CAL, DD, FI, G, GH, GRA, L, LE, M, NY, P, W, WU. — Collected in India 1830-1855 (“Herbarium of the late East India Company’’). Ref.: TH 2: 189. Candolle, Phytographie 411. 1880. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 298-345. 1916. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 525; BB p. 104-105; BM 2: 554-555, 6: 313; Bossert p. 121; CSP 2: 551-552, 6: 652, 7: 636; DNB 18: 158; Jackson p. 413; MW p. 111; PR 2804; Quenstedt p. 134. Anon., Proc. Linn Soc.. London 1864/65: xc-c. 1865. Anon., Flora 48: 237. 1865. Lyell, Proc. roy. Soc. London 15: xiv-xx. 1867. Murchison, in Falconer, Palaeont. mem. notes 1: xxili-lii. 1868 (portr.) Embacher, Lexikon Reisen 109. 1882. Woodward, Hist. Geological Society London 128-129, 328. 1907 (portr.) Huxley, Life letters Hooker 2: 533 [index]. 1918. Burkill, Chapt. hist. bot. India 238 [index]. 1965. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 139. 1969. Challinor, DSB 4: 518-519. 1971. EPONYMY: Falconeria J. D. Hooker (1883) ; Falconerta Royle (1839). — Note: Falconera R. A. Salisbury (1866) is dedicated to John Falconer (x-1547), British botanist. Falkenberg, Paul (fl. 1900), German algologist. (Falkenb.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 2: 555, 6: 313; Jackson p. 72, 80, 83; Saccardo 1: 70; Zander ed. 10, p. 657. Cesati, Saggio 34. 1882. Gassner, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 44: (88)-(94). 1926 (portr., bibl.) Moebius, Gesch. Bot. p. 90. 1937. Richter et al., Wiss. Z. Univ. Rostock, math.-nat. Reihe 17: 263-275. 1968. COMPOSITE WorRKs: EP, Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien ed. 1: Rhodomelaceae, vol. 1(2). Apr 1897. EPONYMY: Fralkenbergia Schmitz (1897); Falkenbergiella Kylin (1938). Farenholtz, Hermann (1884-x), German botanist. (Parental. HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 526; Bossert p. 122. COMPOSITE WoRKS: EP, Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien ed. 2: Tropaeolaceae, 19a: [67]-82, Jigs. 35-42. Jan-Sep 1931. 812 FARLOW Farlow, William Gilson (1844-1919), American botanist, professor of cryptogamic botany at Harvard. (Fazl.) HERBARIUM and typPEs: FH; duplicates from Farlow’s herbarium were distributed in Reliquae Farlowianae to many herbaria. — Exsiccatae: Algae exsiccatae americae borealis (fasc. i-v, nos. 1-230, Boston 1877-1889), sets at BM, C, FH, IA, K, KIEL, L, MICH, PC, S, STR, TCD, W (with Charles Lewis Anderson, 1827-1919 and Daniel Cady Eaton, 1834- 1895). Ref: WEl2: 190% Day, Rhodora 3: 242. 1901. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Garden 19(1): 72-73. 1969. Koster, ‘Taxon 18: 552. 1969. Stevenson, Beih. Nova Hedwigia 36: 165. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 527; BM 2: 556-557, 6: 313; Bossert p. 122; CSP 7: 639, 9: 829-830, 12: 231, 14: 926; GR p. 188; Jackson p. 168, 496; LS 8285- 8356, 33143-33147, suppl. 7997-7999; Zander ed. 10, p. 657. Gray, Letters 2: 832 [index]. 1893. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 50. 1808. Anon., J. Mycol. 9: opp. p. 1. 1903 (portr.) Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 178. pl. 36. 1903 (portr.), 3(3): 195. 1905. Reynolds Green, Hist. bot. 51. 1909. Lloyd, Mycol. Notes 40: 541-542. 1916 (portr.) Mangin, C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris 169(11): 445-448. 1919. S.H.V., Ann. Bot. 33(132): xv-xvi. 1919. Thaxter, Harvard Graduates Mag. 1919: 269-277. 1919 (portr.) Thaxter et al., Harvard Univ. Gaz. 15: 60. 1919. Wakefield, Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1919: 388-390. 1919. Blakeslee et al., Amer. J. Bot. 7: 173-181. 1920 (portr., bibl.) Clinton, Phytopathology 10: 1-8. 1920 (portr.) Riddle, Rhodora 21: 1-8. 1920 (portr.) Thaxter, Bot. Gaz. 69: 83-87. 1920 (portr.) Thaxter, Amer. J. Sci. 49(290) : 87-95. 1920 (portr.) Jackson, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. 57: 484-491. 1922. Setchell, Nat. Acad. Sci. Mem. 21: 1-22. 1927 (portr., bibl.) Thaxter, Harvard Alumni Bull. 29(24): 679-686. 1927. Robinson, in S. E. Morison, Development Harvard Univ. since inaug. pres. Eliot 366- 370. 1930. Moebius, Gesch. Bot. 134. 1937. Barnhart, NAF 7(15): 1063. 1940. Rodgers, John Merle Coulter 313. 1944. Rodgers, Amer. bot. 1873-1892: 328 [index]. 1944. Linder et al., Farlowia 2(1): 1-96. 1945 (corr., portr.) Rodgers, Liberty Hyde Bailey 494. 1949. Dupree, Asa Gray 487 [index]. 1959. Humphrey, Makers N. Amer. bot. 83-85. 1961. Ewan, Short hist. bot. US 165 [index]. 1969. Ainsworth and Bisby, Dict. fungi ed. 6: 204-205. 1971. Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Hard. 162-163. 1973. EPONYMyY (genera): Farlowia J. G. Agardh (1876); Farlowia P. A. Saccardo (1883); Farlowiella P. Kornmann (1956); Farlowiella P. A. Saccardo (1891); (journal) : Farlowia a journal of cryptogamic botany, published by Farlow Library and Herbarium of Harvard University. Cambridge, Mass. Vol. 1-4. 1943-1955. HANDWRITING: Farlowia 2(1): plate r. 1945. 1739. Bibliographical index of North American fungi. 1905. Oct. + (Bibl. index N. Amer. fung.) Vol. 1: [i]-xxxv, 1-312. 1 Sep 1905 (no more published). Copy: NY. Ref.: Barnhart, NAF 7(15): 1063. 1940. 813 FARLOW 1740. Marine algae of New England and adjacent coast. Washington (Government Printing Office) 1881. Oct. (Mar. alg. New England). Orig. issue: Jan-Jun 1881 (Hedwigia and Nat. Nov. Aug 1881), p. [i], [1]-210, pl. 1-15, errata slip, reprinted from Report U.S. Fish Commission for 1879. Copy: UC. Re-issue: 1891, no change except date on t.p. Copy: UC. Facsimile ed.: Lehre (J. Cramer) 1969, Bibliotheca phycologica vol. 8, no change. Copy: FAS. Ref.: BM 2: 557; IDC 6359. Anon., Hedwigia 20: 128, 151-152. 1881. 1741. A provisional host-index of the fungi of the United States. Cambridge [Mass.] 1888-1891. Oct. (Prov. host-index fung. U.S.) Co-author: Arthur Bliss Seymour (1859-1933). Part 1: Polypetalae, p. [i-iv], [1]-51, [53, add.], Aug 1888. Copy: NY. Part 2: Gamopetalae-Apetalae, p. [53]-133, Sep 1890. Copy: NY. Part 3: p. [135]-219, Jun 1891. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 2: 557; LS 8353-8355. Barnhart, NAF 7(15): 1063. 1940. Anon., Hedwigia 28: 142. 1889. 1742. Icones farlowianae illustrations of the larger fungi of Eastern North America by William Gilson Farlow, with descriptive text by Edward Angus Burt. Cambridge, Mass. (Farlow Herbarium) 1929. Qu. (Ic. farl.) Author of text: Edward Angus Burt (1859-1939). Publ.: 1929 (p. x: 22 Feb 1928), [i]-x, [1, h.t.], [1]-120, pl. 1-103. Copies: MO, NY. Farwell, Oliver Atkins (1867-1944), American botanist working on the Michigan flora. (Farw.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BLH (15.000) ; duplicates at A, CS, EMC, GH, MICH, NY, US. Reps bE 1 (ed: 6):°958, 2: 190: McVaugh et al., Cranbrook Inst. Sci. Bull. 34: 8-11. 1953. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 528; BM 6: 315; Bossert p. 122; CSP 14: 930; IF suppl. 2: 35; Langman p. 208, 626; MW p. 112; Zander ed. 10, p. 657. McVaugh, Cain, Hagenah, Farwelliana: an account of the life and botanical work of Oliver Atkins Farwell, 1867-1944. Cranbrook Institute of Science Bulletin no. 34. 1953. [Provides biography, bibliography, notes on Farwell’s sometimes somewhat erratic nomenclature, an annotated list of new taxa and a list of new plant names proposed by Farwell but hitherto not listed in the standard bibliographic indexes] Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 329. 1945, ser. 2. 2: 156. 1955. Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 163. 1973. Wells and Thompson, Mich. Bot. 12(1): 69-73. 1973 (portr.) HANDWRITING: McVaugh et al., l.c. pl. opp. p. 11. Fassett, Norman Carter (1900-1954), American botanist at Madison, Wisconsin. (Fassett). HERBARIUM and TypPEs: WIS; for duplicates see IH. Refi 1H \(ed:'6)):|.358, 2:anor. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 528; BL 1: 185, 222; Bossert p. 122; Langman p. 275-276; MW p. 112; Zander ed. 10, p. 658. Rouleau, Rhodora Index vol. 1-50: 314-315. 1953. Peattie, Rhodora 56: 233-242. 1954. Bean et al., Castanea 19: 122-125. 1954. Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 329. 1945; ser. 2. 2: 156. 1955. Thomson, Taxon 4: 49-51. 1955. Anderson et Tryon, Bull. ‘Torrey Bot. Cl. 82: 248-250. 1955 (portr.) 814 FAWCETT Bruch and IItis, Bibliography of Norman Carter Fassett 1900-1954. Madison Wisc. 1966. Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 163. 1973. 1743. A manual of aquatic plants. New York and London (McGraw-Hill) 1940. Oct. (Man. aquat. pl.) Ed. 1: 1940 (pref. Apr 1940), p. [i]-vii, [1]-382, ill. Copy: NY. Ed. 2: Revised (revision appendix by Eugene C. Ogden), p. [i]-ix, [1]-405, Madison, Wisc. (The University of Wisconsin Press) 1957. Copies: G, US. Ed. 2, reissue: Madison (id.) 1960. Copy: HU. Fauconnet, Charles Isaac (1811-1876), Genéve physician and botanist. (Fauc.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: G. Refeil 2s. TON. Candolle, Phytographie 411. 1880. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 528; PR 2821-2822. Sués-Ducommun, Notice sur le docteur Charles-Isaac Fauconnet. Yverdon 1876. Briquet, Bull. Inst. nat. genev. 37: 279-298. 1907 (portr., bibl.) Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 227-231. 1940. Burdet, Saussurea 6: 28. 1975 (portr.) HANDWRITING: Candollea 29: 499-500. 1974. Fawcett, William (1851-1926), British botanist, director of the botanical garden of Jamaica 1886-1908. (Fawe.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Mainly BM, parts at JAM and K, duplicates B, C, F, G, GH, MO, NY, US. IGS Male iieyt- Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 46. 1902. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 530; BB p. 106; BL 1: 227; BM 2: 559, 922, 983, 6: 316; Bossert p. 123; CSP 14: 943; LS 33191-33193; MW p. 113, suppl. p. 276; Zander ed. 10, p. 658. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 50-51. 18983 3: 3, 46. 1902; 5: 6. 1908. Rendle, J. Bot. 64: 310-314. 1926 (bibl.) Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 113. 1973. 1744. A provisional list of the indigenous and naturalised flowering plants of Jamaica. Kingston (Aston W. Gardner & Co.) 1893. Oct. (Prov. list pl. Famaica). Publ.: Aug-Nov 1893 (p. iii: Aug 1893), p. [i-iii], [1]-57. Copy: NY. — A number of species received for the first time names in accordance with the genera of Bentham and Hooker. These new combinations are valid only if a reference to the basionym is provided; they must be attributed to Fawcett and Rendle. Ref: BL 1222775 Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 50-51. 1898. 1745. Flora of Jamaica containing descriptions of the flowering plants known from the island. London (British Museum) 1910-1936, 5 vols. Oct. ¢ (FU. Famaica). Co-authors: Alfred Barton Rendle (1865-1938) ; vol. 7 by Rendle and Spencer le Marchant Moore (1850-1931). vol. pages plates date E [i]-[xix], [1]-150 I-32 Dec 1910 g [i]-[xxiv], 1-280 1-53 fig. 1-113 Dec 1914 4 Li]-xv, [1]-369 fig. 1-114 Jul 1920 5 [i]-xxviil, [1 ]-453 fig. 1-156 24 Jul 1926 7 [1]-[x1], [1]-303 fig. I-100 25 Jul 1936 815 FAWCETT Copies: MO, U. Reprint vol. 1: Kingston, Jamaica, 1963, p. i-lii, 1-121, 32 pl. in text. (7.2.) Additions to the Flora of Jamaica were published by G. R. Proctor, Bull. Inst. Jamaica Science series 16, 84 p., 3 Apr 1967. — For a modern compendium of the flora of Jamaica see C. P. Adams, Flowering plants of Jamaica, Mona 1972. Ref.: BL 1: 227; BM 6: 316; NAF 28B(2): 329; Plesch p. 221. Fawcett and Rendle, J. Bot. 64: 158-159. Jun 1926. Stafleu, Taxon 21: 513. 1972. Fayod, Victor (1860-1900), Swiss mycologist. (Fayod). HERBARIUM and TYPES: G. Ref.: IH 2: 192. Briquet, Annuaire Cons. Jard. Bot. Genéve 7/8: 5-7. 1904. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 531; LS 8406-8411, 33195; CSP 14: 946. Fischer, Verh. Schweiz. naturf. Ges. 83 (Nekr.): xxxli-xxxvi. 1900. 1746. Prodrome d’une histoire naturelle des Agaricinées [Paris 1889]. Oct. (Prodr. hist. nat. Agaric.) Publ.: 1889, p. [181]-411. Copy: NY. — Unchanged reprint from Ann. Sci. nat. Bot. sér. 7. g: 181-411. 1889; appeared in four parts: p. 181-192 in-9(3) for Mar 1889; 193-272 in 9(4) for Apr 1889; 273-352 in 9(5) for Mai 1889; 353-411 in 9(6) for Jun 1889. Awarded the Prix Desmaziéres of the Académie des Sciences, Paris. Facsimile reprint: Amsterdam (A. Asher & Co.) 1968, p. [i-iii], [181]-411, pl. 1-2. Copy: NY. Fechner, G. A. (ff. 1849), German highschool teacher and botanist at Gorlitz (Fechner). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. 1747. Flora der Oberlausitz oder Beschreibung der in der Oberlausitz wildwachsenden und haufig cultivirten offenbliithigen Pflanzen. Gorlitz (Heyn) 1849. Oct. (Fl. Oberlausitz). Publ.: Apr-Aug 1849 (p. iv: Mar 1849; rev. Bot. Zeit. 28 Sep 1849), p. [i]-lvi, [1]-198. Copy: B. Ref.: PR 2833. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 7: 711. 28 Sep 1849 (rev.) Fedchenko, Aleksei Pavlovich (1844-1873), Russian explorer. (A. Fedch.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Botanical material of the journey to Turkestan is at LE. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 43; Barnhart 1: 531; BM 2: 560, 6: 316; Bossert p. r23gsi\GSP 721648 122) 999. Regel, Gartenflora 23: 3-7. 1874. Embacher, Lexikon Reisen 110-111. 1882. Herder, Bot. Jb. 9: 435-436. 1888. Vasilchenko, Bot. Zhurn. 57(3): 413-416. 1972 (portr.) 1748. Puteshestoie v Turkestan chlena-osnovatelia obshchestua A. P. Fedchenko ... [Travels in Turkestan of the charter member of the Society A. P. Fedchenko ...] Moskva 1874- 1879, 3 vols. + (Putesh. Turkestan). Publ.: Published in parts in Izv. Obshch. Estestv. Antrop. Etnogr. Mosk. Univ. The wrappers have a German title ‘‘Reise in Turkestan .. ..’’— The three botanical articles are included in vol. 3: Part 1. Turkestanskaia Flora, E. Regel, p. 1-164, ¢. r-22 (Izv. 21(2). 1876). Part 2. Astragaleae, A. Bunge, p. 161-318 (Izv. 26(2). 1880). Part 3. Descriptiones plantarum ..., E. Regel, p. 1-89 (Izv. 34(2). 1882). See Woodward (BM 2: 560) for details on the full series. Ref.: BM 2: 560, 6: 316; MW p. 58, 114, 406, 407. 816 FEDDE Fedchenko [Fedtschenko], Boris Alexsevi€ (1873-1947), Russian botanist at Lenin- grad, explorer of Pamir, son of Olga Fedchenko. (Fedch.) HERBARIUM and tTypPEs: LE, duplicates A, G, H, K, LAU, M, MW, S. Tapes Wal i (Eck O)s BieXsi, Bs eer BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 531; BFM 1456; BM 2: 560, 6: 316-317; CSP 14: 948; GR p. 559; IF suppl. 2: 35; Langman p. 276; LS 33200; MW p. 114-115, suppl. p. 64-65; Zander ed. 10, p. 658. Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 329. 1945. Marshall, Kew Bull. 1: 28. 1951. Borisova et al., Bot. Zhurn. 47: 897-907. 1962 (portr.) Bobrov, Bot. Zhurn. 58: 754-757. 1973. Vasilczenko, Bot. Zhurn. 58(3): 471. 1973. Anon., USSR, Akad. Nauk SSR, Bot. Inst. V. L. Komarova, Flora europeiskoi chasti SSR 1: 7-9. 1974 (portr.) HANDWRITING: Lipschitz and Vasilczenko, Herbarium centrale USSR 128. 1968. Fedchenko, Olga Aleksandrovna (née Armfeld) (1845-1921), Russian botanist, explorer of Central Asia, wife of A. P. Fedchenko. (O. Fedch.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: LE, dupl. (e.g. musci) at H. Refs eet (Eds 6) 3350.02 192. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 43; Barnhart 1: 531; BM 2: 561, 6: 317; Bossert p. 123; CSP 14: 948; GR p. 559; Jackson p. 394; LS 33201-33204; MW p. 116-117, suppl. p. 65. Lindemann, Bull. Soc. Natur. Mosc. 59(1): 292-293. 1884. Vasilczenko, Bot. Zhurn. 57(3): 413-416. 1972 (portr.) HANDWRITING: Lipschitz and Vasilczenko, Herbarium centrale USSR 129. 1968. 1749. Eremurus. Kritische Uebersicht der Gattung. Mit 24 Tafeln. St. Petersburg 1909. Oct. (Eremurus). Publ.: 1909, p. [i-ii], [1]-210, 24 plates (incl. maps), published in Mém. Acad. imp. Sci. St. Pétersbourg 23(8). Facsimile ed.: Lehre (J. Cramer) 1968, Plant monograph reprints vol. 3. Copy: FAS. Ref.: BM 6: 317. 1750. Flore du Pamir d’aprés les explorations personelles en 1901 et celles des voyageurs précédents. St. Petersburg 1903. Oct. (Fl. Pamir). Publ.: The Flore du Pamir [title also in Russian] and its supplements were published as independently paged reprints from Acta horti petropolitant: vol. pages Acta date Flore 1-239, [5], text for pl. 1-8 Q1: 233-471 1903 Suppl. 1 1-32 24: 123-154 1904 Suppl. 2 1-43 24: 313-355 1905 Suppl. 3 1-30 28: 97-126 1907 Suppl. 4 1-62 28: 455-514 1909 Suppl. 5 I-50 31: 441-490 1QI4 keys 1-64. 28: 129-190 1907 Fedde, Friedrich Karl Georg (1873-1942), German botanist, editor and publisher. (Fedde). HERBARIUM and TYPES: B. Ref.: Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 345. 1916. 817 FEDDE BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 531; BM 6: 317; CSP 14: 948; Langman p. 276; LS suppl. 8123; MW p. 113-114, suppl. p. 64; Zander ed. 10, p. 658. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 205. 1905. Anon., Repert. Spec. nov. Regni veg. 11: opp. 1. 1913 (portr.) Moebius, Gesch. Bot. 429. 1937. Krause und Rothmaler, Repert. Spec. nov. Regni veg. 51: ix-xx. 1942 (portr.) Suessenguth, Ber. bayer. bot. Ges. 26: 150-152. 1943 (portr.) Schmidt, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 61: 311-321. 1944 (portr., bibl.) Rickett, NAF ser. 2. 2: 156. 1955. COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) Engler, Pflanzenreich: Papaveraceae, IV. 104, [Heft 40]: 1-430. 21 Dec 1909. (2) EP, Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien ed. 2: Papaveraceae, 17b: [5]-145, figs. 1-76. 1936. (3) Repertorium novarum specierum regni vegetabilis, 1-x, 1905-x (editor and publisher 1905- 1942). (4) Repertorium ... Beihefte 1-x, 1911-x (editor and publisher 1911-1942), Just, Bot. Jahrb. 1902-1942. EPONYMY: Feddea Urban (1925). Fée, Antoine Laurent Apollimaire (1789-1874), French pteridologist, professor of botany at Strasbourg. (Fée). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Originally, but no longer, at STR (untraced). Paris (P) lists its holdings of Fée as ‘‘important.” Fée presented a herbarium to Rio de Janeiro (R) in 1872; this herbarium is also lost. Urban mentions that the Brazilian ferns were acquired by Cosson (now P), the lichens by Weddell (now PC; a number of types of lichens by Fée are, however, at G (duplicates at B) and the mosses by Bescherelle are now at BM). Fée’s original herbarium was based on collections started by Claude Richard (1705- 1784), gardener at the Trianon, continued by the latter’s son Antoine (1735-1807) and by J. P. Bergeret (1751-1813). Many plants in it were named by Bernard de Jussieu. Note: C. W. Dodge saw the Fée herb. at RB in 1959 (note added in proof). Fée material is at B, BASSA, BM, BORD, FI, L, NTM, P, PC. Refs Wier (ed y.6) 3358, 2: 192: Cosson, Bull. Soc. bot. France 5: 553. 1858. Candolle, Phytographie 411. 1880. Anon., Bot. Zeit. 18: 120. 1870. Trimeny). Bot. 112 32.31073: Underwood, Torreya 5: 39-41. 1905. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 286, 319. 1916. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 532; BM 2: 561-562, 6: 318; Bossert p. 123; CSP 2: 580-581, 6: 653-654, 7: 648, 12: 233; GR p. 277; Jackson p. 545 [index]; IF p. 695-696, suppl. 4: 321; LS 8413-8428; Laségue p. 568 [index]; MW p. 117; NI 616-618; PFC 1: xli; Plesch p. 221-222; PR 2835-2855, ed. 1: 3119-3146; SO index p- 20; Zander ed. 10, p. 658. Candolle, Mémoires et souvenirs 397. 1862. Fée, Catalogue méthodique et chronologique des Publications de A.L.A. Fée, Stras- bourg, [1863], Oct. Brongniart, Rapport progrés bot. phytograph. 38-41. 1868. Krempelhuber, Gesch. Lit. Lichenologie 2: v. 1869. Anon., Bot. Zeit. 18: 120. 1870; J. Bot. 12: 223-224. 1874. Bureau, Bull. Soc. bot. France 21: 168-178. 1874 (bibl.) Balland, Trav. sci. pharmaciens milit. frang. 35-40. 1882 (bibl.) Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 101. pl. 138. 1905 (portr.) Balland, Les pharmaciens militaires francais 169, 171, 302-306. 1913. Stearn, Webbia 17: 207-222. 1962. Stafleu, Taxon 17(2): 211-215, 307. 1968. Ainsworth and Bisby, Dict. fungi ed. 6, p. 205. 1971. Berman, DSB 4: 560. 1971. 818 FEE EPONYMY: Feaea [sic] K. P. J. Sprengel (1826); Feaella [sic] S. F. Blake (1930); Feea Bory de Saint-Vincent (1824); Feea O. Kuntze (1891, orth. var. of Feaea). HANDWRITING: Candollea 29: 501-502. 1974. 1751. Flore de Virgile ou nomenclature méthodique et critique des plantes, fruits et produits végétaux; mentionnés dans les ouvrages du prince des poétes latins; travail inséré dans le tome VIII [p. 429-460] de Virgile de la collection des classiques, dédiée au roi. Paris 1822. Oct. (Fl. Virgile). Publ.: This independently paged reprint (p. [1]-252. Copy: IDC) is dated 1822 but mentioned by the Bibliographie de la France only on 15 Mar 1823. Lemaire’s Bibliotheca Classica Latina vol. 133. Ref.: BM 2: 561; Jackson p. 22; PR 2835; IDC 5124. 1752. Essai sur les cryptogames des écorces exotiques officinales, précédé d’une méthode lichéno- graphique, et d’un genera, avec des considérations sur la reproduction des agames; orné de 33 planches coloriées, donnant plus de 130 figures de plantes cryptogames nouvelles, ... Paris (Firmin Didot pére et fils) 1824-1837, 2 vols. Qu. (Essai crypt. écorc.) livr. pages plates dates a Ga], [(1)]-(4), []-lvi I-4 4 Dec 1824 2 lvii-xiv 5-9 29 Jan 1825 1-8 (16?) 10-14 2 Apr 1825 3 9 (17?)- 15-19 28 Mai 1825 5 a 20-24 2 Jul 1825 6 - 25-29 10 Sep 1825 7 -167 30-34 15 Oct 1825 This is the [premiére partie]. Copies: NY, Stevenson. — The xiv pages and pl. 1-4 form the Méthode lichénographique et genera, which was published also separately (Paris 1625 title page, 1824 on original wrapper at G and actually published in 1824 according to Fée himself (Cat. publ. p. 6). This, however, is doubtful (PR 2837). Deuxiéme partie: Supplément et révision. Paris (Firmin Didot, Levrault), Strasbourg 1837, p. [i-iii], [1]-178, [2, cont., err.], pl. 35-41, [42], 43. Copies: NY, Stevenson. — Also published as Mém. Soc. Sci. Nancy 2(2). 1837 (rd at Regensburg 8 Jan 1838). Plates: 1-34: coloured copper engravings, 35-43 liths. of drawings by Fée, Frank and Poiteau (35-38 col., 39-43 uncol.) Ref.: BM 2: 561; LS 8413; NI 617; PR 2836, 2837; IDC 573. Stearn, Webbia 17: 218. 1962. 1753. Vie de Linné, rédigée sur les documents autographes laissés par ce grand homme, et suivie de l’analyse de sa correspondance avec les principaux naturalistes de son époque. Paris (F. G. Levrault; Treuttel et Wirtz) 1832. Oct. (Vie Linné). Publ.: 1832, frontsp., [i*], [i]-xi, [1]-379, [1, err.], 5 pl. Copies: G, HU. — This biography, in the romantic tradition of Linnaean lore, had a profound influence on what was subsequently written about Linnaeus in the nineteenth century. — Published in the Mém. Soc. roy. Sci. Lille 1832(1): [i*], [iii*], [i]-xi, [1]-379, [1, err.] Copy: HU. Refs sBM 225615 PR 2840, ed.71: 3131. 1754. Mémoire sur le groupe des Phyllériées, et notamment sur le genre Erineum ... avec planches. Paris (F. G. Levrault), Strasbourg 1834. Oct. (Mém. Plhylleér.) Publ.: 3 Mai 1834 (BF; censeur méd. Mai 1834), p. [i]-[iii], [1]-74, [1, cont.] pl. 1-712 (5 col.) Copies: MO (rz pl.), NY (12 pl.) — Reprinted from Mém. Agric. Sci. Arts Strasbourg (1834). Ref.: PR 2846. Anon., Flora 18: 25, 380. 1835. 1755. Mémoires lichénographiques ... avec six planches. Présentées a l’Académie le 20 Janvier 1838, s.l. Qu. (Meém. lichénogr.) 819 FEE Publ.: 1838, p. [1]-80, pl. 1-6, col. liths. Copy: Stevenson. — Reprinted from Nova Acta Leop. 18, suppl. 1, 1838. Ref.: PR 2850. 1756. Mémoires sur les familles des fougeres, Strasbourg 1844-1866, 11 parts, Qu. and Fol. (Mem. foug.) num- abbreviated title for- pages plates journal title page dates ber mat or book I Examen bases fol. [i], 1-14 1-2. book 1844 late 1845 classif. 2 Hist. Acrostich. fol. [i-ii],[1]-114 2-64 book 1844-1845 late 1845 3 Hist. Vittar. fol. [i-ii],[1]-38 7-4 book 1851-1852 Jun-Jul 1852 Pleurogr. 4 Antroph. fol. 309-54 5 book =1851-1852 Jun-Jul 1852 5 Gen. filic. qu. [i], [1]-387, 1-30, mém. 1850-1852 see below [388, cont.] 27bzs, 27 ler 6 Ic. esp. nouv. qu. 1-22 r-8 meém. 1854-1857 Apr-Mai 1854 table alph. 7 Ic. esp. nouv. qu. 23-66 g-27. mém. 1854-1857 1857 or 1858 8 Ic. esp. nouv. qu. 67-138 - mém. 1854-1857 1857-or 1858 9 Cat. foug. Mex. qu. [i-ii], 1-48 = book 1857 Mai 1857- Mai 1858 10 Ic. esp. nouv. qu. [i], 1-50, [2] 28-44 mém. 1865 Jul 1865- Feb 1866 II Hist. foug. Ant. qu. [i]-xvi, [1]-164 1-34 book [1866] Nov-Dec 1866 [2, suppl. ] 1. Premiére mémoire: Examen des bases adopteées dans la classification des fougéres, et en particulier de la nervation. Strasbourg (Ve. Berger-Levrault) 1844. Copies: MO, NY. — Number of copies printed: 160. 2. Deuxiéme mémoire: Histoire des Acrostichées. Strasbourg (Veuve Berger-Levrault) 1844-1845. Copies: MO, NY. — Issued with mém. 1 with a cover [s.d.] listing both mémoires. 3, 4. Troisiéme mémoire: Histoire des Vittariées et des Pleurogrammeées. Quatriéme mémoire: Histoire des Antrophyées. Paris (J. B. Bailli¢re, Victor Masson) 1851-1852. Copies: L, MO, NY. 5. [half-title:] Genera filicum. Polypodiacées. [title:] Genera filicum. Exposition des genres de la famille des Polypodiacées (classe des Fougéres) ... (Cinguiéme mémoire sur la famille des Fougéres). Paris (J. B. Bailliere, Victor Masson), Strasbourg (Ve. Berger-Levrault et Fils) 1850-1852. Copies: G, NY. p. 3-30 in Mém. Soc. Mus. Hist. nat. Strasbourg 4(1): 171-198. Sep 1850; p. 32, Con- spectus ordinem ib. p. 199. Note, p. 33-34, not in journal. Ordo generum, p. 35-39, ib. p. 204-208, but differing in detail. p. 40-[388], pl. 1-30, publ. 2b. vol. 5. 1852. 6, 7, 8. [common t.p.:] Iconographie des espéces nouvelles décrites ou énumérées dans le genera filicum et révision des publications antérieures relatives a la famille des fougéres ... Sixiéme, septiéme et huitiéme mémoires. Paris (Veuve Berger-Levrault et fils, J. B. Bailliére, Victor Masson), Strasbourg 1854-1857, p. [i]-vi, [1, h.t.], [1]-138, pl. 1-27. Copies: L, MO, NY. Sixtéme mémoire, in Mém. Soc. Mus. Hist. nat. Strasbourg 4(2-3) 1853 1854. Septiéme mémoire, Mém. Soc. Sci. Hist. nat. Strasbourg 5: 23-66. 1857 (or 1858). Huitiéme mémoire, 7b. 5: 67-138. 1857 (or 1858). g. Newiéme mémoire sur la famille des Fougéres. Catalogue méthodique des fougéres & des Lycopodiacées du Mexique. Strasbourg (Veuve Berger-Levrault et fils) 1857. Copy: MO. 820 FELIX 10. Iconographie des espéces nouvelles décrites ou énumérées dans le genera filicum et révison des publications antérieures relatives a la famille des fougéres ... Dexiéme mémoire. Paris. Strasbourg (Ve. Berger-Levrault et fils) 1865. Copies: MO, NY. — Publ. in: Mém. Soc. Sci. nat. Strasbourg 6(1): 1-50, pl. 28-44. Nov-Dec 1866. rr. Histoire des fougéres et des Lycopodiacées des Antilles ... Onzzéme et derniére mémoire sur la famille des fougéres. Paris (J. B. Bailliére et fils, Victor Masson et fils, Veuve Berger-Levrault et fils), Strasbourg s.d. [1866]. Copies: L, NY. NI 618 enumerates the artists who made the 181 plates. For the title changes of the journal see BPH 585-8. Facsimile ed.: Lehre (J. Cramer) 1966, Historiae naturalis classica tom. 52, one vol. text, one vol. plates. Copy: FAS. Ref.: IF p. 695-696; Jackson p. 150; NI 618; PR 2852, ed. 1: 3146; IDC 5206. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 51-52. 1898. Pichi-Sermolli, Webbia 9: 361-366. 1953. Stearn, Webbia 17: 207-222. 1962. Stafleu, Taxon 17(2): 211-215, 307. 1968. 1757. Histoire des fougéres et des Lycopodiacées des Antilles. Onziéme et dernier mémoire sur la famille des fougéres. Paris, Strasbourg [1866]. Qu. (Hist. foug. Antill.) Publ.: Nov-Dec 1866, p. [i]-xvi, [1]-164, 2, 34 pl. by Jobin. — See above under Mémoires sur la famille des Fougéres, no. 11. Copies: L, NY. Ref.: Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 51. 1898. 1758. Cryptogames vasculaires (Fougéres, Lycopodiacées, Hydropteridées, Equisétacées) du Brésil ... (Matériaux pour une flore générale de ce pays). Paris (J. B. Bailliére et fils, Victor Masson et fils, Veuve Berger-Levrault et fils), Strasbourg 1869, 1872-1873, 2 parts. Qu. (Crypt. vasc. Brésil). Publ.: pars 1: Nov 1869 (p. xvi: 7 Nov 1869; see also Bull. Soc. bot. Fr. 16(1) : 321. 1869), p. [i]-xvi, [1]-267, [268, cont.], pl. 1-78, uncol. liths. by J. Meyer, A. Jobin, H. Dress. Copy: NY. pars 2: supplément et révision, Paris (id.), Nancy 1872-1873, publ. 1873, p. [i]-1x, [1]- 115, pl. 79-108. Copies: MO, NY. Ref.: BM 2: 562; IF p. 696; NI 616; PR 2855. Feer, Heinrich (Henri) (1857-1892), Swiss botanist. (Feer). HERBARIUM and types: G, via the herbarium of B. Reber. Feer’s herbarium contained that of his father Karl Feer-Herzog, and that of Paul Usteri (1768-1831) which, at the time, contained Ehrhart material. Ref.: 1H 2: 192. Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 231. 1940. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 532. Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 231. 1960 (bibl.) EPONYMY: Feeria Buser (1894, also dedicated to his father Karl Feer-Herzog, who, according to Buser, owned the Usteri herbarium). Felix, Johannes Paul (1859-1941), German palaeobotanist from Leipzig. (Felix). COLLECTIONS: Palaontologisches Museum, Leipzig. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BloGRAPHY: Andrews p. 262-263; Barnhart 1: 533; BM 2: 564, 6: 319; CSP 9: 844, 12: 234, 14: 955; Bossert p. 124; LS 8437-8438; Nick p. 361. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 52. 1898. Schumann, Ber. Verh. sachs. Akad. Wiss. Leipzig 96: 57-60. 1944. 1759. Beitrdge zur Geologie und Paldontologie der Republik Mexico. Leipzig, Stuttgart 1889- 1899, 3 parts. Qu. (Beitr. Geol. Mexiko). Part 1: Leipzig 1890 (p. iv: Jul 1889), p. [i]-viii, [1]-114, frontisp. and 3 pl. Copy: U. 821 FELIX Part 2: Leipzig 1899 (Nat. Nov. Oct 1899), p. [i-iv], [1]-252, index to parts 1-3: [i]-lvi, 10 pl., 52 text ills. Copy: U. — Added: General t.p. and contents [i-iii]. Part 3: Stuttgart Mar-Mai 1891 (printing finished Mar 1891, Nat. Nov. Mai 1891), p. [1]-78, [2]. Copy: U. — Reprinted from Palaeontographica 27: 117-194. Fellman, Nils Isak (1841-1919), Finnish magistrate and botanist. (Fellman). HERBARIUM and TYPES: H. — Exsiccatae: (1) Lichenes arctici collecti aestate 1863 in Lapponia orientali (with W. Nylander) (nos. 1-224, Helsingfors 1865), sets at BM, BR, FH, K, NY. (2) Plantae arcticae exsiccatae, in Lapponia orientali collectae (fasc. i-iv, nos. 1-370, Helsingfors 1864), sets at LE, P. Ref.: 1H 2: 193; Saelan p. 575. Fellmann, Bull. Soc. bot. France 10: 495-502. 1863 (letter to Nylander on Lapland trip). Stizenberger, Hedwigia 4: 127-128. 1865. Fellmann, Flora 47: 368, 381-384. 1864, 48: 92-93. 1865. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 345. 1916. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 122. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 533; BL 2: 82; CSP 2: 586; GR p. 616; Jackson p. 329; LS 8439-8440; Saelan p. 104, 575; TR 353-356. Lindemann, Bull. Soc. natur. Mosc. 59(1): 293. 1884. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 93. pl. 20. 1905 (portr.) Fellnmer, Maximilian Johann Nepomuk (fl. 1775), Austrian mycologist. (Fellner). HERBARIUM and TYPES: FR. Ref.: IH 2: 193. 1760. Dissertatio inauguralis medica sistens prodromum ad historiam fungorum agri vindo- bonensis, quam annuente inclyta facultate medica in antiquissima, ac celeberrima uni- versitate vindobonensi publicae disquisitioni submittit Maximilianus Joannes Nep. Fellner, austriacus vindobonensis disputabitur in universitatis palatio die ... mensis ... mdcclxxv. Wien (Typis Joan. Thomae Nobil. de Trattern) s.d. Oct. (Prodr. hist. fung. vindob.) Publ.: 1775 (the only copy seen has the date not filled in by hand), p. [i-xx], [1]-104, [4, theses]. Copy: NY. Ref.: PR 2860. Fendler, August (1813-1883), German born explorer and collector in North and South America. (Fendler). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: GH and MO. - For the location of the many Fendler sets of duplicates see IH. Fendler’s collection of Venezuelan musci and hepaticae was bought by Sullivant (now at FH), but the hepaticae were sent on to Gottsche (later at B). Exsiccatae: Musci fendleriani venezuelenses (fasc. 1-3, nos. 1-154), set at FH (compl.) Ref.: TH 1 (ed. 6): 358, 2: 193. Candolle, Phytographie 411. 1880. Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 47. 1902. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 299, 319, 345. 1916. Rodgers, Sullivant 245. 1940. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 164. 1964. Hehre et al., Rhodora 74: 80-84. 1972 (list of Fendler isotypes at Brunswick, Maine). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 534; Bossert p. 124; CSP 2: 586, 7: 652; Jackson p. 376; ME 1: 183, 3: 573; NICK p. 361; PR 2861. Gray, Bot. Gaz. g: 111-112. 1884. Canby, [ed. of autobiography of Fendler), Bot. Gaz. 10: [285]-290, 301-304, 319-322. 1885; also in book form Indianapolis 1882. Gray, Amer. J. Sci. ser. 3. 29: 169-171. 1885; also in Scientific papers 2: 465-467. 1889. 822 FENZL Hemsley, Biol. Centr. Amer. 4: 133-134. 1887. Gray, Letters 832 [index]. 1893. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 41. 1898, 3: 47. 1902. Weatherby, Amer. Fern. J. 13: 114-118. 1923 (on a field-note book of ferns). Rodgers, Noble Fellow Sullivant 347 [index]. 1940. Rodgers, John Torrey 340 [index]. 1942. Rodgers, Amer. Bot. 1873-1892. 328 [index]. 1944. Geiser, Naturalists of the frontier 291 [index]. 1948. Dupree, Asa Gray 487 [index]. 1959. Dwyer, Taxon 17: 107-108. 1968. Ewan, Short hist. bot. US 165 [index]. 1969. Lenley et al., Cat. Manuscr. coll. New York bot. Gard. 164. 1973. EPONYMY: Fendlera Engelmann & A. Gray (1852); Fendlerella Heller (1898); Fendleria Steudel (1854). 1761. Plantae fendlerianae novi-mexicanae: an account of a collection of plants made chiefly in the vicinity of Santa Fé New Mexico ... [Philadelphia 1849] Qu. (PI. fendler.) Main author of text: Asa Gray (1810-1888), q.v. under no. 2126. Fenzl, Eduard (1808-1879), Austrian botanist, curator of the collections of the Vienna botanical museum, later ‘‘kaiserlicher Regierungsrath’’, professor of botany and director of the botanic garden. (Fenzl). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: W; duplicates e.g. BP, C, P, WU. INGAS Wal 2 Hoey, Candolle, Phytographie 411. 1880. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 48: 520-521; AG 2(1): 359, 4: 339, 5(1): 5443 Barnhart 1: 535; BM 2: 565, 4: 1768, 6: 320; Bossert p. 1243; CSP 2: 588, 6: 654, 7: 652, 9: 846, 14: 960; GR p. 465; Jackson p. 545 [index]; Kanitz no. 236; Langman p. 277; LS 8445-8446; MW p. 117, 216; MW suppl. p. 65; PR 2862-2869, ed. 1: 3154-3161; TR 357-358; WU 4: 179-181; Zander ed. 10, p. 658. Wurzbach, Biogr. Lex. 4: 178-181. 1858. Reichardt, Oest. bot. Z. 12: 1-11. 1862 (portr.) Anon., Flora 62: 496. 1879, J. Bot. 17: 352. 1879. Kanitz, Mag. Néven. Lap 3: 158-163. 1879 (bibl.) Kanitz, Bot. Zeit. 38: 1-13. 1880. Reichardt, Leopoldina 16: 130-133, 148-152. 1880 (bibl.) Reichardt, Almanach Akad. Wiss. Wien 30: 145-162. 1880 (bibl.) Lindemann, Bull. Soc. Natur Mosc. 59(1): 293. 1884. Haynald, Denkrede auf Dr Eduard Fenzl, Budapest 1885, 41 p. (bibl.) Gray, Letters 25, 218, 222, 795. 1893. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 81. 1903; 3(3): 66. 1905. Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 44. 1906. Urban, FI. bras. 1(1): 172-173. 1906. Bay, Index Flora 26-100: 10. 1910. Deschka, Ed. Fenzl Leben, Leistung und Wertung, Wien 1957 (typewritten manuscript mentioned by NI). Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 164. 1973. Dolezal, Friedrich Welwitsch 237 [index]. 1974. COMPOSITE WoRKS: (1) Endlicher, Genera plantarum, various families, see BM 2: 565 and see Leopoldina 1880: 150-151. (2) Endlicher, Atakta Botanica (Schiedea, Brachystemma). (3) Endlicher et al., Enum. pl. Nova Holl. Hiigel 1837 (Rhamnac., Portulac., Ficoid., Halor., Loranth.) (4) Endlicher et Fenzl, Sertum cabulicum (1836). (5) Jacquin, Eclogae pl. rar. vol. 2. 1844, text by Fenzl. (6) Ledebour, FI. rossica, 3 vols. 1842-1851, various contr., see BM 2: 565. 823 FENZL (7) Martius, Flora brasiliensis, Salsolaceae, 5(1): 137-158, t. 45-49. [fasc. 37] 1 Dec 1864. (8) Peyritsch, Arotdeae Maximilianae. Wien 1879 (Komicarpa; Anthurium Maximiliani). (9) Tchichatcheff, Asie mineure, 3, Paris 1860, “‘Diagnoses plantarum orientalium.” (10) Wulfen, Flora Norica phanerogama, ed. Fenzl and Graf, Wien 1858. (11) Endlicher and Fenzl, Novarum stirpium decades (1839). (12) Ruprecht, Beitr. Pflanzenk. russ. Reiches vol. 2. 1845 (Alsineae). EPONYMY: Fenzlia Bentham (1833); Fenzlia Endlicher (1834). HANDWRITING: Candollea 29: 503. 504. 1974. 1762. Versuch einer Darstellung der geographischen Verbreitungs- und Vertheilungs-Verhdltnisse der natiirlichen Familie der Alsineen in der Polarregion und eines Theiles der gemassigten Zone der alten Welt. Wien (Joh. Bapt. Wallishauser) 1833. Oct. (Vers. Darstell. Alsin.) Publ.: Jul-Sep 1833 (pref. 30 Jun 1833, Flora rd. 16 Oct 1833), p. [3]-70, [1, err.] Copies: G(2), NY. Ref.: BM 2: 565; PR 2862. 1763. Pugillus plantarum novarum Syriae et Tauri occidentalis primus. Wien (Friedrich Beck) 1842. Oct. (Pug. pl. nov. Syr.) Publ.: Probably Mai-Jun 1842 (p. 2: calend. Feb 1842; Hinrichs received the pamphlet at Leipzig 10-12 Jul 1842), p. [i], [1]-18. Copies: G, NY, US. Ref.: BM 2: 565; PR 2864; IDC 657. 1764. Reise der dsterreichischen Fregatte Novara um die Erde in den Jahren 1857, 1858, 1859 unter den Befehlen des Commodore B. von Wiillerstorf-Urbair. Botanischer Theil. Erster Band. Sporenpflanzen von A. Grunow, J. Krempelhuber, Dr. H. W. Reichardt, Prof. Dr. G. Mettenius, Dr. J. Milde. Redigirt von Dr. Eduard Fenzl. Wien (K.K. Hof- und Staatsdruckere1) [1868]-1870. Qu. + (Rezse Novara). Heft 1, Algae. Bearbeitet von A. Grunow. Publ.: 1867 (date on p. [1] copy PCS) or 1868 (Flora 30 Jul 1868; vide Hedwigia 8: 41. Mar 1869; PR 3619), p. [1]-104, pl. 1-17, ra. Reprint with undated special t.p. [1-11], [1]-104, pl. 1-11, ra. Copy: UC. Heft 2, Lichenes. Bearbeitet von A. von Krempelhuber, 1870 (PR sub 4879), p. [105]- 120, pl. 12-19. Heft 3, Fungi, Hepaticae et Musci frondosi. Bearbeitet von H. W. Reichardt, 1870, p. [131]-196, pl. 20-36. Heft 4, Cryptogamae vasculares. Bearbeitet von Georg Mettenius, Ophioglosseae und Equisetaceae von Julius Milde, 1870, p. [197]-228, [err. and index] 229-261. The plates are black and white lithographs of drawings by A. Grunow, Jos. Seboth and H. Sommer. Volume pagination: [i-i11], [1]-261. Copies: MICH, PCS. The entire work came out with a ““Beschreibender Theil’’ of 3 volumes edited by K. H. von Scherzer (Oct., Wien 1861-1862; vol. 1 published shortly before 4 Jun 1861, fide Oest. bot. Z. 11: 268) which came out also in English translation (Oct. London, 3 vols. 1861-1863, vol. 1 Mar-Mai 1861). A second edition of the German language edition came out 1864-1866 (Wien, Oct., 3 vols.). Furthermore the work consisted of a “‘bota- nischer Theil’’ (see above), a “‘geologischer Theil’? (23 Bd. in 3 vols., Wien 1864-1866, Qu), a “‘zoologischer Theil” (2 Bd. in 6 vols., Wien 1864-1875, Qu), an ‘‘anthropologi- scher Theil (3 abth., Wien 1867-1875, Qu) and a “‘medizinischer Theil’’ (1 vol. Wien 1861, Qu.), a ‘‘nautisch-physicalischer Theil’? (Wien 1862-1865, Qu) and a “‘statistisch- commercieller Theil’? (1 vol. Wien 1864, Qu). Ref.: BM 1: 74; MW p. 116; PR 3619, 4879. Lawson and Price, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 62(3): 341. 1969. 1765. Abbildungen und Beschreitbungen neuer und selthener Thiere und Pflanzen in Syrien und im westlichen Taurus gesammelt von T. Kotschy. Herausgegeben von den DD. Fenzl, Heckel & Redtenbacher, Stuttgart 1843, 3 parts in 1 vol., Oct. and Fol. (Abbild. Thiere Pfl. Syr.) Publ.: 1843, before 13 Oct. A reprint with independent pagination and separate title- pages from Joseph von Russegger, Reisen in Europa, Asien und Africa ... vol. 1, Abth. 2, p- 883-970 [Fenzl]. 1843. This reprint consists of three sections; no. 1: J/lustrationes et 824 FERNALD descriptiones plantarum novarum Syriae et Tauri occidentalis ... auctore E. Fenzl, p. [i]-viii, [1]-84, 20 pl. The second and third sections deal with animals. — The Fenzl section occurs also independently with the Latin title. Ref.: BM 2: 565, 6: 320; NI 1093; PR 2866; IDC 658. . Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 1: 715-718. 1843. Ferdinandsen, Carl Christian Frederic(k) (1879-1944), Danish botanist. (Ferd.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: C and CP. Ref.: 1H 1 (ed. 6): 358, 2: 194. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 535; GR p. 676-677. Buchwald, Friesia 3: 83-92. 1945 (portr.) Koppel, Friesia 9(3): 355-356. 1970 (portr.) Ferguson, William (1820-1887), British civil servant in Ceylon, amateur botanist and entomologist. (Ferguson). HERBARIUM and TypPEs: BM. — Exsiccatae: Algae ceylonicae (nos. 1-144/5), set at L and probably also at other herbaria listed by IH (series edited with Albert Grunow, 1826- IQI4). Ref.: 1H 2: 194. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 264. 1916. Newton, Phycol. Bull. 1: 16. 1952. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 73. 1969. Koster, Taxon 18: 552. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 536; BB p. 107; BM 2: 566; CSP 2: 502, 7: 652, 9: 848, 14: 969; DNB 18: 356; Jackson p. 396; PR 2871. Anon., Nature 36: 430. 1887. Trimen, J. Bot. 25: 320. 1887. Balfour, Ann. Bot. 1: 403. 1888 (bibl.) Boulger, zn Trimen, Handb. fl. Ceylon 5: 375. 1900. Burkill, Chapt. hist. bot. India 238. [index]. 1965. COMPOSITE WORKS: Contributed largely to Thwaites, Enumeratio plantarum Zeylaniae. EPONYMY: Fergusonia J. D. Hooker (1873). Fernald, Merritt Lyndon (1873-1950), American botanist. (Fernald). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: GH. — Duplicates in many herbaria, see IH. Ref.: 1H 1 (ed. 6): 358, 2: 194. Day, Rhodora 3: 222. 1901. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 536; BL 1: 295 [index]; BM 6: 321; Bossert p. 124; CSP 14: 970-971, 18: 242; IF suppl. 2: 35, 3: 208-209, 4: 321; Langman p. 278; MW p. 117-118, suppl. p. 65-67; Zander ed. 10, p. 658. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 195. pl. 148. 1905 (portr.) Pease, Rhodora 53: 33-39. 1951 (portr.) Rollins, Bull. Torrey bot. Club 78: 270-272. 1951 (portr.) Rollins, Taxon 1: 3-5. 1951. Bartlett, Rhodora 53: 44-55. 1951 (on Fernald and Gray’s Manual). Fogg, Rhodora 53: 39-43. 1951 (as a teacher). Griscom, Rhodora 53: 61-65. 1951 (in the field). Rollins, Rhodora 53: 56-61. 1951 (as a botanist). Correll, Castanea 16: 117-123. 1951. Schubert, Proc. Linn. Soc. London, sess. 163(1): 78-82. 1952. Rouleau, Rhodora Index vols. 1-50, p. 315-323. 1953 (bibl.) Le Gallo, Le Naturaliste Canadien 80: 143-157, 176-185. 1953 (portr.) 825 FERNALD Merrill, Biogr. Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. 28: 45-98. 1954 (portr., bibl.) Humphrey, Makers N. Amer. Bot. 85-89. 1961. Ewan, Short hist. bot. US 164 [index]. 1969. Ewan, DSB 4: 583-584. 1971. COMPOSITE WoRKS: (1) Gray’s Manual, ed. 7, Aug-Sep 1908 (with B. L. Robinson), ed. 8, 29 Jun 1950 (with B. G. Schubert). (2) Editor of Rhodora 1899-1950, editor-in-chief 1929-1950. EPoNYMyY: Fernaldia Lynge (1937) ; Fernaldia Woodson (1932). Fernandez-Villar, Celestino (1838-1907), Philippine botanist. (Fern.-Vill.) tTyPEs: Lost by fire in 1899. Ref.: Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 164. 1950. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY (Fernandez-Villar): Barnhart 1: 536; BM 2: 567; CSP 14: 972. Merrill, An ennumeration of Philippine flowering plants 4: 182, 212. 1926. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 615. 1936. 1766. Novissima appendix to Blanco, Flora de Filipinas ed. 3. Manilla 1877-1883. 4 vols. Fol. (Nov. app.) Co-author: Andres Naves (1839-1910). Publ.: Fasc. 13A-23A of Blanco’s Flora de Filipinas ed. 3, vol. 4 (see no. 553): part pages dates part pages dates 13A-21A 1-272 1880 [24A] 337-375 15 Jun 1883 22A-23A 273-336 1882 Fernandez-Villar was the author of pages 1-212 and of 307 (from Fimbristylis subbispicata) — 375. Naves was the author of pages 213-307 (Fimbristylis nutans). Naves was also respon- sible for the names on the plates for the entire work. (cf. sub Blanco). Ref.: SK p. clxxxiii. Merrill, Philipp. J. Sci. Bot. 12: 114-115. 1917. Ferreira, Alexandre (Alejandro) Rodrigues (1756-1815), Portuguese botanist. (Ferreira). HERBARIUM and typEs: LISC. — Other material at K and LISU. Refs Vo 15. Wurdack, Taxon 20: 595-596. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 537; BM 2:568; CSP 2: 595; Laségue p. 475. Martius, Flora 20(2) Beibl.: 15-17. 1837. Colmeiro, Bot. Penins. Hispano-Lusit. 182. 1858. Urban, FI. bras. 1(1): 19. 1906. Franca, Bol. Soc. Broter. ser. 2. 1: 65-123. 1922. Lima, Publ. Inst. Bot. Goncalo Sampaio ser. 2. 21: 1-426. 1953, (also Agencia Geral do Ultramar, Lisboa 1953). Lima, Bol. Soc. Broter. ser. 2. 28: 77-78. 1954. HANDWRITING: Publ. Inst. Bot. Goncalo Sampaio ser. 2. 21: pl. 1, 2. 1953. Feuillée, Louis Econches (1660-1732), French clergyman (order of the Minimi), explorer, astronomer and botanist. (Feuzllée). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Unknown. The references in the literature are always to the book, never to specimens. 826 FICINUS BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 538; BM 2: 569; Langman p. 281; Laségue p. 483; NI 622-623; PR 2882; PR (ed. 1) 3173. Urban, Symb. Ant. 1: 53. 1898. Ewan, The Herbarist 1959: 60-64. Coats, The plant hunters 359. 1969. Guerra, DSB 4: 602-603. 1971. Bernardi, Musées de Genéve 114: 14-18. 1971. EPONYMY : Feuilleea OO. Kuntze (1891) ; Fevillea Linnaeus (1753). —Note: Feuillaea Gleditsch (1764), Fewillea J. F. Gmelin (1791), Feuilleea Cothenius (1790), Fevillaea Vellozo (1881) [sic] and Fewillea Linnaeus (1763) are orthographical variants of Fevillea. 1767. Journal des observations physiques, mathématiques et botaniques. Faites par l’ordre du Roy sur les cétes orientales de Amérique méridionale, & dans les Indes Occidentales, depuis l’année 1707 jusques en 1712. Paris (1, 2: Pierre Giffart, 3: Jean Mariette) 1714- 1725, 3 vols. Qu. (7. obs.) I: 1714, p. [i-xvi], map, [1]-504, 7 pl. 2: 1714, p. [i-viii], [503]-767, [768, err.], pl. 1-50. 3: 1725, p. [i*-iv*], [i]-xxxix, [xl, priv.], [1]-426, [1-4,.table], Hist. pl. médic. [1]-71, [72-75, cont., 76, priv.], pl. 1-50, tabl. déclin. [i]-xlix. Copies: G, HU, MO, NY. — Tome [3] is entitled: Yournal des observations ... dans un autre voiage ... Paris 1725. Qu. — Botanical parts: in tome 2, p. 705-765 Histoire des plantes médicinales ... du Perou & du Chily, continued in tome [3] at the end with separate pagi- nation. German translation: Beschreibung zur Arzeney dienlicher Pflanzen, welche in den Reichen des mittagigen America / in Peru und Chily vorziiglich im Gebrauch sind, in dem Land selbst auf kénigl. Befehl, in den Jahren von 1709. 1710. und 1711. aufgesezet, nebst verschiedenen andern aus eben desselben Tageregister physischer Beobachtun- gen gesammelten und zur natiirlichen Historie gehérigen Anmerkungen. Aus dem Franzésischen ins Deutsche iibersezet von D. Georg Leonhard Huth ... Niirnberg (Johann Michael Seeligmann) 1756-1757, 2 vols. Qu., 1: 1-136, 50 pl. 1756, 2: 1-208, 50 pl. 1757. Copy: Ewan. — Urban (1898) mentions another edition, dated 1766 (n.v.) The book is a simple translation with no additional information. For this reason, even though published after 1753, the book should not be considered for purposes of bo- tanical nomenclature. — (Beschr. Arzen. Pf.) Ref.: BM 2: 569; DA 1967; HE p. 23; HU 433; NI 622, 623; PR 2882; SA 2: 559. Philippi, R. A., Anales Univ. Santiago 29: 757-760. 1867. Kuntze, Rev. gen. 1: cxxvill. 1891. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 53. 1808. Junk, Rara 50-51. 1901. Fournier, Voyages et découvertes scientifiques des missionaires naturalistes francais 1: 60-63. 1932. Ewan, Amer. Fern. J. 50: 26-32. 1960 (fern ills.) Ficinus, Heinrich David August (1782-1857), German botanist at the medical academy at Dresden. (Ficinus). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 539; BM 2: 570; 6: 323; CSP 2: 600, 601; 6: 654; 7: 655; 12: 236; GR p. 11-12; LS 8580; NI 627; PR 2884. Anon., Bot. Zeit. 15: 591-592. 1857. Anon., Bonplandia 6: 335. 1858. EPONYMY: Ficinia H. A. Schrader (1832, nom. cons.) 1768. Botanisches Taschenbuch oder Flora der Gegend um Dresden. Dresden (Arnold) 1807-1808. Oct. (Fl. Dresden). Ed. 1: 1807-1808. Phanerogamie, p. [i]-xxxviii, [i]-430, 1 pl. (part 1: publ. Apr 1808, part 2: publ. Apr 1809) (n.v.) 827 FICINUS Ed. 2: ‘Flora der Gegend um Dresden ... Zweite vermehrte und verbesserte Auflage,”’ Dresden (Arnold) 1821-1823, 2 vols. Oct. Vol. 1, Phanerogamie: Jan-Mai 1821 (p. 12: Sep 1820, Flora 7 Jun 1821), p. [i]-xii, [i]-542. Copies: B, NY. Vol. 2, by Carl Schubert, Kryptogamie, 1823, p. [i]-xxviii, [1]-466, 3 p/. Copies: B, HH, NY. Ed. 3: ‘“‘Dritte verbesserte Auflage,’’ by Heinrich Ficinus and Gustav Heynhold, first volume only: ‘‘Erster Theil: Phanerogamie, enthaltend die Pflanzen, deren Frucht auf eine vorausgegangene deutliche Blume folgt. Mit einer geognostischen Karte der Umgegend von Dresden.” Dresden und Leipzig (Arnold) Oct., publ. Oct 1838, p. [1]- xxxiv, [1]-300, [2, err.], map. Copy: FH. Ed. 3a: “‘Dritte verbesserte Auflage, zweite Ausgabe,”’ Leipzig (Arnold) 1850, 2 vols. Oct. Vol. r, unchanged reissue of vol. 1 of ed. 3, with new title-page. Copy: B. (see for both vols. Bot. Zeit. 9: 765-766, 24 Oct 1851). Vol. 2, unchanged reissue of vol. 2 of ed. 2, with new title-page. Copy: B. Ref.: BM 2: 570; LS 8580; PR 2884; IDC 5243 (ed. 2). Anon., Flora 4: 321-326. 1821 (ed. 2, vol. 1), 22: 15. 1839 (ed. 3). Schmalz, Dispositio synoptica generum plantarum circa Dresdam ... Anhang zu . Ficinus ... Dresden 1822, 37 p. fol. Barnhart, NAF 7(15): 1063. 1940. Hawksworth, Mycologist’s handb. 194. 1974. Fiedler, Carl Friedrich Bernhard (1807-1869), German botanist, regional physician in Démitz, Mecklenburg. (Fied/.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: Some material at ROST. Exsiccatae: 1. Beitrége zur Mecklenburgischen Pilzflora (fasc. 1-3, nos. 1-163). Set at FH. — (fasc. 3 publ. Apr-Mai 1851, fide Bot. Zeit. 9: 422. 1851). 2. Musci frondosi exsiccati (fasc. i-lli, nos. 1-150, Berlin, Schwerin 1842-1846. (in B as Musci megapolitani, fide Urban). 3. Klotzschit herbarium vivum mycologium, ed. Rabenhorst, ed. 1 and 2, many contributions by Fiedler. Ref.: TH 2: 196. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 9: 422, 573-574. 1851. Candolle, Phytographie 411. 1880. Oltmanns, Arch. Ver. Freunde Naturgesch. Mecklenburg 47 (1893): 125: 1894. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 299. 1916. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 198. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 5(2): 273; BM 2: 570; CSP 2: 603, 6: 655, 7: 656; LS 8584, 8586; PR 2889-2890. Brockmann, Laubm. Mecklenburg 14-17. Boll, Fl. Meklenb. 6: 154. 1860. Anon., Flora 52: 392. 1869, Bot. Zeit. 27: 432. 1869. Lindemann, Bull. Soc. Natur. Mosc. 59(1): 293. 1884. EPONYMY: Fiedleria Rabenhorst (1848). Note: Fiedleria H. G. L. Reichenbach (1844) is dedicated to Karl Gustav Fiedler (1791- 1853), German traveller in Greece. 1769. Synopsis der Laubmoose Mecklenburg’s. Schwerin (O. Kiirschner) 1844. Oct. (Syn. Laubm. Mecklenb.) Publ.: Mai 1844, p. [i]-x, [1]-138. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 2: 570; PR 2890; IDC 6201. K. Miller, Bot. Zeit. 3: 130-134. 1845. Fiek, Emil (1840-1897), German botanist, traveller and apothecary, later civil servant (Amtsvorsteher) in Kunnersdorf nr. Hischberg in German Silesia. (Fiek). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: WRSL (formerly BRSL), other material at B, GB and LE (Fiek 828 FIELDING collected extensively in S. Russia and the Crimea); contributed to the Flora exsiccata Austro-Hungarica. Ref.: 1H 2: 46. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 345. 1916. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 4: 423, 12(3): 288; Barnhart 1: 539. Kneucker, Allg. bot. Z. 3: 105-107, 136. 1897. Schube, Ber. deut. Bot. Ges. 16: (12)-(17). 1898 (bibl.) 1770. Flora von Schlesien preussischen und 6sterreichischen Antheils, enthaltend die wild- wachsenden, verwilderten und angebauten Phanerogamen und Gefass-Cryptogamen. Unter Mitwirkung von Rudolf von Uetritz bearbeitet von Emil Fiek. Breslau (J. U. Kern) 1881. Oct. (Fl. Schlesien). Co-author: Rudolf Friedrich Carl von Uechtritz (1838-1886). Publ.: Mar-Jul 1881 (p. 8: Mar 1881, Nat. Nov. Jul 1881; Flora 21 Aug 1881), p. [1]-571. Copy: B. — Followed by an Exkursionsflora fiir Schlesien, Breslau (Kern) 1889, 259 p., publ. Mai 1889. Ref.: Anon., Flora 64: 384, 544, 574-576. 1881. Field, Henry Claylands (1825-1911), British born civil engineer and pteridologist who settled (1855) in New Zealand. (Field). HERBARIUM and TYPEs: K. Ref.: IH 2: 196. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 539; BB p. 107; BM 2: 571; CSP 7: 656, g: 855, 14: 989; IF p. 696; IF suppl. 1: 81; NI 625. Anon., Trans. New Zealand Institute 44: iv-v. 1912. 1771. The ferns of New Zealand and its immediate dependencies, with directions for their collection and cultivation. London (Griffith et al.), Sydney (id.), Waganui (A. D. Willis) 1890. Qu. (Ferns New Xealand). Publ.: 1890 (Nat. Nov. Jan 1891), p. [i-v], [1]-164, pl. i-xxix. Copies: B, BR. Ref.: BM 2: 571; IF p. 696; NI 625; IDC 7135. J.G.B., J. Bot. 29: 154-155. 1891. Fielding, Henry Barron (1805-1851), British botanist who assembled an important herbarium. (fielding). HERBARIUM and TYPES: The types of Fielding and Gardner’s Sertum plantarum are in the Fielding herbarium at OXF. The original Fielding herbarium and library are at OXF. Gardner’s Brazilian herbarium (coll. 1836-1841) is at BM with a very rich second set at OXF. Gardner was a professional collector, Henry Fielding subscribed in advance to his Brazilian collections and received the most complete set after that of BM. Later Gardner was employed by Fielding to arrange his herbarium: from this collaboration stems the Sertum plantarum. In 1844. Gardner went to Ceylon where he stayed until his death; the first set of his Ceylonese collections is at K. Fielding’s British herbarium is also at OXF. Ref.: IH 2: 196; Laségue p. 330. Hooker, Kew J. Bot. 6: 283. 1854. Candolle, Phytographie 411. 1880. Druce and Vines, An account of the herbarium of the University of Oxford 1897-1919. Urban, Fl. bras. 1(1): 22-25. 1906. Kent, Brit. herbaria 53. 1953. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 164, 169-170. 1964. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 539; BB p. 107-108; BM 2: 571; DNB 18: 424; Jackson p. 117. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 2: 188. 1855. Dallman and Wood, Trans. Liverpool bot. Soc. 1: 68-69. 1909. Graustein, Thomas Nuttall 466 [index]. 1967. 829 FIELDING 1772. Sertum plantarum; or drawings and descriptions of rare and undescribed plants from the author’s herbarium. By H. B. Fielding ... assisted by George Gardner. London (Hippolyte Bailliére), Paris (J. B. Bailliére), Leipzig (T. O. Weigel) 1844. 2 vols. Oct. { (Sert. pl.) Co-author: George Gardner (1812-1849). part plates rd. by Linnean Soc. part plates rd. by Linnean Soc. I 1-25 23 Nov 1843 3 51-75 26 Aug 1844 2 26-50 11 Mar 1844 text [1-iv] Tucker mentions 13 plates with an index, prepared for a second volume [n.v.], Lancaster 1849, Oct. — The plates (uncolored lithographs of drawings by Mrs. Fielding) are accompanied by text. Copies: MO (incompl.), NY. Ref.: BM 2: 571; IF p. 696; Jackson p. 117; NI 626; PR 2894; SK p. clxxxiii. Hooker, London J. Bot. 3: 113. 1844 (rev. 1). Klotzsch, Bot. Zeit. 2: 600-601. 23 Aug 1844 (rev. I, 2). Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 3: 698-699. 17 Oct 1845 (rev. 3). Tucker, Cat. Arnold Arbor. 1: 247. 1914. Figari, Antonio Bey (1804-1870), Italian botanist. (F7g.) HERBARIUM and TYPEs: In part at FI; the Egyptian and Sudan herbarium in part also at GE; duplicated B, K, L, LE, MO, MPU, P-CO. Refs VE ed.16):: 3585125) 690: Webb, Fragm. Fl. aethiopico-aegypt. Paris 1854. Candolle, Phytographie 411. 1880. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 345. 1916. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 540; BM 2:571; Bossert p. 125; CSP 2: 605, 606, 6: 655, 7: 657, 14: 991; Laségue p. 163; PR 2896; Saccardo 1: 73, 2: 48. Anon., Flora 54: 205. 1871. Cesati, Saggio 34. 1882. Vallot, Bull. Soc. bot. France 29: 179. 1882. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 79, 162. 1903, 3(3): 62. 1905. Béguinot, Arch. Bot. 14: 290-315. 1938. EPONYMY: Figaraea Viviani (1830). 1773. Nuovi materiali par Valgologia del Mar Rosso raccolti e censiti per cura di A. Figari e G. De Notaris. Torino (Stumperia Reale) 1851. Qu. (Nuov. mat. algol. Mar Rosso). Co-author: Giuseppe De Notaris (1805-1877). Publ.: 1851, p. [1]-39, 1 pl. Copy: NY. — Reprinted from Memorie della R. Accademia delle Scienze di Torino ser. 2. B. 1851. 1774. Agrostographiae aeg yptiacae fragmenta curantibus A. Figari et J. De Notaris. Torino (Officina Regia) 1851. Qu. (Agrost. aeg ypt.) Co-author: Giuseppe De Notaris (1805-1877). Publ.: 1853, p. [i-ii], [1]-18, [5]-75, zz pl. (with figs. nos. 1-38). Copy: NY. — Combined reprint with separate title-page and independent pagination from Memorie R. Acca- demia Sci. Torino ser. 2. 12: 245-262 (= 1-18) “1852,” and ser. 2. 14: 317-391, 17 pl., (= p. 5-75). “1853.” Part 1 (p. 1-18) before Aug 1853. (Dates of journal parts un- certain). Ref.: H.F., Bot. Zeit. 11: 660-661. 16 Sep 1853. Filarszky, Nandor (1858-1941), Hungarian algologist. (Filarszky). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BP, dupl. E, GB, L. Ref.: TH 2: 196. Koster, Taxon 18: 552. 1969. 830 FINET BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 540; BM 2: 571, 6: 323; Bossert p. 125; CSP 14: 992-993; IF suppl. 3: 209; LS 33250, 41179. 41179a. Barnhart, NAF 11(1): 89. 1937. Moesz, Bot. K6zl. 40: 147-169. 1943 (bibl., portr.) Wood and Imahori, A revision of the Characeae 806-807. 1965 (bibl.) COMPOSITE WoRKS: M. von Déchy, Kaukasus, Botanik in vol. 3, 1907 (publ. Jun-Jul 1907). EPONYMY: Filarszkya Forti (1907). 1775. A charafélék (Characeae L. Cl. Richard) kiilénés tekintettel a magyarorszagi fajokra. Die Characeen (Characeae L. Cl. Richard) mit besonderer Riicksicht auf die in Ungarn beobachteten Arten. A kir. Magyar természettudomanyi tarsulattél a bugat- alapbol jutalmazott palyamii. Budapest (K.M. Természettudomanyi Tarsulat) 1893. Qu. (Characeen). Publ.: Jun-Oct 1893 (p. ii: Jun 1893; Nat. Nov. Oct 1893: Hedwigia 30 Jan 1894) p. [a]-vui, [1]-129, pl. 1-5 with 2 p. letterpress each. Copies: G, HH, MO, NY. Ref.: Anon., Hedwigia 33 (Rep.): 12. 30 Jan 1894. Filet, G. J. (1825-1891), Dutch army physician in the Netherlands East Indies. (Filet). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 214. 1936. EPONYMY: Filetia Miquel (1858). 1776. Tweede Catalogus der in den botanischen tuin van het groot militair hospitaal te Welte- vreden aangekweekt wordende planten. [Batavia 1854]. Oct. ( Tweede cat. tuin Weltevreden). Publ.: 1854 (p. 16: 15 Feb 1852), p. [19]-36. Copy: HH. 1777- De planten in den botanischen tuin bij het groot militair hospitaal te Weltevreden, hunne inl. benamingen, groeiplaats en gebruik, naar de beste schrijvers en inlandsche opgaven zamengesteld door G. J. Filet. Batavia (Lange & Co.) 1855. Oct. (Pl. bot. tuin Welte- vreden). Publ.: 1855 (p. viii: Mai 1855), p. [i]-viii, [1]-189. Copies: HH, L (dedication copy to Miquel, dated 31 Dec 1855). Ref.: PR 2901. Finet, Eugéne Achille (1863-1913), French botanist, specialist on orchids, and botanical artist. (inet). HERBARIUM and TyYPEs: P. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 541; BM 6: 199, 324; CSP 14: 997; Lang- man p. 283; MW p. 118-119. Gagnepain, Bull. Soc. bot. Fr. 60: 205-216. 1913 (bibl.) Lecomte, Nouv. Arch. Mus. nat. Hist. nat. ser. 5. 5: ili-xi. 1913 (port., bibl.) Herter, Orchis 7: 98-99. 1913. Berthier, Bull. Soc. Hist. nat. Autun 27 (Proc.-Verb.): 11-13. 1914. Backer, Verklarend woordenb. 650. 1936. Gagnepain, Fl. gén. Indochine, tom. prél. 41. 1944 (portr.) Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 165. 1950. Leandri, Adansonia ser. 2. 2: 147-158. 1962. COMPOSITE WORKS: Finet initiated the publication of the Paris Notulae systematicae and participated in the early phase of the publication of Lecomte’s Flore générale de I’ Indochine: Ranunculaceae (with F. Gagnepain) 1(1): 1-11. Jun 1907; Dilleniaceae 1(1): 12-28. Jun 1907; Magnoliaceae (with F. Gagnepain) 1(1): 29-42. Jun 1907; Anonaceae (id.) 1(1): 4.2- 112. Jun 1907, 1(2): 113-123. Oct 1908. 831 FINET EPONYMY: Finetia Gagnepain (1917); Finetia Schlechter (1918); Neofinetia H. H. Hu (1925). Fingerhuth, Carl Anton (1798-1876), German botanist and physician at Esch near Euskirchen. (Fingerh.) HERBARIUM and TyPES: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 541; BM 2: 573; CSP 2: 613; Jackson p. 126, 293; Langman p. 283; LS 8595-8596; MW p. 119; NI 627; PR 2903-2904. Barnhart, NAF 7(15): 1063. 1940. EPONYMY: Fingerhuthia C. G. D. Nees (1834). 1778. Tentamen florulae lichenum Evffacae sive enumeratio lichenum in Eifflia provenien- tium. Nurnberg (Johann Leonhard Schrag) 1829. Oct. (Tent. fl. lich. Evffi.) Publ.: late 1828 or Jan 1829 (p. iv: Id. Apr 1828; “‘seit ende Sept. eingegangen,” Flora 11(2); Erg. Bl. 5 Jan 1829), p. [1i]-iv, [1]-100. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 2: 573; LS 8595; PR 2903. 1779. Monographia generis Capsici . .. cum tabulis x coloratis. Dusseldorf (Arnz & Comp.) 1832. Qu. (Monogr. Capsic.) Publ.: 1832 (Flora received it only after 12 Mar 1834; see 17: 765. 28 Dec 1834; rev. Lit. Ber. Flora 4: 95-96. 7 Mai 1834), p. [1]-32, [i]-iv, pl. z-z0, 1 uncol., 2-70 col. liths. Copy: HH. Ref.: BM 2: 573; Jackson p. 126; Langman p. 283; MW p. 119; NI 627; PR 2904; Zander ed. 10, p. 658; IDC 6005. Anon., Flora 17: 765. 1834, Lit. Ber. Flora 4: 95-96. 1834. Fink, Bruce (1861-1927), American lichenologist. (Fink). HERBARIUM and TYPES: MICH, material also in BPI, H, HSI, L, LD, MIN, MU, UPS, US, W and many other herbaria. Grummann reports a series of exs. ““Lichens of lowa”’ (100-150 nos.), 1895-1898. Ref: WA 1 (ed. 6): 958, 2° 197. Anon., Science ser. 2. 69: 422. 1929. Hawksworth, Mycologist’s handb. 182. 1974. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 541; BL 1: 179; BM 2: 573, 730, 6: 324; Bossert p. 126; CSP 14: 998; GR p. 188; LS 8597-8621, 33253-33259; LS suppl. 8292- 8309. Wylie, Mycologia 20(1): 1-2. 1928. Pammel, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 33: 34-39. 1928 (portr.) Anon., Hedwigia 68 (Beibl.): 47. 1928. EPONYMY: Finkia Vainio (1929). 1780. The lichen flora of the United States by Bruce Fink ... completed for publication by Joyce Hedrick. Ann Arbor (University of Michigan Press) 1935. Oct. (Lich. fl. U.S.) Co-author and editor: Joyce Hedrick (1897-x), (now Mrs Volney H. Jones). Ed. 1: 1935, p. [i]-x, 1-426, pl. 1-47. Copy: NY. Second printing: (n.v.) Third printing: with a new foreword by Alexander H. Smith, 1961, p. [1]-xii, 1-426, pl. 1-47. Copy: U. Ref.: BM 6: 324. Fiori, Adriano (1865-1950), Italian botanist. (Fiorz). HERBARIUM and Types: FI (fide R. E. G. Pichi-Sermolli in litt.) — Exsiccatae: Flora ztalia exsiccata: ser. 1-2 (1905-1927 by Fiori), ser. 3 (cent. 1-30, 1905-1927 by Fiori, Béguinot 832 FIORI and Pampanini Schedae: in Nuovo Giorn. bot. ital.), sets at B, BI, FI, GB, K, L, OXF, PAD, QI. IRAES DADS XC) Rigg Wel 8 Theyre BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 12(3): 136; Barnhart 1: 542; BFM: 1510, 1511, 1512, 3235; BL 1: 33, 2: 653 [Index]; BM 2: 573, 6: 325; Bossert p. 126; CSP 12: 1003, 18: 391; DTS 6(4): 137; GR p. 530-531; LS 8626, 33260-33261; LS suppl. 8314-8315; MW p. 119; NI 628; PFC 1: xli-xlii, 2(1): xv, 2(2): xxii; Saccardo 1: 73; Zander ed. 10, p. 628. Burnat, Boissiera 5: 42-43. 1941. 1781. Iconographia florae italicae ossia flora italiana illustrata con 4236 figure d’assieme e 12540 di analisi rappresentanti tutte le specie di piante vascolari indigene inselvatichite e largamente coltivate finora conosciute in Italia. Padova (p. 1-112 Tipogr. del Seminari, p. 131-484 Tipogr. Antoniana), Udine (p. 485-529: Tipogr. del Patronato). (Iconogr. fl. ital.) Co-author: Giulio Paoletti (1865-1941). Ed. 1: 1895-1904. Copy: HH. vol./fasc. pages dates vol./fasc. pages dates Teil [1 ]-32 Nov 1895 2.5 221-268 Dec 1899 2 33-64 Dec 1896 6 269-332 Mar rgo! 3 65-112 Apr 1898 7 333-380 Jun 1902 4 113-220, [i-1] Jan 1899 8 381-412 Mai 1903 9 413-528, [1-11] Dec 1904 Published by Fiori and Paoletti up to fig. 608; from 609 on by Fiori alone. Genus Rosa by Francois Crépin. Ed. 2: San Casciano Val di Pesa (Fratelli Stianti) 1921, Oct. 2a ediziona aumentata a cura del prof. Adriano Fiori (p. v: Sep 1921), p. [i]-vili, [1]-545. Copy: NY. Ed. 3: Firenze (Mariano Ricci) 1933, Qu., p. [i]-vili, [i], [1]-549. Copy: NY. Repr.: announced by Koeltz 1973 (n.v.) Ref.: BFM 1512; BM 2: 573; DTS 1: 69, 6(4): 137; NI 628; PFC 2(1): xv, 2(2): xxii; N. Am. FI. 1782. Flora analitica d’ Italia ossia descrizione delle piante vascolari indigene inselvatichite e largamente coltivate in Italia disposte per quadri analitici. Padova (Tipografia del Seminario) 1896-1908, 4 vols. (Fl. Italia). vol. parte pages dates I I [1]-256, map Dec 1896 2 257-607, [2, err.] Apr 1898 Intr. geob. __ [i]-c, [i-vil] Dec 1908 2 I [1]-224 Jan 1900 2 225-304. Mar 1901 3 305-492, [1-111], [1, err.] Jun 1902 3 I [1]-272 Mai 1903 2 [i-iii], 273-527, [1, err.], [iJ-vui Apr 1904 4 I [1]-217 (app.) Mar 1907 [1]-16 (ind. gen.) 2 17-192 (ind. gen.) Mar 1907 3 193-330 Sep 1908 Copy: HH. — Co-authors: Augusto Béguinot (1875-1940) (vols. 2, 3), Giulio Paoletti (1865- 1941) (vol. 1). Authors for Rosa: Frangois Crépin (1830-1903), Hieracium: Saverio Belli, Gentianaceae: Lino Vaccari. Ref.: PFC 1: xli-xliv. 833 FIORI 1783. Nuova flora analytica d’ Italia contenente le descrizione delle piante vascolari indigene inselvatichite e largamente coltivate in Italia. 2 vols., 1923-1929. (Nuov. Fl. Italia). vol. part pages dates I I [1]-160 Mar 1923 2 161-320 Jul 1923 3 321-480 Dec 1923 4 481-640 Mai 1924 5 641-800 Nov 1924 6 801-944, [i]-vii, [viii] Mar 1925 2 I [1]-160 Jul 1925 2 161-320 Jan 1926 3 321-480 Jul 1926 4 481-640 Feb 1927 5 641-800 Nov 1927 6 801-944 Nov 1928 7 945-1120, [1-iv] Nov 1929 Copies: HH (orig. covers), NY. Reprint: announced by Koeltz 1973 (n.v.) Ref.: BFM 1510; BM 2: 573; PFC 2(2): xxii. Fischer ,Cecil Ernest Claude (1874-1950), India born forester, India Forest Service 1895-1926, assistant for India at Kew 1924-1937. (C. Fisch.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: K; further material at CAL, E, S. Ref.: 1H 2: 197. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 543; BM 6: 325; Bossert p. 126; LS 33272- 39274; MW p. 119, 463; MW suppl. p. 67; Zander ed. 10, p. 658. Anon., J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 55(2):-239. 1938 (portr.) Burkill, Chapt. hist. bot. India 238. 1965. COMPOSITE WORKS: Completed J. S. Gamble, Flora of the presidency of Madras, q.v. EPONYMY: For eponyms based on the name Fischer, cf. infra, sub E. and F. E. L. Fischer. Fischer, Eduard (1861-1939), Swiss mycologist and phytopathologist, pupil of de Bary. (E. Fisch.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: BERN, dupl. B, BAS, KIEL, PC. Refi: 1H 15 (eds 6)ig5 S502): 197. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 543; BL 2: 570; Bossert p. 126; CSP g: 863, 12: 271, 715, 14: 1007-1008, 18: 590; GR p. 640; LS 8650-8746, 33275-33316, 41179, 411794, suppl. 8321-8438. Mayor, Bull. Soc. Neuchat. Sci. Nat. 64: 77-81. 1939. E.H., Schweiz. Z. Pilzk. 1939: 195-196 (portr.) Rytz, Verh. Schweiz. naturf. Ges. 1939: 250-277. 1940 (bibl.) Blumer, Mitt. naturf. Ges. Bern 1939: 90-101. 1940. Matesquelle, Rev. gén. Bot. 52: 209-210. 1940. Schopfer, Rev. Mycol. ser. 2. 5: 47-54. 1940 (portr., bibl.) Rytz, Ber. schweiz. bot. Ges. 50: 793-794. 1940. Schopfer, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 58: (27)-(54.). 1941 (bibl.) Rogers, Chron. bot 7(2): 87-88. 1942. Barnhart, NAF 7: 1064. 1940, ser..2. 1: 31. 1954 Ainsworth and Bisby, Dict. fungi ed. 6. 207. 1971. Blumer und Miiller, Schweiz. Z. Pilzk. 49: 102. 1971. 834 FISCHER, F. E. L. VON COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) EP, Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien ed. 1: (a) Tuberinae: I. 1: 278-290. Feb 1897; I. 1**: 535-536. Sep 1goo. (b) Plectascineae: I. 1: 290-320. Feb 1897; I. 1**: 536-539. Sep 1900. (c) Phallineae: I. 1**: 276-288. Nov 1898; 289-296. Jun 18993 555-556. Sep 1900. (d) Hymenogastrinae: I. 1**: 296-313. Jun 1899; 556-557. Sep 1900. (e) Lycoperdineae: I. 1**: 313-324. Jun 1899; 557. Sep 1900. (f) Nedularineae: I. 1**: 324-328. Jun 1899. (g) Plectobasidineae: I. 1**: 329-336. Jun 1899; 337-346. Mar 1900. 577. Sep 1900. (2) EP, Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien ed. 2: (a) Tuberineae: 5b: [1]-15, figs. 1-3. 29 Apr 1938. (b) Geneaceae: 5b: 15-19, figs. 4-8. 29 Apr 1938. (c) Eutuberaceae: 5b: 20-35, figs. 9-18. 29 Apr 1938. (d) Tereziaceae: 5b: 35-40, figs. 19-22. 29 Apr 1938. (e) Gasteromyceteae: 7a: [1]-7, fig. r. Jan 1933. (£) Hymenogastrineae: 7a: 7-9. Jan 1933. (g) Melanogastraceae: 7a: 9-13, figs. 2-5. Jan 1933. (h) Nymenogastraceae: 7a: 13-20, figs. 6-11. Jan 1933. (i) Hysterangiaceae: 7a: 20-29, figs. 12-22. Jan 1933. (k) Hydnangiaceae: 7a: 30-32, figs. 23-24. Jan 1933. ) Sclerodermatineae: 7a: 32-35, fig. 25. Jan 1933. m) Sclerodermataceae: 7a: 35-43, figs. 26-31. Jan 1933. n) Calostomataceae: 7a: 43-45, figs. 32-33. Jan 1933. 0) Tulostomataceae: 7a: 46-51, figs. 34-38. Jan 1933. ) Sphaerobolaceae: 7a: 51-52, fig. 39. Jan 1933. ) Nidulariineae: 7a: 52-55, fig. 40. Jan 1933. ) Arachniaceae: 7a: 55-56, fig. 41. Jan 1933. s) Nidulariaceae: 7a: 56-59, figs. 42-44. Jan 1933. t) Lycoperdineae: 7a: 59-62. Jan 1933. u) Lycoperdaceae: 7a: 62-72, figs. 45-51. Jan 1933. v) Geastraceae: 7a: 72-76, figs. 52-53. Jan 1933. w) Phallineae: 7a: 76-83, figs. 54-56. Jan 1933. x) Clathraceae: 7a: 83-96, figs. 57-70. Jan 1933. ) Phallaceae: 7a: 96-108, figs. 71-82. Jan 1933. ) Podaxineae: 7a: 109-110. Jan 1933. aa) Secotraceae: 7a: 110-116, figs. 83-88. Jan 1933. bb) Podaxaceae: 7a: 116-110, figs. 89-91. Jan 1933. (3) Rabenhorst, Aryptogamen-Flora ed. 2: Ascomycetes, Tuberasceae, Hemiasceae, 1(5). 1897 (vill, 132 p.) (4) Saccardo, Sylloge fungorum: Sylloge Gasteromycetum, 7(1). 1888. (I ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( (y (z ( ( EPONYMY: Fischerula Mattirolo (1928). Note: For other eponyms based on the name Fischer, cf. infra, sub F. E. L. Fischer. Fischer, Friedrich Ernst Ludwig von (Fedor Bogdanovic) (1782-1854), Russian botanist of German origin, director of the St. Petersburg botanical garden 1823-1850. (Fisch.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: LE; — for the location of further material see TH. Refs: WE ws(ed2i6) 3505/2)5197- Candolle, Phytographie 411. 1880. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 165. 1964. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(2): 473, 6(1): 203; Barnhart 1: 543; BM 2: 574- 575; Bossert p. 126; Bretschneider 1: 316; CSP 2: 616-617, 7: 662-663, 14: IOII; Dawson p. 327; Jackson p. 546 [index]; Krebel p. 36; Langman p. 283; Laségue p. 568; ME 3: 422; MW p. 119; MW suppl. p. 67; NI 629-630; PR 2911-2916, ed. 1: 3203- 3209; Trautvetter 372-391; Zander ed. 10, p. 659. Anon., Flora 37: 768. 1854. Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. Fr. 1: 105-106. 1854. Anon., Bonplandia 2: 266. 1854. 835 FISCHER, F. E. L. VON Anon., Bot. Zeit. 8: 488. 1850 (dismissal; trouble at St. Petersburg), 12: 496. 1854 (death), 13: 124-127. 1855 (obit. by H.G.R.) Seemann, Bonplandia 3: 18-21. 1855. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 2: 419-422. 1855. Trautvetter, Bull. Soc. Natural. Moscou 38: 585-595. 1865 (bibl.) Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 44-45. 1906. Nelmes and Cuthbertson, Bot. Mag. Dedications 1817-1927: 38-40. 1932 (portr.) Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard., Torrey corr. 455. 1973. NAME: Some papers are signed F. B. Fischer = Fedor Bogdanovic Fischer. EPoNYMY: Fischera K. P. J. Sprengel (1813); Fischeria A. P. de Candolle (1813). Note: Fischera Schwabe (1836), Fischerella (Bornet & Flahault) Gomont (1895), and Fischerellopsis F. E. Fritsch (1932) are dedicated to an unidentified Fischer, a friend of Schwabe, and a collector of algae. HANDWRITING: Candollea 29: 505-506. 1974; Lipschitz and Vasilczenko, Herbarium centrale USSR 129-130. 1968. 1784. Catalogue du jardin des plantes, de S. E. Monsieur le Comte Aléxis de Razoumofisky ... @ Gorenki prés de Moscou. [Moskva] 1808. Oct. (Cat. jard. Gorenkt). Ed. 1808: p. [i-viii], [1]-143. Copy: B. Ed. 1812: Moskva (N.S. Vsevolojsky) 1812, (p. viii: Apr 1812), Oct (in fours), p. [i]- viii, [1]-76. Copies: M, NY, USDA. The first catalogue of the Razoumofisky garden at Gorenki was published in 1804 by Redowsky (PR 7458). Ref.: BM 2: 574, 4: 1657; Jackson p. 442; PR 2912; IDC 5548. Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 330. 1945, ser. 2. 2: 157. 1955. 1785. Index seminum, quae Hortus botanicus impertalis petropolitanus pro mutua commutatione offert. Accedunt animadversiones botanicae nonnullae. [St. Petersburg 1835], Oct. (in fours) (Index sem. hort. petrop.) Co-authors: Carl Anton von Meyer (1795-1855): nos. 1-8, Ernst Rudolf von Trautvetter (1809-1889) : nos. 3-4, Jules Leopold Eduard Avé-Lallemant (1803-1867) : nos. 6-11. 1: title as above, 1835 (p. 112: Jan 1835), p. [1]-42. Copy: NY. 2: “Index secundus ...,”’ publ. Jan 1836 (p. 54: 25 Dec 1835 o.s.), p. [1]-54. Copy: NY. 3: “Animadversiones botanicae,”’ separately paged: [1]-19, (p. 19: Mar 1837). Copy: NY. 4: “Index quartus ...,”’ publ. Jan 1838 (p. 52: 23 Dec 1837 0.s.), p. [1]-52. Copy: NY. 45: ‘““Animadversiones botanicae,”’ on p. 33-43, publ. Jan 1839 (p. 43: 4 Jan 1839 0.s.). Copy: NY (this copy lacks p. [1]-32, seed list). 6: ‘‘“Animadversiones botanicae,” separately paged: [1]-25, publ. Jan-Feb 1840 (p. 25: 18 Jan 1840 o.s.). Copy: NY. 7: [no copy seen, dated censor 8 Jan 1841 0.s.] 8: ‘Index octavus ...,”’ publ. soon after 25 Jan 1842 (0.s., see p. 74). Copy: NY. ‘‘Animadversiones botanicae,”’ also reprinted with separate pagination: 1-24 (p. 24 identical with p. 74 of Index). Copy: NY. g: “Index nonus ...,”’ publ. soon after 10 Feb 1843 (0.s.; see p. 97), p- [1]-97. Copy: NY. ‘“‘Supplementum ad indicem nonum seminum, quae ...,” publ. soon after 25 Jan 1844 (0.8.3 see p. 25), p. [1]-25. Copy: NY. 10: “Index decimus ...,’’ publ. soon after 20 Jan 1845 (0.s.; see p. 60), p. [1]-60. Copy: NY. rr: “Index undecimus ...,” publ. soon after 21 Mar 1846 (o.s.; see p. [84]), p- [1]-83, [84, impr.]. Copy: NY. “Supplementum ad indicem undecimum, quae ...,”’ publ. Dec 1846 or somewhat later (see p. 79), p- [1]-79. Copy: NY. The dates given in these publications are old style (Julian calender) ; in the 19th century the difference was 12 days; for example 25 Dec 1835 0.s. is 6 Jan 1836 n.s. Complete sets of this series are very rare (BM, NY); the publication is important because of many new taxa described in it during the years 1835-1868. 836 FISCHER, J. B. Ref.: Jackson p. 443; Krebel p. 36; MW p. 119; PR, note under 2916; RS p. 83; TR 1629; IDC o29. Rickett, NAF ser. 2. 2: 157. 1955. 1786. Uber eine neue Pflanzengattung aus Brasilien. [St. Petersburg 1841]. Oct. (Neue Pflanzengatt. Bras.) Co-author: Carl Anton (Andreevich) von Meyer (1795-1855). Publ.: 8 Apr 1841 (date given on copy sent to de Candolle; read 15 Jan 1841), p. [1]-6. Copy: G. — Preprinted from Bull. Sci. Acad. imp. Sci. St. Pétersbourg 8(16). 1841. 1787. Enumeratio [prima et altera] plantarum novarum a clarissimo Schrenk lectarum. St. Petersburg, Leipzig 1841, 1842, 2 parts. Oct. (in fours) (Enum. pl. nov.) Co-author: Carl Anton (Andreevich) von Meyer (1795-1855). r: 15 Jun 1841 (on t.p. but p. [ii], censor 22 Jul 1841), p. [i*-ii*], [i]-vii, [1]-113, 2 pl. Copies: G, NY. 2: 22 Oct 1842 (t.p. and censor), p. [i*-i1*], [i]-iii, [1]-77. Copies: G, NY. Ref.: BM 2:.575; MW p. 119; PR 2915; TR 383. 1788. Serium petropolitanum seu icones et descriptiones plantarum, quae in horto botanico imperiali Petropolitano floruerunt [1846, Decas secunda 1852, Decas tertia quartaque]. St. Petersburg 1846-1869, 4 decades, Fol. (Sert. petrop.) Co-authors: Car] Anton (Andreevich) von Meyer (1795-1855); Eduard August von Regel 1815-1892). Decas 1, ed. Fischer, 1846, rr unnumbered plates with 15 fol. accompanying text (first reviews known to us Bot. Zeit. 8 Sep 1848). Decas 2, ed. Fischer et Meyer, 1852, 14 plates, 13 fol. text. Decas 3, 4 auct. E. Regel, 1869, 19 plates (nos. 1-19 on text), accompanying text 21 fol. The lithographs of dec. 3 and 4 are by Jos. A. Satory. The botanical plates in dec. 1, 2 are hand-coloured, those of dec. 3-4 lithographed and usually uncoloured (pl. 28 sometimes hand-coloured) (fide GF). The plates of glasshouses etc. are uncoloured. Copy: IDC. Ref.: BM 2: 575; GF p. 56; Jackson p. 443; MW p. 119; NI 629; TR 1630. 1789. Synopsis Astragalorum Tragacantharum. Moskva (Typis Universitatis Caesareae) 1853. Oct. (Syn. Astrag. Trag.) Publ.: 1853, p. [1]-173, pl. A-M. Copies: G, NY. — Reprinted with independent pagination from Bull. Soc. natural. Moscou 1853(4): [316]-486, pl. A-M. — Difference between original and reprint pagination 313. Ref.: TR 381. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 12: 779-781. 3 Nov 1854. Fischer, George William (1906-x), American phytopathologist. (G. Fisch.) HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. — Exsiccatae: Graminicolous smuts of North America (cent. 1-ili, nos. 1-300, Pullman, Washington 1948-1953), 15 sets distributed, e.g. BPI, BUT, CMI, DAOM, FH, IARI, IPS, MICH, NY, US, WIS, WSP. Ref Ue 2198: Stevenson, Beih. Nova Hedwigia 36: 166-168. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 543; Bossert p. 126. EPONYMY: Georgefischeria M. J. Thirumalacher & M. J. Narasimhan (1963). Note: For eponyms based on the name Fischer, cf. supra, sub E. and F. E. L. Fischer. Fischer, Jacob Benjamin (1730-1793), Livonian botanist. (7. Fisch.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 2: 575; TR 392-393; [PR 2920 cites this author erroneously as Johann Bernhard Fischer. ] 837 FISCHER, J. B. EPONYMY: For eponyms based on the name Fischer, cf. supra, sub E. and F. E. L. Fischer, and infra, sub [J.] G. [F.] Fischer von Waldheim. 1790. Versuch einer Naturgeschichte von Livland, entworfen von J. L. [i.e. B.] Fischer. Leipzig 1778. Oct. (Vers. Naturgesch. Livland). Ed. 1: Apr-Mai 1778 (available at Ostermesse, NZgS 12 Oct 1778), 16, [viii], 374 p., 2 pl., with a preface by N. G. Leske (n.v.) Ed. 2: Zwote vermehrte und verbesserte Auflage. Mit Kupfern. K6nigsberg (Friedrich Nicolovius) 1791, Oct. (p. viii: Mar 1791), p. [i]-xxiv, [1]-826, pl. 1-4. Copies: HH, NY, Koninklijke Bibl. ’s-Gravenhage. Ref.: BM 2: 575; PR 2920; TR 392. 1791. 7. B. Fischers Kusdze [sic] zu einem Versuch einer Naturgeschichte von Livland, nebst einigen Anmerkungen zur physischen Erdbeschreibung von Kurland entworfen von J.J. Ferber. Riga (Joh. Friedr. Hartknoch) 1784. Oct. (Zusdze Vers. Naturgesch. Livland). Co-author: Johan Jacob Ferber (1743-1790). Publ.: 1784, p. [i]-xiv, [xv-xvi, cont., err.], [1]-305, r pl. Copy: USDA. Ref.: BM 2: 575; TR 392. Fischer, [Emanuel Friedrich] Ludwig (1828-1907), Swiss botanist, father of Eduard Fischer, director botanic garden Bern 1860-1897. (L. Fisch.) HERBARIUM and TYPEs: BERN. Ref: Wr (ed. 6): 356) 2s 108. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 544; GR p. 640. Schréter, Viertelj.-Schr. naturf. Ges. Ziirich 52: 550-553. 1906. Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. Belg. 44: 153-154. 1907. Fischer, Ed., Verh. Schweiz. naturf. Ges. 90(2), Nekr.: ix-xxiv. 1907 (portr., bibl.) Blumer et Fischer, Schweiz. Z. Pilzk. 49: 101. 1971. 1792. Beitrdge zur Kenntniss der Nostochaceen und Versuch einer natiirlichen Eintheilung derselben. Inaugural-Dissertation. Bern (In Commission bei Huber & Comp.) 1853. Qu. (Beitr. Kennin. Nostoch.) Publ.: Jan-Mai 1853, p. [1]-24, 7 pl. (col. lith.) Copies: G, L. — The thesis of Ludwig Fischer (6. 1828), not of L. H. Fischer (b. 1817). Ref.: BM 2: 576 (attributes the publication to Ludwig Fischer) ; PR 2922 (attributes it to Leopold Heinrich Fischer 1817-1886). H.I., Bot. Zeit. 11: 390-391. 27 Mai 1853. 1793. Taschenbuch der Flora von Bern. Systematische Uebersicht der in der Gegend von Bern wildwachsenden und zu 6conomischen Zwecken allgemein cultivirten Pflanzen ... Mit einer Karte. Bern (Huber & Comp.) 1855. Oct. (Taschenb. Fl. Bern) [eds. 3-10: Fl. Bern]. Ed. 1: Jan-Aug 1855 (Flora rd. 14 Sep 1855; Bot. Zeit. rev. 26 Oct 1855), p. [i]-xx, [1]- 139, map. Copy: M. Ed. 2: Bern (id.) Jan-Mai 1863 (Flora rd. by 14 Aug 1863; Bot. Zeit. rev. 3 Jul 1863), Oct., ‘‘Taschenbuch ... wildwachsenden und allgemein cultivirten Phanerogamen und Gefasskryptogamen ... Zweite urngearbeitete und vermehrte Auflage mit einer Karte,” p. [i]-xxviii, [1]-243, map. Copy: M. Ed. 3: Bern (id.) 1870, Oct. (Flora 21 Mar 1871, Bot. Zeit. 7 Apr 1871), ‘‘Flora von Bern. Systematische Uebersicht ... Gefasskryptogamen ... Dritte umgearbeitete und ver- mehrte Auflage. Mit einer Karte. (Abdruck aus der topographischen Karte der Schweiz von G. H. Dufour’’), p. [i]-xxviii, [1]-268, map. Copies: B, M. — (Fl. Bern). Ed. 4: Bern (id.) 1878, Oct. “Flora von Bern ...,”’ p. [i]-xxx, [1]-298, map. Copy: G. Ed. 5: Bern (id.) Jan-Mai 1888. Oct. (Nat. Nov. Jun 1888), “‘Flora von Bern ...,”’ p. [i]- xxxvi, [1]-306. Copy: NY. Ed. 6: Bern (Hans Korber) 1897, Oct. (Nat. Nov. Mai 1897), ‘“‘Flora von Bern ...,”’ p. [1]- xxxvi, [1]-309, map. Copy: G. Ed. 7: Bern (Hans Korber) 1903. Oct., p. [i]-xxxvi, [1]-315, map. Copy: MO. 838 FISCHER VON WALDHEIM, A.A. Ed. 8: Bern (Raillard & Schiller) 1911. Oct., p. [i]-xl, [1]-342, map. Copies: G, L. — ‘Flora von Bern. Systematische Uebersicht der in der Gegend von Bern wildwachsenden und allgemein kultivierten Phanerogamen und Pteridophyten.”’ The BR copy has a label stuck on top of the 1911 imprint: “‘Bern 1911 (1914) Verlag von G. A. Baschlin (vorm. Raillard-Ko6rber).”’ Ed. 9: Bern (Benteli A.G.) 1924. Oct., p. [i]-xxxii, [1]-383. Copy: G. — ‘‘Flora von Bern ... Pteridophyten. Unter Mitwirkung von Prof. Dr. W. Rytz und Dr. W. Liidi in Bern bearbeitet von Dr. Ed. Fischer.” Ed. ro: L. und Ed. Fischer, Flora von Bern ... in zehnter Auflage neu bearbeitet von Dr Walther Rytz ... 1944. Bern-Biimpliz (Benteli), Oct. (p. viii: Mar 1944), p. [i]- xxxvi, [1]-431. Copy: M. — Author: August Rudolf Walther Rytz (1882-1966). Ref.: BL 2: 570; BM 2: 576; PR 2923, 10560. 1794. Verzeichniss der Phanerogamen und Gefasskryptogamen des Berner-Oberlandes und der Umgebungen von Thun, zur Orientirung auf botanischen Excursionen. Bern (Dalp) 1862. Oct. (Verz. Phan. Berner-Oberl.) Ed. 1: 1862, p. [1]-128. Copy: M. Ed. 2: Bern (Huber & Comp.) 1875, p. [i], [1]-196. Copy: G. — “‘Verzeichniss der Gefass- pflanzen des Berner-Oberlandes . . . Ein Beitrag zur Pflanzengeographie der Schweizer Alpen.” Preprinted from Mitt. naturf. Ges. Bern 1875 (1876). (Verz. Gefasspfl. Schweiz. Alp.) Ref.: BM 2: 576; PR 2924. Fischer-Ooster, Carl von (1807-1875), Swiss palaeobiologist and batologist at Thun, later in Bern. (Fisch.-Oost.) HERBARIUM and TyPES: BERN (chiefly Rubus). Issued also Rubi bernenses. (Bern 1867). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews p. 263; Barnhart 1: 544; BM 2: 577; Bossert p. 126; CSP 2: 626, 6: 656, 7: 667-668, 9: 873, 12: 239; Jackson p. 189, 344; PR 2926- 2927; Quenstedt p. 140. Fischer, Verh. Schweiz. naturf. Ges. 58: 228-234. 1876 (bibl.) Bay, Index Flora 26-100: 10. 1910. EPONYMY: For eponyms based on the name Fischer, cf. supra, sub E. and F. E. L. Fischer. 1795. Die fossilen Fucoiden der Schweizer-Alpen, nebst Erérterungen iiber deren geologisches Alter ... Mit 18 Tafeln. Bern (Huber u. Comp.) 1858. Qu. (Foss. Fuc. Schweiz.-Alp.) Publ.: Jul-Dec 1858 (p. [v]: Jul 1858), p. [1]-72, [2, tabl. err.]. errata slip, plates ra, rb, 1c, 2-16 (uncol. liths.) Copy: NY. Ref.: Andrews ed. 1, p. 33; BM 2: 577; Jackson p. 189; PR 2926. Fischer von Waldheim, Alexander Alexandrovitch (1839-1920), Russian botanist, grandson of G. Fischer von Waldheim. (A. Fisch. v. Waldh.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: MW (phan.), and WA (crypt.), fide Candolle; no recent infor- mation available to us. Ref.: Candolle, Phytographie 412. 1880. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 544; CSP g: 873; TR 363-371. Wittrock, Acta Horti Bergiani 3(2): 173. 1903. Lipski, Imperatorski S.-Petersbourgski botanischeskij sad sa 200 let 3: to1-108. 1913- 1915 (portr., bibl.) NAME: Not to be confused with his father, Alexander Grigoriewitch F.v.W. (1803-1884), plant anatomist and microscopist, author of e.g. De interna plantarum fabrica (1820) and Le microscope pancratique, 1841, vice-president and president of the Société imperiale des Naturalistes de Moscou, 1853-1884. Alexander Alexandrovitch (see Trautvetter and Bretschneider) was the author of several bryological and mycological papers and later director of the St. Petersburg botanical garden. 839 FISCHER VON WALDHEIM, A. A. EPONYMY : For eponyms based on the name Fischer, cf. supra sub E. and F. E. L. Fischer. HANDWRITING: Candollea 29: 507-508. 1974. 1796. Florula bryologica mosquensis. Moskva (Typis Universitatis caesareae) 1864. Oct. (Fl. bryol. mosq.) Publ.: 1864, p. [i-ii], [1]-165. Copy: NY. — Reprinted from Bull. Soc. Imp. des Nat. Moscou 37(1): 1-95, 1864, 37(3): I-71. Ref.: Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 23: 10-11. 1865 (6 Jan). 1797. Apercu systématique des Ustilaginées leur plantes nourriciéres et la localisation de leurs spores. Paris (Typographie Lahure) 1877. Qu. (Apergu syst. Ustilag.) Publ.: Apr-Mai 1877 (p. 8: Mar 1877; Bot. Zeit. 18 Mai 1877), p. [1]-51, [2, err.]. Copy: G. — Dedicated to the Amsterdam Botanical Congress. Fischer von Waldheim, [ Johann] Gotthelf [Friedrich] (1771-1853), German pa- laeobiologist active in Russia, founder (1805) of the Société imperiale des Naturalistes de Moscou. (G. Fisch. v. Waldh.) coLLections: Many of his collections were destroyed in the great fire of Moscow, 1812. His later entomological collections went to the Zoological Museum of the Moscow Uni- versity, other material in idem, Leningrad. His library went, in part, to the Zoological Museum at Dresden. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 7: 84-85; Andrews p. 263; Barnhart 1: 544; BM 2: 577-579; Bossert p. 126; CSP 2: 622-626, 6: 656; Dawson p. 327; Jackson p. 175, 188; NDB; Quenstedt p. 140. Engelmann, Bibl. hist. nat. 675 [index]. 1846. Anon., Bot. Zeit. 11: 855-856. 1853. Anon., Flora 37: 16. 1854. Anon., Bonplandia 2: 266. 1854. Anon., Amer. J. Sci. ser. 2. 20: 393-394. 1855. Hagen, Bibl. entomol. 1: 235-237. 1862. Essig, A history of Entomology 631-632. 1931. Zitkov, Moskovskoe ob&éestvo ispytatele] prirody, Moskva 1940 (main biogr.) Schmid, Chamisso als Naturforscher 77, 346, 386. 1942. Biittner, Fischer von Waldheim. 1956 (bibl.) Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 144-145. 1969. EPONYMY: Fischera O. Swartz (1817); Waldheimia Karelin & Kirilov (1842). Fitch, Walter Hood (1817-1892), Scottish botanical artist, illustrator of many of the publications by the Hookers, of the Botanical Magazine 1834-1877. (W. Fitch). ORIGINAL DRAWINGS: Originals for the Botanical Magazine at K;; for a full list of books and articles illustrated by W. F. Fitch see Hemsley (1915). The estimated total of Fitch’s published drawings is 9600-10.000, of which 5300 coloured. Ref.: Hemsley, Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1915: 277-284, 392. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 546; BB p. 109; BL 2: 214; Bossert p. 127; GFB p. 56; Jackson p. 221, 238; MW p. 52; NI 632. Britten, J. Bot. 30: 64, 100-101. 1892 (portr.) Huxley, Life and letters J. D. Hooker 2: 242, 533. 1918. Nelmes and Cuthbertson, Bot. Mag. Dedications 1827-1927: 166-168. 1932 (portr.) Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 330. 1945. Blunt, The art of botanical illustration 223-228, 298. 1950. Desmond, Med. Biol. Hlustr. 19(4): 255-259. 1969 (on his figures for J. D. Hooker’s Flora Tasmaniae) (portr.) Daniels, Artists from the R.B.G. Kew 28-29. 1974 (portr.) Anderson, Garden J. 25(4): 98-103. 1975 (portr.) 840 FITZGERALD, R. D. COMPOSITE WORKS: Fitch illustrated works by G. Bentham, H. J. Elwes, J. D. Hooker, W. J. Hooker, J. E. Howard, D. Oliver, W. W. Saunders, B. C. Seemann, J. L. Stewart, and Syme, afterwards: J. T. Boswell. (see Hemsley 1915, l.c.) EPONYMY: Fitchia J. D. Hooker (1845); Fitchia C. F. Meisner (1855). 1798. Illustrations of the British flora: a series of wood-engravings, with dissections, of British plants, drawn by W. H. Fitch, F. L. S. and W. G. Smith, F.L.S., forming an illustrated companion to Mr. Bentham’s Handbook and other British Floras. London (L. Reeve & Co.) 1880. Oct. (ill. Brit. fi.) Co-author: Worthington George Smith (1835-1917), British botanical artist and mycolo- gist. Companion volume to: G. Bentham, Handbook of the British flora ed. 3 (1866) and following editions. The wood engravings are for the greater part taken from the second edition of the Handbook (1865) q.v. Ed. 1: publ. Nov-Dec 1879 (t.p. 1880 but see J. Bot. 17: 380 and Nat. Nov. Nov'1879), p- [i-v], 1-328, 1306 ills. Copies: HH, NY. Fd. 2: London (id.) Apr-Jun 1887, eeecond adicens revised and enlarged,” (p. vi: 22 Mar 1887), p. [i]-viii, [1]-346, 1370 ls. Copies: HH, US. Ed. 3: London 1892, “third edition, revised and enlarged”’ (Nat. Nov. Nov 1892), p. [iJ- vill, [1]-34.7, 73175 ills. Ed. 4: London (id.) 1897, “‘fourth edition,” p. [i]-viii, [1]-347, 19175 ills. Copy: NY. Ed. 5: London (id.) 1go1, p. [i]-viii, [1]-34.7, 1315 ills. Copy: HH. Ed. 6: London (Lovell Reeve & Co.) 1905. Oct., p. [i]-viii, [1]-347. Copy: MO. Ed. 7: London (id.) 1908, p. [i]-viil, [1]-347, 1975 ills. Copy: HH. Ed. [8]: London (id.) 1912, Oct., p. [i]-viii, [1]-347, 1975 ills. Copy: MO. Fourth revised edition (second issue) : London (id.), 1919 (p. vi: Jul 1919), p. [i]-xvi, 1-338, 1315 ills. Copy: BR. Fifth revised edition: London (id.) 1924 (p. vi: Jul 1924), p. [i]-xxvii, [1]-338, 1975 ills. Copies: BR, G, HH, NY. — With additions by Worthington George Smith (1835-1917) and others. idem: Ashford, Kent (L. Reeve & Co.), 1931, p. [i]-xxvii, [1]-338, 1315 ills. Copies: MO, NY. Fourth reprint: Ashford, Kent (id.), p. [i]-xxvii, [1]-338, 1975 ills. Copy: L. Fifth reprint: Ashford, Kent (id.), p. [i]-xxvii, [1]-338, 1915 ills. Copy: MO. Ref.: NI 632. Fitzgerald, Robert Desmond (1830-1892), Australian deputy surveyor-general and botanical artist of Irish birth, in Sydney from 1856. (Fitzg.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Fitzgerald made some orchid-collections, specimens of which are at BM and MEL. He left no herbarium. Ref.: 1H 2: 199. Maiden, J. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 42: 102. 1908. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 547; BB p. 109; BM 2: 580; Bossert p. 127; CSP 9: 878, 12: 240, 15: 3; GFB p. 56; Jackson p. 399; NI 633. Mueller, J. Bot. 30: 320. 1892. Anon., Victorian Naturalist 9: 75-76. 1893. Maiden, J. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 42: 102. 1908 (portr., pl. 12). Messmer, Victorian Naturalist 48: 233-242. 1932. NAME: Desmond seems to be the correct second christian name (Maiden, 1908, based on orig. sources); other sources have David (e.g. BB) or Douglas (BM, CSP). 1799. Australian orchids. Sydney (Charles Potter) [1875]-1882[-1894] 2 vols. Fol. (Austral. orch.) Publ.: in parts of circa to plates each; in all 118 coloured lithographs plus one uncoloured. The colouring of the plates is mostly by hand; the drawings were all by the author, the lithographing by the author and Arthur J. Stopps. 841 FITZGERALD, R. D. vol. part dates vol. part dates I I Jul 1875 2 I Jan 1884 2 Mar 1876 2 Jul 1885 3 Jun 1877 3 Mar 1888 (1886?) 4 Jul 1878 4 Mar 1888 5 Oct 1879 5 1894 6 Jul 1880 a Oct 1882 Vol. 2, part 5 was completed posthumously from Fitzgerald’s notes by Henry Deane in 1894. The contents of all parts are listed on the back wrappers of 2(4) and 2(5); these lists contain one or two name-changes not given elsewhere in the book. The drawings are all by Fitzgerald, almost invariably from fresh specimens; the lithographs are by A. J. Stopps. Complete copies of the book are now very rare (Copy: US). Ref.: BM 2: 580; GF p. 56 (Stearn); Jackson p. 399; NI 633. Fitzgerald, William Vincent (x-1929), Australian botanist. (W. Fitzg.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: PERTH, other material at B, CANB, MEL, NH, NSW. Ref.: TH 2: 199. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 346. 1916. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 547; HR. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 167. 1950. Fitzpatrick, Harry Morton (1886-1949), American mycologist and plant pathologist. (Fitzp.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: CUP (3000), other material FH, IAC, NY. Ref.: 1H 2: 199. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart I: 547. Barrus, Mycologia 43: 249-266. 1951 (portr., bibl.) Rogerson, Mycologia Index 891. 1968 (bibl.) EPONYMY: Fitzpatrickia Ciferri (1928). 1800. The lower fungi | Phycomycetes ... First edition. New York, London (McGraw- Hill) 1930. Oct. (Lower fung.) Publ.: Jul-Dec 1930 (p. vii::Jul 1930), p. [i]-x1, [1]-331. Copy: NY. Facsimile reprint: New York and London (Johnson Reprint) s.d., unchanged. (n.v.) Flagey, Camille (1837-1898), French botanist and civil engineer. (Flag.) HERBARIUM and TypPEs: Unknown (AL, PC?) — Exsiccatae: 1. Lichenes algerienses exsiccati (fasc. 1-111, nos. 1-307, Azéba, Algeria 1891-1895), sets at AL, DUKE, FH, PC, S, UPS. 2. Lichens de Franche-Comté et de quelques localités environnantes (fasc. 1-ix, nos. 1-450, 1882- 1888), complete sets at FH, PC. Ref.: TH 2: 199. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 122-123. 1969. Hawksworth, Mycologist’s handb. 194. 1974. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 548; BL 2: 149, 156; BM 2: 581, 6: 327; CSP 7: 674, 9: 878; 12: 554, 15: 4-5; LS 8806-8815, 33331. Renauld, Rev. bryol. 25: 56. 1898. Magnin, Bull. Soc. bot. Fr. 66: vill. 1919. COMPOSITE WoRKs: Battandier et Trabut, Fl. Algérie, 2(1) Catalogue des lichens de I’ Algérie. 842 FLEISCHER, J. G. 1801. Flore des lichens de Franche-Comté et de quelques localités environnantes. Besancon (Marion, Morel et Cie, later: Dodivers et Cie) 1883-1885[-1901], 7 parts. Oct. (FV. lich. Franche-Comté). Publ.: Original publication took place in the Mém. Soc. Emul. Doubs as follows Part |mMems mem. pages dates part pages sér. vol. repr. I 5 ai [279]-480 Dec 1883 I [i-iv], [1]-200, 2 pl. 2 9 [205 ]-384 Dec 1886 2(1) [ai alizon|=37Gs la, err] 3 6 7 [i], 19-123 1894 2(2) [1], [379]-483 4 8 [79]-131 1894 484-536, [1, err.] 5 9 [125]-201 EGO ga 3 [a], [127]-201 Lol 2 [265]-314 1898 [i], [267]-314 [7] 6 [i], 57-114 Igol [i], 57-114 G has a reprint of part 1 dated on the wrapper 1884. BR and G have a cover of part 2 (ter fascicule) 1886, but with t.p. 1885. The FH copy has a reprint of part 3 as ““Mém. 1892,” on cover 1894. BR has a title page of part 2 of the reprint (= parts 3-4) dated 1892. Copies: BR, FH, G, NY (all repr.) ; journal publ.: MO. Ref.: BM 2: 581; LS 8813. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 123. 1969. Flahault, Charles Henri Marie (1852-1935), French botanist at Montpellier, professor of botany 1881, director botanic garden 1889. (Flah.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: MPU. — Other material BM, BR, C, K, L, PC. Refs WH-2: 199. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 5(2): 4659, 12(2): 349; Barnhart 1: 548; BL 1: 19, 2: 653-654 (Index]; BM 2: 581-582, 6: 327; Bossert p. 127; CSP g: 878, 12: Ior, 105, 240, 13: 36, 14: 209, 742, 15: 5; GR p. 278; KR p. 188; LS 3346; MW p. 50; Plesch P. 223, 451. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 112. 1903, 3(3): 101, 205, pl. 143. Reynolds Green, Hist. Bot. 197. 1909. Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. Deux-Sévres 1909/10: pl. 6 (portr.) 1910. Flahault, Notice sur les travaux de Ch. Flahault, Montpellier. 1917. Schroéter, Schweiz. Z. Forstwesen 1934(3): [3 p.]. 1935. Skene, Proc. Linn. Soc. 1934/35: 175-177. 1935. Emberger, Bull. Ass. philom. Alsace Lorraine 8(3): 175-186. 1935/36. Emberger, Rev. gén. Bot. 48: 1-48. 1936 (bibl.) Moebius, Gesch. Bot. p. 450 [Index]. 1937. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 43. 1941. Froment, Bull. Soc. bot. Nord France 5: 90-94. 1952 (q.v. for further biogr.) Davy de Virville, Hist. bot. France p. 256-257. 1954. Pavillard, Bull. Soc. bot. France 102: 240-241. 1955. EPONYMY: Flahaultia Bornet (1892). Fleischer, Johann Gottlieb (Theophilus) (1797-1838), German physician and botanist at Mitau. (7. Fleisch.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: In the ‘Museum zu Mitau” (Mitava, Jelgava in Latvia) (Linde- mann), also at MW. Ref.: Lindemann, Bull. Soc. Natur. Mosc. 59(1): 294. 1884. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 548; BM 2: 582; Bossert p. 127; CSP 2: 635; Laségue p. 568; PR 2933-2934; TR 394-397. PORTRAIT: Frontispiece to his flora of 1839, see below. 843 FLEISCHER, J. G. EPONYMY: Fleischeria Penzig & P. A. Saccardo (1901) and Fleischerobryum Loeske (1910) are dedicated to Max Fleischer (1861-1930), q.v. 1802. Flora der deutschen Ostseeprovinzen Esth-, Liv- und Kurland, bearbeitet von Dr. Joh. Gottlieb Fleischer ... herausgegeben von Emanuel von Lindemann ... Mit dem Bild- nisse des Verfassers. Mitau, Leipzig (G. A. Reyher) 1839. Oct. (Fl. Ostseeprov.) Editor (ed. 1): Emanuel [von] Lindemann (1795-1845) ; (ed. 2): Alexander Andrejewitsch von Bunge (1803-1890). Ed. 1: 10-16 Nov 1839 (censor 30 Jun 1839, Lit. Ber. Flora 28 Dec 1839; Hinrichs 10-16 Nov 1839), p. [i]-vi, [1]-390, frontisp. portr. Fleischer. Copy: NY. Ed. 2: Sep 1853 (“‘soeben,” Flora 21 Oct 1853; Bot. Zeit. 23 Sep 1853, p. vi: 23 Mar 1851), Flora von Esth-, Liv- und Kurland. Bearbeitet von Dr. Joh. Gottlieb Fleischer ... Zweite vermehrte Auflage. Herausgegeben von Prof. Dr. Al. Bunge. Mit dem Bildnisse des Verfassers”’ [frontisp.] Mitau und Leipzig (id.) 1853, Oct., p. [i]-vi, [1]-291. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 2: 582; PR 2934; TR 397. Fleischer, Max (1861-1930), German painter, bryologist and traveller. (MM. Fleisch.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: FH (original Bryophyte herbarium). — Duplicates and collections of phanerogams in many herbaria (see IH), e.g. B, BM, BO, BP, E, KIEL, L, U, WRSL. The collections from Asia minor in IH should be attributed to F. Fleischer. Exsiccatae: 1. Musci frondosi archipelagi indict exsiccati (ser. i-xii, nos. 1-600, i-vi Batavia, vil-x, Berlin, xi ’s-Gravenhage, xii Berlin, 1898-1933; fasc. xii ed. by J. O. Reimers, 1893-1961) (title varies), sets at B, BM, E, FH (compl.), G, H, L, NY, PC, U, W. 2. [with Carl Friedrich Warnstorf (1837-1921) |] Bryotheca europaea meridionalis (cent. i-iv, nos. 1-400, Rouen 1896-1910), sets at B, BM, C, E, FH (compl.), H, K, M, PC, U, W. Ref.: IH 1 (ed. 6): 358, 2: 190. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 275, 299, 320, 346. 1916. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 167. 1950. Rickett, NAF ser. 2. 3: 34. 1963. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 80. 1970. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 199-200. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 549; BM 6: 327; CSP 15: 12; MW p. 120; NI 634. A.G., J. Bot. 68: 182-183. 1930. Anon., Magy. bot. Lapok 29: 284-285. 1930. Potier de la Varde, Ann. Crypt. exotique 3: 161-167. 1930 (portr., bibl.) Verdoorn, Ann. bryol. 4: 113-122. 1931. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 217. 1936. Moebius, Gesch. Bot. 121. 1937. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 43. 1941. Steenis-Kruseman, FI. males. ser. 1. 1: 167. 1950. Lenley et al, Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 168-169. 1973. EPONYMY: Fileischeria Penzig & P. A. Saccardo (1901); Fleischerobryum Loeske (1910). 1803. Die Musci der Flora von Buitenzorg (zugleich Laubmoosflora von Java). Bearbeitet von Max Fleischer. Enthaltend alle aus Java bekannt gewordenen Sphagnales und Bryales, nebst kritischen Bemerkungen vieler Archipelarten, sowie indischer und australischer Arten. Leiden (E. J. Brill) 1900-1922[-1923], 4 vols. Oct. (Muse. Buitenzorg). vol. pages Jigs. dates t.p. actual dates I [i]-xxx1, [1]-379, [6] I-71 1900-1902. =Apr-Dec 1904. 2 {i]-xviii, [381 ]-643 72-121 1902-1904. Apr-Dec 1904 3 [i]-xxiv, [645]-1103 122-184 1906-1908 Oct-Dec 1908 4 [i]-xxxi, [1104]-1729 185-266 1915-1922 Feb-Dec 1923 844 FLETCHER Copies: MO, U. — The four volumes together constitute part 5 of the Flore de Buitenzorg (Flora von Buitenzorg). Title of vols. 3 and 4: “... Buitenzorg. Kugleich Laubmoosflora von Java mit Beriicksichtigung aller Familien und Gattungen der gesamten Laubmooswelt. Bearbeitet ...” These volumes have a list of dates on which the sheets were printed (on p. [v] and p- [x] respectively). There is so far no indication that the sheets were distributed sepa- rately immediately after printing. Facsimile ed.: announced by Brill, Leiden. Ref.: BM 6: 327; NI 634. Wijk, Margadant et Florschiitz, Index muscorum 1: xviii. 1959. Fleischmann, Andreas (1805-1867), Austrian gardener and botanist. (Fleischm.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Material at KIEL, L, U. Ref.: IH 2: 199. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(1): 837; Barnhart 1: 549; PR 2935. Anon., Oest. bot. Z. 17: 334. 1867. EPONYMY: Fileischmannia C. H. Schultz Bip. (1850) and Fleischmanniopsis R. M. King & H. E. Robinson (1971) are dedicated to Gottfried Fleischmann, professor of anatomy in Erlangen, about whom no further particulars are known. 1804. Uebersicht der Flora Krains, oder Verzeichniss der im Herzogthume Krain wild- wachsenden und allgemein kultivierten sichtbar bliihenden Gewachse samt Angabe ihrer Standorte, mit den neuesten auf den botanischen Exkursionen vom Jahre 1819 bis 1845 in Ober-, Unter- und Innerkrain und in einigen angranzenden Theilen von Kiistenlande, Gorz und Karnten gemachten Entdeckungen vermehrt, und nach den natiirlichen Familien geordnet. Laibach (Ignaz Alois Edlen von Kleinmayr) 1844. Oct. (Uebers. Fl. Krains). Publ.: 1844 (rd. by Flora only Dec 1845, see 29: 16. 1846), p. [1]-14.4. Copy: G. — “‘sehr mangelhaft’”? (AG). Krain = Carniola. Ref.: Fleischmann, Flora 29: 239-240. 1846. Fletcher, James (1852-1908), Canadian botanist. (Fletcher). HERBARIUM and types: DAO (information kindly provided by Dr. W. J. Cody). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 550; BL 1: 142; BM 2: 583, 6: 328; CSP 12: 242, 15: 18; LS 8829, 8830, 33336-33341. Gibson and Groh, Ottawa Naturalist 22: 189-234. 1909. Anon., Proc. Roy. Soc. Can. ser. 3. 3: xlv- xlvill.1910. 1805. Flora ottawaensis. Ottawa [1880-1893] Oct. (FI. ottaw.) Ed. 1: 1880-1887, published as follows in the Transactions of the Ottawa Field-Natural- ists Club: contents trans. no. pages year Flora I 48-61 1880 Additions 2 41 1881 Errata 2 41 1881 Appendix 3 23 1882 Appendix [2] 4 73 1883 Notes 5 29-37 1884 [Add. 1883] 5 126-127 1884 [Add. 1885] 7 363 1887 Further additions in the Ottawa naturalist 1: 77. 1887 and 2: 26. 1888. Ed. 2: 1888-1893, published in the Ottawa naturalist, sometimes as part of a number, sometimes as loose sheets. 845 FLETCHER contents Ott. nat.no. pages dates Flora 2 28-32 1888 ctd. 2 61-64 1888 ctd. 2 77-80 1888 “from here on the page numbers of the Flora itself are independent, the first three parts are counted as pp. I-13.” contents Ott. nat.no. pages dates note 2 1-4 1888 Flora ctd. 2 14-21 1888 ctd. 2 22-41 (after 116) 1889 ctd. 2 42-45 (after 144) 1889 reprint 2 1-13 (after 157) 1889 ctd. 3 46-49 (after 44) 1889 ctd. 3 50-61 (loose) 1889 ctd. 3 62-69 (“‘121-128’’) 1889 loose, after 116 ctd. 3 70-73 (loose) 1890 ctd. 4 74-77 (after 40) 1890 Additions 5 82-84 1891 Additions 5 204 1892 Note 7 67 1893 Flora ctd. 7 78-85 (after 68) 1893 ctd. 7 86-93 (after 84) 1893 ctd. a) 94-101 (after 100) 1893 Ref.: CSP 12: 242. Cody & Boivin, Canad. Field-Naturalist 68: 127-132. 1954. Boivin & Cody, Canad. Field-Naturalist 69: 79-82. 1955. Fliche, Paul Henri Maria Thérése André (1836-1908), French naturalist and palaeo- biologist. (Fiche). COLLECTIONS: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews p. 263-264; Barnhart 1: 550; BL 2: 654 [index] ; BM 2: 583, 6: 329; Bossert p. 128; CSP 7: 678, 9: 885; 12: 242, 15: 21-22; GR p. 360; Jackson p. 185; PFC 1: xlii; Quenstedt p. 141. Gallot, Bull. Soc. Hist. nat. Autun 22 (Proc.-Verb.): 26-30. 1904. Beauverd, Bull. Herb. Boissier ser. 2. 8: 982-983. 1908. Zeiller, Bull. Soc. bot. Fr. 56: 480-499. 1909 (bibl.), (also as repr., Notice ... 1909). Douvillé, Bull. Soc. géol. France 4(9): 204. 1909. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 43. 1941. EPONYMY: Filicheia F. Pelourde (1908). Flinders, Matthew (1774-1814), British explorer. (Flinders). HERBARIUM and Types: Voyage in the Investigator (1801-1803): manuscripts BM — The plants were collected by R. Brown and P. Good, orig. at BM, duplicates at E, C, P, W. — The original water-colours made by F. L. Bauer, artist to the expedition, are also at BM. Flinders himself made no herbarium. Ref.: WH 23 200. Candolle, Phytographie 412. 1880. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 2: 583, 584; Bossert p. 128; CSP 2: 640; DNB 7: 327; HR; Jackson p. 398; NI 637; PR 2938. 846 FLOERKE Embacher, Lexikon Reisen 113. 1882. Schmid, Chamisso als Naturforscher 225. 1942. Lamb, J. Franklin, Happy voyager 290 [index]. 1956. Mack, Matthew Flinders 1774-1814. London 1966, xi, 270 p., 13 pl. (portr.) EPONYMY: Flindersia R. Brown (1814). 1806. A voyage to Terra australis; undertaken for the purpose of completing the discovery of that vast country, and prosecuted in the years 1801, 1802 and 1803, in his Majesty’s ship the Investigator, and subsequently in the armed vessel Porpoise and Cumberland Schooner. With an account of the shipwreck of the Porpoise, arrival of the Cumberland at Mauritius, and imprisonment of the commander during six years and a half in that island. By Matthew Flinders, commander of the Investigator. London (G. and W. Nicol) 1814, 2 vols., atlas. Qu. and Fol. (Voy. Terra austr.) Vol. 1: 18 Jul-1o Aug 1814 (ded. 20 Mai 1814), p. [i*], front., [111*], [1]-ix, [10, contents], [i]-cciv, [1]-269, 4 pl. Copies: NY, Teyler. Vol. 2: 18 Jul-1o Aug 1814, p. [1-11], [1]-613, 5 pl. - On p. 533-613: R. Brown, General remarks, geographical and systematical, on the botany of Terra australis. Copies: NY, Teyler. Atlas: 1814, broadsheet, 18 geogr. pl., ro bot. plates by Ferdinand Bauer. Copies: NY, Teyler. Ref.: GF p. 56; NI 637; PR 2938. Stearn, Intr. facs. repr. R. Brown, Prodr. xxxiii. 1960. Floerke, Heinrich Gustav (1764-1835), German lichenologist, professor of botany at Rostock. (Floerke). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: B (first lichen herbarium, until 1816, originally at ROST, later at B, now destroyed), later collections ROST (still extant), other material at GOET, FH and LE. — Exsiccatae: 1. Cladoniarum exemplaria exsiccata, commentationem novam illustrantia (facs. 1-111, nos. 1-60, Rostock 1829), sets at B (destroyed) and L. 2. Deutsche Lichenen (fasc. i-x, nos. 1-200, 43 p. text, fasc. 1-3 Berlin 1815, 4-10 Rostock 1819-1821), sets at B (destroyed), BM, BR, G, HAL, L, LD, M, NEU, O, S, UPS. Ref.: GR p. 12; IDC 460 (Deut. Lich. fasc. 1-3, text); IH 1 (ed. 6): 358, 2: 200; PR 2941-2942. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 1: 16-17. 1843. Candolle, Phytographie 412. 1880. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 286. 1916. Hawksworth, Mycologist’s handb. 182. 1974. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 551; BM 2: 584; Bossert p. 128; CSP 2: 641, 6: 657, 7: 679; DTS 1: 70-71, 4: xliv; Jackson p. 476; KR p. 191; LS 8838-8864; MW p. 120; PR 2941-2942. Anon., Flora 18: 760. 21 Dec 1835. Boll, Fl. Mecklenb. 154-155. 1860. Coemans, Bull. Soc. bot. Belg. 3: 349-359. 1864 (bibl.), also in Flora 50: 186-190, 205- 208. 1867 (bibl.) and in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 19: 197-203. 1867. Oltmanns, Arch. Ver. Freunde Naturgesch. Mecklenburg 47 (1893): 113, 117, 119-120. 1894. Schmid, Chamisso als Naturforscher 17, no. 303. 1942. Richter et al., Wiss. Z. Univ. Rostock 17: 263-275. 1968 (n.v.) EPONYMY: Floerkea K. P. J. Sprengel (1818); Floerkea Willdenow (1801). 1807. De Cladoniis, difficillimo lichenum genere, commentatio nova. Rostock (Stiller) 1828. Oct. (De Cladon.) Publ.: Jul 1828, [1]-186. Copies: NY, Stevenson. — Accompanied by Cladoniarum exemplaria exstccata (see above). Ref.: BH; BM 2: 584; DTS 1: 71; LS 8861; PR 2942. 847 FLORIN Florin, Carl Rudolf (1894-1965), Swedish botanist and palaeobiologist. (Florin). HERBARIUM and Types: SBT; mosses at S. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews p. 264; Barnhart 1: 552; Bossert p. 128; KR p. 190; Langman p. 286; LS suppl. 8541; MW p. 120-121; MW suppl. p. 68; Zander ed. 10, p. 658. Lindman, Svenska Dagbladet 4 Apr 1954 (portr.) Arnold, Pl. Sci. Bull. 11: 11-12. 1965. Anon., Taxon 15(1): 42. 1966. Lundblad, Taxon 15: 42, 85-93. 1966 (portr., sel. bibl.) Lundblad et Malmstrém, Svensk bot. Tidsskr. 60: 444-462. 1966 (portr., bibl.) Archangelsky, Ameghiniana 4: 303-304. 1966 (see Pollen et Spores g (Suppl.): 648. 1968). Harris, Phytomorphology 18: 174-178. 1968 (portr.) Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 169. 1973. NOTE: Florin himself wrote Carl Rudolf, not Karl Rudolf. Flotow, Julius Christian Gottlieb Ulrich Gustav Georg Adam Ernst Friedrich von (1788-1856), German botanist and ‘“‘K6éniglicher Preussischer Major,” lived from 1824 onward in Hirschberg, Riesengebirge. (Flot.) HERBARIUM and Types: B (destroyed), other material GOET, HAL, STR, UPS, WRSL. — Exsiccatae: Lichenes exsiccati (cent. i-v, nos. 1-448(-500), 1829-?), sets at B (destroyed), G, GRO, L, UPS, WRSL. Deutsche Lichenen, in ed., B (destroyed), UPS (n. 1-95). Refs: GR ps 135 1 2: 200: Anon., Bot. Zeit. 15: 504, 520. 1857. Candolle, Phytographie 412. 1880. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 264, 275, 286, 299, 346. 1916. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 124-125. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 552; BM 2: 586; CSP 2: 642, 7: 679; GR p-. 12, 13; Jackson p. 224, 305; LS 8870-8894b, 17765, 18834; MW 319; PR 2944. Nees, Bonplandia 4: 294-296. 1856. Bail, Flora 39: 559-560. 1856. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 14: 662-664. 1856. Anon., Bonplandia 6: 335. 1858. Boll, Fl. Mecklenburg 6: 155. 1860. Krempelhuber, Gesch. Lit. Lichenologie 2: 193-196. 1869. COMPOSITE WoRKS: Contributed to Kiitzing, Deutschlands Algen (1845). EPONYMY: Filotovia [sic] K. P. J. Sprengel (1826). NOTE: Flotow’s cognomen in the Leopoldina was Flérke. Flowers, Seville (1900-1968), American bryologist. (Flow.) HERBARIUM and types: UT. — Exsiccatae: Utah mosses (fasc. i, nos. 1-25, Salt Lake City, Utah, 1933), set at NY. Ref.: TH 2: 201. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 201. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 552; Bossert p. 128; GR p. 216; MW suppl. p. 68. NOTE: The Algae of Utah, Salt Lake City, s.d., 70 p. was a mimeographed document. Flowers’ manuscript: Mosses: Utah and the West was published posthumously by Arthur Holmgren in 1973. 848 FOCKE, W. 0, Fliggé, Johann(es) (1775-1816), German physician and botanist at Hamburg. (Fluggé). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Some material at B, MO and KIEL (through Nolte). JiqGjee Wal Ce exolitc D’Arcy, Missouri Bot. Gard. Bull. 59(1): 24. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 319; Barnhart 1: 552; CSP 2: 647; Frank 3 (Anh.): 31; PR 2948-2949. Fischer-Benson, in Prahl, Krit. Fl. Schlesw.-Holst. 2: 17. 1890. EPONYMY: Flueggea L. C. Richard (1807) ; Flueggea Willdenow (1809, orth. var. of Fluggea) ; Flueggeopsis (J. Miller Arg.) K. M. Schumann (1905); Fluggea Willdenow (1806). 1808. Graminum monographiae ... Pars I. Paspalum. Reimaria. Hamburg (F. Perthes et J. H. Besser) 1810. Oct. ¢ (Gram. monogr., Paspalum). Publ.: 1810 (ALZ 5 Mai 1810), p. [i-vi], [1]-224. Copies: L, M. Ref.: BM 1: 588; PR 2948; IDC 8028/1. Focke, Hendrik (Henri) Charles (1802-1856), Dutch botanist who collected in Suri- name. (H. Focke). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: U; further material at E, K, L, P. IGS Weal O32 yoy t BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: CSP 2: 647; PR foll. 2951. Anon., Bot. Zeit. 15: 328. 1857. EPONYMY: Fockea Endlicher (1839) is dedicated to Gustav Waldemar Focke, German physician and plant physiologist. Focke, Wilhelm Olbers (1834-1922), German physician, batologist and rhodologist at Bremen. (Focke). HERBARIUM and TYPES: BREM;; his Rubi selecti and other Rosaceous material are at A, B, BORD, BR, BREM, HAN, K, LE, W. — The types for his contributions to EP were mostly at K. Ref.; IH. 1 (ed. 6): 358, 2: 201. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 346. 1916. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 553; BM 2: 588, 6: 331; Bossert p. 129; CSP 7: 682, 9: 889-890, 12: 244, 15: 30-32; DTS 1: 76, 6(4): 138; Frank 3 (Anh.): 31; GR p. 77-78; Jackson p. 97, 225, 295, 302, 497; Langman p. 287, 453; LS 8907, 35076; MW p. 21, suppl. p. 68; NDB 5: 267; Zander ed. 10, p. 658. Fischer-Benson, in Prahl, Krit. Fl. Schlesw.-Holst. 2: 17. 1890. Babington, Memorials 4.72. 1897. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 53. 1808. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 124, pl. 131. 1905 (portr.) Tucker, Cat. Arnold Arb. 1: 252-253. 1914 (bibl.) Klebahn, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 51: (128)-(156). 1933 (bibl., portr.) Moebius, Gesch. Bot. p. 351. 1937. Smidt, Nederlandse Heidevegetaties 3-5. 1975. COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) EP, Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien, ed. 1: Rosaceae: III. 3: 1-48. Dec 1890; 49-61. Jan 1891; Nachtr. I-IV. 1: 186-189. Oct 1879; 2: 29. 8 Oct 1900; Eucryphiaceae: III. 6: 129-131. Mar 1893. (2) Die zweite Deutsche Nordpolarfahrt ... 1869 und 1870, vol. 2, Leipzig 1874, pars 1(2): Gefasspflanzen by Focke and Buchenau. (3) Flora bremensis (J. Dreier, W. O. Focke, J. Kollmeier) Bremen 1855 (xvi, 80 p.) (4) Koch, Synopsis ed. 3: Rosaceae (in vol. 1). (5) Ascherson and Gaertner, Synopsis: Rubus (in (1), Lief. 20, 21). 849 FOCKE, W. O. 1809. Synopsis ruborum Germaniae. Die deutschen Brombeerarten ausfithrlich beschrieben und erlautert. Bremen (C. Ed. Miller) 1877. Oct. (Syn. rub. Germ.) Publ.: Jun-Jul 1877 (“‘soeben,”’ Flora 21 Jul 1877; J. Bot. Aug 1877), p. [i]-v, [1]-434. Copies: M, MO, NY. Ref.: BM 2: 588; DTS 1: 71; Jackson p. 295. 1810. Species ruborum. Monographiae generis Rubi prodromus. Stuttgart (E. Schweizer- bart) 1910-1912, 2 parts. Qu. (Sp. rub.) Pars 1: early Jan 1910 (Nat. Nov. Jan 1910), p. [i-ui], [1]-120, figs. 1-53. (See pars 2). Pars 2: Jun 1911 (Nat. Nov.), p. [1*, t.p. pars 1 and 2, dated 1911], [i-iii], [121]-223, Jigs. 54-87. — Bibliotheca botanica Heft 72. Copies: MO, NY. Pars 3: (opus finiens) Divisio r Jan 1914 (Nat. Nov.), p. 225-360; Divisio 2, Mar 1914 (Nat. Nov.), p. 361-498; also as Bibliotheca botanica Heft 83, Lieferung 1: [1]-135 and Lieferung 2: 136-274. Copy: NY. Foerste, August Frederick (1862-1936), American palaeobiologist. (Foerste). COLLEcTIons: US. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews p. 264; Barnhart 1: 553; BM 2: 588, 6: 332; CSP 9g: 890, 12: 244, 15: 33-34; LS 8910; Quenstedt p. 142. Anon., J. Washington Acad. Sci. 26: 266. 1936. Cumings, Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 46: 20-21. 1937. Bassler, Proc. geol. Soc. Amer. 1936: 134-157. 1937 (portr., bibl.) Rickett, Index Bull. Torrey Club 34-35. 1955 (bibl.) Foerster, Arnold (1810-1884), German highschool teacher and botanist at Aachen (Aix-la-Chapelle). (A. Foerster). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 553; BM 2: 588; DTS 1: 71-72. Wackerzapp, Verh. Naturh. Ver. preuss. Rheinl. 43 (corr.): 33-41. 1886. (bibl.) 1811. Flora excursoria des Regierungsbezirkes Aachen sowie der angrenzenden Gebiete der belgischen und hollandischen Provinz Limburg. Phanerogamen und Gefasskryptogamen. Nebst Uebersicht der geognostischen, der oro- und hydrographischen Verhaltnisse dieses Florengebietes. Aachen (Rudolf Barth) 1878. Oct. (Fl. excurs. Aachen). Publ.: 1878 (rd. by Flora 11-21 Aug 1878), p. [i]-xxx, [1], [1]-68. Copy: HH. Ref.: BM 2: 588. Forster, Carl Friedrich (/f. 1846), German botanist .(C. F. Forster). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 2: 589. Tucker, Cat. Library Arnold Arb. 1: 253. 1914. Rehder, Bradley Bibl. 5: 286. 1918. EPONYMY: Foersteria Scopoli (1777) is dedicated to Johann Reinhold Forster (1729-1798), q.v., and to his son Johann Georg Adam (1754-1794), q.v. 1812. Handbuch der Cakteenkunde in ihrem ganzen Umfange, oder die erfolgreichsten, auf die neuesten Erfahrungen gegriindeten Kulturangaben, sowie ausfiihrliche und genaue Beschreibung und berichtigte Synonymik sémmtlicher bis jetzt bekannt gewordener Cacteen, und iiberhaupt alles in Bezug auf diese Pflanzenfamilie sonst nur wissenswerthe. Auf den Grund langjahriger eigener und fremder Erfahrungen bearbeitet. Leipzig (Im. Tr. Woller) 1846. Oct. (Handb. Cakteenk.) Ed. 1: 1846? (Flora rd. Apr 1848, Bot. Zeit. rev. 16 Jun 1848, sic)., p. [i]-[xii], [1]-548, 1 tabl. Copy: US. 850 FONTAINE Ed. 2: “‘Carl Friedrich Foérster’s Handbuch der Cacteenkunde in ihrem ganzen Umfange nach dem gegenwartigen Stande der Wissenschaft bearbeitet und durch die seit 1846 begriindeten Gattungen und neu eingeftihrten Arten vermehrt von Theodor Riimpler. Durch 140 Holzschnitte illustriert. Zweite, ganzlich umgearbeitete Auflage.” Leipzig (id.) [1884]-1886, 2 vols. Oct. Second author: ‘Theodor Riimpler (1817-1891), German cactus specialist. vol. part pages dates (Nat. Nov.) I I 1-64 Aug 1884 preface Sep 1884 2/3 65-162 Apr 1885 4 193-256 Mai 1885 (early) 5 257-320 Mai 1885 (late) 6 321-384. Jun 1885 8 449-512 Aug 1885 (early) 2 9 513-576 Aug 1885 (late) 10/11 561-704 Sep 1885 12 705-768 Oct 1885 13/14 769-896 Nov 1885 15 897-960 Dec 1885 16 g61-1029 Jan 1886 (as of “1885”’) Vol. 1: p. [i]-xv, [1]-512, figs. 1-62. Copy: MO. Vol. 2: p. [i], 513-1029, figs. 63-141. Copy: MO. The 141 illustrations are wood engravings. Ref.: BM 2: 589. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 6: 448-449. 1848. Anon., Flora 31: 304, 380-383. 1848. Fomin, Aleksandr Vasilievich (1869-1935), Russian botanist who worked at Tiflis and Kiew. (Fomin). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: B, TB and KIEW [?] Ref.: 1H 2: 201. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 5543 Bossert p. 129; CSP 15: 43; IF suppl. 1: 81, suppl. 3: 209, suppl. 4: 321; MW p. 122; Zander ed. 10, p. 659. Borpzalovskiy, Sovietska Bot. 1936(1): 134-146. (portr., bibl.) Zerov, Ukr. bot. Zhurn. 28: 560-565. 1971 (portr.) Mikhailova, Ukr. Bot. Zhurn. 31(3): 393. 1974. HANDWRITING: Lipschitz and Vasilczenko, Herbarium centrale USSR 131. 1968. Fontaine, William Morris (1835-1913), American geologist and palaeobiologist. (Fontaine). COLLECTIONS: University of Virginia (?) BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews p. 264; Barnhart 1: 555; BL 1: 221; BM 2: 590, 6: 332; CSP 7: 685, 9: 893, 12: 245, 15: 44; Nick p. 371-372; Quenstedt p. 143. Anon., Amer. J. Sci. ser. 4. 35: 642. 1913. Watson, Bull. geol Soc. Amer. 25: 6-13. 1914 (portr., bibl.) 1813. The Permian or Upper Carboniferous flora of West Virginia and S.W. Pennsylvania, Harrisburg (Second Geological Survey) 1880. Oct. (Perm. fl. W. Virginia). Co-author: Israel Cook White (1848-x), p. ix: “The order of our names on the title page has no significance, as we are equally and jointly responsible for this work.” Publ.: 1880 (J. Bot. Oct 1880), front., p. [i]-ix, [1]-143, pl. 1-38. — Second geological Survey of Pennsylvania: Report of progress PP. Copies: AMD, NY. Ref.: Andrews p. 34; BM 2: 590; CSP 15: 44; Jackson p. 190. 851 FONT IQUER Font i Quer, Pio [Font Quer, Pius] (1888-1964), Catalonian botanist. (Font Quer). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BC. — For duplicates see IH. Issued Flora iberica selecta (cent. 1-3, 1934-1935) and a Flora Hispdnica, Herbario normal (cent. 1-8, 1944-1954) (Information O. de Bolos). Ref.: 1H 1 (ed. 6): 358; 2: 202. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 555; BL 1: 45, 2: 654 [Index]; Bossert p. 129; LS suppl. 8662-8663; Langman p. 315; NI 639; Zander ed. 10, p. 659. Montserrat, Anal. Inst. bot. Cavanilles 21: 337-340. 1963 (portr.) Bolos, Taxon 13: 293. 1964. Bolos & Bolos, Vegetatio 13(3): 172-173. 1966 (portr.) Bolos & Bolos, Collect. Bot., Barcelona 7(1): 3-45. 1968 (portr., bibl.) Candel-Vila, Collect. Bot., Barcelona 7(1): 165-206. 1968 (portr.) Emberger, Collect. Bot., Barcelona 7(1): 281-285. 1968. Forbes, Edward (1815-1854), British naturalist from the Isle of Man. (£. Forbes). HERBARIUM and types: BM (Isle of Man, Lycia), K (Lycia), also at CGE, E. Ref.: 1H 2: 202. Kent, Brit. herbaria 54. 1957. Britten, J. Bot. 53: 286. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(2): 384; Andrews p. 34; Barnhart 1: 556; BB p. 110; BM 2: 591-592; Bossert p. 129; CSP 2: 655-658, 6: 658, 12: 245, 15: 48; DNB 19: 388; Jackson p. 230; PR 2958; Quenstedt p. 143. Anon., Bot. Zeit. 12: 923-924. 29 Dec 1854. Hooker, Gard. Chron. 1854: 771-772. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 2: 408-412. 1855; Flora 38: 80. 1855. G.P., Bot. Zeit. 13: 158-160. 1855. Balfour, Trans. bot. Soc. Edinburgh 5: 23-41. 1858. Wilson, G. and A. Geikie, Memoir of Edward Forbes. Cambridge and London 1861, x, 589 p. (portr., bibl.) Garner, Midland Natural. 1: 67-70, 90-94. 1878. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1888/90: 36. 1891 (note on portr.) Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 92. 1903, 3(3): 78. 1905. Woodward, Hist. Geol. Soc. London 328. 1907. Britten, J. Bot. 53: 286. 1915. Herdman, Ann. Rep. Liverpool Mar. Biol. Comm. 29: 17-44. 1915. Ritchie, Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh ser. B 66: 29-57. 1956 (Forbes medal p. 56, portr. and further biogr. refs.) Allen, J. Manx Mus. 6(81): 254-256. 1965. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 14.7. 1969. Fletcher, Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinburgh 1670-1970. 113, 125. 1970. EPONYMy: cf. infra, sub J. Forbes. HANDWRITING: Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh ser. B. 66: pl. 2. 1956. Forbes, Francis Blackwell (1839-1908), American botanist who lived in China 1857- 1882. (F. Forbes). HERBARIUM and types: The Enumeration is mainly based on the collections at Kew (K). Forbes’ own herbarium and manuscripts are at BM. Ref.: TH 2: 202; MW p. 122. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 556; BB p. 110; BM 2: 592; Bossert p. 129; Bretschneider p. 720; CSP 9: 896, 15: 49; MW p. 122; Zander ed. 10, p. 659. Stapf, Proc. Linn. Soc. 1908/1909: 38-40, 1909. Britten, J. Bot. 48: 19-22. 1910. 852 FORBES 1814. An enumeration of all the plants known from China proper, Formosa, Hainan, Corea, the Luchu Archipelago, and the Island of Hongkong, together with their distri- bution and synonymy. fj. Linn. Soc. Bot. 23: 1-521. pl. 1-14. 1886-1888, 26: 1- 5925 pl. I-10. 1889-1902; 36: i-xi, 1-686. 1903-1905. Co-author: William Botting Hemsley (1843-1926) (actually main author). Publ.: Issued subsequently in three separate volumes, with original pagination, as Index florae sinensis. Collaborators: A. Bennett, N. E. Brown, I. H. Burkill, C. B. Clarke, A. Franchet, H. F. Hance, M. T. Masters, C. J. Maximowicz, A. B. Rendle, 8. A. Skan, W. T. Thiselton- Dyer, C. H. Wright.- A first supplement was published by M. Smith, J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 36: 451-530. The second supplement was by S. T. Dunn, J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 411-506. 1911. vol. no. part pages plates dates oxo} (——= 10) I [1]-80 I-2 20 Mai 1886 2 81-162 3-4 23 Jul 1886 3 163-240 5-6 21 Oct 1887 4. 241-328 7-8 12 Dec 1887 5 329-400 Q-I0 12 Jun 1888 6 401-521, [1-111] II-14 29 Dec 1888 26 ((—2) een le 7.3 7 [1]-120 Tee 30 Apr 1889 174 8 121-236 4 12 Apr 1890 175 9 237-316 5,6 16 Aug 1890 176 10 317-396 7.0 30 Jul 1891 177 II 397-456 9,10 12 Jun 1894 178 12 457-536 1 Dec 1899 179-180 13 537-592, [1-11] 21 Oct 1902 36(= 3) 249 (ler72 1 Jan 1903 250 73-136 1 Apr 1903 251 137-216 30 Jun 1903 252 217-296 31 Oct 1903 253 297-376 31 Mar 1904 254 377-456 25 Jul 1904 255-256 457-686, [i-x1] 20 Dec 1905 Copies: MO, NY. — Facsimile reprint: announced by Koeltz (1973). Ref.: BM 2: 592; Bretschneider p. 722; CSP 15: 49; MW p. 122. Britten, J. Bot. 22: 96. 1884 (origin of project). Thiselton-Dyer, J. Linn. Soc. 36. 1905 (preface). Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 330. 1945. Forbes, James (1773-1861), British gardener at Woburn Abbey. (7. Forbes). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Some at K. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 556; BB p. 111; NI 641-642; PR 2959-2962. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1860: civ-cv. 1862. Burdet, Musées de Genéve 153: 9-14. 1975. EPONYMY: Forbesia Ecklon ex G. Nel (1914) is dedicated to John Forbes (1798-1823), English botanical collector; Forbesina Ridley (1925) is dedicated to Henry O. Forbes (1851-1932), Scottish botanist. 1815. Salictum woburnense: or, a catalogue of willows, indigenous and foreign, in the collection of the Duke of Bedford at Woburn Abbey; systematically arranged. [London] 1829. (Salict. woburn.) Publ.: Nov-Dec 1829 (p. viii, Nov 1829), front., p. [i]-xvi, pl. generic char., [xvi], [1 ]- 294, 139 unnumbered col. liths. by R. C. Stratford. Copies: G, MO, NY. — The name of the book is indeed Salictum. A slip in the NY copy states: “‘of this work fifty copies 853 FORBES only have been printed.” The Duke of Bedford thanks Forbes for the “arrangement” of the catalogue. In conjunction with the text on the title page this leaves little doubt as to Forbes’ authorship. Ref.: NI 642 (err. ‘“‘Salicetum’’) ; PR 2960 (id.) 1816. Hortus woburnensis, a descriptive catalogue of upwards of six thousand ornamental plants cultivated at Woburn Abbey. With numerous illustrative plans for the erection of forcing houses, green houses, &c. and an account of their management throughout the year. London (James Ridgway) 1833. Qu. (Hort. woburn.) Publ.: Oct-Nov 1833 (p. i, dedic. Jul 1833), p. [iJ-xxiv, [xxv-xxvii], [1]-440, [16, indexes], pl. 1-26 (and engr. t.p.). Copies: G, MO, NY. — PR mentions “‘a few copies are printed on royal paper, for such of the Nobility as may desire them.” Ref.: BH; PR 20961. 1817. Pinetum woburnense: or, a catalogue of coniferous plants, in the collection of the Duke of Bedford, at Woburn Abbey; systematically arranged. [London] 1839. Qu. (Pinet. woburn.) Publ.: Mai 1839 (p. viii dated Jan 1839), p. [i]-xvi, [2], [1]-226, pl. r-67 and frontisp. Copies: G, MO, NY. — “Of this work one hundred copies only have been printed.” Ref.: BH; NI 641. Gordon, The Pinetum, London 1880. Forchhammer, Johan Georg (1794-1865), Danish palaeobiologist and geologist at Kobenhavn. (Forchhammer). HERBARIUM and tyPEs: Some herbarium material at KIEL (incl. Rubus from Weihe and Nees). Ref.: TH 2: 202. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews p. 265; Barnhart 1: 557; BM 2: 593, 652; CSP 2: 662-665, 6: 658, 7: 688; Quenstedt p. 144. Johnstrup, Nordisk Univ.-Tidskr. 10: 78-90. 1864. Johnstrup, in Forchhammer, Almeenfattelige Afhandlinger. Kobenhavn, 1869. Warming, Bot. Tidsskr. 12: 184-185. 1881. Fischer-Benzon, in Prahl, Krit. Fl. Schleswig-Holstein 2: 4-18. 1890. Warming, Bot. Tidsskr. 18: 101-102. 1893 (bibl.) Christensen, Dansk. Bot. Hist. 1: 879 [index], 2: 185-187. 1924. Hansen, Bot. Tidsskr. 69(2/3): 208. 1974. EPONYMY: Forchhammeria Liebmann (1854). Foreau, Georges (1882-1967), French clergyman and plant collector. (Foreau). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: PC(?) — Exsiccatae: Musci madurenses indiae meridionalis exsiccati (fasc. i-iii, nos. 1-73, Madura, India, 1912-1913, determ. J. Cardot), sets at FH, PC. — See Demaret (1961) and Sayre (1971) for details of the identifications by Cardot and Potier de la Varde. Ref.: TH 2: 202. 1957. Potier de la Varde, Rev. bryol. 49: 33-44. 1922, 50: 17-27. 72-79. 1923, 51: 10-14. 1924, 52: 37-43- 1925. Demaret, Rev. bryol. lichénol. 30: 145-154. 1961. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 201-202. 1971. Forrest, George (1873-1932), British traveller and plant collector in China (1904- 1952). (Forrest). HERBARIUM and types: All first sets from Burma, China and Tibet at E (ca. 36.000 numbers) ; duplicates at A, B, BM, CAL, GH, HK, K, LU, MO, NF, T, TR, S, US, W. Refi; TH 1 (ed.6): 958, 2: 203. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 80. 1970. 854 FORSSKAL BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 558; Bossert p. 130; MW p. 122-123, suppl. p- 69; Zander ed. 10, p. 650. Bay, Index Flora 26-100: 10-11. 1910. Nelmes and Cuthbertson, Bot. Mag. Dedications 1827-1927: 376-378. 1932 (portr.) Taylor, J. Bot. 70: 79-81. 1932. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 220. 1936. MacQueen Cowan, The journeys and plant introductions of George Forrest. London 1952, Xi, 252 p. (see also Kew Bull. 1953: 205-206). Coats, The plant hunters 123-127, 388 [index]. 1969. Cooper et al., Man hunts and plant hunts by the adventurous George Forrest, Scottish Rock Garden Club s.d., 89 p. (portr., bibl.) Forrest, Plantes de Montagne 6: 187-196. 1972. Taylor, Amat. Gard. 4624: 22-23. 1973 (portr.) Lancaster, Gard. Chron. 174(17): 30-33. 1973. Aitken, J. Scott. Rock Garden Club 14(1): 33-43. 1974. Lemmon, North. Gard. 28(1): 20-23. 1974. Anon., Garden J. 25(2): 40-41. 1975 (portr.) COMPOSITE WORKS: Smith, W. W., H. R. Fletcher and G. Forrest, The genus Primula 1929- 1950. Forssell, Karl Bror Jacob (1856-1898), Swedish botanist at Uppsala and Karlstad. (Forssell) . HERBARIUM and TypEs: UPS; other material at C, LD, SK. Ref.: 1H 2: 203. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 559; BM 2: 595; Bossert p. 130; CSP 15: 64; DTS 1: 72; GR p. 474; KR p. 193; LS 8946-8952, 31238. Anon., Bot. Not. 1898: 48. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 38. pl. r2. 1903 (portr.), 3(3): 12. 1905. EPONYMY: Forssellia A. Zahlbruckner (1906). — Note: Forsellesia E. L. Greene (1893) is dedicated to Jacob Henric af Forselles (1785-1855), Swedish mining engineer. 1818. Beitrdge zur Kenntniss der Anatomie und Systematik der Gloeolichenen. Stockholm (Central Druckerei) 1885. Qu. (Beitr. Gloeolich.) Publ.: Mai-Jun 1885 (after 17 Apr, date of submission mss; “‘soeben,”’ Flora 1 Jul 1885), p. [i-iii], [1]-118. Copies: MO, NY. — Used as “‘specimen’’ to obtain his position as a lecturer at Karlstad. Preprinted from Nova Acta Regiae Soc. Sci. Upsal. ser. 3, vol. 13, pars posterior, 1887. “‘Dieses unqualificirbare Product jugendlicher Selbstiber- schatzung richtet sich selbst’’ (Zukal 1886). Ref.: BM 2: 595; CSP 15: 64; KR 193, no. 6; LS 8949. Zukal, Bot. Centralbl. 23: 292-296. 1885. Anon., Hedwigia 25: 106-107. Mar-Jun 1886. Forssell, Flora 69: 49-64. 1886. Zukal, Bot. Centralbl. 25: 255-356. 1886. Forsskal, Pehr (Peter) (1732-1763), Finnish born (Swedish parents) botanical traveller, pupil of Linnaeus, on the Danish expedition to Egypt and Arabia 1761-1763. (Forssk.) HERBARIUM and Types: Mainly at C (1300 specimens) (available on IDC 2200), kept separate. This herbarium, however, does not contain all the type-specimens of the new taxa in the Flora aeg yptiaco-arabica. Some of these are e.g. at LD in the Retz herbarium. Other specimens are at B, BM, DS, P-JU, LINN, S, SBT and at UPS (in the Thunberg herbarium). — Vahl’s Symbolae botanicae is based for the greater part on Forsskal material. — For an index to the herbarium at C see Christensen (1917, 1922). Refi (ed:6)i:353,2)) 203. Christensen, Index to the Herbarium Forsskalii. Manuscript, IDC 2205. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 346. 1916. 855 FORSSKAL Christensen, Naturforskeren Pehr Forsskal 80-87. 1918. Harms, [review of above], Bot. Jahrb. 55, Lit.: 49-52. 1918. Christensen, Dansk bot. Ark. 4(3). 1922 [index of herbarium]. Borgesen, Dansk bot. Ark. 8(2): 1-15. 1932 [on Forsskal algae]. Borgesen, Bot. Not. 1939: 7-10 [idem]. Gertz, Sv. Linné-Sallsk. Arsskr. 28: 77-89. 1945 [on LD material; gives further references |. Lowegren, Naturaliekabinett 1 Sverige under 1700-talet 345. 1952. Koster, Taxon 18: 552. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(2): 276, 4: 602, 7: 462; Barnhart 1: 559; BM 2: 594; Bossert p. 130; IF p. 697; Jackson p. 350, 394; KR p. 195; NI 643; Plesch p. 228; PR 2969-2970; Quenstedt p. 145; Saelan p. 111-112; Zander ed. 10, p. 659. W.L., Ofv. Finska Vet. Soc. Forh. 12: 125-127. 1870 (geneal.) Ascherson, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 2: 293-297. 1884. Leeré, Pierre Forskal, Marseille 1900, 27 p. (La botanique en Provence au xvilie siécle). Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 12, 87, 93. 1905. Christensen, Naturforskeren Pehr Forsskal. Kobenhavn 1918 (portr., itin., coll.) Holmboe, Naturen 42: 281-282. 1918. Christensen, Danske Bot. Hist. 1: 120, 2: 56-57. 1924. Uggla, Sv. Linné-Sallsk. Arsskr. 23: 86-96. 1940 (autograph books of Forsskal). Fridrichsen, Sv. Linné-Sallsk. Arsskr. 30: 67-70. 1947 (on Retama Roetam). Dellner, Forsskals filosofi. Stockholm 1953. Copy: NY (portr.) Selander, Linnelarjungar i frammande lander 23-42. 1960. Sparck, Amer.-Scand. Rev. 53: 161-170. 1965 (see Bot. Tidsskr. 62(4): 301. 1967). Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 151. 1971. Eriksson, DSB 5: 74. 1972. Squire, Cactus, Bruxelles, 1: 191. 1972. Stafleu, in Daniels and Stafleu, Taxon 21(2-3): 252. 1972 (portr.) Hansen, Bot. Tidsskr. 69(2/3): 208. 1974. NAME: Forsskal’s name is spelled in different ways; his given name is cited as Petrus, Petter and Pehr; his family name was written Forsskahl by his father, but he himself wrote Forsskal, Forskal as well as Forsskahl. Christensen uses Petrus Forsskal. See also Lagus, Ofvers. Finska Vet.-Soc. Férh. 12: 125-126. 1870, and E. Matinolli, Luova ihminen 1700 luvun Pohjol’asta. ‘Turku 1960. DIARIES: Forskal, Resa till lyckliga Arabien (Dagbok 1761-1763), Uppsala 1950, xxi, 209 p.; Hansen, Det lykkelige Arabien, En dansk ekspedition 1761-67, Kjobenhaven 1962; later edition 1967; English translation: Arabia felix, The Danish Expedition of 1761-1767, translated by J. and K. McFarlane, London 1964. EPONYMY: Forsskaolea Linnaeus (1764). Note: The Index Nominum Genericorum gives the following orthographical variants: Forsaokhlia J. Ball (1877) ; Forshohlea Batsch (1802) ; Forskaela Cothenius (1790) ; Forskaelea Scopoli (1777); Forskalea A. L. Jussieu (1789); Forskaohlea C. A. Agardh (1825); Forskaohlia Webb & Berthelot (1844-1850); Forskoehlea Reichard (1778); Forskoelea Brongniart (1843); Forskohlea Linnaeus (1767); Forskolea (1769); Forskolia R. Wight (1853). HANDWRITING: Dellner, Forsskals filosofi 9. 1953; Christensen, Naturforskeren Pehr Forsskal 92. 1918; Forskal, Resa till lycklige Arabien 18. 1950. . 1819. Flora aeg yptiaco-arabica. Sive descriptiones plantarum, quas per Aegyptum inferio- rem et Arabium felicem detexit, illustravit Petrus Forskal. Prof. Haun. Post mortem auctoris edidit Carsten Niebuhr. Accedit tabula Arabiae felicis geographico-botanica. Kjobenhayvn (Moller) 1775. Qu. (Fl. aegypt.-arab.) Editor: Carsten Niebuhr (1733-1815). Publ.: 1 Oct 1775, p. [1]-32, [i]-cxxvi, [1], [1]-219, [220, err.], frontisp. map. Copies: Uy NW, ‘Leyler,,U(2): 856 FORSTER, J. G. A. Facsimile reprint: announced by Asher (1974). Ref.: BM 2: 594; IDC 5045; IF p. 697; Jackson p. 350; Plesch p. 228; PR 2969; RS p. 83; Saelan 1. Vahl, Symb. bot. 1790-1794. Christensen, Naturforskeren Pehr Forsskal 71-75. 1918. Christensen, Dansk. Bot. Hist. 2: 57. 1924. St. John, Le Naturaliste Canadien 98: 570-571. 1971. 1820. Icones rerum naturalium, quas in itinere orientali depingi curavit Petrus Forskal, Prof. Haun. Post mortem auctoris ad regis mandatum aeri incisas edidit Carsten Niebuhr. Kobenhavn (Moller) 1776. Qu. (Ic. rer. nat.) Editor: Carsten Niebuhr (1733-1815). Publ.: 1776, in parts, p. [1]-15, pl. 1-43, uncol. copper engr. by Peter Haas (1-20 plants, 21-43 animals) by Baurenfeind. BM mentions two editions, one with 15 p., another with 12 p. text. The book constitutes the atlas to the Flora aeg yptiaco-arabica. Copies: UWE INI: Ref.: BM 2: 594; IDC 6433; Jackson p. 397; NI 643; NI suppl. p. 33; PR 2970; Saelan 2. Christensen, Dansk. Bot. Hist. 2: 57. 1924. Forsstrém, Johan Eric (1775-1824), Swedish clergyman and botanist who travelled in Lapland, Finmark and the West Indies (1803-1815), pupil of Thunberg. (Forsstrém). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: The largest set of W. Indian plants is at S (via Swartz), other sets are at BM, LD, NY, SBT and UPS (general herb. and Thunberg). The Thunberg herbarium also has plants from Lapland and Finmark (1800). Forsstrém sent plants directly from the West Indies to the Swedish Academy of Sciences (SBT) and to Uppsala University. His personal collections went to Johan Billberg (1772-1844), whose collec- tions were split up after his death. Part of them reached BM via J. G. Children. Refs El 2202" Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 48. 1902. Loéwegren, Naturaliekabinett 1 Sverige 345. 1952. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 559; BM 2: 595; KR p. 1096. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 177. 1898, 3: 48. 1902. EPONYMY: Forsstroemia S. O. Lindberg (1863). Forster, Johann Georg Adam (1754-1794), German explorer and botanist, son of J. R. Forster whom he accompanied to England, Russia and on Cook’s second voyage. (G. Forster). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: It is not possible to state where the original Forster herbarium (father and son) is preserved: the Forsters several times gave away, offered or sold parts of their collections. One of the most important parts containing many plants from Cook’s second voyage was acquired by Banks and is now at BM. Lambert also acquired what was called the Georg Forster herbarium as well as another set of Forster plants with the Pallas herbarium; at the sale these collections were also acquired by BM. Other large sets are at LIV and W, and (a very considerable one) at UPS in the Thunberg herbarium. Other sets are at B (many specimens are still in the Willdenow herbarium; most of these came to Willdenow via Sprengel, who in turn had received them from Forster Sr.; others stem from Georg Forster’s estate), GOET, K, KIEL, L, LINN, MW, P, PH, and W. — A number of unpublished drawings and engravings made by Forster during Cook’s second voyage is at BM. Letters by Forster to Banks are at the National Library of Australia, Canberra; other letters at the Mitchell Library, Sydney. Rep evr 1 (eds/6))+1856, 23,204. Britten, J. Bot. 23: 360-368. 1885. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 346, 414. 1916. Stansfield, Handbook and guide to the herbarium collections in the public museums Liverpool 50-51. 1935. Merrill, The botany of Cook’s voyages, Chron. bot. 14: 163-384. 1954 (herb.: 208-211). 857 FORSTER, J. G. A. Meyer, D. E., Willdenowia 1: 778-780. 1957 (specimens in Willdenow herb.) Mitrofanova, An analysis of the herbarium of Johann & Georg Forster, preserved in Moscow State University, Bot. Zhurn. 44: 135-137. 1959 (in Russian). Carolin, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 88: 108-111. 1963. Hiepko, Willdenowia 5(2): 279-294. 1969. Miller, Taxon 19: 523. 1970. Apfelbaum, Not. nat. Philadelphia 437: 1-4. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1); Barnhart 1: 560; BBp. 112; BM 2: 595; 6: 334; Bossert p. 130; Dawson p. 335-338; DNB 20: 15; Henrey 3: 43; HR; Jackson p. 111, 434; PR 2974-2978, 2981; Zander ed. 10, p. 659. Boehmer, Bibl. hist. nat. 3(1): 362-363. 1795. Forster, Ann. d. Philosophie 1'795(2): 9-15. 1795(16): 121-126. 1795. Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks 5: 237. 1800. Meusel, Lexikon teut. Schriftst. 3: 429-430. 1804. Jourdan, Dict. Sci. méd. Biogr. méd. 4: 194-199. 1821. Huber, Johann Georg Forster’s Briefwechsel, 2 vols. Leipzig 1829. Anon., Blatt. lit. Unterhalt. 1830: 9-11, 13-15, 185-187, 189-190, 193-195, 301-303, 305, 309-311 (correspondence). Moleschott, Georg Forster, der Naturforscher des Volks. Frankfurt 1854, vili, 295 p. (portr.); ed. 2. Berlin 1862. Hettner, Georg Forster’s Briefwechsel mit Samuel Thomas S6mmering. Braunschweig 1877. Dove, A., Die Forsters und die Humboldts 3-16. 1881. Lindemann, Bull. Soc. Natur. Mosc. 59(1): 294. 1884. Merrill, Chronica bot. 14: 163-383. 1904 (The botany of Cook’s voyages). Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 45. 1906. Maiden, J. Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 42: 68-69. 1908 (1909). Cockayne, Vegetation New Zealand 1-2. 1921. Seidel, Ina, Das Labyrinth. Berlin 1922 (reissued 1930, English translation by Oakley Williams 1932). Langewiesche, Georg Forster, Ebenhausen 1923. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 220. 1936. Merrill, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 30(1): 122-123. 1947. Glenn, The botanical explorers of New Zealand 174. 1950. Steiner and Hackel, Forster, ein Lesebuch fiir unsere Zeit. Weimar 1952. Kersten, Der Weltumsegler J. G. A. Forster 1754-1794. Bern 1957. Meyer, Willdenowia 1(5): 778-780. 1957. Steiner, Georg Forster, Philosophische Schriften. Berlin 1958. Steiner, Weimarer Beitrage 5: 527-561. 1959 (G. Forster in England). Karavaev, Akad. Nauk. Inst. Istorii Estest. Trudy 36(8): 176-201. 1961 (lists of types). Steiner, Ver6ff. Institut Slawistik 28: 245-311, 430-450. 1965. (relations of Forsters with Russia). Uhlig, L., Georg Forster, Einheit und Mannigfaltigkeit in seiner geistigen Welt. ‘Tiibin- gen 1965 (very detailed bibliography). Kahn, Georg Forsters Werke, Samtliche Schriften, Tagebiicher, Briefe vol. 1, Berlin 1968. Beddie, Bibliography of Captain James Cook. Sydney 737-741, 839. 1970 (full biblio- graphy of Forster’s own writings and those on him with respect to Cook’s second voyage). Apfelbaum, Notul. Nat. 437: 1-4. 1971. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 153-221, 233. 1971. Saine, T. P., Georg Forster, New York (Twayne) 1972, 182 p. Stafleu, in Daniels and Stafleu, Taxon 21(2/3): 260. 1972. Smit, History of the life sciences goo, 928. 1974. EPONYMY: Foersteria [sic] Scopoli (1777); Forstera Linnaeus fil. (1780). Note: Both names are also dedicated to his father Johann Reinhold (1729-1798), q.v.; Forsteronia G. F. W. Meyer (1818) is dedicated to Thomas Furley Forster (1761-1825), q.v. 858 FORSTER, J. R. 1821. Dissertatio inauguralis botanico-medica de plantis esculentis insularum oceani australis. Quam ex decreto ordinis gratiosi speciminis gratia pro adipiscendis summis in medicina honoribus privilegiis et immunitatibus publicavit auctor Georgius Forster ... Halle (Typis Franckianis) 1786. Oct. (Diss. pl. esc.) Publ.: 1786, prob. Aug-Sep (GGA 25 Sep 1786), p. [1]-80. This thesis is the original issue. For the trade issue see below. Copies: Ewan, MO, UC. Ref.: PR 2976; IDG 2208. Merrill, Pacific Science 8(1): 35-37. 1954. 1822. De plantis esculentis insularum oceani australis commentatio botanica. Berlin (Haude et Spener) 1786. Oct. (Pl. esc.) Publ.: 1786, probably Aug-Sep (GGA 25 Sep 1786), p. [1]-80. Copy: NY. — ‘The Halle edition, a thesis (Dissertatio inauguralis botanico-medica de plantis ...), was published somewhat earlier than the Berlin edition (see above). This issue differs from the original in two respects: the title-page was reset (title: De plantis esculentis ...) anda cancellans was issued for sheet B2 from which the note on p. 19 was omitted. Ref.: BM 2: 595; IDC 2298; PR 2976. Merrill, Pacific Science 8(1): 35-37. 1954. 1823. Florulae insularum australium prodromus. Goettingen (Joann. Christian Dieterich) 1786. Oct. (FI. ins. austr.) Publ.: Oct-Nov 1786, p. [1]-8, [1]-103. Published after De plantis esculentis in which some of the species from the Prodromus are more amply described (p. 8: 30 Jun 1786; GGA 13 Nov 1786 ‘eben erhalten’). The M.S.V. in many references stands for Murray, Syst. veg. ed. 14. 1786. Copies: MO, NY, UC. Ref.: BM 2: 595; IDC 2208, 7608; PR 2975; RS p. 83. Merrill, Pacific Science 8(1): 35. 1954. Rickett, NAF ser. 2. 2: 157. 1955. 1824. Fasciculus plantarum magellanicarum. [G6ttingen 1778]. Qu. (Fasc. pl. magell.) Publ.: 1787 after 18 Sep, date of presentation (see p. 13 of publ. in Comm.), p. [1]-64, pl. 1-8. Copy: M. — Reprinted from Comm. Soc. Goett. 9: 13-74, pl. 1-8. 1787 (Copy: MO). — The MO copy has a t.p. on [1]: “Georgii Forster, M.D. cet. De plantis magellanicis et atlanticis commentationes.”’ This is apparently the special t.p. for the in- dependently paged reprint. The full heading of the journal article (on p. 193) is ‘*Fasciculus plantarum magellanicarum oblatus societati in ipso consessu sollennium Academiae Georgiae augustae semisaecularim d. xviii Sept mdcclxxxvii.”’? This is followed on p. 46 by “‘Plantae atlanticae ex insulis Madeira, St. Jacobi, Adcensionis, St. Helena et Fayal reportatae.”’ Ref.: PR 2977. Forster, Johann Reinhold (1729-1798), German explorer and botanist, father of J. G. A. Forster, naturalist on Cook’s second voyage. (7. R. Forster). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: See under J. G. A. Forster. — The original drawings for the Characteres are now at BM. In addition there are 131 copper engravings of a planned Herbarium australe at BM and LE. For further details on manuscripts and drawings see Nissen (644) and Hoare (1971). Ref.: Britten, J. Bot. 23: 360-368. 1885 (Icones at BM). Herder, Acta Horti Petrop. 9: 485-510. 1885 (Icones at LE). Anon., Hist. Coll. BMNH 149. 1904. Merrill, The botany of Cook’s voyages, Chron. bot. 14: 163-383. 1954. Hiepko, Willdenowia 5(2): 279-294. 1961. Hoare, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 6: 1-8. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 560; BB p. 112; BM 2: 595-596, 6: 334; Bossert p. 130; Dawson p. 338-340; Henrey 715-718; HR; HU 2: 611; Jackson p. 111, 354, 363; Langman p. 452; LS 8960; MW p. 123; Plesch p. 228-229; PR 671, 2979- 2981, 4572, 6865, 9259, ed. 1: 3291; Zander ed. 10, p. 660. 859 FORSTER, J. R. Dryander, Bibl. Banks 3: 182, 202, 583, 1797; 5: 237 [index]. 1800. Meusel, Lexikon teut. Schriftst. 3: 430-439. 1804. Schneegass, Ann. herzogl. Soc. ges. Mineral. Jena 2: 255-320. 1804. Jourdan, Dict. Sci. méd. Biogr. méd. 4: 199-208. Engelmann, Bibl. hist. nat. 676. 1846. Dove, Die Forsters und die Humboldts 3-16. 1881. Embacher, Lexikon Reisen 115-116. 1882. Kraus, Bot. Garten Universitat Halle 1: 21, 64, 65. 1888. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 92, 125. 1903, 3(3): 124. 1905. Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 45-46. 1906. Maiden, J. Proc. roy. Soc. N.S.W. 42: 67-68. 1908. Dallman and Wood, Trans. Liverpool bot. Soc. 1: 69. 1909. Cockayne, Vegetation New Zealand 1-2. 1921. Glenn, The botanical explorers of New Zealand. 174. 1950. Steiner et Haeckel, Forster, ein Lesebuch fiir unsere Zeit. Weimar 1952. Reintjes, Weltreise nach Deutschland. Dusseldorf 1953 (portr.) Lisney, A bibliography of British Lepidoptera 199-200. 1960 (portr.) Carolin, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 88: 108-111. 1963. Hoare, J. Pacific Hist. 2: 215-224. 1967. Steiner, Veroff. Inst. Slawistik 28: 245-311, 430-448. 1968 (relations with Russia). Beddie, Bibliography of Captain James Cook, Sydney 1970, nos. 4415-4433 (and index, p- 839-840). Hoare, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 6: 1-8. 1971. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 71, 224. 233. 1971. Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 171. 1973. Smit, History of the life sciences 900, 928. 1974. EPONYMY: Foersteria [sic] Scopoli (1777); Forstera Linnaeus fil. (1780). Note: Both names are also dedicated to his son Johann Georg Adam (1754-1794), q.V.3 Forsteronia G. F. W. Meyer (1818) is dedicated to Thomas Furley Forster (1761-1825), q.v. 1825. Flora Americae septentrionalis; or a catalogue of the plants of North America. Con- taining an enumeration of the known herbs, shrubs, and trees, many of which are but lately discovered; together with their English names, the places where they grow, their different uses, and the authors who have described and figured them. London (B. White, T. Davies) 1771. Oct. (Fl. Amer. sept.) Publ.: 1771, before Oct (Monthly Rev. 45: 327; NZgS 24 Dec 1772 sic), p. [iJ-viii, [1]- 51, [1]. Copies: HU, MO, US. — Also printed with his translation of the Travels of Bossu 2: 17-67 (fide Dryander). Ref.: BM 2: 595; HU 619; Jackson p. 354; PR 2979. 1826. Characteres generum plantarum, quas in itinere ad insulas maris australis, collegerunt, descripserunt, delinearunt, annis mdcclxxii-mdcclxxv. Joannes Reinoldus Forster .. . et Georgius Forster, London s.d. [1775] Fol. (Char. gen. pl.) Co-author: Johann Georg Adam Forster (1754-1794). Ed. 1: The first edition came out on or about 29 November, 1775. Only two copies of this folio edition are now known to exist, in the King’s Library at London (BM-Blooms- bury) and in LINN. There are viii and 75 pages and 78 plates (nos. 1-75, 38a, 38b, 51a) (n.v.) [Second] edition: London (B. White, T. Cadell, & P. Elmsley) 1 Mar 1776, Qu., p. [i]-x, [2 p. ind.], [i]-viii, [1]-150; [xi-xii, ind.], [1, err.], pl. 1-75, 38a, 38b, 51a. The most widely distributed edition. Copies: BR, G, HU, M, MO, U, NY, Ewan. [ Third] edition: London (B. White, T. Cadell, & P. Elmsley) 1776, 1 Mar or later, folio, (each folio page bears the text of two quarto ones) p. [i]-vii, [viii], [i]-vili, [1]-72, [73-76]. [1, err.], pl. 1-75, 38a, 38b, 51a. Copy: L. Linnaeus received his copy on 6 Apr 1776 (letter at G): this was the first folio edition of 1775. - The London Chronicle of 1 Mar 1776 states that the book (second edition) was published on that day; NZgS of 29 Apr 1776 states that publication took place in Febru- ary. The important date, however, is 29 Nov 1775, presumably the date on which the 860 FORTI book was presented to the King (“‘within four months after [Forster’s] return’). Publi- cation may be assumed to have taken place late Nov or early Dec 1775 (see St. John 1971). German ed.: “Johann Reinhold Forster’s ... und Georg Forster’s, Beschreibungen der Gattungen von Pflanzen, auf einer Reise nach den Inseln der Stid-See gesammelt, beschrieben und abgezeichnet, wahrend den Jahren 1772 bis 1775. Aus dem Lateini- schen tibersetzt, und von 75 bis auf 17 Kupferplatten engeschrankt, durch Johann Simon Kerner. Stuttgart (Christoph Gottfried Mantler) 1779. Oct. (Beschr. Gatt. Pfl.) — Publ.: Nov-Dec 1779 (preface 10 Nov 1779), p. [i-xxii], [1]-160 [161-175], pl. 1-18. Copy: Ewan. Ref.: BM 2: 595; Henrey 716-718; Jackson p. 111; NI 644, 645; PR 2981; PR (ed. 1): 3287-3290; IDC 1273. G. Forster, A voyage around the world in His Britannic Majesty’s Sloop Resolution, commanded by Capt. James Cook, during the years 1772, 3, 4 and 5. London 1777, 2 vols. Qu. (Reise um die Welt, Berlin 1778). Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 330. 1945. Edgar, Preface to ‘“‘Characteres generum plantarum” [translation], New Zealand J. Bot. 7(4): 311-315. 1969. St. John, Le naturaliste canadien 88: 361-581. 1971 (important). Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. Bull. 26: 2017. 1972. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Bot. 1: 220-221. 1975 (German ed.) 1827. Enchiridion historiae naturali inserviens, quo termini et delineationes ad avium, piscium, insectorum et plantarum adumbrationes intelligendas et concinnandas, secun- dum methodum systematis linnaeani continentur. Halle (Hemmerde et Schwetschke) 1788. Oct. (Ench. hist. nat.) Publ.: prob. Sep 1788 (p. [x]: 15 Feb 1788; ALZ 15 Oct 1788; BH), p. [i-xvi], [1]-224. Copy: UC. Forster, Thomas Furly (1761-1825), British naturalist. (7. F. Forster). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 560; BB p. 112; BL 2: 240, 248; BM 2: 596; CSP 2: 671; DNB 20: 22; Jackson p. 213, 261, 262; PR 2982, ed. 1: 3292-3294. Forster, Flora Tonbrigensis, ed. 2. 1842. NOTE: For spelling middle name, Furly, see Trans. Linn. Soc. 6: 309. 1802. EPONYMY: Forsteronia G. F. W. Meyer (1818). — Note: Forstera Linnaeus fil. (1780) is dedicated to Johann Reinhold Forster (1729-1798), q.v. and to his son Johann Georg Adam (1754-1794), q.v- 1828. Flora tonbrigensis; or, a catalogue of plants growing wild in the neighbourhood of Tonbridge Wells, arranged according to the Linnaean system, from Sir J. E. Smith’s Flora britannica. With three plates of rare plants. London (Richard and Arthur Taylor) 1816. Oct. (Fl. tonbrig.) Ed. 1: Sep 1816, p. [i]-vii, [viii, err.], [1]-216, 3 pl. Copies: HH, NY. Ed. [2]: London 1842, ‘‘with additions by T. Forster’ (reissue of old sheets with 56 p. added) (n.v.) Ref.: BH; BM 2: 596; PR 2982; P&W p. 212. Forti, Achille Italo (1878-1937), Italian botanist. (Fortz). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: PAD and PC (original algological coll.), other material at BR. — Reimers (1938) states that Forti’s herbarium went to PAV. Ref.: IH. 1 (ed. 6): 358, 2: 204. Reimers, Hedwigia 77 (Beibl.): (109). 1938. Newton, Phycol. Bull. 1: 16. 1952. Koster, Taxon 18: 552. 1969. 861 FORTI BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 560; BFM 3223; BL 2: 342, 413; BM 6: 335; Bossert p. 131; CSP 15: 66; DTS 2: xxi; LS suppl. 8683-8684; Quenstedt p. 481. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 162, pl. 31. 1903 (portr.), 3(3): 178. 1905. Anon., Achille Forti 28 Novembre 1878-11 Febbraio 1937, in memoriam, [Verona, 1937], unpaged. Deflandre, Bull. Soc. frang. Microsc. 6: 34-41. 1937 (portr.) Gola, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 55: (195)-(208). 1937 (portr., bibl., 119 items). Gola, Nuov. Giorn. bot. Ital. ser. 2. 44: 595-606. 1937 (bibl.) Gola, Achille Forti, Bibliografia, supplemento (1925-1933). Verona 1937, 14 p. Minio, Studi Trentini di Scienze naturali 18(1): [6 p.]. 1937. Cappelletti, Rivista di Biologia 25: [23 p.]. 1938 (portr., bibl.) Cappelletti, Lavori di Botanica, Torino 4(4, 5): 1-6. 1938. Gola, Atti r. Ist. Veneto Sci. Lett. Arti 97(1): 11-35. 1938 (portr., bibl.) COMPOSITE WORKS: De Toni, Sylloge Algarum: Sylloge Myxophycearum, in vol. 5, 1907, iil, 761 p. Fortune, Robert (1812-1880), British gardener, plant collector in China. (Fortune). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Fortune collected for the Royal Horticultural Society in China and neighbouring regions 1843-1845, and 1848-1850. His main herbarium collections are at BM and K, duplicates (e.g. Plantae chinenses, ed. Hohenacker) in many herbaria. Ref.: IH 2: 206. Anon., Flora 29: 592. 1846. Bretschneider, J. Bot. 32: 295-296. 1894. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 346. 1916. D’Arcy, Missouri Bot. Gard. Bull. 59(1): 24. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG (218) 5(3): 543; Barnhart 1: 561; BB p. 113; Bret- schneider 403; CSP 2: 672, 12: 246; DNB 20: 50; Jackson p. 380; Laségue p. 436; MW p. 123-125; PR 2987-2988. Fortune, Bot. Zeit. 10: 816. 1852. Anon., Gard. Chron. 47: 487-489. 1880. Britten, J. Bot. 18: 160. 1880. Embacher, Lexikon Reisen 117-118. 1882. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 221. 1936. Steenis-Kruseman, FI. nales. ser. 1. 1: 179-180. 1950. (q.v. for literature on his travels). Hadfield, Pioneers in gardening 132-142. 1951. Cox, J. Roy. hort. Soc. 80: 265-269, 276-280. 1955 (portr.) Coats, The plant hunters 71-75, 101-110, 388 [index]. 1969. James, The trees of Bicton 108-109. 1969. Gardener, Arnoldia 31(1): 1-19. 1971 (portr.) (on cultiv. tea in US). Gardener, J. Roy. hort. Soc. 97(9): 401-409. 1972. EPONYMY: Fortunaea J. Lindley (1846); Fortunea Naudin (1846, orth. var.) ; Fortunearia Rehder & E. H. Wilson (1913); Fortunella Swingle (1915). 1829. Three years wanderings in the northern provinces of China, including a visit to the tea, silk, and cotton countries: with an account of the agriculture and horticulture of the Chinese, new plants, etc. ... with illustrations. London (John Murray) 1847. Oct. ( Three years China). Ed. 1: 1847, p. [i]-xiv, [1, list ill.], [1]-406, 17 pl. (incl. front., map and engr. t.p.). Copies: Ewan, NY. Ed. 2: 1847 ‘second edition” (p. v: 12 Aug 1847), frontisp. map, p. [i]-xxiv, [1, list ill.], [1]-420, 78 pl., incl. front. map and engr. t.p. [i]. Copies: Ewan, HU, MO, NY. Ref.: BM 1: 597; PR 2987. 1830. A journey to the tea countries of China; including Sung-lo and the Bohea hills; with a short notice of the East India Company’s tea plantations in the Himalaya mountains .. . with map and illustrations. London (John Murray) 1852. Oct. (Journey China). 862 FOSLIE Orig. ed.: 1852 (p. vil: Apr. 1852), p. [i]-x, [1]-398, ill. Copy: Ewan. French ed.: Voyage agricole et horticole en Chine extrait des publications de M. Robert Fortune; traduit de Panglais par M. le baron de Lagarde Montlezun. Paris (Ve Bouchard-Huzard) 1853, Oct., p. [1]-xv, [xvi, err.], [1]-232. Abridged. Copy: Ewan. Abridged ed. of the Three years and the Journey: Two visits to the tea countries of China and the British tea plantations in the Himalaya; with a narrative of adventures, and a full description of the culture of tea plant, the agriculture, horticulture, and botany of China ... In two volumes ... Third edition. With map and illustrations. London (John Murray) 1853, 2 vols., Duod. Vol. 1: 1853 (p. v: Dec 1852), p. [i]-xiii, [1]-325, map, ill. Copy: Ewan. Vol. 2: 1853, p. [i]-1x, [1]-298, ill. Copy: Ewan. French abridgement: Aventures de Robert Fortune dans ses voyages en Chine a la recherche des fleurs et du thé traduit de langlais (1843-1850). Paris (L. Hachette et Cie) 1854, Oct., p. [i*], [i]-vii [p. vii Jun 1854], [1]-269. Copy: Ewan. Ref.: BM 1: 497; PR 2088. 1831. A residence among the Chinese: inland, on the coast, and at sea. Being a narrative of scenes and adventures during a third visit to China, from 1853 to 1856. Including notices of many natural productions and works of art, the culture of silk, &c; with suggestions on the present war ... with illustrations. London (John Murray) 1857. Oct. (Resid. Chin.) Publ.: 1857 (p. vii: Apr 1857), p. [i, h.t.], front., [1i]-xv, [xvi], [1]-440, 22 pl. Copies: Ewan, MO, NY. Ref.: BM 2: 598. 1832. Yedo and Peking. A narrative of a journey to the capitals of Japan and China. With notices of the natural productions, agriculture, horticulture, and trade of those countries, and other things met with by the way ... with map and illustrations. London (John Murray) 1863. Oct. (Yedo & Peking). Publ.: 1863 (p. vii: Feb 1863), [i], front., p. [iii]-xvi, [1]-395, map, 9 pl. Copy: Ewan. Ref.: BM 2: 5098. Foslie, Michael (Mikal) Heggelund (1855-1909), Norwegian algologist. (Foslie). HERBARIUM and Types: TRH — Exsiccatae: Lithothamnia selecta exsiccata, edited by Olav Gjaerevoll (nos. 1-32, Trondheim, Jun 1950) sets at BM, K, NY, LD, TRH, UPS. Ref.: 1H. 1 (ed. 6): 358, 2: 204. Koster, Taxon 18: 552. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 561; BM 2: 598, 6: 335; Bossert p. 131; CSP 15: 67; KR p. 196; MW p. 125. Foslie, Ueber die Laminarien Norwegens, Christiania, Mar-Apr 1885. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 169, pl. 17. 1903 (portr.), 3(3): 183, pl. rz6. 1905 (portr.) Wille, Naturen 33: 353-356. 1909 (portr.) Wille, Mikael Hegelund Foslie [Trondheim 1g11], 18 p., (bibl., portr.), copy B. Wille, K. Norske vidensk. Selsk. Skr. 1g10: 1-18. 1911 (portr., bibl.), also as a reprint. Printz, in Foslie, Contr. monogr. Lithogr. 7-15. 1929 (bibl., portr.) Holmboe, Norsk biogr. Leks. 4: 201. 1929. Moebius, Gesch. Bot. 88. 1937. Hoeg, K. Norske vidensk. Selsk. Forh. 16: 21*-36*. 1944 (portr.) Kleppa, Norsk bot. bibl. 1814-1964. 321 [index]. 1974. EPONYMY: Fosliea Reinke (1892); Fosliella Howe (1920). 1833. Die Lithothamnien des Adriatischen Meeres und Marokkos ... Mit 3 Tafeln. Oldenburg i. Gr. (Ad. Littmann) 1904. Qu. (Lithothamn. Adriat. Meer.) Publ.: 1904 (t.p., Nat. Nov. Mar 1905), p. [1]-40, pl. 1-3 with text. Copy: PCS. — Reprin- ted from Wissenschaftliche Meeresuntersuchungen, Kiel, ser. 2.7. (Abt. Helgoland), Heft 1, publ. 1905 (Nat. Nov. Jun 1905). 863 FOSLIE 1834. Contributions to a monograph of the Lithothamnia. With 75 plates/after the author’s death collected and edited by Henrik Printz. Trondhjem (Aktietrykkeriet 1 Trondhjem) 1929. Qu. (Contr. Lithothamnia). Publ.: 1929, p. [1]-60, pl. 1-74 with letter press - Posthumous; published by Det Konge- lige Norske Videnskabers Selskab Museet. Editor: Karl Henrik Oppegaard Printz (1888-x). Ref.: MW p. 125. Okamura, Bot. Mag. Tokyo 44: 188-189. 1930. Fothergill, John (1712-1780), British physician and botanist (Fothergill). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Material from his garden at Upton, West Ham, at BM and LINN. Rep VEL 2205. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRAPHY: AG 3: 356; Barnhart 1: 562; BB p. 114; DNB 20: 66. Elliot, J., A complete collection of the ... works of John Fothergill. London 1782, vii, XK, 701 Pe Lettsom, The works of John Fothergill, 3 vols., London 1784 (also in Lettsom, Memoir of John Fothergill, ed. 4, London 1786) (Copy: Ewan). Darlington, Memorials 333, 495. 1849. Harshberger, Bot. Philadelphia 5, 86. 1899. Milner, Cat. Portr. Kew 46. 1906. Britten and Boulger, J. Bot. 52: 319, 320, 323. 1914. Hingston Fox, Dr. John Fothergill and his friends, London 1919. Britten, J. Bot. 58: 56-59. 1920. Fagin, William Bartram 222 [index]. 1933. Earnest, J. and W. Bartram 184 [index]. 1940. Curtis, William Curtis 137 [index]. 1941. Corner and Booth, Chain of friendship, selected letters of Dr. John Fothergill of London, 1735-1780. With introduction and notes by Betsy C. Corner and Christopher C. Booth. Cambridge, Mass. 1971 (portr.) Smit, History of the life sciences. Amsterdam 1974, p. 928. Slee, Essex Countryside 22(208): 30-32, 22(209): 33-35. 1974 (n.v.). EPONYMY: Fothergilla J. A. Murray (1774). Foucaud, Julien (1847-1904), French botanist, director of the Jardin botanique de la marine at Rochefort-sur-Mer. (Foucaud). HERBARIUM and types: Unknown; material at AUT, C, CGE, L, P. Ref.: 1H 2: 205. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(2) : 826; Barnhart 1: 562; PFC 1: xlii-xlin, 3 (2) : 1x. Rouy, Revue Bot. syst. geogr. bot. 2: 79. 1904. Gillot, Bull. Soc. bot. France 51: 209, 249-259. 1904. Anon., Bull. Herb. Boissier ser. 2.4: 1222-1225. 1905. Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. Deux-Sévres 17 (for 1905): 292, pl. 6, 1906 (portr.) Motelay, Actes Soc. Lin. Bordeaux sér. 7. 1: 155-156. 1906 (portr.) Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 44. 1941. COMPOSITE WoRKS: See G. Rouy et J. Foucaud, Flore de France (vols. 1-3). Fougeroux de Bondaroy, Auguste Denis (1732-1789), French agronomist and botanist, nephew of Duhamel du Monceau. (Foug.) HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 562; Langman p. 82, 255, 289; LS 8972- 8973; PR p. 110; Zander ed. 10, p. 660. 864. FOURNIER, E. P. N. Anon., Hist. Acad. Sci. Paris 1789: 39-44. 1794. Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks 5: 238 [index]. 1800. Liutjeharms, Gesch. Mykol. XVIII Jh. 207. 1936. Chinard, Proc. Amer. philos. Soc. 101(6): 508-522. 1957 (on mss at PH). Ewan, Proc. Amer. philos. Soc. 103(6): 807-818. 1959. Ewan, Yearb. Amer. philos. Soc. 1960: 520-522. Scheler, Lavoisier et la Révolution frangaise, II. Le journal de Fougeroux de Bondaroy. Paris 1960. Ewan, Southwestern Louisiana J. 7: 10. 1967. Hahn, The anatomy of a scientific institution 345. 1971. EPONYMY: Fougeria Moench (1802); Fougerouxia Cassini (1827). Fournier, Eugéne Pierre Nicolas (1834-1884), French botanist. (EL. Fourn.) HERBARIUM and Types: P(11.770); duplicates at CN and G. Ref.: 1H 2: 205. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 563; BL 2: 277; BM 2: 600; Bossert p. 131; CSP 2: 689-690, 7: 695-696, 9: 310, 12: 247-248; IF p. 697; Jackson p. 367-368; Langman p. 289-290; LS 8977, 33382; MW p. 125; Zander ed. 10, p. 660. Bescherelle, Bull. Soc. bot. France 31: 280-282. 1884. Anon., Rev. de Bot. 3: 398. 1885. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 53. 1898. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 102, pl. 138. 1903 (portr.), 3(3): 102. 1905. Urban, Fl. bras. 1(1): 174. 1906. Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 172. 1973. COMPOSITE WORKS: Martius, Flora brasiliensis: Asclepiadaceae, 6(4): 189-332. t. 50-98. (fasc. 95). 1 Jun 1885. EPONYMY: Fourniera Bommer ex E. Fournier (1873) ; Fournierta Van Tieghem (1904). 1835. Mexicanas plantas nuper a collectoribus expeditionis scientificae allatas aut longis ab annis in herbario Musei Parisiensis depositas praeside J. Decaisne ... enumerandas curavit Eug. Fournier, Paris (ex T'ypographeo reipublicae) 1872; 1886, 2 vols. Qu. (Mexic. pl.) Pars prima Cryptogamia adjuvantibus cl. W. Nylander et Em. Bescherelle edita. Paris 1872, p. [i-iii], [1]-166, p/. r-6, uncol. liths by Riocreux. Copies: MO, NY. Pars secunda Gramineae Paris Apr-Mai 1886, p. [i*-iii*], [i]-xix, [1]-160, zo pl., uncol. liths. Copies: MO, NY. The compilers of the Index kewensis state (Anon. 1925): ““The latter volume, however, was actually in print as early as June 1880, and clean sheets were sent by Fournier to several botanists, including Bentham [letter at Kew, see also Hackel], who received a set in March 1881 and presented it to the Kew Library.” Similar notes are found in the Hackel copy (received p. 1-144 in Nov 1881 and 145-160 + t.p. in 1886) and in the Agnes Chase copy at the Smithsonian Institution. Distribution of clean sheets (Aushan- gebogen) to several botanists of which at least two placed their copies in public libraries, could be accepted as effective publication, in this case as of Nov 1881. Reeder and Reeder, however (1974) present a good case for maintaining the 1886 date. Actual distribution took place in Apr-Mai 1886 (Nat. Nov.) The Mexicanas plantas constitute the Recherches botaniques, ed. J. Decaisne, of the Mission scientifique au Mexique et dans lV’ Amérique centrale, 13 vols. Paris 1868-1897. Qu. The original cover title of Fournier’s Graminées runs as follows: ‘‘Mission scientifique au Mexique et dans l’Amérique centrale, ouvrage publié par ordre du ministre de Vinstruction publique. Recherches botaniques publiés sous la direction de M. J. Decais- ne, membre de 1’Institut. Seconde partie. Graminées par Eug. Fournier. Paris. Im- primerie nationale MDCCCLXXXVI.”’ (copy: Teyler). The back page of this cover bears the announcement ‘‘Cette seconde partie sera complétée par six planches qui paraitront avec les planches de la troisiéme partie’ (never published). 865 FOURNIER, E. P. N. Associates: Emile Bescherelle (1828-1903, crypt.) ; Joseph Decaisne (1807-1882, gen. ed.) ; William Nylander (1822-1899, crypt.) Ref.: IF p. 697; Jackson p. 368; Langman p. 290. J. G., J. Bot. 11: 216-217. Jul 1873. Hackel, Bot. Centralbl. 28: 232-236. 1886. Franchet, Bull. Soc. bot. France 34(2): 31-33. 1887. Barnhart, in Griffiths, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 14(3): 343-428. 1912. Hitchcock and Chase, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 15: 49-50. 1910. 14: 350-351. 1912. Anon., Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1924: 169, 281, 1925: 280-283. Reeder and Reeder, Taxon 23(4): 543-547. 1974. Fournier, Paul Victor (1877-1964), French clergyman and botanist. (P. Fourn.) HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 563; BFM 1410, 2837; BL 2: 101, 110, 155, 199; Langman p. 290; LS suppl. 8698; MW p. 125; MW suppl. p. 69; NI 645n, 645na; Plesch p. 230. Gaussen, Le Monde des Plantes 59(344): 1-2. 1964. J. C., Cactus, Paris 80/81: 1. 1964. Dilleman, Bull. Soc. bot. France 111(5-6): 286-290. 1965. Aymonin, Adansonia 5(4): 463-467. 1965. 5) COMPOSITE WorRKs: Editor of the ‘‘Monde des Plantes” 1932-1946. EPONYMY: Fournieria Van Tieghem (1904) is dedicated to Eugéne Pierre Nicolas Four- nier (1834-1884), q.v. 1836. Complément de toutes les flores manuelles. Le bréviaire du botaniste. Florule de poche des genres et espéces complexes ainsi que de leurs hybrides pour la flore parisienne et les régions du nord, du centre et de l’est de la France a l’exclusion des flores subalpine, alpine et maritime avec nombreuses figures. Saint-Dizier (author) 1924-1927, 20 fasc. Oct. (Bréviaire bot.) fasc. pages year fasc. pages year I [1]-32 IQI4. TAT 321-352 1927 2 33-64. s.d. 12 353-384 1927 3-4 65-128 1925 13 385-416 1927 5 129-160-1925 14 417-448 1927 6 161-192 1925 15 449-480 1927 Fh 193-224 1925 16 481-512 1927 8 225-256 1926 17 513-544 1927 9 257-288 s.d. 18 545-576 1927 10 289-320 Sic 19 577-608 1927 20 609-632 1927 Copy in original covers: G. — This was the original edition, in fascicles, of the Flore complétive, described below (no. 1837). 1837. Flore complétive de la plaine frangaise. Genres complexes, espéces collectives, hybrides classement des sous-espéces et variétés. Région Parisienne, Ouest, Centre, Nord, Est ... 565 figures de détail. Paris (Paul Lechevalier) 1928. Oct. (FI. compl. plaine frang.) Trade edition: on or soon after 9 Feb 1928 (but see below, original edition), (p. vi: 12 Jul 1922), p. [i]-xii, [1]-632. Copy: HH. Thesis edition, has a different t.p. and an extra p. [633], rest identical, issued 9 Feb 1928, date of defending thesis. Théses présentées a la Faculté des Sciences de Paris pour obtenir la titre de docteur de I’ Université par P. Fournier ... 1° thése: Etude systémati- que des genres et espéces complexes de la plaine frantaise. 2° thése: propositions données par la Faculté [= p. 633] ... Paris (Paul Lechevalier) 1928. Copy: HH. 866 FRAAS 1838. Les quarire flores de la France, Corse comprise (générale, alpine, méditerranéenne, littorale). Manuel betanique d’excursions de |’étudiant, du touriste, de l’amateur, du spécialiste ... avec 8075 figures dessinées par l’auteur. Poinson-les-Grancey (Haute- Marne) (author) [1934-] 1940. Oct. (Quatre fl. France). Publ.: the dates of the first edition are given in front of the “‘deuxiéme tirage,”’ Paris 1946. ‘They are: pages dates pages dates pages dates 1-64 13 Nov 1934 257-448 = 27 Apr 1936 705-832 = 27 Jan 1937 65-160 g Apr 1935 449-576 28 Oct 1936 833-896 12 Oct 1938 161-256 = 1 Oct 1935 577-704 17 Aug 1937 897-992 24 Apr 1939 1065-1092 Oct 1940 First edition: (published as above) p. [i-iv], i-xlviii, [1]-1091, [1, cont.], [1, impr. Oct 1940]. Copy in original covers at HH. The dates of receipt stamped on these covers are generally 1-4 weeks later than the dates of publication cited above. Deuxiéme tirage, Oct-Dec 1946, Paris (Paul Lechevalier), p. [iJ-xlviu, [1]-1091, [1, cont.], [1, dépot 4° trim. 1946]. Nouveau tirage, Paris (Paul Lechevalier) 1961, p. [i*-ii*], [i]-xlvili, 1-1105, [1106, tabl.]. Copy: University of Nymegen. — ‘Nouveau tirage avec compléments, cor- rections et tables (des familles et biographique) 6075 figures.” Additions and corrections: Monde des Plantes ser. 6. 4.2: 33, 43. [Fournier], 43-46 [E. ‘Thom- men]. 1947; 45: I!, 21-22 [H. Breistroffer], 1950; 51: 4-6, 11, 15-17 [A. Berton]. 1956. Fournier’s names for subspecies are to be rejected as contrary to the Code (binary) unless trinary combinations are explicitly made (see Heywood 1958). Ref.: BL 2: 101; IF suppl. 4: 322. Heywood, Taxon 7(4): 89-93. 1958. Duvigneaud, Natura mosana 15: 33-37. 1962. Fourreau, Jules-Pierre (1844-1871), French botanist at Lyon, collaborator of Alexis Jordan. (Fourr.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: [LY?] Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(1): 368; Barnhart 1: 563; BL 2: 110; BM 2: 600; CSP 7: 696; Jackson p. 226, 277; NI p. 62; Zander ed. 10, p. 660. Méhu, Bull. Soc. bot. France 19: 41-50. 1872. Mulsant, Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon 20: 55-64. 1874 (portr.) (mentions obituary by Gairal, La Décentralisation 4 Apr 1871, n.v.). Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 330. 1945. Fraas, Carl Nicolaus (1810-1875), German historian of botany, in Greece from 1835- 1842, later director of a veterinary school at Miinchen. (Fraas). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: At M?; some material at W. Repel s:12053 BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(2): 382; Barnhart 2: 1; BFM 3195; BM 2: 601; CSP 2: 693-694, 7: 697; Jackson p. 21; LS 8988; PR 2995-2998. P. B., Flora 58: 528. 1875. Anon., Oester. bot. Z. 26: 75. 1876. Bay, Index Flora 26-100: I1. 1910. 1839. Synopsis plantarum florae classicae oder: Uebersichtliche Darstellung der in den klassischen Schriften der Griechen und Romer vorkommenden Pflanzen, nach autopti- scher Untersuchung im Florengebiete entworfen und nach Synonymen geordnet. Miinchen (E. A. Fleischmann) 1845. Oct. (Syn. pl. fl. class.) Ed. 1: 4-6 Jun 1845 (Hinrichs), p. [i]-xxxix, [1]-320. Copies: HH, M. 867 FRAAS Ed.2:‘*... classicae. Uebersichtliche ...* Zweite Ausgabe. Berlin (S. Calvary & Comp.) 1870. Oct., p. [i]-xxxix, [1]-320, actually a reissue of the old sheets with a new t.p. Copies: HH, M (has [1], [vii]-xxxix, [1]-320). Ref.: Jackson p. 21; PR 2997. Anon., Flora 28: 407-416. 14 Jul 1845 (rev.) Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 4: 8-12. 2 Jan 1846 (rev.) Fragoso, Romualdo Gonzalez (1862-1928), Spanish mycologist at the Madrid bota- nical garden. (Gonz. Frag.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BC, other material at BERN, MA, PC. Ref.: 1H 2: 205. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 63; BM 2: 694, 6: 384; CSP ro: 23, 15: 3733; LS suppl. 8707-8777, 9743-9781. Unamuno, Ann. Crypt. exot. 1: 257-265. 1928 (portr., bibl.) Barnhart, NAF 7(15): 1066. 1940. Chardon et Ciferri, Mycologia 20: 353. 1928. EPONYMY: Fragosia A. Caballero (1928) ; Fragosoa R. Ciferri (1926) ; Fragosoella F. Petrak & H. Sydow (1927). Franc van Berkhey, Jan (Johannes) le (1729-1812), Dutch poet, biologist, political activist, praelector historiae naturalis at Leiden. (Franc v. Berkhey). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Aa 6: 194; Barnhart 1: 171; BM 1: 144; Bossert p. 35; JW TI: 439, 2:-190, 3: 350-351, 5: 239; Kew 1: 225; NNBW 4: 614-615; PR 601. Anon., Alg. Konst. Letterbode 1812(1): 179, 299-302, 306-313. Loosjes, De geest der geschriften van Jan le Francq van Berkhey, Haarlem 1813. Oct., Vili, 151 p. Copy: U. Anon., Alg. Konst. Letterbode 1858: 275 (commen. medal). Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 167. 1905. Klaauw, v. d., Het hooger onderwijs in de zoologie te Leiden 1926, p. 4-5, 52-53, 125. Visser, Janus 62: 135-136. 1975. NOTE: The son of Evert le Franc and Maria Berkhey who added his mother’s name to his own. For this reason to be alphabetized under le Franc. EPONYMY: Berkheya F. Ehrhart (1788, nom. cons.) ; Berkheyopsts O. Hoffmann (1893). 1840. Expositio characteristica structurae florum qui dicuntur Compositi. Quam cum figuris, ad naturam expressis annuente summo numine ex auctoritate magnifici rectoris Joannis Jacobi Schultens ... nec non amplissimi Senatus academici consensu, & nobilissime facultatis medicae decreto, pro gradu doctoratus, summisque in medicina honoribus et privilegiis rité ac legitimé consequendis, eruditorum examini submittit ad diem 12. Decembris mdcclx H. L. Q.S. Joannes le Francq van Berkhey, Lugduno-Batavus. Leiden (Petrus van der Eyk) 1760. Qu. (Expos. char. fl. compos.) Edition as thesis: 12 Dec 1760, date on which the thesis was defended. The above title appears on the issue as a thesis, Leiden 1760, p. [i-xx], [1]-151, [152, index], [2 p. emend., instr. bind.], [4 p. theses], p/. rA, 1B, 2-7, copper engravings of drawings by the author. Copies: BR, NY, U. Trade edition: Leiden (Petrus van der Eyk) 1761, Qu., “Expositio ... Compositi cum figuris ad naturam expressis auctore Joannes le Francq van Berkhey, M.D.,” p. [1- xx], 1-151, [152, index], [2 p. err., instr. binder], pl. 1A, 1B, 2-8 [pl. 8 not in thesis!]. Copy: MICH. BM mentions a trade edition, Antwerpen 1760, which we have not been able to find. Ref.: BM 1: 144; Kew 1: 225; Plesch p. 140; PR 601. Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Bot. 1: 44. 1975 (trade ed., sold at £ 55). 868 FRANCHET Francé, Raoul Heinrich [Franzé, Reszé] (1874-x), Hungarian algologist. (Francé). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 2: 609; CSP 15: 86; LS 8995-9001. Keller and Nehmann, Unsere Abwehr gegen Rudolf Franze. Stuttgart 1909, pamphlet in Engler coll. at DS (on various controversies and mystifications). EPONYMY: Franceia Lemmermann (1808). 1841. A craspedomonadindk szervezete ... Der Organismus der Craspedomonaden. Im Auftrage der Kén. Ung. Naturwissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft beschrieben von Raoul H. Francé. (Mit 78 Originalzeichnungen.) Budapest (Kiadja a Kir. M. Természettu- domanyi Tarsulat) 1897. Oct. (Craspedomon.) Publ.: 1897, p. [i]-viii, [1]-248. Copy: US. Ref.: BM 2: 609. Franchet, Adrien René (1834-1900), French botanist working at the Muséum d’His- toire naturelle at Paris. (Franch.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: P (through the herbier Drake del Castillo). Other material K, NYS PE: Ref.: TH 1 (ed. 6): 356, 2: 206. Candolle, Phytographie 412. 1880. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 686; Barnhart 2: 2; BL 1: 27, 37, 254, 2: 170, 171; BM 2: 609-610, 6: 342; Bretschneider 2: 935-940; CSP 7: 698, 9: 913, 12: 248, 15: 87-89; DTS 1: 72; IF p. 697-698; Jackson p. 290, 382; Langman p. 290, 291; MW p. 125-128, suppl. p. 69; NI 646-647; PR 3001-3002; Zander ed. 10, p. 660. Diels, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 18: (157)-(161). 1900 (bibl.) Drake del Castillo, Bull. Soc. bot. Fr. 47: 158-172. 1900 (portr., bibl.) Hua, Bull. Soc. Hist. nat. Autun 13(2): 89-119. 1900 (bibl., portr.), also as an indepen- dent reprint, Hua, La vie et les travaux de A. F., Autun 1900, 31 p. Bureau, J. Bot. Paris 14: 59-64. 1900. Anon., Kew Bull. 1900: 16-17. Milne Edwards and Bureau, Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris 6: 59-62. 1go00. Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 173. 1973. EPONYMY: Franchetella O. Kuntze (1891). 1842. Essai sur la distribution géographique des plantes phanérogames dans le département de Loir-@-Cher. Vendome (Lemercier) 1866. Oct. Essai distr. pl. Loir-@-Cher). Publ.: 1866 (Flora 8 Oct 1867), p. [1]-28. Copy: MO. — Reprinted with independent pagination from Bull. Soc. archéol. Vendom. 5: [75]-100. 1866. Ref.: BM 2: 609; PR gootr. 1843. Essai sur les espéces du genre Verbascum. Croissant spontanément dans le centre de la France et plus particuliérement sur leurs hybrides. Angers (P. Lachése, Belleuvre et Dolbeau) 1868. Oct. (Essai Verbascum). Publ.: 1868 (after 1 Apr, date of reading the paper). Reprinted with unchanged pagi- nation from Mém. Soc. Acad. Maine-et-Loire 22: [65]-204. 1868 (7 plates); reprint provided with separate title-page and cover, p. [i-iii], [65]-204. 1868. Copies: BR, L. Ref.: BM 2: 609; PR 3002. 1844. Enumeratio plantarum in Japonia sponte crescentium hucusque rite cognitarum adjectis descriptionibus specierum pro regione novarum quibus accedit determinatio herbarum in libris japonicis So-Mokou Zoussetz xylographice delineatarum. Paris (F. Savy) [1873-]1875-1879, 2 vols. Oct. (Enum. pl. Jap.) Co-author: Paul Amedée Ludovic Savatier (1830-1891), French marine medical officer and botanist, herbarium at K (Stapf, 1909). 869 FRANCHET Types: The Savatier & David collections on which the book is based (in part) are at P. Franchet’s own herbarium is also at P (through the herbier Drake). A few types may also be in other herbaria e.g. K (cf. Hitchcock, List 2: 10). vol. part pages dates I I [i]-[xv], [1]-192 4. Nov 1873 2 193-485, [1*-iti*] 1875, prob. Oct 2 I [1]-256 Jan 1877 2 257-624 1878, prob. Apr 3 625-789, [1-111] 26 Apr 1879 Copies: G, MO, NY. — Names published by Maximowicz, Bull. Acad. Pétersb. 23: 305- 391. Feb 1877, have priority over those published by F. & S. in vol. 2(2). Facsimile reprint: announced by Asher/Koeltz (1974). Ref.: BM 2: 610; Jackson p. 382; MW p. 128; SK clxxxiu; IDC 89. Rein, Monatschr. Ver. Gartenbau Preuss. Staat 1877: 217-230. Junk, Rara 88. 1904. Stapf, Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1909: 148-150 (herb. Savatier). Stearn, J. Bot. 78: 283-284. 1940 (reprinted by Nakai, J. Jap. Bot. 17: 425-426. 1941). 1845. Mission G. Révoil aux pays Comalis. Faune et flore. Sertulum somalense. [Paris 1882]. Oct. (Sert. somal.) Publ.: Jun-Jul 1882 (Nat. Nov. Jul 1882) as part 9 of Georges Révoil, Faune et Flore des Pays Comalis (Afrique orientale), 10 parts in one volume, Paris 1882, the Sertulum p- [1]-70, errata slip, pl. 7-v, p. 70 dated 1 Jun 1882, the plates uncol. liths. by Cuisin. Copy: NY. Ref.: BL 1: 27; BM 2: 610, 4: 1689. 1846. Plantae davidianae ex sinarum imperio. Paris (G. Masson) 1884-1888, 2 parts. Qu. (Pl. david.) Publ.: Originally published in parts in the Nouvelles Archives du Muséum d’ Histoire Naturelle between 1883 and 1888, reprinted with independent pagination and new tables in 1884 and 1888 (small discrepancies) : part nouvelles archives sér. 2. reprint date I 5: 153-272, pl. 7-16 [1]-120 1883 6: 1-126, pl. 11-18 121-246 1883 7: 55-200, pl. 6-14 24.7-390 Dec 1884 reprinted as a whole [i-iii], [1 ]-390, 1884 pl. 7-16, 11-18, 6-14 IJ 8: 183-254, pl. 2-10 [1]-70 1885 10: 33-198, pl. 10-17 71-234 1887/88 reprinted as a whole fi-iii], [1]-234 (°334’) Oct 1888 pl. 2-10, 10-17 The 44 plates are lithographs of drawings by A. d’Apréval. — The original collections of Armand David, described in this publication, are in P and PC. Copies: G, HU, MO, NY, US. : Facsimile ed.: Lehre (J. Cramer) 1970, Historiae naturalis classica tomus 76. Copy: FAS. Ref.: BM 2: 610; Bretschneider 2: 936, 937; MW p. 126; NI 646. David, Gard. Chron. ser. 2. 23: 311. 1885. Forbes, J. Bot. 23: 90-95. Mar 1885. Engler, Bot. Jahrb. 6 (Lit.): 66-67, 87-90. 1885; 10 Lit.: 12-16. 1889. Stafleu, Taxon 19: 419-420. 1970. 1847. Flore de Loir-et-Cher comprenant la description, les tableaux synoptiques et la distribution géographique des plantes vasculaires qui croissent spontanément ou qui 870 FRANK sont généralement cultivées dans le Perche, la Beauce & la Sologne avec un vocabulaire des termes de botanique. Blois (E. Contant) 1885. Oct. (Fl. Loir-et-Cher). Publ.: 1885 (?, Nat. Nov. Mai 1886; J. Bot. Jun 1886), p. [i]-Ixxvili, 1*-15*, [1]-792. Copies: HH, MO, NY. Ref.: BM 2: 610. 1848. Plantae delavayanae plantes de Chine recueillis au Yun-nan par l’Abbé Delavay et décrites par A. Franchet. Paris (Paul Klincksieck) 1889[-1890]. 3 parts. Oct. f (PI. delavay.) part pages plates dates I [1]-80 I-15 Jan 1889 2 81-160 16-30 Mai 1889 3 161-240 31-45 1890 46-48 not published Copies: NY (orig. covers), U. — No formal title-page, title taken from wrapper of fascicle 1. Title on p. 1: Plantae delavayanae sive enumeratio plantarum quas in provincia Yun- nan collegit J.-M. Delavay. The original herbarium of Abbé Pierre Jean Marie Delavay (1834-1895) is at P and PC (15.600 specimens). The 39 lithographs of drawings by A. d’Apréval are numbered 1-45 of which 2-3, 9-10, 27-28, 29-30, 32-33 and 34-35 represent one plate each; 15 more plates were prepared, but not published; occasional copies of these plates (especially of no. 46) were distributed later (e.g. 46-48 to New York, rd. Sep 1903). Nos. 46-48 were also included in the copy sold by the publishers Klincksieck to U in 1941. Publication was discontinued by Franchet himself for unknown reasons. The publisher Paul Klincksieck, in his Prospectus [Paris, s.d., 4 p.], announced two volumes of 800 p. text each, with an atlas of 300 plates to be published in 20 livraisons of 80 pages and 15 plates. Ref.: BM 2: 610; Bretschneider 2: 938; GF p. 56; MW p. 126; NI 647. Franchet, Bull. Soc. bot. France 32: 3-11, 26-30. 1885 (first catalogue). Franchet, Bull. Soc. bot. France 33: 358-467. Frank, Joseph C. (1782-1835), German botanist and physician, traveller in the USA, whose collections were distributed by Hochstetter and Steudel for the Unio itineraria. (F. Frank). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Frank’s herbarium (5.000-6.000 species, 15.000 specimens) was split up and sold, possibly also via Hochstetter and Steudel, Frank’s connections with Esslingen date probably only from 1835. Specimens in many herbaria: B, BR, CN, GRON, HAL, JE, KIEL, L, LE, LZ, MO, OXF, STU, P, W. — Alph. de Candolle mentions a herbarium by J. C. Frank held by Doell; this is no longer extant. Ref.: TH 2: 206. Anon., Flora 19(1). Int. Bl. 20(= 24). 21 Jun 1836 (sale herbarium). Candolle, Phytographie 412. 1880. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 167. 1964. Baur, Jb. Gesch. oberdeut. Reichsstadte 16: 250. 1970. Stuckey, Castanea 39(3): 263-272. 1974 (list of 1835 type specimens of vasc. pl. in Amer. herbaria). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 3; PR 3014. Anon., Flora 19(1) Int. Bl. 18(= 22). 21 Jun 1836; 20: 200, 212, 655. 1837; 21: 240. 1838. Baur, Jb. Gesch. oberdeut. Reichsstadte 16: 250. 1970. EPONYMY: Frankia Brunchorst (1886) and Frankiella R. Maire & A. Tison (1909) are dedicated to Albert Bernard Frank (1839-1900), German botanist. 1849. Rastadts Flora. Heidelberg (J. M. Gutmann) 1830. Oct. (Rastadts Fl.) Publ.: Sep-Oct 1830 (Michaelis-Messe Frankfurt, see Flora 13(2). Beil. 26. 1830), 871 FRANK p. [i]-xxxiii, [1]-171. Copies: G, NY. — An early attempt to arrange the species by habitat; one of the earliest ‘‘ecological’’ floras. The copy at G has a different imprint: “Heidelberg, in Commission bei C. F. Winter 1830.” Ref.: PR 3014. Franklin, Sir John (1786-1847), British arctic explorer, rear admiral, governor of Tasmania. (Franklin). HERBARIUM and Types: Plant collections on the Second Land Arctic Expedition (1825- 1827) made by Thomas Drummond (q.v.) on the Polar Sea Expedition (1819-1822) by Richardson (q.v.). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 2: 613, 6: 343; CSP 2: 700; DNB 20: 191; HR; Jackson p. 223; NI p. 62. Embacher, Lexikon Reisen 118-120. 1882. Traill, The life of Sir John Franklin, R.N., London 1896, 11, 454 p. (portr.) Hooker, Life letters Huxley 2: 535. 1918. Cyriax, Sir John Franklin’s last arctic expedition. London 1939. Gould, Geogr. J. 96: 440-443. 1940. Cyriax and Wordie, Geogr. J. 106: 169-197. 1945 (portr.) Serle, Dict. Austral. Biogr. 1: 323-325. 1949. Lamb, Franklin, Happy voyager, London 1956. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 149. 1969. EPONYMY: Franklinia Marshall (1785) is dedicated to Benjamin Franklin (1706-1790). American scientist and statesman, ‘‘that patron of sciences, and truly great and distin- guished character” (Marshall, Arbustum americanum 49-50. 1785). 1850. Narrative of a journey to the shores of the Polar Sea, in the years 1819, 20, 21 and 22. By John Franklin ... With an appendix on various subjects relating to science and natural history. Illustrated by numerous plates and maps. Published by authority of the right honourable the Earl Bathurst. London (John Murray) 1823. Qu. (Warr. journey Polar Sea). Publ.: Mar 1823 (date on the plates, Gentleman’s Mag. Mai 1823), p. [i]-xv, [1]-783, [784, err.], 31 plates, 4 maps. The plates are numbered (1-24 nos in text only) 1-26 (non botanical), [26bis] Cetraria richardsonii, unnumbered, 27-30 (botanical, by J. Curtis). — Appendix VII. Botanical appendix, by Dr. Richardson, p. [729]-778; addenda [to Appendix vii] by Robert Brown, p. 769-783, [784]. Copies: MO, NY, Teyler. The first issue (MO, NY) had only 768 pages; 769-[784] came out a little later (copy Teyler). The appendix exists also as an independently paged reprint, p- [1]-55, [56], pl. 27-30, s.l. [1823]. Copy: G. - See under Richardson for further details on the reprint. Ref.: BM 2: 613; Jackson p. 223. Babcock, Rhodora 26: 199-200. 1924. (on Richardson’s Botanical Appendix). Sherborn, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 1: 197. 1939. Franqueville, Albert [comte] de (x-1891), French botanist. (Franqueville). HERBARIUM: at P (and PC) through the herbier Drake. Its main importance lies in the Richard and Steudel herbaria which are incorporated in it. It is now part of the herbier général. Duplicate specimens from Franqueville’s own collections (France, Italy, Spain) are at CN, F, FI and L. Ref.: TH 2: 207. Vallot, Bull. Soc. bot. France 29: 179. 1882 (on the Sénégal plants collected at M’Bidjem by one of de Franqueville’s cousins at P, dupl. at K). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 4; PR p. 112. Roze, Bull. Soc. bot. France 38: 324-325. 1891. EPONYMY: Franquevillea Zollinger (1854-1855). 872 FRAUENFELD Fraser, John (1750-1811), Scottish hosier, later plant collector and traveller in North America who established a nursery at Chelsea 1795. (Fraser). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Fraser was a professional plant collector who made several trips. to North America (e.g. Newfoundland 1780-84, USA 1785-1796, 1808). He published Walter’s Flora caroliniana. Various specimens are also in the Banksian herbarium (BM). Walter’s herbarium, once also in the hands of Fraser, was presented to LINN in 1849, and is now at BM. Other Fraser material is at G, G-DC, OXF, P-LA and PH (through Tuckerman). Ref.: IH 2: 207. Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 48-49. 1902. Anon., J. Bot. 45: 255. 1907. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 167. 1964. Miller, Taxon 19: 523. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 237; Barnhart 2: 4; BB p. 116; BM 6: 343; Bossert p. 132; DNB 213-214; Frank 3(Anh.): 32; Laségue p. 199; NI 650-651; PR 3034-3035; Zander ed. 10, p. 660. Hooker, Compan. Bot. Mag. 2: 300-305. 1836 (portr.) Greene, Pittonia 2: 116-119. 1890 (reprint of 1813 catalogue). Gray, Letters 134-135. 1893. Britten, J. Bot. 37: 481-487. 1899 (on F’s catalogues). Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 48-49. 1902. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 93. 1903, 3(3): 78. 1905. Barnhart, New York Bot. Gard. J. 18: 240. 1917. Graustein, Thomas Nuttall 466. 1967. Ewan, Short hist. bot. US 5, 36, 37. 1969. Coats, The plant hunters 281-285, 340, 388, pl. 21. 1969. COMPOSITE WORKS: John Fraser published Walter’s Flora caroliniana (1788). EPONYMY: Frasera 'T. Walter (1788). Frauenfeld, Georg [Ritter von] (1807-1873), Austrian zoologist, curator of the Vienna Zoological Museum, participated in the voyage of the Novarra. (Frauenfeld). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: W; algae partly destroyed. Ref.: TH 2: 207. Wornardt, Int. direct. diatomists 33. 1968. Koster, Taxon 18: 552. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 5; BM 2: 615; Bossert p. 133; CSP 2: 704- 706, 6: 661, 7: 704-706; DTS 1: 72; Jackson p. 166, 206, 403; Kanitz no. 242; NI 652; PR 3036; Quenstedt p. 148. Brunner, Verh. zool. bot. Ges. Wien 23: 535-538. 1873 (portr.) Anon., Festschr. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien 1901: 395-396. Moebius, Gesch. Bot. 426. 1937. 1851. Die Algen der dalmatischen Kiiste mit Hinzufiigung der von Kiitzing im adriatischen Meere iiberhaupt aufgefiihrten Arten ... Mit Darstellung eines Theils derselben im Naturselbstdruck. Wien (K. K. Hof- und Staatsdruckerei) 1855. Qu. (Alg. dalmat. Kiiste). Publ.: 1855, p. [i]-xviii, [1]-78, 26 unnumbered plates in coloured nature print (157 figs) Copies: L, NY. — ““Zweifellos darf das Werk den schénsten naturwissenschaft- lichen Publicationen, die je erschienen sind, zugezahlt werden” (Fischer), “Opera di poco valore scientifico ... Nessunissima analisi’’ (Cesati). Preceded by ‘‘Aufzahlung der Algen der dalmatinischen Kiiste,”’ 34 p., publ. in Schr. zool. bot. Ver. Wien 1854. Ref.: BM 2: 615; NI 652; PR 3036; IDC 6365. Kanitz, Gesch. Bot. Ungarn no. 242. 1865. Cesati, Saggio 36. 1882. 873 FRAUENFELD Fischer, Gutenberg Jahrbuch 1933: 208-209 (no. 72). Moebius, Gesch. Bot. p. 426. 1937. Frémont, John Charles (1813-1890), United States explorer, “‘Pathmarker of the West,” ‘from the ashes of his campfires have sprung cities.” (Frém.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Collections by Frémont are at GH, MO, NY, P, P-DU, US. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 4: 33; Barnhart 2: 7; BM 2: 617, 5: 2171; Bossert p. 133; CSP 2: 710; ME 1: 184-185; 3: 577; PR 3040. Bigelow, Memoir of the life and public services of John Charles Fremont. New York 1856, x, 480 p. (portr.) Schmucker, The Life of Col. John Charles Fremont, New York, Auburn 1856, 493 p. (portr.) Embacher, Lexikon der Reisen 120-121. 1882. Frémont, Memoirs of my life, Chicago and New York 1887, xix, 655 p. (biogr. sketch, p. 1-17, by Senator Benton). Hayes, Proc. Geogr. Soc. 12: 563-565. 1890. Anon., Railroad and Engin. J. 64: 379. 1890. Boutwell, Proc. Amer. Acad. Sci. 1891/1892: 422-426. 1893. Gray, Letters 294, 297, 327. 1893. Parish, Muhlenbergia 4: 57-62. 1908 (F. in S. Calif.). Dellenbaugh, Frémont and ’49. New York 1914, xxiii, 547 p. Meyer, H. B. B., List of references on general John Charles Frémont. Lib. of Congress. Div. of Bibliography. Mimeographed list 1915. Graham, Ann. Carnegie Mus., Pittsburgh 26: 12-13. 1937. Rodgers, John Torrey 341 [index]. 1942. Ewan, Trail and Timberline 291: 31-37. Mar 1943 (important list of publications on Frémont’s botanical activities). Rodgers, Amer. Bot. 1873-1892: p. 56-57, 328. 1944. Zabriskie, N. Y. Hist. Soc. Quart. 31: 4-17. 1947 (portr.) Ewan, Rocky Mountain Naturalists 211. 1950. Ewan, in A century of progress in the natural sciences 49. 1955. Thomas, Contr. Dudley Herb. 5: 154-155. 1961. Coats, The plant hunters 322, 341. 1969. Thomas, Huntia 3: 14. 1969 (portr.) (preprint). Jackson and Spence, The expeditions of John Charles Frémont, vol. 1, Travels from 1838-1844, Urbana, Il. 1970, xliv, 854 p. (portr., extensive bibl., corr., includes many botanical notes by Ewan). Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard., Torrey coll. 455. 1973. EPONYMY: Fremontia J. Torrey (1843); Fremontia J. Torrey (1854); Fremontodendron Coville (1893). HANDWRITING: Jackson and Spence, The expeditions of John Charles Frémont, Urbana, Ill. 1970, p. xi. — The signature under Frémont’s portrait in his Memoirs of my life (1887) clearly shows the spelling Frémont (not Fremont). 1852. Report of the exploring expedition to the Rocky Mountains in the year 1842, and to Oregon and North California in the year 1843-44. Printed by order of the Senate of the United States. Washington (Gales and Seaton) 1845. Oct. [U.S. Public Document 166; 28th Congress, 2d. Sess.; Senate no. 174] (Rep. exped. Rocky Mts.) Publ.: part 1 (p. [1]-101), Mar 1843; part 2 (p. 105-693), Mar 1845. Copies: L, MO, NY. — Botanical descriptions by John Torrey on p. 81-98 and by Torrey and Frémont on p. 311-319 (4 bot. plates) ; James Hall, Fossil plants and animals: p. 304-310, pl. 1-5. The Leiden and G copies are Doc. 166, House of Representatives Washington (Blair and Rives) 1845, and have 583 pp. In this issue p. 7-101 (1843) constitute an un- changed reprint of the “1842 report.” — The dates Mar 1843 and Mar 1845 are those of the prefaces and presentation. In the absence of other information these must be accepted as dates of publication. — For the Plantae fremontianae see ‘Torrey. 874 FRESENIUS Ref.: BM 2: 617, 5: 2171; ME 2: 713-715; PR 3040. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 5: 9-14, 25-27, 39-42, 55-58. 1847. Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 331. 1945. 1853. Narrative of the exploring expedition to the Rocky Mountains, in the year 1842; and to Oregon and North California, in the years 1843-1844. By brevet Capt. J. C. Fremont, of the topographical engineers, under the orders of Col. J. J. Abert, chief of Top. Bureau. Syracuse (Hall & Dickson), New York (A. S. Barnes & Co.) 1847. Duod. (in sixes) (Narr. exped. Rocky Mts.) Publ.: 1847 (p. 4: Jul 1847), p. [1]-427. Copy: US. Frémy, Pierre (abbé) (1880-1944), French algologist. (Frémy). HERBARIUM and Types: Mostly destroyed, some material at NY (and at PC?). Ref.: 1H 2: 208. Koster, Taxon 18: 552. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 8; BL 2: 178; Bossert p. 133; MW p. 69. Moebius, Gesch. Bot. 173. 1937. Jolivet, Bull. Soc. bot. France 92: 72-73. 1945 (portr.) Le Gallo, Naturaliste Canadien 78: 163-170. 1951 (portr.) COMPOSITE WORKS: Cyanophyceae, in Borgesen, The marine algae of the Danish West Indies, 1939. EPONYMY: Fremya P. A. Dangeard (1934); Fremyella G. De Toni (1936). 1854. Cyanophycées des cétes d’Europe. Saint-Lo (R. Jacqueline) 1929-1933, facsimile reprint Amsterdam (A. Asher & Co.) 1972. Oct. (Gyanophyc. cétes Europe). Publ.: 1933 — Original publication in Mémoires de la Société nationale des sciences naturelles et mathématiques de Cherbourg tome 41, cinquiéme série, tome I. 1929-1933, p. [i-ii], [1]-234, pl. 1-66, almost certainly published as a whole in 1933. — The Asher reprint was published Mar 1973. Copy: FAS. Ref.: IDC 665. Stafleu, Taxon 22: 498. 1973. 1855. Les myxophycées de I’ Afrique équatoriale francaise. Caen (author) 1930. Oct. (Myxophyc. Afr. équat. frang.) Publ.: 1930, p. [i-ii], [1]-507, [508, cont.], figs. 1-362. Copy: UC. — “Extrait des Archives de Botanique 3 (mém. 2), 1929.” Fresenius, Johann Baptist Georg Wolfgang (1808-1866), German physician and naturalist in Frankfurt. (Fresen.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: FR (some destroyed). Ref.: 1H 1 (ed. 6): 358, 2: 208. Candolle, Phytographie 412. 1880. Hawksworth, Mycologist’s handb. 182. 1974. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 7: 352-353; Andrews p. 265; Barnhart 2:8; BM 2: 618; Bossert p. 133; CSP 2: 717, 6: 661, 7: 710; GR p. 78; Jackson p. 347, 350; LS 9173- 9185; PR 3045-3052; Quenstedt p. 148; Zander ed. 10, p. 660. Engelmann, Bibl. hist. nat. 677 [index]. 1846. De Bary, Bot. Zeitung 25: 7-8. 1867. Anon., Flora 50: 14. 1867. Blum, Ber. Senckenb. naturf. Ges., Wiss. Abh. 1901: 7, 13-14. Urban, FI. bras. 1 (1): 173-174. 1908. Bay, Index Flora 26-100: 11. 1910. Rickett, NAF 1 (1): 158. 1949, ser. 2. 2: 157. 1955. COMPOSITE WoRKS: Martius, Flora brasiliensis: Cordiaceae, Heliotropieae, Borragineae, 8(1): 1-64. t. 1-13. [fasc. 19]. 28 Feb 1857. 875 FRESENIUS EPONYMY: Fresenia A. P. de Candolle (1836). 1856. Taschenbuch zum Gebrauche auf botanischen Exkursionen in der Umgegend von Frankfurt a.M., enthaltend eine Aufzahlung der wildwachsenden Phanerogamen, mit Erlauterungen und kritischen Bemerkungen im Anhange. Frankfurt a.M. (Heinr. Ludw. Brénner) 1832-1833, 2 parts. Duod. (in sixes) (Taschenb. bot. Exkurs.) Erste Abtheilung: 1832 (p. vi: Mai 1832; rd. by Regensburg Society on 9 Jan 1833, see Flora 16: 46; rev. Lit. Ber. Flora 3: 27-32. 7 Mar 1833), p. [iJ-vi, [1]-332, tabl. Copies: HH, L, NY. Kweite Abtheilung: 1833 (rd. by Regensburg 8 Mai 1833, see Flora 16: 303; rev. Lit. Ber. Flora 3: 176. 7 Oct 1833), p. [i], [337]-621. Copies: HH, L, NY. Ref.: BM 2: 618. Guillemin, Arch. Bot. 2: 378. 21 Oct 1833. 1857. Beitrége zur Flora von Aegypten und Arabien [Frankfurt a.M. 1834]. Qu. (Beitr. Fl. Aegypt.) Publ.: In Museum Senckenbergianum vol. 1, as follows (copy in original covers at NY): part pages plates dates I [63]-94 45 1833 (rd. Flora 11 Dec 1833) 2 [163]-188 Oy TE 1834 (rd. Flora after 12 Mar) Reprint, with independent pagination(?) n.v. Ref.: BM 2: 618; Jackson p. 350; PR 3047; IDC 5127. 1858. Beitrdge zur Flora von Abyssinien [Frankfurt a.M. 1837-1845]. Qu. (Beitr. FI. Abyssin.) Publ.: In Museum Senckenbergianum as follows (copy in orig. covers at NY): part museum pages plates dates Flora I 2(1) [103]-168 1836 4 Apr 1837 2 2(3) [267 ]-286 17 1837 14. Dec 1837 3(1) [61 ]-78 4 1839 13 Jan 1840 Also cited as an independently paged reprint (n.v.). Ref.: BM 2: 618; Jackson p. 347; PR 3048; IDC 5126. Anon., Lit. Ber. Flora 7: 70-72, 184. 1837. 1859. Beitrdge zur Mykologie. Frankfurt a.M. (Heinrich Ludwig Brénner) 1850-1863, Heft 1-3. Qu. (Beitr. Mykol.) Heft pages plates dates Heft pages plates dates I [1]-38 I-4 Aug 1850 3 SI-11I 10-13 18 Aug 1863 2 39-80 5-9 Oct 1852 [i-vi] For dates see Vorwort. Copies: NY, Stevenson. Ref.: BM 2: 618; LS 9178; PR 3051; IDC 1527. Anon., Flora 33: 527, 544. 1850 (Heft 1), 35: 704. 29 Nov 1852 (Heft 2). Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 8: 735-737. 11 Oct 1850 (Heft 1), 11: 109-112. 11 Feb 1853 (Heft 2). Hoffmann, Bot. Zeit. 22: 258-259. 19 Aug 1864 (Heft 3). Rickett, NAF 1(1): 158. 1949. Hawksworth, Mycologist’s handb. 194. 1974. Frey, Eduard [-Stauffer] (1888-x), Swiss lichenologist. (Frey). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BERN, other material at B, CHUR, LD, RUEB, SIGMA and W. The original herbarium contains a fair representation of Zahlbruckner’s collections. Ref.: TH 2: 208. 876 FREYREISS BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 9; BFM 2050; LS suppl. 8927-8941; MW p- 129. Welten, Mitt. naturf. Ges. Bern 25: 74-78. 1969 (bibl.; commemorating his 80th birthday). Almborn, Bot. Not. 124: 522. 1971 (on his ‘“‘Flechten”’ 1969). COMPOSITE WORKS: Rabenhorst, Arypiogamen-Flora, ed. 2: Cladoniaceae (except Cladonia), Umbilicariaceae, 4(1): v-vili, 1-411. 1933. Freycinet, Henri Louis Claude de Saulces de (1779-1840), French naval explorer. (Freyc.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: For the botanical collections made on Freycinet’s voyages see Gaudichaud-Beaupré. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2:9; BM 2: 619; CSP 2: 720, 6: 662; LS 9741- 9742; NI p. 62. Embacher, Lexikon Reisen 121-122. 1882. Safford, Contr. U.S. nat. Herb. 9: 29-30. 1905. Maiden, J. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 44: 137-138. Ig10. Schmid, Chamisso als Naturforscher 117, 119, 229. 1942. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 150. 1969. EPONYMyY: Freycinetia Gaudichaud-Beaupré (1824). COMPOSITE WORKS: For the botanical results of Freycinet’s voyages see Gaudichaud- Beaupré. Freyn, Josef Franz (1845-1903), Bohemian engineer, botanist and “‘Fiirstlich collo- redo’scher Baurath’”’ (AG) in Prague. (Freyn). HERBARIUM and TyPES: Unknown (BRNM?), material at B, BP, BRNM, F, GB, GE, IBF, L, LE, MANCH, W. — Contributed to the Flora exsiccata austro-hungarica. Ref.: 1H 1 (ed. 6): 358, 2: 209. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 346. 1916. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 4: 26-27, 12(1): 262, 12(3): 393; Barnhart 2: 9; DTS 1: 72-73, 6(4): 55, 64, 139. Hackel, Oest. bot. Z. 1903(3): [5 p. (reprint) ]. Barbey, Bull. Herb. Boiss. ser. 2. 3: 160. 1903. Schiffner, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 22: (15)-(21). 1904 (bibl.) Maiwald, Gesch. Bot. Bohmen 240. 1904. EPONYMY: Freynella O. Kuntze (1891). Freyreiss, Georg Wilhelm (also Freyreis) (1789-1825), German traveller who collect- ed in Brazil (1813-1818). (Freyr.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Sets of Freyreiss’ Brazilian plants are at B, BR, FR, L, MW, S and UPS (general herbarium as well as Thunberg herb.). Lorentz Westin, Swedish consul in Rio de Janeiro, employed Freyreiss 1815-1818, to collect for the Swedish academy and universities. These plants carry the names of both Freyreiss and Westin. Freyreiss, with Langsdorff, also accompanied the prince of Neuwied on part of his Brazilian trips in 1815 and 1816. Ref.: IH 2: 209; Laségue p. 476-477. _Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 346. 1916. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 9; CSP 15: 128; PR p. 112. Martius, Flora 20(2), Beibl.: 28-29. 1837. Blum, Ber. Senckenberg. naturf. Ges. Wiss. Abh. 1901: 17-18. 877 FREYREISS Urban, Fl. bras. 1(1): 21-22. 1906 (itinerary). Lowegren, Naturaliekabinett i Sverige 212, 369. 1952. Friche-Joset, Frangois (1799-1856[?]), Swiss horticulturist. (Friche-Foset). HERBARIUM and. TYPES: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 10; BL 2: 560; BM 2: 620, 6: 346; Jackson Pp. 344; PR 3056. Kirschleger, Fl. Alsace 2: Ixxxvi-lxxxvil. 1860. Synopsis de la flore du Jura septentrional et du Sundgau contenant un résumé analytique et raisonné des végétaux phanérogames croissant sur les différentes chaines du Jura septentrional, par feu Friche-Joset pére ... Et des végétaux vasculaires du Sundgau, classés d’aprés une méthode analytique nouvelle, avec l’indication de toutes les localités ou ces plantes ont été trouvées a l’état spontané, précédés d’un tableau analytique et de lexplication de la méthode adoptée, accompagnés d’une planche explicative et suivis d’un vocabulaire renfermant la définition des mots techniques employés dans cet ouvrage par F. J. Montandon ... Mulhouse (J. P. Risler) 1856. Oct. (Syn. fl. Fura). Editor and in pari co-author: F. Jules Montandon. Ed. 1: Dec 1856 (Kirschleger; p. vi: Jun 1856), p. [i]-xii, z pl., 1 tabl., [1]-409, [410, err.|. Copies: G, HH, NY. Ed. 2: Mulhouse 1868, as Guide du botaniste dans le Sundgau, new t.p. and pref., added to a reissue of the old sheets. Ref.: BL 2: 560; BM 2: 620, 6: 346; Jackson p. 344; PR 3056. Frickhinger, Hermann (i. 1911), German apothecary and botanist at Nordlingen. (Frickhinger) . HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. 1861. Gefasskryptogamen- und Phanerogamenflora des Rieses, seiner Umgebung und des Hesselberges bei Wassertriidingen. Zum Gebrauche auf Exkursionen, in Lehranstalten und beim Selbstunterricht ... mit einer geologischen Karte. Nérdlingen (C. H. Beck) Igit. Oct. (Gefasskrypt. G Phanerogamenfl. Ries.) Publ.: Jan-Feb 1911 (p. v: Oct 1910; Nat. Nov. Feb 1911), p. [i]-v, [vi, cont.] [1]-403, map. Copy: B. Friderichsen, Peter Kristian Nicolaj (1853-1932), Danish botanist active in Schles- wig-Holstein. (Friderichsen). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: C (2000, incl. 1500 Rubi). Exsiccatae: Rubi exsiccati Daniae et Slesvigiae (fasc. 1, Ribe 1885 (30 nos.), fasc. 2, Ribe 1887 (30 nos.), fasc. 3, Horsens 1888), with Otto Carl Leonor Gelert (1862-1899), sets: A, C, K, LD, MANCH. Refs: TH 23'200. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(1): 493; Barnhart 2: 10. Fischer-Benzon, in Prahl, Krit. Fl. Schlesw.-Holst. 2: 18. 1890. Christensen, Danske Bot. Hist. 1: 586-587, 810. 1926 (portr.) Lind, Bot. Tidsskr. 42: 207-209. 1934. (portr.) Fries, Elias Magnus (1794-1878), Swedish botanist at Uppsala, one of the founders of taxonomic mycology. (f7.) HERBARIUM and typEs: UPS, acquired in 1882. Some types may also be at C. The series of exsiccatae issued by Fries are listed below. — The original drawings and paintings used by Fries are at the ‘Reichsmuseum Stockholm’ fide NI. Exsiccatae: 1. Scleromyceti Sveciae (dec. i-xlv, Lund 1819-1834), sets at B (complete), BM, C, E, FH, MSTR, PG, S. 878 FRIES, E. M. 2.Lichenes sueciae exsiccati (fasc. i-1v, vii-ix, X1li, nos. 1-120, 181-270, 361-390, Lund 1824- 1827; fasc. v-vi, x, [xiv], nos. 121-180, 271-300, 391-420 by C. Stenhammar, fasc. xii, nos. 331-360 by Th. M. Fries; fasc. xi never issued), sets at B, C, CAN, CN, DBN, DUKE, FH, G, GB, GOET, HAL, L, LD, M, MSC, O, PC, S$, UPS, US. 3. Herbarium normale plantarum rariorum et criticarum Sueciae (fasc. 11-[xvi] Lund, Uppsala; details see KR p. 215), sets at B, BM, BP, C, CGE, K, L, LD, LE, LZ, P, S, W, WAG. [Sets i-i1 publ. by H. H. Ringius]. 4. Hieracia europaea exsiccata [with F. Lagger] (nos. 1-161, Uppsala 1862-1865, Suppl. 60 nos. Uppsala ed. 1 1871, ed. 2 1872), sets at B, C, L, LE, P, W. Ref.: TH 2: 209; KR 214-215. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 275, 286, 347. 1916. Holm and Nannfeldt, Friesia 7: 10-59. 1962 (on Scleromyc. Suec.) Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 125-126. 1969. Pfister, Mycotaxon 3(1): 185-192. 1975 (on FH set of Scler. suec.) BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG I: 224, 4: 279, 5(1): 561, 6(1): 639, 12(3): 4743 Barnhart 2: 11; BL 2: 509, 525, 538; BM 2: 622-625, 6: 347; Bossert p. 134; CSP 2: 724-726, 6: 662, 7: 715, 9: 933, 12: 254; DTS 1: 739; GR p. 474-475; Jackson p. 548 [index]; KR p. 199-215; Langman p. 293; LS 9203-9293, 41188; MD p. 111-113; NI 655; PR 3061-3113, ed. 1: 3380-3411; SO index p. 22; Zander (ed. 10) p. 661. Wikstrom, Conspectus 69-81. 1831. Scheutz, Bot. Not. 1863: 68. Krempelhuber, Gesch. Lit. Lichenologie 2: 6, 88, 127-137, 148-157, 184-187. 1869. Anon., Il. Tidn., Stockholm 7(21): 161-162. 1871 (portr.) Cogniaux, Bull. Soc. bot. France 16: 261-263. 1877. Anon., Flora 61: 95. 1878. Anon., Hedwigia 17(2): 32. 1878. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. Sci. 13: 453. 1878; Scientific Papers 2: 411-412. 1889. Lindstrom, J. Bot. 17: 33-37. 1879. Arrhenius, Lefnadsteck. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Led. 2(2): 195-226. 1881 (incl. bibl.) Lindemann, Bull. Soc. Natur. Moscou 59(1): 295. 1884. Fries [Autobiography], Ic. Sel. Hymen. 1: i-viii. 1884 (incl. bibl.) Dudley, J. Mycol. 2: go-94. 1886. Babington, Memorials 472. 1897. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 38, 183, pl. 4. 1903, 3(3): 12. pl. 50. 1905 (portr.) Dorfler, Botaniker-Portrats 2: 11. 1906. Bay, Ind. Flora 26-100: 11. Ig10. Lloyd, Mycol. Notes 32: 413-427. 1909, 33: 480-482. 1910. Barnhart, Mem. Torrey bot. Club 16: 293. 1921. Moebius, Gesch. Bot. 450 [index]. 1937. Lemburg, Z. Pilzk. 12: 17. 1938. Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 435-436. 1916; 7(15): 1064. 1940. Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 331. 1945; 1(1): 158. 1949. Shear, Mycologia 41: 456-461. 1949 (corr. with Schweinitz). Kihner, Bull. Soc. Natur. Oyonnax 4: 26-52. 1950 (on his Agaricus sp.). Fries, R. E., Elias Fries in Swedish Men of Science 178-185. 1952. Fries, [Autobiography], Friesia 5: 135-160. 1955 (incl. bibl. by Buchwald). Eriksson, Friesia 8: 1-7. 1967. Buchwald, Friesia 9: 348-354. 1970 [rev. of family]. Ainsworth and Bisby, Dict. fungi ed. 6. 211-212. 1971. Eriksson, DSB 5: 190-192. 1972. Stafleu, in Daniels and Stafleu, ‘Taxon 22: 374. 1973 (portr.) COMPOSITE worRKs: See Afzelius, Reliquiae afzelianae (1860). EPONYmy (genera): Friesia A. P. de Candolle (1824); Friesta K. P. J. Sprengel (1818) ; Friesites P. A. Karsten (1879); Friesula Spegazzini (1880); (journal): Friesia nordisk mykologisk tidsskrift. Copenhagen. Vol. 1-x, 1932-x. HANDWRITING: Candollea 29: 509-510. 1974. 879 FRIES, E. M. 1862. Novitiae florae svecicae. Quas, venia ampl. ord. phil, Lundens, peaeside [sic] Carolo Ad. Agardh, ... pro laurea publico examini subjicit. Auctore Elias Magnus Fries. Smolandus. In Lyceo Carolino die xi Maji mdcccxiv. Lundae (Berling) 1814. Qu. [Partic. 1-7, 1814-1824] (Novzt. fl. svec.) Partic. 1, 11 Mai 1814, p. [1]-22, tp. as above (copy: Stevenson). The HU and NY copies have a title page set up in a different type with “‘ae”’ in Svecicae as a ligature, the word “‘praeside’”’ correctly spelled and the date line “In Lyceo Carolino die Maji mdcccxiv.” Partic. 2, 11 Mai 1814, p. [23]-40, t.p.: ““Novzizae florae svecicae. auctore Elia Fries. Partic. II.” Lund 1814 (copy: Stevenson). The NY copy has a different title page: ‘‘Novitiae florae svecicae, quas, ... auctor Elias Magnus Fries ... et respondens Petrus Ahlquist, . in Lyceo Carolino die 11 Nov. mdcccxiv. Partic. II.” Partic. 3, 12 Mar 1817, p. [41]-50, t.p.: ““Novitiae florae svecicae, quas, ... respondens David Theolander, Smolandus. In Lyceo Carolino die xii Mart. mdcccxvii. Part. Tie Lund e817: Partic. 4, 12 Mar 1817, p. [i-ii], [51]-60, t.p.: “*... respondens Adolph. Alexanderson, Blekingus. In Lyceo Carolino die xii Mart. mdcccxvii. Part. IV.” Lund 1817. Partic. 5, 2 Jun 1819, p. [61]-72, t.p.: “*... respondens Harald. Sjéborg, Blekingus. In Lyceo Carolino die ii Junii mdcccxix. Part. V.’’ Lund 1819. [Partic. 5 cont.], 18 Dec 1819, p. [i], [73]-80, t.p.: “°. .. respondens N. Léfberg, Blekingus. In Lyceo Carolino die xviii Dec. mdcccxix. Part. V. Continuatio.” Partic. 6, 5 Jun 1823, p. [81]-90, t.p.: ““... p.p. Carolus Fr. Bodach, Scanus. In Lyceo Carolino die v Junii mdcccxxii. P. VI.” Partic. 6 cont., 5 Jun 1823, p. [i], [91 ]-98, t.p.: “‘... p.p. H. M. Melin, Scanus. In Lyceo Carolino die v Junii mdcccxxi. P. VI. Cont. I.” Partic. “7 (= 6, cont. 2), 14 Jun 1823, p. [1-ii1], [9g]-106, t.p.: “... p.p. Johannes E. Ringius, Scanus. In Lyceo Carolino die xiv Junii mdcccxxiii. P. VII. Cont. II.” Partic. 7, 28 Apr 1824, p. [107]-122, t.p.: ““... p.p. Alexis Eduard Lindblom, Blekingus. In Lyceo Carolino die xxviii Aprilis mdcccxxiv. P. VII. Lundae ... mdcccxxiii.” — Copy partic. 1-5(cont. 1): Stevenson; 1-7: NY. — The title page of VII is dated ‘Lund 1823.’ — An editio altera of the entire series was published Lund 1828, see below; the Novitiarum Florae Suecicae Mantissae (1832-1845) must be considered an indepen- dent publication (see below). Ref.: BM 2: 622; IF p. 698; Jackson p. 335; KR p. 199 (no. 1); PR 3061. 1863. Observationes mycologicae ... cum tab. iv aeneis. Kjobenhavn (Gerh. Bonnier) 1815. Oct. (Observ. mycol.) [Pars 1:] 1815, p. [i]-vii, [viii, corr.], [1]-230, pl. 1-4, hand col. copper engr. — Copies: B, G, NY, Stevenson (the latter two have p. [i], [1]-230, pl. r-4). A second NY copy has a special t.p. for part 1: “‘Observationes mycologicae praecipue ad illustrandam Floram Suecicam ... Pars prima. Cum tab. iv. aeneis.”’ Pars 2: Observationes mycologicae praecipue ad illustrandam Flora Suecicam ... pars secunda. Cum tab. iv. aeneis color. Kjobenhavn (id.) 1818. Oct., publ. Apr-Mai 1818, p. [i]-x, [1]-372, [2, expl. ic.], pl. 5-8, hand col. copper engr. — Copies: G, NY, Steven- son. A second NY copy has p. [1]-376, [2, expl. ic.], pl. 5-8. Editio nova: Kjobenhavn (id.) 1824, is a reissue of the old sheets of the 1815-1818 edition with a cancellans title page: “‘Observationes ... Suecicam ... cum tab. viii aeneis color. Edition [sic] nova. Hafniae ... mdcccxxiv.”’ — Copy: NY. — See Rogers for details on 1824 copies with another set of cancellans pages. Ref.: BH; KR p. 206 (no. 79); IDC 5235. Rogers, Mycologia 31: 297-307. 1939, 46(2): 248-253. 1954. 1864. Symbolae gasteromycorum ad illustrandam floram suecicam, quas, venia ampl. ord. phil. in Acad. Lund. publico examini sujiciunt Elias Magnus Fries, ... et Johan Nordholm, Smolandus. In Acad. Carol. die Maji 1817. Fascic. I. Lund (Berling) 1817. Oct. (Symb. gasteromyc.) Fasc. 1: 22 Mai 1817; as above, p. [i-ii], [1]-8. - Copy: MO. Other copies seem to have the precise date filled in. Fasc. 2: 4 Jun 1817; p. [i-ii], 9-16. “‘... Fries, ... et Johan Lindgren, Smolandus. In Acad. Carol. die iv Junii 1817. Fascic. ii.”” Lund (id.) 1817. — Copy: MO. 880 FRIES, E. M. Fasc. 3: 3 Jun 1818; p. [1-ii], 17-25. “*... Fries, ... et Lars Gust. Palmquist, Smolandus, in Acad. Carol. die iii Junii 1818. Fascic. III.’? Lund (id.) 1818. — Copy: MO. Ref.: BM 2: 622; KR p. 207 (no. 82); PR 3066; IDC 5925. 1865. Flora hallandica; quam cons. ampl. fac. philos. in Acad. Lund. publice examinan- dam proponunt Elias Fries, ... et Sv. P. Broberg ... in Acad. Carol. d. Maji 1817. Part. prioris Sectio I. Lund (Berling) 1817. Oct. (Fl. hall.) Publ.: In separate theses Mai 1817 (p. 1-16)-Nov 1819; sect. 1-4: p. [1]-68, sect. 5-6: 69-100, sect. 7-10: 101-159. No separate t.p.’s for theses seen except for no. 1. Copies: G, HH. 1866. Flora hallandica, sistens enumerationem vegetabilium in Hallandia sponte nas- centium, additis locis natalibus et observationibus selectis. Pars prior. Lund (Berling) 1817 et 1818[-1819]. Oct. (Fl. hall.) Publ.: 1819, p. [1]-159, [1] a cancellans; a reissue of the sheets of the original publication (see above), without the separate thesis t.p.’s and dedication, with a new t.p. and p- 45-46 newly printed. Copies: HH, NY. 1867. Systema mycologicum, sistens fungorum ordines, genera et species, hucusque cognitas, quas ad normam methodi naturalis determinavit, disposuit atque descripsit Elias Fries. Lund (Berlin), Greifswald (vol. 3: Ernesti Mauritii) 1821-1832, 3 vols. Oct. (Syst. mycol.) vol. part pages dates place I - [i]-lvii, [1, err.], [1]-520 I Jan 1821 Lund (Art. 13 ICBN) 2 I [1j-[274] 1822 Lund 2 [1], 275-620, [1, err.] 1823 Lund 3 I [i]-viti, [1 ]-259, (“6117 = 116] 1829 Greifswald 2 [i-iii], [261]-524, 1832 Greifswald [“253,” “254” = 523, 524] Index — [1]-202, [3, p.s. and err.] 1832 Greifswald Copies: BR, MO, US, USDA. — Starting point work for the nomenclature of “‘fungi caeteri’’ (sensu ICBN, Art. 13). Names of fung? caetert published in other works between 1 Jan 1821 and 1832 cannot affect the nomenclatural status of Fries’ names published in any of the volumes of the Systema. The Elenchus fungorum of 1828 is treated as part of the Systema (Art. 13 ICBN). — Actual publication of vol. 1 probably took place in Dec 1820 or Jan 1821. Hornschuch (Flora 3: 426. 21 Jul 1820) had the first sheet “‘in front of”? him. The original edition of vols. 1 and 2 were issued at Lund “‘Ex officina Berlin- giana.” The US copy has a cancellans p. 5/6 of vol. 1 in addition to the original pages; USDA same plus idem p. 503/504. After Moritz at Greifswald had taken over publi- cation he issued copies of vols. 1 and 2 from the old stock with new title-pages “‘Gryphis- waldae, sumtibus Ernesti Mauriti.” Copies: BR, NY. Facsimile ed.: New York 1952 (n.v.) Ref.: Krok p. 207 (no. 86a); Jackson p. 162; PR 3068; IDC 5021. Anon., Flora 5(1): Beil. 2: 74-97. Jan-Mar 1822 (rev. vol. 1). Rogers, Mycologia 33: 568-570. 1941. Rogers, D. P., Bibliographical note for the reprinted edition, 7x E. M. Fries, Systema mycologicum, facsimile edition, New York 1952 (edition J. Stevenson and D. P. Rogers). 1868. Systema orbis vegetabilis. Primas lineas novae constructionis periclitatur Elias Fries. Pars I. Plantae homonemeae. Lund (Typographia Academica) 1825. Oct. (Syst. orb. veg.) Publ.: 1825 (prob. Dec), p. [i]-vii, [viii, err.], [1]-369, [370-374]. Copies: B, HH, L. - See Lindley (1826) for critical remarks. Ref.: BH; BM 2: 622; Jackson p. 114; KR p. 207 (no. 91); PR 3070. Lindley, Philosoph. Mag. 68: 81-91. 1826. 881 FRIES, E. M. Anon., Flora 9: 133-138, 385-392, 399-400. 1826. Fries, Flora 9: 555-560. 1869. Stirpes agri femsionensis, quarum indicem cons. ampliss. phil. ord. lundens. praeside Elia Magno Fries, ... p.p. Magnus G. Winding, Gothoburgensis in Acad. Carol. d. xxv maji mdcccxv. Lund (Berling) 1825. Oct. [and six similar diss. 1825-1827] (Stirp. agri femsion.) Publ.: A series of dissertations defended by pupils of Fries who was himself responsible for the text (cf. the dissertations of Linnaeus and Thunberg). ‘The theses can be taken to have been published on the dates on which they were defended (mentioned on the title pages) : part dates part dates part dates I 25 Mai1825 ~—_ 4(cont. 3) 16 Jun 1825 6(cont. 5) 2 Jun 1827 2(cont. 1) 11 Jun 1825 5(cont. 4) 19 Mai 1827 7(cont. 6) 8 Dec 1827 3(cont. 2) 11 Jun 1825 A reissue was published possibly after 8 Dec 1827 under the title (new title page only): Stirpium agri femsionensis index, observationibus illustrata, Lund (A typographia Academica) 1825, 1826 [sic], p. [1]-100. Copy: NY. — The Stevenson copy combines the Winding t.p. with the contents of the re-issue. Ref.: BM 2: 622; KR p. 201 (no. 12); MD p. 111-113; PR 3071 (and in ed. 1, no. 3391, in note). 1870. Elenchus fungorum, sistens commentarium in Systema mycologicum vol. 1[2]. Greifswald (sumptibus Ernesti Mauritii [Moritz] 1828, 2 vols. Oct. (Elench. fung.) Vol. 1: 1828, p. [i], [1]-238. Copies: BR, MO, NY, US, USDA. Vol. 2: 1828, p. [i*], [i]-vi, [1, err.], [1]-154. Copies: BR, MO, NY, US, USDA. The pages [i|-vi are sometimes bound with vol. 1. — For purposes of nomenclature a part of the Systema, i.e. the names in the Elenchus are treated as if published with those in the Systema. 1830 reissue: 1830, new t.p. with old sheets, “‘Systema mycologicum ... supplementum voluminis primi [secundi]’’; same collation as orig., Greifswald (Sumtibus Ernesti Mauritii). Copy: G. The Index alphabeticus generum, specierum et synonymorum in Eliae Fries Systemate mycologico ejusque supplemento ‘“‘Elencho fungorum”’ enumeratorum s.l. [1832], p- [1]-202, [3, p.s. and err.], mentioned above with the Systema is often bound with the Elenchus. Ref.: BM 2: 622; KR 86n; PR 3072; IDC 5020. Rogers, D. P., unpublished information. 1871. Novitiae florae suecicae. Edit. altera, auctior et in formam commentarii in cel. Wahlenbergii floram suecicam redacta. Lund (Berling) 1828. Oct. (Novit. fl. suec. alt.) Publ.: 1828 (“‘Seit Ende Sept. eingegangen,”’ Flora 11(2) Erg.: 66. Jan 1829), p. [i]-xu, [1 ]-306. Copies: MO, NY, Stevenson — The MO copy has cancellans p. 275/276 and 305/306 bound separately in front. Ref.: KR p. 200 (no. rb). 1872. Lichenographia europaea reformata. Praemittuntur lichenologiae fundamenta. Compendium in theoreticum et practicum lichenum studium conscripsit Elias Fries ... Lund (Berling) 1831. Oct. (Lichenogr. eur. reform.) Publ.: Jun-Jul 1831 or somewhat earlier (fide Intelligenzbl. Jena Allg. Lit. Zeit. 28(25) : 196. Jul 1831, see also Flora 13: 439. 21 Jul 1830; preface dated Cal. Dec. 1830), p. [i]-cxx, [1]-486. Copies: L, Stevenson. Ref.: BH; BM 2: 622; Jackson p. 228; KR p. 212 (no. 147); PR 3075. 1873. Novitiarum florae suecicae mantissa [prima, altera, tertia] & Continuationes [1-5] [Academic dissertations]. Lund (Berling) 1832-1845. Oct. (in fours) (Novit. fl. suec. mant. ) 882 FRIES, E. M. mantissa contin. partic. pages dates prima 1-3 [i], [1]-56 1832 4 57-64, 1834 5 65-84 1835 altera I-IV [i-ii], [1 ]-64 1839 tertia I-III [i]-x, [1]-48 Jul 1842 IV-VI 49-96 1843 VII-XIII 97-204. 1845 Novitiarum florae suecicae mantissa prima. Accedit commentatio de Salicibus. Auctore Elia Fries. Lund 1832. Oct. — Reissue of the five dissertations constituting the ‘“‘Mantissa prima et continuationes,” see above, without the thesis t.p.’s: p. [i], [1]-84. Copies: NY, USDA, Stevenson. Novitiarum florae suecicae mantissa altera, additis plantis in Norvegia recentius detectis. Uppsala (Leffler et Sebell) 1839. Oct. — Reissue of the four dissertations which make up the ‘‘Mantissa altera” (see above), without thesis t.p.’s etc. but with a new t.p., p. [i-11], [1]-64. Copy: NY [bound with Mantissa tertia, p. [1]-204, no t.p.] Maniissa tertia: Usually with separate t.p. but bound behind a general t.p. for the entire series: “‘Vovitiae florae suecicae. Continuatio, sistens mantissam i, 1, ili uno volumine comprehensas. Accedunt de stirpibus in Norvegia recentius detectis praenotiones e maxime parte communicatae a Math. N. Blytt.”” Lund, Uppsala 1832-1842. Copies: NY, Stevenson, USDA, p. [i]-x, [1]-204 (addenda p. 169-202 dated Jan 1843). We have not seen a copy of this book with the title pages of the original dissertations. — The Maniissa altera is noted by Flora as “‘erschienen”’ in its issue of 14. Dec 1839; one sheet of the Mantissa tertia was available at the meeting of the Scandinavian natural scientists of 13 Jul 1842, Stockholm (fide Flora 26: 335. 7 Jun 1843). For details see KR Pp. 201, no. 15c. Ref.: BM 2: 622; IF p. 698; Jackson p. 335; KR p. 201 (no. 15); PR 3061. Schultz, Bot.. Zeit. 2: 841-845, 854-860. Dec 1844. Wimmer, Flora 29: 161-169. 1846. 1874. Corpus florarum provincialium Sueciae. I. Floram scanicam scripsit Elias Fries . . . Uppsala (Palmblad, Sebell & C.) 1835[-1837]. Oct. (FU. scan.) Publ.: Issued as a series of 27 dissertations as follows: partic) pages] :: dates partic. pages dates {i]-xiv 1836 20 299-314. 1836 XV-XXiv, [I-10] 1836 ‘Clavis’ 21 315-330 1836 table I-12 [1]-192 1835 22 331-346, [2, aph.| 1836 13-16 193-254, 254B,C 1836 23-25 347-394 1837 17-19 255-298 1836 Copies: G, HH, HU(2), L, MO, NY, PCS (starts off with Clavis), Stevenson. — We have not seen a copy with the original title pages of the theses. The above information is from Krok. Ref.: BM 2: 623; KR p. 201-202 (no. 16); PR 3078. 1875. Boleti, fungorum generis, illustratio, quam consens. ampliss. facult. philos. Upsal. praeside Elia Fries ... p.p. GC. T. Hék Smolandus. In audit. Gustav. die xii Junii mdcccxxxv h.p.m.s. Uppsala (Regiae Academiae Typographi) [1835] Oct. (Boleti Sung. gen.) Publ.: 13 Jun 1835, p. [i-ii], [1]-14. Copies: HU(2), UC. Ref.: KR p. 208 (no. 99). 1876. Botaniskt-Antiqvariske Excursioner, af hvilka den forsta 6fver Grekernes Nymphea- ceer, med vidtberémda Filos. Facultetens tillstand, under indseende af Mag. Elias Fries ... for filosofiska graden komma att offentligen forsvaras af Carl Oscar Lowenad- 883 FRIES, E. M. ler ... pa Ekonom. Audit. d. 9 Junii 1836. fam. 1. Uppsala (K. Akad. Boktryck) 1836. Qu. (Bot.-Antig. Excurs.) 1:9 Jun 1836, p. [i], [1]-8. Copies: HU, UC. 2:9 Jun 1836, p. [i-ii], 9-16. Copies: HU, UC. - “... af Carl Olof Akerwall ... pa Ekonom. Audit. d. 9 Junii 1836. e.m. 2.” 3:10 Jun 1836, p. [i-ii], 17-28. Copies: HU, UC. — “... Excursioner, hvilka med vidtberémda ... af Gustaf Leonard Carlsson ... pa Ekonom. Audit. d. 10 Junii 1836. e.m. 3. Den férste 6fver Grekenes Nympheaceer afslutas.”’ 4: 15 Jun 1836, p. [i], 29-36. Copies: HU, UC. — “... af Elias August Carlsten ... pa Ekonom. Audit. d. 15 Junii 1836. f.m. 4. Den andra: om sadesslagens stamband.”’ Ref.: KR p. 214 (no. 160) (cites also later reprints). 1877. Genera Hymenomycetum, quorum novam expositionem venia ampliss. fac. philosoph. Ups. praeside Elia Fries ... pro gradu philosophico p.p. Laurentius Petr. Laurell ... in audit. Gustav. d. xx April mdcccxxxvi. H.A.M.S. Uppsala (Regiae Acad. Typo- graphi) 1836. Oct. (Gen. Hymenomyc.) Publ.: 20 Apr 1836 (date of dissertation), p. [i-iv], [1]-17. Copies: HU, Stevenson. Ref.: BM 2: 623; KR p. 208 (no. 101); PR 3081. 1878. Synopsis generis Lentinorum, quam, venia ampliss. fac. philosoph. Ups., praeside Elia Fries ... pro gradu philosophico p.p. Johannes Sieurin ... in audit. Gustav. d. x Junii mdcccxxxvi. H.P.M.S. Upsala (Regiae Acad. Typographi) [1836]. Oct. (Syn. gen. Lentin.) Publ.: 10 Jun 1836, p. [1]-15. Copy: HU. Ref.: KR p. 208 (no. 103). 1879. Anteckningar Gfver de i Sverige vdxande dtliga svampar, hvilka, med vidtberoémda Filos. Facultetens tillstand, under inseende of oeconomiae practicae professorn mag. Elias Fries f6r filosofiska graden komma att offentligen férsvaras af Reinhold Borgardt ... pa Gustav. Audit. d. 30 Apr. 1836 e.m. 1[-8]. Uppsala (Palmblad, Sebell & C.) 1836. Qu. (Anteckn. Sver. dtl. svamp.) 1: as above, 30 Apr. 1836, p. [i], [1]-8. 2: 4 Mai 1836, p. [i], 9-16, “*... af Wilhelm Liedberg ... pa Gustav. Audit. d. 4 Maji TS9Ortemas 2.7 3: 4. Mai 1836, p. [i-ii], 17-24, “‘... af Jacob Lundell ... pa Gustav. Audit. d. 4 Maji 1836 e.m. 3.” 4: 14 Mai 1836, p. [i], 25-32, “*... af Jacob Aug. Stiegler ... pa Gustav. Audit. d. 14 Maji 1836. fim. 4.” 5: 28 Mai 1836, p. [i], 33-40, “... af Jakob Ostberg ... pa Gustav Audit. d. 28 Maji 1836. e.m. 5.” 6: 4 Jun 1836, p. [i], 41-48, “*... af And. Aug. Hammarstrém ... pa Gustav. Audit. d. 4 Juni 1836. fm. 6.” 7: 11 Jun 1836, p. [i], 49-56, “*... af Pehr Engman ... pa Gustav. Audit. d. 11 Junii 1836. fm. 7.” 8: 14 Jun 1836, p. [i], 57-68, “‘... af Hans Oscar Juel ... pa Gustav. Audit. d. 14 Juni 1836 f.m. 8: de och sista Delen.” Imprint 1-6: Palmblad, Sebell & C., 7-8: Tryckt hos Leffler och Sebell. Copies: HU (compl.), MO, UC (complete with all title pages), Stevenson (with t.p. of no. 1 only). — Krok mentions copies with a common t.p. Uppsala, Leffler o. Sebell (n.v.). Ref.: KR p. 208 (no. 102). 1880. Clavis in familias plantarum indigenas, quam venia ampliss. fac. philosoph. Ups., praeside Elia Fries ... pro gradu philosophico p.p. Sem Johannes Franzén Suder- manno-Nericius. In audit. Gustav. d. xiv Jun. mdccexxxvi. H.A.M.S. Uppsala (Regiae Acad. Typographi) [1836]. Oct. (Clav. fam. pl.) Publ.: 14 Jun 1836; p. [i-ii], [1]-10, table. — Copies: NY, PCS. — This is one of the dissertations making up the Corpus florarum ... 1835[-1837], see above, namely the text occurring in the consolidated version with page numbers xv-xxiv; treated here as no. 1874. Ref.: KR p. 202 (16 f). 884. FRIES, E. M. 1881. Adami Afzelii ... Fungi guineenses, quos ad schedulas et specimina inventoris, descriptos, venia ampl. fac. phil. Ups. praeside mag. Elia Fries ... p.p. Carolus Mauritius Nyman uplando-roslagus. In audit. Gustav. die v junii mdcccxxxvii. H.P.M.S. pars i. Uppsala (excudebant Regiae Academiae typographi) s.d. [1837]. Qu. (Fung. guin.) Publ.: 5 Jun 1837, p. [i-iv], [1]-8. Copies: G, Stevenson. Ref.: BM 2: 623; KR p. 208 (no. 106a). 1882. Epicrisis systematis mycologi, seu synopsis Hymenomycetum. Uppsala (Typographia Academica) 1836-1838. Oct. (Epicr. syst. mycol.) Publ. : 1838, p. [i]-xii, [2, postscr.], [1]-610. Copies: MO, NY, Stevenson. — The title-page is dated 1836-1838 but so far I have no information showing that the book was published in parts. It was received by Flora in Jan 1839 (22: 16. 7 Jan 1839) and by Hinrichs in Leipzig, between 10 and 16 Mar 1839, which would point at late pu- blication. - Krok mentions two issues, one with (3), 594 p., entitled Epicrisis systematis mycologici sectio prior (n.v.), and another one which is described here. A nominal second edition, virtually almost an independent work was published in 1874 as Hymenomycetes europaet (see below). Ref.: BM 2: 623; Jackson p. 162; KR p. 208 (no. 105); LS 9240; PR 3083. Trog (Trogg), Tabula analytica fungorum ... Bern 1848. Sehlmeyer, Index alphabeticus in Epicrisi Friesii. K6In 1852. 1883. Summa vegetabilium Scandinaviae, seu enumeratio, systematica et critica, plantarum tum cotyledonearum, quum nemearum inter mare occidentale et album, inter Eidoram et Nordkap, hactenus lectarum, una cum singulae distributione geographica. Uppsala (E. Typographia Academica) 1845, 1849, 2 sections. Oct. (partly in fours) (Summa veg. Scand.) Sectio prior: 1845. — The above title is of the rare 1845 issue of the sectio prior (p. [1], [ii], [1]-258, signatures 1-16 in fours. Copy: HU). Another issue of this first section, more common, has a slightly different subtitle: Summa ... plantarum quum cotyledonearum, tum nemearum ... lectarum, indicata simul distributione geographica. Stockholm and Leipzig (A. Bonnier) [s.d.], on back of title page: Uppsala (Typograph. Academica) 1846. This 1846 issue has a Ratio operis on p. [iii]-viii, explaining the mode of private, but effective, publication of the 1845 issue; p. [i]-viii, [1, err.], [1]-258. Copzes: BR, L, MO, Stevenson, U, US. Sectio posterior: p. [259]-572, publ. 1849, has the same general title as the 1846 issue. The Utrecht and Smithsonian copies also have a Stockholm/Leipzig (A. Bonnier ... redemtor) imprint without date on the title page, but Uppsala (Typograph. Acade- mici) 1849 on the verso (p. [260]). Copies: L, MO, Stevenson, Teyler, U ,US. Ref.: BM 2: 623; IF 1: 698; KR p. 204 (no. 45); LS 9248; PR 3091. A., Bot. Zeit. 4: 634-637. 11 Sep 1846 (sectio prior, 1845 issue). Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 8: 303-305. 12 Apr 1850 (sectio post.) 1884. J. A. Wahlbergii Fungi natalenses, adjectis quibusdam capensibus, auctore Elia Fries. ex Actis Acad. Scient. Holm. 1848. Stockholm (P. A. Norstedt et filii) 1848. Oct. (Fung. natal.) Reprint: 1848, p. [i], [1]-34. Copies: G (2), Stevenson. — Reprinted or preprinted from Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akademiens Handlingar for Ar 1848(1): J21-154. 1849. Journal publ.: Fungi natalenses quos annis mdcccxxxix-mdcccxl collegit J. A. Wahlberg, adjectis quibusdam capensibus. Jn Handlingar 1848(1): [121]-154. 1849 (the first part of Handlinger publ. 1849). Copy: BR. Ref.: BM 2: 623; ‘Jackson p. 35; KR p. 209 (no. 110). Berkeley, in Hooker, Lond. J. Bot. 2: 507-524. 1843. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 8: 147-150. 22 Feb 1850. 1885. Novae symbolae mycologicae. Fasciculus primus, sistens fungos in peregrinis terris a botanicis danicis nuper collectos. Uppsala (Reg. Acad. Typograph.) 1851. Qu. (Nov. symb. mycol.) Publ.: 1851, before Nov (Regensb. rd. Nov 1851), p. [i], [1]-120. Copy: MO. — A separately paged reprint of an article published in Nova Acta reg. Soc. Sci. Uppsal. 885 FRIES, E. M. ser. 3. 1(1): 17-136. 1851. A ‘mantissa’ was published in the same volume of this journal on p. 225-231 (1851); this Mantissa is sometimes included in the reprint as p- 121-127. Ref.: BM 2: 624; KR p. 209 (no. 113); MW p. 129; PR 3094. 1886. Monographia hymenomycetum Sueciae. Uppsala (C. A. Leffler) [1851]-1857-1863, 2 vols. Oct. (in fours) (Monogr. hymenomyc. Suec.) Publ.: A series of separately paged dissertations (to be attributed to Fries), with ad- ditional text: vol. subject pages date proponent I title, historiola {i]-xi 1857 Amanita [i-ii], [1]-16 18 Apr 1854 Klingberg Lepiota [i-ii], [1 ]-17-[18] Apr 1854 Nennes Armillaria [i-ii], [1]-16 18 Apr 1854 Wikander Tricholoma I [i-ii], 1-16 19 Apr 1854 Eneroth Tricholoma II [i-ii], 17-32 6 Mai 1854 Tagtstrom Tricholoma III [1-11], 33-50 6 Mai 1854. Roos Clitocybe I [1]-16 3 Mai 1854 Bodman Clitocybe IT [1-11], 17-32 6 Mai 1854 Peterson Clitocybe III [i-ii], 33-48 13 Mai 1854 Hook Collybia I [i-ii], [1]-16 18 Mai 1854 Bjornstr6m Collybia IT [i-ii], 17-32 2 Jun 1854 Dahlstr6m Omphalia [i-ii], [1]-18 27 Mai 1854 Wahlback Mycena [1]-16 27 Mai 1854 Johanson additional text 209-484. 1857? 2 praemonenda [1*-11* |, [i]-iv 1863 Cortinaria I [i-ii], [1 ]-16 a1 Mai 1851 Humble Cortinaria II [i-ili], 17-32 21 Mai 1851 Hagstrém Cortinaria III [1-11], 33-48 28 Mai 1851 Ponten Cortinaria IV [1-1i], 49-64 2 Jun 1851 Berg Cortinaria V [1-11], 65-80 5 Jun 1851 Zetterstedt Cortinaria VI [1-11], 81-96 7 Jun 1851 Rosman Cortinaria VII [i-i1], 97-114 7 Jun 1851 Kjellmann additional text 115-120 ? 2 Hygrophora I [i-ii], [1 ]-16[ 121-136] 12 Jun 1851 Torsgard Hygrophora II fi-ii], 17-24[137-144 | 13 Dec 1851 Ryding additional text 25-26[ 145-146] [later] additional text [14.7*]-355 1863 Pars I [p.- 1-146] issued 1851 under the title Cortinarii et Hygrophori Sueciae [fide p. iv]; *p. 147: t.p. 2(2), 148 blank. Consolidated edition: Uppsala (C. A. Leffler) vol. 1: [i]-xi, [1]-484 (continuous pagina- tion). Copy: BR. Reprint: 1938, Leipzig (Werner Klinkhardt), pref. by S. Killerman. Copy: U. — This reprint includes the t.p.’s of the dissertations. Reprint: 1963, Amsterdam (A. Asher & Co.) 1963. Copy: FAS. — T.p.’s of the dissertations not reproduced. Ref.: BM 2: 624; KR p. 210 (no. 128); PR 3099-3107. Kiihner, Bull. Soc. Natural. Oyonnax 4: 26-52. 1950 (modern identif.) Fries, Historiola [Engl]. translation], Friesia 5(2): 135-160. 1956. 1887. Monographia Lepiotarum sueciae, quam venia ampl. facult. philos. Upsal. praeside Elia Fries ... pro gradu philosophico modeste proponit Magnus Nennes smolandus in audit. Gustav. d. 5 [handwritten] Apr mdcccliv. h.p.m.s. Uppsala [1854]. Oct. (Monogr. Lepiot. suec.) Publ.: 5 Apr 1854, p. [i], [1]-17, [18, theses]. Copy: HU. — See above Monogr. hyme- nomyc. Suec., Lepiota. Ref2IKR p. 210 (no. 117). 886 FRIES, E. M. 1888. Monographia Armillariarum sueciae, quam venia ampl. facult. philos. Upsal. praeside Elia Fries ... pro gradu philosophico modeste proposuit Petrus Augustus Wikander ... in Audit. Gustav. d. xviii Apr. mdcccliv H.A.M.S. Uppsala (C. A. Leffler) [1854]. Oct. (Monogr. Armillar. suec.) Publ.: 18 Apr 1854, p. [i-ii], [1]-16. Copy: Stevenson. See Monogr. hymenomyc. Suec., Armillaria. Ref.: KR p. 210 (no. 118). 1889. Monographia Amanitarum sueciae, quam venia ampl. Facult. Philos. Upsal. praeside Elia Fries ... pro gradu philosophico modeste proposuit Emanuel Kanutus Klingberg . in Audit. Gustav. d. xviii Apr. mdcccliv. Uppsala (C. A. Leffler) [1854]. Oct. (Monogr. Amanit. suec.) Publ.: 18 Apr 1854, p. [1]-16. Copy: Stevenson. — See Monogr. hymenomyc. Suec., Amanita. 1890. Monographiae Collybiarum sueciae quam venia ampl. Facult. philos. Upsal. praeside Elia Fries ... pro gradu philosophico modeste proposuit Johannes Victor, BjOrnstrém ... in Audit. Gustav. d. xviii maji mdcccliv. h.p.m.s. p.i. Uppsala (C. A. Leffler) 1854. Oct. (Monogr. Collyb. suec.) Publ.: 18 Mai 1854, p. [i-ii], [1]-16. Copies: HU, Stevenson. — See Monogr. hymenomyc. Suec., Collybia. Ref.: KR p. 210 (no. 121, 1). 1891. Monographia Mycenarum sueciae quam venia ampl. Facult. Philos. Upsal. praeside Elia Fries ... pro gradu philosophico modeste proposuit Carolus Johannes Johanson... in Audit. Gustav. d. xxvii mai. mdcccliv. H.P.M.S. p.i. Uppsala (C. A. Leffler) [1854]. Oct. (Monogr. Mycen. suec.) Publ.: 27 Mai 1854, p. [1]-16. Copy: Stevenson. — See Monogr. hymenomyc. Suec., Mycena. Ref.: KR p. 210 (p. 123). 1892. Monographie Collybiarum sueciae quam venia ampl. Facult. philos. Upsal. praeside Elia Fries ... pro gradu philosophico modeste proposuit Ericus Gustavus Dahlstrom ... in Audit. Botan. d. ii Jun. mdcccliv. p. ii. Uppsala (C. A. Leffler) [1854]. (Monogr. Collyb. suec.) Publ.: 2 Jun 1854, p. [i-iii], 17-32. Copy: Stevenson. — See Monogr. hymenomyc. Suec., Collybia. 1893. Sveriges dtliga och giftiga svampar tecknade efter naturen under ledning af E. Fries utgifna af Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akademien. Stockholm (P. A. Norstedt & Séner) 1860 [1860-1866]. Fol. (Sver. atl. gift. svamp.) pages plates dates pages plates dates [i], [1]-10 1-8 1860 33-36 54-63 1864 11-14 9-17, robis 1861 37-40 64-73 1865 15-24. 18-35 1862 41-53, 74-93 1866 [2, cont.] 25-32 36-53 1863 The plates are coloured lithographs by various artists. — Title page dated 1860 (MO) or 1861 (NY). In addition to the printed t.p. there is sometimes an engraved t.p., undated, **Kongl. Wetenskaps-Akademien.” Ref.: BM 2: 624; KR p. 211 (np. 129); PR 3110. Anon., Hedwigia 3(1): 16. 1864. Hoffmann, Bot. Zeit. 20: 182. 6 Jan 1862; 22: 38-39. 29 Jan 1864, 262. 19 Aug 1864, 23: 323. 27 Oct 1865, 24: 80. 9 Mar 1866. 1894. Icones selectae Hymenomycetum nondum delineatorum. Sub auspiciis Regiae Academiae scientiarum Holmiensis editae ab Elia Fries. Stockholm (P. A. Nordstedt & Filii) 1867- 1884. 2 vols. Fol. (Ic. Hymenomyc.) 887 FRIES, E. M. vol. fascicles pages plates dates I I [i], [1]-10 I-10 1867 2/3 11-26 II-30 1869 4. 27-36 31-40 1870 5 37-48 41-50 1871 6 49-60 51-60 1872 7/8 61-86 61-80 Jul-Oct 1873 9 87-102 81-90 1874 10 103-116[-118] QI-I00 Jul-Oct 1875 2 I [1]-10 IOI-IIO Jun-Oct 1877 2/3 11-30 III-130 Dec 1878 4 31-40 131-140 Sep-Oct 1879 5 41-48 141-150 Sep-Oct 1880 6 49-58 151-160 Mai-Jun 1881 7/8 59-78 161-180 Apr-Mai 1882 g/10 79-104, [i, t.p. 181-200 Apr-Jun 1884 1877-1884], [i]-vii Vol. 2, fasc. 2-10 were published by Th. M. Fries and Rob. Fries; these authors provided a brief biography and bibliography (p. v-vi) of E. M. Fries in the introductory material. This volume contains also a brief autobiography of which an English translation appeared in Friesia 5(2): 139-148. 1955. — The drawings are by P. Akerlund, O. Gott- mann, A. G. Hafstrém, E. Petterson, H. v. Post (coloured lithographs). — Number of copies printed: 200. — Copies: G, MO, NY, U. Imprint vol. 2: Stockholm and Uppsala (Typographia centralis & Ed. Berling) 1877- 1884. Ref.: BM 2: 624; Jackson p. 170; KR p. 211 (no. 131); NI 655; PR 3113. Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 436. 1916. Daniels and Stafleu, Taxon 22: 374. 1973 [portrait taken from this book]. 1895. Hymenomycetes europaei epicriseos systematis mycologici editio altera. Uppsala (Ed. Berling) 1874. Oct. (Hymenomyc. eur.) Publ.: Aug-Sep 1874 (preface 15 Aug, Hedwigia Sep 1874), p. [i-iv], [1]-755, [756, err.]. Copies: MO, NY, U, USDA. - The preface was written by Fries on his 81st birthday. Facsimile ed.: Amsterdam (A. Asher & Co.) 1963, p. [i] new t.p., rest same. Copy: FAS. Ref.: BM 2: 623; Jackson p. 229; KR p. 208 (no. 105, ed. 2); IDC 5381. 1896. Commentarius in cel. L. Quéletii dissertationem: ‘‘sur la classification et la nomen- clature des Hyméniés,”’ in “Bulletin de la Société botanique de France 1876” insertam. Uppsala 1876. Oct. (Comm. Quél. diss.) Publ.: 1876, p. [i], [1]-10. Copy: Stevenson. — Reprinted or preprinted from Bull. Soc. bot. France 24: 72-79. 1877. Ref.: KR p. 211 (no. 140). Fries, Elias Petrus (1834-1858), Swedish botanist, son of E. M. Fries. (E. P. Fr.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: UPS. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 11; KR p. 215-216; PR 3114. Anon., Bot. Not. 1858: 205-206. EPONYMY: For eponyms based on the name Fries, cf. supra, sub E. M. Fries. 1897. Anteckningar éfver svamparnes geografiska utbreding. Akademisk Afhandling, som med Vidtber. Filos. Fakultetens samtycke fdr filosofiska gradens erhallande kommer att offentligen férsvaras af Elias Petrus Fries ... 4 mindre Gustavianska Larosalen den 15 April 1857, p.v.t.f.m. Uppsala (C. A. Leffler) 1857. Oct. (Anteckn. suamp. geogr. utbred.) 888 FRIES, TH. M. Publ.: 15 Apr 1857, p. [i], [1]-22. Copy: Stevenson. French translation (by W. Nylander): Ann. Sci. nat. Bot. ser. 4. 15: 9-35. 1861. English translation (by I. T. Arlidge): Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. ser. 3. 9: 269-288. 1862. Ref.: KR p. 216 (no. 1). Anon., Flora 40: 608. 14. Oct 1857. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 16: 43-44. 29 Jan 1858. Fries, Klas Robert Elias (1876-1966), Swedish botanist, son of Theodor Magnus Fries, grandson of Elias Magnus Fries. (R. E. Fr.) HERBARIUM and Types: Mainly at UPS and S, duplicates B, BR, CORD, G, K, US. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 11; BL 1: 40, 50, 233; BM 2: 625, 6: 3473 Bossert p. 134; GR p. 489; KR p. 216-220; LS 9354-9358; Zander ed. 10, p. 661. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 39. 1903, 3(3): 13, pl. rrr. 1905 (portr.) Moebius, Gesch. Bot. 197. 1937. White, The Stapelieae 1: 137. 1937. Chardon, Darwiniana 7: 497-503. 1947 (bibl., portr.) Rickett, NAF 1(1): 159. 1949. Anon., Sv. bot. Tidskr. 51(1): opp. 1. 1951 (portr.) Anon., Taxon 2: 35. 1953. Hedberg, AETFAT Bull. 17: 12-13. 1966. Peterson, Taxon 15(3): 128. 1966. Anon., Sv. Dagbladet 30 Jan 1966. Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. London (Bot.) 178(1): 89. 1967. Buchwald, Friesia 9: 348-354. 1970. COMPOSITE WoRKS: EP, Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien ed. 2., Annonaceae, 17a [2]: [1]- [171], figs. 1-40. 1959. EPONYMY: Robertomyces Starback (1905, also dedicated to Oscar Robert Fries (1840- 1908), Swedish mycologist, son of Elias Magnus Fries). Fries, Thore Christian Elias (1886-1930), Swedish botanist, son of Theodor Magnus Fries, grandson of Elias Magnus Fries. (7. C. E. Fr.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: LD. Ref.: TH 1 (ed. 6): 358. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 11; BL 1: 40, 2: 532; KR p. 228-229; LS suppl. 8963-8973. Sylvén, Bot. Not. 1931: 139-142. Nordhagen, Naturen 55: 129-135. 1931 (portr.) Du Rietz, Sv. Bot. Tidskr. 25: 442-451. 1951. Kleppa, Norsk bot. bibl. 1814-1964. 322 [index]. 1973. COMPOSITE WORKS: EP, Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien ed. 2: Annonaceae, vol. 17a(2) Jun- Jul 1959. Fries, Theodor [‘Thore] Magnus (1832-1913), Swedish botanist, son of Elias Magnus Fries. (Th. Fr.) HERBARIUM and types: UPS. — Exsiccatae: 1. Lichenes exsiccati Sueciae (fasc. xii, nos. 331-360. Uppsala 1852), sets at FH, G, LD, PC, S. [fasc. i-iv, vii-ix, xii by E. M. Fries, v-vi, x, xiv by C. Stenhammar]. 2. Lichenes scandinaviae rariores et critici exsiccati (fasc. i-ili, nos. 1-75, Uppsala 1859-1865), sets at B, BM, CN, FH, G, GB, DUKE, L, LD; MSTR, NY, O, PC, S, W. 3. Plantae vasculares insularum spetsbergensium hactenus lectae (113 nos.), Plantae vasculares in insula “‘Beeren Eiland” repertae (38 nos.) (Uppsala 1871), sets at B, C, CGI, FI, GB, LE, LY, LZ, 8S, UPS, W. 889 FRIES, TH. M. Ref.: GR p. 475; 1H 1 (ed. 6): 358, 2: 210; KR p. 228 (nos. 126, 127, 128). Anon., Flora 42: 287-288, 524-525, 608. 1859; 44: 13-34, 480. 1861. Lynge, Medd. om Gronland 118(8). 1937. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 126-127. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 11; BL 2: 457, 509, 543; BM 2: 625, 6: 348; Bossert p. 134; CSP 2: 727, 7: 715, 9: 933, 15: 139; DTS 1: 74; GR p. 475; Jackson p. 548 [index]; KR p. 220-228; LS 9308-9348, 33446-33447; MW p. 129; PR 3115- 3119, 10562; SO [index] p. 22; TR 406-409; Zander ed. 10, p. 661. Krempelhuber, Gesch. Lit. Lichenologie 2: 379-396. 1869. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 39, pl. 4. 1903 (portr.), 3(3): 13, 207, pl. 104. 1905 (portr.) Dorfler, Botaniker-Portrats 2: 12. 1906 (portr.) Lloyd, Mycol. Notes 32: 418-419. 1909 (portr.) Bay, Ind. Flora 26-100: 11-12. 1910. Jackson, Proc. Linn. Soc. London 125: 55-58. 1913. Juhlin-Dannfelt, Landtbr.-ak. Handl. o Tidskr. 51: 169-171. 1913 (portr.) (n.v.; fide KR). Holmboe, Naturen 37: 99-101. 1913 (portr.) Hemmendorff, Sv. bot. Tidskr. 8: 109-146. 1914 (bibl. by Hulth, portr.) Lindman, K. Vetenskapsakademiens Arsbok 12: 353-396. 1914 (portr., bibl.) Sernander, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 32: (73)-(86). 1915. Sernander, Sv. Linné Salsk. Arsskt. 15: 1-6. 1932 (portr.) Riddelsdell, Fl. Gloucestershire cxxxix. 1948. Ainsworth and Bisby, Dict. fungi ed. 6. 212. 1971. Kleppa, Norsk bot. bibl. 1814-1964. 322 [index]. 1973. FESTSCHRIFT: Sv. bot. Tidskr. 6(3), 1912, commemorating his 80th birthday. EPONYMY: For eponyms based on the name Fries, cf. supra, sub E. M. Fries. 1898. De Stereocaulis et Pilophoris commentatio quam venia ampl. Facult. philos. Upsal. pro gradu philosophico p.p. Theodorus Magnus Fries ... in audit. botan. a.d. xiii Kal. Jun mdccclvii h.a.m.s. Uppsala (Wahlstrom & C.) [1857]. Oct. (Stereoc. Philoph. comm.) Publ.: *13 Kal. Jun 1857,” p. [i], [1]-42. Copy: NY. 7 Ref.: KR p. 221 (no. 15). Nylander, Bot. Not. 1857: 165-167, Flora 40: 535-538. 1857 (see also 40: 745-751). Fries, Bot. Not. 1857: 164, 167-174. Nylander, Flora 41: 115-117. 1858. Fries, Flora 41: 515-518. 1858. Nylander, Flora 42: 215-218. 1859. 1899. Monographia Stereocaulorum et Pilophororum auctore Theodore Magno Fries. Uppsala (C. A. Leffler) 1858. Qu. (Monogr. Stereoc. Piloph.) Publ.: 1858 (Flora rd. Nov-Dec 1858), p. [1]-76, pl. 7-10. Copies: MO, NY (pl. 7-9). - Reprinted from Nova Acta Soc. Sci. Upsal. ser. 3. 2(1): 307-380. 1855-1858[ 1858]. Ref.: KR 221 (no. 16). 1g00. Lichenes arctoi Europae Groenlandiaeque hactenus cogniti. Uppsala (C. A. Leffler) 1860. Qu. (Lich. arct.) Publ.: Mai-Dec 1860, p. [1]-298. Copy: Stevenson. — Preprinted from Nova Acta Reg. Soc. Sci. Ups. ser. 3. 3: 103-398. 1861; pref. kalend. Apr. 1860. — For a supplement see Norman (1868). Ref.: BM 2: 625; CSP 2: 727; Jackson p. 332; KR p. 222 (no. 27); PR 3117. Nylander, Flora 44: 369-372. 1861. Th. Fries, Flora 44: 449-456. 1861. Nylander, Flora 44: 529-533. 1861. Th. Fries, Flora 44: 631-637. 1861. Nylander, Flora 45: 27-30. 1862. Norman, Trondhj. Vid. Selsk. Skr. 5: 335-378. 1868. 890 FRITSCH, F. E. 1go1. Genera heterolichenum europaea recognita dissertatio academica quam ampl. Facult. Philos. Upsal. p.p. Theodorus Magnus Fries ... in Audit. Phil. Sup. pridie kal. febr. mdccclxi. H.A.M.S. Uppsala (Edquist et Soc.) [1861]. Oct. (Gen. heterolich. eur.) Thesis issue: 24 Jan 1861 (see Flora 1861: 410; t.p., Flora 28 Feb 1861), [i*], [1]-ii, [1]-116. — The special thesis t.p. is actually p. i of the cover. Trade issue: Feb 1861, Genera ... recognita auctore Theodoro Magno Fries ... Uppsala 1861, p. [i*], [i]-ii, [1]-116. Copies: G, HH, L, NY. Ref.: BM 2: Gao ipacied p. 160; KR p. 222 (Ge. 28); PR 3118. Nylander, Flora 44: 132-134. 1861. Fries, Flora 44: 433-435. 1861. Walmstedt, Not. Soc. Fauna Fl. Tenn. 6: 212-220. 1861. Fries, Genmale med anledning ... Uppsala 1862, Oct. Nylander, Flora 45: 337-343. 1862. Fries, Flora 45: 572-573. 1862. 1902. Lichenographia scandinavica sive dispositio lichenum in Dania, Suecia, Norvegia, Fennia, Lapponia rossica hactenus collectorum. Pars prima [secunda]. Uppsala (Ed. Berling) 1871 [1874]. Oct. + (Lichenogr. scand.) Pars 1: Apr-Jun 1871 (p. iv: 1 Apr; Bot. Zeit. 14 Jul 1871; Hedwigia Oct 1871, Flora 29 Jul 1871), p. [i], [i]-iv, [1, err.], [1]-324. Copies: MICH, MO, NY. Pars 2: Oct-Nov 1874 (rd. Flora 11-21 Dec 1874; J. Bot. Dec 1874), p. 325-639, [640- 641, err.]. — Copies: MICH, MO, NY. Ref.: BM 2: 625; KR p. 224 (no. 59); IDC 6222. Miller, Flora 55: 87-93, 104-110. 1872. Olivier, Tableaux analytiques et dichotomiques de tous les genres et espéces .. Autheuil 1881 (index), p. [1]-40. — Copy: MO. Lindau, Index nominum receptorum et synonymorum Lichenographiae scandina- vicae Friesianae, Ann. Mycol. 6: 230-267. 1908. 1903. Polyblastiae scandinavicae. Descripsit Th. M. Fries. Reg. Societatis Scientiarum Upsaliensi traditum die xix Jul. mdccclxxvii. Uppsala (Ed. Berling) 1877. Qu. (Polyblast. scand.) Publ.: Aug-Dec 1877, p. [i], [1]-27, [28]. — Ups. Soc. Sci. Nova Acta ser. 3 vol. extra ord. edit. Ref.: KR p. 224 (no. 70). Anon., Hedwigia 18(2): 26-29. 1879. Fristedt, Robert Fredric [Fredrik] (1832-1893), Swedish pharmacologist and botanist at Uppsala. (Fristedt). HERBARIUM and TypEs: UPS. — Exsiccatae: Sveriges pharmaceutiska vdxter (fasc. i-vill, 1863- 1872) sets at GB, S, UPS. Ref? TH 2:"210, KR ps 231, (no. 13)). Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 24-25. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 12; BL 2: 517; BM 2: 626; CSP 2: 728, 7: 717, 9: 935, 15: 143; GR p. 489; KR p. 230-231; PR 3123. Anon., Bot. Not. 1893: 85-86. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 40. 1903, 3(3): 13. pl. ror. 1905 (portr.) Fritsch, Felix Eugen (1879-1954), British algologist. (F. E. Fritsch). COLLECTIONS OF ALGAE: BM. Ref.: TH 1 (ed. 6): 358. Koster, Taxon 18: 552. 1969. COLLECTIONS OF ALGAE ILLUSTRATIONS: Windermere Freshwater Biological Association, England. Available on IDC microfiches (IDC 5211, 5211A). Ref.: Lund, The Fritsch collection of algae illustrations on microfiche. Zug 1972. Stafleu, Taxon 22: 308. 1973. 89qI FRITSCH, F. E. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 12; BM 6: 349; GR p. 398; Langman p. 294; LS 9349. Drew, Phycol. Bull. 1(2): 1. 1954. Lund, Rev. algol. ser. 2. 1: 131. 140. 1955 (bibl.) Macan, Hydrobiologia 7(1/2): 1-7. 1955 (portr., bibl.) Van Oye, In memoriam Prof. Dr. Felix Eugen Fritsch [repr. from Jaarb. Vlaamse Akad. Wet. 1955?] [p. 239-241]. Hofler, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 96: 14-15. 1956. Iyengar, J. Ind. bot. Soc. 35(4): 522-532. 1956 (portr., bibl.) COMPOSITE WoRKs: West and Fritsch, A treatise on the British fresh water algae, London ed. 2. 1927 (Bibl. phycol. 3, 1968). EPONYMY: Fritschiella lyengar (1932). 1904. The structure and reproduction of the algae. Cambridge (University Press) 1935-1945, 2 vols. Oct. (Struct. repr. alg.) Vol. 1: early 1935 (MO rd. 18 Feb 1935; Nat. Nov. Mai 1935), p. [i]-xvii, [1]-791, 7 pl. Copies: L, MO, NY. Vol. 2: early 1945 (tp. 1945; MO rd. 24 Feb 1945), p. [i]-xiv, [1]-939, 2 maps. Copies: L, MO, NY. Fritsch, Karl, Jr. (1864-1934), Austrian botanist, professor of botany at Graz. (Fritsch). HERBARIUM and TypEs: GZU. — Continued Kerner’s Flora exsiccata austr.-hung. Ref.: 1H 1 (ed. 6): 358, 2: 210. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 447, 5(2): 453, 12(2): 385; Barnhart 2: 12; BFM 812, 850, 892, 893, 2622-2627; BM 2: 626, 6: 349; Bossert p. 134; CSP 15: 143- 144; DTS 1: 78-79, 6(4): 139; GR p. 448; IF p. 698; Jackson 83, 268, 270; Langman p- 294; LS 9350-9354, suppl. 8982-8985; MW p. 129; Zander ed. 10, p. 661. Knoll, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 51: (157)-(184). 1934 (bibl.) Linsbauer, Almanach Akad. Wiss., Wien 1934 [5 p.] Kubart, Mitt. naturw. Ver. Steiermark 71: 5-17. 1934 (portr.) Coker & Barnhart, NAF 2(1): 71. 1937. COMPOSITE WORKS: EP, Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien ed. 1: (a) Gesneriaceae: TV. 3B: 133-144. Mai 1893; 145-185. 7 Aug 1894; Nachtr. II-IV. 1: 299-300. Nov 1897; 2: 71. 8 Oct 1900. (b) Columelliaceae: TV. 3B: 186-188. 7 Aug 1894. (c) Caprifoliaceae: TV. 4: 156-169. Nov 1891; Nachtr. II-IV. 1: 316. 1897; 2: 74. 8 Oct Igo0. (d) Adoxaceae: TV. 4: 170-171. Nov 1891; Nachtr. II-IV. 1: 316. Dec 1897. EPONYMY: Carolofritschia Engler (1899); Fritschiantha O. Kuntze (18098). NOTE: Son of Karl Fritsch Sr. (1812-1879), Austrian botanist. 1905. Excursionsflora fiir Oesterreich (mit Ausschluss von Galizien, Bukowina und Dal- matien). Mit theilweiser Beniitzung des “‘Botanischen Exkursionsbuches” von G. Lorin- ser. Wien (Carl Gerold’s Sohn) 1897. Oct. (Excursionsfl. Oesterreich). Ed. 1: 1897 (preface 2 Mar 1897), p. [i*-iii*], [1]-Ixxii, [1]-664. Copy: NY. Ed. 2: Wien (id.) 1909, Oct. (p. v: Apr 1909), p. [i*-i11*], [i]-Ixxx, [1]-725. Copies: M, NY, U. - “‘Zweite, neu durchgearbeitete Auflage.” Ed. 3: “Oesterreich und die ehemals dsterreichischen Nachbargebiete ... Dritte, um- gearbeitete Auflage.’? Wien, Leipzig (id.) 1922, Oct., p. [i*-iii*], [i]-Ixxx, [1]-824. Copy: M. Ed. 3, fascimile ed.: Lehre (J. Cramer) 1973. Copy: FAS. Ref.: BM 6: 349; DTS 1: 79. Stafleu, Taxon 22(4): 493-4094. 1973. 892 FROMENTEL Frivaldszky von Frivald, Emerich (Imre) (1799-1870), Hungarian botanist. (Friv.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BP. — Duplicates in B, BERN, BM, C, KIEL, LE, LY, MO, NY, OXF, W (e.g. Plantarum exsiccatarum europaea-turcicarum). ICA We beys eriii Anon., Flora 47: 285. 1864, Bot. Zeit. 22: 72. 1864. Candolle, Phytographie 413. 1880. D’Arcy, Missouri Bot. Gard. Bull. 59(1): 24. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 114, 5(2): 281; Barnhart 2: 13; Kanitz no. 161; PR 3129. Skofitz, Oest. bot. Z. 20: 351, 383-384. 1870. Stanev, Izv. Prir. Mus. Plovdiv 2: 17-30. 1973 (studies by Fr. on the Bulgarian flora). EPONYMY: Frivaldia Endlicher (1837) ; Frivaldzkia H. G. L. Reichenbach (1841, orth. var. of Frivaldia). Froelich, Joseph Aloys von (1766-1841), German physician, ‘‘Medizinalrath” and botanist at Ellwangen, Wiirttemberg. (Froel.) HERBARIUM and types: Unknown; sale announced Flora in 1842. Some material at B, KIEL, M, MW. WARS Wel Pie OL te Anon., Flora 25(1) Int. Bl. 12. 14 Feb 1842 (sale). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 5(1): 359, 12(3): 335; Barnhart 2: 14; BM 2: 628; CSP 2: 733; DTS 1: 79, 6(4): 140; GR p. 78; MD p. 114; PR 3131. Anon., Flora 24: 176. 1841. Stafleu, The great Prodromus 27. 1966. Familler, Denkschr. Bayer. Bot. Ges. 11: 12. 1913. COMPOSITE works: DC, Prodr.: Crepis, 7: 164-172. Apr 1838; Hieractum 7: 199-240. Apr 1838. EPONYMY: Froelichia Moench (1794); Froelichiella R. E. Fries (1920). Note: Froelichia M. Vahl (1797) is dedicated to Friedrich Heinrich Wilhelm Frélich (1769-1845), Danish botanist. 1906. De Gentiana dissertatio quam summi numinis auspiciis ex decreto gratiosae facul- tatis medicae in Academia regia Friderico-Alexandrina pro gradu doctoris summisque in utraque medicina honoribus legitime obtinendis publico eruditorum examini subjicit Josephus Aloysius Froelich ... d. januar. mdcclxxxxvi. Erlangen (Typis Kunstmannianis) [1796]. Oct. (Gentiana) Thesis: Jan 1796 (p. iv: 30 Dec 1795), p. [i, t-p. of thesis], [i-iv], [1]-141, [142, add.], 1 col. copper engr. J. Sturm. Copy: NY. Trade ed.: Erlangen (W. Walther) 1796, publ. Jan-Apr 1796, (p. vi: 30 Dec 1795), [i-vi], [1]-141, [142, add.], 1 col. copper engr. J. Sturm. Copies: G, M. — “De Gentiana libellus sistens specierum cognitarum descriptionibus cum observationibus.” Ref.: BM 2: 628; DTS 1: 79; PR 3131, PR ed. 1: 3420. Fromentel, Louis Edouard Gourdan de (1824-x), French zoologist. (Fromentel). COLLECTIONS: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 2: 628; CSP 2: 734, 7: 721, 12: 286, 577; Quen- stedt p. 150. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 152. 1969. 1907. Etudes sur les microzoaires ou infusoires proprement dits comprenant de nouvelles recherches sur leur organisation, leur classification et la description des espéces nouvelles 893 FROMENTEL ou peu connues ... Planches et notes descriptives des espéces par Mme. J. Jobard- Muteau. Paris (G. Masson) 1874[-1876]. Qu. (Etud. microzoaires). Publ.: In three parts, 1874-1876; p. [i]-vuli, [1]-364, pl. 1-30. Copy: PCOS. — The 30 coloured plates are lithographs of drawings by Mme J. Jobard-Muteau. Contents of parts unknown. Ref.: BM 2: 628; PR (zool.) 1453. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 152. 1969. Frye, Theodore Christian (1869-1962), American cryptogamist. (Frye). HERBARIUM and Types: WTU. — Exsiccatae: Moss exsiccati (nos. 1-60, Seattle, Washing- ton, 1942), set at NY. Refa Vey 1i(Ed16))358; 2220. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 202. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 15; Bossert p. 135; NY corr. p. 175; LS 33470. Anon., Science 136: 249. 1962. Howard, Bryologist 66: 124-136. 1963 (portr., bibl.) Clark, Rev. bryol. lichénol. 33: 291-293. 1964 (portr., bibl.) Fryer, Alfred (1826-1912), British botanist. (Fryer). HERBARIUM and TyPES: BM and K. — Fryer’s herbarium is at MANCH, G and BM (Potamogeton): Bennett’s collection of British Potamogetons is at BM, his foreign collections of the genus are at K. The remainder of his herbarium went to his friend Salmon. Ref.: 1H. 2: 212. 1957. Rendle a), Bot; 67:/221.41920; Kent, Brit. herbaria 42, 55. 1957. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 168. 1964. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 15; BB p. 117; Bossert p. 135; BM 2: 629, 6: 35; CSP 2: 737, 15: 158, 176; NI 657. Babington, Memorials 472. 1897. Evans and Britten, J. Bot. 50: 105-110. 1912 (portr.) Bennett, Proc. Linn. Soc. London 1911-12: 46-47. 1912. Gilbert, Ann. Rep. Huntingdon. Fauna Flora Soc. 24: 12-13. 1972 (fide Kew Record). 1908. The Potamogetons (Pond Weeds) of the British Isles with descriptions of all the species, varieties and hybrids. London (L. Reeve & Co.) [1898-]1915. Qu. (Potamoget. Brit.) Co-authors: Arthur Bennett (1843-1929); A. H. Evans. parts pages plates dates parts pages plates dates 1-6 = [1]-36 1-24 1898 10-12 57-76 37-49 Mar 1913 7-9 37-56 25-36 «1900 =13-15 77-91, [92, err.], 50-60 Mar 1915 [92-93, ind.], [i]-x, Lt, keys] The chromolithographs are of drawings by E. C. Knight, Robert Morgan (1863-1900), Matilda Smith (1854-1926). — Parts 1-12 by Fryer, 13-15 “‘continued from Mr Fryer’s works by A. H. Evans ... and concluded by Arthur Bennett.’’ Copies: HH, NY. Ref.: BM 2: 629, 6: 350; GF p. 57; NI 657. Anon., The Athenaeum 1915: 430. Fuchs, Leonhard (1501-1566), German physician and botanist, professor of medicine at Tubingen, one of the German ‘“‘fathers of botany.” (Fuchs). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: None. — The woodcuts of the later octavo editions of the Kreiiter- 894. FUCHS buch were used for a number of later herbals e.g.: Herbarium ac stirpium historia (Paris 1549), Historia de la yerbas, y plantes, sacada de Dioskoride Anazarbeo ... (Antwerpen 1557), Dodoens De frugum historia (Antwerpen 1552). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 680; Barnhart 2: 15; BM 2: 629-630; Bossert p- 135; GR p. 78; HU 1: 480; Jackson p. 25, 32; NI 658-673; Plesch p. 231-233; PR 3137-3143. Meyer, Gesch. Bot. 4: 309-317. 1857. Roth, Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 3: 161-191. 1898. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 126. 1903, 3(3): 124, pl. 8. 1905 (portr.) Greene, Landmarks 192-219. 1909. Neumann, Ann. Rep. Smithsonian Inst. 1917: 635-647. 1919. Stiibler, Leonhart Fuchs, Miinchen 1928, viii, 135 p. (Miinchener Beitr. Gesch. Lit. Naturw. Med. 13/14: 165-298. 1928). Marzell, Leonhard Fuchs und sein New Kreiiterbuch (1543) in facsimile edition, Leip- zig 1938. Blunt, The art of botanical illustration 48-55, 298. 1950. Marzell, Kosmos, Stuttgart, 62: 177-179. 1966. Magdefrau, Gesch. Bot. 25-29, 310. 1973. Smit, History of the life sciences 932-933, 1048. 1974. Dobat und Magdefrau, 300 Jahre Botanik in Tiibingen, Attempto 55/56: 10-11. 1975- EPONYMy (genera) : Fuchsia Linnaeus (1753); Schufia Spach (1835, anagram) ; (journals) : Fuchsia ou recueil d’observations de botanique, d’agriculture, d’horticulture et de zoologie, 1 Vol., 1849 (n.v.) ; Fuchsia Annual (British Fuchsia Society), Reading, England, Vol. 1-x, 1938-x. NoTE: For an extensive biography and bibliography see Stibler (1929). The biblio- graphical references are to numbered entries on p. 279-293. 1909. De historia stirpium commentarti insignes, maximis impensis et vigiliis elaborati, adjectis earundem vivis plusquam quingentis imaginibus, nunquam antea ad naturae imitationem artificiosius effictis & expressis. Basel (Isingrin) 1542. Fol. (Hist. stirp.) Pubi.: 1542. — [28], 896, [4] p., 509 full page woodcuts of plants, three portraits in woodcut, portr. Fuchs. Stiibler reproduces three drawings intended for the con- tinuation of the Historia stirpium. See Ganzinger for the manuscript (at Vienna) of a new edition with 1525 figures. - Modern nomenclature: Sprague and Nelmes 1931. Some of Fuchs’ illustrations are the historical types of Linnaean taxa (vide C. Bauhin). Original coloured copies are rare (e.g. the former Plesch copy). Ref.: BM 2: 629; HE p. 23; HU 48; Jackson p. 25; Langman p. 295; LS 9380; NI 658; Plesch p. 231-232; PR 3138; SA 2: 560; Stiibler 37. Meyer, Gesch. Bot. 4: 309-317. 1857. Greene, Landmarks of botanical history 192-199. 1909. Choate, Torreya 17: 186-201. 1917. Sprague and Nelmes, J. Linn. Soc. London Bot. 48: 545-642. 1931. Ganzinger, Siidhoff’s Arch. Gesch. Med. 43: 213-224. 1959. Stearn, in Buckman, Bibliography and natural history 3-4. 1967. Guédes, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 7(1): 81-85. 1974 (on a variant titlepage). Stettler, Calif. hort. J. 35(2): 70-71. 1974 (portr.) Sotheby: Cat. Stiftung Bot. 224-225. 1975 (Plesch copy, sold at £ 6,800). 1g10. New Kreiiterbuch in welchen nit allein die gantz Histori das ist Namen Gestalt Statt und Zeit der Wachsung Naturkraft und Wiirckung des meysten theyls der Kreiiter so in Teutschen und andern Landen wachsen ... Basel 1543. Fol. (New Kreiiterb.) Publ.: 1543 — For commentaries and references see above. For all subsequent editions see Stiibler p. 128-133. Facsimile editions: Leipzig 1938, Miinchen 1964 (reduced size). Ref.: BM 2: 629; Jackson p. 25; NI 659; PR 3139; Stibler 38. Marzell, Leonhart Fuchs und sein Kreiiterbuch (1543) in facsimile edition, Leipzig 1938. 895 FUCKEL Fuckel, Karl Wilhelm Gottlieb Leopold (1821-1876), German mycologist. (Fuckel). HERBARIUM and TypPEs: Fuckel’s herbarium is at G; his exsiccatae are in numerous herbaria. Fungi rhenani exsiccati (nos. 1-2700, 1863-1874) (diagnoses often reprinted in Hedwigia), complete sets at FH and G. Wape Walie (ask (6)\S oie, Be eee Jaczewski, Bull. Herb. Boissier 2: 438. (ue Ainsworth and Bisby, Dict. fungi ed. 6. 213. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(1): 596; Barnhart 2: 16; BM 2: 630; CSP 2: 729, 6: 663, 7: 726, 9: 947; DTS 1: 80; Frank 3(Anh.): 33; Jackson p. 164, 225, 307; LS 9381-9396; PR 3147-3150. Kirschbaum, Jb. Nassau Ver. Naturk. 29/30: 432-433. 1877. Blum, Ber. Senckenb. naturf. Ges., Abh. 1901: 12-13. Barnhart, NAF 7(15): 1064. 1940. Rickett, NAF 1(1): 159. 1949. Ainsworth and Bisby, Dict. fungi ed. 6. 212-213. 1971. EPONYMY: Fuckelia Bonorden (1864); Fuckelia Nitschke ex Fuckel (1870); Fuckelina O. Kuntze (1891); Fuckelina P. A. Saccardo (1875). 1g11. Nassaus Flora. Ein Taschenbuch zum Gebrauche bei botanischen Excursionen in die vaterlandische Pflanzenwelt ... Phanerogamen. Mit einer geognostischen Karte und elf analytischen Tafeln. Wiesbaden (Kreidel und Niedner) 1856. Oct. (Nassaus FI.) Publ.: Mar-Mai 1856 (p. x: 11 Mar 1856; Bot. Zeit. rev. 20 Jun 1856; rd. Flora 7 Jul 1856), p. [i]-lxiv, [1]-384, [1-11], pl. z-zz, uncol. liths. by Fuckel, map. Copies: HH, NY. Ref.: PR 3147, 3149. 1912. Symbolae mycologicae. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der rheinischen Pilze. Wiesbaden (Julius Niedner) 1869-1870. Oct. — Facsimile edition Lehre (J. Cramer) 1966. (Symb. mycol.) Publ.: Reprinted from the Jahrbiicher des Nassauischen Vereins fiir Naturkunde 23-24: 1-459. pl. 1-6 1869-1870, published in 1870 after 18 Feb. and before 25 Nov. Ref.: BM 2: 630; DTS 1: 80; Jackson p. 307; PR 3150, 10563; IDC 6269. De Bary, Bot. Zeit. 28: aa -759. 25 Nov 1870. Rogers, Mycologia 46: 533-534. 1954. 1913. Symbolae mycologicae. Erster [-Dritter] Nachtrag. Wiesbaden (Julius Niedner) 1871- 1875. Oct. Facsimile edition Lehre (J. Cramer) 1966. (Symb. mycol. Nachtr.) Publ.: Reprinted from the Jahrbiicher des Nassauischen Vereins fiir Naturkunde as follows: Erster Nachtrag, in vol. 25-26: 287-346. 1871-1872, published 1871 before 25 Aug (Bot. Zeit.; Flora 7 Oct 1871). Kweiter Nachtrag, in vol. 27-28: 1-99. 1873-1874, separately published before 21 Jun 1873 (as a preprint). Dritter Nachtrag, in vol. 29-30: 1-39. 1876-1877, published before 20 Nov 1875. Ref.: BM 2: 630; DTS 1: 80; Jackson p. 164, 307; PR 10563. Rogers, Mycologia 46: 533-534. 1954. Fiinfstiick, Leberecht Moritz (1856-1925), German botanist, professor at the Stutt- gart Technological Institute. (Fiinfstiick). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Lichens at B. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 16; BM 2: 630; CSP 12: 257, 15: 164; DTS 1: 80, 4: xliv; GR p. 79; LS 9400-9407; NI 673n, 673na, 673nb. Lakon, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 43: (39)-(44). 1925 (bibl., portr.) Lakon, Bot. Arch. 15: 1-4. 1926 (bibl.) COMPOSITE Works: (1) EP, Die natiirliche Pflanzenfamilien ed. 1: Lichenes (allg.) 1(1): 1-48. Nov 1808. 896 FURNROHR (2) EP, Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien ed. 2: Lichenes (general), 8: [1]-60, figs. 1-31. Mai- Jun 1924. Fiirnrohr, August Emanuel (1804-1861), German botanist, editor of Flora 1830-1861 (1830-1842 with Hoppe). (Fiirnr.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: In the herbarium of the Regensburger Botanische Gesellschaft. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 12(1): 229; Barnhart 2: 16; BM 2: 630-631; CSP 2: 741; DTS 1: 80; GR p. 79; Langman p. 330; LS 9409-9410; MD p. 120; PR 3151, (ed. 1): 3438-3441. Singer, Flora 44: 289-297. 1861. Martius, Akad. Denkreden 448-450. 1866. Lindemann, Bull. Soc. Natur. Mosc. 59(1): 296. 1884. Bay, Index Flora 26-100: 12. 1910. EPONYMY: Fuernrohria K. H. E. Koch (1842). ‘NOTE: In his Naturhistorische Topographie von Regensburg 1: 58 (1838) Firnrohr describes himself as ‘“Docent der Naturgeschichte am Lyceum und Lehrer der Chemie, Tech- nologie und Naturgeschichte an der Kreis-Landwirthschafts- und Gewerbsschule.” In 1830 Firnrohr had returned to Regensburg to become provisor of the Gladbach pharmacy. This pharmacy played an important role in bringing together Regensburg botanists and both the 18th and the 19th century periods of Regensburg botanical activity emanated from this centre. 1914. Versuch einer naheren Beleuchtung der Disposition methodique des espéces de mousses par G. A. Walker-Arnott, ... Flora 10(2) (Beil. 1): 22-86. 1827. Publ.: p. 1-80, Jul-Sep 1827; p. 81-86, Sep-Dec 1827 (inf. J. Leussink). 1915. Naturhistorische Topographie von Regensburg. In Verbindung mit Forster, Herrich- Schaffer, Koch, v. Schmoger und v. Voith bearbeitet von Dr. A. E. Firnrohr ... Regensburg (G. J. Manz) 1838-1840, 3 vols. Oct. (Naturhist. Topogr. Regensburg). Band 1: 5 Nov 1838 (date of receipt by Regensburg Society, Flora 21: 774. 28 Dec 1838), front., p. [i]-xiv, [1]-303, canc. 191. Copy: Prov. Bibl. Friesland. Band 2: 5 Nov 1839 (id.), p. [i]-xxxv, ‘xxxi’ [= xxxvi], ‘xxx’ [= xxxvii], [1]-274, 3 tabl. Copies: id.. HH. — Second t.p.: “‘Flora ratisbonensis oder Uebersicht der um Regensburg wildwachsenden Gewachse.” (See PR 3151). Band 3: Jul-Nov 1840 (Flora 28 Dec 1840), p. [ii]-xvi, [1]-478. Copy: id. Nachtrdge und Berichtigungen (to Flora Ratisbonensis) (fide PR): In einem Gratulations- programm zur Hoppe’schen Doctorjubelfeier, 5 Mai 1845. Regensburg 1845, p. 21-31. Volume I contains, on p. 67-176, a Geschichte der botanischen Forschungen in Regensburg with a detailed account of the early years of the Regensburg Botanical Society (1789- 1840). Ref.: BM 2: 631; LS 9410. Fiirnrohr, Heinrich (1841/2-1918), German physician and botanist at Regensburg, son of A. E. Furnrohr. (H. Fiirnr.) HERBARIUM and TypPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 12(1): 229; Barnhart 2: 16. Degen, Mag. bot. Lap. 17: 116. 1918. Wittmack, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 36: 234. 1918. 1916. Exkursions-Flora von Regensburg. Zusammenstellung der notwendigen Unter- scheidungs-Merkmale sammtlicher in der Umgebung von Regensburg wildwachsenden Gefasspflanzen mit allgemeiner Bezeichnung der Standorte etc. ... Neue, mit einem Anhange ‘“‘Bestimmungs-Tabellen der Familien und Gattungen der Regensburger 897 FURNROHR Flora nach dem Linnéschen System” vermehrte Ausgabe. Regensburg (Herm. Bauhof) 1896. Oct. (Excursionsfl. Regensburg). Publ.: Jun-Jul 1896 (p. vu: 20 Mar 1892; Nat. Nov. Jul 1896), p. [iJ-xii, [1]-170, Bestimmungstabellen: [1]-18. Copy: B. — The ‘neue ... Ausgabe” refers to his father’s Flora ratisbonensis (see above). Fuhlrott, Johann Carl (1804-1877), German botanist and high-school teacher at Elberfeld who discovered Homo neanderthalensis. (Fuhlrott). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 17; BM 2: 631; CSP 2: 739, 7: 726, 15: 166; PR 3152-3154; Quenstedt p. 151 (various bibl. refs.) Anon., Jahresber. Nat. Ver. Elberfeld 5: xxx-xxxvi. 1878 (portr.) 1917. Jussieu’s und De Candolle’s natiirliche Pflanzen-Systeme, nach ihren Grundsatzen entwickelt und mit den Pflanzenfamilien von Agardh, Batsch und Linné, so wie mit dem Linné’schen Sexual-System verglichen. Fiir Vorlesungen und zum Selbstunter- richt, ... Mit einem Vorrede von Dr. C. G. Nees von Esenbeck. Bonn (Eduard Weber) 1829. Oct. (Juss. @ DC. Pfl.-Syst.) Publ.: late 1828 (p. vi: 6 Apr 1828; Flora 11(2) Beil. 10 Dec 1828: “‘so eben erschienen’’), p- [iJ-vi, [vii-viii], [1]-242, 1 tabl. Copies: NY. Ref.: BH, BM 2: 631; PR 3152. Anon., Allg. Lit. Zeit. 192: 253-255. 1830. Anon., Lit. Ber. Flora 1: 81-93. 1831. Funck, Heinrich Christian (1771-1839), German apothecary and cryptogamist at Gefrees. (Funck). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Original moss herbarium at M (rd. 1849 with Zuccarini herb.). — See below for his series of exsiccatae. — In his letter of 11 Nov 1835 to Nees, Funck mentions that he is making a special herbarium for M and that he is re-arranging the existing Miinchen cryptogamic collections which had been sent to him at Gefrees. Hawksworth mentions fungi at B, Lindemann a cryptogamic herbarium at IBF. Ref.: 1H 2: 212. Lindemann, Bull. Soc. Natur. Moscou 59(1): 296. 1884. Hawksworth, Mycologist’s handb. 182. 1974. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 8: 196-197; AG 3: 53; Barnhart 2: 19; BM 2: 631; CSP 2: 740, 6: 665, 7: 726; DTS 6(4): 17-19. 1904; LS 9429-9431; MD 114-120; PR 3157-3158; Saccardo 1: 76. Cohn, Cryptogamen-Flora von Schlesien 1: 31. 1876. Schmidt, Flora 62: 97-103. 1879 (“‘Christian Heinrich’). Oltmanns, Arch. Ver. Freunde Naturgesch. Mecklenburg 47: 124. 1894. Grummann, Decheniana 119(1/2): 131-140. 1968. COMPOSITE WORKS: Sturm, Deuéschlands Flora, Abth. II, Hft 17, 25 Apr 1819. EPoNyMY: Funckia Dumortier (1829, orth. var.); Funckia Willdenow (1808); Funkia K. P. J. Sprengel (1817). Note: Funkiella Schlechter (1920) is dedicated to N. Funk, collector of orchids. HANDWRITING: Decheniana 119(1/2): 135. 1968. 1918. Deutschlands Moose. Ein Taschenherbarium zum Gebrauch auf botanischen Excursionen. Baireuth 1820. Qu. (Deutschl. Moose). Publ.: Nov 1820. Copy: FH (374 spec.) — Consists of 72 p. of printed text and 60 leaves with 422 rectangles for the specimens. Sets were issued with various numbers of specimens although it seems that originally Funck tried to deliver complete sets (see his letter to Nees of 24, Nov 1820. On that date he had already distributed several sets (in 898 FUNCK Grummann 1968) ). Flora mentions it as ‘“‘so eben erschienen”’ on 21 Dec 1820 (3: 750) (see Sayre). Grummann mentions in addition to this issue with specimens another issue of the book with lithographed plates. Ref.: BM 2: 631; MD p. 118-119; PR 3157; SY p. 63. Anon., Flora 6: 273-281, 289-297. 1823. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 299. 1916. Grummann, Decheniana 119(1/2): 134 [note]. 1968. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 202-203. 1971. 1919. Kryptogamische Gewdchse (besonders) des Fichtelgebirg’s. Leipzig 1801-1838, 42 Hefte of exsiccatae, text. Qu. (A7ypt. Gew. Fichtelgeb.) Heft pages specimens t.p. date dates T(ed.)1) 1-4. 1-25 1801 Feb 1800, reissued 1801 2(ed. 1) 1-4 26-50 1801 ante Oct 1801 3 (ed. 1) 1-4. 51-75 1802 Jan-Apr 1802 4 (ed. 1) 1-4. 76-100 1804. ante 30 Jun 1805 5 (ed. 1) 1-4 IOI-125 1805 ante 20 Apr 1806 1-5 (ed. 2) 1-4 1-125 1806 20 Apr 1806 6 1-4 126-145 1806 20 Apr 1806 7 I-4 146-165 1806 ante 20 Mar 1807 8 1-4. 166-185 1807 ante 20 Mar 1807 Q-II 1-4 186-245 1807, 1808 1 Mai 1808 12-14. 1-4 246-305 1808, 1809 16 Apr 1809 15 I-4 306-325 1809 6 Mai 1810 16 1-4 326-345 1810 6 Mai 1810 17 1-4 346-365 1810 Jul-Dec 1810 18 1-4. 366-385 1811 Mai-Jun 1811 19 I-4. 386-405 1812 24 Apr 1814 20 1-4 406-425 1814 g Apr 1815 21 1-4 426-445 1815 ante 1 Nov 1815 22 1-4 446-465 1815 28 Apr 1816 23 1-4 466-485 1816 20 Apr 1817 24. 1-4 486-505 1817 5 Mar 1818 25 1-4 506-525 1818 7 Mai 1818 26 1-4 526-545 1819 1 Apr 1819 27 1-4 546-565 1819 16 Apr 1820 28 1-4 566-585 1822 Feb-Mai 1822 29 1-6 586-605 1823 Jan-Jun 1823 30 1-6 606-625 1824 Jan-Jul 1824 31 1-6 626-645 1825 Jan-Jun 1825 32 1-6 646-665 1826 ante 14 Oct 1826 33 1-6 666-685 1827 Jul-Aug 1827 34 1-6 686-705 1828 Jul-Dec 1828 35 1-6 706-725 1829 ante 21 Dec 1829 36 1-6 726-745 1831 Jan-Apr 1831 37 1-6 740-765 1832 Jan 1833 38 1-6 766-785 1835 Feb-Jun 1835 39 1-6 786-805 1836 Apr 1836 40 1-6 806-825 1837 Mar 1837 41 1-6 826-845 1838 Spring 1838 4.2 1-6 846-865 1838 Spring 1838 For a complete collation and description see Margadant (MD). A complete series of 47 fascicles is at KIEL, another one was at B; a third nearly complete set (3 nos missing) is at FH. Incomplete sets are in many herbaria (see IH); some of these, however, even if listed without further details, may also be complete. — The first five Hefte were reissued with some changes in 1806. The letters published by Grummann and some notices in Flora provide additional information. 899 FUNCK Funck was assisted in collecting and preparing the specimens by his friend Valentin Rausch (1807-1887). Heft 1 was published at Hof. Ref.: BM 2: 631; Jackson p. 301; LS 9429; MD pp. 114-118, 239; PR 3158; SY p. 71-73. Barnhart, NAF 7(15): 1065. 1940. Grummann, Decheniana 119: 131-140. 1968. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 25. 1969. Fuss, Johann Mihaly (Michael) (1814-1883), Transsylvanian botanist, originally teacher at Hermannsitadt, later preacher at Giresau, then at Gross-Scheuern. (Fuss). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. Exsiccatae: Herbarium normale transsiluanicum (six sets issued, cent. 1-xi, nos. I-1100, 1862-1872), set at BP (also at CL, LE and WRSL?). Fuss also contributed to the Flora exsiccata austro-hungarica. Ref.: Wa 221903" Candolle, Phytographie 414. 1880. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 27. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 279, 5(2): 648; Barnhart 2: 21; BM 2: 632; CSP 2: 746, 6: 663, 7: 727; GR p. 650; Kanitz no. 204; LS 9437-9441; PR 3161-3162; Zander ed. 10, p. 661-662. Kanitz, Mag. noven. Lap. 7: 81-86. 1883 (bibl.) Anon., Bot. Not. 1884: 39. EPONYMY: Fussta Schur (1866). 1920. Flora transsilvaniae excursoria ... munificentia societatis pro illustranda Trans- silvaniae cognitione ex Excellentissimi D. Archiepiscopi Dr. L. Haynald edidit Societas naturae curiosorum Transsilvaniae Cibiniensis. Hermannstadt (‘Cibinii’, Sibiu) (‘Typis Haeredum Georgii de Closius) 1866. Oct. (Fl. transsilv.) Publ.: 1866 (p. v: pridie cal. Jan 1866, Flora 10 Jul 1867), p. [i*-11*], [i]-v, [1, abbr.], [1]-864. Copies: M, NY. Ref.: BM 2: 632; Jackson p. 269; PR 3162. Anon., Flora 50: 318. 1867. Gaertner, Carl (Karl) Friedrich von (1772-1850), German physician and botanist at Calw. (C.F. Gaerin.) HERBARIUM and Types. TUB. — see below, under Joseph Gaertner, for further details. — Some specimens of cultivated hybrids are also at B. Ref.: TH 1 (ed. 6): 358. A.Z., Bonplandia 8: 168. 1860. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 347. 1916. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 8: 382-384; AG 6(2): 889; Barnhart 2: 22; BM 2: 633; Bossert p. 138; Dawson p. 352, CSP 2: 774; HU 2: 612 [index]; LS 9456; NDB 6: 22-23; NI 682; PR 3165-3166. Anon., Flora 33: 623. 1850, 34: 135-143. 1851, 35: 63-64. 1852. Anon., Bonplandia 2: 266. 1854. Georgi-Georgenau, Biogr.-geneal. Blatt. Schwaben, Stuttgart 1879, p. 215-218. Anon., Genetics 9: ix. 1924 (portr.) Moebius Gesch. Bot. p. 450 [index] 1947. Reinohl, Schwab. Lebensbilder 3: 190-198. 1942 (bibl.) Stafleu, Taxon 21: 290. 1972. Hoppe, DSB 5: 217-219. 1972 (bibl.) Magdefrau, Gesch. Bot. 111. 1973. EPONYMY: For eponyms based on the name Gaertner, cf. infra, sub J. Gaertner. HANDWRITING: Candollea 29: 511-512. 1974. goo GAERTNER, C. F. 1921. Supplementum carpologicae seu continuati operis Josephi Gaertner de fructibus et seminibus plantarum voluminis tertii centuria prima [secunda]. Leipzig (C. F. E. Richter) 1805-1807. Qu. (Suppl. carp.) fascicle pars pages plates dates I I fi-iii], [1]-56 5y Gaevin, r8r-190 24-26 Jun 1805 2 57-128 2 by ¢ IGI-202 Mai 1806 2 2 {i-ili], [129]-256) ©e~": 203-225 1807 Copies: G, MO, NY, U. — The above details are taken from the correspondence between C. F. Gaertner and A. P. de Candolle, at the Conservatoire botanique, Genéve. Fasc. 1(1) was actually announced as available at the Leipziger Ostermesse of 1805, but from the letter by C. F. Gaertner dated 26 June 1805 it is clear that this part was not available before June. Gaertner sent some copies to A. L. de Jussieu on 24 Jun 1805 (letter at P), the GGA reviewed it on 7 Dec 1805. The text of this part was still written by J. Gaertner. The second part (pp. 57-128), containing the Rubiaceae and Sapotaceae treated by C. F. Gaertner, was not yet out on 19 Dec 1805 and is stated to have appeared in Mai (letter to de Candolle dated 26 Mai 1806). Some copies have a title-page to ‘Fasc. I pars 1 cum tabulis aeneis X”’ dated 1805. I have seen no title-page to fasc. 1 pars 2. The general title-page for fasc. 1 is dated 1805, that for fasc. 2, 1807. The IDC micro- fiche (5926) has the original title pages of parts 1 and 2 of fascicle 1. The title-page to part 2 reads i.a. “‘centuriae I. Fasc. 2 cum tabulis aeneis XII.” and is indeed dated 1806. Facsimile edition: Amsterdam (A. Asher & Co.) 1974, p. [i*-viii*] introductory material by F. A. Stafleu, rest as original edition. Copy: FAS. — ISBN go0-6123-503-0. Ref.: BM 2: 633; NI 682, PR 3164, RS p. 84, IDC 425, 5926. Rickett, NAF 28 B(2): 331. 1945. 1922. Verhandeling ter beantwoording der vraag: “‘Wat leert de ondervinding aan- gaande het ontstaan van nieuwe soorten of bijsoorten van planten door kunstige bevruchting van bloemen van de eene met het bloemstof van andere soorten? En welke nieuwe, nuttige of fraaije plantgewassen kunnen op die wijze worden voortgebracht en vermenigvul- digd?”? [Haarlem (Wed. A. Loosjes, Pz.) 1838] Oct. (Ontst. nieuwe soort. pl.) Publ.: Mai-Jun 1838, p. [1]-202 in vol. 24(1): [1]-202. 1838 of Natuurkundige Verhan- delingen van de Hollandsche Maatschappij der Wetenschappen te Haarlem (rd. Regensburg 4 Feb 1839). Possibly also reissued separately (n.v.) as Over de Voortteling van bastaard planten. Haarlem 1838. — For an extended German version see Versuche (1849), below. 1923. Beitrdge zur Kenntniss der Befruchtung der vollkommeneren Gewachse ... Erster Theil. Versuche und Beobachtungen iiber die Befruchtungsorgane der vollkommeneren Gewachse, und iiber die natiirliche und kiinstliche Befruchtung durch den eigenen Pollen. Stuttgart (E. Schweizerbart) 1844. Oct. (Beztr. Kenntn. Befrucht.) Publ.: 1844, Sep-Nov (p. x: Sep 1844; rd. by Flora in Nov 1844, see 27: 786. 1844, however, rd. by Bot. Zeit. “‘so eben,”’ shortly before 4 Apr 1845), p. [ii]-x, [2, cont., err.], [1]-644. Copies: G, NY, Nijmegen. — Second t.p. (p. [iii]): ““Versuche und Beobachtungen iiber die Befruchtungsorgane der vollkommeneren Gewachse, und libery. .. Lollen.:: Ref.: BM 2: 633; Jackson p. 100; PR 3165. Anon., Flora 27: 786. 1844. 1924. Versuche und Beobachtungen tiber die Bastarderzeugung im Pflanzenreich. Mit Hinweisung auf die ahnlichen Ers¢heinungen im Thierreiche, ganz umgearbeitete und sehr ver- mehrte Ausgabe der von der Konig]. holland. Akademie der Wissenschaften gekrénten Preisschrift. Mit einem Anhang. ... Auf Kosten des Verfassers. Stuttgart (K. F. Hering & Comp.) 1849. Oct. (Vers. Bastarderz. Pflanzenr.) Publ.: Apr-Jun 1849 (rd. Regensburg Jul 1849; preface 20 Apr 1849), p. [i]-xvi, [1]-790, [1]. Copy: U. For the Dutch ‘Preisschrift’ see above. Partial reprint: Methode der kiinstlichen Bastardbefruchtung der Gewdchse und Namensver- zeichniss der Pflanzen, mit welchen von dem Verfasser Versuche angestellt wurden . Besonderer Abdruck aus den Versuchen und Beobachtungen iiber Bastard- gol GAERTNER, C. F. erzeugung im Pflanzenreich. Auf Kosten des Verfassers. Stuttgart (K. F. Hering & Comp.) 1849. Oct., p. [1]-83. Copy: US. Ref.: BM 2: 633; Jackson p. 100; PR 3166. Gaertner, Joseph (1732-1791), German physician and botanist, who ultimately settled as “‘Privatgelehrter’’ at Calw. (Gaertn.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: Joseph Gaertner’s collection of fruits and seeds is at Tiibingen (TUB). Car] Friedrich Gaertner added to these collections and had a herbarium of his own, also at TUB. The Gaertner collection of fruits and seeds should be consulted with the knowledge in mind that material was added to it after Joseph’s death and from collections that Joseph Gaertner could not possibly have consulted. Joseph Gaertner received material on loan from several sources, e.g. from Banks. He made use of the van Royen collections at Leiden during his stay in that town. His types are therefore not necessarily always in the Tiibingen collection. Ref.: 1H 1 (ed. 6): 358. Anon., Bot. Zeit. 18: 148. 1860. Anon., Bonplandia 8: 168. 1860. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 9: 377-380; AG 6(2): 889; Barnhart 2: 22; BM 2: 633-634; Bossert p. 138; Dawson p. 351-352; NDB 6: 22; HU 2: 612 [Index Gaertner], 2: 613 [Index Gaertner]; Jackson p. 114; Langman p. 296; LS 9457; MW p. 1931; NI 682; PR 3164; Zander ed. 10, p. 603. Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks 2: 303. 1796, 3: 34, 90, 174, 399. 1797. Deleuze, Ann. Mus. nat. Hist. nat. 1: 207-233. 1802. Meusel, Lexikon teut. Schriftsteller 4: 11-12. 1804. Deleuze, Ann. Bot. Kénig et Sims 1: 73-99. 1805. Deleuze, Ueber das Leben und die Werke Gaertner’s und Hedwigs, Stuttgart 1805 (109 p.). Chaumeton, Biographie universelle 15: 342-343. 1856. Sachs, Geschichte Botanik 132-135, 222, 447. 1875. Smith, Rees Cyclopaedia 15. 1819. Georgi-Georgenau, Biogr.-Geneal. Blatt. Schwaben. Stuttgart 1879. p. 216-217. Krausel in Dérfler, Bot. Portr. 34. 1907 (portr.) Liitjeharms, Gesch. Mykol. XVIII Jh. p. 149, 152, 176. 1936. Moebius, Gesch. Bot. 450 [index]. 1937. Reinohl, Schwab. Lebensbilder 3: 182-187. 1942. Stafleu, Acta bot. neerl. 18(1): p. 216-223. 1969. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans p. 372 [ind.]. 1971. Ewan, DSB 5: 216-217. 1972. Maedefrau, Gesch. Bot. p. 61. 1973. Stafleu, Joseph Gaertner and his Carpologia, introduction to facs. rep. J. Gaertner, Fruct. 1: 1-8. 1974. (bibl.) EPONYMY: Gaertnera Lamarck (1792); Gaertnera Retzius (1791); Gaertnera Schreber (1789); Gaertneria Medikus (1789). HANDWRITING: Lipschitz and Vasilczenko, Herbarium centrale USSR gg. 1968. 1925. De fructibus et seminibus plantarum. Accedunt seminum centuriae quinque priores cum tabulis aeneis Ixxix. [1:] Stuttgart (author; Typis Academiae Carolinae), [2:] Tubingen (G. H. Schramm) 1788-1791 [-1792], 2 vols. Qu. [for vol. 3 see C. F. Gaert- ner] (Fruct. sem. pl.) vol. part centuria pages plates dates I I I-5 [i*-xi*], [i]-clxxxii, I-79 Dec 1788 [1, h.t.], [1]-384, [6, ind.], [1, err.] 2 I 6-7 fi]-lii, [1, h.t.], [1-184] 8o-r19 Sep(sero)-Nov 1790 GAUMANN vol. part centuria pages plates dates 2 8-9 [185]-352 120-156 Apr-Mai 1791 3 10 [3531-504 157-180 Sep-Dec 1791 4 505-520, [1, err.] Jan-Jun 1792 Copies: G, MO, NY, U, US. — A reissue of vol. 1 took place in 1801 (Leipzig) and is mentioned by Nissen. There was also a reissue of vol. 2, Leipzig 1802 (copy U; Sumtibus Caroli Friederici Enochi Richteri). These reissues differ only in the title-pages. — See also the announcement of these reissues in Bot. Zeit. (Regensburg) 1(2): 32. 22 Jan 1802. Facsimile ed.: Amsterdam (A. Asher & Co.) 1974 (with intr. by F. A. Stafleu, p. 1-8 in vol. 1). Copy: FAS. — ISBN go-6123-500-6. Ref.: BM 2: 633; HU 697; NI 682; PR 3164; RS p. 84; ST p. 60-62; IDC 425. C. F. v. Gaertner, Flora 8: 476-480. 1825 (additions). Hallier, Rec. Trav. bot. Néerl. 15: 27-122. 1918. Rothmaler, Chron. bot. 5: 438. 1939. Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 331. 1945; ser. 2. 2: 157. 1955. Burtt, Kew Bull. 1951: 148. Brizicky, Rhodora 62: 81-84. 1960. Stearn, Cat. bot. books coll. Hunt 2(1): cili. 1961. Stafleu, Introduction to Jussieu’s Genera plantarum xxxviii. 1964, facsimile ed. Weinheim. Stafleu, Acta bot. neerl. 18(1): 216-223. 1969. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 125-133, 372. 1971. Gaertner, Philipp Gottfried (1754-1825), German botanist, apothecary at Hanau. (P. Gaertn.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: Some material at W. hepa VE oot 8e BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 22; GR p. 15; PR 3167. Anon., Flora 9: 31-32. 1826. Blum, Ber. Senckenb. naturf. Ges. Wiss., Abh. 1901: 10. EPONYMY: For eponyms based on the name Gaertner, cf. supra, sub J. Gaertner. 1926. Oekonomisch-technische Flora der Wetterau. Frankfurt a.M. (Philipp Heinreich Guilhauman) 1799-1802, 3 vols. Oct. (Oekon. Fl. Wetterau). Co-authors: Bernhard Meyer (1767-1836) and Johannes Scherbius (x-1813). vol. part pages dates I [i]-x1i, [1], [1]-531, [1, err.], map Jun-Jul 1799 2 [i*], [i]-ii, [1]-512 Mai-Jul 1800 3 I [1]-438, [1]-30, [1]-52 Jan-Jun 1801 2 [1 ]-388, [1, err.], [1]-32 1802 Copies: HH, L, USDA. Ref.: LS 9458; PR 3167. Gaumann, Ernest Albert (1893-1963), Swiss mycologist and plant pathologist at Ziirich. (Gdum.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BERN; later material (rusts) at ZT, Indonesian material at BO. Ref.: 1H 2: 2109. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 184. 1950 (itin.) BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 22; Bossert p. 141; BFM 307; GR p. 640; KR p. 251; LS suppl. 9399-9436. 993 GAUMANN Moebius, Gesch. Bot. 107. 1937. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 184. 1950. Landolt, Verh. Schweiz. naturf. Ges. 143: 194-206. 1963 (portr., bibl.). Zobrist et al., Herrn Professor Dr Ernst Gdumann zum siebzigsten Geburtstag, 1963, 68 p. (portr.) Kalyana-sundaram, J. Ind. Bot. Soc. 43: 358-360. ‘1964’ (1965) (portr.) Kern, Vierteljschr. naturf. Ges. Ziirich 108: 475-476. 1963 (portr.) Hassebrauk, Angewandte Botanik 37(6): 297-298. 1964 (portr.) Maéek, Bioloski Vestnik Ljubljana 12: 180-181. 1964. Urban, Ceska Mykologie 18(2): 125-126. 1964 (portr.) Gardner and Kern, Mycologia 57: 1-5. 1965 (portr.) Ainsworth and Bisby, Dict. fungi ed. 6. 227. 1971. EPONYMY: Gaeumannia F. Petrak (1950); Gaeumanniella F. Petrak (1952); Gaeuman- nomyces von Arx & D. L. Olivier (1952). Gagnebin de la Ferriére, Abraham (1707-1800), Swiss physician and botanist. (Gagnebin). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BM, P-HA, NEU. Ref.: TH 2: 214. Candolle, Phytographie 414. 1880. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 23; PR p. 116. Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks 5: 245 [index]. 1800 (bibl.) Wolf, R., Biographien zur Kulturgeschichte der Schweiz 3: 227-240. 1860. Kirschleger, Fl. Alsace 2: xxxix, xliii. Thurmann, Abraham Gagnebin de la Ferriére. Porrentruy 1851, ix, 143 p., 2 pl. (portr.), reprinted from Arch. Soc. jurass. Emulation. De Beer et Gagnebin, Bull. Soc. neuchateloise Sci. nat. 80: 45-79. 1957 (correspondence Gagnebin-Haller). EPONYMyY: Gagnebina Necker ex A. P. de Candolle (1825). Gagnepain, Francois (1866-1952), French botanist at Paris, specialist on the flora of south-eastern Asia (Gagnep.) HERBARIUM and TyYPEs: P. Ref.: TH 2: 214. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 23; BL 1: 122, 2: 184, 200-201; BM 6: 353; CSP 15: 184; Langman p. 276; LS suppl. 9197; MW p. 119, 131-133, suppl. p. 73; Zander ed. 10, p. 603. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 102, pl. 143. 1905 (portr.) Chevalier, zn Lecomte, Fl. Indochine tome prél. 41. 1944 (portr.) Humbert, Not. Syst., Paris 14.(4): 221-229. 1952 (portr.) Reed, Bibl. Fl. SE Asia 66-77. 1969 (bibl.) Anon., Rev. int. Botanique appl. 32: 303-305. 1952. NOTE: The death notice in Bot. Centralbl. 119: 256. 1911 was erroneous. COMPOSITE works: Gagnepain was one of the major contributors to Lecomte, Flore Indochine for which he wrote the tome préliminaire and many family treatments which are listed under Lecomte. EPONYMY: Gagnepainia K. M. Schumann (1904). Gahn, Henric (1747-1816), Swedish physician, pupil of Linnaeus, ultimately teacher at the army academy at Karlberg. (Gahn). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: LINN. 904. GAILLON BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(2): 345; Barnhart 2: 23; KR p. 235-236. EPONYMY: Gahnia J. R. Forster & J. G. A. Forster (1776). 1927. Fundamenta agrostographiae, cons. exper. Fac. med. Ups. praeside viro illustrissimo- D. Doct. Carolo a Linné, ... auctore defendente Henrico Gahn, Fahlunensi, ... in audit. Carol. maj. die 27 Jun. 1767. Publice ventilanda. Uppsala (Johan. Edman) [1767]. Qu. (Fund. agrost.) Publ.: 27 Jun 1767, p. [1]-38, pl. 1-2. Copy: HU. — To be attributed to the “‘auctore defendente,”? but see Krok’s cautious remark that Linnaeus must have had an important share in the authorship. Ref.: KR p. 236; PR 5509; SO 2356-2361; TL-1: 757. Gaillard, Albert (1858-1903), French mycologist, curator of the Lloyd herbarium. (Gaillard). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Material at B, BM, NY, P. Ref.: TH 2: 214. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 275. 1916. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 23; BM 2: 634; CSP 15: 185-186; LS 9465-9497, 20128; 33503-33505. Bouvet, Bull. Soc. Etudes sci. Angers 32: 183-185. 1902. Patouillard, Bull. Soc. bot. France 50: 513-517. 1903. Patouillard, Bull. Soc. mycol. France 19: 388-389. 1903 (bibl.) EPONYMY: Gaillardiella Patouillard (1895). 1928. Contribution a ’étude des champignons inférieurs famille des Périsporiacées. Le genre Meliola anatomie.-morphologie.-systématique. Paris (Paul Klincksieck) 1892. Oct. Publ.: 1892 (Nat. Nov. Jul 1892), p. [1]-163, pl. i-xxiv, uncol. liths by the author. Copy: FH (rd. 20 Jan 1893). Gaillon, Francois Benjamin (1782-1839), French algologist. (Gazllon). HERBARIUM and TyPES: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 23; BM 2: 634; CSP 2: 755, 6: 664; PR 3168-3171, ed. 1: 3469-3474. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 112. 1903, 3(3): 102. 1905. Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 47. 1906. Silva, Taxon 8: 60-61. 1959. COMPOSITE Works: Gaillon contributed to Cuvier [ed.], Dictionnaire des Sciences naturelles (1804-1830). EPONYMY: Gaillona Bonnemaison (1828); Gaillonia A. Richard ex A. P. de Candolle (1830) ; Gaillonia F. Rudolphi (1831). 1929. Essai sur Pétude des thalassiophytes, ou plantes marines. [Rouen (F. Baudry) 1820]. Oct. (Essai thalassioph.) Publ.: 1820 (after 9 Jun 1820, day of reading paper to Rouen Société d’Emulation), p- [1]-12. Copy: G. Ref.: PR 3168. 1930. Apergu microscopique et physiologique de la fructification des thalassiophytes symphysistées. [Rouen (F. Baudry) 1821] Oct. (Apergu thalassioph. symphys.) Publ.: Sep 1821 (BF 29 Sep), p. [1]-14. Copies: G, PCS. — Reprint with independent pagination from Ann. gén. Sci. phys. 8: 362-372. 1821 (see also Froriep, Notizen 2: 23-25. 1822 and CSP). 995 GAILLON 1931. Résumé méthodique des classifications des thalassiophytes ... (Article extrait du 53° volume du Dictionnaire des sciences naturelles). Strasbourg (Levrault) 1828. Oct. (Résumé thalassioph.) Publ.: Mai 1828 (date of publ. of vol. 53 of Dict.), p. [1]-59, pl. 1-2. Copy: PCS. — Reprinted from Dict. Sci. nat. (Cuvier) 53, Mai 1828. 1932. Apercu d’ histoire naturelle et observations sur les limites qui séparent le régne végétal du régne animal. Boulogne (Le Roy-Mabille) 1833. Oct. (Apergu hist. nat.) Orig. ed: 1833. Consists of the reprint [p. [1]-24. Copy: PCS] of the article with the above mentioned title in Proc. Verb. Agr. Commerce Arts Boulogne-sur-Mer 1833: 93-114 plus an appendix of eleven unnumbered pages entitled Tableaux synoptiques et méthodi- ques des genres des Némazoaires. Silva states that the publication of the Apergu and Tableaux in the journal has priority over the publication as a[ first Jreprint. This reprint is identifiable because it has the same typography as the journal, 24 pages plus unnumbered pages for the Tableaux. A second reprint with the same typography was published with the pagination [3]-35 (copy: PCS) with altered page make-up. A third reprint, of the Tableaux only, took place in the journal Mém. Soc. Roy. Emulation Abbeville 1: 469-482. 1833 (copy: PCS) with altered typography, altered page make-up and some changes in text and punctuation. A fourth reprint, of the Tableaux only, took place in the Ann. Sci. nat. Bot. ser. 2. 1: 44-56. Jan 1834 together with a review of the Apercu. Ref.: BM 2: 634; PR 3171. Silva, Taxon 8: 60-61. 1959. Galeotti, Henri Guillaume (1814-1858), French born botanist and explorer of Central America who worked later in Belgium. (Galeotiz). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BR (original herbarium, formerly at LV), other major sets at B, E, G,; GENT, K, LE, OXF, P, W. Ref.: TH 1 (ed. 6): 358, 2: 214; Laségue p. 209-211. Candolle, Phytographie 414. 1880. Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 50-51. 1902. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 299, 348. 1916. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinb. 82. 1970. Miller, Taxon 19: 523-524. 1970. Morton, Amer. Fern. J. 61(2): 59-75. 1971 (fern colls.) McVaugh, Contr. Univ. Mich. Herb. 9: 236-238. 1972. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(3): 323. 1975. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 24; BM 2: 635; CSP 2: 758-759; Jackson p. 368; Langman p. 297-298; MW p. 134; PR p. 116; Quenstedt p. 153; Zander ed. 10, p. 603. Morren, La Belgique hort. 8: 234-236. 1858 (bibl.) Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 16: 119-120. 1858. Bommer, J. Hort. prat. Belg. 2: 94-96. 1858. Quetelet, Annuaire Acad. roy. Belg. 25: 139-148. 1859 (bibl.) Crépin, Guide bot. belg. 244, 262, 449-450. 1878 (bibl.) Mourlon, Géologie de la Belgique 2: 309-310. 1881. Hemsley, Biol. Centr. Amer. 4: 125-126. 1887. Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 50-51. 1902. EPONYMY: Galeottia A. Richard & H. G. Galeotti (1845); Galeottiella Schlechter (1920). Gallenmiiller, Joseph (/f. 1876), German highschool teacher in Aschaffenburg. (Gallenmiiller). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. 1933- Phanerogamen-Flora von Aschaffenburg. Analytische Tabellen zum Bestimmen der 906 GAMBLE Pflanzen. Programm der k. bayerischen Studien-Anstalt zu Aschaffenburg ftir das Studienjahr 1875-76. Aschaffenburg (Wailandt) 1876. Oct. (Phan.-Fl. Aschaffenburg). Publ.: 1876, p. [i]-vi, [1]-97. Copy: B. Gallge, Olaf (1881-1965), Danish lichenologist. (Galloe). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: C, some material also at L. Ref.: TH 2: 215. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 25; BM 6: 354; GR p. 677; LS 33527, 33527a, 33528, LS suppl. 9228-9232; NI 683n. Christensen, Danske Bot. Hist. 1: 879 [ind.]. 1926. Christiansen, Bot. ‘Tidsskr. 61(4): 309-312. 1966 (portr.) Christiansen, Friesia 10(1/2): 100-102. 1972 (portr.) Christiansen, Life and work of Olaf Gallge, in Gallge, Nat. hist. Dan. Lichens 10: 7-10. 1972 (bibl.) COMPOSITE woRKS: The lichen flora and lichen vegetation of Iceland 1919-1920, in Rosenvinge and Warming, The Botany of Iceland, 2: 101-247. 1920. 1934. Natural history of the Danish lichens [.] Original investigations based upon new principles. Kj@benhavn (1-4: H. Aschehoug & Co.; 5: Levin & Munksgaard; 6-9: Ejnar Munksgaard; to: Ellen Gallge) 1927-1972, 10 vols. Qu. (Nat. hist. Dan. lich.) vol. pages plates dates I [i], [1]-93 1-160 1927 2 [3]-84. 1-128 1929 3 ([3]-114 I-127 1930 4 [3]-81 1-133 1932 5 [i-iv], [1]-117 I-I40 1936 6 fi-iv], [1]-103 1-88 1939 Gl {i-iv], [1]-62 I-IOI 1948 8 [i-iv], [1]-81 I-122 1950 9 [a-iv], [1]-74 I-194 1954. 10 [1]-63 1-204, [7,ind.] 1972 Copy: U. — Vol. 10 edited by M. Skytte Christiansen (1918-x). Ref.: LS suppl. 9230-9232; NI 683n. Christiansen, Naturhist. Tidende 19(1-2): 3-10. 1955. Galzin, Amédée (1853-1925), French military veterinary surgeon and mycologist. (Galzin). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: PC. — some material also at L. IG EON 5 O38 Oty BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 26; GR p. 278-279; LS 9585-9587, 31428- 31429. Bourdot, Bull. Soc. mycol. France 41: 333-336. 1925. COMPOSITE WoRKS: Bourdot et Galzin, Hymenomyceétes de France. See Bourdot. Gamble, James Sykes (1847-1925), British forester and botanist in India. (Gamble). HERBARIUM and typEs: K — duplicates: B, BM, CAL, DD, H, L, OXF, US. Ref.: TH 1 (ed. 6): 358; 2: 215. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 348. 1916. Hill, Bull. misc. inf. Kew 1926: 12-17. Dickinson, Phycol. Bull. 1: 12. 1952. 9°7 GAMBLE Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 169. 1964. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 82. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 26; BB p. 118; BM 2: 637, 6: 355; CSP 15: 199; Jackson p. 387; LS 33540; MW p. 134; NI 684. Huxley, Life letters Hooker 2: 535 [index]. 1918. Anon., Empire Forestry J. 2: 92. 1925. Anon., Gard. Chron. 1925(2): 359. Rendle, J. Bot. 63: 335. 1925. Hill, Proc. roy. Soc. ser. B. 99: xxxvill-xliii. 1926 (portr.) Anon., Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1925: 400, 433-439 (bibl.), 1926: 12-17. Prain, Proc. Linn. Soc. London 1925-26: 80-81. 1926. Burkill, Chapt. Hist. Bot. India 238 [index]. 1965. Reed, Bibl. fl. SE Asia 77-78. 1969 (bibl.) COMPOSITE WoRKS: Hooker, The flora of British India, vol. 7, 1897, Bambuseae of India; Sargent, Plantae wilsonianae, Lauraceae, 2: 66-86. 1914. EPONYMY: Gamblea C. B. Clarke (1879); Gambleola Massee (1898). 1935. A manual of Indian timbers: an account of the structure, growth, distribution, and qualities of Indian woods. Calcutta (Superintendent of Government Printing) 1881. Oct. (in fours) (Man. Ind. timb.) Ed. 1: Nov-Dec 1881 (pref. Nov 1881), map, p. [i*], [1]-xxx, [1]-522. Copy: MO. Ed. 2: Oct-Dec 1902 (p. xxiii: 1 Oct 1902), p. [i], front., [i11]-xxvi, [1]-856. Copy: NY. — ‘“New and revised edition.”’ London (Sampson Low, Marston & Company). Oct. Ed. 2a: 1922, p. [i], front., [iii]-xxvi, [1]-868. Copy: US. — Reprint of second edition , with some corrections and additions” London (Sampson Low, Marston & Company). With two appendices. Ed. 2b: 1972, p. [i], front., [iii]-xxvi, [1]-868. Copy: NY.— Reprint (identical with ed. 2a) by Bishen Singh Mahendra Pal Singh, Dehra Dun 1972. Oct. Ref.: BM 2: 637, 6: 355. 1936. Flora of the presidency of Madras. London (West Newman & Co., Adlard & Son) [1915]-1936. 3 vols. Oct. (Fl. Madras). Co-authors: Cecil Ernst Claude Fischer (1874-?); Stephen Troyte Dunn (1868-1938) (part I, p. 1-182) vol. part pages date author notes Kew Bull. I pref. i[i*]),) [2] -bav. 8 Feb 1936 Fischer I [i-ii], [1]-200 Nov-Dec 1915 Gamble 1916: 57 2 [i-ii], 201-389 Apr-Dec 1918 Gamble 1918: 222 3 [i-i1], [391]-577 Oct-Dec 1919 Gamble 1920 :49 2 preta. [i*] [1925] Gamble 4 {i-ii], 579-768 Ig2l Gamble 1921: 312 5 [i-ii], 769-962 1922 Gamble 1924: 235 6 [i-ii], 963-1160 Apr-Dec 1924. Gamble 1924: 235 7 fi-ii], [1161]-1346 Nov-Dec 1925 Gamble — 3 pref. [i*], map 8 Feb 1936 Fischer 8 [i-ii], 1347-1532 Jun-Dec 1928 Fischer 1928: 281 9 {i-ii], [1533]-1687 IQ3I Fischer 1931: 257 10 {i-ii], [1689]-1864 Nov-Dec 1934 Fischer 1935: 143 II [i-ii], [1865]-2017 8 Feb 1936 Fischer Flora 1: ix Copies: MO, NY, US. Imprint t.p.’s vols. 1-3: Adlard & Son; covers 1-7: Adlard & Son, West Newman & Co.; 8-11: Adlard & Son; t.p.’s parts: 1: Calcutta, 2-11: London (no printing house). Ref.: Sundararaj, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc. 55: 238-242. 1958. 908 GANDOGER Gandoger, Michel (1850-1926), French botanist, one of the greatest “‘splitters’”’ ever, plant collector, and rhodologist. (Gand.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: LY (800.000). Duplicates in many herbaria, see Index her- bariorum 2(2): 216. 1957. — The citations of localities on labels of duplicates distributed by Gandoger are not always trustworthy. Issued various sets of exsiccatae: Flora al- geriensis exsiccata, Flora gallia exsiccata, Plantae maroccanae, Flora hispanica exsiccata, Flora Africae bor. Refe eller (Edsi6) 3 95830)0210: Gandoger, Rev. Bot. 1: 236-248. 1883 (on Algerian collections). Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 264, 348. 1916. Beauverie, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. Paris 1935, Sect. Sci. 208-209. 1936. Rothmaler, Taxon 11: 159. 1962. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 82. 1970. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(3): 324. 1975. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 27; BL 1: 45, 2: 657 [Index]; BM 2: 637, 6: 3553 Bossert p. 139; CSP 7: 734, 9: 958, 12: 260, 15: 200-201; DTS 1: 81-82 (‘Dieser Autor wird im vorliegenden Werke nicht mehr weiter berticksichtigt’’); GR p. 321; IF p. 698; IF suppl. 2: 36, suppl. 3: 209; Langman p. 302; LS 9589-9591; MW p. 134. Marchesetti, Atti Museo Civico Storia nat. Trieste 9: 151. 1895. Bay, Flora Gesamt-Register 26-100; 12. 1910. Charbonnel, Bull. Soc. bot. France 74: 3-11. 1927 (bibl.) Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 331. 1945, ser. 2. 2: 157. 1955. McGillivray, Contr. N.S.W. natl. Herb. 4(6): 319. 1973 (Gandoger’s names of Austra- lian plants). HANDWRITING: The handwriting of the Flora Europae (mss reproduced by offset) is that of Gandoger himself. 1937- [lore Lyonnaise et des départements du sud-est comprenant |’analyse des plantes spontanées et des plantes cultivées comme industrielles ou ornementales avec l’indication de quelques-unes de leurs propriétés principales précédée de notions élémentaires sur la botanique conformément au programme du baccalauréat és sciences. Paris, Lyon (Lecoffre Fils et Cie) 1875. Duod. (Fl. Lyon.) Publ.: 1875 (p. viii: Mar 1874), p. [i]-viii, [I]-LIV, [1, abbr.], [1]-322, [1, cont.] Copies: B, HH, M, U, US. Ref.: BM 2: 637; Jackson p. 286; Blake 2: 110. Rickett, NAF ser. 2. 2: 157. 1955. 1938. Decades plantarum novarum praesertim ad floram Europae spectantes. Paris (F. Savy) 1875-1880, 3 fasc. Oct. (Dec. pl. nov.) Publ.: r (dec. 1-12): 1875, p. [i-ii], [1]-46. Copies: MO, NY. 2: (dec. 13-20): 1876 (Flora rd. Feb 1877), 46 p.; 3: 1880 (Nat. Nov. Sep 1880). “‘Enthalt nur neue Namen fur langst bekannte europdische Pflanzen” (Bot. Jahresber. 6(2) : 526. 1878). — Fasc. 2 is reprinted from Bull. Soc. agric., sci., litt. Pyrénées-Orientales no. 22. Ref.: BM 2: 637; Jackson p. 220, 226. 1939- Essai sur une nouvelle classification des roses de ? Europe, de Orient et du bassin méditerranéen. Paris (F. Savy) 1876. Oct. (Essai class. roses). Publ.: 1876, p. [1]-47, [48, cont.] Copies: MO, NY, U. — Reprinted with independent pagination from Bull. Soc. agric., sci. litt. Dépt. Pyrénées-Orientales no. 22. — Spanish translation: Barcelona 1880, Oct. (n.v.) Ref.: Jackson p. 227. 1940. Rosae novae Galliam austro-orientalem colentes. Paris (F. Savy) 1877-1878, 2 fasc. Oct. (Ros. nov. Gall.) Fasc. 1: 1877, p. [1]-25. Copies: MO, NY. — Reprinted with independent pagination from Flora 60: 233-239. 21 Mai 1877, 248-256. 1 Jun 1877, 262-270. 11 Jun 1877. Fasc. 2: 1878, p. [1]-44. Copies: MO, NY. — Reprinted idem from Flora 61: 369-382. 909 GANDOGER 21 Aug 1878, 392-400. 1 Sep 1878, 401-407. 11 Sep 1878, 422-432. 21 Sep 1878, 445- 448. 1 Oct 1878. Ref.: BM 2: 637; Jackson p. 275. 1941. Menthae novae imprimis Europaeae cum tabulis dichotomicis illustratae ... Fasciculus 1. [Paris]1881. Oct. | (Menth. nov.) Publ.: A reprint of an article published in Bull. Soc. natur. Moscou 56(2): [223]-277. 1881, reprint announced by Nat. Nov. only in Oct 1882. — ‘Two further “‘fascicles”’ appeared in the same journal 75(2): 235-298. 1882 and 58(1): 14-102. 1883. Copy: MO. Ref: BM. 2637) DiSip. 62. 1942. Flora Europae terrarumque adjacentium sive enumeratio plantarum per Europam atque totam regionem mediterraneam cum insulis atlanticis sponte crescentium, novo fundamento instauranda. Paris (F. Savy), London (Bernard Quaritch), Berlin (Fried- lander und Sohn) 1883-1891, 27 vols. Oct. (Fl. Eur.) vol. pages date Nat. Nov. date t.p. I [i-ii], [1]-440, [1] Mar 1884 1883 2 fa], [1]-453 Nov 1884 1884. 3 [i-v], [1]-221 Dec 1884 1884 4 [i-v], [1]-398 Apr 1885 1885 5 [1-111], [1]-293 Mai 1885 1885 6 [isiii], [1]-359 1885 7 [i-ii], [1 ]-337 Mar 1886 1885 8 [i-iii], [1 ]-[397] Mai 1886 1886 9 {i-11], [1]-345 Aug 1886 1886 10 [i-iii], [1 ]-302 Sep 1886 1886 II [i-iii], [1 ]-318 Jan 1887 1886 12 [i-i1], [1]-285 1887 13 [i-iii], [1 ]-503 Jan 1888 1887 14 {i-ii], [1 ]-438 Jul 1888 1888 15 [i-v], [1]-400 Aug 1888 1888 16 {i-ii], [1 ]-391 Apr 1889 1889 17 {i-iii], [1 ]-4.73 Jun 1889 1889 18 [1-11], [1 ]-393 Apr 1890 1889 19 {i-iii], [1 ]-382 Jul 1890 1890 20 [i-ii], [1 ]-224 Jan 1892 [sic] 1890 21 [i-iti], [1 ]-243 Jan 1892 1890 22 [i-ii], [1 ]-324 Sep 1890 [sic] 1890 23 [i-v], [1]-329 Jan 1892 1890 24 [i-ii], [1 ]-323 Apr 1891 [sic] 1890 25 {i-i], [1 ]-428 Jan 1892 1891 26 [i-ii], [1]-326 Oct 1893 1891 27 fi-vii], [1]-314 Oct 1893 1891 Copies: MO, NY, U. A manuscript pseudomechanically reproduced by lithography and as such effectively published. All generally known species of the time are cited in the usual way but also (mostly) subdivided in numerous microspecies. ‘These microspecies are designated by binomials. Gandoger accepted therefore two categories of species. The category for which he used the conventional names can be chosen by us as Gan- doger’s category of species as understood by the Code; this is purely a choice of con- venience. The second category is then infraspecific; the binomials denoting those taxa are not validly published and can be disregarded for purposes of nomenclature (ICBN, Art. 24). The use of two ranks of species also contravenes ICBN, Art. 33. The Eleventh International Botanical Congress (Seattle 1969) decided to cite Gandoger’s Flora europae as an example under this article making it clear that the binomials denoting Gandoger’s microspecies (second category) are not validly published; this aim could also have been achieved by applying Art. 4, para 2, in view of the element of confusion gio GARCIA (McGillivray 1972). These 150.000 of infraspecific binomials are now placed outside the domain of botanical nomenclature. ‘The circumstance that Gandoger regarded his micro-species as his “‘true’”’ species does not take away the circumstance that he accepted binomial nomenclature for the conventional species as well in the same publication. A ‘*fair’’ solution of this problem is difficult to reach; the Code now recognises the circum- stance that Gandoger’s “specific binomials”? have been consistently ignored (correctly, from the nomenclatural point of view) by the great majority of botanical authors. For a discussion pro and contra see Fuchs (1960), Rothmaler (1962), Greuter (1968, 1968), Meyer (1969), and Almborn (1969, 1972). Ref.: BM 2: 637; DTS 1: 82. Britten, J. Bot. 21: 64. 1883 (“‘we look forward with alarm to the myriads of new and useless names which this publication is almost certain to bring upon us.”’’) Wilmott, Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1935: 91. Fuchs, Bull. Soc. bot. France 107: 108-112. 1960. Rothmaler, ‘Taxon 11: 156-160. 1962. Greuter, Candollea 23: 81-100. 1968. Greuter, Taxon 17: 456-457. 1968. Meyer, Taxon 18: 415-420. 1969. Almborn, Bot. Not. 122: 148-150. 1969, 125: 201-202. 1972. McGillivray, ‘Taxon 21: 717-719. 1972. 1943- Monographia Rosarum Europae et Orientis. Paris (F. Savy, J.-B. Bailliére) 1892-1893, 4 vols. Oct. (Monogr. Ros. Eur.) Publ.: A lithographed manuscript, to be accepted as validly published under Art. 29, (see para. 2). vol. pages dates BF dates Nat. Nov. I [i-iii], [1 ]-338 26 Mar 1892 Apr 1892 2 [i-iii], [1 ]-4.86 3 Sep 1892 Sep 1892 3 [i], [1]-418 20 Jun 1893 Jul 1893 4 [i-v], [1]-599 2 Oct 1893 Nov 1893 Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 2: 637. 1944. Flora cretica. Paris (A. Hermann et Fil., L; Homme, Masson) 1916. Oct. (FI. cret.) Publ.: Dec 1916 (preface), p. [i], 1-181. Copies: HH, US. — A handwritten manuscript, lithographed, effectively published. 1945. Catalogue des plantes récoltées en Espagne et en Portugal pendant mes voyages de 1894 a 1912. Paris (Hermann, L’Homme, Masson) 1917. Oct. (Cat. pl. Espagne). Publ.: 1917 (p. ili: 15 Mars), p. [i-iv], 1-378. Copies: HH, US. — Handwritten manus- cript, lithographed, effectively published. Garcia de Orta (jl. 1490-1570), Portuguese colonial administrator, explorer and botanist. (Garcia de Orta). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Not known to have existed. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: [not in Barnhart sub Garcia]; HU p. 500 [index]; Langman p. 556. Burkill, Chapt. hist. bot. India 4-6. 1965. Stafleu, Taxon 16: 141-142. 1967. EPONYMY (genera): Garcia Rohr (1792); Garciana Loureiro (1790); Garcinia Linnaeus. (1753, also dedicated to Laurent Garcin (1683-1752), q.v.; vide Linnaeus, Hort. Cliff. 184. 1738); (journal): Garcia de Orta revista da junta das missdes geograficas e de investigagdes do ultramar. Lisboa. Vol. 1-20, 1953-1972; in 1972 subdivided in a number of series, among which Série de Botanica. Lisboa. Vol. 1-x, 1973-x. QI GARCIA 1946. Coloquios dos simples, e drogas he cousas mediginais do India, e assi dalgias frutas achadas nella onde se tratam algiias cousas tocantes amedigina, pratica, e outras cousas boas, pera saber cOpostos pello Doutor garcia dorta: fisico del Rey nosso senhor, vistos pello mugto Reuerendo senhor, ho ligengiado Alexos diaz: falcam desenbargador da casa da supricaga inquisitor nestas partes. com priviligio do Conde viso Rey. Impresso em boa, por Ioannes de endem as X dias de Abril de 1563. annos. Goa. 1563. Qu. Facsimile edition Lisboa 1963. (Colog. simples). Publ.: 10 Apr 1563, p. [i-xi], lvs 1-217. Copy of facsimile ed.: FAS. — Best known through Clusius’ translation and revision Aromatum et simplicium ... historia, Ant- werpen 1567. Ref.:; HU 35; Jackson p. 26, 385. — Correia, Anais Azevedos 14: 187-210. 1962. Stafleu, Taxon 16: 141-142. 1967. 1947- Aromatum, et simplicium aliquot medicamentorum apud indos nascentium historia: primum quidem Lusitanica lingua per dialogos conscripta, D. Garcia ab Horto, proregis Indiae medico, auctore. Nunc vero Latino sermone in epitomen contracta, & iconibus ad vivum expressis, locupletioribusque annotatiunculis illustrata a Carolo Clusio Atrebate. Antverpiae ex officina Christophori Plantini, architypographi regii. 1574. Oct. (Arom. simpl. hist.) Translator and annotator: Carolus Clusius (Charles de I’Escluse) (1526-1609). Publ.: 1574, p. [1]-224, [5]. Copy: BR. — This is the second edition of Clusius’ translation ; the first ed. (m.v.) came out in 1567, also with Plantijn. Ref.: Hunger, Charles de l’Escluse 1: 97, 127, 970, 371. 1927. Garcin, Laurent (1683-1752), Dutch army physician who travelled in Flanders, Spain and Portugal and made three trips to the East Indies, India, Ceylon, Arabia and Persia between 1720 and 1729. (Garcin). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: The original herbarium is said to be destroyed (Bridel, Steenis- Kruseman), but several sets of specimens collected by Garcin are at G (in the Burman herbarium) and at L. A number of Swiss plants are at BM (via the Earl of Bute and Lambert). Ref.: IH 2: 216; Laségue p. 66. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 185-186. 1950. Miller, ‘Taxon 19: 524. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 29; HA 2: 223; PR p. 116. Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks 5: 246 [index]. 1800. Bridel, Biographie de Laurent Garcin, ed. 2. 1857. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 228. 1936. Briquet, Bull. Soc. Bot. Suisse 50a: 233-235. 1940. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 185-186. 1950. Garcke, Christian August Friedrich (1819-1904), German botanist, pupil of D. F. L. von Schlechtendal at Halle, after 1854 curator, ““dozent” and ultimately professor of botany at Berlin. (Garcke). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: B, his Flora halensis at HAL. Refs Eo ou. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 32-33, 748. 1917. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 6: 71; AG 5(2): 502, 12(2): 581; Barnhart 2: 29; BM 2: 638-639, 6: 356; Bossert p. 139; CSP 2: 766-767, 6: 664, 7: 734, 9: 960, 15: 206; GR p. 80; KR p. 236; Langman p. 307; LS 9598-9603, 33546; MW p. 236; PR 31g!- 3192, 10564; Zander ed. 10, p. 603. Ascherson, Fl. Prov. Brandenburg 1: 5. 1860. Rottenbach, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 22: (44)-(48). 1904 (bibl.) ‘Tschirch, Ber. pharm. Ges. 14(2): 52-66. 1904 (portr.) Niedenzu, in Garcke, Deutschl. Fl. ed. 20. iii-iv. 1908 (portr.) gi2 GARCKE Hoffmann et al., Wiss. Z. Humboldt-Univ. Berlin, Mat.-Nat. R. 14: 807. 1965. Stafleu, Regn. veg. 71: 323-324. 1970. COMPOSITE works: Edited Linnaea 35-43, 1867-1882 (‘“Neue Folge” 1-9), see under Schlechtendal; also 7b. kén. Bot. Garten, Berlin, 2-4, 1883-1889. See Klotzsch for Botanische Ergebnisse der Reise ... des Prinzen Waldemar von Preussen (1862). EPONYMY: Garckea K. A. F. W. Mueller Hal. (1845). 1948. Flora von Halle, mit naherer Beriicksichtigung der Umgegend von Weissenfels, Naumburg, Freiburg, Bibra, Nebra, Querfurt, Allstedt, Artern, Eisleben, Hettstedt, Sandersleben, Aschersleben, Stassfurt, Bernburg, Kéthen, Dessau, Oranienbaum, Bit- terfeld und Delitzsch. Berlin (1: Eduard Anton; 2: Karl Wiegandt) 1848, 1856, 2 vols. Oct. (Fl. Halle). Vol. 1, Phanerogamen: early Jun 1848 (p. xx: Mai 1848, Hinrichs 7-9 Jun 1848), p. [i]-xx, 1-595, [596, err.]. Copies: B, NY. Vol. 2, Kryptogamen, nebst einem Nachtrag zu den Phanerogamen: Jun-Aug 1856 (p. vil: Mai 1856, Flora 7 Aug-7 Sep 1856), p. [i*], [i]-vii, [1, h.t.], [1]-276. Copies: B, NY. Nachtrag: Fitting, Schulz, Wiist, Abh. Bot. Ver. Brandenburg 41: 118-165. 1899. Ref.: BFM 427, [424, 425, 459]; BM 2: 638; Jackson p. 304; PR 319. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 6: 15-16, 526-532. 1848. Irmisch, Bot. Zeit. 6: 526-532. 21 Jul 1848 (rev. part 1). Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 14: 618-620. 29 Aug 1856 (rev. part 2). 1949. Flora von Nord- und Mittel-Deutschland zum Gebrauche auf Excursionen, in Schulen und beim Selbstunterricht. Berlin (Karl Wiegandt) 1849. Oct. (Fl. NW. Mitt.-Deutschland) Ed. 1-12: Berlin 1849-1875 under this title. Ed. 13-16: Berlin 1878-1890: ‘‘Flora von Deutschland zum ...” (Fl. Deutschland) Ed. 17-19: Berlin 1895-1903: “‘Illustrierte Flora von Deutschland zum ...” (Jil. Fl. Deutsch- land ) Ed. 20-22: Berlin 1908-1922: ‘August Garcke’s illustrierte Flora von Deutschland. Zum ... Auflage herausgegeben von Dr Franz Niedenzu. Mit etwa 4000 Einzelbildern in 764 Originalabbildungen.”’ (Jil. Fl. Deutschland ) Ed. 23: Berlin, Hamburg 1972: ‘“‘August Garcke Illustrierte Flora von Deutschland und an- erenzenden Gebiete. Gefasskryptogamen und Bliitenpflanzen. Herausgegeben von Dr Konrad von Weihe unter Mitarbeit von D. Fiurnkranz, Wien, H. Grebe, Han- nover, E. Schenk +, Mannheim, A. Seithe, Malsch-Salzbach, D. Vogellehner, Freiburg i. Br., W. Zimmermann, Tiibingen. Mit 3704 Einzelbildern in 460 Abbil- dungen und auf 5 Tafeln. 23., véllig neugestaltete und neu illustrierte Auflage.” (Ill. Fl. Deutschland) Imprints: ed. 2 (Wiegandt & Grieben), ed. 3 (Karl Wiegandt), ed. 4, 5 (Gustav Bossel- mann), ed. 6-11 (Wiegandt und Hempel), ed. 12, 13 (Wiegandt, Hempel und Parey), ed. 14-23 (Paul Parey). ed. pages ills. dates copies I [i]-iv, [1]-392 1849, early Mai HH, MO 2 fij-vi, [1 ]-424 Jul 1851 NY 3 {i]-vii, [1 ]-436 1854, prob. Oct-Nov NY 4 [i]-viii, [1 ]-428 Jun-Jul 1858 NY 5 {i]-viii, [1 ]-496 Jul 1860 NY 6 [i]-viii, *1*-* 108*, 1-516 Mai-Jun 1863 NY Ti [i]-viii, [*1*]-* 108%, [1]-516 Apr-Mai 1865 NY 8 [i]-viii, [*1*]-* 108%, [1]-520 Apr-Sep 1867 NY 9 {ij-vin, [*1*]-*108*, [1]-520 Mai-Jun 1869 NY 10 [i]-viii, [*1*]-*108*, [1]-520 Mai-Jun 1871 NY II [i]-viii, [*1*]-* 108*, [1]-520 1873, after Mar NY 12 [ij-vii, [*1*]-*108*, [1]-520 Apr 1875 IN 13 [i]-iv, [1]-96, 1-516 Mai 1878 NY 14 [i]-iv, [1]-96, [1]-516 Apr 1882 NYU 923 GARCKE ed. pages alls. dates copies 15 [i]-iv, [1]-96, 1-541 Mai 1885 NY 16 [iJ-iv, [1]-100, 1-570 Apr 1890 NY 17 [i]-iv, [1]-96, [1]-768 759 Jan-Feb 1895 NY 18 [i]-iv, [1]-96, [1]-780 760 Sep 1898 INYAaU) 19 _—_[iJ-iv, [1]-96, [1]-795 770 Jan 1903 U, AMD 20 [i]-vii, 1-837 764 Mai 1908 NY 21 [i]-vili, 1-840 764 Aug 1912 NY 22 [i]-viii, [1 ]-860 770 Mai 1922 BR, HH 23 [i]-xx, [1]-1607 460,5 1972 NY, U Dates of publication based on notices and reviews in Botanische Zeitung, Flora, and Naturae Novitates. Ref.: BM 2: 638-639, 6: 356; Jackson p. 300; PR 3192, 10564. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 7: 369-370. 18 Mai 1849 (rev. ed. 1); 9: 763-764. 24 Oct 1851 (rev. ed. 2); 13: 55. 19 Jan 1855 (rev. ed. 3); 16: 216. 16 Jul, 253-254. 20 Aug 1858 (rev. ed. 4); 18: 291-292. 17 Aug 1860 (rev. ed. 5); 21: 214. 3 Jul 1863 (rev. ed. 6); 23: 219-220. 7 Jul 1865 (rev. ed. 7). De Bary, Bot. Zeit. 27: 470. 9 Jul, 502-503. 23 Jul 1869 (rev. ed. 9); 29: 473. 14 Jul, 571-572. 25 Aug 1871. Anon., Flora 32: 384 (ed. 1); 34: 608 (ed. 2); 37: 736 (ed. 3); 41: 594 (ed. 4); 43: 720 (ed. 5); 49: 226 (ed. 7); 50: 462 (ed. 8); 52: 381 (ed. 9); 54: 206 (ed. 10); 61: 224 (eds 719) Garden, Alexander (1730-1791), American physician and botanist, correspondent of Collinson, Ellis and Linnaeus. (Garden). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: LINN. Ref.: 1H. 2: 217. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 29; BB p. 118; CSP 2: 767; DNB 20: 406; KR p. 236. Darlington, Memorials 232, 246, 272, 274, 390 (biogr.), 409, 414, 416, 425, 436 [letters to Bartram 394-396, 399-400]. 1849. Kelly, Some American medical botanists 60-68. 1914. Gee, Bull. Univ. S. Carol. 72: 14-16. 1918. Kelly and Burrage, American medical biographies 423-424. 1920. Fagin, William Bartram 6, 19 [index]. 1933. Earnest, J. and W. Bartram 184 [index]. 1940. Berkeley and Berkeley, Dr Alexander Garden 373-375. 1969. EPONYMY: Gardenia J. Colden (1756, nom. rej.); Gardenia J. Ellis (1761, nom. cons.) ; Gardeniola Chamisso (1834); Gardeniopsis Miquel (1868). Gardiner, William (1808-1852), Scottish umbrella-maker and amateur botanist. (Gardiner). HERBARIUM and TYPES: DEE, also material at B, BM, CGE, E, GL, GOD, K, MANCH, MICH, OXF, SLBI, TCD, TOR. Exsiccatae: Twenty lessons on British mosses; first steps to a knowledge of that beautiful tribe of plants ... illustrated with specimens (46 pp., 18 speci- mens, Dundee 1846; second series 58 p., 25 specimens, Aug-Sep 1849, third enlarged edition 50 p., 38 specimens, fourth edition 51 p., 25 (or 33?) specimens 1852) (PR 3194), see Sayre for further details. Ref.: IH 2: 217; Kent p. 55. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 299. 1916. Kent, British herbaria 55. 1953. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 169. 1964. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 82. 1970. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 203. 1971. Ore: GARDNER, G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 29; BB p. 118; BM 2: 640, 6: 357; BL 2: 295, 309; CSP 2: 767, 15: 207; GR p. 398; Jackson p. 549 [index]; LE 9604-9605; PR 3194-3195. Scrymgeour, Gard. Chron. 1852: p. 406, 423-424. Stevenson, Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinburgh 26: 155-156. 1913. 1950. The flora of Forfarshire. London (Longman, Brown, Green, and Longmans), Edinburgh (David Mathers, J. Menzies), Dundee (P. Shaw, W. Middleton), Perth (P. R. Drummond) 1848. Duod. (Fl. Forfarshire). Publ.: 1848 (p. vi: 10 Nov 1847), p. [i]-xxiv, [1]-308, 7 pl. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 1: 640; PR 3195. Gardner, Charles Austin (1896-1970), Government botanist of Western Australia. (C. A. Gardner). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: CANB (15.000), PERTH (10.000), dupl. see IH. Ref EL 2017. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BL 1: 75-76; Bossert p. 140. J. Agric. ser. 4. 1(8): 741-742. 1960 (portr.) Serventy, W. Austral. Naturalist 11: 168-172. 1970 (portr.) Serventy, Victorian Naturalist 87: 173-175. 1970 (award, obit.) Anon., J. Roy. Soc. W. Austral. 53(2): 63. 1970. Perry, W. Austral. Naturalist 11: 178-180. 1971 (Gardner and James Drummonds itine- rary). Anon., Fl. males. Bull. 26: 1995. 1972. EPONYMY: Gardnerodoxa Sandwith (1955) is dedicated to George Gardner (1812-1849), q.v.; Gardneriella Kylin (1941) is dedicated to Nathaniel Lyon Gardner (1864-1937), q.v. Gardner, George (1812-1849), British botanist and explorer, later superintendent of the Peradenya botanic garden. (Gardner). HERBARIUM and typEs: Brazilian coll. orig. at BM, Ceylon id. at K, duplicates in many herbaria, e.g. B, BR, E, LE, OXF, P, US. — Exsiccatae: 1. Musci britannict, or pocket herbarium of specimens of British mosses (285 nos., Glasgow 1836), set at FH. 2. Musci Hepaticae of Brazil. Ref.: 1H. 1 (ed. 6): 358, 2: 217; Laségue p. 235-239. Hooker, J. Bot. 2: 34. 1840, Kew J. Bot. 3: 188-189. 1851, 4: 30-31. 1852. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 299, 320, 348. 1916. Boulger in Trimen, Hand-book Flora of Ceylon 375-376. 1900 (Ceylon coll.) Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 169-170. 1964. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 82. 1970. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 204. 1971, 19(3): 324-325. 1975. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 406; Barnhart 2: 29; BB p. 119; BM 2: 640; CSP 768-769; DNB 20: 431 (Boulger); GR p. 398; IF p. 698; Jackson p. 549 [index]; LS 9608; MW p. 135; PR 2894, 3197-3198; Zander ed. 10, p. 603. Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 54-58. 1847 (itineraries). Norwich, Proc. Linn. Soc., London, 2: 40-44. 1849. Hooker, J. Bot. Kew Misc. 1: 154-156. 1849. Anon., J. Bot. 22: 32. 1884 (memorial tablet at Peradinya). Boulger, in Trimen, Hand-book Flora of Ceylon 5: 375-376. 1900. Urban, Fl. bras. 1(1): 22-25. 1906 (itinerary). Moebius, Gesch. Bot. 233, 429. 1937. Burkill, Chapt. hist. Bot. India 239 [index]. 1965. Coats, The plant hunters 355, 358. 1969. COMPOSITE WoRKS: Edited: Calcutta 7. nat. Hist. 6-7, 1846-1847; see also under Fielding, Sertum plantarum (1844). 915 GARDNER, G. EPONYMY: Gardnerodoxa Sandwith (1955). — Note: Gardneria Wallich (1820) is dedicated to Edward Gardner (fl. 1820), English colonial governmental officer; Gardneriella Kylin (1941) is dedicated to Nathaniel Lyon Gardner (1864-1937), q.v. 1951. Travels in the interior of Brazil, principally through the northern provinces, and the gold and diamond districts, during the years 1836-41. London (Reeve Brothers) 1846. Oct. (Trav. Brazil). Ed. 1: Oct-Dec 1846 (p. viii: 1 Jan 1846, editor’s note: 1 Oct 1846), p. [i]-xvi, [1]-562. Copy: NY. Ed. 2: 1849, London (Reeve, Benham, and Reeve), p. [i]-xvii, [1]-428, woodcut frontisp., map. Copy: J. Wurdack. German translation: Lindau, Reisen tm Innern Brasiliens, 2 vols., Leipzig, Dresden 1848. (Reisen Bras.) Portuguese translation: by Alberto Pinheiro, Viagens no Brasil, based on 1849 ed., Brasiliana ser. 5. vol. 223, Sao Paulo, Rio de Janeiro, Recife, Porto Alegre (Companhia editora national) 1942, Oct., p. [i*], [i]-x, [1]-467, [468]. Copy: MO. — (Viag. Brasil). Ref.: BM 2: 640; Jackson p. 373; PR 3198. Gardner, Nathaniel Lyon (1864-1937), American phycologist. (V. L. Gardner). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: UC. — For duplicates see IH; for series see Sayre (1975). Ref. VE 1 (ede6))/ 358) 20207. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(3): 325. 1975. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews p. 266; Barnhart 2: 30; Bossert p. 140; LS g610; MW p. 135, suppl. p. 74. Setchell, Madrofio 4: 126-128. 1937 (portr.) Setchell, Science 86(2231): 300-301. 1937. Ewan, A century of progress in the natural sciences 49. 1955. Humphrey, Makers of North American botany 92-93. 1961. COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) Myxophyceae, in Scientific survey of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands 8(2): [i], 209-311, pl. 1-2. 22 Nov 1932. (2) Setchell and Gardner, The marine algae of the Pacific Coast of North America (1919-1925), and Algae of Northwestern America (1903). EPONYMY: Gardneriella Kylin (1941). — Note: Gardnerodoxa Sandwith (1955) is dedicated to George Gardner (1812-1849), q.v. Garovaglio, Santo (1805-1882), Italian cryptogamic botanist, professor of botany at Pavia. (Garov.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: PAV, dupl. e.g. RO. — Exsiccatae: 1. Lichenes exsiccati Longobardiae in ordinem systematicum dispositi (dec. i-viii, nos. 1-80, Pavia 1864-1867). No set known, for references see Sayre. 2. Lichenes provinciae Comensis (Novocomensis) et Vallis- Tellinae, (ed. 1, dec. i-xxiv, nos. 1-240, Milano 1836-1844; ed. 2, dec. i-xlv, nos. 1-450, Milano 1846-1849), also known as Lichenotheca italica, sets reported to be at BM, CN, FI, L, PAV and other herbaria (B?) but data lacking. 3. Muschi [disseccati| dell’ Austria inferiore (dec. 1-vi, Milano 1836), sets at B, BM, PAV. (Flora 26: 617. 620). Refs Tosvor7,: Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 287, 299. 1916. Tomaselli, Archivio Bot. 21: 29-43. 1946, 25(2): 113-115. 25(3/4): 178-188. 1949 (a revision of the PAV Garovaglio material). Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 127. 1967, 19(3): 325. 1975. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 31; BM 2: 641, 6: 357; Bossert p. 140; CSP 7: 736-737, 9: 963-964, 12: 261; DTS 1: 82, 5: xlvili; GR p. 517; Jackson p. 549 [Index]; LS 9621-9696, 33569; PR 3201-3212, 10565; Saccardo 1: 78, 2: 52. 916 GAROVAGLIO Cattaneo et al., Arch. Lab. Critt. Pavia 4: xu-li. 1882 (bibl.) Sordelli, Atti Soc. ital. Sci. nat. 25: 119-134. 1882 (bibl. 77 nos.) Kanitz, Magy Novén. Lap. 6: 27-31. 1882 (bibl.) Ardissone, Rendic. Ist. Lombardo Sci. ser. 2. 15(20): 696-710. 1883 (bibl.) Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 162. 1903, 3(3): 178, pl. 136. 1905 (portr.) COMPOSITE WoRKs: Editor of Archivio triennale del laboratorio di botanica crittogamica presso la r. Universita di Pavia, vol. [1] for 1871-1873 (publ. 1874), vols. 2/3, publ. 1879. EPONYMY: Garovaglia ‘Trevisan (1853). 1952. Dissertatio inauguralis botanica sistens enumerationem muscorum in Austria inferiore huc usque lectorum adjecta indicatione loci eorum natalis, et temporis quo fructum ferunt quam consensu et auctoritate magnifici ac illustrissimi domini praesidis et directoris, per illustras ac spectabilis domini decani, clarissimorum et celeberrimorum d.d. professorum, pro rite consequenda doctoris medicinae laurea in antiquissima ac celeberrima universi- tate vindobonensi publicae disquisitioni submittit Sanctus Garovaglio ... In theses adnexas disputabitur in Universitatis aedibus die ... Wien (Ulrich Klopf) 1840. Oct. (Enum. musc. Austria inf.) Thesis edition: Jan-Feb 1840 (Hinrichs 22-28 Mar; Lit. Zeit. Berlin 4 Mar), p. [i]-viui, [1]-46, [47-52, index, err., theses]. Copy: NY. Trade edition: Enumeratio muscorum omnium in Austria inferiore huc usque lectorum adjecta indicatione loci eorum natalis, et temporis, quo fructum ferunt. Wien 1840. Oct. — Publ. Jan-Mar 1840, p. [i]-viii, [1]-[48]. Ref.: BM 2: 641; PR 3202. 1953- Bryologia austriaca excursoria tamquam clavis analytica ad omnes in imperio austria- co huc usque inventos muscos facile et tuto determinandos. Wien (Friedrich Volke) 1840. Oct. (Bryol. austr. excurs.) Publ.: Jan-Feb 1840 (Hinrichs 22-28 Mar; Lit. Zeit. Berlin 4 Mar), p. [i-viii], [3]-88, [89-95]. Copy: NY. Ref.: BH; BM 2: 641; DTS 1: 82-83; Jackson p. 264; PR 3204; IDC 6202. 1954. Tentamen dispositionis lichenum in Longobardia nascentium. Milano 1865-1868, 4 sections. Qu. (Tent. disp. lich. Longob.) Publ.: 1865-1868, x, 174 p., ro pl. as follows: sect. plates Mem. date Is 1-200 10(2) 1865 (rev. Hedwigia Oct 1865) oe 1v-v 10(4) 1867 (rd. Flora 7 Feb-13 Mar 1867) or vi-vit, Suppl. 1 10(3) Jan 1866 (rev. Hedwigia Jan 1866; rd. Flora early Jan 1866) Ae vill-x TT (ny) 1868 (rd. Flora before 30 Sep 1868) Mem.: Memorie reale Istituto Lombardo di scienze e lettere vols. 10 and 11, 1865-1868. Reprint: Milano (typis Josephi Bernardoni) 1865 [?-1868], ‘Tentamen dispositionis me- thodicae lichenum in Longobardia nascentium additis iconibus partium internarum cujusque speciei auctore Santo Garovaglio ... adjutore operis iconographici Josepho Gibellio ...,” p. [i*], [i]-x, [1]-174, fl. 7-x, suppl. 1, with title-page 1865. Copies: HH, NY. It is not clear whether this reprint, reset from the original publication in the Memorie, is in part a preprint. Ref.: BM 2: 641; PR 3200. 1955- Manzonia cantiana novum lichenum angiocarporum genus propositum atque de- scriptum a Sancto Garovaglio ... Penitiores lichenis partes microscopio investigavit iconibusque illustravit Josephus Gibelli ... Milano (Typis Josephi Bernardoni) 1866. Qu. (Manzonia). Co-author: Giuseppe Gibelli (1831-1898), microscopical analysis and plates. 917 GAROVAGLIO Publ.: 1866, [1]-7, 1 pl. Copy: NY. — Reprinted from Memorie Societa Italiana di Scienze naturali 2(8), 1866. Ref.: BM 2: 641; PR gato. Anon., Flora 50: 96. 13 Mar 1867. 1956. Thelopsis, Belonia, Weitenwebera et Limborta quatuor lichenum angiocarpeorum genera recognita iconibusque illustrata a Sancto Garovaglio ... Penitiores partes mi- croscopio investigavit iconesque confecit Josephus Gibelli ... Milano (Typis Josephi Bernardoni) 1867. Qu. (Thelopsis). Co-author: Giuseppe Gibelli (1831-1898). Publ.: 1867, p. [1]-11, pl. 1-2. Copy: NY. — Reprinted from Memorie Societa Italiana di Scienze naturali 3(2), 1867 (each issue with separate pagination). The reprint differs from the journal publ. in the headline of the t.p.: ““Estratto dal Volume iii. delle Memorie ... naturali’’ instead of ““Memorie ... naturali tomo iii, n. 2.” Ref.: BM 2: 641; PR 3212. 1957. Octona lichenum genera vel adhuc controversa, vel sedis prorsus incertae in systemate novis descriptionibus accuratissimis illustrata a Sancto Garovaglio ... penitiores partes microscopio inspexit iconesque confecit Josephus Gibelli .... Milano (Giuseppe Bernar- doni) 1868. Qu. (Oct. lich. gen.) Co-author: Giuseppe Gibelli (1831-1898). Publ.: 1868, p. [1]-17, pl. 1-2. Copies: NY, US. — Reprinted from Memorie Societa Italiana di Scienze naturali 4(2), 1868. Ref.: BM 2: 641. Garrett, Albert Osbun (1870-1948), American high-school teacher and amateur mycologist at Salt Lake City, Utah. (Garrett). HERBARIUM and typEs: UT — Exsiccatae: Fungi utahenses (fasc. 1-10, nos. 1-250, Salt Lake City 1904-1918) sets at B, BPI, BUT, COLO, CUP, F, FH, MICH, MIN, NEB, NHES, NY, OC, OS, OSC, PUR, RSA, 8, SOLH, UT, WIS, WSP. Refs TH 1, (edi6))s o5otovons. Barnhart, NAF 7(15): 1065. 1940 (dates Fungi utahenses). Stevenson, Beih. Nova Hedwigia 36: 169-172. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 31; LS 9698-9700, 33570, 33570a, suppl. 9359-9365; Barnhart, NAF 7(15): 1065. 1940, 28B(2): 331. 1945. EPONYMY: Garrettia Fletcher (1937) is dedicated to H. B. G. Garrett, forester in Siam. 1958. Spring flora of the Wasatch region. Salt Lake City (Skelton Publishing Company) 1g1t. Oct. (Spring fl. Wasatch). Ed. 1: 1911 (p. v: 25 Jan 1911), p. [iJ-xii, [1]-106. Copy: NY. Ed. 2: 1912, Lancaster, Pa. (The new Era Printing Company), p. [i]-xii, 1-139. Copy: NY. Ed. 3: 1917, Lancaster, Pa. (id.), p. [i]-xii, [1]-144. Copy: NY. Ed. 4: 1927, Salt Lake City (Stevens & Wallis, Inc.) (p. v: 14 Feb 1927), p. [i]-xii, [1]- 208, [203-208 blank]. Copy: NY. Ed. 5: 1936, i-vi, 1-240 (n.v.) Ref.: BL 1: 217. Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 331. 1945. Garsault, Francois Alexandre Pierre de (1691-1778), French botanical artist. (Garsault). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. Garsault was an artist who stated on the title-page of his books that the drawings were “from nature.”’ No herbarium specimens seem to exist. NOMENCLATOR GARSAULTIANUS: Thellung, Bull. Herb. Boissier ser. 2. 8: 713-714, 778-793; 901-913. 1908 (see also J. Bot. 47: 322. 1909). 918 GASPARRINI BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 2: 642; Langman p. 308-309; MW p. 135; NI 686- 687; PR 3216. Engelmann, Bibl. hist. nat. 161, 168. 1846. 1959. Les figures de plantes et animaux d’usage en médecine, décrit|es| dans la matiére médicale de Mr. Geoffroy. Paris (author) [1764]. 5 vols. Oct. (Fig. pl. méd.) Publ.: Jun 1764 [cf. Description (no. 1961, p. 1)], 729 copper engravings (643 plants). Copy: NY. — An Explication abrégée was published in 1765 (see below). vol. pages plates vol. pages plates I [i-v] 1-118 4 = 473-643 2 [i-v] 119-292 5 [i-v] 644-729 3 “ 293-472 Ref.: BM 2: 642; HU 585; MW p. 135; NI 686; Plesch p. 234. 1960. Explication abrégée de sept cent dix-neuf plantes, tant étrangéres que de nos climats; et de cent trente quatre animaux en sept cent trente planches. Gravées en taille-douce sur les desseins de Monsieur de Garsault, et mises au jour en juin 1764, suivant l’ordre du livre intitulé, Matiére médicale de M. Geoffroy [Paris 1765] Oct. (Expl. abr. pl.) Publ.: 1765 — i-xiv, [i-ii], 1-472, 1-20 p. — This is the text for Les figures (see above). Ref.: MW p. 135; NI 686; Plesch p. 234. Britten and Rendle, J. Bot. 47: 322. 1909. Wilmott, Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1935: go. Townsend, Journ. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 3: 134. 1956. 1961. Description, vertus et usages de sept cents dix-neuf plantes, tant étrangéres que de nos climats ; et de cent trente-quatre animaux, en sept cents trente planches, gravées en taille-douce, sur les desseins d’aprés nature de M. de Garsault, par ... Et rangées suivant l’ordre du livre intitulée Matiére médicale de M. Geoffroy. Ouvrage utile a toutes matiéres médi- cales, aux artistes, aux personnes charitables, & a tous ceux qui préparent eux-mémes leurs médicaments. Paris [1764-]1767, 5 vols. Oct. (Descr. vertus pl.) vol. pages plates vol. pages plates I (i*], [i]-xiv, [2, priv.], 1-178 4 279-372 467-643 [1]-85 2 [i-v], 89-184 119-292 5 [i-v], 375-472, 1-20 644-728 3 185-277 293-406 Five volumes of engravings were published by Garsault in June 1764, a volume of text in 1765 (Explication abrégée). The two were reissued in 1767 with the above title. — Thellung states that 336 species are provided with binary names, but that 282 specific names are uninomial whereas 71 are polynominal. This means that Art. 23(3) of the Interational Code of Botanical Nomenclature applies: the Linnaean system of binary nomenclature for species is not consistently employed. Thellung, however, makes a plea to accept the binary names. The plates of the 1764 book contain analyses. — ‘Thellung’s proposal to accept Garsault’s binary specific names has not been followed (cf. Britten and Rendle 1909). There is no distinction between specific names of one or more words and generic names and the latter can also not be admitted either. Copy: G. Only one copy seen; other copies probably with variations. Ref.: BM 2: 642; DA 1967; HU 585; NI 686, 687; PR 3216. Thellung, Bull. Herb. Boissier ser. 2. 8: 713-714, 778-793, 901-913. 1908. Gasparrini, Gulielmo (1804-1866), Italian botanist at Naples. (Gasp.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: PAV (14.500), duplicates BM, BP, CGE, FI, K, P, PC, W. Ref.: TH 2: 218; Saccardo 2: 52. Laségue, Mus. bot. Delessert 314. 1845. 919 GASPARRINI BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 106; Barnhart 2: 32; BM 2: 643; Bossert p. 140; CSP 2: 778-779, 6: 665, 7: 741, 9: 968, 12: 262, 15: 222; IF p. 698; Jackson p. 549; Langman p. 309; LS 9705-9730; MW p. 135; NI 3514-3522; PR 3219-3228; Saccardo 1: 78, 2: 52, Cronol. p. xxii. Anon., Flora 50: 15, 379-380. 1867; Bot. Zeit. 25: 16. 1867. Cesati, Mem. Mat. Fis. Soc. ital. Sci. ser. 3. 3: Ixxxii-lxxxix. 1879 (bibl.) Cesati, Mem. Mat. Fis. Soc. ital. Sci. ser. 4. 7: 36. 1882. Briosi, Atti Ist. bot. Univ. Pavia ser. 2. 3: ili-vi. 189. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 162. 1903, 3(3): 178. 1905. Balsamo e Gerimicea, Bull. Orto bot. Napoli 3: 51. 1913 (portr.) Gilbert, Gard. Chron. 159(27): 643. 1966. Pellegrini, Atti Ist. bot. Univ. Pavia ser. 6. 3: 219-231. 1968. EPONYMY: Gasparinia [sic] Endlicher (1841); Gasparrinia A. Bertoloni (1839); Gasparrinia Tornabene (1848-1849). 1962. Descrizione di un nuovo genere di piante della famiglia delle Leguminosae. [Napoli 1836]. Oct. (Descr. nuov. gen. Leg.) Publ.: 1836 [not 1838], p. [i]-x, z pl. (Farnesia odora Gasp.) Copies: G, NY. Ref.: BM 2: 643; PR 32109. 1963. Nova genera, quae super nonnullis Fici speciebus struebat Gulielmus Gasparrini. Napoli (Francisco del Vecchio) 1844. Qu. (Nov. gen. Fic.) Publ.: 1844 (received by Flora in Feb 1845, rev. 28: 325-329. 7 Jun 1845), p. [1]-11. Copies: G, NY. Ref.: BM 2: 643; PR 3221. 1964. Richerche sulla natura del caprifico, e del fico; e sulla caprificazione. Napoli (Aquila di V. Puzziello) 1845. Qu. (Ric. caprifico). Publ.: Sep-Dec 1845, p. [i], [1]-96, pl. 1-8. Copies: G, MO. — Reprinted from Rendiconto Adunanze Lavori Reale Accad. Sci. 1845(23): 321-416, read Sep 1845. — English translation J. Hort. Soc. London 3: 185-216. 1848. Ref.: BM 2: 643; PR 3222. Gaterau (fl. 1789), French botanist. (Gaterau). HERBARIUM and types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 2: 643; PR 3230. Raynal, Taxon 17: 514-517. 1968. 1965. Description des plantes qui croissent aux environs de Montauban, ou qu’on cultive dans les jardins, rangées d’aprés la méthode sexuelle, avec Vindication de lieu ot elles viennent, et les vertues principales des usuelles. Montauban (author; Charles Crosilhes) 1789. Oct. (Descr. pl. Montauban). Publ.: Apr-Dec 1789, p. [1]-216, [2, privil.], [1, extr. reg.: 2 Apr 1780], [1, err.]. Copy: HH. — Contains many binomials not listed in Index kewensis, enumerated by Raynal (1968). Ref.: BL 2: 207; BM 2: 643; PR 3230; IDC 6455. Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks 3: 142. 1797. Raynal, Taxon 17: 514-517. 1968. Gattenhof, Georg Matthias (1722-1788), German botanist in Heidelberg. (Gattenhof ) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 32; PR 3231. Anon., Flora 4(1) (Beilage 3): 70. 1821. EPONYMY: Gattenhofia Medikus (1790). 920 GAUDICHAUD 1966. Stirpes agri et horti heidelbergensis ordine Ludwigii, cum characteribus Linnaeanis, Hallerianis aliorumque in usus nostrates academicos dispositae a G. M. Gattenhof ... Heidelberg (Pfaeler) 1782. Oct. (Stirp. heidelberg.) Publ.: Sep-Dec 1782 (p. x: 30 Aug 1782), p. [i-x], [1]-352, [2, add.], [13 p. index]. Copies: HH, M. Gattinger, Augustin (1825-1903), American botanist. (Gaitt.) HERBARIUM and Types: TENN, duplicates at CM, DS, GH, K, LE, MANCH, MIN, MO, NY, PENN, US, VT, WELC. Re lhieoy 218° Lamson-Scribner, Bull. Torrey bot. Club 20: 332-334. 1893. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 32; Blake 1: 214-215; Bossert p. 103; BM 2: 644; CSP 15: 226. Halley, Dr Augustin Gattinger, Nashville, ‘Tennessee 1904, 28 p. (portr.), (repr. from Am. hist. Mag.) Oakes, A brief sketch of the life and works of Augustin Gattinger, Nashville, Tenn. 1932, 152 p. (portr.), copy: NY. Rodgers, Amer. bot. 1873-1892, p. 111-112, 128, 232-233. 1944. HANDWRITING: Oakes, A brief sketch, l.c. p. 143. 1967. The flora of Tennessee and a philosophy of botany respectfully dedicated to the citizens of Tennessee. Nashville, Tenn. (Press of Gospel Advocate Publishing Company) tgot. Oct. (Fl. Tennessee). Publ.: 1901 (p. [iv]: 18 Apr 1901), p. [1i]-iv, [1]-296, frontisp. portr. of author. Copy: NY. — The abbreviation ‘“‘o.s.,”” not explained in the text, means “‘over the whole State.’’ (BL). Preceded by Gattinger, The Tennessee flora, Nashville 1887 (Jan-Apr). Ref.: BL 1: 214. Rickett, NAF ser. 2. 2*: 157. 1955. Gaudichaud-Beaupré, Charles (1789-1854), French naturalist and circumnavigator, **pharmacien en chef de la Marine’’. (Gaud.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Gaudichaud gave all his collections to P [and PC]. The collec- tions made on the voyage in l’Uranie and la Physictenne (1817-1820) went directly to P. Part of the collections were lost during the voyage when the Uranie stranded in the Falk- land Islands (Iles Malouines). Gaudichaud’s manuscript journal of the voyage is at P. The collections made in Brazil between 1831-1833 as part of the voyage of L’ Herminie were given by him to the Muséum [P] on 2 Nov 1833 (5000 specimens) ; those made on the voyage of the Bonite (1836-1837), numbering 3500 specimens, were received by P in 1837. All cryptogams are at PC. The plants figured in the atlas of the voyage of the Bo- nite, however, form a special case. Johnston points out that not all plates are based on specimens collected during that voyage. Some of the plates must have been made from specimens collected by Gaudichaud on other voyages, or from specimens found by him in other herbaria. Some of them may be in the Webb herbarium (FI). Duplicates: B, BR, DS, FI, G, G-DC, K, L, MO, US, W. Ref.: TH 1 (ed. 6): 358, 2: 219; Laségue p. 78-83. Tulasne, Arch. Mus. Hist. nat. 4: 65-66. 1844. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 264, 275, 287, 299, 326, 344. 1916. Urban, FI. bras. 1(1): 25-26. 1906. Koster, Taxon 18: 552. 1969 Papavero, Essays on the history of neotropical dipterology 1: 124-127. 1971. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(3): 325-326. 1975. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 5(1): 427; Barnhart 2: 33; BM 2: 644; Bretschneider I: 307-308; CSP 2: 781-782; GR p. 279; HR; IF p. 698-699; Jackson p. 223-224; KR p- 236; LS 9741-9743; MD p. 121-124; PR 3233-3235; Zander (ed. 10) p. 603. Pascallet, Notice biographique sur M. Gaudichaud-Beaupré. ed. 2. Paris 1844 (31 p.) g2t GAUDICHAUD Anon., Flora 37: 208. 7 Apr 1854; Bot. Zeit. 12: 759. 760. 1854. Didot, Nouv. Biogr. gén. 19: 648-652. 1857. Coutance, Arch. méd. navale 13: 31-54. 1870. Berger et Rey, Répertoire bibliogr. trav. médecins pharmaciens marine franc. p. I11- 113. Paris 1874. Urban, Fl. bras. 1: 25-26. 1906 (itinerary Brazil). Maiden, J. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 44: 139. 1910. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 229. 1936. Schmid, Chamisso als Naturforscher 117, 229, 230. 1942. Gagnepain, in Lecomte, Fl. Indochine, tome prél. 41. 1944. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 186-187. 1950 (portr., itinerary, much secondary literature). Leandri, Adansonia ser. 2. 11(3): 405-424. 1971 (portr.) EPONYMY: Gaudichaudia Humboldt, Bonpland & Kunth (1821). 1968. Voyage autour du monde, entrepris par ordre du roi, ... exécuté sur les corvettes de S.M. V Uranie et la Physicienne, pendant les années 1817, 1818, 1819 et 1820; publié ... par M. Louis de Freycinet. Botanique par M. Charles Gaudichaud, pharmacien de la marine. Paris (Pillet-ainé) 1826[-30], Qu. [text], Fol. [Atlas] (Voy. Uranie). part pages plates dates part pages plates dates I [i]-vii, I-10, 23 Sep 1826 7 257-304 61-70 ~=616 Aug 1828 [1]-40 frontisp. 8 305-352 71-80 27 Dec 1828 2 41-80 II-20 27 Dec 1826 9 353-400 81-90 18 Jul 1829 3 81-120 =. 21-30 24 Feb 1827 10 401-432 gI-I00 12 Sep 1829 4 121-160 31-40 13 Jun 1827 Il 433-464. ror-r110 28 Nov 1829 5 161-208 41-50 12 Sep 1827 12 465-522 srrr-120 6 Mar 1830 6 209-256 51-60 23 Feb 1828 atlas [1]-22 13 Mar 1830 Copy: NY. —'The dates are those given by the Bibliographie de la France; they are almost fully confirmed by the dates of receipt by the Académie des Sciences, Paris, those of the reviews in the Revue Bibliographique des Pays Bas and those of receipt by A. P. de Candolle through Guillemin (archives Conservatoire botanique Genéve). The plates of the atlas were definitely at the time and issued concurrently with the part of the text (fide Rev. Bibl. Pays Bas). Several sources point at a regular issue in numerical order as stated above. However, Cassini, Dict. Sci. nat. 51: 175. 1827 states that plate 85 was issued with livr. 1. — Algae by C. A. Agardh, Fungi by Persoon. Atlas: p. [i], 1-22, pl. 1-120 by A. Poiret fils. Copy: NY. Collaborators: Jules Néraud (1794-1855), vegetation Ile-de-France; Jules Sébastien César Dumont d’Urville (1790-1842), phanerogams Falklands; Jean Baptiste George Maris (1780-1846), cryptog. Falklands; Christian Friedrich Schwaegrichen (1775-1853), some bryophytes; George Arnott Walker Arnott (1799-1868), some musci; Jacques Etienne Gay (1786-1864), Exysimum macloiranum. Ref.: BM 2: 606, 644; MD p. 122-124; NI 689; PR 3234; SK p. clxxxiii. Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 436. 1916. 1969. Voyage autour du monde exécuté pendant les années 1836 et 1837 sur la corvette la Bonite, commandée par M. Vaillant ... Botanique par M. Gaudichaud, Membre de I’ Institut. Paris (Arthus Bertrand) [1841-]1846-1866. Text 3 vols, Oct., atlas Fol. (Voy. Bonite, Bot.) Publ.: Gaudichaud was editor of the botanical part of this publication: there are four sections: 1. Introduction, Paris (Arthus Bertrand) 1851. Oct. Copies: MO, NY. part r: Jun 1851, p. [i-vii], [1]-354, [1, cont.] part 2: Jul-Dec 1851, p. [i-vii], [1]-442, [2, err., cont.] 2. Tome premier, Cryptogames cellulaires et vasculaires (Lycopodinées) par MM. Montagne, D. M. Léveillé, D. M. et Spring, D. M. et P., Paris (Arthus Bertrand) 1844-1846 [sic, on title page], p. [i*-v*], [i]-xi, [1]-355; p. xi dated 20 Mai 1846. On p. x: 922 GAUDIN “‘des circonstances tout a fait indépendantes de ma volonté en ont d’abord fait languir l’impression puis retarda jusqu’a ce jour [20 Mai 1846] la publication. Les Algues étaient méme déja tirés [but not published!] en 1844.” Publication took place as a whole in Oct-Nov 1846 (BF 7 Nov 1846). Copies: MO, NY. Algues, lichens, hépatiques et mousses par C. Montagne; Champignons par J. H. Léveillé; Cryptogames vasculaires, Lycopodineae par A. F. Spring. — Proof-sheets seem to have been available to some correspondents of Montagne from 1844 on. Publication, however, dates from Oct-Nov 1846. 3. Atlas, Paris (Arthus Bertrand) s.d. [1841-?1852], Fol., p. [i-vi], pl. 1-150 (39/40 comb.) Copies: MO (150 pl.), NY (178 pl.), Teyler (150 pl.) — The atlas was intended to illustrate Gaudichaud’s own botanical account for which the text remained unfinished and unpublished. Ch. d’Alleizette later published an Explication (see below). The publi- cation of the Atlas took place in 24 parts according to information obtained by Johnston from invoices at BM. However, it is almost impossible to give a dependable list of the contents of these parts until a copy in the original covers is located. John- ston attempts a listing but with great reservation. This list is not in all respects in agreement with the order of issue as established by Barnhart from a copy at Colum- bia University. Barnhart and Johnston agree that plates z-4o were published in 1841, 43-60 in 1842, 61-70 in 1843, 81-97 in 1844, ror-108 in 1851, and rog-178 in 1852; for the remaining plates their conclusions are at variance. — For artists and engravers see NI. — Plates 1-3 Eponges, i-iii Hydr. sometimes bound with the rest. 4. Explication et description des planches del Atlas par M. Charles d’Alleizette, Paris (Arthus Bertrand) 1866. Oct., p. [1-111], asree: [1, err.], published Aug 1866. Sheets mark- ed ‘‘Bonite-Botanique — T. 111.” Ref.: BM 2: 603, 644; Langman p. 3113 NI 690; PR 3235; SK p. clxxxi; IDC 1164. Montagne, Sylloge generum specierumque Cryptogamarum. Paris 1856 (p. xv). Coutance, Archives de médecine navale 13: 31-54. 1870 (on controversy with Mirbel). Brongniart, Ann. Sci. nat. Bot. ser. 4. 1: 263, 290. 1875. Kuntze, Rev. gen. pl. 1: cxxvili. 1891. Sherborn and Woodward, Ann. aa nat. Hist. ser. 7. 6: 391. 1901, J. Bot. 39: 206. 1gOl. Johnston, J. Arnold Arb. 25: rises 1944. Gaudin, Jean Francois Aimé [Gottlieb] Philippe (1766-1833), Swiss clergyman and botanist at Nyon, honorary professor of botany at Lausanne. (Gaudin). HERBARIUM and Types: LAU — Gaudin left his herbarium to Jacques Gay. It was later sold to Kew but J. D. Hooker returned it to LAU. — Duplicates at NA, NY. Ref.: TH. 1 (ed. 6): 358, 2: 210. Candolle, Phytographie 414. 1880. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 201, 6(2): 1049, 12(2): 137; Barnhart 2: 33; BL 2: 561; BM 2: 644; Bossert p. 141; DTS 1: 83, 6(4): 10; Jackson p. 342; NI 691; PR 3236-3240; Zander ed. 10, p. 603. Anon., Flora 16: 764, 766. 1833, 17: 161-173. 1834. A. P. de Candolle, Mémoires et souvenirs 411. 1862. Greuter, Candollea 23: 81-99. 1968 (on Gaudin’s usage of subsp.) Meyer et Elsasser, Taxon 22: 388-389. 1973. EPONYMY: Gaudinia J. Gay (1829); Gaudinia Palisot de Beauvois (1812); Gaudinopsis (Boissier) Eig (1929). HANDWRITING: Taxon 22: 388. 1972, Candollea 29: 513-514. 1974. 1970. Agrostolog gia helvetica, definitionem descriptionemque graminum et plantarum eis affinium in Helvetia sponte nascentium complectens. Paris, Genéve (J. J. Paschoud) 1811, 2 vols. Oct. (Agrost. helv.) Vol. 1: Apr 1811 (BF), p. [i]-xxii, [1]-361. Copy: B. Vol. 2: Aug 1811 (BF), p. [1]-326, [1, add.] Copy: B. 923 GAUDIN Ref.: BM 2: 644; Jackson p. 342; PR 3238; IDC 680. Gaudin, Agrostographia alpina 3: 1-75. 1808, 4: 201-282. 1809. 1971. Flora helvetica sive historia stirpium hucusque cognitarum in Helvetia et in tractibus conterminis aut sponte nascentium aut in hominis animaliumque usus vulgo cultarum continuata. Ziirich (Orelli, Fuessli & Co.) 1828-1833, 7 vols. Oct. (Fl. helv.) vols) spp: plates date I [i]-xxxii, [1]-504 I-4 1828, Apr-Jun 2 [i-iii], [1 ]-626 I-15 1828, Jun 3 [i-iii], [1]-590 — 1828, Jun-Sep 4 [i-iii], [1]-663 I-5 1829, Jan-Jul 5 fi-iii], [1]-514 I 1829, Jan-Sep 6 [i-iii], [1 ]-400 I-3 1830, Mar-Apr 7 fiHiv, [1]-667, [668] - 1833, Jan Copies: HH, USDA — Coloured plates by Monnard. — ‘The dates are based on the announ- cements in Flora. — Vol. 7 also under the title: Liber manualis helveto-botanicus in usum viatoris botanophili Helvetiam peregrantis topographiam botanicam complectens. Ziirich 1833, Oct., an interesting handbook describing under alphabetically arranged geographic names the plants occurring in the area. Ref.: BM 2: 644; DTS 1: 83; Jackson p. 242; LS 9745; NI 691; PR 3239; IDC 5549. Anon., Flora 13(2) Erg. Bl. 35-46. 1830 (rev. vol. 2). Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 331. 1945. Futak et Domin, Bibl. fl. Csr 216. 1960. 1972. Synopsis florae Helvetiae ... Opus posthumum continuatum et editum a J. P. Monnard. Ziirich (Orelli, Fuessli & Co.) 1836. Duod. (Syn. fl. Helv.) Editor: Jean Pierre Monnard (1791-x). Publ.: Apr-Mai 1836 (p. viii: 12 Apr 1836, Lit. Ber. Flora 6: 161-169. 21 Dec 1836), p. [i*], [i]-xvi, [1]-824, [3, add. corr.] Copies: HH, L, NY. Ref.: BM 2: 644; DTS 1: 83; Jackson p. 342; PR 3240. Futak et Domin, Bibl. fl. Csr 216. 1960. Gautier, Marie Clément Gaston (1841-1911), French botanist at Narbonne. (Gaut.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: DS (through Herman Knoche). Gautier, together with Arvet- Touvet (q.v.) issued a Hieraciotheca. ‘The Gautier herbarium at DS contains the types of Gautier’s new taxa published in his two floras, as well as the types of Martrin-Donos’ Florule du Tarn. The Hieracium collection of Gautier was not included in the herbarium as it came to DS. — Duplicates BR, F, MANCH, P. Ref.: 1H 1 (ed. 6): 958, 2: 210. Rouy, Bull. Soc. bot. France 35: clix-clx. 1888. Giraudias, Notice on the retail sale of the herbarium Gaston Gautier. Paris s.d. Wiggins, Stanford Univ. Bull. ser. 7. 142: 124-129. 1946. Thomas, Contr. Dudley Herb. 5: 123-127. 1959 (on Knoche). Thomas, Contr. Dudley Herb. 5: 143-145. 1961 (on Gautier herb.) BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIoGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 525; Barnhart 2: 34; Bossert p. 141; CSP re: 252, 463, 733, 15: 235. Cosson, Comp. fl. atl. 1: 41-42. 1881. 1973- Catalogue raisonné de la flore des Pyrénées-orientales ... Introduction par Ch. Flahault. Perpignan (Société agricole, scientifique et littéraire des Pyrénées-orientales; Ch. Latrobe) [1897]. Oct. (Cat. fl. Pyrénées-orientales). Publ.: Probably late (Dec) 1897 (Soc. bot. France rd. Dec 1879; Nat. Nov. Jan 1898; dated 1898 on back cover), p. [1]-550, [551]. Copy: NY. Ref.: BL 2: 193; BM 2: 645. Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. France 44: 500. 18098. 924 GAY, Cc: 1974. Catalogue de la flore des Corbiéres ... mis en ordre par L. Marty. Carcassonne (Société d’Etudes scientifiques de l’Aude; V. Bonnafous-Thomas) s.d. [1912?]. Oct. (Cat. fl. Corbtéres). Editor: Léonce Marty. Publ.: 1912? (preface dated Jun 1912 on p. x; Nat. Nov. Dec 1914), p. [i]-x, [1]-347. Copy: MICH. Ref.: BL 2: 124. Timbal-Lagrave, Rev. Bot. Bull. mens. Soc. Frang. Bot. 10: 7-272. 1892 (previous ‘‘flora of the Corbiéres’’). Gay, Claude (1800-1873), French botanist and traveller. (Gay). HERBARIUM and Types: P, PC. —- Gay made two voyages to South America, in 1828-1832 and in 1834-1842. Duplicates at B, BM, BR, F, G, G-DC, GH, H, K, LE, MO, MPU, NY, SGE, US, W. Ref.: 1H 1 (ed. 6): 359, 2: 219; Laségue 569 [ind.] Urban, Fl. bras. 1(1): 26-27. 1906. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 299, 348. 1916. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 83. 1970. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(3): 326-327. 1975. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 34; BM 2: 646; Bossert p. 141, 6: 359; CSP 2: 797, 7: 748; GR p. 323; Laségue 569 [index]; LS 9762; PR 3247; Zander ed. 10, p- 603. Denis, Nouv. Biogr. gen. 19: 753-756. 1857. Cosson, Bull. Soc. bot. France 6: 542-577. 1859 (on Desvaux and Gay). Anon., J. Bot. 12: 192. 1874. Barros Arana, Don Claudio Gay, su vida y sus obras, Santiago 1876, p. [i]-viii, [1]-235. Copy: At Yale Univ. library. Raynaud, Bull. Soc. étud. sci. archéol. Ville Draguignan ...: 1-40. 1877. Porter, Rev. chilena 6: 110-132. 1902 (portr.; p. 127-132 on botanical part of Historia). Urban, Fl. bras. 1: 26-27. 1906 (itin. amer.) Pizarro, Bol. Mus. nac. Chile Hist. nat. 21: 29-44. 1944 (itin., maps). Yanez, Rev. chilena Hist. nat. 48: 8-20. 1944 (portr.) Villalobos, Bol. Univ. Chile 9(74): 52-59, 9(75): 46-51. 1967. COMMEMORATIVE VOLUME: Rev. chilena Hist. nat. 48: 1-359. 1944. EPONYMY: Gayophytum A. H. L. Jussieu (1832). — Note: Gaya Gaudin (1826), Gaya Humboldt, Bonpland & Kunth (1812), and Gaya K. P. J. Sprengel (1824) are dedicated to Jacques Etienne Gay (1786-1864), q.v. HANDWRITING: Rev. chilena Hist. nat. 48: 15. 1944. 1975- Historia fisica » politica de Chile segin documentos adquiridos en esta republica durante doce afios de residencia en ella y publicada bajo los auspicios del supremo gobier- no ... Botdnica [Flora chilena]. Paris (E. Thunot y Ca. atlas; author, text), Santiago (Museo historia natural) 1845-1852[-1854], 8 vols. Oct. [text], Fol. [atlas]. (FU. chil.) vol. part pages dates z I [i-iii], [1]-104 ante Dec 1845 2 105-248 early 1846 3 249-376 ante Oct 1846 a 377-496 ante Oct 1846 2 : [1]-144 ante Mai 1847 2 145-272 ante Mai 1847 3 273-416 Mai-Jun 1847 4 417-534 Mai-Jun 1847 3 z [1]-128 ante Feb 1848 925 GAVAGE vol. part pages dates 2 129-240 ante Jun 1848 3 241-384 late(?) 1848 4 385-484 late 1848 v. early 1849 4 I [1]-128 ante Aug 1849 2 129-256 ante Aug 1849 3 257-384 ante Aug 1849(?) 4 385-516 1849(?), cover 1854 5 I [1]-128 late 1849 2 129-256 late 1849 3 257-384 1851 v. 1852 + 385-479 med. 1852, reissued 1876 6 [1-551 prob. after med. 1854 7 I ae ae 1850 2 .. .-256 1850 3 257-384 1853 45 385-515 ante 22 Mai 1854 8 I [1]-256 1852 2 257-448 prob. early Mai 1854 Reissues (covers different, rest same): 1-4: 1854; 1-8: 1876. Atlas de la historia fisica y politica de Chile. Paris (E. Thunot y Ca.) 1854. Fol., p. [i], pl. 1-11, 11 = 12], 13-32, 32bis, 32[ ter], 33-52, 52bis, 53-62, 64[= 63], 64-69, 69, 6gbis, 70-83, cript. 1-16, mapa 1-11, folded map. The plates are mainly by Alfred Riocreux and Gay. — The second atlas (tomo segundo) contains no botany. For a review of Emile Desvaux’ Grasses and Cyperaceae, in vol. 6 ‘1853’ see Cosson (1859). The cryptogams (vol. 7, 8) are by Montagne, who published the diagnoses of new algae in Ann. Sci. nat. Bot. sér. 3. 18: 302-319. 1852. These algae appear in Gay’s work on p. 228-393 of vol. 8, publ. 1852 (228-256) and 1854. Copies: G, HU (2), MO, NY, US, USDA. Collaborators: BARNEOUD, F. M.: Tropeol., Oxal., Myrt., Geran., Vivian., Crucif., Portul.; NAUDIN, C.: Elatinaceae; cLos, D.: Rhamn., Legum., Umb., Loranth., Rubiac., Valer., Borag., Lab., Scroph.; REMY, J.: Saxif., Calyc., Comp., Solan., Amar., Phytol., Polygon. ; DECAISNE, J.: Plantaginaceae; RICHARD, A.: Orchidaceae; DESVAUX, E.: Cyperaceae, Gramineae; MONTAGNE, C.: Cellular cryptogams. Ref.: BL 1: 245; BM 2: 646; GF p. 57; IF p. 699; Jackson p. 374, 375; NI 695; PR 3247; SK p. clxxxiv; IDC 5927. Cosson, Bull. Soc. bot. France 6: 569-576. 1859. Johnston, Darwiniana 5: 154-165. 1941. Stuardo-Oritz, Publ. Cent. Estud. ent. Univ. Chile 3: 295-359. 1960 (index). Gay, Francois (1857-1898), French algologist at Montpellier, pupil of Edouard Bornet. (F. Gay). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Davy de Virville, Histoire de la botanique en France 210. 1954- 1976. Recherches sur le développement et la classification de quelques algues vertes ... Thése soutenue devant la Faculté des Sciences de Paris avec xv planches en chromolithographie. Paris (Paul Klincksieck) 1891. (Rech. alg. vert.) Publ.: Jan-Mar 1891 (Nat. Nov. Mar 1891), p. [1]-116, [117, index], err., pl. 1-15. Copy: UC. Gay, Jacques Etienne (1786-1864), French botanist of Swiss birth (Nyon), secretary of the Chambre des Pairs (senate) at Paris until 1848. (7. Gay). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: K. — Dupl. E, NA. 926 GEBHARD Ref.: 1H 1 (ed. 6): 359, 2: 219. Huxley, Life letters Hooker 2: 48. 1918. Meyer and Elsasser, Taxon 22: 389. 1937. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 83. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 226, 5(1): 501, 673; Barnhart 2: 34; BL 2: 490; BM 2: 646; Bossert p. 141; Colmeiro 1: clxxvi; CSP 2: 797-799, 6: 666, 7: 748, 12: 264; Jackson p. 549 [index]; Langman p. 311; MW p. 135; PR 3248-3252, ed. 1: 3542-3549; Zander (ed. 10) p. 603. Candolle, A. P. de, Mémoires et souvenirs 411. 1862. Ramond, Bull. Soc. bot. France 11: 341-357. 1864 (bibl.) Seemann, J. Bot. 2: 64. 1864. Anon., Flora 47: 124-125. 1864. Planchon, Lettres inédites de Jacques Gay et de Victor Jacquemont. Paris 1884 (Bull. Soc. bot. France 31, 1883, 19 p.) Gray, Letters 2: 832 [index]. 1893. Babington, Memorials 4.72. 1897. Bonnet, Webbia 1: 7. 1905. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 103, 162. pl. 139. 1905. Ewan, Southw. Louisiana J. 7: 22. 1967. EPONYMY: Gaya Gaudin (1826); Gaya Humboldt, Bonpland & Kunth (1822); Gaya K. P. J. Sprengel (1821). Note: Gayophytum A. H. L. Jussieu (1832) is dedicated to Claude Gay (1800-1873), q.v. 1977- Monographie des cing genres de plantes que comprend la tribu des Lasiopétalées dans la famille des Biittnériacées. Paris (A. Belin) 1821. Qu. (Monogr. Lasiopétal.) Publ.: 1821, p. [i], [1]-38, pl. 1-8. Copy: G (plates absent). Ref.: PR 3248. 1978. Erysimorum quorundam novorum diagnoses simulque Erysimi muralis descriptionem praemittit, monographiam generis editurus J. Gay. Anno 1842, die Januarii 20a. Paris (Béthune et Plou) 1842. Oct. (Erysim. nov.) Publ.: 20 Jan 1842 (t.p.), p. [1]-16. Copies: G, MO. Ref.: BM 2: 646; PR 3251; IDC 5550. Mérat, Revue de la Flora Parisienne 1843-1846, p. 357-363. 1979. Eryngiorum novorum vel minus cognitorum heptas, praemissis observationibus cum ad Eryngiorum characterem naturalem tum ad genera affinia spectantibus. Paris (L. Martinet) 1848. Oct. (Eryng. nov.) Publ.: 19 Aug 1848 (BF), p. [1]-39, pl. xt. Copies: G, MO, NY. — Reprinted from Ann. Sci. nat. Bot. ser. 3. g: 148-184, pl. zz. Mar 1848 (journal publ. has priority). Ref.: BM 2: 646; Langman p. 311; PR 3252. Gebhard, Johann Nepomuk [von] (1764/1774-1827), Austrian naturalist, originally mining engineer. (Gebh.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Material at B, IBF and W. — Ascherson and Graebner mention him as an editor of commercial exsiccatae. These collections are also mentioned in the title of his Verzeichniss. No sets are known to me. Ref.: 1H 2: 220. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem p. 348. 1916. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(2): 57; Barnhart 2: 35; BM 2: 647; DTH 1: 83- 84; GR p. 449; LS 9792; PR 3254. Braune, Flora 11: 495-496. 1828. Browne, Flora 13: 533-536. 1830. NOTE: 1764 is the birth year given by e.g. DTH; other sources give 1774. All agree on 23 July as the day. 927 GEBHARD 1980. Verzeichniss der von dem Jahre 1804 bis 1819 auf meinen botanischen Reisen durch und in der Steiermark selbst beobachteten, gesammelten, und, bis auf wenige, bereits in meinen Centurien getrocknet gelieferten Pflanzen; mit der Angabe ihrer Standorte, Bliithezeit, Dauer und der soviel als bisher bekannt gewordenen Nutzens oder Schadens; nebst der gebrauchlichen pharmaceutischen Benennung. Herausgegeben zum Nutzen und Vergnigen jedes Verehrers und Freundes der so wichtigen als angenehmen Pflanzen- Kunde. Gratz (Tanzer) 1821. Duod. (Verzeichniss). Publ.: 1821, (p. xx: Jul 1920), p. [i]-xx, [1]-307, [308, err.] Copies: HH, HU. Ref.: BM 2: 647; PR 3254. Geer van Jutphaas, Jan Lodewijk Willem, [Baron] de (1784-1857), Dutch magis- trate and naturalist living at Jutphaas near Utrecht. (Geer). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AA 7: 66; [not in Barnhart]; BM 2: 648; JW 2: 190, 3: 351; PR 3255. Hall, Allg. Konst- Letterbode 1857: 371. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 230. 1936 (under: Geeria Bl.) EPONYMY: Geeria Blume (1825). 1981. Plantarum Belgii confoederatio indigenarum spicilegium alterum, quo Gorteri Flora VII. Provinciarum amplificatur & illustratur. Utrecht (Johannes Altheer) 1814. Oct. (PI. Belg. spic. alt.) Publ.: 1814, p. [1]-59. Copy: FAS. — Second addendum to D. de Gorter’s Flora VII Provinciarum (1781); the first addendum was the Spicilegium by S. J. van Geuns (1788) (q.v.). The book was issued with a covering title to include all three works. Ref.: BM 2: 649; Oudemans 1: 244; PR 3255. Geheeb, Adalbert (1842-1909), German botanist and pharmacist at Geisa, Thuringia. (Geh.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: B, other material BR, BP, C, H, L. Ref.: IH 2: 220. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 300, 320, 349. 1916. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 36; CSP g: 981-982; DTS 1: 84-85; PR 3256; Saccardo 1: 79. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 124, pl. 132. 1905 (portr.) Miller, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 27: (84)-(91). 1959 (portr., bibl.) T.H., Rev. bryol. 36: 155. 1909. Roll, Allg. bot. Z. 11: 165-167. 1909 (portr.) Roll, Mitt. thiir. bot. Ver. ser. 2. 17: 1-13. 1910. Herzog, Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenb. 51: (150)-(152). Ig10. Britton, Bryologist 13: 86. 1910. EPONYMy: Geheebia W. P. Schimper (1876). 1982. Die Laubmoose des Cantons Aargau. Mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der geognosti- schen Verhaltnisse und der Phanerogamen Flora. Aarau (Heinrich Remigius Sauer- lander) 1864. Oct. (Laubm. Aargau). Publ.: Jan-Jun 1864 (p. viii: 3 Jan 1864, Flora 4 Jul 1864), p. [i]-viu, [1]-77. Copy: NY. Ref.: PR 3256. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 22: 248. 5 Aug 1864 (rev.) 1983. Bryologia atlantica die Laubmoose der atlantischen Inseln (unter Ausschluss der europaischen und arktischen Gebiete) von Adalbert Geheeb erganzt und iiberarbeitet von Theodor Herzog mit 20 Tafeln. Stuttgart (E. Schweizerbart) rg1o[1g11]. Qu. [Bibliotheca Botanica ... Heft 73] (Bryol. ail.) 928 GEINITZ, H. B. Co-author: ‘Theodor K. J. Herzog (1880-1961). Heft 73(1): Mar-Apr r1gtt (t.p. 1910; Nat. Nov. Apr 1911), p. [i-ii], [1]-32, pl. r-r0. Copy: MO. : Heft 73(2): Aug-Sep 1911 (t.p. 1910; Nat. Nov. Sep 1911, cited as of 1911), p. 33-71, [72-73], pl. 11-20. Copy: MO. Geinitz, Franz Eugen (1854-1925), German geologist, mineralogist and palaeobio- logist at Rostock. (F. E. Geinitz). coLLEcTions: Mecklenburgisches geologisches Landesmuseum. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews p. 267; Barnhart 2: 36; BM 2: 650, 6: 361; CSP 9: 982, 12: 265, 15: 249-250; Quenstedt p. 157. Schuh, Mitt. mecklenb. geol. Landesanstalt 36: 3-24. 1925 (bibl., portr.) Geinitz, Hanns Bruno (1814-1900), German mineralogist, geologist and palae- ontologist at Dresden. (Geinitz). COLLECTIONS: Mineralogical and Geological Institute Dresden — Some material also at Museum Comp. Zool., Harvard. Ref.: Sherborn, Where is the ... collection 57. 1940. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews p. 267; Barnhart 2: 36; BM 2: 651-652, 6: 361; CSP 2: 813-814, 6: 668, 7: 752-753, 9: 982-983, 12: 265, 15: 250-251; Jackson p. 549 [Index]; PR 3261-3265; Quenstedt p. 157. Engelmann, Bibl. hist. nat. 591, 634. 1846. Ward, Rep. U.S. Geol. Survey 5: 374-375. 1885. Geinitz, Leopoldina 36: 59-70, 85-89, 98-104. 1900 (bibl.) Geinitz, Hanns Bruno Geinitz, ein Lebensbild. Halle 1900; 53 p. (portr., bibl.) Geinitz, Centralbl. Mineral. 1900: 6-21. (bibl.) Anon., Nat. nov. 22: 131. 1900. Kalkowsky, S. B. Abh. naturw. Ges. Isis 1900: v-vili. IgOI. Lier, Biogr. Jb., Bettelheim, 5: 91, 343-345. 1901. Zaunick, Dresdner neuesten Nachrichten 1934 (829). 7 Jun 1934 (repr. B.) Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 158-159. 1969. COMPOSITE WoRKS: Editor: Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie 1863-1879. Oct. 1984. Charakteristik der Schichten und Petrefacten des sdchsisch-béhmischen Kreidegebirges. Dresden, Leipzig (Arnold) 1839-1843. Qu. (in twos) (Char. Schicht. Kreidegeb.) Ed. 1: in four Hefte, as follows (Copy: Teyler, Heft 1-3): 1: Jul-Dec 1839 (p. ii: 1 Jul 1839), frontisp., p. [i-iv], [1]-28, [1, ind.], pl. 1-8. 2: 1840, p. [i-1v], [31]-62, pl. 9-16. 3: 1842, p. [i, t-_p. Heft 3], [iii, gen. t.p. “1839-1842”"], [63]-116, [i]-[xxvi], pl. 17-24. 4: Sep-Dec 1843 (p. iv: 25 Aug 1843), p. c[i]-iv, [1]-19, pl. A, 7-vi. Ed. 2: in four Hefte, a reissue of the first edition with a new t.p. ‘‘neue Ausgabe” ... Leipzig (Arnold) Jul-Dec 1850 (p. iv: Jul 1850). Copy: NY. 1985. Die Versteinerungen der Grauwackenformation in Sachsen und den angrenzenden Lander-Abtheilungen. Leipzig (Wilhelm Engelmann) 1852. Qu. (Verstein. Grauwackenf.) Heft 1: Die Silurische Formation, 1852 (p. vi: 22 Jan 1852), p. [i]-vi, [1, cont.], 1-58, pl. 1-6 each with 2 p. letterpress, uncol. liths. by E. Assmann [second t.p.: Die Graptolithen, ein monographischer Versuch ...”’]. Copy: U. Heft 2: Mit 20 Steindrucktafeln, 1853, p. [i-iii], [1]-95, pl. 1-20 with letterpress, uncol. liths. after drawings by Seybicke und Beyer, lithographed by Assmann. Copy: U. 1986. Die Versteinerungen der Steinkohlenformation in Sachsen ... Mit xxxvi Steindrucktafeln. Leipzig (Wilhelm Engelmann) 1855. Fol. (Verstein. Steinkohlenf. Sachsen). Publ.: Jan-Mai 1855 (p. vi: 14 Nov 1854; NY copy bought at Dresden Jun 1855), p. [1]- vi, [vii, cont.], [1]-61, pl. 7-xxxv and frontisp. (lithographs by C. Seybicke & J. Beyer). 929 GEINITZ, H. B. Ref.: BM 2: 651; Jackson p. 186; PR 3263. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 159. 1969 (no. 1513). 1987. Die Leitpflanzen des Rothliegenden und des Kechsteingebirges oder der permischen Formation in Sachsen. Leipzig (Wilhelm Engelmann) 1858. Qu. (Lezipfl. perm. Form. Sachsen). Publ.: Apr-Mai 1858, p. [1]-27, [28], pl. 1-2 (col. liths.) Copy: Teyler. — Reprinted from Oster-Programm der kG6nigl. polytechnischen Schule zu Dresden. Ref.: PR 3264. K.M., Bot. Zeit. 16: 191. 25 Jun, 207. 9 Jul 1858. 1988. Dyas, oder die Zechsteinformation und das Rothliegende. Mit Beitragen der Herren Robert Eisel, Rudolph Ludwig, Dr August Em. Reuss, Dr. Reinhard Richter u.A. Leipzig (Wilhelm Engelmann) 1861-1862, 2 Hefte. Qu. (Dyas). Heft 1: Jul-Dec 1861, (p. xvi dated 1 Jul 1861), p. [i]-xvili, [1]-130, pl. 1-23 (lith.) Copy: Teyler. Heft 2: 1862, p. [i]-viul, pl. 24-42. Copy: Teyler. — Heft 2 treats the plants. Collaborators for this part: R. Eisel (stratigraphy), R. Ludwig (Dyas in western Germany, id. Russia). Nachtrage zu Heft 2: Geinitz et Deichmiuller. Mitt. K6n. mineral.-geol. praehist. Mus. Dresden 5, 1882. Ref.: Andrews p. 36; BM 2: 651; PR 3265. Geiseler, Eduard Ferdinand (1781-1872), German physician and botanist at Danzig. (Geiseler). HERBARIUM and TYPES: ‘The Crotonis monographiam ... is based on material from Vahl, now at C. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 36; BM 2: 652; PR 3266. Kraus, Bot. Garten Universitat Halle 2: 35. 1894. EPONYMY: Geiseleria Klotzsch (1841); Gezseleria Klotzsch (1843). 1989. Crotonis monographiam, speciminis loco inauguralis, ut doctoris medici gradum in alma Fridericiana adipiscatur, ad diem 20. Martii 1807. Exhibet Eduardus Ferdinandus Geiseler ... Halle (F. A. Grunert) [1807]. Oct. (Croton. monogr.) Publ.: 20 Mar 1807 (date printed on thesis; Bot. Zeit. Regensburg 6: 289-302. 15 Oct 1807), p. [i]-x, [1]-83. Copies: G, GRON, MO, NY. Ref.: BM 2: 652; Jackson p. 129; Langman p. 312; PR 3266. Kraus, Bot. Garten Halle 2: 35. 1894. Geisenheyner, Franz Adolf Louis (1841-1926), German highschool teacher and botanist at Kreuznach. (Geisenh.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: Original herb. Kreuznacher Heimatmuseum (30.000), other material at IBF, L, WRSL. Ref.: TH. -2: 220. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(2): 400; Barnhart 2: 36; DTS 6(4): 141; GR p. 80. Pilger, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 44: 67. 1926. Andres, Verh. bot. Ver. Brand. 68: 167-175. 1926 (portr., bibl.) Wiemann, Sb. naturhist. Ver. preuss. Rheinl. Westf. 1926: 82-86, 88. 1927 (frontisp. portr.) 1990. Flora von Kreuznach. Tabellen zum Bestimmen der im gesamten Nahetale wild wachsenden, im Grossen gebauten und am haufigsten in Garten und Anlagen kultivier- ten Gefasspflanzen. Kreuznach (Reinhard Schmithals) 1881. Oct. (Fl. Areuznach). Ed. 1: Jul-Aug 1881 (p. v: 1 Jul 1881, Nat. Nov. Aug 1881), p. [i]-vii, [viii, err.], [1]- 306. Copy: B. — Andres (1926) mentions a preliminary publication with the same title in the Osterprogramm des Gymnasiums zu Kreuznach, 1877 (n.v.) Ed. 2: Mai-Aug 1903 (p. [iv]: 20 Apr 1903, Nat. Nov. Aug 1903), p. [i-vi], [1]-328. 930 GENTH Copy: B. — Title: “Flora von Kreuznach und dem gesamten Nahegebiet unter Ein- schluss des linken Rheinufers von Bingen bis Mainz. Bearbeitet zum Gebrauche in Schulen u. auf Exkursionen ... Zweite Auflage. Kreuznach (Ferd. Harrach) [s.d.]’’. Oct. Geitler, Lothar (1899-1922), Austrian algologist, professor of botany at Vienna. (Gezél.) HERBARIUM and types: Material at LI and WU. JA ee Wel C3 opyXoy Koster, Taxon 18: 552. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 37; BFM 2380; GR p. 449; LS suppl. 9460; MW p. 136. Moebius Gesch. Bot. p. 76, 172. 1937. Anon., Oest. bot. Z. 116: 3-5. 1969. Titz, Oest. bot. Z. 116: 3-17. 1969 (bibl., portr.) COMPOSITE WoRKs: (1) Rabenhorst, A7xyptogamen-Flora: Cyanophyceae, 14: 1-288. 1930; 289-672. 1931; 673-1178. 1932. (2) Pascher, Siisswasserflora, Cyanophyceae, Cyanochloridineae 12: [1]-450, figs. 1-560. 1925, [with Pascher:] [451]-463, fig. I-14. 1925. (3) EP, Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien, ed. 2: vol. 1b, “1942,” publ. early 1943: Schzzo- phyceae, p. [i]-iv, [1]-232. EPONYMy: Geitleriella G. De Toni (1936). Gennari, Patricio (1820-1897), Italian botanist at Cagliari. (Gennart). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: TO, other material at CN, FI, GE, PC, W. Ref.: IH 2: 221; Saccardo 2: 53. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 390; Barnhart 2: 38; CSP 2: 820; PR 3274; Saccardo 1: 80, Cron. p. xxiii. Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cxviii. 1883. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 46. 1941. Genth, Carl Friedrich Ferdinand (1810-1837), German cryptogamist. (Genth). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: FR — other material at B, GJO, HNL. — Exsiccatae: (with J. W. P. Hibner): Deutschlands Lebermoose in getrockneten Exemplare (fasc. 1-5, nos. 1-125), Mainz 1836-1839 (fasc. 5 by Hiibner alone), sets at FH, G, PC. Ref. GR p. 15; LE 22207; -DilSi1 3120: Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 300. 1916. Anon., Ann. bryol. 9: 153. 1937. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 216-217. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 38; BM 2: 654; DTS 1: 86 [data wrong]; GR p. 15; PR 3275. Anon., Flora 20: 560. 21 Sep 1837. EPONYMY: Genthia Bayrhoffer (1894). 1991. Flora des Herzogthum Nassau und der obern, so wie untern Rheingegenden von Speier bis CélIn ... Erster Theil, Cryptogamie. Erste Abtheilung. Mainz (Florian Kupferberg) 1836. Oct. + (Fl. Nassau). Publ.: Sep-Oct 1835 (p. xii: 10 Sep 1835; Linn. Soc. rd. 19 Oct 1835; Lit. Ber. Flora 5: 177-191. 28 Dec 1835[sic]), p. [iv]-xii, [1]-439. Copies: B, NY. — Second t.p.: ““Crypto- gamenflora des Herzogthum Nassau ... bis Céln ... Erste Abtheilung. Farnkrauter, Lebermoose, Moose und Flechten.”’ Ref.: BH; BM 2: 654; LS 9821; PR 3275. 93% GEORGE George, Edward (1830-1900), British bryologist and algologist. (George). HERBARIUM and TyPES: BM — Hedge and Lamond mention specimens of George in Holmes, Algae britannicae rariores exsiccatae (fasc. 1-12, nos. 1-312, London 1883-1910) q.v. Ref.: 1H 2: 221. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 83. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BB p. 120; Barnhart 2: 39. Britten, J. Bot. 38: 455. 1900. Georgi, Johann Gottlieb (1729-1802), Russian natural scientist of German birth, later at St. Petersburg. (Georgi). HERBARIUM and TYPES: LE and MW;; some cryptogams are at M, possibly some material at BM via Pallas and Lambert. Ref.: 1H 2: 221. Karavaev, Nov. Sist. Vyssh. Rast. 10: 333-336. 1973. Miller, Taxon 19: 524, 534. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 39; BM 2: 660; Bossert p. 142; GR p. 162; LS 9824-9827; MW p. 136; PR 3277, ed. 1: 3571-3572; TR 429-432; Zander ed. 10, p- 603. Georgi, J. G., Bemerkungen einer Reise im Russischen Reich im Jahre 1772. St. Peters- burg 1775 (IDC 5551), 2 volumes, continuous pagination. Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks 5: 248 [index]. 1800. EPONYMY: Georgia K. P. J. Sprengel (1818, orth. var.) ; Georgina Willdenow (1803). Note: Georgia F. Ehrhart ex C. Mueller Hal. (1848) is dedicated to King George III of England. HANDWRITING: Lipschitz and Vasilczenko, Herbarium centrale USSR 98. 1968. Georgia, Ada E. (x-1921), American botanist. (Georgia). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 39; BM 6: 364. 1992. A manual of weeds with descriptions of all of the most pernicious and troublesome plants in the United States and Canada, their habits of growth and distribution, with methods of control ... with 385 illustrations by F. Schuyler Mathews. New York (‘The Macmillan Company) 1914. Oct. (Man. weeds). Ed. 1: Oct 1914, p. [i], front., [1ii]-xi, 1-593, figs. 1-386. Copy: NY. Reissue: New York (The Macmillan Company) 1921, identical except for t.p. date 1921. Ref.: Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 331. 1945. Gepp, Antony (1862-1955), British botanist. (A. Gepp). HERBARIUM and Types: BM. Ref.: Koster, Taxon 18: 552. 1969. Newton, Phycol. Bull. 1: 16. 1952. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 39; BM 2: 660, 6: 364; BL 1: 47, 68, 92, 121; Bossert p. 142; CSP 15: 262; GR p. 398-399; LS 9830, 33602; LS suppl. 9387. Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 55. 1808. Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 179. 1973 (mss., corresp.) COMPOSITE works: (1) Bryophytes and lichens, in J. W. Gregory, The great Rift valley, app. 3 (1896). (2) Musci, in Catalogue ... African plants ... Welwitsch, vol. 2 (1901). 932 GERARD, J. Gepp, Ethel Sarel (née Barton) (1864-1922), British botanist, wife of Anthony Gepp. (E. Gepp). HERBARIUM and TYPEs: BM (complete?) IRAE SM SE Fe BP. Newton, Phycol. Bull. 1: 16. 1952. Koster, Taxon 18: 552. 1969. Kent, British herbaria 55. 1953. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 40; BB p. 120; BM 1: 105 (sub Barton), 6: 364; GR p. 399; LS 33602; MW p. 136. Britten, J. Bot. 60: 160, 193-195. 1922. De Toni et Forti, Nuova Notarisia 35: 45-57. 1923 (portr.) EPONYMY: Ethelia Weber-von Bosse (1921). Gerard(e), John (1545-1612), British physician (“barber surgeon”) and gardener. (7. Gerard). HERBARIUM: It is not known whether Gerard made herbarium specimens. The Sloane herbarium (BM) has a set of early seventeenth century plants collected by Petrus Gerard with names following John Gerard’s publications. Nothing is known about the link between the two Gerards. Ref.: Dandy, The Sloane herbarium 132. 1958. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 894; Barnhart 2: 40; BB p. 120; BM 2: 660; Bossert p. 142; DNB a1: 221; Henrey 153-156; Jackson p. 550 [Index]; PR 3282-3283. Jackson, A catalogue of plants cultivated in the Garden of John Gerard in the years 1596-1599. Edited with ... a life of the author. London 1876. Fox, Fothergill 427 [ind.]. 1919. Druce, Fl. Oxfordshire 372. 1886, ed. 2. lxiii-Ixiv. 1927. Curtis, William Curtis 5. 1941. Raven, Early English naturalists from Neckham to Ray 204-217. 1947. Hadfield, Pioneers in Gardening 11-16. 1951. Jeffers, The friends of John Gerard (1545-1612), surgeon and botanist. Falls Village, Conn. 1967. Stearn, DSB 5: 361-363. 1972 (bibl.) Smit, History of the Life Sciences 938, 1049. 1974. Anon., House and Garden 29(9): 145-146. 1974. EPONYMY: Gerardia Linnaeus (1753); Graderia Bentham (1846, anagram). 1993- The Herball or general historie of plantes. London (John Norton) 1597. Fol. (Herball). Ed. 1: 1597, [xx], 1392 p., [72 p.] index, engr. t.p., portrait of author, (circa) 2146 woodcuts. Copies: MO, NY. Ed. 1633: ‘“Very much enlarged and amended by Thomas Johnson,” London (Adam Filip Joice Norton and Richard Whitakers), Fol., [36], 1634 [1-30, 29-30, 29-1630], [2], [45], [1], [2] p., 2821 woodcuts [fide NI]. Copy: NY. Ed. 1636: Edited by Thomas Johnson, etc., reissue of 1633 ed. with 1636 title page. Copy: MO. Ed. 1927: Abridged edition by M. Woodward, London (Gerald Howe), Qu., xix, 303 p., repr. Spring Books 1964, xix, 303 p., 108 figs. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 2: 660; Henrey 154-156; HU 175, 223, 230 (q.v. for complete collations) ; NI 698; PR 3283. 1994. Catalogus arborum, fruticum ac plantarum tam indigenarum, quam exoticarum, in horto Johannis Gerardi civis et chirurgi Londinensis nascentium. London (Arnold Hatfield) 1599, small folio. (Cat. arb.) Publ.: 1599, p. [i-ili], 1-22. Copies: HU (2). — The first edition was that of 1596 of which 935 GERARD, J. the only known copy is at BM-Bloomsbury. Jackson (1876) reprints both editions. Facsimile reprint of the 1599 edition (200 copies) by J. Cramer, Weinheim 1962, [i-iv], 1-22. Copies: FAS, NY, U. — See also HU 177 and HU app. 15. Ref.: BB p. 120; BM 2: 660; Henrey 153-154; PR 3283. Jackson, A catalogue of plants cultivated in the garden of John Gerard in the years 1596-1599. Edited with ... a life of the author, by B. D. Jackson. London 1876. Gérard, Louis (1733-1819), French physician and botanist at Cotignac in the French Provence. (Gérard). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Acquired by the Départment du Var in 1833 and deposited in the Draguignan museum; now at the Toulon museum (TLON). The herbarium speci- mens are mostly not accompanied by data on localities. - Gérard corresponded with Linnaeus and Bernard de Jussieu. He sent plants to them which are now in LINN and P-JU. Ref ME 2er2oin. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 47. 1941. Burtez, Catalogue des plantes de Vherbier L. Gerard. Draguignan 1899, 436 p. (fide Cavillier 1941). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 127; Barnhart 2: 40; BM 2: 660-661, 6: 364; Bossert p. 142; GR p. 323; PR 3280-3281; SO ind. authors p. 23; Dryander, Cat. Banks 5: 249 [index]. 1800. Gérard, Magas. Enc. 1807(5): 354-366 (letter Linnaeus to Gérard). Teissier, L. G., Etude biographique. Toulon 1859. Oct (100 p., n.v.) (in Bull. Soc. Sci. belles-lettres et arts Dép. Var. 1860: 237-328, n.v.) Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cxviti. 1883. Clos, Mém. Acad. Sci. Toulouse ser. 8. 10: 342-370. 1888. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 46. 1941. Stafleu, Introduction to Jussieu’s Genera plantarum xxxi, xxxix, 1964. Astre, Bull. Soc. Hist. nat. Toulouse 1o1: 176. 1966. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 373 [ind.]. 1971. EPONYMY: Gerardia Linnaeus (1753) is dedicated to John Gerard (1545-1612), q.v. HANDWRITING: Candollea 29: 515-516. 1974. 1995. Flora gallo-provincialis, cam iconibus aeneis. Paris (C. J. B. Bauche) 1761. Oct. (Fl. gallo-prov.) Publ.: Mar-Oct 1761, p. [i*], [i]-xxxcilil, map, [1]-585, pl. 1-19. Copies: MO, U. —- Rothmaler states that the book was published Feb-Mar 1761. This is probably based on the date of the ‘‘Approbatio” on p. [586]: ‘‘Calendas Febr. Ann. 1761.’’ This statement marks the printing of the last sheet; it is reasonable to assume that publica- tion took place shortly afterwards. The Amsterdam ed. of the J. Scavans reviewed it in its issue for Oct 1761. The dedication is dated 20 Oct 1760. The Nederl. Letter- Courant reviewed it only on 22 Jun 1762, the GGA on g Jun 1763. The book is important because it contains an early attempt at a natural system, prior to Adanson, ignored by A.-L. de Jussieu, influenced to some extent by Linnaeus’s Ordines naturales, but mainly by Bernard de Jussieu. For a commentary see Clos (1888). The 19 plates are copper-engravings by Martinet. Ref.: BM 2: 660; DA 1967; PLS 9848; PR 3280; RS p. 84; SA 1: 145, 2: 562; SO 6414; IDC 5406. Clos, Mém. Acad. Sci. Toulouse sér. 8. 10: 342-370. 1888. Wilmott, Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1935: go. Rothmaler, Repert. Sp. nov. 53: 34. 1944. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 268-272, 373. 1971. Gérardin de Mirecourt, Sébastien (1751-1816), French naturalist. (Gérardin). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. 934 GERMAIN DE SAINT PIERRE BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPH} . Barnhart 2: 40; BM 2: 661; Bossert p. 142; PR 3284- 3286, ed. 1: 3881-3884. 1996. Tableau élémentaire de botanique, dans lequel toutes les parties qui constituent les végétaux sont expliquées et mises 4 la portée de tout le monde; ot l’on trouve les systémes de Tournefort, de Linné, et les familles naturelles de Jussieu. Paris (Perlet; author) 1805. Oct. (Tabl. élem. bot.) Publ.: Mar 1805 (JGLF), p. [i]-xl, [1]-425, [426, cont.]. pl. r-8, uncoloured copper ~ engravings of drawings by the author. Copies: Royal library the Hague, NY. Ref.: BM 2: 661; PR 3284. Gerhardt, Julius (1827-x), German highschool teacher and cryptogamist at Liegnitz. (Gerhardt). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: B ( fung?). Ref.: Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 275. 1916. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(2): 69; Barnhart 2: 41. 1997. Flora von Liegnitz zugleich Exkursionsflora von Schlesien umfassend die Beschrei- bung aller wildwachsenden, eingebiirgerten oder haufig kultivirten Gefasspflanzen des Stadt- und Landkreises Liegnitz und der angrenzenden Kreise, sowie in kiirzerer Fassung die des gesammten iibrigen Schlesien unter Aufnahme zahlreicher Bestimmungstabellen und einem allgemeinen Ueberblick tiber die Gefasspflanzen und ihre Funktionen. Fiir Freunde und Jiinger der Botanik, wie fiir Schiiler héherer Lehranstalten, Seminaristen und Praparanden. Liegnitz (G. Wider) 1885. Oct. (Fl. Liegnitz). Publ.: Mar-Jun 1885 (p. [vii]: Mar 1885, Nat. Nov. Jun 1885), p. [ii-viii], [1]-368. Copy: B. Germain de Saint Pierre, Jacques Nicolas Ernest (1815-1882), French botanist. (Germ.) HERBARIUM and TYPEs: P. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRAPHY: AG 6(2): 282; Barnhart 2: 41; BM; CSP 2: 852-855. Germain de Saint-Pierre, Notice sur les mémoires et les ouvrages de botanique publiés par ... Paris 1855, 20 p. (bibl.) Germain de Saint-Pierre, J. Roses (Cochet) 2: 39. 1878. Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. France 29(2): 47. 1882. Anon., Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 21(2): 202. 1882. Lucante, Rev. de Bot 1: 160-161. 1882. EPONYMY: Diserneston Jaubert & Spach (1843, “‘... plante des deux Ernest,”’ also dedi- cated to Ernest Saint-Charles Cosson (1819-1889), q.v.) ; Saintpierrea Germain de Saint- Pierre (1878). 1998. Guide du botaniste ou conseils pratiques sur |’étude de la botanique, l’usage du microscope et l’emploi du dessin appliqués aux travaux d’observation, les excursions botaniques, et la recherche, la récolte, la culture, la préparation et la conservation des plantes, etc.; accompagnés d’un traité élémentaire des propriétés et usages économiques des plantes qui croissent spontanément en France ou qui y sont généralement cultivées; et d’un dictionnaire raisonné des mots techniques frangais et latins employés dans les ouvrages d’organographie végétale et de botanique descriptive. Paris (Victor Masson) 1852. Duod. (in sixes) (Guide bot.) Publ.: Mai-Sep 1852 (p. vii: 1 Mai 1851, Bull. Sci., Oct 1852), part [1]: [i:-iii:], [i]- xii, [1]- -352, 352a-n; part [2, same t.p.]: [1-111], [359]- 832. Copies: MO, NY. (An 1851 imprint is mentioned e.g. in Bot. Zeit. 11: 423. 1853; n.v.) Ref.: PR 3289. 1999. Nouveau dictionnaire de botanique, comprenant la description des familles naturelles les propriétés médicales et les usages économiques des plantes la morphologie et la bio- 935 GERMAIN DE SAINT PIERRE logie des végétaux (étude des organes et étude de la vie). Paris (J. Bailliére et Fils), London, Madrid, Leipzig. 1870. Oct. (Nouv. dict. bot.) Publ.: Jan 1870 (but possibly in parts) (Bot. Zeit. 4 Feb 1870; Flora 3 Mar 1870), p. [i]- xvi, [1]-1388, 1637 figs. Copy: NY. Ref.: PR 3292. Germar, Ernst Friedrich (1786-1853), German mining expert (“Bergrath”) and professor at Halle. (Germar). COLLECTIONS: Geiseltalmuseum, Martin-Luther Universitat Halle-Wittenberg (infor- mation H. W. Matthes). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB; Andrews p. 267; BM 2: 663, 6: 368; Barnhart 2: 41; CSP 2: 855-857; PR 3293, ed. 1. 3588; Quenstedt p. 159-160. Schaum, Stettiner entomol. Zeit. 14: 375-390. 1853 (bibl.) Anon., Flora 36: 600. 7 Oct 1853, Bot. Zeit. 11: 527. 1853. Anon., Bonplandia 2: 266. 1854. Ward, Ann. Rep. U.S. Geol. Survey 5: 416. 1885. EPONYMY: Germaria K. B. Presl (1838); Germaria K. B. Pres] (1851). 2000. Lehrbuch der gesammten Mineralogie ... Zweite, umgearbeitete Auflage. Halle (C. A. Schwetschke) 1837. Oct. (Lehrb. Mineral.) Publ.: 1837 (preface 1 Jan 1837), p. [i]-vi, [2, cont.], [1]-500, [1, err.], pl. r-r0. Copy: U. - Published possibly in fascicles of which contents and dates are unknown. — The “‘first edition” of 1824 was entitled J. L. G. Meinecke’s Lehrbuch der Mineralogie ... zweite Auflage, Halle 1824, alternative title Lehrbuch der gesammten Mineralogie von E. F. Germar (358 p., 4 pl., n.v.) ‘The first edition of Meinecke’s Lehrbuch der Minera- logie came out in Halle, 1808. Ref.: BM 2: 663, 3: 1280. 2001. Die Versteinerungen des Steinkohlengebirges von Wettin und Lébejiin im Saalkreise, bildlich dargestellt und beschrieben ... Petrificata stratorum lithanthracum Wettini et Lobejuni in circulo Salae reperta. Depinxit et descripsit Ernestus Fridericus Germar. Halle (C. A. Schwetschke und Sohn) 1844-1853, 8 Hefte. Fol. (Verstein. Steinkohlengeb. Saalkr.) Heft pp. plates dates reviews I [i]-iv, [1]-12 1-5 1844 Bot. Zeit. 10 Jan 1845 2 [i], [13]-28 6-10 1845 Bot. Zeit. 18 Apr 1845 3 [i], [29]-40 II-15 1845 Bot. Zeit. 3 Apr 1846 4 [41 ]-48 16-20 1846? (t.p. absent) 5 [i], [49]-59 21-25 1849 6 [i], [61]-79 26-30 1849 7 [i], [81]-102 31-35 1851 8 {i], [103 ]-116 36-40 1853 Copy: NY. Ref.: Andrews p. 37 (ed.2. p. 267); BM 2: 663; PR 3293; PR (ed. 1) 3588. Gerth van Wijk, Hugo Leonardus (1849-1921), Dutch biologist, teacher and lexi- cographer. (Gerth). HERBARIUM and TYPES: None. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: MW p. 137. Stafleu, Taxon 20: 799-802. 1971. 2002. A dictionary of plant-names. The Hague (vol. 2: Martinus Nijhoff) 1911-1916, 2 vols. Qu. (Dict.) 936 GEUNS, S.J. VAN Orig. ed.: 1(1): [i]-xxiv, [1]-710. Aug-Dec 1909; 1(2): 711-1444, [i]-v, err. 1911; 2: [i]- xxxill, [1]-880, [881 ]-1696. Aug-Dec 1916. Copy: U. Facsimile ed.: Vaals-Amsterdam (A. Asher) 1971. Oct., with an introduction by F. A. Stafleu [8 p.], ISBN 90-6123-243-0. Copy: FAS. — An earlier, undated facsimile edition was issued around 1964 (A. Asher, Amsterdam). Ref.: BL 1: 5, 2: 422. Britten, J. Bot. 49: 236-237. 1911, 55: 258-259. 1917. Stafleu, Taxon 20: 799-812. 1971. Gessner, Johannes (1709-1790), Swiss naturalist, correspondent of Linnaeus, friend of Haller. (Gessner). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: LINN, P-HA, Z. Ref.: 1H 2: 222. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRAPHY: ADB g: 103-106; Barnhart 2: 42; HU 521; NI 702; PR 3307-3310; Quenstedt p. 160. Hirzel, Denkrede auf Johannes Gessner. Ziirich 1790 (portr.), 161 p. Hall, Episcolae ineditae Caroli Linnaei. Groningen 1830 (letters by Gessner to Linnaeus), vill, 268 p. Wolf, Johannes Gessner, der Freund und Zeitgenosse von Haller und Linné. Ziirich 1846 (portr., bibl.), 27 p. (copy NY), also Biogr. Kulturgesch. Schweiz 1: 281-322. 1858. Rudio, Viertelj. Schr. naturf. Ges. Ziirich 41: 58-64. 1896 (portr.) Wittrock, Acta Horti Bergiani 3(2): 150-151. 1903, 3(3): 162. 1905. Milt, Gesnerus 3: 103-124. 1946. De Beer, Proc. Linn. Soc. London 161: 225-241. 1949 (corr. with L.) 2003. Johannes Gessneri Tabulae phytographicae analysin generum plantarum exhibentes, cum commentatione edidit Christ. Sal. Schinz, med. doct. Ziirich (Johann Heinrich Fuessli, filii) 1795-1804, 2 vols. Fol. (Tabul. phytogr.) Editor: Christoph Salomon Schinz (1764-1847). Vol. 1: 1795 (pref.: Jan 1795), p. [i]-xii, [1]-225, pl. 1-26. Copy: NY. — Published in parts, possibly 1795-1802. Vol. 2: 1804, p. [i-iii], [1]-118, pl. 27-64. Copy: NY. — Idem, possibly 1804-1811. Ref.: BH; NI 702; PR 3310. Geuns, Matthias van (1735-1817), Dutch botanist at Utrecht. (M. Geuns). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: U. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Aa 7: 148; Barnhart 2: 43; NNBW 1: 931. 2004. Plantarum indigenarum, in usum sive medicum sive oeconomicum selectarum, index systematicus. Accedit, pro indoctioribus, institutio aliqua botanica, sermone vernaculo. Utrecht (Apud Hortulanum Academicum) 1816. Oct. (Pl. indig.) Publ.: 1816 (p. viii: Feb 1816), p. [i]-viii, [1]-68. Copy: U. Ref.: Oudemans 1: 245; PR. Geuns, Steven Jan van (1767-1795), Dutch physician and botanist at Utrecht. (S. Geuns). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: U. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Aa 7: 155; Barnhart 2: 43; BM 2: 669; GR p. 709; JW 2: 190, 3: 3519; NNBW 1: 932; PR 3312-3314, ed. 1: 3615-36109. Heringa, Redev. ter gedagtenisse van Steven Jan van Geuns, Utrecht 1796, 114 p. (portr.) Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks 5: 250 [index]. 1800. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 233. 1936. EPONYMY: Geunsia Blume (18293). 9377 GEUNS, S. J. VAN 2005. Plantarum Belgii confoederati indigenarum spicilegium, quo Dav. Gorteri viri cl. Flora vii. Provinciarum locupletatur. Harderwijk (Johannes van Kasteel) 1788. Oct. (Pl. Belg. Spic.) Publ.: 1788, after 13 Sep (date of preface, p. xiv), p. [i]-xiv, [1]-77, [1, err.] Copies: FAS, UU: Ref.: BM 2: 669; Oudemans 1: 239; PR 3312. 2006. Verhandeling over de inlandsche plantgewassen, omtrent welker nuttige eigenschappen men met grond verwachten kan, dat, ten nutte van het vaderland, verdere nasporingen kunnen worden gedaan, aan welke de Hollandsche Maatschappij der Wetenschappen, in hare algemeene vergadering den 22. Mey 1788. de goude medaille heeft toegeweezen. Haarlem 1789. Oct. (Verh. plantgew.) Publ.: 1789, p. [1]-86. Copy: L. — Reprinted or preprinted from Verhandelingen van de Hollandsche Maatschappij der Wetenschappen te Haarlem 26: 230-316. 1789. Ref.: Oudemans 1: 262-263; PR 3313. Gevers Deynoot [Jonkheer], Pieter Marie Eduard (1816-1860), Dutch botanist. (Gevers Deynoot). HERBARIUM and tTyPEs: NBV (at L). Ref: EE 2299" BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: [not in Barnhart]; BM 2: 670; PR 3315, 10567. Stafleu, apud de Smidt en Stafleu, in facsimile edition Flora rheno-trajectina p. 7-16. 1970. Stafleu, Taxon 20: 357-361. 1971. COMPOSITE WORKS: Kops, Flora batava fasc. 166-185, pl. 836-934, editor and author. NOTE: Gevers Deynoot was born in Rotterdam on 29 April 1816 and died at Nijmegen on 29 November 1860. He did not exercise any public function. 2007. Flora rheno-trajectina, seu enumeratio plantarum Trajecti ad Rhenum sponte crescentium. (Plant. phaner. et cryptog. contin.) ... Flora van Utrecht, of optelling en aanwijzing van groeiplaatsen der in het wild voorkomende planten rondom, de stad Utrecht en in derzelver omstreken. (De zigtbaar- en bedektbl. planten bevattende). Utrecht (N. van der Monde) 1843, 2 parts, r2mo (in sixes) (Fl. rheno-traj.) Original edition: part r: Jan-Feb 1843, p. [i]-xii, [1]-131. Copies: L, U. part 2: 1843, p. [133]-180. Copies: L, U. New issues of part 1: Utrecht 1847, new t.p. only, reissue of old sheets, p. [i]-xii, [1]-131. Copy: L. Facsimile edition: Utrecht 1970 *‘. . . een herdruk van de oorspronkelijke uitgave van 1843, ingeleid door J. T. de Smidt en F. A. Stafleu,”’ p. [1]-30, [1]-xii, [1]-131, [133]-180. Copies: FAS, HU, L, U. The book follows van Hall’s Flora van Noord Nederland. ‘Taxa not described or listed by van Hall are provided with a description; most of the cryptogamic taxa recorded as new for the Netherlands were described by C. M. van der Sande Lacoste; descriptions of some other new taxa were supplied by J. F. van der Trappen (marked v.d. T). Ref.: BL 2: 438; BM 2: 670; Oudemans 1: 251-252; PR 3315. De Smidt en Stafleu, P. M. E. Gevers Deynoot (1816-1860), in facsimile edition, Utrecht 1970, pp. 7-30. Stafleu, Gevers Deynoot and his Flora van Utrecht, Taxon 20: 357-361. 1971. 2008. Flora noviomagensis, sive enumeratio plantarum circa Noviomagum sponte crescen- tium. (Plant. phanerog. et cryptog. contin.) ... Flora van Nijmegen of naamlijst en opgave van groeiplaatsen der in het wild voorkomende planten, in en rondom Nijmegen. (De Zigtbaar- en Bedektbloeijende planten bevattende.) Nijmegen (D. J. Haspels) 1648. Oct. (Fl. noviomag.) Co-author: Theodoor Hendrik Arnoldus Jacobus Abeleven (1822-1904). Publ.: Oct-Dec 1848 (p. ii: Oct 1848), p. [i*-v*], [i]-ii, [1]-169, [i]-ix. Copies: NY, U. Ref.: BL 2: 430; BM 2: 670; Oudemans 1: 252-253; PR 10567. 938 GHINI Geyer, Carl [ ‘“‘Charles”] Andreas (1809-1853), German botanist who collected in the United States 1842-1844. (Nicollet’s expedition). (Geyer). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Main sets at BM, GH, K, other material at B, BR, C, FI, G, KE eh. M@, NY, OX. PP-DUPRUAnEDS WU, US, Vi; WwW. Ref.: 1H 2: 222-223. Candolle, Phytographie 415. 1880. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 43. Geyer, in Hooker, London J. Bot. 4: 479-492, 653-662. 1845, 5: 22-41, 198-208, 285-310, 509-524. 1846 (itinerary), 6: 65-79, 206. 1847. Anon., Chronik des Gartenwesens 3: 185-187. 1853 (n.v.) Anon., Flora 37: 139-141. 1854, Bot. Zeit. 12: 191-192. 1854. Anon., Bot. Zeit. 12: 191-192. 1854. Anon., Bonplandia 2: 71-73. 1854. Reichenbach, Kew J. Bot. 7: 181-183. 1855. Spaulding, Popular Sci. Monthly 74: 124-125. 1909. Blankinship, Montana Agr. Coll. Sci. Stud. 1(1): 6, 19. 1905. Thomas, Huntia 3: 10-11. 1964. Geyler, Hermann Theodor (1834-1889), German palaeobiologist at the Senckenberg institute and director of the botanic garden in Frankfurt a.M. (Geyl.) COLLECTIONS: Senckenberg Museum. Frankfurt. - Herbarium material from the Vega expedition to Japan was at B. JGER Miele ere BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews p. 268; Barnhart 2: 43; BM 2: 670; CSP 7: 766, 15: 282; Frank 3(Anh.): 35; Jackson p. 187, 191; LS 9889-9891; Quenstedt p. 162. Askenasy, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 7: (g)-(11). 1889. Kinkelin, Leopoldina 25: 57, 98-100. 1889 (bibl.) Jannicke and Magnus, Ann. Bot. 3: 462-463. 1890 (bibl.) Kinkelin, Ber. Seackenb! naturf. Ges. 1890: c-cv (bibl.) Blum, Ber. Senckenb. naturf. Ges. 1901: 14-15. COMPOSITE WorRKSs: Co-editor of Just’s Bot. Jahresber. 11-14, 1863-1880. Ghini, Luca (1490-1556), Italian physician and botanist. (Ghin7). HERBARIUM and TypEs: During the time of Ghini’s teaching at Bologna and Pisa the art of making herbaria was developed. Ghini himself did not make a herbarium although it is likely that he sent dried plants to several of his pupils and colleagues, e.g. to Aldrovandi and Matthioli. His teaching of botany was based on demonstrations with living plants in the botanic garden, not on books by classical authors. Ghini is known to have collected in Elba and in the Tuscan and Bolognese Appenines. NOTE: Physician and botanist, studied medicine in Bologna. Professor of pharmaceutical botany at Bologna (1527-1544), professor of botany, Pisa (1 544- 1554), professor of medicine, Bolesna (1554-1556). Had a private botanic garden in Bologna, but taught botany in the Tablic university botanic garden of Pisa (founded by him in 1 aaa). ihenches of many illustrious 16th century botanists (either as students or as short-time visitors) such as Maranta, Anguillara, Hugh Falconer, William Turner, Hugo Morgan, Guillau- me Rondelet, Andrea Cesalpino, Michele Merini, P. A. Matthioli, Ulisse Aldrovandi. Founded the Florence botanic garden in 1550. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 43; Bossert p. 143; Jackson p. xxx; PR p. 121; Saccardo 1: 81, 2: 54. Meyer, Gesch. Botanik 4: 257-262. 1857. Sabbatani, Atti Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Lett. Arti, Padua ser. 2. 39: 243-250. 1923. Mattirolo, Enc. Ital. 16: 916-917. 1932. 939 GHINI Moebius Gesch. Bot. 419, 422. 1937. Chiarugi, Nouvo Giorn. bot. ital. 60: 785-839. 1953. Chiarugi, Webbia 13: 1-14. 1957 (portr.) Keller, DSB 5: 383-384. 1972 (bibl.) Gibbs, Lilian Suzette (1870-1925), British botanist. (Gibbs). HERBARIUM and types: BM. — Duplicates BO, K, L, MO, P (some ferns). Ref U2 23229" Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(3): 327. 1975. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 44; BB p. 121; BL 1: 55, 69, 86, 108, 120; BM 6: 372; LS 33624; LS suppl. 9541-9542; MW p. 137. Digby, Proc. Linn. Soc. London 1924-25: 72-74 (bibl.) Henriques, Bol. Soc. Broter. ser. 2. 3: 239-242. 1925 (portr.) Rendle, J. Bot. 63: 85, 116-117. 1925 (bibl.) Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 233. 1936. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. Mal. ser. 1. 1: 190. 1950 (portr., itinerary). EPONYMY: Gibbsia Rendle (1917). 2009. Dutch N.W. New Guinea. A contribution to the phytogeography and flora of the Arfak mountains, &c. London (Taylor and Francis) 1917. Oct. (Fl. Arfak mts.) Publ.: Jul 1917 (t.p.), p. [i]-iv, [1]-226, 4 pl., 16 text-figures. Copy: U. Ref.: BL 1: 120; BM 2: 372; IF suppl. 3: 209. Gibelli, Giuseppe (1831-1898), Italian botanist at Modena (1874-1879), Bologna (1879-1883) and Torino (1883-1898). (Gibellz). . HERBARIUM and TyrPEs: TO; other material at FI, MANCH, NH, PAV. Repo lH 2: 299. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(1): 71; Barnhart 2: 45; CSP 7: 769; DTS; GR p- 517; PR 3319; Saccardo 1: 82, 2: 54; Cron.: xxii. Lopriore, Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenb. 40: Ixx, cxlvi. 1898. Belli, Giuseppe Gibelli, Torino 1899, 16 p (copy: DS), reprinted from Ann. Accad. Agr. Torino 42. 1899. Mattirolo, Mem. r. Accad. Sci. Torino ser. 2. 49: 73-98. 1899 (bibl.) Mattirolo, Malpighia 13: 35-72. 1899 (bibl.), 15: 297-324. 1901. Briosi, Atti Ist. bot. Univ. Pavia ser. 2. 6: ili-iv. 1900 (portr.) Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 178. 1905. Mattirolo, Cronistoria Orto Bot. Torino Ixix-Ixxi. 1929 (portr.) Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 47-48. 1941. COMPOSITE WORKS: See Cesati et al., Compendio della Flora italiana (1867-1901). EPONYMY: Gibellia Passerini (1886) ; Gibellia P. A. Saccardo (1885); Gibellina Passerini ex Roumeguére (1886) ; Gibellula Cavara (1894). Gibson, William Hamilton (1850-1896), American mycologist. (W. Gibson). HERBARIUM and TyPES: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 46. Adams, The New England Magazine 15(6): 643-655. 1897 (portr.) Adams, William Hamilton Gibson, New York, London, x, 275 p. (portr., bibl.) EPONYMY: Gibsonia Massee (1909) is dedicated to R. J. Harvey-Gibson (1860-1929), English mycologist; Gzbsoniothamnus L. Williams (1970) is dedicated to Dorothy Nash Gibson, American botanist. 940 GILG 2010. Our edible toadstools and mushrooms and how to distinguish them / A selection of thirty native food varieties easily recognizable by their marked individualities, with simple rules for the identification of poisonous species ... with thirty coloured plates and fifty-seven other illustrations by the author. New York (Harper & Brothers) 1895. Oct. (Our toadstools). Publ.: 1895, (Nat. Nov. Jan 1896) p. [1]-xii, [1]-337., 38 pl. Copy: NY. Ref.: LS 9954. Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 436. 1916. Giesenhagen, Karl Friedrich Georg (1860-1928), German botanist, curator of the cryptogamic collections at Miinchen (M). (Giesenh.) HERBARIUM and Types: M; — some musci at H. Iapee Mel ie Cy BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 46; BM 2: 674, 6: 373; CSP 15: 296; DTS 1: 87; IF 1: 699; LS 9958-9969; 33639-33640; LS suppl. 2569-2570; MW p. 137. Giesenhagen, Auf Java und Sumatra, Leipzig 1902, x, 270 p. Dunzinger, Ber. deut. Bot. Ges. 46: (157)-(169). 1929 (bibl., portr.) Pilger, Hedwigia 68 (Beibl.): 4.7, 48. 1929. Bay, Flora Gesamt-Register 26-100: 13. IgI0. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 190-191. 1950 (bibl., itinerary, portr.) 2011. Die Farngattung Niphobolus. Eine Monographie ... Mit 20 Abbildungen. Jena (Gustav Fischer) 1901. Oct. (Niphobolus). Publ.: 1901, Dec (NN early Jan 1902), p. [i]-[xi], [1]-223, 20 ills. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 2: 675; IF p. 699; MW p. 137; IDC 7189. Gilg, Ernst Friedrich (1867-1933), German taxonomist. (Gilg). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: B, duplicates at K and P. Ref.: IH 2: 224. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 349. 1916. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 48; BL 1: 37; BM 2: 676, 6: 375; Bossert p- 144; CSP 15: 305; MW p. 137. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 205. 1905. Schiirhoff, Arch. Ber. Pharm. 271: 457-460. 1933. Werdermann, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 54: (148)-(165). 1936 (bibl., portr.) Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 234. 1936. COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) EP, Dve natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien ed. 1: (a) Connaraceae: III. 3: 61-64. Jun 1891; 65-70. Aug 1891; 388. 22 Mai 1894; Suppl., Nachtr. II-IV. 1: 189-190. Aug 1897; II-IV. 2: 30. 8 Oct 1900. (b) Cyrillaceae: III. 5: 179-182. Dec 1892; Suppl. [by Engler], Nachtr. II-IV. 1: 214. Oct 1897. (c) Vitaceae: III. 5: 427-456. Apr 1896; Suppl., Nachtr. II-IV. 1: 230. Oct 1897; II-IV. 2: 41. 8 Oct 1900. (d) Dilleniaceae: III. 6: 100-128. Mar 1893; Suppl., Nachtr. II-IV. 1: 245. Oct 1897; II-IV. 2: 43-44. 8 Oct 1900. (e) Ochnaceae: III. 6: 131-144. Mar 1893; 145-153. Mai 1893; Suppl. [by Engler], Nachtr. II-IV. 1: 245. Oct 1897. (f) Stachyuraceae: III. 6: 192. Mai 1893: 193. Jun 1893 [should follow Flacourtiaceae] ; III. 6A: 56. 28 Dec 1893; see Nachtr. II-IV. 1: 253. Oct 1897. (g) Ancistrocladaceae: III. 6: 274-276. 19 Feb 1895. (h) Turneraceae: III. 6A: 57-64. 28 Dec 1893; Suppl., Nachtr. II-IV. 1: 253. Oct 1897. (i) Loasaceae: III. 6A: 100-121..27 Feb 1894. (k) Getssolomaceae: III. 6A: 205-207. 10 Jul 1894. (1) Penaeaceae: III. 6A: 208-213. 10 Jul 1894. (m) Oliniaceae: III. 6A: 213-216. 10 Jul 1894. 941 GILG (n) Thymelaeceae: II]. 6A: 216-245. 10 Jul 1894; Suppl., Nachtr. II-IV. 1: 260. Oct 1897. (0) Elaeagnaceae: III. 6A: 246-251. 10 Jul 1894; Suppl., Nachtr. II-IV. 1: 260. Oct 1897. (p) Gentianaceae: IV. 2: 50-108. Jun 1895 (p. 80-86, Gentiana by Nikolai Ivanovich Kuznetsov]; Suppl., Nachtr. II-IV. 1: 282-283. Oct 1897; II-IV. 2: 54. 8 Oct 1go0. (q) Gonystylaceae: Nachtr. II-1V. 1: 231-232. Oct 1897. (2) EP, Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien ed. 2: (a) Dilleniaceae: 21: 7-36, figs. 1-25. Dec 1925, with E. Werdermann. (b) Actinidiaceae: 21: 36-47, figs. 26-29. Dec 1925, idem. (c) Eucryphiaceae: 21: 47-50, fig. 30. Dec 1925. (d) Ochnaceae: 21: 53-87, figs. 32-45. Dec 1925. (e) Marcgraviaceae: 21: 94-106, figs. 49-57. Dec 1925. (f) Dipterocarpaceae: 21: 237-269, figs. 108-118. Dec 1925. (g) Canellaceae: 21: 323-328, figs. 144-147. Dec 1925. (h) Flacourtiaceae: 21: 377-457, figs. 163-212. Dec 1925. (i) Stachyuraceae: 21: 457-459. Dec 1925. (k) Zurneraceae: 21: 459-466, figs. 213-214. Dec 1925. (1) Loasaceae: 21: 522-543, figs. 242-248. Dec 1925. (m) Datiscaceae: 21: 543-547, figs. 249-250. Dec 1925. (n) Ancistrocladaceae: 21: 589-502, figs. 269-270. Dec 1925. By C. Gilg-Benedict: (0) Restionaceae: 15a: 8-27, figs. 2-6. Apr 1930. (p) Centrolepidaceae: 15a: 27-33, figs. 7-8. Apr 1930. ) Engler, Pflanzenreich: (with J. Perkins): IV. 101, Heft 4, Monimiaceae. 21 Jun 1got. ) Deutsch-Ost-Afrika, several contributions to vol. 5 (1895). ) Engler, Monogr. afrik. Pflanzenfam.: 2, 1898, Melastomaceae. ) Wissensch. Erg. deut. Zentral-Afrika-Exp. 1907-1908: various families in vol. 2, 1910- Gilibert, Jean Emmanuel (1741-1814), French botanist from Lyon who was for some time professor of botany at Wilna. (Gilib.) HERBARIUM and TyPES: KW? It is questionable whether the Gilibert collections at Kiew are complete. Magnin states that Gilibert’s herbaria were given, at least in part, to Jordan. These may now be at LY. Ref.: IH 1 (ed. 6): 359, 2: 225. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 48; BM 2: 676; Bossert p. 144; GR p. 279- - 280; IF p. 699; Jackson p. 550 [index]; Lipschitz 3: 290-292 (bibl.); LS 9977-9980; 33643; NI 703-705; PR 3326-3331; ed. 1: 3630-3640; SO ind. auth. p. 23-24; TR 439- 449; Zander ed. 10, p. 603. Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks 5: 251 [index]. 1800. A. P. de Candolle, Mémoires et souvenirs 37. 1862. Magnin, Bull. Soc. bot. Lyon 31: 50-52. 1906, 32: 116-117. 1908; 35: 27-28. IgIO. Wrzosek, Ve Congrés int. hist. med. Genéve 1925: 161-162. 1926. Hryniewiecki, Précis de la botanique en Pologne 7. 1933. Gusart, Bull. Soc. frang. hist. méd. 29: 117-119. 1935. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 271, 273. 1971. Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. Index corr. Torrey 456. 1973. EPONYMY: Gilibertia Ruiz & Pavon (1794). HANDWRITING: Candollea 29: 517-518. 1974. 2012. Flora lituanica inchoata, seu enumeratio plantarum quas circa Grodnam collegit & determinavit, Joannes, Emmanuel, Gilibert ... Colectio [sic] prima. Monopetalae non figuratae. Grodno (Typis $.R.M.) 1781. Oct. (Fl. lit. inch.) Vol. 1: 1782 (t.p. 1781; p. 308: finis col. prim. Vilnae1 782), p. [i*-iii*], [i]-cxviii, chloris [38 p.], monita [2], err. [2], [1]-308. Probably issued in various parts. 942 GILIBERT Vol. 2: 1782, “‘... lithuanica ... collectio quarta Umbellifereae, Cruciatae, Papiliona- ceae. Wilna (Typis S.R.M. penes Academiam) 1782, p. [1-i1], [1]-294. (on p. il: series. secunda plantae polypetalae ...) Copies at BM, K, P (not checked for collation), about 100 copies printed. The volumes. were probably published in parts. The Linnaean system of binary nomenclature for species is not consistently employed. [cf. ICBN, Art. 23 sub (3) ]. Ref.: LS 9977; PR 3326; TR 443; IDC 5928. Hylander, Uppsala Univ. Arsskrift 1945(7): 16. McVaugh, Gentes Herb. 8(1): 83-90. 1949. 2013. Exercitium botanicum, in schola Vilnensis peractum die 15 mensis julii, anno 1782, seu enumeratio methodica plantarum tam indigenarum quam exoticarum, quas proprio marte determinaverunt alumni in campis Vilnensibus, aut in horto botanico universita- tis, quasque juxta leges artis demonstrarunt, praeside Joanne. Emmanuel Gilibert. [Wilna 1782]. Duod. (Excerc. bot.) Publ.: 15 Jul 1782, p. [1]-61. Copy: USDA. 2014. Caroli Linnaei botanicorum principis Systema plantarum Europae, exhibens characteres. naturales generum, characteres essentiales generum & specierum, synonima antiquo- rum, phrases specificas recentiorum Halleri, Scopoli, &c. Descriptiones rariorum, nec-. non floras tres novas, Ludgunaeam, Delphinalem, Lithuanicam; non omissis plantis. exoticis in hortis Europeae vulgo obvius. Curante Joan. Emman. Gilibert. Coloniae Allobrogum [Vienne] 1785-1787, 7 tomes, Oct. (Syst. pl. Eur.) Publ.: For a detailed list of contents see Soulsby 20, 21. The Flora lituanica inchoata is reprinted in a much abridged form in vol. 1, pp. 1-47, 1-88. Breistroffer states that the first four volumes became available only in June 1786, volumes four and five between. June and December 1786, and volume 7 in 1787. Copies: G, HU(a). Ref.: BM 2: 676; LS 9978; PR 3327; SO 20, 21, Trautvetter 445; IDC 178. Breistroffer, Proc.-Verb. mens. Soc. Dauph. Ethn. Arch. 24 (nos. 182-184) 1948. 2015. Excercitia phytologica, quibus omnes plantae Europaeae, quas vivas invenit in variis. herbationibus, seu in Lithuania, Gallia, Alpibus, analysi nova proponuntur, ex typo naturae describuntur, novisque observationibus aut figuris raris illustrantur: additis stationibus, tempore florendi, usibus medicis aut oeconomicis, propria auctoris experien- tia natis. Lyon (J. B. Delamolliére) 1792, 2 vols. Oct. (Excerc. phyt.) Vol. r: 1792, p. [i]-lxxx, [1]-388. Copies: G, HU, NY, US. Vol. 2: 1792, p. [389]-655, [656, motto] [2, err.] Copies: NY, US. —- The USDA copy of | vol. 2 has a t.p. dated 1790, probably a misprint later corrected by means of a cancel- lans t.p. The Linnaean system of binary nomenclature for species is not consistently employed. [cf. ICBN Art. 23 sub (3)]. Other copies BM, P, (not seen for coll.) Ref.: BM 2: 676; IF p. 699; LS 9980; NI 704; PR 3328; SO 22; IDC 5930. Hylander, Uppsala Univ. Arsskrift 1945(7): 16. McVaugh, Gentes Herb. 8(1): 83-90. 19409. 2016. Histoire des plantes d’ Europe, ou élémens de botanique pratique; ouvrage dans lequel on donne le signalement précis, suivant la méthode et les principes de Linné, des plantes. indigenes, des étrangéres les plus utiles, et une suite d’observations modernes. Lyon (Amable Leroy) 1798, 2 vols. Oct. (Hist. pl. Europe). Original ed.: Jun 1798 (JGLF), copies: B, L. vol. r: p. [i*-vui*], 1-xxxii, [1]-446, [1, err.], tabl., fig. 1-524. vol. 2: p. [i*-i11*], i-xvi, [1]-482, 2 pl., figs. 1-132. Seconde édition: Oct 1806 (JGLF), “Histoire ... Europe et étrangéres, les plus communes, les plus utiles et les plus curieuses; ou élémens ... Linné, des genres et des espéces, leur synonymie, leurs propriétés, et une suite d’observations rédigées d’aprés nature . seconde édition, revue, corrigée et considérablement augmenteée, et ornée de plus de huit cents figures gravées sur bois, et de cinquante en taille-douche.”’ Lyon (id.) 1806 3 vols. Oct. Copy: B. vol. r: p. [i]-xxxii, [1]-600, pl. r-r1, fig. 1-359. vol. 2: p. [i*-iv*], [i]-xlviii, [1]-460, fig. 360-649, pl. 12-20. 943 GILIBERT vol. 3: p. [i*-iv*], [i]-xxi, [xxii, add.], [1]-537, pl. 21-24, fig. 650-792. A new edition of De Ville’s book of 1680 (no. 1426) with the same title, better known as ‘“‘Le petit Bauhin.” Gilibert provides a “‘Concordance des noms de Linné avec ceux de Mathiole, appliquée aux figures de |’édition de Gaspard Bauhin” in volume 2, pp. 415- 457+ Ref.: BM 2: 676; NI 705; PR (ed. 1) 3637; SO 763aa, 763ab; Trautvetter 448. Mangin, Recherches sur l’histoire des plantes d’ Europe, Lyon 1889. (cf. Bot. Central- bl. 39: 203. 1889). Stafleu, Taxon 14: 105. 1965. Gilkey, Helen Margaret (1886-1972), American mycologist at Oregon State Uni- versity. (Gilkey). HERBARIUM and TYPES: OSC; other material BUT, CUP, WVA. Ref.: 1H 1 (ed. 6): 359, 2: 225. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 49; BL 1: 209; Bossert p. 144; LS suppl. 9621-9623. Rogers, NAF ser. 2(1): 32. 1954. Anon., Madrofio 21(8): 539. 1972. Cowan, Taxon 22(5/6): 708. 1973. COMPOSITE WORKS: Juberales, in NAF ser. 2. 1: 1-29. 15 Dec 1954. 2017. Tuberales of North America. Corvallis, Oregon (Oregon State College) [1939]. Oct. (Tuberales N. Am.) Publ.: 1 Mar 1939 (p. 2) — Oregon State Monogr. Bot. 1: [1]-63, pl. 1-5. Copy: NY. Ref.: Rogers, NAF ser. 2(1): 32. 1954. Gillet, Claude Casimir (1806-1896), French mycologist and veterinary surgeon at Alengon. (Gill.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: PC. Ref.: Hawksworth, Mycologist’s handb. 182. 1974. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 49; BL 2: 102; BM 2: 677; Bossert p. 145; CSP 12: 273; Jackson p. 274, 275; LS 9984-9990. Letacq, Le monde des Plantes 6: 33. 1896. Letacq, Bull. Soc. Linn. Normand., Caen 10: xc-xcili. 1896. Rolland, Bull. Soc. mycol. France 12: 137-139. 1896. Peltereau, Bull. Soc. mycol. France 14: 156-160. 1898. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 103. pl. 139. 1905 (portr.) Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 437. 1916. Killermann, Z. Pilzk. 15: 35-37. 1931. Degaugue, Revue de Mycol. 26(3): 137-152. 1961 (portr.) EPONYMY: Gilletia P. A. Saccardo & O. A. J. Penzig ex P. A. Saccardo (1882) ; Gilletzella P. A. Saccardo & P. Sydow (1899). Note: Gilletia Torrend (1914) is dedicated to father Gillet, Belgian missionary and bota- nical collector in Congo; Gillettta Rendle (1896) is dedicated to F. Gillett. 2018. Les hyménomycétes ou description de tous les champignons (fungi) qui croissent en France avec l’indication de leur propriétés utiles ou vénéneuses. Alengon (Ch. Thomas) 1874 [-1893] Oct. (Hyménomycétes). Publ.: The text and accompanying plates were issued in parts, the contents of which are still unknown. The plates, usually bound in a separate atlas, were published between 1874 and 1898 at irregular intervals. They were successively and repeatedly renumbered in lists distributed with them. LS cite a number of 738 coloured plates, Peltereau (1898) 715, BM 711. WES GILLET A single part of a new edition (Agaricinées) was published in Alengon and Paris, 1893. Peltereau (1898), alas not giving full details on contents and dates of parts, provides the most precise information so far on the constitution of the book. It consists of: 1. A volume of text of 828 pp., published in parts between 1874 and 1877 or 1878 as follows (fide Barnhart, NAF): p. fJ-vii, [9]-176 1874 p- 177-560 1876 p- 501-828 1878 (Peltereau: 1877) These sets of pages are not the original livraisons. Copies: BR, L, MO, Stevenson. 2. Champignons de France. Tableaux analytiques des hyménomycétes de France. Alengon 1884, Oct., publ. Feb 1884, p. [i-iv], [1 ]-199. Copy: MO. This publication contains a number of descriptions of species of which a plate but no text had appeared in 1874-1877. 3. A table with a “‘classement des planches” plus 16 pages of text, published Feb 18g0. This table contains a renumbering of the plates which was followed e.g. by Laplanche, Dictionnaire iconographique (1894). Copy: MO. 4. 715 (Peltereau; 713 as listed below) lithographed plates, coloured by hand. ‘These plates appeared as follows: a) between 1874-1877 in livraisons, with or without the text mentioned above sub 1, (133 pl.), t.p.: ““Les champignons (fungi, hymenomycétes) qui croissent en France description et iconographie propriétés utiles ou vénéneuses ... Atlas de 133 planches coloriées,’’ Paris (J. B. Bailliére et fils) 1878, Copies: NY (added to this copy some of the planches supplémentaires), Teyler. (See below sub Les champignons.) b) between 1877 and Feb 1890 appeared 16 series of plates (““planches supplémentai- res”) of which the last was accompanied by the table and 16 p. of text mentioned above sub 3 (Nat. Nov.: 384 pl.). Almost complete series of these plates at MO, NY, Stevenson. c) between 1890 until April 1896 appeared another 184 plates in 10 livraisons called ‘suites de planches.”’ Later reissued in covers dated 1897. Copy: MO. d) In Feb 1808 a single and final livraison appeared posthumously containing 12 plates, coloured by the author but left undistributed until his death. ‘This livraison was accompanied by another table, cited below sub. 5. (NN Feb 1898). 5. The [second] alphabetical table published Feb 1898 with the last livraison (see above, 4d). This table contains another set of numbers of plates which should be followed. In this table the plates are numbered 1-714. However: a) 263 and 303 form only one plate b) 534 and 655 form only one plate This table does not contain the plates for Phallus caninus (1), Cortinarius saturninus (one of 2) and C. torvus (one of 2). These three extra plates, minus the two double ones bring the total number of plates to 715. The various series and parts are listed by Naturae Novitates. The dates confirm Pelterau’s findings. Ref.: BM 2: 677; LS 9984, 9985; NI 707; NN 1898 (sub no. 2150). Anon., Bot. Zeit. 32: 844. 25 Dec 1874 (livr. 1) Anon., Bot. Zeit. 34: 704. 3 Nov 1876 (vol. 1 up to p. 576). Peltereau, Bull. Soc. mycol. France 14: 156-158. 1898. 2019. Les champignons (fungi, hyménomycétes) qui croissent en France description et iconographie propriétés utiles ou vénéneuses. Paris (J. B. Bailliére et fils), Alengon (author) 1878. 2 vols (text, atlas). Oct. (Champ. France hyménomyc.) Texte: [1874-]1878. A consolidated reissue with a new imprint of the text of Les Hyméno- mycétes (see above), p. [i]-viil, [9]-828. Copies: NY, Teyler. Atlas: [1874-]1878. A consolidated reissue, with a new imprint, of the 133 plates (nos. 1, 2, other unnumbered) issued between 1874-1877 to accompany Les Hyménomycétes (see above), p. [i-iv], pl. 1-2, [3-133]. Copies: NY (with 16 p. table), Teyler. 2020. Champignons de France. Les discomycetes. Alengon, Paris [1879] 1887[-1895]. Oct. (Champ. France discomyc.) Publ.: Peltereau (1898) states that the book was published as follows: 1. between 1879 and 1888 in a) livraisons with a total of 230 pp. text and 54 plates as follows: 945 GILLET livr. pages dates I [1]-28 1879, Jan-Mar 2 29-50 1879, late or Jan-Mar 1880 3 57-84 1880, Apr-Jun 4 85-112 1881 [1882?] 5 113-140 1882, Sep-Oct 6 140-164 1883, Dec 7 163*-186 1886, Jun-Jul 8 187-210 1886, Sep-Oct 9 211-230 1887, Jun-Aug b) two series totalling 48 supplementary plates (1880-1885). In all there are in this series 102 plates, numbered in the “table de classement” 1-98, 13bis; three plates are not listed [99-101]. 2. Jul 1890: livraison of 12 plates “‘suites aux planches supplémentaires”’ 3. Jan 1895: Livraison of 24 plates idem. Peltereau provides numbers for series 2 and 3. Copy: MO. LS state that item 1 was published in 6 parts between 1879 and 1883; BM states that the 230 pp. of text and the 102 plates came out in g livraisons between 1879-1888. Very little is known about the plates contained in the livraisons. Naturae novitates mentioned livr. 1 Sep 1879 and livr. 3 Aug 1880. — The text of 230 pp. was issued with a wrapper dated 1887. USDA has a copy with the cover of the first part (t.p.: Les discomycétes ... on souscrit: ... Alencgon (E. de Broise) 1879) with complete text [1]-230 and pl. as above: Stevenson id., without pl. Ref.: BM 2: 677, LS 9986, NI 708. Peltereau, Bull. Soc. mycol. France 14: 159-160. 1898. 2021. Champignons de France. Les gastéromycétes . .. (Suites). On souscrit: Chez l’auteur ... Alengon (A. Herpin) 1891, 3 livr. Oct. (Champ. France gastéromyc.) Publ.: in three parts, each with 12 plates. The Stevenson copy has the plates in this order: Lior. 1: 1, 2, 4, 7,8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 26, 28, 36. Livr. 2: 3, 12, 13, 14, 16, 18, 19, 23, 30, 32, 33. Lwwr. 3: 5, 11, 9, 17, 21, 22, 24, 27, 29, 31, 35, 34- Dates: 1: Jan-Feb 1891 (Nat. Nov. Feb 1891), 2: late 1891 (Nat. Nov. Jan 1892), 3: 1892 (Nat. Nov. Aug 1892). Copies: MO (as above), NY (has 41 pl.), Stevenson (as above). Ref.: BM 2: 677; NI 709. Peltereau, Bull. Soc. mycol. France 14: 160. 1898. Gillies, John (1792-1834), Scottish physician and botanist, lived in Argentina 1820- 1828, collected in Argentina, Brazil and Chile. (Gillies). HERBARIUM and Types: BM, E-GL, K, and OXF (250 specimens), further duplicates BRNU, CGE, FH, FI, GH, MO, NY, S. Ref.: IH. 1 (ed. 6): 350, 2: 225; Laségue p. 331, 486. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 171. 1964. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 83. 1970. Miller, Taxon 19: 524. 1970. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(3): 327-328. 1975. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(2): 188; Barnhart 2: 50; BB p. 123; CSP 2: 889; Zander ed. 10, p. 603. Miers, J., Travels in Chile 1: 226. 1826. Hooker, Bot. Misc. 3: 130. 1833. Watson, Topogr. Botany ed. 2. 545. 1883. Barr, Bol. Acad. Nac. Cienc. Cordoba 49: 71-75. 1972. Gibbs, Notes Rec. Roy. Soc. 9: 115-136. 1951. EPONYMY: Gilliesia J. Lindley (1826). 946 GINANNI Gillot, Francois Xavier (1842-1910), French mycologist, physician at Autun. (Gillot). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: AUT (50.000); dupl. BR, LY. Ref.: 1H. 1 (ed. 6): 359, 2: 225. Anon., Bull. Soc. Hist. nat. Autun 13(2): 120-123. 1900. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(1): 76, 6(2): 45; Barnhart 2: 50; BL 2: 115, 140, 195, 196; Bossert p. 1453; CSP 7: 776, 12: 274; GR p. 324; Jackson p. 279, 288; LS gg96- 10021, 15941, 15947, 23106, 33649-33658, 41218-41219; PFC 1: xliii, 2(2): xvi, 3(1): ix; Saccardo 1: 82. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 205. 1905. Bull. Soc. bot. Deux-Sévres 19: pl. 9. 1908. Barbier, Bull. Soc. mycol. France 27: 192-199. 1911 (bibl., portr.) Berthier, Bull. Soc. Hist. nat. Autun 24: xxxill-xcv. 1911 (portr., bibl.) Gagnepain, Bull. Soc. bot. France 58: 110-125. 1911 (portr., bibl.) Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 437. 1916. Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 48. 1941. EPONYMY: Gillotia P. A. Saccardo & Trotter (1913). 2022. Catalogue raisonné des champignons supérieurs (Hyménomycétes) des environs d’ Auiun et du Département de Saéne-et-Loire. Autun (Dejussieu pére et fils), Paris (P. Klinck- sieck) 1891. Oct. (Cat. champ. Autun). Co-author: Jean-Louis Lucand (1821-1896). Publ.: Jan-Oct 1891 (Nat. Nov. 1891), p. [1]-482, pl. 1-6 (5, 6 = 10, 11). Copies: G, L, MO, NY. — Reprinted with independent pagination from Bull. Soc. Hist. nat. Autun, as follows: repr. pag. vol./pag. journal date contents [1] — 1891 title-page reprint 3-300, pl. I-4 2: [107]-404, pl. 1-4 1889 301-372, pl. 5-6 3: [125]-196, pl. ro-r7 1890 373-458 4: 375-460 1891 459-480 - 1891 index, “‘figures peintes”’ 481-482 - 1891 table générale “Figures peintes des champignons de la France”’ by Lucand, p. [465]-480. Ref.: BM 2: 678. Ginanni, Giuseppe, conte (1692-1753), Italian botanist at Ravenna. (Gznannt). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: PR 3337; Saccardo 1: 82, 2: 54-55. Bicclei, Sulla vita del Dot. Giovanni Ginanni Lucchese. Lucca 1872 (n.v., vide Bot. Zeit. 30: 724. 1872). 2023. Opere postume del conte Giuseppe Ginanni Ravennate. Venezia (Guglielmo Zerletti) 1757, 2 vols. Fol. (Op. post.) Tomo primo, nel quale si contengono cento quattordici piante, che vegetano nel Mare adriatico, da lui osservate e descritte. Venezia 1757, p. [i*-xii*], [i]-xix, [1]-63, [64 impr. ], [1, err.], pl. 1-55. Copy: PCS. The plates are copper engr., by the author (?) Tomo secundo, nel quale se contengono testa cei marittimi paludosi e terrestri dell’ Adria- tico e del territorio di Ravenna da lui osservati e descritti. Venezia 1757, p. [i*-viii*], i-viii, 1-72, i-xxxi, 1-3, pl. 1-3 (should be 38 pl., 1-31, 1-4, 1-3). Copy: PCS. Second issue of vol. 1: t.p. 1757, n.v., copy Plesch. Rep INT 7 tise R333 7: Adanson, Fam. Pl. 1: 28. 1763. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 165. 1967. 947 GINGINS Gingins de la Sarraz, Frédéric-Charles-Jean, baron (1790-1863), Swiss historian and botanist, pupil of A. P. de Candolle. (Ging.) HERBARIUM and TyPES: Gingins seems to have had no private herbarium. His types are in G-DC. Ref.: Stafleu, The great Prodromus 27. 1966. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 51; BM 2: 678; CSP 2: 891; MW suppl. p- 75; NI 712; PR 3338-3339; Trautvetter 450. Candolle, A. P. de, Mém. Souv. 332-336, 386. 1862. Montet, Dict. biogr. Genevois 1: 361. 1877. Schmid, Chamisso als Naturforscher 10, no. 133. 1942. Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 237-238. 1950. Verdoorn, [intr. to] Gingins, Natural history of the Lavenders, Boston, Mass. xi-xii. 1967. Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard., Index corr. Torrey 456. 1973 (letter). COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) DC, Prodr., Violarieae: 1: 287-316. med. Jan 1824. (2) Goethe, Metamorphose der Pflanzen, first French translation (1829) with ‘‘précis historique et avant-propos du traducteur”’ (see Schmid, Goethe u.d. Naturwiss. 42-43. 1940). EPONYMY: Ginginsia A. P. de Candolle (1828). HANDWRITING: Candollea 29: 519-520. 1974. 2024. Mémoire sur la famille des Violacées. Genéve (J. J. Paschoud), Paris (id.) 1823. Qu. (Meém. Viol.) Publ.: Jan-Apr 1823, p. [i], [1]-27, 2 pl., 1 tab. [= p. 28]. Copies: G, U. — Reprinted or preprinted from Mémoires de la Société de Physique et d’Histoire naturelle, Genéve, 2(1): 1-2. 1823. The two plates are uncoloured copper engravings of drawings by Heyland. Ref.: BH; BM 2: 678; Jackson p. 147; PR 3338. 2025. Histoire naturelle des Lavandes. Genéve (Abraham Cherbuliez), Paris (Charles- Béchet) 1826. Oct. (Hist. nat. Lavand.) Original ed.: 1826-1827, in parts, p. [i]-vili, [1]-187, [188, ind.], [2, err.], pl. 2-12, lithographs of drawings by Heyland, Adr. de Jussieu, Meisner. Copies: M(2), NY. English translation: Natural history of the Lavenders, Boston 1967, by Wellmann, Batchilder and Barrow, p. [i]-xvil, [xviii], 1-76, on p. xi-xii: Verdoorn, note on Gingins. Copy: NY. Ref.: Jackson p. 135; NI 712; PR 3330. Girgensohn, Gustav Karl (il. 1856), Estonian bryologist, ‘‘Hofrath” in Dorpat. (Girg.) HERBARIUM and types: Unknown, possibly at Dorpat. — Exsiccatae: Musci frondosi et hepaticae exsiccatae. Laub- und Lebermoose der Russischen Ostsee-Provinzen in getrockneten Exem- plaren (Fasc. i-v, nos. 1-250, Dorpat 1849-1856). No set known. Ref.: Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 204. 1971. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 5(1): 213; Barnhart 2: 52; BM 2: 680; CSP 2: 905; Lipschitz 2: 279; PR 3344; TR 451-454. EPONYMY: Girgensohnia Bunge (1852). 2026. Naturgeschichte der Laub- und Lebermoose Liv-, Ehst- und Kurlands, nebst kurzer Charakteristik derjenigen Gattungen und Arten, welche in den genannten Provinzen noch gefunden werden kénnten, so wie derjenigen, welche in den tbrigen Theilen Russlands bisher aufgefunden sind. Gesammelt und bestimmt von Gustav Karl Girgen- 948 GISEKE sohn. Aus dem Archiv fiir die Naturkunde Liv-, Ehst- und Kurlands, Zweiter Serie, Bd. ii. (pag. 1-488) besonders abgedruckt. Dorpat (Heinrich Laakmann) 1860. Oct. (Naturgesch. Laub- Leberm. Kurlands). Orig. ed.: shortly after 16 Apr 1860 (censor), p. [i-ii], [1]-488. Copy: NY. Preprint from journal publ. Journal publ.: Nov-Dec 1860 (censor 12 Nov 1860) in Archiv fiir die Naturkunde Liv-, Ehst- und Kurlands ser. 2. 2: [i-iii], [1]-488. Copy: Teyler. Ref.: BM 2: 680; Jackson p. 329; PR 3344; Trautvetter 454; IDC 5063. Girgensohn, Arch. Naturk. Liv-, Ehst- und Kurlands ser. 2. 1(2): 63-74. 1855 (prelim. review), see also Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 14: 444-445. 1856. Girod-Chantrans, Justin (1750-1841), French soldier and botanist. (Girod-Chantrans) . HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(2): 958; Barnhart 2: 52; CSP 2: 905; NI 713; PR 3345-3346. EPONYMY: Chantransia A. P. de Candolle (1801, ‘‘Chantrania’”’), corr. A. P. de Candolle (1805) ; Chantransiopsis Thaxter (1914) ; Girodella Gaillon ex Turpin (1827) ; Girodia T. G. Lestiboudois (1827). 2027. Recherches chimiques et microscopiques sur les Conferves, Bisses, Tremelles, etc. Avec trente-six planches enluminées. Paris (Bernard) an X (1802). Qu. (Rech. Conferves). Publ.: Mai 1802, (JGLF), p. [i]-viii, [1]-254, [1, err.], pl. 2-36, hand coloured copper ener. engraved by Sellier. Copy: PCS. Ref.: NI 713; PR 3345. Giseke, Paul Dietrich (1741-1796), German botanist, pupil of Linnaeus, professor at the Hamburg Johanneum. (Giseke). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Partly at E, some at MEL. Ref.: Laségue p. 332. Hedge, Notes Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinburgh 28: 73-86. 1967. Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 84. 1970. Fletcher, Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinburgh 260. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 5(1): 733; Barnhart 2: 53; BM 2: 680-681; 6: 377; Dawson p. 358-360; Jackson p. 551 [Index]; MW p. 138; PR 3347-3351, 54343; SO ind. authors 24; Zander ed. 10, p. 603. Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks 5, 252 [index]. 1800 (bibl.) Meusel, Lexikon teut. Schriftst. 4: 191-192. 1804. Fischer-Benzon, in Prahl, Krit. Flora Schlesw.-Holst. 2: 19. 1890. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 133, 145, 155, 250. 1971. EPONYMY: Gisekea Cothenius (1790, orth. var.); Gisekia Linnaeus (1753). 2028. Dissertatio inauguralis botanico-medica sistens systemata plantarum recentiora instar speciminis commentarii ad Jo. Herm. Fiirstenau desiderata materiae medicae. Quam annuente deo ex concensu gratiosi medicorum ordinis pro gradu doctoris legitime obtinendo ad diem iii. Novembris mdcclxvii. publico eruditorum examini submittit Paulus Dietericus Giseke ... Goettingen (Officina Schulziana, Chr. F. A. Rosenbusch) [1767]. Qu. (Diss. syst. pl.) Publ.: 3 Nov 1767, date of ‘promotion.’ Linnaeus acknowledged receipt of a copy on 4 Jan 1768, discussing several taxonomic details (in Stoever 1792), p. [i-vi], [1]-54, [2, theses; 2 dedic.]. Copies: G, HU, MO, NY, UC. Ref.: BM 2: 680; PR 3347; SO 650. D. H. Stoever, Collectio epistolarum ... Carolus a Linné. Hamburg 1792. 2029. Carolia Linné ... Praelectiones in ordines naturales plantarum. E proprio et Jo. Chr. 949 GISEKE Fabricii, ... edidit Paulus Diet. Giseke ... Accessit uberior Palmarum et Scitaminum expositio praeter plurium novorum generum reductiones cum mappa geographico- genealogica affinitatum ordinum, et aliquot fructuum palmarum figurae. Hamburg (B. G. Hoffmann) 1792. Oct. (Prael. ord. nat. pl.) Publ.: Apr 1792, p. [iJ-l, [1]-662, tabl., pl. 1-7. Copies: G, L, NY, U. — For an English translation see Hull 1800; valuable commentaries: Schuster 1928. The Tabula genealogico-geographica affinitatum plantarum secundum ordines naturales Linnaei delineata, included in this book was previously published, independently, in 1789 (fide PR): the title of this ‘mappa’ shows the date 1789. Ref.: MW p. 138; PR 5434; SO 620, 3546; ST p. 62. Schuster, Linné und Fabricius, Miinchen 1928. Hull, Elements of botany, vol. 2. London 1800. Glaziou, Auguste Francois Marie (1828-1906), French botanical traveller who col- lected in Brazil between 1861 and 1895, director of the Paseo publico, Rio de Janeiro. (Glaz.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: P (nos. I-22770), second set (1-3266) BR, (3267-22770) B; other sets in many herbaria (e.g. B, BR, C, G, K, LE, MG, MPU, 8S, STR, U).- Fora note on Glaziou’s localities and on some apparently intentional mislabelings see Rudd and Wurdack. Ref TE 1 \(Ed516)): 959; 2: 227. Urban, Fl. bras. 1(1): 27-28. 1906. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 264, 271, 276, 287, 300, 349. 1916. Rudd, Contr. U.S. nat. Herb. 32: 367. 1965. Wurdack, Taxon 19: 911-913. 1970 (erroneous data in Glaziou coll.) Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(3): 328. 1975. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 54; BL 1: 240; BM 2: 682, 6: 378; Bossert p- 145; Jackson p. 373. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 103, 203. 1905. Cogniaux, Bull. Soc. bot. Belg. 43: 217. 246-247, 364-369. 1906 (q.v. on birth date). Urban, FI. bras. 1(1): 27-28. 1906 (itinerary; orig. biogr. information; birth date 1833 probably err.). Hemsley, Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1907: 66-68. Bureau, Bull. Soc. bot. France 55: 119-125. 1908 (portr.) Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 236. 1936. Leandri, Adansonia ser. 2. 3: 5-18. 1963. EPONYMY: Glaziostelma F. P. N. Fournier (1885); Glaziova [sic] C. F. P. Martius ex Drude (1881). 2030. Plantae Brasiliae centralis a Glaziou lectae. Liste des plantes du Brésil Central recueillies en 1861-1895. Mém. Soc. bot. France 1(3): 1-661. 1905-1913. pages dates pages dates I-112 Nov 1905 303-488 21 Feb 1910 113-200, r pl. Jul 1906 489-584 6 Dec 1911 201-296 22 Feb 1908 585-661 13 Sep 1913 207-392 20 Jun 1909 Ref.: BL 1: 240. Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 331. 1945. Gleason, Henry Allan (1882-1975). American botanist. (Gleason). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: mostly at NY. See IH for details. Ref.: TH 1. (ed. 6) 359, 2: 297. Cronquist, Garden J. 26: 56-59. 1976 (portr.) 959 GLEDITSCH BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 54; BFM 1386; BL 1: 175, 189, 244, 261; BM 2: 379; Bossert p. 146; IF suppl. 4: 322; MW p. 138; MW suppl. p. 75. Barnhart, J. New York Bot. Gard. 12: 129. 1911. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. ser. 1. 1: 194. 1950 (Malesian itin.). Anon., Taxon 1: 16. 1951. Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 490. 1951. Smith, Garden J. New York Bot. Gard. 1(2): 53, 56, 64. 1951 (portr.) Rickett, NAF ser. 2. 2: 157. 1955. Ewan, Short hist. bot. US 19, 101, 125, 126, 128. 1969. Anon., Bot. Rev. 38(1). 1972 (portr.) Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 181-182. 1973 (corresp., mss notes). Cowan, Taxon 24: 580. 1975. Moldenke and Moldenke, Phytologia 31: 417. 1975. COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) The New Britton and Brown illustrated flora of the Northeastern United States and adjacent Canada, 3 vols., 1968. (2) Contributions to VAF: (a) Platanaceae: 22(3): 227-229. 12 Jun 1908; 22(6): 560. 30 Dec 1918. (b) Dichapetalaceae: 25(5): 381-383. 20 Mar 1924. (c) Carduaceae-Vernoniae: 33(1): 47-110. 15 Sep 1922. EPONYMyY: Gleasonia Standley (1931). Gleditsch, Johann Gottlieb (1714-1786), German botanist and sylviculturist at Ber- lin. (Gled.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: The Gleditsch herbarium, acquired by the Berlin academy of Sciences in 1791, is lost. The Berichte tiber die ... Verhandlungen der Kénigl. Preuss. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin for the year 1840 contain a statement on p. 81 that Géppert showed a ‘Verzeichnis’ of the former Gleditsch herbarium, and a further note on p. 119 in which Link presented this register “‘mit der Bemerkung das dieses Herbarium nicht mehr vorhanden sei.’” Urban could not trace the collection either. Gleditsch was a correspondent of Linnaeus and plants collected by him are at LINN. Refa: WA 2: 227. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 11, 349. 1916 (“‘ob bei uns vorhanden?”’) BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 9: 224-225; AG 6(2): 182; Barnhart 2: 54; BM 2: 682-683, 6: 379; Bossert p. 146; GR p. 15-16; HA 2: 293-295, 404, 700; IF p. 699; Jackson p. 297, 430; LS 10059-10072; NDB 6: 442-443; PR 3352-3365; ed. 1: 3668- 3685; Quenstedt p. 165; SO ind. auth. 24; Zander (ed. 10) p. 603. Anon., Nouv. Mém. Acad. Sci. [Berlin] 1788, Hist.: 49-54. Anon., Schriften Ges. Naturf. Freunde Berlin 9 [Beobacht. 3]: 301-314. 1789. Willdenow und Usteri, Beitrage zur Biographie des verstorbenen ... Dr. Johann Gottlieb Gleditsch. Ziirich 1790, 111 p. (portr., biogr., letters, Grundriss Gl. syst.) Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks 5: 253. 1800 [index] (bibl.) Eicken, in Gedachtnissblatter, erhaltend Nachrichten von dem Leben und Charakter ... Aerzte und Naturforscher 4(95) 1800 (n.v.) Meusel, Lexikon téut. Schriftst. 4: 209-214. 1804. Engelmann, Bibl. hist. nat. 90. 1846. Ascherson, Fl. Prov. Brandenburg 1: 5. 1860. Krempelhuber, Gesch. Litt. Lichenol. 2: 4, 35. 1869. Ratzeburg, Forstwissensch. Schriftsteller-Lexikon 187-190. 1874. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 117. 1903, 3(3): 125. 1905. Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 236. 1936. Liitjeharms, Gesch. Mykol. XVIII Jh. 256 [index]. 1936. Moebius, Gesch. Bot. p. 450 [index]. 1937. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 250-252. 1971. Stafleu in Daniels and Stafleu, Taxon 21: 298. 1972. Natho, Gleditschia 1: 7-15. 1973 (portr.) 95% GLEDITSCH EPONYMY (genera): Gleditscha Cothenius (1790, orth. var.); Gleditschia Scopoli (1777, orth. var.); Gleditsia Linnaeus (1753); (journal): Gleditschia Beitrage zur botanischen Taxonomie und deren Grenzgebiete. Berlin. Vol. 1-x, 1973-x. NoTE: (added in proof): Natho’s Gleditsch bibliography (Gleditschia 3: 5-27. 1975) came in too late to be used for this listing. 2031. Methodus fungorum exhibens genera, species et varietates cum charactere, differen- tia specifica, synonomis [sic], solo, loco et observationibus. Berlin (Schola realis) 1753. Oct. (Meth. fung.) Publ.: 1 Mai-10 Nov 1753 (GGA 10 Nov, NZgS 3 Dec), p. [1]-162, [36, index], pl. 1-6, uncol. copp. engr. Thalhammer. Copies: G, MO, NY, Stevenson. — In view of the November and December references to its publication the Methodus should be considered as post-Linnaean unless it can be proved that the book came out before 1 Mai 1753. Ref.: BM 2: 682; HA 2: 295; HE p. 24; LS 10063; PR 3356; SA 2: 563; IDC 5931. Rickett, NAF 1(1): 159. 1949. 2032. Systema plantarum a staminum situ. Secundum classes, ordines et genera, cum characteribus essentialibus. Berlin (Haude et Spener) 1764. Oct. (Syst. pl. stamin. situ). Publ.: 1764, before 13 Sep (NZgS), p. [i]-civ,. [1]-323, [324, err.]. Copies: FAS, HU, USDA. — Preliminary publication: systéme des plantes sur la situation et la liaison des étamines, Hist. Acad. Roy. Sci. Belles Lettr. [Berlin] 1749: 3-136. Ref.: BM 2: 682; HA 2: 295; PR 3357; IF p. 699; Jackson p. 16. Stafleu, Taxon 16: 46-48. 1967. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 250-252. 1971. 2033- Vermischte physicalisch-botanisch-oeconomische Abhandlungen Halle (Johann Jacob Curt) 1765-1767, 3 vols. Oct. (Verm. bot. Abh.) Vol. r: Jan-Oct 1765 (p. xiv: 20 Oct 1764; NZgS 10 Oct 1765), p. [i-xvili], [1]-318, pl. 1-2 Copies: G, NY. Vol. 2: Apr-Dec 1766 (p. [xxxi]: 20 Mar 1766; NZgS 8 Jun 1767), p. [i-xxxii], [1]-440, pl. 1-2. Copies: G, MO. Vol. 3: 1767, p. [i-xxiv], [1]-397, [398-406, ind.], 1 pl. Copy: G. Ref.: BM 2: 682; HA 2: 294-295; PR 3358. 2034. Betrachtung tiber die Beschaffenheit des Blenenstandes in der Mark Brandenburg. Nebst einem Verzeichnisse von Gewachsen aus welchem die Bienen ihren Stoff zum Honig und Wachse einsammlen. Riga, Mietau (Johann Friederich Hartknoch) 1769. Oct. (Be- tracht. Bienenstand.) Publ.: 1769, p. [i-xxxvi], [1]-344, index [34]. Copy: M. 2035. Pflanzenverzeichniss zum Nutzen und Vergniigen der Lust und Baumgartner und aller Liebhaber, von fremden und einheimischen Baumen, Strauchern und Stauden- gewachsen, die zur Beférderung einer bessern Erkenntniss im gemeinen Wesen, auch sonst in vielerley botanischen, physicalischen, und 6conomischen Absichten, sowohl in dffentlichen, als andern Garten, abwechselnd unterhalten werden: nebst kurzgefassten Anmerkungen, die deren Pflege, Vermehrung, Pflanz- und Bliitezeit, Wurzeln, Friichte, ausserlichen Anstand, Standplatze, Nutzen, und verschiedentlich veranlasste Experi- mente betreffen. Berlin (Haude und Spener) 1773. Oct. (Pflanzenverzeichniss). Publ.: 1773, p. [i]-xvi, [1]-370, [index Aag2-Ff]. Copy: NY. — Gleditsch used binomials as species names in this work: all accepted names are binary. 2036. Systematische Einleitung in die neuere aus ihren eigenthiimlichen physikalisch- dkonomischen Griinder hergeleitete Forstwissenschaft. Berlin (Arnold Wever) 1775, 2 vols. Oct. (Syst. Einleit. Forstwiss.) 1: frontisp. portr., [i]-xxviii, [1, h.t.], [1]-544. Copy: NY. 2: [i]-xxxii, [1]-677, index sign. Uu3-Aa4. Gleditsch does not use binary nomenclature consistently in this work even though he occasionally cites names from Linnaeus, Sp. Pl. ed. 1. 952 GLOWACKI Gleichen, Wilhelm Friedrich, Freiherr von, genannt Rusworm [Russwurm] (1717- 1783), German amateur naturalist. (Gleichen). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 9: 226-228; [not in Barnhart]; BM 2: 683; Bossert p. 146; LS 10073-10074; NDB 6: 437-438; NI 716-720; PR 3367-3368. Weikard, Biographie des Herrn Wilhelm Friedrich von Gleichen. Frankfurt 1783 (n.v.). Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks 5: 254 [index]. 1800 (bibliogr.) Meusel, Lexikon teut. Schriftst. 4: 215-217. 1804. Engelmann, Bibl. hist. nat. 680 [index]. 1846. Spiess, Abh. naturhist. Ges. Niirnberg 6: 186-187. 1877. Willnau, Ledermiiller und v. Gleichen-Russworm, Leipzig 1926, 24 p. (Copy B). (n.v., fide NI). Moebius, Gesch. Bot. 450 [index]. 1937. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 166-167. 1969 (further biogr. refs.). Mitchell, DSB 5: 424. 1972. EPONYMY: Gleichenella Ching (1940) ; Gleichenia i E. Smith (1793, nom. cons.) ; Gleichenia- strum K. B. Presl (1847); Gletcheniopsis T. G. Tutin (1932); Gletchenoides (E. Kon’no) E. Kon’no (1968) ; Gleichnites Gdppert (1836). 2037. Das Neueste aus dem Reiche der Pflanzen oder mikroskopische Untersuchungen und Beobachtungen der geheimen Zeugungstheile der Pflanzen in ihren Bliithen, und der in denselben befindlichen Insekten; nebst einigen Versuchen von dem Keim, und einem Anhang vermischter Beobachtungen, beschrieben, und mit Farben nach der Natur vorgestellet von Wilhelm Friederich Freiherrn von Gleichen, genannt Russworm, .. herausgegeben, verlegt und mit den néhtigen in Kupfer gestochenen und illuminirten Abbildungen versehen, von Johann Christoph Keller, Maler in Nirnberg. [Niirnberg] (Christian de Launoy seel. Erben) [1763-]1764 [-1766]. Fol. (NMeueste Reich. Pf.) Fasc. 1: Jan-Mar 1763, p. 1-8, [1-4], 1-72, pl. i-v, A-E. Copy: NY. — (possibly published in even smaller instalments). Fasc. 2: 1764, p. [i-vi, with general t.p. dated 1764], 1-40, pl. v-xxx. Copy: NY. Fasc. 3: 1766[?], p. [i-viii], Anhang [1]-26, pl. 1-10. Copy: NY. In addition: plates Mikroskop 1-5, 2b, issued with fasc. 1? Editor and illustrator: Johann Christoph Keller. Preface: Casimir Christoph Schmidel (1718-1792). French edition: Niirnberg, Paris 1770 (n.v.) Re-issue: 1790 (n.v.), “non differt’? (PR). Ref.: BM 2: 683; LS 10073; NI 716, 717; PR 3367; SA 1: 261. Anon., J. Enc: 1763(3, 2): 1397. 15 Apr 1763. Glocker, Ernst Friedrich von (“Constantino”) (1793-1858), German mineralogist and palaeobiologist at Stuttgart. (Glocker). COLLECTIONS: Herbarium material at B, BM, K, LE, MANCH, MO, NY, OXF, S, US. Ref.: TH 2: 227. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BlioGRAPHY: ADB 9: 238-240; Andrews p. 268; Barnhart 2: 55; BM 2: 683; 6: 379; CSP 2: 913-915; 6: 672; PR 3369. Seemann, Bonplandia 6: 322-323, 335. 1858. EPONYMY: Glockeria Géppert (1836) ; Glockeria C. G. D. Nees (1847). Glowacki, Julius (1846-1915), Austrian botanist. (Glow.) HERBARIUM and Types: GJO, further material at GZU, LD. Ref.: Schefczik und Mecenovic, Mitt. Abt. Zool. Bot. Landesmus. Joanneum Graz 29: 1-84. 1968 (on bryol. collections Breidler, Glowacki et al.), also 33: 85-123. 1969. 953 GLOWACKI BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 55; GR p. 450; Saccardo 1: 83-84. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 67. 1905. Anon., Bot. Not. 1915: iil. Gloxin, Benjamin Peter (/. 1785), Alsatian botanist and physician at Colmar. (Gloxin). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 55; PR 3371. EPONYMY: X Gloxinantha R. E. Lee (1967); * Gloxinera Weathers (1895); Gloxinia L’Héritier de Brutelle (1791); Gloxinia Regel (1851). 2038. Observationes botanicae in alma universitate argentinensi medici ordinis consensu impetrandae veniae ergo honores et privilegia doctoris medicinae adipiscendi disputa- toriis exercitiis in auditorio academico majori die i. decembris mdcclxxxv solenniter discutiendas proponit Benjamin Petrus Gloxin ... Strasbourg (Dannbach) [1785]. Qu. (Observ. bot.) Publ.: 1 Dec 1785, p. [i-vi], 1-26, pl. 1-3, uncol. Copies: G, M, USDA. Ref.: PR 3371. Glick, Christian Maximilian Hugo (1868-1940), German biologist at Heidelberg. (Gliick). HERBARIUM and TypPEs: Material at B, DUKE and NY. Ref.: TH 2: 228. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews p. 268; Barnhart 2: 55; BFM p. 286 [Index]; BM 2: 684; BM 6: 379; Bossert p. 146; CSP 15: 340; GR p. 16; LS 10082-10086, LS suppl. 9681; MW p. 138; MW suppl. p. 75. Dorfler, Botaniker-Adressbuch 16. 1896. Moebius, Gesch. Bot. p. 112. 1937. Bergdolt, Karl von Goebel 130, 253. 1940. Verdoorn, Chron. bot. 6: 188. 1941. COMPOSITE WoRKs: (1) Pascher, Siisswasserflora, Pteridophyten 15: [v]-xx, 21, fig. 1-7. 1936; Phanerogamen 15: 21-463, figs. 8-258. 1936. (2) Pascher, Siissewasserflora ed. 2. Pteridophyten 15: [1]-21, figs. 1-7. 1931; Gymnospermae 15: 21-22. 1931; Monocotyledonae 15: 22-170, figs. 8-83. 19313; Dicotyledonae 15: 170-463, figs. 84-258. 1931. Gmelin, Carl [Karl] Christian (1762-1837), German physician and botanist, pro- fessor of natural sciences and director of the botanical garden at Karlsruhe. (C. C. Gmelin). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 264; Barnhart 2: 55; BM 2: 684. Bossert, p. 146; CSP 6: 672; Jackson p. 425; PR 3387-3301. Vierordt, Flora 22: 241-255. 18309. Herrmann, Neue deut. Hefte 1(4): 846-847. 1955. EPONYMY: Caroligmelina P. G. Gaertner, B. Meyer & J. Scherbius (1800). HANDWRITING: Candollea 29: 521-522. 1974. 2039. Hortus magni ducis badensis carlsruhanus. Karlsruhe (C. F. Macklot) 1811. Occ. (in fours). (Hortus carlsruh.) 954 GMELIN, J. F. Publ.: 1811, p. [i*], [i]-x, [1]-288, [1, err.]. Copy: G. — No author’s name on t.p. but signed C. C. Gmelin on p. vi. 2040. Flora badensis alsatica et confinium regionum cis et transrhenana plantas a lacu bodamico usque ad confluentem Mosellae et Rheni sponte nascentis exhibens secundum systema sexuale cum iconibus ad naturam delineatis. Karlsruhe (In officina Aul. Miilleriana) 1805-1826, 4 vols. Oct. (Fl. bad.) vol. pages plates date I [i]-xxxul, [1]-768 1-5 Apr-Mai 1805 (p. xii: ibid. Apr 1805, available at Ostermesse, Apr-Mai 1805. 2 [1]-717 1-5 Mai-Sep 1806, available Sep 1806, Michaelismesse. 3 [1 ]-795, [796] I-4 1808 4 [i-iii], [1]-807, [808], 1 I-10 1826 (p. vi, Apr 1825) 5-7 Cryptogams by C. G. Gmelin et A. Braun: not published. In volume 4 Gmelin mentions the collaboration of a young botanist with a great future: ‘‘Juvenis in arte instructissimus, in detengendis plantis felicissimus.’’ This youth was Alexander Braun 1805-1877, then 21 years old. Braun started work on the cryptogamic part and com- pleted the vascular cryptogams by 1832. A few sheets of this part were printed but never distributed. Elements of it were used by Doell. Copies: B, NY. Ref.: AG 2(1): 264; BM 2: 684; PR 3388. Anon., Flora 8(1) Beil. 4: 142-143. 1825, 10: 15-16. 7 Jan 1827, 10: 305-320. 28 Mai 1827 (rev.). Caspari, Flora 63: 354-355. 1880 (on projected part on crypt.) Kirschleger, Fl. Alsace 2: li-lx. 1857. Rickett, NAF 28 B(2): 331. 1945. 2041. Beschreibung der Milchblatter-Schwadmme im Grossherzogthum Baden und dessen nachsten Umgebungen, als Beitrag zur Toxicologie ... mit einer lithographirten Tafel. Karlsruhe (Chr. Fr. Miiller) 1825. Oct. (Beschr. Milchbl.-Schw. Baden). Publ.: 1825, p. [1]-29, 1 pl. (first announcement in Flora 10: 224. 14 Apr 1827). Reprin- ted from ‘Geiger’s Magazin I Heft 1825” (on plate). Ref.: BM 2: 684; LS 1oog0; PR 3391. Gmelin, Johann Friedrich (1748-1804), German naturalist, professor of medicine and chemistry at Tiibingen and, later, G6ttingen; nee of J. G. Gmelin, son of Ph. F. Gmelin. (7. F. Gmelin). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. The reference to J. F. Gmelin’s herbarium in A. de Candolle’s Phytographie, p. 415 is in fact to Johann Georg Gmelin’s herbarium. Johann Friedrich was mainly a compiler and may very well not have had a herbarium of his own of any size. In his later years he was a professor of botany at Géttingen. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 9: 270; AG 2(1): 407; Barnhart 2: 56; BM 2: 684- 685, 6: 379; Bossert p. 146; CSP 2: 920; Dawson p. 360; IF p. 699; GR p. 16; Jackson p. 506; LS 10088-10089; MW p. 138; NDB 6: 479; PR 3375-3380; Quenstedt p. 165; SO ind. authors 24; Zander ed. 10, p. 603. Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks 5: 254 [index]. 1800 (bibl.) Anon., Alg. Konst- Letterbode 1804(1): 385. Anon., Mag. Enc. 1805(1): 156-157. Konig et Sims, Ann. Bot. 2(1): 205-206. 1806. Engelmann, Bibl. hist. nat. 681 [index] 1846. Ratzeburg, Forstwiss. Schriftsteller-Lexikon 190-191. 1874. Moebius Gesch. Bot. 450 [index] 1937. Herrmann, Neue deut. Hefte 1: 849-850. 1954/55. HANDWRITING: Candollea 30: 205-206. 1975. GMELIN, J. F. 2042. Enumeratio stirpium agro tubingenst indigenarum. ‘Tiibingen (Sigmund) [1772]. Oct. (Enum. stirp. tubing.) Publ.: 1772, p. [i-vi], [1]-16, [1]-334, indices [34] p. Copy: USDA. Ref.: PR 3376. 2043. Caroli a Linné, ... Systema naturae per regna tria naturae, secundum classes, ordines, genera, species, cum characteribus, differentiis. Tomus IJ. Editio decima tertia, aucta, reformata. Cura Jo. Frid. Gmelin. Leipzig (Georg Emanuel Beer) 1791[-1792] [in all 3 tomes (7 volumes) 1788-1793]. Oct. (Syst. nat.) Ed. 1791: Tomus II, (botany). Copies: HU, MO, U. pars 1: late Sep-Nov 1791, p. [i*], [i]-xl, [1]-884. de pars 2: late Apr-Oct 1792, p. [i], 885-1661, __pacilani 19 Ed. 1796(1) “*... Systema naturae ...”’ Lyon 1796; see SO 118. Type reset, no copy seen. Ed. 1796(2) “*... Systema vegetabilium, secundum classes ... differentiis. Tomus primus [secundus]. Cura Jo. Frid. Gmelin. Lyon (Bernuset, Delamolliere, Falque et Soc.) 1796, see SO 601, a reissue of SO 118, above, and a reprint of 1791/2 edition. pars 1: [i], [iJ-xl, [1]-884. Copies: HU(2), NA. pars 2: [i-ii], 885-1661. Copies: HU(2), NA. Ref.: BM 2: 684; IF p. 699; MW p. 138; PR 5404, RS p. 85, SO 117, ST p. 62, IDC 2050. Lamarck, Act. Soc. Hist. nat. Paris 1: 81-85. 1792 (commentary!). Dryander, Trans. Linn. Soc. London 2: 212-235. 1794. Systematisches Verzeichnis der in den medicinischen ... und naturhistorischen Literatur herausgekommenen Schriften 1785-1790. Sect. 10. no. 840, 1791-1795, no. 866, Jena 1795. Hopkinson, Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1907: 1035-1037. Rickett, NAF 1(1): 159. 1949. Dawson, The Banks Letters 360. 1958. 2044. Abhandlung von den giftigen Gewdchsen, welche in Teutschland und vornemlich in Schwaben wild wachsen. Ulm (Stettinische Buchhandlung) 1775. Oct. (Abh. gift. Gew.) Publ.: 1775, after 15 Jan (date of preface), p. [i-xii], [1]-228. Copy: U. — Uses binary nomenclature. Reissue: Ulm 1805, Oct., p. [i]-viti, [1]-228 (available Apr-Mai 1805 at Ostermesse). Ref.: BM 2: 684; PR 3378. 2045. Allgemeine Geschichte der Pflanzengifte entworfen von Johann Friedrich Gmelin. Nurnberg (Gabriel Nicolaus Raspe) 1777. Oct. (Allg. Gesch. Pflanzengifte). Publ.: Sep 1777, p. [i-xvi], [1]-525. Copy: U. — Uses binary nomenclature. — Second (“‘vermehrte’’) edition Niirnberg Jun 1803, Oct., xii, 852 p. (n.v.) Ref.: BH; BM 2: 684 (ed. 2); Jackson p. 206; PR 3379. 2046. Abhandlung von den Arten des Unkrauts auf den Aeckern in Schwaben und dessen Benutzung in der Haushaltung und Arzeneykunst. Nebst einer Zugabe von der Ausrot- tung derselben und von einigen Werkzeugen zur Reinigung des Saatkorns von J. J. W. A. D. Liibeck (Christian Gottfried Donatius) 1779. Oct. (Abh. Art. Unkrauts). Publ.: 1779, p. [i-viii], [1]-408, index [32] p., z pl. Copy: U. Ref.: PR 3380. Gmelin, Johann Georg (1709-1755), German botanist and geographer who travelled in Siberia between 1733 and 1743, professor at Tiibingen 1749-1755; nephew of J. F. Gmelin. (7. G. Gmelin). HERBARIUM and Types: The authentic specimens for the Flora sibirica are at BM. They stem from the sale of the Lambert herbarium which contained the Pallas collections. The latter had acquired J. G. Gmelin’s specimens. Other collections by J. G. Gmelin are at LE. Ref.: TH 2: 228; Laségue p. 322. Koster, ‘Taxon 18: 552. 1969. Miller, Taxon 19: 524, 534. 1970. 956 GMELIN, P. F. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 269-270; AG 3: 500, 5(1): 861; Barnhart 2: 56; BM 2: 685; Bretschneider 1: 311-312; KR p. 241; MW p. 138; MW suppl. 75; NDB6: 479 (Dolezal); NI 721; PR 3381-3386; Quenstedt p. 165; SO ind. authors 24; TR 457- 458; Zander ed. 10, p. 603. Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks 5: 254 [index]. 1800 (bibl.) Meusel, Lexikon teut. Schriftst. 4: 230-233. 1804. Plieninger, J. G. Gmelin reliquias ... Stutgart 1861 (corr. with Linnaeus, Haller, Steller et al.) Pekarsky, Istoria imperat. Akademii Nauk 1: 431-457. 1870. Lindemann, Bull. Soc. Natur. Moscou 59(1): 298. 1884. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 127, 173. 1903, 3(3): 125, 188. 1905. Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 49. 1906. ; Gmelin, Otto, ed., Johann Georg Gmelin, 1709-1755. Der Erforscher Sibiriens. Ein Gedenkbuch, Miinchen 1911, p.v., 146 (portr.) Golder, Bering’s Voyages, New York 1922-1925, 2 vols. (see index 2: 275). Herrmann, Neue deut. Hefte 11: 847-849. 1955. Coats, The plant hunters, 47-50, pl. 3. 1969. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 87, 260, 272. 1971. Kruta, DSB 5: 427-429. 1972 (bibl.) Dobat und Magdefrau, 300 Jahr Botanik in Tubingen 17-19. 1975 (portr.) (Attempto 55/56, 1975)- EPONYMY: Gmelina Linnaeus (1753); Gmelinia K. P. J. Sprengel (1831, orth. var.) HANDWRITING: Candollea 30: 207-208. 1975. 2047. Flora sibirica sive historia plantarum Siberiae. St. Petersburg (Academia Scien- tiarum) 1747-1769, 4 vols., Qu. (Fl. sibir.) Vol. 1: 1747 (preface 27 Apr 1747, GGA 16 Nov 1847), p. [i]-cxxx, [1]-221, [26, ind.] pl. 1-50. Vol. 2: ‘1749’ published early 1752 (GGA 1752: 592. 19 Jun 1752), p. [i]-xxiv, [1]-240, [g9, ind.], pl. 1-98, no. 70 double. Vol. 3: 1768 (preface Apr 1768), edited by S. G. Gmelin, p. [1]-276, [9, ind.; 1, err.], 56 pl.: 1, 2, 2[4], 3-23, 24/25 [on one plate], 26, 27/28, 29, 30, [31], 32, 33/34s 35/42, ler lacking], 42-45, 46/47, 48/49, 50/51, 52/53 54s 55» 56/58; 57, 59/61, 60, 62, 63, 64/65/66, Yio Vol. 4: 1769 (preface 30 Mar 1769), edited by S. G. Gmelin, p. [i], [1]-214, 87 pl.: 1-7, 8/9, 10-21, 23, 245 22/25, 26-28, 29/30, 31-47, 48/49, 50-82, 83a, 83b, 84. Copies: MO, NY, U. Facsimile ed.: Announced, but not yet published, 1974 (Asher). Ref.: BM 2: 685; DA 1967; HU 531; Lipschitz 2: 287-288; NI 721; PR 3381; SA 2: 563-564; SO 632 c; TR 457; IDC 5423; Jackson p. 393; MW p. 138. J. G. Gmelin, Reise durch Siberien. 4 vols. Goettingen 1751-1752. Ledebour, Commentarius in J. G. Gmelini Floram sibiricam, repr. (Regensburg 1841 Qu.) from Denkschr. Kon. Bayr. bot. Ges. Regensburg 3: 43-138. J. G. Gmelini ... reliquias commercii epistolici Carolo Linnaeo, Alberto Hallero, Guilelmo Stellero Floram Gmelini Sibiricam concernentibus ... curavit G. H. Th. Plieninger. Stuttgart 1861, viii, 196 p. (bibl.). Copy: NY. Trautvetter, Acta Horti petropolitani 7: 96-97. 1880. Gradmann, J. G. Gmelin, Ein Gedenkbuch. Miinchen 1911. Wilmott, Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1935: go. Junk, Rara 218-219. 1936. Hilde Hermann, Neue deut. Hefte 11: 841-851. 1955. Gmelin, Philipp Friedrich (1721-1768), German botanist at Tubingen, brother of J. G. Gmelin, father of Johann Friedrich Gmelin. (P. F. Gmelin). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 56; PR 3393-3395; Quenstedt p. 165. 957 GMELIN, P. F. EPONYMY: Gmelina Linnaeus (1753) is dedicated to his elder brother Johann Georg Gmelin (1709-1755), q.v- HANDWRITING: Candollea 30: 209-210. 1975. 2048. Otia botanica quibus in usum praelectionum academicarum definitionibus et observationibus illustratum reddidit Prodromum florae leydensis Adriani van Royen ... qui plantas terra marique crescentes methodo naturali digessit. Tiibingen (Berger) 1760. Qu. (Otia bot.) Publ.: Sep 1760 (p. [viii]: 1760), p. [i-viii], [1]-200, [index i-xv]. Copies: HU, USDA. Ref.: BH; PR 3393. Gmelin, Samuel Gottlieb (1745-1774), German naturalist and traveller in Russia, nephew of J. G. Gmelin. (S. G. Gmelin). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: S. G. Gmelin’s own collections were all incorporated in the Pallas herbarium. This herbarium was part of the Lambert herbarium, and when the latter was dispersed in 1842 the S. G. Gmelin collections were acquired for BM with the Pallas set. Other material may be at LE and OXF. Ref.: WH,2: 228. Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 171. 1964. Koster, Taxon 18: 552. 1969 (algae). Miller, Taxon 19: 524, 534. 1970. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 9g: 273-274; Barnhart 2: 56; BM 2: 685; IF p. 699; MW p. 138; NDB 6: 481-482 (Dolezal); NI 722; PR 3396-2297; TR 459-462; Zander ed. 10, p. 602. Pallas, zn S. G. Gmelin, Reise durch Russland 4: i-xxvi. 1784. Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks 5: 255 [index]. 1800 (bibl.) Meusel, Lexikon teut. Schriftst. 4: 235-236. 1804. Embacher, Lexikon der Reisen 128-129. 1882. Golder, Bering’s Voyages 2: 275. 1922. Moebius, Gesch. Bot. p. 66, 77. 1937. Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 167-168. 1969. Coats, The plant hunters 52, 54. 1969. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 38, 253, 260. 1971. Alekseev, Bot. Zhurn. 59(11): 1697-1698. 1974. COMPOSITE WORKS: S. G. Gmelin edited vols. 3, 4 of J. G. Gmelin’s Flora sibirica. HANDWRITING: Lipschitz and Vasilczenko, Herbarium centrale USSR 100. 1968. NOTE: See NI 722 for notes on Gmelin’s artists. 2049. Reise durch Russland zur Untersuchung der drey Natur-Reiche, St. Petersburg (Kayserl. Academie der Wissenschaften) [1770-]1774-1784, 4 vols., Qu. (Reise Russland). 1: possibly 1770-1774 (p. viii: 26 Apr 1770), [p. i-vili], [1]-182, pl. 1-19, 21-40. 2:1774, p. [i]-vili, [1]-260, pl. 1-37, 39-46 (several combined, total 36). 3: 1774, p. [i*], [1]-508, pl. 1-57 (total 51, several comb.) 4: posthumously published by P. S. Pallas (with biogr.), 1784 (p. xxvi: 20 Mai 1784), p- [i*], [a]-xxvi, [1]-218, pl. 1-78. Copy: USDA. Facsimile ed.: Announced by Cramer (1974). Ref.: BM 2: 685; DA 1967; Lipschitz 2: 288-289; PR 3397; Trautvetter 462; IDC 5934. 2050. [Historia fucorum. St. Petersburg 1768. Qu. (Academia scientiarum) 1768. Qu. (Hist. fuc.) Publ.: 1768 (p. xii: 1 Mai 1768; first announcement in Germany NZgS 8 Feb 1770), p. [i-xii], [1]-239, [1]-6 expl. tab., pl. ra, rb, 2b, 3-32, [33]. Copies: FH, PCS. Ref.: BM 2: 685; NI 722; PR 3396; IDC 5106; Jackson p. 155. 958 GODET Gobi, Christophos Jacoblewitsch (Ghobi) (1847-1919), Russian algologist. (Gobz). HERBARIUM and TyPES: Unknown. Exsiccatae: Algae rossicae exsiccatae (nos. 1-50, 1880), sets at B, C, KIEL, L. TABS Wal oe or8> Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 264. 1916. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 74. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 56; BM 2: 671; Frank 3(Anh.): 36; Jackson p. 227, 328, 331; Lipschitz 2: 290-294; LS 10092-10106; 33679-33690; TR 463-471. Henckel, A., Westnik Imp. Russ. Obschtsch. sadowodst St. Petersburg 43(12): 1-12. 1902 (portr.) Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 173. pl. 27. 1903, 3(3): 188. 1905 (portr.) Barnhart, NAF 7(15): 1066. 1940. NOTE: Lipschitz gives 24 Dec 1919 as the date of death, but does not indicate o.s. or n.s. EPONYMY: Gobia Reinke (1889) ; Gobiella L. Cienkowski (1881). 2051. Die Brauntange (Phaeosporeae et Fucaceae) des finnischen Meerbusens. St. Petersburg 1874. Qu. (Brauntange). Publ.: 1874, before Oct (Hedwigia Oct 1874), publ. as Mém. Acad. imp. Sci. St. Péters- bourg ser. 7. 21(9). Russian version in Trudy S.-Petersburgsk. Obsc. Estestvoisp. 2: 1-32. 1874. Ref.: TR 464. Areschoug, Bot. Not. 1876: 65-73. Gobi, Bot. Zeit. 35: 526-532, 543-547. 1877. 2052. Die Rothtange (Floridae) des finnischen Meerbusens. St. Petersbourg (Académie impériale des Sciences) 1877. Qu. (Rothtange finn. Meerbus.) Publ.: Jun 1877 (p. [ii], p. [i-ii], [1]-16, pl. 1. Copy: PCS. Mém. Acad. imp. Sci. St.- Pétersbourg ser. 7. 24(7). — Russian version in Trudy S.-Petersburgsk. Obsc. Estest- voisp. 8: 70-90. 1877 (see TR 467). Ref.: TR 467. 2053. Die Algenflora des Weissen Meeres und der demselben zunachstliegenden Theile des nordlichen Eismeeres. St.-Pétersbourg (Académie impériale des Sciences) 1878. Qu. (Algenfl. Weiss. Meer.) Publ.: Jul 1878 (date on p. [ii]; Hedwigia Dec 1878), p. [i-i], [1]-92. Copy: PCS. — Mém. Acad. imp. Sci. St.-Pétersourg ser. 7. 26(1) (1878), Russian version in Trudy S.-Petersburgsk. Obsc. Estestvoisp. 8: 124-126, 127-128. 1877, 9: 293-412. 1878. Ree RAAT O: Godefroy-Leboeuf, Alexandre (1852-1903), French orchidologist. (Godefroy-Leb.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: P; other material C, K, W. Ref.: 1H 2: 228. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 57. Daveau, J. Soc. Hort. France ser. 4. 4: 537-539. 1902 (portr.) Anon., Gard. Chron. ser. 3. 34: 99. 1903. Gagnepain, Fl. Indochine, tome prél. 41. 1944 (portr.) COMPOSITE WoRKS: Published L’Orchidophile, 1-13, 1881-1893 with Du Buysson (see NI 2361). Godet, Charles Henri (1797-1879). Swiss botanist at Neuchatel. (Godet). HERBARIUM and TyYPEs: Collections at BERN, G and NEU. Ref.: TH 2: 228. 959 GODET BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(1): 57; Barnhart 2: 57; BL 2: 577-578; BM 2: 686; 6: 380; Bossert p. 146; CSP 2: 926, 7: 791; PR 2428, 3400-3401. C., Flora 63: 45-47. 1880. Godet, Bull. Soc. neuch. Sci. nat. 12: 166-175. 1880. Christ, Verh. Schweiz. naturf. Ges. 63: 123-132. 1881. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 151. 1903, 3(3): 162. 1905. Burdet, Saussurea 6: 29. 1975 (portr.) EPONYMY: Godetia Spach (1835). 2054. Enumération des végétaux vasculaires qui croissent dans le canton de Neuchatel. [Neu- chatel 1838]. Qu. (in twos) (Enum. vég. Neuchatel). Publ.: 12 Mai-31 Dec 1838 (p. ix: 12 Mai), p. [i]-ix, [1]-55. Copies: G, MO, NY. — Preprinted from tome II of the Mém. Soc. Sci. Nat. Neuchatel 1839 as a separately paged memoir. Additions et corrections, p. [1]-10, dated 31 Dec 1838 (copies: G, NY). ‘This shows that on that date the Enumération had been out for some time. The actual date of publication of the Enumération itself was probably soon after 12 Mai 1838 (date of preface). Godet himself, in his preface to his Flore du Jura also dates the original at 1838. Ref.: BL 2: 577; BM 2: 686. 2055. Flore du Jura ou description des végétaux vasculaires qui croissent spontanément dans le Jura neuchatelois. Neuchatel (author), Bern (Dalp) 1852-1853. Oct. (Fl. Jura). Premiere partie: Mar-Apr 1852, (t.p. 1852; Flora 23 Mai 1852; Bot. Zeit. 25 Jun 1852), p- [i]-ix, [x, elevations], [1]-432. Copies: BR, G, HH. Seconde partie: 1853 (t.p., Signed by Burnat as rd 1853 in copy at G), p. [i*-iv* gen. t.p.] gen. t.p., [xi]-xvi [xvi: err.], 433-872. Copies: BR, G, HH. Supplément a la Flore du Fura suisse et Frangais, Neuchatel (author) 1869. Oct., publ. Aug- Dec. 1869 (p. vii: Aug 1869), p. [i]-vill, [1]-220. Copies: BR, HH. Ref.: BFM 958, 959; BL 2: 561; BM 2: 686; Jackson p. 344; PR 3401. G., Flora, 21 Mai 1852 (review of premiere partie). Christ., Verh. Schweiz. naturf. Ges. 63: 130. 1881. Godman, Frederick Du Cane (Ducane) (1834-1919), British naturalist and explorer, editor of Biologia Centrali-Americana. (Godm.) HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Guatemalan collections (with O. Salvin, 1857-1874) mainly at K, dupl. B, W. — For his zoological collections see e.g. Sherborn (1940). Ref.: Sherborn, where is the ... collection 57. 1940. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 57; BM 2: 686-687, 6: 380-381; CSP 7: 791, 10: 12-133 15: 346; PR 3402. Hemsley, Biol. Centr. amer. 4: 136. 1887. Poulton and Jackson, Proc. Linn. Soc. London 1918-19: 54-56. 1919. Witherby, The Ibis 1: 326-335. 1919 (portr., bibl.) Druce, Rep. Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. 5: 633-634. 1920. COMPOSITE worKs: Godman and Salvin, Biologia Centrali-Americana, London 1879-1915, Botany by W. B. Hemsley q.v. — For a detailed description see BM 2: 687. Ref.: Jackson p. 367. Brown, Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 34: 137-138. 1941. EPONYMyY: Godmania W. B. Hemsley (1879). 2056. Natural history of the Azores, or Western Islands. London (John van Voorst) 1870. Oct. (Nat. hist. Azores). Publ.: Sep-Dec 1870 (preface Sep 1870) p. [i]-v, [vii, cont.], [1]-358, 2 pl. — Contains Botany of the Azores by H. C. Watson (p. 113-288) and W. Mitten (p. 288-328, Bryo- phyta). Copies: G, MO, NY. Ref.: BM 2: 686; Jackson p. 352; PR 3402. ‘960 GODRON Godron, Dominique Alexandre (1807-1880), French botanist at Nancy. (Godr.) HERBARIUM and TYPES: NCY. — Published also some series of exsiccatae: Flora cryptoga- mica nanceiensis exsiccata (fasc. i-ii, nos. 1-100) and Plantae galliae australis. — Material at AUT, BR, CN, FI, GOET, P, PC, W. Ref.: 1H 2: 220. Godron, Bull. Soc. bot. France 24: 254-255. 1877; 27(2): 92-93. 1880. Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 27. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(1): 509, 6(2): 941; Barnhart 2: 58; BL 2: 103, 163, 174, 182; BM 2: 687-688, 6: 381; CSP 2: 927-928, 7: 791-792, 10: 13, 12: 278; GR p. 324; Jackson p. 551; LS 10128, 33681; PR 3403-3421. Martins, Le jardin des plantes de Montpellier 54-76. 1854. Godron, Notice sur les titres et les ouvrages scientifiques de M. D. A. Godron. Nancy 1872, 12 p. (bibl.) Fournier, Bull. Soc. bot. France 27 (rev. bibl.) : 92-93. 1880. Grandeau, Bot. Zeit. 38: 638-639. 1880. Anon., Flora 64: 16. 1881. Britten, J. Bot. 19: 127. 1881. Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cxx. 1883. Fliche, Notice sur D. A. Godron, sa vie et ses travaux, reprint from Mém. Acad. Stanislas 1886: 147-232 (bibl., portr.) Babington, Memorials 472. 1897. Costantin, Ann. Sci. nat. Bot. ser. 10. 16: Ixxx. 1934 (portr.) Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 49. 1941. COMPOSITE WoRKS: Grenier et Godron, Flore de France, see sub Grenier. EPONYMY: Godronia Mougeot & Léveillé (1846); Godroniella P. A. Karsten (1884) ; Godroniopsis W. W. Diehl & E. K. Cash (1929). HANDWRITING: Candollea 30: 211-212. 1975. 2058. Essai sur les renoncules a fruits ridés transversalement. (Ranunculus, § 1. Batrachium D.C. Syst. i, p. 233). Nancy (Grimblot, Raybois et Cie) 1840. Oct. (Essai renonc.) Publ.: 1840, p. [i], [1]-36, 2 pl. Copy: NY. — Reprinted from Mém. Soc. sci. Nancy 1839: 8-41. 2 pl. 1840. — The 2 plates are uncol. liths. by the author. Ref.: BM 2: 687; PR 3403. 2059. Quelques observations sur la famille des Alsinées. Nancy (Grimblot, Raybois et Cie) 1842. Oct. (Observ. Alsin.) Publ.: Jan-Sep 1842 (Lit. Ber. Flora [12]: 87-96. 14 Oct 1842, 97-98. 7 Dec 1842), p. [i], [1]-21. Copy: NY. — Reprinted from Mém. Soc. roy. Sci. Nancy 184.1: 96-116. 1842. Ref.: BM 2: 687; PR 3404. 2060. Monographie des Rubus qui croissent naturellement aux environs de Nancy. Nancy (Grimblot, Raybois et Cie) 1843. Oct. (Monogr. Rubus). Publ.: ante Aug 1843 (Regensb. rd. 28 Jul-12 Aug, BF 1 Nov), p. [i], [1]-45. Copy: NY. —- Reprinted from Mém. Soc. roy. Sci. Nancy 1842: 55-99. 1843. (followed by Le genre Rubus, ib. 1849, repr. Nancy 1850, 31 p., see also Schlechtendal 1850). Ref.: BM 2: 687; PR 3405. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 1: 681-683. 29 Sep 1843; 8: 575-578. 2 Aug 1850. 2061. Flore de Lorraine (Meurthe, Moselle, Meuse, Vosges). Nancy (Grimblot, Raybois et Cie), 3 vols. 1843-1844. Duod. (Fl. Lorraine). Ed. 1: 3 vols. Copies: G, NY. 1: Sep-Oct-Nov 1843 (Bot. Zeit. 27 Oct 1843, BF 11 Nov), p. [i*-ii*], [i]-xxiv, L3, tabl.], [1]-330. 2: Dec 1843 (BF 6 Jan 1844, Flora 14 Mar 1844, Bot. Zeit. 27 Dec 1844), [i-111], [1]-305. 961 GODRON 3: Mai 1844 (BF 1 Jun 1844, Flora 28 Jun 1844), p. [i-iii], [1]-274, tabl. [1]-8r1. Premier supplément: Nancy (id.), publ.: Jul 1845 (BF 2 Aug 1845), p. [1]-31. Copy: G. Ed. 2: ‘Flore de Lorraine par D. A. Godron ... Deuxiéme édition”’ Issue (a): Nancy (Grimblot, Ve Raybois et Comp.), Metz (M. Alcan), Paris (J.-B. Bailliére, Victor Masson) 1857 (arabic). Duod. Copies: HH, NY, M. 1: 1857 (p. xii: 1 Mai 1857), p. [a]-xii, [1]-504. 2: 1857, p. [i-iii], [1]-557- Issue (b): Paris (J.-B. Bailli¢re et Fils), Londres (H. Bailliére), New York (H. Bail- liére), Madrid (C. Bailly-Bailli¢re), Nancy (Grimblot, Veuve Raybois et Comp.) mdccclvii. Duod. (Bailliére’s own issue). Copy: HH. 1: Mai-Jul 1857 (p. xii: 1 Mai 1857, Flora rd. Aug 1857), p. [i]-xii, [1]-504. 2: Mai-Jul 1857, p. [3], [1]-557- Issue (¢): Nancy (ancienne maison Grimblot et Cie., N. Grosjean), Paris (J.-B. Bailliére et Fils) 1861. Duod. Copy: HH. r: 1861 (p. xu: 1 Mai 1857), p. [i]-xi, [1]-504. 2: 1861, p. [i-iii], [1]-557- Ed. 3: ““Troisiéme édition publiée par MM Fliche ... [et] G. Le Monnier ...”” Nancy (N. Grosjean) 1883. Duod. Copies: HH. 1: 1883 (Nat. Nov. Oct 1883), p. [i]-xix, [1]-607. 2: 1883 (id.), p. [i-ii], [1]-506, [2, tabl.]. Paul Henri Maria Thérése André Fliche (1836-1908). Alexandre Alexis Georges Le Monnier (1843-x). Ref.: BFM 528; BL 2: 174 (for ed. 3, 1883); BM 2: 687; PR 3407. Anon., Flora 27: 156-158. 14 Mar 1844 (rev. 1, 2), 403-406. 28 Jun 1844 (rev. 3). Kirschleger, Flora d’Alsace 2: Ixxxiii. 1857. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 15: 802-808. 13 Nov 1857. 2062. Observations critiques sur Vinflorescence considérée comme base d’un arrangement méthodique des espéces du genre Silene. Nancy (Grimblot et Veuve Raybois) 1847. Oct. (Observ. inflor. Silene). Publ.: Jan-Mai 1847 (rd. Regensburg Jun 1847, Flora 30: 430. 1847), p. [1-1], [1]-43. Copy: NY. — Reprinted from Meém. Soc. roy. Sci. Nancy 1846: 135-175. 1847. Ref.: BM 2: 687; PR 3409. 2063. Florula juvenalis seu enumeratio et descriptio plantarum, e seminibus exoticis inter lanas allatis enatarum in campestribus Portis Juvenalis propé Monspelium. Montpellier (Boehm) 1853. Qu. (FU. juvenalis). Orig. ed.: Apr-Mai 1853 (Gay rd. 28 Mai 1853; BF 23 Jun 1853), p. [i-i], [1]-48. Copy: HH. — Reprinted from Mémoires de l’Académie des Sciences et Lettres de Montpellier, sect. Médecine 1: 409-456. 1853 (in Latin). French version: 1854, p. [1]-116. Copies: G, HH. — ‘‘Florula juvenalis, ou énumération des plantes étrangéres qui croissent naturellement au Port Juvénal, prés de Montpel- lier, précédée de considérations sur les migrations des végétaux. Seconde édition. Nancy (Grimblot et Veuve Raybois) 1854.”’ Reprinted from Mémoires de l’Académie Stanislas [Nancy] 1853: 329-436. 1854. The Port Juvénale near Montpellier was a group of meadows used for drying imported wool. Ref.: BM 2: 687; Jackson p. 285; PR 3412; SK clxxxiv; IDC 7291, 7292. [Seemann], Bonplandia 1: 185. 15 Sep 1853. Anon., Flora 36: 520, 567. 1853. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 11: 641-643. 9 Sep 1853 (rev. orig.), 13: 666-668. 21 Sep 1855 (Nancy ed.) Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. France 1: 266. Nov 1854 (French version). Anon., Flora 38: 170-171. 21 Mar 1855 (Nancy ed.) Stapf, Bot. Mag. 155: t. 9267. 1932. Goebel, Karl Christian Traugott Friedemann (1794-1851), German botanist and pharmacist at Dorpat. (A. C. T. Goebel). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. 962 GOEBEL, K.I. E. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(2): 194; Barnhart 2: 58; BM 2: 688; CSP 2: 922- 923, 6: 673, 7: 793; GR p. 83; LS 1o129; NI 725; PR 3422-3423; TR 473. Krempelhuber, Gesch. Lit. Lichenologie 2: 145-146. 1869. EPONYMY: Goebelia Bunge ex Boissier (1872). — Note: Goebeliella F. Stephani (1911) and Goebelobryum Grolle (1962) are dedicated to Karl Immanuel Eberhard Goebel (1855- 1932), q.V. 2064. Pharmaceutische Waarenkunde mit illuminirten Kupfern, nach der Natur gezeichnet von Ernst Schenk ... Begonnen von Dr. Friedemann Goebel, ... fortgesetzt von Dr. Gustav Kunze. Eisenach (Johann Friedrich Barecke) 1827-1834, 2 vols. Qu. (Pharm. Waarenk.) Authorship: Heft 1-5: K. C. T. F. Goebel; Heft 6-14: Gustav Kunze (1793-1851), botanist at Leipzig. Artists: Ernst Schenk (1796-1859) (for works ill. see NI 2: 267); Karl Zenker (fl. 1835). Vol. 1, Heft 1-6, ‘‘Enthaltend die Rinden und ihre Parasiten aus der Ordnung der Flechten” Eisenach 1827-1829, pl. 1-31, hand coloured copper engr. Dates of Hefte unknown. Copies: B, NY. 1: [I]-VIII, [i]-iv (subscrib.), [1]-40; 2: 41-80, 3: 81-120, 4: 121-160, 5: 161-200; 6: late 1829 (p. iv*: Nov 1829), p. [i*]-iv[*], 201-240. Vol. 2, Heft 7-14, “‘enthaltend die Wurzeln” ‘“Bearbeitet und herausgegeben von Dr. Gustav Kunze.” Eisenach 1830-1834. Contents and dates of Hefte unknown, p. [i]-vili, 1-300, pl. 1-40 (p. vi: 1 Mar 1834; Hefte 1-2 rd. Regensburg Jun 1831; 3-4, 11 Jan 1832; 5-6, 8 Mai 1833; 7, 21 Apr 1834; 8, after 12 Mar 1834.) Copies: BN Ref.: BM 2: 688; LS 10128; NI 725; PR 3422. 2065. Reise in die Steppen des siidlichen Russlands, unternommen von Dr. Fr. Goebel, ... in Begleitung der Herren Dr. C. Claus und A. Bergmann. Dorpat (C. A. Kluge) 1837- 1838, 2 vols. Qu. (Reise Steppen Russl.) 1: 1837 (p. [iv]: 15 Sep 1837), p. [i*-11*], [i]-xiv, [1, list pl.], [1]-325, [326-327, table, 328 imprint], pl. 1-12. Copy: G (plates separately). — The paper cover carries the date 1838. é 2: Jan 1838 (p. [ii] censor 30 Jul 1837; donated to Acad. libr. St. Pet. Jan 1838), p. [1]- viii, [1 ]-372, pl. 1-6. Copy: G (plates separately). —- Botany, by C. Claus, on p. 216-329, pl. 1-6. The plates were probably issued separately: the G copy has a cover for the two series of plates together, Dorpat 1837. Ref.: PR 3423; TR 473. Goebel, Karl Immanuel Eberhard (later: Ritter von) (1855-1932), German morphologist. (A. I. Goebel). HERBARIUM and types: M; further material at B, K, MB, P, ROST, RV. Ref.: 1H 2: 229. Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 300, 320. 1916. Ludwig, Hessische florist. Briefe 16: 13-16. 1967. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 58; BM 2: 688, 6: 381; CSP 10: 15-16, 15: 347-348; Frank 3(Anh.): 36; GR p. 83; LS 10130-10138, suppl. 9702-9708; MW p. 138; NDB 6: 504-505. Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 127, pl. 27. 1903, 3(3): 125, pl. 100. 1905 (portr.) Doerfler, Bot. portr. 2: 17. 1906 (portr., bibl.) Reynolds Green, Hist. bot. 517. 1909. Bay, Flora Gesamt-Register 26-100: 13-14. 1910 (bibl.) Sirks, Indisch natuuronderzoek 297 [index]. 1915. Hirmer, Miinchener Universitatsreden 20: [11 p.] 1930. Karsten, Ber. deut. Bot. Ges. 50: (131)-(162). 1932 (bibl., portr.) Anon., Rev. bryol. lichén. 60: 227-228. 1933 (bibl. bryol. publ.). Bower, Obit. Notices Fellows Royal Soc. 2: 103-108. 1933. 963 GOEBEL, K.1. E. Knapp, Annales bryol. 6: 136-139. 1933. Schroter, Verh. Schweiz. naturf. Ges. 1933: 483-487 (portr.) (expanded version of an article in the Neue Ziircher Zeit.). Weiss, Proc. Linn. Soc. London 1932-33: 188-191. 1933. Kesvoll, Nyt mag. naturv. 74: 269-277. 1934 (portr.) Lloyd, Plant Physiology 10: 203-208. 1935 (portr.) Verdoorn, Chron. bot. 1: 29. 1935 (portr.) Renner, Flora 131: v-xi. 1936 (‘Erinnerungen’). Moebius, Gesch. Bot. p. 450 [index]. 1937. Bergdolt, Karl von Goebel, Berlin [s.d.] [1940] (strong ideological overtones). Bergdolt, Z. gesamte Naturwiss. 1/2: 45-47. 1942. Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. Males. 1. 1: 194-195. 1950 (itin. Indonesia). Renner, Ber. deut. Bot. Ges. 68: 147-163. 1955 (ill. Bronze relief). Helm, Wiss. Z. Univ. Rostock, math.-nat. Reihe 17: 263-275. 1968. James, DSB 5: 437-439. 1972. Magdefrau, Gesch. Bot. 137-139, 310. 1973. TRAVELS: 1885-1886: Indonesia, Ceylon; 1890-1891: Venezuela, Brit. Guyana; 1898- 1899 Australia, New Zealand. EPONYMY: Goebeliella F. Stephani (1911); Goebelobryum Grolle (1962). 2067. Organographie der Pflanzen insbesondere der Archegoniaten und Saamenpflanzen. Jena (Gustav Fischer) 1898-1901, 2 vols. Oct. (Organogr. Pfl.) Ed. 1: Copy: NY. z: Allgemeiner Teil, Feb 1898 (Nat. Nov.), p. [i]-ix, [1]-232. 2(r): Spezieller Teil, Bryophyten, Sep 1898 (Nat. Nov.), p. vii-xii, 233-384. 2(2): Spezieller Teil, Bryophyten, Nov 1g00 (Nat. Nov.), p. xiii-xvi, 385-648. 2(3): Spezieller Teil, Bryophyten, Dec 1901 (Nat. Nov.), p. xvii-xviii, 649-838. English translation of first edition by I. B. Balfour, Organography of plants especially of the Archegoniatae and Spermatophyta, 2 vols. Oxford (Clarendon Press) 1900-1905, Oct. Facsimile edition New York and London (Hafner) 1969. Oct. Vol. 1: [i]-xvi, 1-270. 1900 (Jul-Aug), 2: [i]-xxiii, [1], [1]-707. Feb-Mar 1905. Copy: NY. Ed. 2: Jena (Gustav Fischer) 1913-1923. Oct. Copy: NY. zr: Allgemeine Organographie, Oct 1913 (p. ii: Apr 1913), [i]-x, [1]-513, 459 ill. 2(1): Spezieller Teil, Bryophyta, Sep 1915 (p. iv: Oct 1914), p. [i]-xii, [515]-902, 438 ill. 2(2): Spezieller Teil, Pteridophyten, Apr 1918, p. 903-1208, 293 ill. 3(1): Vegetationsorgane, Mar 1922, p. [i]-ix, 1209-1492, 220 ill. 3(2): Bliitenbildung, Apr 1923, p. 1493-1692, 140 ill. 3(3): Sporangien Samenpfl., Aug 1923 (p. iii: Mar 1923), [i]-xxii, 1693-1789, 71 ill. Ed. 3: Jena (Gustav Fischer) 1928-1933. Copy: US. 1: 1928 (p. ili: Sep 1927), p. [i]-ix, [1]-642. 2: 1930, p. [i]-x, [643]-1378. Erganzungsband 2: 1931. 3(z): 1932, p. [i]-vili, [1379]-1820. 3(2): 1933 (p. ili: 8 Mar 1933), p. [i]-vi, 1821-2078. Ref.: BM 6: 381. Rendle, J. Bot. 38: 403-405. Oct 1900, 43: 276-277. Sep 1905. Stafleu, Taxon 19: 114-116. 1970. Goeppert [Géppert], [Johann] Heinrich Robert (1800-1884), German physician and palaeobotanist, professor of botany and director of the botanic garden in Breslau, the ‘*Bernstein-Goeppert’’. (Goepp.) coLLecTions: WRSL [formerly BRSL]. Duplicates at B and BP. — Arboretum fossile, Sammlung von Diinnschliffen fossiler Coniferenhélzer der palaeozoischen Formation. Breslau 1881, with 6 p. accompanying text. Ref.: TH 2: 229. Anon., Bot. Zeit. 26: 671-672. g Oct 1868 (on a “‘Verzeichniss” of his collections). 964 GOEPPERT BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB, AG 4: 252; Andrews p. 268-270; Barnhart 2: 58; BM 2: 689-690, 6: 382; CSP 2: 938-944, 6: 674, 7: 798-799, 10: 26-27, 12: 279, 15: 350- 351; DTS 1: 88; GR p. 16; HL 3486-3503; Jackson p. 551; KR p. 242; LS 8892, 10140- 10175, 33683; MW p. 139; NDB 6: 519-520; NI 726-732; PR 3424-3451 (ed. 1: 3757- 3758); Quenstedt p. 166. Engelmann, Bibl. hist. nat. 681 [index]. 1846 (bibl.) Bell, Proc. Linn. Soc. 2: 388. 1855. Goeppert, Literarische Arbeiten. Zur Erinnerung an den 11 Januar 1875, Breslau 1875, 8 p. (bibl.). Copzes: B, DS, G. Cohn, Kryptogamen-Flora von Schlesien 1: 31. 1876. Anon., Flora 58: 48. 1875, 60: 398. 1877. Anon., Oest. bot. Z. 27: 320-321. 1877. Goeppert, Palaeontographica 28: 141bis-145bis. 1882 (bibl.) Ascherson, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 2: 180-182. 1884. Cohn, Heinrich Robert Goeppert als Naturforscher. [Breslau] 1884, 16 p. Copies: B, DS. Cohn, Breslauer Zeit. 20, 27 Mai, 8 Jun 1884, 11 p. Copies of reprint: B, DS. Lindemann, Bull. Soc. Natur. Moscou 59(1): 298-299. 1884. Poleck, Pharmaceut. Zeit. 1884 (48), repr. DS. Wortmann, Bot. Zeit. 42: 481-484. 1884. Conwentz, Schr. naturf. Ges. Danzig ser. 2. 6(2) : 253-285. 1885 (portr., bibl.), reprinted with independent pagination Danzig 1885, 35 p. ' Conwentz, Leopoldina 2: 135-139, 149-154. 1885 (bibl.) Poleck, Arch. d. Pharm. 23(1), 1885, repr. 20 p. (portr.). Copy: DS. Ward, Rep. US Geol. Survey 5: 373-374, 412, 414, 416, 423. 1885. Weiss, N. Jb. Mineral, Geol. 1885(1): (1)-(5). Cohn, Jb. schles. Ges. vaterland. Kult. 65: 305-308. 1887. Pax, Schlesische Zeit. 513, Jul 1900, 13 p. (Copies: B, DS). Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 125. 1905. Bay, Flora Gesamt-Register 26-100: 14-15. 1910. Christensen, Danske Bot. Hist. 2: 667 [index]. 1926. Moebius, Gesch. Bot. 450 [index]. 1937. Futak et Domin, Bibl. fl. Csr 221-222. 1960. Stafleu, Regn. veg. 71: 323-324. 1970. Tobien, DSB 5: 440-442. 1972 (bibl.) Magdefrau, Gesch. Bot. 240. 1973. Stein, Gartenflora, t. 1179, 4 p. COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) Germar, Lehrbuch der Mineralogie, ed. 2, Halle 1837, p. 424-453: Ubersicht der bis jetzt bekannten Gattungen der fossilen Pflanzen. (2) Wimmer, Flora von Schlesien, ed. 2, vol. 2, Breslau 1844: p. 157-225: Uebersicht der Sossilen Flora von Schlesien. (3) Tchihatcheff, Voyage scientifique Altai oriental, Paris 1845: p. 379-390, t. 25-35: Végétaux fossiles, publ. Jan-Jun 1845 (rd by Flora Jun 1845, rev. Bot. Zeit. 10 Oct 1845). (4) Middendorff, Stberische Reise, Fossile Holzer also as reprint, rd Mar 1849 by Regens- burg (Flora 32: 224. 1849). EPONYMY: Goeppertella S. Oishi & K. Yamasita (1936); Goeppertia Grisebach (1862); Goeppertia C. G. D. Nees (1831); Goeppertia C. G. D. Nees (1836) ; Goeppertia K. B. Presl (1838). 2068. Systema filicum fossilium. Cum tabulis lithographicis xliv ... [alt. title:] Die fossilen Farrenkrauter. Breslau et Bonn (Eduard Weber) 1836. Qu. (Syst. filic. foss.) Publ.: 18 Nov 1836. — Goeppert sent a copy to the Preussische Akademie der Wissen- schaften on 18 Nov 1836; this was recorded as received on 1 Dec 1836 (PAW). — Issued as a supplement to vol. 17 of the Nova Acta Acad. Leop. Nat. Cur., p. [i]- xxx, [1]-486, [1, err.], 44 lithographs, mostly by Carl Weitz. Copy: NY. Ref.: BM 2: 689; NI 731; PR 3431; IDC 5361. 2069. De floribus in statu fossili commentatio. [Breslau 1837]. Qu. (FI. foss.) Publ.: Dec 1836-Jan 1837. 28 p., 2 pl. (rd. by Académie, Paris, on 5 Jun; Flora received 965 GOEPPERT it between 14 Dec 1836 and 11 Jan 1837, cf. Flora 20: 141. 7 Mar 1837), Nova Acta Leop. Nat. Cur. 18(2): [545]-572. pl. 41-42. Ref.: BM 2: 689; PR 3432. 2070. De Coniferarum structura anatomica. Prolusio academica, qua ad audiendam orationem de statu historiae naturalis ante centum annos a.d. vii id. Jul. hora xima locoque sueto habendam munus professoris medicinae ordinarii rite auspicaturus humanissime invitat Henricus Robertus Goeppert ... cum tabulis duabus. Breslau (Grass, Barth & Co.) 1841. Qu. (Contf. struct.) Publ.: 26 Jul 1841 (t.p.: vii id. Jul.; p. vi: 1 Jul 1841) or soon after, p. [i]-vii, [1]-36, pl. 1-2, uncol. liths. by author. Copies: MO, NY. Ref.: BM 2: 689; PR 3433. Anon., Lit. Ber. Flora 11: 113-116. Dec 1841. 2071. Ueber den Bau der Balanaphoreen, so wie iiber das Vorkommen von Wachs in ihnen und in andern Pflanzen. Nova Acta Leop. Nat. Cur. 18 (suppl. 1): 229-272. 1841. ue. Publ.: On 26 Mar 1841 Géppert sent a reprint from Breslau to the Preussische Akademie der Wissenschaften in Berlin (PAW 1 Apr 1841); latest date in article (p. 272) ‘‘Marz 1841.” Ref.: GSP 2: 939. 2072. Die Gattungen der fossilen Pflanzen verglichen mit denen der Jetztwelt und durch Abbildungen erlautert ... Les genres des plantes fossiles comparés avec ceux du monde moderne expliqués par des figures. Bonn (Henry und Cohen) 1841[-1846], 6 fasc. Qu. obl. (Gatt. foss. Pfl.) Publ.: The first two fascicles were sent to the Preussische Akademie der Wissenschaften by Goeppert from Breslau on 3 Feb 1841 (PAW 11 Feb 1841). part pages plates dates 1-2 [1-30], [1-36] 1-18 Jan 1841 3-4 [37-84] 1-18 1842 5-6 [85-120] I-20 1846 In all 56 lithographs of drawings by Goeppert and others. Copies: MO, NY. Ref.: BM 2: 689; Jackson p. 176; NI 729; PR 3436; IDC 5354. 2073. Der Bernstein und die in ihm befindlichen Pflanzenreste der Vorwelt. Berlin 1845. Fol. (Bernstein). Co-author: Georg Karl Berendt (1790-1850). Publ.: Mai-Jun 1845 (preface p. iv: Apr 1845, rd. Regensburg Jun 1845, Hinrichs 17-19 Jul), p. [i*-viii*], [i]-iv, [1]-125, [126, err.], pl. 1-7 (col. lith.) — “‘Erster Band, I. Abtheilung” of G. C. Berendt’s Die im Bernstein befindlichen organischen Reste der Vorwelt, gesammelt und in Verbindung mit Mehreren bearbeitet und herausgegeben von Dr. Georg Berendt, praktischem Arzte zu Danzig ... Berlin, 2 vols., Fol. 1845- 1856 [Band 1, Abth. 2, 1854 and Band 2, Abth. 1-2, 1856 are zoological.] Copy: Teyler. Ref BM 1397, 2: 690; PR 3498: Anon., Flora 28: 547-557. 21 Sep 1845 (rev.) Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 3: 630-634. 19 Sep 1845 (rev.) 2074. Monographie der fossilen Coniferen. Von H. R. Géppert ... Eine im Jahre 1849 mit der goldnen Medaille und einer Premie von 150 Gulden gekrénte Preisschrift. Leiden (Arnz & Comp.) 1850. Qu. (Monogr. foss. Conif-) Publ.: medio 1850 (Hinrichs 14-15 Oct 1850), p. [i-xii], [1]-286, [1]-73, pl. 1-58. Copy: NY. — Published as Natuurkundige Verhandelingen van de Hollandsche Maatschap- pij der Wetenschappen te Haarlem ser. 2. deel 6, 1850. (Lithographs by Goeppert, Kornatzki, Mager, Ratzeburg). Ref.: NI 730; PR 3440. 966 GOEPPERT 2075. Fossile Flora des Ubergangsgebirges ... Mit 44 Tafeln. [alt. title: Flora fossilis formationis transitionis]. Breslau, Bonn (Eduard Weber) 1852. Qu. (Foss. Fl. Uber- gangsgeb.) Publ.: after 10 Jun 1852 (date of preface), p. [ii]-x, [1]-299, pl. 1-44, lithographs (19 coloured) by Weitz and Mager. Copies: NY. — Published as supplement to vol. 22 of Nova Acta Acad. Nat. Cur. (identical with supplement to vol. 14 of Verh. kais. Leop.-Car. Akad. Naturf.). Flora (37: 751) of 21 Dec 1854 [sic] mentions the appearance of the separate publication with the note “‘so eben herausgegeben.” Nissen mentions a revised edition of 1859 with g pl. — A preliminary version of the text appeared in Z. deut. geol. Ges. Aug 1851, Heft 2. 1851, see Flora 35: 541-542. M5) 20 Gia) Ref.: BM 2: 689; NI 727; PR 3442. 2076. Beitrdge zur Kenntniss der Dracdneen. Breslau (Grass, Barth und Comp.) 1854. Qu. (Beitr. Dracdn.) Publ.: 31 Oct 1854 (title page reprinted), p. [i], [1]-19, 3 pl. Copy: MO. — Reprinted with independent pagination from Nova Acta Leop. 25: [41]-59, reprint p. [1]-19. The 3 uncoloured lithographs are of drawings by Carl Weitz. — ‘‘Der Feier des fiinfzig- jahrigen Dienstjubilaums des Herrn Curators der Universitat, Gemeinen Ober- Regierungsrathes Heinke, gewidmet.”’ Ref.: MW p. 18; PR 3444. Anon., Flora 37: 736. 1854, 38: 143. 1855. 2077. Die Tertidrflora auf der Insel Java, nach den Entdeckungen des Herrn Fr. Junghuhn beschrieben und erortert in ihrem Verhaltnisse zur Gesammtflora der Tertiarperiode. *s-Gravenhage (C. W. Mieling) 1854[-1857]. Qu. (Tertidrfl. Fava). Publ.: part 1, summer 1854 (rd. by Kon. Akad. Wet. Amsterdam Jun-Sep 1854), part 2, 1857, p- [1], [1]-169, [1, err.], pl. 1-14, partly coloured lithographs by C. W. Mieling. Copies: NY (cover: Elberfeld (Baedeker) 1857, t.p. ’s-Gravenhage 1854), Teyler. Ref.: Andrews p. 38; BM 2: 689; Jackson p. 191; NI 732; PR 3443. 2078. Die tertidre Flora von Schossnitz in Schlesien. G6rlitz (Heyn) 1855. Qu. (Tert. Fl. Schossnitz). Publ.: Jan-Mar 1855 (p. x: 2 Nov 1854, rd. Flora Mar-Apr 1855; Bot. Zeit. rev. 4. Mai 1855), p- [i]-xvul, [1]-52, pl. 1-26, uncol. liths. by Assmann. Copies: B, NY. The abbreviation ‘l.c.’ in connection with descriptions of species refers to ‘‘Ueber die Tertiarflora des Nordéstlichen Deutschlands,” Z. deut. geol. Ges. 1852. Ref.: Andrews p. 38; BM 2: 689; Jackson p. 186. Anon., Flora 38: 240, 316-319. 1855. 2079. Die fossile Flora der permischen Formation ... Mit 64 Tafeln Abbildungen. Cassel (Theodor Fischer) 1864-1865. Qu. (Foss. Fl. Perm.) Publ.: in 6 parts 1864-1865, p. [i], [1]-314, [2, add.], pl. r-64. Published as Palaeonto- graphica, Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte der Vorwelt, ed. Hermann von Meyer, vol. 12. The lithographs are of drawings by A. Assmann, Gustav Stenzel, Carl Weitz. Copy: NY. — p. 1-224, pl. 1-40. 1864; 225-314, pl. 41-64. Jun-Aug 1865. Ref.: Andrews p. 38; Jackson p. 179; NI 726; PR 3447. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 23: 272. 1 Sep 1865. 2080. Die Flora des Bernsteins und ihre Beziehungen zur Flora der Tertiarformation und der Gegenwart. Mit Unterstiitzung des Westpreussischen Provinzial-Landtags heraus- gegeben von der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Danzig, 2 vols. Danzig (Wilhelm Engelmann) 1883-1886. Qu. (Fl. Bernsteins). Co-authors: Franz Anton Menge (1808-1880); Hugo Wilhelm Conwentz (1855-1922). Vol. r: Von den Bernstein Coniferen, insbesondere auch in ihren Beziehungen zu den Coniferen der Gegenwart. Von Dr. H. R. Goeppert, mit dem Portrait Menge’s ... Danzig 1883, publ.: Jan-Mar 1833 (pref. 11 Jan 1883; Flora rd. 21 Mar 1883; Magy. Nov. Lap. Apr-Mai 1883), p. [i]-vili, [1]-63, pl. 1-16 (partly coloured). Copy: Teyler. Vol. 2: “*... Nach deren Hinscheiden selbstandig bearbeitet und fortgesetzt von H. Conwentz. — Zweiter Band. Die Angiospermen des Bernsteins.’? Danzig Jun-Aug 967 GOEPPERT 1886 (p. ix: 1 Jun 1886; Magy. Nov. Lap. Sep 1886; Flora 21 Oct 1886), p. [ii]-ix, [1, cont.], [1]-140, pl. r-13 (with text). Copy: Teyler. Ref.: BM 2: 690. Goethe, Johann Wolfgang von (1749-1832), German author, poet and ‘‘Natur- philosoph”’. (Goethe). coLLEctTions: Unknown; G has at least one Goethe specimen. Ref.: Burdet, Candollea 30: 213. 1975. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Complete bibliography of and on all Goethe’s publi- cations on the natural sciences: G. Schmid, Goethe und die Naturwissenschaften, Halle (Saale) 1940, 630 p. Barnhart 2: 58; BM 2: 690-691; Bossert p. 147; DTS 1: 88-89; LS 10180; PR 3452- 3454; Quenstedt p. 166; SO ind. authors 24. Later publications on Goethe’s botanical activities: Moebius, Gesch. Bot. p. 450 [index]. 1937. Schonewille, Bot. Arch. 42: 421-460. 1941. Schmid, Chamisso als Naturforscher 7, 168. 1942. Arber, Chron. bot. 10: 67-124. 1946 (‘Goethe’s Botany’). Carus, Goethe 1843, modern edition Merian Genast, Ziirich 1948. Baehni, Gesnerus 6: 110-128. 1949. Schuepp, Gesnerus 6: 144-157. 1949. Arber, The natural philosophy of plant form, Cambridge 1950. Weyland, Sudhoff’s Arch. Gesch. Med. 38: 219-233. 1954 (Goethe’s Urpflanze). Meyer, Willdenowia 1: 773-780. 1957. Spudilova, Zpravy 7: 39-41. 1961 (Czeck). Meyer, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 80(3) : 209-217. 1967 (relations with C. K. and K. Sprengel). Kanaev, Iz. Ist. Biol. 2: 71-89. 1970 (Russian). Wells, DSB 5: 442-446. 1972 Guédés, Histoire et Nature 1: 27-45. 1973. Magdefrau, Gesch. Bot. 120-126, 310. 1973. Winter, Jard. France 7: 13-14. 1973. Smit, History of the life sciences 937-938, 1049. 1974 (q.v. for many recent refs.) Lipp, Garden Journal 25(1): 2-9. 1975 (portr.) EPONYMY: Goethea C. G. D. Nees (1821). HANDWRITING: Candollea 30: 213-214. 1975. 2081. Versuch die Metamorphose der Pflanzen zu erkldren. Carl Wilhelm Ettinger. Gotha 1790. Oct. (Vers. Metamorph. Pf.) Publ.: Feb-Jun 1790, p. [i-vi], [1]-86. Copy: U. — The book was reprinted with the same imprint sometime between 1810-1850. Schmid gives details on how to distinguish between the true and the false first edition and provides a critical bibliography of all later editions and translations as well as of the rich literature on Goethe’s Metamor- phosenlehre. See Sotheby (1975) for repr. t.p.’s. Ref.: PR 3452. Schmid, Goethe und die Naturwissenschaften 8-9. 1940. Sotheby, Stiftung Botanik, A-G, London 1975. Goldenberg, Carl Friedrich (1798-1881), German palaeobiologist at Saarbriicken. (Goldenberg). COLLECTIONS: The types of the Flora Saraepontana fossilis at BM. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews p. 270; Barnhart 2: 60; BM 2: 692; CSP 2: 929, 6: 674, 7: 794, 10: 17; PR 3459-3461; Quenstedt p. 167. Dechen, Verh. naturhist. Ver. preuss. Rheinl. Westf. 38(corr.): 58-61. 1881. Anon., Bot. Not. 1882: 29. 968 GOLDFUSS 2082. Die Selagineen der Vorwelt. Ein Beitrag zur naheren Kenntniss der Flora der Steinkohlenperiode. Saarbriicken (A. Hofer) 1854. Qu. (Selagin. Vorw.) Publ.: before 1 Sep 1854, p. [1]-22. Copy: NY. — Reprinted from ‘‘Zu der 6ffentlichen Priifung des Gymnasiums ... zu Saarbriicken ... Redeact am 31. August und 1. September 1854 ... Saarbriicken (A. Hofer) 1854.’ — Reprinted again as pt. 1 of the “Flora Saraepontana fossilis” (1859), q.v. Ref.: BM 2: 692; PR 3461. 2083. Flora Saraepontana fossilis. Die Pflanzenversteinerungen des Steinkohlengebirges von Saarbriicken [(Heft 2:) mit Beriicksichtigung der Kohlenpflanzen anderer Locali- taten] abgebildet und beschrieben. Saarbriicken (Neumann) 1855-1862, 3 Hefte, Qu. and Fol. (Fl. Saraepont. foss.) Teil pages plates dates I [1]-38 1-4, A-B Apr-Jun 1855 (Apr, date of prospectus in NY copy; Bot. Zeit. rev. 27 Jul) 2 [i-iv], [1 ]-60 5-10 1857 3 [1]-47 11-16 1862 Copies: HH, NY. — Part 1 is a reprint of Die Selagineen der Vorwelt 1854. Ref.: Andrews p. 39; BM 2: 692; Jackson p. 186; PR 3460. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 13: 534-535, 27 Jul 1855. Goldfuss, Georg August (1782-1848), German professor of zoology at Bonn. (Gold- Suss). COLLECTIONS: Bonn University. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 9: 332-333; Barnhart 2: 60; BM 2: 692; CSP a: 929, 6: 674; Dawson p. 261; GR p. 83-84; LS 10221; Quenstedt p. 167. Anon., Flora 31: 782. 28 Dec 1848; Bot. Zeit. 6: 824. 24 Nov 1848. EPONYMY: Goldfussia C G. D. Nees (1832). 2084. Petrefacta Germaniae tam ea, quae in museo universitatis regiae Borussicae Friderici Wilhelmiae Rhenanae servantur quam alia quaecumque in museis Hoeninghusiano Muensteriano aliisque extant, iconibus et descriptionibus illustrata. Abbildungen und Beschreibungen der Petrefacten Deutschlands und der angranzen Lander, unter Mit- wirkung des Herrn Grafen Georg zu Miinster herausgegeben von August Goldfuss, ... Diisseldorf (Arnz & Comp.) 1826-1844, 3 Theile, Fol. (Petref. Germ.) vol.. 4 Liefs ¥ pages plates dates I I {ii1]-xii, [1]-76 1-XXU 1826, Oct-Dec 2 77-164 xxvi-l 1829 3 165-240 li-lxxi 1831 4 [i], 241-252, [1, err] 1833 2 4 [1]-68 Ixxit-xcvi 1833 5 69-140 XCUIU-CXXE 1836 6 141-224 exxtt-cxlvi 1837 i 225-312, [i-iil] cxlvii-clxv 1840, 30 Dec 3 8 {iJ-iv, [1]-128 elxvi-cxcix, 1844, Mai-Dec front.i(—"cc); ener: t.p. Copies: Teyler, U. - The title of Lieferung 1, 1826 is: Petrefacta musei universitatis regiae Borussica Rhenanae Bonnensis nec non Hoeninghusiani crefeldensis iconibus et descrip- tionibus illustrata. The general title, p. [i], of the Erster Theil is as given above, dated 1826-1833. The title of vol. 2 is the same as of vol. 1 except for some small typographical variations; it is dated 1834-1840. There are iv pages of introductory matter, p. iii dated 969 GOLDFUSS 30 Dec 1840, “Closing the seventh instalment.” — The title of vol. 3 is Petrefacta Ger- maniae et ea, ... and dated 1841-1844; p. 14 is dated Mai 1841. — The Utrecht copy finishes with plate cxcviii and has an engraved extra title page as a frontispiece to the plates i-clxxi which are bound in a separate volume; plates ¢lxii-cxcvitt are bound with the text for vol. 3. Ed. 2: “‘zweite Auflage”’ in 3 vols. qu. and fol., Leipzig 1862-1863 (n.v.) The Petrefacta deals mainly with animals, but some of the fossils described are now considered to be of vegetable origin. Ref.: BM 2: 692; NI (Zool.) 1619. Giebel, Repertorium zu Goldfuss’ Petrefakten Deutschlands, Leipzig 1866 (iv, 122 p., Qu.) Gomont, Maurice Augustin (1839-1909), French algologist, “‘garde-général des foréts’’ at Rouen. (Gomont). HERBARIUM and TypEs: PC, dupl. BERN, L. Refine 29K. Koster, Taxon 18: 552. 1969. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 63; BM 2: 693; Bossert p. 147; CSP 15: 369; DTS 1: 92; KR p. 241; MW pp. 140. Bornet, Bull. Soc. bot. Fr. 56: 440-449. 1909 (portr., bibl.) Moebius, Gesch. Bot. 75. 1937. Bourelly, Introduction to facsimile reprint Monogr. Osc. Weinheim 1962. v-xi. COMPOSITE works: Wittrock, Nordstedt & Lagerheim, Algae aquae dulcis, fasc. 28 (1896) no. 1350 (4 text figs.) : Loefgrenia (see also Bot. Not. 1897: 89-91). EPONYMY: Gomontia Bornet & Flahault (1888) ; Gomontiella Teodoresco (1901). 2085. Monographie des Oscillariées (Nostocacées homocystées), in Annales des Sciences naturelles ser. 7. 15: 263-368, 16: 91-264. 1892. Oct. Facsimile edition Weinheim 1962. Oct. (Monogr. Oscill.) Publ.: Starting point book for the nomenclature of the Nostoccaceae homocysteae under Art. 13G of the ICBN. If it is assumed that the parts of the Annales came out on time, publication would have been as follows: ser. vol. fascicle pages scheduled date 7 15 5 263-320 Aug 1892 J. Bot. 30: 315. Oct ’92 6 321-368 Aug 1892 idem 16 2 g1-128 Oct-Dec 1892 3 129-192 Oct-Dec 1892 Bot. Gaz. Chicago 18: 243 Jun 1893 (p. 91-256!) 193-256 Oct-Dec 1892 5 257-264 1892 or early 1893? Conventional date: At the Leningrad Botanical Congress it was accepted to set the date for the entire work at 1 Jan 1892. (Taxon 24: 207. 1975). Reprinted and published in book form, p. [i-iv], [1]-107, [109]-284, 16 pl. (6-14, 1-7), Paris (G. Masson) 1893. Oct. (Copy: PCS. See also Bull. Soc. bot. France 41: 408. 1894 and Flora 77: 364. 14 Aug 1893.) F. Bot ... 1892: 221. Jul 1892 states that Ann. Sc. nat. 15 May issue contained (on basis of ads.) 64-256 and on p. 315 (1892) that 5/6 appeared in August. Ref.: BM 2: 693; DTS 1: 92; MW p. 140. Gomont, J. Bot. 16 Oct 1890 (preliminary essay). Hariot, Bull. Soc. bot. France 41: 408-411. 1894. Bourelly, Maurice Augustin Gomont (1839-1909), in Gomont, Monographie des Oscillariacées. Reprint Weinheim 1962. Oct. Leussink, Taxon 24: 196. 1975. 979 GORTER Goor, Andreas Cornelis Joseph van (1881-1925), Dutch algologist. (Goor). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: For the greater part now at L, but some material probably still unlocated in Italy. Some types at AMD. Ref.: WH 2: 232. Silva, J. mar. biol. Ass. U.K. 34: 568. 1955. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 65; JW 442. Stomps, Ned. kruidk. Arch. 34: 239-244. 1925 (‘1924’) (bibl.) Stomps, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 43: (44)-(46). 1926 (bibl.) Frémy, Rev. algol. 3: 1-7, 1928 (bibl., portr.) 2086. Die hollandischen Meeresalgen (Rhodophyceae, Phaeophyceae und Chlorophyceae) insbesondere der Umgebung von Helder, des Wattenmeeres und der Zuidersee. Amsterdam (Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen) 1923. Oct. (Holl. Meeresalg.) Publ.: 1923, p. [i-ix], [1]-232, 2 tab. Copies: FAS, NY. — Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen te Amsterdam (tweede sectie). Deel xxiii. no. 2. Ref.: Anon., Rev. algol. 1(1): 88-89. 1926. Gordon, George (1806-1879), British botanist. (Gordon). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: K (Coniferae). IFES 1s} joy, UELOS Meal Oe oyexey. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 2: 66; BB p. 126; CSP 2: 945 (nos. 3-6); DNB 22: 200; Jackson p. 140; PR 3469-3470. 2087. The Pinetum: being a synopsis of all the coniferous plants at present known, with descriptions, history, and synonymes, and comprising nearly one hundred new kinds by George Gordon ... assisted by Robert Glendenning ... London (Henry G. Bohn) 1858. Oct. (Pinetum). Co-author: Robert Glendenning. Ed. 1: Jun-Dec 1858 (p. vi: 31 Mai 1858), p. [i]-xxii, [1]-353. Copy: NY. Suppl.: 1862 (p. iv: 13 Feb 1862), p. [i]-vii, [1]-119. Copy: NY. ‘**A supplement to Gordon’s Pinetum: containing descriptions and additional synonymes of all the coniferous plants not before enumerated in that work. With corrections up to the present time.’’ London (Henry G. Bohn) 1862. Oct. Ed. 2: Mai-Jun 1875 (pref. Feb 1875; J. Bot Jun 1875), p. [iJ]-xxiv, [1]-484. Copzes: HU, L, MO, NY(g). — “*... history and synonyms, and a comprehensive systematic index ... Second edition considerably enlarged and including the former sup- plement, to which is added an index of popular names, English and foreign, compiled by Henry G. Bohn ...”? London (Henry G. Bohn) 1875. Oct. Third issue: with additions: 1880 (publ. Dec 1879, see Gard. Chron. 3 Jan 1880), [i*, h.t.], [ili*, canc. t.p.], [iti-v, from ed. 2], addenda [vii]-xxiv, [1]-484. Copy: US. ‘““New edition, considerably enlarged, incorporating the former supplement, and including an index of the popular names of Coniferae. English and foreign to which is now added an alphabetical reference-list of all the coloured plates of the genus Pinus published in the great works of Lambert, Lawson, and Forbes, by Henry Bohn ...”? London (Henry G. Bohn; Simpkin, Marshall, & Co.) 1880. Oct. Gorter, David de (1717-1783), Dutch botanist and physician. (Gorter). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Gorter’s herbarium of 2000 plants was given (in part?) to Harderwijk university in 1788; 1346 specimens of it are now at L. The remaining specimens are lost. Mainly plants collected by de Gorter in gardens in the Netherlands, some in the wild, some in Russia, furthermore plants collected by Linnaeus (Harder- wijk), Lerche (Russia), Meerburgh (Netherlands), Gerber (Russia), Demidoff (Russia), Pallas (Russia) and anonymous collections from the Cape and Ceylon. The herbarium contains a number of types of de Gorter. Other plants collected by de Gorter in Russia are in the Linnaean herbarium, 97! GORTER Ref.2 VE 27233" Ooststroom, Ned. kruidk. Arch. 51: 252-274. 1941. Ooststroom, Acta bot. Neerl. 7: 605-613. 1958. NOTE: Studied medicine at Harderwijk under his father Johannes de Gorter (1689-1762, the ‘promotor’ of Linnaeus at Harderwiyk), doctor’s degree in medicine Harderwijk 1734 (sic, at the age of 16), botanized with Linnaeus in June 1735, doctor’s degree in philosophy 1737, lecturer in medicine Harderwijk 1742, professor idem 1743 until 1754, private physician of the empress Elizabeth of Russia 1754-1764, botanized around Leningrad, physician at Wijk bij Duurstede (Netherlands) 1764-1778, Zutfen 1778-1783. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AA 7: 304-305; Barnhart 2: 68; Bossert p. 149; BM 2: 696; CSP 3: 352, 4: 386; GR p. 706; Jackson p. 271, 325, 330; Lipschitz 3: 11. 1950; LS 10239-10242; Oudemans 1: 235-238; PR 3473-3478; SO index authors 24. Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks 5: 256 [index]. 1800 (bibl.) Ooststroom, Ned. kruidk. Arch. 51: 270-273. 1941. Jong, S. de, [Jssel en Berkel Flora, Zutphen 1971. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 122, 176-179. 1971. Andreas, Gorteria 5: 119-123. 1971 (on Lambergen and de Gorter). EPONYMY (genus): Gorteria Linnaeus (1759); (journal): Gorteria mededelingenblad ten dienste van de floristiek en het vegetatie-onderzoek van Nederland uitgegeven door het Rijksherbarium. Leiden. Vol. 1-x, 1961-x. 2088. Elementa botanica. Methodo Cl. Linnaei accomodata atque in usum auditorum evulgata. Harderwijk (Joh. Wigmans) 1749. Oct. (in fours). (Elem. bot.) Publ.: 1749 (pref. 12 Jun 1749), p. [i]-vi, [1]-88, [2], 11 copper engravings. Copies: HU, L. — A commentary on Linnaeus’s Fundamenta botanica. Ref.: PR 3474; SO 265. 2089. Flora gelro-zutphanica exhibens plantas per ducatum Gelriae et comitatum Zut- phaniae crescentes. Harderwijk 1745. Oct. (in fours) (FI. gelro-zutph.) Publ.: 1745, p. [i-x], 1-204, [2, err.]. Copies: L(2), NY. Appendix: 1757, Harderwijk (Johannes Mooi) Oct. (in fours), p. [i-vi], [205]-254, index 255, [256-278]. Copy: L. Ref.: Oudemans 1: 235-236; PR 3473. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 179. 1971. 2090. Flora ingrica ex schedis Stephani Krascheninnikow botanices et historiae naturalis professoris quondam Petropolitani confecta et propriis observationibus aucta. St. Peters- burg (Academia scientiarum) 1761. Oct. (Fl. ingr.) Publ.: Jul-Nov 1761 (up to p. 190) (pref. calendis Julii; ‘will be sent soon,’ 5 Jul 1761, Gorter to Linnaeus; NZgS 14 Dec; Linnaeus received a copy Dec), p. [1]-8, [1[-204, [2, err.]. Copies: L, NY. — Uses Linnaean binomial nomenclature. — The Appendix ad Floram ingricam, dated 14 July 1764 on p. [193], St. Petersburg, Oct. (Copies: L, NY) (p. [191 ]-204) is also by David de Gorter and not by “E. Lackmann” (PR), the latter, Lachmann (called Ericus Laxmann by Gorter in his preface), was the collector of plants described by de Gorter. Ref.: BM 2: 696; Jackson p. 330; Lipschitz 3: 11; LS 10240; PR 3475; SO 641b; TR 485. Ooststroom, Ned. kruidk. Arch. 51: 271. 1941. Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 332. 1945. Schreibers et Endlicher, Caroli Linnaei epistolae. Wien (p. 49). 2091. Flora belgica exhibens plantas per foederatum Belgium crescentes. Utrecht (Abraham van Paddenburg) 1767. Oct. (FI. belg.) Publ.: Mar-Jul 1767, after 8 Mar (p. viii, dedic.), p. [i]-xxx, 1-418. [2, err.]. Copies: U. USDA, L, NY. Florae belgicae supplementum primum. Utrecht 1768. Oct., p. 1-12. Copies: NY. Florae belgicae supplementum II. [Utrecht 1777]. Oct., p. 13-20. Copies: NY, U. 972 GOTHAN Ref.: BM 2: 696; Jackson p. 271; LS 10241; Oudemans 1: 237; PR 3476, ed. 1: 3784, 3785; SO 681f. Ooststroom en Mennema, Gorteria 3(13): 201-202. 1967. 2092. Flora VII Provinciarum Belgit foederati indigena. Haarlem (C. H. Bohn & Zoon) 1781. Oct. (Fl. Belg. foed.) Orig. issue: Haarlem, Nov-Dec 1781 (dedic. 3 Nov 1781), [i*-iii*], [i]-x, [1-4, dedic., portr.], [1]-378. Copies: HU, L, NY. Leiden issue: Leiden Nov-Dec 1781, identical with Haarlem issue except for title page. Copy: L. Utrecht issue: Utrecht 1814 (Ned. Staats-Courant rd 28 Nov-3 Dec 1814), p. [i*-x*], [i]-x, [1]-378, frontispiece portrait of de Gorter. This issue contains also the original sheets except for the t.p. and the bibliopola lectori. ‘The book is often bound with a re-issue of van Geuns’ Spicilegium and the original issue of de Geer’s Spicilegium alterum with a common t.p.: “... Flora VII ... indigena. Cui accedunt bina plantarum indigenarum spicilegia.”” Utrecht 1814. Copies: FAS, L. Ref.: BM 2: 696; LS 10142; Oudemans 1: 237-238; PR 3255, 3312, 3477. Ooststroom, Ned. kruidk. Arch. 51: 272-273. 1941. 2093. Flora zutphanica. Zutphen (J. H. Louw) [1781]. Oct. (in fours) (Fl. zutph.) Publ.: Jul-Dec 1781 (p. [iv]: 20 Jun 1781), p. [i-iv], 1-88, [20, index]. Copies: L, NY. Ref.: Oudemans 1: 238. 2094. Leer der Plantkunde. Eerste deel. Amsterdam 1782. Oct. } (Leer plantk.) Publ.: 1782, after 14 Oct, date of preface, [i-x], [1]-362, [1] p., 1 pl. Copy: L. Ref PR 3470. Anon., Alg. Vaderl. Letter-Oefeningen 5(1): 110-111. 1783. Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 176. 1971. Gothan, Walther Ulrich Eduard Friedrich (1879-1954), German palaeontologist. (Gothan). COLLECTIONS: B. Refs: UE 25239" BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews p. 270-271; Barnhart 2: 68; BM 6: 386; Bossert p. 149; KR p. 242. Gothan, Lehrbuch der Palaobotanik, 1921; ed. 2, revised, with H. Weyland, 1954, ed. 3, idem. 1973. Moebius, Gesch. Bot. 143. 1937. Halle, Palaeontographica 91B: 93-108. 1951 (portr., bibl.) Leutwein, Geologie 3(5): 491. 1954. Horst, Geologie 3(5): 492-501. 1954. Florin, ‘Taxon 4: 52-53. 1955. Manten, Rev. Palaeobot. Palyn. 8(1-4): 159. 1969. Thiergart, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 68a: 55-57. 1955 (portr.) FESTSCHRIFT: Geologie 3(5). 1954. COMPOSITE works: EP, Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien ed. 2: Cycadofilices: 13: 5-44, figs. I-47. 1926. EPONYMY: Gothania M. Hirmer (1933); Gothaniella A. Fucini (1936); Gothanopteris G. Koidzumi (1936). 2095. Du Roi rk: Rojas Clemente y Rubio, 8. de v. Cle- mente y Rubio, S. de R. Rolander, D. see Bergius, P. J., Celsius, O., Dahlberg, C. G. Romanzoff 1082, 1633 Rondelet, G. see Daléchamps, J., Ghini, L. Roos, C. G. 1886 Rorer, 8S. T. 205 Roscoe, W. 937 Roscommon 652 Rose, J. N. 780-781, 786, 1254 Rosenburg, C. R. W. K. van Alderwerelt van v. Alderwerelt van Rosenburg, C. R. W. K. van Rosenthal, K. 1711, 1713 Rosman, O. 1886 Ross, R. 66 Rostafinski, J. T. 1204-1205 Rothmaler, W. 940 Rothman, G. see Bergius, P. J. Rothrock, J. T. see Durand, E. M. Rottboll, C. F. see Dahlberg, C. G. Roumeguére, C. see Berlese, A. N., Bresadola, G. Rousseau, J. J. see Buffon, G. L. L. de Rousseau, L. 1361 Rousseau, M. 627-629, 1592 Roux; 2. Po let55 Rowley, G. D. 699 Roxburgh, W. 378, 566 Royen, A. van 2048; see Burman, J., Gaertner, J. Royer, E. 207 Royle, J. F. 422 Roze, E. 602 Rubio, S. de Rojas Clemente y v. Clemen- te'y Rubio, S: de'R- Rudd, V. E. 781 Riibel, E. A. 720 Ruellius, J. 1231 Riimpler, T. 1812 Ruhland, W. 1711, 1713 Ruiz Lopez, H. see Dombey, J. Rumpf, G. E. v. Rumphius, G. E. Rumphius, G. E. 566, 930-932 Rurik 1084; see Chamisso, L. A. von, Eschscholtz, J. F. G. von Rusby, H. H. 773, 781; see Bang, M. Ruschenberger, W. S. W. 482 Russegger, J. von 1765 Russell, I. 374 Russwurm v. Gleichen, W. F. Rusworm v. Gleichen, W. F. Rutstrém, C. B. see Alstromer, C. Ruysch, F. 1187; see Boerhaave, H. Rydberg, P. A. 779, 781; see Cockerell, We 1D) aXe Ryding, F. C. 1886 Rytz, A. R. W. 1793 Sabbati, C. 634 Sabbati, L. 634; see Bonelli, G. Saccardo, D. 543 Saccardo, P. A. 1215; see Berlese, A. N. Sachtleben 410 Sadler, J. 287 Sainson, A. de v. De Sainson, A. Saint-Didier, H. de 613 Saint-Hilaire, A. F. C. Cuvier, G.-F. Saint-Hilaire, I. Geoffroy v. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, I. Saint-Hilaire, J. H. Jaume v. Jaume Saint-Hilaire, J. H. Saint-Lager, J. B. 1024 Saint Pierre, J. N. E. Germain de v. Germain de Saint Pierre, J. N. E. Saintpierrea see Germain de Saint Pierre, NESE: Saladin 1007 Sallent y Gotés, A. 940 Salmon, J. D. 750; see Fryer, A. Salter, T. B. 792 Salvin, O. see Godman, F. Du Cane Sande Lacoste, C. M. van der 1513, 2007 Sandell, J. 37 Sandifort, E. see Bergius, P. J. Sandstede, H. 869 Sandwith, N. Y. see Alston, A. H. G. Sargent, C. S. 705 Sarntheim, L. von 1299 Sarraz, F. C. J. Gingins de la v. Gingins de la Sarraz, F. C. J. Satory, J. A. 1788 Pde 1105) esee INDEX TO NAMES Saulcesmde Preycimet, (Hl, du. "Gx dew: Freycinet, H. L. C. de Saulces de Savatier, P. A. L. 1844; see Drake del Castillo, E. Savi, G. 1172 axby, €@. Es Al ero29 Scampton, J. see Buddle, A. Schaeffer, J. C. 345 Schaffer, M. T. 839 Schaerer, J. GC. 1599 Schagerstrém, T. 50 Schapera,. I. 920 Schauer, J. C. 559, 999 Schelle, E. 411 Schellenebrg, G. 1713 Schenk, E. 1949, 2064 Scherbius, J. 1926 Scherzer, K. H. von 1764 Scheuchzer, J. J. see Buddle, A. Schiede, C. J. W. 1082 Schiffer, 'V..1705; see Arnell, H..-W., Bauer, E. Schiller, F. 203 Schimper, W. P. 451, 844; see Etienne, G. Schindler, A. K. 1713 Schinz, C. S. 2003 Schinz, H. 1593-1594, 1711 Schlechtendal, D. F. L. von 423, 567, 757, 999, 1082, 2216; see Bischoff, G. W., Garcke, C. A. F., Guimpel, F. Schleiden, M. J. 598 Schleinitz, G. E. G. von 1705 Schliemann, H. see Ascherson, P. F. A. Schlosser, J. A. 1661 Schlotheim, E. F. von 191 Schmidel, C. C. 934, 2037 Schmidt, C. W. 585 Schmidt, J. A. 535 Schmidt, J. F. L. see Ascherson, P. F. A. Schnudt) ©. 1G. 1701 Schméger, F. von 1915 Schnabl, J. N. see Allescher, A. Schneider, O. see Grunov, A. Schnizlein, A. C. F. H. C. 452 Schéllenbach, C. C. Ocelhafen von v. Oelhafen von Schéllenbach, C. C. Schopfer v. Brandes, E. Schott, A. 1616, 1670; see Emory, W. H. Schott, H. W. 1678 Schousboe, P. K. A. 665 Schreber, J. C. D. von 25, 350; see Ber- gius, P. J., Burman, J. Schroepfer v. Brandes, E. Schroeter, J. 1159 Schubert, B. G. 549; see Fernald, M. L. Schubert, C. 1768 Schitt, B. 867 Schufia see Fuchs, L. Schultens, J. J. 1840 Schultes, J. A. 14.62 II3I INDEX TO NAMES Schultz, F. W. see Billot, P. C., Dorfler, I. Schultz Bipontinus, C. H. see Cosson, E. St.-C. Schultze-Motel, W. 1711 Schulz, A. 1948 Schulz @ jE 1721.13 Schulzer von Miiggenburg, S. 740 Schumann, K. M. 1592, 1635-1636, 1643, 1709, 1713 Schuster, C. 200 Schuster, J. 1713 Schuyler Mathews, F. 1992, 2124 Schwabe, S. H. see Fischer, F. E. L. Schwaegrichen, C. F. 1456, 1968; see Duby, J. E Schwartz, O. 1711 Schweinfurth, G. A. 199 Schweinitz, L. D. de 75; see Baldwin, W.., Darlington, W., Fries, E. M., Gray, A., Greville, R. K. Schwendener, S. see Claussen, P. Schychowsky, J. 974 Scina, D. 542 Scott Elliott, G. F. v. Elliott, G. F. S. Seaver, F. J. 781; see Brenckle, J. F. Seboth, J. 1764 Sedgwick, J. see Buddle, A. Seemann, B. C. see Bonpland, A. J. A. Seemann, W. E. G. see Bonpland, A. J. A. Seemen, K. O. von 200 Segares, A. Caballero y v. Caballero y Segares, A. Segnitz, G. von 1666 Séguier, J. F. see Bergius, P. J. Segura, M. Lagasca y v. Lagasca y Segura, M. Seidl, W. B. 434 Seithe, A. 1949 Seligmann, J. M. 1057 Sélitsky, V. v. Allorge, V. Sellier, [F. N. or L.] 2027 Senebier, J. 1030 Sepp, J. C. 1626 Seringe, N. C. 999 Serra, J. F. Corréa da v. Corréa da Serra, Jerk: Sesler, L. 1500 Sessé, M. 977 Sestini, D. 2175 Setchell, W. A. see Collins, F. S. Seybicke, C. 1985-1986 Seymour, A. B. 1741; see Clinton, G. P., Cummings, C. E. Seynes, J. de 253 Shafer, J. A. 783 Sharp, W. 85 Shaw, H. 1696 Shaw, T. E. 1324 Shear, C. L. 1142; see Ellis, J. B. Sherard, J. 14.71 1132 Sherard, W. see Bartram, J., Boccone, P., Boerhaave, H., Buddle, A., Catesby, M., Celsius, O., Dale, S., Dillenius, J. J., Gronovius, J. F. Sherif, Ha E731 Shuttleworth, R. J. see Beyrich, H. K. Sibthorp, J. 2175; see Bauer, F. L. Sidebotham, J. 939 Sieber, F. W. 835; see Delessert, J. P. B. Sieurin, J. 1878 Sievers, J. see Ehrhart, J. F. Silliman, B. 797 Simonson, R. 2163 Simpson, J. H. 1695-1696 Sims, J. 1290 Sinclair, G. 1505 Sjoborg, H. 1862 Sjéstrom, D. 36 Skan, S. A. 1814 skottsbero)@2gjesba ays 1713 Slack, H. J. 1027 Slavnic, Z. 386 Sleumer, H. 1711 Sloane, H. see Banister, J., Barham, H., Bartram, J., Boerhaave, H., Bradley, R., Breyne, J., Buddle, A., Catesby, M., Commelin, J., Dale, S., Dampier, W., Gerard, J. Slooten, D. F. van 223 Sluyter, P. 1186 Small, J. K. 779, 781 Smidt, J. T. de 2007 Smith, A. C. 781 Smith, A. H. 1780 Smith, A. L. 1278 Smith, C. 234 Smith, F. G. 1027 Smith, J. E. 414, 910, 1828; see Afzelius, A., Bauer, F. L., Commerson, P., Davall, E., Don, D., Ellis, J. Smith, J. G. 779 Smith, L. B. 781 Smith, M. 1094, 1140, 1176, 1317, 1814, 1908 Smith, M. E. v. Gray, M. E. Smith, W. G. 463, 1798 Smithiella 1094 Snelling, L. 1664 S. O. B. v. Bastard, T. Solander, D. C. 72, 295, 1663; see Aiton, W., Banks, J., Cook, J. Solier, A. J. J. 1389 Solms-Laubach, H. M. C. L. F. 978, 999, 1021, 1713 Sommelius, N. J. 37 Sommer, H. 1764 Sonder, O. W. 198; see Berg, O. C. Sonnerat, P. see Bergius, P. J. Sonnini de Manoncourt, C. N. S. 1409; see Déterville Soubeiran, J. L. 253 Sowerby, J. 72, 1286, 1442 Sowerby, J. de C. 459, 695 Sowerby, J. E. 1197 Sparrmann, A. see Bergius, P. J. Sparrmann, C. F. 503 Spegazzini, C. see Balansa, B. Spenner, F. C. L. see Chevallier, F. F. Sprague, I. 2124-2125, 2127, 2130-2131, 2133 Sprague, T. A. 766 Sprengel, C. K. see Goethe, J. W. von Sprengel, K. P. J. 511, 992, 1462; see Biehlers) J bale. Horster,.)2) G.Ac, Goethe, J. W. von Spring, A. F. 1969 Stafleu, F. A. 26, 1921, 1925, 2002, 2007, 2097 Standley, P. C. 781 Staner, P. 1436 Stannard, J. 1233 Stapf, O. 1290 Starck, L. G. 39 Staunton, G. L. see Abel, C. Stearn, W. T. 270, 429, 825 Steele 1615 Steenis, C. G. G. J. van 225, 563 Steere, W. C. 788 Steffen, H. 7 Stein, B. 1159; see Baenitz, K. G. Stel, S. van der 929 Steller, G. W. see Gmelin, J. G. Stenberg, S. 124 Stenhammar, C. see Fries, E. M., Fries, a Me Stenzel, K. G. W. 1159, 2079 Step, E. 601 Stephani, F. 1592; see Colenso, W. Sternberg, K. M. von 191, 826 Sterns, E. E. 775 Steudel, E. G. 451, 899, 1620; see Braun, A. C. H., Frank, J. C., Franqueville, Derde Steven, C. von see Bouchet, D. Stevens, L. see Buddle, A. Stevens, O. A. 781 Stewart, C. 1472 Stewart, J. L. 704 Stewartia see Bute, J. S. Sthenander, I. G. 497 Stiegler, J. A. 1879 Stinchfield, R. J. 6 Stizenberger, E. see Braun, A. C. H. Stones, M. 1664 Stonestreet, G. see Buddle, A. Stopps, A. J. 1799 Stratford, R. C. 1815 Streinz, W. M. 1196 Stuart, Earl of Bute, J. v. Bute, J. S. Earl of INDEX TO NAMES Stuartia see Bute, J. S. Earl of Sturm, J. 1722, 1906 Sturt, C. 837 Sturt, G. 2196 Suber, T. I. 125 Suessenguth, K. 1711 Sullivant, W. S. 515, 21243; see Bolander, H. N., Fendler, A., Gray, A. SULPHUR 425; see Bentham, G. Sutherland, J. see Buddle, A. Svenson, H. K. 781 Swallen, J. R. 781 Swartz, O. P. 350, 517; see Alstromer, C., Bergius, P. J., Forsstroém, J. E. Szatala, O. 387 Tacherman see Boott, F. M. B. Tagtstrom, E. J. 1886 Tardieu, A. 984 Tauscher, A. J. see Baenitz, K. G. Taylor, G. 1290 Taylor, N. 791 Taylor, S. 1662 Tchihatcheff, P. de 2185; see Goeppert, H.R. Tela, P. 278 Tempsky, F. 1729 Ten Rhyne, W. v. Rhyne, W. ten Teran, M. de Mier y v. Mier y Teran, M. de Terobera see Bertero, C. G. Tertrin, P. 602 Tessier, H. E. 1293 Thalhammer 2031 Thayer, M. V. 2192 Thellung, A. 200 Thelning, C. A. 32 Theobald, G. L. 1045 Theolander, D. 1862 Thiébaut de Berneaud, A. 669, 14.10, 14.16 Thienemann, C. 1688 Thijsse, J. P. 406 Thiselton-Dyer, W. T. 268, 1290, 1814 Thommen, E. 522, 1838 Thomson, C. W. 1056 Thomson, F. T. 1056 Thorpe, J. see Buddle, A. Thouarea see Du Petit-Thouars, L.-M. A. A. Thouars v. Du Petit-Thouars, L.-M. A. A. Thouars, L.-M. A. A. du Petit v. Du Petit- Thouars, L.-M. A. A. Thouarsiora see Du Petit-Thouars, L.-M. A. A. Thouin, A. see Bergius, P. J. Déterville Thuarea see De Petit-Thouars, L.-M. A. A. Thiimen, F. K. A. von 1705 Thuillier, J. L. see Delessert, J. P. B. Thunberg, C. P. 350; see Afzelius, A., Alstromer, C., Back, A., Bartram, J., Bartram, W., Bauer, F. L., Bellardi, 1133 INDEX TO NAMES C. A. L., 'Bergius, “P25 Je, BladhiPeje; Brown, R., Burman, N. L., Commerson, P., Dahlberg, C. G-; Delessert,)J- P21 Bs, Dick, J., Dryander, J. C., Euphrasén, B. A., Forsskal, P., Forsstrom, J. E., Forster, J. G. A., Gouan, A. Thurber, G. 2128 Thuret, G. A. 663; see Burnat, E. Thury 1119-1120 Tichy, L. 621 Tiéche, E. 1125 Tieghem, P. E. L. van 1303 Tiffany, L. H. 781 Tison, E. E. A. 253 Tonningh, G. J. 39 Topffer, A. see Eggers, H. F. A. von Tomaselli, R. 1131 Toni, De v. De Toni Top Jz., W. G. 633 Tornabuoni, A. see Cesalpino, A. Torre, K. W. von Dalla v. Dalla Torre, K. W. von Torres, J. de la 1401 Torrey, J. 515, 1669-1670, 1691, 1852, 2120; see Bogenhard, C., Carey, J., Chapman, A. W., Curtis, M. A., Darlington, W., Decaisne, J., Durand, E. M., Eaton, A., Elliott, S., Emmons, E., Emory, W. H., Engelmann, G., Gray, A., Greville, R. K. Torslow, O. J. 47 Tot Draakestein, H. A. van Rheede v. Rheede tot Draakestein, H. A. van Toulet, T. 1085 Tour, M. du v. Du Tour, M. Tournefort, J. P. de 873, 1064, 1395, 1470, 1996; see Desfontaines, R. L., Fagon, G. C. Trabut, L. C. 352-356; see Battandier, J. A. Tragardh, L. A. 49 Tragia see Bock, H. Tragiella see Bock, H. Tragiopsis see Bock, H. Tragus see Bock, H. Tragus v. Bock, H. Trap, P. W. M. 1510 Trautvetter, E. R. von 1785 ‘Traverso, J. B. 745 Trelease, W. 1696, 2132 Trener, J. B. 745 Trevithick, W. E. 1317 Trew, C. J. 546; see Ehret, G. D. Trimen, H. 431 Trinius, C. B. von 1652 Gristan, J.)see Aublet,.J.*B: 1G. EF. Trouessart, E. L. 602 ‘Tuckerman, E. see Baldwin, W., Fraser, J. Tulasne, C. 1598 Tulasne, L. R. F. 1598 1134. Turco-Lazzari 744 Turner, D. see Brown, R. Turner, W. see Britten, J., Ghini, L. Turpin, P. J. F. 547, 989-990, 1004, 1091, 1293, 1349, 1351, 1548 Turquier de Longchamp, J. A. le v. Le Turquier de Longchamp, J. A. Turrill, W. B. 1290, 1607, 1664 Tussac, F. R. de 1293, 1410 Tutcher, W. J. 1577 Twenth see Clifford, G. Tzenkovskii, L. S. v. Cienkowski, L. de Uechtritz, R. F. C. von 1770 Ulbrich, E. 1711 Underwood, L. M. 777, 779, 781, 2124 Unger, F. J. A. N. 1674, 1680,1686,1725 Wphot jG) a7 URANIE 1968; see Duperrey, L. I., Gaudi- chaud-Beaupré, C. Urban, J. 289; see Bello y Espinosa, D., Duss, A., Eichler, A. W. Urville, J. S. GC. Dumont d’ v. Dumont @Urville; J. s..G: Urvillea see Dumont d’Urville, J. S. C. Usteri, P. 1442, 1645, 1718; see Feer, H: Vaccari, L. 1782 Vahl, M. 350; see Aublet, J. B. GC. F., Forsskal, P. Vail, A. M. 781 Vaillant, A. N. 1969 Vaillant, S. see Buddle, A., Desfontaines, R. L., Fagon, G. C., Gronovius, J. F. Valorado see Brotero, F. de A. Varde, R. A. L. Potier de la v. Potier de la Varde, R. A. L. Vaupel Epi a0 Vauthier, A. C. 669, 1556, 2211 Veca see Almquist, E. B., Geyler, H. T. Veillard 1547 Veloso, J. M. 1442 Ventenat, E. P. 909; see Delessert, J. P. B. VENUS 1337 Véran, N. 990, 1004, 1175, 1571, 1573 Verdoorn, F. 1221, 2025 Vermorcken, V. 1272 Vernon, W. see Buddle, A. Vesian see Drake del Castillo, E. Vesque, J. 978 Vetter,a)..J. 2140 Viborg, E. N. 434 Vierhapper, F. 1711 Villaret, P. 523 Villars, D. see Davall, E. Ville, De v. De Ville Vilmorin, R. de 1250 Vincentia see Bory de Saint-Vincent, J. B. G. M. Vinyard, W. C. 781 Virey, J. J. see Déterville Virgillius 860, 1751 Vitaliana see Donati, V. Vitikainen, O. 11 Vittadini, C. see Boccone, P. Viviani, D. 1064 Vogel, G. 7 Vogelaa Rades1082 Vogellehner, D. 1949 Voith, I. von 1915 Volkmann 843 Vooys, C. G. N. de 1502, 1735 Vorchow, R. see Ascherson, P. F. A. Vries, H. de see Danser, B. H. Vries, J. de 616 Vriese, W. H. de 1455 Vuuren, L. van 274 Wachendorff, E. J. 931 Wadsberg, A. M. 30 Wadstein, L. A. 39 Wanman, C. H. see Bergius, P. J. Wahlback, A. 1886 Wahlberg, J. A. 1884 Wahlenberg, G. 1871 Wahlgren, F. 47 Wainio, E. A. 590 Waldheim, Fischer von v. Fischer von Waldheim Waldheimia see Fischer von Waldheim, G. Walker, G. Arnott v. Arnott, G. A. W. Wallich, N. 566, 1114, 1119, 1497 Wallis, S. v. Bowdich, S. Wallroth, C. F. W. 451, 559; see Arnold, 1S On Ges Walpers, W. G. Fontbressin, E. P. Walter, F. 1081 Walter, H. 1713 Walter, J. 23 Walter, T. see Fraser, J. Wangerin, W. 1713 Warburg, O. 1713 Warming, J. E. B. 587 Warnstorf, C. F. 406, 1713; see Fleischer, M. Watson, A. see Beatson, A. Watson, H. C. 2056 Watson, S. 2124, 2132 Wattenwyl, C. Brunner von v. Brunner von Wattenwyl, C. Wawra von Fernsee, H. see Beck, G. Weatherby, C. A. 2115 Webb, P. B. see Desfontaines, R. L., Gaudichaud-Beaupré, C. Weber, F. 602, 1473 Weberbauer, A. 1712 Weddell, E. S. 418, 1283 Weddell, H. A. 253, 976, 999, 12383 see Fée;, A. 1. A; see Duchassaing de INDEX TO NAMES Weiditz, H. 854; see Brunfels, O. Weihe, K. E. A. von 1949; see Forchham- mer, J. G. Weinmann, J. W. 927; see Burman, J. Weitenweber, W. R. 1222 Weitz, C. 2068, 2075-2076, 2079 Welch, W. H. 781 Wellman, M. L. 2025 Wendel, A. J. 567-568 Wendland, H. L. 316 Werdermann, E. 1707, 1711 Wesmael, A. 999 West, G. 1028 West, T. 1504 Westall, W. 827 Westendorp, G. D. 1155 Westerdijk, J. see Berkhout, C. M. Westin, L. see Freyreiss, G. W. Wetterquist, N. J. 53 Whipple, A. W. 515, 1691, 1696 White, D. M. 781 White, I. C. 1813 Wibel, A. W. E. C. see Berger, E. Wied-Neuwied, M. A. P. zu see Freyreiss, G. W. Wiegand, K. M. 779 Wik, H. L. Gerth van v. Gerth van Wik, ie: Wikander, P. A. 1886, 1888 Wikstrém, J. E. 2136; see Beilschmied, Cow. Wilberforce, W. see Afzelius, A. Wild., de v. De Wildeman, FE. A. J. Wildeman, E. A. J. de v. De Wildeman, E. A. J. Wilkes, C. 239, 697-698, 2129; sce Bailey, J. W., Brackenridge, W. D., Gray, A. Wilks, W. 1506 Willdenow, C. L. 624, g10, 1456, 1462, 1710, 2214; see Broussonet, P. M. A., Cothenius, C. A. von, Delile, A., Des- fontainess; Ry Iu:; Forster, J. 1G. AS. Guimpel, F. Williams, R. S. 781 Williams, S. W. 1614; see Gray, A. Williams, T. A. see Cummings, C. E. Williamson, W. C. 939 Willkomm, H. M. 1712 Wills, F. C. 237 Wilmott, A. J. 216, 766 Wilson, P. 781, 788 Wilson, W. see Drummond, T. Wimmer, F. E. 1713 Winchester, G. 391-392 Winding, M. G. 1869 Windsor see Buddle, A. Winkler; Hen7 11,0703 Winterl, J. J. see Crantz, H. J. N. von Wirtgen, P. W. see Andres, H., Bach, M. Withers, A. 342; see Bateman, J. T135 INDEX TO NAMES Witsen, N. 929 Wittrock, V. B. see Elfving, F. E. V. Wolf, F. T. 200 Wolff, H. 1713 Wolff, J. P. 282 Wong, A. A. 124 Woodson, R. E. 781 Woodward, M. 1993 Wordsworth 459 Wrangel, C. P. see Bergius, P. J. Wright, C. 1616, 2127, 2182, 2184; see Durand, E. M., Emory, W. H. Wright, C. H. 1814 Wright, J. 1614 Wiillerstorf-Urbair, B. von 1764 Wiist, E. 1948 Young, W. W. 1473 Yuncker, T. G. 781 1136 Zabel, H. 411 Zahlbruckner, A. 387, 17113 see Beck, G., Frey, E. Zahn, K. H. 200, 1713 Zehner, J. 1672, 1679 ZELEE 1557; see Dumont d’ Urville, J. S. C. Zeller, G. H. von 866 Zenker, K. 2064 Zernentsch, F. 211 Zetterstedt, C. V. 1886 Zeyher, C. L. P. 1621; see Ecklon, C. F. Zimmermann, E. A. W. 329 Zimmermann, H. 1698 Zimmermann, W. 1949 Zobel, J. B. 1123 Zollinger, H. 1121 Zundel, G. L. I. 781 Zuccarini, J. G. see Funck, H. C. BOLTON | vol. pages plates date I [i]-xii, [1]-68 T-44 Aug 1795 engr. t.p. p. xu: 14 Mar 1795 2 faJ-xvi, [1]-72 45-92 Jun 1797 p. vi: 14 Dec 1796 3 [iJ-xiv, [1]-80. 93-138 Aug 1799 ‘p. iv: 8 Feb 1799 4 [i*], [i]-clxxx, 139-182 - Dec 1820 [i], [1]-80, [38, ind.], [1, corr.] The above analysis is based on a copy with hand coloured plates in the Stevenson library. Copies vary in binding. Other copies: B, BR, NY. — Data based on documentation BH. Vol. 1, engraved t. Beas above Vol. 2, printed t.p. “... mit 48... . Vol. 3, printed t.p. om Jenmnit) 46). Vol. 4, has three t.p.’s: a: printed. “Jacob ... Willdenow. IV Theil, Anhange und Nachtrage. Mit 44 il- luminierten onavioan. Fortgesetzt und mit einer Einleitung und einer erklarenden Ubersicht sammtlicher Tafeln versehen von Dr. Ch. G. Nees von Esenbeck und | Dr. Th. Fr. Ludw. Nees von Esenbeck. Berlin Bey G. Reimer 1820.” b: printed, new t.p. for entire work, issued 1820, bound in various places: “Beschrei- | bung der um Halifax wachsende Pilze, enthaltend 241 Pilzarten in goo Figuren auf | 182 Kupfertafeln, alle von dem Verlsser ... gegriindet von James Bolton ... Aus ° dem Englischen mit Anmerkungen von Carl Ludwig Willdenow. Fortgesetzt ... von ... Esenbeck. Berlin ... 1820.” c: engraved, ‘‘Historia fungorum circa Halifax sponte nascentium tomi iv, A. Agaricus ... L. Mucor.” Ref.: BM 1: 192; LS 3294; NI 196; PR g62.. Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 430. 1916. | birth/death dates | Proposed form of citation Bolus, Harry (1834-1911), British born South African banker and botanist. (H. Bolus HERBARIUM and types: BOL. Other coll. e.g. BUL, GRA, NH, NU, PRE, SAM, STE, and outside S. Africa. Exsiccatae: Herbarium austro-africanum, with Mac Owan, q v. Ref.: IH 2: 84.—Reference in Index Herbariorum, a standard source Toélken, Index herb. austro-afr. 58. 1971. References in standard works BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 5(1): 394; Barnhart 1: 214; BB p. 37; BL 1: 28, 54: [Pom 1: 192-193, 6: 106; Bossert p. 44; CSP 9: 288, 12: 174, 13: 665; Kew 1: 201. Pearson, S. Afr. J. Science 8: 59-79. 1911 (portr., bibl., itineraries) Anon., Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1911: 275-277, 319-322. Pearson, Rep. S. Afr. Ass. Adv. Sci. 8: 59-79. 1912 (bibl., portr.) Journg Stapf, Proc. Linn. Soc. London 1911/12: 42-44. articles Harloth, Fl. $8. Afr. 1: x. 1913 (portr.) or. boo Verduyn de Boer, Botanists at the Cape. 1929 (portr.) about | Nelmes and Cuthbertson, Bot. Mag. Dedic. 1827-1927: 270-272. 1932 (portr.) White, Stapeliae 1: 105. 1937. author Hutchinson, A botanist in Southern Africa 645. 1946. and his Liitjeharms, The life and work of Harry Bolus, Cape Town. 1965 (mimeogr.) ks Tyrrell-Glynn and Levyns, Flora africana 7-8. 1968. ee Jessop, S. Afr. biogr. woordenb. 1: 92-95. 1968. generic names based on surname ‘Bolus’ EPONYMY: Bolusafra O. Kuntze (1891); Bolusanthus Harms (1906); Bolusia Bentham (1873); Bolusiella Schlechter (1918); Neobolusia Schlechter (1895). Note: Bolusanthemum Schwantes (1928) is dedicated to his daughter-in-law Harriet Margaret Louisa Bolus née Kensit (q.v.) ¢~ Book number 625. Icones orchidearum austro-africanarum extra-tropicarum; or, figures with descriptions, of | LEDER APN Ch Grtstitle owe se ERE 0 06423 = > We 5 0 Ee oes ie > wt = > = i = ae MS - ae Las = Z 5 wg o . a 7 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS Zanes. a cA 2) z wn x = < = : < = y Zz 4 Zz = Le Sj f . bo B a Ag ra y (EE Oo ae are) ae e) ha = ee = =, = 2. a = N. > = NS > = : > I w ze z w BES Zz Ww a E N NOILALILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS SS!IYVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT ” 2 ae Zz : 2 Zz t WW 7) ra 77) a 77) > ee < \ ‘\\ C < a E a = WO A & 4 y 2 2) “oe -_ ro) oe ro) s aj 2 I 2 Sy Z 4 (7 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVY Lp za rm 2 c 2 ~ fs} a Ss) = oO w - i- 2 = 20 Si zy =) OF. = | ~~ Ee 5 > = > * i= 2 a a = Zz r= m z m Z m Zz = = 7) 5 EC ny NOILALILSNI gm JIdVUSTILLIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT Z SZ = “= @® = z = z = 3 SS) eS z S = Z Ee \. = = 2 B 2 B See ace | a) SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS S31YuVYy 2 ws a Ww z Se (ep) —_— Be Z “4 aomah wn . = ad «ty jp = a a XY wx | = tid YZ a. < = WW. 2 > ass | - — \ WS i eH = V4 Qa) —y N \ ~ a Cs, 2, e = W'3 = ee z Ww oh <= A <= : (7p) 1 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IuVvYy Ze bos g Zee ow . =.” g j < = < = y 2 =< = Sj Sj bY ee = é 2 Guy & = 2 8 Z 3 Ub? g = z - Zz 7 fe a = Ss SS = = >" = > 77) : 77) 2 a 4 N NOILALILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT o rate z 2 ONS pee ie WW “ w uw w = = w 4 BG o S 4 ‘2 ar = a | Ps S a S| a cS = z tz Sh 2 Z (7 LIBRARIES INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVY = S Bees S Us S wo = a = w = 20 = a > ran =| | > es > E > K~ ) 24 - 2 E aad - — w —_ — ¥ z cc we Z os Ae | YN NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITU saruvy og INSTITUT S3I¥Vvy. INSTITUT saiuyvy INSTITUT BRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS S31uvuaIt (22) ~~ 8 ce og 2 : : ) = z= NN = hy. si z Ss WWE ZS : : fe) rT WON Oo Uy ly, 2 ) x EWE WOE a 2 Vv) Rie Zz 77) z a _NVINOSHIIWS, S3IUVUGIT_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION _— . ao _ w Laem oe C SS : c < va < = RN WS 5 = cae = re fe) BENS = e) a Sy: = Za, ; — a my : za — BRARIES_ SMITHSONIAN, INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS S31NVUS 1 a Zz ° Aare oO = Oo = 5 it Ge 2 : 8 = : >. y =) ‘ = - tf > - > - hee KG 2 = 2 a , 2 d m - Zz m Z a — (62) = . wn = Y NINLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVUGIT LIBRARIES INSTITUTION Bai ee z SO Soe «s nS es Po iy oa ira = z = : soL } : : = 2 yy = 2 = z = > = > = > 7) Zz 7p) : 2 n 2 BRARIES S SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31¥vudit o Zz a S Sk e 2 = “S = 2 WN = : <¥ 2 < ze : 4 ar = o ; 3 S = NX 8 = 2 i Zz 4 = oe > NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION Sy 5 ae S w fa z 0 = 2 = = ; =) a =) = > - > = > F = 2 = 2 r uw) ~ See, nse — U D z Hy Z is 2 bn INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI a : = zn = wy, = = < —{ = =—_ 2 g 2 é = = 2. = > C 2 = >" = >" = 77) er us; 77) = ¢ _ NVINOSHLINS LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 7) uJ = J Ay = u re = w” M4 EN oc = © >, a Q 2 < < — < An" + < = Q “SS a = a Ss Le Oo \ 160] cod am. _ a SS = ro) = ro) - 2 | ae = z = BRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYAIT Zz ~ = - ; 2 5 fe) a fe) = Te re) a a4 hie 1a j= 2 Se - act: Fs) m7 We = OW > = aN = 3 - Gy) oH = a - 2 7p) f — S a aa é 7 oN 8 5 _NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYEIT LIBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION. ii $77 1976 c literature nhbot_ Z5351 ._1 Taxonomi Vv | SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES 3 970484 CE ll i ate" rag,